i 


///'  i 

Uni  v , ^ r 

54 

Hl(* 


« 

in,  ubv**y 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2016  with  funding  from 

University  of  Illinois  Urbana-Champaign  Alternates 


https://archive.org/details/drchasesrecipeso00chas_2 


DR.  CHASE’S  STEAM  PRINTING-HOUSE.  R.  A.  BEAL  PROPRIETOR.  39..  At  4 43  N,  MAIN  ST..  ANN  ARBOR.  MICH. 


& Ll 

-Job  v 
-iqq&ii  « 

bnfl  II I w 00 
to  iLhow  ba/i’ 

*fO  ,.i  ! jll.'l  Cu. 

oi  mbilii  u,ft!>  ao'i  u .. 


:R,:E]^3o:isrs  why 

Everybody  Should  Have  Dr.  Chase’s  Recipe  Book  as  Improved  by 
the  Publisher. 


EVERY  HOUSEKEEPER  NEEDS  IT, 

To  know  how  to  wash,  to  cook,  to  preserve,  to  brew,  to  keep  the  house 
clean  and  sweet,  to  know  how  to  color  in  modern  style  and  newest  colors,  to 
understand  household  management  and  economy,  and  for  its  practical 
“ Hints  on  Housekeeping.” 

EVERY  MOTHER  NEEDS  IT, 

To  understand  and  provide  for  the  care,  dress,  management,  and  bringing 
up  of  children  ; to  understand  and  cure  the  diseases  peouiiar  to  ctiildhood ; 
and  for  the  “Advice  to  Mothers,”  which  should  make  the  Recipe  Book  a 
welcome  friend  to  every  mother  and  family  in  the  land. 

EVERY  WOMAN  NEEDS  IT, 

For  its  plain  and  practical  treatment  and  cure  of  all  female  complaints 
and  irregularities:  to  know  how  to  care  for  the  sick;  and  for  its  ‘'Manage- 
ment of  the  Sick  Room,”  and  advice  to  them  especially. 

EVERY  MAN  NEEDS  IT, 

To  know  how  to  act  promptly  in  all  kinds  of  ‘ Accidents  and  Emergen' 
cies,”  and  for  its  2,000  invaluable  Recipes  in  its  various  Departments,  upon 
almost  every  subject. 

EVERY  YOUNG  LADY  NEEDS  IT, 

For  its  “ Hints  upon  Etiquette;”  to  know  to  dress  becomingly;  to  know 
how  to  beautify  the  person  and  complexion ; to  know  how  to  soften  and 
whiten  the  skin  and  hands ; to  know  how  to  promote  the  growth  and  beauty 
of  the  hair;  To  know  how  to  remove  superfluous  hair,  or  make  it  curl;  to  know 
how  to  remove  freckles,  pimples,  and  blotches ; to  know  how  to  remove  sun 
burn  and  tan ; to  know  how  to  make  perfumes,  pomade,  tooth-wash,  hair  oils.. 

EVERY  YOUNG  MAN  NEEDS  IT, 

For  its  “Hints  upon  Personal  Manners;”  for  its  “ Rules  for  the  Preserva- 
tion of  Health for  its  advice  and  counsels  upon  habits,  business,  etc. 

EVERY  SICK  PERSON  NEEDS  IT,  ‘ 

To  know  how  to  regain  their  health,  and  for  its  priceless  recipes  and  cure*- 
for  almost  all  kinds  of  sickness  and  disease. 

EVERY  WELL  PERSON  NEEDS  IT, 

To  knowhow  to  preserve  their  health,  and  for  its  rules  for  the  prevention 
of  sickness  and  promotion  of  health. 

EVERY  FARMER  NEEDS  IT, 

For  its  complete  Farrier  Department,  which  has  no  superior;  to  know 
how  to  manage  Bees,  and  for  hundreds  of  recipes  especially  in.  Lis  line,  whicl* 
he  will  have  almost  daily  occasion  to  use  or  refer  to. 

EVERY  MECHANIC  NEEDS  IT, 

As  blacksmiths,  tinners,  gunsmiths,  jewelers,  cabinet  makers,  tauners; 
painters,  barbers,  shoe  and  harness  makers,  for  its  recipes  and  advice  in  thes* 
various  branches  of  industry. 

THE  YOUNG  FOLKS  AND  CHILDREN  NEED  IT, 

For  its  “ Counsels  to  the  Young,”  and  its  amusements  and  indoor  games. 
EVERY  FAMILY  NEEDS  IT. 

As  a household  work,  to  consult  upon  almost  every  conceivable  subject; 
with  its  2,000  practical  recipes  for  almost  everything  and  everybody;  to  'con- 
sult upon  all  the  leading  diseases  of  man,  woman,  or  child,  as  it  points  out  in 

Elain  language  the  symptoms  cause,  and  cure;  to  consult  upon  all  matters  of 
ousekeeping,  cooking,  coloring,  etc. ; to  consult  in  ail  cases  of  accidents,  of 
poisoning,  burns,  scalds,  bruises,  cuts,  bites,  wounds,  etc. ; to  consult  upon  a 
thousand  other  things  of  every-day  occurrence;  in  short,  as  a Family  Guide 
and  Physician. 

To,  conclude,  every  person  should  have  it,  whether  young  or  old,  married 
or  single,  whether  farmer,  mechanic,  or  professional,  as  a book  to  refer  to  in  a 
thousand  matters  of  daily  occurrence,  as  it  will  not  only  save  you  many  dol- 
lars, but  perhaps  life  itself,  and  will  add  to  your  comfort,  pleasure  and  happi- 
ness. 

Carefully  examine  the  “Index”  of  the  Recipe  Book,  which  you  will  And 
in  this  Circular,  which  will  show  you  more  fully  the  character  and  worth  of 
the  Book,  and  the  various  subjects  treated  of,  and  see  if  you  do  not  need  it,  or 
if  twm  dollars  could  be  expended  more  satisfactorily,  and  if  you  can  afford  to 
be  without  it. 


DR.  CHASE’S  RECIPES 


OB, 

INFORMATION  FOR  EVERYBODY: 


AN  INVALUABLE  COLLECTION  OF  ABOUT  EIGHT  HUNDRED 


FOR 


Merchants,  Grocers,  Saloon-Keepers,  Physicians,  Druggists,  Tanners,  Shoemakers,  Harness 
Makers,  Painters,  Jewelers,  Blacksmiths,  Tinners,  Gunsmiths,  Farriers,  Barbers, 
Bakers,  Dyers,  Renovators,  Farmers,  and  Families  Generally 

WITH 

4 Rational  Treatment  of  Pleurisy,  Inflammation  of  the  Lungs,  and  other  Inflammatory  Diseased 
and  also  for  General  Female  Debility  and  Irregularities. 

BY  A.  W.  CHASE,  M.  D. 


“WE  LEARN  TO  LIVE,  BY  LIVING  TO  LEARN." 


GREATLY  ENLARGED  AND  IMPROVED  BY  THE  PUBLISHER, 

WHO  HAS  ADDED 

Appendices  to  the  Medical,  Saloon,  Farriers’,  Barbers’  and  Toilet,  Bakers'  and  Cooking,  M's- 
cellaneous,  and  Coloring  Departments,  and  also  Several  New  Departments,  viz. : 
“Advire  to  Mothers,’’  “Rules  for  the  Preservation  of  Health,”  “Accidents  and  Emergen* 
cies,”  “ Hints  upon  Etiquette  and  Personal  Manners,”  “ Hints  on  Housekeeping,” 
“Amusements  for  the  Young,”  and  “Bee-Keeping.” 

ALL  ARRAFiED  IN  THEIR  APPROPRIATE  DEPARTMENTS,  WITH  A COPIOUS  INDEX. 


PUBLISHED  BY  R.  A.  BEAL, 

ANN  ARBOR,  MICH.  : 

ro  WHOM  ALL  ORDERS  SHOULD  BE  ADDRESSED. 
1833. 


LAWS  OF  COPYRIGHT 


The  exclusive  benefits  of  Copyrights  extend  to  twenty-eight  years  then 
renewable  for  fourteen  years,  if  the  Author  is  dead,  to  the  heirs,  by  re-record- 
ing, and  advertising  the  re-record  Sor  four  weeks  in  any  newspaper  in  the 
United  States. 

The  forfeiture  of  all  the  books,  and  the  plates  on  which  the  same  shall  be 
copied,  and  a penalty  of  one  dollar  for  each  sheet  of  the  work  found  in  his 
possession— half  to  the  United  States  and  half  to  the  Author— is  the  penalty 
for  publishing  or  importing  any  work  without  the  written  consent  of  the 
Author ; and  also  liable  to  the  Author  or  proprietor  for  damages. 

Entries  must  be  made  in  the  office  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress  at  Wash- 
ington, who  is  entitled  to  a fee  of  fifty  cents  for  recording  the  title  of  each 
book,  and  fifty  cents  in  addition  for  each  certificate  of  copyright  under  seal 
of  the  office. 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  Year  1867,  by 
A.  W.  CHASE,  M.  D., 

In  the  Clerk’s  Office  of  the  District  Court  of  the  United  States  for  the  Eastern 
District  of  Michigan. 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  Year  1871,  by 
R.  A.  BEAL, 

In  the  office  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress,  at  Washington. 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  Year  1874,  by 
R.  A.  BEAL, 

In  the  office  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress,  at  Washington. 


Twenty-first  New  and  Enlarged  Edition.  Two  Hundred  and 
Seventeenth  Thousand. 

Seven  Hundred  and  Forty  Thousand  Small  Edition. 


PUBLISHER'S  PREFACE. 


ttcmaa  oMraoHJiaTs  Tear*  hht  ot 


plete,  comprehensive,  and  valuable  work  ofthe  kind  in  print,recdgnizes  the 
fact  that  sciehce  and  research  ate  constantly  adding,  to  our  knowledge,  and 
as  it  is  his  earnest  desire  to  keep  his  book  up  with  the  times  and  useful  to 
Individual  Families  and  the  Public  generally,  has  Revised  and  Enlarged  the 
Book,  sparing  no  expense  of  time  or  money,  haVing  hims€ilf  twice  cfossed  the 
Atlantic  to  procure  from  the  wisdom  and  experienee  of  the  old  world  infor- 
nation  upon  some  particular  subjects,  to  nbt  only  make  the  “ Recipe  Book” 
he  best  of  its  kind,  but  also  the  best  deserving  of  public  patronage.  Great 
•are  has  been  observed  in  selecting  our  information,  and  in  the  Medical  de- 
partment many  of  the  Recipes  are  more  precious  than  rubies,  they  are  price- 
less and  will  doubtless  prove  a blessing  to  many  families.  The  publisher  hais 
•adopted  the  “reformed  practice”  of  medicine,*  and  the  additions  to  the  Medi- 
$al  department  are  the  result  of  long  experience  in  practice  of  some  of  the  most 
scientific  physicians  of  modern  times.  The  publisher  has  added  an  ap- 
pendix to  the  Saloon,  Medical,  Farrier’s,  Barbers’  and  Toilet,  Bakers’  and 
Cooking,  Miscellaneous,  and  Coloring  Departments,  and  in  order  to  distin- 
guish the  new  matter  has. marked  it  “Appendix  by  the  Publisher,”  to  the 
several  departments  to  which  it  is  attached,  and  has  further  added  as  an 
appendix  several  new  departments,  viz. : “ Rules  for  the  Preservation  of 

H ealth,”  “ Accidents  and  Emergencies,”  “ Hints  upon  Etiquette  and  Personal 
warmers, ” “ Hints  on  Housekeeping,”  “ Amusements  and  Indoor  Games  for 
vie  Young,”  “ Advice  to  Mothers,”  “ Cold  Water  Cure,”  “ Rules  for  the  Dress, 
Care,  and  Bringing  up  of  Children,”  and  “Bee-Keeping.”  If  among  the 
thousands  of  readers  of  this  work  any  one  should  hastily  pronounce  these 
pages  confused  and  ill-arranged,  let  them  refer  to  the  “ Index  ” and  forever 
hold  their  peace,  and  let  it  always  he  borne  in  mind  that  the  “Index  ” is  the 
knocker  to  the  door  of  knowledge,  and  will  enable  you  to  refer  in  a moment 
to  almost  anything  you  may  require. 

Agents  wanted  everywhere.  Persons  wishing  to  engage  in  the  sale  of  the 
Book  should  address  the  publisher  for  Private  Circulars  and  Terms. 


*Note.— 1 The  publisher  knowing  that  a great  number  still  strongly  adhere 
to  the  the  “Old  School”  of  Medicine,  has  for  their  particular  benefit,  under 
the  head  of  “ Prescriptions,”  and  “A  List  of  Useful  Prescriptions,”  given  a 
number  of  the  best  formulas  of  that  system.  Under  the  head  of  “ Diseases  ” 
will  be  found  how  and  when  they  can  be  used.  Only  a lew  of  the  prescrip- 
tions conflict  with  the  “ Reformed  Practice,”  but  each  disease  here  mentioned 
Is  fully  treated  according  to  the  “Reformed  Practice”  elsewhere  under  its 
proper  head. 


IE.  A.  BEAL,  Publisher, 

Ann  Arbor , Mich. 


AUTHOR’S  PREFACE 

TO  THE  FIRST  STEREOTYPED  EDITIOB 


In  bringing  a permanent  work,  or  one  that  is  designed  so  4 * oe,  before  J,ho 
public,  it  is  expected  of  the  author  that  he  give  his  reasons  such.  pul,l'  ca- 
tion. If  the  reasons  are  founded  in  truth,  the  people  consequently  seeing  Its 
necessity,  will  appreciate  its  advantages,  and  encourage  the  Author  by  quick 
and  extensive  purchases,  they  alone  being  the  judges.  Then— 

First. — Much  of  the  information  contained  in  “Dr.  Chase’s  Recipes,  or 
Information  for  Everybody,”  has  never  before  been  published,  and  is  adapted 
to  every-day  use. 

Second.— The  Author,  after  having  carried  on  the  drug  and  grocery  busi- 
ness for  a number  of  years,  read  medicine,  after  being  thi/ty-eight  years  of 
age,  and  graduated  as  a physician,  to  qualify  himself  for  the  work  he  was  un- 
dertaking ; for,  having  been  familiar  ‘ with  some  of  the  Recipes,  adapted  to 
these  branches  of  trade,  more  than  twenty  years,  he  began  in  “ Fifty-six/ 
seven  years  ago,  to  publish  them  in  a pamphlet  of  only  a few  pages,  sinew 
Which  time  he  has  been  traveling  between  New  York  and  Iowa,  selling  the 
work  and  prescribing,  so  that  up  to  this  time  (“Sixty- three”)  over  twenty 
three  thousand  copies  have  been  sold.  His  travels  have  brought  him  in  eon 
tact  with  all  classes  of  professional  and  business  men,  mechanics,  farriers 
and  farmers,  thus  enabling  him  to  obtain  from  them  many  additional  items, 
always  having  had  his  note-book  with  him,  and  whenever  a prescription  ha* 
been  given  before  him,  or  a remark  made,  that  would  have  a practical  bear 
ing,  it  has  been  noted , and  at  the  first  opportunity  tested , then,  if  good,  written 
out  in  plain  language  expressly  for  the  next  edition  of  this  work.  In  tin* 
way  this  mass  of  information  has  been  collected,  and  ought,  to  take  away  an 
objection  which  some  persons  have  raised:  “It  is  too  much  for  one  man  to 
know!”— because  they  did  not  realize  that  the  work  had  been  made  up  from 
others , as  well  as  the  Author’s  actual  every-day  experience , instead  of  from  un 
tried  books.  Yet  from  the  nature  of  some  of  the  Recipes,  one  has  occasionally 
found  its  way  into  some  of  the  earlier  editions,  which  has  needed  revision,  on 
to  be  entirely  dropped.  This,  with  a desire  to  add  to  the  various  Departments 
at  every  edition,  has  kept  us  from  haying  it  stereotyped  until  the  present 
tenth  edition. 

But  now,  all  being  what  we  desire,  and  the  size  of  the  work  being  sucl 
that  we  cannot  add  to  it  without  increasing  the  price,  we  have  it  stereotyped 
and  send  it  out,  just  what  we  expect,  and  are  willing  it  should  remain. 

Third. — Many  of  the  recipe-books  published  are  very  large,  containinv 
much  useless  matter,  only  to  increase  the  number,  consequently  costing  to< 
much.  This  one  contains  only  about  eight  hundred  recipes,  upon  only  about 
four  hundred  different  subjects,  all  of  which  are  valuable  iu  daily,  practica’ 
life,  and  at  a very  reasonable  price.  Many  of  them  are  without  arrangement 
This  one  is  arranged  in  regular  Departments,  all  of  a class  being  together 
Many  of  them  are  without  remark  or  explanation.  This  one  is  fully  ex- 

Elained,  and  accompanied  with  remarks  upon  the  various  subjects  introduced 
y the  Recipes  under  consideration.  Those  remarks,  explanations  and  sug- 
gestions accompanying  the  Recipes  are  a special  feature  of  this  work,  making 
it  worth  double  its  cost  as  a reading  book,  even  if  there  was  not  a prescription 
in  it. 

Fourth.— The  remarks  and  explanations  are  in  large  type,  whilst  the  pre- 
scriptive and  descriptive  parts  are  iu  a little  smaller  type,  which  enables  any 
one  to  see  at  a glance  just  what  they  wish  to  find. 

Fifth.— It  is  a well  known  fact  that  many  unprincipled  persons  go 
around  “galling”  the  people  by  selling  single  recipes  for  exorbitant  prices. 
The  Author  found  a thing,  calling  himself  a man,  in  Battle  Creek,  Mich., 
selling  a washing-fluid  recipe  for  two  dollars,  which  he  obtained  of  some ; but 
if  he  could  not  obtain  that,  he  would  take  two  shillings , or  any  other  sum  be- 
tween them.  A merchant  gave  a horse  for  the  “ White  Cement”  recipe.  The 
late  Mr.  Andrews,  of  Detroit,  Mich.,  gave  three  hundred  dollars  for  a recipe, 
now  improved  and  in  this  work,  to  cure  a bone  spavin  upon  a race  mare  oi 
his.  He  removed  the  spavin  with  it,  and  won  the  anticipated  wager  with  her. 
The  Author  has  himself  paid  from  twenty-five  to  fifty  and  seventy-five  cent*’, 
and  one  to  two,  three,  five,  and  eight  dollars  for  single  items,  or  recipes.  hc»?>" 


Author1  s Preface . 9 


mg  thereby  to  improve  his  work,  but  often  finding  that  he  had  much  better 
ideas  embodied  tneiein. 

The  amount  paid  for  information  in  this  work,  and  for  testing  by  experi- 
ment, together  with  traveling  expenses,  and  cuts  used  in  illustrating  it,  has 
reached  over  two  thousand  dollars,  and  all  for  the  purpose  of  making  a book 
worthy  to  be  found  in  “ Everybody’s  ” library,  and  to  prevent  such  extortions 
in  the  price  of  recipes.  Yet  any  single  recipe  in  the  work  which  a person 
may  wish  to  me,  will  often  be  found  worth  many  times  the  price  of  the  book, 
perhaps  the$n>es  of  those  you  dearly  love,  by  having  at  hand  the  necessary 
information,  enabling  you  to  immediately  apply  the  means  within  your  reach, 
instead  of  giving  time  for  disease  to  strengthen,  whilst  sending,  perhaps 
miles,  for  a physician.  Much  pain  and  suffering,  also,  will  often  be  saved  or 
avoided,  besides  the  satisfaction  of  knowing  how  many  things  are  made  which 
you  are  constantly  using , and  also  being  able  to  avoid  many  things  which  you 
certainly  would  avoid  if  you  knew  how  they  were  made. 

Sixth.— It  will  be  observed  that  we  have  introduced  a number  of  recipes 
upon  some  of  the  subjects.  This  adapts  the  work  to  all  circumstances  and 
places.  The  reason  for  it  is  this:  we  have  become  acquainted  with  them  in 
our  practice  and  journeyings,  and  know  that  when  the  articles  cannot  be  ob- 
tained for  one  way,  they  may  be  for  some  other  way;  as  also  that  one  pre- 
scription is  better  for  some  than  for  other  persons;  therefore,  we  give  the 
variety,  that  all  may  be  benefited  as  much  as  possible.  For  instance,  there 
are  twenty  different  prescriptions  for  different  diseases  and  conditions  of  the 
eye ; there  are  also  a dozen  different  liniments,  etc.,  etc.;  yet  the  Author  feels 
well  assured  that  the  most  perfect  satisfaction  will  be  experienced  in  them  as 
a whole.  And  although  it  could  not  be  expected  that  special  advantages  of 
particular  recipes  could  be  pointed  out  to  any  great  extent,  yet  the  Author 
must  be  indulged  in  referring  to  a few,  iu  the  various  Departments.  All,  or 
nearly  all,  merchants  and  grocers,  as  also  most  families,  will  be  more  or  less 
benefited  by  the  directions  for  making  or  preserving  butter,  preserving  eggs, 
or  fruit,  computing  interest,  making  vinegar,  and  keeping  cider  palatable, 
etc.  In  ague  sections  of  country  none  should  be  without  the  information  on 
this  subject;  and,  in  fact,  there  is  not  a medical  subject  introduced  but  what 
will  be  found  more  or  less  valuable  to  everyone.  Even  physicians  will  be 
more  than  compensated  in  its  perusal ; whilst  consumptive,  dyspeptic,  rheu- 
matic, and  fever  patients  ought,  by  all  means,  to  avail  themselves  of  the  ad- 
vantages here  pointed  out.  The  treatment  in  Female  Debility,  and  the  ob- 
servations on  the  changes  in  female  life,  are  such  that  every  one  of  them  over 
thirteen  or  fourteen  years  of  age  should  not  be  without  this  work.  The  direc- 
tions in  Pleurisy  and  other  inflammatory  diseases  cannot  fail  to  benefit  every 
family  into  whose  hands  the  book  shall  fall. 

The  Good  Samaritan  Liniment,  we  do  not  believe,  has  its  equal  in  the 
world,  for  common  uses,  whilst  there  are  a number  of  other  liniments  equally 
•well  adapted  to  particular  cases.  And  we  would  not  undertake  to  raise  a 
family  of  children  without  our  Whooping  Cough  Syrup  and  Croup  Remedies, 
knowing  their  value  as  we  do,  if  it  cost  a hundred  dollars  to  obtain  them. 
Tanners  and  shoemakers,  painters  and  blacksmiths,  tinners  and  gunsmiths, 
cabinet-makers,  barbers,  and  bakers,  will  find  in  their  various  Departments 
more  than  enough,  in  single  recipes,  to  compensate  them  for  the  expense  of 
the  work  ; and  farriers  and  farmers  who  deal  in  horses  and  cattle,  will  often 
find  that  Department  to  save  a hundred  times  its  cost  in  single  cases  of 
disease. 

A gentleman  recently  called  at  my  house  for  one  of  the  books,  saying  ; 

I have  come  ten  miles  out  of  my  way  to  get  it,  for  I staid  over  night  with  a 
farmer,  who  had  one.  and  had  been  benefited  more  than  twenty  dollars,  in 
curing  a horse  by  its  directions.”  A gentleman  near  this  city  says  he  had 
paid  out  dollars  after  dollars  to  cure  a horse  of  spavin,  without  benefit  , as 
directed  by  other  books  of  recipes ; but  a few  shillings,  as  directed  by  this, 
cured  the  horse.  Another  gentleman  recently  said  to  me:  ‘ Your  Eye  Water 
is  worth  more  than  twenty  dollars.”  I could  fill  pages  with  similar  state- 
ments which  have  come  to  my  knowledge  since  I commenced  the  publication 
of  this  work,  but  must  be  content  by  asking  all  to  look  over  our  References, 
which  have  b^en  voluntarily  accumulating  during  the  seven  years  in  which 
the  work  has  been  in  growing  up  to  its  present  size  and  perfection;  and  the 
position  in  society  of  most  of  the  persons  making  these  statements  is  such- 
many  of  whom  are  entire  strangers  to  the  Author  and  to  each  other— that  any 
person  can  see  that  no  possible  complicity  could  exist  between  us,  even  if  we 
desired  it. 

Families  will  find  in  the  Baking,  Cooking,  Coloring,  and  Miscellaneous 
Departments  all  they  will  need,  without  the  aid  of  any  other  “Cook  Book  ;” 
and  the  Washing  Fluid,  which  we  have  used  at  every  washing  except  two  lor 
nearly  eight  years,  is  worth  to  every  family  of  eight  or  ten  persons,  ten  times 
the  cost  of  the  book,  yearly,  saving  both  in  labor  and  wear  of  clothes. 

fcSiSVENTH. — Many  of  the  articles  can  be  gathered  from  garden,  field,  or 


IO 


Author's  Preface . 


woods,  and  the  others  will  always  be  found  with  druggists,  and  most  of  the 
preparations  will  cost  only  from  one-half  to  as  low  as  one-sixteenth  as  much  as 
to  purchase  them  already  made;  and  the  only  certainty,  nowadays,  of  having 
a good  article,  is  to  make  it  yourself. 

F tN\A.ii.LY. — There  is  one  of  two  things  fact  about  this  book : It  is  the  big- 
gest humbug  of  the  day;  or  it  is  the  best  work  of  the  kind  published  in  the 
English  language.  If  a careiul  perusal  does  not  satisfy  all  that  it  is  not  the 
first,  but  that  it  is  the  last,  then  will  the  Author  be  willing  to  acknowledge 
that  testing,  experimenting,  labor,  travel,  and  study  are  of  no  account  in 
qualifying  a man  for  such  a work,  especially  when  that  work  has  been  the 
long  cherished  object  of  his  life,  for  a lasting  benefit  to  his  fellow  creatures, 
saving  them  from  extortion  in  buying  single  recipes,  and  also  giving  them  a 
reliable  work,  for  every  emergency,  more  than  for  his  own  peculiar  benefit. 
Were  it  not  so,  I should  have  kept  the  work  smaller,  as  heretofore — for  the 
eighth  edition  of  two  hundred  and  twenty-four  pages,  when  handsomely 
bound,  sold  for  one  dollar,  as  now;  but  in  this  edition  you  get  a dollar’s  worth 
of  book , even  in  common  reading  matter,  besides  the  most  reliable  practical 
information,  by  which  you  will  often  save,  not  only  dollars  and  cents,  but  re- 
lieve suffering  and  prolong  life.  It  is,  in  fact,  a perfect  mass  of  the  most  valu- 
able methods  of  accomplishing  the  things  snoken  of,  an  Encyclopedia  upon 
the  various  branches  of  science  and  art  treated  of  in  the  work,  which  no  fam- 
ily can  afford  to  do  without— indeed,  young  and  old,  “Everybody’s”  book. 
And  the  “taxi  s”  nor  “times”  should  be,  for  a moment,  argued  against  the 
purchase  of  so  valuable  a work,  especially  when  we  assure  you  that  the  book  is 
sold  only  by  Traveling  Agents , that  all  may  have  a chance  to  purchase  ; for  if  left  at 
the  book-stores,  or  by  advertisement  only,  not  one  in  fifty  would  ever  see  it. 

Some  persons  object  to  buying  a book  of  recipes,  as  they  are  constantly 
receiving  so  many  in  the  newspapers  of  the  day ; but  if  they  had  all  that  this 
book  contains,  scattered  through  a number  of  years  of  accumulated  papers, 
it  would  be  worth  more  than  the  price  of  this  work  to  have  them  gathered 
together,  carefully  arranged  in  their  appropriate  departments,  with  an  alpha- 
betical index,  and  handsomely  bound  ; besides  the  advantage  of  their  having 
passed  under  the  Author’s  carefully  pruning  and  grafting  hand. 

“ To  uproot  error  and  do  good  should  be  the  first  and  highest  aspiration  of 
every  intelligent  being.  He  who  labors  to  promote  the  physical  perfection  of 
his  race— he  who  strives  to  make  mankind  intelligent,  healthy,  and  happy— 
cannot  fail  to  have  reflected  on  his  own  soul  the  benign  smiles  of  those  whom 
he  has  been  the  instrument  of  benefiting.”  The  Author  has  received  too 
many  expressions  of  gratitude,  thankfulness,  and  favor,  in  relation  to  the 
value  of  “Dr.  Chase’s  Recipes,  or  Information  for  Everybody,”  to  doubt  in 
the  least  the  truth  of  the  foregoing  quotation  ; and  trusts  that  the  following 
quotation  may  not  be  set  down  to  “egotism  ” or  “bigotry,”  when  he  gives  it 
as  the  governing  reason  for  the  continued  and  permanent  publication  of  the 
work : 

“ I live  to  learn  their  story,  who  suffered  for  my  sake; 

To  emulate  their  glory,  and  follow  in  their  wake; 

Bards,  patriots,  martyrs,  sages,  and  nobles  of  all  ages, 

Whose  deeds  crown  History’s  pages,  and  Time’s  great  volume  make. 

“ I live  for  those  who  love  me,  for  those  who  know  me  true ; 

For  the  heaven  that  smiles  above  me,  and  awaits  my  spirit  too; 

For  the  cause  that  lacks  assistance,  for  the  wrong  that  needs  resistance, 

For  the  future  in  the  distance,  and  the  good  that  I can  do.” 

May  these  reasons  speedily  become  the  governing  principles  throughout 
the  world,  especially  with  all  those  who  have  taken  upon  themselves  the  vows 
of  our  “ Holy  Religion,”  knowing  that  it  is  to  those  only  who  begin  to  love  God 
and  right  actions,  h re,  with  whom  the  glories  of  heaven  shall  ever  begin.  Were 
they  thus  heeded,  we  should  no  longer  need  corroborating  testimony  to  our 
statements.  Now,  however,  we  are  obliged  to  array  every  point  before  the 
people,  as  a mirror,  that  they  may  judge  understandinqly,  even  in  matters  of 
the  most  vital  importance  to  themselves;  consequently  we  must  be  excused 
for  this  lengthy  Preface,  explanatory  Index,  and  extended  References  follow- 
ing it.  Yet,  that  there  are  some  who  will  let  the  work  go  by  them  as  one  of 
the  “humbugs  of  the  day,”  notwithstanding  all  that  has  or  mightbe said,  we 
have  no  doubt;  but  we  beg  to  refer  such  to  the  statement  amongst  our  Refer- 
ences, of  the  Rev.  C.  P.  Nash,  of  Muskegon,  Mich.,  who,  although  he  allowed 
it  thus  to  pass  him,  could  not  rest  satisfied  when  he  saw  the  reliability  of  the 
work,  purchased  by  his  less  incredulous  neighbors.  Then  if  you  will,  let  it  go 
by;  but  it  is  hoped  that  all  purchasers  may  have  sufficient  confidence  in  the 
work  not  to  allow  it  to  lie  idle;  for,  that  the  designed  and  greatest  possible 
amount  of  good  shall  be  accomplished  by  it,  it  is  only  necessary  that  it  should 
be  generally  introduced , and  daily  used,  is  the  positive  knowledge  of 

THE  AUTHOR. 


REFERENCES. 


txtracts  from  Certificates  and  Diplomas  in  the  Doctor's  Possession 
Connected  -with  his  Study  of  Medicine. 


“ I hereby  certify  that  A.  W.  Chase  has  prosecuted  the  study  of  medicine,  under  my 
Instruction,  (luring  the  term  of  two  years,  and  sustains  a good  moral  character. 

(Signed)  O.  B.  REED,  Physician. 

Belle  River,  Mich.” 

University  of  Michigan,  j 
College  of  Medicine  and  Surgery^  [ 

This  certifies  that  A.  W.  Chase  has  attended  a full  Course  of  Lectures  in  this  Insti- 
•'ution.  (Signed)  SILAS  H.  DOUGLAS,  Dean. 

University  of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor.” 

“ Eclectic  Medical  Institute,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 
Know  all  men  by  these  presents,  that  A.  W.  Chase  has  sustained  an  honorable 
examination  before  the  Faculty  of  this  Institute,  on  all  the  departments  of  Medical 
Science,  etc.  * * * Wherefore  we,  the  Trustees  and  Faculty  * * by  the  authority 
rested  in  us  by  the  Legisltaure  of  the  State  of  Ohio,  do  confer  on  him  the  degree  of 
doctor  of  Medicine. 

WM.  B.  PIERCE,  President. 

W.  T.  HURLBERT,  Vice-President. 

<as.  G.  Hrnshall,  Secretary. 

Signed  also  by  seven  Prefessors,  embracing  the  names  of  Scudder,  Bickley, 
(seal)  Freeman,  Newton,  Baldridge,  Jones,  and  Saunders. 


ANN  ARBOR  REFERENCES. 

The  following  statements  are  given  by  my  neighbors,  to  whom  I had  sent  the  eighth 
edition  of  my  Recipes,”  asking  their  opinions  %.{  its  value  for  the  people,  most  of 
tvhom  had  previously  purchased  earlier  editions  of  the  work,  and  several  of  them  used 
many  of  the  recipes  ; and  surely  their  position  in  society  must  place  their  statements 
above  all  suspicion  of  complicity  with  the  author  in  palming  off  a worthless  book  : but 
are  designed  to  benefit  the  people  by  increasing  the  spread  of  genr.ine  practical  infor- 
mation : 

Hon.  Alpheus  Felch,  one  of  our  first  lawyers,  formerly  a Senator  in  Congress,  and 
ylso  ex-Governor  of  Michigan,  says  : — Please  accept  my  thanks  for  the  copy  of  your 
‘ Recipes,”  which  you  were  so  good  as  to  send  me.  The  book  seems  to  me  to  contain 
much  valuable  practical  information , and  I have  no  doubt  will  be  extensively  useful. 

A.  Winchell,  Professor  of  Geology,  Zoology,  and  Botany,  in  the  University  of 
Michigan,  and  also  State  Geologist,  says  : — I have  examined  a large  number  of  recipes 
in  Dr.  Chase’s  published  collection,  and  from  my  knowledge,  either  experimental  or 
theoretical,  of  many  of  them,  and  my  confidence  in  Dr.  Chase’s  carefulness,  judgment, 
and  conscientiousness  in  the  selection  of  such  only  as  are  proved  useful,  after  full  trial, 
I feel  no  hesitation  in  saying  that  they  may  all  be  received  with  the  utmost  confidence  in 
their  practical  value,  except  in  those  cases  where  the  Doctor  has  himself  qualified  his 
recommendations. 

Rev,  L D.  Chapin  pastor  of  the  Presbyterian  Church,  says:— Allow  me  to  expres 
to  you  my  gratification  in  the  perusal  of  your  book.  I do  not  regard  myself  as  qualified 
to  speak  in  regard  to  the  whole  book,  for  you  enter  into  dnpartments  in  which  I have  no 
special  knowledge,  but  where  I understand  the  subject  I find  many  things  of  much 
practical  value  for  every  practical  man  and  housekeeper;  and  judging  of  those  parts 
which  I do  not,  by  those  which  I do  understand,  I think  that  you  have  furnished  a book 
that  most  families  can  afford  to  have  at  any  reasonable  price. 

Rev.  George  Smith,  Presiding  Elder  of  the  M.  E Church,  Ann  Arbor,  says:— I 
take  pleasure  in  saying  that  so  far  as  I have  examined,  I have  reason  to  believe  that 
your  Recipes  are  genuine,  and  not  intended  as  a catch-penny , but  think  any  person  pur- 
chasing it  will  get  the  worth  of  their  money. 


12 


References . 


Rev.  Geo.  Taylor,  Pastor  of  Ann  Arbor,  and  Dixboro  M.  E.  Church,  writes  as  fol- 
lows As  per  your  request,  I have  carefully  examined  your  book  of  Recipes,  recently 
published,  and  take  pleasure  in  adding  my  testimony  to  the  many  you  have  already 
received,  that  I regard  it  as  the  best  compilation  of  recipes  I have  ever  seen.  Several  of 
these  recipes  we  have  used  in  our  family  for  years,  and  count  each  of  them  worth  the 
cost  of  your  book. 

Elder  Samuel  Cornelius,  Pastor  of  the  Baptist  Church,  writes  I have  looked  over 
your  book  of  “ Information  for  Everybody,”  and  as  you  ask  my  judgment  of  it,  I say 
that  it  gives  evidences  of  much  industry  and  care  on  the  part  of  the  compiler,  and  con- 
tains information  which  must  be  valuable  to  all  classes  of  business  men  in  town  and 
country,  and  especially  to  all  families  who  want  to  cook  well,  and  have  pleasant,  healthy 
drinks,  syrups,  and  jellies— who  wish  to  keep  health  when  they  enjoy  it,  or  seek  for  it  in 
an  economical  way.  I thank  you  for  the  copy  you  sent  me,  and  hope  you  may  make  a 
great  many  families  healthy  and  happy. 

Rev.  F.  A.  Blades,  of  the  M.  E.  Church,  and  Paster  in  charge,  for  two  years  of  Ann 
Arbor  Station,  says  : — Dr.  Chase:  Dear  Sir, — Your  work  of  Recipes  I have  examined, 
and  used  some  of  them  for  a year  past.  I do  not  hesitate  to  pronounce  it  a valuable 
work,  containing  information  for  the  million.  I hope  you  will  succeed  in  circulating  it 
very  generally.  It  is  worthy  a place  in  every  house. 

This  gentleman  speaks  in  the  highest  terms  of  the  “ Dyspeptic’s  Biscuit  and  Cof- 
fee,” as  of  other  recipes  used. 

Eberbach  & Co.,  Druggists,  of  Ann  Arbor,  say We  have  been  filling  prescriptions 
from  “ Dr.  Chase’s  Recipes,”  for  three  or  four  years,  and  freely  say  that  we  do  not 
know  of  any  dissatisfaction  arising  from  want  of  correctness;  but,  on  the  other  hand, 
we  know  that  they  gi general  satisfaction. 

Rev.  S.  P.  Hildreth,  of  Dresden,  O.,  a former  neighbor,  enclosing  a recent  letterv 
says  I have  carefully  examined  your  book,  and  regard  it  as  containing  a large  amount 
of  information  which  will  be  valuable  in  every  household. 

Rev.  William  C.  Way.  of  the  M.  E.  Church,  Plymouth,  Mich.,  says I have  cured 
myself  of  Laryngitis,  (inflammation  of  the  throat,)  brought  on  by  long  continued  and 
constant  public  speaking  by  the  use  of  Dr.  Chase’s  black  oil,  and  also  know  a fever  sore 
to  have  been  cured  upon  a lady  by  the  use  of  the  same  article. 


OPINIONS  OF  THE  ANN  ARBOR  PRESS. 

A New  Book. — Dr.  Chase,  of  this  city,  has  laid  on  our  table  a new  edition  of  his 
work,  entitled  “ Dr.  Chase’s  Recipes;  or,  Information  for  Everybody,”  for  making  all 
sorts  of  things,  money  not  excepted.  We  would  not,  however,  convey  the  idea  that  the 
Doctor  tells  you  how  to  make  spurious  coin,  or  counterfeit  bills,  but  by  practicing  upon 
the  maxims  laid  down  in  this  work,  money  making  is  the'certain  result.  Buy  a book 
and  acmpt  the  recipes  in  your  households,  on  your  farms,  and  in  your  business,  and 
success  is  sure  to  follow.  The  work  is  neatly  printed,  elegantly  bound,  and  undoubt- 
edly embodies  more  useful  information  than  any  work  of  the  kind  now  before  the  public. 
Students,  or  others,  wishing  to  engage  in  selling  a saleable  work,  will  do  well  to  send 
for  circulars  describing  the  book,  with  terms  to  agents,  etc.,  for  it  is  indeed  a work 
which  “ Everybody  ’’ought  to  have. — Michigan  State  Nezvs,  Ann  Arbor. 

Dr.  A.  W.  Chase,  of  this  city,  has  placed  on  our  table  a copy  of  his  “ Recipes;  or, 
Information  for  Everybody.”  Beginning  with  a small  pamphlet,  the  Doctor  ha? 
swelled  his  work  to  a bound  volume  of  about  400  pages ; an  evidence  that  his  labors  are 
appreciated.  The  volume  furnishes  many  recipes  and  much  information  of  real  practi- 
cal value. — Michigan  Argus , Ann  Arbor. 

Dr.  Chase’s  Recipes. — The  ninth  edition  of  Dr.  Chase’s  Recipes  has  been  re- 
cently published,  revised,  illustrated,  and  enlarged,  comprising  a very  large  collection  of 
practical  information  for  business  men,  mechanics,  artists,  farmers,  and  for  families 
generally.  The  recipes  are  accompanied  with  explanations  and  comments  which  greatly 
increase  the  value  of  the  work,  It  is  a handsomely  bound  volume.— Ann  Arbor 
Journal. 

Dr.  Chase,  of  Ann  Arbor,  has  favored  us  with  a copy  of  Recipes  which  he  has  pub- 
lished, * * * * who  claims  that  they  have  been  made  up  from  his  own  and  others’ 
every-day  experience.  There  is  certainly  a great  many  useful  recipes  in  this  work  that 
might  be  found  to  richly  repay  its  cost  to  any  family.— Michigan  Farmer,  Detroit. 


OPINIONS  OF  THE  PEOPLE-STRANGERS. 

Rev.  C.  P.  Nash,  of  Muskegon,  Mich.,  writes  : — Dr.  Chase:  Dear  Sir, — Some  time 
since,  one  of  your  agents  canvassed  our  town  for  your  ••  Book  of  Recipes,”  but  thinking 
it,  perhaps,  one  of  the  humbugs  of  the  day,  I neglected  my  opportunity  to  procure  one. 
The  books,  however,  were  sold  to  our  neighbors  about  us,  and  my  wife  borrowed  one  in 
order  to  test  a few  of  its  recipes.  She  found  them  all  genuine,  so  iar  as  she  tried  them, 
and  now  very  much  regrets  that  we  did  not  procure  one.  She  considers  them  invaluable. 


References . 


*3 


The  object  of  this  note  is  to  inquire  whether  we  can  procure  one  by  sending  you  the 
necessary  funds.  If  so,  we  will  send  by  return  of  mail,  upon  receipt  of  your  answer. 
If  not,  can  you,  and  will  you  be  so  kind  as  to  inform  us  where  and  how  we  can  procure 
one.  P.  S.— Enclosed  please  find  a directed  and  pre-paid  envelope,  for  you  reply. 

Frederick  Bues,  Vinegar  Manufacturer,  of  Freeport,  111.,  says: — Dr.  Chase’s 
plan  of  making  vinegar  is  purely  scientific,  and  I am  making  it  with  entire  success. 

J.  M.  Chase,  Canedea,  N.  Y.,  says: — Your  vinegar  is  all  right.  More  than  forty 
men  tested  it  last  Saturday,  and  they,  to  a man,  say  it  is  the  best  and  pleasantest  they 
ever  saw. 

J.  Clark,  of  Conneautville,  Pa.,  said  to  me  he  had  made  $500  in  four  months,  from 
the  vinegar  recipe. 

L.  Weber,  grocer,  of  Crestline,  O.,  says,  May  26,  1859: — I purchased  Dr.  Chase’s  l 
book  about  a year  ago,  and  have  made  and  sold  the  vinegar  at  a profit  of  about  $40  on( 
nine  barrels.  These  statements  refer  to  the  “ Vinegar  in  Three  Days,  without  Drugs.” 

H.  W.  Lord  and  B.  Fox,  grocers,  of  Pont;ac,  Mich.,  say: — We  have  kept  eggs  two 
years,  by  Dr.  Chase’s  process,  as  good  as  when  put  down. 

L.  Howard,  hotel  keeper,  (of  the  firm  of  Kimbal  & Howard,)  Waverly  House, 
Elgin,  111.,  says  : — We  used  eggs  in  June  of  this  year,  which  were  laid  down  in  May  of 
last  year,  by  a plan  just  the  same  as  Dr.  Chase’s,  and  they  were  just  as  good  as  fresh 
eggs,  and  as  clean  and  nice  in  every  way. 

Wm.  Buss,  of  the  firm  of  Robinson  & Co.,  grocers,  of  Erie,  Pa.,  says — I have  tried 
* recipe  similar  to  Dr.  Chase’s  egg  preserving  recipe,  for  several  years  with  perfect 
success,  and  freely  recommend  it  to  any  one  wishing  to  deal  in  eggs. 

John  A.  Vanhorn,  merchant,  of  Marshall,  Mich.,  says: — 1 have  been  acquainted 
vvith  Dr  Chase’s  plan  of  keeping  eggs  for  five  years,  and  know  that  it  will  keep  them  as 
nice  as  fresh  eggs. 

T.  L.  Stevens,  merchant,  of  Paw  Paw,  Mich.,  says  that  he  is  acquainted  with  the 
«ame  thing,  and  knows  that  it  is  good. 

Chapel  & Graves,  grocers,  at  Ottawa,  111.,  say  they  paid  $10  for  the  egg  preserving 
■recipe.  I know  two  men,  one  of  whom  paid  $100  and  the  other  $125,  for  a part  only  of  the 
vinegar  recipes. 

Howbret  & Fallor,  druggists,  of  Bucvrus,  Ohio,  say:— Dr.  Chase’s  Red  Ink  is 
superior  to  Harrison’s  Columbian  Ink,  and  also  that  his  Burning  Fluid  can  have  no 
superior. 

Miller  & Davis,  bankers,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.,  say: — We  have  tried  Dr.  Chase’s  Com- 
mon Ink,  and  find  it  a good  article 

Robert  Heany,  Jr.,  druggist,  of  Hendrysburg,  O.,  says: — I have  tried  several  of 

gmr  recipes,  and  so  far  find  them  good.  The  Eye-Water  gives  good  satisfaction  ; the 
ood  Samaritan  takes  the  place  of  all  other  liniments  in  the  shop;  the  Green  Mountain 
Salve  takes  well  for  plasters,  and  Mead’s  Sovereign  Ointment  is  doing  for  me  what  no 
other  medicine  has  done,  it  is  curing  a sore  on  my  back  which  has  baffled  all  applica- 
tions for  more  than  two  years.  One  doctor  called  it  tetter,  another  erysipelas.  It  began 
like  a ring-worm,  and  slowly  spread,  with  the  most  intolerable  itching.  It  is  now 
nearly  well,  with  only  two  weeks’  use  of  the  ointment. 

Dr.  A.  S.  Witter,  Eclectic  physician,  of  Battle  Creek,  Mich.,  says: — Either  of  Dr. 
phase’s  preparations  for  the  Ague  is  worth  double  what  he  asks  for  the  whole  list  of 
Irecipes. 

Prof.  A.  H.  Platt,  M.  D.,  of  Antioch  College,  Yellow  Springs,  O.,  says: — To  the 
Medical  Profession:  This  certifies  that  the  recipe  in  Dr.  Chase’s  Collection,  dor  the  cure 
of  Uterine  Hemorrhage,  is  original  with  me,  and  has  been  in  my  practice  fd!r  nearly 
twenty  years,  without  a single  failure. 

L.  S.  Hodgkins,  of  Reading,  Mich.,  says  : — I have  cured  my  wife  of  Cancer  of  four 
years’  standing,  with  one  of  Dr.  Chase’s  cancer  cures.  I know  it  has  cured  others  also. 

W.  J.  Cook,  M.  D.,  of  Mendota,  111.,  says: — 1 have  examined  Dr.  Chase’s  recipes, 
and  find  two  or  three  worth  more  than  he  asks  for  the  whole  colli  ction. 

T.  W.  Church,  dentist,  of  Coldwater,  Mich.,  says  :—  I have  been  acquainted  with  Dr. 
Chase  and  his  book  of  Recipes  for  about  two  years.  All  I have  tested  are  found  to  be 
practical ; and  his  prescription  for  my  father,  in  paralysis,  was  found  to  be  more  effectual 
in  giving  relief  than  that  of  any  other  physician. 

The  editor  of  the  Ann  Arbor  Local  flews  says  : — We  have  thoroughly  examined  the 
work  published  by  A.  W.  Chase,  M D.,  entitled  “ Dr.  Chase’s  Recipes,”  and  believe  it 
to  be  a most  valuable  book  for  everybody.  There  is  not,  in  our  opinion,  a single  recipe 
contained  in  it  that  is  not  of  great  practical  use. 

N.  S.  Reed,  harness  maker,  of  Mansfield,  O.,  says : — I have  used  Dr.  Chase’s  Var- 
nish Blacking  for  Harness  over  three  years,  and  say  it  is  the  best  I ever  used. 

J.  & D.  Minich.  tanners,  of  Bucyrus,  O.,  say: — We  are  using  Dr.  Chase’s  tanning 
and  finishing  recipes  with  good  satisfaction. 

* Mrs.  Morris,  of  Lima,  near  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.,  says : — I am  using  Dr.  Chase’s 
Washing  Fluid,  and  have  found  it  to  be  a very  valuable  recipe,  and  I would  not  do  a 
washing  without  its  aid  for  half  the  price  of  the  book,  weekly 

Stephen  Allen,  of  Adrian,  Mich.,  says: — We  have  used  A.  W.  Chase’s  Washing 
Fluid  for  two  years,  and  my  wife  says  she  would  not  do  without  it  for  $10  a year,  and  it 
does  not  injure  the  clothes,  but  saves  all  bleaching. 


14 


References . 


Jacob  Schoen,  of  East  Saginaw,  Mich.,  says:— The  recipe  of  Dr.  Chase’s  Washing 
Fluid  is  genuine,  and  like  the  same  which  I manufactured  and  sold  for  nine  years  ia 
Vienna,  the  capital  of  Austria,  in  Europe. 

H.  W.  Donnelly,  postmaster  of  Parma,  Mich.,  says My  family  have  used  a prepar- 
ation  in  washing  for  ten  years,  similar  to  Dr.  Chase’s,  and  we  know  it  to  be  practical 
and  valuable.  He  said  to  a farmer,  who  asked  his  opinion  of  the  book,  buy  one,  says  he 
■ — that  recipe  alone  is  worth  the  whole  price,  a dozen  times. 

The  editor  of  the  Country  Gentleman  says  of  the  Washing  Fluid,  from  several 

J 'ears’  experience,  that  clothes  not  only  wash  easier,  but  look  better,  and  last  fully  as 
ong  as  when  washed  in  the  old  way. 

The  Author  knows  that  shirts  will  last  twice  as  long,  for  the  board-rubbing  wears 
them  out  faster  than  body  wear,  and  as  two-thirds  of  that  rubbing  is  saved,  the  wear  is 
of  course  saved. 

Gideon  Howell,  of  Oramel,  N.  Y.,  says: — I have  drank  cider  two  j'ears  °ld>  (kept 
by  one  of  Dr.  Chase’s  recipes,)  as  good  as  when  put  up,  and  did  not  cost  one-fourth  of  3 
cent  per  barrel  to  prepare  it. 

Sheldon  Bebee,  a farmer,  of  Cary,  Ohio,  says  :— I put  away  cider  in  November,  by 
one  of  Dr.  Chase’s  recipes,  to  preserve  cider,  and  it  is  now,  in  March,  as  good  as  when 
first  made. 

Messrs  J.  W.  Bell  & P.  Mower,  blacksmiths,  of  New  Vienna,  O.,  August  11,  1859, 
say: — Dr.  A.  W.  Chase : Dear  Sir, — We  have  tried  your  process  for  re-cutting  Files, 
and  are  happy  to  say  to  you  that  it  works  well ; and  we  desire  you  also  to  send  us  th<> 
recipe  for  welding  Cast-Steel  without  borax,  which  was  forgotten  when  we  obtained  the 
other.  [I  sold  to  them  before  these  recipes  were  printed  in  the  hiok.] 

John  Miser,  blacksmith,  of  Washington,  Ohio,  says,  June  20th,  1859:— Dr.  Chas* 
tried  his  FileCutting  Process  in  my  shop  last  night,  and.  I am  satisfied  that  it  is  a good 
thing,  and  have  purchased  his  book. 

Wm.  Russell,  blacksmith,  of  Princeton,  Ind.,  says,  May  7,  i860: — I purchased  Dr, 
Chase’s  book  of  recipes  this  afternoon,  and  have  tested  the  recipe  for  tempering  Mill 
Picks,  to  my  perfect  satisfaction,  and  also  of  the  miller  who  used  them.  They  cut  glass 
also,  very  nicely. 

J.  Kinneman,  miller  in  Union  Mills,  Union,  Pa.,  says : — August  20,  i860,  Mr.  Todd, 
a blacksmith  of  this  place,  put  one  dollar  in  my  hands  to  be  given  to  Dr.  Chase,  if  his 
Mill-Pick  Tempering  recipe  gave  satisfaction  upon  test ; and  the  Doctor  gained  th« 
money. 

G.  C.  Schofield,  of  Conneautville,  Pa.,  says  :— After  using  Wood’s  Hair  Restorative 
without  benefit,  I have  now  a good  head  of  hair  from  using  a Restorative  similar  to  Dr- 
Chase’s,  and  I know  his  to  be  a superior  article. 

O.  B.  Bangs,  of  Napoleon,  Mich.,  says: — Dr.  Chase : Dear  Sir, — Allow  me  to  say. 
by  using  your  Hair  Restorative  once  a day  for  two  weeks,  gave  me  a beautiful  dark  head 
of  hair  in  place  of  a silver-gray  which  had  been  my  companion  for  years;  and  although 
I have  not  now  used  it  in  four  months,  yet  my  hair  retains  its  beautiful  dark  appearance, 
and  is  soft  and  pliable  as  in  youth.  If  it  was  used  once  a day  for  two  weeks,  and  then 
two  or  three  days  only,  every  two  months,  no  gray  hair  would  ever  appear.  The 
expense  of  it  is  so  very  trifling,  also,  no  one  would  feel  it,  as  3%  pints  cost  only  from  2 1 
to  30  cents. 

T.  Shaw,  cabinet  maker,  of  Westfield,  N.  Y.,  says: — I have  used  Dr.  Chase’s  pre* 
paration  in  finishing  furniture,  about  five  years,  and  know  it  is  good  and  better  than  anv 
other  thing  I have  used  in  thirty-five  years. 

Jonathan  Higgins,  a farmer,  of  West  Union,  Adams  connty,  O.,  says  : — I have  used 
Dr.  Chase’s  treatment  for  Cholic  in  horses  for  t.hs  last  12  to  15  years,  with  perfect  su<? 
cess,  and  also  on  myself  with  as  perfect  satisfaction;  and  my  wife  says  she  likes  Mrs. 
Chase’s  Buck-wheat  Short-cake  better  than  the  griddle  cake,  and  it  is  not  half  the  trouble 
to  make  it. 

A.  French,  of  Jackson,  O.,  says: — Having  cured  many  horses  of  Spavin  and  Big- 
head  with  a preparation  similar  to  Dr.  Chase’s  Ring-bone  and  Spavin  Cure,  I am  free  to 
say  that  this  recipe  is  worth  more  than  the  whole  price  of  the  book  to  all  who  are  dealing 
in  horses.  It  also  cures  curbs,  callouses,  inflammations,  etc.,  etc.,  and  this  I know 
from  twenty  years  experience  in  staging. 

J.  M.  Lowry,  of  Pomeroy,  O.,  says  : — I have  successfully  treated  more  than  25  cases 
of  bots,  with  Dr.  Chase’s  remedy  for  that  disease. 

W.  W.  Robbins,  of  Mil  wood,  O.,  says: — I purchased  one  of  Dr.  Chase’s  books 
about  two  years  ago,  and  have  used  a number  of  the  recipes,  and  I find  all  I have  tried 
give  entire  satisfaction ; and  I now  want  your  last  edition. 

E.  L.  Burton,  a glove  manufacturer,  at  Gloversville,  N.  Y.,  says I have  never 
known  any  preparation  for  removing  paint  from  clothes  equal  to  Dr.  Chase’s  Renovating 
Mixture,  From  experience. 

Hiram  Sisson,  an  old  farrier  and  farmer,  of  Crown  Point,  Essex  county,  N.  Y., 
says : — I have  used  Dr.  Chase’s  Kitridge  and  Green  Ointments  for  several  years,  on 
human  flesh  and  on  horses,  in  bruises  and  deep  sores,  with  better  success  than  any  other 
preparation  which  I have  ever  used,  and  know  they  are  no  humbug,  but  are  worthy  of 
very  great  confidence. 


References. 


15 


Hiram  Storms,  dyer  and  manufacturer,  at  Ann  Arbor.  August  6,  1859,  says : — 1 
have  examined  and  revised  Dr.  Chase’s  Coloring  recipes,  and  am  satisfied  that  they  are 
practical  and  good.  1 have  also  furnished  him  with  some  valuable  recipes  in  that  line. 

“ Dr.  Chase’s  Recipes;  or,  Information  for  Everybody,”  a work  of  384  pages,  now 
passing  through  our  press,  treating  upon  some  four  hundred  different  subjects — over 
eight  hundred  recipes — being  interspersed  with  sufficient  wTit  and  wisdom  to  make  it 
interesting  as  a general  reading  book,  besides  the  fact  that  it  embraces  only  such  sub- 
jects as  have  a practical  adaptability  to  “ Everybody’s  ” every-day  use,  makes  it  certainly 
worthy  of  universal  favor.  From  the  Author’s  great  care  and  watchfulness  in  person- 
ally supervising  its  preparation  for  stereotyping,  and  from  the  correctness  of  its  general 
teachings,  after  examination  of  the  proof  sheets,  we  Jcel  satisfied,  that  no  person 'will 
regret  its  purchase.  As  it  is  sold  only  by  traveling  agents,  and  only  one  agent  in  a 
county,  none,  who  can  possibly  avoid  it,  should  allow  the  work  to  pass  without  obtain- 
ing a copy.  It  is  only  necessary  to  examine  the  ,l  Descriptive  Circular,”  to  satisfy  every 
reasonable  person  of  the  truth  of  our  statements.-^iSyrtfews*?  Journal , N.  T. 

John  A Stanley,  of  Fountain  Creek,  Tenn.,  writing  September  13,  1870,  says  : — I 
was  cured  of  fever  sores  of  ten  years’  standing,  on  my  foot  and  right  arm,  by  your  'Green 
Salve. 

Mr.  E.  B.  Osgood,  of  South  Vineland,  says: — I have  one  of  your  Recipe  Books, 
and  you  can  judge  how  highly  I value  it  when  I tell  you  I paid  away  every  cent  I had  to 

fet  it.  My  wife  told  me  we  could  not  afford  it,  but  I told  her  that  we  could  not  afford  to 
o without  it.  I have  not  changed  my  mind  yet — -would  not  part  with  it  for  $500,  if  I 
tould  not  get  another. 

L.  S.  Mason,  of  Sacramento,  Cal.,  writes  February  19,1870: — R.  A.  Beal : Dear 
Sir, — I have  seen  your  circular  and  book  of  recipes.  A friend  of  mine,  Dr.  Brown, 
eays  it  is  the  best  book  of  the  kind  he  ever  saw.  Says  he  would  not  be  without  one  if  it 
cost  him  $10.  I am  so  pleased  with  it  that  I wish  to  aid  in  its  sale.  It  is  a book  that 
Will  never  wear  out.  Mrs.  Clapp,  of  the  Golden  Eagle  Hotel,  Grass  Valley,  says  she 
buts  up  all  her  fruit,  vegetables,  meats,  preserves,  and  eatables  by  your  book,  and  never 
nas  known  any  one  of  the  recipes  to  fail. 

Charlie  Williams,  of  Warrensburg,  Pa.,  writing  July  20,1871,  says: — R.  A.  Beal: 
Dear  Sir, — I can  not  say  one-half  I desire  in  praise  of  your  great  work;  but  speaking 
from  experience,  I can  say  that  it  has  saved  my  life.  In  1866  I was  at  Tyrone,  Blair 
county,  Pa.,  and  was  greatly  annoyed  by  a large  goiter  or  tumor,  as  Dr.  Pancost  called 
i.t,  the  same  as  Bronchocele  in  your  book.  I had  doctored  for  several  months  and  spent 
almost  all  my  means,  and  despaired  of  a cure,  when  I was  informed  of  Dr.  Pancost’s 
ability  to  cure  such  cases,  and  that  he  was  at  the  head  of  his  profession  in  this  country. 
S had  very  little  means,  but  procured  a pass  to  go  to  Philadelphia  and  see  this  noted 
doctor.  I spent  five  days  there,  and  he  probed  it  several  times  before  his  students,  but 
at  last  gave  it  up.  It  grew  very  large,  on  the  right  side  of  my  neck.  Two  years  after 
I had  almost  become  useless  with  it,  when  a gentleman  on  a train  between  Detroit  and 
Chicago  told  me  that  if  I would  stop  with  him  he  would  give  me  a recipe  to  cure  it.  I 
had  very  little  faith  in  his  recipe,  but  as  it  would  cost  me  nothing  to  stop  off  and  get  it, 
!t  did  so.  He  went  to  a certain  book  and  read  from  it,  and  I copied  it  down.  It  was  the 
tmly  thing  that  ever  did  me  any  good.  I continued  to  use  it  for  ten  weeks,  and  the 
swelling  disappeared,  and  has  never  troubled  me  since.  Several  months  afterwards  I 
tound  that  it  was  the  recipe  for  Bronchocele  in  your  valuable  book. 

G.  D.  Curtis,  of  Montrose,  Iowa,  says  :—  I feel  interested  in  the  sale  of  your  work 
on  account  of  the  good  it  has  done  us.  By  it  we  saved  the  life  of  one  of  our  children 
that  was  poisoned  by  eating  a colored  card  that  came  off  from  dry  goods.  Our  family 
physician,  on  arriving  at  a late  hour,  told  us  we  had  saved  the  life  of  our  child  by  the 
book,  for  it  would  have  been  dead  long  before  he  arrived  had  we  not  happened  to  have 
the  book  and  used  the  remedy  promptly. 


GENERAL  INDEX 

BY  THE  PUBLISHER , 


-A. 

Abdominal  Rupture..... 188*190 

Abortion,  Treatment  of 287-289 

Abscess,  Treatment  of..... 290 

Abstinence 408 

Abbreviations,  Medical f 

Accidents 384,  396,  4 

Accidents,  to  Prevent 391-400 

Accidents,  in  Carriages 392 

Accidents,  of  Fire c 

Accidents,  of  Swimming 394 

Accidents,  what  to  do 399 

Advice,  to  Mothers 422-426  ; 429-439 

Advice,  to  Young  Ladies 576-580 

After-Birth.... 290 

After-Pains 290 

Ague  Medicines 72-74 

Agge,  Pills,  Bitters,  Powders 73 

Auue  Mixture,  without  Quinine...  73 

Ague,  Cured  by  Clairvoyant 73 

Ague,  Cured  for  a Penny 

Ague  Anodyne 74 

Ague 191 

Ale,  Home  Brewed 51 

Ale,  to  Prevent  Flatness 5* 

Alcohol,  in  Medicines.  71,8 

Alterative,  for  Skin  Diseases 85 

Alterative  Syrup  or  Blood  Purifyer  125 

Alterative,  very  Strong 125 

Alterative  Cathartic,  Tonic 125 

Alterative  Pills  and  Syrup 330 

Amusements  for  the  Young: 

Hunt  the  Slipper.— Blind  Man’s 
B uff. — Hide  and  Seek . —Bean s are 
Hot. — Oranges  and  Lemons. — 

My  Lady’s  Toilet.— The  Post.Kiss 
in  the  Ring.  — Copenhagen. — 
Questions  and  Answers.— Put  in 
a Word.— Queen  Ann  and  her 
Maids. — Spat  them  Out. — Buzz. — 
Twirl  the  Trencher.— Hunt  the 
Ring.— Here  I Bake,  Here  I Brew. 
—Chasing  the  Deer.— Hold  Fast 
and  Let  Go.— I Spy.— Fly  Away 
Sparrow.— Shadow  Buff.— Blind 
Man’s  Wand.— Lawyer.— Conse- 
quences.—How  Do  You  Like  It.— 
Fox  and  Geese.— Confidante. — 
The  Game  of  Twenty  Questions. 
—Crying  Forfeits.-  -Ransom  for 

Forfeits.— Croquet ...  628-638 

Almonds,  Blanched 634 


Almonds,  Pounding..,,.., 583 

Anodynes H8 

Anodyne,  Godlry’s  C/y'dial HB 

Anodyne,  Fomentations . , 328 

Anodyne,  Plaster,  powder 329 

Anti- Billious  Pill.. 329 

Anti-Cholera  Drops 329 

Antimonial  Wine 329 

Anti-Spasmodic  Tincture 329 

Anti-Spasmodic  Clyster 329 

Ants  329 

Annotta,  to  Prepare 598 

Apparatus  for  Making  Salves 142 

Apoplex  y, Treatment  of. 184, , 38? 

Aperient  Mixture 329,  330.  370 

Aperient  for  Children,  etc. . 329,  330,  37J 

Aperient,  Pill  and  Tonic 330,  371 

Appetite.... 413 

Apples,  to  Boil 529 

Apple  Fritters,  etc 530-533 

Apple  Merange 530 

Apple  Snow  Balls 533 

Apple  Marmalade 533 

Artificial  Skin 163 

Armpits,  Wash  for 517 

Arrow-root  Jelley,  etc 533 

A sthma  Remedies 122,  123 

Asthma,  Treatment  of 185,  188 

Atrophy 188 

Author’s  Preface . . . f 


IB 


Baking  Powders 

Barber’s  Itch,  to  Cure 

Balsam,  Indian  Healing 

Balsam,  for  Cuts,  Bruises,  etc. 

Baldness,  to  Cure 

Baldness,  to  Prevent 

Bathing 

Balm  of  a Thousand  Flowers 

Bandoline 

Beer,  Root— Lemon— Spruce. . . 

Beer,  Ginger— Corn— Gas 

Beer,  English,  strong 

Beer,  Bran,  Ginger 

Beer,  Powders 

Beer,  to  Bottle,  rnd  fine 

BeeStings,  to  Cure 

Bed  Sores 

Beef  

Bee-K.eeping 


, 38,  526 
....  163 
. . 163 

....  163 
1S4,  195 
....  194 
....  4C8 
....  508 
....  512 
....  49 
....  50 
....  51 
. 63,  64 
....  65 
....  68 
....  201 
....  285 

534 

639-648 


General  Index . 


17 


IhCE-KEEPING— 

Fundamental  Points  in— What 
Constitutes  a cs warm— Descrip- 
tion of  the  Queen— The  age  of  the 

Sueen  — Depositing  the  Egg  — 
atching  — Impregnation  of 
the  Queen  — Wailings  of  the 
Queen—  Worker  Bee  — Drone- 
Procuring  Bees  to  Stock  an  Api- 
ary— Swarming — Method  of  Hiv- 
ing—Loss  of  the  Queen— Winter- 
ing Bees— Enemies  of  Bees — 
Diseases  of  Bees— Foul  Brood — 
Feeding  Bees— Water  for  Bees— 
Robbing  among  Bees  — The 
Italian  Bee— Purity  of  Stock- 
Rearing  Italian  Queens— Intro- 
ducing the  Queen— The  Hive— 
The  Apiary— Stands  for  Hives- 

Transferring— Conclusion 639-648 

Bitters,  Stomach 60 

Bitters,  Tonic 335 

Birth,  Premature 302 

Biting  the  Nails. .. 317 

Bites,  of  Reptiles 400 

Blackberry,  Cultivation  of 58 

Blackberry  Brandy 62 

Blackberry  Syrup— Cordial 334 

Bladder,  Inflammation  of. 191 

Black  Eye,  to  remove 199 

Black  Salve 335 

Black  Draught 371 

Blacking,  Waterproof . 451 

Bleeding,  to  Stop 165,198,335 

Bleeding,  at  Nose 198,  386 

Blood-Root  Tincture 96 

Blood-Root,  in  Bronchitis,  Catarrh, 
Asthma,  Croup, Diphtheria,  Scar- 
latina, Rheumatism,  Liver  Dis- 
eases, etc 330-333 

Blood- Root,  Preparation  of 333 

Bloody  Flux 334 

Blotches,  to  Remove 334 

Blotched  Face,  Wash 509,  517 

Blisters,  Uses  and  Abuses 430 

Blisters,  Liquid,  Horse 498 

Blueing,  Liquid 553 

Blue  Vat,  to  make 600 

Bottling  Liquors,  Wines,  etc. 68 

Bottles,  to  Clean 70 

Bologna  Sausage 70 

Boils,  to  Cure 199 

Boneset,  Properties  of . 334 

Body,  in  Flames 384 

Box-Metal,  to  make. 472 

Bots,  to  Cure 479,  496 

Boilers,  to  Prevent  Lime 574 

Boilers,  to  Prevent  Exploding 574 

Breath,  Impure, to  Cure,  195, 27S,  292, 514 

Bright’s  Disease 195 

Bronchitis,  Treatment  of 196,  l£7 

Brain,  Inflammation  of 198 

Brain,  Compression  of. 386 

Breathing,  Diflicult ....  256,  292 

Bread,  to  Fry 530 

Bread,  to  Make 524,  526,  534 

Bread,  Corn,  Graham 538 

Brandy,  Blackberry,  Cherry 63 

Bronchocele 166,  229 

Breasts,  Inflammation  of 291 

Breast  s.  Hard 292 

Bronchial  Troches 334 

Brown  Ointment. 334 


Broken  Limbs,  Horses.  485 

Butter,  to  Preserve 31, 546 

Bu  tier,  Making  and  Storing 32 

Burning  Fluid,  to  Make 35 

Burns,  Remedies  for,  99, 100, 192, 194, 384 

Bunions,  to  Cure 202 

Button  Farcen 499 

Buns,  Lemon,  Bath 534 

Business,  Laws  and  Maxims 582 

Bug  Poisons 583 


Candy,  White,  to  make  47 

Candy,  Molasses 47 

Candy,  Action  of  on  Teeth 48 

Casks,  to  Sweeten 68 

Cat  arrh  Snuff 87 

Catarrh 203 

Cancers,  Treatment  of 87-92,  204,  205 

Cathartic  Syrup 96 

Cathartic  Bitters 125 

Cathartics 158 

Cathartic  Powders 389 

Camphor  Ice 39 

Canker  Tea 153 

Carminatives 156 

Carbuncle,  to  Cure 199 

Catnip,  Properties  of 338 

Camomile,  Properties  of 337 

Calomel,  its  Use  and  Abuse 429 

Case-Hardening  Locks 474 

Cakes,  Various,  to  make,  518-523, 535, 536 

Cake,  Table,  15  kinds 521 

Cake,  Buckwheat 524 

Cake,  Yeast 524 

Cake,  Cream 534 

Cakes,  Icing  for • 523, 535 

Cake,  Browning  for 535 

Carpets,  to  Clean 547 

Carpets,  Cheap,  to  Make 575 

Candles,  to  Make 557 

Catsup,  to  Make 562 

Catechu,  to  Prepare 599 

Cements,  Various 564,565,583 

Champagne,  Sham 53 

Champagne,  Summer 65 

Champagne  Cider 65 

Chapped  Hands,  to  Cure 203 

Chapped  Lips,  to  Cure 203 

Charcoal  Medicine 338 

Cherry  Brandy 62 

Cheese,  Cream 534 

Chills,  Congestive 79 

Chillblains,  to  Cure 101,  208,209 

Child-Birth,  or  Labor 294-297 

Chicken  Pox 317 

Children,  Diseases  of 310 

Children,  Advice  About 311-314 

Children,  Cooking  for 314-317 

Children,  Discipline  of 317 

China  and  Glassware,  to  Clean — 546  1 

Chlorosis 299 

Cholera  Tincture 153 

Cholera,  Remedies  for 154,155 

Cholera  Morbus,  Cholera,  etc. . 155, 156 

Cholera,  Treatment  of 214-218 

Cholera,  Rules  to  Prevent 414 

Choking 386 

Cholic,  in  Horses 479 

Cider,  Artificial 41 

Cider,  to  Bottle 41,66,68 

Cider  to  Keep  in  Barrels 42 


i8 


General  Index . 


Cider,  to  Keep  Sweet 42, 43 

Cider,  Champagne . 65 

Cider 65 

Cisterns,  Capacity  of 583 

Cleanliness 409,  411 

Clothes,  to  Renovate 606 

Counterfeit  Money,  to  Detect 36 

Coffee,  Soot 74 

Coffee,  to  Make 575 

Coffee,  Turkish  mode 541 

Congestive  Chill 79 

Costiveness,  to  Cure 92, 209,  211 

Corns,  to  Cure 102,  200 

Corns,  on  Horses 498 

Cod  Liver  Oil 106 

Consumption,  Treatmentand  Rem- 
edies   107-112, 211-213 

Cordial,  Godfrey’s 118 

Composition  Powder 123,  339 

Cough  Remedies 335,  338 

Cough  Lozenges 147 

Cough,  Mixture,  Candy,  Syrup....  148 

Cough,  Tincture,  Pill 149 

Cough,  Whooping 149 

Cold , Remedies  for 205-207 

Colds,  to  Prevent 206 

Colds,  to  Avoid  Catching 583 

Cold  Water  Cure 339-343 

Cold,  Intense 406 

Cold  Cream,  to  Make 516 

Colic,  Treatment  of. 207,208 

Colic,  in  Horses 496 

Convulsions,  in  Children 213,  438 

Confections,  Various 358 

Condition  Powders,  for  Horses 485 

Cologne,  Imperial 507 

Complexion,  to  Improve 509,516 

Complexion,  Colors  that  become...  513 

Cookies,  Cream 535 

Cookies 540 

Coloring,  to  Prepare  for 590 

Colors,  on  Woolen  Goods, 590-592, 597-600 
Colors,  Durable  on  Cotton... 592-594,  599 

Colors,  on  Silk 594,  595 

Colors,  for  edge  of  Boots,  Shoes, 

Harness 451 

Colors,  for  Wine 60 

Copyright,  Laws  of 6 

Croup,  Remedies  for 131,317 

Cream,  Substitute  for 541 

Cream,  Nectar 52 

Cream,  Ice 54 

Cramp,  Remedies  for 202 

Crackers,  to  Make 523,  524 

Cranesbill,  Properties  of. 338 

Cupping,  Dry,  etc 335 

Culver  Root,  Properties 338 

Cuts  and  Wounds 385 

Cutaneous  Eruptions 509 

Custard,  Baked 527, 536 

JD 

Dandruff,  to  Cure 285 

Dandelion,  Properties  of. 343 

Dandelion  Beer 343 

Dandelion  Coffee 343,  359 

Delirium  Tremens 97,  224 

Departments,  Index  to 24 

Deafness,  Remedies  for 101,  223,  221 

Dentrifiee,  Myrrh 510 

Dentriflce.  to  Remove  Tartar 161 

Dentrifiee,  Camphorated.................  510 


Death, Tests  of 218 

Depilatory 510,  514 

Diuretic  Pill 126,  344 

Diuretic  Drops 126,  344 

Diuretic  Decoction 126,  343 

Diuretic  Tincture I2g 

Diuretic  for  Chilblains 127 

Diuretic  Infusion 344 

Diarrhea,  Remedies  for,  152, 153,  220-222 

Diphtheria,  Remedies  for 157,  222 

Discutients 164,  343 

Diabetes,  to  Cure 219. 

Diabetes,  Horses 499 

Diaphoretic  Powder w..  344 

Diseases 304-367 

Dislocations,  to  Reduce 461-406 

Distemper,  to  Cure 489,  497 

Disinfectants 584 

Dover’s  Powders,  to  Make 344 

Doses  of  Medicine  most  frequently 

used 382,  383 

Doses  for  Different  Ages 375,  383,  589 

Door  Plates,  to  Make 460 

Domestic  Rules 548 

Drunkenness,  apparent  Death 

from 387,  40C 

Drunkenness,  Perfect  Cure  for 124 

Dropsy,  Remedies  for 127 

Drinks,  Tamarind 362 

Drinks  for  Fever  Patients 80, 81 

Drowning 386,  387,  406 

Dryer  Japan 457 

Dress,  Female 509 

Dresses,  to  Preserve  Color  of 547 

Dyspepsia,  Treatment  of. 81-84 

Dyspeptic  Tea 123 

Dyspeptic  Pill 344 

Dysentery,  to  Cure 226 

Dyeing 590,  596-60C 

IE] 

Earache,  to  Cure 22( 

Early  Rising 413 

Eggs,  to  Preserve,  three  modes Si 

Eggs,  Sex  of 34 

Eggs,  to  Increase  Laying 34 

Eggs,  to  Fry 34 

Eggs,  Pickled 53? 

Electuary,  Anti-Spasmodic 358 

Emmenagogue  Mixture 304 

Emetic  Mixture 344 

Emetic,  Eclectic 95 

Emetic  Powder 344 

Emetics,  Bread  Tea  in 95 

Emulsions,  Laxative 363 

Emulsions,  Purgative 363 

Emergencies 406 

Embroidery,  to  Transfer 565 

Enemas,  Various..... 359 

JCpilepsv,  Treatment  of 227 

Erysipelas,  Treatment  ol 227-228 

Eruptions,  Cutaneous 509 

Essences,  to  Make 162 

Etiquette,  Hints  upon 618-627 

Extracts,  to  Make 344 

Expectorant,  Tincture 345 

Exercise 411 

Eye  Preparations,  134-138,  224-226,  357 

Eye,  Sight,  to  Preserve 225 

Eye,  Dirt,  etc., in 384,  385 

Eye  Water  for  Horses,  etc 490 

Eyes.  Weak,  Horses 493 


General  Index. 


*9 


Uye-Lashes,  to  Lengthen 516 

IF 

Face,  Burning 226 

Fainting-Fits 226,  386 

Faded  Garments,  to  Restore 506 

Fe  bri  fuge  Wine 47 

Febrifuge,  for  Fevers 76,  345 

Febrifuge  Tea 76 

Febrifuge,  Balsam 78 

Felons,  to  Cure 101, 191,  226 

Female  Irregularities 177-183 

Female  Pill,  Laxative 181 

Female  Pill 345 

Female  Pill,  Anodyne 181 

Female  Pill  for  Painful  Menstrua- 
tion  181 

Fence  Posts,  to  Preserve 557 

Fermentation,  to  Check 70 

Fevers,  Improved  Treatment  of 75 

Fever,  Typhoid,  Treatment  of 78 

Fever,  Typhus,  Treatment  of....  97,  273 

Fever,  Scarlet,  Treatment  of 79,  324 

Fever,  Milk,  Treatment  of 298 

Fever,  Liniment 77 

Fevers,  Drinks  for 80,81,345 

Fevers,  to  Prevent  Infections...  97,  273 

Fever  Sores,  Plaster,  Salves,  etc,  138-142 

Fits,  Treatment  of. 230,  387 

Fits,  Fainting 226 

Files,  to  Re-cut 465 

Filter,  Water,  to  Make 563 

Fish,  to  Catch 567 

Fire,  Kindlers 672 

Fistula,  to  Cure 483 

Flooding,  Powders  for 182 

Fluor  Albus 306-309 

Flannels,  to  Wash 548 

Flies,  to  Destroy 584 

Founder,  to  Cure 489 

Fruits,  to  Keep 32 

Fruit,  Extracts 531 

Fruits,  to  Can 561 

Fruits,  Use  of 417 

Freezing,  without  Ice 68, 69 

Frost-Bite,  to  Cure 228 

Frosting,  for  Cakes 523,  536 

Freckles,  to  Remove 510,  511 

Furniture,  to  Polish,  etc 500 

Furs,  to  Tan 452-456 

Gr 

Gargles,  Various 360 

Gargle  for  Sore  Throat 85 

Gangrene,  Treatment  of 229 

Gall  Stones 267 

Galvanizing 476 

Galvanizing,  Shilling  Battery 476 

Galls,  Harness,  To  Cure 487 

Ginger  Pop 52 

Ginger,  Syrup  of. 65 

Ginger,  Tincture  of. 65 

Ginger  Snaps 537 

Gingerbread,  To  Make 537,  538 

Gingerette,  Spanish 52 

Glue,  Mouth 40 

Glue,  for  Tin 473 

Glue,  To  Make 571 

Glossarial  Department 607-617 

Glass,  Frosting  of 459 

<Mass,  Etching  and  Grinding 461 


Gloves,  Kid,  To  Clean 512 

Gleet,  Nasal,  Horses 495 

Gold  Lacquer,  for  Tin 471 

Gout,  Chronic,  To  Cure 93 

Godfrey’s  Cordial 118 

Goitre,  Treatment  of 166,  229 

Gravel,  Remedies  for 230 

Gravel,  Drops  for 98 

Greensickness 299 

Green  Ointment 345 

Gregory’s  Powders  345 

Grease  Heel,  '1  o Cure 487,  495 

Grease  Spots  on  Silk,  To  Remove..  552 

Grease  Spots,  To  Remove 585 

Groggy  Knees,  Horses 496 

Graham  Bread,  To  Make 538 

Grammar  in  Rhyme 580 

Gun  Barrels,  To  Brown 474 

ZE3I 

Hanging 387,  406 

Hair  Dye 504 

Hair  Restoratives 504 

Hair  Invigorator 505,  511 

Hair  Oils,  To  Make 507,  512 

Hair,  Superfluous,  To  Remove  510,  514 

Hair  Wash 512,  517 

Hair,  To  Make  Curl 514 

Hair  Brushes,  To  Clean 515,  585 

Hands,  To  Whiten 511,  516 

Hams,  To  Cure 548 

Hams,  To  Keep 549 

Headache,  Sick,  To  Cure 95 

Headache,  Periodical , 96 

Headach  e Drops 96 

Hemorrhages,  Uterine 81 

Hemorrhages 385,  386 

Heartburn,  To  Cure 231,  419 

Heart,  Palpitation  of. 249 

Health,  Rules  to  Pre- 
serve   408,  415,  417-419 

Health  in  Youth 414 

Herbs  for  Dyspepsia 346 

Herbs  for  Various  Diseases 347 

Heaves,  Treatment  of 488 

Hiccough,  To  Cure 235 

Hoarseness  from  Cough 150 

Honey,  Artificial 38,  531 

Honey,  Domestic 39 

Honey,  Excellent 39 

Hoof  Ail  in  Sheep 490 

Hoof  Ointment,  etc 494 

Horse,  Cut  of 478 

Horse,  Name  of  Parts 478 

Horse  Ointment 485,  492 

Horse  Liniment 485 

Horse  Supporting  Apparatus 486 

Horses,  To  Tame 490,  498 

Horses,  English  Recipes 492 

Horses,  Purge  for 492 

Horses,  Cordial  for 492 

Horses,  Sore  Back,  To  Cure 492 

Horses,  To  Water : 492 

Horses,  To  Manage 492 

Horses,  Hoof-bound 494 

Horses,  Sore  Mouth 496 

Horses,  To  Make  Get  up  and  Haul.  499 

Horses,  To  Sh  e 489 

Horses^Broken  Limbs 485 

House  Deek,  Properties  of 345 

Household,  Management  of. . . 542,  553 
House  Cleaning 547 


20 


General  Index. 


Houses— Gravel— Stucco 667,  668 

Hydrophobia,  Cure  for,  132-134,  232,  235 
Hysteria,  Treatment  of 292,  293 

X 

Ice-Cream,  To  Make 64,  66 

Ice-Cream , V ery  Cheap 64 

Ice-Cream,  Strawberry— Rasp- 
berry  66,  67 

Ice,  To  Make 68,  69 

Illustrations,  Index  to 24 

Imperial  Drops,  for  Gravel  and 

Kidney  Complaints 98 

Ink,  Black  Copying  37 

I n k,  To  Make,  B1  ack  —Red 37 

Ink— Blue— Indelible 38 

Ink,  To  Remove 551,  552 

Index  to  Departments 24 

Index  to  Illustrations 24 

Index,  General 16 — 24 

Inflammatory  Diseases 167,  177 

Inflammation  of  Throat. . . 84 

Inflammation  of  Lungs...  175,  177,  238 

Indigestion,  Treatment  of. 236 

Inhaler,  Cut  of. 348 

Inhalation 348 

Infants,  Management  of. 426-429 

Indigo  Extract,  To  Make 592 

Interest,  To  Compute 35 

Interest  Rates  in  different  States. . 601 
Interest  Tables,  Explanation  of. . . 601 

Interest  Tables 602-606 

Irritating  Plaster 127,  235 

Irritation  in  Children 431 

Irritation,  Special 432 

Iron,  Black  Polish  for 466 

Iron,  To  Weld 466 

Iron,  Poor,  To  Improve 466 

Iron,  To  Prevent  Welding 468 

Iron,  To  Case-harden 469 

Iron,  Wrought,  To  Case-harden. ...  469 

Iron,  To  Soften 469 

Iron  Mold,  To  Remove 549 

Iron  Stains  on  Marble,  To  Remove  551 

Itching  Feet  from  Frost  Bites 100 

Itch,  To  Cure 163,  235 

CT 

Jaundice,  Dr.  Peabody’s  Cure 116 

Jaundice,  Drink  for 116 

Jaundice,  Treatment  of. 239,  240 

Japan  Flow,  for  Tin 471 

Jam,  To  Make 531 

Jellies,  To  Make 531,  533,  538 

Jellies,  without  Fruit 39 

Jewelry,  To  Clean  477 

I-C 

Kettles,  To  Keep  from  Furring 549 

King  of  Oils,  for  Neuralgia 160 

Kidney  Disease,  Horses 495 

Kid  Gloves,  To  Clean 512 

Knees,  Broken,  Horses 497 

Knife-Handles,  To  Fasten 549 

Xi 

Laryngitis 84 

Laudanum 

Labor  or  Childbirth 294-297 


Lacquer,  Gold,  for  Tin 471 

Lacquer  for  Brass 47ft 

Lampers,  To  Cure . . 499 

Leather,  To  Clean 549 

Lemonade,  To  Carry  i n Pocket ...  48 

Lemonade, To  Make... 65 

Lemonade,  Milk 65 

Lemonade  for  Fever  Patients 80 

Lemon  Whey 539 

Leucorrhea,  Injection  for 182 

Liniment,  Good  Samaritan 103 

Liniment  for  Old  Sores 103 

Liniment,  Dr.  Raymond’s 103 

Liniment,  Electro-Magnetic 104 

Liniment  for  Spinal  Affections 104 

Liniment,  Great  London 101 

Liniment,  Gum,  Patent 104 

Liniment,  Lobelia  and  Cayenne. ..  105 

Liniment,  St.  John’s 105 

Liniments,  Various 359 

Liniment,  Black 496 

Liniment,  Lime 359,  346 

Liniment,  Iodine,  Horse 497  ' 

Liver,  Inflammation  of...  128,  240,  242 

Liver  Complaint 24Q 

Liver  Pill 128,  129,  242 

Lime  Water 340 

Lightning  and  Sun  Stroke 387,  400 

Locked  Jaw 237 

Longing 29* 

Lobelia,  Properties  of. 346 

Logwood,  Properties  of 346 

Lotions,  Various 366 

Lovers’  Knots 53? 

Looking-Glasses,  To  Clean 540 

Lungs,  Inflammation  of. . . 175-177,  238 
Lungs,  To  Ascertain  the  State  of...  417 
Lung  Fever,  Horses 49* 

2dL 

Mad  Dog,  Bite  of,  (See  Hydrophobia* 
Masturbation,  (See  Spermatorrhea.) 

Mange  and  Surfeit 49* 

Magic  Paper 568 

Marble,  To  Clean 55ft 

Magnetic  Ointment 113 

Marble,  Imitation  of 556 

Marble,  To  Polish 556 

Matches,  Percussion 57* 

Manners,  Hints  upon 618-621 

Mead,  Metheglin,  To  Make 6? 

Menses,  Obstructed 298 

Menstruation 298-306 

Menstruation,  Painful,  Immoder- 

ate 30L. 

Menstruation,  Suppression  of..  304-306 

Measles,  Treatment  of 319,  320 

M eal  s,  To  Regulate 4 19-421 

Meat,  To  Cure 550,  558,  561 

Medicines,  Preparation  of 371-374 

Medicines,  Precautions  in  Giving.  374 
Medicines,  To  Prevent  Taste  of — 37? 
Medicine,  Doses  for  Different 

Ao-es  o75,  oSj 

Milk  Fever. V.'. 298 

Mixtures,  Various obi 

Milk  Leg,  Horses 498 

Milk,  To  Preserve 549 

Mill  Picks,  To  Sharpen 467 

Mill  Picks,  To  Temper 467 

Mildew,  To  Remove 549,  554 

Mouth  Glue --  -- 


General  Index . 


21 


Ulolasses  Candy,  To  Make 47 

Moths,  To  Stop 550,  552,  585 

Mumps,  Treatment  of 318 

Mustard  Plaster,  To  Make 351 

Mucilage,  To  Make 363 

Mullins,  To  Make 531 

Musty  Casks,  To  Sweeten 550 

Muslins,  To  Keep  Color 552 

Muslins,  To  Render  Inflammable.  552 
Musical  Curiosity 581 

1ST 


Nails,  Grown  in 

Nails.  To  Whiten 

Navel 

Nectar,  Cream,  Imperial 

Nervous  Pill 

Nervous  Mixture 

Nervousness 

Nerve  Powder 

Nerve  Drops 

Nerve  Mixture 

Neuralgia  Remedies 

Neuralgia,  Internal  Remedy. . , 

Nettle  Rash 

Nettle 

Neutralizing  Mixture 

Night  Sweats,  To  Relieve 

Nightmare  

Nipples,  Cracked 

Nipples,  Sore,  Toad  Ointment. 

Nose  Bleed,  To  Stop 

Nocturnal  Emissions 

Noise  in  the  Ears 

Nurse,  The 

Nurse,  Common  or  Sick 

Nurse,  The  Monthly 


239,  512 
....  322 
....  52 
130,  244 
....  244 
....  243 
....  243 
....  244 

158,  242 
....  1G0 

242 

. ..  244 
....  242 
....  75 
....  242 
....  99 
....  115 
198,  886 
....  286 
....  286 
....  438 
....  439 
....  441 


o 


Odors,  To  Remove 551 

Oil,  Cod  Liver 106 

Oil,  British 150 

Oil,  Balm  of  Gilead 151 

Oil,  Harlem 151 

Oil  of  Spike 151 

Oil,  Black 151 

Oils,  Drying 457 

Oils,  King  of,  'or  Neuralgia 160 

Oil  Paint,  To  Clean  457 

Ointment  for  Old  Sores  112 

Ointment,  Judkin’s— Sisson’s 112 

Ointments,  Green,  Kittredge’s,  113,  499 

Ointment,  Mead’s  Salt  Rheum 114 

Ointment,  Itch 115 

Ointment,  Magnetic  115 

Ointment,  Stramonium 115 

Ointment.  Toad 115 

Ointment  for  Ulcerated  Liver 129 

Ointment  for  Eruptions 347 

Ointment.  Blue 495 

Ointment,  White 496 

Ointments,  Various 361 

Omelet,  Green  Corn 529 

Opodeldock,  Liquid 152,  498 

Oyster  Soup 46 

Oysters,  Mock 531 

Oyster  Pie 539 

Oyster  Fritters. 539 


IP 

Pcralysis,  Treatment  of.-  94,  250 

Paralytic  Liniment 94 


Paregoric 1.18 

Pain  Killer,  Perry  Davis’s 166 

Pain  in  the  Back 239 

Pain  in  the  Head  or  Face 239 

Pain  in  Joints  or  Side 239 

Painter’s  Colic,  To  Cure 21 

Painter’s  Sanding  Machine — 458 

Painter’s  Economy  in  Colors 463 

Paint  Skins,  To  Save 458 

Paint,  Fire-Proof 459 

Paint,  Rubber 459 

Paint,  To  Make  various  Shades 459 

Paint,  Porcelain  Finish 463 

Paint,  To  Remove 551 

Paint,  To  Take  Away  Smell  of 551 

Paint,  To  Clean  551 

Paints,  Cheap 569-571 

Painting.  Crystal 459 

Painting  Tin  Roofs 458 

Palpitation  of  the  Heart 249 

Paste,  Water-Proof 452 

Paste  for  Tarts 527 

Paste,  To  Make 585 

Paper,  Magic 565 

Paper  Hangings,  To  Clean 547 

Paper,  Sketching 460 

Pectoral  Drops,  Bateman’s 118 

Pearl  Watqr  for  Face 513 

Pennyroyal,  Properties  of 347 

Perfume,  To  Make 508,  514 

Personal  Manners,  Hints  upon,  618-627 

Pharmacopoeia,  Domestic 357-363 

i hysiognomy.  Infantile 483 

Physic  Ball,  Horses 489,  497 

Physic  for  Cattle 489 

Piles,  Remedies  for 116-118,  246-249 

Pills,  Nervous 130 

Pills,  To  Sugar-Coat 130 

Pills,  Anodyne 181 

Pills,  Various 361 

Pie,  Lemon  526 

Pie  Crust  Glaze 527 

Pie,  Apple 527 

Pie,  Custard 527 , 536 

Pickling  Fruits,  etc. 575 

Picture  Varnish 551 

Pimples,  To  Remove 239,510 

Plaster,  Irritating 127 

Plaster,  Adhesive 141 

Plants,  To  Free  from  Lice 585 

Plums,  etc.,  To  Keep  from  Being 

Stung 575 

Pleurisy  Root 249 

Pleurisy,  Remedies  for 172-175,  248 

Powder,  Black 38 

Powder,  Aperient 352 

Powder,  Carminative 352 

Powder,  Saline  Laxative 352 

Powder,  Steel 352 

Powder,  Sudorific,  Worm 353 

Powders,  Various 362-363 

Powder,  Cleansing,  for  Horses 495 

PopCorn  Balls 47 

Pop,  Ginger 52 

Pork,  To  Keep  Fresh 560 

Poisons,  Antidotes 167,387-391,  407 

Polypus  in  the  Nose 27o 

Poultices,  Various,  To  Make...  348-352 

Poll  Evil,  To  Cure 483,  484 

Potash,  To  Make 483 

Polish,  Furniture 500,  548 

Polish  for  Wood,  Leather,  etc 500 

Pomade ...  507 


22 


General  Index. 


Pomade  for  Baldness 512 

Pomatums 512 

Potatoes,  To  Boll 539 

Potatoes,  To  Fry 540 

Poultry,  To  Feed 551 

Proud  Flesh.... 286 

Pregnancy 301,  353 

Premature  Birth 302 

Prescriptions 367  370 

Prescriptions,  List  of  Useful...  376-382 

Prognosis,  Infantile 434 

Preface,  Publisher’s 7 

Preface,  Author’s 8 

Preserves,  To  Make 531,  562 

Pulmonic  Wafers 148 

Puberty 323 

Pulmonary  Balsam 347 

Pulmonary  Syrup 348 

Puddings 528,  529,  540 

Pudding  Sauce 529 

Puffs,  Lemon 539 

Publisher’s  Preface 7 

Q 

Qttinsy,  Treatment  of 271 

-*•  • Vv :e, 

Rats,  To  Destroy,,, 566,  585,  586 

Razor, 3trbp  Paste...,,. 508,  587 

Razors,  To  Sharpen...... 586,  587 

References.. ..  .... ...  , 10 

Restorative  Wine  Bitter^. . . . ; 353 

Renpvatipg  Mixtures, ... , v,, . . 506 
Renbvatibg  ’Clothes1. ; : : 506 

Rhjeumatic  Fluid,  Gonnan. . , ...  .104 
Rheumatism,  Remedies  ' . : 

for. . . . 119,  l£2;  ?51-955. 

Rheumatism*,  Inflammatory .y  Tf9; 
Rheumatism,  Dr.  Ivittredge’s . 

Remedy 120 

Rheumatism,  Indian  Remedy  "for,  121 
Rheumatism,  New  Remedy  lor . , ;1^2j 
Rheumatic  Drops  . . 5 . : , 254. 

Rhjeqraatic  ~ ' 

Rheumatic 
Rheumatic 

Rheumatism 4 n-Rorse;s'.'- ... , „ 

Ringworm,;  To  Cure . . t . . . , 103,  255,; 
Rip g-Borie,*  TO  Cure : . :. . ?. 482,' 

Piticr  Tft  Rpmmrp'  < ’ 


Rupture:  Abdominal.. . . 

Rtifst,  To  Prevent . .v.,: . . . . . . . . - 46JV549 

Rust,  To  Rem ove 552 

Rules  for  Administering  Medi- 
cine  ...37i;  375,  583,  589 

<-. 

: ' ■ . 

Salt  Rheum. 114 

t Mi  sage,  Bologna:  . £■:  : : 10 

aline  Mixture  . /. M 
SalvO;  GrTOenMountaip.  1 , , 140 
Sarsaparilla,  DecoOtiOn  • Y • 344 

Salve,.’  Kit  ridge’s  . . ....  ,2 . . . i,  .1. . . . .140 

Salve,  Balm  of  Gilead JU 

Salve,  Peleg  White’s.. ...... ..i. . 14? 

Salve  Black  ; . : r . v ■£! 330 
S{iws,  To  Mend...  ... m 
SOheidam  Schnapps.. ......... ' 61 


Scratches 26r  323 

Scrofula,  Treatment  of. . . *. ’ 264 

Scurvy,  To  Cure ’.’...!!  " 265 

Sciatica,  Treatment  of * 272 

Scurf  in  the  Head,  Infants...!!!!!!  323 

Scald  Head,  To  Cure 324 

Scalds,  Remedies  for 192-194,  384 

Scarlatina 324 

Scarlatina  and  Measles !!!!!.!  326 

Scouring  Liquid 473 

Scouring  Powders  473 

Scouring  in  Horses,  etc. ........ 484 

Scratches  in  Horses 487 

Seidlltz  Powders. 157 

Sealing  Wax,  To  Make 576 

Sherbet,  Persian 48 

Shingles,  Treatment  of 255 

Shortness  of  Breath 256 

Shocks 386 

Sheep,  Maggots  in 493 

Shampooing  Mixture 506 

Sick  Headache,  To  Cure 95,  96 

Sick  Rooms,  Caution  in 417 

Sick  Room,  Management  of 443-149 

Sick  Stomach,  Horses 497 

Sinking  at  Pit  of  Stomach 287 

Singing,  Utility  of 419 

Sizing  for  Boots  and  Shoes 451 

Silver  Plating 468 

Silk  Reviver 552 

Skin  Diseases,  Alterative  for 85 

Skin,  To  Clean 514 

Skin,  To  Clear  Tanned 514 

Skin,  To  Soften 516 

Skin,  Sunburned 517 

Sleep,  How  to  Get 412 

Slippery  Elm,  Properties  of 35* 

i Small-Pox,  Treatment 

of 164,  261,  264,  36* 

Small-Pox  in  Sheep 264 

Sinokihg 2S7 

Spake  Bites,  Remedies  for 132,  134 

j Snpf8.es  . . . 323 

'Spda  Water  without  Machine,  for 

. r BoVtlingV.V.V 4v 

Soda  Wat  er  Powders 7C 

Spot'  Coffee  74 

So?©!  85 

Sore  Throat,  Einimefl&pqf,,  ., 85 

Sore  Tlifoat,  TigMmenit  of,,.-. $5-87  256 

Sorrel,  To  Stew 256 

SoldeG  To  Make, , i* . .■♦j.w  472;  ,473 

Soaps,  To  Make ;....  558-557, 

Spiritual  Facts 72, 

Spasms  of  St<  mach . : . $iVi  mjs  19k 
Spasms,  Certai^iif^a,, :Aii.A tMj  ,29ft 

Spermatorrhea .....  257,  2C.O, 

*<>!:•?  0:^4  i|j|| 

Jperiing;^ Mnls 
Squinting.  To  Curqr,4>?.M4».fo 
gfpbiaph  Bitters  , , j>£«ok I.  .j[o<d>i*b<  -M 
Stomach  Spasms  and  Cramps 

.^oosen ... .. , ..^,y , 4 . .ro * , S8 

Simulating  Tonic, /i® 

Stimulant  in  Low  Fev^^i^.  ; MM 

Stimulating  Liniment 353 

Stone  in  the  BladSflr 266,  268 


Stings  of  Nettles; . 201 

Stammering,  To  Cure  257 

Stitch in  Si'de ...  : '237 

St.  Vitus’  Dance • 260 

Stricture  of Tteptiim. ....... . , ... . . . . 268 

Stain,  Mahogany— RbseivQoa.U.;.  5ftt 
Stain,  Black:  Walnut^fTifeiryJ. . . . ; 502 

Stains; To  Remove....  314;  526,  552, '*552 

Starching...  ..  . . 546 

Starch  Polish..  ...4; 572 


Suffocation 

sweats,"  Night,  To Relieve;; 

M 

Swellings,  To  Redd ..  ..  165 
Swimming;  We'tf tW. . 7***.V.  W 894 

Sweeny  Liniment 482,  493 

Syrups,  To  Make  various  Colors. . . 43 
Syrups,  Artificial,  various  Flnvors;~~4T 
Raspberry — Strawberry — 
Pine  Apple— Sar^^qp^rida^  , r. 

Lemon *OL4V2»AiU,.\ 

Syrup,  Soda,  with  or  without  a 

Fountain 

Syrup,  Cream  Soda 45 

Byrup,  Cathartic 


_ii„  Vi 
45  Vi 


Tapeworm,  Remedy  for.’. .... . . 144-44V 

Tanuing; Blacking  and  Finish- 

: irig... 452-456 

Taming  Horses; etc. .....  — ...  490,- 498 

Tartar,  To  Remove 510 

Taffy,  To  Make. . wh . . 540 

Tallow,  To  Cleanse ....... 557 

Teeth,  To  Extract  without- Pain, . : 161 

Teething  . 337;  434=-4aS 

Tetter,  To  Cure.... %u».  ..163 

Tea,  To  Make.- e. r . ... 1 . ;• , . .. i . . 541 
Temperaments,  Various. ....  V; . 1 #1  ;<  354 
Terms  Used  to  Express  the  Prop- 
erties of  Medicines sc  355-357 

Temperance,....  — .;443 

Tempering  Knives,  Picks,  etc.  467,  468 

Tendons,  Contraction  of.  499 

Technical  Terms,  Explanation: 

of * 607-617 

Thrush . . ,,v  g26. 

Thumb,  Dislocated — . ...  ■ 385‘ 

Tinning,  Iron,  To  Solder 472 

Tinning  Copper 472 

Tinning  Flux  473 

Tihuing,  Superior  process,',  j. . 4...  r 474 

T i n ware , To  Men  d 563 

Tin,. Muriate  of  \ » , . . K, 

Tire, To  Keep  on  Wheel . .. 4. 565 
Tic  Doloreau-Xi  i. . v„,  20 
Tinctures,  To  Make.u,i.>v«.i  162 

Tincture  of  Blood-Root..,., 96 
Tomato,  Cultivation  of..-.,....,-..  56 
Tomato  as  Food  — , . . .,t - 58 

Tomatoes  as  Eood  for  .Cattle 57 

Toothache  Remedies..  158-162,  277,.  278 
Tooth  WashLv..i.^.:<.:.»v..>  161, ; 278*  517 
Tooth  Powder  ... ... . .*< j ux&u  162,-:  278,  5H> 

Tonic  W ine  Tincture..  .,,,^3  • wwiv  74 


23 

Ton  1 c,  sthh Ulati ng . V., 79-  80 

Tonic  Bitters : 335 

Tonsils,  Enlarged,  To  CUfe. : 94 

Tongue,  Tied,  To  Remove:.  — 326 

Toast,  To  Make  ..  530 

i oiiet,  Roman  Lady’s. ... . ... 515 

Toilet,  Young  Lady’s.. .. . . :..y.. ....  515 

Tripe,  To  Pickle,, 48. 
Tfuss Springs, To’M^ke, . 47ft 
Tophus  Fever,  To  Prevent  lijfec- 

Ty phus  Fever.’.'.'.'.';’. . 7.V 273 


TJtjne  H;t?siiWIng-  A 

Urine,  Involuntary.-. . :27a- 

Urinary  Decoction 


Uterine  Hemorrhage 81 

Uterus,  Inversion  of 307 


AT 

i%ip^fe-^Ck^Mpirits 279,  280 

Vapor  Bat  h 285 

.Vaccination 327 

Varnish,  Black,  for  Shoes 452 

Varnish  for  Harness 452 

Varnl  sh  for  I hxnooftO.  Jj  as  .’.v « A . 466 

VarMsli,  Black u 47li 

Varnish  .and Pol  i sh. . . thru 04 . . . < . 45® 

Varnishes . 502,  503 

Vermifuge  Lozenges,^.  , , . 142 

V ermif uge <Mb  j la . ^ . i . ; . . . . 143 

Velvet,  PliTShedf  To  Restore. i......  552; 

Yinegar,,  To  Make— Eight  Pro- 

: eesses... « :&i IvM. . co.  84. 

Vinegardaeneratoanr;.  .uo^v;. • 23 
Vinegar.  Cheap  and. Good ...:.» ...  r - 70 
Vomiting,  To.  Stop kv; . i .■  27F 

W 

Water,  Ice— Raspberry -Orange. . . 67 
Water,  Ice— Strawberry— Lemon,,.  67 
Water  Brash, .To  Cute  ..  riA-'i-uyo  283 

Water  Fa rcey 499 

Waters,  Medicated 532 

Water,- To  Purify. 553 

Water,  To  Soften 553 

iWato Filter, *. 563 

Warts',  ToUum 102,  284 

Warts  on  Horses 496 

Walking 412 

Washing  Made  Easy 517,  553 

Washing  Bed  Clothes,. ,..,553 

Weather, Signs , of. w..». . .... ..  . 588 

Weather  and  Blood 414 

Weaning.... 44n 

Wetting  the  Bed., ...  ... . : . ...  449 
Welding  Iron;...  ..  466,  469 

Welding,  To  Prevent.... 403 

Weeds,  To  Destroy. . . ....  ... . 56i 

Weights  for  Bushel  of  Grain . 588 
Wd doping  Cough — . . . . . .149,  31§ 


24 


General  Index . 


Whitewash,  To  Make 569 

Wind  in  the  Stomach 286 

Wines— Currant,  Cherry,  etc.  54,  55,  62 

Wines,  Rhubarb  or  Patent 55 

Wine,  Tomato 56 

Wine,  White  Currant— Ginger 67 

Wine,  Blackberry  58,  62 

Wine,  Port 58 

Wine,  Cider  and  Grape. 59 

Wine,  Coloring  for 60 

Wine,  Apple  62 

Wine,  To  Bottle  and  Fine 68 

Wine,  Febrifuge. 74 

Wine  Tincture,  Tonic 74 

Worm  Tea  - 144 

Worm  Cake 144 

Worms,  Remedies  for 281,  283 

Worm  Fever  282 

Worm  Seeds— Syrup 283 

Worm  Powders.  ...  . 353 

Worms  in  Horses 497 


Wounds,  Treatment  of.. 283,  385 

Wounds,  Balsam  for 486,  498 

Wool.  To  Cleanse 592 

Womb.  Diseases  of 303-310 

Womb,  Inflammation  of 303 

Womb,  Retroversion  of. 3u8 

Womb,  Polypi  of 308 

Womb,  Dropsy  of 308 

IT 

Yarrow,  Properties  of 283 

Yeast,  Hop 53 

Yeast,  Bakers’ 53 

Yeast,  Jug,  without  Yeast  to  Start 

with  53 

Yeast  Cake 54,  524 

Yeast,  Potato 540 

Yellow  Fever,  Treatment  of 283 

Yellow  Dock,  Properties  of. 355 

Yellow  Water,  Horses  ......... 495 


INDEX  TO  DEPARTMENTS. 


Merchants’  and  Grocers’.  ...  25-40 

Saloon 41-61 

Saloon— Appendix 62-70 

Medical 71-183 

Medical— Appendix • > 184-450 

Accidents  and  Emergencies.  384-407 
Rules  for  Preservation  of 

Health.. >*08-421 

Advice  to  Mothers 422-450 

Tanners,  Shoe  and  Harness 

Makers’ 451-456 

Painters’ 457-464 

Blacksmiths’ 465-470 

Tinners’ 471-473 

Gunsmiths’ 474-475 

Jewellers' 476-477 

Farriers’ 478-491 

Farriers’— Appendix 492-499 


Cabinet  Makers’. 500-503 

Barbers’  and  Toilet 504-508 

Barbers’  and  Toilet— Appendix  509-517 

Bakers’  and  Cooking 518-532 

Bakers’  and  Cooking— Appen- 
dix   533-553 

Hints  on  Housekeeping 5*2-653 

Miscellaneous 554-j81 

Miscellaneous — Appendix 582-588 

Coloring , 540-595 

Coloring — Appendix 596-600 

Interest. 601-606 

Glossorial * 607-617 

Hints  upon  Ktiquette  and  Per- 
sonal Manners  ...  617-627 

Amusements  and  Indoor 

Games 628-638 

Bee-Keeping  639-64S 




INDEX  TO  ILLUSTRATIONS. 


Author’s  Portrait — 1 

Apparatus  for  Supporting  Lame 

Animals 486 

Courier  Steam  Printing  House — 2 

Dislocated  Shoulder 402 

Drone  Bee 641 

Form  of  Lettering  Door  Plate  — 461 

Inhaler 348 

Match  Splitting  Machine 573 

Leg,  in  Dislocated  Hip 403 

Miller  and  W'orm 646 

Movable  Comb  Hive 644 

Name  and  Situation  of  External 
parts  of  a Horse. 478 


OvarJes  of  Queen  Bee 640 

Paiuters  Sanding  Apparatus 458 

Queen  Pee 639 

Reducing  Dislocated  Shoulder 402 

Reducing  Dislocated  Jaw 404 

Salve  and  1 ozenge  Apparatus — 141 

Shilling  Battery 476 

Section  of  Comb,  Showing  Honey, 
Bee-Bread,  Brood  and  Queen 

Cells  040 

Truss  Spring..  470 

Michigan  University  Hall 3 

Vinegar  Generator  28 

Worker  Bee.........  641 


DR.  CHASE’S  RECIPES., 

MERCHANTS'  AND  CROCERS'  DEPARTMENT. 


flNEOAR.— Merchants  and  grocers  who  retail  vinegar  should 
always  have  it  made  under  their  own  eye,  if  possible,  from  the  fact 
that  so  many  unprincipled  men  enter  into  its  manufacture,  as  it  affords 
such  a large  profit.  And  I would  further  remark,  that  there  is  hardly 
any  article  of  domestic  use,  upon  which  the  mass  of  the  peonle  have 
as  little  correct  information  as  upon  the  subject  of  making  vinegar.  I 
shall  be  brief  in  my  remarks  upon  the  different  points  of  the  subject, 
yet  I shall  give  all  the  knowledge  necessary,  that  families,  or  those 
Wishing  to  manufacture,  may  be  able  to  have  the  best  article,  and  at 
moderate  figures.  Remember  this  fact — that  vinegar  must  have  air  as 
well  as  warmth,  and  especially  is  this  necessary  if  you  desire  to  make 
tt  in  a short  space  of  time.  And  if  at  any  time  it  seems  to  be  “ Dying,” 
as  is  usually  called,  add  molasses,  sugar,  alcohol,  or  cider — whichever 
article  you  are  making  from,  or  prefer — for  vinegar  is  an  industrious 
fellow ; he  will  either  work  or  die,  and  when  he  begins  to  die  you  may 
know  he  has  worked  up  all  the  material  in  his  shop,  and  wants  more. 
Remember  this  in  all  vinegars,  and  they  will  never  die,  if  they  have 
air.  First,  then,  upon  a small  scale,  for  family  use: 

To  Make  in  Three  Weeks. — Molasses,  1 qt. ; yeast,  1 pt. ; warm 
rain  water,  3 gals.  Put  all  into  a jug  or  keg,  and  tie  a piece  of  gauze 
over  the  bung  to  keep  out  flies  and  let  in  air.  In  hot  weather  set  it  in 
the  sun ; in  cold  weather  set  it  by  the  stove  or  in  the  chimney-corner, 
and  in  three  weeks  you  will  have  good  vinegar. 

When  this  is  getting  low,  pour  out  some  for  use,  and  fill  up  the 
jug  in  the  proportion  as  at  first,  and  you  will  never  have  trouble  for 
want  of  good  vinegar. 

2.  A correspondent  of  the  Dollar  Newspaper  says:  * ‘ The  cheapest 
mode  of  making  good  vinegar  is  to  mix  5 qts.  of  warm  rain  water  with 
two  qts.  of  Orleans  molasses,  and  4 qts  of  yeast.  In  a few  weeks  you 
will  have  the  best  vinegar  you  ever  tasted.”  He  might  well  say  “ The 
beet  vinegar  you  ever  tasted,”  for  it  would  have  double  the  necessary 


26 


Dr.  Chase's  Recipes. 


strength,  and  three  or  four  times  the  strength  of  much  that  is  sold', 
yet  this  strength  would  cost  less  to  make,  than  to  buy  by  the  quart. 

3.  in  Barrels,  Without  Trouble. — Merchants  and  grocers,  who 
retail  vinegar,  can  always  keep  a good  supply  on  hand  by  having 
about  two  or  three  bafrels  out  of  which  to  sell,  by  tilling  the  first  one 
they  sell  out,  before  quite  empty,  with 

Molasses,  1 gal. ; soft  water  11  gals. 

Keeping  this  proportion  to  fill  the  barrel ; the  vinegar,,  and  mother 
which  is  left  in  the  barrel,  makes  it  work  much  quicker  than  if  put 
into  empty  barrels;  so  pass  around  to  the  next  barrel  as  it  is  nearly 
out,  having  three  barrels,  and  unless  you  sell  more  than  a barrel  a. 
week,  you  need  never  be  out  of  vinegar.  Some  recommend  to  use 
alum,  cream-of-tartar,  etc.,  in  vinegar,  but  / say  never.  It  is  always 
advisable  to  have  a hole  in  the  top  of  the  barrel,  if  standing  on  end; 
if  on  the  side,  the  bung  out  and  a gauze  over  it,  to  keep  out  files  and 
let  air  in. 

4.  From  Sugar,  Drippings  from  Sugar  Hogsheads,  etc.— 

Dealers  who  retail  molasses,  often  have  from  five  to  fifty  pounds  of 
sugar  left  in  the  barrel  after  selling  out  the  molasses.  Each  pound  of 
this,  or  other  sugar,  dissolved  in  two  gallons  of  soft  water,  makes  that 
amount  of  good  vinegar  by  either  of  the  above  plans.  Rinsings  ol 
molasses  barrels  or  drippings  of  sugar  hogsheads,  brought  to  this 
degree  of  sweetness,  is  as  good  for  vinegar  as  any  other  material. 
Small  beer,  lager  beer,  ale,  etc.,  which  have  become  sour,  make  good 
vinegar  by  reducing  with  water;  small  beer  will  need  but  little  water; 
lager  beer  will  need  as  much  water  as  beer,  or  a little  more;  and  ale, 
twice  as  much  water  as  ale;  they  will  all  need  yeast,  a quart  or  two  to 
each  barrel,  unless  put  into  barrels  which  have  some  vinegar  in  them, 
and  it  will  do  no  harm,  but  quicken  the  process  in  all  cases,  if  tfiere 
is  vinegar  in  the  barrel. 

5.  From  Acetic  Acid  and  Molasses.— Acetic  acid,  4 lbs. ; 
molasses,  1 gal, ; put  them  into  a 40  gallon  cask,  and  fill  it  up  with 
rainwater;  shake  it  up  and  let  stand  from  one  to  three  weeks,  and 
the  result  is  good  vinegar. 

If  this  does  not  make  it  as  sharp  as  you  like,  add  a little  more 
molasses.  But  some  will  object  to  this  because  an  acid' is  used; 
let  me  say  to  such,  that  acetic  acid  is  concentrated  vinegar.  Take  one 
lb.  or  one  pt.,  or  any  other  quantity  of  this  acid,  and  add  seven  times 
as  much  soft  water,  and  you  have  just  as  good  vinegar  as  can  be  made 
from  cider  and  that  instantaneously. 

6.  From  Apple  Cider. — As  there  are  those  who  will  not  have 
any  but  cider  vinegar,  and  have  plenty  of  cider  out  of  which  to  make 
it,  I will  give  you  the  best  plan  of  proceeding,  for  manufacturers : 

Have  a room  where  it  will  not  freeze;  place  on  end  as  many 
barrels  or  large  casks,  without  heads,  to  hold  as  much  as  you  wish  to 


Merchants'  and  Grocers'  Deparbnent. 


27 


make ; fill  these  one-third  full  of  soft  water,  and  the  other  two-thirds 
with  apple  cider;  yeast,  2 qts.  to  each  cask. 

In  a few  weeks  you  will  have  good  vinegar;  without  the  yeast  it 
would  be  all  the  season  in  becoming  good.  Then  fill  up  into  barrels 
for  sale,  leaving  a little,  say  one-eighth,  in  the  open  barrels,  and  fill 
them  up  with  water  and  cider  as  before,  and  it  will  become  good  much 
quicker  than  before.  If  the  water  is  objected  to,  use  the  cider  without 
it,  but  pure  eider  makes  vinegar  too  strong  for  any  one  to  use,  and , 
requires  much  longer  time  in  making.  These  barrels  may  have  boards 
over  them  to  keep  out  flies  and  dirt.  If  the  retailer  can  give  it  his 
attention,  by  having  a barrel  of  good  cider  vinegar  to  sell  out  of,  he 
van  always  keep  it  up,  if,  when  he  draws  out  two  or  three  gallons  of 
the  vinegar,  he  will  go  to  his  cider,  kept  for  the  purpose,  and  replace 
the  vinegar  with  the  cider;  or,  if  making  with  molasses  and  water  or 
any  other  article,  fill  up  with  the  same;  but  take  notice,  if  you  forget 
or  neglect,  and  draw  your  vinegar  nearly  all  out  before  you  fill  in,  it 
floes  not  keep  to  the  point  of  sharpness  desired,  unless  you  have  two 
or  three  barrels  as  mentioned  in  recipe  No.  3. 

Persons  who  have  old  sour  cider  on  hand  can  in  this  way,  or  as 
mentioned  in  No.  6,  have  good  vinegar  from  it  immediately,  as  it 
comes  around  into  vinegar  much  quicker  than  new  cider. 

7.  In  Tnree  Days  Without  Drugs. — The  philosophy  of  making 
vinegar  quickly*  is  this:  The  means  that  will  expose  the  largest 
surface  of  the  vinegar  fluid,  of  a certain  temperature,  to  the  air,  will 
convert  it  into  vinegar  in  the  shortest  time;  and  as  there  is  no  way  by 
which  so  great  a surface  can  be  exposed  as  by  the  shavings  process  and 
at  the  same  time  control  the  temperature,  that  plan  has  been  adopted 
as  explained  in  the  wood-cut  on  the  next  page,  and  in  the  descriptive 
note: 

Descriptive  Note. — Those  wishing  to  manufacture,  to  sell  at 
wholesale,  will  prepare  a tub,  or  square  box,  and  arrange  it  as  shown 
in  the  accompanying  cut,  knowing  that  the  taller  and  larger  the 
tub,  the  quicker  will  the  vinegar  become  good.  The  air  holes  are 
bored  through  every  other,  or  every  third  stave,  around  the  whole 
tub.  These  holes  are  to  be  about  one  foot  or  eighteen  inches  from  the 
bottom;  they  must  also  be  bored  slanting  down  as  you  bore  inward, 
otherwise  the  vinegar  would  run  out  and  waste  as  it  drips  down  the 
side  or  of  the  tub.  These  tubs  ought  to  be  from  ten  to  twenty  feet 
high,  according  to  the  quantity  you  desire  to  run  off  daily.  Now  take 
beech,  maple  or  basswood  boards — and  they  are  valuable  in  the  order 
named — cut  them  off  about  eighteen  inches  in  length,  and  plane  thick, 
heavy  shavings  from  the  edges;  and  if  they  do  not  roll  up  and  stay  in 
nice  rolls,  you  must  roll  and  tie  them  up  with  small  cord ; or  clean  corn 
cobs  will  do,  but  they  will  only  last  one  season,  whilst  the  shavings 
will  last  several  years.  If  cobs  are  used,  they  must  be  put  in  layers. 


28 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


each  layer  crossing  the  other,  to  prevent  their  packing  too  close.  Then 
wet  or  soak  them  thoroughly  in  water,  and  fill  up  the  tub  or  tubs  with 
them,  until  you  are  within  two  or  three  feet  of  the  top,  at  which  place 
you  will  nail  a stout  hoop  around,  upon  the  inside  of  the  tub,  which 
shall  support  the  false  top , which  has  been  made  and  fitted  for  that 
purpose,  through  which  false  top  you  will  have  bored  good  sized 
gimlet  holes  about  every  two  inches  all  over  its  whole  surface,  through 
each  of  which  holes  a small  cord,  about  four  or  five  inches  in  length, 
is  to  be  drawn,  having  a knot  tied  upon  its  upper  end  to  keep  it  in  its 
place,  and  to  prevent  the  vinegar  fluid  from  working  out  too  fast. 
The  size  of  these  holes,  and  the  size  of  the  cord,  must  be  such  as  to 
allow  the  amount  of  vinegar  being  made  to  run  through  every  twelve 
hours;  or,  if  time  can  be  given  to  put  it  up  so  often,  it  may  run 
through  every  six  hours.  You  will  cork  all  around  between  the  false 
top  and  the  tub  with  cotton,  which  causes  the  vinegar-fluid,  hereafter 
to  be  described,  to  pass  through  the  gimlet  holes  and  drip  from  the 
ends  of  the  small  cords,  evenly,  all  over  the  shavings,  otherwise,  if  the 
false  top  was  not  exactly  level,  the  vinegar  fluid  would  all  run  off  at 
the  lowest  point,  down  the  side  of  the  tub,  and  be  a very  long  time  in 
becoming  good,  whilst  if  it  drips  slowly  and  all  over  and  down  through 
the  shavings:  it  soon  comes  around  into  good  vinegar.  The  holes 


Main  cover,  or  loose  boards 

Vinegar  fluid  space  

False  Lop,  with  tubes ; and  cords  hanging 
through  it 


Center  portion  of  the  tub,  which  should  be 
lilied  with  the  sharings  to  within  an 
inch  or  two  of  the  false  top 


Holes  to  let  in  air. 


The  square  projections  on  the  sid^s  <rt  the 
Generator  represent  hoops. 


Vinegar  Generator. 


bored  for  that  purpose,  in  warm  weather  oxidizes  or  acetifies  the 
vinegar-fluid,  by  affording  the  two  essential  points  of  quicklv  making 
good  vinegar,  that  is  air  and  heat-  without  the  expense  of  a fire  to  warm 
the  fluid,  or  room  in  which  the  vinegar  is  made.  Now  bore  five 
one-inch  holes  through  the  false  top,  one  of  them  through  the  center, 
and  the  other  two-thirds  of  the  distance  erch  way,  towards  the  outside 


* Merchants'  and  Grocers'  Department . 


29 


of  the  tub,  into  which  holes  drive  as  many  pins,  having  a three-quarter 
inch  hole  bored  through  them  lengthwise,  which  makes  them  tubes; 
cut  the  tubes  off  an  inch  below  the  top  of  the  tub,  so  as  to  be  out  otf 
the  way  of  the  main  cover  or  loose  boards  which  will  be  thrown  over 
the  top  of  the  tub  for  the  purpose  of  keeping  out  flies  and  dirt,  and 
also  to  keep  the  heated  air  in,  which  comes  up  through  the  tubes;  this 
air  becomes  heated  by  the  chemical  action  of  the  air  upon  the  vinegar 
fluid  as  it  drips  along  down  through  the  shavings  in  the  tu^,  becoming 
so  hot  that  it  would  be  uncomfortable  to  hold  the  hand  tnerein.  The 
space  between  the  false  top  and  cover  is  called  the  vinegar-fluid  space, 
and  it  must  be  sufficiently  tight  in  the  joints  of  the  tub,  or  box,  to  hold 
the  fluid  when  put  in.  Now  take  a barrel  of  good  vinegar  and  pour 
It  into  the  top  of  the  tub,  and  let  it  drip  tnrough  the  gimlet  holes, 
from  the  cords,  over  the  shavings,  two  or  three  times,  each  time 
putting  on  one  gallon  of  highwines,  or  two  or  three  gallons  of  cider, 
as  the  case  may  be,  which  sours  the  shavings  and  greatly  helps  the 
starting  process  of  the  vinegar-making.  Without  the  addition  to  the 
strength  of  the  vinegar  as  it  runs  through,  it  would  part  with  nearly 
all  of  its  own  strength  or  acidity  to  the  shavings,  and  thus  lose  its  own 
life.  If  you  have  not,  and  cannot  obtain,  vinegar,  to  start  with,  you 
must  begin  with  weak  vinegar-fluid,  and  keep  adding  to  it  every  time 
through  until  it  becomes  very  sour ; then  you  will  consider  yourself 
ready  to  begin  to  make  vinegar  in  double  quick  time,  by  using  any  of 
the  fluids  mentioned  in  the  foregoing  vinegar  recipes.  But  manufac- 
eurers  generally  use  highwines,  thirty  to  forty  per  cent,  above  proof, 
one  gallon  ; water,  eleven  gallons;  but  persons  living  a great  distance 
from  market  will  find  a cheaper  plan  by  using  ninety-eight  per  cent, 
alcohol,  one  gallon ; water,  fifteen  gallons  ; either  of  which  makes 
good  vinegar,  using  yeast  of  course,  with  either  article,  from  one  pint 
to  one  quart  to  each  barrel  being  made.  Another  tub  or  vat  must  be 
set  in  the  ground,  under  the  generator,  or  in  a cellar,  as  the  case  may 
be,  to  hold  as  much  vinegar  as  the  space  between  the  false  and  real  top 
will  contain,  or  as  much  as  you  wish  to  make  at  one  time;  from  which 
it  is  to  be  carried  up  in  buckets,  (or  a wooden  pump  having  a leather 
sucker  is  quicker  and  easier  to  raise  it,)  to  the  top  of  the  generator 
until  it  becomes  good  vinegar,  which  it  will  do  in  the  time  mentioned 
at  the  head  of  this  recipe,  if  passed  through  the  generator  by  the 
faucet  every  twelve  hours  which  it  must  be ; and  if  the  tubs  are  fifteen 
or  twenty  feet  high,  it  will  only  need  passing  through  once,  or  twice  at 
most. 

Some  will  have  no  vinegar  but  that  made  from  apple  cider  ; then 
putin  one-third  water,  and  it  makes  vinegar  as  strong  as  anybody  ought 
to  use  ; but  if  they  will  have  it  at  full  strength,  make  it  so,  only  it 
requires  a little  longer  time  to  make. 

If  those  who  have  cider  which  has  been  standing  a long  time,  aad 


30 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


does  not  become  vinegar,  will  reduce  it  one-third  with  water,  and  pas* 
it  through  this  machine,  they  will  grind  out  first  rate  vinegar  in  one 
or  two  day’s  time.  Sour  beer  or  ale,  the  artificial  cider,  also,  if  it  gets 
sour,  make  good  vinegar,  when  mixed  with  spme  other  vinegar  in 
making.  Small  beer,  also  drippings  from  sugar  hogsheads  in  place  of 
molasses,  &c.  Nothing  having  sugar  or  alcohol  in  it  should  be  thrown 
away,  as  i-  will  make  good  vinegar,  which  i3  as  good  as  cash,  and  ought 
to  be  saved— if  for  no  other  purpose  than  to  have  more  to  give  the 
worthy  poor. 

It  was  at  first  thought  to  be  absolutely  necessary  to  make  the 
vinegar-fluid  of  about  seventy-five  degrees  of  heat,  and  also  to  keep 
the  room  of  the  same  temperature;  but  it  has  been  found  that  by 
keeping  the  heat  in  the  tub  by  the  false  top  and  the  loose  cover,  that 
in  warm  weather  it  does  very  well  without  heating  up  the  fluid, 
although  it  would  make  a little  quicker  with  it ; and  if  desired  to 
make  in  cold  weather,  you  must  heat  the  fluid  and  keep  the  room 
warm  also. 

If  families  choose  to  try  this  plan,  they  can  make  all  they  will 
need  in  a keg  not  larger  than  a common  churn,  whilst  wholesalers  will 
use  tubs  as  tall  as  their  rooms  will  admit. 

The  first  merchant  to  whom  I sold  this  recipe  made  all  the  vinegar 
he  could  retail  by  placing  strips  of  board  across  the  center  of  a whisky 
barrel  which  supported  the  shavings  in  the  upper  half  only,  allowing 
the  vinegar  to  stand  in  the  lower  half  ; as  his  room  was  so  low,  he 
could  only  use  the  one  barrel  and  a wash-tub  at  the  top,  instead  of  the 
false  top  and  space  as  represented  in  our  cut ; it  took  him  only  a week 
to  make  it  in  this  way.  I used  the  vinegar  over  a year.  The  strength 
of  the  fluid  he  used  was  good  common  whisky,  one  gal. ; water,  four 
gals.  So  it  will  be  seen  that  all  kinds  of  spirit,  or  articles  containing 
spirit,  can  be  made  into  vinegar. 

Remark. — If  you  wish  to  make  sugar  into  vinegar,  do  not  attempt 
to  run  it  through  the  generator , as  it  forms  mother  in  that  way,  and 
soon  fills  up  the  little  holes  ; but  make  it  by  standing  in  a barrel, 
as  mentioned  under  that  head,  No.  4. 

§.  Quick  Process,  by  Standing  upon  Shavings.— Take  4 or  5 
hogsheads  or  casks,  and  set  them  side  by  side,  having  a faucet  near  the 
bottom;  then  fill  up  the  casks  full  of  shavings  prepared  as  in  the 
foregoing  recipe,  or  clean  corn-cobs,  putting  some  turning  shavings 
over  the  top,  after  having  put  on  an  old  coffee  sack  to  keep  the  fine 
shavings  from  falling  down  among  the  coarse  ones  ; this  is  to  keep  in 
the  warmth;  now  sour  the  shavings  with  the  best  vinegar,  by  throwing 
it  on  the  shavings  and  letting  it  stand  half  a day  or  so;  then  draw  off 
by  the  faucet  at  the  bottom,  and  throw  it  on  again,  adding  1 qt.  of 
high  wines  to  each  barrel  each  time  you  draw  it  off,  as  the  shavings 
absorb  the  acid,  and  the  vinegar  would  become  flat,  but  by  adding  the 


Merchants ’ and  Grocers'  Department. 


3* 


spirits  the  shavings  become  soured  or  acetified,  and  the  vinegar  gets 
better  also.  When  the  shavings  are  right  take  highwines,  30  or  40  per 
cent  above  proof,  1 gal. ; molasses,  1 qt. ; soft  water,  14  gals.;  (river 
or  well  water  will  do,  but  not  as  good  for  any  vinegar)  and  put  it  upon 
the  shavings,  and  draw  off  and  put  on  again  from  one  to  three  times 
daily,  until  sufficiently  sour  to  barrel  up. 

Mr.  Jackson,  a grocer,  of  Jackon,  Michigan,  has  been  making  in 
this  way  for  several  years.  He  uses,  also,  sour  ale,  rinsings  of  sugar 
hogsheads,  or  the  drippings,  and  throws  this  fluid  on  the  shavings,  and 
draws  off  and  returns  from  1 to  3 times  each  day  until  sufficiently  sour 
to  barrel  up,  which  only  requires  a few  drawings;  he  then  fills  his 
barrels  only  two-thirds  full,  and  leaves  the  bungs  out  summer  and 
winter,  and  if  he  finds  a barrel  is  getting  weak  in  strength,  he  puts  in 
a quart  of  highwines,  which  recruits  the  strength,  or  gives  it  work 
again,  which,  as  I remarked  before,  if  you  give  him  stock  to  work  on, 
and  air,  he  labors — without  both,  he  dies.  Bear  this  in  mind , and  your 
Vinegar  will  improve  all  the  time,  no  matter  how,  or  of  what  it  is  made. 
He  fills  the  tubs  ouly  one-third  or  one-half  full  when  making,  does 
not  heat,  but  uses  yeast,  and  only  works  them  in  warm  weather  and 
in  winter  fills  the  tubs  with  good  vinegar,  and  lets  them  stand  over 
Until  spring,  when  they  are  ready  for  work  again. 

This  man,  with  five  casks  thus  managed,  has  sold  over  three 
hundred  barrels  of  vinegar  in  one  season. 

It  might  not  be  amiss,  in  closing  this  long  subject,  to  say  that  when 
you  have  no  vinegar  to  begin  with  in  either  of  the  processes,  that  if 
you  commence  with  the  fluid  quite  weak  at  first  it  begins  to  sour 
quicker  than  if  begun  with  at  full  strength,  then  as  it  begins  to 
become  sour,  add  more  of  the  spirit,  cider,  sugar,  or  molasses,  &c., 
sintil  you  get  the  desired  point  of  strength.  So  you  might  go  on 
until  a swallow  of  it  would  strangle  a man  to  death,  and  remove 
every  particle  of  skin  from  his  throat. 

BUTTER.— To  Preserve  any  Length  of  Time.— First— work  out 
all  the  buttermilk.  Second — use  rock  salt.  Third — pack  in  air  tight 
jars  or  cans.  Fourth  —keep  in  a cool  place,  and  you  will  have  nice 
butter  for  years,  if  desired  to  keep  so  long.  A short  recipe,  but  It 
makes  long  butter. 

Merchants  who  take  in  more  butter  than  they  can  sell  during  the 
warm  months,  can  put  it  into  jars  and  cover  the  jar  with  about  half  an 
inch  of  lard  over  the  top  of  the  butter,  and  place  it  in  the  cellar;  or  they 
can  put  about  an  inch  or  two  of  brine  in  place  of  the  lard,  and  have  it 
do  well,  first  working  out  all  the  buttermilk  which  may  remain,  when 
brought  in.  It  would  be  better  for  them  to  have  their  regular  custom- 
ers to  furnish  them  butter,  to  whom  they  furnish  the  right  kind  of 
salt,  as  the  rock,  or  crystal  salt  does  not  contain  so  much  lime  as  the 
common,  which  is  evaporated  by  artificial  heat.  Let  sugar,  and  salt- 


32 


Dr.  Chase's  Recipes . 


petre,  and  all  other  peters,  alone,  if  you  wish  good  butter,  either  for 
present  use  or  long  keeping. 

2.  Making— Directions  for  Dairymen.— If  butter  makers  or 
dairymen,  will  use  only  shallow  pans  for  their  milk — and  the  larger 
the  surface,  and  the  less  the  depth  of  the  milk  the  better — then  put 
into  each  pan,  before  straining,  1 qt.  of  cold  spring  water  to  every 
three  quarts  of  milk,  they  will  find  the  cream  will  begin  to  rise 
immediately,  and  skim  every  twelve  hours,  the  butter  will  be  free 
from  all  strong  taste  arising  from  leaves,  or  coarse  pasturage. 

It  is  a fact,  also,  that  high  or  upland  makes  better  butter  than  when 
the  cows  are  kept  on  rich  bottom  pasturage.  The  object  of  the  cold 
water  is  double;  it  cools  the  milk,  so  that  the  cream  rises  before  the 
milk  sours,  (for  when  milk  becomes  sour  it  furnishes  no  more  cream,) 
and  also  improves  the  flavor. 

3.  Storing— The  (Illinois)  Prairie  Farmer’s  Method.— First, 
work  the  buttermilk  carefully  from  the  butter;  then  pack  it  closely  in 
jars,  laying  a thin  cloth  on  top  of  the  butter,  then  a thin  layer  of  salt 
upon  the  cloth;  now  have  a dry  cellar,  or  make  it  so  by  draining,  and 
dig  a hole  in  the  bottom  of  it  for  each  jar,  packing  the  dirt  closely  and 
tightly  around  the  jar,  allowing  the  tops  of  the  jars  to  stand  only  an 
inch  or  so  above  the  top  of  the  cellar  bottom ; now  place  a board  with 
a weight  upon  each  jar  to  prevent  removing  by  accident,  and  all  ia 
safe. 

Merchants  who  are  buying  in  butter,  should  keep  each  different 
lot  separate  by  using  the  thin  cloth  and  salt,  then  another  cloth  over 
the  salt  before  putting  in  another  lot,  for  mixed  butter  will  soon  spoil, 
besides  not  selling  as  well,  and  finally  cover  the  top  as  before 
described.  If  kegs  or  barrels  are  used,  the  outside  must  be  as  well 
painted  as  possible  to  prevent  outside  tastes,  and  also  to  preserve  the 
wood. 

FRUITS  TO  KEEP— Without  Loss  of  Color  or  Flavor.— To  each 
pound  of  resin,  put  in  one  oz.  of  tallow,  and  1 oz.  of  beeswax.  Melt 
them  slowly  over  the  fire  in  an  iron  kettle,  and  be  careful  and  not  let 
it  boil.  Take  the  fruit  separately  and  rub  it  over  with  whiting  or  fine 
chalk  (to  prevent  the  coating  from  adhering  to  the  fruit,)  then  dip  into 
the  solution  once  and  hold  it  up  a moment  to  set  the  coating;  then 
pack  awrv  carefully  in  barrels  or  boxes  in  a cool  place.  When  you 
dip  oranges  or  lemons,  loop  a thread  around  to  hold  them;  for  pears 
or  apples  insert  a pointed  stick  to  hold  them  by;  then  cut  it  off  with  a 
pair  of  sharp,  heavy  shears.  Oranges  or  lemons  cannot  be  put  in 
boxes,  but  must  be  placed  on  shelves,  as  the  accumulated  weight  would 
mash  them  down. 

It  is  now  a well-established  fact  that  articles  put  up  scientifically 
air  tight,  may  be  kept  fresh  and  fair  for  any  length  of  time,  or  until 
wanted  for  use.  This  composition  makes  good  sealing  for  *dr-tight 


Merchants'  cmd  Grocers'  Department* 


33 


cans  or  bottles,  pouring  it  around  the  top  of  the  can  cover,  and  dipping 
the  neck  of  the  bottle  into  it.  A patent  has  been  secured  for  a compo- 
sition for  preserving  fruit,  of  different  proportions,  however,  from  the 
foregoing,  but  the  agent,  at  the  Ohio  State  Fair  in  1859,  had  such  poor 
success  at  selling  rights  at  three  dollars  that  he  reduced  the  price  to 
twenty-five  cents,  and  still  but  few  would  take  hold  of  it,  so  that  I 
think  that  not  much  more  will  be  done  with  the  patent.  I purchased 
twenty  recipes  for  one  dollar,  but  finding  his  composition  to  stick 
together  and  tear  off  pieces  wherever  they  touched  each  other,  I went 
to  work  to  improve  it  as  above.  The  patented  proportions  are,  resin, 
5 lbs.;  lard  or  tallow,  8 oz.,  beeswax,  4 oz.  The  patentee  is  John  K. 
Jenkins,  of  Wyoming,  Pa.,  and  the  patent  was  issued  December  8, 
.1858.  It  does  not  work  well  on  peaches  or  other  juicy  garden  fruits. 

EGGS — To  Preserve  for  Winter  Use. — For  every  three  gallons  of 
water,  put  in  one  pt.  of  fresh  slaked  lime,  and  common  salt,  ^ pt. ; 
mix  well,  and  let  the  barrel  be  about  half  full  of  this  fluid,  then  with 
a dish  let  down  your  fresh  eggs  into  it,  tipping  the  dish  after  it  fills 
•with  water,  so  they  roll  out  without  cracking  the  shell,  for  if  the  shell 
is  cracked  the  egg  will  spoil. 

If  fresh  eggs  are  put  in,  fresh  eggs  will  come  out,  as  I have  seen 
men  who  have  kept  them  two,  and  even  four  years,  at  sea.  A piece 
of  board  may  be  laid  across  the  top  of  the  eggs,  and  a little  lime  and 
salt  kept  upon  it,  which  keeps  the  fluid  as  strong  at  the  top  as  at  the 
bottom.  This  will  not  fail  you.  They  must  always  be  kept  covered 
with  the  brine.  Families  in  towns  and  cities  by  this  plan  can  have 
eggs  for  winter  use  at  summer  prices.  I have  put  up  forty  dozen  with 
entire  success 

The  plan  of  preserving  eggs  has  undoubtedly  come  from  a patent 
secured  by  a gentleman  in  England  in  1791,  Jaynes,  of  Sheffield, 
Yorkshire,  which  is  as  follows: 

2 . English  Patented  Method. — “Put  into  a tub  1 bu.,  Winches- 
ter measure,  of  quick  lime,  (which  is  fresh  slaked  lime,)  salt,  32  oz. ; 
cream-of-tartar,  8 oz.  Use  as  much  water  as  will  give  that  consistency 
to  the  composition  as  will  cause  an  egg  to  swim  with  its  top  just  above 
the  liquid.  Then  put  and  keep  the  eggs  therein,  which  will  preserve 
them  perfectly  sound  at  least  2 years.” 

Persons  who  think  it  more  safe  can  follow  this  English  plan.  I 
desire  in  all  cases  to  give  all  the  information  I have  on  each  subject. 
Consequently  I give  you  the  following  also: 

3.  J.  W.  Cooper,  M.  D.’s,  Method  of  Keeping  and  Shippiug 
Game  Eggs. — “ Dissolve  some  gum  shellac  in  a sufficient  quantity  of 
alcohol  to  make  a thin  varnish,  give  each  egg  a coat,  and  after  they 
become  thoroughly  dry,  pack  them  in  bran  or  sawdust,  with  their 
points  downwards,  in  such  a manner  that  they  cannot  shift  about. 
After  you  have  kept  them  as  long  as  you  desire,  wash  the  varnish 


34 


Dr.  Chase's  Receipts. 


carefully  off,  and  they  wi’l  be  in  the  same  state  as  they  were  before 
packing,  ready  for  eating  or  hatching.” 

Tli is  would  seem  to  be  from  good  authority,  as  Dr.  Cooper  has 
been  engaged  for  the  last  thirty  years  in  raising  nothing  but  the  best 
game  fowls,  and  he  has  frequently  imported  eggs.  He  invariably 
directed  them  to  be  packed  as  above,  and  always  had  good  success  with 
them,  notwithstanding  the  time  and  distance  of  the  journey.  He  has 
also  published  a work  upon  Game  Fowls.  His  address  is  Media, 
Delaware  Co.,  Pa. 

This  last  plan  would  be  a little  more  troublesome,  but  still  would 
not  be  very  much  to  prepare  all  that  families  would  wish  to  use 
through  the  winter,  or  even  for  the  retailer;  as  the  convenience  of 
having  them  in  condition  to  ship  would  be  one  inducement  to  use  the 
last  method,  for  with  the  first  they  must  be  taken  out  and  packed  in 
oats  or  something  of  that  sort,  to  ship;  with  the  last  they  are  always 
ready,  and  weather  permitting,  about  Christmas  or  New  Year’s,  fresh 
and  good  eggs  in  cities  always  command  sutficient  price  to  pay  for  all 
trouble  and  expense  in  the  preservation  and  shipment. 

The  Sex  of  Eggs. — Mr.  Genin  lately  addressed  the  Academy 
des  Sciences,  France,  on  the  subject  of  the  sex  of  eggs.  He  affirms 
that  he  is  now  able,  after  having  studied  the  subject  for  upwards  of 
three  years,  to  state  with  assurance  that  the  eggs  containing  the  germ 
of  males,  have  wrinkles  on  their  smaller  ends,  while  female  eggs  are 
smooth  at  the  extremities. 

While  on  the  subject  of  eggs,  you  will  excuse  me  for  putting  in 
a couple  of  items  more  which  appropriately  belong  to  other  depart- 
ments : 0 

4.  To  Increase  the  Laying. — “For  several  years  past  I have 
spent  a few  weeks  of  the  latter  part  of  August  on  the  Kennebec  River, 
in  Maine.  The  lady  with  whom  I have  stopped  is  a highly  accom- 
plished and  intelligent,  house-wife.  She  supports  a “hennery,”  and 
from  her  I derived  my  information  in  the  matter.  She  told  me  that 
for  many  years  she  had  been  in  the  habit  of  administering  to  her 
hens,  with  their  common  food: 

“Cayenne  pepper,  pulverized,  at  the  rate  of  1 tea-spoon  each  al- 
ternate day  to  one  doz.  fowls. 

“Last  season,  when  I was  with  her,  each  morning  she  brought  in 
from  twelve  to  fourteen  eggs,  having  but  sixteen  hens  in  all.  She 
again  and  again  experimented  in  the  matter  by  omitting  to  feed  with 
the  cayenne  for  two  or  three  days.  The  consequence  invarably 
was  that  the  product  of  eggs  fell  off  five  or  six  per  day.  The 
same  effect  of  using  the  cayenne  is  produced  in  winter  as  in  summer. 
— Boston  Transcript. 

5-  To  Fry — Extra  Nice. — Three  eggs;  flour,  1 table  spoon;  milk 
1 cup. 


Merchants'  and  Grocers'  Department. 


35 


Beat  the  eggs  and  flour  together,  then  stir  in  the  milk.  Have  a 
skillet  with  a proper  amount  of  butter  in  it,  made  hot,  for  frying  this 
mixture;  then  pour  it  in,  and  when  one  side  is  done  brown,  turn  it 
over,  cooking  rather  slowly  ; if  a larger  quantity  is  needed,  it  will 
require  a little  salt  stirred  in,  but  for  this  amount  the  salt  in  the  but- 
ter in  which  you  fry  it  seasons  it  very  nicely. 

BURNING  FLUID — Best  in  Use, — Alcohol,  of  98  percent.,  9pts.; 
good  cam  phene,  1 qt.,  or  in  these  proportions.  Shake  briskly,  and  it 
will  at  once  become  clear,  when  without  the  shaking  it  would  take  6 
to  7 qts.  of  alcohol  to  cut  the  camphene,  while  with  the  least  i is  the 
best. 

These  proportions  make  the  best  burning  fluid  which  can  be 
combined.  Many  putin  camphor  gum,  alum,  &c.,  the  first  to  improve 
its  burning  qualities,  the  last  to  prevent  explosion,  but  they  are 
perfectly  useless  for  either,  from  the  fact  that  camphor  adds  to  the 
smoking  properties,  and  nothing  can  prevent  the  gas  arising  from  any 
fluid  that  will  burn,  from  explosion,  if  the  fire  gets  to  it  when  it  is 
confined.  The  only  safety  is  in  filling  lamps  in  day  time,  or  far  from 
fire  or  lights;  and  also  to  have  lamps  which  are  perfect  in  their 
■construction,  so  that  no  gas  may  leak  out  along  the  tube,  or  at  the 
top  of  the  lamp;  then  let  who  will  say  he  can  sell  you  a recipe  for 
non-explosive  gas  or  fluid,  you  may  set  him  down  at  once  for  a 
humbug,  ignoramus,  or  knave.  Yet  you  may  set  fire  to  this  fluid,  and 
if  not  confined  it  will  not  explode,  but  will  continue  to  burn  until  all 
is  consumed.  Families  cannot  make  fluid  any  cheaper  than  to  buy  it, 
as  the  profit  charged  on  the  alcohol  is  usually  more  than  that  charged 
on  fluid ; but  they  will  have  a better  article  by  this  recipe  than  they 
can  buy,  unless  it  is  made  from  the  same,  and  it  is  best  for  any  one,  even 
the  retailer,  only  to  make  small  quantities  at  a time,  and  get  the 
freshest  camphene  possible.  When  made  in  larger  quantities,  even  a 
barrel,  unless  sold  out  very  soon,  the  last  part  is  not  as  good  as  the 
first,  owing  to  the  separation  of  the  camphene  from  the  alcohol,  unless 
frequently  shaken,  whilst  being  retailed  out. 

INTEREST.— Computing  by  One  Multiplication  and  One  Divis- 
ion, at  any  Rate  Per  Cent. — Multiply  the  amount  by  the  number  of 
days,  (counting  30  days  to  each  month.) 

Divided  by  60  gives  the  interest  at  6 per  cent, 

do  45  “ “ 8 « 

do  40  “ “ 9 “ 

do  36  “ “ 10 

do  30  “ “ 12 

Example. — $150  at  3 months  and  10  days,  or  100  days,  is  15,000, 
divided  by  60  gives  $2.50,  which  is  the  interest  at  6 per  cent.;  or 
divided  by  45  gives  $3.33  interest  at  8 per  cent,  &c. 

I sold  a gentlemen,  a miller,  one  of  my  books  the  second  time,  as 


36 


Dr.  Chase's  Recipes. 


some  person  stole  the  first  before  he  became  familiar  with  the  fore- 
going rules,  which  he  admired  too  mnch  to  lose. 

2.  Method  by  a Single  Multiplication— Rule.— To  find  the 
interest  on  any  given  sum  of  money  for  any  number  of  years,  months 
or  days.  Reduce  the  years  to  months,  add  in  the  months,  if  any,  take 
one-third  of  the  days  and  set  to  the  right  of  the  months,  in  decimal 
form,  multiply  this  result  by  one-half  the  principal,  and  you  have  the 
interest  required. 

Example. — The  interest  required  on  $1,400  for  2 years,  3 
months,  and  9 days: 

Interest  on  $1,400  for  2 years,  3 months  and  9 days. 

27.3 

700 


Answer  required,  $191.10.0 

The  above  example  is  at  six  per  cent.  R ule  to  obtain  the  interest 
at  any  other  rate:  For  seven  per  cent,  increase  the  interest  ‘at  six  per 
cent,  by  one-sixth,  for  eight  per  cent,  by  one-third,  for  nine  per  cent, 
by  one-half,  for  ten  per  cent,  by  two-thirds,  for  eleven  per  cent,  by 
live-sixths,  for  twelve  per  cent,  multiply  by  two.  Twelve  per  cent, 
is  the  highest  rate  of  interest  allowed  by  any  State,  except  Minuet 
sota,  which,  I believe,  allows  fifteen  per  cent. 

In  pointing  off,  persons  will  observe  to  point  off  as  many  figures 
in  the  product  or  answer  as  there  are  decimal  points  in  the  multipli- 
cand. The  balance,  or  remainder,  shows  you  the  dollars  and  cents. 

COUNTERFEIT  MONEY— Seven  Rules  for  Detecting. — First.— 
Examine  the  form  and  features  of  all  human  figures  on  the  notes.  If 
the  forms  are  graceful,  and  features  distinct,  examine  the  drapery— ■ 
see  if  the  folds  lie  natural;  and  the  hair  of  the  head  should  be 
observed,  and  see  if  the  fine  strands  can  be  seen. 

Second. — Examine  the  lettering,  the  title  of  the  bank,  or  the 
round  handwriting  on  the  face  of  the  note.  On  all  genuine  bills,  the 
work  is  done  with  great  skill  and  perfectness,  and  there  has  never 
been  a counterfeit  but  was  defective  in  the  lettering. 

Third. — The  imprint,  or  engraver’s  name.  By  observing  the 
great  perfection  of  the  different  company  names,  in  the  evenness  and 
shape  of  the  fine  letters,  counterfeiters  never  get  the  imprint  perfect. 
This  rule  alone,  if  strictly  observed,  will  detect  every  counterfeit  note 
in  existence. 

Fourth. — The  shading  in  the  back-ground  of  the  vignette,  or  over 
or  around  the  letters  forming  the  name  of  the  bank,  on  a good  bill  is 
even  and  perfect,  on  a counterfeit  is  irregular  and  imperfect. 

Fifth. — Examine  well  the  figures  on  the  other  parts  of  the  note* 
containing  the  de-nomination,  also  the  letters.  Examine  well  the  die 
work  around  the  figures  which  stand  for  the  denomination,  to  see  if  it 


Mer-okmtts'  and  Grocers'  Department.  37 

is  wi  ihe  same  character  as  that  which  forms  the  ornamental  work 
surrounding  it. 

Sixth. — Never  take  a bill  that  is  deficient  in  any  of  the  above 
points,  and  if  your  impression  is  bad  when  you  first  see  it,  you  had 
better  be  careful  how  you  become  convinced  to  change  your  mind— 
whether  your  opinion  is  not  altered  as  you  become  confused  in  looking 
into  the  texture  of  the  workmanship  of  the  bill. 

Seventh — Examine  the  name  of  the  State,  name  of  the  bank, 
and  name  of  tne  town  where  it  is  located.  If  it  has  been  altered  from 
a broken  bank,  the  defects  can  plainly  be  seen,  as  the  alteration  will 
show  that  it  has  been  stamped  on. 

INKS— Black  Copying  or  Writing  Fluid.— Rain  water,  2 gals. ; 
gum  arabic,  34  lb.  ; brown  sugar,  34  lb. ; clean  copperas,  34  lb. ; pow- 
dered nutgalls,  % lb. ; bruise  all,  and  mix,  shaking  occasionally  for  10 
days,  and  strain;  if  needed  sooner,  let  it  steep  in  an  iron  kettle  until 
the  strength  is  obtained. 

This  ink  can  be  depended  upon  for  deeds  and  records  which  you 
may  wish  some  one  to  read  hundreds  of  years  to  come.  Oxalic  acid 
one-fourth  oz.  was  formerly  put  in,  but  since  the  use  of  steel  pens  it 
does  not  work  well  on  them.  If  not  used  as  a copying  ink,  one- 
fourth  the  gum  or  sugar  is  sufficient,  as  it  flows  more  freely  without 
them. 

2.  Common  Black. — Logwood  chips,  1 lb. ; boil  in  \%  gals,  of 
water  until  reduced  to  2 qis. ; pour  off,  and  repeat  the  boiling  again  as 
before ; mix  the  two  waters,  I gal.  in  all;  then  add  bi-chromate  of 
potash,  34  oz*  > prussiate  of  potash,  34  oz-  i prussiate  of  iron,  (prussian 
blue)  34  oz. ; boil  again  about  five  minutes,  and  strain  and  bottle  for 
use. 

You  will  find  none  of  the  gumminess  about  this  ink  that  is  found 
in  that  made  from  the  extract  of  logwood;  yet  it  is  not  presumed  that 
this  will  be  as  durable  as  the  gall  inks,  for  deeds,  records,  &c„  &c., 
but  for  schools  and  common  use  it  is  as  good  as  the  most  costly  inks. 
This  copy  was  prepared  with  it,  which  was  made  two  years  ago. 

3.  Bed — The  Very  Best. — Take  an  ounce  vial  and  put  into  it  a 
tea-spoon  of  aqua  ammonia,  gum  arabic  the  size  of  2 peas,  aiyl  6 grs. 
No.  40  carmine,  and  5 grs.  No.  6 or  8 carmine  also;  fill  up  with  soft 
water  and  it  is  soon  ready  for  use. 

This  forms  a beautiful  ruling  ink.  I sold  the  book  in  Pike  County 
Bank,  111.,  from  the  fact  that  this  ink  was  so  much  better  than  what 
they  could  get  of  any  other  make.  Speaking  of  banks  makes  me 
think  of  what  a gentleman  of  Michigan  City,  Ind.,  told  me  about  a 
black  ink  for  banking  purposes  which  would  never  fade,  composed  of 
two  articles  only: 

Iron  or  steel  filings  and  simple  rain  water,  exposing  it  to  the  sun 


38  Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 

for  a good  length  of  time;  pale  when  first  written  with,  but  becoming 
very  black. 

I have  never  thought  to  try  it,  but  now  mention  it,  for  it  might  be 
good,  and  lost  to  the  world,  unless  now  thrown  to  the  public. 

4L  Blue. — Take  sulphate  of  indigo  and  put  it  into  water  until 
you  get  the  desired  depth  of  color;  that  sold  in  little  noxes  foi 
bluing  clothes  is  the  article  desired. 

This  does  well  for  school  children,  or  any  writing  not  of  impor- 
tance to  keep;  but  for  book-keeping  it  is  not  good,  as  the  heat  of  a 
safe  in  a burning  building  fades  away  the  color. 

5.  Indelible. — Nitrate  of  silver,  11  grs. ; dissolve  it  in  30  grs., 
(or  about  a tea-spoon)  of  water  of  ammonia;  in  85  grs.  (or  234  tea- 
spoons) of  rain  water,  dissolve  20  grs.  of  gum  arabic.  When  the  gum 
is  dissolved  put  in  the  same  vial  also  22  grs.  of  carnonate  of  soda, 
(sal-soda.)  When  all  is  well  dissolved,  mix  both  vials,  or  their 
contents,  and  place  the  vial  containing  the  mixture  in  a basin  of 
water,  and  boil  for  several  minutes,  or  until  a black  compound  is  the 
result.  When  cold  it  is  ready  for  use.  Have  the  linen  or  other  goods 
starched  and  ironed,  and  perfectly  dry;  then  write  wuh  a quill  pen. 

If  twice  the  amount  is  made  at  a time  it  will  not  cost  any  more, 
as  the  expense  is  only  from  the  trouble  of  weighing,  so  little  is  used 
of  the  materials.  Soft  soap  and  boiling  cannot  efface  it,  nor  years  of 
wear.  Use  onl}r  glass  vessels. 

6.  Powder — Black. — Sulphate  of  copper,  1 dr. ; gum  arabic,  ^ 
oz.;  copperas  1 oz. ; nutgalls  and  extract  of  logwood  4 ozs.  each;  all 
to  be  pulverized  and  evenly  mixed- — Scientific  American. 

About  one  oz.  of  the  mixture  will  be  required  to  each  pint  of 
boiling  water  used.  It  will  be  found  a valuable  color  for  boot,  shoe 
or  harness-edge,  also.  It  should  stand  a couple  of  weeks  before  using, 
or  it  may  be  steeped  a few  hours  if  needed  sooner. 

HONEYS. — Artificial  Cuba  Honey. — Good  brown  sugar,  10  lbs.; 
water,  1 qt. ; old  bee-bread  honey  in  the  comb,  2 lbs. ; cream  of  tartar, 

1 tea-spoon;  gum-arabic,  1 oz.;  oil  of  peppermint,  3 drops;  oil  of  rose, 

2 drops.  Mix  and  boil  2 or  3 minutes,  and  have  ready  1 qt.  more  of 
water  in  which  an  egg  is  put  well  beat  up ; pour  it  in,  and  as  it  begins 
to  boil,  skim  well,  remove  from  the  fire,  and  when  a little  cool,  add  2 
lbs.  of  nice  bees’  honey,  and  strain. 

This  is  really  a nice  article,  looking  and  tasting  like  honey.  It 
has  been  shipped  in  large  quantities  under  the  name  of  “Cuba  Honey.” 
It  will  keep  any  length  of  time  as  nice  and  fresh  as  when  first  made, 
if  sealed  up.  Some  persons  use  a table-spoon  of  slippery  elm  bark  in 
this  amount,  but  it  will  ferment  in  warm  weather,  and  rise  to  the  top, 
requiring  to  be  skimmed  off.  If  it  is  to  be  used  only  for  eating 
purposes,  the  cream  -of-tartar  and  gum-arabic  may  be  left  out,  also  the 
old  bee-bread  honey,  substituting  for  it  another  pound  of  nice  honey. 


Merchants'  and  Grocers'  Department. 


39 


2.  Domestic  Honey. — Coffee  sugar,  10  lbs. ; water,  3 lbs. ; cream- 
of-tartar,  2 ozs. ; strong  vinegar,  2 table-spoons;  the  white  of  one  egg 
well  beaten;  bees’ honey,  ^ lb. ; Lubin’s  extract  of  honeysuckle,  10 
drops. 

First  put,  the  sugar  and  water  into  a suitable  kettle  and  place  upon 
the  fire;  and  when  luke-warm  stir  in  the  cream-of-tartar,  and  vine- 
gar; then  continue  to  add  the  egg;  and  when  the  sugar  is  nearly 
melted  put  in  the  honey  and  stir  until  it  comes  to  a boil,  take  it  off,  let 
it  stand  a few  minutes,  then  strain,  adding  the  extract  of  honeysuckle 
last,  let  stand  over  night,  and  it  is  ready  for  use.  This  resembles 
candied  honey,  and  is  a nice  thing. 

3.  Excellent  Honey. — An  article  suitable  for  every-day  use  is 
made  as  follows: 

Good  common  sugar,  5 lbs.;  water,  1 qt. ; gradually  bring  it  to  a 
boil,  skimming  well;  when  cool,  add  1 lb.  bees’  honey  and  4 drops  of 
peppermint  essence. 

If  you  desire  a better  article,  use  white  sugar  and  one-half 
pint  less  water  and  one-half  pound  more  honey.  If  it  is  desired  to 
give  it  the  ropy  appearance  of  bees’  honey,  put  into  the  water  one- 
fourth  ounce  of  alum. 

4.  Premium  Honey. — Common  sugar,  4 lbs. ; water,  1 pt. ; let 
them  come  to  a boil,  and  skim;  then  add  pulverized  alum,  34  oz.; 
remove  from  the  lire  and  stir  in  cream-of-tartar,  34  oz.  i and  water  or 
extract  of  rose,  1 table-spoon,  and  it  is  fit  for  use. 

This  took  the  premium  at  the  Ohio  State  Fair.  We  use  the  recipes 
for  common  sugar  and  the  one  using  Lubin’s  extract  of  honeysuckle, 
and  desire  nothing  better. 

JELLIES.— Without  Fruit. — Take  water,  1 pt.,  and  add  to  it 
pulverized  .alum,  34  oz.,  and  boil  a minute  or  two;  then  add  4 lbs.  of 
White  crushed  or  coffee  sugar,  continue  the  boiling  a little,  strain  while 
hot  ; and  when  cold  put  in  half  of  a two  shilling  bottle  of  extract  of 
vanilla,  strawberry,  or  lemon,  or  any  other  flavor  you  desire  for  jelly. 

This  will  make  a jelly  so  much  resembling  that  made  from  the 
juice  of  the  fruit  that  any  one  will  be  astonished,  and  when  fruit  can 
not  be  got,  it  will  take  its  place  admirably.  I have  had  neighbors  eat 
of  it  and  be  perfectly  astonished  at  its  beauty  and  palatableness. 

BAKING  POWDERS.-Without  Drugs  . — Baking  soda,  6 ozs.; 
cream-of-tartar,  8 ozs. ; first  dry  them  from  all  dampness  by  putting 
them  on  a paper  and  placing  them  in  the  oven  for  a short  time,  then 
mix  and  keep  dry,  in  bottles  or  boxes. 

The  proper  amount  of  this  will  be  about  one  tea-spoon  to  each 
quart  of  flour  being  baked.  Mix  with  cold  water,  and  bake  immediate r 
ly.  This  contains  none  of  the  drugs  generally  used  for  baking  pow- 
ders ; it  is  easy  made,  and  does  not  cost  over  half  as  much  as  to  buy  them 
already  made.  This  makes  biscuit  very  nice  without  milk  or  shorten- 


40 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


ing.  Yet  if  milk  is  used,  of  course  it  would  be  that  much  richer.  The 
main  object  of  baking  powders  is  for  those  who  are  “keeping  batch/ 
as  it  is  called,  or  for  those  who  are  far  from  civilized  conveniences,  and 
for  those  who  prefer  this  kind  of  bread  or  biscuit  to  that  raised  with 
yeast  or  sour  milk  and  saleratus.  I stand  among  the  latter  class. 

MOUTH  GLUE.— For  Torn  Paper,  Notes,  &c.— Any  quantity  of 
glue  may  be  used,  with  sugar,  only  half  as  much  as  of  the  glue. 

First  dissolve  the  glue  in  water,  and  carefully  evaporate  as  much 
of  the  water  as  you  can  without  burning  the  glue;  then  add  the  sugar; 
if  desired  to  have  a very  nice  article,  use  gelatine  in  place  of  the  glue, 
and  treat  in  the  same  manner;  when  the  sugar  is  dissolved  in  the  glue 
pour  it  into  moulds  or  a pan  and  cut  it  into  squares,  for  convenience, 
before  it  gets  too  hard.  This  dissolves  very  quickly  by  placing  the 
edge  of  a piece  in  the  mouth,  and  is  not  unpleasant  to  the  taste,  and  is 
very  handy  for  office  or  house  use.  Use  to  stick  together  torn  bills, 
paper,  etc.,  by  softening  the  edge  of  a piece,  as  above,  then  touching 
the  parts  therewith  and  pressing  together  for  a mosaant  only. 


SALOON  DEPARTMENT. 


RM1R KSw — If  saloon  keepers  and  grocers,  who  deal  in  wine, 
freer.  cider,  etc.,  will  follow  our  directions  here,  and  make  some  of  the 
following  articles,  they,  and  their  customers,  will  be  better  pleased 
than  by  purchasing  the  spurious  articles  of  the  day;  and  families  will 
find  them  equally  applicable  to  their  own  use.  And  although  we  start 
with  an  artificial  cider,  yet  it  is  as  healthy,  and  is  more  properly  a 
small  beer,  which  it  should  be  called,  but  from  its  close  resemblance 
to  cider,  in  taste,  it  has  been  so  named. 

CiDERS. — Artificial,  or  Cider  Without  Apples. — To  cold  water, 
1 gal.,  put  dark  brown  sugar,  1 lb. ; tartaric  acid,  % oz. ; yeast,  3 table- 
spoons, and  keep  these  proportions  for  any  amount  desired  to  make ; 
shake  it  well  together.  Atake  it  in  the  evening  and  it  will  be  fit  for 
use  the  next  day. 

I make  in  a keg  a few  gallons  at  a time,  leaving  a few  quarts  to 
make  into  next  time — not  using  yeast  again  until  the  keg  needs  rinsing. 
If  it  gets  a little  sour  make  more  into  it.  In  hot  weather  draw  in  a 
pitcher  with  ice;  or  if  your  sales  are  slow,  bottle  it  and  keep  in  a cool 
cellar  according  to  the  next  recipe. 

2.  To  Bottle. — If  it  is  desired  to  bottle  this  artificial  cider  by 
manufacturers  of  small  drinks,  you  will  proceed  as  follows: 

Put  into  a barrel  hot  water,  5 gals.;  brown  sugar,  30 lbs.;  tartaric 
acid,  % lb. ; cold  water,  25  gals.;  hop  or  brewers’  yeast,  3 pts. ; work 
the  yeast  into  a paste  with  flour,  % lb. ; shake  or  stir  all  well  together; 
fill  the  barrel  full,  and  let  it  work  21  to  48  hours;  or  until  the  yeast  is 
done  working  out  at  the  bung,  by  having  put  in  a little  sweetened 
water  occasionally  to  keep  the  barrel  full. 

When  it  has  worked  clear,  bottle,  putting  in  two  or  three  broken 
raisins  to  each  bottle,  and  it  will  nearly  equal  champagne.  Let  the 
bottles  lie  in  a cool  place  on  the  side — (observe  also  this  plan  of  laying 
the  bottles  upon  the  side,  in  putting  away  apple  cider  or  wine) — but  if 
it  is  only  for  your  own  retail  trade,  you  can  make  as  follows  in  the  next 
recipe,  and  have  it  keep  until  a barrel  is  retailed.  The  first  recipe  will 
last  only  three  or  four  days  in  hot  weather,  and  about  two  weeks  in 
winter. 


42 


ZV.  Chase' s Recipes . 


3.  In  Barrels  for  Long  Beeping.— If  retailers  wish  to  keep  this 
cider  with  the  least  possible  loss  of  time,  or  families  for  their  own 
drink  or  for  the  harvest  held,  proceed  as  follows: 

Place  in  a keg  or  barrel,  cold  water,  20  gals.,  brown  sugar,  15  lbs. 
and  tartaric  acid,  34  lb*  only,  not  using  any  yeast,  but  if  you  have 
them,  put  in  2 or  3 lbs.  dried  sour  apples,  or  boil  them  and  pour  in  the 
expressed  juice;  without  the  yeast  it  will  keep,  in  a cool  cellar,  for 
several  weeks,  even  in  summer.  The  darker  the  sugar  the  more 
natural  will  be  the  color  of  the  cider. 

Dr.  O.  B.  Reed,  of  Belle  River,  Mich.,  with  whom  I read  medicine, 
drank  freely,  while  sick  with  bilious  fever,  knowing  its  composition, 
and  recommended  it  to  his  patients  as  soon  as  he  got  out  amongst  them 
again,  as  a drink  that  would  allay  thirst,  with  the  least  amount  of 
fluid,  of  anything  with  which  he  was  acquainted.  But  some  will 
prefer  Prof.  Hufeland’s  drink  for  Fever  Patients,  which  see. 

4.  Apple  Cider,  to  Keep  Sweet,  with  but  Trifling  Expense.— 
Two  things  are  absolutely  necessary  to  preserve  cider  in  a palatable 
state  for  any  considerable  time;  that  is,  to  clear  it  of  pomace,  and 
then  to  keep  it  in  a cool  place,  and  the  cooler  the  place  the  better. 
And  then  if  kept  air-tight,  by  bottling,  it  is  also  better,  hut  farmers 
cannot  take  the  lime  nor  expense  of  bottling.  Some  persons  leach 
it  through  charcoal,  and  others  boil,  or  rather  scald  and  skim,  to  get 
clear  of  the  pomace.  In  the  first  place,  cider  that  is  designed  to  keep 
over  winter,  should  be  made  from  ripe,  sound , sour  apples  only,  and 
consequently  it  will  be  getting  cool  weather,  and  less  likely  to  ferment. 
Then  when  made : 

Stand  in  open  casks  or  barrels,  and  put  into  each  barrel  about  1 
pt.  each  of  hickory,  (if  you  have  them;  if  not,  other  hard  wood,) 
ashes  and  fresh  slaked  lime;  stir  the  ashes  and  lime  first  into  1 qt.  of 
new  milk;  then  stir  into  the  cider.  It  will  cause  all  the  pomace  to 
rise  to  the  surface,  from  which  you  can  skim  it  as  it  rises,  or  you  can 
let  it  remain  about  10  hours,  then  draw  olF  by  a faucet  near  the  bot- 
tom, through  a strainer,  to  avoid  the  hardened  pomace. 

It  is  now  ready  for  bottling,  or  barreling,  if  too  much  trouble  to 
bottle.  If  you  barrel  it,  it  has  been  found  essential  to  sulphur  the 
barrel.  The  sulphuring  is  done  by  dipping  cotton  cloth  into  melted 
sulphur,  and  drying  it;  then  cutting  into  strips  about  two  by  six 
inches.  Put  about  three  gallons  of  cider  into  the  barrel;  fire  one  end 
of  the  strip  of  the  sulphured  cloth,  and  introduce  it  into  the  bung- 
hole,  and  hold  it  by  means  of  the  bung,  giving  it  air  sufficient  to  let  it 
burn,  keeping  the  smoke  in  as  it  burns,  when  you  will  push  the  bung 
in  tight  and  shake  the  barrel  until  the  sulphur-gas  is  absorbed  into  the 
cider;  then  fill  up  the  barrel  with  cider,  and  if  not  already  in  the  cel- 
lar, place  it  there,  and  you  have  accomplished  the  two  points  first 
spoken  of.  If  the  above  plan  is  too  much  labor,  get  oil  barrels. 


Safo&n  Department. 


43 


possible,  to  heep  your  cider  in,  (as  vinegar  can  scarcely  be  made  in  an 
oil  barrel,)  fue  oil  coming  oufc  a little  and  forming  an  air-tight  coat  on 
the  top  of  the  cider  in  the  barrel;  or, 

5.  Make  your  cider  late  in  the  fall,  and  when  made,  put  into 
each  barrel,  immediately,  ground  mustard,  3^  lb.;  salt,  2 oz. ; pulver- 
ized chalk,  2 oz  ; stir  them  up  in  a little  of  the  cider,  then  pour  into 
the  barrel,  a^d  shake  well. 

I have  drank  cider,  kept  in  this  way,  in  August,  which  was  made 
in  early  spring;  it  was  very  nice. 

6.  I have  had  cider  keep  very  nice,  also,  by  keeping  in  a cool 
cellar,  and  putting  into  each  barrel: 

Mustard  seed,  2 oz. ; allspice,  2 oz.;  sweet  oil,  % pt.,  and  alcohol, 
I pt.  only. 

Always  ship  your  cider,  if  you  have  cider  to  ship,  late  in  the  fall, 
or  early  in  spring,  for  if  taken  out  of  a cool  cellar  in  hot  weather  it  is 
$ure  to  start  fermentation.  If  wanted  for  medicine,  proceed  as  in  the 
following  recipe: 

7.  To  Prepare  for  Medicine. — To  each  barrel  of  cider  just 
pressed  from  ripe,  sour  apples,  not  watered: 

Take  mustard  seed,  unground,  1 lb. ; isinglass,  1 oz. ; alum,  pul- 
verized, 1 oz. ; put  all  into  the  barrel,  leave  the  bung  out,  and  shake 
or  stir  once  a day  for  four  days,  then  take  new  milk,  1 qt.,  and  half  a 
dozen  eggs,  beat  well  together,  and  put  them  into  the  cider  and  stir 
or  shake  again,  as  before,  for  2 days;  then  let  it  settle  until  you  see 
that  it  is  clear,  and  draw  off  by  a faucet. 

And  if  you  wish  to  use  in  place  of  wine,  in  medicine,  put  it  into 
bottles;  but  if  designed  foi  family  use,  you  can  barrel  it,  bunging  it 
tight,  and  keep  cool,  of  course,  and  you  will  have  a very  nice  article , 
if  the  cider  was  not  made  too  near  a well,  or  running  stream  of  water; 
but  it  is  found  that  if  made  too  near  these,  the  cider  does  not  keep. 
Judge  ye  why? 

In  some  parts  of  England,  by  using  only  ripe,  sound  apples,  let- 
ting it  work  clear,  racking  off  about  twice,  bottling,  etc.,  etc.,  cider 
is  kept  from  twenty  to  thirty  years.  When  cider  is  drawn  off  and 
bottled,  it  should  not  be  corked  until  the  next  day  after  filling  the 
bottles,  as  many  of  them  will  burst.  Then  lay  on  the  side. 

SYRUPS.— To  Make  the  Various  Colors.— Powder  cochineal,  1 
oz. ; soft  water,  1 pt. ; boil  the  cocnineal  in  the  water  for  a few  min- 
utes, using  a copper  kettle ; while  boiling,  add  30  grs.  of  powdered 
alum,  and  1 dr.  of  cream-of-tartar;  when  the  coloring  master  is  all 
out  of  the  cochineal,  remove  it  from  the  fire,  and  when  a little  cool, 
strain,  bottle  and  set  aside  for  use. 

This  gives  a beautiful  red,  and  is  used  in  the  strawberry  syrups 
only.  Colored  rather  deep  in  shade.  Pine  apple  is  left  without  color. 
Wintergreen  is  colored  wt*h  tinctur#  of  camwood,  (not  deop.)  Lemon 


44 


Dr . Chase' s Recipes . 


and  ginger  with  tincture  of  turmeric.  See  “Tinctures. 71  The  two  last 
named  syrups  are  not  colored  high — a light  shade  only. 

2.  Artificial,  Various  Flavors. — The  ground-work  of  all  syrups 
ought  to  be  the  same,  i.  e.,  simple  syrup;  to  make  it,  take  2%  lbs.  of 
the  best  coffee  sugar,  which  is  found  not  to  cif^stalize,  and  water,  1 
pt.,  or  what  is  the  same,  60  lbs.  sugar,  water,  3 gals. 

Dissolve  the  sugar  in  the  water  by  heat,  removing  any  scum  that 
forms  upon  it,  and  strain  while  not.  This  can  be  kept  in  a barrel  of 
keg,  and  is  always  ready  to  flavor,  as  desired. 

3.  Raspberry— Is  made  as  follows: 

Take  orris  root,  bruised,  any  quantity,  say  lb.,  and  just  hand- 
somely cover  it  with  dilute  alcohol,  (76  per  cent,  alcohol,  and  water, 
equal  quantities,)  so  that  it  cannot  be  made  any  stronger  of  the  root. 

This  is  called  the  “Saturated  Tincture,”  and  use  sufficient  of  this 
tincture  to  give  the  desired  or  natural  taste  of  the  raspberry,  from 
which  it  cannot  be  distinguished. 

4.  Strawberry — Flavor  is  as  follows: 

The  saturated  tincture  of  orris,  as  above,  2 ozs.,  acetic  ether,  2 
drs. ; mix,  and  use  sufficient  to  give  the  desired  flavor— a very  little 
only  is  required,  in  either  case. 

5.  Pine  Apple — Flavor  is  made  by  using,  to  suit  the  taste,  of 
butyric-ether.  If  persons  have  any  doubt  of  these  facts,  simply  try 
them.  Some  think  syrups  even  for  fountains,  charged  with  carbonic 
acid  gas,  that  it  is  best  to  use  about  three-fourths  oz.  of  tartaric  acid 
to  each  gallon,  but  I prefer  none  unless  the  fountain  is  charged  with 
the  super-carbonate  of  soda,  in  which  case  it  is  necessary  to  use  about 
three-fourths  oz.  of  the  acid  to  each  pound  of  sugar.  See  “Soda 
Syrups.” 

This  above  plan,  for  making  simple  syrup , is  the  true  way  of 
making  all  syrups;  but  some  people  think  they  must  use  more  water, 
that  the  syrup  may  be  cheaper.  Others  will  object  to  using  artificial 
flavors.  Oh ! they  say:  “ I buy  the  genuine  article.”  Then,  just  allow 
me  to  say,  don’t  buy  the  syrups  nor  the  extracts,  for  ninety-nine  hun- 
dredths of  them  are  not  made  from  the  fruit,  but  are  artificial. 
Rather  make  your  own,  as  given  under  the  head  of  “ Jams  and  Ex- 
tracts.” For  the  more  watery  syrups,  see  “ Soda  Syrups.” 

6.  Sarsaparilla— Is  very  nice  as  follows: 

Simple  syrup,  as  above,  and  nice  golden  syrup,  equal  quantities  of 
each,  and  mix  well ; then  use  a few  drops  of  oils  of  wintergreen  and 
sassafras  to  each  bottle,  as  used. 

The  amounts  for  the  desired  flavors  cannot  be  given  exactly  to 
suit  every  one,  but  all  will  wish  different  flavors,  in  some  towns  using 
very  high  flavor,  and  in  others  sufficient  to  perceive  it  merely.  Ail 
will  soon  get  a plan  of  their  own,  and  like  it  better  than  that  of  oth- 


Saloon  Department. 


45 


ers.  This  mixture  of  golden  syrup  makes  the  sarsaparilla  a beautiful 
dark  color  without  other  coloring. 

7.  Lemon  Syrup,  Common. — Was  formerty  made  by  dissolving 
four  pounds  of  crushed  sugar  in  one  quart  of  water,  by  boiling,  and 
adding  three  ounces  of  tart^ic  acid  and  flavoring  with  the  oil  of 
lemon;  but  it  is  best  made  as  follows: 

Coffee  sugar,  3 lbs. ; water,  134  pts. ; dissolve  by  gentle  heat,  and 
add  citric  acid,  3 ozs.,  and  flavor  witli  oil  or  extract  of  lemon.  See 
“ Extracts.” 

8.  Or  a ver)7-  nice  lemon  syrup  is  made  as  follows:  Take  citric 
acid  in  powder,  34  oz. ; oil  of  lemon,  4 drops;  simple  syrup,  1 qt. 

Rub  the  acid  and  oil  in  three  or  four  spoons  of  the  syrup,  then 
add  the  mixture  to  the  remainder,  and  dissolve  with  gentle  heat. 
Citric  acid  is  not  as  likely  to  cause  inflammation  of  the  stomach  as  the 
tartaric,  hence,  its  better  adaptation  to  syrups  calculated  for  drinks, 
and  especially  in  disease. 

9-  Lemon  Syrup— To  Save  the  Loss  of  Lemons. — Where  you 
have  lemons  that  are  spoiling  or  drying  up,  take  the  insides  which  are 
yet  sound,  squeeze  out  the  juice,  and  to  each  pint  put  134  lbs.  white 
sugar,  and  a little  of  the  peel;  boil  a few  minutes,  strain  and  cork  for 

use. 

This  will  not  require  any  acid,  and  one-half  tea-spoon  of  soda  to 
three-fourths  of  a glass  of  water,  with  two  or  three  table-spoons  of 
syrup,  makes  a foaming  glass.  Some  persons  think  they  ought  to  put 
m water,  but  if  water  is  added  the  syrup  will  not  keep  as  well,  and 
takes  more  of  it. 

10.  Soda  Syrup,  With  or  Without  Fountains. — The  common  or 
more  watery  syrups  are  made  by  using  loaf  or  crushed  sugar,  8 lbs. ; 
pure  water,  1 gal.;  gum  arabic,  2 ozs. ; mix  in  a brass  or  copper  ket- 
tle; boil  until  the  gum  is  dissolved,  then  skim  and  strain  through 
white  flannel,  after  which  add  tartaric  acid,  534  ozs*>  dissolved  in  hot 
water;  to  flavor,  use  extract  of  lemon,  orange,  rose,  pine-apple,  peach, 
sarsaparilla,  strawberry,  etc.,  34  oz-  to  each  bottle,  or  to  your  taste. 

Now  use  two  or  three  table-spoons  of  the  syrup  to  three-fourths 
of  a tumbler  of  water  and  one-half  tea-spoon  of  super-carbonate  of 
soda,  made  fine;  stir  well  and  be  ready  to  drink,  or  use  the  soda  in 
water  as  mentioned  in  the  “ Imperial  Cream  Nectar;”  the  gum  arabic, 
however,  holds  the  carbonic  acid  so  it  will  not  fly  off  as  rapidly  as 
common  soda.  The  above  is  to  be  used  without  fountains,  that  is,  to 
make  it  up  as  used,  in  glasses,  or  for  the  cheaper  fountains  which 
have  an  ounce  of  super-carbonate  of  soda  to  the  gallon  of  water;  but 
for  the  fountains  which  are  charged,  in  the  cities,  with  carbonic  acid 
gas,  no  acids  are  used  in  the  syrups. 

11.  Cream  Soda,  Using  Cow’s  Cream,  for  Fountains.— Nice  loaf 
sugar,  5 lbs. ; sweet  rich  cream,  1 qt. ; water,  134  gills;  warm  gradu- 


46  Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 

ually  so  as  not  to  burn;  extract  of  vanilla,  % oz. ; extract  01  nutmeg* 
34  oz. 

Just  bring  to  a boiling  heat,  for  if  you  cook  it  any.  length  of  tins* 
it  will  crystalize;  use  four  or  live  spoons  of  this  syrup  instead  of  three 
as  in  other  syrups.  If  used  without  a fountain,  tartaric  acid  one- 
quarter  pound  is  added.  The  tendency  of  this  syrup  is  to  sour  rather 
quicker  than  other  syrups,  but  it  is  very  nice  while  it  lasts;  and  if  only 
made  in  small  quantities  and  kept  cool,  it  more  than  pays  for  the 
trouble  of  making  often. 

12.  Cream  Soda,  Without  a Fountain. — Coffee  sugar,  4 lbs. ; 
water,  3 pts. ; nutmegs,  grated,  3 in  number;  whites  of  10  eggs,  well 
beaten;  gum  arabic,  1 oz.;  oil  of  lemon,  20  drops,  or  extract  equal  to 
that  amount.  By  using  oils  of  other  fruits  you  can  make  as  many 
flavors  from  this  as  you  desire,  or  prefer. 

Mix  all  and  place  over  a gentle  fire,  and  stir  well  about  thirty 
minutes;  remove  from  the  fire,  strain,  and  divide  into  two  parts;  into 
one-half  put  super-carbonate  of  soda,  eight  ounces;  and  into  tho 
other  half  put  six  ounces  tartaric  acid;  shake  well,  and  when  cold 
they  are  ready  to  use,  by  pouring  three  or  four  spoons,  from  both 
parts,  into  separate  glasses  which  are  one-third  full  of  cool  water;  stii 
each  and  pour  together,  and  you  have  as  nice  a glass  of  cream  soda  as- 
was  ever  drank,  which  can  also  be  drank  at  your  leisure,  as  the  gum 
and  eggs  hold  the  gas. 

IS.  Soda  Water,  Without  a Machine  for  Bottling.— In  each  gal- 
lon of  water  to  be  used,  carefully  dissolve  34  lb.  of  crushed  sugar,  and 
1 oz.  of  super-carbonate  of  soda;  then  fill  half-pint  bottles  with  this 
water,  have  your  corks  ready,  now  drop  into  each  bottle  34  dr.  °f  cit- 
ric acid  in  crystals,  and  immediately  cork  and  tie  down. 

These  bottles  must  be  handled  carefully  without  shaking,  and 
keep  cool,  until  needed;  a little  more  or  less  sugar  can  be  used,  to  suit 
the  taste  of  different  persons. 

OYSTER  SOUP. — To  each  dozen  or  dish  of  oysters  put  34  Pt.  of 
water;  milk,  1 gill;  butter,  34  oz*i  powdered  crackers  to  thicken. 
Bring  the  oysters  and  water  to  a boil,  then  add  the  other  ingredients 
previously  mixed  together,  and  boil  from  3 to  5 minutes  only. 

Each  one  will  choose  to  add  salt,  pepper,  etc.,  to  their  own  taste, 
Keep  about  these  proportions  if  you  should  have  to  cook  for  an  oyster 
supper,  for  parties,  etc. 

TRIPE.— To  Prepare  and  Pickle.— First  sew  it  up,  after  it  is 
turned  inside  out;  be  careful  to  sew  it  up  tight,  that  no  lime  gets  into 
it ; now  have  a tub  of  lime-water,  the  consistency  of  good  thick  white- 
wash ; let  it  remain  in  from  10  to  20  minutes,  or  until  when  you  take 
hold  of  it,  the  dark  outside  skin  will  come  off;  then  put  it  into  clean 
water,  changing  three  or  four  times  to  weaken  the  lime,  that  the  hands 
be  not  injured  by  it;  then  with  a dull  knife  scrape  off  all  of  the  dark 


Saloon  Department . 


47 


surface,  and  continue  co  soak  and  scrape  several  times,  which  removes 
all  offensive  substances  and  smell.  After  this,  let  it  soak  20  or  30 
minutes  in  2 or  3 hot  waters,  scraping  over  each  time;  then  pickle  in 
salt  and  water  12  hours,  audit  is  ready  for  cooking;  boil  from  3 to  4 
hours,  cut  in  strips  to  suit,  and  put  it  into  nice  vinegar,  with  the 
various  spices,  as  desired;  renew  the  vinegar  at  the  expiration  of  1 
week,  is  all  that  will  be  required  further. 

Many  persons  stick  up  their  nose  when  tripe  is  spoken  of;  but,  if 
nicely  prepared,  I prefer  it  to  any  dish  furnished  by  the  beef. 

MOLASSES  CANDY  AND  POP-CORN  BALLS- — Candy, — Equal 
quantities  of  brown  sugar  and  molasses,  and  put  them  into  a suitable 
kettle — copper  is  the  best — and  when  it  begins  to  boil,  skim  it  well,  and 
strain  it,  or  else  pour  it  through  a tine  wire  sieve  to  free  it  of  slivers 
and  sticks  which  are  often  found  in  the  sugar-;  then  return  it  to  the 
kettle  and  continue  to  boil,  until,  when  you  have  dipped  your  hand 
in  cold  water  and  passed  one  or  two  lingers  through  the  boiling  candy- 
and  immediately  back  to  the  cold  water,  what  adheres,  when  cold,  will 
crush  like  dry  egg-shells,  and  does  not  adhere  to  the  teeth  when 
bitten.  When  done,  pour  it  on  a stone  or  platter  which  has  been 
greased,  and  as  it  gets  cool  begin  to  throw  up  the  edges  and  work  it 
by  pulling  on  a hook  or  by  the  hand,  until  bright  and  glistening  like 
gold;  the  hands  should  have  a little  flour  on  them  occasionally;  now 
keep  the  mass  by  a warm  stove,  (if  much  is  made  at  one  time,)  and 
draw  it  into  stick  size,  occasionally  rolling  them  to  keep  round,  until 
all  is  pulled  out  and  cold;  then  with  shears  clip  a little  upon  them,  at 
proper  lengths  for  the  sticks,  and  they  will  snap  quickly  while  yet  the 
stick  will  bend;  no  color,  no  butter,  no  lard  or  flavor  is  used  or  need 
be,  yet  any  oil  can  be  used  for  flavoring,  if  desired,  when  poured  out 
to  cool. 

Sugar  left  in  molasses  barrels  works  very  nicety  in  this  prepara- 
tion. Pulverized  white  sugar  sprinkled  amongst  it  will  prevent  it 
from  sticking  together. 

2.  Candy  Perfectly  White. — If  it  is  desired  to  have  candy  that 
is  perfectly  white,  proceed  as  follows: 

Best  coffee  sugar,  2^  lbs. ; the  nicest  syrup,  1 % pts. ; boil  very 
carefully,  until  when  tried  as  above,  it  crisps  like  egg-shells,  or  flics 
like  glass;  then  draw  and  work  upon  the  hook  until  very  white. 

3.  Molasses  Candy  Without  Sugar. — Porto  Rico  molasses,  boiled 
and  worked  as  above,  has  a cream  shade  according  to  the  amount  of 
pulling,  and  most  persons  prefer  it  to  the  mixture  of  sugar  and 
molasses,  as  in  the  first. 

4.  Pop  Corn  Balls. — Pop  the  corn,  avoiding  all  that  is  not  nicely 
opened;  place  ^ bu.  of  the  corn  upon  a table  or  in  a large  dripping 
pan ; put  a little  water  in  a suitable  kettle  with  sugar,  1 lb. ; and  boil 
as  for  candy;  until  it  becomes  quite  waxy  in  water,  when  tried  as  for 


48 


Dr.  Chase's  Recipes. 


candy;  then  remove  from  the  fire  and  dip  into  it  6 to  7 table-sp@on« 
of  thick  gum  solution,  made  by  pouring  boiling  water  upon  gum 
arabic,  over  night,  or  some  hours  before;  now  dip  the  mixture  upon 
different  parts  of  the  corn,  putting  a stick,  or  the  liand3,  under  the 
corn,  lifting  up  and  mixing  until  the  corn  is  all  saturated  with  the 
candy  mixture;  then  with  the  hands  press  the  corn  into  balls,  as  the 
boys  do  snow-balls,  being  quick,  lest  it  sets  before  you  get  through. 

This  amount  will  make  about  one  hundred  balls,  if  properly 
done.  White  or  brown  sugar  may  be  used.  And  for  variety,  white 
sugar  for  a part,  and  molasses  or  syrup  for  another  batch.  Either  of 
these  is  suited  to  street  peddlers. 

5.  Action  of  Sugar  or  Candy  on  the  Teeth. — M.  Larez,  of 
France,  in  the  course  of  his  investigations  on  the  teeth,  has  arrived  at 
the  following  conclusions: 

“First.  That  refined  sugar,  either  from  cane  or  beet,  is  injurious 
to  healthy  teeth,  either  by  immediate  contact  with  these  organs,  or  by 
the  gas  developed  owing  to  its  stoppage  in  the  stomach. 

“ Second.  That  if  a tooth  is  macerated  in  a saturated  solution  of 
sugar,  it  is  so  much  altered  in  the  chemical  composition  that  it 
becomes  gelatinous,  and  its  enamel  opaque,  spongy,  and  easily 
broken.  This  modification  is  due,  not  to  free  acid,  but  to  a tendency 
of  sugar  to  combine  with  the  calcareous  basis  of  the  teeth.” 

I have  destined  my  own  teeth,  I have  no  doubt  now,  by  constantly 
eating  candies,  while  in  the  grocery  business,  before  I knew  its 
injurious  effects,  and  I believe  it  to  have  destroyed  the  first  teeth  of  all 
my  children  which  were  born  during  my  candy-eating  propensities- 
What  say  our  candy-eating  gentry  to  the  above  ? 

LEMONADE. — To  Carry  in  the  Pocket.— Loaf  sugar,  1 lb.;  rub 
it  down  finely  in  a mortar,  and  add  citric-acid,  34  oz*  ? (tartaric  acid 
will  do,)  and  lemon  essence  34  oz->  and  continue  the  trituration  until 
all  is  intimately  mixed,  and  bottle  for  use.  It  is  best  to  dry  the 
powders  as  mentioned  in  the  “Persian  Sherbet,”  next  following. 

A rounding  table-spoon  can  be  done  up  in  a paper  and  carried 
conveniently  in  the  pocket  when  persons  are  going  into  out-of-the-way 
places,  and  added  to  half  pint  of  cold  water,  when  all  the  beauties  of 
a lemonade  will  stand  before  you  waiting  to  be  drank,  not  costing  a 
penny  a glass.  This  can  be  made  sweeter  or  more  sour,  if  desired.  If 
any,  however,  should  prefer  an  effervescing  drink,  they  can  follow 
the  directions  given  in  the  next  recipe. 

Persian  Sherbet. — Pulverized  sugar,  1 lb. ; super-carbonate  of 
soda,  4 ozs. ; tartaric  acid,  3 ozs. ; put  all  the  articles  into  the  stove 
oven  when  moderately  warm,  being  separate,  upon  paper  or  plates; 
let  them  remain  sufficiently  long  to  dry  out  all  dampness  absorbed 
from  the  air,  then  rub. about  40  drops  of  lemon  oil,  (or  if  preferred 
any  other  flavored  oil,)  thoroughly  with  the  sugar  in  a mortar — 


Saloon  Department. 


49 


Wedge  wood  is  the  best — then  add  the  soda  and  acid,  and  continue  the 
rubbing  until  all  are  thoroughly  mixed. 

Bottle  and  cork  tight,  for,  if  any  degree  of  moisture  is  permitted 
to  reach  it,  the  acid  and  soda  neutralize  each  other,  and  the  virtue  is 
thus  destroyed.  A middling  sized  table-spoon  or  two  tea-spoons  of 
this  put  into  a half  pint  glass  and  nearly  filled  with  water  and  quickly 
drank,  makes  an  agreeable  summer  beverage  ; and  if  three  or  four 
glasses  of  it  are  taken  within  a short  time,  say  an  hour  or  two,  it  has 
the  effect  of  a gentle  cathartic,  hence,  for  those  habitually  costive  it 
would  be  found  nearly  or  quite  equal  to  the  Seidlitz  powder,  and  for 
-children  it  would  be  the  more  pleasant;  of  the  two.  [The  printers 
have  tried  it,  and  can  bear  testimony  to  its  good  qualities.] 

SEEKS. — Root  Beer.— For  each  gallon  of  water  to  be  used,  take 
aops,  burdock,  yellow  dock,  sarsaparilla,  dandelion,  and  spikenard 
roots,  bruised,  of  each  34  oz.;  boil  about  *20  minutes,  and  strain  while 
hot,  add  8 or  10  drops  of  oils  of  spruce  and  sassafras  mixed  in  equal 
proportions,  when  cool  enough  not  to  scald  your  hand,  put  in  2 or  3 
table-spoons  of  yeast ; molasses,  % of  a pint,  or  white  sugar,  34 
tb.,  gives  it  about  the  right  sweetness. 

Keep  these  proportions  for  as  many  gallons  as  you  wish  to 
make.  You  can  use  more  or  less  of  the  roots  to  suit  your  taste  after 
trying  it;  it  is  best  to  get  the  dry  roots,  or  dig  them  and  let  them  get 
dry,  and  of  course  you  can  add  any  other  root  known  to  possess 
medicinal  properties  desired  in  the  beer.  After  all  is  mixed,  let  it 
stand  in  a jar  with  a cloth  thrown  over  it,  to  work  about  two 
nours,  then  bottle  and  set  in  a cool  place.  This  is  a nice  way  to  take 
alteratives,  without  taking  medicine.  And  families  ought  to  make  it 
every  spring,  and  drink  freely  of  it  for  several  weeks,  and  thereby 
save,  perhaps,  several  dollars  in  doctors’  bills. 

2.  Spruce  or  Aromatic  Beer. — For  3 gals,  water  put  in  1 qt.  and 
34  pt.  of  molasses,  3 eggs  well  beaten,  yeast,  1 gill.  Into  2 qts.  of  the 
water,  boiling  hot,  put  50  drops  of  any  oil  you  wish  the  flavor  of;  or 
mix  1 oz.  each,  oils  sassafras,  spruce  and  wintergreen,  then  use  50 
drops  of  the  mixed  oils. 

Mix  all,  and  strain;  let  it  stand  two  hours,  then  bottle,  bearing 
in  mind  that  yeast  must  not  be  put  in  when  the  fluid  would  scald  the 
hand.  Boiling  water  cuts  oil  for  beers,  equal  to  alcohol. 

3.  Lemon  Beer. — Water,  30  gals.;  ginger  root,  bruised,  6 ozs.; 
cream-of-tartar,  3s£lb.;  coffee  sugar,  13  lbs.;  oil  of  lemon,  1 oz. ; or 
i oz.  of  the  oil  may  be  used,  and  6 good  sized  lemons,  sliced;  yeast, 
1£  pts. 

Boil  the  ginger  and  cream-of-tartar,  about  twenty  to  thirty- 
minutes,  in  two  or  three  gallons  of  the  water;  then  strain  it  upon  the 
sugar  and  oils  or  sliced  lemons,  which  have  been  rubbed  together, 
having  warm  water  enough  to  make  the  whole  thirty  gallons  just  so 
3 


5° 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


you  can  hold  your  hand  in  it  without  burning,  or  about  seventy 
degrees  cf  heat ; then  work  up  the  yeast  into  a paste,  as  tor  th# 
cider,  with  five  or  six  ounces  of  flour.  Let  it  work  over  night,  skim- 
ming off  the  yeast,  oT*  letting  it  work  over  as  the  cider,  then  strain  and 
bottle  for  use.  This  will  keep  fifteen  or  twenty  days.  The  Port 
Huronites  think  it  a splendid  drink. 

4.  0 nger  Beer. — White  sugar,  5 lbs.  ; lemon  juice,  1 gill ; 
honey,  lb. ; ginger,  bruised,  5 ozs. ; water,  4£  gals. 

Boil  the  ginger  thirty  minutes  in  three  quarts  of  the  water;  then 
add  the  other  ingredients,  and  strain;  when  cold,  put  in  the  white  of 
an  egg,  well  beaten,  with  one  tea-spoon  of  lemon  essence — let  stand 
four  days,  and  bottle.  It  will  keep  for  months — much  longer  than  if 
yeast  was  used  ; the  honey,  however,  operates  mildly  in  place  of 
yeast. 

5.  Philadelphia  Beer. — Water,  30  gals.;  brown  sugar,  20  lbs.; 
ginger,  bruised,  134  lbs. ; cream-of-tartar,  34  lb. ; super-carbonate  of 
soda,  3 ozs.;  oil  of  lemon,  cut  in  a little  alcohol,  1 tea-spoon;  whites  of 
10  eggs,  well  beaten ; hops,  2 ozs. ; yeast,  1 qt. 

The  ginger  root  and  hops  should  be  boiled  twenty  or  thirty 
minutes  in  enough  of  the  water  to  make  all  milk-warm,  then  strained 
into  the  rest,  and  the  yeast  added  and  allowed  to  work  over  night} 
skimmed  and  boiled. 

6.  Patent  Gas  Beer. — Ginger,  2 o zb.;  allspice,  1 oz.;  cinnamon, 
i oz.;  cloves,  34  oz.;  all  bruised  or  ground;  molasses,  2 qts.;  cold 
water,  734  gals.  ? yeast,  1 pt. 

Boil  the  pulverized  articles,  for  fifteen  or  twenty  minutes,  in  the 
molasses;  then  strain  into  your  keg,  and  add  the  water,  then  the 
yeast,  shake  it  well  together  and  bung  down.  If  made  over  night  ift 
will  be  ready  for  use  the  next  day.  There  ought  to  be  a little  space 
in  the  keg  not  filled  with  the  beer.  This  beer  is  ahead  of  all  the  pops 
and  mineral  waters  of  the  day,  for  flavor,  health  or  sparkling  qualities 
or  speed  in  making.  Be  careful  you  do  not  burst  the  keg.  In  hot 
weather,  draw  in  a pitcher  with  ice.  I have  sold  this  in  the  principal 
towns  of  Ohio,  Indiana,  and  Michigan,  traveling  with  a caravan,  and 
obtained  two  dollars  for  the  recipe  of  the  man  who  kept  the  inside 
stand,  and  blew  the  head  out  of  the  first  keg  of  it  which  he  made. 

7.  Corn  Beer,  Without  Yeast. — Cold  water,  5 gals. ; sound,  nice 
corn,  1 qt.;  molasses,  2 qts;  put  all  into  a keg  of  this  size;  shake 
well,  and  in  2 or  3 days  a fermentation  will  have  been  brought  on  as 
nicely  as  with  yeast.  Keep  it  bunged  tight. 

It  may  be  flavored  with  oils  of  spruce  or  lemon,  if  desired,  by 
pouring  on  to  the  oils  one  or  two  quarts  of  the  water,  boiling  hot.  The 
corn  will  last  five  or  six  makings.  If  it  gets  too  sour,  add  more 
molasses  and  water  in  the  same  proportions.  It  is  cheap*  healthy,  and 
no  bother  with  yeast. 


Saloon  Department. 


51 


H.  Strong  .0^3*,  English  Improved.— Malt,  1 peck  ; coarse 
THvwn  sugar,  6 lbs. ; hops,  4 ozs. ; good  yeast,  1 tea-cup ; if  you  have 
not  malt,  take  a little  over  1 peck  of  barley,  (twice  the  amount  of  oats 
will  do,  bac  are  not  as  good,)  and  put  it  into  an  oven  after  the  bread 
drawn,  or  into  a stove  oven,  and  steam  the  moisture  from  them. 
Grind  coarseiy. 

Now  pour  upon  the  ground  malt  %%  gals-  water  at  170°  or  172* 
of  heat.  The  tub  in  which  you  scald  the  malt  should  have  a false  1 
bottom,  2 or  3 inches  from  the  real  bottom;  the  false  bottom  should 
be  bored  full  of  gimlet  holes,  so  as  to  act  as 'a  strainer,  to  keep  back 
the  malt  meal.  Wnen  the  water  is  poured  on,  stir  them  well,  and  let 
it  stand  3 hours,  and  draw  off  by  a faucet ; put  in  7 gals,  more  of 
water  at  180°  to  182° ; stir  it  well,  and  let  it  stand  2 hours  and  draw 
It  off.  Then  put  on  a gal.  or  two  of  cold  water,  stir  it  well  and  draw 
It  off;  you  should  have  about  5 or  d gals.  Put  the  6 lbs.  of  coarse 
brown  sugar  in  an  equal  amount  of  water;  mix  with  the  wort,  and 
boil  to  2 hours  with  the  hops;  you  should  have  8 gals,  when 
boiled;  when  cooled  to  80°  put  in  the  yeast,  and  let  it  work  18  to  20 
hours,  covered  with  a sack;  use  sound  iron-hooped  kegs  or  porter 
bottles,  bung  or  cork  tight,  and  in  two  weeks  it  will  be  good  sound 
beer,  and  will  keep  a long  time;  and  for  persons  of  a weak  habit  of 
body,  and  especially  females,  one  glass  of  this  with  their  meals  is  far 
better  than  tea  or  coffee,  or  all  the  ardent  spirits  in  the  universe.  If 
more  malt  is  used,  not  exceeding  % a bushel,  the  beer,  of  course, 
would  have  more  spirit,  but  this  strength  is  sufficient  for  the  use  of 
families  or  invalids. 

9.  Ale,  Home-Brewed — How  it  is  Made. — The  following  formula 
for  the  manufacture  of  a famous  home-brewed  ale  of  the  English 
yeomanry,  will  convey  a very  clear  idea  of  the  components  and 
mixture  of  ordinary  ales.  The  middle  classes  of  the  English  people 
usually  make  their  ale  in  quantities  of  two  barrels,  that  is,  seventy-two 
gallons. 

For  this  purpose  a quarter  of  malt  (8  bus.)  is  obtained  at  the 
mait-house — or,  if  wished  to  be  extra  strong,  9 bushels  of  malt — are 
taken,  with  hops,  12  lbs. ; yeast,  5 qts. 

The  malt,  being  crushed  or  ground,  is  mixed  with  72  gals,  of 
water  at  the  temperature  of  160°,  and  covered  up  for  3 hours,  when 
40  gallons  are  drawn  off,  into  which  the  hops  are  put,  and  left  to 
Infuse.  Sixty  gallons  of  water  at  a temperature  of  170°  are  then 
added  to  the  malt  in  the  mash-tub,  and  well  mixed,  and  after  standing 
2 hours,  60  gallons  are  drawn  off.  The  wort  from  these  two  mashes 
is  boiled  with  the  hops  for  2 hours,  and  after  being  cooled  down  to 
65°,  is  strained  through  a flannel  bag  into  a fermenting  tub,  where  it 
is  mixed  with  the  yeast  and  left  to  work  for  24  or  30  hours.  It  is  thea 


LIBRARY 

UNIVERSITY  OF  ILLINOIS 


52 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


run  into  barrels  to  cleanse,  a few  gallons  being  reserved  for  filling  up 
the  casks  as  the  yeast  works  over. 

Of  course  when  the  yeast  is  worked  out  it  must  be  bunged.  If 
one-half  a pint  of  this  was  taken  each  meal  by  men,  and  half  that 
amount  by  females,  and  no  other  spirits,  tea  nor  coffee,  during  the 
day,  I hesitate  not  in  saying  that  I firmly  believe  it  would  conduce  to 
health.  I know  that  this,  which  a man  makes  himself,  or  some  of  the 
wines  mentioned  in  this  work,  home-made,  are  all  that  any  person 
ought  to  allow  themselves  to  use  in  these  days  when  dollars  and  cents 
are  the  governing  influences  of  all  who  deal  in  such  articles. 

10.  Porter,  Ale,  or  Wine,  to  Prevent  Flatness  in  Parts  of 
Bottles  for  the  Invalid. — Sick  persons  who  are  recommended  to  use 
ale,  porter,  or  wine,  and  can  only  take  a small  glass  at  a time,  nearly 
always  find  the  last  of  the  bottle  fiat  or  stale. 

To  prevent  this,  put  in  the  cork  firmly,  and  turn  the  cork  end 
downwards,  in  a large  tumbler  or  other  vessel  nearly  filled  with 
water. 

This  plan  prevents  communication  with  the  external  air. 

11.  Cream  Nectar,  Imperial. — First,  take  water,  1 gal. ; loaf 
sugar,  8 lbs. ; tartaric  acid,  8 ozs.  ; gum-arabic,  1 oz.  ; put  into  a 
suitable  kettle  and  place  on  the  fire. 

Second.  Take  flour,  4 tea-spoons  ; the  whites  of  4 eggs,  well 
beaten  together,  with  the  flour,  and  add  water,  34  pt. ; when  the  first 
is  blood-warm  put  in  the  second,  and  boil  3 minutes,  and  it  is  done. 

Directions. — Three  table-spoons  of  the  syrup  to  a glass  half  or 
two-thirds  full  of  water,  and  add  one-tliird  tea-spoon  of  super-carbon- 
ate of  soda,  made  fine ; stir  well,  and  drink  at  your  leisure. 

In  getting  up  any  of  the  soda  drinks  which  are  spoken  of,  it 
will  be  found  preferable  to  put  about  eight  ounces  of  super-carbonate 
(often  called  carbonate  of  soda)  into  one  pint  of  water  in  a bottle,  and 
shake  when  you  wish  to  make  a glass  of  soda,  and  pour  of  this  into 
the  glass  until  it  foams  well,  instead  of  using  the  dry  soda  as 
directed. 

12.  Ginger  Pop.— Water,  534  gals.  ; ginger  root,  bruised,  34 
lb. ; tartaric  acid,  14  oz.;  white  sugar,  2)4  lbs.;  whites  of  3 eggs,  well 
beaten ; lemon  oil,  1 tea-spoon ; yeast,  1 gill. 

Boil  the  root  for  thirty  minutes  in  one  gallon  of  the  water,  strain 
off  and  put  the  oil  in  while  hot ; mix.  Make  over  night,  and  in  the 
morning  skim  and  bottle,  keeping  out  sediments. 

13.  Spanish  Gingerette.— To  each  gal.  of  water  put  1 lb.  of 
white  sugar;  34  oz-  best  bruised  ginger  root;  34  oz*  cre-am-of-tartar 
and  2 lemons  sliced. 

Directions.— In  making  5 gals.,  boil  the  ginger  and  lemons  10 
minutes  in  2 gals,  of  the  water;  the  sugar  and  cream-of-tartar  to  be 


Saloon  Department. 


53 


dissolved  in  the  cold  water,  and  mix  all,  and  add  34  pint  of  good 
yeast;  let  it  ferment  over  night,  strain  and  hottle  in  the  morning. 

This  is  a valuable  recipe  for  a cooling  and  refreshing  beverage; 
eompounded  of  ingredients  highly  calculated  to  assist  the  stomach,  and 
is  recommended  to  persons  suffering  with  Dyspepsia  or  Sick  Headache. 
It  is  much  used  in  European  countries,  and  persons  having  once  tested 
its  virtues,  will  constantly  use  it  as  a common  drink.  And  for  saloon^1 
or  groceries,  no  temperance  beverage  will  set  it  aside. 

14.  Sham-Champagne — A Purely  Temperance  Drink. — Tartaric 
acid,  1 oz.;  1 good  sized  lemon  ; ginger  root,  1 oz.;  white  sugar,  134 
lbs. ; water,  234  gals. ; yeast,  1 gill. 

Slice  the  lemon,  and  bruise  the  ginger,  mix  all,  except  the  yeast; 
boil  the  water  and  pour  it  upon  them,  and  let  stand  until  cooled  to 
blood  heat;  then  add  the  yeast  and  let  it  stand  in  the  sun  through  the 
day;  at  night,  bottle,  tying  the  corks,  and  in  two  days  it  will  be  fit  to 
use- — Mrs.  Beecher. 

Be  sure  and  not  drink  over  three  or  four  bottles  at  one  time. 

YEASTS. — Hop  Yeast. — Hops,  1 oz.;  water,  3 pts.;  flour,  1 tea- 
cup; brown  sugar,  1 table-spoon;  salt,  1 tea-spoon;  brewers’  or 
bakers’  yeast,  1 gill. 

Boil  the  hops  twenty  minutes  in  the  water,  strain  into  a jar,  ^nd 
stir  in  the  flour,  sugar,  and  salt,  and  when  a little  cool  add  the  yeast, 
and  after  four  or  five  hours  cover  up,  and  stand  in  a cool  place  or  on 
the  ice  for  use. 

The  above  makes  a good  family  yeast,  but  the  following  is  the 
regular  bakers’  yeast,  as  they  always  keep  the  malt  on  hand: 

2.  Bakers’  Yeast. — Hops,  2 ozs. ; water,  1 gal. ; wheat  flour,  34 
lb. ; malt  flour,  1 pt. ; stock  yeast,  34  pt- 

Boil  the  hops  for  thirty  minutes  in  the  water,  strain,  and  let  cool 
until  you  can  well  bear  your  hand  in  it ; then  stir  in  the  flour  and 
yeast;  keep  in  a warm  place  until  the  fermentation  is  well  under 
way,  and  then  let  it  work  in  a cooler  place  six  to  eight  hours,  when  it 
should  be  put  in  pint  bottles  about  half  full,  and  closely  corked,  and 
tied  down.  By  keeping  this  in  a very  cool  cellar,  or  ice-house,  it  will 
keep  for  months,  fit  for  use.  But  as  it  is  often  troublesome  to  obtain 
yeast,  to  start  with,  I give  you  the  “Distillers’  Jug  Yeast,”  starting 
without  yeast. 

3.  Jug  Yeast,  Without  Yeast  to  Start  With.— Hops,  y2  lb.; 
water,  1 gal. ; fine  malt  flour,  ]/z  pt. ; brown  sugar,  y2  lb. 

Boil  the  hops  in  the  water  until  quite  strong,  strain,  arid  stir  in 
the  malt  flour;  and  strain  again  through  a coarse  cloth,  and  boil  again 
for  ten  minutes;  when  lukewarm  stir  in  the  sugar,  and  place  in  a 
jug,  keeping  it  at  the  same  temperature  until  it  works  over;  then  cork 
tight,  and  keep  in  a cold  place. 


54 


Dr.  Chase's  Recipes. 


4.  Yeast  Cake.— Good  sized  potatoes,  1 doz.  ; hops,  l largv 
handful ; yeast,  y2  pt. ; corn  meal,  sufficient  quantity. 

Boil  the  potatoes,  after  peeling,  and  rub  them  through  a colander^ 
boil  the  hops  in  two  quarts  of  water,  and  strain  into  the  potatoes;  then 
scald  sufficient  Indian  meal  to  make  them  the  consistence  of  empty- 
ings, and  stir  in  the  yeast  and  let  rise  ; then,  with  unscalded  meal 
thicken  so  as  to  roll  out  and  cut  into  cakes,  drying  quickly,  at  first,  to 
prevent  souring.  They  keep  better,  and  soak  up  quicker,  than  if 
made  with  flour. 

ICE  CREAM. — Fresh  cream,  y2  gal. ; rich  milk,  y2  gal. ; white 
sugar,  1 lb.;  seme  do  use  as  much  as  2 lbs.  of  sugar  to  the  gallon,  yet 
it  leaves  an  unpleasant  astringency  in  the  throat  after  eating  the 
cream ; but  please  yourselves. 

Dissolve  the  sugar  in  the  mixture,  flavor  with  extract  to  suit  your 
taste,  or  take  the  peel  from  a fresh  lemon  and  steep  one-half  of  it  in 
as  little  water  as  you  can,  and  add  this — it  makes  the  lemon  flavor 
better  than  the  extract — and  no  flavor  will  so  universally  please  as  the 
lemon;  keep  the  same  proportion  for  any  amount  desired.  The  juice 
of  strawberries  or  raspberries  gives  a beautiful  color  and  flavor  to 
ice-cream;  or  about  l/2  oz.  of  essence  or  extracts  to  a gallon,  or  to  suit 
the  taste.  Have  your  ice  well  broken ; 1 qt.  salt  to  a bucket  of  ice. 

About  half  an  hour’s  constant  stirring  and  occasional  scraping 
down  and  beating  together,  will  freeze  it.  The  old-fashioned  freezei 
which  turns  in  a tub  of  ice,  makes  smoother  and  nicer  ice-cream  than 
all  the  patent  freezers  I have  seen ; and  the  plan  of  using  the  genuine 
cream  and  milk  gives  sufficient  profit;  but  I will  give  you  the  best 
substitutes  there  are,  in  the  following  recipe,  but  the  less  you  eat  of 
either , the  better  will  it  be  for  health. 

2.  Ice  Cream,  Very  Cheap.— Milk,  6 qts-  r Oswego  com  starch, 

y ib. 

First  dissolve  the  starch  in  one  quart  of  the  milk,  then  mix  all 
together  and  just  simmer  a little  (not  to  boil).  Sweeten  and  flavor  to 
suit  your  taste,  as  above ; or, — 

3.  Irish  moss,  1 % oz. ; milk,  1 gal. 

First  soak  the  moss  in  a little  cold  water  for  an  hour,  and  rinse 
well  to  clear  it  of  sand  and  a certain  peculiar  taste ; then  steep  it  for 
an  hour  in  the  milk  just  at  the  boiling  point,  but  not  to  boil;  it 
imparts  a rich  color  and  flavor  without  eggs  or  cream.  The  moss 
may  be  steeped  twice. 

It  is  the  Chicago  plan.  I have  eaten  it,  and  know  it  to  be  very 
nice.  A few  minutes’  rubbing,  at  the  end  of  freezing,  with  the 
spatula,  against  the  side  of  the  freezer,  gives  ice-cream  a smoothness 
not  otherwise  obtained. 

WISES.— Currant,  Cherry,  and  other  Berry  Wines.— The  juice 
of  either  of  the  above  fruits  can  be  used  alone,  or  in  combinations  to 


Saloon  Department.  55 

Make  a variety  of  flavors,  or  suit  persons  who  have  some,  and  not  the 
other  kinds  of  fruit. 

Express  all  the  juice  you  can,  then  take  an  equal  amount  of 
boiling  water  and  pour  on  the  pressed  fruit,  let  stand  2 hours,  squeeze 
out  as  much  as  there  is  of  juice,  and  mix,  then  add  4 lbs.  of  brown 
sugar  to  each  gallon  of  the  mixture ; let  stand  until  worked,  or  3 or  4 
weeks,  without  a bung  in  the  keg  or  barrel,  sknply  putting  a piece  of 
gauze  over  the  bung-hole  to  keep  out  flies;  when  it  is  done  working, 
bung  it  up. 

A cool  cellar,  of  course,  is  the  best  place  for  keeping  wines,  as 
they  must  be  kept  where  they  will  not  freeze.  Some  persons  use  only 
one-fourth  juice,  in  making  fruit  wines,  and  three-fourths  water,  but 
you  will  bear  in  mind  that  the  wine  will  be  good  or  bad,  just  in 
proportion  to  the  water  and  sugar  used.  If  care  is  used  when  you 
express  the  juice,  to  prevent  the  pulp  or  seeds  from  entering  or 
remaining  in  the  juice,  no  other  straining  or  racking  will  be  needed. 
Most  persons  also  recommend  putting  in  brandy,  but  if  any  spirit  is 
used  at  all,  let  it  be  pure  alcohol,  from  one  gill  to  one-half  pint  only 
per  gallon,  but  the  strength  of  juice  I recommend,  and  the  amount  of 
sugar,  remove  all  necessity  for  any  addition  of  spirit  whatever.  Bear 
in  mind  that  all  fruit  of  which  you  are  to  make  wine  ought  to  be 
perfectly  ripe,  and  then  make  it  as  soon  as  possible  thereafter,  not 
letting  the  juice  ferment  before  the  addition  of  the  sugar.  If  bottled, 
Always  lay  them  on  the  side. 

2.  Rhubarb,  or  English  Patent  Wine.— An  agreeable  and 
healthful  wine  is  made  from  the  expressed  juice  of  the  garden 
vhubarb. 

To  each  gal.  of  juice,  add  1 gal.  of  soft  water  in  which  7 lbs.  of 
brown  sugar  have  been  dissolved ; fill  a keg  or  a barrel  with  this 
proportion,  leaving  the  bung  out,  and  keep  it  filled  with  sweetened 
water  as  it  works  over,  until  clear;  then  bung  down  or  bottle  as  you 
desire.  r 

These  stalks  will  furnish  about  three-fourths  their  weight  in 
juice,  or  from  sixteen  hundred  to  two  thousand  gallons  of  wine  to 
each  acre  of  well  cultivated  plants.  Fill  the  barrels  and  let  them 
stand  until  spring,  and  bottle,  as  any  wine  will  be  better  in  glass  or 
stone. 

3.  Some  persons  give  Mr.-  Cahoon,  of  Kenosha,  Wis.,  credit  for 
originating  pie-plant  wine,  but  that  is  a mistake.  It  has  long  been 
made  in  England,  and  has  even  been  patented  in  that  country.  They 
first  made  it  by  the  following  directions,  which  also  makes  a very  nice 
article,  but  more  applicable  for  present  use  than  for  keeping: 

For  every  4 lbs.  of  the  stalks  cut  fine,  pour  on  1 gal.  of  boiling 
water,  adding  4 lbs.  brown  sugar;  let  stand  covered  24  hours,  having 
•^Uo  added  a little  cinnamon,  allspice,  cloves  and  nutmeg,  bruised,  as 


56  Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 

may  be  desired  for  flavoring;  then  strain  and  let  work  a few  dayfc, 
and  bottle. 

4.  Tomato  Wine.— Express  the  juice  from  clean,  ripe  tomatoes, 
and  to  each  gallon  of  it  (without  any  water)  put  brown  sugar,  4 lbs. 

Put  in  the  sugar  immediately,  or  before  fermentation  begins — this 
ought  to  be  done  in  making  any  fruit  wine.  Something  ©f  the 
character  of  a cheese-press,  hoop  and  cloth,  is  the  best  plan  to  squeeze 
out  the  juice  of  tomatoes  or  other  fruits.  Let  the  wine  stand  in  a keg 
or  barrel  for  two  or  three  months ; then  draw  off  into  bottles,  carefull}’’ 
avoiding  the  sediment.  It  makes  a most  delightful  wine,  having  all 
the  beauties  of  flavor  belonging  to  the  tomato,  and  I have  no  doubt 
all  its  medicinal  properties  also,  either  as  a tonic  in  disease,  or  as  a 
beverage  for  those  who  are  in  the  habit  of  using  intoxicating  bever- 
ages, and  if  such  persons  would  have  the  good  sense  to  make  some 
wine  of  this  kind,  and  use  it  instead  of  rot-gut  whisky,  there  would 
not  be  one-hundredth  part  of  the  “ snakes  in  the  boot  ” that  now 
curse  our  land.  It  must  be  tasted  to  be  appreciated.  I have  it  now 
which  is  three  years  old,  worth  more  than  much  pretended  wine  which 
is  sold  for  three  or  four  shillings  a pint. 

5.  Tomato  Cultivation,  for  Early  and  Late.— The  Working 
Farmer  says  of  the  tomato  plant,  “ that  it  bears  80  per  cent,  of  it? 
fruit  within  18  inches  of  the  ground,  while  more  than  half  the  plant 
is  above  that  part.  When  the  branches  are  cut  they  do  not  bleed,  and 
they  may  therefore  be  shortened  immediately  above  the  large,  o) 
early-setting  fruit. 

“ The  removal  of  the  small  fruit  on  the  ends  of  the  branches  b 
no  loss,  for  the  lower  fruit  will  swell  to  an  unnatural  size  by  trim' 
ming,  and  both  a greater  weight  and  measure  of  fruit  will  be  th* 
consequence,  besides  obtaining  a large  portion  five  to  fifteen  dayt- 
earlier.  The  trimming  should  be  done  so  as  to  have  a few  leaver 
beyond  the  fruit,  to  insure  perfect  ripening.  The  importance  of  earlj 
manuring  is  too  evident  to  need  comment.  The  burying  of  the 
removed  leaves  immediately  around  the  plant  is  a good  practice,  both 
by  insuring  full  disturbance  of  the  sort,  and  by  the  presenting  of  a 
fertilizer  progressed  precisely  to  the  point  of  fruit  making.  The 
portions  buried  decay  rapidly,  and  are  rapidly  assimilated.” 

If  wanted  very  early  and  large,  trim  off  all  except  two  or  three 
upon  each  plant. 

6.  To  ripen  late  tomatoes,  pull  the  plants  having  green  tomatoes 
on  them,  before  the  commencement  of  frosts,  and  hang  them  in  a 
well  ventilated  cellar. 

The  fruit  will  continue  to  ripen  until  early  winter,  especially  if 
the  cellar  is  cool  and  damp. 

7.  The  Tomato  as  Food. — Dr.  Bennett,  a professor  of 


Saloon  Department. 


57 


celebrity,  considers  the  tomato  an  invaluable  article  of  diet,  and 
ascribes  to  it  various  important  medical  properties. 

First — that  the  tomato  is  one  of  the  most  powerful  aperients  for 
the  liver  and  other  organs;  where  calomel  is  indicated,  it  is  probably 
one  of  the  most  effective  and  least  harmful  remedial  agents  known  to 
the  profession.  Second — chat  a chemical  extract  will  be  obtained  from 
it  that  will  supersede  the  use  of  calomel  in  the  cure  of  disease.  Third 
— that  he  has  successfully  treated  Diarrhoea  with  this  article  alone. 
Fourth — that  when  used  as  an  article  of  diet,  it  is  an  almost  sovereign 
remedy  for  Dyspepsia  and  indigestion.  Fifth — that  it  should  be  con- 
stantly used  for  daily  food,  either  cooked  or  raw,  or  in  the  form  of 
catsup.  It  is  the  most  healthy  article  now  in  use. 

Knowing  personally  the  value  of  the  tomato  in  disease,  for  food 
and  wine,  I freely  give  all  the  information  regarding  it  which  I ean, 
that  others  may  make  as  free  use  of  it  as  health  and  economy  demand, 
consequently,  I give  you  the  next  item,  which  I have  just  learned  as 
the  type  were  being  set,  upon  this  subject,  in  1860. 

§.  Tomatoes  as  Food  for  Cattle. — Mr.  Davis,  the  editor  of  the 
Michigan  State  News,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.,  says,  “that  he  has  fed  his 
cow,  this  season,  at  least  ten  bushels  of  tomatoes.” 

His  plan  is  to  mijc  a little  bran  with  (say  3 qts.  to  a half  bushel  of 
tomatoes)  when  fed.  They  cause  an  excellent  flow  of  rich  and 
delicious  milk. 

He  did  not  think  of  it  until  after  the  frosts,  when  observing  them 
going  to  waste,  he  thought  to  see  if  she  would  eat  them,  which  she 
did  freety,  from  the  commencement.  I have  also  known  pigs  to  eat 
them,  but  this  is  not  common.  In  1862  I found  my  cow  to  eat  them 
as  freely  as  spoken  of  by  Mr.  Davis. 

9.  Wine,  from  White  Currants. — Ripe  white  currants,  any 
quantity;  squeeze  out  the  juice,  and  put  on  water  to  get  out  as  much 
more  as  there  is  of  the  juice,  and  mix  the  two,  and  to  each  gallon  put 
3 Yz  lbs.  of  sugar;  let  it  work  without  boiling  or  skimming  for  2 or  3 
months,  then  rack  off  and  bottle. 

The  white  currant  has  less  acidity  than  the  red,  and  does  not 
require  as  much  sugar.  I have  never  tasted  currant  wine  equal  to 
this. 

10.  Ginger  Wine. — Alcohol  of  98  per  cent.,  1 qt.;  best  ginger 
root,  bruised,  1 oz.;  cayenne,  5 grs.;  tartaric  acid,  1 dr.;  let  stand  1 
week  and  filter,  or  draw  off  by  faucet  above  the  sediment.  Now  add 
1 gal.  of  water  in  which  1 lb.  of  crushed  sugar  has  been  boiled.  Mix 
when  cold.  To  make  the  color,  boil  ]/2  oz.  of  cochineal,  % oz.  of 
cream-of-tartar,  yz  oz.  of  saleratus,  and  )4*oz.  of  alum,  in  1 pt.  of 
water,  until  you  get  a bright  red  color,  and  use  a proper  amount  of 
this  to  bring  the  wine  to  the  desired  color. 

This  wine  is  suitable  for  nearly  all  the  purposes  for  which  any 


58 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


wine  is  used,  and  a gallon  of  it  will  not  cost  more  than  a pint  of  many 
wines  sold  throughout  the  country  for  medicinal  purposes,  represented 
to  be  imported  from  Europe.  Let  a man,  suffering  with  a bad  cold, 
drink  about  half  a pint  of  this  wino  hot,  on  going  to  bed,  soaking  his 
feet  at  the  same  time  in  hot  water  fifteen  or  twenty  minutes,  and 
covering  up  warm  and  sweating  it  out  until  morning,  then  washing 
off  his  whole  bodjr  with  cool  or  cold  water,  by  means  of  a wet  towel, 
and  rubbing  briskly  with  a coarse  dry  towel  for  four  or  five  minutes, 
will  not  be  able  to  find  his  cold  or  any  bad  effects  of  it  in  one  case  out 
of  a hundred.  Ladies  or  children  would  take  less  in  proportion  to  age 
and  strength.  Females  in  a weakly  condition,  with  little  or  no 
appetite,  and  spare  in  flesh,  from  food  not  properly  digesting,  but  not 
yet  ripened  into  actual  indigestion , will  find  almost  entire  relief  by 
taking  half  a wine-glass  of  this  wine  twenty  minutes  before  meals, 
and  following  it  up  a month  or  two,  according  to  their  improved 
condition.  For  family  use  it  is  just  as  good  without  color  as  with  it. 

11.  Blackberry  Wine. — Mash  the  berries,  and  pour  1 qt.  of 
boiling  water  to  each  gal. ; let  the  mixture  stand  24  hours,  stirring 
occasionally;  then  strain  and  measure  into  a keg,  adding  2 lbs.  of 
sugar,  and  good  rye  whisky  I pt.,  or  best  alcohol  ]/2  pt.,  to  each  gal. 

Cork  tight,  and  let  it  stand  until  the  following  October,  and  you 
will  have  wine  fit  for  use,  without  further  straining  or  boiling,  tha* 
will  make  lips  smack  as  they  never  smacked  under  its  influence 
before. 

I feel  assured  that  where  this  fruit  is  plenty,  that  this  wine  should 
take  the  place  of  all  others,  as  it  is  invaluable  in  sickness  as  a tonic, 
and  nothing  is  better  for  bowel  disease.  I therefore  give  the  recipe 
for  making  it,  and  having  tried  it  myself,  I speak  advisedly  on  the 
subject. 

The  Dollar  Times , Cincinnati,  O.,  first  published  this  recipe,  no* 
using  any  spirits,  but  I find  that  it  will  often  sour  without  it. 

12.  Lawton  Blackberry— Its  Cultivation. — An  editor  at  Cold- 
water,  Mich.,  says  of  this  fruit,  “that  where  it  is  best  known  it  is  one 
of  the  most  popular  small  fruits  that  has  ever  been  cultivated.  It  has 
been  known  to  produce  over  one  thousand  full-grown  berries  in  one 
season  on  a single  stalk;  the  average  size  of  fruit  being  from  three- 
fourths  to  one  and  a half  inches  in  diameter;  quality  excellent,  very 
juicy,  seeds  very  small,  and  few  in  number.  Five  quarts  of  berries  will 
make  one  gallon  of  juice,  which,  mixed  with  two  gallons  of  water 
and  nine  pounds  of  refined  sugar,  will  make  three  gallons  of  wine, 
equal  in  quality  to  the  best  grape  wine.  Professor  Mapes,  and  many 
others,  who  have  tested  the  qualities  of  the  same  as  a wine-fruit,  speak 
of  it  in  terms  of  the  highest  praise. 

13.  Port  Wine. — Fully  ripe,  wild  grapes,  2 bus. ; best  alcohol,  9 
gals. ; sugar,  25  lbs. ; water  to  fill  a barrel. 


Saloon  Department . 


59 


Mash  the  grapes  without  breaking  the  seed;  then  put  them  into 
a barrel  with  the  sugar  and  alcohol,  and  fill  up  with  rain  water,  and 
let  it  lie  a few  weeks  in  the  sun;  or  if  the  weather  has  become  cold,  in 
a warm  place  ; then  in  the  cellar  until  spring ; then  rack  off  and 
bottle,  or  place  in  perfectly  clean  kegs  or  barrels,  and  you  have  a 
better  article  than  nine-tenths  of  what  is  represented  as  imported 
Port. 

14.  Cider  Wine. — Prof.  Horsford,  a celebrated  chemist,  com- 
municated the  following  recipe  to  the  Horticultural  Society  of 
Massachusetts,  and  recommends  it  for  general  trial : 

“ Let  the  new  cider  from  sour  apples,  (ripe,  sound  fruit  preferred,) 
ferment  from  1 to  3 weeks,  as  the  weather  is  warm  or  cool.  When  it 
has  attained  to  a lively  fermentation,  add  to  each  gallon,  according  to 
its  acidity,  from  ]/z  a lb.  to  2 lbs.  of  white  crushed  sugar,  and  let  the 
whole  ferment  until  it  possesses  precisely  the  taste  which  it  is  desired 
should  be  permanent.  In  this  condition  pour  out  a quart  of  the  cider 
and  add  for  each  gallon  34  oz.  °f  sulphite  of  lime , not  sulphate.  Stir 
the  powder  and  cider  until  intimately  mixed,  and  return  the  emulsion 
to  the  fermenting  liquid.  Agitate  briskly  and  thoroughly  for  a few 
moments,  and  then  let  the  cider  settle.  Fermentation  will  cease  at 
once.  When,  after  a few  days,  the  cider  has  become  clear,  draw  off 
carefully,  to  avoid  the  sediment,  and  bottle.  If  loosely  corked,  which 
is  better,  it  will  become  a sparkling  cider  wine,  and  may  be  kept 
indefinitely  long.” 

This  has  been  tried  with  varied  success ; those  who  do  not  think 
it  too  much  to  follow  the  directions,  obtain  a good  article,  but  others, 
supposing  it  to  do  just  as  well  without  sugar,  or  drawing  off,  or 
bottling,  have  found  but  little  satisfaction — they  have  no  reason  to 
expect  any;  and  yet  they  might  be  well  satisfied  to  obtain  a good  wine 
from  the  orchard,  even  with  all  the  above  requisitions. 

15.  drape  Wine. — “Ripe,  freshly  picked,  and  selected,  tame 
grapes,  20  lbs.;  put  them  into  a stone  jar  and  pour  over  them  6 qts.  of 
boiling  soft  water;  when  sufficiently  cool  to  allow  it,  you  will  squeeze 
them  thoroughly  with  the  hand;  after  which  allow  them  to  stand  3 
days  on  the  pomace,  with  a cloth  thrown  over  the  jar,  then  squeeze 
out  the  juice  and  add  10  lbs.  of  nice  crushed  sugar,  and  let  it  remain 
a week  longer  in  the  jar;  then  take  off  the  scum,  strain  and  bottle, 
leaving  a vent,  until  done  fermenting,  when  strain  again  and  bottle 
tight,  and  lay  the  bottles  on  the  side  in  a cool  place.” 

This  wine  is  the  same  as  used  by  the  Rev.  Orrin  Whitmore,  of 
Saline,  Mich.,  for  sacramental  purposes.  I have  tasted  it  myself,  and 
would  prefer  it  for  medicinal  uses  to  nine-tenths  of  the  wines  sold  in 
this  country.  With  age,  it  is  nice.  I am  of  the  opinion  that  it  might 
just  as  well  remain  in  the  jar  until  it  is  desired  to  bottle,  and  thus  save 
the  trouble  of  the  extra  straining.  For  I have  now  wine  four  years 


6o 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes . 


old  in  my  cellar,  made  in  Evansville,  Ind.,  from  the  grape,  which  was 
made  without  the  addition  of  any  particle  of  matter  whatever. 
Simply  the  juice  pressed  out,  hauled  in  from  the  vineyard,  put  into 
very  large  casks  in  a cool  cellar,  not  even  racked  off  again  under  one 
year  from  the  time  of  making.  It  tastes  exactly  like  the  grape  itself. 
This,  you  will  perceive,  saves  much  trouble  in  racking,  straining,  etc. 
I am  told  by  other  wine  makers,  also,  that  if  care  is  observed  when 
the  juice  is  pressed  out  to  keep  clear  of  the  pomace,  that  wine  is  better 
to  stand  without  racking  or  straining,  and  that  nothing  is  found  in  the 
barrels,  after  the  first  year,  save  the  erude  tartar  or  wine-stone,  as 
some  call  it,  which  all  grape  wine  deposits  on  the  sides  of  the  cask. 
These  wines  are  every  way  appropriate  for  sacramental  and  medicinal 
purposes,  and  far  more  pure  than  can  be  purchased  once  in  a hundred 
times,  and  if  one  makes  his  own,  he  has  the  satisfaction  of  knowing 
that  his  wines  are  not  made  of  what  is  vulgarly  yet  truly  called 
“ rot-gut  whisky 

16.  Coloring  for  Wines.— White  sugar,  1 lb.;  water,  1 gill;  pu* 
into  an  iron  kettle,  let  boil,  and  burn  to  a red  black,  and  thick;  remow 
from  the  fire  and  add  a little  hot  water  to  keep  it  from  hardening  as  fa 
cools;  then  bottle  for  use. 

Any  of  the  foregoing  wines  can  be  colored  with  this,  as  desired 
but  for  family  use  I never  use  any  color. 

17.  Stomach  Bitters,  Equal  to  Hostetter’s,  for  One-Fourth  it* 
Cost ; and  Schiedam  Schnapps  Exposed.— European  gentian  root,  1 yf 
ozs.;  orange  peel,  2)4  ozs. ; cinnamon,  ^ oz. ; anise  seed,  x/2  oz. ; cori 
ander  seed,  x/2  oz. ; cardamon  seed,  % oz. ; unground  Peruvian  bark 
}£  oz. ; gum  kino,  3^  oz. ; bruise  all  these  articles,  and  put  them  inte 
the  best  alcohol,  1 pt. ; let  it  stand  a week,  and  pour  off  the  clea* 
tincture;  then  boil  the  dregs  a few  minutes  in  1 qt.  of  water,  strain 
and  press  out  all  the  strength ; now  dissolve  loaf  sugar,  1 lb.,  in  tin* 
hot  liquid,  adding  3 qts.  cold  water,  and  mix  with  the  spirit  tincture 
first  poured  off,  or  you  can  add  these,  and  let  it  stand  on  the  dregs  i* 
preferred. 

18.  NOTE.— Schiedam  Schnapps,  Falsely  so  Called.— It  is  gen- 
erally known  that  in  Schiedam,  Holland,  they  make  the  best  quality 
of  gin,  calling  it  “Schiedam  Schnapps;”  consequently  it  might  be 
expected  that  unprincipled  men  would  undertake  its  imitation ; but 
hardly  could  it  have  been  expected  that  so  base  an  imitation  would 
start  into  existence  under  the  guidance  of  a man  who,  at  least,  calls 
himself  honorable. 

“ Take  gentian  root,  34  lb. ; orange  peel,  34  lb. ; puds,  )4  lb. ; (but 
if  this  last  cannot  be  obtained,  poma  aurantior,  unripe  oranges,)  or 
agaric,  34  lb.;  best  galangal,  34  lb.;  centaury,  34  lb.; — cost.  $1.20. 
Put  pure  spirit,  10  gals.,  upon  them,  and  let  them  stand  2 weeks ; stir 


Saloen  Department. 


6 1 


it  every  day,  and  at  the  end  of  that  time  put  3 gals,  of  this  to  one 
barrel  of  good  whisky ; then  bottle  and  label.” 

And  here  follows  the  label: 

“AROMATIC  SCHIEDAM  SCHNAPPS,  A Superlative 
Tonic,  Diuretic,  Anti-Dyspeptic,  and  Invigorating  Cordial. — 
This  Medical  Beverage  is  manufactured  at  Schiedam,  in  Holland, 
and  is  warranted  free  from  every  injurious  property  and  ingredient, 
and  of  the  best  possible  quality.  Its  extraordinary  medicinal  properties 
in  Gravel,  Gout,  Chronic  Rheumatism,  Incipient  Dropsy,  Flatulence, 
Colic  Pains  of  the  Stomach  or  Bowels,  whether  in  adults  or  infants,  in 
all  ordinary  cases  of  obstruction  in  the  Kidneys,  Bladder,  and  Urinary 
Organs,  in  Dyspepsia,  whether  Acute  or  Chronic,  in  General  Debility, 
Sluggish  Circulation  of  the  Blood,  Inadequate  Assimilation  of  Food 
and  Exhausted  Vital  Energy,  are  acknowledged  by  the  whole  medical 
faculty,  and  attested  in  their  highest  written  authorities.” 

I purchased  the  foregoing  recipe  of  an  extensive  dealer  in  Evans- 
ville, Ind.  He  put  up  the  stuff  in  quart  bottles,  and  labeled  it  as  I 
have  shown  you.  His  label  was  got  up  in  splendid  style,  bronzed 
letters , and  sent  out  to  the  world  as  pure  “ Schiedam  Schnappsfi  at  $2 
per  bottle. 

I have  given  you  the  whole  thing,  that  the  thousands  into  whose 
hands  this  book  may  fall,  shall  know  what  confidence,  or  that  no 
confidence  whatever,  can  be  placed  in  the  “ advertised  nostrums”  of 
the  day,  but  that  the  only  security  we  have  is  to  make  our  own , or  go 
to  those  whom  we  know  to  be  scientific.  Obtain  their  prescription  and 
follow  their  counsel.  Every  person  knows  that  real  Holland  Gin 
possesses  diuretic  and  other  valuable  properties;  and  who  would  not 
suppose  he  was  getting  a genuine  article  from  this  flaming,  bronze- 
crested  label , pointing  out  especially  all  the  complaints  that  Schiedam 
lovers  are  wont  to  complain  of?  And  yet  not  one  drop  of  gin  to  a 
barrel  of  it!  And  my  excuse  for  this  exposure  is,  that  they  and  all  who 
may  have  an  occasion  to  use  such  articles,  may  know  that  “good 
whisky”  ought  to  be  afforded  at  less  than  $4  per  gallon,  even  if  $1.20 
worth  of  bitter  tonics  are  put  into  3)4  barrels  of  the  .precious  stuff. 

Then  tak<a  our  advice,  where  gin  or  other  liquor  is  needed,  as 
mentioned  In  *the  first  recipe  in  the  Medical  Department. 


APPENDIX  TO  SALOON  DEPARTMENT.] 

BY  THE  PUBLISHER. 

Apple  Wine. — Pure  eider  made  from  sound,  dry  apples,  a*  it 
runs  from  the  press.  Put  sixty  pounds  of  brown  sugar  into  fifteen 
gallons  of  the  cider  and  let  it  dissolve,  then  put  the  mixture  into  a 
clean  barrel  and  fill  the  barrel  up  to  within  two  gallons  of  being  full 
with  clean  cider;  put  the  cask  in  a cool  place,  leaving  the  bung  out 
.forty-eight  hours,  then  put  in  the  bung  with  a small  vent,  unti* 
fermentation  wholly  ceases,  and  bung  up  tight,  and,  in  one  year,  the 
wine  will  be  fit  for  use.  This  wine  requires  no  racking;  the  longer 
it  stands  upon  the  lees  the  better. 

2.  Blackberry  Wine. — Gather  the  fruit  when  ripe,  on  a dry 
day.  Put  into  a vessel,  with  the  head  out,  and  a tap  fitted  near  the 
bottom;  pour  on  boiling  water  to  cover  it.  Mash  the  berries  witfc 
your  hands,  and  let  them  stand  covered  till  the  pulp  rises  to  the  top 
and  forms  a crust,  in  three  or  four  days.  Then  draw  off  the  fluid  into 
another  vessel,  and  to  every  gallon  add  one  pound  of  sugar;  mix  well, 
and  put  it  into  a cask,  to  work  for  a week  or  ten  days,  and  throw  oft 
any  remaining  lees,  keeping  the  cask  "well  filled,  particularly  at  the 
commencement.  When  the  working  has  ceased,  bung  it  down ; after 
six  to  twelve  months  it  may  be  bottled. 

3.  To  make  a wine  equal  to  Port,  take  ripe  blackberries,  pres? 
the  juice  from  them,  let  it  stand  thirty-six  hours  to  ferment  (lightly 
covered)  and  skim  well,  then  to  every  gallon  of  the  juice  add  one  quart 
of  water  and  three  pounds  of  sugar;  let  it  stand  in  an  open  vessel 
twenty-four  hours.  Strain  and  barrel  it,  let  it  stand  six  months,  then 
bottle  and  cork  close.  It  improves  by  age. 

4.  Cherry  Wine. — Pick  and  press  out  the  juice  of  good  cherries, 
White  or  Black  Hearts,  or  May  Dukes,  without  breaking  the  stones. 
(This  wine  is  much  improved  by  adding  rasps,  and  red  currants;  an 
addition  of  black  currants  causes  it  to  resemble  port).  To  every  gallon 
put  2 lbs.  of  fine  loaf  sugar.  Put  in  a cask  till  the  fermentation  ceases, 
stop  it  close.  In  three  or  four  months,  bottle  it,  and  in  five  or  six 
weeks  it  will  be  fit  to  drink. 

5.  Currant  Wine.— Gather  the  currants  when  rip's  strip  them 
and  squeeze  out  the  juioe*  to  one  gallon  of  the  juice  pul'  two  gallons 


Appendix  to  Saloon  Department. 


6$ 

of  cold  water  and  two  spoonfuls  of  yeast;  let  it  ferment  two  days; 
strain  through  a hair  sieve;  and  to  every  gallon  of  liquor  add  three 
lbs.  of  loaf  sugar,  stir  it  well  together,  put  it  in  a good  cask;  to  every 
10  gallons  of  wine  put  one  quart  of  brandy;  close  well  up  and  let  it 
stand  four  months,  then  bottle  it;  a few  raspberries  will  improve  the 
flavor. 

Blackberry  Brandy, — To  half  a gallon  of  blackberry  juice  put 
one  pound  and  a half  of  lump  sugar,  half  an  ounce  of  cinnamon,  half 
an  ounce  of  grated  nutmeg,  quarter  of  an  ounce  of  cloves,  and  one 
ounce  of  allspice.  Boil  it  a few  minutes,  and  when  cool,  add  one  pint 
of  brandy.  This  is  an  invaluable  remedy  for  diarrhoea. 

2.  Cherry  Brandy, — Cherries  36  lbs;  half  red  and  half  black; 
squeeze  them  with  the  hands,  and  add  gallons  of  brandy.  Let 
them  infuse  24  hours;  then  put  the  bruised  cherries  and  liquor  into  a 
canvass  bag,  a little  at  a time,  and  press  it  as  long  as  it  will  run. 
Sweeten  with  fine  sugar,  and  let  it  stand  a month ; bottle  off,  putting 
'oaf  sugar  into  every  bottle. 

3.  Another. — To  every  gallon  of  brandy  put  4 lbs.  of  red 
cherries,  2 lbs.  of  black,  1 quart  of  raspberries,  with  a few  cloves,  a 
stick  of  cinnamon,  a little  orange  peel;  closely  stop  for  a month  in  a 
barrel;  bottle  off  as  before. 

Ginger  Beer. — The  following  recipe  for  making  a very  superior 
ginger  beer  is  taken  from  the  celebrated  treatise  of  Dr.  Pereira  on 
Diet.  The  honey  gives  the  beverage  a peculiar  softness,  and  from  not 
being  fermented  with  yeast,  it  is  lessviolentin  its  action  when  opened, 
but  requires  to  be  kept  a somewhat  longer  time  before  use.  White 
sugar,  five  pounds;  lemon  juice,  one  quarter  of  a pint;  honey,  one 
quarter  of  a pound;  ginger,  bruised,  five- ounces;  water,  four  gallons 
Rnd  a half.  Boil  the  ginger  in  three  quarts  of  the  water  for  half  an 
hour,  then  add  the  sugar,  lemon  juice  and  honey,  with  the  remainder 
of  the  water,  and  strain  through  a cloth  ; when  cold,  add  a quarter  of 
the  white  of  an  egg,  and  a small  teaspoonful  of  essence  of  lemon;  let 
the  whole  stand  four  days  and  then  bottle;  it  will  keep  for  many 
months.  This  quantity  will  make  100  bottles;  the  cost  being,  sugar, 
five  pounds,  2s.;  lemon  juice,  2d.;  honey,  3d. ; best  white  ginger,  2d.; 
egg  and  essence  of  lemon,  2d. : total,  2s.  9d.  Ginger-beer  bottles  may 
be  obtained  at  the  potteries  at  10s.  to  12s.  per  gross,  and  corks  at  8d.  to 
1b.  per  gross. 

2.  Another.— White  sugar,  twenty  pounds;  lemon  or  lime  juice 
eighteen  (fluid)  ounces;  honey,  one  pound;  bruised  ginger,  twenty-two 
ounces;  water,  eighteen  gallons.  Boil  the  ginger  in  three  gallons  of 
water  for  half  an  hour,  then  add  the  sugar,  the  juice,  and  the  honey, 
with  the  remainder  of  the  water,  and  strain  through  a cloth.  When 
cold  add  the  white  of  one  egg,  and  half  an  ounce  (fluid)  of  essence  of 


64 


Appendix  to  Saloon  Department. 


lemon ; after  standing  four  days,  bottle.  This  yields  a very  supent» 
beverage,  and  one  which  will  keep  for  many  months. 

3.  Another,  Cheap.— Sugar,  1 lb.;  boiling  water,  1 gallon; 
ginger,  % oz.,  and  a lemon  sliced  thin.  Stir  till  all  is  mixed.  Cool, 
and  add  a table-spoonful  of  yeast.  Let  it  stand  20  hours,  then  strain, 
bottle,  and  tie  down  the  corks.  Will  be  prime  in  a few  days. 

4.  Another. — To  every  gallon  of  spring  water,  add  1 oz.  of  sliced 
white  ginger,  and  1 lb.  of  white  sugar,  or  1 34  lb.,  if  you  like.  Boil 
nearly  an  hour.  Then  add  34  oz.  of  lemon  juice  to  every  gallon; 
strain,  cool,  and  add  yeast,  1 tablespoonful  or  rather  more  to  a gallon. 
In  48  hours,  add  a little  isinglass,  and  the  white  of  one  or  two  eggs. 
Put  into  the  cask,  and  let  it  stand  24  hours  longer.  Bottle  and  cork 
well. 

5.  Another. — Ginger,  3 ozs. ; sugar,  4 lbs. ; cream-of-tartar,  34 
oz. ; essence  of  lemon,  34  oz. ; the  juice  and  peel  of  two  lemons; 
brandy,  34  pint;  yeast,  quarter  of  a pint;  water,  4 gallons.  Bruise 
the  sugar  and  ginger ; boil  25  minutes ; pour  it  boiling  upon  th* 
lemon,  tartar,  essence,  etc.'*  Stir  well;  nearly  cool,  and  add  the  yeasty 
let  it  work  three  days,  skimming  well  ; then  strain  into  a cask  ; add 
the  brandy ; bung  down  close ; and  in  a fortnight,  draw  off,  and 
bottle. 

Another,  For  Six  Gallons. — Bruised  ginger,  8 ozs.;  cream-of. 
tartar,  6 ozs. ; loaf  sugar,  6 lbs.;  water,  6 gallons;  three  unpeeled 
lemons,  sliced.  As  soon  as  the  water  boils  pour  it  on  the  ingredients, 
and  stir  well.  Add  a small  portion  of  yeast.  Some  prefer  the  addition 
of  1 lb.  of  honey.  After  fermentation,  strain,  and  bottle.  Or  strain, 
and  bottle,  without  previously  adding  yeast. 

7.  Another,  Common.— Brown  Sugar  or  Treacle,  134  lb.,  water; 
134  gallon,  1 oz.  of  ginger,  ground,  and  a lemon,  if  preferred,  jloil 
and  then  add  yeast. 

8.  Another,  Instantly  Made. — Sugar,  1341b. ; bruised  ginger,  134 
oz. ; water,  1 quart.  Boil  down  to  a syrup.  When  cool,  strain,  and 
add  the  juice  of  a lemon,  or  J4  °z-  °f  citric  acid,  and  a little  brandy. 
Keep  this  always  by  you  in  a bottle.  It  is  to  be  used  along  with 
Carbonate  of  Soda  and  Tartaric  Acid.  First  dissolve  in  water  * 
quarter  of  a tea-spoonful  cf  Tartaric  Acid,  into  which  put  Ginger 
Syrup  according  to  taste ; then  dissolve  half  a tea-spoonful  of  carbonate 
of  soda  in  water ; unite  the  two  mixtures,  and  you  will  have  a gratefug 
beverage. 

9.  Another,  Quickly  Made. — Dissolve  4 ozs.  of  candied  ginger  in 
234  gallons  of  boiling  water,  add  2 lbs.  of  sugar ; add  34  oz.  of  citric 
acid,  powdered  when  nearly  cold,  and  two  table-spoonfuls  of  yeast. 

10.  Bran  Beer.— Good  bran,  1 bushel  (to  produce  18  gallons) 
hops,  34  pound.  Mash  with  hot  water,  and  ferment  in  the  usual  way. 


Appendix  to  Saloon  Department  65 

This  beer  will  cost  about  three  cents  per  gallon.  Two  or  three  pounds 
of  sugar  improve  it,  or  four  or  five  of  molasses  improve  it. 

Ginger,  Syrup  of. — Macerate,  1%  oz.  of  beaten  ginger  in  a quart 
of  boiling  water,  closely  covered  for  twenty-four  hours;  then  strain 
the  infusion,  make  it  into  a syrup  by  adding  at  least  two  parts  of  fine 
loaf  sugar,  dissolved  and  boiled  up  in  a hot  water  bath. 

Ginger  Beer  Powders. — Blue  paper;  Carbonate  of  Soda,  thirty 
grains;  powdered  ginger,  five  grains;  ground  white  sugar,  one  drachm 
to  one  drachm  and  a half;  essence  of  lemon,  one  drop.  Add  the 
essence  to  the  sugar,  then  the  other  ingredients.  A quantity  should  be 
mixed  and  divided,  as  recommended  for  Seidlitz  powders. — White 
paper  : Tartaric  acid,  thirty  grains.  Directions. — Dissolve  the  contents 
of  the  blue  paper  in  water  ; stir  in  the  contents  of  the  white  paper, 
and  drink  during  effervescence.  Ginger-beer  powders  do  not  meet 
with  such  general  acception  as  lemon  and  kali,  the  powdered  ginger 
rendering  the  liquid  slightly  turbid. 

2 . For  the  white  Paper.— Loaf  sugar,  powdered,  2 drachms; 
ginger,  powdered,  6 or  7 grains  ; carbonate  of  soda,  26  grains.  Mix 
well.  For  the  Flue  Paper — Citric  Acid,  30  grains,  or  tartaric  acid,  28 
grains  (which  you  please).  Dissolve  each  powder  in  nearly  half  a 
tumbler  of  water,  and  mix  together. 

Ginger,  Tincture  of. — Ginger,  1 oz. ; proof  spirits,  1 pint.  Digest 
in  a gentle  heat  seven  days,  and  strain.  A'  good  stimulant,  and 
expellant  of  wind;  used  as  a corrective  to  purgative  draughts. 

Lemonade. — Powdered  sugar,  four  pounds;  citric  or  tartaric  acid, 
one  ounce;  essence  of  lemon,  two  drachms;  mix  well.  Two  or  three 
teaspoonfuls  make  a very  sweet  and  agreeable  glass  of  extemporane- 
ous lemonade. 

2 • Milk  Lemonade. — Dissolve  three  quarters  of  a pound  of  loaf 
sugar  in  one  pint  of  boiling  water  and  mix  with  them  one  gill  of  lemon 
juice,  and  one  gill  of  sherry,  then  add  three  gills  of  cold  milk.  Stir 
ihe  whole  well  together,  and  strain  it. 

Champagne,  Summer. — To  four  parts  of  seltzer  water  add  one  of 
Moselle  wine  (or  hock),  and  put  a teaspoonful  of  powdered  sugar 
in  to  a wineglassful  of  this  mixture;  an  ebullition  takes  place,  and 
you  have  a sort  of  champagne  which  is  more  wholesome  in  hot 
weather  than  the  genuine  wine  known  by  that  name. 

2 • Champagne  Cider. — Cider,  eighteen  gallons  ; spirit,  three 
pints  ; sugar,  five  pounds.  Mix  and  let  them  rest  for  a fortnight,  then 
fine  with  skimmed  milk,  1 pint.  Bottle  in  champagne  bottles:  when 
opened,  it  will  be  found  to  approach  very  nearly  to  genuine  cham- 
pagne. 

Cider,  18  gallons ; spirit,  3 pints ; sugar,  5 lbs. ; skimmed 
milk,  1 pint. 

Cider. — A beverage  made  from  the  juice  of  the  apple,  and  for 


66  Appendix  to  Saloon  Department. 

which  sour  and  rough-tasted  apples  are  generally  preferred.  Th* 
process  of  making  cider  varies  in  different  localities,  but  in  every  case 
essentially  consists  of  the  collection  of  the  fruit,  and  the  expression 
and  fermentation  of  the  juice.  The  collection  of  the  fruit  should  not 
be  commenced  before  it  has  become  sufficiently  mature.  The  apples, 
after  being  gathered,  are  usually  left  for  fourteen  or  fifteen  days  in  a 
barn  or  loft  to  mellow,  during  which  time  the  mucilage  is  decomposed, 
and  alcohol  and  carbonic  acid  developed.  The  expression  of  the  juice 
is  the  next  step  in  cider-making.  The  apples  are  ground  to  a pulp  in 
a mill,  consisting  of  two  fluted  cylinders  of  hard  wood  or  cast  iron 
working  against  each  other.  The  pulp  is  afterwards  put  into  coarse 
strong  bags,  and  pressed  with  a heavy  weight  so  as  to  squeeze  out  all 
the  juice.  This  is  then  placed  in  large,  open  tubs,  and  kept  at  a heat 
©f  about  sixty  degrees.  After  two  or  three  days  for  weak  ci  der,  and 
eight  or  ten  days  for  strong  cider,  or  as  soon  as  the  sediment  has 
subsided,  the  liquor  is  “racked  off”  into  clean  casks.  The  casks  are 
then  stored  in  a cellar,  shaded  barn,  or  other  cool  place,  where  a low 
and  regular  temperature  can  be  insured,  and  are  left  to  mature  and 
ripen  until  the  following  spring,  when  it  may  be  re-racked  for  use* 
The  refuse  pulp  is  an  acceptable  food  for  pigs  and  store  cattle. 

Preparatory  to  bottling  cider , it  should  be  examined,  to  see  whether 
it  is  clear  and  sparkling.  If  not  so,  it  should  be  clarified,  and  left  for 
a fortnight.  The  night  previous  to  bottling,  the  bung  should  l^e  taken 
out  of  the  cask,  and  the  filled  bottles  should  not  be  corked  down  until 
the  day  after;  as,  if  this  is  done  at  once,  many  of  the  bottles  wil1 
burst  by  keeping.  The  best  corks  should  be  used.  Champagne  bottle* 
are  the  best  for  cider.  When  the  cider  is  wanted  for  immediate  use,  or 
for  consumption  during  the  cooler  season  of  the  year,  a small  piece  of 
lump  sugar  may  be  put  into  each  bottle  before  corking  it.  When 
intended  for  keeping,  it  should  be  stored  in  a cool  cellar,  when  tha 
quality  will  be  greatly  improved  by  age. 

Ice  Cream. — Put  into  a bucket  1 pound  of  ice  broken  very  small, 
throw  two  handfuls  of  salt  among  it,  and  have  it  in  the  coolest  place 
you  can  find.  Put  the  cream  into  an  ice  pot  and  cover  it,  immerse  it 
in  the  ice  and  draw  the  ice  around  the  pot  so  as  to  touch  every  part ; 
in  a few  minutes  put  in  a spoon  and  stir  the  parts  that  lie  around  the 
edges  to  the  center,  stirring  quickly,  increases  the  cold.  There  should 
be  holes  in  the  bucket  to  let  out  the  wate  as  the  ice  melts. 

The  cream  for  icing  is  thus  made:  Hew  milk,  one  quart;  yolk» 
of  six  eggs  ; fine  sugar,  four  ounces.  Mix,  strain,  heat  gently,  then 
cool. 

2.  Strawberry  Ice  Cream.— Take  one  pint  of  strawberries,  one 
pint  of  cream,  nearly  half  a pound  of  powdered  white  sugar,  the  juice 
of  a lemon ; mash  the  fruit  through  a sieve,  and  take  out  t>e  seeds : 


Appendix  to  Saloon  Department.  67 

raix  with  the  other  articles,  and  freeze.  A little  new  milk  added 
makes  the  whole  freeze  more  quickly. 

3.  Raspberry  Ice  Cream. — The  same  as  strawberry.  These 
ices  are  often  colored  by  cochineal,  but  the  addition  is  not  advantage- 
ous to  the  flavor.  Strawberry  or  raspberry  jam  may  be  used  instead 
<*f  the  fresh  fruit,  or  equal  quantities  of  jam  and  fruit  employed.  Of 
course  the  quantity  of  sugar  must  be  proportionately  diminished. 

Strawberry -Water  Ice. — One  large  pottle  of  scarlet  strawberries, 
the  juice  of  a lemon,  a pound  of  sugar,  or  one  pint  of  strong  syrup, 
half  a pint  of  water.  Mix, — first  rubbing  the  fruit  through  a sieve, — 
-and  freeze. 

2.  Raspberry -Water  Ice. — In  the  same  manner. 

3.  Lemon -Water  Ice. — Lemon  juice  and  water,  each  half  a pint; 
itrong  syrup,  one  pint : the  rind  of  the  lemons  should  be  rasp»d  off, 
before  squeezing,  with  lump  sugar,  which  is  to  be  added  to  the  juice; 
tiixthe  whole;  strain  after  standing  an  hour,  and  freeze.  Beat  up 
With  a little  sugar  the  whites  of  two  or  three  eggs,  and  as  the  ice  is 
beginning  to  set,  work  this  in  with  the  spatula,  which  will  much 
'improve  the  consistence  and  taste. 

4.  Orange- Water  Ice. — In  the  same  way. 

Mead,  Metheglin,  Hydromel,  or  Bragget. — Various  names  for  an 
intoxicating  beverage  made  from  honey,  in  use  from  the  most  remote 
ages  ampng  the  ancient  Britons  and  Scandinavians,  and  regarded  *** 
those  rude  nations  as  an  earthly  nectar,  and  a drink  imraeasuraoiy 
superior  to  the  wine  of  the  grape  or  barley,  as  the  various  potations 
made  from  grain  were  called.  Among  the  Welsh,  mead,  or  metheglin, 
*s  still  occasionally  used,  though  as  a general  beverage  it  has  long 
ceased  to  be  esteemed.  There  are  many  modes  of  preparing  this 
heavy  drink ; some  by  simply  fermenting  the  honey  and  water,  others 
by  making  a strongly  spiced  decoction  of  the  ingredients  before  allow- 
ing the  mass  to  work.  Those  who  are  desirous  of  knowing  how  to 
manufacture  the  old  English  bragget,  a beverage  sold  as  one  of  the 
choicest  articles  in  the  country,  will  find  the  following  receipe  suffi- 
ciently near  to  make  a very  potent  liquor  : 

To  28  pounds  of  honey  add  8)4  gallons  of  boiling  water  : mix 
thoroughly.  Boil  in  half  a gallon  of  water  the  peel  of  3 lemons,  1 
ounce  of  ginger,  2 drachms  of  mace,  1 drachm  of  cloves,  and  a small 
bundle  of  rosemary  : strain,  and  add  immediately  to  the  hot  mixture; 
stir  the  whole  together,  and  set  aside  in  a cask  till  quite  cold.  Mix 
two  large  spoonfuls  of  fresh  yeast  with  a quart  of  the  liquor ; pour 
into  the  cask,  and  allow  it  to  remain  till  the  fermentation  has  taken 
place,  when  the  cask  is  to  be  bunged  up.  To  obtain  metheglin  in 
perfection,  it  should  remain  a year  in  the  wood  untouched.  It  is  then 
to  be  bottled,  and  kej)tfor  at  least  six  months  before  being  used,  when 
*■  very  agreeable  and  potent  liquor  will  be  obtained. 


68 


Appendix  to  Saloon  Department. 


Bottling*  and  Fining*. — Corks  should  he  sound,  clean,  and  sweet. 
Beer  and  porter  should  be  allowed  to  stand  in  the  bottles  a day  or  two 
before  being  corked.  If  for  speedy  use,  wiring  is  not  necessary. 
Laying  the  bottles  on  their  sides  will  assist  the  ripening  for  use.  Those 
that  are  to  be  kept  should  be  wired,  and  put  to  stand  upright  in  saw- 
dust. Wines  should  be  bottled  in  spring.  If  not  fine  enough,  draw  off 
a jugful  and  dissolve  isinglass  in  it,  in  the  proportion  of  half  an  ounce 
to  ten  gallons,  and  then  pour  back  through  the  bung-hole.  Let  it 
stand  for  a few  weeks  longer.  Tap  the  cask  above  the  lees.  When 
the  isinglass  is  put  into  the  cask,  stir  it  round  with  a stick,  taking  great 
care  not  to  touch  the  lees  at  the  bottom.  For  white  wine  only,  mix 
with  the  isinglass  a quarter  of  a pint  of  milk  to  each  gallon  of  wine, 
some  whites  of  eggs,  beaten  with  some  of  the  wine.  One  white  of  an 
egg  tcf  four  gallons  makes  a good  fining. 

To  Sweeten  Casks.— Mix  half  a pint  of  vitriol  with  a quart  of 
water,  pour  it  into  the  barrel,  and  roll  it  about  ; next  day  add  one 
pound  of  chalk,  and  roll  again.  Bung  down  for  three  or  four  days, 
then  rinse  well  with  hot  water. 

2.  Another.— To  scour  casks  effectually  rinse  them  with  a solu- 
tion of  vitriol  and  water,  which  will  entirely  deprive  them  of  theii 
foulness. 

To  Loosen  Glass  Stoppers  of  Bottles.— With  a feather  rub  a drop 
or  two  of  salad  oil  round  the  stopper,  close  to  the  mouth  of  the  bottle 
or  decanter,  which  must  then  be  placed  before  the  fire,  at  the  distance 
of  about  eighteen  inches  ; the  heat  will  cause  the  oil  to  insinuate  itself 
between  the  stopper  and  the  neck.  When  the  bottle  or  decanter  ha,s 
grown  warm,  gently  strike  the  stopper  on  one  side,  and  then  on  the 
other,  with  any  light  wooden  instrument;  then  try  it  with  the  hand; 
if  it  will  not  yet  move,  place  it  again  before  the  fire,  adding  anothe> 
drop  of  oil.  After  a while  strike  again  as  before ; and,  by  persevering 
in  this  process,  however  tightly  it  may  be  fastened  in,  you  will  aX 
length  succeed  in  loosening  it.  This  is  decidedly  the  best  plan. 

Freezing  Mixture  Without  Ice. — Nearly  fill  a gallon  stone  bottle 
with  hot  spring  water,  (leaving  room  for  about  one  pint)  and  put  in 
two  ounces  of  refined  nitre.  The  bottle  must  be  stopped  very  close 
and  let  down  into  a deep  well.  After  three  or  four  hours  it  will  be 
completely  frozen,  but  the  bottle  must  be  broken  to  procure  the  ice. 
If  the  bottle  is  moved  up  and  down  so  as  to  be  sometimes  in  and 
sometimes  out  of  the  water,  the  consequent  evaporation  will  hasten 
the  process. 

2.  Washing  Soda  as  a Freezing  Mixture. — If,  however,  nitrate 

of  ammonia  in  coarse  powder  is  put  into  the  cooler,  and  there  is  then 
added  twice  its  weight  of  freshly  crushed  washing  soda,  and  an  equal 
quantity  of  the  coldest  water  that  can  be  obtained,  an  intensely  pow* 
erful  frigorific  mixture  is  the  result,  the  cold  often  falling  to  forty 


Appendix  to  Saloon  Department . 


69 


degrees  below  freezing.  This  is  by  far  the  most  efficacious  freezing 
mixture  that  can  be  made  without  the  use  of  ice  or  acids.  But, 
unfortunately,  it  has  an  almost  insuperable  objection,  that  the  nitrate 
of  ammonia  is  decomposed  by  the  soda,  and  cannot  be  recovered  by 
evaporation ; this  raises  the  expense  to  so  great  a height,  that  the  plan 
is  practically  useless. 

3.  The  New  Freezing  Preparation  Without  Ice  or  Acids  obviates 
all  these  objections.  It  is  easy  of  use,  not  corrosive  in  its  properties, 
and  capable  of  being  used  at  any  time,  at  a minute’s  notice;  is  easy  of 
transport,  being  in  a solid  form,  and,  moreover,  moderate  in  its  cost. 
In  India,  to  which  country  it  has  been  exported  in  enormous  quantities, 
it  has  excited  the  most  lively  interest,  and  the  Nepaulese  princes,  when 
\n  London,  paid  the  greatest  Attention  to  its  use.  It  consists  of  two 
powders,  the  first  of  which  is  composed  of  one  part,  by  weight,  of 
muriate  of  ammonia,  or  sal-ammoniac  powder,  and  intimately  mixed 
<vith  two  parts  by  weight  of  nitrate  of  potash,  or  saltpetre.  These 
quantities  are  almost  exactly  in  (what  is  called  by  chemists)  the 
combining  proportions  of  the  two  salts,  and  by  reacting  on  each  other, 
die  original  compounds  are  destroyed,  and  in  the  place  of  muriate  of 
ammonia  and  nitrate  of  potash,  we  have  nitrate  of  ammonia  and 
muriate  of  potash ; thus  we  have  succeeded  in  producing  nitrate  of 
ammonia  at  a cheap  rate,  accompanied  by  another  salt,  the  muriate  of 
potash,  which  also  produces  considerable  cold  when  dissolved:  but 
this  mixture,  used  alone,  cannot  be  regarded  as  a freezing  one, 
although  very  efficient  in  cooling.  The  other  powder  is  formed  simply 
o f the  best  Scotch  soda,  crushed  in  a mortar,  or  by  passing  through  a 
mill ; although,  as  hitherto  prepared,  its  appearance  has  been  disguised 
oy  the  admixture  of  small  quantities  of  other  materials,  which  have, 
nowever,  tended  to  diminish  its  efficacy.  The  two  powders  so  prepared 
must  be  separately  kept  in  closely-covered  vessels,  and  in  as  cool  a 
place  as  possible;  for  if  the  crushed  soda  is  exposed  to  the  air,  it  loses 
the  water  it  contains,  and  is  considerably  weakened  in  power;  and  if 
the  other  mixture  is  exposed,  it  attracts  moisture  from  the  air,  and 
dissolves  in  it — becoming  useless.  To  use  the  mixture,  take  an  equal 
bulk  of  the  two  powders,  mix  them  together  by  stirring,  and  immedi- 
ately introduce  them  into  the  ice-pail,  or  vessel  in  which  they  are  to  be 
dissolved,  and  pour  on  as  much  water  (the  coldest  that  can  be  obtained) 
as  is  sufficient  to  dissolve  them;  if  a pint  measure  of  each  of  the 
powders  is  used,  they  will  require  about  a pint  of  water  to  dissolve 
them.  More  water  than  is  necessary  should  not  be  used,  as  in  that 
case  the  additional  water  is  cooled  instead  of  the  substance  that  it  is 
wished  to  freeze.  Less  than  a pint  of  each  powder,  and  about  the 
same  quantity  of  water,  will  be  found  sufficient  to  ice  two  bottles  of 
wine,  one  after  the  other,  in  the  hottest  of  weather,  if  a tub  is  used  of 
such  a size  as  to  prevent  the  waste  of  materials. 


7o 


Appendix  to  Saloon  Department. 


To  Clean  Bottles. — There  is  no  easier  method  of  cleaning  glam 
bottles  than  putting  into  them  tine  coats,  and  well  shaking,  either  with 
water  or  not,  hot  or  cold,  according  to  the  substance  that  fouls  the 
bottle.  Charcoal  left  in  a bottle  or  jar  for  a little  time  will  take  away 
disagreeable  smells. 

2.  To  Purify. — Rinse  with  lime  water,  or  water  and  powdered 
•harcoal. 

Soda  Water  Powders. — One  pound  of  carbonate  of  soda,  4d., 
and  thirteen  and  a half  ounces  of  tartaric  acid,  at  2s.  per  pound,* 
supply  the  materials  for  256  powders  of  each  sort.  Usual  retail  price, 
Id.  for  the  two  powders  required  for  a draught.  Put  into  blue  papers 
thirty  grains  of  carbonate  of  soda,  and  into  white  papers  twenty-five 
grains  of  tartaric  acid.  Directions. — Dissolve  the  contents  of  the  blue 
paper  in  half  a tumbler  of  water,  stir  in  the  other  powder,  and  drink 
during  effervescence.  Soda  powders  furnish  a saline  beverage  which 
is  very  slightly  laxative,  and  well  calculated  to  allay  the  thirst  in  hot 
weather. 

Cheap  and  Good  Vinegar. — To  eight  gallons  of  clear  rain  water, 
add  three  quarts  of  molasses;  turn  the  mixture  into  a clean,  tight 
cask,  shake  it  well  two  or  three  times,  and  add  three  spoonfuls  of 
good  yeast,  or  two  yeast  cakes;  place  the  cask  in  a warm  place,  and 
in  ten  or  fifteen  days  add  a sheet  of  common  wrapping  paper,  smeared 
with  molasses,  and  torn  into  narrow  strips,  and  you  will  have  good 
vinegar.  The  paper  is  necessary  to  form  the  “ mother,”  or  life  of  tho 
vinegar. 

Fermentation,  To  Check.— The  least  bit  of  sulphate  of  Potass.  Iw 
is  applicable  to  liquors,  syrups,  preserves,  etc. 

Bologna  Sausages. — Take  equal  quantities  of  bacon,  fat  and  lean 
beef,  veal,  pork,  and  beef  suet ; chop  them  small,  season  with  pepper 
salt,  etc.,  sweet  herbs,  and  sage  rubbed  fine.  Have  a well-washed 
intestine,  fill,  and  prick  it;  boil  gently  for  an  hour,  an/  lay  on  sti-avi 
to  dry.  They  may  be  smoked  the  same  as  hams. 


MEDICAL  DEPARTMENT. 


I would  give  an  introductory  word  of  caution  in  this  Department. 
Whenever  you  buy  an  article  of  medicine  which  is  not  regrdarly 
labeled  by  the  druggist,  have  him,  in  all  cases,  write  the  name  upon  it. 
In  this  way  you  will  not  only  save  money , but  perhaps  life.  Arsenic, 
phosphorus,  laudanum,  acids,  etc.,  should  always  be  put  where 
children  cannot  get  at  them.  And  always  purchase  the  best  quality 
of  drugs,  to  insure  success. 

ALCOHOL — In  Medicines,  Preferable  to  Brandy,  Rum,  or  Gin 
of  the  Present  Day. — There  is  no  one  thing  doing  so  much  to  bolster 
up  the  tottering  yet  strong  tower  of  Intemperance,  as  the  old-fogy 
physicians,  who  are  constantly  prescribing  these  articles  to  their 
patients,  and  one-half  of  the  reason  for  it  is  to  cover  the  faults  of 
their  own  constant  use  of  these  beverages.  This  unnecessary  call  for 
these  articles  thus  used  as  a medicine,  keeps  up  a large  demand;  and 
when  we  take  into  consideration  the  almost  impossibility  of  obtaining 
* genuine  article,  the  sin  of  prescribing  them  becomes  so  much  the 
greater,  when  it  is  also  known  by  all  really  scientific  men  that  with 
alcohol  (which  is  pure)  and  the  native  fruit  wines,  cider,  and  cider 
wines,  (which  every  one  can  make  for  themselves,  and  can  thus  know 
their  purity,)  that  all  the  indications  desired  to  be  fulfilled  in  curing 
disease  can  be  accomplished  without  their  use. 

Then,  when  it  is  deemed  advisable  to  use  spirits  to  preserve  any 
bitters  or  syrups  from  souring,  instead  of  1 qt.  of  brandy,  rum,  or 
gin,  use  the  best  alcohol,  ^ pt.,  with  about  2 or  3 ozs.  of  crushed 
sugar  for  this  amount,  increasing  or  lessening  according  to  the  amount 
desired  in  these  proportions  If  a diuretic  effect  is  desired,  whiah  is 
calculated  to  arise  where  gin  is  prescribed,  put  1 dr.  of  oil  of  juniper 
into  the  alcohol  before  reducing  with  the  water;  or  if  the  preparation 
admits  of  it  you  may  put  in  from  1 to  2 ozs.  of  juniper  berries  instead 
of  the  oil.  If  the  astringent  effect  is  desired,  as  from  brandy,  use,  say 
oz.  of  gum  kino  or  catechu,  either,  or  half  of  eac  h may  be  used. 
If  the  sioeating  or  opening  properties  are  required,  as  indicated  by  the 
prescription  of  rum,  sweeten  with  molasses  in  place  of  the  sugar,  and 
use  1 dr.  of  oil  of  caraway,  or  1 lo  2 ozs.  of  the  seed,  for  the  same 
Amount,  as  the  juniper  berries  for  gin. 


72 


Dr.  Chase's  Recipes. 


If  the  strength  of  wine  only  is  desired,  use  1 qt.  of  the  ginger 
wine,  or  if  that  flavor  is  not  fancied,  use  any  other  of  the  wines,  as 
preferred  by  the  patient. 

But  no  one  should  use  any  of  the  descriptions  of  alcohol  as  a 
constant  beverage,  even  in  medicine,  unless  advised  to  do  so  by  a 
physician  who  is  not  himself  a toper. 

If  families  will  follow  the  directions  above  given,  and  use  proper 
care  in  making  some  of  the  various  fruit  wines  as  given  in  this  book 
for  medical  use,  preparing  cider,  etc.,  which  are  often  used  in 
prescriptions  they  would  seldom,  if  ever,  be  obliged  to  call  for  the 
pretended  pure  brandies,  rums,  gins,  etc.,  of  commerce,  and  intemper- 
ance would  die  a natural  death  for  want  of  support. 

And  you  will  please  allow  me  here  to  correct  a common  error, 
with  regard  to  the  presence  of  alcohol  in  wines.  It  is  generally 
supposed  that  wine  maae  from  fruit,  without  putting  some  kind  of 
spirits  into  it,  does  not  contain  any  alcohol;  but  a greater  mistake 
does  not  exist  in  the  world.  Any  fruit,  the  juice  of  which  will  not 
pass  into  the  vinous  fermentation  by  which  alcohol  is  produced,  will 
not  make  wine  at  all.  Distillation  will  produce  brandy  or  alcohol 
from  any  of  these  fermented  liquors. 

There  is  no  wine,  of  any  note,  containing  less  than  10  parts  of 
alcohol  to  100  parts  of  the  wine;  and  from  that  amount  up  to  25% 
parts;  currant,  2034;  gooseberry,  11%  ; cider,  from  5 to  9 parts, 
porter,  4%;  even  small  beer,  1%  parts  or  qts.  to  100  qts. 

So  it  will  be  seen  that  every  quart  of  fruit  wine  not  made  for 
medicine,  or  sacramental  purposes,  helps  to  build  up  the  cause 
(Intemperance)  which  we  all  so  much  desire  not  to  encourage.  And 
for  those  who  take  any  kind  of  spirits  for  the  sake  of  the  spirit,  let 
me  give  you  the  following: 

2.  “ Spiritual  Facts.— That  whis-key  is  the  key  by  which  many 
gain  entrance  into  our  prisons  and  alms-houses. 

3.  That  brandy  brands  the  noses  of  all  those  who  cannot  govern 
their  appetites. 

4.  That  punch  is  the  cause  of  many  ^friendly  punches. 

5.  That  ale  causes  many  ailings , while  beer  brings  to  the  bier. 

6.  That  wine  causes  many  to  take  a winding  way  home. 

7.  That  cham-psigne  is  the  cause  of  many  real  pains. 

8.  That  gin  slings  have  “ slewed  ” more  than  slings  of  old.” 

AGUE  MEDICINES.— Dr.  Krieder’s  Pills.— Quinine,  20  grs.; 

Dover’s  powders,  10  grs. ; sub-carbonate  of  iron,  10  grs. ; mix  with 
mucilage  of  gum  arabic  and  form  into  20  pills.  Dose. — Two  each 
hour,  commencing  5 hours  before  the  chill  should  set  in.  Then  take 
one  night  and  morning,  until  all  are  taken. 

I cured  myself  of  Ague  with  this  pill  after  having  it  hang  on  to 


Medical  Department. 


73 


toe  for  three  years  with  all  the  common  remedies  of  the  day,  five 
weeks  being  the  longest  I could  keep  it  off,  until  I obtained  the  above 
pill.  This  was  before  I had  studied  medicine.  I have  cured  many 
others  with  it  also,  never  having  to  repeat  the  dose  only  in  one  case. 

In  attacks  of  ague  it  is  best  to  take  an  active  cathartic  immediately 
after  the  first  “tit,”  unless  the  bowels  are  lax,  which  is  not  generally 
the  case,  and  by  the  time  the  cathartic  has  worked  off  well,  you  will 
be  prepared  to  go  ahead  with  the  “ cure,”  as  soon  as  you  know  its 
periodical  return. 

2.  For  very  young  children  nothing  is  better  than  5 or  6 grs.  of 
quinine  in  a 2 oz.  vial,  with  one  table-spoon  of  white  sugar;  then  fill 
with  water.  Dose. — A tea-spoon  given  as  above,  as  to  time.  A thick 
solution  of  licorice,  however,  hides  the  taste  of  the  quinine  quite 
■effectually. 

3.  Ague  Bitters. — Quinine,  40  grs. ; capsicum,  20  grs. , cloves, 
^ oz. ; ere  a m-of-  tartar,  1 oz. ; whisky,  1 pt. ; mix.  Dose. — 1 to  2 
sable-spoons  every  2 hours,  beginning  8 hours  before  the  chill  comes 
on,  and  3 times  daily  for  several  days.  Or,  if  preferred  without 
spirits,  take  the  following  : 

4.  Ague  Powder.— Quinine,  10  grs.;  capsicum,  4 grs.;  mix, 
ind  divide  into  3 powders.  Directions. — Take  one  4 hours  before 
the  chill,  one  2 hours,  and  the  third  one  hour  before  the  chill  should 
tommence,  and  it  will  very  seldom  commence  again.  Or, 

5.  Ague  Mixture  without  Quinine. — Mrs.  Wadsworth,  a few 
«niles  south  of  this  city,  has  been  using  the  following  Ague  mixture 
over  twenty  years,  curing,  she  says,  more  than  forty  cases,  without 
4 failure.  She  takes — 

Mandrake  root,  fresh  dug,  and  pounds  it  ; then  squeezes  out 
the  juice  to  obtain  1*4  table-spoons,  with  which  she  mixes  the  same 
quantity  of  molasses;  then  divides  it  into  3 equal  doses  of  1 table- 
spoon each,  to  be  given  2 hours  apart,  commencing  so  as  to  take  an 
hour  before  the  chill. 

It  sickens  and  vomits  some,  but  she  says  it  will  scarcely  ever  need 
repeating.  Then  steep  dogwood  bark,  (some  call  it  box-wood,)  make 
it  strong,  and  continue  to  drink  it  freely  for  a week  or  two,  at  least. 

6.  Ague  Cure,  by  a Clairvoyant. — There  is  no  doubt  in  my 
mind  but  what  there  is  much  virtue  in  the  following  clairvoyant 
prescription,  for  I have  knowledge  of  the  value  of  one  of  the  roots. 
See  “Colic  Remedy’’ : 

Blue  vervain,  leaf  and  top,  1 lb.;  bone-set,  lb.;  best  rye 
whisky,  1 gal. 

The  dose  was  not  given,  but  most  persons  would  take  a wine-glass 
five  or  six  times  daily. 

7.  Ague  Cured  for  a Penny. — It  has  been  discovered  that  nitric 

4 


74 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


acid  is  of  great  value  in  the  treatment  of  Intermittent  Fever,  01 
Ague.  A physician  administered  the  article  in  twenty-three  cases  of 
such  fever,  and  it  was  successful  in  ail  but  one,  in  interrupting  the 
paroxysms,  and  there  occurred  no  relapse. 

In  the  majority  of  cases,  5 or  6 drops  of  the  strong  acid,  given  in 
a little  gum  mucilage,  every  8 hours,  until  60  drops  had  been  taken, 
were  found  sufficient  to  break  the  fever,  and  restore  the  patient  to 
health. 

The  foregoing  confirms  the  following : 

8.  Ague  Anodyne. — Muriatic  acid  and  laudanum,  of  each  oz.* 
quinine,  40  grs. ; brandy,  4 ozs.  Take  1 tea-spoon  9,  6,  and  3 hours 
before  the  chill,  until  broken;  then  at  7,  15,  and  21  days  after,  take  3 
doses,  and  no  relapse  will  be  likely  to  occur. 

I am  well  satisfied  that  any  preparation  of  opium,  as  laudanum, 
morphine,  etc.,  which  affects  the  nerves,  is  valuable  in  ague  medicine, 
from  its  intimate  connection  with,  if  not  entirely  confined  to,  the 
nervous  system  ; hence  the  advantage  of  the  first  Ague  Pill,  the  opiums 
being  in  the  Dover’s  powders. 

I have  given  this  large  number  of  preparations,  and  follow  witi 
one  or  two  more,  from  the  fact  that  almost  every  physician  will  haw 
a peculiar  prescription  of  his  own,  and  is  generally  free  to  contributv 
his  mite  for  the  benefit  of  the  world;  and  as  I have  seen  about  aw 
much  of  it  as  most  book-makers,  I have  come  in  for  a large  share 
The  nature  of  the  articles  recommended  is  such  also  as  to  justify 
their  insertion  in  this  work. 

9.  Febrifuge  Wine. — Quinine,  25  grs.;  water,  1 pt. ; sulphuri, 
acid,  15  drops;  Epsom  salts,  2 ozs.;  brand}',  1 gill;  loaf  sugar, 
ozs.;  color  with  tincture  of  red  sanders.  Dose. — A wine-glass  is 
times  per  day. 

This  is  highly  recommended  by  a regular  practicing  physician 
in  one  of  the  ague  holes  (Saginaw)  of  the  west.  It,  of  course,  ca* 
be  taken  without  any  previous  preparation  of  the  system. 

10.  Tonic  Wine  Tincture. — A positive  cure  for  Ague,  without 
quinine.  Peruviau  bark,  2 ozs. ; wild  cherry-tree  bark,  1 oz. ; 
cinnamon,  1 dr. ; capsicum,  1 tea-spoon;  sulphur,  1 oz.;  port  wine, 
2 qts.  Let  stand  a week,  shaking  occasionally.  All  the  articles  are 
to  be  pulverized.  Dose- — A wine-glass  every  2 or  3 hours  through 
the  day  until  broken,  then  2 or  3 times  per  day  until  all  is  used. 

Always  buy  your  Peruvian  bark,  and  pulverize  it  yourself,  as  most 
of  the  pulverized  article  is  greatly  adulterated.  This  is  the  reason 
why  more  cures  are  not  performed  by  it. 

11.  Soot  Coffee — Has  cured  many  cases  of  Ague,  after  “ every, 
thing  else  ” had  failed.  It  is  made  as  follows: 

Soot  scraped  from  a chimney,  (that  from  stove-pipes  does  not  do,) 
1 tablespoon,  steeped  in  water  1 pt.,  and  settled  with  1 egg  beaten  up 


Medical  Department. 


75 


In  a little  water,  as  for  other  coffee,  with  sugar  and  cream,  3 times 
daily  with  the  meals,  in  place  of  other  coffee. 

It  has  come  in  very  much  to  aid  restoration  in  Typhoid  Fever, 
bad  cases  of  Jaundice,  Dyspepsia,  etc.,  etc. 

Many  persons  will  stick  up  their  noses  at  these  “ old  grandmother 
prescriptions,”  but  I tell  many  “upstart  physicians”  that  our  grand- 
mothers are  carrying  more  information  out  of  the  world,  by  theii 
deaths,  than  will  ever  be  possessed  by  this  class  of  “sniffers,”  and  I 
really  thank  God,  so  do  thousands  of  others,  that  He  has  enabled  'me, 
in  this  work,  to  reclaim  such  an  amount  of  it  for  the  benefit  of  the 
world. 

12.  Balmony,  34  of  a pint  basin  of  loose  leaves;  fill  with 
boiling  water  and  steep;  drink  the  whole  in  the  course  of  the  day, 
and  repeat  3 or  4 days,  or  until  well. 

It  has  cured  many  cases  of  Ague.  It  is  valuable  in  Jaundice,  and 
all  diseases  of  the  Liver;  and  also  for  worms,  by  the  mouth  and  by 
injection.  It  is  also  valuable  in  Dyspepsia,  Inflammatory  and  Febrile 
diseases,  generally. 

NIGHT  SWEATS — To  Relieve. — After  Agues,  Fevers,  etc.,  and 
in  Consumption,  many  persons  are  troubled  with  “ Night  Sweats.” 
They  are  caused  by  weakness  or  general  debility.  For  their  relief: 

Take  ess.  of  tansy,  34  oz-  » alcohol,  % oz-  > water,  34  oz*  ? quinine, 
15  grs. ; muriatic  acid,  30  drops;  mix.  Dose. — 1 tea-spoon  in  a gilL 
of  cold  sage  tea. 

It  should  be  taken  two  or  three  times  during  the  day,  and  at  bed 
time;  and  the  cold  sage  tea  should  be  used  freely  as  a drink,  also, 
until  cured.  It  will  even  cure  Ague,  also,  by  repeating  the  above 
dose  every  hour,  beginning  twelve  to  fifteen  hours  before  the  chill. 

FEVERS. — General  Improved  Treatment  for  Bilious,  Typhoid, 
and  Scarlet  Fevers,  Congestive  Chills,  etc.  ; also  valuable  in 
Diarrhoea,  Summer-Complaint,  Cholera  Infantum,  and  all  Forms 
of  Fever  in  Children. — The  symptoms  of  fever  are  generally  under- 
stood, yet  I will  give  the  characteristic  features  by  which  it  will 
always  be  detected : Cold  chills  followed  by  a hot  skin;  a quickened 
pulse,  with  a weak  and  languid  feeling  of  distress  ; also,  loss  of 
appetite,  thirst,  restlessness,  scanty  excretions;  in  fact,  every  function 
of  the  body  is  more  or  less  deranged.  Of  course,  then,  that  which, 
will  restore  all  the  different  machinery  to  healthy  action,  will  restore 
health.  That  is  what  the  following  Febrifuge  has  done  in  hundreds 
of  cases — so  attested  to  by  “Old  Doctor  Cone,”  from  whose  work  on 
“Fevers  and  Febrile  Diseases”  I first  obtained  the  outlines  of  the 
treatment,  and  it  gives  me  pleasure  to  acknowledge  my  indebtedness 
to  him  through  fourteen  years  of  neighborhood  acquaintance,  always 
finding  him  as  willing  to  communicate  as  qualified  to  practice,  and 


76  Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 

daring,  in  breaking  away  from  “Medical  Society  Rules,”  w accom- 
plish good. 

Febrifuge  for  Feyers  in  General.— Carbonate  of  ammonia,  2 
drs. ; alum,  1 dr.;  capsicum,  foreign  gentian,  Colombo  root,  and 
prussiate  of  iron,  all  pulverized,  of  each  % dr. ; mix,  ny  putting  into 
a bottle,  adding  cold  water,  4 ozs.  Dose. — One  tea-spoon  to  a grown 
person,  every  2 hours,  in  common  cases  of  fever.  Ir  may  be  sweet- 
ened, if  preferred.  Shake  well  each  time  before  giving,  and  keep 
the  bottle  tightly  corked. 

The  philosophy  of  this  treatment  is,  the  carbonnate  of  ammonia? 
neutralizes  the  acidity  of  the  stomach,  and  determines  to,  and  relaxes 
the  surface;  and  with  the  capsicum  is  a hundred  per  cent,  more  effi- 
cient. The  alum  constringes,  soothes,  and  aids  in  relieving  the  irritated 
and  engorged  mucous  membrane  of  the  stomacn,  and  finally  operates 
as  a gentle  laxative.  The  Colombo  and  gentian  are  gently  astringent 
and  stimulating,  but  chiefly  tonic,  and  the  prussiate  of  iron  is  tonic; 
and  in  their  combination  are  (as  experience  will  and  has  proved)  the 
most  efficient  and  safe  Febrifuge,  in  all  forms  and  grades  of  fever  yet 
known.  We  therefore  wish  to  state  that,  after  twenty-five  years’ 
experience  in  the  treatment  of  disease,  we  have  not  been  able  to 
obtain  a knowledge  of  any  course  of  treatment  that  will  begin 
to  compare  with  that  given  above,  for  the  certain,  speedy  and  effectual 
cure  of  all  forms  of  fever;  and  all  that  is  requisite,  is,  to  have 
sufficient  confidence  in  the  course  of  treatment  recommended;  to  use 
it  from  three  to  five,  and  in  extreme  cases,  seven  days  as  directed,, 
and  that  confidence  will  be  inspired  in  all  who  use  it,  whether 
physician  (if  unprejudiced)  or  patient,  or  the  heads  of  families. 
Remember,  all  processes  in  nature  require  time  for  their  accom- 
plishment. 

After  the  patient  has  been  twenty-four  hours  without  fever,  01 
if  the  patient  be  pale,  blanched,  with  a cool  surface  and  feeble 
pulse,  at  the  commencement  of  fever,  prepare  the  following  : 

2.  Febrifuge  Tea. — Take  Virginia  snakeroot  and  valerian  root, 
of  each  2 drs. ; boiling  water  one  pt.  Pour  the  boiling  water  on 
the  roots  and  steep  % an  hour,  and  give  a tea-spoon  of  the 
Febrifuge  and  a table-spoon  of  this  Tea  together  every  2 hours,  and 
after  he  has  been  another  24  hours  without  fever,  give  it  every 
3 or  4 hours,  until  the  patient  has  good  appetite  and  digestion,  then 
3 times  daily,  just  before  meals,  until  the  patient  has  gained  consid- 
erable strength,  when  it  may  be  entirely  discontinued;  or  he  may 
continue  the  simole  infusion,  to  aid  digestion. 

A strong  tea  of  wild  cherry  bark  makes  the  best  substitute  for 
the  snakeroot  tea,  and  especially  if  mercury  has  been  previously  used 
in  the  case;  and  if  it  has;  it  is  best  to  continue  the  cherry  bark  tea 
until  the  patient  is  entirely  recovered. 


Medical  Department. 


77 


A patient  tiding  this  treatment,  if  bilious,  may  vomit  bile  a few 
times,  or  if  thei-e  is  congestion  of  the  stomach,  he  will  probably  vomit 
occasionallyfor  a few  hours,  but  it  will  soon  subside.  It  will  not  purge, 
except  a patient  be  very  bilious,  in  which  case  there  will  probably  be 
two  or  three  bilious  discharges ; but  it  gives  so  much  tone  to  the  action 
of  the  stomach  and  bowels  as  to  secure  regular  operations ; but  if  the 
bowels  should  not  be  moved  in  two  or  three  days,  give  injections  00 
warm  water,  or  warm  water  with  a little  salt  in  it. 

Give  the  patient  all  the  plain,  wholesome  diet,  of  any  kind,  he  will 
take,  especially  broiled  ham,  mush  and  rich  milk,  boiled  rice,  milk  or 
dry  toast,  hot  mealy  potatoes,  boiled  or  roasted,  with  good  fresh  butter, 
etc.,  etc. ; and  good  pure  cold  water,  or  tea  and  coffee,  seasoned  to  the 
taste,  as  drinks,  and  keep  the  person  and  bed  clean,  and  room  quiet  and 
undisturbed  by  conversation,  or  any  other  noise,  and  see  that  it  is  well 
ventilated. 

If  there  should  be  extreme  pain  in  the  head  when  the  fever  is  at 
the  highest,  or  in  the  back  or  loins,  and  delirium  at  night,  with  intol- 
erance of  light  and  noise;  in  such  cases,  in  addition  to  keeping  the 
room  cool,  dark,  and  quiet,  and  giving  the  febrifuge  regularly,  as  above 
directed,  take  the  following  : 

3*  Feyer  Liniment,— Sulphuric  ether  and  aqua  ammonia,  of  each 
1 o*. ; muriate  of  ammonia,  % oz. ; mix,  and  shake  the  bottle,  and  wet 
the  scalp  and  all  painful  parts,  every  2 or  3 hours,  until  the  pain  abates. 
Keep  tightly  corked. 

After  the  application  of  the  liniment,  fold  a muslin  cloth  four  or 
five  thicknesses,  dip  it  in  cold  water,  and  apply  it  to  the  head  or  any  part 
afflicted  with  severe  pain ; or  to  the  pit  of  the  stomach,  if  there  be 
much  vomiting ; and  it  may  be  renewed  every  three  or  four  hours. 

Besides  the  above  treatment,  dip  a towel  in  cold  water,  and  rub  the 
patient  off  briskly  and  thoroughly,  and  be  careful  to  wipe  perfectly  dry, 
with  a clean,  hot  and  dry  towel ; this  may  be  repeated  every  three  or 
four  hours,  if  the  skin  be  very  hot  and  dry  ; but  if  the  surface  be  pale, 
cool,  moist,  livid,  or  lead-colored,  omit  the  general  sponging ; but  the 
face,  neck  and  hands  may  be  washed  occasionally,  but  be  sure  to  wipe 
perfectly  dry  with  a clean,  hot  and  dry  towel.  But  if  he  be  very 
pale  and  blanched,  with  a cool  or  cold  surface,  or  have  a white  circle 
around  liis  mouth  and  nose,  or  be  covered  with  a cold,  clammy  perspir- 
ation, give  the  Febrifuge  every  hour,  until  the  above  symptoms 
disappear,  giving  the  patient  hot  coffee  or  tea,  pennyroyal,  sage,  balm, 
or  mint  tea,  as  hot  as  he  can  sup  them,  and  as  freely  as  possible,  and 
make  hot  applications  to  his  person,  and  put  a bottle  of  hot  water  to 
the  soles  of  his  feet ; and  after  this  tendency  to  prostration  is  overcome, 
then  give  the  Febrifuge  once  in  two  hours  as  before  only. 

Children  will  use  the  medicine  in  all  respects  as  directed  for  grown 
persons,  giving  to  a child  one  year  old  a fourth  of  a tea-spoon,  or 


78 


Dr.  Chase's  Recipes. 


fifteen  drops;  if  under  a year  old,  a little  less,  (we  have  frequently 
arrested  Cholera  Infantum  with  the  Febrifuge,  in  children  under  six 
months  old,  and  in  some  instances  under  a month  old,)  and  increase  the 
dose  in  proportion  to  the  age  above  a year  old,  giving  half  a tea-spoon 
to  a child  from  three  to  six,  and  three-fourths  of  a tea-spoon  from  six 
to  ten  years  old,  and  so  on  ; and  be  sure  to  offer  children  some  food 
several  times  a day,  the  best  of  which  is  broiled  smoked  ham,  good 
stale  wheat  bread  boiled  in  good  rich  milk,  mush  and  milk,  boiled  rice, 
etc.  but  animal  diet  agrees  best,  and  especially  in  cases  or  Summer  Com- 
plaint, or  Cholera  Infantum,  the  diet  had  better  be  almost  exclusively 
animal.  It  will  be  difficult  to  use  the  infusion  of  snakeroot  with 
children  that  are  too  young  to  obey  the  mandate  of  parents,  and  the 
Febrifuge  may  be  made  sweet,  with  white  or  loaf  sugar,  for  young 
children,  so  as  to  cover  its  taste  as  much  as  possible,  but  older  children 
will  be  benefited  very  much  by  the  use  of  the  infusion  of  snakeroot 
and  valerian,  and  should  take  it  as  prescribed  for  adults,  of  course, 
adapting  the  dose  to  the  age  of  the  patient. 

4.  Note. — The  above  treatment,  if  persevered  in  for  a short 
time,  is  effectual  in  arresting  Diarrhoea,  Summer  Complaint,  Cholera 
Infantum,  and  all  forms  of  Fever  in  children.  Give  it  every  two  hours, 
or  if  the  patient  be  very  feeble  and  corpse-like,  give  it  every  hour  until 
there  is  reaction,  and  then  give  it  every  two  hours,  as  prescribed 
for  fever  in  general,  and  you  will  be  satisfied  with  the  result  after  a 
short  time. 

5.  Typhoid  Feyer.— If  the  patient  be  Typhoid,  that  is,  if  his 
tongue  be  brown  or  black,  and  dry  in  the  centre,  with  glossy  red 
edges ; if  he  have  Diarrhoea,  with  thin,  watery,  or  muddy  stools,  and  a 
tumid  or  swollen  belly,  he  will  pr  obably  have  a rapid,  or  frequent,  and 
small  pulse,  and  be  delirious  and  rest  but  little  at  night ; under  these 
circumstances,  give  the  Febrifuge  in  the  Tea,  No.  2,  as  for  fevers  in 
general,  every  two  hours,  and  give,  also,  the  following: 

6.  Febrifuge  Balsam.— Gum  camphor,  30  grs. ; balsam  copaiba, 
sweet  spirits  of  nitre,  compound  spirits  of  lavender,  of  each  3 4 oz- 

Shake  the  vial,  and  give  forty  drops  every  four  hours,  in  with  the 
other  medicine,  until  the  tongue  becomes  moist,  and  the  Diarrhoea  is 
pretty  well  subdued,  when  you  will  discontinue  this  preparation,  and 
continue  the  Febrifuge  and  snakeroot  tea,  as  directed  for  fever  in 
general. 

Note.— We  do  not  believe  that  one  case  of  fever  in  a thousand  will 
develop  Typhoid  symptoms,  unless  such  cases  have  been  injured  in  the 
treatment  of  the  first  stage,  by  a reducing  course  of  medicine,  as  bleed- 
ing, vomiting,  emetic  tartar,  purging,  especially  with  calomel,  and 
compound  extract  of  colocynth,  or  oil,  salts,  or  infusion  of  senna,  and 
the  common  cooling  powder,  which  is  composed  of  saltpetre  or  nitre, 
and  tartar  emetic  or  ipecac,  all  of  which  irritate  the  mucous  membrane 


Medical  Department. 


79 


of  the  stomach  and  bowels,  and  consequently  produce  determination  of 
blood  to  these  parts,  that  results  in  irritation,  engorgement,  congestion, 
inflammation,  and  consequently  Typhoid  Fever. 

If  fever  is  attended  with  the  Dysentery,  or  Bloody-Flux,  it  should 
be  treated  in  the  same  manner  precisely  as  Typhoid  Fever,  as  it  is 
nothing  but  Typhoid  Fever  with  inflammation  of  the  large,  and  some- 
times small  bowels.  The  treatment  given  for  Typhoid  Fever  above, 
will  cure  all  forms  of  Dysentery  as  it  does  fever,  but  the  bloody  and 
slimy  discharges  will  continue  for  two  or  three  days  after  the  fever  is 
subdued  and  the.  appetite  and  digestion  are  restored,  and  at  times, 
especially  if  the  patient  discharge  bile,  which  will  be  green,  there  will 
be  a good  deal  of  pain  at  stool,  which,  however,  will  soon  subside. 

7.  Scarlet  Fever. — If  you  have  Scarlet  Fever,  treat  it  in  all 
respects  as  fever  in  general,  and  if  the  patient’s  throat  should  show  any 
indications  of  swelling,  apply  the  Fever  Liniment  No.  3,  and  make  the 
application  of  cold  water  in  the  same  manner  as  there  directed ; and 
*t  had  better  be  repeated  every  three  or  four  hours  until  the  swelling  is 
entirely  subdued,  when  the  wet  cloth  should  be  substituted  by  a warm, 
dry,  flannel  one ; but  if  the  patient’s  throat  should  ulcerate,  give  a few 
drops  of  the  Febrifuge  every  half  hour,  or  hour,  until  the  dark  sloughs 
separate,  and  the  throat  looks  red  and  clean,  when  you  need  only 
give  the  medicine  at  regular  intervals,  as  recommended  for  fever  in 
general,  that  is,  every  two  hours.  If  this  treatment  be  pursued  at  the 
snset,  the  throat  will  seldom,  if  ever,  ulcerate. 

8.  Congestive,  or  Sinking  Chill.— In  case  of  Congestive,  or  Sink- 
ing Chill,  give  the  Febrifuge  as  directed  for  fever  in  general ; but  if  the 
patient  be  insensible  and  cold,  or  drenched  in  a cold  perspiration,  give 
the  Febrifuge  in  a table-spoon  of  the  snakeroot  and  valerian  tea  every 
hour  until  the  patient  becomes  warm,  and  then  give  it  every  two  hours 
to  within  twelve  hours  of  the  time  he  anticipates  another  chill,  when 
you  will  give  the  following  : 

9.  Stimulating  Tonic. — Sulphate  of  quinine,  20  grs. ; pulverized 
capsicum,  30  grs  ; pulverized  carbonate  ot  ammonia,  90  grs.;  mix  and 
put  into  a bottle,  and  add  15  tea-spoons  of  cold  water,  and  give  a tea- 
spoon, together  with  a tea-spoon  of  the  Febrifuge,  every  hour,  either 
alone,  or  what  is  better,  in  a tea-spoon  of  the  snakeroot  and  valerian 
tea,  for  15  hours. 

The  patient  should  lie  in  bed  and  drink  freely  of  pennyroyal  tea, 
or  hot  coffee,  or  some  other  hot  tea,  and  after  the  time  has  elapsed  for 
the  chill,  give  the  same  as  for  fever  in  general,  until  the  patient  is 
entirely  recovered.  The  above  treatmeat  will  arrest  any  form  of  Ague, 
and  the  after  treatment  will,  with  any  degree  of  care,  prevent  its  return. 
O*  the  Ague  may  be  arrested  most  speedily,  by  taking  one  grain  of 


8o 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes . 


quinine  in  a tea-spoon  of  the  Febrifuge  every  hour  for  six  hours  pre> 
ceding  a paroxysm,  and  then  pursue  the  above  tonic  course. 

I have  given  the  foregoing  treatment  for  fevers,  because  I know 
that  it  is  applicable  in  all  cases,  and  that  the  articles  are  kept  by  all 
druggists.  But  there  is  a better,  because  quicker  method  of  cure,  and 

1 am  very  sorry  to  say  that  for  want  of  knowledge  in  regard  to  the 
value  of  medicine,  it  is  not  usually  kept  by  druggists.  I mean  the 
Tincture  of  Gelseminum,  It  is  an  unrivaled  Febrifuge.  It  relaxes  the 
sj'-stem,  without  permanent  prostration  of  strength.  Its  specific  action 
is  to  cloud  the  vision,  give  double-sightedness  and  inability  to  open  the 
eyes,  with  distressed  prostration  ; which  will  gradually  pass  off  in  a few 
hours,  leaving  the  patient  refreshed,  and  if  combined  with  quinine, 
completely  restored.  To  administer  it : 

10.  Take  the  tincture  of  gelseminum,  50  drops,  put  into  a vial, 
and  add  5 tea-spoons  of  water ; quinine,  10  grs.  Shake  when  used 
Dose. — One  tea-spoon  in  half  a glass  of  sweetened  water,  and  repeat 
every  two  hours. 

Watch  carefully  its  action,  and  as  soon  as  you  discover  its  specific 
action,  as  mentioned  above,  give  no  more. 

Dr.  Hale,  of  this  city,  one  of  the  more  liberal  class  of  physicians 
(and  I use  the  term  liberal  as  synonymous  with  the  term  successful,^ 
prefers  to  add  twenty-five  drops  of  the  tincture  of  veratrum  viride  with 
the  gelseminum,  and  give  as  there  directed.  And  in  case  that  their  fair 
specific  action  should  be  brought  on,  give  a few  spoons  of  brandy,  to  raise 
the  patient  from  his  stupor,  or  what  is  preferable  : 

11.  Carbonate  of  ammonia,  ^ oz. ; water,  4 ozs. ; mix.  Dose.^ 
One  table-spoon  every  15  or  20  minutes,  until  revived. 

If  Dr.  Hale’s  addition  should  be  used,  it  will  be  found  applicable  h 
all  cases  of  fever,  except  in  Typhoid  accompanied  with  its  own  exces 
sive  prostration  ; without  the  addition  of  the  veratrum  it  is  applicable 
in  all  cases  of  fever  above  described.  Of  course,  in  all  cases  where  tin. 
fever  is  thus  subdued,  you  will  continue  quinine,  or  some  other  appro 
priate  tonic  treatment,  to  perfect  a cure,  and  prevent  a relapse.  And 
it  might  not  be  amiss  here  to  give  a plan  of  preparing  a nourishing  and 
agreeable  lemonade  for  the  sick,  and  especially  for  persons  afflicted  with 
fever : 

12.  Lemonade,  Nourishing,  for  Fever  Patients.— Arrowrooi, 

2 or  3 tea-spoons,  rubbed  up  with  a little  cold  water,  in  a bowl  or 
pitcher  which  will  hold  about  1 qt. ; then  squeeze  in  the  juice  of  half  ot 
a good  sized  lemon,  with  two  or  three  table-spoons  of  white  sugar,  and 
pour  on  boiling  water  to  fill  the  dish,  constantly  stirring  whilst  adding 
the  boiling  water. 

Cover  the  dish,  and  when  cold,  it  may  be  freely  drank  to  allay 
thirst,  as  also  to  nourish  the  weak.  But  some  will  prefer  the  following : 


Medical  Department . 


81 


13.  Prof.  HufclamPs  Drink  for  Feyer  Palients  or  Excessive 
Thirst. — Cream  of  fartar,  oz. ; water,  3 qts. ; boil  until  dissolved; 
after  taking  it  from  the  tire,  add  a sliced  orange,  with  from  to  3 ozs. 
#of  white  sugar,  according  to  the  taste  of  the  patient ; bottle  and  keep 
eool. 

To  be  used  for  a common  drink  in  fevers  of  all  grades,  and  at  any 
time  when  a large  amount  of  drink  is  craved  by  the  invalid.  Neither  is 
there  any  bad  taste  to  it  for  those  in  health. 

UTERINE  HEMORRHAGES.— Prof.  Platt’s  Treatment,  Twenty 
Years  without  a Failure. — Sugar  of  lead,  10  grs. ; ergot,  10  grs. ; 
opium,  3 grs.;  ipecac,  1 gr. ; all  pulverized  and  well  mixed.  Dose. — 
10  to  12  grs.,  given  in  a little  honey  or  syrup. 

I11  very  bad  cases  after  childbirth,  it  might  be  repeated  in  thirty 
minutes,  or  the  dose  increased  to  fifteen  or  eighteen  grains;  but  in 
cases  of  rather  profuse  wasting,  repeat  it  once  at  the  end  of  three 
hours,  will  usually  be  found  all  that  is  necessary.  If  not,  repeat 
occasionally,  as  the  urgency  of  the  case  may  seem  to  require. 

Prof.  Platt  is  connected  with  Antioch  College,  O.,  and  has  been  a 
very  successful  practitioner. 

DYSPEPSIA. — In  the  good  old  days  of  corn  bread  and  crust  coffee, 
there  was  but  little  trouble  with  Dyspepsia;  but  since  the  days  of 
fashionable  intemperance,  both  in  eating  and  drinking,  such  as  spirit- 
uous liquors,  wines,  beers,  ale,  tea,  and  coffee,  hot  bread  or  biscuit, 
high  seasoned  food,  overbading  the  stomach  at  meals,  and  constant 
eating  and  drinking  between  meals,  bolting  the  food,  as  called — that 
is,  swallowing  it  without  properly  chewing — excessive  venery,  want 
of  out-door  exercise,  with  great  anxiety  of  mind  as  to  how  the  means 
can  be  made  to  continue  the  same  indulgences,  etc.,  all  have  a 
tendency  to  debilitate  the  stomach,  and  bring  on,  or  cause  Dyspepsia. 

And  it  would  seem  to  the  Author  that  the  simple  statement  of  its 
cause — the  truth  of  which  no  one  can  reasonably  doubt — would  be 
sufficient  to  at  least  suggest  its  cure.  But  I am  willing  to  state  that,  as 
a general  thing,  this  over-indulgence  would  not  be  continued,  nor 
would  it  have  been  allowed,  had  they  known  its  awful  consequences. 
I know  that  this  was  true  in  my  own  case,  in  all  its  points;  this  was, 
of  course,  before  I had  studied,  or  knew  but  little  of,  the  power  of 
the  human  system  or  the  practice  of  medicine,  and  it  was  for  the 
purpose  of  finding  something  to  cure  myself,  that  I commenced  its 
study;  for  it  was  by  years  of  over-indulgence  at  table,  and  between 
meals,  in  the  grocery  business  whifti  I was  carrying  on,  that  I brought 
on  such  a condition  of  the  stomach  that  eating  gave  me  the  most 
intolerable  suffering — a feeling  almost  impossible  to  describe ; first  a 
feeling  of  goneness  or  want  of  support  at  the  stomach ; heat,  lassitude, 
and  finally  pain,  until  a thousand  deaths  would  have  been  a great 
relief;  drink  was  craved,  and  the  mom  I drank  the  more  intolerable 


82 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


the  suffering — apple  cider,  vinegar  and  water  made  palatable  with 
sugar,  excepted.  It  might  be  asked  at  this  point,  what  did  I do?  I 
would  ask,  what  could  I do?  Eat,  'I  could  not;  drink,  I could  not. 
Then  what  else  was  to  be  done,  only  to  do  without  either.  What, 
starve?  No. 

Treatment. — Take, — no  just  stop  taking.  “ Throw  all  medicine 
to  the  dogs,” — yes,  and  food  also.  What,  starve?  No,  but  simply  get 
hungry.  Who  ever  heard  of  a dyspeptic  being  hungry?  at  least, 
tnose  who  eat  three  meals  a day.  They  eat  because  the  victuals  taste 
good — mouth  hunger  only. 

The  last  year  or  two  of  my  dyspeptic  life,  I only  ate  because  it 
was  eating  time,  and  supposed  I must  eat  or  die,  when  I only  died 
forty  deaths  by  eating. 

All  physicians  whose  books  I have  read,  and  all  whose  prescrip- 
tions I have  obtained,  say:  “Eat  little  and  often;  drink  little  and 

often.”  I say  eat  a little,  and  at  the  right  time — that  is,  when  hungry 
at  the  stomach;  drink  a little,  and  at  the  right  time — that  is,  after 
digestion.  And  it  is  of  just  as  much  importance  to  eat  and  drink  the 
right  thing,  as  at  the  right  time. 

Persons  have  been  so  low  in  Dyspepsia,  that  even  one  tea-spoon 
of  food  on  the  stomach  would  not  rest.  In  such  cases  let  nothing  be 
taken  by  mouth  for  several  days;  but  inject  gruel,  rice  water,  rich 
broths,  etc.  But  these  cases  occur  very  seldom. 

First. — Then,  with  ordinary  cases,  if  there  is  much  heat  of  the 
stomach,  at  bed-time,  wet  a towel  in  cold  water,  wringing  it  out  that 
it  may  not  drip,  and  lay  it  over  the  stomach,  having  a piece  of  flannel 
over  it  to  prevent  wetting  the  clothes.  This  will  soon  allay  the  heat, 
but  keep  it  on  during  the  night,  and  at  any  subsequent  time,  as  may 
be  needed. 

Second. — In  the  morning,  if  you  have  been  in  the  habit  of  eating 
about  two  large  potatoes,  two  pieces  of  steak,  two  slices  of  bread,  or 
from  four  to  six  hot  pancakes,  or  two  to  four  hot  biscuits,  and 
drinking  one  to  three  cups  of  tea  or  coffee — Hold,  hold,  you  cry.  No, 
let  me  go  on.  I have  many  times  seen  all  these  eaten,  with  butter, 
honey,  or  molasses,  too  large  in  amount  to  be  mentioned,  with  a taste 
of  every  other  thing  on  the  table,  such  as  cucumbers,  tomatoes,  etc., 
etc.,  and  all  by  dyspeptics;  but, 

You  will  stop  this  morning  on  half  of  one  potato,  two  inches 
square  of  steak,  and  half  of  one  slice  of  cold  wheat  bread — or  I 
prefer,  if  it  will  agree  with  you,  that*you  use  the  “ Yankee  Brown 
Bread,”  only  the  same  quantity;  eat  very  slow,  chew  perfectly  fine,  and 
swallow  it  without  water , tea , or  coffee;  neither  must  you  drink  any,  not 
a drop,  until  one  hour  before  meal  time  again,  then  as  little  as  possible, 
so  as  you  think  not  quite  to  choke  to  death. 

Third. — The  question  now  to  be  settled  i^  did  you  suffer  from  the 


Medical  Department. 


abundance  of  your  breakfast,  or  from  the  kind  of  food  taken  ? If  you 
did  take  less  next  time,  or  change  the  kind , until  you  ascertain  the 
proper  quantity  and  kind,  which  enables  you  to  overcome  this  exceed- 
ing suffering  after  meals;  nay,  more,  which  leaves  you  perfectly 
comfortable  after  meals. 

Lastly. — You  now  have  the  whole  secret  of  curing  the  worst  case 
of  Dyspepsia  in  the  world.  You  will,  however,  bear  in  mind  that 
years  have  been  spent  in  indulgence;  do  not,  therefore,  expect  to  cure 
it  in  days , nay,  it  will  take  months , possibly  a whole  year  of  self- 
denial,  watchfulness,  and  care;  and  even  then,  one  overloading  of  the 
stomach  at  a Christmas  pudding  will  set  you  back  again  for  months. 
Make  up  your  mind  to  eat  only  simple  food,  and  that  in  small  quan- 
tities, notwithstanding  an  over  anxious  wife,  or  other  friend,  will  say, 
aow  do  try  a little  of  this  nice  pie,  pudding,  or  other  dish,  no  matter 
what  it  may  be.  Oh,  now,  do  have  a cup  of  this  nice  coffee,  they  will 
jften  ask;  but  no,  no,  must  be  the  invariable  answer,  or  you  are  again 
a “goner.”  For  there  is  hardly  any  disease  equally  liable  to  relapse 
as  Dyspepsia;  and  indulgence  in  a variety  of  food,  or  overeating  any 
one  kind,  or  even  watery  vegetables  or  fruit,  will  be  almost  certain  to 
jnake  the  patient  pay  dear  for  the  whistle. 

Then  you  must  eat  only  such  food  as  you  know  to  agree  with  you, 
■and  in  just  as  small  quantities  as  will  keep  you  in  health.  Drink  no 
fluids  until  digestion  is  over,  or  about  four  hours  after  eating,  until 
ihe  stomach  has  become  a little  strong,  or  toned  up  to  bear  it,  then  one 
■jup  of  the  “Dyspeptic  Coffee,”  or  one  cup  of  the  “Coffee  Made 
Healthy,”  may  be  used.  But  more  difficulty  is  experienced  from  over- 
drinking than  overeating.  Most  positively  must  dyspeptics  avoid  cold 
water  with  their  meals.  If  the  saliva  and  gastric  juice  are  diluted 
with  an  abundance  of  any  fluid,  they  never  have  the  same  properties 
to  aid,  or  carry  on  digestion,  which  they  had  before  dilution.  Then 
the  only  hope  of  the  dyspeptic  is  to  use  no  fluid  with  his  food,  nor 
Until  digestion  has  had  her  perfect  work. 

Caution. — I may  be  allowed  to  give  a word  of  caution  to  mothers 
as  well  as  all  others.  One  plate  of  food  is  enough  for  health — two, 
and  even  three,  are  often  eaten.  Most  persons  have  heard  of  the  lady 
who  did  not  want  a “ cart  load,”  but  when  she  got  to  eating,  it  all 
disappeared,  and  the  retort,  “Back  up  your  cart  and  I will  load  it 
again,”  was  just  what  I would  have  expected  to  hear  if  the  load  had 
been  given  to  a dyspeptic,  which  it  no  doubt  was.  Then  learn  the 
proper  amount  of  food  necessary  for  health,  and  when  that  is  eaten 
by  yourself  or  child,  stop.  If  pudding  is  on  the  table,  and  you  choose 
to  have  a little  of  it,  it  is  all  right — have  some  pudding;  if  pie,  have  a 
piece  of  pie;  or  cake,  have  a piece  of  cake;  but  do  not  have  all,  and 
that  after  you  have  eaten  twice  as  much  meat  victuals  as  health 
requires.  If  apples,  melons,  raisins,  or  nuts  are  on  the  table,  and 


84 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


you  wish  some  of  them,  eat  them  before  meal,  and  never  after  it.  If 
surprise  is  manifested  around  you,  say  you  eat  to  live , not  live  to  eat.  The 
reason  for  this  is,  that  persons  will  eat  all  they  need,  and  often  more, 
of  common  food,  then  eat  nuts,  raisins,  melons,  etc.,  until  the  stomach 
is  not  only  filled  beyond  comfort,  but  actually  distended  to  its  utmost 
capacity  of  endurance ; being  led  on  by  the  taste , when  if  the  reverse 
course  was  taken,  the  stomach  becomes  satisfied  when  a proper  amount 
of  the  more  common  food  has  been  eaten,  after  the  others. 

Are  you  a grocer,  and  constantly  nibbling  at  raisins,  candy,  cheese 
apples,  and  every  other  edible  ? Stop  until  just  before  meal,  then  eat 
what  you  like,  go  to  your  meal,  and  return,  not  touching  again  until 
meal-time,  and  you  are  safe;  continue  the  nibbling  and  you  do  it  at 
the  sacrifice  of  future  health.  Have  you  children,  or  other  young 
persons  under  you  care  ? See  that  they  eat  only  a reasonable  quantity 
at  meals  and  not  anything  between  them.  Do  this , and  I am  willing 
to  be  called  a fool  by  the  younger  ones,  which  I am  sure  to  be-  bufc 
do  it  not,  and  the  fool  will  suffer  for  his  folly. 

You  may  consider  me  a hard  doctor.  Be  it  so  then.  The  drunk 
ard  calls  him  hard  names  who  says,  give  up  your  “cups.”  But  uv 
sure  as  he  would  die  a drunkard,  so  sure  will  you  die  a dyspeptii 
unless  you  give  up  your  overeating  and  overdrinking  of  water,  tea 
coffee,  wine,  beer,  ale,  etc.  Now  you  know  the  consequences,  sui\ 
yourselves;  but  I have  paid  too  dearly  for  my  experience,  not  to  lift 
a warning  voice,  or  spare  the  guilty. 

In  recent  cases,  and  in  cases  brought  on  by  over-indulgence  a\ 
some  extra  rich  meal,  you  will  find  the  “Dyspeptic  Tea,”  made  fronq 
“ Thompson’s  Composition,”  will  be  all  sufficient,  as  spoken  of  undej 
that  head,  which  see. 

2.  The  wild  black  cherries  put  into  Jamaica  rum,  are  highly 
recommended,  made  very  strong  with  the  cherries,  and  without  sugar 
but  I should  say  put  them  into  some  of  the  domestic  wines,  or  whai 
would  be  still  better,  make  a wine  directly  from  them,  according  tc 
the  directions  under  the  head  of  “Fruit  Wines.” 

3.  Old  “Father  Pinkney,”  a gentleman  of  ninety  years  of  *»go, 
assures  me  that  he  has  cured  many  bad  cases  of  Dyspepsia,  where 
they  would  give  up  their  over-indulgences,  by  takiag: 

Blue  flag  root,  washed  clean,  and  free  from  specks  and  rot 
streaks,  then  pounding  it  and  putting  into  a little  warm  water,  and 
straining  out  the  milky  juice,  and  adding  sufficient  pepper-sauce  to 
make  it  a litte  hot.  Dose. — One  table-spoon  3 times  a day. 

It  benefits  by  its  action  on  the  liver,  and  it  would  be  good  in 
Liver  Complaints,  the  pepper  also  stimulating  the  stomach.  See 
“ Soot  Coffee,”  No.  12,  amongst  the  Ague  medicines. 

LARYNGITIS.— Inflammation  of  the  Throat. — This  complaint 
in  a chronic  form  has  become  very  prevalent,  and  is  a disease  which  i a 


Medical  Department . 


85 


Aggravated  by  every  change  of  weather,  more  especially  in  the  fall 
and  winter  months.  It  is  considered,  and  that  justly,  a very  hard 
disease  to  cure,  but  with  caution,  time,  and  a rational  course  of 
treatment,  it  can-  be  cured. 

The  difficulty  with  most  persons  is,  they  think  that  it  is  an 
uncommon  disease,  and  consequently  they  must  obtain  some  uncom- 
mon preparation  to  cure  it;  instead  of  which,  some  of  the  more  simple 
remedies,  as  follows,  will  cure  nearly  every  case,  if  persevered  in  a 
sufficient  length  of  time.  First,  then,  take  the: 

Alterative  for  Diseases  of  the  Skin.— Compound  tincture  of 
Peruvian  bark,  G ozs. ; fluid  extract  of  sarsaparilla,  1 lb. ; extract  of 
conium,  34  oz.;  iodate  of  potash,  (often  called  hydriodate),  ^ oz.; 
iodine,  34  dr.;  dissolve  the  extract  of  conium  and  the  powders  in  a 
little  of  the  fluid,  and  mix  all.  Dose. — Two  tea-spoons  three  times 
daily,  before  meals,  until  all  is  taken.  Shake  the  bottle  well  before 
using. 

In  the  next  place,  take  the: 

2.  Gargle  for  Sore  Throat.— Very  strong  sage  tea,  34  Pk; 
strained  honey,  common  salt,  and  strong  vinegar,  of  each  2 table 
spoons;  cayenne,  the  pulverized,  one  rounding  tea-spoon;  steeping  the 
cayenne  with  the  sage,  strain,  mix,  and  bottle  for  use,  gargling  from 
4 to  a dozen  times  daily  according  to  the  severity  of  the  case. 

This  is  one  of  the  very  best  gargles  in  use.  By  persevering  some 
three  months,  I cured  a case  of  two  years’  standing,  where  the  mouths 
of  the  Eustachian  tubes  constantly  discharged  matter  at  their  open- 
ings through  the  tonsils  into  the  patient’s  mouth,  he  having 
previously  been  quite  deaf,  the  whole  throat  being  also  diseased.  I 
used  the  preparation  for  “Deafness”  also,  as  mentioned  under  that 
head. 

Remembering  always  to  breathe  through  nature’s  channel  for  the 
breath,  the  nose. 

Besides  the  foregoing,  you  will  wash  the  whole  surface  twice  a 
week  with  plenty  of  the  “ Toilet  Soap,”  in  water,  wiping  dry,  then 
with  a ccfctrse  dry  towel  rub  the  whole  surface  for  ten  minutes  at  least, 
and  accomplish  the  coarse  towel  part  of  it  every  night  and  morning 
until  the  skin  will  remain  through  the  day  with  its  flushed  surface  and 
genial  heat.  This  draws  the  blood  from  the  throat  and  other  internal 
organs,  or  in  other  words,  equalizes  the  circulation.  Know,  and  act 
upon  this  fact,  and  no  inflammation  can  long  exist,  no  matter  where 
it  is  located.  Blood  accumulates  in  the  part  inflamed,  but  let  it  flow 
evenly  through  the  whole  system,  and  of  course  there  can  be  no 
inflammation. 

You  will  also  apply  to  the  throat  and  breast  the  following: 

3.  Sore  Throat  Liniment. — Gum  camphor,  2 ozs.;  castile  soap 
shaved  line,  1 dr. ; oil  of  turpentine,  1 table-spoon ; oil  of  origanum, 


86 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


% oz.;  opium,  oz.;  alcohol,  1 pt.  In  a week  or  .ten  clays  it  will  be 
lit  for  use,  then  bathe  the  parts  freely  2 or  3 times  daily. 

This  liniment  would  be  found  useful  in  almost  any  throat  or  other 
disease  where  an  outward  application  might  be  needed.  If  the  fore- 
going treatment  should  fail,  there  is  no  alternative  but  to  bring  in 
emetics  with  the  other  treatment,  and  continue  them  for  a long  time. 

I mention  the  emetic  plan  last,  from  the  fact  that  so  many  people 
utterly  object  to  the  emetic  treatment.  But  when  everything  else  fails, 
that  steps  in  and  saves  the  patient,  which  goes  to  show  how  unjust  the 
prejudice.  the  phrase,  a long  time,  I mean  several  weeks,  twice 
daily  at  first,  then  once  a day,  and  finalty  thrice  to  twice  a week,  etc. 
A part  of  this  course,  you  will  see  by  the  following,  is  corroborated  by 
the  celebrated  Lung  and  Throat  .Doctor,  S.  S.  Fitch,  of  New  York, 
who  says  “it  is  a skin  disease,  and  that  purifying  medicines  are 
necessary  to  cleanse  the  blood — taking  long,  full  breaths,”  etc.  This 
is  certainly  good  sense.  His  treatment  of  throat  diseases  is  summed 
up  in  the  following: 

Note. — “ Wear  but  little  clothing  around  the  neck — chew  often  a 
little  nut-gall  and  swallow  the  juice — wear  a wet  cloth  about  the  throat 
at  night,  having  a dry  towel  over  it — bathe  freely  all  over,  as  in  com 
sumption,  and  especially  bathe  the  throat  with  cold  water  every 
morning,  also  wash  out  the  inside  of  the  throat  with  cold  water — avoid 
crowded  rooms — gargle  with  a very  weak  solution  of  nitrate  of  silver 
— chewing  gold-thread  and  swallowing  the  juice  and  saliva  from  it— 
borax  and  honey  occasionally,  and  gum  arabic  water,  if  much  irritation 
—use  the  voice  as  little  as  possible  until  well,  also  often  using  a 
liniment  externally.” 

I had  hoped  for  very  much  benefit  from  using  croton-oil  exter- 
nally, but  time  has  shown  that  the  advantage  derived  from  it  is  not 
sufficient  to  remunerate  for  the  excessive  irritation  caused  by  its 
continued  application. 

4.  Smoking  dried  mullein  leaves  in  a pipe  not  having  been  used 
for  tobacco,  is  said  to  have  cured  many  cases  of  Laryngitis.  And  I 
find  in  my  last  Eclectic  Medical  Journal  so  strong  a corroboAtlon, 
taken  from  the  Medical  and  Surgical  Reporter,  of  this  fact,  that  I cannot 
refrain  from  giving  the  quotation.  It  says : “in  that  form  of  disease 
in  which  there  is  dryness  of  the  trachea,  with  a constant  desire  to  clear 
the  throat , attended  with  little  expectoration,  and  considerable  pain  in 
the  part  effected,  the  mullein  smoked  through  a pipe  acts  like  a charm 
and  affords  instant  relief.  It  seems  to  act  as  an  anodyne  in  allaying 
irritation,  while  it  promotes  expectoration,  and  removes  that  gelatin- 
ous mucus  which  gathers  in  the  larynx,  and,  at  the  same  time,  by 
some  unknown  power , completely  changes  the  nature  of  the  disease, 
and,  if  persevered  in,  will  produce  a radical  cure.” 

We  read  in  a certain  place  of  a gentleman  who  was  walking 


Medical  Department. 


87 


around  strut  through  a great  city,  and  he  came  across  an  inscription 
“To  the  unknown  God,” — and  directly  we  find  him  explaining  that 
unknown  Being  to  the  astonished  inhabitants.  And  I always  feel, 
like  this  old-fashioned  gentleman,  to  cry  out,  upon  every  convenient 
occasion,  my  belief,  that  it  was  that  God’s  great  wisdom,  seeing  what 
was  required,  ana  His  exceeding  goodness,  providing  according  to  our 
necessities,  this  wonderful,  and,  to  some,  that  unknown  power  in  the 
thousands  of  plants  around  us.  WMit  matters  it  to  us  how  it  is  done  ? 
If  the  cure  is  performed,  it  is  sufficient. 

Since  the  publication  of  the  foregoing,  in  the  ninth  edition,  I have 
been  smoking  the  dried  mullein,  and  recommending  it  to  others.  It 
has  given  general  satisfaction  for  coughs  and  as  a substitute  for 
tobacco  in  smoking,  exhilarating  the  nerves,  and  allaying  the  hacking 
roughs  from  recent  colds,  by  breathing  the  smoke  into  the  lungs.  In 
•me  instance,  after  retiring,  I could  not  rest  from  an  irritation  in  the 
ipper  portion  of  the  lungs  and  throat,  frequently  hacking  without 
-•elief  only  for  a moment.  I arose,  filled  my  pipe  with  mullein, 
•returning  to  bed,  I smoked  the  pipeful,  drawing  it  into  the  lungs,  and 
lid  not  cough  again  during  the  night. 

An  old  gentleman,  an  inveterate  smoker,  from  my  suggestion 
•oegan  to  mix  the  mullein  with  his  tobacco,  one-fourth  at  first,  for  a 
while,  then  half,  and  finally  three-fourths;  at  this  point  he  rested.  It 
satisfied  in  place  of  the  full  amount  of  tobacco,  and  cured  a cough 
which  had  been  left  upon  him  after  inflammation  of  the  lungs.  The 
flavor  can  hardly  be  distinguished  from  the  flavor  of  tobacco  smoke, 
'n  rooms. 

It  can  be  gathered  any  time  during  the  season,  the  centre  stem 
removed,  carefully  dried,  and  rubbed  fine,  when  it  is  ready  for  use. 
ft  gives  a pipe  the  phthisic,  as  fast  as  it  cures  one  on  the  patient;  but 
the  clay  pipe,  which  is  to  be  used,  can  be  readily  cleansed  by  burning 
out. 

Here  is  the  “ Substitute  for  Tobacco  ” for  which  the  French  have 
offered  50,000  francs. 

It  can  be  made  into  cigars  by  using  a tobacco-leaf  wrapper. 

Catarrh  is  often  more  or  less  connected  with  that  disease.  In  such 
cases,  in  connection  with  the  above  treatment,  take  several  times  daily 
of  the  following: 

Catarrh  Snuff.— Scotch  snuff,  1 oz. ; chloride  of  lime,  dried  and 
pulverized,  1 rounding  teaspoon ; mix,  and  bottle,  corking  tightly. 

The  snuff  has  a tendency  to  aid  the  secretion  from  the  parts;  and 
the  chloride  corrects  unpleasant  fetor. 

CANCERS.— To  Cure.— Method  of  Dr.  Landolfi,  (Surgeon- 
General  of  the  Neapolitan  Army,)  and  several  Successful  American 
Methods. — The  principle  upon  which  the  treatment  is  based,  consists 


88 


Dr.  Chase' s Reeipes. 


in  transforming  a tumor  of  malignant  character,  by  conferring  up<?« 
it  a character  of  benignity,  which  admits  of  cure.  This  transforma- 
tion  is  effected  by  cauterization  with  an  agent  looked  upon  as  specific, 
viz.,  chloride  of  bromine,  combined  or  not  with  other  substances, 
which  have  been  tried,  but  have  hitherto  been  employed  separately. 
The  internal  treatment  is  merely  auxiliary.  (Cancers  may  be  known 
from  other  tumors  by  their  shooting  or  lancinating  pains;  and  if  an 
open  sore,  from  their  great  fetor. — Author.)  The  formulas  for  tfie 
caustics  are  with  the  exception  of  a few  cases,  the  following: 

Equal  parts  of  the  chlorides  of  zinc,  gold,  and  antimony,  mixed 
with  a sufficient  quantity  of  flour  to  form  a viscid  paste. 

At  Vienna,  he  used  a mixture  of  the  same  substances  in  different 
proportions;  chloride  of  bromine,  3 parts;  chloride  of  zinc,  2 parts; 
chloride  of  gold  and  antimony,  each  1 part;  made  into  a thick  paste 
with  powdered  licorice  root.  This  preparation  should  be  made  in  an 
open  place,  on  account  of  the  gases  which  are  disengaged. 

The  essential  element  is  the  chloride  of  bromine,  which  has  oftew^ 
been  employed  alone ; thus,  chloride  of  bromine  from  2 % to  4 dru.„ 
and  put  licorice  root  as  much  as  sufficient. 

The  chloride  of  zinc  is  indispensable  in  ulcerated  cancers,  it* 
which  it  acts  as  a hemastatic,  (stopping  blood).  The  chloride  of  gold 
is  only  useful  incases  of  encephaloid  (brain-like)  cancers,  in  which  it 
exercises  a special,  if  not  a specific  action.  Cancers  of  the  skin 
(epitheliomas,)  lupus,  and  small  cystosarcomas,  (watery  or  bloody 
tumors,)  are  treated  with  bromine  mixed  with  basilicon  ointment  in 
the  proportion  of  one  part  of  bromine  to  eight  of  the  ointment.  The 
application  should  not  extend  to  the  healthy  parts,  its  action  being 
often  propogated  through  a space  of  one  or  two  lines.  The  paste 
is  only  allowed  to  remain  on  about  twenty-four  houvs.  Or» 
removing  the  dressing,  a line  of  demarkation  is  almost  alwajrs  found 
separating  the  healthy  from  the  morbid  parts.  The  tumor  is  itself  ii> 
part  whitish  and  part  reddish,  or  marbled  with  yellow  and  blue.  Thf 
caustic  is  replaced  with  the  poultice,  or  with  compresses  smeared  with 
basilicon  ointment  only,  which  are  to  be  removed  every  three  hours 
until  the  scar  is  detached ; the  pain  progressively  diminishing  in 
proportion  as  the  mortification  advances,  the  line  of  demarkation 
daily  becomes  more  evident;  about  the  fourth  or  fifth  day  the  cauter- 
ized portion  begins  to  rise,  and  from  the  eighth  to  the  fifteenth  day  it 
becomes  detached,  or  can  be  removed  with  forceps,  and  without  pain, 
exposing  a suppurating  surface,  secreting  pus  of  a good  quality  and 
covered  with  healthy  granulations.  If  any  points  remain  of  less 
satisfactory  appearance,  or  present  traces  of  morbid  growth,  a little  of 
the  paste  is  to  be  again  applied,  then  dress  the  sore  as  you  would  a 
simple  ulcer.  If  the  suppuration  proceeds  too  slowly,  dress  it  with 
lint  dipped  in  the  following  solution: 


Medical  Department . 89 

tfhiorfde  of  bromine,  20  or  30  drops;  Goulard’s  Extract,  from  1 to 
2 jiffs  *,  cnsiilled  water,  16  ozs. 

In  the  majority  of  cases  healing  takes  place  rapidly,  cicatrization 
progresses  from  the  circumference  to  the  center,  no  complications 
supervene,  and  the  cicatrix  (scar),  resembles  that  left  by  a cutting 
instrument.  His  internal  remedy,  to  prevent  a relapse,  is: 

Chloride  of  bromine,  2 drops;  powder  of  the  seeds  of  water  fenel, 
23  grs. ; extract  of  hemlock,  (Conium  Maculatum,)  12  grs. ; mix  andf 
divide  into  20  pills;  one  to  be  taken  daily  for  two  months,  and  after 
that,  two  pills  dahy  for  a month  or  two  longer,  one  night  and  morning 
after  meals. 

In  any  case  of  Cancer,  either  the  foregoing,  internal  remedy,  or 
some  of  the  other  Alteratives,  should  be  taken  two  or  three  weeks 
before  the  treatment  is  commenced,  and  should  also  be  continued 
several  weeks  after  its  cure. 

2.  Dr.  H.  G.  Budkins’  Method. — This  gentleman,  of  Malaga, 
Monroe  county,  Ohio,  takes: 

Chloride  of  zinc,  the  size  of  a hazel-nut,  and  puts  enough  water 
with  it  to  make  a thin  paste,  then  mixes  with  it  equal  parts  of  flour, 
and  finely  pulverized  charcoal,  sufficient  to  form  a tolerable  stiff  paste. 

He  spreads  this  on  a soft  piece  of  sheep  skin,  sufficiently  large  to 
cover  the  tumor,  and  applies  every  two  days  until  it  is  detached,  then 
dresses  it  with  “ Judkins’  Ointment,”  which  see.  Again — 

3.  L.  S.  Hodgkins5  Method. — This  gentleman  is  a merchant,  of 
Reading,  Mich.  The  method  is  not  original  with  him,  but  he  cured 
his  wife  with  it,  of  cancer  of  the  breast,  after  having  been  pronounced 
incurable.  Some  would  use  it  because  it  contains  calomel — others 
would  not  use  it  for  the  same  reason ; I gave  it  an  insertion  from  the 
fact  that  I am  well  satisfied  that  it  has  cured  the  disease,  and  from  the 
Singularity  of  its  composition. 

Take  a white  oak  root  and  bore  out  the  heart  and  burn  the  chips 
to  get  the  ashes,  34  oz. ; lunar  caustic,  34  °z-i  calomel,  34  oz.;  salts  of 
nitre,  (saltpetre)  34  oz> » the  body  of  a thousand-legged  worm,  dried 
and  pulverized,  all  to  be  made  fine  and  mixed  with  34  lb.  of  lard. 

Spread  this  rather  thin  upon  soft  leather,  and  apply  to  the  cancer, 
changing  twice  a day;  will  kill  the  tumor  in  three  or  four  days, 
which  you  will  know  by  the  general  appearance ; then  apply  a poul- 
tice of  soaked  figs  until  it  comes  out,  fibres  and  all ; heal  with  a plaster 
made  by  boiling  red  beech  leaves  in  water,  straining  and  boiling 
thick,  then  mix  with  bees-wax  and  mutton  tallow  to  form  a salve  of 
proper  consistency.  To  cleanse  the  system  while  the  above  is  being 
used,  and  for  some  time  after: 

Take  mandrake  root,  pulverized,  1 oz. ; Epsom  salts,  1 oz.;  put 
Into  pure  gin,  1 pt.,  and  take  of  this  three  times  daily,  from  one  tea 


90  Dr.  Chase's  Recipes. 

to  a table-spoon,  as  you  can  bear.  He  knew  of  several  other  cures 
from  the  same  plan. 

4.  The  juice  of  pokeberries,  set  in  the  sun,  upon  a pewter  dish, 
and  dried  to  the  consistence  of  a salve,  and  applied  as  a piaster,  has 
cured  cancer. 

5.  Poultices  of  scraped  carrots,  and  of  yellow  dock  root,  have 
both  cured,  and  the  scraped  carrot  poultices,  especially  not  only 
cleanse  the  sore,  but  remove  the  very  offensive  smeil  or  fetor,  which  is 
characteristic  of  cancers. 

©.  A gentleman  in  Ohio  cures  them  oy  making  a tea  of  the 
yellow  dock  root,  and  drinking  of  it  freeiy.  washing  the  sore  with  the 
same  several  times  daily  for  several  days,  then  poulticing  with  the 
root,  mashed  and  applied  twice  daily,  even  on  the  tongue. 

7,  Rev.  C.  C.  Cuyler,  of  Yougnkeepsie,  N.  Y.,  says  he  has 
known  several  cases  cured  as  follows: 

Take  the  narrow-leaved  docx  root  and  boil  it  in  soft  water  until 
very  strong,  wash  the  ulcer  with  this  strong  decoction  3 times  in  the 
24  hours,  till  the  cavity  also  with  the  same  2 minutes,  each  time,  then 
bruise  the  root,  and  lay  it  on  gauze,  and  lay  the  gauze  next  to  the 
ulcer,  and  wet  linen  clotns  m the  decoction  and  lay  over  the  poultice; 
and  each  time  let  the  patient  drink  a wine-glass  of  the  strong  tea  of 
the  same  root,  with  % of  a glass  of  port-wine  sweetened  with  honey. 

§.  Dr.  Buchan’s  work  on  Medicine,  gives  the  case  of  a person, 
who  had  cancer  of  the  tongue,  cured  in  fourteen  days,  as  follows: 

Dilute  nitric  acid,  i oz. ; honey,  2 ozs. ; pure  water,  2 pts.  ;,mix. 
Dose. — Three  table-spoons  frequently,  to  be  sucked  past  the  teeth, 
through  a quill  or  tube. 

Opium  was  given  at  night,  simply  to  keep  down  pain. 

Great  English  Remedy — By  which  a brother  of  Lowell 
Mason  was  cured,  is  as  follows: 

Take  chloride  of  zinc,  bloodroot,  pulverized,  and  flour,  equal 
quantities  of  each,  worked  into  a paste  and  applied  until  the  mass 
comes  out,  then  poultice  and  treat  as  a simple  sore. 

The  Rural  New  Yorker , in  reporting  this  case,  says,  in  applying 
it,  “First  spread  a common  sticking-plaster  much  larger  than  the 
cancer,  cutting  a circular  piece  from  the  center  of  it  a little  larger  thaD 
the  cancer,  applying  it,  which  exposes  a narrow  rim  of  healthy  skin; 
then  apply  the  cancer  plaster  and  keep  it  on  twenty-four  hours.  On 
removing  it,  the  cancer  will  be  found  to  be  burned  into,  and  appears 
the  color  of  an  old  shoe-sole,  and  the  rim  outside  will  appear  white 
and  parboiled,  as  if  burned  by  steam. 

“ Dress  with  slippery  elm  poultice  until  suppuration  takes  place, 
then  heal  with  any  common  salve.” 

!©«.  Armenian  Method.— In  Armenia,  a salve,  made  by  boiling 


Medical  Department. 


9* 


■olive  oil  to  a proper  consistence  for  the  use,  is  reported  by  an  eastern 
traveler  to  have  cured  very  bad  cases. 

11.  Figs  boiled  in  new  milk  until  tender,  then  split  and  applied 
hot — changing  twice  daily,  washing  the  parts  every  change,  with  some 
of  the  milk — drinking  1 gill  of  the  milk  also  as  often. 

And  continuing  from  three  to  four  months,  is  alsb  reported  to 
have  cured  a man  ninety-nine  years  old  by  using  only  six  pounds, 
whilst  ten  pounds  cured  a case  of  ten  years’  standing.  The  first 
application  giving  pain,  but  afterwards  relief,  every  application. 

12.  Red  Oak  Bark. — A salve  from  the  ashes,  has  long  been 
credited  for  curing  cancer,  and  as  I have  recently  seen  the  method 
given  for  preparing  and  using  it,  by  Isaac  Dillon,  of  Oregon,  pub- 
fished  in  a paper  near  him,  I cannot  keep  the  benefit  of  it  from  the 
public.  The  directions  were  sent  to  him  by  his  father,  John  Dillon, 
Sen.,  of  Zanesville,  O.,  and,  from  my  knowledge  of  the  Dillon 
family,  I have  the  utmost  confidence  in  the  prescription.  It  is  as 
follows: 

Take  red  oak  bark  ashes,  1 peck;  put  on  to  them,  boiling  water, 
$ qts. ; let  it  stand  12  hours;  then  draw  off  the  ley  and  boil  to  a thick 
salve;  spread  this,  pretty  thick,  upon  a thick  cloth  a little  larger  than 
the  cancer,  and  let  it  remain  on  3 hours ; if  it  is  too  severe,  half  of  that 
time;  the  same  day,  or  the  next,  apply  again  3 hours,  which  will 
generally  effect  a cure ; after  the  last  plaster,  wash  the  sore  with  warm 
milk  and  water;  then  apply  a healing  salve  made  of  mutton  tallow, 
bark  of  elder,  with  a little  resin  and  bees-wax,  (some  root  of  white 
lily  may  be  added;)  stewed  over  a slow  fire;  when  the  sore  begins  to 
matterate,  wash  it  3 or  4 times  daily,  renewing  the  salve  each  time: 
avoid  strong  diet,  and  strong  drink,  but  drink  a tea  of  sassafras  root 
and  spice-wood  tops,  for  a week  before  and  after  the  plaster. 

13.  Prof.  R.  S.  Newton,  of  Cincinnati,  uses  the  chloride  of  zinc, 
a saturated  solution,  (as  strong  as  can  be  made,)  or  makes  the  chloride 
into  a paste,  with  thick  gum  solution. 

In  cases  of  large  tumors  he  often  removes  the  bulk  of  them  with  a 
knife,  then  applies  the  solution,  or  paste,  as  he  thinks  best,  to  destroy 
any  remaining  roots  which  have  been  severed  by  the  knife. 

14.  Prof.  Calkins,  of  Philadelphia,  prefers  a paste  made  from 
yellow  docx,  red  clover,  and  poke,  using  the  leaves  only,  of  either 
article,  in  equal  quantities. 

Boiling,  straining,  and  simmering  to  a paste,  applying  from  time 
to  time,  to  cancerous  growths  or  tumors,  until  the  entire  mass  is 
destroyed,  then  poultice  and  heal  as  usual. 

But  Dr.  Beach,  of  N.  Y.,  who  is  a man  of  much  experience  in 
cancers,  says  beware  of  the  knife,  or  any  plaster  which  destroys  the 
cancer  or  tumor;  but  first  use  discutients,  (medicines  which  have  a 
tendency  to  drive  away  swellings,)  unless  already  ulcerated,  then,  mild 


92 


Dr . Chase' s Recipes. 


poultices  to  keep  up  a discharge  from  the  ulcer,  with  alteratives, 
continued,  keeping  the  bowels  regular,  etc.,  etc.  The  Vienna  physi- 
cians, as  well  as  Dr.  Beach,  allow  the  inhalation  of  a few  drops  of 
chloroform  where  the  pain  is  excruciating.  And  I would  say,  apply 
a little  externally,  also  around  the  sore. 

Cancers  should  not  be  disturbed  as  long  as  they  do  not  grow  nor 
ulcerate,  but  as  soon  as  either  begins,  then  is  the  time  to  begin  with 
them. 

COSTIVENESS. — To  Cure. — Costive  habits  are  often  brought  on 
by  neglecting  to  go  to  stool  at  the  usual  time,  for  most  persons  have  a 
regular  daily  passage,  and  the  most  usual  time  is  at  rising  in  the 
morning,  or  immediately  after  breakfast;  but  hurry,  or  negligence, 
for  the  want  of  an  understanding  of  the  evil  arising  from  putting  it  off, 
these  calls  of  nature  are  suppressed;  but  let  it  be  understood,  nature „ 
like  a good  workman  or  student,  has  a time  for  each  duty;  then  not 
only  let  her  work  at  her  own  time,  but  if  tardy  go  at  this  time  and  not 
only  aid  but  solicit  her  call,  or  in  other  words: 

When  nature  calls , at  either  door, 

Do  not  attempt  to  bluff  her ; 

But  haste  away,  night  or  day, 

Or,  health  is  sure  to  suffer. 

The  above,  with  attention  to  diet,  using  milk,  roasted  apples,  ami, 
if  not  dyspeptic,  uncooked  apples,  pears,  peaches,  etc.,  at  meal  time, 
“Yankee  Brown  Bread,”  or  bread  made  of  unbolted  wheat,  if  pre 
fered,  and  avoiding  a meat  diet,  will  in  most  cases  soon  remedy  til* 
difficulty.  However: 

2.  In  Very  Obstinate  Cases.— Take  extract  of  henbane,  34  drM 
extract  of  colocyntli,  34  dr.;  extract  of  nux  vomica,  3 grs.;  carefully 
work  into  pill  mass,  and  form  into  15  pills.  Dose. — One  pill  night 
and  morning. 

Continue  their  use  until  the  difficulty  is  overcome,  at  the  sam* 
time,  following  the  previous  directions,  faithfully.  With  many  per 
sons,  the  following  will  be  found  all  sufficient  : 

3.  Brandy,  34  pt. ; and  put  into  it  rhubarb  root,  bruised,  1 dr.* 
hierapicra,  1 oz. ; and  fennel  seed,  34  oz. 

After  it  has  stood  for  several  days,  take  a table-spoon  of  it  three 
times  daily,  before  eating,  until  it  operates,  then  half  the  quantity,  or 
a little  less,  just  sufficient  to  establish  a*  daily  action  of  the  bowels, 
until  all  is  taken.  Or,  the  second  pill  under  the  head  of  “ Eclectic 
Liver  Pill,”  may  be  taken  as  an  alterative  to  bring  about  the  action  of 
the  liver,  which  is,  of  course,  more  or  less  inactive  in  most  cases  of 
long  continued  costiveness. 

4.  Corn  meal,  1 table-spoon  stirred  up  in  sufficient  cold  water  to 
drink  well,  and  drank  in  the  morning,  immediately  after  rising,  has, 
with  perseverance,  cured  many  bad  cases. 

5.  A fresh  egg  beat  in  a gill  of  water  and  drank  on  rising  in  tb* 


Medical  Department. 


93 


morning,  and  at  each  meal,  for  a week  or  ten  days,  has  cured  obstinate 
eases.  It  might  be  increased  to  two  or  three  at  a time  as  the  stomach 
will  bear. 

CHltONIC  GOUT. — To  Cure.— “Take  hot  vinegar,  and  put  into 
it  all  the  table  salt  which  it  will  dissolve,  and  bathe  the  parts  affected 
with  a soft  piece  of  flannel.  Rub  in  with  the  hand,  and  dry  the  foot, 
etc.,  by  the  fire-  Repeat  this  operation  four  times  in  the  24  hours,  15 
minutes  each  time,  for  four  days;  then  twice  a day  for  the  same  period; 
then  once,  and  follow  this  rule  whenever  the  symptoms  show  them- 
selves at  any  future  time.” 

The  philosophy  of  the  above  formula  is  as  follows:  Chronic  gout 
proceeds  from  the  obstruction  of  the  free  circulation  of  the  blood  (in 
the  parts  affected)  by  the  deposit  of  a chalky  substance,  which  is  gen- 
erally understood  to  be  a carbonate  and  phosphate  of  lime.  Vinegar 
■and  salt  dissolve  these;  and  the  old  chronic  compound  is  broken  up. 

% The  carbonate  of  lime,  etc.,  become  acetate  and  muriate,  and  these 
being  soluble,  are  taken  up  by  the  circulating  system,  and  discharged 
by  secretion.  This  fact  will  be  seen  by  the  gouty  joints  becoming  less 
in  bulk  until  they  assume  their  natural  size.  During  this  process,  the 
stomach  and  bowels  should  be  occasionally  regulated  by  a gentle 
purgative.  Abstinence  from  spiritous  libations;  exercise  in  the  open 
air,  and  especially  in  the  morning;  freely  bathing  the  whole  surface; 
eating  only  the  plainest  food,  and  occupying  the  time  by  study,  or 
useful  employment,  are  very  desirable  assistants. 

2.  Gout  Tincture. — Veratrum  viride,  (swamp  hellebore,)  % oz.; 
opium,  34  oz. ; wine,  34  pt* ; let  them  stand  for  several  days.  Dose. — 
15  to  30  drops,  according  to  the  robustness  of  the  patient,  at  intervals 
of  two  to  four  hours. 

M.  Husson,  a French  officer,  introduced  this  remedy  in  gout  some 
sixty  years  ago,  and  it  became  so  celebrated  that  it  sold  as  high  as 
from  one  to  two  crowns  a dose.  It  is  considered  valuable  also  in  acute 
rheumatism.  In  gout  it  removes  the  paroxysms,  allays  pain,  and 
procures  rest  and  sleep,  reduces  the  pulse  and  abates  fever. 

3.  Coffee  has  recently  been  recommended,  not  only  for  gout,  but 
gravel  also.  Mr.  Mosley  observes,  in  his  “ Treatise  on  Coffee,”  that 
the  great  use  of  the  article  in  France  is  supposed  to  have  abated  the 
prevalence  of  the  gravel.  In  the  French  colonies,  where  coffee  is  more 
used  than  in  the  English,  as  well  as  in  Turkey,  where  it  is  the  princi- 
pal beverage,  not  only  the  gravel  but  the  gout  is  scarcely  known.  Dr. 
Faur  relates,  as  an  extraordinary  instance  of  the  effect  of  coffee  on 
gout,  the  case  of  Dr.  Deveran,  who  was  attacked  with  gout  at  the  age 
of  twenty-five,  and  had  it  severely  till  he  was  upwards  of  fifty,  with 
chalk  stones  in  the  joints  of  his  hands  and  feet;  but  for  four  years 
proceeding  the  time  when  the  account  of  his  case  had  been  given  to 


94 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


Dr.  Faur  to  lay  before  the  public,  he  had,  by  advice,  used  coffee,  and 
had  no  return  of  the  gout  afterward. 

PARALYSIS. — If  Recent. — To  Cure. — When  paralysis,  (numb 
palsy,)  has  existed  for  a great  length  of  time,  but  little  benefit  can  be 
expected  from  any  treatment;  but  if  recent,  very  much  good,  if  not  a 
perfect  cure  will  be  the  result  of  faithfully  governing  yourself  by  the 
following  directions  with  this: 

Paralytic  Liniment. — Sulphuric  ether,  6 ozs. ; alcohol,  2 ozs.; 
laudanum,  1 oz. ; oil  of  lavender,  1 oz. ; mix  and  cork  tightly.  In  a 
recent  case  of  paralysis  let  the  whole  extent  of  the  numb  surface  be 
thoroughly  bathed  and  rubbed  with  this  preparation,  for  several 
minutes,  using  the  hand,  at  least  3 times  daily,  at  the  same  time  take 
internally,  20  drops  of  the  same,  in  a little  sweetened  water,  to  pre- 
vent translation  upo  n some  internal  organ. 

It  may  be  used  in  old  cases,  and,  in  many  of  them,  will  undoubt 
edly  do  much  good ; but  I do  not  not  like  to  promise  what  there  is  m> 
reasonable  chance  to  perform.  It  is  welLin  very  recent  cases  to  keej 
the  parts  covered  with  flannels,  with  a large  amount  of  friction  bj 
the  hand;  also,  electricity  scientifically  applied,  that  is  by  a Physician 
or  some  one  who  has  studied  the  nature  and  operations  of  the  electrical 
machine. 

This  liniment  should  be  applied  so  freely,  that  about  an  ounce  s 
day  will  be  consumed,  on  an  arm  or  leg,  and  if  a whole  side  is  palsied, 
proportionally  more.  In  cases  of  pains  in  the  stomach  or  side  a tea* 
spoon  will  be  taken  with  unusual  success  ; or  for  pain  in  the  head, 
apply  to  the  surface,  always  bearing  in  mind  that  some  should  b* 
taken  internally  whenever  an  external  application  is  made.  In  sprain* 
and  bruises  where  the  surface  is  not  broken  it  will  be  found  very 
efficacious.  It  may  be  successfully  rubbed  over  the  seat  of  anj 
internal  disease  accompanied  with  pain. 

ENLARGED  TONSILS. — To  Cure. — Where  the  tonsils  are  en 
larged  from  colds,  or  epidemic  sore  throat, 

Take  No.  six,  1 oz. ; molasses,  2 ozs. ; and  hot  water,  4 ozs.;  mix 
and  sip  a little  into  the  throat  often,  swallowing  a little  also;  it  keeps 
up  a discharge  of  saliva  from  those  parts  and  thus  relieves  their  swollen 
condition ; and  stimulates  to  renewed  healthy  action. 

It  has  proved  very  efficacious  in  the  above  epidemic  cases,  which 
leave  the  tonsils  much  indurated  (hardened),  as  well  as  swollen,  with  a 
tendency  to  chronic  inflammation  of  the  whole  larynx,  or  throat,  often 
with  little  ulcers.  In  that  case: 

Put  10  grs.  of  nitrate  of  silver  to  1 oz.  of  water,  with  3 or  4 drops, 
of  creosote,  and  swab  the  throat  with  it,  and  lay  a flannel  wet  with 
turpentine  upon  the  outside. 

The  worst  cases  will  shortly  yield  to  this  mild  treatment.  Should 
there,  however,  be  a disposition  to  fever,  you  might  also  put  the  feet 


Medical  Department.  95 

into  hot  water  fifteen  or  twenty  minutes,  with  occasional  sponging  the 
whole  surface. 

SICK  HEAD- ACHE. — To  Cure. — Sick  head-ache,  proper,  arises 
from  acidity,  or  oyer-loading  the  stomach ; when  it  is  not  from  over 
eating,  all  that  is  necessary,  is  to  soak  the  feet  in  hot  water  about 
twenty  minutes,  drinking  at  the  same  time  some  of  the  herb-teas,  such 
as  pennyroyal,  catnip,  or  mint,  etc.,  then  get  into  bed,  cover  up  warm 
and  keep  up  a sweating  process  for  about  an  hour,  by  which  time 
relief  will  have  been  obtained;  but  when  food  has  been  taken  which 
remains  in  the  stomach,  it  is  much  the  best  way  to  take  an  emetic,  and 
the  following  is  the: 

2.  Eel  ectic  Emetic. — Which  is  composed  of  lobelia,  and  ipeca- 
cuanha, equal  parts,  and  bloodroot  half  as  much  as  of  either  of  the 
others,  each  pulverized  separately,  and  mix  thoroughly.  Dose. — 
Half  a common  tea-spoon  every  15  or  20  minutes  in  some  of  the  warm 
teas,  for  instance,  camomile  flowers,  pennyroyal,  or  boneset — drinking 
freely  between  doses  of  the  same  tea  in  which  you  take  it;  continue 
until  you  get  a free  and  full  evacuation  of  the  contents  of  the  stomach. 

After  the  operation,  and  when  the  stomach  becomes  a little  set- 
tled, some  nourishment  will  be  desired,  when  any  of  the  mild  broths, 
or  gruel,  should  be  taken,  in  small  quantities,  without  fear  of  increas- 
ing the  difficulty. 

“There  is,  probably,  no  emetic  surpassing  this,  either  in  efficacy  of 
action,  or  efficiency  in  breaking  up  morbid,  unhealthy  conditions  of 
the  sjrstem  generally,  and  exciting  healthy  action.  It  is  excellent  in 
croup,  chronic  affections  of  the  liver  or  stomach  etc.,  and  in  fact,  when 
and  wherever  an  emetic  is  needed.’’ — Beach. 

But  after  a full  trial  of  both,  upon  my  own  person  and  others,  I 
prefer  lobelia  seed  alone,  pulverized,  when  used.  The  manner  of 
administering  them  has  been  the  cause  of  bringing  the  lobelia  emetic 
into  disrepute.  I take  “Thompson’s  Composition  ” tea,  made  as  there 
directed  and  drink  two  saucers  of  it,  fifteen  minutes  apart,  and  with 
the  third  I stir  in  one  rounding  tea-spoon  of  lobelia  seed,  pulverized, 
and  drink  it;  then  every  fifteen  minutes  I take  another  saucer  of  the 
tea  until  free  vomiting  takes  place,  not  taking  any  more  of  the  lobelia; 
by  this  course  I think  it  more  efficient  and  thorough  than  the  mixed 
emetic,  and  entirely  free  from  danger  of  the  “alarming  symptoms,” 
as  they  are  called,  brought  on  by  continuing  to  give  the  lobelia  every 
few  minutes  instead  of  waiting  its  action,  and  all  for  want  of  knowl- 
edge as  to  what  that  action  should  be;  but  if  you  give  it  its  own  time, 
continuing  the  stimulating  tea,  it  will  have  its  specific  action,  which  is 
to  vomit,  no  matter  at  which  end  it  is  introduced.  When  it  begins  to 
vomit  it  will  generally  continue  its  action  until  it  empties  the  stomach, 
then  I begin  to  substitute  the  composition  with: 

3,  Dread  Tea,  Used  in  Taking  Emetics. — Made  by  taking  a piece 


96 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


of  dry  bread  and  crumbing  it  into  a bowl,  with  a little  salt,  pepper, 
and  butter,  to  suit  the  taste,  then  pouring  boiling  water  upon  it;  this 
soon  allays  the  retching,  and  strengthens  the  stomach  to  renewed 
healthy  action. 

Periodical  Headache. — There  are  those  who  have  sick  headache 
coming  on  at  periods  of  from  a few  weeks  to  two  or  three  months, 
lasting  two  or  three  days,  accompanied  with  nausea,  and  occasionally 
with  vomiting.  In  these  cases  after  using  the  emetic  to  relieve  the 
present  attack,  take  the  Cathartic  Syrup  next  following: 

4.  Cathartic  Syrup. — Best  senna  leaf,  1 oz. ; jalap,  34  oz.,  but- 

ternut, the  inner  bark  of  the  root,  dried  and  bruised,  2 ozs.;  pepper- 
mint leaf,  34  oz. ; fennel  seed,  34  oz. ; alcohol,  34  pt. ; water,  134  pts. ; 
sugar,  2 lbs.;  put  all  into  the  spirit  and  water,  except  the  sugar,  and 
let  it  stand  2 weeks,  then  strain,  pressing  out  from  the  dregs,  adding 
the  sugar  and  simmering  a few  minutes  only,  to  form  the  syrup.  If  it 
should  cause  griping  in  any  case,  increase  the  fennel  seed  and  pepper- 
mint leaf.  Dose. — One  table-spoon,  once  a day,  or  less  often  if  the 

bowels  become  too  loose  up  to  the  next  period  when  the  headache 
might  have  been  expected,  and  it  will  not  be  forthcoming. 

This  is  a mild  purgative,  and  especially  pleasant.  Most  persons, 
after  a trial  of  it,  will  adopt  it  for  their  general  cathartic,  and  especi- 
ally  for  children.  Increase  or  lessen  the  dose,  according  to  the  effect 
desired. 

Females  in  a weak  and  debilitated  condition,  often  have  a head- 
ache  which  is  purely  sympathetic;  this  they  will  distinguish  by  theii 
general  weakness,  irregularities,  and  light-headed  ness,  often  amount^ 
ingto  real  pain;  in  such  cases  take  the  following: 

5.  Headache  Drops. — Castor,  gentian,  and  valerian  roots,  bruised, 
34  oz. ; laudanum,  1 oz. ; sulphuric  ether,  134  ozs.;  alcohol,  PM 
water,  34  pt*  > put  all  into  a bottle  and  let  stand  about  10  days.  Dose. 
— A tea-spoon  as  often  as  required,  or  2 or  3 times  daily. 

6.  Tincture  of  Blood- Root. — Made  by  putting  1 oz.  of  the  dried, 
bruised  root,  to  1 pt.  of  gin,  and  taking  1 tea-spoon,  before  eating, 
every  morning,  and  only  eating  a reasonable  amount  of  easily  digested 
food, 

Has  worked  wonders  in  cases  where  headache  has  been  of  very 
long  standing.  And  it  might  not  be  amiss  to  say  that  the  majority  of 
headaches  are  found  amongst  those  who  are  disposed  to  Dyspepsia,  by 
long  continued  over-eating,  then  reducing  the  gastric  juice  by  over- 
drinking, even  of  water,  tea  or  coffee. 

A Mies  paper  gives  one  which  is  easily  tried.  It  is  as  follows: 

7.  “ Charcoal,  a Cure  for  Sick  Headache. — It  is  stated  that  two 
tea-spoons  of  finely  powdered  charcoal,  drank  in  half  a tumbler  of 
water,  will,  in  less  than  15  minutes,  give  relief  to  the  sick  headache, 
when  caused,  as  in  most  cases  it  is,  by  superabundance  of  acid  on  the 


Medical  Department.  97 

stomach.  We  have  tried  this  remedy  time  and  again,  and  its  efficacy 
in  every  instance  has  been  signally  satisfactory.” 

When  headache  has  been  brought  on  by  eating  too  freely  of  boiled 
beef,  cabbage,  etc.,  or  any  other. indigestible  dinner,  one  cup  of  “good 
tea,”  at  tea  time,  eating  only  a slice  of  dry  bread,  will  often  allay  the 
nervousness,  quiet  the  head,  and  aid  in  getting  to  sleep.  The  “ Good* 
Samaritan  ” applied  to  the  head  is  also  good.  k 

DELIRIUM  TREMENS.— To  Obtain  Sleep. — Give  an  emetic  of 
ipecacuanha,  then  give  15  to  18  grs.  of  the  same,  every  2 hours,  using 
the  shower  bath,  and  giving  all  the  beef  tea  the  patient  desires. 

The  jail  Physician  of  Chicago  reports  thirty-six  favorable  cases 
treated  as  above.  In  Boston,  at  the  “ House  of  Correction,”  the  danger 
arising  from  the  sudden  loss  of  their  accustomed  stimulus,  according 
to  Puritanic  economy,  is  overcome  by  administering,  freely,  a strong 
lecoction  of  wormwood. 

2.  Stimulating  Anodyne. — Sulphate  of  quinine,  12  grs. ; sulphate 
f)f  morphine,  1 gr. ; mix,  and  divide  into  6 powders.  Dose. — One 
powder  every  hour. 

Prof.  King,  of  Cincinnati,  O.,  says  that  from  two  to  four  powders  of 
die  above  anodyne,  will  nearly  every  time  produce  sleep  in  this  whisky 
4elirium. 

TYPHUS  FEVER.— To  Prevent  Infection. — Take  nitre,  (saltpetre) 
pulverized,  % oz. ; oil  of  vitriol,  % oz.;  put  the  nitre  into  a tea-cup  and 
«$et  it  on  a red  hot  shovel,  adding  the  vitriol  one-sixtli  at  a time,  stirring 
\t  with  a pipe  stem;  avoiding  the  fumes  as  they  rise  from  the  cup;  no 
danger,  however,  in  breathing  the  air  of  the  room. 

The  above  amount  is  sufficient  for  a room  twelve  by  sixteen  feet, 
and  less  or  more  according  to  the  size  of  other  rooms.  Dr.  J.  C. 
’Smith,  of  London,  is  said  to  have  received  from  Parliament  £5000  for 
■making  this  recipe  public. 

2.  To  purify  the  air  from  noxious  effluvia  in  sick  rooms,  not  of  a 
contagious  character,  simply  slice  three  or  four  onions,  place  them 
upon  a plate  upon  the  floor,  changing  them  three  or  four  times  in  the 
twenty  four  hours. 

3.  Disinfectant,  for  Rooms,  Meat,  and  Fish. — Common  salt,  % 
a tea-cup;  sulphuric  acid,  2 or  3 ozs. ; put  about  34  oz.  °f  the  acid  upon 
the  salt  at  a time,  every  15  minutes,  stirring,  until  all  is  put  on. 

Which  will  purify  a large  room;  and  for  meat  or  lisli,  hang  them 
up  in  a box,  having  a cover  to  it,  and  thus  confine  the  gas,  and  tainted 
articles  of  food  will  soon  be  purified,  by  the  same  operation.  And 
notwithstanding  so  much  wa£  paid  for  the  “ Smith  Disinfectant,”  the 
above  will  be  found  equally  good. 

4.  Coffee,  dried  and  pulverized,  then  a little  of  it  sprinkled  upon 
a hot  shovel,  will,  in  a few  minutes,  clear  a room  of  all  impure  effluvia, 
■and  especially  of  an  animal  character. 

5 


98 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


5.  Chloride  of  Lime. — Half  a saucer  of  it,  moistened  with  an 
equal  mixture  of  good  vinegar  and  water,  a few  drops  at  a time  only, 
will  purify  a sick-room  in  a few  minutes. 

SWEATING  PREPARATIONS. — Sweating  Drops. — Ipecacuanha* 
saffron,  Virginia  snakeroot,  and  camphor  gum,  each  2 ozs.;  opium,  y% 
oz.;  alcohol,  2 qts.  Let  stand  2 weeks,  shaking  occasionally.  Dose. — 
A tea-spoon  in  a cup  of  hot  pennyroyal,  spearmint,  or  catnip  tea, 
every  half  hour,  until  perspiration  is  induced;  then  once  an  hour,  for 
a few  hours. 

It  is  excellent  in  colds,  fevers,  pleurisy,  inflammation  of  the  lungs, 
etc.  It  is  good  to  soak  the  feet  in  hot  water  at  the  same  time. 

2.  Sweating  with  Burning  Alcohol.— Pour  alcohol  into  a 
saucer,  to  about  half  fill  it;  place  this  under  a chair;  strip  the  person 
to  be  sweated,  of  all  clothing,  and  place  him  in  the  chair,  putting  a 
comforter  over  him,  also;  now  light  a match  and  throw  it  into  the 
saucer  of  alcohol,  which  sets  it  on  fire,  and  by  the  time  the  alcohol  i* 
burned  out  he  will  be  in  a profuse  perspiration,  if  not,  put  in  naif  a* 
much  more  of  alcohol  and  fire  it  again, which  will  accomplish  tne  object, 
then  rise  up  and  draw  the  comforter  around  you,  and  get  into  bed 
following  up  with  hot  teas  and  sweating  drops,  as  in  the  first  above. 

This  last  plan  of  sweating  is  also  good  in  recent  coids,  pleurisy 
inflammation  of  the  lungs,  and  all  other  inflammatory  diseases,  either 
in  recent  attacks,  or  of  long  standing  complaints.  See  the  closing 
remarks  after  the  treatment  of  “ Pleurisy,”  also  “ Ginger  Wine.” 

IMPERIAL  DROPS.— For  Gravel  and  Kidney  Complaints.- 
Take  saltpetre,  1 oz. ; putting  it  into  an  iron  morrar,  dropping  in  i, 
live  coal  with  it,  which  sets  it  on  fire;  stir  it  around  until  it  all  melt*, 
down  into  the  solid  form,  blow  out  the  coals,  and  pulverize  it ; ther 
take  an  equal  amount  of  bicarbonate  of  potassia,  or  suleratus,  ano 
dissolve  both  in  soft  water,  2 ozs.  Dose. — From  20  to  30  drops,  morning 
and  evening,  in  a swallow  of  tea  made  from  flaxseed,  or  a solution  oi 
gum  arabic. 

In  connection  with  the  drops,  let  the  patient  take  from  a table- 
spoon to  two  or  three  table-spoons  of  onion  juice — that  is.  all  the 
stomach  will  bear — eating  all  the  raw  onions  he  can,  and  continue  it 
until  free  of  the  complaint.  I have  seen  gravel  the  size  of  a.  common 
quill,  crooked,  and  one  and  one-fourth  inches  in  length,  which  a lady 
passed  from  the  bladder,  and  smaller  bits  almost  innumerable,  by  the 
simple  use  of  onion  juice  alone. 

The  onion  juice,  (red  onions  are  said  to  be  the  best,)  has,  and  may 
be  injected  through  a catheter  into  the  bladder,  have  no  fears  to  do 
this,  for  I know  a physician  of  forty  years’  practice  who  has  done  it 
five  times  with  success — a physician,  however,  would  have  to  be  called 
to  introduce  the  oatheter. 

2.  In  what  is  termed  “ Fits  of  the  gravel,”  that  is  where  small 


Medical  Department. 


99 


gravel  has  become  packed  in  the  ureter,  (tube  which  leads  from  the 
kidney  to  the  bladder,)  causing  excruciating  pain  in  that  region,  a pill 
of  opium  must  be  given,  varying  in  size  from  one  to  three  grains,  ac- 
cording to  the  pain,  strength,  and  age  of  the  patient. 

3.  A strong  decoction  made  by  using  a large  handful  of  smart- 
weed,  adding  a gill  of  gin,  and  a gill  each  of  horse-mint  and  onion 
juices,  and  taking  all  in  12  hours,  has  been  known  to  discharge  gravel . 
in  large  quantities. — Philadelphia  Eclectic  Journal.  i 

The  surest  sign  of  gravel  is  the  dark  appearance  of  the  urine,  as  if 
mixed  with  coffee  grounds,  and  a dull  pain  in  the  region  of  the 
kidnej’ — if  only  inflammation,  the  darkness  will  not  appear.  See  the 
closing  remarks  upon  “ Gout.” 

CAMPHOR  ICE.— For  Chapped  Hands  or  Lips.— Spermaceti 
tallow,  ozs.;  oil  of  sweet  almonds,  4 tea-spoons;  gum  camphor, 
% oz.;  made  fine.  Set  on  the  stove  until  dissolved,  constantly  stirring. 
Use  only  just  sufficient  heat  to  melt  them. 

Whilst  warm,  pour  into  moulds  if  desired  to  sell,  then  paper  and 
put  up  in  tin-foil.  If  for  your  own  use,  put  up  in  a tight  box.  Apply 
to  the  chaps  or  cracks  two  or  three  times  daily,  especially  at  bed  time. 

BURNS.— Salve  for  Burns,  Frost-Bites,  Cracked  Nipples,  etc.— 
Equal  parts  of  turpentine,  sweet  oil,  and  bees- wax  ; melt  the  oil  and 
wax  together,  and  when  a little  cool,  add  the  turpentine,  and  »tir  until 
cold,  which  keeps  them  evenly  mixed. 

Apply  by  spreading  upon  thin  cloth — linen  is  the  best.  I used  this 
salve  upon  one  of  my  own  children,  only  a year  and  a half  old,  which 
had  pulled  a cup  of  hot  coffee  upon  itself,  beginning  on  the  eyelid  and 
extending  down  the  face,  neck  and  breast,  also  over  the  shoulder,  and 
in  two  places  across  the  arm,  the  skin  coining  off  with  the  clothes  ; in 
fifteen  minutes  from  the  application  of  the  salve,  the  child  was  asleep, 
and  it  never  cried  again  from  the  burn,  and  not  a particle  of  scar  left. 

It  is  good  for  chaps  on  hands  or  lips,  or  for  any  other  sore.  If  put 
on  burns  before  blistering  has  taken  place,  they  will  not  blister.  And 
if  applied  to  sore  or  cracked  nipples  every  time  after  the  child  nurses,  it 
soon  cures  them  also.  For  nipples,  simply  rubbing  it  on  is  sufficient. 

I find  it  valuable  also  for  pimples,  and  common  healing  purposes ; and 
I almost  regret  to  add  any  other  preparations  for  the  same  purposes, 
for  fear  that  some  will  neglect  this ; but  as  there  may  be  cases  where 
some  of  the  following  can  be  made  when  the  above  cannot,  I give  a few 
others  known  to  be  valuable.  The  first  one  is  from  Dr.  Downer,  of 
Dixboro,  within  six  miles  of  our  city  ; he  used  it  in  a case  where  a boy 
fell  backwards  into  a tub  of  hot  water,  scalding  the  whole  buttock, 
thighs,  and  privates,  making  a bad  scald  in  a bad  place,  but  he  suc- 
ceeded in  bringing  him  successfully  through,  and  from  its  containing 
opium,  it  might  be  preferable  to  the  first  in  deep  and  very  extensive 


roo  Dr.  Chase's  Recipes. 

burns,  but  in  that  case  the  opium  might  be  added  to  the  first.  It  is  a» 
follows : 

2.  Dr.  Downer’s  Salve  for  Burns.— Bees  wax,  4 ozs. ; opium,  34 
oz. ; sugar  of  lead,  1 oz. ; melt  the  bees-wax,  and  rub  the  lead  up  in  the 
wax,  then  the  opium ; and  finally  add  about  a gill  of  sweet  oil,  or 
sufficient  to  make  a salve  of  proper  consistence. 

Spread  lightly  on  cloth — no  pain,  he  says,  will  be  felt  under  its  use 
He  highly  recommends  it  for  the  pain  and  inflammation  of  Piles, 
also  : 

3.  Poultice  for  Burns  and  Frozen  Flesh. — A.  Bronson,  of  Mead- 
ville,  Pa.,  says,  from  15  years’  experience,  that  Indian  meal  poultices 
covered  with  young  hyson  tea,  moistened  with  hot  water,  and  laid  over 
burns  or  frozen  parts,  as  hot  as  can  be  borne,  will  relieve  the  pain  in  5 
minutes,  and  that  blisters,  if  they  have  not,  will  not  arise,  and  that  one 
poultice  is  usually  sufficient. 

4.  Salve  for  Burns. — Bees-wax,  Burgundy  pitch,  white  pine 
pitch,  and  resin,  of  each,  34  lb. ; mutton  tallow,  34  lb-  5 goose  oil,  1 gill ; 
tar,  34  glU  5 mixed  and  melted  together,  and  used  as  other  salves. 

This  was  used  successful!}'  on  a very  bad  case,  burned  all  over  the 
face,  neck,  breast,  bowels,  etc.,  soothing  and  quieting  pain,  giving  rest 
and  sleep  directly. 

5.  Garden  and  Kitchen  Salve  for  Burns  and  Frost  Bites.— Live- 

forever  and  sweet  clover  leaves,  camomile  and  sweet  elder,  the  inner 
bark,  a handful  of  each ; simmer  them  in  fresh  butter  and  mutton  tal- 
low, of  each,  34  lb- ; when  crisped,  strain  out  and  add  2 or  3 ozs.  of 
bees-wax  to  form  a salve.  Spread  very  thin  on  thin  cloth. 

Mrs.  Miller,  of  Macon,  Mich.,  cured  a bad  case  with  this,  burned  by 
the  clothes  taking  fire,  nearly  destroying  the  whole  surface.  She 
speaks  of  it  in  equal  praise  for  cuts  and  frost-bites.  See  the  “Green 
Ointment  also  for  Chilblains.” 

G. ' The  white  of  an  egg  beat  up,  then  beat  for  a long  time  with 
a table-spoon  of  lard,  until  a little  water  separates  from  them,  I have 
found  good  for  burns. 

7.  The  white  oxide  of  bismuth,  rubbed  up  in  a little  lard,  is  also 
a good  application  in  burns. 

§.  Glycerine  and  tannin,  equal  weights,  rubbed  together  into  an 
ointment,  is  very  highly  recommended  for  sore  or  cracked  nipples. 
See  “ Dr.  Raymond’s  statement  in  connection  with  the  treatment  of 
Piles.” 

ITCHING  FEET  FROM  FROST-BITES.— To  Cure.  — Take 
hydrochloric  acid,  1 oz. ; rain  water,  7 ozs.;  wash  the  feet  with  it  2 or 
3 times  daily,  or  wet  the  socks  with  the  preparation,  until  relieved. 

A gentleman  whose  feet  had  been  frozen,  in  the  Alps,  eight  years 
before,  and  another  man’s  had  been  frozen  two  years  before,  on  the 
Sierra  Nevada  Mountains,  were  effectually  cured  by  its  use. 


Medical  Department. 


IOI 


CHILBLAINS.— To  Cure.—  Published  by  Order  of  the  Govern- 
ing A>  of  Wirtemburg.— Mutton  tallow  and  lard  of  each  % lb. ; melt 
in  an  iron  vessel  and  add  hydrated  oxyde  of  iron,  2 ozs. ; stirring 
continually  witn  an  iron  spoon,  until  the  mass  is  of  an  uniform  black 
color;  then  let  it  cool  and  add  Venice  turpentine,  2 ozs. ; and  Armen- 
ian bole,  1 oz. ; oil  of  bergamot,  1 dr. ; rub  up  the  bole  with  a little, 
olive  oil  before  putting  it  in. 

Apply  several  times  daily  by  putting  it  upon  lint  or  linen — heals> 
the  worst  cases  in  a few  days. 

Chilblains  arise  from  a severe"  cold  to  the  part,  causing  inflamma- 
tion, often  ulcerating,  making  deep,  and  very  troublesome,  and  long* 
continued  sores. 

FELONS. — If  Recent,  to  Cure  in  Six  Hours. — Venice  turpentine, 

1 oz.,  and  put  into  it  half  a tea-spoon  of  water,  and  stir  with  a rough 
stick  until  the  mass  looks  like  candied  honey;  then  spread  a good  coat 
on  a cloth  and  wrap  around  the  linger.  If  the  case  is  only  recent,  it 
will  remove  the  pain  in  6 hours. 

2-  A poke  root  poultice  on  a felon  cures  by  absorption,  unless 
•natter  is  already  formed;  if  it  is,  it  soon  brings  it  to  a head,  and  thus 
saves  much  pain  and  suffering. 

3.  Blue  flag  and  helebore  roots,  equal  parts,  boiled  in  milk  and 
water,  then  soak  the  felon  in  it  for  twenty  minutes,  as  hot  as  can  be 
oorne,  and  bind  the  roots  on  the  parts  for  one  hour,  has  cured  many 
felons,  when  commenced  in  time. 

4.  A poultice  of  clay,  from  an  old  log  house,  made  and  kept  wet 
with  spirits  of  camphor,  is  also  good. 

5.  Felon  Ointment. — Take  sweet  oil,  % pt.,  and  stew  a 3 cent 
plug  of  tobocco  in  it  until  the  tobacco  is  crisped;  then  squeeze  it  out 
and  add  red  lead,  1 oz.,  and  boil  until  black;  when  a little  cool,  add 
pulverized  camphor  gum,  1 oz. 

Mrs.  Jordan,  of  Clyde,  O.,  paid  ten  dollars  for  this  recipe,  and 
has  cured  many  bad  felons,  as  well  as  fellows,  with  it.  Bad  fellows 
because  they  did  not  pay  her.  Certainly,  *his  is  a rational  use  of 
tobacco. 

6.  Felon  Salve. — A salve  made  by  burning  one  table-spoon  of 
copperas,  then  pulverizing  it  and  mixing  with  the  yolk  of  an  egg,  is 
said  to  relieve  the  pain,  and  cure  the  felon  in  twenty-four  hours;  then 
heal  with  cream  two  parts,  and  soft  soap  one  part.  Apply  the  healing 
salve  daily  after  soaking  the  part  in  warm  water. 

DEAFNESS.— If  Recent,  to  Cure— if  not,  to  Relieve. — Hen’s  oil, 

1 gill ; and  a single  handful  of  the  sweet  clover  raised  in  gardens  ; 
stew  it  in  the  oil  until  the  juice  is  all  out,  strain  it  and  bottle  for  use. 

Where  deafness  is  recent,  it  will  be  cured  by  putting  three  or  four 
d»*ops  daily  into  the  ear,  but  if  of  long-standing,  much  relief  will  be 
^Kained  if  continued  a sufficient  length  of  time. 


102 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


2.  Much  has  been  said  in  France  about  sulphuric  ether  first  trie& 
by  Madame  Cleret,  of  Paris;  and,  although  she  lost  her  reason  by  the 
elation  of  feeling  brought  on,  no  doubt,  by  the  honor  given  her  for 
the  discovery,  yet  the  continued  trial  of  the  article  does  not  give  the 
satisfaction  which  had  been  hoped  for,  from  its  first  success. 

WARTS  AND  CORNS. — To  Cure  in  Ten  Minutes. — Take  a small 
piece  of  potash  and  let  it  stand  in  the  open  air  until  it  slacks,  then 
thicken  it  to  a paste  with  pulverized  gum  arabic,  which  prevents  it 
from  spreading  where  it  is  not  wanted. 

Pare  off  the  seeds  of  the  wart  or  the  dead  skin  of  the  corn,  and 
apply  the  paste,  and  let  it  remain  on  ten  minutes;  wash  off,  and  soak 
the  place  in  sharp  vinegar  or  sweet  oil,  either  of  which  will  neutralize 
the  alkali.  Now  do  not  jam  nor  squeeze  out  the  wart  or  corn,  like 
“ street-corner  peddlers,”  but  leave  them  alone,  and  nature  will 
remove  them  without  danger  of  taking  cold,  as  would  be  if  a sore  is 
made  by  pinching  them  out.  Corns  are  caused  by  pressure;  in  most 
cases  removing  the  pressure  cures  the  corn.  Nine  of  every  ten  corns 
can  be  cured  by  using  twice,  daily,  upon  it  any  good  liniment,  and 
wearing  loose  shoes  or  boots.  See  “ Good  Samaritan.” 

2.  Cure  for  Corns. — If  a cripple  will  take  a lemon,  cut  off  a 
piece,  then  nick  it  so  as  to  let  in  the  toe  with  the  corn,  the  pulp  next 
the  corn — tie  this  on  at  night,  so  that  it  cannot  move — he  will  find  next 
morning,  that,  with  a blunt  knife,  the  corn  will  come  away  to  a great 
extent.  Two  or  three  applications  of  this  will  make  a “ poor  cripple  ’’ 
happy  for  life. — London  Field. 

3.  Acetic  acid,  touched  to  hard  or  soft  corns,  night  and  morning, 
for  one  week,  will  cure  them.  So  will  the  Samaritan  Liniment,  which 
see. 

4.  Dr.  Hariman’s  Innocent  and  Sure  Cure  for  Corns,  Warts 
and  Chilblains. — Nitric  and  muriatic  acids,. .blue  vitriol,  and  salts  of 
tartar,  of  each  1 oz. ; add  the  blue  vitriol,  pulverized,  to  either  of  the 
acids,  and  in  the  same  way  add  the  salts  of  tartar;  when  done  foam- 
ing, add  the  other  acid,  affd  in  a fews  days  it  will  be  fit  for  use. 

Directions. — For  frosted  feet,  rub  them  with  a swab  or  brush, 
wet  with  this  solution  very  lightly,  every  part  that  is  red  and  dry;  in 
a day  or  two,  if  not  cured,  apply  again  as  before.  For  corns,  apply 
in  like  manner,  scraping  off  dead  skin  before  using.  For  warts,  wet 
once  a week  until  they  disappear,  which  will  be  soon,  for  it  is  a certain 
cure  in  all  the  above  cases,  and  very  cheap.  So  says  the  Doctor,  of 
Anderson,  Ind. 

5.  A gentleman  in  Ohio  offers  to  pay  ten  dollars  apiece  for  all 
corns  not  cured  in  three  days  by  binding  a bit  of  cotton  batting 
upon  it,  and  wetting  it  three  times  a day  with  spirits  of  turpentine. 

6.  I am  assured  by  a gentleman  of  Syracuse,  N»  Y->  that  a 


l 


Medical  Department. 


*°3 

plaster  of  the  “ Green  Mountain  Salve,”  put  upon  a corn,  will  com- 
pletely cure  it  by  the  time- it  naturally  comes  off. 

LINIMENTS— Good  Samaritan— Improved.— Take  98  per  cent, 
alcohol,  2 qts.,  and  add  to  it  the  following  articles:  Oils  of  sassafras, 

hemlock,  spirits  of  turpentine,  tincture  of  cayenne,  catachu,  guaicaci, 
(guac.)  and  laudanum,  of  each,  1 oz. ; tincture  of  myrrh,  4 ozs.;  oil  of 
origanum,  2 ozs.;  oil  of  wintergreen,  34  oz-?  gum  camphor,  2 ozs.; 
and  chloroform,  134  ozs* 

I have  used  the  above  liniment  over  five  years,  and  cannot  speak 
too  highly  of  its  value ; I have  cured  myself  of  two  severe  attacks  of 
rheumatism  with  it,  the  first  in  the  knee  and  the  last  in  the  shoulder, 
three  years  after;  my  wife  has  cured  two  corns  on  the  toes  with  it,  by 
wetting  them  twice  daily  for  a few  days;  and  it  is  hard  to  think  of 
anything  which  it  has  not  cured,  such  as  sprains,  bruises,  cuts,  jams, 
dieumatism,  weak  back,  reducing  swellings,  curing  leg-ache  in  children 
Tom  over-playing,  for  horse  flesh,  &c.  But  you  will  allow  me  one 
remark  about  liniments— they  ought  in  all  cases  to  be  put  ou  and 
-nibbed  in  from  twenty  to  thirty  minutes,  and  laying  the  hand  on  the 
part  until  it  burns  from  its  effects,  instead  of  one  or  two  minutes,  as  is 
die  usual  custom ; and  if  made  by  the  quart,  you  can  use  them  freely, 
as  the  cost  is  only  about  one-eighth  as  much  as  to  purchase  the  two- 
shilling  bottles.  Wetting  flannel  with  the  liniment,  and  binding  on, 
is  a good  manner  of  application.  Dr.  Hale,  of  this  city  has  adopted 
this  liniment  for  general  use;  but  for  headache  and  neuralgia,  he  takes 
eight  ounces  of  it  and  adds  an  ounce  of  chloroform,  and  half  an 
ounce  of  oil  of  wintergreen,  rubbing  upon  the  head,  holding  to  the 
aostrilsx  &c.  The  full  prescription  will  usually  cost  about  two 
dollars. 

2.  Liniment  for  Old  Sores. — Alcohol,  1 qt. ; aqua  amonia, 
tozs.;  oil  of  origanum,  2 ozs. ; camphor  gum,  2 ozs.;  opium,  2 ozs.; 
gum  myrrh,  2 ozs.;  commit  salt,  2 table-spoons.  Mix,  and  shake  oc- 
casionally for  a week. 

This  was  presented  for  insertion  by  H.  Loomis,  of  Edwardsburg, 
Mich.,  hoping  that  it  might  do  many  others  as  much  good  as  it  done 
himself  and  neighbors.  He  showed  me  scars  of  an  old  sore  on  his 
leg  which  he  had  cured  with  it,  after  years  of  suffering;  and  also 
called  up  a young  man  whose  father  he  had  cured  of  a similar  sorp, 
years  before,  which  had  never  broken  out  again ; he  used  it  twice 
daily.  His  leg  became  sore  after  a protracted  fever.  I have  great 
confidence  in  it.  He  uses  it  also  for  cuts,  bruises,  horse  flesh,  inflam, 
matory  rheumatism,  &c.,  &c. 

3.  Dr.  Raymond’s  Liniment. — Alcohol,  1 qt. ; oils  of  origanum- 
2 ozs.,  and  wormwood,  1 oz. ; with  camphor  gum,  2 ozs.;  spirits  of 
turpentine,  2 ozs.;  and  tincture  of  cantharides,  1 oz.  Mixed,  and  used 

other  liniments. 


io4 


Dr.  Chase's  Recipes. 


Dr.  D.  W.  Raymond,  of  Conneaut,  O.,  thinks  that  the  last  is  the 
best  liniment  in  the  world. 

4.  German  Rheumatic  Fluid.— Oils  of  hemlock  and  cedar,  of 

each  34  oz.;  oils  of  origanum  and  sassafras,  each,  1 oz. ; aqua  am- 
monia, 1 oz. ; capsicum,  pulverized,  1 oz. ; spirits  of  turpentine  and 
gum  camphor,  each,  % oz,;  put  all  into  a quart  bottle  and  fill  with  95 
per  cent,  alcohol. 

The  Germans  speak  equally  in  praise  of  this  fluid,  as  a liniment, 
as  Dr.  Raymond  does  of  his,  besides  they  say  it  is  very  valuable  for 
cholic  in  man  or  horse.  Dose.— For  cholic,  for  man,  half  a tea-spoon ; 
for  a horse,  one-half  to  one  ounce  in  a little  warm  water  every  fifteen 
minutes,  until  relieved. 

A gentleman  purchased  a horse  for  seventy^five  dollars  which  had 
been  strained  in  one  of  the  fetlocks,  worth  before  the  strain  one 
hundred  and  twenty-five  dollars.  He  cured  him  with  this  liniment, 
and  sold  him  for  the  original  value.  He  cured  his  wife*  also  of 
neuralgia,  with  the  same  since  I have  published  this  recipe  Judge  ye 
of  its  value. 

5.  Cook’s  Electro-Magnetic  Liniment.— Best  alcohol,  1 gal.s. 
oil  of  amber,  8 ozs. ; gum  camphor,  8ozs.;  Castile  soap,  shaved  fine, 
2 ozs. ; beef  gall,  4 ozs.;  ammonia,  3 F's  strong,  12  ozs.;  mix,  and 
shake  occasionally  for  twelve  hours,  and  it  is  fit  for  use. 

This  will  be  found  a strong  and  valuable  liniment,  and  also  cheap 
It  may  be  used  in  swellings,  strains,  &c.,  and  rubbed  upon  the  throat 
breast,  and  lungs,  in  asthma,  sore  throat,  etc. 

6.  Liniment  for  Spinal  Affections. — Take  a pint  bottle  and 
put  into  it  oil  of  origanum,  wormwood,  spirits  of  turpentine,  and  gum 
camphor,  of  each  1 oz.,  and  fill  it  with  the  best  alcohol. 

Mr.  Barr,  a gentleman  with  whom  I have  been  acquainted  fo> 
some  four  years,  has  been  troubled  with  sp^jal  weakness  and  pains, 
and  he  finds  great  relief  from  the  use  of  this  liniment ; and  hi& 
daughter  took  it  internally  for  a cough  also,  with  success. 

7.  Great  London  Liniment. — Take  chloroform,  olive  oil,  and 
aqua  ammonia,  of  each  1 oz.;  acetate  of  morphia,  10  grs.  Mixv  and 
^use  as  other  liniments.  Very  valuable. 

§.  Gum  Liniment.—Take  gum  myrrh,  gum  camphor,  and  gum 
opium,  of  each  34  oz-  5 cayenne  pepper,  34  oz.  » alcohol,  1 pt.;  mix. 

This  liniment  is  ready  for  use  in  three  or  four  days,  and  is  very 
highly  recommended  by  E.  Burrows,  of  t Matamora.  Lapeer  Co. , 
Mich.  Pie  prefers  rum,  if  a good  article  can  be  got,  in  place  of  the 
alcohol.  This  would  be  excellent  in  cnolic  or  diarrhoea,  also. 

9.  Patent  Liniment. — In*  order  that  those  who  purchase  the 
patent  liniments  may  know  what  they  are  buying,  I give  a formula 
from  which  over  twelve  thousand  dolDn*’  worth  of  liniment  was 


Medical  Department. 


I05 

/n  two  years’  time,  but  one  of  the  partners  going  out  of  the  firm,  and 
into  the  livery  business,  gave  me  the  plan  as  follows: 

Take  whisky,  15  gals.;  and  put  into  it  2 lbs.  of  capsicum,  pulver- 
ized, let  it  stand  10  days  and  percolate,  or  draw  off  the  whisky,  free  of 
the  sediment ; in  the  meantime  take  1 gal.  of  the  spirits  of  turpen- 
tine, and  put  into  it  oils  of  origanum,  horse-mint,  sassafras, 
and  hemlock,  6 ozs.  each ; add  gum  camphor,  2 lbs.  Mix,  and  it  is 
r®ady  to  sell,  for  the  purpose  of  gulling  those  who  suppose  everybody 
to  be  honest  because  they  are  themselves  so. 

But  that  no  loss  may  arise  from  the  space  this  liniment  recipe 
occupies  here,  1 will  tell  you  how  to  make  a good  liniment  by  using 
a part  of  that  with  the  following: 

Take  of  the  patent  liniment,  8 ozs. ; sweet  oil  and  oils  of  origa- 
num, sassafras  and  aqua  ammonia,  of  each,  2 ozs.,  and  mix,  shaking 
well  as  used,  and  this  mixture  will  make  a splendid  horse  liniment, 
with  which  you  can  easily"  blister,  by  bandaging  the  part  if  desired, 
and  wetting  the  bandage  with  it. 

The  first  would  cost  less  than  $1.00  per  gallon,  whilst  the  retail 
price,  two  shillings  per  bottle,  makes  it  oyer  $2.00  per  quart.  See 
where  your  money  goes. 

10.  Labelia  and  Cayenne  Liniment. — Take  a quart  bottle  and 
put  into  it  % oz.  of  cayenne,  pulverized,  then  put  in  2 ozs.  of  lobelia 
herb,  and  fill  up  the  bottle  with  whisky;  in  two  weeks  it  is  ready  for 
use,  and  applicable  for  cuts,  bruises,  strains,  sprains,  etc.;  and  it  will 
heal  cork  cuts  in  the  feet  of  oxen  or  horses,  without  stopping  them, 
from  labor,  and  with  but  very  little  soreness,  by  applying  two  or  three 
times  daily. 

I know  a gentleman  who  had  a gash  cut  in  his  scalp,  four  inches 
*11  length,  and  to  the  skull  in  depth,  by  a falling  limb,  which  by  the 
use  of  this  liniment  only,  as  strange  as  it  may  appear,  it  healed  with- 
out pain  or  soreness.  But  some  may  object  to  it  as  a whisky  liniment. 
I admit  it  to  be  such,  but  by  knowing  how  to  make  it  yourselves,  you 
get  it  for  a whisky  price,  and  if  it  be  not  found  as  good  as  one-half  of 
the  two-shillings-a-bottle  liniments,  then  you  may  tell  me  that  I do  not 
know  when  I have  a good  thing. 

It.  Liniment — Said  to  be  St.  John’s. — For  70  dozen  bottles,  take 
spirits  of  turpentipe  and  sdneca  oils,  of  each  4 gals. ; linseed  or  sweet 
oil,  2 £als. ; oils  of  origanum,  hemlock,  juniper,  amber,  and  laudanum, 
of  each  3 qts. ; spirits  of  ammonia,  1 qt. ; tincture  of  arnica,  2 gals. ; 
camphor  gum,  1 lb.  Put  all  into  a keg  and  shake  well ; when  you  wish 
to  fill  into  smaW  bottles,  shake  it  well  and  draw  into  a convenient  bottle 
or  pitcher  to  pour  from ; and  shake  it  well  every  time  you  fill  five 
bottles;  and  shake  the  bottle  whenever  you  use  the  liniment ; thus  it 
might  be  called  Shaking  Liniment.  No  matter  what  you  call  it, 
however,  it  is  a good  one. 


106  Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 

I obtained  the  recipe  of  a young  man  who  worked  in  Mr.  St.  Jolrn’i 
store  over  a year ; yet  much  care  was  taken  to  prevent  the  knowledge  of 
its  exact  composition  from  being  found  out  by  assistants;  it  is  a well 
known  fact,  however,  that  an  observing  mind  can  learn  muchj 
although  not  expressed  in  words.  Perhaps  he  will  blame  me  for  pub* 
lisliing  information  gained  in  that  way,  but  I obtain  knowledge  for  the 
benefit  of  the  people  ; and  as  I have  called  on  the  Doctor  two  different 
times,  to  sell  my  work,  but  could  not  succeed,  I do  not  feel  under  any 
special  obligations  to  him,  and  if  I did,  I go  in  for  the  greatest  good  to 
the  greatest  number.  Were  it  not  so,  J should  not  publish  much  that 
is  contained  in  this  work,  for  ihere  are  many  persons  who  have,  and 
are  making  fortunes  out  of  single  recipes,  now  published  for  the  benefit 
of  the  world. 

Because  I could  not  sell  my  Kecipes  to  I.  L.  St.  John,  a Druggist, 
of  Tiffin,  O.,  however,  is  not  saying  I do  not  sell  them  to  Druggists 
generally,  as  I do.  In  Aurora,  111.,  I sold  to  six,  and  in  Pomeroy,  O., 
to  seven,  every  one  in  either  place,  which  is  not  common.  They  are, 
however,  not  only  anxious  to  obtain  information  generally,  but  also 
willing  to  impart  it  to  others ; and  how  Mr.  St.  John  should  have 
obtained  as  good  recipes  as  the  ones  here  attributed  to  him,  without 
sometime  having  bought,  is  a little  surprising ; for,  as  a general  rule, 
tnose  who  put  out  “ Patent  Medicines,”  are  not  themselves  the  origina- 
tors of  the  recipes;  even  Dr.  Jayne  is  reported,  I know  not  how  truly, 
to  have  picked  up  the  recipe  in  an  out-house,  for  his  celebrated  Altera- 
tive. 1 say,  then,  am  I not  justified  in  publishing  these  recipes  ? Nay, 
more!  am  I not  honorable  in  thus  benefiting  the  people?  I rest  the 
matter  with  them ; always  willing  to  abide  their  decision. 

Persons  only  wishing  to  put  up  for  their  own  use,  will  take  one- 
seventieth  the  various  amounts,  which  will  be  about  as  follows: 

Turpentine  and  seneca  oils,  of  each  7*4  ozs. ; sweet  oil  and  tincture 
of  arnica,  of  each  ozs. ; oils  of  origanum,  hemlock,  juniper,  am- 
ber, and  laudanum,  of  each  1 % ozs. ; spirits  of  ammonia,  34  oz. ; and 
gum  camphor,  34  oz- » which  makes  a little  less  than  1 qt.,  there  being 
64  qts.,  besides  the  gum  camphor,  in  the  whole  amount. 

This  calculation  will  be  sufficiently  near  for  all  practical  purposes. 

I have  sold  the  condition  powder  and  liniment,  out  of  the  drug 
store,  made  by  the  Doctor,  which  has  always  given  good  satisfaction. 
And  I think  any  one  who  tries  both  will  be  as  well  pleased  with  those 
made  from  these  recipes  as  with  that  which  is  sent  out  from  Tiffin,  and 
make  it  for  one-fourth  the  cost  of  the  other. 

COD  LIYEK  OIL.— Made  Palatable  and  More  Digestible.— To 
each  bottle,  add  fine  table-salt,  1 oz.  Mix  well. 

By  this  very  simple  plan  cod  liver  oil  has  its  peculiar  unpleasant- 
ness overcome,  as  well  as  made  far  more  easy  for  the  stomaph  to  dispose 
of.  But  even  with  this  improvement,  I do  not  consider  a table-spoon 


Medical  Department. 


107 


equal,  for  consumption,  to  a glass  of  rich,  sweet  cream,  with  a tea-spoon 
of  best  brandy  in  it,  to  he  drank  at  each  meal. 

CONSUMPTIVES. — Syrup  Very  Successful.— Take  tamarack  bark, 
without  rossing,  (the  moss  may  be  brushed  off,)  1 peck;  spikenard 
ro^t,  i^lb.;  dandelion  root  % lb.;  hops,  2 ozs.  Boil  these  sufficiently 
to  get  the  strength,  in  2 or  3 gals,  of  water,  strain  and  boil  down  to 
one  gal.;  when  blood  warm  add  3 lbs.  of  honey  and  3 pints  of  best 
brandy ; bottle,  and  keep  in  a cool  place.  Dose — A wine-glass  or  a 
little  less,  as  the  stomach  will  bear,  3 or  4 times  daily,  before  meals  and 
at  bed  time. 

Consumption  may  justly  be  called  the  King  of  diseases,  but  he  has 
many  times  been  obliged  to  haul  down  his  colors,  and  give  place  to 
health,  and  consequent  happiness;  when  he  came  in  contact  with  the 
-above  syrup.  It  does  not,  however,  contain  any  of  the  articles  usually 
put  into  syrups  for  this  disease — this  of  itself  ought  to  obtain  for  it  a 
consideration.  I have  been  told,  and  that  by  a professional  man,  that 
fliers  was  not  an  article  in  it  of  any  value  for  consumption.  I have 
acknowledged  it  does  not  contain  any  articles  commonly  used  for  that 
disease ; but  allow  me  to  ask  if  they  cure  the  disease  in  one  case  out  of 
a hundred?  The  answer  is,  no.  I am  now  using  this  on  a case  within 
\ few  miles  of  the  city,  who  had  called  one  of  our  Professors.  He 
promised  benefit,  and  did  benefit  about  one  week;  subsequently,  two 
other  physicians  were  also  called  without  any  lasting  benefit.  He  had 
not  cut  his  wood  for  nearly  a year,  nor  done  other  labor  to  any  extent ; 
.he  has  now  taken  our  syrup  nearly  three  months;  he  was  weak,  spare 
tn  flesh,  and  coughed  very  much,  with  cold  feet  and  surface;  he  is  now 
stout,  fleshy,  and  scarcely  any  cough ; surface  and  feet  warm.  What 
more  can  be  asked?  Vet  he  is  very  careless,  for  I called  on  him  on  a 
cold,  snowy  day,  lately,  and  he  was  in  the  woods,  for  wood.  Do  I need 
better  proof  of  its  value?  Ko  one  would  expect  sickness  of  the 
stomach  to  arise  from  its  use,  from  the  articles  of  which  it  is  com- 
posed, but  the  first  dose  usually  makes  the  person  rather  sick  at  the 
stomach,  and  sometimes  vomits,  but  don’t  fear  to  continue  its  use.  I 
had  rather  trust  fco  tamarack-bark  tea  than  three-fourths  of  the  con- 
sumptive syrup*  of  the  day.  Let  every  one  who  is  afflicted  with 
cough,  be  careful  to  avoid  exposure  as  much  as  possible.  Remember, 
with  this  syrup,  or  disease , as  long  as  there  is  life,  there  is  hope. 

But  it  would  be  deceptive  and  wicked  to  hold  out  to  all  consump- 
tives the  idea  that  they  could  be  cured— facts  speak  like  this,  although 
I have  never  seen  it  in  print,  nor  heard  th’e  remark,  but  my  own 
observation  says  that  nine  of  every  ten  hereditary  consumptives  will, 
in  the  end,  die  of  the  disease,  while  an  equal  number  of  those  whose 
. disease  is  brought  on  by  colds  being  neglected,  or  from  neglect  of 
acute  inflammations,  etc.,  may  be  cured.  Then  those  who  know  their 
parent#  or  others  in  their  family  to  have  gone  with  the  disease,  need 


io8 


Dr.  Chase’s  Recipes. 


hardly  expect  a cure,  notwithstanding  much  benefit  may  be  derived 
from  care,  with  the  above  treatment,  good  diet,  and  out-of-door  exer- 
cise, while  those  whose  systems  are  not  tainted  from  parents,  may 
expect  a permanent  cure. 

I shall  now  throw  in  a few  thoughts  of  my  own,  and  from  the 
experience  of  many  others  in  the  profession,  which  I hope  may  bene- 
fit all  needing  light  on  the  subject. 

Fikst,  then— Do  not  go  South,  to  smother  and  die ; but  go  North, 
for  cool,  fresh  air;  hunt,  fish,  and  eat  freely  of  the  roasted  game ; cast 
away  care,  after  having  trusted  all  in  Christ,  that  it  may  be  well,  liv- 
ing or  dying.  Take  a healthy,  faithful  friend  with  you,  to  lean  upon 
when  needed,  in  your  rambles.  So  shall  it  be  well  with  many  who 
would  otherwise  sink  to  the  consumptive’s  grave.  Have  your  potatoes 
with  you,  and  roast  them  in  the  embers;  your  corn  meal  also,  which 
you  will  mix  with  cold  water,  having  a little  salt  in  it,  and  bake  on  a 
board  before  the  fire,  and  then  say  you  cannot  make  out  a good-' 
flavored  meal,  and  a healthy  one  also,  from  your  roast  venison , ov 
broiled  pish,  and  roast  potatoes  and  johnny- cake.  I will  then  acknowh 
edge  that  you  are  indeed  far  gone  on  the  consumptive’s  track,  and 
especially  if  you  have  been  wandering  over  hills  and  through  the  val- 
leys of  our  northern  country  in  pursuit  of  the  game  of  which  you  ar» 
about  to  partake. 

Secondly, — Do  not  leave  home  after  having  tried  everything  els* 
in  vain,  and  just  ready  to- wrap  the  mai^le  of  the  grave  around  you, 
then  you  need  all  the  care  of  many  friends,  and  a quiet  place  to  die; 
but  strike  out  the  first  thing  when  you  become  certain  that  per* 
manent  disease  has  fastened  upon  the  lungs  ; then  you  may  noi 
only  reasonably  expect  a cure,  but  be  almost  certain.  Have  tht, 
means  with  you  to  avoid  getting  wet  by  rains;  but  often  wash  ain* 
rub  the  whole  surface,  wearing  flannel  next  the  skin,  and  cloth* 
yourself  according  to  the  weather  and  sex;  for  there  is  no  reason  why 
females  should  not  pursue  about  the  same  course.  They  can  dress 
a la  Bloomer , and  with  their  father,  husband,  brother,  or  other  known 
friend,  derive  the  same  benefit  from  out-door  exercise,  like  field  or 
forest  rambles,  botanical  huntings,  geological  surveys,  or  whatever- 
sports  or  realities  may  give  just  the  amount  of  exercise  not  to  fatigut 
the  invalid. 

For  females  who  have  families  and  cannot  leave  them,  gardening 
will  be  the  best  substitute  for  travel,  or  of  all  the  employments  which 
can  be  engaged  in. 

Lastly, — Those  who  are  already  far  down  the  consumptive  track, 
and  confined  at  home,  will  derive  much  benefit  by  using,  at  each  meal, 
half  a pint  of  rich,  fresh  cream.  In  all  cases  it  is  ahead  of  Cod-Liver 
Oil,  with  none  of  its  disagreeableness.  And  if  it  can  be  borne,  a tea. 
to  a table-spoon  of  the  best  brandy  may  be  added. 


Medical  Depart?nent. 


109 

Mach  is  being  said,  nowadays,  about  the  necessity  of  constant 
inflation  of  the  lungs  by  long-drawn  breaths,  holding  the  breath,  also, 
as  long  as  possible,  when  thus  fully  inflated;  but,  for  those  whose 
lungs  are  extensively  diseased,  it  is  not  only  useless,  but  very  danger- 
ous, from  the  liability  to  burst  blood-vessels  in  the  lungs,  causing 
hemorrhage,  if  not  instant  death.  In  the  commencement  of  the 
disease,  however,  or  for  those  in  health,  the  practice  is  decidedly 
good. 

2.  Half  a pint  of  new  milk,  with  a wine-glass  of  expressed  juice 
of  green  hoarhound,  each  morning  for  a month,  is  said  to  have  worked 
wonders  in  relieving  the  soreness  of  the  lungs,  and  giving  tone  to  the 
general  health  in  this  disease. 

3.  Chlorate  of  Potash,  for  Consumption. — A gentleman  of  Iowa 
read  a paper  about  a year  ago  before  the  “ American  Medical  Associa- 
tion,” upon  the  subject  of  Chlorate  of  Potash  in  Consumption,  giving 
the  history  of  a few  cases  only.  For  the  want  of  a more  extended  trial 
of  it,  the  Association  thought  best  not  to  publish  his  paper,  but 
referred  it  back  to  him,  and  to  the  consideration  of  the  other  members 
for  further  test. 

Amongst  those  members  is  Dr.  A.  B.  Palmer,  of  this  city,  one  of  the 
Vice-Presidents  of  the  Association,  and  Professor  of  “ Practice,  Ma- 
teria Medica,”  etc.,  in  the  University  of  Michigan,  at  Ann  Arbor — 
by  the  way,  a gentleman  and  a scholar.  Having  had  much  experience 
in  practice,  he  saw  fit  to  give  it  a trial.  He  has  used  it  in  about  thirty 
cases,  and  with  a single  exception  with  marked  success;  and  in  that 
ease  there  was  at  first  much  improvement,  but  the  patient  was  a German 
who  does  not  understand  our  language  very  well,  and  from  this  fact 
when  he  found  that  it  caused  a heat  or  burning  sensation  in  the  stomach 
instead  of  going  to  the  professor  and  have  the  quantity  lessened,  he 
abandoned  it  altogether.  But  through  Prof.  Palmer’s  kindness  I have 
been  permitted  to  refer  to  other  cases  where  a very  marked  amelioration 
has  taken  place.  One  of  these,  a married  lady,  although  her  lungs 
were  full  of  tubercles,  with  much  coughing,  soreness  of  the  lungs,  with 
sharp  pains  upon  full  breaths  being  taken,  etc.,  finds  her  cough  loose, 
soreness  all  gone,  and  that  full  breaths  can  be  taken  without  pain,  (or 
stitching,  as  commonly  called,)  and  fully  believes  that  if  she  could  have 
had  this  prescription  early  in  the  disease,  she  would  now  have  been 
well,  j^et  derives  much  relief  from  its  use.  Another  lady  has  been 
using  it  only  a few  months,  and  finds  that  her  symptoms  are  all  very 
much  relieved,  and  she  has  gained  seventeen  pounds  in  flesh. 

The  Professor  assures  me  that  in  the  first  few  cases  where  he 
prescribed  the  chlorate,  the  benefits  \Vere  so  marked,  it  was  really 
astonishing;  which,  of  course,  caused  him  to  go  on  in  its  use,  until, 
as  before  remarked,  about  thirty  cases  have  been  more  or  less  benefited 
by  its  use,  under  his  care. 


no 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes . 


His  method  of  giving  it  is  to  put  about  a tea-spoon  of  tin**  mtorate 
into  a glass  of  water,  which  is  to  be  drank  a little  at  a time,  In  from 
six  to  twenty-four  hours,  with  other  appropriate  treatment. 

If  in  any  case  the  chlorate  should  cause  a heat  or  burning  sensation 
at  the  stomaeh,  lessen  the  quantity;  and  unless  this  does  occur,  no 
apprehensions  need  be  felt  in  using  it.  It  improves  the  general  symp- 
toms, lessening  the  pulse,  etc.,  whilst  the  Cod-Liver  Oil  Has  never 
done  anything  more  than  to  benefit  merely  as  food;  £nc*  from  its  very 
disgusting  smell  and  taste,  and  the  almost  impossibility  ot  keeping  it 
upon  the  stomach,  I greatly  prefer  the  fresh  sweet  crea*o  mentioned 
above,  or  the  fat  meat,  as  mentioned  below. 

The  hyper-phosphites  have  been  extensively  used,  ba*  Professor 
Palmer  tells  me  that  in  Paris  and  other  parts  of  Europe,  where  he 
traveled  during  the  past  summer,  that  not  one  well  authenticated  case 
of  cure  by  them  can  be  produced.  But  he  feels  much  encouraged  to. 
hope  that  the  chlorate  will  prove  itself  worthy  of  great  confidence. 

The  above  was  written  one  year  ago ; and  the  reports  coming  in 
since  then,  both  in  America  and  from  Europe,  more  than  confirm  the 
expected  benefits  and  hoped-for  advantages  from  the  use  of  the  chlorate 
in  this  disease. 

4.  Remarks  on  the  Use  of  Fat  Meats— Preyentive  of  C/onsump* 

tion. — There  is  so  much  said  against  the  use  of  fat  meats,  and  especially 
pork,  as  an  article  of  diet,  that  I cannot  better  close  my  remarks  upon 
this  subject  than  by  giving  the  opposite  opinions  of  those  in  high 
places,  corroborated  also  by  my  own  experience. 

Dr.  Dixon,  of  the  Scalpel , some  time  ago,  assumed  the  position 
that  “the  use  of  oils  would  diminish  the  victims  of  consumption 
nine-tenths,  and  that  that  was  the  whole  secret  of  the  use  of  Ood-Livei 
Oil,  to  take  the  place  of  fat  meats.” 

Dr.  Hooker’s  observations  on  the  use  of  fat  meats,  connected  with 
consumption,  are  as  follows : 

“First. — Of  all  persons  between  the  ages  of  15  and  22  years, 
more  than  one-fifth  eat  no  fat  meat.  Second. — Of  persons  at  the  age 
of  45,  all,  excepting  less  than  1 in  50,  habitually  use  fat  meat  Third. 
— Of  persons  who,  between  the  ages  of  15  and  22,  avoid  fat  meat,  a 
few  acquire  an  appetite  for  it,  and  live  to  a good  old  age,  while  the 
greater  portion  die  with  phthisis  (consumption)  before  35.  Fourth. — 
Of  persons  dying  with  phthisis  between  the  ages  of  12  and  45,  nine- 
tenths,  at  least,  have  never  used  fat  meats.” 

“ Most  individuals  who  avoid  fat  meat,  also  use  little  butter  or 
oily  gravies,  though  many  compensate  for  this  want  in  part,  at  least, 
by  a free  use  of  those  articles,  and  also  milk,  eggs,  and  various 
saccharine  substances.  But  they  constitute  an  imperfect  substitute 
for  fat  meat,  without  which,  sooner  or  later,  the  body  is  almost  suJ*e 
to  show  the  effects  of  deficient  calorification,” 


Medical  Department. 


hi 


A lady-lecturer  recently  said  in  this  city,  in  one  of  her  lectures : 
M Pec  a piece  of  porlc  before  a lady:  oh,  horrible!  the  dirty,  nasty, 
filthy  stuff ; give  us  chicken-^ clean,  nice  chicken.”  Now  this  lady, 
certainly,  was  no  farmer’s  wife,  or  she  would  have  observed  that  the 
habits  of  chickens  are  ten  times  more  filthy  than  that  of  the  hog,  if  it 
be  possible;  for  even  the  hog's  leavings  and  droppings  are  carefully 
overhauled  by  them,  and  much  of  it  appropriated  to  “ ladies’ meat.” 
But  their  filthiness  is  no  argument  in  either  case;  for  nature’s  strainer 
(the  stomach)  throws  oft  all  impurities.  Why  do  so  many  young 
ladies , young  clergymen,  and  students , die  of  consumption  ? Simply 
because  chicken  or  other  lean  meats,  hot  biscuit,  etc.,  without  exercise, 
make  up  the  sums  of  their  diet;  when,  if  they  would  eat  fat  meats, 
with  bread  not  less  than  one  day  old,  scrub  floors,  saw  wood,  or  other 
arm  exercise,  according  to  sex,  an  hour  at  each  end  of  each  day,  they 
might  be  spared  for  years — perhaps  to  long  lives  of  usefulness,  to 
dieir  families,  congregations,  or  the  world. 

5.  So  far  as  pork  is  concerned  as  food,  the  following  rule  may 
he  safely  followed  : If  it  agrees  with  the  stomach,  which  is  known 
Dy  its  digesting  without  “risings,”  as  it  is  called,  its  use  may  be 
continued,  but  if  it  rises,  lessen  the  quantity,  and  if  it  still  rises, 
abandon  its  use  altogether;  but  it  digests  better  with  me  than  mutton 
or  chicken , and  I have  been  trying  them  for  nearly  fifty  years.  The 
•same  rule  is  good  for  all  articles  of  food.  As  to  exercise,  for  men  who 
are  not  regular  laborers,  wood-sawing  is  the  best,  next,  horseback 
aiding,  then  walking;  for  women,  hoeing  in  the  garden  or  field,  next, 
sweeping,  dustflig,  etc.,  then  horseback  riding,  walking,  etc. 

6.  But  I have  recently  seen  a piece  going  the  rounds  of  the 
papers  as  the  best  cure  for  consumption  in  the  world,  which  contains 
so  much  good  sense  that  I will  close  my  remarks  on  the  subject  by 
giving  it  a quotation,  and  let  every  one  judge  for  themselves,  which 
to  try,  if  they  see  fit  to  give  either  a trial.  It  is  represented  as  coming 
from  an  exchange  only,  but  from  its  style  of  remark,  I think  it  must 
have  started  from  HalVs  Journal  of  Health : 

“Eat  all  that  the  appetite  requires  of  the  most  nourishing  food, 
such  as  fresh  beef,  lamb,  oysters,  raw  eggs,  fruit,  vegetables,  and  three 
times  a day  take  a glass  of  egg-nog,  made  as  rich  as  the  patient  can 
bear.  Avoid  all  other  alcoholic  drinks.  Bathe  twice  a week  in  water 
made  agreeably  warm,  and  in  a warm  room ; after  bathing,  rub  the 
body  and  limbs  with  sweet  cream  or  sweet  oil.  Exercise  daily  in  the 
open  air;  walking  is  the  best.  Stand  erect,  exercise  the  arms  and 
lungs  freely;  keep  the  mind  cheerful;  take  freely  of  the  best  cough 
syrup,  and  consumption  will  be  a stranger  to  your  household. 

“ For  making  the  best  cough  syrup,  take  1 oz.  of  thoroughwort ; 
l oz.  of  slippery  elm;  1 oz.  of  stick  licorice,  and  1 oz.  of  flax  seed; 
simmer  together  in  1 qt.  of  water  until  the. strength  is  entirely 


1 1 2 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


extracted.  Strain  carefully,  add  1 pt.  of  best  molasses  and  % lb.  of 
loaf  sugar;  simmer  them  all  well  together,  and  when  cold  bottle 
tight.  This  is  the  cheapest,  best,  and  safest  medicine  now  or  ever  in 
use.” 

“ A few  doses  of  one  table-spoon  at  a time  will  alleviate  the  most 
distressing  cough  of  the  lungs,  soothes  and  allays  irritation,  and  if 
continued,  subdues  any  tendency  to  consumption ; breaks  up  entirely 
the  whooping  cough,  and  no  better  remedy  can  be  found  for  croup, 
asthma,  bronchitis,  and  all  affections  of  the  lungs  and  throat.  Thou- 
sands of  precious  lives  may  be  saved  every  year  by  this  cheap  and 
simple  remedy,  as  well  as  thousands  of  dollars  which  would  otherwise 
be  spent  in  the  purchase  of  nostrums  which  are  both  useless  and 
dangerous.” — Exchange.  For  egg-nog,  see  “Stimulant  in  Low  Fe- 
vers.” 

OIN  IMENTS.— For  Old  Sores.— Red*  precipitate,  34  oz. ; sugar  of 
lead,  34  oz.  5 burnt  alum,  1 oz. ; white  vitriol,  34  oz*»  or  a bttlo  less;  alS 
to  be  very  finely  pulverized;  have  mutton  tallow  made  warm,  34  lb.  1 
stir  all  in,  and  stir  until  cool. 

Mr.  Brownell,  of  Dowagiac,  Michigan,  thinks  there  is  no  ointment, 
equal  to  this  for  fever  or  any  other  old  sores,  from  actual  trial,  as 
much  so  as  Mr.  Loomis  does  of  his  Liniment  No.  2. 

2.  Judkin’s  Ointment.—  This  ointment  has  long  been  celebrated 
through  Ohio  and  the  Eastern  States.  It  was  invented  and  put  up  by 
an  old  Doctor  of  that  name,  whose  family  took  to  the  profession  of 
medicine  as  naturally  as  ducks  to  water.  I obtained  of  one  of  the 
sons,  who  is  practicing  at  Malaga,  Ohio,  from  whom  I also  obtained 
Landolfi’s  and  his  own  method  of  curing  cancer,  (see  those  recipes,) 
and  he  always  uses  this  ointment  to  heal  cancers  and  all  other  sores! 

Linseed-oil,  1 pt.;  sweet  oil,  1 oz. ; and  boil  them  in  a kettle  01 1 
coals  for  nearly  4 hours,  as  warm  as  you  can;  then  have  pulverized 
and  mixed,  borax,  34  oz.  ? red  lead,  4 ozs.,  and  sugar  of  lead  1£  ozs.^ 
remove  the  kettle  from  the  fire  and  thicken  in  the  powder  ; continue 
the  stirring  until  cooled  to  blood  heat,  then  stir  in  1 oz.  of  spirits  of 
turpentine;  and  now  take  out  a little,  letting  it  get  cold,  and  if  not 
then  sufficiently  thick  to  spread  upon  thin,  soft  linen,  as  a salve,  you 
will  boil  again  until  this  point  is  reached. 

He  says,  and  I have  no  doubt  of  it,  that  it  is  good  for  all  kinds  of 
wounds,  bruises,  sores,  burns,  white  swellings,  rheumatisms,  ulcers, 
sore  breasts,  and  even  where  there  are  wounds  on  the  inside,  it  has 
been  used  with  advantage,  by  applying  a plaster  over  the  part. 

3.  Sisson’s  Ointment. — Best  brandy,  34  Pt*  ; turpentine,  1 gill  * 
camphor  gum,  1 oz. ; beef’s  gall,  34  pt ; (beef’s  gall  bottled  with  34’ 
pt.  alcohol,  will  keep  nice  for  future  use);  neats-foot  oil,  1 pt.  Mix. 

This  ointment,  or  properly  liniment,  is  probably  not  equaled  for 
reducing  swellings  which  arise  from  bad  bruises,  or  swellings  of  long 


Medical  Department 


“3 


standing;  rub  it  in  for  quite  a length  of  time,  then  wet  a flannel  in  it 
and  wrap  around  the  parts. 

4.  Green  Ointment.— White  pine  turpentine  and  lard.  ^ lb. 
each;  honey  and  bees-wax,  34  lb.  each;  melt  all  together  and  stir  in 
34  oz.  of  very  finely  pulverized  verdigris. 

In  deep  wounds  and  old  sores  this  works  admirably.  It  keeps  out 
proud  flesh  and  heals  beyond  all  calculation,  keeping  up  a healthy 
discharge.  It  was  used  on  a horse,  which  had  run  upon  a fence  stake, 
the  stake  entering  under  the  shoulder-blade  and  penetrating  eighteen 
inches  alongside  of  the  ribs;  the  ointment  was  introduced  by  stiffening 
linen  cloth  with  warm  bees-wax,  and  rolling  it  up  into  what  is  called 
a tent , then  smearing  the  ointment  upon  the  tent,  and  pushing  it  to 
the  bottom  of  the  wound,  which  kept  the  outside  from  healing  until 
it  healed  from  the  bottom,  and  thus  saved  the  horse,  which  everybody 
said  must  die;  and  of  course  everybody  alwa3^s  knows.  The  mail 
owning  the  horse  was  thrown  from  his  buggy  whilst  the  horse  wds 
running,  and  had  a leg  broken ; the  horse  was  well  before  the  man. 
Hiram  Sisson,  an  old  farrier  and  farmer,  of-  Crown  Point,  Essex  Co., 
N.  T.,  has  used  this  and  the  one  bearing  his  name,  No.  3,  several 
years,  and  speaks  of  them  in  the  highest  terms.  Mr.  Wykoff,  a few 
miles  north  of  this  city,  has  used  this  green  ointment  for  several  years, 
curing  a deep  cut  in  the  thigh  of  a friend  in  a few  days  with  it,  which 
induced  him  to  pay  ten  dollars  to  an  English  lady  for  the  recipe;  since 
then  he  cured  a bad  case  of  chilblains,  with  it,  upon  a German  boy 
who  had  not  worn  boots  or  shoes  for  three  years,  on  their  account.  I 
have  now  known  it  for  two  years,  curing  cuts  on  horses’  feet  from 
•stepping  over  corn  stubble  in  spring  ploughing,  by  only  a few  appli- 
cations. It  is  worth  more  than  the  cost  of  this  book  to  any  family  who 
has  not  got  it. 

This,  mixed  with  equal  parts  of  the  “ Magnetic,”  No.  11,  and  the 
World  cannot  beat  it  for  general  use. 

5.  Green  Ointment. — Honey  and  bees-wax,  each  V2  lb. ; spirits 
of  turpentine,  1 oz.;  wintergreen  oil  and  laudanum,  each  2 ozs. ; 
verdigris,  finely  pulverized,  34  oz.;  lard,  lbs. ; mix  by  a stove  fire, 
in  a copper  kettle,  heating  slowly. 

I have  given  this  ointment,  varjing  somewhat  from  the  first 
obtained  of  a gentleman  at  Jamestown,  N.  Y.  who  was  selling  it  in 
large  quantities,  as  he  uses  the  spirits  of  turpentine  instead  of  the 
\^hite  pine,  for  that  frequently  is  hard  to  get,  and  by  some  this  will  be 
preferred,  for  the  flesh  gf  a few  persons  will  inflame  under  the  free 
use  of  verdigris,  and  it  will  be  seen  that  this  last  recipe  has  not  near  as 
much  of  it  in  as  the  first. 

0.  Or.  Kittredge’s  Celebrated  Ointment, — For  “ Pimpled - 
Face,55  66  Prairie  Itch,”  etc. — Take  a pint  bottle  and  put  into  it  nitric 
acid,  1 oz. ; quicksilver,  1 oz.,  and  let  stand  until  the  silver  is  cut; 
tjien  melt  lard.  34  lb.  in  an  earthen  bowl  and  mix  all  together,  and 
^dr  with  a wooden  spatula  until  cold. 


114 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


Old  Dr.  Kittredge  is  an  Allopathic  physician,  but  his  ointment 
been  known,  over  the  whole  State,  as  death  to  the  “Michigan,  or 
Prairie  Itch,”  and  the  Doctor  recommends  it  for  Cancerous,  Scrofulous, 
and  Syrphilitic  Ulcers,  also  Salt-rlieum,  Ring-Worms,  “ Pimpled-Face,” 
Chronic  Inflammation  of  the  Eyelids,  etc.  Application. — For 

cutaneous  eruptions,  scratch  off  the  scab,  warm  the  cerate,  rub  in 
thoroughly  once  a day;  for  running  ulcers,  spread  a thin  plaster,  and 
not  change  oftener  than  once  in  thirty-six  or  forty-eight  hours. 

7.  Mead’s  Salt-rheum  Ointment.— Aquafortis,  1 oz.;  quicksilver, 
1 oz. ; good  hard  soap,  dissolved  so  as  to  mix  readily,  1 oz. ; prepared 
chalk  1 oz.,  mixed  with  1 lb.  of  lard;  incorporate  the  above  by  putting 
the  aquafortis  and  quicksilver  into  an  earthen  vessel,  and  when  done 
effervescing,  mix  with  the  other  ingredients,  putting  the  chalk  in  last, 
and  add  a little  spirits  of  turpentine,  say  34  a table-spoon. 

Mr.  Mead  is  a resident  of  this  city,  advanced  in  age,  over  ninety 
years,  and  great  confidence  may  be  placed  in  this  recipe.  He  sent  it 
for  insertion  in  the  seventh  edition  of  this  work,  and  many  have  tried 
it  with  satisfaction.  He  first  proved  it  on  himself,  after  suffering  with 
Salt-rheum  for  ten  years;  at  first  it  came  back  after  two  years;  he 
then  cured  it  again,  and  now  has  been  free  from  it  about  fourteen 
years.  His  only  object  in  presenting  me  the  recipe  was  to  do  good  to 
his  fellow-creatures.  Some  physicians  think  that  if  nitric  acid  one 
ounce  and  three  drachms,  was  put  upon  the  quicksilver,  and  cut  or 
dissolved  by  gentle  heat,  that  it  would  be  a better  way  to  prepare  it; 
but  I never  wish  to  change  when  an  article  works  as  well  as  this  does. 

8.  Dr.  Gibson,  of  Jamestown,  Pa.,  says  he  has  never  failed  in 
curing  salt-rheum  or  leprosy,  (meaning  very  bad  skin  diseases)  with 
the  following: 

First,  wash  the  part  with  castile  soap  and  water,  dry  with  a soft 
cloth,  then  wet  the  parts  erupted  with  the  tincture  of  iodine,  and  after 
this  gets  dry,  anoint  with  citron  ointment.  When  the  eruption  exists 
about  parts  not  covered  with  clothing,  use  the  following  wash  alter- 
nately with  the  tincture:  Corrosive  sublimate,  1 dr.;  sugar  of  lead,  3 
ozs. ; white  vitriol,  2 scruples;  salammoniac,  3 drs. ; common  salt,  2 
drs. ; soft  water,  1 pt. ; mix. 

He  had  a case— a young  gentleman  who  was  engaged  to  be 
married,  but  the  lady  would  not  marry  him  until  cured  from  the  fact 
that  a sore  of  a leprous  or  obstinate  character  surrounded  his  head 
where  the  hat  came  in  contact  with  it.  But  patience  and  nine  months 
perseverance  removed  the  scab  from  his  crown , and  crowned  him  with 
a help-meet. 

Let  me  here  say,  that  in  any  disease  of  long  standing,  use  some 
of  the  alterative  medicines  to  cleanse  the  blood,  while  using  the  out- 
ward applications.  The  “ Cathartic  Alterative”  is  especially  adapted 
to  the  skin  diseases,  and  should  be  continued  some  time,  even  if  you 
are  not  anxious  to  get  married.  The  Citron  Ointment  is  kept  by 
nearly  all  druggists. 


Medical  Department. 


"5 

9.  White  lead  in  sweet  oil,  used  as  an  ointment,  cured  a lady  in 
fjafayette,  Ind.,  of  a b;id  case  of  Salt-rheum. 

10.  Itch  Ointment. — Unsalted  butter,  1 lb.;  Burgundy  pitch,  2 
ozs. ; spirits  of  turpentine,  2 ozs. ; red  percipitate,  pulverieed,  1^4  oz.; 
melt  the  pitch  and  add  the  butter,  stirring  well  together;  then  remove 
from  the  tire,  and  when  a little  cool,  add  the  spirits  of  turpentine,  and 
lastly  the  precipitate,  and  stir  until  cold. 

This  will  cure  all  cases  of  psora,  usually  called  “ The  Itch,”  and 
many  other  skin  eruptions,  as  pimples,  blotches,  etc. 

Dr.  Beach  thinks  the  animal  which  infests  the  skin,,  in  real  itch, 
is  the  result  of  the  disease,  whilst  most  authors  think  it  the  cause. 

11.  Magnetic  Ointment — Said  to  be  Trask’s. — Lard,  raisins,  cut 
in  pieces,  and  fine-cut  tobacco,  equal  weights;  simmer  well  together, 
^hen  strain,  and  press  out  all  from  the  dregs. 

The  above  is  an  excellent  ointment,  and  looks  like  its  namesake, 
and  its  action  is  really  magnetic.  Mix  this  in  equal  parts  with  the 
first  Green  Ointment,  No.  4,  and  it  will  make  a good  application  in 
Biles,  Salt-rheum,  and  all  cutaneous  or  skin  diseases,  as  well  as  Cuts, 
Bruises,  etc.  If  used  in  Salt-rheum,  some  of  the  alterative  remedies 
must  be  taken  at  the  same  time,  and  long  continued. 

12.  Stramonium  Ointment. — The  probability  is,  that  for  gen- 
eral use,  no  ointment  will  be  found  superior  to  this,  when  properly 
made.  It  is  kept  by  most  druggists,  but  it  is  not  half  as  good, 
generally,  as  if  made  by*the  following  directions.  I give  large  pro- 
portions, from  the  fact  that  it  will  be  used  in  large  quantities. 
Stramonium  is  known  by  the  names  of  “ Jimpson,”  “ Stink-weed,” 
'Thorn-apple,”  etc.,  from  its  thorny  burr. 

Pick  about  a bushel  of  the  leaves,  while  yet  green,  having  a suita- 
ble iron  kettle  placed  over  a slow  fire;  put  in  a few  of  the  leaves,  and 
mash  them  as  you  keep  adding,  until  you  get  them  all  mashed  into  a 
pulpy  mass;  then  put  in  lard,  5 lbs.,  and  stew  to  a crisp;  then  strain, 
and  box  for  use.  Those  who  live  in  towns,  and  prefer  to  make  it 
with  less  trouble,  will  purchase  1 dr.  of  the  soft  extract,  kept  by 
druggists,  rubbing  it  with  a little  water  until  it  is  of  such  a consistence 
as  to  allow  it  to  be  rubbed  into  an  ointment  with  lard,  1 oz.  This  will 
be  better  than  the  sale  ointment,  but  not  as  good  as  the  “Home 
Made,”  above. 

It  is  anodyne  (relieves  pain)  in  burns,  scalds,  old  irritable  ulcers, 
skin  diseases,  painful  hemorrhoids  (Piles),  and  is  discutient  (driving 
away  swellings),  and  very  strengthening  to  broken  limbs,  i.  e .,  after 
the  bones  are  healed,  to  rub  over  the  limb  freely  and  thoroughly.  It 
reduces  the  swelling,  and  gives  tone  to  the  muscles,  tendons,  etc. 

We  have  recently  known  two  cases  of  fracture,  one  a compound 
fracture  of  the#ankle,  the  other  of  the  wrist,  both  in  persons  well 
advanced  in  life;  in  both  cases  strength  returned  very  slowly,  but 
with  double  speed  by  the  free  application  of  this  ointment ; and  in  the 
first  case  it  undoubtedly  prevented  mortification.  It  is  valuable,  also, 
in  painful  or  swelled  fheumatism.  Or,  perjiaps  what  would  be  pre- 


n6 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


ferable  in  such  cases,  is  a tincture  made  from  the  seeds  of  the  thorny 
burr,  two  ounces,  to  alcohol  and  water,  of  each  a half-pint.  If  it  is 
not  found  ahead  of  the  “Tincture  of  Arnica,”  I will  give  you  my  head 
for  a foot-ball.  In  applying  it,  wet  cloths  or  brown  paper,  and  bind 
upon  the  parts,  keeping  them-  well  wet.  To  make  this  tincture,  see 
“ Tinctures.” 

S3.  Toad  Ointment.— For  sprains,  strains,  lame-back,  rheuma- 
tism, caked  breasts,  caked  udders,  etc.j  etc. 

Good  sized  live  toads,  4 in  number;  put  into  boiling  water  and 
cook  very  soft;  then  take  them  out  and  boil  the  water  down  to  34  pt., 
and  add  fresh  churned,  unsalted  butter,  1 lb.,  and  simmer  together;  at 
the  last  add  tincture  of  arnica,  2 ozs. 

This  was  obtained  from  an  old  physician,  who  thought  more  of 
it  than  of  any  other  prescription  in  his  possession.  Some  persons 
might  think  it  hard  on  toads,  but  you  could  not  kill  them  quicker  in 
any  other  way. 

JAUNDICE.— Dr.  Peabody’s  Cure.— In  its  Worst  Forms.— Red 

iodide  of  mercury,  7 grs.;  iodide  of  potassium,  9 grs. ; aqua  dis.  (dis- 
tilled water),  1 oz. ; mix.  Commence  by  giving  8 drops  3 or  4 times  a 
day,  increasing  1 drop  a day  until  12  or  15  drops  are  given  at  a dose. 
Give  in  a little  water  immediately  after  meals.  If  it  causes  a griping 
sensation  in  the  bowls,  and  fullness  in  the  head  when  you  get  up  to 
12  or  15  drops,  go  back  to  6 drops,  and  up  again  as  before. 

In  two  very  bad  cases  of  jaundice,  I have  .known  the  above  to  b* 
entirely  successful. 

I am  aware  that  many  persons  will  not  use  any  preparation  com- 
taining  mercury  in  any  of  its  forms,  while  there  are  many  others  who 
would  use  them  for  that  very  reason.  My  object  is  to  benefit  dllr 
without  strengthening  the  prejudices  of  any.  For  this  reason,  I give 
you  the  following: 

2.  Drink  for  Jaundice. — Tie  up  soot  and  saffron,  equal  parts* 
in  a cloth,  to  the  size  or  half  of  a hen’s  egg;  let  it  lie  in  a glass  of 
water  over  night;  in  the  morning  put  the  yolk  of  an  egg,  beaten,  into 
this  water,  and  drink  it.  Do  this  3 mornings,  skipping  3,  until  nine 
doses  have  been  taken. 

I am  assured  that  it  has  proved  successful  in  many  bad  cases.  See 
also  “ Soot  Coffee,”  Ho.  12,  amongst  the  Ague  remedies. 

PILES.— Successful  Remedies. — Internal  Remedy. — Cream-of- 
tartar,  jalap  pulverized,  senna,  and  flowers  of  sulphur,  1 oz.  each; 
nitrate  of  potash  (saltpetre),  34  oz*  5 golden  seal,  1 oz.,  thoroughly 
pulverize  all  together,  in  a mortar,  and  give  a tea-spoon  three  times 
every  day.  or  the  dose  may  be  varied  to  suit  the  condition  of  the 
patient,  taking  more  or  less  to  suit  circumstances,  keeping  the  bowels 
in  a solvent  state. 

External  Application. — Inner  bark  of  the  white  oak  tree,  boil 
and  strain,  and  boil  again  until  you  obtain  34  pt*  of  the  extract,  very 
thick;  then  add  34  pt.  of  the  oil  of  the  oldest  and  strongest  bacon  you 
can  procure;  simmer  together  until  a union  takes  place  when  cold. 
Then  apply  by  the  finger  up  the  rectum  every  night,  until  well.  Re 
very  strict  to  abstain  from  strong  and  stimulating  diet.  The  above  is 


Medical  Department. 


117 

0 sure  cure  for  blind  or  bleeding  piles,  in  all  cases,  sooner  or  later. 

Dr.  Hairnnan,  of  Andersontown,  Ind.,  has  been  very  successful 
with  this  plan  of  treating- Piles;  and  since  I obtained  the  plan,  now 
two  years,  I have  had  one  opportunity  of  proving  it  efficiency,  upon  a 
gentleman  who  had  been  laid  up  for  days,  and  sometimes  weeks,  with 
the  complaint.  By  a few  applications  of  the  external  remedy  he  has 
been  enabled  to  keep  directly  along  with  his  labor. 

2.  Pile  Cerate. — Carbonate  of  lead,  % oz. ; sulphate  of  morphia, 
15  grs. ; stramonium  ointment,  1 oz.;  olive  oil,  20  drops.  Mix,  and 
apply  3 times  a day,  or  as  occasion  arid  pain  may  require. 

This  create  has  been  highly  celebrated  as  a remedy  in  Piles.  It 
will  relieve  the  pain  most  assuredly.  Piles  nave  been  cured  with  lamp 
oil,  applied  to  the  parts  two  or  three  times  a day.  Even  tallow  or  any 
•simple  ointment,  is  good  for  dry  piles,  that  is,  tor  pain  in  those  parts, 
-•oming  on  often  in  the  dead  of  night,  without  apparent  cause. 

3.  For  External  Piles. — The  following  is  very  highly  spoken 
of:  Take  oyster  shells  wash  and  burn  them,  then  finely  pulverize  and 
rub  up  with  fresh  lard ; anoint  with  this,  and  take  internally,  sulphur, 
■one  ounce,  mixed  with  three  ounces  of  pulverized  resin ; take  night 
and  morning  what  will  lay  on  a five  cent  ]Mece.  Take  every  day  for 
the  first  week,  then  every  three  or  four  days,  until  well,  continuing 
>,he  ointment. 

4.  Mrs.  Morehead,  of  Danville,  Ind.,  cured  herself  of  Piles  by 
simply  sitting  in  a hip-bath  of  warm  water,  every  time  the  pains 
would  come  on,  after  stools,  or  any  other  time,  remaining  in  the  bath 
until  the  pain  left  her.  Her  husband  cured  himself  by  sitting  in  cold 
water,  and  using  upon  the  parts  an  ointment  made  by  stewing  celen- 
dine  in  fresh  lard.  I give  these  various  plans,  so  that  if  any  one  fails, 
a remedy  may  certainly  be  found  amongst  the  many  given. 

5.  G.  P.  Rogers,  of  Ironton,  O.,  has  known  cases  cured  by  using 
the  following  ointment:  Powdered  opium  and  powdered  resin,  one 
ounce  each,  mixed  with  one  ounce  of  tallow,  and  anoint  as  required. 

6.  Dr.  D.  W.  Raymond,  of  Conneaut,  O.,  says:  Equal  weights 
of  glycerine  and  tannin  will  cure  Piles,  by  anointing  with  it,  and  that 
very  speedily;  also  cures  sore  or  cracked  nipples  in  twenty-four  hours, 
and  is  remarkably  good  for  any  excoriation,  or  sore,  of  the  skin.  I 
know  that  simple  tallow  introduced  into  the  rectum  is  exceedingly 
beneficial  in  Piles,  which  satisfies  me  that  any  preparation  containing 
oil,  or  any  kind  of  grease,  is  good. 

7.  I have  found  in  the  scrap  of  an  old  newspaper,  the  following, 
and  it  is  so  easily  tried,  and  speaks  with  so  much  certainty,  and  is  so 
simple,  that  I give  it  an  insertion: 

(i  Simple  cure  for  Piles. — Mix  one  table-spoon  of  sulphur  with 
half  a pint  of  rouk,  to  be  taken  every  day  until  favorable  symptoms 
appear,  and  then  occasionally,  as  the  case  may  require.  The  above  is 
a cheap,  simple,  and  mo3t  infallible  cure  for  that  most  painful  and  1111- 


ii  8 


Dr.  Chase's  Recipes. 


pleasant  disorder.  It  lias  been  used  with  complete  success  in  old  and 
inveterate  cases  where  individuals  had  spent  scores  of  dollars  in  medi- 
cal advice.  It  is  equally  useful  as  a preventive.  It  will  injure  none, 
and  only  requires  a trial.” 

8.  Paschal  Mason,  living  near  this  city,  cured  a Southern  lady, 
visiting  in  the  neighborhood,  who  was  confined  to  the  bed  with  them, 
by  making  a strong  tea  of  the  wild  swamp-currant  root,  drinking 
occasionally  for  a few  days  only. 

9.  Jimpson  leaves  and  parsely,  a handful  of  each,  stewed  in  lard, 
one  pound,  and  used  as  an  ointment,  has  cured  many  cases. 

ANODYNES — Hoffman’s  Anodyne,  or  Golden  Tincture.— Sul- 
phuric ether,  2 ozs. ; alcohol,  4 ozs.;  and  ethereal  oil  % dr.;  mix. 
Dose. — From  half  to  two  tea-spoons,  (34  dr.  to  2 dr.),  according  to 
the  urgency  or  pain  for  which  it  is  given. 

It  is  given  in  a little  sweetened  water,  and  much  preferred  by  the 
Germans  to  laudanum,  especially  where  laudanum  causes  sickness  of 
trie  stomach.  It  makes  an  excellent  local  application  in  neuralgia 
and  other  painful  affections,  being  second  cousin  to  the  “ Magnetic* 
Tooth  Cordial  ” and  “ Paralytic  Liniment.” 

2.  Laudanum. — Best  Turkey  opium,  1 oz.;  slice,  and  pour  upoi- 
it  boiling  water,  1 gill,  and  work  it  in  a bowl  or  mortar  until  it  is  dis 
solved;  then  pour  it  into  the  bottle,  and  with  alcohol  of  seventy-six 
per  cent,  proof,  ]/2  pt.,  rinse  the  dish,  adding  the  alcohol  to  the  prepa 
ration,  shaking  well,  and  in  twenty-four  hours  it  will  be  ready  fo> 
use.  Dose. — From  10  to  30  drops  for  adults,  according  to  the  strength 
of  patient,  or  severity  of  the  pain. 

Thirty  drops  of  this  laudanum  will  be  equal  to  one  giain  o* 
opium.  And  this  is  a much  better  way  to  prepare  it  than  putting  th*- 
opium  into  alcohol,  or  any  other  spirits  alone,  for  in  that  case  much 
of  the  opium  does  not  dissolve.  See  the  remarks  occurring  after 
“ Godfrey’s  Cordial.” 

3.  Paregoric. — Best  opium  14  dr.;  dissolve  in  about  2 table 
spoons  of  boiling  water;  then  add  benzoic  acid  l/2  dr.;  oil  of  anise, 

a fluid  dr. ; clarified  honey,  1 oz  ; camphor  gum,  1 scruple ; alcohol 
76  per  cent.,  11  fluid  ozs;  distilled  water,  4)4  fluid  ozs.;  macerate 
(keep  warm)  for  two  weeks.  Dose. — For  children,  5 to  20  drops* 
adults,  1 to  2 tea-spoons. 

Used  as  an  anodyne  and  antispasmodic,  allays  cough,  relieves 
nausea  and  slight  pains  in  the  stomach  and  bowels,  checks  diarrhoea, 
and  procures  sleep.  Used  principally  for  children.  See  the  remarks 
after  No.  5,  below. 

4.  Bateman’s  Pectoral  Drops.— Opium  in  powder,  catechu  in 
powder,  camphor  gum,  red  sanders  rasped,  of  each,  ]/z  oz. ; oil  of 
anise,  1 dr. ; dilute  alcohol,  (alcohol  of  76  per  cent,  and  water  in  equal 
proportions,)  1 gal.  Keep  warm  for  two  weeks. 

The  opium  strength  of  this  is  about  equal  to  paregoric,  and  it  is 
used  for  similar  purposes,  and  doses.  See  the  remarks  below. 

5.  Godfrey’s  Cordial.— Dissolve  pure  carbonate  of  potassa,  1 
oz.,  in  water,  5 qts.,  and  add  nice  golden  syrup  or  best  molasses,  3 qts*, 


Medical  Department. 


119 

and  heat  until  they  begin  to  simmer,  take  off  the  scum,  and  add 
laudanum,  9 ozs.,  and  oil  of  sassafras,  1 dr.  Mix  well.  Used  similar 
to  the  two  last. 

Remarks. — It  is  a well-known  fact  that  much  injury  is  done  to 
children  by  the  use  of  anodynes,  such  as  the  above,  and  “ Mrs.  Wins- 
low’s Soothing  Syrup,”  which  is  now  taking  the  place,  to  a great 
extent,  in  towns,  of  the  foregoing,  for  I noticed  a short  time  ago 
eighty-seven  empty  bottles  with  Mrs.  Winslow’s  label  upon  them, 
sitting  on  a counter  of  one  of  our  drug  steles,  which  led  me  to  ask  if 
they  put  up  her  syrup.  The  answer  was  No,  a lady  in  this  city  has  fed 
that  much  to  one  child  within  the  past  eighteen  months. 

The  question  might  be  asked,  why  do  you  tell  people  how  to  make 
any  of  these  anodynes?  Because  they  are  good  in  proper  cases*  when 
properly  used,  and  to  give  a place  for  these  remarks ; for  those  who 
are  evil  disposed  will  find  a way  to  accomplish  their  designs,  whilst 
the  well  disposed  will,  or  can  act  only  from  knowledge,  and  if  they 
do  not  know  the  evils  arising  from  the  constant  use  of  anodynes  on 
children,  are  as  liable  to  do  evil  as  the  evil  disposed. 

Then  let  it  be  remembered  that  the  constant  use  of  opium  in  any 
of  its  preparations,  on  children  or  adults,  disturbs  the  nervous  system, 
and  establishes  a nervous  necessity  for  its  continuation.  Then  use 
them  only  in  severe  pain,  or  extreme  nervousness,  lajdng  them  by 
again  as  soon  as  possible  under  the  circumstances  of  the  case.  Of 
course  we  do  not  give  a recipe  for  the  “Soothing  Syrup”  spoken  of, 
as  its  exact  composition  has  not  yet  come  out  to  the  public ; but  that 
its  soothing  properties  are  owing  to  opium,  there  is  not  the  least  doubt. 
See  “ Carminatives,”  winch  are  preferable  to  opiates,  especially  for 
children. 

RHEUMATISMS.-  Inflammatory  Rheumatisms. — Bill.  Wright’s 
and  other  Cures. — Sulphur  and  saltpetre,  of  each,  1 oz. ; gum  guaiac, 
34  oz.  ; colchieum  root,  or  seed,  and  nutmegs,  of  each,  34  oz. ; all  to 
be  pulverized  and  mixed  with  simple  syrup  or  molasses,  2 ozs.  Dose. 
— One  tea-spoon  every  2 hours,  until  it  moves  the  bowels  rather  freely; 
then  3 or  4 times  daily,  until  cured. 

Mr.  Wright,  o t the  Niagara  Hotel,  Toledo,  O.,  has  several  times 
proved  this  to  be  an  excellent  medicine,  and  since  I obtained  it  I found 
a man  at  Marshall,  Mich.,  one  Saturday  evening,  with  his  feet  and 
legs  so  swollen  with  this  disease,  that  he  could  but  just  crawl  with  two 
crutches.  I UUed  this  prescription  and  gave  him  a tea-spoon  of  it 
every  two  hours,  until  it  moved  his  bowels,  then  every  four  hours, 
and  on  Monday  noon  he  could  walk  quite  comfortably  without  cane 
or  crutch,  the  medicine  costing  him  only  twenty  cents. 

2,  Rheumatic  Alterative. — In  Rheumatism  of  long  standing,  the 
following  preparation  has  often  proved  very  valuable: 

Ootcbicnm  seed,  and  black  cohosh  root,  of  each,  34  oz.,  the  roct  to 
be  hmised;  best  rye  whisky,  1 pt. ; put  together,  and  let  stand  3 or  4 


120  Dr.  Chase's  Recipes . 

days.  Dose. — From  1 tea-spoon  to  a table-spoon  3 times  daily,  before 
meals. 

The  action  will  be  to  loosen  the  bowels,  or  cause  a little  sickness  at 
the  stomach;  and  the  dose  may  be  modified,  not  to  cause  too  great  an 
effect  upon  the  patient  either  way,  but  increasing  the  dose,  if  neces- 
sary, until  one  of  these  specific  actions  is  felt,  and  lessening  it  if  the 
action  is  too  great  in  any  case. 

3.  Rheumatic  Liniment.— Olive  oil,  spirits  of  camphor,  and 
chloroform,  of  each,  2 oz$. ; sassafras  oil,  1 tea-spoon.  First  add  the 
oil  of  sassafras  to  the  olive  oil,  then  the  spirits  of  camphor,  and  shake 
well  before  putting  in  the  chloroform,  shaking  when  used,  keeping  it 
corked,  as  the  chloroform  evaporates  very  fast  if  left  open.  Apply  3 
or  four  times  daily,  rubbing  it  well,  and  always  toward  the  body. 

I had  a brother-in-law  cured  of  a very  bad  case  of  inflammatory, 
or  swelling  rheumatism,  by  the  use  of  this  liniment — accomplished  in 
about  four  days,  without  other  treatment.  He  paid  five  dollars  for 
the  recipe  after  the  cure.  But  I would  recommend  the  use  of  this  in 
connection  with  “ Bill  Wright’s  Cure,”  above,  feeling  perfectly  assured 
that  no  attack  will  stand  before  the  internal  and  external  combination. 

4.  J.  B.  Hitchcox,  Ypsilanti,  Mich.,  uses  spirits  of  turpentine,  1 
pt. ; tar,  2 tea-spoons;  oil  of  vitriol,' 1 tea-spoon;  mixing  in  a mug; 
then  sets  them  on  fire,  letting  it  burn  15  minutes,  and  bottle  for  use. 

He  bathes  the  parts  freely  twice  daily  with  this  preparation,  then 
binds  on  the  mashed  tory-weed,  as  mentioned  under  the  head  of 
“Reducing  Swellings,”  and  gives  a little  spirits  of  turpentine  inter* 
nally. 

5.  Alvah  Raymond  takes  rum,  1 pt.;  neat' s-foot  oil,  % pt.,  or  if 
the  joint  is  stiff,  skunk’s  oil  instead  of  the  other;  spirits  of  turpentine, 
1 gill,  and  simmers  them,  together,  and  bottles  for  use,  rubbing  it  in 
thoroughly  3 times  daily. 

He  also  directs  to  soak  the  feet  in  hot  water,  scraping  the  bottoms 
of  the  feet  with  an  old  knife;  then  he  has  poke  root  roasted  and 
mashed,  mixing  with  it  tar  and  sulphur,  to  form  drafts  for  the  feet. 
With  this  method  of  treatment  he  assures  me  he  has  been  very  success- 
ful for  30  years.  And  it  bears  so  strong  a resemblance  to  Dr. 
Kittredge’s  preparation,  next  following,  for  stiffened  joints  in  rheu- 
matism, that  it  gives  me  double  confidence  in  them  both. 

6.  Dr.  Kittredge’s  Remedy  for  Rheumatism  and  Stiff  Joints.— 
Strong  camphor  spirits,  1 pt. ; neat’s-foot,  coon,  bear,  or  skunk’s  oil,  1 
pt.  * spirits  of  turpentine,  pt*  Shake  the  bottle  when  used,  and 
apply  3 times  daily,  by  pouring  on  a little  at  a time  and  rubbing  in  all 
you  can  for  20  to  30  minutes. 

The  old  Doctor  recommends  th^  as  a sure  cure  for  chronic  rheu- 
matism, sprains,  stiff  joints,  where  they  have  not  formed  an  anchy- 
losis, that  is,  if  the  bones  have  not  actually  grown  together ; and  as 
remarked  in  connection  with  his  ointment,  No.  G,  he  has  been  a very 
celebrated  physician  for  many  years;  but  like  many  other  men  with 


Medical  Department. 


1 21 


su^rlor  minds,  oh  ! how  fallen.  Rum,  and  its  advocates,  have  got  a 
mobt  fearful  account  to  balance. 

7.  French  and  Other  Remedies  for  Chronic  Rheumatism.— Dr. 

Bonnett,  of  Graulbet,  France,  states  in  a letter  to  the  Abeille  Medicate , 
that  he  “ has  been  long  in  the  habit  of  prescribing: 

The  essential  oil  of  turpentine  for  frictions  against  rheumatism. 
And  that  he  has  used  it  himself  with  perfect  success,  having  almost 
instantaneously  got  rid  of  rheumatic  pains  in  both  knees  and  in  the 
left  shoulder.” 

He  was  led  to  make  the  prescription  from  having  used  the  oil  of 
turpentine  to  wash  coal  tar  and  other  sticking  mixtures  from  his 
hands.  After  having  washed  his  hands  in  soap  and  water,  and  drying 
them,  a pricking  sensation,  like  an  electric  spark  upon  the  knuckles 
from  a machine  lasting  about  two  hours,  was  always  experienced,  and 
5t  is  to  this  exciting  action  that  he  attributes  its  efficacy.  It  may  be 
'j.sed  twice  or  thrice  daily. 

§.  Chronic  Rheumatism  ha3  been  cured  in  twenty-four  hours, 
after  two  years’  suffering,  by  using  alcohol,  spirits  of  turpentine, 
uveet  spirits  of  nitre,  and  oil  of  juniper,  equal  parts  of  each;  mix; 
fcub  well  into  the  parts,  and  take  ten  drops  at  bed  time  in  water. 

9.  Ritters  for  Chronic  Rheumatism. — Prickly-ash  berries,  spike- 
nard root,  yellow  poplar  and  dog-wood  barks,  of  each  24  lb.;  all 
pulverized  and  put  into  a gallon  jug,  and  1111  it  up  with  brandy. 
Dose. — A wine  glass  of  it  is  to  be  taken  3 times  daily  before  meals. 

A baker,  of  Lafayette,  Ind.,  was  cured  by  the  use  of  this  amount, 
'jf  a very  bad  case  of  this  disease,  of  long  standing. 

I®,  David  Mo  wry,  of  Greenville,  Ohio,  says  yellow  poplar,  dog- 
tvood,  prickly-ash,  wild  cherry,  and  white-ash  barks  of  the  trees, 
iqual  quantities  of  each,  a good  large  handful,  boiled  in  2 gals,  of 
water  to  1,  and  add  1 gal.  of  good  old  rye,  will,  if  taken  freely  3 times 
daily,  cure  the  worst  inflammatory  rheumatism  in  the  world. 

There  Is  no  question  but  what  both  of  these  preparations,  and  the 
next  also,  are  good,  if  made  sufficiently  strong  with  the  barks.  But  I 
6nould  consider  them  much  more  applicable  in  chronic  cases,  or  rheu- 
matism of  long  standing;  and  in  these  very  applicable  indeed ; and  I 
am  well  satisfied  that  no  one  will  take  them  for  spirits. 

11.  Chronic  Rheumatism,  has  been  cured  by  taking  the  bark  of 
a bearing  crab-apple  tree,  and  putting  a sufficient  amount  of  it  into 
whisky  to  make  it  very  strong,  then  taking  a wine-glass  three  times 
daily,  until  a gallon  was  used.  • 

12.  Green  Bay  Indian’s  Remedy  for  Rheumatism.— Wahoo, 
bark  of  the  root,  1 oz. ; blood-root,  1 oz. ; black  cohosh  root,  2 ozs. ; 
swamp  hellebore,  24  oz. ; prickly-ash  bark  or  berries,  1 oz. ; poke 
root,  cut  fine,  1 oz. ; rye  whisky,  1 qt.;  let  stand  a few  days  before 
using.  Dose. — One  tea-spoon  every  3 or  4 hours,  increasing  the  dose 
to  2 or  3 tea-spoons,  as  the  stomach  will  bear. 

Soak  the  feet  well  arad  go  to  bed,  covering  up  warm,  and  taking  the 
‘ Sweating  Drops  ” between  eaoli  dose,  as  there  directed,  for  three  or 


122 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


four  hours,  and  repeat  the  sweating  every  day  until  the  disease  surren- 
ders  to  the  treatment.  If  at  any  time  the  head  feels  too  full,  or  the 
stomach  sickens  too  much,  drop  down  to  the  first  dose  of  a tea-spoon> 
or  even  less,  if  necessary. 

This  prescription  is  from  Jacob  S.  Cornelius,  an  Indian  of  Green 
Bay,  who  was  very  successful  in  Illinois,  with  it,  in  this  disease.  . 

13.  I know  an  old  physician  who  assures  me  that  he  has  cured 
cases  where  all  other  remedies  failed,  with  saltpeter,  beginning  with 
twenty  grains,  and  doubling  the  dose  every  three  or  four  hours,  until 
it  reached  half  an  ounce,  in  a very  robust  and  plethoric  patient;  but 
this  dose  would  be  too  large  to  venture  upon  by  persons  not  of  a 
plethoric  habit.  But  as  it  is  mostly  prescribed,  by  putting  a table- 
spoon to  a pint  of  whisky,  then  a tea-spoon  for  a dose ; you  might  as 
well  expect  to  dip  the  Atlantic  into  the  Pacific  with  a tea-spoon,  as  to 
cure  rheumatism  in  that  slow  way.  It  may  be  taken  in  quantities 
from  half  an  ounce  to  an  ounce  and  a half,  in  the  twenty-four  hours, 
being  largely  diluted  with  water.  If  pain  should  come  on  in  th$ 
stomach,  under  its  use,  stop  it  at  once,  and  give  large  quantities  ot 
mucilaginous  drinks,  such  as  slippery-elm  water,  gum-arabic  water* 
flax-seed  tea,  etc. 

14.  New  Remedy. — Kerosene  oil,  3 ozs.;  skunk’s  oil,  1 oz.;  mix, 
and  shake  when  applied.  Put  it  on  quite  freely,  and  heat  it  in  by  the 
stove,  or  by  means  of  a hot  shovel. 

A firm  of  grocers,  Slawson  & Geer,  of  this  city,  have  been  using 
this  mixture  during  the  past  winter  upon  their  own  persons,  and  have 
recommended  it  to  many  others,  amongst  them  one  ©*  the  Clergymen^ 
and  also  the  President  of  the  University,  and  so  far  as  they  know,  it 
has  proved  very  successful,  relieving  the  pain  directly. 

15.  One  of  our  physicians  in  the  city  has  used  a preparation 
very  nearly  resembling  the  above,  but  varying  sufficiently  to  satisfy 
myself  that  any  other  animal  oil  will  do  as  well  as  that  from  tlw- 
high  1 y -flavored  one  t*bove  mentioned. 

He  used  kerosene  oil,  2 ozs.;  neat’s-foot  oil,  1 oz. ; oil  of  origanum, 
34  oz.^  mixed  and  shaken  as  used. 

The  smell  of  the  kerosene  oil  is  not  very  pleasant,  but  if  a pair  of 
ankles  and  feet,  badly  swollen,  so  much  so  that  you  could  not  walk  on 
them  for  months,  could  be  cured  in  two  or  three  weeks,  as  it  was  in 
this  case,  it  might  be  well  to  put  up  \yith  its  disagreeable  smell.  Rub 
and  heat  it  in  thoroughly  twice  daily. 

ASTHMA. — Remedies. — Elecampane,  angelica,  cemfrey,  and 
spikenard  roots,  with  hoarhound  tops,  of  each  1 oz. ; bruise  and 
steep  in  honey,  1 pt.  Dose— A table-spoon,  taken  hot  every  tew 
minutes,  until  relief  is  obtained,  then  several  times  daily  until  a cure 
is  effected. 

It  cured  a young  lady,  near  the  “Falls  of  the  Ohiof”  whom  the 
doctors  said  it  was  wicked  to  disturb-  “ Let  her  die  in  peace, ' wa* 


Medical  Department. 


123 


fcTieir  advice  to  the  parents.  An  old  lady,  instead,  let  her  live  in  peace. 
It  will  be  found  very  excellent  in  any  cough;  even  low  consumptives 
will  find  great  relief  from  its  use. 

2.  Dr.  J.  K.  Finley,  of  Pittsburg,  cured  a lady  with  whom  I 
afterwards  became  acquainted,  and  from  the  completeness  of  the  cure, 

I was  induced  to  write  to  the  doctor  and  obtain  the  prescription.  It  is 
as  follows: 

Oil  of  tar,  1 dr  ; tincture  of  veratrum  viride,  2 drs. ; simple , 
syrup,  2 drs. ; mix.  Dose —For  adults,  15  drops,  3 or  4 times  daily. 

I have  very  great  confidence  in  this  prescription. 

3.  A lady  at  Yellow  Springs,  O.,  tells  me  that  she  cured  herself 
of  Asthma,  by  using,  for  her  common  drink,  a tea  made  of  the  leaves 
of  common  chestnut,  which  had  fallen  from  the  tree  in  autumn; 
sweeten  well,  and  continue  its  use  for  2 or  3 months. 

She  used  it  for  a month  at  first,  and  it  returned,  when  she  con- 
tinued its  use  for  two  months;  and  ten  years  have  elapsed  without  its 
return.  It  is  certainly  safe  as  wrell  as  simple,  and  of  easy  trial. 

Lobelia  is  considered  by  some  a specific  in  Asthma,  but  the  pre- 
judice against  it  is  so  great  I forbear  speaking  further  of  it;  but: 

4.  Iodide  of  potassium  has  cured  a bad  case  of  Asthma,  by 
taking  5 gr.  doses,  3 times  daily.  Take  34  oz-  an(l  put  it  into  a vial, 
and  add  32  tea-spoons  of  water — then  1 tea-spoon  of  it  will  contain 
the  5 grs.,  which  put  into  34  gill  more  of  water,  and  drink  before 
meals. 

COMPOSITION  POWDER.— Thompson’s. — “Bayberry  bark,  2 
lbs. ; hemlock  bark,  1 lb. ; ginger  root,  1 lb.;  cayenne  pepper,  2 ozs. ; 
cloves,  2 ozs. ; all  finely  pulverized  and  well  mixed.  Dose. — One- half 
of  a tea-spoon  of  it,  and  a spoon  of  sugar;  put  them  into  a tea-cup 
and  pour  it  half  full  of  boiling  wrater;  let  it  stand  a few  minutes  and 
fili  the  cup  with  milk,  and  drink  freely.  If  no  milk  is  to  be  obtained 
fill  up  the  cup  with  hot  water. 

“This,  in  the  first  stages  and  less  violent  attacks  of  the  disease,  is  a 
valuable  medicine,  and  may  be  safely  employed  in  all  cases.  It  is 
good  in  relax,  pain  in  the  stomach  and  bowTels,  and  to  remove  all 
obstructions  caused  by  cold.  A few  doses,  the  patient  being  in  bed 
with  a steaming  stone  at  the  feet,  or  having  soaked  the  feet  fifteen  or 
twenty  minutes  in  hot  water,  drinking  freely  of  the  tea  at  the  same 
time,  will  cure  a bad  cold,  and  often  throw  off  disease  in  its  first 
stages.”  I use  it,  taking  or  giving,  lobelia  emetics,  as  mentioned 
under  the  head  of  “Eclectic  Emetics.”  I use  it  also  as  a: 

2.  Dyspeptic  Tea. — Where  an  attack  has  been  brought  on  by 
ovei-indulgence  at  an  extra  rich  meal,  you  will  find  immediate  and 
generally  perfect  relief  by  having  a cup  of  this  tea  made,  and  drink- 
ing about  one-half  of  it  fifteen  minutes  before  meals,  and  the  balance 
just  as  you  sit  down  to  the  meal,  not  taking  any  other  fluid  at  all  until 
after  digestion  is  over,  following  up  the  same  plan  for  a few  days  or 
wresks,  as  may  be  necessary.  It  stimulates  the  stomach  to  action, 


124 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


causing  digestion  and  absorption,  preventing  also  the  accumulation  of 
gas,  which  is  the  cause  of  eructations  of  wind  from  the  stomach, 
commonly  called  belching,  and  gives  tone  to  the  whole  system. 

A cup  of  this  tea  taken  when  going  due  into  extreme  cold,  will  be 
found  a better  warmer  than  the  whisky  or  any  other  ardent  spirit, 
Which  so  many  resort  to  upon  such  occasions;  and,  what  is  best  of  all, 
it  will  be  found: 

3.  A Perfect  Cure  for  Drunkenness.— Let  those  who  are  accus- 
tomed to  the  excessive  use  of  ardent  spirits,  and  who  wish  to  stop  the 
practice,  I say,  let  such  have  a cup  of  this  tea  made,  as  above  directed, 
and  drink  a part  of  it  immediately  on  rising  in  the  morning,  and  the 
balance  just  before  meal  time,  keeping  entirely  away  from  the  places 
of  temptation,  they  will  find  a warm,  healthy  glow  spreading  from 
the  stomach  over  the  wdiole  system,  with  a desire  for  food  instead  of 
“rot-gut.”  Follow  this  up  faithfully,  two  or  three  times  daily,  or 
whenever  the  craving  begins  for  the  accustomed  stimulus,  for  a few 
days  or  weeks,  if  necessary,  and  it  will  be  found  that  the  cayenne. 
WThich  is  the  purest  stimulant  in  the  wrhole  Materia  Medica,  with  its 
assistant,  the  bayberry,  which  stimulate  without  an  after  prostration, 
have  gradually  supplied  and  satisfied  the  previous  false  appetite  or 
cravings  of  the  stomach;  whilst  the  combination  has  toned  up  the 
stomach,  together  with  the  whole  system,  and  again  you  find  your- 
self a man.  But  remember,  oh,  remember!  your  only  safety  is  in 
keeping  entirely  away  from  places  where  intoxicating  spirits  are  kept  or 
sold ! 

A burned  child  will  not  play  with  fire.  I would  to  God  that  a 
burned  man  was  equally  wise.  For  not'  one  in  a thousand  can  resist 
the  solicitation  of  enemies,  (called  friends,)  to  take  a glass,  just  one, 
and  that  one  glass  acts  like  fresh  coals  upon  extinguished  bands,  and 
the  fire  goes  ahead  again  with  a hundred-fold  more  energy  than  if 
thrown  upon  wood  which  had  never  been  charred ; hence,  the  propri- 
ety of  the  sentence,  “plucked  as  a brand  from  the  everlasting  burn- 
ings,’’ — for  if  re-kindled,  there  is  but  little  prospect  of  another  extin- 
guishment of  the  raging  fire.  Dr.  Thompson,  notwithstanding  all 
that  has  been  said  against  him,  has  done  more  good  than  any  other 
medical  man  that  ever  lived;  for  he  set  the  people  to  studying  for 
themselves. 

STIMULANT— In  Low  Fevers,  and  After  Uterine  Hemorrhages. 
— Mistura  Spiritus  vini  Gallici. — Best  brandy,  and  cinnamon  water, 
of  each,  4 fluid  ozs. ; the  yolks  of  2 eggs,  well  beaten;  loaf  sugar,  % 
oz. ; oil  of  cinnamon,  2 drops;  mix.  Dose. — From  % to  1 (fluid)  oz., 
as  often  as  required.  This  makes  both  eat  and  drink.  Of^course  any 
other  flavoring  oil  can  be  used,  if  preferred,  in  place  of  the  cinnamon. 

This  mixture  is  an  imitation  of  the  well-known  compound  termed 
“egg-flip.”  It  is  an  exceedingly  valuable  stimulant  and  restorative, 


Medical  Department. 


125 


anc1  is  employed  in  the  latter  stages  of  low  fevers,  and  in  extreme 
exhaustion  from  uterine  hemorrhages.  It  may  be  used  in  place  of  the 
“egg-nog”  spoken  of  in  the  treatment  of  consumption,  No.-  6. 

ALTER, ATIYES. — Syrup,  or  Blood  Purifier.— Honduras,  sarsa- 
parilla, 12  ozs. ; guaiacum  shavings,  6 ozs. ; wintergreen  leaf,  4 ozs. ; 
sassafras  root  bark,  4 ozs.;  elder  dowers,  4 ozs. ; yellow  dock,  3 ozs.; 
burdock  root,  4 ozs. ; dandelion  root,  6 ozs. ; bitter-sweet  root,  2 ozs.;  all 
bruised.  Place  these  ingredients  in  a suitable  vessel,  and  add  alcohol,*. 
1 pt.,  with  water  sufficient  to  cover  handsomely,  set  them  in  a moder-5 
ately  warm  place  for  3 or  four  days,  pour  off  1 pt  of  the  tincture  and 
set  it  aside  until  you  add  water  to  the  ingredients  and  boil  to 
obtain  the  strength,  pour  off  and  add  more  water  and  boil  again,  then 
boil  the  two  waters  down  to  1 qt.j  strain,  and  add  the  liquor  first 
poured  off,  and  add  234  lbs.  crushed  or  coffee  sugar,  and  simmer  to 
form  a syrup;  when  cool,  bottle  and  seal  up  for  use.  Dose. — One  to 
two  table-spoons,  according  to  the  age  and  strength  of  the  patient,  34 
hour  before  meals  and  at  bed-time. 

This,  or  an}^  other  alterative,  when  given,  should  be  followed  up 
for  weeks  or  months,  according  to  the  disease  for  which  it  is  prescrib- 
ed, as  scrofula,  and  for  every  disease  depending  upftn  an  impure 
condition  of  the  blood.  It  ought  to  be  used  in  sore  eyes  of  long 
standing,  old  ulcers,  salt- rheum,  etc.  I would  not  give  this  for  Jayne's 
Alterative,  nor  Swain's,  Townsend’s  or  Ayer's  Sarsaparillas,  because  I 
know  it  is  good,  and  we  also  know  what  it  is  made  of. 

2.  Alterative,  Tory  Strong^ — Poke,  mandrake,  yellow  dock, 
sassafras,  blue  flag,  roots,  and  bark  of  the  roots,  guaiac-wood  raspings, 
and  sweet  elder  flowers,  of  each  4 ozs  ; caraway  seed,  3 ozs. ; bruise 
the  roots,  and  put  to  the  whole,  alcohol,  1 qt.,  and  water  to  cover  all 
handsomely;  let  stand  3 or  4 days  in  a warm  place,  as  the  last  recipe 
above,  making  every  way  the  same,  except  to  pour  off  1 qt.  instead  of 
1 pt.,  as  in  the  first,  of  spirit,  then  boil  the  water  to  1 qt.,  adding  4 
lbs.  of  sugar  with  the  qt.  of  spirit  tincture.  The  dose  being  only  1 
table-spoon  4 times  daily,  as  above. 

But  if  that  amount  should  make  the  bowels  too  loose,  reduce  the 
quantity;  and  if  that  amount  does  not  act  upon  the  bowels  at  all,  in- 
crease the  dose  to  keep  the  bowels  solvent.  This  may  be  used  in  the 
most  inv  eterate  diseases  of  long  standing,  syphilis  not  excepted. 

3.  Alterative  Cathartic.- Powder. — Rochelle  salts,  five  ozs. ; 
cream-of-tartar,  2 ozs. ; sulphur,  1 oz. ; (Epsom  salts  may  be  used, 
but  are  not  quite  as  good);  place  the  salts  in  a dripping-pan  and  set  in 
the  stove-oven  until  all  the  water  of  crj^staliz&tion  is  dried  out;  then 
place  all  in  a mortar  and  rub  finely  and  thoroughly  together.  Dose. — 
Mix  up  a few  spoons  of  the  powder  with  molasses;  then  take  a tea- 
spoon every  3 or  4 hrs.  until  a tree  cathartic  action  is  kept  up  for  24  to 
36  hrs.,  then  take  once  or  twice  daily  only,  to  act  on  the  blood,  increas- 
ing once  in  10  d ays  to  get  up  the  cathartic  action,  as  at  first. 

This  alterative  is  especially  valuable  in  any  disease  of  the  skin,  as 
itch,  pimples,  salt-rheum,  and  any  other  eruptions  where  any  outward 
application  is  being  made,  or  is  about  to  be  made;  also  valuable  in 
sore  eyes. 

4.  Alterative,  Tonic,  and  Cathartic  Bitters. — Best  rye  whisky. 


126 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


and  water,  of  each,  1 qt.;  best  onground  Peruvian  bark,  Colombo 
root,  and  pri«kly-ash  berries,  of  each  2 ozs. ; prickly-ash,  black  cherry, 
and  poplar  barks,  of  each,  1 oz. ; poke-root,  mandrake-root,  and  cloves, 
of  each  *4  oz. ; all  to  be  the  dry  articles,  and  all  to  be  pulverized  be- 
fore putting  into  the  spirits;  shake  every  day  for  a week,  by  which 
time  it  will  be  ready  for  use.  Dose, — One  to  two  table-spoons  at 
morning  and  evening  meals. 

Although  this  alterative  is  mentioned  last  in  the  list,  yet  it  is  not 
least  in  value.  I first  made  this  prescription  for  my  own  use,  feeling 
that  I needed  something  of  just  such  a nature,  and  it  worked  so  ad- 
mirably that  I gave  it  to  others.  It  has  given  such  entire  satisfaction, 
that  I am  now,  at  the  tenth  edition,  giving  it  a place  to  do  a greater 
good  than  if  kept  from  the  world. 

If,  in  any  case,  it  causes  any  griping  sensations,  or  too  great  action 
upon  the  bowels,  lessen  the  dose,  and  if  neither  of  these  actions  is  felt, 
increase  the  dose,  or  take  it  three  times  daily.  I think  any  of  the  fruit 
wines  will  do  in  place  of  the  spirits  and  water,  by  adding  alcohol,  one* 
half  pint. 

It  will  be*  found  very  valuable  in  all  cases  of  weakness  from  gen- 
eral debility,  and  especially  so  when  the  liver  is  inactive,  known  by 
constant  cositiveness. 

After  using  out  the  spirits,  it  may  be  filled  again  in  the  same  way. 
It  will  be  found  very  valuable  in  ague,  and  after  all  fevers,  preventing 
relapse,  and  strengtheningup  the  general  system. 

DIURETICS. — Pill,  Drops,  Decoction,  etc. — Solidified  copaiba,  2 
parts  ; alcoholic  extract  of  cubebs,  1 part ; formed  into  pills  with  a 
little  oil  of  juniper.  Dose. — One  or  two  pills  3 or  4 times  daily. 
Druggists  can  obtain  them  of  Tilden  & Co.,  ISTew  York. 

This  pill  has  been  found  very  valuable  in  affections  of  the  kidneys, 
bladder,  and  urethra,  as  inflammation  from  gravel,  gonorrhea,  gleet* 
whites,  leucorrhea,  common  inflammations,  etc.  For  giving  them  a 
sugar  coat,  see  that  heading,  if  desired. 

2.  Diuretic  Drops. — Oil  of  cubebs,  24  oz.;  sweet  spirits  of  nitre, 
24  oz.;  balsam  copaiba,  1 oz. ; Harlem  oil,  1 bottle;  oil  of  lavender,  20 
drops;  spirits  of  turpentine,  20  drops;  mix.  Dose. — Ten  to  25  drops, 
as  the  stomach  will  bear,  3 times  daily. 

It  may  be  used  in  any  of  the  above  diseases  with  great  satisfaction. 

3.  Diuretic  Decoction.— Queen  of  the  meadow,  dwarf-elder, 
yellow  dock  and  poke-roots,  of  each  1 oz. ; dandelion,  burdock,  Ameri- 
can Sarsaparilla,  and  blue  flag  roots,  of  each  34  oz->  grind  or  pound  all 
up,  and  thoroughly  mix.  Dose. — Take  up  a pinch  with  the  ends,  of 
the  fingers  and  thumb  of  one  hand,  say  34  to  34  oz-  an(i  pour  upon  it  1 
pt.  of  boiling  water,  steeping  a whiie;  when  cool,  take  a swallow  or 
two  sufficiently  often  to  use  up  the  pint  in  the  course  of  the  day. 

Follow  this  plan  two  or  three  days,  or  as  may  be  necessary,  re- 
suming the  course  once  in  ten  or  twelve  days.  It  may  be  used  in  all 
obstructions  of  the  kidneys,  where  the  urine  is  high  colored  or  scanty. 

i.  Diuretic  Tincture. — Green  or  growing  spearmint,  mashed, 
put  into  a bottle  and  covered  with  gin,  is  an  excellent  diuretic. 


Medical  Department. 


127 


5.  Diuretic  for  Children.— %)irifcs  of  nitre — a few  drops  in  a 
flttle  spearmint  tea — is  all  sufficient.  For  very  j'oung  children,  pump- 
kin seed,  or  watermelon  seed  tea  is  perhaps  the  best.  * 

DROPSY.— Syrup  and  Pills  o — Queen  of  the  meadow  root,  dwarf- 
elder  flowers,  berries,  or  inner  bark,  juniper  berries,  horse-radish 
root,  pod  milkweed  or  silkweed,  often  called,  root  of  each,  4 ozs. ; 
prickly-ash  bark  or  berries,  mandrake-root,  bitter-sweet,  bark  of  the 
root,  of  each  2 ozs. ; white  mustard,  1 oz.;  Holland  gin,  1 pt. 

Pour  boiling  water  upon  all,  except  the  gin,  and  keep  hot  for  12 
hours;  then  boil  and  pour  off  twice,  and  boil  down  to  three  quarts 
and  strain,  adding  three  pounds  of  sugar,  and  lastly  gin.  Dose. — 
Take  all  the  stomach  will  bear,  four  times  daily,  say  a wune-glass  or 
more.  This  will  be  used  in  connection  with  the  following  : 

2,  Dropsy  Pills. — Jalap,  50  grs. ; gamboge,  30  grs. ; podophyllin, 
20  grs. ; elaterium,  12  grs.;  aloes,  30  grs.;  cayenne,  35  grs.;  Castile 
Soap,  shaved,  dried  and  pulverized,  20  grs.*  croton  oil,  90  drops;  pow- 
der all  finely,  and  mix  thoroughly;  then  form  into  pill  mass  by  using 
n thick  mucilage  made  of  equal  parts  of  gum  arabic  and  tragacanth, 
Und  divide  into  3 gr.  pills.  Dose. — One  pill  every  2 days  for  the  first 
tveek,  then  every  3 or  4 days  until  the  wafer  is  evacuated  by  the  com- 
bined aid  of  the  pill  with  the  above  syrup. 

In  this  disease  the  work  must  be  very  thorough,  and  I am  inclined 
to  think  that  if  our  directions  are  followed,  that  whoever  find  .them- 
selves under  the  operations  of  the  medicine  will  consider  the  work  to 
be  about  as  thorough  as  we  expect.  Some  sickness  of  the  stomach 
may  be  expected  under  the  operation  of  the  pill,  but  never  mind  it ; 
go  ahead  and  four  or  five  days  will  satisfy  most  persons  of  the 
ralue  of  the  treatment ; for  you  may  expect  to  see  the  greatest  evacu- 
ations, front  and  rear,  that  you  have  ever  witnessed.  If  the  patient 
should  become  weak  and  exhausted  under  the  continued  treatment, 
slack  up  a little  and  throw  in  beef  tea,  wine,  etc.,  with  rich,  nourish- 
ing diet,  and  no  danger  need  be  apprehended.  The  above  will  be 
found  very  valuable  in  bilious  colic,  and  other  cases  hard  to  operate 
upon.  They  have  operated  in  fifteen  minutes,  but  not  usually  so 
quick,  of  course;  but  it  will  generally  be  found  best  not  to  venture 
over  one  pill  at  a dose;  two  have  been  taken,  however,  but  they  made 
a scattering  among  the  waste  paper,  causing  fourteen  evacuations, 
having  to  call  for  the  second  “ chamber  ” the  first  fire.  Some  have 
called  them  the  “ Irish  Pill,”  from  their  resemblance  to  the  Irish  girl 
with  her  brush  and  scrub-broom.  They  make  clean  work. 

1RBITAID6  PLASTER— Extensively  Used  by  Eclectics.— Tar, 
lib  ; Burgundy  pitch,  %ori. ; white  pine  turpentine,  loz.;  resin,  2 
ozs.  Boil  the  tar,  resin,  and  gum  together  a short  time,  remove  from 
the  fire,  and  stir  in  finely  pulverized  mandrake  root,  blood  root,  poke 
root,  and  Indian  turnip,  of  each  1 oz. 

This  plaster  is  used  extensively  in  all  cases  where  counter  irrita- 
tion or  revulsives  are  indicated;  as  in  chronic  affections  of  the  liver 
«and  lungs,  or  diseased  joints,  etc.  It  is  applied  by  spreading  it  on 


128 


Dr.  Chase's  Recipes . 


cloth  and  over  the  seat  of  pain,  renewing  it  every  day,  wiping  off  any 
matter  which  may  he  on  it,  and  also  wiping  the  sore  produced  by  it 
with  a dry  cloth,  until  relief  is  obtained,  or  as  long  as  the  patient  Can 
bear  it.  Always  avoid  wetting  the  sore,  as  it  will  cause  inflammation 
and  you  will  be  obliged  to  heal  it  up  immediately,  instead  of  which 
the  design  is  to  keep  a running  sore  as  long  as  may  be  necessary, 
using  at  the  same  time  constitutional  remedies  as  the  case  may 
require. 

INFLAMMATION— Of  the  Liyer.— Inflammation  of  the  liver,  or 
as  it  is  generally  called  “'Liver  complaint,”  is  of  two  forms,  acute, 
and  chronic.  The  acute  form  is  known  by  a sense  of  weight  and 
pain  in  the  right  side,  under  the  short  ribs,  and  often  in  that  shoulder, 
or  between  the  shoulders,  pale  or  yellow  appearance,  often  great 
depression  of  spirits,  not  much  appetite,  costiveness,  high  colored 
urine,  etc.,  and  often  with  fever,  and  sometimes  with  pain  similar  to 
that  of  pleurisy,  difficult  breathing,  dry  cough,  and  sometimes  sickness, 
with  vomiting. 

In  the  chronic,  or  long  standing  complaint,  in  addition  to  the 
above,  there  is  generally  flatulence,  with  pain  in  the  stomach,  foul 
breath. and  mouth,  coated  tongue,  indigestion,  eyes  yellow,  stools  clay 
colored,  with  great  weakness  and  slow  emaciation,  frequently  going 
on  to  ulceration,  giving  symptoms  as  mentioned  under  the  head  oi 
“Ointment  for  Ulcerated  Liver,”  etc. 

In  the  acute  form  you  will  pursue  the  same  course  as  mentioned 
under  the  head  of  “ Pleurisy,”  besides  taking  either  of  the  Liver  Pills 
or  Liver  Drops  mentioned  below,  in  full  cathartic  doses  until  relieved*, 
but  in  the  chronic  form,  the  Pills,  in  connection  with  the  “ Ointment,* 
or  “ Irritating  Plaster,”  will  be  found  all  sufficient,  unless  Jaundice 
has  alredy  set  in;  then  look  to  the  directions  under  that  disease. 

2,  Eclectic  Liver  Pill. — Podophyllin,  10  grs. ; leptandrin, 
grs. ; sanguinarin,*  10  grs. ; extract  of  dandelion,  20  grs.;  formed 
into  20  pills,  by  being  moistened  a 7ittle  with  some  essential  oil,  as 
cinnamon  or  peppermint,  etc.  Dose.— In  chronic  diseases  of  the  liver, 
take  1 pill  at  night  for  several  days,  or  2 may  be  taken  at  first  to  move 
the  bowels;  then  1 daily. 

In  connection  with  the  pill,  wear  the  “ Irritating  Plaster,”  over 
the  region  of  the  liver,  washing  the  whole  body  daily,  by  means  of 
towels,  and  rubbing  dry,  being  careful  not  to  wet  the  sore  caused  by 
the  plaster;  as  an  active  cathartic  from  two  to  three  pills  may  be  taken 
in  all  cases  where  calomel  or  blue  pill  are  considered  applicable  by 
“ Old  School  Physicians.” 

3.  Liver  Pill  Improved* — Leptandrin,  40 grs. ,*  podophyllin  and 
cayenne,  30  grs.  each;  sanguinarin,  iridin,  and  ipecac,  15  grs. 
each;  see  that  all  are  pulverized  and  well  mixed;  then  form  into  pii» 


*Note.— These  articles  are  kept  by  Eclectic  Physicians,  and  are*  b^gl 
to  be  kept  by  Druggists  generally. 


Medical  Department. 


129 


mass  by  using  dr.  of  the  soft  extract  of  mandrake  and  a few  drops 
of  anise  oil,  then  roll  oat  into  3 grain  pills. 

Dose. — Two  pills  taken  at  bed  time  will  generally  operate  by 
morning;  but  there  are  those  that  will,  require  three,  whilst  one  pill 
every  night  on  retiring  will  be  found  the  best  corrective  of  the  liver 
of  anything  now  in  use,  tor  common  cases;  but  in  very  bad  cases 
where  the  pill  does  not  arouse  the  liver  to  action,  take  the  following  : 

4.  Liver  Pills  for  Obstinate  Cases.— Tinctures  of  mandrake 
and  blue  flag  roots,  of  each  1 oz. ; and  of  culvers  root,  2 ozs.  Dose  — 
For  adults,  1 tea-spoon  every  3 to  5 hours,  increasing  the  dose  gradu- 
ally until  you  reach  two  or  three  tea-spoons,  if  the  mouth  does  not 
become  sore  and  the  stomach  not  sickened  nor  the  bowels  moved  too 
freely. 

These  drops  are  especially  applicable  in  liver  and  spleen  enlarge- 
ments, and  cases  of  very  long  standing  disease  of  these  organs;  and 
in  such  cases  it  may  be  well  to  use  externally,  over  the  liver  and 
spleen,  especially  if  there  is  believed  to  be  ulceration,  the  following  : 

5.  Ointment  for  Ulcerated  Liver,  Ague  Cake,  etc. — Take  a 
good  handful  of  smartweed,  wormwood,  and  the  bark  of  sumac  root; 
boil  all  together  to  get  the  strength,  then  strain  and  boil  down  care- 
fully to  about  34  Pt.,  adding  lard  ^ lb.,  and  simmering  together  ; 
when  nearly  cool  add  a tea-spoon  of  spirits  of  turpentine. 

Apply  at  night,  by  rubbing  it  over  the  liver  or  other  organ  which 
may  have  pain  or  disease  located  upon  it,  heating  it;  well  by  the  stove 
or  by  a heated  iron-,  putting  it  on,  rubbing,  and  heating  it  in  three  or 
four  times  each  application. 

I obtained  this  prescription  from  the  Rev.  Mr.  Fraser,  of  this 
city,  whose  nephew  was  so  afflicted  with  ulceration  of  the  liver  that 
a council  of  Doctors  said  he  must  die  ; the  pain  was  situated  just 
under  the  short  ribs  of  the  right  side,  completely  bowing  him  together, 
like  the  one  of  old  who  could  “in  no  wise  lift  up  herself.  ’ He  had 
had  a sister,  who  died  some  years  before ; but  at  this  juncture  of  the 
case  the  invalid  dreamed  of  meeting  her,  and  she  gave  him  this  pre- 
scription, which  he  told  his  mother  in  the  morning;  and  she  would  not 
rest  until  it  was  tried  and  it  entirely  cured  the  patient.  The  Elder 
tells  me  he  has  given  it  to  a great  many  persons,  for  pains  of  internal 
organs,  ague  cakes,  etc.,  and  that  it  lias  given  great  satisfaction— a 
perfect  cure.  The  two  first  named  articles  I know  to  be  good  for 
what  they  are  here  .recommended,  but  they  are  generally  used  bjr  boil- 
ing and  laying  the  herbs  over  the  affected  parts,  or  by  steaming  the  parts 
over  the  herbs.  I see  no  reason  why  spirits  from  the  other  world 
should  not  be  permitted  to  communicate  with  the  spirits  of  friends 
here;  but  that  they  are  so  permitted,  to  communicate  in  such  a way  as 
to  be  understood  by  us  frail  mortals,  I never  did,  nor  do  I now  believe, 
neither  do  I believe  this  to  be  the  first  dream  of  this  character  which 
has  proved  valuable.  There  ace  many  things  of  a similar  character 


130 


Dr . Chase's  Recipes . 


in  the  history  of  a number  of  individuals  in  the  range  of  my  acquairi 
tance,  more  singular  and  unaccountable  than  the  above,  which  would 
be  very  interesting  to  relate,  but  the  nature  of  this  work  does  not 
admit.  If  this  shall  benefit  aiy,  I shall  be  satisfied. 

PILLS. — Nervous  Pill.— Alcoholic  extract  of  the  Ignatia  Amara, 
(St  Ignatius  bean)  30  grs  ; powdered  gum  arabic,  10  grs.  Make  into 
40  pills.  Dose.— One  pill  to  be  taken  an  hour  after  "breakfast,  and 
one  and  hour  before  retiring  at  night.  Half  a pill  is  enough  for 
young,  or  very  old  or  very  delicate  persons.  The  pills  may  be  easily 
cut  if  laid  on  a damp  cloth  for  a few  moments. 

These  pills  will  be  found  applicable  in  bad  dyspepsia,  nervous 
headache,  sleeplessness,  palpitation  of  the  heart,  confusion  of  thought, 
determination  of  blood  to  the  head,  failure  of  memory,  and  all  other 
forms  of  general  nervous  debility,  no  matter  of  how  long  standing. 
When  a prominent-  advantage  is  discovered  in  two  weeks  from  the 
commencement  of  the  medicine,  one  a day  will  suffice  until  all  are 
taken. 

The  extract  is  made  by  pulverizing  the  seed  or  bean,  and  putting 
It  into  alcohol  from  ten  to  fourteen  days,  then  evaporating  to  the 
consistence  for  working  into  pill  mass  with  the  powdered  gum. 

This  is  the  prescription  of  the  Rev.  John  M.  Dagnal,  the 
“Retired  Physician,”  brought  out  in  1854,  and  to  ni}^  attention,  and 
that  of  the  medical  class,  by  Professor  Palmer,  in  the  University  of 
Michigan,  in  the  winter  of  ’56-7.  He  said  when  this  prescription 
first  came  out  he  was  practicing  in  Chicago,  and  many  persons  sent 
for  the  pills,  and  derived  much  benefit  from  their  use  at  first,  but 
soon  after  they  seemed  to  lose  their  efficacy,  and  he  presumed  the 
reason  to  be  that  the  demand  was  so  great  that  something  else 
was  substituted  in  place  of  the  extract.This  being  the  case,  drug- 
gists ought  to  prepare  the  extract  themselves,  so  as  to  furnish  patients 
with  the  genuine  article  for  home  use.  It  is  undoubtedly  a splendid 
prescription,  if  put  up  with  fidelity. 

Pills. — To  Sugar  Coat. — Pills  to  be  sugar-coated  must  be  very 
dry,  otherwise  they  will  shrink  away  from  the  coating  and  leave  it  a 
shell,  easily  crushed  off.  When  they  are  dry,  you  will* 

Take  starch,  gum  arabic,  and  white  sugar,  equal  parts,  rubbing 
them  very  fine  in  a marble  mortar,  and  if  damp,  they  must  be  dried 
before  rubbing  together;  then  put  the  powder  into  a suitable  pan,  or 
box,  for  shaking;  now  put  a few  pills  into  a small  tin  box  having  a 
cover,  and  pour  on  to  them  just  a little  simple  syrup,  shaking  well  to 
moisten  the  surface  only,  then  throw  into  the  box  of  powder  and  keep 
in  motion  until  completely  coated,  dry,  and  smooth. 

If  you  are  not  very  careful  you  will  get  too  much  syrup  upon  the 
pills;  if  you  do,  put  injnore,  and  be  quick  about  it,  to  prevent  moist- 
ening the  pill  too  much,  getting  them  into  the  powder  as  soon  as 
possible. 


Mtcfircd  Department . 


I3i 

3.  Anodyne  PlDs»— 5lorpliine,  9 grs. ; extract  of  stramonium  and 
fcyosciamus,  of  each,  18  grs. ; form  into  pill-mass  by  using  solution  of 
gum  arabic  and  tragacantli,  quite  thick.  Divide  into  40  pills.  Dose. 
— In  case  of  severe  pain  or  nervousness,  1 pill  taken  at  bed-time  will  be 
found  to  give  a quiet,  night  of  rest. 

The  advantage  of  this  pill  over  those  depending  entirely  upon 
opium  or  morphine  for  their  anodyne  properties,  is  that  they  may  be 
taken  without  fear  of  constipation. 

CROUP. — Simple,  but  Effectual  Remedy.— This  disease  is  attended 
by  inflammation  of  the  windpipe,  spasms  of  the  muscles  of  the 
throat,  occasioning  a peculiar  sound,  hard  to  be  described,  but  when 
once  heard  by  a mother,  never  to  be  forgotten  ; cough,  difficult 
respiration,  and  fever.  The  phlegm  or  mucus  often  filling  or«yery 
much  obstructing  the  throat,  and  finally  forming  a false  membrane 
Wdiich  cuts  off  all  possibility  of  breathing. 

The  first  thing  to  be  done  is  to  get  hot  water  ready  as  soon  as 
possible,  having  always  on  hand  a bottle  of  emetic  tincture,  composed 
s>f  equal  parts  of  the  tinctures  of  lobelia  and  blood-root.  Dose. — 
According  to  the  age  of  the  child : if  2 years  old,  about  1 tea-spoon 
every  10  to  15  minutes  until  free  vomiting  takes  place ; if  5 years  old, 
2 tea-spoons,  and  increasing  in  proportion  to  age  to  1 table-spoon  for 
a child  of  ten  years — decreasing  for  very  young  children,  say  of  4 to 
8 months,  only  8 to  12  drops.  Place  the  feet  as  soon  as  possible  into 
hot  water,  and  keep  them  there  until  vomiting  takes  place,  laying 
cloths  wrung  out  of  hot  water  upon  the  breast  and  throat,  changing 
sufficiently  often  to  keep  them  hot.  The  next  morning  give  sufficient 
of  the  ‘‘Vegetable  Physic”  to  move  the  bowels  rather  freely.  The 
emetic  tincture  should  be  given  in  some  warm  tea. 

Repeat  the  emetic  as  often  as  the  returning  symptoms  demand 
ft,  which  usually  occurs  the  following  night,  repeating  the  cathartic 
every  second  or  third  day,  and  I will  guarantee  success  if  commenced 
in  any  kind  of  reasonable  time  ; but  usually  no  repetition  will  be 
needed  if  parents  keep  the  preparation  in  the  house  so  as  to  begin 
with  the  beginning  of  the  disease. 

2.  Dutch  Remedy. — Goose  oil,  and  urine,  equal  quantities. 
Dose. — From  a table-spoon  of  the  mixture,  according  to  the  age  of 
the  child.  Repeat  the  dose  every  15  minutes,  if  the  first  does  not 
vomit  in  that  time. 

This  remedy  will  be  found  valuable  in  mild  cases,  and  where  the 
first  is  not  at  hand;  and  I know  it  to  have  saved  a child  when  one  of 
their  best  doctors  said  it  must  die ; but  bear  in  mind  he  had  not  used  our 
first  prescription;  yet  an  old  Dutch  woman  came  in  at  the  eleventh 
hour,  from  the  next-door  neighbor’s  wash-tub,  and  raised  the  child 
with  what  she  called  “p — s and  goose  grease.”  I have  used  it  with 
success. 

5.  Croup  Ointment. — Take  mutton  suet  and  nice  lard,  of  each 
% lb,;  spermaceti  tallow,  3^  oz. ; melt  them  together  and  add  3^  pt.  of 
the  best  vinegar,  and  simmer  until  the  vinegar  is  nearly  evaporated, 
skimming  well,  and  constantly  stirring,  until  it  begins  to  granulate ; 


i32 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


then  add  oils  of  amber  and  spruce,  and  pulverized  sugar  of  lead,  of 
each,  34  oz.;  now  remove  from  the  fire,  and  stir  until  cool.  Dose. — 
For  a child  of  2 years  old  give  from  34  to  1 tea-spoon  every  half-hour 
until  relief  is  obtained,  or  vomiting  takes  place  ; at  the  same  time 
rubbing  upon  the  chest,  and  over  the  throat  and  lungs,  freely. 

Dr. , of  Finley,  O.,  says,  from  his  experience,  he  knows  it 

will  cure  as  often  as  quinine  will  break  up  the  ague. 

HYDROPHOBIA  AND  SNAKE  BITES.— To  Prevent  and  Cure.— 
A.  Hubbard,  of  Boone  county,  111.,  in  a letter  to  the  St.  Louis  Repub- 
lican, says  : “ Eighteen  years  ago  my  brother  and  myself  were  bitten 
by  a mad  dog.  A sheep  was  also  bitten  at  the  same  time.  Among 
the  many  cures  offered  for  the  little  boys  (we  were  then  ten  or  twelve 
years  old),  a friend  suggested  the  following,  which  he  said  would  cure 
the  bite  of  a rattlesnake  : 

“Take  the  root  of  common  upland  ash,  commonly  called  black 
ash,  peel  off  the  bark,  boil -it  to  a strong  decoction,  and  of  this  drink 
freely.  Whilst  my  father  was  preparing  the  above,  the  sheep  spoken 
of  began  to  be  afflicted  with  hydrophobia.  When  it  had  become  so 
fatigued  from  its  distracted  state  as  to  be  no  longer  able  to  stand,  my 
father  drenched  it  with  a pint  of  the  asli-root  ooze,  hoping  to  ascertain 
whether  he  could  depend  upon  it  as  a cure  for  his  sons.  Four  hours 
after  the  drench  had  been  given,  to  the  astonishment  of  all,  the 
animal  got  up  and  went  quietly  with  the  fiock  to  graze.  My  brothei 
and  myself  continued  to  take  the  medicine  for  8 or  10  days,  1 gill  d 
times  daily.  No  effects  of  the  dread  poison  were  ever  discovered  on 
either  of  us.  It  has  been  used  very  successfully  in  snake  bites,  te 
my  knowledge. 

There  is  no  doubt  in  the  author's  mind  but  what  this  gentlemav 
has  made  a mistake  in  the  kind  of  ash  meant,  as  the  upland  ash  is  s 
white  ash,  from  which  flooring  is  made,  having  a thick,  rough  outside 
bark,  whilst  the  black  has  a smooth  bark,  and  grows  in  low,  wet 
land,  and  is  the  same  from  which  the  flour-barrel  hoop  is  extensively 
manufactured.  It  is  the  upland  white  ash  that  is  to  be  used.  It  it 
known,  as  he  says,  to  cure  rattlesnake  bites,  and  a gentleman  of  tbit 
pldce  has  tried  it  with  success  in  rheumatism,  boiled  very  strong  and 
taken  in  half-gill  doses.  May  vomit  and  purge  if  taken  too  freely. 
Yet  a moderate  action,  either  up  or  down,  will  not  be  amiss.  I have 
cured  a case  of  rheumatism,  in  a boy  twelve  or  fourteen  years  of  age, 
with  the  above,  since  it  came  to  my  knowledge. 

2.  Saxon  Remedy. — Gastell,  a Saxon  forester,  now  of  the  veim 
erable  age  of  eighty-two,  unwilling  to  take  to  the  grave  with  him  a 
secret  of  so  much  importance,  has  made  public  in  the  Leipsic  Journal 
the  means  which  he  has  used  fifty  years,  and  wherewith  he  affirms  he 
has  rescued  many  human  beings  and  cattle  from  the  fearful  death  of 
hydrophobia. 

Take  immediately  after  the  bite,  warm  vinegar  or  tepid  water , 
wash  the  wound  clean  therewith,  and  dry  it ; then  pour  upon  the 
wound  a few  drops  of  hydrochloric  acid,  because  mineral  acids  destroy 
the  poison  of  the  saliva. 


Medical  Department. 


133 


ft.  Grecian  History. — Eat  the  green  shoots  of  asparagus,  raw ; 
sleep  and  perspiration  will  be  induced,  and  the  disease  can  be  thus 
cured  in  any  stage  of  canine  madness. 

A writer  in  the  Providence  Journal  says  a man  in  Athens,  Greece, 
was  cured  of  hydrophobia  by  this  remedy,  even  after  the  paroxysms 
had  commenced. 

4.  Quaker  Remedy.— Fifty  Years  Successful.— Jacob  Ely,  a 
good  old  honest  Quaker  merchant,  of  Lloydsville,  O.,  gave  me  the 
following  plan  wrhich  his  father  had  used  since  1806  with  success,  to 
his  knowledge,  both  on  persons  and  domestic  animals;  and  the  New 
York  Tribune  has  recently  published  something  of  the  same  character. 

The  dried  root  of  elecampene,  pulverize  it  and  measure  out  9 
heaping  table-spoons,  and  mix  it  with  2 or  3 tea-spoons  of  pulverized 
gum  arabic;  then  divide  into  9 equal  portions.  When  a person  is 
bitten  by  a rabid  animal,  take  one  of  these  portions  and  steep  it  in  1 
pt.  of  new  milk,  until  nearly  half  the  quantity  of  milk  is  evaporated; 
then  strain,  and  drink  it  in  the  morning,  fasting  for  4 or  5 hours  after. 
The  same  dose  is  to  be  repeated  3 mornings  in  succession,  then  skip 
3,  and  so  on  until  the  9 doses  are  taken. 

The  patient  must  avoid  getting  wet,  or  the  heat  of  the  sun,  and 
abstain  from  high  seasoned  diet,  or  hard  exercise,  and,  if  costive,  take 
a dose  of  salts.  The  above  quantity  is  for  an  adult— children  will 
take  less,  according  to  age.  The  Tribune's  publication  is  as  follows: 

5.  Tribune’s  Cure  for  Hydrophobia. — The  following  was  sent 
to  the  N.  Y.  Tribune , by  J.  W.  Woolston,  of  Philadelphia: 

“ Recipe. — First  dose,  1 oz.  of  elecampane  root,  boiled  in  1 pt.  of 
friilk  until  reduced  to  34  pt.  Second  dose,  (to  be  taken  two  days  after 
the  first,)  134  ozs.  of  elecampane  root  boiled  in  1 pt.  of  milk,  same  as 
the  first.  Third  dose,  same  as  the  second,  (to  be  taken  two  days  after,) 
—in  all,  three  doses. 

If  there  is  any  virtue  in  the  elecampane  at  all,  the  preference,  of 
course,  is  to  be  given  to  the  Quaker'-s  plan,  which  gives  nine  instead 
of  three  doses.  But  it  substantiates  Mr.  Ely’s  plan,  as  it  comes  from 
the  place  of  his  father’s  former  residence.  Consequently  it  would 
seem  to  strengthen  confidence  in  the  first. 

6.  Snake  Bites. — In  case  of  being  bitten  by  any  of  the  poisonous 
snakes,  the  best  plan  is  to  wash  off  the  place  immediately , then  if  the 
position  of  the  wound  is  such  that  3^011  can  get  the  mouth  to  the  spot, 
suck  out  all  the  poison  in  that  way,  or  if  any  other  person  is  present 
whose  mouth  is  not  sore,  no  danger  need  be  apprehended. 

For  all  the  poison  may  be  upon  the  outside,  and  washed  off,  yet 
most  likely  penetrates  more  or  less  into  the  wound,  if  a snake  bite,  as 
the  arrangement  of  their  teeth  is  such  that  the  poison  comes  out  near 
the  point  and  when  in  the  wound;  thus  you  see  the  propriety  of 
sucking  it  out.  Or  : 

7.  Spirits  of  ammonia,  a small  vial  of  it,  can  be  carried  in  the 
pocket,  and  if  bitten,  sharpen  a little  piece  of  wood  to  a point,  dipping 
this  stick  into  the  ammonia,  and  then  penetrating  the  wound  with  it. 
A piece  of  lunar  caustic  can  be  carried  in  tiie  pocket,  and  sharpened, 
if  needed,  and  used  the  same  as  the  stick  and  ammonia — and  one  of 


134 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes . 


the  celebrated  English  farriers.;, has  reported  that  this  caustic,  used 
freely  on  the  bite  of  the  mad  dog,  destroys  the  poison,  but  to  insure 
even  a reasonable  hope  of  success,  it  must  be  used  immediately.  This 
holds  good  in  any  of  the  sucking  or  caustic  applications. 

All  persons  working  on  or  near  marshes,  or  wherever  the  massa- 
sauger  is  known  to  inhabit,  should  always  have  one  of  these  caustics 
with  them. 

§.  But  when  a person  is  bitten  in  the  absence  of  all  these  caus- 
tics, and  not  being  able  to  reach  the  spot  to  suck  oht  the  poison,  he 
must  drink  whisky  enough  to  get  as  drunk  as  a fool,  or  his  whole 
dependence  must  be  upon  the  ash,  asparagus,  or  elecampane. 

The  National  Intelligencer , a year  or  two  since,  published  a recipe 
for  the  cure  of  the  rattlesnake  bite,  which  it  claimed  was  infallible,  it 
having  been  tried  in  a number  of  cases,  and  always  with  success.  It 
was  nothing  more  nor  less  than  the  use  of  whisky  as  above  recom- 
mended, and  it  is  but  justice  to  say  that  a daughter  of  Wm.  Reed,  of 
the  town  of  Pittsfield,  in  this  county,  who  was  bitten  on  the  arm  some 
three  years  ago,  was  cured  by  drinking  whisky  until  drunkenness  and 
stupor  were  produced,  and  she  has  never  felt  any  inconvenience  from 
the  bite  since,  which  goes  to,  show  that  the  bite  of  the  Devil's  tea  is 
worse  than  the  bite  of  a rattlesnake. 

II.  I know  an  old  physician  who  was  called  to  a boy  bitten  by  a 
rattlesnake,  and  in  the  absence  of  ail  other  remedies,  he  cured  him 
upon  the  principle  that  “ The  hair  of  the  dog  wilj  cure  his  bite,”  taking 
a piece  of  the  snake  about  two  inches  long,  splitting  it  on  the  back, 
and  binding  it  upon  the  bite.  It  cleansed  the  wound  very  white,  and 
no  bad  effects  were  seen  from  it. 

10.  Sal eratus,  moistened  and  bound  upon  the  bite;  then  dissolve 
more,  and  keep  the  parts  wet  with  it  for  a few  hours,  cured  many 
massasauger  bites,  as  also  bee-stings. 

1 1.  Snake-Bitten  Cattle.-— Remedy,, — Cattle  or  horses  are  usually 
bitten  in  the  feet.  When  this  is  the  case,  all  that  is  necessary  to  do  is 
to  drive  them  into  a mud-hole  and  to  keep  them  there  for  a few  hours. 
If  upon  the  nose,  bind  the  mud  upon  the  place  in  such  a manner  as 
not  to  interfere  with  their  breathing.  And  I am  perfectly  satisfied 
that  soft  clay  mud  would  be  an  excellent  application  to  snake  bites  on 
persons,  for  I know  it  to  draw  out  the  poisoning  from  ivy,  and  have 
been  assured  that  it  has  done  the  same  for  snake  bites,  of  persons  as 
well  as  cattle. 

EYE  PREPARATIONS. — Eye  Water.— Table  salt  and  white  vit>- 
riol,  of  each,  1 table-spoon;  heat  them  upon  copper  or. earthen  until 
dry;  the  heating  drives  oft'  (lie  acrid  or  biting  water,  called  the  water 
of  crystallization,  making  them  much  milder  in  their  action;  now  add 
them  to  soft  water,  % pt. ; putting  in  white  sugar,  1 table-spoon  ; blue 
vitriol,  a piece  the  size  of  a common  pea.  If  it  should  prove  too 
strong  in  any  case,  add  a little  more  soft  water  to  a vial  of  it.  Ajwly 
it  to  the  eyes  3 or  4 times  daily. 


Medical  Department. 


*35 


If  the  eyes  are  very  sore,  or  if  the  soreness  has  been  of  long 
standing,  t**ke  the  “Alterative  Syrup,”  or  tlie  “Cathartic  Alterative,” 
continuing  them  for  several  weeks,  according  to  the  necessities  of  the 
case.  I find  it  an  excellent  plan,  in  using  any  preparation  for  sore  or 
weak  eyes,  to  apply  it  again  about  twenty  minutes  from  the  first 
application.  More  than  double  speed  is  made  by  this  repetition.  For 
inflammation  of  any  part  of  the  body,  apply  this  by  wetting  cloths. 
Even  for  sores  about  the  ears  and  groins  of  babes,  reduce  it,  and  three 
or  four  applications  will  cure  them.  I have  also  found  it  valuable  for 
horses,  as  a wash:  when  they  get  the  eye  injured  by  straws,  or  other- 
wise, which  causes  the  eye  to  water,  or  matterate,  using  it  freely. 

The  use  of  this  eye  water  enabled  me  to  lay  by  the  spectacles  after 
four  years’  wearing,  and  I have  since  studied  medicine  and  graduated 
as  a physician,  without  resorting  again  to  their  use,  by  the  occasional 
application  of  the  eye  water.  But  I need  not  have  resorted  to  the  use 
of  the  eye  water  again,  had  I not  done  in  study,  as  I do  in  all  things 
else,  that  is,  when  I have  anything  to  do,  *1  do  it  with  all  my  might. 
I read  steadily,  day  by  day,  sixteen  hours — more  than  five  other 
students  read  altogether,  who  roomed  at  the  same  house.  Yet  this 
Bomtted  in  the  end ; for  when  the  class  began  to  inquire  and  look 
around,  near  the  end  of  the  term,  for  one  to  deliver  the  Valedictory , 
Dn  their  behalf,  which  is  the  custom  in  the  Eclectic  Medical  Institute, 
[ received  that,  the  first  honor  of  the  class.  I do  not  mention  this  to 
coast,  by  no  means,  but  to  show  the  necessity,  as  well  as  the  advan- 
tages, of  hard  study,  especially  to  those  who  begin  their  studies  late 
in  life,  and  are  obliged  to  pay  their  way  with  their  own  hands,  and 
Support  a family  also.  This  was  my  case  exactly.  In  the  commence- 
ment of  my  medical  studies,  I worked  all  day,  reading  half  of  the 
night,  copying  off  the  Latin  terms , with  their  significations,  on  a slip 
of  paper,  which  I carried  in  my  pocket  during  the  next  day,  looking 
at  two  or  three  of  the  terms  at  a time,  through  the  day,  until  all  were 
committed.  And  thus  I accomplished  no  more  than  what  any  other 
man  may  do,  if  he  goes  at  it  with  a will,  and  does  as  I did;  and  that 
some  one  may  be  stimulated  to  this  course  is  the  only  object  of  the 
recital.  See  “ Advice  to  Young  Men.” 

2.  Dr.  Raymond,  of  Grass  Lake,  Mich.,  who  obtained  the  above 
prescription  of  me,  adds  to  each  ounce  of  water  used,  one  grain  of 
morphine,  and  he  tells  me  he  has  great  success  with  it ; the  addition 
of  the  morphine  making  it  nearly  rqsemble  the  celebrated  prescription 
used  by  the  English  surgeons  in  India,  which  is  as  follows : 

3.  Indian  Prescription  for  Sore  Eyes. — Sulphate  of  zinc,  2 
grs.;  tincture  of  opium  (laudanum),  1 dr.;  rose  water,  2 ozs. ; mix. 
Put  a drop  or  two  in  the  eye  2 or  3 times  daily. 

4.  An  eye  doctor,  of  Xenia,  O.,  makes  a great  use  of  the  fol- 
lowing: 


136 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes . 


Sulphate  of  zinc,  acetate  of  lead,  and  rock  salt,  of  each,  34  osr.* 
loaf  sugar,  1 oz. ; soft  water,  12  ozs.  ; mix  without  heat,  and  use  a& 
other  eye  waters. 

6.  Dr.  Cook,  of  Ashtabi^a,  Ohio,  makes  and  sells  large  quanti- 
ties under  the  head  of  “ Cook’s  Eye  Water.”  It  is  as  follows: 

Sulphate  of  zinc,  1 oz.;  sugar  of  lead,  34  oz  i precipitated  car- 
bonate of  iron,  34  oz.;  salt,  and  sugar,  of  each,  1 table-spoon;  the 
whites  of  two  figgs;  soft  water,  32  ozs.;  mix  the  whites  of  the  eggs, 
zinc,  salt,  lead,  sugar  and  iron  well  together,  then  add  the  water. 

0.  For  Excessive  Inflammation  of  the  Eyes.— Poultice  by  boil- 
ing a handful  of  hops  in  water,  putting  in  from  % to  1 dr.  of  opium 
while  boiling;  when  still  warm,  lay  the  hops  over  the  eyes  and  keep 
them  wet  with  the  water  in  which  they  were  boiled. 

A lady  who  had  been  blistered  and  starved,  according  to  the  old 
plan  in  this  disease,  was  soon  cured  by  this  poulticing  and  washing 
the  eyes  often  with  the  hop  water  containing  the  opium,  with  generous* 
diet,  etc.,  contrary  to  the  expectation  of  friends,  and  the  prediction  of 
enemies,  to  the  plan.  » 

7.  If  sore  eyes  shed  much,  water,  put  a little  of  the  oxide  of  zint 
into  a vial  of  water,  and  use  it  rather  freely — it  will  soon  cure  that 
difficulty. 

§.  Copperas  and  water  has  cured  sore  eyes  of  long  standing,  and 
used  quite  strong,  it  makes  an  excellent  application  in  erysipelas.. 

9.  Garden  Rhubarb. — The  juice  of  the  root  applied  to  the  eya 
has  cured  bad  cases. 

10.  Boil  an  egg,  remove  the  yolk,  and  have  ready  equal  parts 
of  sulphate  of  zinc  and  loaf  sugar,"  pulverized;  till  the  place  occupied 
by  the  yolk,  and  squeeze  ou»  the  oil  through  a linen  cloth,  while  hot, 
and  apply  as  needed.  If  tco  strong,  add  a little  rain  water. 

I sold  a book  to  a Mrs.  Johnson,  in  Wayne  county,  Mich.,  whc 
had  used  this  preparation  very  successfully  for  several  years,  and  had 
I not  have  already  had  it  411  my  book,  I could  not  have  purchased  it  of 
her  for  less  than  live  dollars,  and  she  regretted  very  much  that  I wa* 
taking  from  her  a source  of  profit  by  selling  the  books  in  her  neigh 
borhood  containing  the  recipe. 

IS.  Sailor’s  Eye  Preparation. — Burn  alum,  and  mix  it  with  tht\ 
white  of  eggs,  and  put  between  two  cloths,  and  lay  it  upon  the  eyes; 
taking  salts  and  cream-of-tartar,  equal  parts,  to  cleanse  the  blood. 

This  was  given  to  me,  and  very  highly  recommended,  by  an  old 
Scotch  sailor,  with  whom  I have  had  much  enjoyment,  talking  over 
the  sufferings  of  the  sea,  he  having  used  it  many  times  in  places  where 
nothing  else  could  be  obtained. 

1 2.  Father  Pinkney’s  Preparation  for  Very  Bad  Sore  Eyes. — 

Castile  soap,  scraped  fine,  and  half  the  quantity  of  very  finely  pulver- 
ized chalk ; wet  them  up  to  a paste  with  strong  juice  of  tobacco;  when 
desired  to  apply  to  the  eye,  drop  two  or  three  drops  of  brandy  into 
the  box  of  paste;  then  take  out  a bit  of  it  where  the  brandy  was 
dropped,  equal  in  size  to  the  fourth  of  a grain  of  wheat,  to  the  diseased 
eye;  wet  it  on  a bit  of  glass,  and  put  it  into  the  eye  with  a camel’s 
hair  pencil. 


Medical  Department . 


137 


Apply  it  twice  daily  at  first,  and  from  that  to  only  once  in  two 
dajs,  4 for  from  one  to  two  weeks,  will,  and  has  cured  wretchedly  bad 
cases*,  so  says  old  Father  Pinkney,  of  Wayne  county,  Michigan,  who 
has  Uoed  it  over  fifty  years,  he  being*over  ninety  years  of  age.  His 
only  object  in  giving  it  an  insertion  here  is  to  do  good  to  his  fellow 
creatures  \ and  also  for  animals,  it  being  equally  applicable  to  horses 
or  cattle. 

13.  Indian  Eye  Water. — Soft  water,  1 pt. ; gum  arabic,  1 oz. ; 
white  vitriul,  1 oz.;  fine  salt,  % tea-spoon;  put  all  into  a bottle  and 
shake  until  dissolved.  Put  into  the  eye  just  as  you  retire  to  bed. 

1 paid  l^rs.  Pinny,  south  of  Ypsilanti,  Mich.,  fifty  cents  for  this 
prescription.  She  would  not,  however,  let  her  own  family  know  its 
composition.  Her  husband  had  removed  films  from  horses’  eyes  with 
it,  and  cured  Mr.  Cliidister,  a merchant  of  Ypsilanti,  by  only  two 
applications,  an  the  saying  is,  after  he  had  “ tried  everything  else.”  It 
came  from  an  otd  Indian,  but  my  knowledge  of  the  articles  would 
lead  me  to  say  for  common,  at  least,  it  would  require  to  be  reduced 
one-half. 

14.  Tobacco  Eye  Water. — Fine  cut  tobacco  the  size  of  a common 
hickory  nut;  sugar  of  lead  equal  in  bulk;  rain  water,  2 ozs. ; opium 
the  size  of  a pea.  Reduce  it  with  more  water  if  necessary. 

* 15.  Verdigris  and  Honey,  have  cured  inflamed  eyes,  by  using 
just  sufficient  verdigris  to  color  the  water  a grass  color,  then  making 
it  one-third  honey.  It  is  also  said  to  prevent  scars  by  using  upon 
burps. 

16.  Raw  Potato  Poultice,  for  inflamed  eyes,  is  one-of  the  very 
best  applications  in  recent  cases,  scraping  fine  and  applying  fre- 
quently. 

17.  Slippery-Eliw  Poultices,  are  also  an  excellent  application, 

used  as  above. 

1§.  Films — To  Remove  from  the  Eye. — Wintergreen  leaf, 
oruised,  and  stewed  in  a suitable  quantity  of  hens’  oil  to  make  the  oil 
strong  of  the  wintergreen — strain  and  apply  twice  daily. 

The  above  cured  a boy  of  this  city,  and  I am  satisfied  that  the 
hens’  oil  has  cured  recent  cases,  without  the  wintergreen;  but  with  it, 
it  has  cured  beasts  also.  For  cases  of  a year  or  two’s  standing,  how- 
ever, it  is  best  to  use  the  following: 

19.  Lime  water,  1 pt.;  finely  pulverized  verdigris,  % oz-  ? set  on 
embers  for  1 hour;  then  strain  and  bottle  tight.  Touch  the  film  over 
the  pupil,  or  on  the  speck,  2 or  3 times  daily,  by  putting  the  point  of 
a camel’s  hair  pencil  into  the  preparation,  then  to  the  eye,  holding 
away  the  lids  for  a short  time  by  placing  the  thumb  and  finger  upon 
them  for  that  purpose. 

It  will  be  found  necessary  to  persevere  for  two  or  three  months 
with  this  application,  and  also  to- use  one  of  the  “Alteratives,”  to 
cleanse  the  blood.  This  course,  pursued  for  three  months,  gave  sight 
to  a young  lady  who  had  not  seen  light  for  two  years,  which  doctors 
could  not  do,  nor  were  willing  for  others  to  do. 

20.  Eye  Salve. — Take  white  precipitate,  1 tea-spoon,  and  rub  it 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


138 

into  a salvo  with  3 tea-spoons  of  fresh  lard,  and  applied  upon 
outside  of  the  lid  of  the  worst  chronic  (long  continued)  sore  eyes,  has 
cured  them  when  they  were  so  bad  that  even  the  eyelashes  (ciiia)  had 
fallen  out,  from  the  disease. 

A physician  was  cured  with*this  eye  salve  wnen  he  could  not  cure 
himself.  If  red  precipitate  will  cure  the  itch,  why  should  not  the 
white  cure  disease  of  the  eye  ? 

23.  Sore  Eyes — To  Remove  the  Granulations.— Crystalized 

nitrate  of  silver,  2 grs.;  morphia,  1 gr.;  blue  vitriol,  1 gr. ; salammo- 
niac,  1 gr. ; pulverize  each  one  separately,  and  mix.  Apply  once 
daily,  by  putting  a small  bit  of  the  mixture  upon  a piece  of  glass, 
moistening  it  with  a little  water,  and  putting  into  the  eye  by  means  of 
a small  camel’s  hair  pencil. 

22.  Another  Method. — Is  to  take  a stick  of  tag-alder  about  2 
feet  long,  boring  a hole  nearly  through  the  middle  of  the  stick,  cross- 
wise, filling  it  with  salt,  and  plugging  it  up;  then  put  one  end  into  the 
fire  and  char  it  nearly  to  the  salt,  then  the  other  end  the  same  way; 
and  finally  pulverizing  and  applying  the  salt,  the  same  as  the  above, 
once  daily  only. 

In  either  case,  after  the  granulations  (little  lumps)  are  removed 
from  the  eye,  or  eyes,  finish  the  cure  by  using  any  of  the  foregoing 
eye  waters  which  you  may  choose;  all  the  time  using  some  of  the 
alteratives  for  cleansing  the  blood. 

FEVER  SORES.— PLASTER,  SALVES,  Etc.— Black  Salve.— 
Sweet  oil,  linseed  oil,  and  red  lead  pulverized,  of  each  1 oz.,  (or  in 
these  proportions).  Put  all  into  an  iron  dish  over  a moderate  lire, 
stirring  constantly,  until  you  can  draw  your  finger  over  a drop  of  it 
on  a board  when  a little  cool*  without  sticking.  Spread  on  cloth,  and 
apply  aS  other  salves. 

My  brother,  J.  M.  Chase,  of  Caneadea,  1ST.  Y.,  says  he  has  used 
this  salve  about  fifteen  years,  and  knows  it  to  be  one  of  the  best  in  the 
world  for  all  kinds  of  old  sores,  as  ulcers,  fever  sores,  and  all  inflamed 
parts,  cleaning  and  taking  out  redness  or  inflammation,  causing  a. 
white,  healthy  appearance  in  a short  time,  and  a certain  preventive  of 
mortification,  etc.,  etc.,  as  well  as  to  prevent  soreness  in  more  recent 
cuts  and  bruises,  also;  and  from  my  own  knowledge  of  a salve  which 
is  very  similar,  I have  introduced  it  into  this  work,  feeling  assured  that 
whoever  may  have  occasion  to  try  it,  will  not  regret  the  space  it 
occupies,  especially  after  reading  the  following  : A gentleman  said  to 
me  during  the  past  summer,  “ 1 wiil  give  you  one  of  the  most  valuable 
salves  in  the  world,  for  I cured  a man’s  hand  with  it,  which  was  so 
swollen  that  it  looked  more  like  a ham  than  a hand ; and  two  doctors 
said  it  must  be  cut  olf;  also  ulcerated.”  When  he  told  me  how  it  was 
made,  I opened  my  book  to  the  above  salve,  which  was  precisely  the 
same  as  the  one  he  used. 

2.  Red  Salve.— Some  prefer  to  prepare  the  salve  as  follows: 

Red  lead,  1 lb.;  bees- wax  and  resin,  of  each,  2 ozs.;  linseed  and 
sweet  oils,  of  each,  3 table-spoons;  spirits  of  turpentine,  1 tea-spoon  j 


Medieal  Department. 


139 


melt  nil,  except  the  first  and  last,  together,  then  stir  in  the  lead  and  stir 
until  cool,  adding  the  turpentine. 

Used  upon  fever,  and  all  other  sores  of  an  inflammatory  character ; 
at  the  same  time  taking  the  following  pill  to  purify  the  blood: 

3.  Mandrake  root,  dried  and  pulverized,  34  oz. ; blood-root,  in  the 
same  way,  34  oz. ; form  into  pills  with  extract  of  dandelion.  Dose. — 
Three  pills  may  be  taken  at  bed  time,  for  2 ov  3 days,  then  add  another 
t>il),  and  at  the  end  of  a week  take  any  cathartic  you  choose;  then  take 
iodide  of  potash,  10  grs.,  and  put  it  iuto  a vial  with  1 oz.  of  water,  and 
take  20  to  30  drops  of  it  in  a little  more  water,  instead  of  the  mandrake 
pill,  for  3 or  4 days,  then  that  pill  again,  as  at  first. 

By  the  time  you  have  gone  around  three  or  four  times,  the  blood 
will  be  pretty  thoroughly  cleansed — do  not  be  afraid  of  the  mandrake 
pill,  as  it  will  not  act  as  a cathartic,  but  simply  work  upon  the  blood — 
if  it  does,  reduce  the  number.  You  will  be  pleased  with  this  method 
sf  purification. 

4.  Indian  Cure, — 0.  A.  Patterson,  of  Ashtabula,  Ohio,  was  cured 
tty  an  Indian  physician,  in  Cleveland,  of  one  of  the  worst  fever  sores 
almost  ever  known.  The  muscles  of  his  leg  were  so  contracted  that  no 
Use  could  be  made  of  his  leg  in  getting  about.  Four  months,  and  the 
following  treatment,  did  the  work: 

A syrup  of  Wahoo  (Euonyrous  Atropurpureus) — and  here  let  me 
say  that  the  Wahoo  is  the  great  Indian  remedy  for  purifying  the  blood 
—was  made  by  boiling  very  strong,  then  molasses  and  rum  added  to 
make  it  palatable  and  keep  it  from  souring;  this  was  used  sufficient  to 
keep  the  bowels  solvent,  sometimes  chewing  the  bark  of  the  root  from 
Which  the  syrup  is  made,  preferring  it  a part  of  the  time  to  the  syrup. 
The  sore  was  dressed  with  the  following  salve  : Resin,  1 lbv;  mutton 
tallow,  1 lb.;  bees-wax,  1 lb.;  linseed  oil,  1 pt. ; ambrosial  (highly  fla- 
vored) soap,  134  ozs.  ? to  make  it,  mix  in  an  iron  kettle  and  simmer  2 
hours,  stirring  all  the  time.  Spread  on  cloth,  and  apply  as  needed. 
The  contracted  muscles  were  anointed  with  skunk’s  oil  only. 

Mr.  Patterson  also  extols  it  very  highly  for  all  common  purposes. 
And  as  I have  a few  other  recipes  tor  fever  sores  which  have  been  so 
highly  recommended  by  those  wh^  have  used  them,  I cannot  omit  their 
insertion,  and  I would  especially  recommend  the  next  one  following, 
called : 

5.  Kitridge’s  Salve. — Bitter-sweet  and  sweet  elder  roots,  of  each 
1 }4  lbs.;  hop  vines  and  leaves,  and  garden  plantain,  top  and  root,  of 
each,  34  lb.;  tobacco,  1 three  cent  plug.  Boil  all  in  rain  water  to  get 
out  the  strength;  then  put  the  herbs  in  a thick  cloth  and  press  put  the 
juice,  and  boiL  down  carefully  to  34  pt-  5 then  add  unsalted  butter,  1 
lb,  ; bees-wax  and  resin,  of  each,  1 oz.,  and  simmer  over  a slow  fire 
until  the  water  is  all  out. 

I obtained  the  above  from  S.  B.  Newton,  a farmer  doctor  near 
Mooreville,  Michigan,  who  had  cured  fever  sores,  with  it,  of  thirty-five 
years’  standing ; used  it  also  on  swellings  in  every  case,  once  upon  a 
boy  who  had  an  eye  kicked  out  and  swelled  very  bad;  he  keeps  it  in 


140 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


his  stable  all  the  time  for  wounds  of  horses  and  cattle,  in  castration, 
etc.,  etc.  I know  it  must  be  a very  valuable  salve. 

0.  Fever  Sore  Poultice. — Sassafras,  bark  of  the  root,  dried  and 
pulverized  very  flue;  make  a bread  and  milk  poultice  quite  thin,  and 
stir  in  of  the  above  powder  to  make  it  of  proper  consistence,  applying 
3 times  in  the  24  hours  for  3 weeks ; then  heal  with  a salve  made  by 
thickening  honey  to  a salve  with  wheat  flour. 

If  there  are  loose  bones,  it  will  be  quite  sore  while  they  are  work- 
ing out,  but  persevere.  A case  was  cured  by  it  of  twelve  years’  stand- 
ing; the  same  man  cured  eight  other  cases,  never  having  a failure,  and 
it  has  proved  successful  on  an  abscess  of  the  loins  also. 

7.  Yeast  Poultice. — Fresh  yeast,  the  thick  part,  thickened  with 
flour  and  applied  to  fever  sores,  has  proved  very  valuable,  continuing 
it  for  several  weeks,  touching  any  point,  which  does  not  heal  readily, 
with  finely  pulverized  verdigris  rubbed  up  with  a little  lard ; then 
putting  the  poultice  directly  over  the  whole  again. 

This  heals,  leaving  the  parts  white  and  natural,  instead  of  dark,  an 
I have  seen  many  cases  which  had  been  cured. 

8.  Salve  for  Fever  Sores,  Abscesses,  Broken  Breasts,  Etc.-- 
Thoroughly  steep  tobacco,  % oz  , in  soft  water,  1 pt.,  straining  out  from 
the  tobacco  and  boiling  down  to  1 gill;  then  have  melted  lard,  resin, 
and  bees  wax,  of  each,  34  oz.,  simmering  to  a thick  salve,  then  stirring 
in  1 gill  of  old  rum,  and  if  necessary,  continuing  the  simmering  a littla 
longer.  To  be  used  as  other  salves. 

Ointment. — Sweet  clover  (grown  in  gardens),  stewed  in  lard* 
then  add  bees  wax  and  white  pine  turpentine,  equal  parts,  to  form  an 
ointment,  is  highly  recommended. 

SO.  Salve  for  Fever  Sores,  Cuts,  Etc. — Spirits  of  turpentine  and 
honey,  of  each,  % pt.,  simmered  over  a slow  fire  until  they  unite  by 
stirring ; then  set  aside  to  cool  until  you  can  put  in  the  yolk  of  an  egg 
without  its  being  cooked  by  the  heat ; stir  it  in  and  return  it  to  the 
tire,  adding  camphor  gum,  34  oz.,  simmer  and  stir  until  well  mixed. 

By  putting  in  the  egg  when  cool,  it  combines  with  the  other,  but  i\ 
put  in  while  the  salve  is  hot,  it  cooks,  but  does  not  combine.  This  it. 
very  highly  recommended,  as  above  indicated. 

21.  William  Howell,  a farmer  living  about  six  miles  ffom  Jack, 
son,  Michigan,  says  he  had  a fever  sore  on  his  shin  for  twenty  years, 
sometimes  laying  him  up  for  months,  and  at  one  time  preparations  were 
made  to  cut  off  the  limb,  but  an  old  man,  in  New  Jersey,  told  him  to: 

Scrape  a fresh  turnip  and  apply  it  every  4 hours,  night  and  day> 
until  healed,  which  cured  him. 

And  he  feels  assured,  from  using  it  in  other  cases,  that  all  will  be 
pleased  with  it  who  have  any  occasion  for  its  use.  Apply  it  oftener  if 
it  becomes  too  offensive. 

S A EYES. — Green  Mountain  Salve. — Resin,  5 lbs.;  Burgundy 
pitch,  bees-wax,  and  mutton  tallow,  of  each,  34  lb.;  oil  of  hemlock, 
balsam  of  fir,  oil  of  origanum,  oil  of  red  cedar,  and  Venice  turpentine, 
of  each,  1 oz.  ; oil  off  wormwood,  34  oz. ; verdigris,  very  finely  pulver- 
ized, 1 oz. ; melt  the  first  articles  together  and  a-M  the  oiis,  having 
rubbed  the  verdigris  up  with  a little  of  the  oils,  an<?  pat  i?  in  with  tho 


Mfiical  Department. 


141 


•uTm  articles,  stirring  well ; then  pour  into  cold  water  and  work  as 
wax  until  cool  enough  to  roll. 

This  salve  has  no  equal  for  rheumatic  pains,  or  weakness  in  the 
side,  back,  shoulders,  or  any  place  where  pain  may  locate  itself.  Where 
the  skin  is  broken,  as  in  ulcers,  and  bruises,  I use  it  without  the  verdi- 
gris, making  a white  salve,  even  superior  to  “Pel eg  White’s  Old  Salve.” 
It  is  valuable  in  Dyspepsia,  to  put  a plaster  of  the  green  salve  over  the 
stomach,  and  wear  it  as  long  as  it  will  stay  on,  upon  the  back  also,  or 
any  place  where  pain  or  weakness  may  locate.  In  cuts,  bruises,  abra- 
sions, etc , spread  the  white  salve  upon  cloth  and  apply  it  as  a sticking 
plaster  until  well ; for  rheumatism  or  weakness,  spread  the  green  salve 
Upon  soft  leather  and  apply,  letting  it  remain  on  as  long  as  it  will  stay. 
For  corns,  spread  the  green  salve  upon  cloth  and  put  upon  the  corn, 
letting  it  remain  until  cured.  It  has  cured  them. 

A gentleman  near  Lancaster,  Ohio,  obtained  one  of  my  books 
having  this  recipe  in  it,  and  one  year  afterwards  he  told  me  he  had  sold 
over  four  thousand  rolls  of  the  salve,  curing  an  old  lady  of  rheumatism 
fn  six  weeks,  who  had  been  confined  to  her  bed  for  seven  weeks,  cover- 
ing all  the  large  joints  with  the  salve,  without  other  treatment.  For 
'tolling  out  salves,  see  the  cut  on  page  142. 

2.  Conklin’s  Celebrated  Salve. — Resin,  4 lbs.;  bees-wax,  Bur- 

gundy pifph,  white  pine  turpentine,  and  mutton  tallow,  each,  34  lb. ; 
camphor  gum  and  balsam  of  fir,  of  each,  34  oz.;  sweet  oil,  34  oz  i and 
alcohol,  34  pt-  Melt,  mix,  roll  out,  and  use  as  other  salves.  Wonders 
have  been  done  with  it.  » 

3.  Balm  of  (xilead  Salve. — Mutton  tallow,  34  lb.;  balm  of  gilead 
Puds,  2 ozs.;  white  pine  gum,  1 oz.;  red  precipitate,  34  oz.;  hard  soap, 
54  oz,;  white  sugar,  1 table-spoon.  Stew  tne  buds  in  the  tallow  until 
the  strength  is  obtained,  and  press  out  or  strain,  scrape  the  soap  and 
add  it  with  the  other  articles  to  the  tallow,  using  suilicient  unsalted 
butter  or  sweet  oil  to  bring  it  to  a proper  consistence  to  spread  easily 
upon  cloth.  When  nearly  cool,  stir  in  the  red  precipitate,  mixing 
thoroughly. 

This  may  bo  more  appropriately  called  an  ointment.  It  is  used  for 
eats,  scalds,  bruises,  etc.,  and  for  burns,  by  spreading  very  thin — if 
sores  get  proud  flesh  in  them,  sprinkle  a little  burned  alum  on  the  salve 
before  applying  it.  It  has  been  in  use  in  this  country  about  forty 
years,  with  the  greatest  success. 

4.  Adhesive  Piaster,  or  Salve,  for  Deep  Wounds,  Cuts,  etc.,  in 
Place  of  Stitches. — White  resin,  7 ozs.;  bees-wax  and  mutton  tallow, 
of  each,  34  oz. ; melt  all  together,  then  pour  into  cold  water  and  work 
as  wax  until  thoroughly  mixed,  then  roll  out  into  suitable  sticks  for 
use. 

It  may  be  spread  upon  firm  cloth  and  cut  into  narrow  strips.  In 
case  of  deep  wounds,  or  cuts,  it  will  be  found  to  firmly  hold  them 
together,  by  first  pressing  one  end  of  a strip  upon  one  side  of  the 
wound  until  it  adheres,  then  draw  the  edges  of  the  wound  closely 
together,  and  press  down  the  other  end  of  the  strip  until  it  adheres 


142 


Dr.  Chase's  Recipes. 


also.  The  strips  should  reach  three  or  four  Niches  upon  each  side  ol 
the  cut,  and  run  in  different  directions  across  eacn  other,  to  draw  every 
part  of  the  wound  firmly  in  contact.  It  will  crack  easily  after  being 
spread  until  applied  to  the  warm  flesh,  yet  if  made  any  softer  it  can 
not  be  depended  upon  for  any  length  of  time,  but  as  it  is,  it  has  oeen 
worn  as  a strengthening  plaster,  and  remained  on  over  a year. 

5.  Eeleg  Whitens  01(1  Salve. — This  formerly  celebrated  salve 
was  composed  of  only  three  very  simple  articles.  Our  “Green  Moun- 
tain Salve”  is  far  ahead  of  it,  yet  for  the  satisfaction  of  its  old  friends 
I give  you  its  composition : 

Resin,  3 lbs.;  mutton  tallow  and  bees-wax,  of  each,  34  lb. ; melted 
together  and  poured  into  cold  water,  then  pulled,  and  worked  a» 
shoemakers’  wax. 

It  was  recommended  for  old  sores,  cuts,  rheumatic  piasters,  etc., 
etc. 


11. 


Apparatus  for  Making  Salves  and  Lozenges. 

The  above  cut  represents  a board  prepared  with  strips  upon  it  oi 
the  desired  thickness  for  the  diameter  of  the  rolls  of  salve,  also  a piec* 
of  board  with  a handle,  with  which  to  roll  the  salve  when  properly 
cooled  for  that  purpose.  The  salve  is  laid  between  the  strips,  which 
are  generally  one  inch  thick,  then,  with  the  handle  piece,  roll  it  until 
that  board  comes  down  upon  the  strips,  which  makes  the  robs  all  o> 
one  size;  use  a little  tallow  to  prevent  sticking  to  the  boards  or  hands; 
then  cut  oft'  the  desired  length,  and  put  a label  upon  them,  to  prevent 
them  sticking  to  each  other. 

A roller  ana  tin  cutter  are  also  represented  in  the  same  cut,  with 
which,  and  another  board,  having  thin  strips  upon  it  to  correspond 
with  thickness  of  lozenges  required,  you  can  roll  the  mass  down  until 
the  roller  touches  the  strips;  and  thus  you  can  get  them,  os  well  as  the 
salve,  of  uniform  thickness;  then  cut  out  with  the  cutter,  laying  them 
upon  paper  until  dry. 

VE  KM  I FIHUES. — Santonin  Lozenges. — Santonin,  GO  grs. ; pulver- 
ized sugar,  5 ozs.;  mucilage  of  gum  tragacanth  sufficient  to  make  ints"> 
a thick  paste,  worked  carefully  together,  that  the  santonin  shall  be 
evenly  mixed  throughout  the  whole  mass,  then  if  not  in  too  greats 


Medical  Department . 


*43 


hurry,  cover  up  *kie  mortar  in  which  you  have  rubbed  them,  and  let 
st.uid  irorti  x2  to  24  hour^  to  temper;  at  which  time  they  will  roll  out 
better  than  ir  dune  immediately  j.divide  into  120  lozenges.  See  appar- 
atus, on  preceding  page,  for  rolling  and  cutting  out.  Dose. — For  a 
child  1 year  old,  1 lozenge,  night  and  morning;  of  2 years,  2 lozenges; 
of  4 years,  3;  of  8 years,  4;  oflO  years  or  more,  5 to  7 lozenges;  in  all 
cases  to  be  taken  twice  daily,  ana  continuing  until  the  worms  start  on 
a voyage  of  discovery. 

A gentleman  came  into  the  drug  store  one  morning,  with  the 
remark,  “Do  you  know  what  your  lozenges  have  been  doing?  ” As 
though  they  had  killed  some  one,  the  answer  was,  no,  is  there  any- 
thing wrong;  he  held  up  both  hands  together,  scoop  shovel  style,  say- 
ing, “They  fetched  away  the  worms  by  the  double  handful.”  It  is 
needless  to  attempt  to  give  the  symptoms  by  which  the  presence  of 
worms  might  be  distinguished;  for  the  symptosas  of  nearly  every 
other  disease  is,  sometimes,  manifested  by  their  presence.  But  if  the 
belly  be  quite  hard  and  unusually  large,  with  a peculiar  and  disagree- 
able breath  in  the  morning,  foul  or  furred  tongue,  upper  lip  swollen, 
itching  of  the  nose  and  anus,  milky  white  urine,  bowels  sometimes 
obstinately  costive,  then  as  obstinately  loose,  with  a craving  appetite, 
then  loathing  food  at  times;  rest  assured  that  worm  medicine  will  not 
be  amiss,  whether  the  person  be  child  oi  adult.  It  would  be  well  to 
take  a mild  catnartic  after  four  to  six  days  use  of  the  lozenges,  unless 
the  worms  have  passed  off  sufficiently  free  before  that  time,  to  show 
their  general  destruction.  Very  high  praisj  lias  also  been  given  to  the 
following: 

Yermifage  Oil — Prof.  Freeman’s.— In  the  May  number  of 
the  Eclectic  Medical  Journal  oi  Cincinnati,  Ohio,  I Mud  so  valuable  a 
Vermifuge  from  Prof.  Z.  Freeman,  that  I must  be  excused  for  its 
insertion,  as  the  articles  can  always  be  obtained,  whilst  in  some  places 
you  might  not  be  able  to  get  the  santonin  called  for  in  the  lozenges. 
His  remarks  following  the  recipe  will  make  all  needed  explanations, 
and  give  confidence  in  the  treatment. 

The  explanations  in  brackets  are  my  own,  accoiding  to  the  custom 
through  the  whole  work. 

“Take  oil  of  chenopodii,  34  oz.  (oil  of  worm-se^d,);  oil  of  tere- 
binth, 2 drs.  (oil  of  turpentine,);  oil  of  ricini,  134  oxs.  (castor  oil,); 
fluid  extract  of  spigelia,  34  oz-  (pink,);  hydrastin,  10  grs.;  syrup  of 
menth.  pip.,  34  oz-  (syrup  of  peppermint.)  Dose. — To  a child  of  10 
years  of  age,  a tea-spoon  3 times  a day,  1 hour  before  each  meal ; if  it 
purges  too  freely,  give  it  less  often. 

“ This  is  an  excellent  vermifuge,  tonic,  and  cathartic,  and  has 
never  failed  (as  well  as  I can  judge,)  to  eradicate  worms,  if  any  were 
present,  when  administered  for  that  purpose.  I have  given  no  other 
vermifuge  for  the  last  five  years,  and  often  one  tea-spoon  has  brought 
away  from  three  to  twenty  of  the  lumbrica.  Only  a few  days  ago  I 
prescribed  one  fluid  drachm  of  it,  -(about  one  teaspoon,)  and  caused 


144 


Dr.  Chase's  Recipes . 


the  expulsion  of  sixty  lumbricoids,  and  one  fluid  drachm,  taking  a few 
days  afterwards,  by  the  same  child,  brought  away  forty  more,  some  of 
them  six  inches  in  length.  Where  jno  worms  are  present,  it  answers 
the  purpose  of  a tonic,  correcting  the  condition  of  the  mucus  mem- 
brane of  the  stomach  and  bowels,  improving  the  appetite  and  diges- 
tion, and  operating  as  a mild  cathartic.” 

3.  Worm  Tea. — Carolina  pink-root,  senna  leaf,  manna,  and 
American  worm-seed,  of  each,  % oz ; bruise  and  pour  on  boiling 
water,  1 pt.,  and  steep  without  boiling.  Sweeten  well,  add  half  as 
much  milk.  Dose. — A child  of  five  years,  may  take  1 gill  3 times 
daily,  before  meals,  or  sufficient  to  move  the  bowels  rather  freely. 

If  this  does  not  carry  off  any  worms,  wait  one  day  and  repeat  the 
operation  ; but  if  the  bowels  do  not  move  by  the  first  day’s  work,  in- 
crease the  dose  and  continue  to  give  it  until  that  end  is  attained  before 
stopping  the  medicine.  . This  plan  will  be  found  an  improvement  upon 
the  old  where  the  lozenges  or  oil  Cannot  be  obtained,  as  above. 

4.  Worm  Cake. — English  Remedy. — Wheat  flour  and  jalap,  of 
each,  34  lb*;  calomel,  grain-tin,  and 'ginger,  of  each,  1 oz.  Mix 
thoroughly  and  wet  up  as  dough,  to  a proper  consistence  to  roll  out; 
then  roll  out  as  lozenge  cakes,  to  three-sixteenths  of  an  inch  in  thick- 
ness; then  cut  out  % inch  square  and  dry  them  Dose. — For  a child 
from  1 to  2 years',  % °1  a cake;  4 to  5 years,  1 cake;  from  5 to  7 years, 
134  cakes;  from  7 to  10,  134;  from  10  to  12,  1%;  from  12  to  14,  2; 
from  14  to  17,  2*4 ; from  17  to  20  years,  and  all  above  that  age,  234 
cakes,  but  all  men  above  that  age,  3 cakes. 

“ Children  may  eat  them,  or  they  can  be  shaved  off  very  fine  and 
mixed  in  a little  treacle,  honey  or  preserves.  If  after  taking  the  first 
dose  they  do  not  work  as  you  desire,  increase  the  dose  a little.  The 
patient  to  take  the  medicine  twice  a week — Sundays  and  Wednesdays. 
To  be  taken  in  the  morning,  fasting,  and  to  be  wmrked  off  with  a little 
warm  tea,  water  gruel,  or  warm  broth.  N.  B. — Milk  must  not  be 
used  in  working  them  olf,  and  be  careful  of  catching  cold. — Snodin , 
Printer , Oakham , Eng  * 

I obtained  the  above  of  an  English  family  who  prized  it  very 
highly  as  a cathartic  for  common  purposes,  as  well  as  for  worms.  And 
all  who  are  willing  to  take  calomel , I have  no  doubt  will  be  pleased 
with  its  operations. 

TAPE  WORM. — Simple,  but  Effectual  Remedy. — This,  very  an- 
noying  and  distressing,  worm  has  been  removed  by  taking  two  ounce 
doses  of  common  pumpkin-seeds,  pulverized,  and  repeated  every  four 
or  five  hours,  for  four  or  live  days,  spirits  of  turpentine,  also  in  doses 
of  one-lialf  to  two  ounces,  with  castor  oil,  have  proved  very  effectual, 
the  root  of  the  male  fern,  valerian,  bark  of  the  pomegranate  root,  etc., 
have  been  used  with  success.  But  my  chief  object  in  speaking  upon 
this  subject,  is  to  give  the  successes  of  Drs.  Beach,  of  New  York,  and 
Dowler,  of  Beardstown,  111.,  from  their  singularity  and  perfect  eradi- 
cation of  the  worm,  in  both  cases  : The  first  is  from  “Beach’s  Ameri- 


Medical  Department. 


*45 


car*  practice,  and  Family  Physician,”  a large  work,  of  three  volumes, 
costing  Twenty  Dollars,  consequently  not  generally  circulated ; whilst 
the  latter  is  taken  from  the  “ Eclectic  Medical  and  College  Journal,” 
of  Cincinnati,  and  therefore  only  taken  by  physicians  of  that  school. 
The  last  was  first  published  by  the  “New  Orleans  Medical  and  Sur- 
gical Journal.”  First  then,  Dr.  Beach  says: 

“The  symptoms  of  a tape-worm,  as  related  to  me  by  Miss  Dumou- 
line,  who  had  suffered  with  it  for  twenty-five  years,  are  in  substance 
as  follows:  It  commenced  at  the  age  of  ten,  and  afflicted  her  to  the  age 
of  thirty-five.  The  worm  often  made  her  distressingly  sick  at  the 
stomach;  she  would  sometimes  vomit  blood  and  be  taken  suddenly  ill, 
and  occasionally  while  walking.  It  caused  symptoms  of  many  other 
diseases,  great  wasting  of  the  flesh,  etc.  Her  appetite  was  very  ca- 
pricious, being  at  times  good,  and  then  poor  for  months,  during  which 
time  her  symptoms  were  much  aggravated;  sickness,  vomiting,  great 
pain  in  the  chest,  stomach  and  side,  motion  in  the  stomach,  and  also 
in  the  bowels,  with  pain,  a sense  of  fullness  or  swelling,  and  beating 
Dr  throbbing  in  the  same,  dizziness,  heaviness  of  the  eyes: — and  she 
was  altogether  so  miserable  that  she  feared  it  would  destroy  her.  When 
*he  laced  or  wore  anything  tight,  it  produced  great  distress.  The 
worm  appeared  to  rise  up  in  her  throat  and  sicken  her.  Her  general 
health  was  very  bad.  At  intervals,  generally  some  time  after  taking 
medicine,  pieces  of  the  worm  would  pass  from  the  bowels, — often  as 
many  as  forty  during  the  day,  all  alive,  and  would  swim  in  water. 

“Treatment. — Miss  Pumouline  stated  that  she  had  employed 
twenty  physicians,  at  different  periods,  and  taken  a hundred  different 
kinds  of  medicine  without  expelling  the  worm.  She  had  taken  spirits 
of  turpentine,  but  could  not  retain  it  upon  the  stomach.  Under  these 
circumstances  I commenced  my  treatment.  Cowage  stripped  from  the 
pod,  a small  tea-spoon  three  times  a day,  to  be  taken,  fasting,  in  a 
little  arrow-root  jelly;  then  occasionally  a purgative  of  mandrake.  In 
connection  with  this,  I directed  her  to  eat  freely  of  garlic,  and  com- 
mon fine  salt.  1 gave  these  under  the  belief  that  each  article  possess- 
ed veim if uge  properties,  without  ever  having  administered  them  for 
the  tape-worm.  After  having  taken  them  for  some  time,  all  her  un- 
favorable symptoms  ceased,  and  subsequently  the  remaining  portion 
of  the  worm  passed  lifeless  from  her — an  unprecedented  circumstance. 

“ She  immediately  recovered,  and  has  since  retained  her  health, 
and  there  is  no  evidence  that  there  is  any  remaining.  The  patient 
stated  that  the  worm  which  passed  from  her  during  the  time  she  was 
afflicted  with  it,  would  fill  a peck  measure,  and  reach  one  mile  in 
length.  Her  relief  and  gratitude  may  be  better  imagined  than  de- 
scribed. I have  a portion  of  this  worm  in  my  possession.  When 
once  the  tape-worm  begins  to  pass  the  bowels,  care  must  be  taken  not 
to  break  it  off,  for  it  will  then  grow  again — it  has  this  peculiar  prop- 
erty.” 

2.  Secondly,  Dr.  Dowler  says:  “ The  subject  of  this  notice  is  a 

7 


146 


Dr.  Chase's  Recipes, 


daughter  of  Mr.  E.  Fish,  of  Beardstown,  Illinois,  about  six  years  old 
The  only  point  of  special  interest  in  the  case  consists  in  the  efficiency 
of  the  remedy — to  me  wholly  new,  and  accidentally  brought  to  my 
notice — which  was  used  in  its  treatment. 

“I  was  treating  a brother  of  this  patient;  a part  of  my  prescript 
tion  for  whom  was,  as  a drink,  the  mucilage  of  elm  bark,  made  by 
putting  pieces  of  the  solid  bark  into  water.  The  girl  was  seen  to  bo 
frequently  eating  portions  of  the  bark  during  the  day ; the  next  morn- 
ing after  which,  upon  my  visiting  the  boy,  the  mother,  with  much 
anxiety,  showed  me  a vessel  containing  something  that  had  that 
morning  passed  the  girl’s  bowels,  with  bits  of  the  elm  bark,  enveloped 
in  mucilage,  which,  upon  examination,  proved  to  be  about  three  feet 
of  tape-worm.  As  I supposed  the  passage  of  the  worm  was  accidental, 
and  had  occurred  from  the  looseness  caused  by  the  bark,  I proceeded  te 
prescribe  what  I supposed  a much  more  potent  anthelmintic,  a large 
dose  of  turpentine  and  castor  oil.  The  turpentine  and  oil  were  give* 
several  times  during  the  three  consecutive  days,  causing  pretty  active 
purging,  but  with  no  appearance  of  any  portions  of  the  worm.  The 
girl  being  slender,  and  of  irritable  temperament,  I was  forced  to  desisf 
from  further  active  medications;  and  partly  to  allay  irritation  of  the 
bowels,  and  partly  to  test  the  influence  of  the  bark  on  the  worm,  } 
directed  that  she  should  resume  the  use  of  the  bark  as  before,  bj 
chewing  and  swallowing  in  moderate  quantities. 

“ On  visiting  her  the  succeeding  morn  ing,  I was  shown  portion 
of  the  worm,  mostly  in  separate  joints,  that  had  been  passed  ovej 
night.  Feeling  now  some  confidence  in  the  anthelmintic  powers  of  th< 
elm  bark,  I directed  the  continued  use  of  it,  in  the  solid  form,  as  be- 
fore,  while  there  should  be  any  portions  of  worm  passing.  In  mj 
daily  calls  for  some  days,  I had  the  satisfaction  to  learn  that  portion* 
of  the  worm  continued  to  pass,  from  day  to  day,  and  sometimes  several 
times  a day. 

“I  now  ceased  to  visit  my  little  patient,  intending  only  an  occa< 
sional  visit;  but  my  confidence  in  the  efficacy  of  the  elm  bark  being  st*. 
well  established,  I advised  its  use  to  be  continued  for  even  two  01 
inree  days  after  any  portions  of  the  worm  should  be  seen  in  the  evacm 
ations.  The  portions  of  the  worm  expelled-' even  the  separate  joi  nts — 
were  alive,  showing  more  or  less  motion ; a sense  of  their  presence  in 
tiie  rectum,  from  their  action,  seemed  to  urge  the  patient  to  go  to  stool 
;«or  their  removal. 

“ Having  given  direction  for  the  links  or  jrhihrto  be  counted,  care 
was  taken  to  do  so,  by  the  mother;  and  from  my  notes  of  the  case,  I 
find  that  during  about  seven  weeks  of  the  intervening  time,  there  had 
been  expelled,  by  estimate,  (taking  the  average,  lengths  of  the  joints,) 
about  forty-five  feet  of  worm.  At  this  time  there  had  been  no  por- 
tions of  the  worm  passed  for  two  weeks,  duilmr  whiob  time  the  us® 


Medical  Department . 


147 


the  bark  hao  been  omitted.  The  head  of  the  worm,  with  about  fifteen 
inches  of  the  body  attached,  had  been  expelled  ! But  thinking  that  all 
portions  of  the  worm  or  worms  might  not  have  been  removed,  I ad- 
vised that  the  patient  should  resume  the  use  of  the  bark.  Very  soon 
the  next  day,  after  doing  so,  further  portions  commenced  coming 
away,  among  them  one  about  six  feet  long,  tapering  to  a thread-like 
termination. 

“ The  next  time  I took  notes  of  the  case,  my  estimate  of  the  entire  1 
length  of  the  worm  that  had  been  expelled,  footed  up  one  hundred  and 
thirty-five  feet,  whether  one  or  more  worms,  I am  unable  to  say,  as  in 
the  portions  I saw  there  were  a head  and  tail,  of  what  I supposed  one 
worm.  Since  the  last  estimate  there  have  been  joints  occasionally 
evacuated. 

“This  patient,  when  first  treated,  was  thin  in  flesh — had  been 
growing  so  for  some  two  years — attended  with  the  usual  nervous 
symptoms,  starting  out  of  sleep,  variable  appetite,  etc.,  but  with  no 
great  departure  from  good  health. 

“As  to  the  influence  of  this  very  bland  agent  in  the  dislodgment 
of  the  tape-worm,  in  this  case,  I think  there  can  be  no  doubt,  whatever 
may  be  the  theory  of  its  action. 

********* 

“ The  passage  of  portions  of  the  worm,  so  promptly,  on  the  use  of 
the  bark,  and  the  ceasing  to  do  so  on  the  discontinuance  of  its  use — 
even  while  active  purgative  anthelmintics  were  used — leave  no  room  to 
doubt  its  effectiveness  in  at  least  this  case,  as  a worm-expelling  agent. 

“ It  seems  probable  that  the  bark,  with  its  thick  mucilage,  so  in- 
terposes between  the  animal  and  the  inner  surface  of  the  bowels,  as  to 
prevent  its  lateral  grasp  on  their  surface,  in  consequence  of  which  it  is 
compelled  to  yield  to  the  forces  naturally  operating,  and  it  is  carried 
Dut  with  the  discharges.  But  as  my  object  was  simply  to  state  the 
practical  facts  in  this  case,  I will  offer  no  further  reflections.” 

COUGHS. — Cough  Lozenges.— Powde’-ed  ipecacuanha,  25  grs. ; 
kermes  mineral,  50  grs. ; sulphate  of  morphia,  8 grs. ; powdered  white 
sugar,  gum  arabic,  and  extract  of  licorice,  of  each  134  ozs. ; oil  of  anise, 
20  drops;  syrup  of  tolu,  sufficient  to  work  into  mass  form  ; roll  out, 
and  cut  into  160  lozenges.  Dose. — One  lozenge  3 times  daily. — Parish ’* 
Pharmacy. 

The  above  is  the  prescription  of  the  “regulars,”  but  there  are 
those,  perhaps,  who  would  prefer  the  more  rational  prescription  of  the 
“ irregulars,”  next  following;  and  there  are  those  who  would  prefer 
the  “ Cough  Candy,”  in  place  of  either  of  the  lozenges.  By  the  inser- 
tion of  the  variety,  all  can  please  themselves. 

2.  Cough  Lozenges. — Another  valuable  lozenge  is  made  as  fol- 
lows: 

Extract  of  blood-root,  licorice,  and  black  cohosh,  of  each  34  oz.; 
tinctures  of  ipecac  and  lobelia,  with  laudanum,  of  each  34  oz.;  cayenne, 


148 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


powdered,  10  grs  ; pulverized  gum  arabic  and  starch,  of  each  % oz.j 
mix  all  together,  and  add  pulverized  sugar,  3 ozs.  If  this  should  be 
too  dry  to  roll  into  lozenges,  add  a thick  solution  of  gum  arabic  togiv& 
it  that  consistence;  and  if  it  should  be  yet  too  moist,  at  any  time,  aud 
more  sugar.  Divide  into  320  lozenges.  Dose. — One,  3 to  6 times 
daily,  as  needed. 

3.  Pulmonic  Wafers. — Pulverized  sugar,  7 ozs.;  tincture  of 
ipecac,  3 drs. ; tincture  of  blood-root  and  syrup  of  tolu,  of  each  2 drs. ; 
tincture  of  thoroughwort,  34  ()Zo  morphine,  1*4  grs.  Dissolve  the 
morphine  in  water,  34  tea-spoon,  having  put  in  sulphuric  acid  2 drops; 
now  mix  all,  and  add  mucilage  of  comfrey-root  or  gum  arabic,  to  form 
a suitable  paste  to  roll  and  cut  into  common  sized  wafers  or  lozenges. 
Directions. — Allow  1 to  dissolve  in  the  mouth  for  a dose,  or  dissolve 
6 in  3 table-spoons  of  warm  water,  and  take  34  °f  a spoon  6 times  daily, 
or  oftener  if  need  be. 

4.  Coughs  from  Recent  Colds. — Remedy. — Linseed-oil,  honey, 
aud  Jamaica  rum,  equal  parts  of  each;  to  be  shaken  when  used. 

This  has  given  very  general  satisfaction  in  recent  coughs,  but  the 
.following  will  probably  give  the  most  general  satisfaction: 

5.  Cough  Mixture  for  Recent  Colds. — Tincture  of  blood-root, 
syrups  of  ipecac  and  squills,  tincture  of  balsam  of  tolu,  and  pare- 
goric, equal  parts  of  each.  Dose. — Half  of  a tea-spoon  whenever  the 
cough  is  severe.  It  is  a very  valuable  medicine. 

6.  Cough  Candy. — Tincture  of  squills,  2 ozs. ; camphorated 
tincture  of  opium,  and  tincture  of  tolu,  of  each,  34  oz‘  > wine  of 
ipecac,  34  02  5 oils  of  gaultheria,  4 drops,  sassafras,  3 drops,  and  of 
anise-seed  oil,  2 drops.  The  above  mixture  is  to  be  put  into  5 lbs.  of 
candy  which  is  just  ready  to  take  from  the  tire,  continuing  the  boiling 
a little  longer,  so  as  to  form  into  sticks. — Parish's  Pharmacy. 

Druggists  will  get  confectioners  to  make  this  for  a trifle  on  the 
pound  over  common  candies,  they,  of  course,  furnishing  their  own 
compound. 

7.  Cough  Syrup. — Wahoo,  bark  of  the  root,  and  elecampane 
root,  of  each,  2 ozs. ; spikenard  root,  and  tamarack  bark,  (unrossed, 
but  the  moss  may  be  brushed  off,)  of  each  4 ozs.;  mandrake  root,  34 
oz. ; blood-root,  34oz->  Inix  alcohol,  1 pt.,  with  suflicient  water  to 
cover  all,  handsomely,  and  let  stand  2 or  3 days;  then  pour  off  1 qt., 
putting  on  water  and  boiling  twice,  straining  the  two  waters  and 
boiling  down  to  3 pts. ; when  cool  add  3 lbs.  of  honey,  and  alcoholic 
fluid  poured  off,  with  tincture  of  wine  of  ipecac,  134  ozs*  i if  the  cough 
should  be  very  tight,  double  the  ipecac;  and  wash  the  feet  daily  in 
warm  water,  rubbing  them  thoroughly  with  a coarse  towel,  and,  twice 
a week,  extending  the  washing  and  rubbing  to  the  whole  body.  Dose. 
— One  table-spoon  3 to  5 times  daily. 

If  the  cough  is  very  troublesome  when  you  lie  down  at  night,  or 
on  waking  in  the  morning,  put  tar  and  spirits  of  nitre,  of  each  one 
tea-spoon,  into  a four-ounce  vial  of  water,  shaking  well;  then  at  these 
times  just  sip  about  a tea-spoon  from  the  bottle  without  shaking,  which 
will  allajr  the  tickling  sensation  causing  the  cough. 

I have  cured  a young  lady,  during  the  past  winter,  with  the  above 
syrup,  whose  cough  had  been  pretty  constant  for  over  two  years. 
Her  friends  hardly  expected  it  ever  to  be  any  better,  but  it  was  only 


Medical  Department.  149 

necessary  to  meke  the  above  amount  of  syrup  rwice  to  perform  the 
cure. 

8.  Cough  Tincture.-  Tinctures  of  blood-root  and  balsam  of  tolu, 
of  each,  4 ozs.;  tinctures  of  lobelia  and  digitalis,  of  each,  2 ozs.: 
tincture  of  opium  (laudanum),  1 oz. ; tincture  of  oil  of  anise  (oil  of 
anis§  one-half  tea-spoon  in  an  ounce  of  alcohol),  1 oz.  Mix.  Dose. — 
About  one-half  tea-spoon  3 times  daily,  in  the  same  amount  of  honey, 
increasing  to  a tea-spoon  if  needed  to  loosen  and  lessen  the  cough. 

It  has  raised  cases  which  doctors  said  must  die,  causing  the  patient 
to  raise  matter  resembling  the  death-smell,  awful  indeed.  It  will  cure 
cough,  not  by  stopping  it,  but  by  loosening  it,  assisting  the  lungs  and 
throat  to  throw  off  the  offending  matter,  which  causes  the  cough,  and 
thus  scientifically,  making  the  cure  perfect;  while  most  of  the  cough 
remedies  kept  for  sale  stop  the  cough  by  their  anodyne  and  constring- 
ing effects,  retaining  the  mucus  and  all  offending  matters  in  the  blood, 
causing  permanent  disease  of  the  lungs. 

But  notwithstanding  the  known  value  of  this  “Cough  Tincture, ’’ 
where  the  tamarack  and  other  ingredients  can  be  obtained,  I must 
give  my  preference  to  the  “Cough  Syrup,”  No.  7. 

9.  Cough  Pill.— Extract  of  hyoscyamus,  balm  of  gilead  buds, 
with  pulverized  ipecac,  or  lobelia,  and  balsam  of  fir,  of  each,  34;  oz. ; 
oil  of  anise,  a few  drops,  to  form  into  common  sized  pills.  Dose. — 
One  or  two  pills  3 or  4 times  daily. 

Dr.  Beach  says  he  endeavored  for  more  than  twenty-five  years  to 
obtain  a medicine  to  fulfill  the  indications  which  are  effected  in  this 
cough  pill,  particularly  for  ordinary  colds  and  coughs  ; and  this 
admirably  answers  the  intention,  excelling  all  others.  It  allays  the 
irritation  of  the.  mucous  membrane,  the  bronchial  tubes,  and  the 
lungs,  and  will  be  found  exceedingly  valuable  in  deep-seated  coughs 
and  all  diseases  of  the  chest.  The  bad  effects  of  opium  (so  much  used 
in  coughs)  are  in  this  pill  entirely  obviated,  and  it  is  altogether  better 
than  the  Cough  Drops,  which  I now  dispense  with.— Beach's  American 
Practice. 

WHOOPING  COUGH. — Syrup. — Onions  and  garlics,  sliced,  of 
each,  1 gill;  sweet  oil,  1 gill;  stew  them  in  the  oil,  in  a covered  dish, 
to  obtain  the  juices;  then  strain  and  add  honey,  1 gill;  paregoric  and 
spirits  of  camphor,  of  each,  34  oz. ; bottle  and  cork  tight  for  use. 
Dose. — For  a child  of  2 or  3 years,  t tea-spoon  3 or  4 times  daily,  or 
whenevei  the  '*ough  is  troublesome,  increasing  or  lessening,  according 
to  age. 

This  is  a grannj^s  prescription,  but  I care  not  from  what  source  I 
derive  information,  if  it  gives  the  satisfaction  which  this  has  done, 
upon  experiment.  This  lady  has  raised  a large  family  of  her  own 
children,  and  grand-children  in  abundance.  We  have  tried  it  with 
three  of  our  children  also,  and  prescribed  it  in  many  other  cases  with 
satisfaction,  for  over  seven  years.  It  is  excellent  also  in  common 


Dr.  Chase's  Recipes. 


» 


150 

colds  attended  with  much  cough.  This  is  from  experience,  too,  which 
I have  found  a very  competent  teacher. 

It  is  said  Xhat  a European  physician  has  discovered  that  the  dan- 
gerous symptoms  of  whooping  cough  are  due  to  suppressed  cutaneous 
eruptions,  and  that  an  external  irritant,  or  artificial  rash,  is  a sure 
remedy.  See  “Small  Pox.”  • 

2.  Dailey’s  W hooping  Cough  Syrup. — Take  the  strongest  West 
India  rum,  1 pt. ; anise  oil,  2 ozs  ; honey,  1 pt. ; lemon  juice,  4 ozs. ; 
mix.  Dose. — For  adults,  1 table-spoon  3 or  4 times  a day, — children, 
1 tea-spoon,  with  as  much  sugar  and  water. 

He  says  that  he  has  successfully  treated  more  than  one  hundred 
cases  with  this  syrup. 

3.  Soreness  or  Hoarseness  from  Coughs. — Remedy. — Spikenard 

root,  bruised  and  steeped  in  a tea-pot,  by  using  half  water  and  half 
spirits;  then  inhaling  the  steam,  when  not  too  hot,  by  breathing 
through  the  spout,  will  relieve  the  soreness  and  hoarseness  of  the 
lungs,  or  throat,  arising  from  much  coughing. 

IN-GROWING  TOE  NAIL.— To  Cure.— We  take  the  following 
remedy  for  a very  common  and  very  painful  affliction,  from  the  Boston 
Medical  and  Surgical  Journal  : 

“The  patient  on  whom  I first  tried  this  plan  was  a young  lady 
who  had  been  unable  to  put  on  a shoe  for  several  months,  and  decid- 
edly the  worst  I have  ever  seen.  The  edge  of  the  nail  was  deeply 
undermined,  the  granulations  formed  a high  ridge,  partly  covered 
with  the  skin;  and  pus  constantly  oozed  from  the  root  of  the  nail. 
The  whole  toe  was  swollen  and  extremely  painful  and  tender.  My 
mode  of  proceeding  was  this: 

“ I put  a very  small  piece  of  tallow  in  a spoon,  and  heated  it  until 
it  became  very  hot,  and  poured  it  on  the  granulations.  The  effect  ^aa 
almost  magical.  Pain  and  tenderness  were  at  once  relievedt  and  in  a 
few  days  the  granulations  were  all  gone,  the  diseased  parts  dry  and 
destitute  of  all  feeling,  and  the  edge  of  the  nail  exposed  so  as  to* 
admit  of  being  pared  away  without  any  inconvenience.  The  cure  was 
complete,  and  the  trouble  never  returned. 

“ I have  tried  the  plan  repeatedly  since,  with  the  same  satisfac- 
tory results*.  The  operation  causes  but  little  pain,  if  the  tallow 
properly  heated.  A repetition  in  some  cases  might  be  necessary, 
although  I have  never  met  with  a case  that  did  not  yield  to  one  appli- 
cation.” 

It  has  now  been  proven,  in  many  other  cases,  to  be  effectual, 
accomplishing  in  one  minute,  without  pain,  all  that  can  be  effected  by 
the  painful  application  of  nitrate  of  silver  for  several  weeks. 

OILS. — British  Oil. — Linseed  and  turpentine  oils,  of  each,  8 ozs.; 
oils  of  amber  and  juniper,  of  each,  4 ozs.;  Barbadoes  tar,  8 ozs.;  sen- 
eca  oil,  1 oz.  Mix. 

This  is  an  old  prescription,  but  it  is  worth  the  whole  cost  of  this 
book  to  any  one  needing  an  application  for  cuts,  bruises,  swellings. 


Medical  Department.  15 1 

and  sores  of  almost  every  description,  on  persons,  horses,  or  cattle ; so 
is  the  following,  also: 

2.  Balm  of  Gilead  Oil. — Balm  of  Gilead  buds,  any  quantity; 
place  them  in  a suitable  dish  for  stewing,  and  pour  upon  them  suffi- 
cient sweet  oil  to  just  cover  them;  stew  thoroughly,  and  press  out  all 
the  oil  from  the  buds,  and  bottle  for  use. 

It  will  be  found  very  valuable  as  a healing  oil,  or  lard  can  be  used 
in  place  of  the  oil,  making  an  excellent  ointment  for  cuts,  bruises,  etc. 

3.  Harlem  Oil,  or  Welsh  Medicamentum.— Sublimed  or  flowers 
of  sulphur  and  oil  of  amber,  of  each,  2 ozs. ; linseed  oil,  1 lb.;  spirits 
of  turpentine,  sufficient  to  reduce  all  to  the  consistence  of  thin  mo- 
lasses. Boil  the  sulphur  in  the  linseed  oil  until  it  is  dissolved,  then 
add  the  oil  of  amber  and  turpentine.  Dose. — From  15  to  25  drops, 
morning  and  evening. 

Amongst  the  Welsh  and  Germans  it  is  extensively  used  for 
strengthening  the  stomach,  kidneys,  liver  and  lungs,  asthma,  shortness 
>f  breath,  cough,  inward  or  outward  sores,  dropsy,  worms,  gravel, 
fevers,  palpitation  of  the  heart,  giddiness,  headache,  etc.,  etc.,  by 
taking  it  internally,  and  for  ulcers,  malignant  sores,  cankers,  etc., 
anointing  externally,  and  wetting  linen  with  it  and  applying  to  burns, 
tn  fact,  if  one-half  that  is  said  of  its  value  is  true,  no  other  medicine 
need  ever  be  made.  It  has  this  much  in  its  favor,  however, — probably 
no  other  medicine  now  in  use  has  been  in  use  half  so  long — over  160 
years.  The  dose  for  a child  is  one  drop  for  each  year  of  its  age. 

4.  Oil  of  Spike. — Tlie  genuine  oil  of  spike  is  made  from  the 
lavendula  spica  (broad-leaved  lavendar),  but  the  commercial  oil  of  spike 
is  made  by  taking  the  rock  oil,  and  adding  2 ozs.  of  spirits  of  turpen- 
tine to  each  pint. 

The  rock  oil  which  is  obtained  in  Ohio,  near  Warren,  is  thicker 
and  better  than  any  other  which  I have  ever  used. 

£>.  Black  Oils. — Best  alcohol,  tincture  of  arnica,  British  oil,  and 
oil  of  tar,  of  each,  2 ozs. ; and  slowly  add  sulphuric  acid,  34  oz* 

These  black  oils  are  getting  into  extensive  use,  as  a liniment,  and 
are  indeed  valuable,  especially  in  cases  attended  with  much  inflamma- 
tion. 

6.  Another  Method — Is  to  take  sulphuric  acid,  2 ozs.;  nitric  acid, 

1 oz. ; quicksilver,  34  oz. ; put  them  together  in  a quart  bottle,  or  an 
open  crock,  until  dissolved;  then  slowly  add  olive  oil  and  spirits  of 
turpentine,  of  each,  34  Pt.,  putting  in  the  oil  first.  Let  the  work  be 
done  out  of  doors,  to  avoid  the  fumes  arising  from  the  mixture;  when 
all  is  done,  bottle  and  put  in  all  the  cotton  cloths  it  will  dissolve,  when 
it  is  fit  for#use. 

The  mixture  becomes  quite  hot,  although  no  heat  is  used  in  making 
it,  from  setting  free  what  is  called  latent  or  insensible  heat,  by  their 
combining  together.  Rev.  Mr.  Way,  of  Plymouth,  Mich.,  cured 
himself  of  sore  throat  b}T  taking  a few  drops  of  this  black  oil  upon 
sugar,  letting  it  slowly  dissolve  upon  the  tongue,  each  evening  after 
preaching,  also  wetting  cloths  and  binding  upon  the  neck.  It  will  be 


152 


Dr . Chase' s Recipes . 


necessary  to  avoid  getting  it  upon  cotton  or  linen  which  you  would  no* 
wish  to  show  a stain.  A colt  which  had  a fistulous  opening  between 
the  hind  legs,  from  a snag,  as  supposed,  which  reduced  him  so  that  he 
had  to  be  lifted  up,  when  down,  was  cured  by  injecting  twice  only,  of 
this  oil,  to  fill  the  diseased  place.  Also  a very  bad  fever  sore,  upon  the 
leg — ah!  excuse  me! — upon  the  limb  of  a young  lady,  which  baffled 
the  scientific  skill  of  the  town  in  which  she  lived.  In  case  they  bite 
too  much  in  any  of  their  applications,  wet  a piece  of  brown  paper  in 
water,  and  lay  it  over  the  parts. 

OPODELDOC— Liquid  . — Best  brandy,  1 qt. ; warm  it  and  add  gum 
camphor,  1 oz. ; sal-ammoniac  and  oil  of  wormwood,  of  each,  34  oz.  j 
oils  of  origanum  and  rosemary,  of  each,  34  oz*  i when  the  oils  are 
dissolved  by  the  aid  of  the  heat,  add  soft  soap,  6 ozs. 

Its  uses  are  too  well  known  to  need  further  description. 

DIARRHEAS.— Cordial.— The  best  rhubarb  root,  pulverized,  1 
oz. ; peppermint  leaf,  1 oz. ; capsicum,  34  oz- \ cover  with  boiling 
water,  and  steep  thoroughly,  strain,  and  add  bicarbonate  of  potash 
and  essence  of  cinnamon,  of  each,  34  oz-?  with  brandy  (or  good 
whisky)  equal  in  amount  to  the  whole,  and  loaf  sugar,  4 ozs,  Dose.-"» 
For  an  adult,  1 to  2 table-spoons;  for  a child,  1 to  2 tea-spoons,  froos 
3 to  6 times  per  day,  until  relief  is  obtained. 

This  preparation  has  been  my  dependence,  in  my  travels  and  in 
my  family,  for  several  years,  and  it  has  never  failed  us.  Butin 
extremely  bad  cases  it  might  be  well  to  use,  after  each  passage,  til* 
following: 

2.  Injection  for  Chronic  Diarrhea.— New  milk,  with  thick  mu 
cilage  of  slippery  elm,  of  each,  1 pt. ; sweet  oil,  1 gill ; molasses,  y% 
pt. ; salt,  1 oz. ; laudanum,  1 dr.  Mix,  and  inject  what  the  bowels 
will  retain. 

Very  many  children,  as  well  as  grown  persons,  die  annually  of 
this  disease,  who  might  be  saved  by  a proper  use  of  the  above  injection 
and  cordial.  The  injection  should  never  be  neglected,  if  there  is  thv 
least  danger  apprehended. 

Although  I believe  these  would  not  fail  in  one  case  out  of  on* 
hundred,  yet  I have  some  other  prescriptions  which  are  so  highly 
spoken  of,  I will  give  a few  more.  The  first,  from  Mr.  Bendee,  of 
Warsaw,  Indiana,  for  curing  Diarrhea,  or  Bloody  Flux,  as  follows: 

3.  Diarrhea  Tincture. — Compound  tincture  of  myrrh,  6 ozs. ; 
tincture  of  rhubarb,  and  spirits  of  lavender,  of  each,  5 ozs. ; tincture 
of  opium,  3 ozs.;  oils  of  anise  and  cinnamon,  with  gum  camphor  and 
tartaric  acid,  of  each,  34  oz-  Mix.  Dose. — One  tea-spoon  in  34  a 
tea-cup  of  warm  water  sweetened  with  loaf  sugar;  repeat,  after  each 
passage. 

He  says  he  has  cured  many  cases  after  given  up  by  physicians.  It 
must  be  a decidedly  good  preparation.  Or,  again : 

4.  Diarrhea  Drops, — Tincture  of  rhubarb,  and  compound  spirits 
of  lavender,  of  each,  4 ozs.;  laudanum,  2 ozs.;  cinnamon  oil,  2 drops. 
Mix.  Doss. — One  tea-spoon  every  3 or  4 hours,  according  to 
severity  of  the  case. 


Medical  Department 


153 


Tlds  speaks  from  ten  years’  successful  experience. 

5.  Diarrhea  Syrup— For  Cases  brought  on  by  long  continued 
nse  ji  Calomel. — Boxwood,  black  cherry  and  prickly  ash  barks,  with 
dandelion  root,  of  each,  2 ozs. ; butternut  bark,  1 oz, ; boil  thoroughly, 
strain  and  boil  down  to  1 qt.;  then  add  loaf  sugar,  2 lbs.,  and  alcohol, 
1 gill,  or  brandy.  24  pt.  Dose. — A wine-glass  from  3 to  5 times  daily, 
according  to  circumstances. 

This  regulates  the  bowels  and  tones  up  the  system  at  the  same 
time,  no  matter  whether  loose  or  costive.  I11  one  case  of  costiveness  it 
brought  a man  around  all  right  who  had  been  sewed  up  tight  for 
twelve  days.  On  the  other  hand,  it  has  regulated  the  system  after 
months  of  calomel-diarrhea. 

6.  Wintergreen  berries  have  been  found  a valuable  corrector  of 
Diarrhea  brought  on  by  the  long-continued  use  of  calomel  in  cases  of 
fever,  eating  a qomt  of  them  in  3 days’  time. 

The  gentleman  of  whom  I obtained  this  item  tells  me  that  winter- 
green  essence  has  done  the  same  thing,  when  the  berries  could  not  be 
obtained.  In  the  first  place,  “everything  else,”  as  the  saying  is,  had 
been  tried  in  vain,  and  the  man’s  wife,  in  coming  across  the  woods, 
found  these  berries  and  picked  some,  which,  when  the  husband  saw,  he 
craved,  and  would  not  rest  without  them,  and,  notwithstanding  the 
fears  of  friends,  they  cured  him.  Many  valuable  discoveries  are  made 
in  a similar  manner. 

7*  Dried  whortleberries,  steeped,  and  the  juice  drank  freely,  has 
cured  Diarrhea  and  Bloody  Flux,  both  in  children  and  adults. 

8.  Diarrhea  and  Canker  Tea. — Pulverized  hemlock  bark  (it  is 
generally  kept  by  druggists),  1 table-spoon,  steeped  in  half  a tea-cup 
-of  water. 

For  young  children,  in  Diarrhea,  or  Canker,  or  when  they  are 
combined,  feed  a tea-spoon  of  it,  or  less,  according  to  the  child’s  age, 
two  or  three  times  daily,  until  cured.  To  overcome  costiveness,  which 
may  arise  from  its  use,  scorch  fresh  butter,  and  give  it  in  place  of  oil, 
and  in  quantities  corresponding  with  oil.  Children  have  been  saved 
with  three  cents’  worth  of  this  bark,  which  “Allopath”  said  must  die. 
If  good  for  children,  it  is  good  for  adults,  by  simply  increasing  the 
dose. 

9.  Sumac  bobs,  steeped  and  sweetened  with  loaf  sugar,  has  been 
found  very  valuable  for  Diarrhea;  adding,  in  very  severe  cases,  alum, 
pulverized,  a rounding  tea-spoon,  to  1 pt.  of  the  strong  tea.  Dose. — 
A tea,  to  a table-spoon,  according  to  the  age  of  the  child,  and  the 
severity  of  the  case 

It  saved  the  life  of  a cfiild  when  two  M.  D.’s  (Mule  Drivers)  said 
It  could  not  be  saved. 

CHOLERA  TINCTURE. — Select  the  thinnest  cinnamon  bark, 
cloves,  gum  gauiac,  all  pulverized,  of  each,  1 oz. ; very  best  brandy,  1 
qt.  Mix,  and  shake  occasionally  for  a week  or  two.  Dose. — A tea- 
spoon to  a table-spoon  for  an  adult,  according  to  the  condition  and 
robustness  or  strength  of  the  system.  It  may  bo  repeated  at  intervals 


154  Dr,  Chase' s Recipes, 

of  1 to  4 hours,  if  necessary,  or  much  more  often,  according  to  the 
condition  of  the  bowels. 

This  I have  from  an  old  railroad-boss,  who  used  it  with  his  men 
during  the  last  cholera  in  Ohio,  and  never  lost  a man,  whilst  other 
jobbers  left  the  road,  or  lost  their  men  in  abundance,  thinking  the 
above  too  simple  to  be  of  any  value. 

2.  Isthmus  Cholera  Tincture.— Tincture  of  rhubarb,  cayenne, 
opium,  and  spirits  of  camphor,  with  essence  of  peppermint,  equal 
parts  of  each,  and  each  as  strong  as  can  be  made.  Dose. — From  5 to 
30  drops,  or  even  to  60,  and  repeat  until  relief  is  obtained,  every  5 to 
30  minutes. 

C.  H.  Cuyler,  who  was  detained  upon  the  Isthmus  during  the 
cholera  period,  was  saved  by  this  prescription,  as  also  many  others. 

3.  Cholera*  Preventive.— Hoffman’s  anodyne  and  essence  of 
peppermint,  of  each,  2 ozs. ; tincture  of  ginger,  1 oz.;  laudanum,  spirits 
of  camphor,  and  tincture  of  cayenne,  of  each,  34  oz.;  mix.  Dose.-^ 
For  an  adult,  from  a tea  to  a table-spoon,  according  to  symptoms. 

4.  Cholera  Cordial. — Chloroform,  spirits  of  camphor,  lauda- 
num,  and  aromatic  spirits  of  ammonia,  of  each  1 dr. ; cinnamon 
water,  2 ozs.;  mix.  Dose — From  1 tea  to  a table-spoon,  to  be  well 
shaken,  and  taken  with  sweetened  water. 

5o  German  Cholera  Tincture. — Sulphuric  ether,  2 ozs.;  and  put 
into  it  castor  and  gentian,  of  each  34  oz- ; opium  and  agaric,  each  1 
dr. ; gum  camphor,  34  oz.  5 let  them  stand  2 days,  then  add  alcohol,  1 
qt. ; and  let  stand  14  days,  when  it  is  ready  for  use.  Dose. — One  tea- 
spoon every  15  or  20  minutes,  according  to  the  urgency  of  the  case« 

I obtained  this  prescription  of  a German  at  Lawrenceburg,  Ind., 
who  had  done  very  much  good  with  it  during  the  last  cholera  period 
in  that  place. 

6.  Egyptian  Cure  for  Cholera. — Best  Jamaica  ginger  root, 
bruised,  1 oz. ; cayenne,  2 tea-spoons;  boil  all  in  1 qt.  of  water,  to  34 
pt.,  and  add  loaf  sugar  to  form  a thick  syrup.  . Dose. — One  table- 
spoon every  15  minutes,  until  vomiting  and  purging  ceases,  then 
follow  up  with  a blackberry  tea. 

The  foregoing  was  obtained  of  a physician  who  practiced  in 
Egypt,  (not  the  Illinois  Egypt,)  during  the  great  devastation  of  thff 
cholera  there,  with  which  he  saved  many  lives. 

7.  India  Prescription  for  Cholera. — First  dissolve  gum  cam- 
phor, 34  oz.,  1/4  ozs.  °f  alcohol;  second,  give  a tea-spoon  of  spirits 
of  hartshorn  in  a wine-glass  of  water,  and  follow  it  every  5 minutes 
with  15  drops  of  the  camphor,  in  a tea-spoon  of  water,  for  3 doses, 
then  wait  15  minutes,  and  commence  again  as  before,  and  continue 
the  camphor  for  30  minutes  unless  there  is  returning  heat.  Should 
this  be  the  case,  give  one  more  dose  and  the  cure  is  effected.  Let 
them  perspire  freely,  (which  the  medicine  is  designed  to  cause,)  as 
upon  this  the  life  depends,  but  add  no  additional  clothing. 

Lady  Ponsonby,  who  had  spent  several  years  in  India,  and  had 
proved  the  efficacy  of  the  foregoing,  returned  to  Dublin  in  1832,  and 
published  it  in  the  Dublin  Mail , for  the  benefit  of  her  oouutrymeaa, 
declaring  that  she  never  knew  it  to  fail. 


Medical  Department 


155 


I would  say,  be  very  sure  you  have  the  cholera,  as  the  tea-spoon 
of  hartshorn  would  he  a double  dose  for  ordinary  cases  of  disease. 

8.  Nature’s  Cholera  Medicine. — Laudanum,  spirits  of  camphor, 
and  tincture  of  rhubarb,  equal  parts  of  each.  Dose. — One  table- 
spoon every  15  to  20  minutes,  until  relieved. 

In  attacks  of  cholera,  the  patient  usually  feels  a general  uneasi- 
ness and  heat  about  the  stomach,  increasing  to  actual  distress  and 
great  anxiety,  finally  sickness,  with  vomiting  and  purging,  surface 
constringed,  the  whole  powers  of  the  system  concentrated  upon  the 
internal  organs,  involving  the  nervous  system,  bringing  on  s;  >asms, 
and  in  the  end,  death.  Now,  whatever  will  allay  this  uneasiness, 
drive  to  the  surface,  correct  the  discharges,  and  soothe  the  nerves, 
cures  the  disease.  The  laudanum  does  the  first  and  the  last,  the  cam- 
phor drives  to  the  surface,  and  the  rhubarb  corrects  the  alimentary 
sanal;  and  if  accompanied  with  the  hot  bath,  frictions,  etc.,  is  doubly 
*ure.  And  to  show  what  may  be  done  with  impunity  in  extreme 
^ases,  let  me  say  that  Merritt  Blakeley,  living  near  Flat  Bock,  Mich., 
aame  home  from  Detroit  during  the  last  cholera  season,  having  the 
cholera  in  its  last  stage,  that  is,  with  the  vomiting,  purging,  and 
spasms;  the  foregoing  medicine  being  in  the  house,  the  wife,  in  her 
hurry  and  excitement,  in  place  of  two-thirds  of  a table-spoon,  she 
.fead  two-thirds  of  a tea  cup,  and  gave  it  accordingly,  and  saved  his 
4fe;  whilst  if  taken  in  the  spoon  doses,  at  this  stage  of  the  disease,  he 
would  most  undoubtedly  never  have  rallied  from  the  collapse  into 
which  he  was  fast  sinking;  yet  in  the  commencement  they  would  have 
been  as  effectual ; so,  mistake  would  be  generally  accredited  for  saving 
die  patient, — I say  Providence  did  the  work. 

Five  to  10  drops  would  be  a dose  for  a child  of  2 to  5 years,  and 
fn  this  dose  it  saved  a child  of  234  years,  in  a bad  case  of  bloody  flux. 

If  any  one  is  permitted  to  die  with  all  these  prescriptions  before 
them,  it  must  be  because  a proper  attention  is  not  given;  for  God  most 
undoubtedly  works  through  the  use  of  means,  and  is  best  pleased  to 
see  his  children  wear  out,  rather  than  break  by  collision  of  machinery 
on  the  way. 

CHOLIC  AND  CHOLERA  MORBUS. — Treatment. — Cholera  mor- 
bus arises  from  a diseased  condition  of  the  bile,  often  brought  on  by 
over-indulgence  with  vegetables,  especially  unripe  fruits;  usually 
commencing  with  sickness  and  pain  at  the  stomach,  followed  by  the 
most  excruciating  pain  and  griping  of  the  bowels,  succeeded  by  vomit- 
ing and  purging,  which  soon  prostrate  the  patient.  The  person  finds 
himself  unavoidably  drawn  into  a coil  by  the  contraction  of  the  mus- 
cles of  the  abdomen  and  the  extremities.  Thirst  very  great,  evacua- 
tions first  tinged  with  bile,  and  finally,  nearly  all,  very  bilious. 

Treatment.— The  difficulty  arises  from  the  acidity  of  the  bile; 
then  take  saleratus,  peppermint  leaf,  and  rhubarb  root,  pulverised,  of 


Dr,  Chase' s Recipes, 


each  a rounding  tea-spoon,  put  into  a cup  which  you  can  cover  and 
pour  upon  them  boiling  water,  34  pt. ; when  nearly  cold  add  a table- 
spoon of  alcohol,  or  twice  as  much  brandy  or  other  spirits.  Dose. — 
Two  to  3 table-spoons  every  20  to  30  minutes,  as  often  and  as  long  as 
the  vomiting  and  painful  purgations  continue.  If  there  should  be  long 
continued  pain  about  the  naval,  use  the  “Injection,”  as  mentioned 
under  that  head,  in  connection  with  the  above  treatment,  and  you  will 
have  nothing  to  fear.  If  the  first  dose  or  two  should  be  vomited, 
repeat  it  immediately,  until  retained. 

The  above  preparation  ought  to  be  made  by  every  family,  and 
kept  on  hand,  by  bottling;  for  diseases  of  this  character  are  as  liable 
to  come  on  in  the  night  as  at  any  other  time;  then  much  time  must  be 
lost  in  making  fires,  or  getting  the  articles  together  with  which  to 
make  it. 

2.  Common  Cholic. — There  is  a kind  of  cholic  which  some  per- 
sons are  afflicted  with,  from  their  youth  up,  not  attended  with  vomiting 
or  purging.  I was  afflicted  with  it,  from  my  earliest  recollection  until 
I was  over  twenty  years  of  age,  sometimes  two  or  three  times  yearly  - 

In  one  of  these  fits,  about  that  age.  a neighbor  woman  came  in, 
and  as  soon  as  she  found  out  what  was  the  matter  with  me,  she  went 
out  and  pulled  up  a bunch  of  blue  vervain,  knocked  the  dirt  from  the 
roots,  then  cut  them  off  and  put  a good  handful  of  them  into  a basin, 
and  poured  boiling  water  upon  them,  and  steeped  for  a short  time, 
poured  out  a saucer  of  the  tea  and  gave  me  to  drink,  asking  no  ques- 
tions, but  simply  saying,  “If  you  will  drink  this  tea  every  day  for  a. 
month,  you  will  never  have  cholic  again  as  long  as  yov  live.”  I drank 
it,  and  in  fifteen  minutes  I was  perfectly  happy;  the  transition  from 
extreme  pain  to  immediate  and  perfect  relief  is  too  great  to  allow  on* 
to  find  words  adequate  to  describe  the  difference. 

I continued  its  use  as  directed,  and  have  not  had  a cholic  pai> 
since,  nearly  thirty  years.  I have  told  it  to  others  with  the  same  result 
It  also  forms  a good  tonic  in  agues,  and  after  fevers,  etc. 

CARMINATIVES. — For  the  more  common  pains  of  the  stomach 
arising  from  accumulating  gas,  in  adults  or  children,  the  following 
preparation  will  be  found  very  valuable,  and  much  better  than  resort- 
ing to  any  of  the  opium  mixtures  for  a constant  practice,  as  many 
unwisely  or  wickedly  do.  See  the  remarks  after  “ Godfrey’s  Cordial,” 
and  through  this  subject. 

Compound  spirits  of  lavender,  spirits  of  camphor,  ar\d  tincture  of 
ginger,  of  each  1 oz. ; sulphuric  ether  and  tincture  of  cayenne,  of  each 
34  oz.  Mix  and  keep  tightly  corked.  Dose. — For  an  adult,  1 tea- 
spoon every  15  minutes,  until  relieved;  for  a child  of  2 years,  5 drops; 
and  more  or  less,  according  to  age  and  the  severity  of  the  pain. 

2.  Carminative  for  Children. — Angelica  and  white  roots,  of 
each  4 ozs. ; valerian  and  sculcap  roots,  with  poppy  heads,  of  each  2 
ozs. ; sweet  flag-root,  % oz. ; anise,  dill,  and  fennel  seed,  with  catmint 
leaves  and  flowers,  motherwort  and  mace,  of  each  1 oz. ; castor  and 
cochineal,  of  each  % o z. ; camphor  gum,  2 scruples;  benafric  acid. 


Medical  Department. 


*57 


(called  dower  of  benzoin,)  oz. ; alcohol  and  water,  of  each  1 qt. ; or 
rum,  or  brandy,  2 qts. ; loaf  or  crushed  sugar,  1 lb.  Pulverize  all  of 
the  herbs  and  roots,  moderately  fine,  and  place  in  a suitable  sized  bot- 
tle, adding  the  spirits,  or  alcohol  and  water,  and  keep  warm  for  a 
week,  shaking  once  or  twice  every  day;  then  filter  or  strain,  and  add 
the  camphor  or  benzoin,  shaking  well;  now  dissolve  the  sugar  in 
another  quart  of  water,  by  heat,  and  add  to  the  spirit  tincture,  and  all 
is  complete.  Dose.— For  a very  young  child,  from  3 to  5 drops;  if  1 
year  old,  about  10  drops,  and  from  that  up  to  1 tea-spoon  if  2 to  5 years 
old,  etc.  For  adults,  from  1 to  4 tea-spoons,  according  to  the  severity 
of  the  pain — to  be  taken  in  a cup  of  catmint  or  catnip  tea  for  adults, 
and  in  a spoon  of  the  same  for  children.  It  may  be  repeated  every  2 
to  6 hours,  as  needed. 

Uses. — It  eases  pain,  creates  a moderate  appetite  and  perspiration, 
and  produces  refreshing  sleep;  is  also  excellent  for  removing  flatu- 
lency or  wind  colic,  and  valuable  in  hysteria  and  other  nervous  affec- 
tions, female  debility,  etc.,  in  place  of  the  opium  anodynes. 

SEIDLITZ  POWDERS. — Genuine. — Rochelle  salts,  2 drs.;  bicar- 
bonate of  soda,  2 scruples;  put  these  into  a blue  paper,  and  put  ta:  'aric 
acid,  35  grs. ; into  a white  paper.  To  use,  put  each  into  different  tum- 
blers; fill  % with  water,  and  put  a little  loaf  sugar  in  with  the  acid, 
then  pour  together  and  drink. 

This  makes  a very  pleasant  cathartic,  and  ought  to  be  used  more . 
generally  than  it  is,  in  place  of  more  severe  medicines.  Families  can 
buy  3 ozs.  of  the  Rochelle  salts,  and  1 oz.  of  the  bicarbonate  of  soda, 
and  mix  evenly  together,  using  about  2 tea-spoons  for  1 glass,  and 
have  the  tartaric  acid  by  itself,  and  use  a little  over  yz  a tea-spoon 
of  it  for  the  other  glass,  with  a table-spoon  of  sugar,  all  well  dissolved, 
then  pour  together  and  drink  while  effervescing;  and  they  will  find 
this  to  do  just  as  well  as  to  have  them  weighed  out  and  put  up  in 
papers,  which  cost  three  times  as  much,  and  do  no  better.  Try  it,  as 
ft  child  will  take  it  with  pleasure,  as  a nice  beverage  and  ask  for  more. 

A lady  once  lost  her  life,  thinking  to  have  a little  sport,  by  drink- 
ing one  glass  of  this  preparation,  following  it  directly  with  the  other. 
The  large  amount  of  gas  disengaged,  ruptured  the  stomhch  immedi- 
ately. 

DIPHTHERIA.— Dr  Phinney^s  Remedy,  of  Boston.— Dr.  Phin- 

ney,  of  Boston,  furnishes  the  Journal  of  that  city  with  a recipe  for 
diphtheria,  which  has  recently  been  re-published  in  the  Detroit  Daily 
Advertiser , containing  so  much  sound  sense,  and  so  decidedly  the  best 
thing  that  I have  ever  seen  recommended  for  it,  that  I cannot  forbear 
giving  it  an  insertion,  and  also  recommend  it  as  the  dependence  in  that 
disease. 

He  says,  “ the  remedy  on  which  I chiefly  depend  is  the  Actea 
Racemosa,  or  black  snake-root,  which  is  used  both  locally  as  a gargle 
and  taken  internally. 

As  a gargle  1 tea-spoon  of  the  tincture  is  added  to  2 table-spoons 
of  water,  and  gargle  every  hour  for  twenty-four  hours,  or  till  the  pro- 


158 


Dr.  Chase's  Recipes. 


gress  of  the  disease  is  arrested;  after  which  the  intervals  may*  be 
extended  to  an  hour  and  a half,  or  more,  as  the  symptoms  may  justify. 
In  connection  with  the  use  of  the  gargle,  or  separately,  the  adult 
patient  should  take  internally  to  the  amount  of  two  or  three  tea-spoons 
of  the  tincture  in  the  course  of  twenty-four  hours. 

'4  In  addition  to  the  foregoing,  give  10  drops  of  the  muriated  tinc- 
ture of  iron,  3 times  in  the  twenty-four  hours,  and  a powder  from  3 t& 
5 grains  of  the  chlorate  of  potash  in  the  intervals. 

“Under  this  treatment  a very  decided  inprovement  takes  place 
within  the  first  twenty-four  hours,  the  ash  colored  membrane  disap- 
pears usually  within  two  days,  and  the  patient  overcomes  the  malig* 
nant  tendency  of  the  disease. 

“ The  foregoing  doses  are  for  adults;  for  children  they  should  of 
course  be  diminished  according  to  age,  etc.  It  will  be  observed  that 
great  importance  is  attached  to  the  frequent  use  of  the  gargle — That  is, 
every  hour — in  order  to  overcome  the  morbific  tendency  of  disease  by  a 
constantly  counteracting  impression.  In  order  to  guard  against  a 
relapse,  an  occasional  use  of  the  remedies  should  be  continued  for 
several  days  after  the  removal  of  the  membrane  and  subsidence  of 
unpleasant  symptoms.  To  complete  the  cure,  a generous  diet  and 
other  restoratives  may  be  used  as  the  intelligent  practitioner  shall 
direct.” 

CATHARTICS.—' Vegetable  Physic.— Jalap  and  peppermint  leaf, 
of  each  1 oz. ; senna,  2 ozs. ; pulverize  all  very  finely,  and  sift  through 
gauze;  bottle  it  and  keep  corked.  Dose.— Put  a rounding  tea-spoon 
of  the  powder  and  a heaping  tea-spoon  of  sugar  into  a cup,  and  pour 

3 or  4 spoons  of  boiling  water  upon  them ; when  cool  stir  it  up  and 
drink  all.  The  best  time  for  taking  it  is  in  the  morning,  not  taking 
breakfast,  but  drinking  freely  of  corn-meal  gruel.  If  it  does  not 
operate  in  3 hours,  repeat  half  the  dose  until  a free  operation  is 
obtained. 

Dr.  Beach  first  brought  this  preparation,  nearly  in  its  present 
proportions,  to  the  notice  of  the  Eclectic  practitioners  who  have  found 
it  worthy  of  very  great  confidence,  and  applicable  in  all  cases  where  a 
general  cathartic  action  is  required.  It  may  be  made  into  syrup  or 
pills,  if  preferred. 

2.  Indian  Cathartic  Pills. — Aloes  and  gamboge,  of  each,  1 oz. ; 
mandrake  and  blood-root,  with  gum  myrrh,  of  each  % oz.;  gum  cam- 
phor and  cayenne,  of  each  1 % drs. ; ginger,  4 ozs.;  all  finely  pulver- 
ized and  thoroughly  mixed,  with  thick  mucilage  (made  by  putting  a 
little  water  upon  equal  quantities  of  gum  arabic  and  gum  tragacanth,) 
into  pill  mass;  then  formed  into  common  sized  pills.  Dose. — Two  to 

4 pills,  according  to  the  robustness  of  the  patient. 

Families  should  always  have  some  of  these  cathartics,  as  well  as 
other  remedies,  in  the  house,  to  be  prepared  for  accident,  providence, 
or  emergence,  whichever  you  please  to  call  it.  They  may  be  sugar- 
coated,  as  directed  under  that  head,  if  desired. 

TOOTHACHE  AND  NEURALGIA  REMEDIES.— Magnetic  Tooth 
Cordial  and  Pain  Killer, — Best  alcohol,  1 oz. ; laudanum,  % oz. ; 


Medical  Department. 


159 


cTiloroform,  liquid  measures,  % oz.;  gum  camphor,  % oz.;  oil  of  cloves, 
\/2  dr. ; sulphuric  ether,  % oz.;  and  oil  of  lavender,  1 dr.  If  there  is  a 
nerve  exposed,  this  will  quiet  it.  Apply  with  lint.  Hub  also  on  the 
gums  and  upon  the  face  against  the  tooth,  freely. 

“ The  raging  toothache  why  endure. 

When  there  is  found  a perfect  cure, 

Which  saves  the  tooth,  and  stops  the  pain, 

And  gives  the  sufferer  ease  again.” 

In  the  case  of  an  ulcerated  tooth  at  Georgetown,  Ohio,  Mr.  Jenk- 
ins, the  proprietor  of  the  “Jenkins  House,’’  had  been  suffering  for 
eight  days,  and  I relieved  him  by  bathing  the  face  with  this  prepara- 
tion, using  a sponge,  for  two  or  three  minutes  only,  taking  a tea-spoon 
or  two  into  the  month,  for  a minute  or  two,  as  it  had  broken  upon  the 
nside.  The  operation  of  the  cordial  was  really  magical , according  to 
4d  notions  of  cure. 

I offered  to  sell  a grocer  a book,  at  Lawrenceburgh,  Ind.  He  read  t 
antil  he  saw  the  “ Magnetic  Tooth  Cordial  ” mentioned,  then  he  says,  “ If 
/ou  will  cure  my  toothache,  I will  buy  one.”  I applied  the  cordial,  it 
'being  late  Saturday  evening,  and  on  Monday  morning  he  was  the  first 
nan  011  hand  for  his  book. 

The  Sheriff  of  Wayne  county,  Ind.,  at  Centerville,  had  been  suf- 
fering three  days  of  neuralgia,  and  I gave  him  such  decided  relief  in 
me  evening,  with  this  cordial,  that  he  gave  me  a three  dollar  piece, 
vith  the  remark,  “ Take  whatever  you  please.” 

In  passing  from  Conneautville,  Pa.,  upon  a canal  boat,  the  cook, 
fwho  was  wife  of  one  of  the  steersmen,)  was  taken  after  supper  with 
severe  pain  in  the  stomach.  There  being  no  peppermint  on  board, 
and  as  strange  as  it  may  appear,  no  spirits  of  any  kind  whatever,  I was 
applied  to  as  a physician  to  contrive  something  for  her  relief;  I ran 
my  mind  over  the  articles  I had  with  me,  and  could  not  hit  upon  any 
•other  so  likely  to  benefit  as  the  “ Tooth  Cordial,”  arguing  in  my  mind 
that  if  good  for  pain  where  it  could  be  applied  to  the  spot  externally,  ^ 
I could  apply  it  to  the  point  of  pain  internally  in  this  case,  (the 
stomach)  as  well.  I gave  her  a tea-spoon  of  it  in  water,  and  waited 
five  minutes  without  relief,  but  concluding  to  go  “whole  hog  or  none,” 

I repeated  the  dose,  and  inside  of  the  next  five  minutes  she  was  per- 
fectly cured.  Her  husband,  the  other  steersman  also,  and  one  of  the 
drivers,  bought  each  a book,  and  the  next  week,  in  Erie,  on^of  her 
neighbors  bought  another,  upon  her  recommendation ; since  which 
myself  and  agents  have  freely  used  it,  and  recommend  it  for  similar 
conditions  with  equal  success. 

The  cases  are  too  numerous  to  mention  more.  I mention  these  to 
give  confidence  to  purchasers,  that  all,  who  need  it,  will  not  fail  to  give 
it  a trial.  It  is  good  for  any  local  pain,  wherever  it  can  be  applied. 
Pain  will  not  long  exist  under  its  use. 


i6o 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes . 


2.  Homeopathic  Tooth  Cordial.— Alcohol,  34  pt.;  tincture 

arnica  and  chloroform,  of  each  1 oz. ; oil  of  cloves,  34  oz.  Mix  »nd 
apply  as  the  other. 

There  are  many  persons  who  would  prefer  this  last  to  the  fore- 
going, from  the  presence  of  arnica ; and  it  is  especially  valuable  as  a 
liniment  for  bruises  involving  effusion  of  blood  under  the  skin. 

3.  Neuralgia. — Internal  Remedy. — Sal-ammoniac,  34  dr.  5 dis- 
solve  in  water,  1 oz.  Dose. — One  table-spoon  every  three  minutes,  for 
20  minutes,  at  the  end  of  which  time,  if  not  before,  the  pain  will  have 
disappeared. 

The  foregoing  is  from  a gentleman  who  had  been  long  afflicted 
with  the  disease,  who  found  no  success  with  any  other  remedy. 
Instead  of  common  water,  the  “ Camphor  Water ’’  or  “Mint  Water” 
might  by  some  be  preferred.  The  ammonia  is  a very  diffusable  stirm 
ulant,  quickly  extending  to  the  whole  system,  especially  extending  to 
y the  surface. 

4.  King  of  Oils,  for  Neuralgia  and  Rheumatism. — Burning 

fluid,  1 pt. ; oils  of  cedar,  hemlock,  sassafras,  and  origanum,  of  each, 
2 ozs. ; carbonate  of  ammonia,  pulverized,  1 oz. ; mix.  Directions.— 
Apply  freely  to  the  nerve  and  gums,  around  the  tooth ; and  to  the  face 
in  neuralgic  pains,  by  wetting  brown  paper  and  laying  on  the  parts* 
not  too  long,  for  fear  of  blistering, — to  the  nerves  of  teeth  by  lint. 

A blacksmith,  of  Sturgis,  Mich.,  cured  himself  and  others,  with 
this,  of  neuralgia,  after  physicians  could  give  no  relief. 

5.  Several  years  ago,  I was  stopping  for  a number  of  weeks  at  a 
hotel  near  Detroit;  whilst  there,  toothache  was  once  made  the  subject 
of  conversation,  at  which  time  the  landlady,  a Mrs.  Wood;  said  sha 
had  been  driven  by  it,  to  an  extreme  measure — no  less  than  boiling 
wormwood  herbs  in  alcohol  and  taking  a table-spoon  of  it  into  the 
mouth,  boiling  hot,  immediately  closing  the  mouth,  turning  the  head 
in  such  a way  as  to  bring  the  alcohol  in  contact  with  all  the  teeth, 
then  spitting  it  out  and  taking  the  second  immediately,  in  the  same 
way,  having  the  boiling  kept  up  by  setting  the  tin  containing  it  upon 
a shovel  of  hot  coals,  bringing  it  near  the  mouth.  She  said  she  never 
had  toothache  after  it,  nor  did  it  injure  the  mouth  in  the  least,  but, 
for  the  moment,  she  thought  her  head  had  collapsed,  or  the  heavens 
and  earth  come  together.  And  although  the  lady’s  appearance  and 
deportment  was  such  as  to  gain  general  esteem,  I dared  not  try  it  or 
recommend  it  to  others.  But  during  the  last  season  I found  a gentle* 
man  who  had  tried  the  same  thing,  in  the  same  way,  except  he  took 
four  spoons  in  his  mouth  at  a time,  and  did  not  observe  to  keep  his 
mouth  closed  to  prevent  the  contact  of  the  air  with  the  alcohol,  the 
result  of  which  was  a scalded  mouth,  yet  a perfect  cure  of  the  pain  and 
no  recurrence  of  it  for  twelve  years  up  to  the  time  of  conversation. 
And  I do  not  now  give  the  plan  expecting  it  to  become  a general 
favorite,  but  more  to  show  the  severity  of  the  pain,  forcing  patients  so 


Medical  Department. 


161 


(Such  extreme  remedies.  It  would  not  be  applicable  only  in  ,cases 
Where  the  pain  was  confined  entirely  to  the  teeth. 

6.  Horse-Radish  Root,  bruised  and  bound  upon  the  .face,  or 
other  parts  where  the  pain  is  located,  has  been  found  very  valuable 
for  their  relief.  And  I think  it  better  than  the  leaf  for  drafts  to  the 
feet,  or  other  parts. 

7.  TEETH. — Extracting  with  little  or  no  Pain,— Dr.  Dunlap,  a) 
dentist  of  Chillicothe,  O.,  while  filling  a tooth  for  me,  called  my' 
attention  to  the  following  recipe,  given  by  a dental  publication,  to 
prevent  pain  in  extracting  teeth.  He  had  used  it.  It  will  be  found 
valuable  for  all  who  must  have  teeth  extracted,  for  the  feeling  is 
sufficiently  unpleasant  even  when  all  is  done  that  can  be  for  its  relief. 

Tincture  of  aconite,  chloroform,  and  alcohol,  of  each,  1 oz. ; 
morphine,  6 grs.  Mix.  Manner  of  Application.— Moisten  two 
pledgets  of  cotton  with  the  liquid  and  apply  to  the  gums  on  each  side  f 
of  the  tooth  to  be  extracted,  holding  them  to  their  place  with  pliers  or 
some  other  convenient  instrument  for  5 to  15  minutes,  rubbing  the 
gums  freely  inside  and  out. 

My  wife  has  had  six  teeth  taken  at  a sitting,  but  the  last  two  she 
wished  to  have  out,  she  could  not  make  up  her  mind  to  the  work  until 
I promised  her  it  should  not  hurt  in  the  extraction,  which  I accom- 
plished by  accompanying  her  to  Dr.  Porter’s  dental  office,  of  this  city, 
und  administering  chloroform  in  the  usual  way,  just  to  the  point  ox 
nervous  stimulation,  or  until  its  effects  were  felt  over  the  whole  system, 
at  which  time  the  teeth  were  taken,  not  causing  pain,  she  says,  equal 
to  toothache  for  one  minute.  Not  the  slightest  inconvenience  was  ex- 
perienced from  the  effects  of  the  chloroform.  I consider  this  plan,  and 
so  does  Dr.  Porter,  far  preferable  to  administering  it  until  entire 
stupefaction,  by  which  many  valuable  lives  have  been  lost. 

8.  Dentrifice  which  Removes  Tartareons  Adhesions,  Arrests 
Decay,  and  Induces  a Healthy  Action  of  the  Gums.— Dissolve  1 oz.  of 
borax  in  134  plots  of  boiling  water,  and  when  a little  cool,  add  1 tea- 
spoon of  the  tincture  of  myrrh  and  1 table-spoon  of  the  spirits  of 
camphor,  and  bottle  for  use.  Directions. — At  bedtime,  wash  out  the 
mouth  with  water;  using  a badger’s  hair  brush  (bristle  brushes  tear 
the  gums  and  should  never  be  used);  then  take  a table-spoon  of  the 
dentrifice  with  as  much  warm  water,  and  rub  the  teeth  and  gums  well, 
each  night  until  the  end  is  attained. 

9.  Tooth-Wash— To  Remove  Blackness.— Pure  muriatic  acid,  1 
oz. ; water,  1 oz.;  honey,  2 ozs. ; mix.  Take  a tooth-brush  and  wet  it 
freely  with  this  preparation,  and  briskly  rub  the  black  teeth,  and  in  a 
moment’s  time  they  will  be  perfectly  white;  then  immediately  wash 
out  the  mouth  with  water,  that  the  acid  may  not  act  upon  the  enamel 
of  the  teeth. 

It  need  not  be  used  often,  say  once  in  three  or  four  months,  as  the 
teeth  become  black  again,  washing  out  quickly  every  time.  Without 
the  washing  after  its  use  it  would  injure  the  teeth,  with  it,  it  never 


1 62  Dr.  Chase's  Recipes. 

will.  This  blackness  is  hard  to  re-move,  even  with  the  Irtish  and 
tooth-powder. 

BO.  Dr.  Thompson,  of  Evansville,  Ind.,  gives  the  above  in 
twenty-drop  doses,  three  times  daily,  for  laryngitis  or  bronchitis,  taken 
in  a little  water,  throwing  it  back  past  the  teeth. 

If.  Tooth-Powder — Excellent. — Take  any  quantity  of  finely 
pulverized  chalk,  and  twice  as  much  finely  pulverized  charcoal;  make 
very  fine;  then  add  a very  little  suds  made  with  castile  soap,  and 
sufficient  spirits  of  camphor  to  wet  all  to  a thick  paste.  Apply  with 
the  finger,  rubbing  thoroughly,  and  it  will  whiten  the  teeth  better 
than  any  tooth-powder  you  can  buy. 

I noticed  the  past  season,  a piece  going  the  rounds  of  the  papers, 
“That  charcoal  ought  not  to  be  used  on  the  teeth.”  I will  only  add 
that  a daughter  of  mine  has  used  this  powder  over  six  years,  and  her 
teeth  are  very  white,  and  no  damage  to  the  enamel,  as  yet.  Six  years 
* would  show  up  the  evil,  if  death  was  in  the  pot.  Coal  from  basswood'; 
or  other  soft  wood  is  easiest  pulverized. 

ESSENCES. — Druggists’  rules  for  making  essences  is  to  use  one 
ounce  of  oil  to  one  quart  of  alcohol,  but  many  of  them  do  not  use  more 
than  half  of  that  amount,  whilst  most  of  the  peddlers  do  not  have 
them  made  of  more  than  one-fourth  that  strength.  I would  hardly 
set  them  away  if  presented.  I have  always  made  them  as  follows: 

Peppermint  oil,  1 oz. ; best  alcohol,  1 pt.  And  the  same  amount 
of  any  other  oil  for  any  other  essence  which  you  desire  to  make. 
Dose — A dose  of  this  strength  of  essence  will  be  only  from  10  to  30 
drops. 

With  most  essences  a man  can  drink  a whole  bottle  without  danger, 
or  benefit.  Peppermint  is  colored  with  tincture  of  tumeric,  cinnamon 
with  tincture  of  red  sandal  or  sanders  wood,  and  wintergreen  with 
tincture  of  kino.  There  is  no  color,  however,  for  essences,  so  natural 
as  to  put  the  green  leaf  of  which  the  oil  is  made  into  the  jar  of  essence, 
and  let  it  remain  over  night,  or  about  twelve  hours;  then  pour  off,  or 
filter  it  for  sale.  But  if  families  are  making  for  their  own  use  they 
need  not  bother  to  color  them  at  all.  But  many  believe  if  they  are 
high  colored  they  are  necessarily  strong,  but  it  has  no  effect  upon  the 
strength  whatever,  unless  colored  with  the  leaf  or  bark,  as  here 
recommended.  Cinnamon  bark  does  in  the  place  of  the  leaf.  See 
**  Extracts.” 

TINCTURES. — In  making  any  of  the  tinctures  in  common  use,  or 
In  making  any  of  the  medicines  called  for  in  this  work,  or  in  works 
generally,  it  is  not  only  expected,  but  absolutely  necessary,  that  the 
roots,  leaves,  barks,  etc.,  should  be  dry,  unless  otherwise  directed; 
then : 

Take  the  root,  herb,  bark,  leaf,  or  gum  called  for,  2 ozs. ; and 
bruise  it,  then  pour  boiling  water  ^ pt.,  upon  it,  and  when  cold  add 
best  alcohol,  % pt.,  keeping  warm  for  from  4 to  G days,  or  letting  it 


Medical  Department. 


163 


stand  10  or  12  days  without  warmth,  shaking  once  or  twice  daily;  then 
filter  or  strain  ; or  it  may  stand  upon  the  dregs  and  be  carefully  poured 
aff  as  needed. 

With  any  person  of  common  judgment,  the  foregoing  directions 
are  just  as  good  as  to  take  up  forty  times  as  much  space  by  saying — 
take  lobelia,  herb  and  seed,  2 ozs. ; alcohol,  % pt.;  boiling  water,  14 
pt., — then  do  the  same  thing,  oyer  and  over  again,  with  every  tincture 
which  may  be  called  for ; or  at  least  those  who  cannot  go  ahead  with 
the  foregoing  instructions,  are  not  fit  to  handle  medicines  at  all ; so  I 
leave  the  subject  with  those  for  whom  the  given  information  is 
sufficient. 

In  making  compound  tinctures,  you  can  combine  the  simple 
tinctures,  or  make  them  by  putting  the  different  articles  into  a bottle 
together,  then  use  the  alcohol  and  water  it  would  require  if  you  was 
making  each  tincture  separately. 

TETTER,  RINGWORM,  AND  BARBER’S  ITCH.— To  Cure.— 

Take  the  best  Cuba  cigars,  smoke  one  a sufficient  length  of  time  to 
accumulate  one-fourth  or  one-half  inch  of  ashes  upon  the  end  of  the 
cigar;  now  wet  the  whole  surface  of  the  sore  with  the  saliva  from  the 
mouth,  then  rub  the  ashes  from  the  end  of  the  cigar  thoroughly  into 
and  all  over  the  sore ; do  this  three  times  a day,  and  inside  of  a week 
ull  will  be  smooth  and  well. 

I speak  from  extensive  experience ; half  of  one  cigar  cured  myself 
when  a barber  would  not  undertake  to  shave  me.  It  is  equally  success- 
ful in  tetters  on  other  parts  of  the  body,  hands,  etc. 

Tobacco  is  very  valuable  in  its  place  (medicine) — like  spirits, 
uowever,  it  makes  slaves  of  its  devotees. 

2.  Narrow-Leaved  (yellow)  dock  root,  sliced  and  soaked  in  good 
vinegar,  used  as  a wash,  is  highly  recommended  as  a cure  for  tetter,  or 
ringworm. 

BALSAMS— Dr.  R.  W.  Hutchins’  Indian  Healing,  formerly, 
Peckham’s  Cough  Balsam. — Clear,  pale  resin,  3 lbs.,  and  melt  it,  add- 
ing spirits  of  turpentine,  1 qt. ; balsam  of  tolu,  1 oz. ; balsam  of  fir,  4 
ozs.;  oil  of  hemlock,  origanum,  with  Venice  turpentine,  of  each,  1 oz.; 
strained  honey,  4 ozs.;  mix  well  and  bottle.  Dose. — Six  to  12  drops  ; 
for  a child  of  six,  3 to  5 drops,  on  a little  sugar.  The  dose  can  be 
varied  according  to  the  ability  of  the  stomach  to  bear  it,  and  the 
necessity  of  the  case. 

It  is  a valuable  preparation  for  coughs,  internal  pains,  or  strains, 
and  works  benignly  upon  the  kidneys. 

2.  Dr.  Mitchel’s  Balsam,  for  Cuts,  Bruises,  etc. — Fenugreek 
seed,  and  gum  myrrh,  of  each,  1 oz.;  sassafras  root  bark,  a good  hand- 
ful j alcohol,  1 qt.  'Put  all  into  a bottle  and  keep  warm  for  five  days. 

Dr.  Mitchell,  of  Pa.,  during  his  life,  made  great  use  of  this  balsam, 
for  cuts,  bruises,  abrasions,  etc.,  and  it  will  be  found  valuable  for  such 
purposes. 

ARTIFICIAL  SKIN— For  Burns,  Bruises,  Abrasions,  etc.. 
Proof  Against  Water. — Take  gun  cotton  and  Venice  turpentine, 
equal  parts  of  each,  and  dissolve  them  in  20  times  as  much  sulphuric 


164  Dr.  Chase's  Recipes . 

ether,  dissolving  the  cotton  first,  then  adding  the  turpentine-,  keep  k 
corked  tightly. 

The  object  of  the  turpentine  is  to  prevent  pressure  or  pinching 
caused  by  evaporation  of  the  ether  when  applied  to  a bruised  surface. 
Water  does  not  affect  it,  hence  its  value  for  cracked  nipples,  chapped 
hands,  surface  bruises,  etc.,  etc. 

DISCUTIENTS— To  Scatter  Swellings.— Tobacco  and  cicuta 
(water  hemlock)  leaves,  of  each,  2 ozs. ; stramonium,  (jimpsom)  and 
solanum  nigrum  (garden  night  shade,  sometimes  erroneously  called 
deadly  night  shade,)  the  leaves,  and  yellow  dock  root,  of  each,  4 ozs. ; 
bitter-sweet,  bark  of  the  root,  3 ozs.  Extract  the  strength  by  boiling 
with  water,  pressing  out,  and  re-boiling,  straining  and  carefully 
boiling  down  to  the  consistence  of  an  ointment,  then  add  lard,  18 
ozs.  and  simmer  together. 

It  will  be  used  for  stiff  joints,  sprains,  bruises  attended  with 
swelling  when  the  skin  is  unbroken,  for  cancerous  lumps,  scrofulous 
swellings,  white  swellings,  rheumatic  swellings,  etc.  It  is  one  of  the 
best  discutients,  or  scatterers  in  use,  keeping  cancers  back,  often  for 
months. 

SMALL-POX— To  Prevent  Pitting  the  Face. — A great  discovery 
is  reported  to  have  recently  been  made  by  a Surgeon  of  the  English 
army  in  China,  to  prevent  pitting  or  marking  the  face.  The  mode  of 
treatment  is  as  follows: 

When,  in  small-pox,  the  preceding  fever  is  at  its  height,  and  just 
before  the  eruption  appears,  the  chest  is  thoroughly  rubbed  witn 
Croton  Oil  and  Tartar  emetic  Ointment.  This  causes  the  whole  of  the 
eruption  to  appear  on  that  part  of  the  body  to  the  relief  of  the  rest. 
It  also  secures  a full  and  complete  eruption,  and  thus  prevents  the 
disease  from  attacking  the  internal  organs.  This  is  said  to  be  now  the 
established  mode  of  treatment  in  the  English  army  in  China,  by  gun* 
eral  orders,  and  is  regarded  as  perfectly  effectual. 

It  is  a well  known  fact,  that  disease  is  most  likely  to  make  iU 
attack  upon  the  weakest  parts,  and  especially  upon  places  in  the 
system  which  have  been  recently  weakened  by  previous  disease ; hence, 
if  an  eruption  (disease)  is  caused  by  the  application  of  croton  oil  mixed 
with  a little  of  the  Tartar  emetic  Ointment,  there  is  every  reason  to 
believe  that  the  eruption,  in  Small-Pox,  will  locate  upon  that  part 
instead  of  the  face.  The  application  should  be  made  upon  the  breast:, 
fore  part  of  the  thighs,  etc.,  not  to  interfere  with  the  posture  «pon  the 
bed.  « 

It  has  been  suggested  that  a similar  application  will  relieve  whoop*, 
ing  cough,  by  drawing  the  irritation  from  the  lungs;  if  so,  why  will  U 
not  help  to  keep  measles  to  the  surface,  especially  when  they  have  a 
tendency  to  the  internal  organs,  called  striking  in.  It  is  worth  a trial 
in  any  of  t.iese  cases.  See  “Causes  of  Inflammation,”  under  the  ne*W 
of  “Inflammation.” 


Medical  Department. 


i65 

2.  Common  Swelling's,  to  Reduce.— Tory- weed  pounded  so  as  to 
mash  it  thoroughly  and  bound  upon  any  common  swelling,  will  very 
soon  reduce  the  parts  to  their  natural  size. 

This  weed  may  be  known  from  its  annoyance  to  sheep  raisers,  as 
it  furnishes  a small  burr  having  a dent  on  one  side  of  it,  but  the  burr 
of  the  other  kind  has  no  dent — is  round.  It  will  be  found  very  valuable 
in  rheumatisms  attended  with  swellings. 

WENS— To  Cure. — Dissolve  copperas  in  water  to  make  it  strong; 
now  take  a pin,  needle,  or  sharp  knife,  and  prick  or  cut  the  wen  in 
about  a dozen  places,  just  sufficient  to  cause  it  to  bleed;  then  wet  it 
thoroughly  with  the  copperas  water,  once  daily. 

This,  followed  for  four  weeks,  cured  a man  residing  within  four 
miles  of  this  city,  who  had  six  or  eight  of  them,  some  of  them  on  the 
head  as  large  as  a hen’s  egg.  The  preparation  is  also  valuable,  as  a 
Tvash,  in  erysipelas. 

BLEEDINGS— Internal  and  External— Styptic  Balsam.— For  in- 

lernal  hemorrhage,  or  bleeding  from  the  lungs,  stomach,  nose,  and  in 
excessive  menstruation  or  bleeding  from  the  womb,  is  made  as  follows: 

Put  sulphuric  acid,  2 34  drs.,  by  weight,  in  a Wedgewood  mortar, 
and  slowly  add  oil  of  turpentine  1 fluid  dr.,  stirring  it  constantly  with 
the  pestle ; then  add  slowly  again,  alcohol  1 fluid  dr.,  and  continue  to 
stir  it  as  long  as  any  fumes  arise  from  the  mixture,  then  bottle  in  glass, 
ground  stoppered,  bottles.  It  should  be  a clear  red  color,  like  dark 
blood,  but  if  made  of  poor  materials  it  will  be  a pale,  dirty  red,  and 
unfit  for  use.  Dose. — To  be  given  by  putting  40  drops  into  a tea-cup 
and  rubbing  it  thoroughly  with  a lea-spoon  of  brown  sugar,  and  then 
stir  in  water  until  the  cup  is  nearly  full,  and  drink  immediately — 
repeat  every  hour  for  3 or  4 hours,  but  its  use  should  be  discontinued 
as  soon  as  no  more  fresh  blood  appears.  Age  does  not  injure  it,  but 
a skim  forms  on  top  which  is  to  be  broken  through,  using  the  medicine 
below  it. 

This  preparation  was  used  for  thirty  years,  with  uniform  success 
by  Dr.  James  Warren,  before  he  gave  it  to  the  public;  since  then,  Dr. 
King,  of  Cincinnati,  author  of  the  Eclectic  Dispensatory,  has  spread 
it,  through  that  work,  and  many  lives  have  been  saved  by  it.  It  acts 
by  lessening  the  force  of  the  circulation  (sedative  powder),  as  also  by 
its  astringent  effects  in  contact  with  the  bleeding  vessels.  And  the 
probability  is  that  no  known  remedy  can  be  as  safely  depended  upon 
for  more  speedy  relief,  or  certainty  of  cure,  especially  for  the  lungs, 
stomach,  or  nose;  but  for  bleeding  from  the  womb,  or  excessive  men- 
etruation,  I feel  to  give  preference  to  Prof.  Pratt’s  treatment  as  shown 
in  the  recipe  for  “Uterine  Hemorrhages.”  No  relaxation  from 
business  need  be  required,  unless  the  loss  of  blood  makes  it  necessary, 
nor  other  treatment,  except  if  blood  has  been  swallowed,  or  if  the 
bleeding  is  from  the  stomach,  it  would  be  well  to  give  a mild  cathartic. 
Bleeding  from  the  stomach  will  be  distinguished  from  bleeding  from 
the  lungs  by  a sense  of  weight,  or  pain,  and  unaccompanied  by  cough, 
and  discharged  by  vomiting,  and  in  larger  quantities  at  a time  than 


1 66  Dr.  Chase's  Recipes  „ 

from  the  lungs.  The  blood  will  be  darker  aW  »hd  often  mixed  with 
particles  of  food. 

Exercise  in  the  open  air  is  preferable  to  inactivity;  and  if  any 
symptoms  of  returning  hemorrhage  show  themselves,  begin  with  the 
remedy  without  loss  of  time,  and  a reasonable  hope  of  cure  may  be 
expected. 

2.  External  Styptic  Remedies.— Take  a glazed  earthen  vessel 
that  will  stand  heat  and  put  into  it  water,  2}^  pts. ; tincture  of  benzoin, 
2 ozs. ; alum,  3^  lb.,  and  boil  for  6 hours,  replacing  the  water  which 
evaporates  in  boiling,  by  pouring  in  boiling  water  so  as  not  to  stop 
the  boiling  process,  constantly  stirring.  At  the  end  of  the  6 hours  it  is 
to  be  liltered  or  carefully  strained  and  bottled,  also  in  glass  stoppered 
bottles.  Application. — Wet  lint  and  lay  upon  the  wound,  binding 
with  bandages  to  prevent  the  thickened  blood,  (coagula)  from  being 
removed  from  the  mouths  of  the  vessels,  keeping  them  in  place  for  24 
to  48  hours  will  be  sufficient. 

If  any  doubt  is  felt  about  this  remedy,  pour  a few  drops  of  it  into 
a vessel  containing  human  blood — the  larger  the  quantity  of  the  styptic 
the  thicker  will  be  the  blood  mass,  until  it  becomes  black  and  tnick, 
Pagliari  was  the  first  to  introduce  this  preparation  to  public  notice.— 
Eclectic  Dispensatory. 

3.  Styptic  Tincture — External  Application.— Best  brandy,  ^ 
ozs.;  finely  scraped  castile  soap,  2 drs. ; potash,  1 dr.;  mix  all,  and 
shake  well  when  applied.  Apply  warm  by  putting  lint  upon  the  cut, 
wet  with  the  mixture. 

I have  never  had  occasion  to  try  either  of  the  preparations,  but  i) 
I do,  it  will  be  the  “ Balsam,”  or  “External  Styptic”  first,  and  if  they 
should  fail  I would  try  the  “Tincture,”  fori  feel  that  it  must  stop 
blood,  but  I am  also  certain  that  it  would  make  a sore,  aside  from  the 
cut;  yet,  better  have  a sore  than  lose  life,  of  course.  These  remedies 
are  such,  that  a physician  might  pass  a lifetime  without  occasion  te 
use,  but  none  the  less  important  to  know. 

BRONCHOCELE — Enlarged  Neck— To  Cure.— Iodide  of  potassium 
(often  called  hydriodate  of  potash)  2 drs.;  iodine,  1 dr.;  water  2%  ozs., 
mix  and  shake  a few  minutes  and  pour  a little  into  a vial  for  internal 
use.  Dose. — Five  to  10  drops  before  each  meal,  to  be  taken  in  a little 
water.  External  Application. — With  a feather  wet  the  enlarged 
neck,  from  the  other  bottle,  night  and  morning,  until  well. 

It  will  cause  the  scarf  skin  to  peel  off  several  times  before  the  curA 
is  perfect,  leaving  it  tender,  but  do  not  omit  the  application  more  than 
one  day  at  most,  and  you  may  rest  assured  of  a cure,  if  a cure  can  be 
performed  by  any  means  whatever;  many  cures  have  been  performer 
by  it,  and  there  is  no  medicine  yet  discovered  which  has  proved  one- 
hundreth  part  as  successful. 

2.  But  if  you  are  willing  to  be  longer  in  performing  the  cure,  to 
avoid  the  soreness,  dissolve  the  same  articles  in  alcohol,  1 pt. ; and  use 
the  same  way,  as  above  described,  i.  e.,  both  internal  and  external. 
PAIN-KILLER— Said  to  be  Perry  Davis’s.— Alcohol,  lqt.; 


Medical  Department. 


167 


gum  guniac,  1 oz. ; gums  myrrh  and  camphor,  and  cayenne  pulverized, 
of  each,  3^  oz.  Mix.  Shake  occasionally  for  a week:  or  ten  days  and 
filter  0*  let  settle  for  use.  Apply  freely  to  surface  pains,  or  it  may  be 
taken  in  tea-spoon  doses  for  internal  pains,  and  repeat  according  to 
necessities. 

If  any  one  can  tell  it  from  its  namesake,  by  its  looks  or  actions, 
we  will  then  acknowledge  that  the  old  minister,  from  whom  it  was 
obtained,  was  greatly  deceived,  although  he  was  perfectly  familiar  for 
a long  time  with  Mr.  Davis,  and  his  mode  of  preparing  the  pain-killer. 

POISONS — Antidote. — When  it  becomes  known  that  a 'poison  has 
been  swallowed,  stir  salt  and  ground  mustard,  of  each  a heaping  tea- 
spoon, into  a glass  of  water,  and  have  At  drank  immediately.  It  is  the 
quickest  emetic  known. 

It  should  vomit  in  one  minute.  Then  give  the  whites  of  two  or 
three  eggs  in  a cup  or  two  of  the  strongest  coffee.  If  no  coffee,  swallow 
the  egg  in  sweet-cream,  and  if  no  cream  sweet-milk,  if  neither,  down 
with  the  egg. 

I have  used  the  mustard  with  success,  in  the  case  of  my  own  child, 
which  had  swallowed  a “ Quarter,’’  beyond  the  reach  of  the  finger,  but 
remaining  in  the  throat,  which,  to  all  a’ppearances,  would  have  soon 
suffocated  him.  I first  took  “ granny’s  plan”  of  turning  the  head  down 
and  patting  on  the  back;  failing  in  this,  I mixed  a heaping  tea-spoon 
of  mustard  in  sufficient  water  to  admit  its  being  swallowed  readily;  and 
in  a minute  we  had  the  quarter,  dinner,  and  all;  without  it,  we  should 
have  had  no  child. 

I knew  the  mustard  to  work  well  once  upon  about  twenty  men  in 
a boat-yard,  on  the  Belle  River,  Newport,  Mich.  I had  been  furnish- 
ing them  with  “ Switchel”  at  twenty  cents  per  bucket,  made  by  putting 
about  a pound  of  sugar,  a quart  of  vinegar,  and  two  or  three  table- 
spoons of  ginger  to  the  bucket  of  water,  with  a lump  of  ice.  An  old 
man,  also  in  the  grocery  business^  offered  to  give  it  to  them  at  eighteen 
pence  per  bucket,  but,  by  some  mistake,  he  put  in  mustard  instead  of 
ginger.  They  had  a general  vomit,  which  made  them  think  that 
cholera  had  come  with  the  horrors  of  “ Thirty-Two,”  but  as  the  down- 
ward effects  were  not  experienced,  it  passed  off  with  great  amusement, 
safely  establishing  my  custom  at  the  twenty  cents  per  bucket. 

INFLAMMATORY  DISEASES. — Description. — Before  I attempt 
to  speak  of  the  inflammation  of  particular  organs,  I shall  make  a few 
remarks  upon  the  subject  in  general,  which  will  throw  out  the  necessary 
light  for  those  not  already  informed;,  and  I should  be  glad  to  extend 
my  treatment  to  all  of  the  particular  organs  of  the  body,  but  the  limits 
of  the  work  only  allows  me  to  speak  of  Pleurisy,  Inflammation  of  the 
Lungs,  etc. ; yet,  Eclectic  ideas  of  inflammation  are  such,  that  if  we 
can  successfully,  treat  inflammation  in  one  part  of  the  system,  (body,) 
we  can,  with  but  little  modification,  succeed  with  it  in  all  its  forms: 
And  my  general  remarks  shall  be  of  such  a nature  as  to  enable  any 


i68 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes . 


judicious  person  to  successfully  combat  with  inflammations  in  every 
part  of  the  system.  Then  : 

First. — Inflammation  is,  generally,  attended  with  pain,  increased 
heat , redness , and  swelling.  Some,  or  all  of  these  signs  always  accom- 
panying it,  according  to  the  structure  of  the  organ  affected. 

Second. — The  more  loose  the  structure  of  the  organ,  the  less 
severe  will  be  the  pain;  and  the  character  of  the  structure  also  modifies 
the  character  of  the  pain.  In  mucous  membranes,  it  is  burning  or 
stinging.  In  serous  membranes  it  is  lancinating,  and  most  usually 
very  sharp  and  cutting.  In  fibrous  structures,  it  is  dull,  aching,  and 
gnawing.  In  nervous  structures,  it  is  quick,  jumping,  and  most  usually 
excruciatingly  severe ; and  in  nearly  all  structures  more  or  less  sore- 
ness is  soon  present. 

Third. — To  make  the  foregoing  information  of  value,  it  becomes 
necessary  to  know  the  structure  of  the  various  parts  of  the  system. 
Although  the  ultimate  portions  of  muscle  or  flesh,  as  usually  called,  is 
fibrous,  yet,  there  is  a loose  cellular  structure  blended  with  it,  which 
fills  up  and  rounds  the  form  to  its  graceful  beauty — hence,  here,  we 
have  more  swelling,  and  less  severity  of  pain.  With  the  rose,  or  red 
of  the  lips,  commences  the  mucous  membrane,  which  forms  the  lining 
coat  of  the  mouth,  stomach,  etc.,  through  the  whole  alimentary  canal, 
also  lining  the  urethra,  bladder,  ureters,  vagina,  womb,  fallopian 
tubes,  etc,,  hence  the  heat  always  felt  in  inflammation  of  these  organs. 
The  whole  internal  surface  of  the  cavity  of  the  body  is  lined  by  a 
serous  membrane,  which  is  also  reflected  or  folded  upon  the  lungs — 
here  called  pleura , (the  side,)  hence  pleurisy,  (inflammation  of  the 
pleura  or  side,)  and  also  folded  upon  the  upper  side  of  the  diaphragm; 
the  diaphragm  forming  a partition  between  the  upper  and  lower  por- 
tions of  the  cavity  of  the  body,  the  upper  portion  containing  the  lungs, 
heart,  large  blood  vessels,  etc.,  called  the  chest , more  commonly  the 
breast — the  lower  portion  containing  the  stomach,  liver,  kidneys,  in' 
testines,  bladder,  etc.,  called  the  abdomen — more  commonly  tiie  bowels. 
The  sides  of  the  abdomen  are  covered  with  a continuation  of  this  serous 
membrane,  which  is  also  reflected  upon  the  lower  side  of  the  dia- 
phragm, liver,  stomach,  small  and  large  intestines,  bladder,  etc., — 
here  called  peritoneum , (to  extend  around)  in  all  places  it  secretes 
(furnishes)  a moistening  fluid  enabling  one  organ  of  the  body  to  move 
upon  itself  or  other  organs  without  friction.  This  serous  membrane 
is  thin,  but  very  firm,  hence  tlie*sharpness  of  the  pain  when  it  is  in- 
flamed, as  it  cannot  yield  to  the  pressure  of  the  accumulating  blood. 

Fourth. — The  ligaments  or  bands  which  bind  the  different  parts 
of  the  body  together  at  the  joints,  and  the  gracefully  contracted  ends 
of  the  muscles  (called  tendons)  which  pass  the  joint,  attaching  them- 
selves to  the  next  bone  above,  or  below?  and  the  wristlet-like  bands 
which  are  clasped  around  the  joints  through  which  these  tendons 


Medical  Department . 


169 


‘play,  as  over  a pully,  when  the  joint  is  bent,  are  all  of  a fibrous  con- 
struction, hence  the  grinding  or  gnawing  pains  of  rheumatism  (in- 
flammations), and  injuries  of,  or  near  joints;  and  it  also  accounts  for 
that  kind  of  pain  in  tlie  latter  stages  of  intestinal  inflammations,  as 
the  stomach,  intestines,  etc.,  are  composed  of  three  coats,  the  external, 
serous, — middle  flbrous,  internal,  mucuous;  and  when  inflammation 
of  the  external,  or  internal  coats  are  long  continued,  it  generally  in- 
volves the  middle— fibrous  layer. 

Fifth. — The  greatest  portion  of  the  substance  of  the  lungs  is  of 
fibrous  tissufc,  consequently,  dull  or  obtuse  pain  only,  is  experienced 
when  inflamed. 

Lastly. — The  nervous  system,  although  of  a fibrous  character  is 
so  indescribably  fine  in  its  structure,  that,  like  the  telegraph  wire,  as 
soon  as  touched,  it  answers  with  a bound,  to  the  call — quick  as 
Ihought,  whether  pain  or  pleasure,  jumping,  bounding,  it  goes  to  the 
jfrand  citadel  (tne  brain)  which  overlooks  the  welfare  of  the  whole 
Semple. 

In  general,  the  intensity  of  the  pain  attending  inflammations  will 
surely  indicate  the  violence  of  the  febrile  (sympathetic)  reaction;  for 
Instance,  in  inflammation  of  the  bronchial  tubes,  the  pain  is  not  very 
hevere,  consequently  ndt  much  fever,  (reaction);  but  in  inflammation 
i>f  the  pleura  (pleurisy)  the  pain  is  very  severe,  consequently  the  febrile 
'eaction  exceedingly  great. 

Causes  of  inflammation.— In  health,  the  blood  is  carried  evenly, 
Tn  proportion  ro  the  size  of  the  blood  vessels,  to  every  part  of  the  body. 
Amd  the  vessels  (arteries  and  veins)  are  proportioned  in. size  to  the 
aecessity  of  the  system  for  vitality,  nutrition,  and  reparation.  What- 
ever it  may  be  that  causes  the  blood  to  recede  from  the  surface,  or  any 
considerable  portion  of  it,  will  cause  inflammation  of  the  weakest  por- 
tion of  the  system ; and  whatever  will  draw  the  blood  unduly  to  any 
part  of  the  system,  will  cause  inflammation  of  that  part, — for  instance, 
cold  drives  the  blood  from  the  surface,  consequently,  if  sufficiently 
long  continued,  the  internal  organ  least  able  to  bear  the  accumulation 
of  blood  upon  it  will  be  excited  to  inflammation — a blow  upon  any  part, 
if  sufficiently  severe,  will  cause  inflammation  of  the  injured  part.  Also 
mustard  poultices,  drafts  to  the  feet,  etc.,  hence  the  propriety  of  their 
proper  use  to  draw  the  blood  away  from  internal  organs  which  are 
inflamed.  A check  of  perspiration  is,  especially,  liable  to  excite  in- 
flammation, and  that  in  proportion  to  the  degree  of  heat  producing  the 
perspiration  and  the  length  of  time  which  the  person  may  be  exposed 
to  the  cold.  The  object  of  knowing  the  cause  of  disease  is  to  avoid 
suffering  from  disease,  by  keeping  clear  of  its  cause;  or  thereby  to 
know  what  remedy  to  apply  for  its  cure  or  relief. 

There  is  a class  of  persons  who  claim  that  causes  will  have  their 
legitimate  e fiects,  physical  or  moral ; physicians  know  that  it  is  absurd 
8 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


170 

physically;  that  is,  when  philosophically  and  scientifically  combated 
With, — for  instance,  a person  is  exposed  to  cold;  the  blood  is  driven  in 
upon  the  internal  organs,  and  the  one  which  is  the  least  able  to  bear 
the  pressure  gives  way  before  the  invading  enemy,  and  an  inflamma- 
tion is  the  result;  which,  if  left  to  itself,  will  terminate  in  death;  but 
heat  and  moisture  are  applied  to  the  constringed  surface — the  blood  is 
brought  back  and  held  there,  and  a cure  is  speedily  effected — the  na- 
tural or  physical  effect  of  the  cause  is  obviated  or  avoided. 

Then  why  should  it  be  thought  impossible  with  God  that  a moral 
remedy  should  be  provided  against  moral  evils?  Thanks  be  to  God,  it 
has  been  provided  to  the  willing  and  obedient,  through  our  Lord  Jesus 
Christ,  but  only  to  the  willing  and  obedient,  morally  as  well  as  physi- 
cally, for  if  a person  will  not  permit  a proper  course  to  be  pursued  to 
overcome  the  consequences  arising  to  his  body  from  cold,  he  must  suffer, 
not  only  the  inflammation  to  go  on,  but  also  guilt  of  mind  for  neglect' 
ing  his  known  duty.  The  same  is  true  in  either  point  of  view,  only 
looks  so  curious  that  there  should  be  those  who  can  reason  of  physica* 
things,  but  utterly  refuse  to  give  up  their  moral  blindness ; the  con- 
sequences be  upon  their  own  heads. 

Just  in  proportion  to  the  susceptibility  of  an  organ  to  take  or, 
diseased  action,  is  the  danger  of  exposure;  fof  example,  if  a person 
has  had  a previous  attack  of  pleurisy,  or  inflammation  of  the  lungs, 
those  organs,  or  the  one  which  has  been  diseased,  will  be  almost  certain 
to  be  again  prostrated,  usually  called  relapse  ; which  is  in  most  cases, 
ten  times  more  severe  than  the  first  attack ; then  be  very  careful  about 
exposures  when  just  getting  better  from  these,  or  other  diseases. 

Inflammation  terminates  by  resolution,  effusion , suppuration  or  mor 
tification.  By  resolution , is  meant  that  the  parts  return  to  their  natural 
condition ; by  effusion , that  blood  may  be  thrown  out  from  the  soft 
parts,  or  from  mucous  membranes , — that  lymph  or  serum , a colorless  pan. 
of  the  blood  may  be  thrown  out  by  serous  membranes,  which  often 
form  adhesions,  preventing  the  after  motions  of  the  affected  parts — and 
here  what  wisdom  is  brought  to  light,  in  the  fact  that  whatever  is 
thrown  out  from  the  mucous  surface  never,  or  at  least  very  seldom 
adhere,  or  grow  up;  if  it  did,  any  part  of  the  alimentary  canal  from 
the  mouth  to  the  st  mach,  and  so  on  through  the  intestines,  would  be 
constantly  adhering;  so,  also  of  the  lungs;  for  these  various  organs  are 
more  frequently  affected  by  inflammations  than  any  other  parts  of  the 
body — by  suppuration , when  abscesses  are  formed  containing  pua 
(matter,)  or  this  may  take  place  upon  the  surface,  when  it  is  usually 
called  canker,  or  corroding  ulcers,  cancers,  etc. ; by  gangrene,  (mortifi- 
cation,) when  death  of  the  parts  take  place  ; in  this  case,  if  the  part  is 
sufficiently  extensive,  or  if  it  is  an  internal  part,  death  of  the  whole 
body,  if  not  relieved,  is  the  result. 

The  methods  of  inflammatory  termination  is  believed  to  result 


Medical  Department. 


171 

from  the  grade  of  inflammation — for  instance,  at  the  circumference  of  a 
boil,  the  inflammation  is  weak,  serum  is  thrown  out;  near  the  centre, 
where  the  inflammation  is  a little  higher,  lymph  is  poured  out  and 
adhesion  takes  place ; next  pus — at  the  centre,  mortification  and  con- 
sequent sloughing  takes  place. 

In  boils,  the  tendency  is  to  suppuration  ; in  carbuncles , the  tendency 
is  to  mortification ; but  in  rheumatism,  mumps,  etc.,  there  is  a strong 
tendency  to  resolution;  and  it  is  often  very  difficult  to  avoid  these! 
natural  terminations. 

The  live  different  tissues  of  the  body  also  modify  the  inflammation 
according  to  the  tissue  inflamed,  viz:  the  cellular  (fleshy)  tissue,  is 
characterized  by  great  swelling,  throbbing  pain,  and  by  its  suppura- 
ting in  cavities — not  spreading  all  over  that  tissue.  Inflammation  of  the 
serous  tissue,  has  sharp,  lancinating  pain,  scarcely  any  swelling,  but 
much  reaction  (fever,)  throws  out  lymph,  and  is  very  liable  to  form 
adhesion — not  likely  to  terminate  in  mortification,  except  in  peritonitis 
^inflammation  of  the  lining  membrane  of  the  abdominal  cavity,)  which 
sometimes  terminates  thus  in  a few  hours,  showing  the  necessity  of 
immediate  action.  Inflammation  of  the  mucous  tissue,  is  characterized 
by  burning  heat,  or  stinging  pain,  (hence  the  heat  of  the  stomach, 
bowels,  etc.,) — without  swelling,  not  much  febrile  reaction,  and  never 
terminates  in  resolution  (health)  without  a copious  discharge  of  mucous 
as  from  the  nose  and  lungs,  in  colds,  catarrhs,  coughs,  etc.  Inflamma- 
tion of  the  dermoid  (skin)  tissue,  as  in  erysipelas,  is  characterized  by 
burning  pain — spreads  irregularly  over  the  surface,  forming  blisters 
■containing  a yellow  serum,  but  never  forms  adhesions,  nor  suppurates 
in  cavities,  but  upon  the  surface.  Inflammation  of  the  fibrous  tissue, 
or  rheumatic  inflammation,  is  characterized  by  severe  aching  or  gnaw- 
ing pain — is  not  liable  to  terminate  in  suppuration  nor  mortification — 
nearly  always  throwing  out  a gelatinous  serum,  often  causing  stiff- 
joints,  or  depositing  earthy  matter,  as  in  gout — is  peculiarly  liable  to 
change  its  place,  being  very  dangerous  if  it  changes  many  of  the  vital 
organs,  as  the  brain,  heart,  stomach,  etc.,  and  in  the  acute  form  the 
febrile  reaction  is  usually  quite  severe.  Internal  inflammation  will  be 
known  by  the  constant  pain  of  the  inflamed  part,  by  the  presence  of 
fever,  which  does  not  generally  attend  a spasmodic  or  nervous  pain, 
and  by  the  position  chosen  by  the  patient,  to  avoid  pressure  upon  the  * 
afflicted  organs.  ! 

Inflammation  is  known  under  two  heads,  acute  and  chronic.  The 
first  is  generally  rapid  and  violent  in  its  course  and  characteristics. 
The  last  is  usually  the  result  of  the  first, — is  more  slow  and  less  dan- 
gerous in  its  consequences. 

Treatment. — Sound  philosophy  (Eclecticism)  teaches,  that  if 
cold  has  driven  the  blood  (consequently  the  heat)  from  the  surface, 
heat  will  draw  it  back;  and  thus  relieve  the  internal  engorgements 


172 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


(over-full  organs)  and  if  held  there,  sufficiently  long,  entirely  cure  tn<? 
difficulty  (inflammation),  upon  the  same  ground,  if  a person  is  cold, 
warm  him;  if  wet  and  cold,  warm  and  dry  him;  if  hot,  cool  him;  if 
dry  and  hot  wet  and  cool  him — equalize  the  circulation  and  pain  or 
disease  cannot  exist. 

The  foregoing  remarks  mjist  suffice  for  general  directions;  but  the 
following  special  application  to  pleurisy  and  inflammation  of  the  lungs 
shall  be  sufficiently  explicit  to  enable  all  to  make  their  general  appli- 
cations: 

2.  Pleurisy. — Pleurisy  is  an  inflammation  of  the  serous  mem- 
brane enveloping  (covering)  the  lungs,  which  is  also  reflected  (folded) 
upon  the  parieties  (sides  or  walls)  of  the  chest,  (but  I trust  all  will 
make  themselves  familiar  with  the  description  of  “Inflammation  in 
General,”  before  they  proceed  with  the  study  of  pleurisy,)  attended 
with  sharp  lancinating  pain  in  the  side,  difficult  breathing,  fever,  with 
a quick,  full,  and  hard  pulse,  usually  commencing  with  a chill.  In 
many  cases  the  inflammation,  consequently  the  pain,  is  confinedTo 
one  point,  most  commonly  about  the  short  ribs;  but  often  gradually 
extends  towards  the  shoulder  and  forward  part  of  the  breast;  the  pain 
increasing-and  often  becoming  very  violent.  It  may  not,  but  usually 
is  attended  with  cough,  and  the  expectoration  is  seldom  niixed  with 
blood,  or  very  free,  but  rather  of  a glairy  or  mucous  character.  As 
the  disease  advances,  the  pain  is  compared  to  a stab  with  a sharp  in- 
strument, full  breathing  not  being  indulged,  from  its  increasing  the 
difficulty;  the  cough  also  aggravates  the  pain;  great  prostration  of 
strength,  the  countenance  expressing  anxiety  and  suffering.  The 
breathing  is  short,  hurried,  and  catching,  to  avoid  increase  of  pain; 
in  some  cases  the  cough  is  only  slight.  It  may  be  complicated  with 
inflammation  of  the  lungs,  or  bronchial  tubes,  and  if  so  complicated, 
the  expectoration  will  be  mixed  or  streaked  with  blood.  Yet  it  makes 
but  very  little  difference,  as  the  treatment  is  nearly  the  same— with 
the  exception  of  expectorants,  quite  the  same ; although  expectorants 
are  not  amiss  in  pleurisy,  but  absolutely  necessary  in  inflammation  of 
the  lungs.  Even  Mackintosh,  of  the  “ Regulars,’’ says:  “It  must  be 
recollected  that  pneumonia,”  (inflammation  of  the  lungs,)  “and 
pleuritis,”  (pleurisy,)  “ frequentty  co-exist,”  (exist  together);  “but 
neither  is  that  circumstance  of  much  consequence,  being  both  in- 
flammatory diseases,  and  requiring  the  same  general  remedies.”  But 
there  I stop  with  him,  for  I cannot  go  the  bleeding,  calomel,  and  an- 
timony. I have  quoted  his  words  to  satisfy  the  people  that  the  “ Reg- 
ulars ” acknowledge  the  necessity  of  a similar  treatment  in  all  in- 
flammatory diseases,  the  difference  between  the  two  branches  of  the 
profession,  existing  onlv  in  the  remedies  used. 

Causes  of  Pleurisy.— Cold,  long  applied,  constringes  (makes 
smaller)  the  capillaries  (liair-like  blood  vessels)  which  cover  as  a net- 


Medical  Department . 


173 


work  the  whole  surface,  Impairing  the  circulation,  driving  the  blood 
internally,  causing  congestion  (an  unnatural  accumulation  of  blood) 
upon  the  pleura,  hence  pleurisy.  Exposures  to  rains,  especially  cold 
rains,  cold,  wet  feet,  recession  (striking  in)  of  measles,  scarlet  fever, 
rheumatism,  etc.,  often  cause  inflammation  of  this  character. 

Indications- — Relax  the  whole  surface,  which  removes  the  ob- 
structions— restore,  and  maintain,  an  equal  circulation,  and  the  work) 
is  accomplished.  The  temperature  of  the  surface  and  extremities  is) 
much  diminished,  showing  that  the  blood  has  receded  (gone)  to  the 
internal  diseased  organs,  the  temperature  of  which  is  much  increased  ; 
for  with  the  blood  goes  the  vitality  (heat)  of  the  body.  This  condition 
of  the  system  clearly  indicates  the  treatment,  viz. : the  application  of 
heat  to  the  surface  in  such  a way  as  to  be  able  to  keep  it  there  until 
nature  is  again  capable  of  carrying  on  her  own  work,  in  her  oWn  way. 

Treatment. — It  has  been  found  that  the  quickest  and  least 
troublesome  way  in  which  heat  could  be  applied  to  the  whole  surface, 
is  by  means  of  burning  alcohol,  formerly  called  a “Rum  Sweat,”  be- 
cause rum  was  stronger  than  at  present,  and  more  plenty  than  alcohol; 
but  now  alcohol  is  the  most  plenty,  and  much  the  strongest  and 
cheapest.  It  should  always  be  in  the  house,  (the  98  per  cent.,)  ready 
for  use  as  described  under  the  head  of  “Sweating  with  Burning  Al- 
cohol,” (which  see),  or  if  it  is  day  time,  and  fires  are  burning,  you  can 
give  the  vapor  bath  sweat,  by  placing  a pan,  half  or  two-thirds  full  of 
hot  water,  under  the  chair,  having  a comforter  around  you;  then  put- 
ting into  it  occasionally  a hot  stone  or  brick,  until  a free  perspiration  is 
produced  and  held  for  from  15  to  30  minutes,  according  to  the  severity 
of  the  case;  and  if  this  is  commenced  as  soon  as  the  attack  is  fairly 
settled  upon  the  patient,  in  not  more  than  one  case  out  of  ten  will  it  be 
necessary  to  do  anything  more;  but  if  fairly  established,  or  if  of  a day 
or  two's  standing,  then,  at  the  same  time  you  are  administering  the 
sweat , place  the  patient’s  feet  in  water  as  hot  as  it  can  be  borne ; have 
also  a strong  tea  made  of  equal  parts  of  pleurisy-root  and  catnip,  (this 
root  is  also  called  white  root — doctors  call  it  asciepias  tuberosa) — into 
a saucer  of  this  hot  tea  put  2 tea-spoons  of  the  “Sweating  Drops,” 
drinking  all  at  one  time,  repeating  the  dose  every  hour  for  5 or  6 
hours,  using  only  1 tea-spoon  of  the  drops  at  other  times,  except  the 
first,  giving  the  tea  freely  once  or  twice  between  doses.  As  soon  as 
the  sweating  is  over,  place  the  patient  comfortably  in  bed,  so  as  to 
keep  up  the  perspiration  from  G to  12  hours,  or  until  the  pain  and  un- 
easiness yield  to  the  treatment.  If  necessary,  after  the  patient  takes 
the  bed,  place  bottles  of  hot  water  to  the  feet  and  along  the  sides,  or 
hot  bricks,  or  stones  wrapped  with  flannel  wet  with  vinegar,  to  help 
keep  up  the  perspiration.  Mustard  may  also  be  placed  over  the  seat  of 
pain,  and  upon  the  feet,  also  rubbing  the  arms  and  legs  with  dry 
flannel,  which  very  much  aids  the  process  when  the  attack  is  severe. 
If  the  pain  continues  severe,  and  perspiration  is  hard  to  maintain,  steep 
cayenne,  or  common  red  peppers,  in  spirits  and  rub  the  whole  surface 
with  it,  well  and  long,  and  I will  assure  the  blood  to  come  out  soon 
sand  see  what  is  going  on  externally.  Keep  the  patient  well  covered 
all  the  time,  and  avoid  drafts  of  cold  air.  As  the  painful  symptoms 
begin  to  subside,  the  doses  of  medicine  may  be  lessened,  and  the  time 
between  doses  lengthened,  until  the  disease  is  fairly  under  control  ; 
then  administer  a dose  of  the  “Vegetable  Physic,”  or  some  other 


174 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


cathartic,  if  preferred,  or  if  that  is  not  at  hand,  this  -course  may  bf 
repeated  or  modified  to  meet  returning  or  changing  symptoms. 

Wetting  the  surface  daily,  with  alcohol  and  water.  equal  parts* 
will  be  found  an  excellant  assistant  in  treating  any  disease,  especially 
internal  inflammations,  as  Pleurisy,  Inflammation  of  the  Pangs,  Con-, 
sumption,  Bronchitis,  etc.,  etc. 

The  pleurisy  root  is  almost  a specific  in  pleurisy  or  inflammation 
of  the  lungs;  no  other  known  root  or  herb  is  equal  to  it  for  producing 
and  keeping  up  perspiration,  ^druggists  usually  keep  it.);  Out  if  it 
cannot  be  got,  pennyroyal,  sage,  etc.,  or  one  of  the  mints,  must  be 
used  in  its  place.  The  only  objection  to  the  foregoing  treatment  is 
this,  the  doctors  say : 

Heigh  ! I guess  he  wasn’t  very  sick  ; 

For  see ! he’s  round  in  “ double  quick  ” ; 

But  allopath  holds  ’em  for  weeks,  six  or  .seven 
When  bleeding,  calomel,  and  antimony  art  given. 

To  illustrate:  I awoke  one  night  with  severe  pain  in  the  left  side, 
(I  had  been  exposed  to  cold  during  the  afternoon,)  could  not  move  or 
draw  a full  breath  without  very  much  increasing  the  difficulty;  the 
night  Was  cold  and  fires  all  clown;  I studied  my  symptoms  for  a few 
minutes,  and  also  reflected  upon  the  length  of  time  which  must  elapse, 
if  I waited  for  fires  to  be  built;  then,  awoke  my  wife,  saying  do  not  be 
frightened,  I have  an  attack  of  Pleurisy ; you  will  get  me  a comforter, 
saucer,  and  the  alcohol,  and  return  to  bed  without  disturbing  any  one; 
with  persuasion,  or  almost  compulsion,  she  did  so;  for  she  desired  to 
build  a fire  and  make  a more  thorough  work  of  it;  but  I had  made  up 
my  mind,  and  resolved  to  carry  out  the  experiment  upon  myself,  and 
now  had  the  only  chance.  I arose  and  poured  the  saucer  nearly  full 
of  alcohol,  and  set  it  on  fire ; wrapping  the  comforter  around  me,  I sat 
down  upon  the  chair,  over  it,  and  continued  to  sit  until  the  alcohol 
was  all  burned  out,  and  I in  a most  profuse  perspiration-  the  pain  and 
difficult  breathing  having  nearly  all  subsided ; I then  returned  to  bed. 
the  perspiration  continuing  for  some  considerable  time  longer,  by  re- 
taining the  comforter  around  me  to  avoid  checking  it  as  I returned  to 
bed,  during  which  time  I again  fell  asleep.  When  I awoke  in  the 
morning  I could  just  realize  a little  pain,  or  rather  uneasiness,  upon 
taking  a full  breath,  but  did  nothing  more,  being  very  careful  about 
exposure,  however,  through  the  day;  hut  at  bed  time  I took  another 
alcohol  sweat,  and  that  was  the  last  of  the  pleurisy. 

Again:  Mr. , a medical  student  rooming  in  the  same  house 

where  I lived,  awoke  in  the  night,  attacked  with  pleurisy  the  same  as 
myself,  after  exposure;  but  as  he  was  attending  the  lectures  of  allo- 
pathic professors,  of  course  he  must  have  one  of  them  to  attend  him; 
one  was  called,  three  pints  of  blood  were  taken,  colomel  and  antimony 
were  freely  given;  and  in  about  three  or  four  da  vs  the  disease  gave 
way  to  time,  or  the  treatment;  but  a calorael-diawheaset  in,  and  cam? 
very  near  terminating  his  life,  and  kept  him  fr«o>  college  and  hi# 


Medical  Department. 


'7  5 


studies  over  six  weeks;  and  he  said  if  he  was  ever  calomelized  again, 
he  would  prosecute  the  doer  to  the  end  of  his  life,  but  he  graduated  in 
that  school  of  medicine,  and  no  doubt  is  now  expecting  to  go  and  do 
the  same  thing.  Choose  ye  your  servant.  Shall  he  ba  reason,  with 
common-sense  results,  or  shall  he  be  silver-slippered  fashion,  with  his 
health-destroying  policy?  It  need  not  be  argued  that  these  were  not 
parallel  cases,  for  I had  the  pleurisy  when  young,  and  was  treated  in 
the  fashionable  style,  and  was  constantly  liable  to,  and  had  frequent 
attacks  of  it,  during  my  earlier  life. 

In  chronic  cases,  which  sometimes  occur,  and  frequently  under 
other  treatment,  it  will  be  necessary  not  only  to  use  the  foregoing  treat- 
ment, but  to  add  to  it  an  emetic  about  once  a week,  alternating  with 
the  sweating  process,  with  much  external  friction,  occasionally,  with 
\he  pepper  and  spirits,  to  hold  the  blood  to  the  surface. 

Since  the  first  publication  of  the  foregoing,  I have  seen  a statement 
going  the  rounds  of  the  “ papers,”  that  a bad  case  of  burning  had  taken 
place  in  New  York,  by  the  alcohol  process  of  sweating,  calling  it  new; 
but  it  has  been  in  use  more  than  forty  years;  I have  used  it,  I speak 
safely,  more  than  a hundred  times,  and  never  before  heard  of  its  injur- 
ing an y one ; but  still  it  is  possible  that  some  accident  may  have  oc- 
curred in  its  use,  or  that  some  one  has  undertaken  it  who  was  not 
capable  of  prescribing ; but  if  calomel  could  claim  one  year’s  use  under 
Its  most  accomplished  prescribers  with  only  one  case  of  injury,  I would 
say,  let  it  be  continued ; but  in  place  of  one,  it  is  hundreds  ; further 
comment  is  unnecessary. 

But  those  who  prefer,  or  from  the  absence  of  alcohol,  or  other 
necessities,  can  take  “ grandmother’s  plan,”  i.  e.,  place  the  feet  into 
hot  water,  and  drink  freely  of  pennyroyal,  sage,  or  other  hot  teas  for 
fifteen  or  twenty  minutes;  then  get  into  bed,  continuing  the  teas  for 
a short  time,  remaining  in  bed  for  a few  hours ; which,  if  commenced 
soon  after  the  attack  of  colds,  or  even  more  severe  diseases,  will,  in 
nine  out  of  ten  cases,  not  only  relieve,  but  prevent  days,  perhaps  weeks, 
of  inconvenience  and  suffering. 

Where  there  are  complications  of  the  substance  of  the  lungs,  you 
will  find  explanations  under  the  next  head. 

3.  Inflammation  ol  the  Lungs — Is  usually,  by  physicians,  called 
Pneumonia,  from  the  Greek,  Pneumon , the  Lungs.  It  may  involve 
the  whole  lung,  on  one  or  both  sides,  but  is  more  generally  confined 
to  one  side,  and  to  the  lower  portion,  than  to  the  whole  lung. 

Causes. — Exposure  to  cold,  wet,  cold  feet,  drafts  of  air,  especially 
if  in  a perspiration,  recession  of  eruptive  diseases,  etc.,  and  conse- 
quently more  liable  to  come  on  in  the  winter,  or  cold,  wet  changes  of 
spring,  than  at  any  other  time ; and  upon  those  whose  lungs  are  debil- 
itated by  previous  attacks,  or  are  predisposed  to,  or  actually  suffering 
under  disease. 


176 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


Symptoms. — Inflammation  of  the  Lungs,  like  other  diseases  of  ai> 
inflammatory  character,  nearly  always  commences  with  a chill,  soon 
followed  by  fever,  more  or  less  violent,  according  to  which  the  sever- 
ity of  the  case  may  be  somewhat  predetermined,  unless  of  a congestive 
character;  in  which  case,  instead  of  a hot  and  fevered  surface,  there 
Will  be  a cold,  clammy  feel  to  the  hand,  as  well  as  unpleasant  to  the 
patient.  There  will  be  difficult}7-  in  taking  full  breaths,  as  well  as  an 
increased  number  of  breaths  to  the  minute,  which  in  healthy  persons  is 
generally  about  twenty.  Dull  pain,  with  a tightness  of  tne  chest, 
short  and  perpetual  hacking  cough,  scanty  expectoration,  which  is 
tough,  and  sticks  to  the  vessel  used  as  a spittoon,  and  is  more  or  less 
streaked  with  blood,  or  more  like  iron  rust  in  color,  and  may  have  so 
much  blood  in  it  as  to  make  it  a brighter  red.  The  pulse  is  variable, 
so  much  so  that  but  little  confidence  can  be  placed  in  it.  The  tongue 
soon  becomes  dry  and  dark ; but  a dry  and  glossy  tongue,  with  early 
delirium,  are  considered  dangerous  symptoms,  that  is,  under  “Old 
School  treatment.”  But  with  our  rational  treatment  we  very  seldom 
have  a fatal  termination,  yet  it  is  occasional,  and  really  wonderful  that 
it  is  not  more  frequent,  when  we  take  into  account  the  neglect  of  some 
physicians  and  imprudence  of  many  patients. 

Indications. — As  the  blood  has  receded  from  the  surface  and 
centered  upon  the  lungs,  the  indications  are  to  return  it;  to  its  original 
vessels,  by  judiciously  applying  heat  and  moisture,  whch  is  sure  to 
relax  their  constringed  condition,  instead  of  cutting  a hole  and  letting 
it  runoatf,  (bleeding,)  which  prostrates  the  patient  and  retards  hi* 
recovery. 

Treatment. —The  treatment  for  Inflammation  of  the  Lungs  if, 
recent  cases,  will  be,  at  first,  the  same  as  for  “Pleurisy,”  that  is,  t<v 
produce  free  perspiration — soak  the  feet  in  hot  water  while  administer 
ing  the  “ Alcohol  Sweat.”  or  Vapor  Bath,  as  there  directed,  with  thf 
white-root  tea  and  “ Sweating  Drops,”  for  several  hours,  with  bottle* 
of  hot  water  or  hot  bricks  to  the  feet  and  sides,  mustard-drafts  to  the- 
feet  also,  as  they  can  be  borne;  and  after  6 or  8 hours,  the  “ Vegeta- 
ble,”  or  other  cathartic  should  be  administered,  and  great  care  not  tc 
expose  the  patient  to  drafts  of  air  during  its  operation,  especially  if  in 
perspiration.  If  this  course  is  faithfully  persevered  in,  it  will  call  the 
blood  to  the  surface — prevent  congestion  of  the  lungs  (unnatural 
accumulation  of  blood) — lessen  the  fever,  ease  the  pain,  and  aid  expec- 
toration. But  if  the  expectoration  becomes  difficult,  and  the  disease 
should  not  seem  to  yield  in  from  8 to  12  hours  at  farthest,  or  by  the 
time  the  cathartic  has  freely  operated,  then,  or  soon  after,  give  the 
“ Eclectic,”  or  “Lobelia-seed  Emetic,”  as  directed  under  that  head  ; 
and  if  called  to  a case  which  is  already  confirmed,  it  is  best  to  begin 
with  the  emetic,  then  follow  up  as  above  directed  in  recent  cases.  A11 
expectorant  in  confirmed  (established)  cases,  will  be  needed.  Let  it 
be  composed  of  tincture  of  lobelia,  1 oz. ; tincture  of  ipecac,  34  oz*  > fix- 
ture of  blood-root,  34  oz. ; simple  syrup  or  molasses,  2 czs.  ; mix. 
Dose. — One  tea-spoon  every  2 hours,  alternately  with  the  white-root 
tea  and  “Sweating  Drops,”  except  the  first  dose  may  be  2 tea-spoons. 
The  case  must  then  be  watched  carefully  ; and  any  part  or  all  of 


Medical  Department. 


177 


treatment  may  be  repeated,  lessened,  increased,  or  modified  to  suit 
returning  or  remaining  symptoms. 

Persons  having  this  book  in  the  house,  and  being  governed  by  it, 
having  also  the  leading  medicines  on  hand,  and  commencing  with  this 
disease,  or  inflammation  of  any  other  organs,  modifying  the  treatment 
by  common  sense,  according  to  the  remarks  on  “ General  Inflamma- 
tion,” will  not  have  to  repeat  the  course  in  one  case  out  of  ten. 

In  inflammation  of  the  stomach , known  by  heat,  according  to  the 
degree  of  the  inflammation,  drinks  of  slippery-elm  water,  or  mucilage 
of  gum  arabic,  etc.,  may  be  freely  taken ; and  in  inflammation  of 
other  organs,  other  modifications  will  be  required  ; as  for  Dysentery, 
which  is  an  inflammation  of  the  large  intestines,  the  “ Injection  ” must 
be  freely  used,  as  also  the  perspiring  processes,  in  all  cases. 

In-chronic  inflammation,  the  emetic  should  be  given  once  a week; 
and  some  other  time  during  the  week,  the  sweating  should  be  gone 
through  also,  with  dry  frictions  to  the  whole  surface,  by  means  of  a 
coarse  towel,  for  fifteen  to  twenty  minutes  each  time,  twice  daily  ; 
and  if  the  feet  are  habitually  cold,  wash  them  in  cold  water  and  wipe 
them  dry,  at  bed  time,  then  rub  them  with  a coarse  cloth  or  the  dry 
hand  until  they  are  perfectly  warm  and  comfortable:  and  it  may  be 
expected  that  these  long-standing  cases  will  soon  yield  to  this  rational 
course. 

FEMALE  DEBILITY  AND  IRREGULARITIES. — It  is  a self- 

evident  fact  that  the  finer  the  work,  and  the  more  complicated  a piece 
of  machinery,  the  more  liable  it  is  to  become  deranged,  or  out  of 
order;  and  the  more  skillful  must  be  the  mechanic  who  undertakes  to 
make  any  necessary  repairs. 

Upon  this  consideration  I argue  that  the  system  of  the  female  is 
the  finer  and  more  complicated,  having  to  perform  a double  work, 
(child  bearing,)  yet  confined  to  the  same  or  less  dimensions  than  the 
male.  And  to  perform  this  double  function  of  sustaining  her  own 
life,  and  giving  life  to  her  species,  it  becomes  necessary  in  the  wisdom 
of  God  to  give  her  such  a peculiar  formation,  that  between  the  ages  of 
fifteen  and  forty-five,  or  the  child-bearing  period , she  should  have  a 
sanguineous,  monthly  flow,  called  by  various  names,  as  monthly 
periods,  menstruation,  menses,  catamenia,  courses,  etc.,  etc. 

Why  it  should  have  been  so  arranged,  or  necessary,  none  can 
tell.  We  are  left  to  deal  with  the  simple  fact ; and  it  would  be  just  as 
wise  in  us  to  say  that  it  was  not  so,  as  to  say  there  was  no  one  who 
planned  it,  because  we  cannot  see  and  fully  understand  the  reason  why 
it  is  so.  This  flow  varies  in  amount  from  one  to  three,  four,  or  five 
ounces,  lasting  from  three  to  four  or  five  days  only  when  usual  health 
is  enjoyed.  And  as  this  book  will  fall  into  the  hands  of  very  many 
families  who  will  have  no  other  medical  work  for  reference  upon  this 
subject,  it  will  not  be  amiss  fcor  me  to  give  the  necessary  instructions 


178 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


here,  that  all  may  be  able  to  qualify  themselves  to  meet  the  exigencies 
(demand)  of  all  cases.  A day  or  two  previous  to  the  commencement 
of  these  periods,  for  the  first  time,  an  uneasiness  often  amounting  to 
pain,  in  the  parts,  is  felt,  with  sense  of  heaviness  also  in  the  womb — 
lying  in  the  lower  part  of  the  abdomen. 

Some  females  are  very  nervous  at  these  periods,  others  have  a 
flushed  face,  accompanied  with  dizziness  and  headache,  sickness  at  the 
stomach,  etc.  In  young  girls  these  new  feelings  produce  uneasiness 
for  want  of  knowledge  as  to  their  cause  and  result,  and  should  lead 
them  to  seek  maternal  advice  and  counsel,  unless  they  have  some 
book  of  this  kind  which  explains  the  whole  matter.  And  it  would 
certainly  be  advisable,  in  all  cases,  for  girls  to  not  only  seek  such 
advice  from  the  mother,  or  lady  with  whom  they  may  be  living,  but 
be  guided  by  it  also.  And  although,  with  many  girls  there  may  be 
uneasiness  in  the  mammae,  often  amounting  to  real  pain,  yet  no  real 
danger  need  be  apprehended ; for  these  unpleasant  sensations  will 
continue  and  increase  in  severity,  until  in  healthy  young  females  there 
will  be  what  is  known  as  a “ show,”  which  will  afford  immediate 
relief,  not  from  the  quantity  of  the  flow,  at  the  first  few  periods,  but 
from  the  fact  that  the  organs  peculiar  to  the  female  have  accomplished 
their  mysterious  work.  Ordinarily  these  periods  begin  at  about  fif~ 
teen  years  of  age,  some  earlier  or  later  even  as  much  as  a year,  and 
sometimes  more.  With  girls  who  take  an  active  part  in  the  labors  of 
the  house,  freely  romping,  playing,  etc.,  their  health  and  strength 
becoming  fully  developed  thereby,  these  periods  come  on  a little  ear- 
lier, and  are  more  healthy  and  regular. 

Allow  me  here  to  give  a word  of  caution  about  taking  cold  at  this 
period.  It  is  very  dangerous.  I knew  a young  girl,  who  had  not  been 
instructed  by  her  mother  upon  this  subject,  to  be  so  afraid  of  being 
found  with  this  show  upon  her  apparel,  which  she  did  not  know  the 
meaning  of,  that  she  went  to  a brook  and  washed  herself  and  clothes 
— took  cold,  and  immediately  became  insane — remaining  so  as  long  as 
I knew  her.  Any  mother  who  so  neglects  her  duty  to  her  child,  in 
not  explaining  these  things,  nor  by  putting  a work  of  this  kind  into 
her  hands,  runs  the  risk  of  injury  to  her  daughter  that  may  never  be 
remedied,  even  with  the  best  treatment,  after  the  harm  is  done. 

After  this  flow  takes  place,  the  unpleasant  feelings  usually  sub- 
side, and  the  health  again  becomes  good  for  the  month,  when  all  of 
the  foregoing  sensations  recur  again,  with  a larger  flow  and  longer 
continued,  recurring  every  four  weeks,  and  is  then  called  menses,  etc., 
etc. 

This  function  of  the  female  system,  from  the  fineness  and  com- 
plication of  the  structures,  is  very  liable  to  become  deranged  in  var~ 
ious  ways. 

It  may  be  partially  suppressed  or  entirly  stopped,  called  amenor - 


Medical  Department . 


179 


rhea  ; ff  may  be  painful  or  imperfect,  dysmenorrhea ; it  may  be  very 
free  or  excessive,  menorrhagia , (like  hemorrhage,  for  the  treatment 
of  which  see  recipe  for  Uterine  Hemorrhage,  in  another  part  of  the 
book,);  or  it  may  be  irregular  in  its  recurrence  and  duration,  or  a 
continual  glairy  how,  which  indicates  an  inflammation  of  the  parts, 
leucorrhea. 

But  as  this  monthly  flow  is  absolutely  necessary  to  health,  between 
these  periods  of  life,  say  fifteen  to  forty-five,  its  suppression,  pain- 
f ulness,  excessiveness,  or  irregularity,  will  soon  produce  general  debil- 
ity. 

Causes. — The  female  organism  is  such  that  what  affects  the  gen- 
eral system  of  the  male  much  more  frequently  affects  the  organs 
peculiar  to  her  system  only.  No  reason  can  be  given  for  it  except  the 
wisdom  of  the  Creator,  and  the  necessities  of  her  construction.  But 
-this  debility  and  irregularity  are  so  interwoven  together  that  what 
causes  one  must  necessarily  affect  the  other. 

In  the  good  old  grandmother-days,  when  girls  helped  with  the 
work  of  the  household,  warm  but  loose  clothing,  plain  food,  good 
thick-soled  shoes,  and  absence  of  novels,  to  excite  the  passions,  etc., 
'such  a thing  as  a feeble,  debilitated  woman  or  girl  was  seldom  known; 
but  now  sedentary  habits,  stimulating  food,  every  conceivable  unphys- 
lological  style  of  dress,  paper-soled  shoes,  checking  perspiration, 
■excitable  reading,  repeated  colds  oy  exposure  going  to  and  from  par- 
ties, thinly  clad,  standing  by  the  gate  talking  with  supposed  friends 
(real  enemies)  when  they  ought  to  be  by  the  fire  or  in  bed,  all  tend  to 
general  debility  ; and  the  real  wonder  is  that  there  is  not  more  debility 
than  there  is. 

The  very  word  debility  shows  plainly  the  leading  symptom,  weak- 
ness. She  appears  pale,  especially  about  the  lips,  nose,  etc.,  with  a 
bluish  circlo  about  the  eyes,  which  appear  rather  sunken  ; she  feels 
dull,  languid,  and  drowsy,  stomach  ont  of  order,  nausea,  often  with 
fluttering  about  the  heart;  the  nervous  system  sometimes  becoming  so 
much  involved  as  to  bring  on  fits  of  despondency  leading  many  to 
commit  suicide.  The  feet  and  limbs  frequently  become  swollen,  rest- 
less in  sleep,  often  craving  unnatural  food,  as  clay,  soft  stones,  etc. 
There  may  also  be  a sensation  of  bearing  down,  or  even  falling  of  the 
womb,  as  it  is  called,  (prolapsus  uteri,)  ‘which  is  much  the  most  common 
among  the  married.  The  bowels  are  usually  costive,  often  griping 
pains,  which  cause  much  suffering.  Pains  in  the  head  and  back  also  ; 
but  instead  of  being  looked  upon  as  unfavorable,  they  rather  show 
that  nature  is  trying  to  accomplish  her  work,  and  needs  the  assistance 
of  rational  remedies. 

It  is  not  to  be  supposed  that  every  patient  will  experience  all  of 
these  symptoms,  at  one  time,  or  all  of  the  time,  but  they  commence  as 
pointed  out,  and  if  allowed  to  go  on  without  proper  correction,  they 


i So  Dr.  Chase's  Recipes. 

will  increase  in  severity  until  they  may  be  all  experienced  m t 
greater  or  less  degree. 

Indications. — The  symptoms  indicate  (point  out)  the  treatment; 
that  is,  if  there  is  debility,  tonics  are  required;  paleness  shows  that 
the  blood  has  become  deficient  in  iron  ; and  the  softness  of  the  flesh 
indicates  that  a more  nutritious  diet  is  needed.  The  dullness  and 
drowsy  languidness  indicate  the  necessity  of  out-door,  active  exercise. 
Travel,  or  agreeable  home  company,  to  ramble  over  hill  and  dale, 
resting  as  often  and  as  long  as  may  be  necessary,  not  to  tire,  Put 
sufficient  to  create  an  appetite  and  aid  digestion — using,  once  a week, 
any  gentle  cathartic  to  move  the  bowels  once  or  twice  only  at  each 
time,  with  the  “ Tonic  Wine  Tincture ,”  given  in  another  part  of  this 
work,  or  the  iron  and  ginger , given  below,  as  deemed  best  or  most 
convenient  to  obtain. 

In  cases  of  inflammation  of  these  organs,  known  by  a glairy  flow, 
cooling  and  astringent  injections  are  called  for,  both  as  an  act  of 
cleanliness,  as  also  of  cure.  In  cases  where  the  womb  has  fallen-v 
settled  low  in  the  pelvis — the  necessity  is  shown  for  a pessary  support^ 
until  the  general  treatment  relieves  the  difficulty.  Costiveness  points 
out  laxatives,  whilst  nature’s  efforts,  shown  by  pains  in  the  head, 
back,  etc.,  call  for  the  whole  general  remedies  above  pointed  out;  and 
which  shall  be  a little  more  particularized  in  the  following: 

Treatment. — For  the  weakness  and  general  debility  of  thv 
patient,  let  the  “Tonic  Wine  Tincture”  be  freely  taken  in  connection 
with  iron,  to  strengthen  and  invigorate  the  system;  beth-root,  (often 
called  birth-root,  Indian  balm,  ground  lily,  etc.,)  the  root  is  the  pari 
used,  Solomon’s  seal  and  Colombo,  spikenard,  comfrey,  gentian,  the 
roots,  with  camomile  flowers,  of  each,  1 oz. ; with  a little  white-oak 
bark,  may  be  added  to  the  wine  tincture , to  adapt  it  to  these  particular 
cases,  taking  a wine-glass,  if  it  can  be  borne,  from  3 to  5 times  daily, 
Domestic  wine  can  be  used  in  place  of  the  Port,  in  making  the  tonic- 
wine  tincture. 

1.  A very  good  way  to  take  iron,  is  to  go  to  a blacksmith  and 
have  him  take  a piece  of  nail-rod,  a foot  or  two  in  length,  and  hea* 
it,  letting  it  cool  in  the  cinders  of  the  forge,  vrhich  softens  it;  then 
have  him  file  it  all  up  for  you,  saving  the  filings  on  a piece  of  paper, 
with  which  filings  mix  as  much  ground  ginger,  rubbing  them  thor- 
oughly together.  Dose. — Half  of  a tea-spoon  three  times  daily,  in  a 
little  honey  or  molasses.  The  natural  action  of  the  iron  upon  the 
system  will  be  to  make  the  stools  dark,  or  nearly  black,  so  do  not  be 
fearful  about  that  condition;  for,  without  it,  w'e  should  not  be  sure  of 
the  desired  action  of  the  iron.  Let  the  use  of  the  iron  be  kept  up  for 
two  or  three  months  at  least,  or  until  health  is  obtained. 

In  places  where  it  may  be  difficult  to  get  the  iron  filings,  given  in 
No.  1,  the  sweet  liquor  of  the  protoxide  of  iron,  kept  by  druggists^ 
the  technical  name  of  which  is  Liq.  Ferri  Frotoxide  Dulc.,  may  be 
used  in  place  of  that,  a dose  of  which  will  be  about  one  tea-spoon 


Medical  Department. 


181 


three  clmtjs  daily,  just  after  meals.  I have  prescribed  this  preparation 
witii  very  great  success,  continuing  its  use,  in  one  very  bad  case, 
nearly  a year. 

Y/itn  the  above  treatment,  let  there  be  a warm  bath  taken,  once 
a week,  putting  into  the  water  a quart  or  two  of  weak  lye,  made  by 
putting  a fire-shovel  or  two  of  wood  ashes  into  the  water  and  stirring 
up  well,  and  let  stand  a while,  then  pour  off  into  the  bathing  water. 
Castile  soap  will  do  about  as  well,  but  common  soap  is  not  as  good. 
Wash  well,  and  wipe  off  the  water  from  the  body,  then  with  a dry 
coarse  towel  have  some  one  to  rub  the  whole  body  and  limbs  briskly 
until  the  surface  glows  with  warmth  and  comfort. 

For  diet,  moderate  quantities  of  broiled  pork,  broiled  beef,  baked 
beef  or  mutton,  wild  game,  etc.,  baked  or  broiled,  with  bread  baked 
at  least  the  day  before,  roast  or  baked  potatoes,  with  but  little  butter, 
unless  very  nice,  or  just  made,  then,  not  very  freely.  This  treatment, 
and  diet,  will  soon  overcome  the  softness  of  the  flesh,  and  giv& 
strength  for  the  necessary  exercise,  which  will  remove  the  dullness, 
and  drowsy,  languid  feelings.  The  exercise  may  be  labor  about  the 
house,  but  better  to  be  out  of  doors,  as  gardening,  romping,  swings 
ng,  singing  and  riding,  or  running,  when  it  can  be  borne,  with 
agreeable  company,  travel,  etc.  The  following  pill  will  be  found  a 
gentle  and  excellent  cathartic,  or  laxative: 

2.  Female  Laxative  Fill, — Aloes,  macrotin,  and  cream-of-tartar, 
of  each,  2 drs. ; podophyllin  and  ground  ginger,  1 dr.  each;  make  into 
common  sized  pills  by  using  oil  of  peppermint,  15  to  20  drops,  ancj 
thick  solution  of  gum  arabic  mucilage.  Dose. — One  pill  at  bed  time, 
or  two  if  found  necessary,  and  sufficiently  often  to  keep  the  bowels 
just  In  a solvent  condition,  but  not  less  often  than  once  a week. 

If  the  aloes  should  not  agree  with  any,  they  may  use  the  fob 
lowing . 

3.  Female  Laxative  and  Anodyne  Pill. — Macrotin  and  rhubarb, 
of  each  10  grs.;  extract  of  hyoscyamus,  10  grs. ; Castile  soap,  40grs.; 
sci ape  the  soap,  and  mix  well  together,  forming  into  common  sized 
pills  with  gum  solution,  as  in  the  above  recipe.  Dose. — One  pill,  as 
the  other,  or  sufficiently  often  to  keep  the  bowels  solvent,  but  not  too 
loose.  The  hyoscyamus  tends  to  quiet  the  nerves  without  constipating 
the  bowels. 

Some  females  are  always  troubled  with  pains,  to  a greater  or  less 
degree,  in  the  commencement  of  these  periods,  and  some  through  the 
whole  period.  The  following  pill  will  be  found  very  soothing  and 
quieting  to  the  nervous  system  of  all  such  persons: 

4.  Pill  for  Painful  Menstruation— Anodyne.— Extract  of  stra- 
monium and  sulphate  of  quinine,  of  each,  16  grs.;  macrotin,*  8 grs.; 
morphine,  1 gr. ; make  into  8 pills.  Dose. — One  pill,  repeating  once 
or  twice  only,  40  minutes  to  an  hour  apart,  if  the  pain  does  not  sub- 
side. If  the  pain  subsides,  there  is  no  need  of  repeating  the  dose. 


* Note  .—Macro  tin,  podophyllin,  etc.,  are  kept  by  all  Eclectic  physicians, 
and  should  be  kept  by  all  druggists. 


Dr.  Chase  s Recipes . 


182 

The  advantage  of  this  pill  is  that  costiveness  is  not  increased,  and  pain 
mast  subside  under  its  use. 

5.  Tea— Injection  for  Leucorrhea.— In  cases  of  leucorrhea  which 
continue  any  length  of  time,  the  following  decoction  will  be  found 
very  valuable  as  an  injection: 

The  inner  bark  of  the  common  hemlock  tree,  and  the  leaves  and 
bark  of  the  witch-hazel,  sometimes  called  spotted-alder,  an  ounce  of 
each,  will  make  a quart  of  the  decoction,  a little  of  which,  with  a 
female  syringe,  should  be  injected,  morning  and  evening,  while  in  a 
recumbent  position. 

If  the  case  does  not  yield  to  the  above  in  a few  days,  then  use  a. 
little  of  the  following,  in  the  same  way: 

Injection  for  Leucorrhea. — White  vitriol  and  sugar  of  lead, 
of  each,  10  grs. ; common  salt,  loaf  sugar  and  pulverized  alum,  of 
each,  5 grs.;  soft  water,  1 pt.  Simmer  all  over  a slow  tire  for  ten  or 
fifteen  minutes;  when  cool,  strain  and  bottle,  keeping  well  corked. 
When  desired  to  use,  pour  out  about  half  as  much  as  needed,  and  put 
an  equal  amount  of  soft  water  with  it,  and  inject,  as  of  the  above.  It 
may  be  reduced  with  more  soft  water  if  there  should  be  sufficient 
inflammation  to  cause  much  uneasiness.  A little  uneasiness  is  ex-> 
pected,  however,  and  necessary. 

7.  In  cases  of  permanent  falling  of  the  'womb,  a good  pessary 
may  be  made  of  a piece  of  fine,  firm  sponge,  cut  to  a proper  size  to 
admit,  when  damp,  of  being  placed  in  the  vagina,  to  hold  the  womb 
to  its  place.  The  sponge  should  have  a stout  piece  of  small  cord  sewed 
two  or  three  times  through  its  center,  and  left  of  sufficient  length  to 
aid  in  its  removal,  morning  and  evening,  for  the  purpose  of  cleansing 
it,  using  the  necessary  injections,  etc.  After  having  injected  either 
No.  5 or  6 of  the  above,  as  thought  preferable,  the  sponge  having 
been  thoroughly  washed  and  pressed  dry,  it  will  be  again  introduced 
sufficiently  high  to  hold  the  womb  in  place.  Remembering,  however, 
in  almost  all  of  these  cases  of  falling  of  the  womb,  that  the  patient 
will  find  it  necessary  to  keep  the  bed  until  well,  or  very  much 
relieved. 

One  thing  is  very  evident  in  these  cases  of  debility  ^ the  blood  is 
deficient  in  iron ; consequently  that  article  should  enter  largely  into 
any  medicine  intended  for  its  relief;  and  in  most  cases  the  iron  filings 
and  ginger,  or  the  sweet  liquor,  will  be  found,  continued  for  two  or 
three  months,  all  the  medicine  required  ; and.  the  iron  must  not  be 
omitted  in  any  case  whatever.  Iron  is  the  main-spoke  in  these  female 
wheels,  and  very  valuable  in  general  debility  of  males  as  well  as 
females. 

For  real  hemorrhage,  which  may  be  known  by  the  coagulation 
(clotting)  of  the  blood,  as  the  menstrual  flow  does  not  coagulate,  see 
“Uterine  Hemorrhage,”  or  the  “Styptic  Balsam,”  but  for  profuse  or 
long  continued  flowing  or  wasting,  use  the  following: 

8.  Powder  for  Excessive  Flooding. — Gums  kino  and  catechu,  of 
each,  1 dr  *,  sugar  of  lead  and  alum,  of  each,  % dr.;  pulverize  all,  and 


Medical  Department. 


»83 

thcrmtgfffy  mix,  then  divide  into  7 to  10-grain  powders.  Dose. — One 
every  -2  to  ‘d  hoars,  until  checked;  then  less  often,  merely  to  control 
the  flow. 

If  any  female,  into  whose  hands  this  book  shall  come,  will  care- 
fully study  and  use  the  foregoing  rational  remarks  and  prescriptions, 
aigl  is  not  an  hundred  times  better  pleased  with  the  results  than  she 
would  have  been  by  calling  half  of  the  physicians  of  the  day,  I should 
be  very  much  disappointed,  and  I would  be  sure  that  the  remedies  did 
not  have  their  common  effects,  wlrch,  I feel,  will  not  be  the  case,  from 
the  great  good  they  have  already  done,  many  times.  Besides,  they 
save  the  delicacy  of  exposures,  in  many  instances;  and  they  will  al- 
ways save  the  delicacy  of  conversing  with  and  explaining  their  various 
feelings  and  conditions,  to  one  of  the  opposite  sex.  So  highly  impor- 
tant is  this  fact,  that  the  information  should  become  general — every 
^irl,  old  or  young,  ought  to  be  fnrnished  with  “Dr.  Chase’s  Recipes,” 
nnd  also  receive  all  the  addition'  1 instruction  that  a mother’s  experience 
*an  give  her. 


APPENDIX  TO  MEDICAL  DEPARTMENT. 

BY  THE  PUBLISHER. 


APOPLEXY. — It  is  a sudden  deprivation  of  all  the  senses,  and  of 
voluntary  motion,  generally  the  effect  of  compression  of  the  brain; 
which,  when  produced  by  an  effusion  of  blood,  or  a distention  of  the 
internal  vessels  of  the  head,  from  an  accumulation  of  blood,  is  termed 
Sanguineous  Apoplexy ; and  when  caused  by  an  effusion  of  serum, 
which  occurs  chiefly  in  dropsical  habits.  Serous  Apoplexy. 

Apoplexy — Sanguineous. — The  short  necked,  the  indolent,  great 
eaters,  and  great  drinkers,  are  its  victims!  The  fit  is  generally  pre^ 
ceded  by  a sense  of  weight  in  the  head,  and  giddiness;  frequent  head- 
ache; bleeding  at  the  nose;  redness  of  the  eyes;  imperfect  vision^ 
ringing  in  the  ears;  numbness  in  the  extremities;  weakness  of  the 
knees;  faltering  of  the  voice;  drowsiness,  and  disturbed  sleep.  It  is 
brought  on  by  whatever  hurries  the  circulation,  so  as  to  increase  the 
afflux  of  blood  into  the  vessels  of  the  head;  such  as  violent  exercises; 
passions  of  the  mind;  much  straining;  whatever  impedes  the  free 
return  of  blood  from  the  head;  as  a tight  ligature,  or  handkerchief 
around  the  neck;  or  lying  with  the  head  lower  than  the  chest. 

If  the  fit  has  lasted  long,  i.  e.,  two  or  three  days;  if  the  breathing 
is  very  laborious  and  loud;  if  the  patient  is  far  advanced  in  life;  it  is 
probable  that  the  disease  will  prove  fatal.  A second  attack  is  always 
of  more  danger  than  a first;  and  when  apoplexy  comes  upon  a patient 
who  has  had  frequent  attacks  of  epilepsy,  it  very  commonly  proves 
fatal. 

Treatment. — Remove  the  cause,  that  is,  pressure  upon  the  braiiv 
— apply  blisters  to  the  head,  and  also  between  the  shoulders — and 
lessen  the  determination  of  the  blood  to  the  head  by  increasing  th« 
circulation  in  the  extremities,  i.  e.,  stimulating  the  feet  and  hands  by 
mustard  poultices,  and  by  emptying  the  lower,  intestines  by  a clyster 
made  of  cpsom  salts,  castor  oil,  salt,  and  aloes.  Also  give  sudorifics, 
or  medicines  to  promote  sweat.  If  the  attack  takes  place  soon  after  a 
full  meal,  an  emetic  should  be  given— lobelia.  Keep  the  body  nearly 
in  an  erect  posture  to  promote  the  return  of  the  blood  from  the  head. 

Apoplexy — Herons.— Compression  of  the  brain,  producing  apo< 
plexy,  is  seldom  caused  by  an  effusion  of  the  serous  part  of  the  blood. 
When  it  occurs  in  a dropsical  person,  it  may  be  referred  to  an  effusion 
of  serum,  which  will  require  the  aforesaid  means.  Cordials  aro 
proper  and  may  be  given.  It  is  in  consequence  of  extreme  debility  of 
the  system,  and  generally  terminates  in  death.  Give  emetics  of 
ipecacuanha  and  tartarized  antimony,  blisters  to  the  head,  mustard 
poultices  to  the  legs  and  feet,  sharp  purges,  diffusive  stimulants  of 
ammonia,  castor  oil,  assafcetida,  valerian,  and  electricity  passed 
through  the  head. 

Prevention  of  Apoplexy. — Avoid  intoxicating  drinks,  keep 
the  feet  dry  and  warm,  take  plenty  of  exercise,  eat  sparingly,  sleep 


Appe7idix  to  Medical  Department.  185 

with  the  head  higher  than  the  trunk,  prevent  constipation,  wash  the 
head  and  sponge  the  chest  every  morning  in  cold  water. 

For  the  treatment  of  apoplexy,  the  following  hints  have  been 
collected  from  the  works  of  the  most  eminent  physicians: 

Remove  all  compression  from  every  part  of  the  body;  immerse 
the  legs  in  warm  water  and  mustard  for  10  minutes,  applying  friction 
at  the  same  time;  bathe  the  whole  surface  with  the  diluted  tincture  of 
cayenne;  avoid  bleeding;  put  a mustard  plaster  between  the  shoul- 
ders; if  possible,  let  a brisk  purgative  be  administered,  for  evacuation, 
is  necessary  to  unload  the  bowels  and  stomach,  and  therefore  the 
pressure  on  the  brain.  Blood-letting  in  apoplexy  aggravates  the  cere- 
bral congestion.  Prof.  Recamier  says,  “ I have  not  the  least  evidence 
that  blood-letting  has  the  smallest  power  to  diminish  the  violence  or 
duration  of  an  apopletic  paroxysm;  nay,  I have  every  reason  to 
believe  that  it  so  far  weakens  the  powers  of  reaction  as  to  prove  fatal, 
or  greatly  to  retard  the  cure.”  Apply  cold  water  to  the  head,  and  hot 
water  to  the  feet,  if  slight  symptoms  begin  to  appear.  At  first  do  it 
slightly,  and  increase  the  application  gradually.  This  will  force  back 
the  blood  from  the  upper  to  the  lower  extremities  through  the  heart, 
and  remove  the  disease.  The  whole  secret  of  treatment  consists  in 
equalizing  the  circulation. 

ASTHMA.— This  disease  is  well  known.  It  manifests  itself  in 
temporary  fits  of  difficult  breathing,  is  accompanied  with  wheezing, 
cough,  a sense  of  suffocation,  and  constriction  of  the  chest.  The 
muse;  hereditary  predisposition  ; cold  and  moist  atmosphere;  sudden 
changes  of  temperature;  intense  study;  suppression  of  long  accus* 
tomed  evacuations;  certain  fevers;  irritation  of  the  air  cells  of  the 
lungs,  by  aerial  acrimony,  or  other  causes;  irritation  of  the  stomach, 
ttc.,  etc. 

When  this  disease  is  attended  with  expectoration,  it  is  called 
humoral  asthma ; and  when  there  is  no  discharge,  it  is  named  dry 
asthma.  It  is  remarkable,  that  what  will  excite  the  disease  in  one 
patient,  will  often  prove  a means  of  relieving  it  in  another.  This 
peculiarity  is  shown  in  the  eight  pair  of  nerves,  branches  of  which  go 
to  the  lungs  and  stomach.  When  these  branches  are  in  a state  of  mor. 
bid  excitement,  or  irritation,  the  muscles  concerned  in  conveying  air 
from  the  lungs  become  contracted  so  as  to  limit  the  expansion  of  the 
chest,  and  by  retarding  the  circulation  of  the  blood  through  the  lungs, 
the  blood  becomes  surcharged  with  carbon,. causing  a dark  appearance 
of  the  lips,  etc. 

Asthma  may  be  distingnished  from  pulmonary  consumption,  by 
the  former  being  attended  not  only  with  fits  of  difficult  breathing,  but 
with  violent  fits  of  suffocation;  whereas,  in  consumption  the  patient 
has  only  shortness  of  breath  on  motion.  Asthma  also  more  generally 
attacks  persons  in  advanced  life. 

If  the  system  is  much  debilitated,  so  that  swelling  of  the  legs, 
great  oppression  of  breathing,  and  florid  countenance,  are  predom- 
inant symptoms,  a more  powerful  tonic  is  requisite: 

Tincture  of  rhatany,  6 ozs.;  ammonia,  2 scrs. ; compound  spirit 
of  juniper,  2 ozs. ; tincture  of  squills,  34  oz.  Mix.  Three  table- 
spoons to  be  taken  every  4 hours,  with  the  following  pills: 

Precipitated  iron,  2 grs. ; extract  of  hemlock,  3 grs. ; gum  ammo- 
niac, 4 grs. ; oil  of  aDise-seed,  2 drops.  Mix,  and  divide  into  2 or  3 
pills. 

Keep  the  bowels  open  by  any  of  the  aforementioned  aperients. 
But  if  the  patient  is  affected  with  diarrhea,  a frequent  attendant  on 


i86 


Appendix  to  Medical  Departmeni. 


the  last  stage  of  this  malady,  the  following  may  be  substituted  t.hft 
preceding  tonic  mixture: 

Compound  tincture  of  rhatany,  1 oz. ; lime  water,  6 ozg.;  lauda- 
num, 30  drops.  Mix.  Three  table-spoons  to  he  taken  every  3 hours; 
if  it  does  not  restrain  diarrhea,  add  to  the  kbove  1 cr  2 ounces  of 
decoction  of  logwood. 

Should  a distressing  pain  affect  the  integuments  of  the  head,  or 
the  back  of  the  head,  a small  blister  will  give  relief. 

Or,  take  ammoiiiated  tincture  of  valerian,  2 drs. ; tincture  of 
castor,  1 dr.;  laudanum,  30  drops:  camphor  mixture,  1 oz.;  syrup  of 
tolu,  1 dr.  Mix.  This  is  most  valuable  for  spasmodic  affections. 

Asthma— Treatment  of. — For  its  cure  or  relief,  the  following 
articles  are  first-rate  remedies:  Assafoetida,  black  byrony,  butter-bur, 
chervil,  coffee,  colt’s  foot,  foxglove,  garlic,  horse-radish,  lobelia  in  2 
places,  meadow  saffron,  hedge  mustard,  myrrh,  thorn  apple,  thyme, 
and  skunk  cabbage. 

The  smoking  of  stramonium,  known  as  thorn  apple,  is  particularly 
recommended,  the  vapor,  if  possible,  should  be  inhaled.  It  worn 
derfully  all avs1  morbid  irritability,  and  the  caloric  which  is  taken  with 
h,  during  the  operation  of  smoking,  powerfully  promotes  the  secretion 
of  mucous,  and  thus  often  speedily  terminates  the  fit.  If  the  patient  is 
unable  to  smoke  it,  the  vapor  of  a strong  decoction  of  it  may  be 
inhaled,  by  breathing  over  it  as  soon  as  it  is  taken  off  the  fire.  Boil 
an  ounce  in  a pint  of  water;  as  soon  as  it  boils,  take  it  off  the  fire;  it 
should  be  made  in  a close  vessel. 

Hedge  hyssop  is  an  excellent  remedy.  It  powerfully  allays  the 
morbid  irritation  of  the  lungs,  promotes  expectoration,  obviates  cos* 
five  ness,  strengthens  the  stomach,  and  increases  the  secretion  of  urine, 
and  perspiration  of  the  skin.  A strong  decoction  of  it.  combined 
with  carroway,  or  anise-seed,  is  the  best  form  of  administration. 

Before  and  daring  the  fit  the  patient  should  immerse  his  feet  in 
warm  water,  and  drink  warm  simple  beverages,  as  balm  tea,  barley 
water,  etc.,  with  2 or  3 tea-spoons  of  aether,  or  of  aromatic  spirit  of 
ammonia.  Whatever  tends  to  quiet  the  nervous  system,  is  of  the 
greatest  service;  though  active  remedies  should  be  applied  with  the 
greatest  caution.  Washing  the  head  with  warm  water  has  been  of 
rery  great  service;  and  sometimes  sneezing,  produced  by  snuff,  made 
of  asarabacca,  has  suddenly  terminated  the  paroxysm.  If  the  chest 
be  much  pained,  foment  with  hot  flannels,  or  apply  a bran  or  oatmeal 
poultice.  Very  strong  coffee  is  much  recommended  if  the  attack  is 
violent;  combine  with  it  10  or  15  drops  of  laudanum,  ^ dr.  of  aether; 
and  2 drops  of  oil  of  mint.  This  mixture  may  bo  taken  several  times 
during  the  day.  The  following  pills  are  valuable  in  asthma: 

Ipecacuanha  powder,  6 grs. ; James’s  powder,  12  grs. ; camphor,  15 
grs.;  extract  of  henbane,  or  syrup,  to  form  into  10  or  12  pills.  One  or 
2 may  be  taken  every  hour,  or  less  frequently. 

Asthmatics  are  very  subject  to  an  accumulation  of  inflammable 
air  in  the  intestines  which  renders  an  aperient  necessary.  Distension 
of  the  stomach  or  intestines  from  any  cause  is  a source  of  great  dis- 
tress to  the  patient,  by  mechanically  preventing  the  motion  of  the 
diaphragm. 

Therefore  take  of  compound  colocynth  pill,  1 dr. ; prepared  cal- 
omel, 8 grs. ; assafeetida,  % dr.  or  more.  Divide  into  15  or  20  pills;  . 
take  2 or  3 occasionally.  But  probably  the  best  aperient  is  castor  oil, 
given  in  peppermint,  or  weak  brandy  and  water. 

To  hasten  the  termination  of  the  paroxysm,  rubbing  the  scalp 


Appendix  io  Medical  Department, 


*«  1 

with  camphorated  sal  volatile,  and  immersing  the  feet  in  warm  water 
are  often  useful.  Vomiting  excited  in  the  evening,  will  sometimes, 
by  unloading  the  stomach,  promoting  expectoration,  and  increasing 
perspiration,  prevent  the  accession  of  a paroxysm.  For  this  purpose, 
take  20  grs.  of  ipecacuanha  powder: 

Or,  ipecacuanha  powder,  15  grs.;  sulphate  of  zinc,  4 grs.;  oxymel 
of  squill,  2 drs.;  peppermint  water,  1 oz.  Mix: 

Or,  tincture  of  lobelia  is  good  in  obstinate  cases.  Dose. — 1 dr. 

Lobelia  is  now  declared  by  the  most  eminent  physicians  to  be  the 
king  of  all  remedies  for  asthma.  I shall  now  subjoin  a few  other  rem- 
edies, and  some  advice,  the  value  of  which  has  been  confirmed  by  my 
medical  experience,  and  that  of  others. 

Ether  is  a good  remedy  during  the  fit.  Dr.  Graham  directs  its 
use  thus:  “ Heat  a common  tea-pot  with  boiling  water,  let  it  stand  3 

or  4 minutes;  pour  the  water  entirely  out,  and  then  put  1 or  2 tea- 
spoons of  ether  into  the  pot,  close  the  lid,  and  inhale  the  fumes 
through  the  spout  in  the  mouth,  breathing  in  that  way  for  several 
minutes.  Strong  brandy  and  water,  and  gin  and  water,  have  been 
found  very  serviceable  during  the  fit,  especially  the  latter,  with  2 or  3 
4rops  of  the  oil  of  juniper  added. 

The  following  recipes  for  asthma  have  been  found  very  useful: 

Take  of  the  milk  of  gum  ammonia,  6 ozs. ; syrup  of  squills,  4^ 
j)zs.  Mix.  A spoon  to  be  taken  when  relief  is  required.  It  promotes 
V>pious  expectoration. 

Or,  gum  ammoniac,  1 dr. ; gum  assafoetida,  squill  pill,  of  each  3^ 
dr.;  oil  of  cinnamon,  6 drops;  form  into  24  pills,  with  common  syrup. 
Take  twice  a day. 

Or,  powdered  senna,  1 oz.;  flour  of  sulphur,  3^  oz. ; powdered 
ginger,  2 drs. ; powdered  saffron,  % dr.  Size  of  a nutmeg  to  be  taken 
night  and  morning,  in  treacle  or  honey.  Or  2 ozs.  of  best  honey,  and 
l oz.  of  castor  oil  mixed.  A tea-spoon  or  2 to  be  taken  night  and 
morning. 

Carroway  and  sweet  fennel  seeds,  of  each  3^  oz, ; boil  in  a pint  of 
vinegar  about  20  minutes;  take  it  oft'  the  fire,  and  add  3 ozs.  of  sliced 
garlic.  Cover  up,  and  when  cold,  squeeze  and  strain,  and  by  gentle 
neat,  mix  with  it  13^  lbs.  of  good  honey.  A tea-spoon  or  2 to  be 
taken  night  and  morning. 

To  relieve  the  breathing,  steep  some  blotting  paper  in  a strong  solu- 
tion of  saltpeter;  dry  it,  and  light  a portion  when  going  to  bed,  lay  it 
on  a plate.  Many  flave  experienced  much  relief  from  this. 

Asthma. — The  Rev.  John  Wesley  recommends  the  following: 

• A pint  of  cold  water  every  morning,  and  wash  the  head  in  cold 
water,  and  using  the  cold  bath  once  in  2 weeks;  or  a decoction  of 
liquorice  often  gives  relief;  or,  % pt.  of  tar  water  twice  a day;  or,  live 
a fortnight  chiefly  on  boiled  carrots.  It  seldom  fails.  Many  have 
been  cured  by  this  diet;  or,  take  from  10  to  60  drops  of  elW*’  of  vitriol, 
in  a glass  of  spring  water,  3 or  4 times  a day;  or,  in  a qh  of  boiling 
water,  put  a tea-spoon  of  balsamic  ether;*  receive  the  steam  into  the 
lungs,  through  a fumigator,  twice  a day;  or,  vomit  with  wrm  water, 
and  always  keep  the  body  open. 

To  prevent  a return  of  a Fit  of  Asthma,  or  to  relieve  Asthma. — 

Keep  the  bowels  gently  open  with  rhubarb,  or  some  other  mild  aperi- 
ent, and  strengthen  the  tone  of  the  stomach  by  bitter  infusions,  as 


* Balsamic  Ether  is  made  thus:  Put  4 ozs.  of  spirits  of  wine,  and  1 oz.  of 
halsam  of  tolu,  into  a phial,  with  1 oz.  of  Ether.  Keep  it  well  coxked.  It 
will  not  keep  over  a w^k  or  two: 


i88 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department, 


camomile,  gentian,  and  quinine.  When  the  chest  is  constricted,  axyp]f 
mustard,  or  blistering  plasters,  and  take  an  emetic  occasionally  to  dear 
out  the  phlegm  from  the  bronchial  passages;  avoid  everything  diffi- 
cult of  digestion;  wear  flannel  next  to  the  skin;  avoid  a bleak,  damp 
air,  easterly  winds,  and  take  constant  exercise.  An  animal  diet, 
rather  light,  is  preferable  to  a vegetable  diet. 

Asthmatic  Cough. — Take  Spanish  liquorice,  2 ozs.;  salt  of  tartar 
3^  oz.;  boil  the  liquor  in  3 pints  of  water  to  a quart;  add  the  salt  to  it 
when  it  is  blood  warm.  Drink  2 spoons  of  this  every  2 hours.  It 
seldom  fails.  I have  known  this  to  cure  an  inveterate  moist  asthma. 

ATROPHY. — The  word  is  derived  from  the  Greek  a,  not,  and 
trophe,  nourishment;  not  nourishment , and  the  want  of  that  nourish- 
ment induces  emaciation,  and  loss  of  strength.  The  symptoms  are  a 
gradual  consuming  or  wasting  away,  impaired  digestion,  loss  of  appe- 
tite, depression  of  spirits,  and  general  languor;  in  the  latter  stage*? 
hectic  fever,  cough,  and  difficult  breathing.  In  young  persons  of 
scrofulous  habit,  there  is  enlargement  of  the  mesentreic  glands,  indb 
gestion,  costiveness,  or  diarrhea,  uncertain  appetite,  flushed  or  palid 
cheeks,  remittent  fever,  swelling  of  the  abdomen,  emaciated  limbs, 
and  eruptions  of  the  skin  on  the  shoulders,  arms,  and  thighs,  etc.  ] 
have  seen  the  vessels  so  attenuated  as  to  be  scarcely  able  to  contain 
the  blood,  and  in  some  cases,  the  smaller  ones  congested. 

The  cause  may  be  hereditary,  damp  houses,  rooms,  and  beds, 
unwholesome  foul  air,  close  and  bad  ventilated  sleeping  rooms,  exces- 
sive evacuations,  worms,  mental  anxiety,  excessive  indulgence  in 
venery,  or  spirituous  liquors.  It  is  induced  in  females  by  giving  suck 
too  long. 

Treatment. — Many  diseases  are  accompanied  by  atrophy  to  w 
greater  or  less  extent.  In  those  cases,  therefore,  it  is  but  an  effect  of 
a disease,  and  that  disease  must  be  prescribed  for.  There  are  cases, 
however,  in  which  the  most  careful  and  repeated  scrutiny  fails  to 
detect  any  serious  disease  of  the  vital  organs,  though  some  important 
viscus  may  be  affected.  If  the  glands  are  affected,  apply  the  tincture 
of  iodine,  by  means  of  a camel  hair  brush,  or  the  ointment  of  the 
same.  The  following  formula  has  been  recommended: 

Iodine  of  potassium,  1 dr. ; compound  infusion  of  gentian,  6 ozs. 
aromatic  spirit  of  ammonia,  2 drs. ; mix,  and  take  a table-spoon  & 
times  a day;  with  the  following  aperient  at  bed-time: 

Compound  rhubarb  pill,  4 grs  ; sulphate  of  quinine,  4 grs. ; cay.' 
enne  pepper,  2 grs. ; make  into  3 or  4 pills. 

In  this  disease,  fresh  air  should  be  obtained,  and  abundant  exer- 
cise in  the  open  air.  Keep  the  bowels  regular,  and  always  combine  a 
tonic  with  a purgative.  The  diet  must  be  light  and  nutritious.  If  the 
disease  arises  from  a venereal  taint,  (alas ! how  many  monstrous 
parents  thus  infect  their  children !)  then  sarsaparilla  will  be  useful. 
The  same  course  will,  in  a great  measure,  be  applicable  to  atrophy. 
If  the  disease  proceeds  from  worms,  then  anthelmintics  must  b«r 
administered. 

Sometimes  atrophy  is  produced  by  suckling  too  long,  which  must 
be  abandoned,  or  it  will  cause  wasting,  and  ultimately  consumption, 
The  child  should  be  weaned  immediately,  and  out-door  exercise  in  a 
pure  atmosphere,  and  a course  of  tonics  should  be  taken  immediately. 

ABDOMINAL  RXJPHJRES,  OR  HERNIA,  take  place  at  the 
navel,  in  females,  and  the  scrotum  and  groin  in  males.  When  the 
bowel  lies  quietly  in  the  bag,  and  admits  of  being  readily  put  back 
into  the  abdomen,  the  rupture  is  termed  reducible ; but  irreducible 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


189 


when  the  contrary.  A hernia  is  strangulated  when  the  intestine  is,  as 
it  were,  tied  round  with  a string,  so  as  to  prevent  the  contents  of  the 
bowels  from  passing  off;  in  such  a case,  inflammation  is  excited,  and 
alarming,  and  sometimes  fatal,  symptoms,  are  manifest. 

The  causes  of  rupture  are  various;  viz.,  sedentary  habits , violent 
exercise,  such  as  feats  of  agility,  jumping,  running , lifting  and  carrying 
heavy  weights , vomiting , straining,  laughing , sneezing , and  whatever 
induces  extreme  action  of  the  abdominal  muscles.  Some  parts  of  the 
parietes,  or  enclosure  of  the  bowels,  are  naturally  weaker  than  others; 
especially  the  inguinal  and  crural  rings,  aiid  the  umbilicus;  audit  is 
of  these  parts  that  hernia  most  frequently  occurs;  or  the  abdominal 
walls  may  be  defectively  formed.  When  a hernia  takes  place  sud- 
denly, there  is  a sensation  of  something  giving  way  at  the  part,  and 
some  pain  ; btrt  in  many  persons  it  comes  on  gradually,  and  almost 
imperceptibly,  particularly  in  very  debilitated  constitutions. 

The  general  symptoms  of  a hernia,  when  reducible  and  free  from 
strangulation,  are  an  indolent  tumor  at  some  point  of  the  abdomen, 
frequently  descending  out  of  the  abdominal  ring,  or  out  of  the  navel, 
but  occasionally  from  other  situations.  The  swelling  often  arises 
mddenly,  and  is  subject  to  a change  of  size,  being  smaller  when  the 
patient  lies  down  on  his  back,  and  larger  when  he  stands  up  or  holds 
bis  breath.  It  frequently  diminishes  when  pressed,  and  grows  large 
again  when  the  pressure  is  removed.  Its  size  and  tension  often  in- 
crease after  a meal,  or  when  the  bowels  are  flatulent.  In  consequence 
•>f  the  unnatural  position  of  the  bowels,  many  persons  who  have 
rupture  are  occasionally  troubled  with  colic,  costiveness,  and  vomiting. 
But  sometimes  the  functions  of  the  intestines  suffer  little  interruption. 

But  in  all  cases  ruptures  are  troublesome  and  dangerous,  and 
therefore  ought  to  be  attended  to  in  time.  When  a rupture  is  reduc- 
ible, return  the  protruded  parts  to  their  original  cavity,  by  gently 
pressing  the  projecting  tumor,  which  can  be  best  effected  when  the 
patient  is  tying  on  his  back,  with  the  legs  bent,  so  that  the  knees  may 
be  erect;  an  attitude  which  he  should  always  preserve  as  much  as 
possible.  An  injection  should  be  given  made  of  gruel,  butter,  salt, 
and  live  or  six  drops  of  laudanum.  Folds  of  linen  dipped  in  ice- 
vvater  should  be  placed  upon  the  tumor,  and  renewed  every  fifteen 
minutes.  Ice  also  may  be  applied  with  good  effect.  If  the  case  lias 
been  delayed  too  long,  use  flannels  dipped  in  a warm  decoction  of 
bitter  herbs,  as  tansy,  wormwood,  horeliound,  and  hops;  these  herbs 
tend  to  soften  the  tumor,  and  facilitate  its  return.  Change  the  flan- 
nels frequently. 

Infants  are  often  subject  to  umbilical  hernia,  or  rupture  of  the 
navel.  It  is  cured  by  applying  a proper  bandage  or  truss,  which,  with 
increasing  strength,  effects  a cure.  Particular  attention  should  be  paid 
to  the  cure  of  female  infants  that  are  ruptured;  that  they  may  be  free 
from  the  complaint  when  they  become  adult  and  pregnant;  for  then 
it  often  recurs  from  the  too  great  distension  of  the  abdomen,  etc. 
During  pregnancy,  it  is  often  troublesome,  but  after  parturition,  if 
the  contents  have  not  contracted  any  adhesion,  they  will  often  return 
into  the  abdomen,  and  may  be  kept  there  by  a proper  bandage. 
Females  subject  to  umbilicai  rupture,  should  keep  their  bowels  uncon- 
stipated, especially  if  the  navel  rupture  be  irreducible  ; and  they  should 
avoid  indigestible  food. 

When  the  tumor  is  returned,  it  should  be  kept  in  its  place  by  a 
bandage  or  truss.  By  the  permanent  pressure  of  a truss  upon  the 
opening,  the  parts  are  prevented  from  descending,  and  a permanent 


1 90  Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 

cure  is  often  effected.  A truss  may  be  obtained  at  a surgical  instru- 
ment  maker’s. 

Dr.  Beach,  an  eminent  physician,  states  : “Most  of  the  cases  of 
strangulated  hernia  for  which  an  operation  is  performed,  might  be 
cured  by  proper  treatment.  In  veiy  many  cases,  where  an  operation 
lias  been  proposed,  the  patient  has  recovered  by  very  simple  means.  I 
have  been  called  to  some,  where,  at  first  view,  it  has  seemed  impossible 
to  return  the  protruded  viscera  without  cutting  down  and  dividing  the 
stricture;  and  yet,  by  prompt  and  energetic  means,  I have  succeeded 
in  reducing  it.”  The  foliowing  directions  are  founded  upon  the 
American  practice  : 

Commence  the  treatment  by  giving  a dose  of  castor  oil ; avoid 
strong  and  irritating  purgatives.  Use  injections  of  an  oily  nature,  as 
Lobelia  ivjlata,  a sufficient  quantity;  infuse  in  3^  pt.  of  hot  water,  to 
which  add  as  much  milk  and  treacle,  and  a gill  of  olive  or  sweet  oil. 
Repeat  every  hour.  This  is  one  of  the  most  powerful  relaxants  that 
can  be  used  in  this  disease. 

The  following  external  applications  are  reccftnmended  by  Dr. 
Beach  : 

Steam  and  foment  with  bitter  herbs  (herbs  before  mentioned). 
Put  the  decoction  in  a tub  or  pail,  and  sit  over  it  by  means  of  a narrow 
board  put  across  it.  Place  a blanket  over  the  patient.  This  will  cause 
perspiration,  and  reduce  the  inflammation.  In  extreme  cases  a warm 
bath  should  be  taken  for  some  time.  An  alkaline  poultice  may  b* 
applied  over  the  rupture.  Mix  the  slippery  elm  bark  with  weak  lye. 
until  a poultice  of  a proper  consistence  is  formed,  to  be  applied  tepid, 
and  often  renewed.  The  best  effects  have  been  produced  by  this  ap- 
plication. 

Dr.  Reese,  of  New  York,  uses  the  sulphuric  ether  for  the  reduction 
or  return  of  hernia.  He  wets  the  tumor  with  the  liquid,  and  then,  in 
oi  cler  to  produce  speedy  evaporation,  blows  upon  it  with  a pair  of 
bellows.  He  states  that  he  has  reduced  a number  of  strangulated 
hernia  by  this  method  alone,  when  they  had  been  doomed  to  undergo 
an  operation.  While  these  means  are  being  used,  manual  aid  must  be 
used,  called  taxis,  (meaningthe  replacement  of  the  parts  by  hand.) 
The  position  of  the  patient  requires  care  and  skill.  His  legs  ana 
buttocks  should  be  elevated  as  high  as  possible,  forming  an  angle,  if 
possible  of  45  degrees.  This  may  be  effected  by  placing  the  back  part 
of  a chair  underneath  him.  His  thighs  and  body  should  be  a little 
flexed  or  bent,  in  order  to  relax  the  muscles.  The  tumor  should  thers 
be  seized  and  moderate  pressure  made,  in  order  to  return  the  viscera 

The  constant  application  of  a solution  of  alum  in  a strong  decoc- 
tion of  oak  bark — two  drachms  to  a pint — has  been  recommended  by 
some  surgeons  for  the  radical  cure  of  rupture  in  the  groin.  It  is  ap- 
plied by  means  of  soft  linen,  which  should  be  wetted  as  soon  as  it 
becomes  dry.  In  incipient  cases  this  topical  remedy,  by  constringing 
the  parts,  may  succeed  in  preventing  the  escape  of  the  intestine  or 
omentum  through  the  abdominal  ring.  The  compress  should  for  some 
time  be  kept  on  the  part,  by  a bandage  or  truss  with  easy  springs. 

AGUE. — The  cause  is  debility;  frequently  marsh  miasma , or  the 
effluvia  arising  from  stagnant  water  in  pools,  or  on  marshy  ground. 
On  the  attack,  the  patient  should  be  placed  between  blankets,  and 
partake  freely  of  water-gruel  or  barley-water.  From  20  to  30  drops 
of  laudanum,  or  more,  should  be  given  just  before  the  commencement 
of  the  ague  fit.  The  nails  turn  blue  just  before  the  lit  begins.  Tim 
fit  may  be  moderated  also  by  taking  1 scru.  of  the  carbonate  of  ammo- 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


191 


nia,  8 grs.  compound  powder  of  ipecacuanha,  mint-water,  1 34  ozs. 
Peruvian  bark,  or  sulphate  of  quinine,  is  an  efficacious  remedy.  An 
emetic  before  taking  it  is  necessary;  about  20  grs.  of  ipecacuanha 
powder;  then  take  a small  dose  of  salts  and  senna,  and  the  Peruvian 
bark  in  powder;  an  ounce  will  make  eight  doses,  one  of  which  should 
be  taken  every  hour  or  two.  Or,  instead  of  the  Peruvian  bark,  take 
from  2 to  4 grs.  of  quinine,  with  1 gr.  of  extract  of  gentian,  made 
into  pills.  When  the  disease  is  arrested,  continue  the  use  of  the  pill, 
taking  two  per  day  for  a few  weeks. 

Ague. — Take  30  grs.  of  snake-root,  40  of  wormwood,  34  oz-  °f 
Peruvian  bark  powdered,  and  34  pt*  of  Port  wine.  Put  the  whole 
into  a bottle,  and  shake  ic  well  together;  divide  it  into  four  equal 
quantities,  and  take  it  the  first  in  the  morning,  and  the  last  at  night, 
when  the  fit  is  o\er.  The  dose  should  be  often  repeated,  to  prevent  a 
return  of  the  complaint.  Or,  when  the  fit  is  on,  take  an  egg  beaten 
up  in  a glass  of  brtmdv,  and  go  to  bed  immediately. 

WHITLOW,  OR  FELON. — This  is  an  inflammation  of  the  fingers, 
thumb,  or  hand,  and  is  very  painful.  It  is  often  situated  at  the  root 
of  the  nail.  The  pain  is  attended  with  throbbing,  swelling,  and  in- 
dammatipu.  It  gradually  progresses  to  suppuration. 

Steam  the  whole  hand  with  bitter  herbs  for  30  or  40  minutes; 
bathe  it  frequently  in  strong  hot  lye  water.  The  steaming  must  not 
be  dispensed  with.  Apply  a poultice  of  linseed  and  and  slippery  elm, 
with  a little  salt  and  brandy.  The  formation  of  matter  is  indicated 
by  a small  white  spot  in  the  center  of  the  swelling.  When  this 
appears,  open  it  with  the  point  cf  a large  needle  or  probe,  that  the 
matter  may  escape.  Repeat,  if  necessary.  If  proud  flesh  appears, 
apply  the  vegetable  caustic  or  chloride  of  potass,  diluted.  A poultice 
of  powdered  hops  is  veiy  effectual  to  relieve  pain.  Attend  to  the 
general  health,  by  giving  aperients,  tonics,  and  nutritious,  cooling 
diet. 

Whitlow. — Cut  a hole  in  a lemon,  and  wear  it  on  the  finger  like  a 
thimble;  the  whitlow  must  be  encased  in  the  lemon.  See  “ Felon.’’ 

STOMACH,  SPASMS  OR  CRAMP  OF.— This  painful  and  alarming 
state  may  proceed  from  various  causes:  such  as  the  sudden  application 
of  cold,  or  it  may  arise  from  indigestible  fruits  or  food,  from  bile 
regurgitating  into  the  organ,  from  congestion  of  the  liver,  from  gout 
or  rheumatism,  and,  Anally,  from  a draught  of  cold  water  when  the 
body  is  heated,  or  from  swallowing  pieces  of  ice.  A hot  bath,  or 
warm  fomentations,  are  generally  the  best  external  remedies  for  spasm 
of  the  stomach,  and  an  emetic  the  most  useful  and  effective  internal 
means,  followed  by  such  after-treatment  as  the  exciting  cause  seems 
to  justify  or  demand. 

BLADDER,  INFLAMMATION  OF.— It  manifests  itself  by  pain 
and  tightness  in  the  lower  part  of  the  abdomen;  the  pain  increases  by 
pressure,  there  is  a constant  desire  to  pass  urine,  and  great  difficulty 
in  passing  a few  drops;  sometimes  there  is  complete  retention;  the 
bladder  may  become  enlarged,  caused  by  the  inflammatory  action. 
In  old  people  the  chronic  form  occurs,  and  it  is  frequently  caused  by 
stone.  In  the  decline  of  life,  the  common  symptom  is  the  difficulty  of 
making  water. 

In  painful  retention  of  urine,  hot  fomentations  of  herbs,  as  hops, 
wormwood,  tansy,  camomile  flowers,  and  a little  valerian  root,  may  be 
applied  over  the  region  of  the  bladder.  Use  also  the  warm  foot-bath. 
Parsley  tea  with  a.  little  spirits  of  nitre  and  best  gin  may  be  taken. 
Take  also  the  Diuretic  Infusion , which  see.  Should  these  fail,  use  the 


192 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


hip-bath,  temperature  from  8G  to  9G,  for  half  an  hour;  take  also  a 
table-spoon  of  castor  oil,  and,  if  the  pain  is  severe,  12  drops  of  laud- 
anum. Warm  injections  are  also  serviceable.  Add  to  the  injections  a 
little  tincture  of  lobelia. 

The  following  is  an  excellent  remedy  in  affections  of  the  bladder, 
particularly  in  old  age  : 

Solidified  copaiba,  alcoholic  extract  of  cubebs,  equal  parts.  Mix 
and  make  into  three  or  four  grain  pills,  and  give  one  or  two  3 times  a 
day.  It  has  been  known  to  act  like  a charm.  It  is  invaluable  in  all 
urinary  affections,  and  especially  those  which  affect  old  people.  It 
allays  pain  and  irritation  about  the  neck  of  the  bladder,  of  the  pros- 
trate gland,  and  in  the  kidneys.  In  case  of  extreme  pain  apply  the 
Irritating  Plaster  (which  see)  over  the  pubic  region. 

To  strengthen  the  bladder , avoid  all  intoxicating  drinks,  exposure 
to  wet,  damp,  and  cold;  sponge  the  lower  parts  of  the  abdomen  with 
salt  and  water,  and  occasionally  with  vinegar.  See  “Urine,”  or 
“Urinary.” 

CURE  FOR  BURNS. — Of  all  applications  for  a burn  we  believe 
that  there  are  none  equal  to  a simple  covering  of  common  wheat  flour. 
This  is  always  at  hand,  and  while  it  requires  no  skill  in  using,  it  pro- 
duces most  astonishing  effects.  The  moisture  produced  upon  the  sur- 
face of  a slight  or  deep  burn  i3  at  once  absorbed  by  the  flour,  and 
forms  a paste  which  shuts  out  the  air.  As  long  as  the  lluid  matters 
continue  flowing,  they  are  absorbed  and  prevented  from  producing 
irritation,  as  they  would  do,  if  kept  from  passing  off  by  oily  or  resinous 
applications,  while  the  greater  the  amount  of  those  absorbed  by  the 
flour  the  thicker  the  protective  covering.  Another  advantage  of  the 
flour  covering  is,  that  next  to  the  surface  it  is  kept  moist  and  flexible, 
it  can  also  be  readily  washed  off  without  further  irritation  in  remov- 
ing. It  may  occasionally  be  washed  off  very  carefully  when  it  has 
become  matted  and  dry,  and  a new  covering  sprinkled  on. 

Remedy  for  Barns  and  Scalds. — Take  chalk  and  linseed  or  com- 
mon olive  oil,  and  mix  them  in  such  proportions  as  will  produce  a 
compound  as  thick  as  honey ; then  add  vinegar,  so  as  to  reduce  it  to 
the  thickness  of  molasses,  apply  with  a soft  brush  or  feather,  and 
renew  the  application  from  time  to  time.  Each  renewal  brings  fresh 
relief  and  a grateful  coolness.  If  the  injury  is  severe,  especially  if  it 
involve  the  chest,  give  10  drops  of  laudanum  to  an  adult,  and  repeat  it 
in  an  hour,  and  again  a third  time ; to  a child  of  ten  years,  give  in  like 
manner  only  three  drops,  and  beware  of  giving  any  to  an  infant.  This 
plan,  with  an  internal  stimulant,  according  to  age,  as  brandy  or  sal- 
volatile,  or  both,  should  be  at  once  adopted  until  the  arrival  of  the 
medical  attendant. 

Lime  water  beaten  up  with  sweet  oil  makes  an  excellent  application 
for  burns. 

Burns  and  Scalds.— See  Spanish  Flies.— If  the  clothes  have  caught 
fire,  wrap  the  person  in  a shawl,  coat,  blanket,  etc.,  very  tightly,  to 
extinguish  the  flames;  or  when  these  are  not  at  hand,  roll  the  person 
on  the  floor.  Then  gently  disengage  the  clothes  from  around  the 
burned  surface.  If  any  parts  of  the  dress  should  stick  to  the  burned 
part,  do  not  remove  them,  but  cut  the  clothes  from  around  that  part. 
The  treatment  for  burns  is  applicable  to  scalds.  If  the  injury  is  merely 
superficial , saturate  a piece  of  cotton  wool,  or  wadding,  etc.,  with  tinc- 
ture of  Spanish  flies,  largely  diluted  with  water , and  apply  it  over  the 
burned  or  scalded  part,  and  cover  it  with  folded  cotton  or  linen,  etc., 
to  exclude  the  atmospheric  air.  Saturate  with  the  liniment  as  the 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department 


!93 


cloth  dries.  If  the  wound  is  deep , use  the  arnica  lotion,  instead  of 
cantharides.  When  the  burning  pain  ceases,  apply  simple  cerate  spread 
on  a linen  rag,  and  coyer  well  up.  Liniments  are  better  than  lotions, 
as  they  contain  soap  dissolved  in  spirits  of  wine,  both  curative  of 
burns,  etc.  The  arnica  lotion  may  be  obtained  from  any  Homeo- 
pathic chemist. 

When  the  afore-mentioned  liniments  are  not  at  hand,  cotton  wool, 
or  a linen  rag  may  be  well  saturated  in  oil  and  soap  lather,  and  ap- 
plied. 

“ A most  primitive,  yet  very  effectual  remed}’’  in  the  treatment  of 
burns  and  scalds  is  cow-dung  ; and  from  its  being  so  rich  .in  phospho- 
rus, it  must  exert  a specific,  and  a mechanical  action  to  cure  injuries 
resulting  from  fire.” 

Apply  a poultice  of  elm  bark  and  milk,  and  when  the  inflamma- 
tion has  left,  apply  black  salve.  For  very  slight  burns,  the  black 
salve  alone  will  cure.  The  slippery  elm  poultice  is  a sovereign  remedy 
«md  has  effected  the  greatest  cures.  Dr.  Beach  relates  the  case  of  a girl 
dreadfully  scalded  by  falling  into  a large  pan  of  boiling  water,  which 
scalded,  and  actually  burnt  or  disorganized  the  parts  from  the  back 
nearly  to  the  feet.  A poultice  of  slippery  elm  bark,  and  olive  oil  alone, 
very  soon  arrested  the  inflammation  and  acute  sufferings  of  the  patient, 
\o  the  astonishment  of  all.  The  elm  hark  may  he  bought  of  the  Medical 
botanist  s. 

In  all  cases  of  burns  and  scalds,  it  is  necessary  to  observe,  that  if 
fever  should  ensue,  gentle  laxative  medicines  ought  to  be  given;  as 
castor  oil,  or  salts  and  senna. 

In  cases  of  scalding  the  mouth  with  hot  liquids,  gargle  with  a so- 
lution of  borax,  and  then  hold  in  the  mouth  a mucilage  af  slippery 
elm,  swallowing  it  slowly,  if  the  throat  also  has  been  scalded;  the 
•slippery  elm  bark  may  be  mixed  with  olive  oil.  Some  recommend 
ioap  liniment,  which  is  made  by  dissolving  soap  in  spirits. 

When  a burn  is  only  trifling,  and  causes  no  blister,  it  is  sufficient 
jo  apply  a compress  of  several  folds  of  soft  linen  upon  it,  dipped  in 
^old  water,  in  which  has  been  dissolved  a little  carbonate  of  soda;  to 
tie  renewed  every  15  minutes,  until  the  pain  is  removed. 

Dr.  Tissot  says,  in  cases  of  blisters,  beat  up  an  egg  with  two  table- 
spoons of  olive  oil,  or  linseed  oil,  spread  it  on  soft  linen,  and  apply  it 
*o  the  affected  part. 

For  very  slight  burns  or  scalds,  the  black  salve  alone  is  sufficient 
to  remove  the  pain  and  inflammation. 

If  the  skin  is  not  broken,  cover  the  part  with  a layer  of  flour  or 
starch,  place  cotton  wool  over  it,  or  a linen  rag,  and  bind  it  over 
lightly. 

If  a blister  has  been  burst  or  cut,  use  a cerate. 

Where  the  skin  has  been  burnt  off,  wet  applications  may  be  used; 
the  best  is  lime  water  and  linseed  oil;  one  part  of  the  former  to  two  of 
the  latter,  well  mixed. 

Milk  may  be  used  to  advantage  in  the  same  way;  or  in  the  absence 
of  milk  use  bread  and  water  till  you  can  get  the  linseed  oil  and  lime 
water. 

Burns  and  Scalds. — If  any  part  of  the  body  be  scalded  or  burnt, 
it  should  be  placed  in  a vessel  of  new  milk  as  soon  as  possible,  and  be 
kept  there  till  the  fire  is  drawn  out.  There  must  be  an  abundance  of 
new  milk  obtained  where  the  greater  part  of  the  body  is  burnt;  and  if 
a bath  of  milk  cannot  be  got,  the  patient  must  be  laid  on  the  first  con- 
venient place,  and  soft  cloths  steeped  in  milk  must  be  continually  ap- 
9 


194 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


plied,  till  the  fire  is  drawn  out.  This  has  been  known  to  give  instant 
relief  to  a man  who  fell  into  a copper  of  boiling  wort,  when,  the  skin 
peeled  off  with  liis  clothes. 

Or,  a few  raw  potatoes  are  to  be  peeled,  and  finely  beaten  in  a 
mortar;  add  a drachm  or  two  of  laudanum;  apply  to  the  affected 
parts,  like  a poultice.  It  is  very  efficacious  in  the  cure  of  burns  or 
scalds,  and  other  inflamed  parts. 

An  eminent  surgeon  in  the  army  says:  “Opiates  a>*e  excellent 
things,  and  should  be  given  to  relieve  pain ; but  the  stimulants  must 
not  be  forgotten.  The  shock  of  the  burns  depresses  the  whole  system, 
and  laudanum,  though  it  relieves  the  pain,  is  also  depressing  in  its 
effects.  I would,  therefore,  (as  in  accidents  of  this  kind  time  is  most 
precious)  recommend  the  following  mixtures  to  be  given  at  once: 

Laudanum,  30  drops;  sulphuric  ether,  40  drops;  brandy,  a table- 
spoon, in  a wine  glass  of  warm  water.  This  should  be  given  directly, 
and  repeat  ed  in  an  hour’s  time  if  the  pain  is  not  subdued.  This  treat- 
ment should  be  followed  up  by  beef  tea  and  other  concentrated  forms 
of  nourishment.  Of  course  the  ever-present  remedy  of  covering  the. 
burns  freely  with  flour  from  a flour  dredge,  and  applying  cotton  wool 
above  the  layer  of  flour,  must  not  be  neglected. 

Burn  or  Scald. — Immediately  plunge  the  part  in  cold  water,  ancx 
keep  it  therefor  some  time;  or  electrify  it  immediately;  or  if  the  pars 
cannot  be  dipped,  apply  a cloth  four  times  doubled,  dipped  in  cold 
water,  changing  it  wh’en  it  becomes  warm ; or  a bruised  onion;  or  mils, 
lime-water  and  sweet  oil  to  the  thickness  of  cream.  Apply  with  w. 
feather.  Most  effectual. 

Or,  take  a piece  of  thick  brown  paper,  dipped  in  the  best  sallad  oil* 
then  set  the  paper  on  fire  upon  a common  plate,  upon  which  will  re 
main  a deposit  of  oil.  Apply  this  oil  to  the  burn.  Or,  put  on  the  burt. 
or  scald  a covering  of  flour;  or,  cover  with  treacle,  and  dust  on  flour; 
or,  cover  with  the  white  of  egg;  or,  apply  whiting  or  chalk,  and  lin 
seed  oil ; or,  apply  a cloth  dipped  in  a solution  of  alum. 

BALDNESS. — The  decoction  of  box-wood  successful  in  cases  oi 
baldness  is  thus  made: 

Take  of  the  common  box  which  grows  in  garden  borders,  stem* 
and  leaves,  four  large  handfulls;  boil  in  three  pints  of  water  iti  a closely 
covered  vessel  for  a quarter  of  an  hour,  and  let  it  stand  in  a covereh 
earthenware  for  ten  hours  or  more;  strain,  and  add  an  ounce  and  a 
half  of  eau  de  cologne  or  lavender  water,  to  make  it  keep.  The  head 
should  be  well  washed  with  this  solution  every  morning. 

Liquid  for  the  Cure  and  Prevention  of  Baldness.— Eau  do 
cologne,  two  ounces;  tincture  of  cantharides,  two  drs. ; oil  of  rose- 
mary, oil  of  nutmegs  and  oil  of  lavender,  each  ten  drops,  to  be  rubbed 
on  the  bald  part  of  the  head  every  night. 

Baldness. — The  falling  oft’  of  the  hair  from  the  crown  of  the 
head — sometimes  front  the  whole  scalp — and  often  occurring  at  a very 
early  age  of  life.  Though  premature  baldness  frequently  occurs  from 
fever,  or  some  disease  affecting  the  glands  of  the  cuticle  which  secrete 
the  roots  or  bulbs  of  the  hair,  it  often  takes  place  in  young  men  from 
no  assignable  cause.  The  best  preventive  means  of  saving  the  hair 
when  once  it  begins  to  show  a tendency  to  fall  off,  is  to  have  the  scalp 
shaved  immediately,  and  that  operation  repeated  every  month,  till  the 
strength  of  the  next  crop  of  bristles  gives  evidence  of  a more  vigorous 
growth.  At  the  same  time,  the  following  embrocation  is  to  be  well 
rubbed  into  the  scalp  every  night  upon  going  to  bed,  after  having  first 
irritated  the  cuticle  with  the  hair-brush,  to  promote  absorption. 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


195 


Embrocation  for  tfa?  Growth  Hair. — Take  of  castor  oil,  2 ozs. ; oil 
of  rosemary,  2drs.;  essential  oil  of  bitter  almonds,  15  drops;  tincture 
of  Spanish  flies,  3 drs.  Mix. 

This  will  be  found  serviceable  in  every  condition  of  baldness. 
Very  little  need  be  used  at  one  time, — the  most  important  object  being 
to  diffuse  it  well  over  the  scalp. 

Baldness.— The  cause  of  baldness  is  defect  in  the  hair  follicles, 
from  which  the  hair  is  developed.  Sometimes  it  is  the  result  of  disease, 
and  is  frequently  hereditary.  Those  who  perspire  much  about  the 
head  are  generally  bald.  If  the  hair  falls  off  after  fever,  shaving  a 1 
few  times  will  tend  to  promote  the  growth.  Keeping  the  head  closely 
wrapoed  prevents  the  growth  of  hair.  A drachm  of  the  tincture  of 
cantharides  mixed  with  an  ounce  of  lard,  is  a good  application.  An 
infusion  of  the  Asarum  Europeum  Asarabacca,  may  be  used  as  a lotion 
for  the  scalp. 

Rub  the  bald  part  frequently  with  the  juice  of  an  onion  till  it  looks 
red ; or,  water,  1 pt. ; pearlash,  half  an  ounce;  onion  juice,  1 gill;  rum, 
half  a gill ; oil  of  rosemary,  20  drops.  Rub  the  head  hard  with  a rough 
linen  towel  dipped  in  the  mixture;  or,  take  4 ozs.  of  castor  oil,  8 ozs.  best 
rum,  30  drops  oil  of  lavender,  apply  occasionally  to  the  head,  shaking 
the  bottle  well ; or,  beef  marrow,  well  washed,  melted,  and  strained, 
34  lb.;  tincture  of  cantharides.  1 oz.  ; oil  of  bergamot,  12  drops.  Wash 
the  head  frequently  with  warm  water  and  Windsor  soap  ; or  with  a 
decoction  of  rosemary  and  southern-wood. 

Baldness. — Rub  the  part  morning  and  evening  with  onions,  till  it 
is  red,  and  afterwards  with  honey ; or,  wash  it  with  a decoction  of 
boxwood ; or,  electrify  it  daily. 

Baldness. — Infuse  for  a few  days,  1 dr.  of  powdered  cantharides  in 
1 oz.  of  proof  spirit ; beef  marrow,  % lb.  ; soak  in  Several  waters,  lastly 
m weak  salt  and  water;  melt,  strain,  and  mix,  adding  10  or  12  drops 
of  oil  of  bergamot,  or  lavender. 

BREATH,  IMPURE.— There  are  few  things  more  offensive  than  a 
toul  or  foetid  breath,  not  only  as  a source  of  annoyance  to  the  person 
himself,  but  a positive  nuisance  to  all  who  have  the  misfortune  to  ap- 
proach him.  Impure  breath  except  in  cases  of  illness,  and  when  the 
patient  is  under  a course  of  mercury,  proceeds  from  two  causes — a 
neglected  state  of  the  stomach  and  bowels,  or  from  decayed  teeth  and 
an  unclean  mouth  ; and  as  in  either  case  the  remedy  is  easy,  it  must  be 
owing  to  an  innate  disregard  for  others’  comfort,  and  neglect  of  his 
own,  that  any  person  allows  so  noxious  an  offense  to  continue.  When 
the  cause  proceeds  from  the  bowels,  two  or  three  colocynth,  or  com- 
pound rhubarb  pills,  taken  once  every  six  hours,  and  a black  draught, 
or  half  an  ounce  of  Epsom  salts  afterwards,  will  almost  always  remove 
it;  while,  if  the  mouth  or  teeth  are  the  cause,  a weak  solution  of  the 
chloride  of  lime,  used  twice  a day  as  a wash  for  the  mouth,  rubbing 
the  gums  and  teeth  after  each  time  with  a dry  cloth,  will  soon  remove, 
all  cause  of  complaint ; or,  what  is  still  belter,  the  daily  employment! 
of  a tooth-brush  and  the  following  dentrifice  : I 

Take  of  powdered  charcoal,  % oz. ; cuttle-fish,  2 drs. ; myrrh,  1 dr. 
Used  as  a tooth-powder  night  and  morning  with  warm  water. 

BRIGHT’S  DISEASE. — A peculiar  disease  of  the  kidneys,  so 
named  from  Dr.  Bright,  the  first  to  draw  attention  to  the  existence  of 
this  singular  affection,  the  chief  characteristic  of  which  is  the  presence 
of  a greater  or  less  amount  of  serum  separated  from  the  blood,  and 
found  in  the  urine  voided  from  the  bladder. 

Symptoms. — Pain  in  the  back  and  loins,  at  first  slight  and  occa- 


196 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


sional,  but  becoming  heavy,  dull,  and  settled,  accompanied  with  rest 
lessness  and  fever,  and  the  usual  functional  disturbance  in  the  other 
organs;  loss  of  appetite,  hectic  flushes,  and  general  disturbance.  These 
symptoms  are  succeeded  by  enlargement  in  the  loins,  oedema,  or  swell- 
ing of  the  face  and  extremeties,  and  finally  a state  of  general  drop'sy. 
Should  these  symptoms  fail  to  point  out  the  disease,  heat  applied  to 
the  urine  will  at  once  indicate  its  character;  forthe  serum  will  become 
coagulated,  and,  according  to  the  amount  present,  either  the  whole  will 
be  rendered  solid,  or  masses  of  coagulum  will  be  seen  floating  about  the 
water, 

The  causes  of  this  disease  are  either  a scrofulous  condition  of  the 
system,  an  intemperate  habit,  or  the  long  indulgence  in  a course  of 
alcoholic  liquors,  or  dram-drinking. 

Treatment. — A warm  bath  is  the  first  remedial  agent  to  be  em- 
ployed, which  is  to  be  followed  by  friction  over  the  loins  with  weak 
mercurial  ointment,  containing  a drachm  of  camphor  to  the  ounce;  or, 
if  the  pain  be  severe,  cupping,  or  the  application  of  a dozen  leeches  to 
the  loins  should  be  adopted  ; at  the  same  time  giving  one  of  the  follow- 
ing powders  every  six  hours,  and  a pill,  containing  grains  of  solid 
opium,  at  bed-time. 

Take  of  sulphate  of  potass,  % dr. ; powdered  jalap,  1 dr.;  powdered 
nitre,  1 scr. ; Calomel,  18  grs.  Mix  thoroughly,  and  divide  into  six 
powders. 

BRONCHITIS. — This  disease  is  very  prevalent  in  the  English 
climate,  and  often  proves  fatal.  The  acute  affection  often  passes  into 
the  chronic  form.  Bronchitis  is  derived  from  the  Greek  Bronkos , the 
wind-pipe,  and  has  a reference  to  the  bronchia,  the  ramifications  of  the 
trachea.  It  is  an  inflammation  of  the  lining  membrane  of  the  passages 
of  the  throat,  through  which  respiration  is  carried  on. 

The  first  symptoms  are  running  at  the  nose,  eyes  watering,  fre- 
quent sneezing,  shivering,  dullness,  and  sometimes  pain  in  the  head. 
The  chest  is  affected,  there  is  a roughness  of  feeling  in  the  trachea,  or 
wind-pipe,  which  causes  frequent  attempts  to  clear  the  throat.  The 
fever  runs  high,  there  is  great  weakness,  a troublesome  cough,  and 
difficult  breathing,  hoarseness,  tightness  and  pain  across  the  chest. 
The  cough  is  soon  accompanied  with  expectoration  of  a thin  fluid, 
having  a saline  taste,  possessing  an  irritating  quality.  As  the  expec- 
toration thickens  and  increases,  the  pain  begins  to  abate,  and  thq 
breathing  to  be  relieved.  The  pulse  is  not  so  violent  and  the  fever 
abates.  These  are  favorable  symptoms;  and  especially  so  when  the 
phlegm  changes  from  a glairy  liquid  to  a tenacious  phlegm,  and  de- 
creases in  quantity. 

The  unfavorable  symptoms  are,  feeble,  frequent,  and  irregular 
pulsation,  palid  countenance,  cold  sweats,  increased  mucous,  and  the 
prostration  of  strength  through  the  cough  in  efforts  to  remove  it;  the 
cough  becomes  less  effectual  to  expectorate;  wheezing  comes  on,  and 
next  a rattling  in  the  large  air-tubes,  delirium,  and  suffocation.  Fre- 
quently the  collapse  is  very  rapid,  inducing  dissolution  in  two  or  three 
days. 

Cure. — The  loss  of  vitality  in  the  system  has  caused  a diminished 
temperature,  chills,  coldness  of  the  surface  and  extremities,  imperfect 
cutaneous  functions  and  the  effusion  of  impure  blood  on  the  mucous 
membrane  of  the  bronchia;  followed  by  irritation  and  congestion, 
and  the  secretion  of  mucous  hinders  the  breathing.  Nature  requires 
the  removal  of  these  obstructions.  Place  the  feet  in  warm  water,  and 
administer  warm  and  mucilaginous  drinks;  as,  linseed  tea,  barley 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


197 


>?-ater,  with  a little  lemon  juice;  balm  tea;  gentle  aperients,  if  required; 
foot-baths,  and  hot  bran  poultices  to  the  chest.  The  surface  of  the 
body  should  occasionally  be  bathed  with  warm  water  and  carbonate 
of  soda.  The  vapor  bath  is  also  recommended. 

Nothing  is  so  effectual  as  nauseating  medicines.  The  design  of  all 
remedies  in  this  disease  is  to  dislodge  the  tenacious  and  viscid  secre- 
tion which  lines  the  air-tubes,  and  the  impure  blood  must  be  corrected 
and  returned  to  to  the  surface.  Emetics  have  a specific  action  on  the, 
respiratory  organs,  dislodging  the  bronchial  phlegm,  and  removing* 
the  tension  of  the  parts.  it 

Take  4 grains  of  Ipecacuanha  powder,  in  a little  warm  water, 
every  twenty  minutes,  till  vomiting  takes  place.  Repeat  if  necessary. 
Or  take  the  following  emetic: 

Lobelia,  6 drs. ; skunk  cabbage,  3 drs. ; Ipecacuanha,  4 drs. ; 
cayenne  pepper,  3^  dr.  Powder  and  mix.  One  tea-spoon  in  camomile 
tea,  every  twenty  minutes  till  it  operates.  It  is  most  effectual  in  clear- 
ing the  lungs  from  accumulated  matter.* 

Laborious  breathing  may  be  relieved  by  inhaling  steam  from  a 
decoction  of  bitter  herbs,  or  even  hot  water,  Gentle  perspiration  must 
be  promoted,  and  medicines  employed  to  allay  the  cough,  if  trouble- 
some. The  following  is  a good  mixture: 

Ipecacuanha  wine,  1 dr.;  Aromatic  spirits  of  ammonia,  2 drs.; 
carbonate  of  potash,  1 dr. ; water,  8 ozs. ; and  if  the  cough  be  irritable, 
add  a grain  of  acetate  of  morphia — take  two  table-spoons  every  four 
hours. 

Or,  take  almond  oil,  3^  oz. ; solution  of  the  carbonate  of  soda,  34 
dr. ; syrup  of  toln,  1 oz.;  sy’-up  of  poppies,  1 oz. ; water  6 ozs.  Mix, 
and  take  two  table-spoons  every  two  or  three  hours. 

Perspiration  may  be  promoted  by  taking  the  sudorific  powder. 
(See  “ Sudorific  Powder.’1) 

Counter-irritants  are  sometimes  effectual,  as  mustard  plasters;  and 
in  extreme  cases,  small  blistering  plasters  to  the  chest.  - 

Dr.  Beach  recommends  flannels  dipjied  in  a decotion  of  hops  and 
wormwood,  boiled  in  vinegar;  the  flannels  to  be  gently  wrung,  and 
applied  as  hot  and  as  often  as  possible  over  the  bronchial  tubes,  or  the 
upper  part  of  the  chest.  If  it  produces  an  eruption,  it  is  favorable. 

The  bowels  must  not  be  neglected,  but  kept  open  by  gentle 
aperients,  as  castor  oil,  a weak  infusion  of  salts  and  senna,  according 
to  the  strength  of  the  patient.  This  tends  to  cool  the  system,  and 
divert  the  humors  from  the  chest  to  the  bowels. 

Bronchitis  from  the  acute  sometimes  passes  into  the  chronic.  The 
person  in  such  case  should  be  well  clothed,  wear  flannel  next  to  the 
skin — should  avoid  exposure  to  cold  and  damp,  and  abstain  from  alco- 
holic drinks.  Indeed,  i^n  many  cases,  bronchitis  is  caused  by  intemp- 
perance,  and  also  by  much  public  speaking.  When  the  cough  is 
violent  and  fast,  take  expectorants  recommended  in  this  book,  and 
apply  to  the  chest  the  Stimulating  Ointment  (which  see)  Dr.  Beach 
advises  the  use  of  the  Tar-bath  exactly  in  the  following  way:  Add  1 
oz.  of  common  potash  to  one  lb.  of  tar,  to  deprive  it  of  its  pyroligneous 
acid.  Mix  well,  and  boil  together  in  the  open  air  for  flfteen  minutes 
— then  to  be  kept  gently  simmering  in  the  room  of  the  patient.  This 
may  be  done  by  placing  it  over  a spirit  lamp. 

The  irritating  plaster  is  very  serviceable  in  the  bronchial  affec- 
tions. (See  “ Irritating  Plaster.) 


* These  herbs  are  sold  by  the  Medical  Botanist.  Not  many  Druggists 
keep  them. 


198 


Appendix  to  Me die a/  Department . 


The  smoking  of  dried  mullein  leaves  is  also  recommended. 

During  the  inflammation  attendant  on  this  complaint,  the  diet 
must  he  simple  and  soothing;  as  gruels,  sago,  rice, tapioca,  arrow-root, 
etc.  The  patient  must  keep  in  a warm  room,  and  avoid  cold  and 
damp.  During  convalescence,  tonics  should  be  freely  taken.  Avoid 
stimulating  drinks. 

BRAIN — Inflammation  of. — It  begins  with  inflammatory  fever,  a 
flushed  countenance,  redness  of  the  eyes,  pain  in  the  head,  disturbed 
sleep,  dryness  of  skin,  constipation,  restlessness,  irritability,  pain  in  the 
stomach,  a tendency  to  delirium. 

It  is  caused  by  hard  study,  intemperance,  grief,  anxiety,  stopping 
of  evacuations,  exposure  to  the  heat  of  the  sun,  external  injuries,  etc. 
respiration  deep  and  slow,  and  sometimes  difficult.  • 

The  disease  is  a dangerous  one,  and  often  proves  fatal  in  a few 
days,  if  not  speedily  arrested. 

Cure. — Promote  the  evacuations.  Remove  constipation  by  pur- 
gatives, clysters,  and  mix  nitre  with  tea  and  other  beverages. 

Divert  the  blood  from  the  head  by  restoring  the  circulation  in  the 
extremities — equalize  the  circulation.  B«,the  up  to  the  knees  in  warm 
water.  In  excessive  inflammation,  apply  cups  to  the  temples,  and  the 
nape  of  the  neck.  Perspiration  should  also  be  promoted  as  much  as 
possible.  Should  the  disease  appear  obstinate,  put  a mustard  plaster 
between  the  shoulders,  and  to  the  feet  at  night.  Frequently  apply 
vinegar  cloths  to  the  head  and  temples.  The  less  irritation,  noise, 
light,  the  better  it  will  be  for  the  patient.  “ Cold  water  to  the 
head,” says  an  eminent  physician,  “and  tepid  or  hot  water  to  the 
surface  of  the  body,  have  a powerful  effect  in  forcing  the  congested 
blood  from  the  head,  and  restoring  an  equilibrium  in  the  circulation,. 

The  food  must  be  simple  and  ligh;,  as  panado,  water-gruel,  toast 
and  water  or  lemonade,  light  jellies^  oariey-water.  Nothing  stimula' 
ting  must  be  taken. 

TO  ARREST  BLEEDING  AT  THE  NOSE.— Introduce,  by  means 
of  a probe,  a small  piece  of  lint  or  soft  cotton, previously  dipped  into  some 
mild  styptic,  as  a solution  of  alum,  white  vitriol,  creosote,  or  even  cold 
water.  This  will  generally  succeed;  but  should  it  not,  cold  water 
may  be  snuffed  up  the  nostrils.  Should  the  bleeding  be  very  profuse, 
medical  advise  should  be  secured. 

Bleeding  at  the  Nose.— Use  wheaten  flour;  it  forms  a good  styptic: 
snuff  it  up  the  nose.  Tighten  the  garters;  apply  ligatures  to  the  arms, 
and  put  the  feet  into  warm  water,  to  bring  the  blood  downwards.  To 
apply  a cold  wet  cloth  to  the  privities  , is  effectual.  When  it  arises 
from  constipation,  the  bowels  should  be  moved  immediately;  or 
plug  the  nostrils  up  with  lint  steeped  in  strong  vinegar,  and  apply 
cloths  clipped  in  cold  water.  The  application  of  ice  to  the  back,  tem- 
ples, etc.,  is  also  serviceable;  or  dissolve  2 scruples  of  nitre  in  34  pint, 
of  water,  and  take  1 cup  every  hour;  or  apply  to  the  neck  behind,  and 
on  each  side,  a cloth  clipped  in  cold  water;  or  wash  the  temples,  nose, 
and  neck,  with  vinegar;  or  snuff  up  vinegar  and  water;  or  foment 
the  legs  and  arms  with  it;  or  dissolve  1 oz.  of  powdered  alum  in  1 pt. 
of  vinegar;  dip  a cloth  in  it  and  apply  it  to  the  temples,  steeping  the 
feet  in  warm  water. 

Bleeding  of  a Wound.— Make  2 or  3 tight  ligatures  toward  the 
lower  put  of  each  joint;  slacken  them  gradually;  or  apply  tops  of 
nettles  bruised;  or  strew  on  it  the  ashes  of  a linen  rag  clipped  in  sharp 
vinegar  and  burnt;  or  take  ripe  puffballs,  break  them  warily,  and 
save  the  powder.  Apply  it  to  the  wound,  and  bind  it  on.  This  will 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


199 


stop  it  speedy;  or  take  2 ozs.  of  brandy;  2 drs.  of  castile  soap;  potass, 
1 dr. ; scrape  the  soap  fine,  and  dissolve  it  in  the  brandy,  add  the 
potass,  mix,  and  keep  well  corked.  Apply  a little  of  this  to  a bleeding: 
wound,  and  the  blood  will  immediately  congeal. 

BOILS. — Poultice  the  boil  and  paint  it  with  aqueous  extract  of 
opium;  or  tincture  of  iodine;  or  the  rheumatic  liquid;  which  see. 
Frequently  renew  the  process  every  2 or  3 hours.  A piece  of  lint 
soaked  in  olive  oil  may  be  strapped  over  the  boil  if  the  person  is 
necessitated  to  do  business.  An  aperient  may  be  proper  except  in 
weakness,  when  it  is  best  to  give  weak  elixir  of  vitriol  and  quinine,  or 
give  twro  of  the  alterative  pills  night  and  morning,  and  the  compound 
decoction  of  sarsaparilla.  If  a boil  breaks  apply  the  black  salve. 

Boils. — Apply  a little  Venice  turpentine;  or  an  equal  quantity  of 
soap  and  brown  sugar  well  mixed;  or  a plaster  of  honey  and  flour;  or 
of  figs;  or  a little  saffron  in  a white  bread  poultice;  or  a table-spoon  of 
yeast  in  a glass  of  water,  twice  a day.  Take  an  aperient. 

BLA<  K EYE. — This  is  caused  by  a blow  or  bruise.  If  attended 
frith  inflammation  and  pain,  wash  the  eye  often  with  very  warm 
Water,  in  which  is  dissolved  a little  carbonate  of  soda;  or  with  equal 
parts  of  tincture  of  opium  and  water.  If  the  pain  be  acute,  foment 
with  a decoction  of  stramonium  leaves,  simmered  in  spirits.  Wash  the 
eye,  and  bind  on  the  leaves;  often  repeat.  Perhaps  the  best  applica- 
tion is  a poultice  of  slippery  elm  bark.  Mix  with  milk,  and  put  it  on 
Warm. 

To  remove  the  black  color  of  the  eye,  bind  on  a little  raw  meat; 
Dr  a poultice  made  of  the  root  of  Solomon’s  seal.  Culpepper  says, 
‘Pit  is  available  for  bruises,  falls,  or  blows,  to  dispel  the  congealed 
blood,  and  to  take  away  the  pains,  and  the  black  and  blue  marks  that 
abide  after  the  hurt.”  The  blackness  may  be  concealed  by  painting 
the  part  with  flesh-colored  paint. 

CABBUNCLE. — A carbuncle  is  a species  of  boil,  but  larger,  and 
touch  more  painful.  It  shows  debility  in  the  constitution.  Give  a 
tnild  aperient,  rendered  tonic  by  the  addition  of  quinine.  Foment  the 
part  with  bitter  herbs,  or  steam  it  with  the  same.  Linseed  meal  and 
slippery  elm  bark,  well  boiled,  makes  an  excellent  poultice;  or  of 
poplar  bark  and  slippery  elm,  and  a few  drops  of  tincture  of  myrrh, 
when  the  poultice  is  taken  off,  wash  well  with  a decoction  of  bay- 
berry.  The  vegetable  caustic,  and  the  black  salve , are  good  remedies. 
Every  time  the  place  is  dressed,  it  should  be  well  washed  with  soap  and 
water;  or  weak  tincture  of  myrrh  and  water.  The  diet  must  be  light 
and  nourishing.  The  patient  must  take  exercise  in  the  open  air. 
When  the  tongue  indicates  no  fever  give  tome  bitters. 

Cai  himcle. — A hard,  painful  circumscribed  tumor,  co  called  from 
carbo , a coal,  because  the  ancients  likened  the  pain  it  caused  to  a burn- 
ing coal  in  a state  of  perpetual  activity. 

Symptoms. — Carbuncle  commences  with  a nard,  red  swelling, 
which  soon  becomes  of  a purple  or  livid  color;  the  tumor,  as  it 
extends,  becomes  soft;  little  pimples  form  on  the  skin  around  the 
centre  mass,  which  soon  breaks  into  small  ulcers,  from  each  of  which 
oozes  a thin  irritating  discharge.  After  some  days  these  small  ulcers 
spread,  and  uniting,  form  3 or  4 large  suppurating  surfaces,  from 
which  the  discharge  becomes  rich  and  tenacious.  Carbuncles  more 
frequently  attack  the  old  than  the  young,  and  most  frequently  appear 
at  the  nape  of  the  neck,  on  the  shoulder-blade,  between  the  shoulders, 
or  on  the  nates  or  buttocks.  A carbuncle  differs  from  a boil  in  having 
uo  core,  and  terminating  in  gangrene,  or  sloughing,  instead  of  suppur- 


200 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department'. 


ation.  Wherever  they  occur,  they  indicate  a low  state  of  vitality,  and 
a putrescent  or  typhoid  state  of  the  system. 

Treatment. — A free  and  deep  incision  is  to  be  made  across  the 
swelling  as  soon  as  it  begins  to  point,  from  above  downwards,  and 
another  at  right  angles,  from  left  to  right;  after  the  bleeding,  which 
is  often  considerable,  has  ceased,  the  sore  is  to  be  poulticed  with 
linseed  meal  or  hot  bran,  till  the  sloughing  has  terminated,  and  the 
wound  begins  to  heal.  During  the  early  poulticing,  and  till  the  car- 
buncle is  opened,  a compound  colocynth  pill  should  be  given  every 
second  day,  and  a dose  of  the  following  mixture  every  six  hours,  with 
a grain  of  opium  at  bed-time,  if  there  be  great  irritation; 

Take  of  powdered  nitre,  2 scrus.;  tartar  emetic,  4 grs.;  mint 
water,  6 ozs. ; Syrup  of  saffron,  3 drs.  Mix.  Two  table-spoons  for  a 
dose ; if  sickness  should  succeed,  only  1 spoon  is  to  be  taken.  As 
soon  as  th®  incisions  have  been  made  the  patient’s  strength  is  to  be 
kept  up  by  a full  diet  of  animal  food,  with  stout  or  wine  3 times  a 
day.  A pill  composed  of  equal  parts  of  colocynth  and  blue  pill, 
every  second  morning,  and  the  following  mixture  every  4 hours : 

Take  of  quassia  bark,  1 dr. ; cardamom,  seeds,  2 drs. ; canelli* 
alba  bark,  2 dr. ; boiling  water.  1 pt.  Infuse  for  6 hours,  strain,  and 
add  nitric  and  muriatic  acids,  of  each  30  drops.  Mix.  A table-spoon 
with  the  same  of  water,  to  be  sucked  through  a quill  every  4 hours; 
and  at  bed-time  a pill  containing  2 grs.  of  quinine.  These  means, 
with  a tepid  bath,  exercise,  and  a good  diet,  will  restore  tone  to  the 
system,  cause  the  healthy  granulation  of  the  wound,  and  probably 
save  the  patient  from  a recurrence  of  the  disease.  (See  “Boil.”) 

CORNS. — Boil  a potato  in  its  skin,  and  after  it  is  boiled  take  th& 
skin  and  put  the  inside  of  it  to  the  corn,  and  leave  it  on  for  about  12 
hours.  At  the  end  of  that  period  the  corn  will  be  much  better.  The 
above  useful  and  simple  recipe  has  been  tried,  and  found  to  effect  a 
remedy. 

A Positive  Cure  for  Corns.— 'The  strongest  acetic  acid,  applied 
night  and  morning  with  a eamel’s-hair  brush.  In  one  week  the  corn, 
whether  soft  or  hard,  will  disappear. 

Corns. — When  small,  they  may  be  removed  by  stimulants  or  escha 
rotics;  as  nitrate  of  silver  (lunar  caustic),  by  wetting  the  corn,  and 
touching  it  with  a pencil  of  the  caustic  every  evening;  previously 
soften  the  skin  by  immersing  the  feet  in  warm  water;  or  apply  t 
blister  the  size  of  a sixpence.  Or  the  following  remedies: 

Apply  fresh  every  morning,  the  yeast  of  small  beer  spread  on  \ 
rag ; or,  after  paring  them  close,  apply  bruised  ivy-leaves  daily,  and. 
in  fifteen  days  they  will  drop  out;  or,  apply  chalk  powdered  and 
mixed  with  water, — this  also  cures  warts.  Some  corns  are  cured  by  a 
pitch  plaster.  All  are  greatly  eased  by  steeping  the  feet  in  hot  water 
wherein  oatmeal  is  boiled.  This  also  helps  dry  and  hot  feet. 

Four  ounces  of  white  diachlyon  plaster,  4 ozs.  of  shoemakers’ 
wax,  and  50  drops  of  muriatic  acid,  or  spirits  of  salt.  Boil  these 
ingredients  for  a few  minutes  in  an  earthen  pipkin,  and  when  cold, 
roll  the  mass  out  between  the  hands,  or  upon  a marble  slab,  slightly 
moistened  with  olive  oil. 

Rub  together  in  a mortar,  2 ozs.  of  powdered  savine  leaves;  % 
oz.  of  verdigris,  and  % °7-  °f  red  precipitate.  Mix,  and  put  some  of 
it  in  a linen  bag;  apply  to  the  corn  at  bed-time. 

Some  people  roast  a clove  of  garlic,  and  fasten  it  on  with  a piece, 
of  cloth  at  the  time  of  going  to  bed.  It  softens  the  corns,  and  re- 
moves the  core  in  two  or  three  nights*  using.  When  the  garlic  is  tak«u 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


201 


off,  wash  the  foot  with  warm  water;  in  a little  time  the  indurated  skin 
that  forms  the  horny  tunic  of  the  corn  will  disappear. 

Avoid  tight  shoes,  boots,  and  stockings,  to  be  devoid  of  corns. 

Birtthe  the  feet  for  20  or  30  minutes  in  strong  soda  water  and  soft 
soap.  After  repeating  a few  times,  the  corn  may  be  easily  drawn  out. 
If  the  corn  be  soft,  apply  a rag  dipped  in  turpentine.  Corns  should 
never  be  cut  without  being  softened  in  warm  water  and  soap. 

Sir  Astfy  Cooper  gives  the  following  recipe  as  an  infallible  cure  : 
Gum  ammonia,  2 ozs. ; yellow  wax,  2 ozs.;  verdigris,  6 drs.  Melt 
them  together,  and  spread  the  composition  on  a piece  of  soft  leather, 
or  linen ; cut  away  as  much  of  the  corn  as  you  can  with  a knife,  before 
you  apply  the  plaster;  renew  in  a fortnight,  if  the  corn  is  not  gone. 

A hard  coi  n should  be  soaked  night  and  morning  in  hot  water, 
and  scraped.  Tincture  of  iodine,  laid  on  with  a camel’s-hair  brush 
twice  a day,  will  remove  a hard  corn.  For  a soft  corn,  the  solution  of 
potass  should  be  well  rubbed  in. 

Tincture  of  iodine,  4 drs. ; iodide  of  iron,  12  grs.  ; chloride  of 
antimony,  4 drs.  Mix  and  apply,  after  paring  the  corn. 

After  bathing  the  feet  and  cutting  the  corns,  apply  to  them  a leaf 
cf  house-leek,  or  one  of  ground-ivy,  or  of  purslane,  well  steeped  in 
vinegar.  Renew  eveiy  evening  for  a few  days. 

Corn  Solvent— Sii  H.  Davy’s. — Potash,  2 parts;  salt  of  sorrel,  1 
part.  Mix  in  fine  powder.  Lay  a small  quantity  on  the  corn  for  four 
successive  nights,  binding  it  on  with  rags. 

METHOD  OF  CURING  THE  STINGS  OF  BEES  AND  WASPS. 
— The  sting  of  a bee  is  generally  more  virulent  than  that  of  a wasp, 
and  with  some  people  attended  with  very  violent  effects.  The  sting 
of  a bee  is  barbed  at  the  end,  and  consequently  always  left  in  the 
wound ; that  of  a wasp  is  pointed  only,  so  that  they  can  sting  more 
than  once,  which  a bee  cannot  do.  YVhen  any  person  is  stung  by  a 
bee,  let  the  sting,  in  the  first  place,  be  instantly  pulled  out;  for  the 
longer  it  remains  in  the  woiuid,  the  deeper  it  will  pierce,  owing  to  its 
peculiar  form,  and  emit  more  of  the  poison.  The  sting  is  hollow,  and 
the  poison  flows  through  it,  which  is  the  sole  cause  of  the  pain  and 
inflammation.  The  pulling  out  of  the  sting  should  be  done  carefully, 
and  with  a steady  hand ; for  if  any  part  of  it  breaks  in,  all  remedies 
then,  in  a great  measure,  wjll  be  ineffectual.  When  the  sting  is  ex- 
tracted, suck  the  wourfcled  part,  if  possible,  and  very  little  inflamma- 
tion, if  any,  will  ensue.  If  hartshorn  drops  are  immediately  after- 
wards rubbed  on  the  part,  the  cure  will  be  more  complete.  All  notions 
of  the  efficacy  of  sweet  oil,  bruised  parsley,  burnet,  tobacco,  etc., 
appear,  on  various  trials,  to  be  totally  groundless.  On  some  people, 
the  sting  of  bees  and  wasps  has  no  effect;  it  is  therefore  of  little  con- 
sequence what  remedy  they  apply  to  the  wound.  However,  the  effect 
of  stings  greatly  depends  on  the  "habit  of  body  a person  is  of;  at  one 
time  a sting  may  take  little  or  no  effect,  though  no  remedy  is  used, 
which  at  another  time  will  be  very  virulent  on  the  same  person.  We 
have  had  occasion  to  test  this  remedy  several  times,  and  can  safely 
avouch  its  efficacy.  The  exposure  to  which  persons  are  subjected 
during  the  hot  summer  months  will,  no  doubt,  render  this  advice  use- 
ful, its  very  simplicity  making  it  more  acceptable 

THE  STING  OF  A NETTLE  can  be  cured  by  rubbing  the  part 
with  rosemary,  mint,  or  sage  leaves. 

COUP-DE-SOIJEL— SUNSTROKE.— This  sudden  and  dangerous 
disease  is  very  rare  in  this  country,  or  any  part  of  Europe,  but  in 
tropical  latitudes  is  very  common,  especially  among  those  who  do  not 


202 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department 


take  sufficient  care  to  keep  the  head  well  defended  from  the  vertical 
rays  of  the  sun.  The  Attack  is  generally  so  sudden,  that  the  person 
has  only  time  to  be  conscious  of  an  instantaneous  and  excruciating 
pain  in  the  head,  before  he  sinks  insensible  to  the  earth,  or  on  the  deck 
of  the  ship — struck  down  as  if  by  an  instant  apoplexy. 

Tiie  treatment  in  such  cases  is  to  be  guided  in  a great  measure 
by  the  age  of  the  patient;  bleeding,  however,  either  from  the  arm  or 
temples,  must  be  immediately  adopted,  cold  lotions  applied  to  the 
head,  and  the  nape  of  the  neck  cupped;  the  patient,  moreover,  is  to  be 
kept  perfectly  still,  and  in  a darkened  chamber,  and  the  antiphlogistic 
regimen  strictly  adopted,  and  by  the  exhibition  of  the  following  mix- 
ture, after  a dose  of  calomel  and  croton  oil;  take  of  Epsom  salts,  1 
oz.;  tartar  emetic,  2 grs.;  water,  10  ozs. ; mix.  Three  table-spoons  to 
be  given  e^ery  four  or  six  hours. 

CRAMPS  are  irregular  spasmodic  contractions  of  the  muscles  of 
the  whole  or  different  parts  of  the  body,  causing  most  severe  pain  by 
the  knotty  and  hardened  state  imo  which  their  fibres  are  contracted. 
Though  cramp  may  involve  the  greater  number  of  the  muscles  at 
once,  the  parts  most  generally  affected  are  those  of  the  feet,  legs, 
thighs,  abdomen,  and  arms. 

The  cause  sometimes  proceeds  from  the  sudden  application  of 
cold  to  the  heated  body,  clamp  sheets,  wet  feet,  or  wet  clothes;  the 
irritation  produced  on  the  nervous  system  by  the  absorption  of  lead, 
arsenic,  or  other  mineral  poisons,  and  the  exhaustion  on  long-continued 
evacuations,  as  in  cholera;  from  the  specific  action  of  some  animal 
virus , as  in  the  bite  of  venomous  reptiles,  and  in  bathing,  from  coming 
in  contact  with  cold  springs,  and  a too  lengthened  stay  in  the  water. 

Treatment. — Friction  will  always  be  found  the  most  valuable 
means  for  subduing  cramps,  whether  general  or  local;  and  if  nothing 
else  can  be  obtained,  the  hand  alone,  or  a piece  of  flannel,  if  properly 
used,  may  be  always  made  of  service.  When  a hot  bath  can  be  ob- 
tained, it  should  always  be  employed  immediately,  and  friction  used 
while  in  the  water.  For  the  more  local  kinds  of  cramp,  an  embroca- 
tion of  camphorated  oil,  turpentine,  and  spirits  of  hartshorn  is  to  be 
employed,  rubbed  in  with  the  hand  in  the  direction  of  the  muscular 
fibres.  For  the  cramps  that  arise  from  constitutional  causes,  the 
remedies  ordered  under  the  head  of  these  d-iseases  must  be  consulted: 
while  for  ordinary  local  cramps,  the  embrocation  prescribed  above, 
with  friction,  and  bottles  of  hot  water  to  the  feet,  will  be  found  to  be» 
generally  sufficient.  The  only  internal  remedy  demanded  is  an  occa- 
sional draught,  composed  of  1 oz.  of  brandy,  34  dr.  of  sal-volatile,  25 
drops  of  laudanum,  15  drops  of  ether,  and  2 ozs.  of  water.  (See 
“Convulsions,”  “Spasms.”) 

BUNION. — An  inflamed  and  painful  swelling  of  the  bursa  mucosa , 
or  sac  containing  the  oil  of  the  joint,  chiefly  situated  on  the  inside  of 
the  great  toe.  This  disease,  if  not  remedied  in  time,  is  certain  to  lead 
to  a permanent  enlargement  and  disfigurement  of  the  toe.  The  excit- 
ing cause  is  generally  a long-continued  pressure  from  a tight  boot  or 
shoe. 

Treatment. — This  should  commence  with  a warm  bran  poultice, 
continued  for  one  or  two  hours,  so  as  to  soften  the  cuticle  of  the  part; 
a piece  of  lint,  wetted  in  the  extract  of  lead,  is  then  to  be  applied, 
cold,  round  the  toe,  and  the  lint  moistened  from  time  to  time  with 
more  of  the  extract.  In  a few  hours  all  inflammation  will  have  sub- 
sided, and  if  care  be  taken  not  to  repeat  the  pressure,  but  use  a large 
boot,  the  bunion  will  be  cured.  If  it  be  preferred,  a couple  of  leeches 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department 


203 


may  be  applied,  and,  after  the  bleeding,  a lotion.  But  in  almost  every 
case,  the  above  treatment  once  or  twice  repeated  will  be  certain  to 
effect  a cure.  When  the  toe  has  become  enlarged  by  the  thickening 
of  the  cartilages,  caustic  may  be  rubbed  over  the  part,  after  the  in- 
flammation has  been  subdued;  and  when  the  blackened  cuticle  peels 
off,  the  same  process  may  be  repeated  till  absorption  has  carried  off 
the  swelling. 

A piece  of  thick  buckskin,  or  agaric,  with  a hole  cut  out  for  the 
swollen  part  to  come  through,  and  then  spread  with  adhesive  plaster, 
should  be  worn  for  several  days,  to  take  off  all  pressure  from  the  toe 
when  shoes  or  boots  have  to  be  worn. 

Bunion. — A plaster  of  Burgundy  pitch  should  be  kept  over  a 
bunion ; or  a piece  of  lint  er  linen  rag  ^wetted  with  a strong  solution 
of  sal-ammoniac,  to  be  kept  on  constantly  wet.  Poultice  them  with 
house-leek  and  ground-ivy  dipped  in  strong  vinegar.  Some  recom- 
mend the  application  of  ca&stic  to  the  part,  and  also  the  application  of 
leeches,  and  the  Burgundy  pitch  and  soap  plasters  spread  upon  soft 
leather.  To  be  free  from  bunions  and  corns,  especially  avoid  pressure 
from  tight  boots,  shoes,  and  stockings;  the  last  are  very  injurious,  as 
'hey  compress  the  feet  by  (heir  elasticity. 

CATARRH. — This  comprises  a cold  in  the  head , or  influenza.  Both 
begin  with  chilliness,  sneezing,  bad  appetite,  running  at  the  nose,  red 
and  watery  eyes,  fever,  etc.  It  is  inflammation  of  the  mucous  mem- 
brane of  the  nostrils,  or  bronchial  passages.  Sometimes  there  is  a 
slight  cough  only,  and  sometimes  a harrassing  one.  It  is  caused  by 
exposure  to  cold  or  wet,  damp,  epidemic  poison.  To  cure,  let  the  diet 
be  low,  drink  toast  and  water,  warm  gruel,  or  barley-water  acidulated 
with  a little  lemon  or  cream -of-tartar.  Bathe  the  feet  at  bed-time  in 
hot  water.  Use  the  vapor  bath,  or  wrap  hot  bricks  in  cloths  or  flan- 
nels dipped  in  vinegar  and  water,  to  the  feet  and  sides.  Should  the 
cough  be  troublesome,  take  a cough  pill  or  the  pulmonary  syrup. 

CHAPPED  HANDS. — Rub  them  night  and  morning  with  raw 
ffuseed  oil. 

Chapped  Hands. — Rub  a little  glycerine  (which  can  be  bought  at 
any  chemist’s),  with  a little  borax,  upon  your  hands  at  night,  and  wear 
gloves  in  bed. 

Chapped  Hands,  etc, — Wash  with  soft  soap,  mixed  with  red  sand; 
or,  wash  them  in  sugar  and  water;  or,  apply  a little  sal-prunello. 

Chapped  Lips. — Clarified  honey,  a table-spoon;  pour  a few  drops 
of  rose  or  lavender  water  into  it.  Apply  it  to  the  lips  often.  Or, 
honey,  1 oz. ; litharge  and  myrrh,  each  34  oz.  ? melt,  and  perfume;  cork 
well. 

Chapped  Hands  and  Lips. — The  first  of  these  troublesome  com- 
plaints is  most  frequently  the  result  of  neglect  in  not  sufficiently  drying 
the  lianas  after  washing,  and  exposing  them,  in  a wet  or  damp  state, 
to  the  influence  of  cold  winds,  and  the  action  of  the  weather.  Some- 
times, however,  it  proceeds  from  a scrofulous  state  of  the  system,  or 
a scorbutic  condition  of  the  cuticle.  Persons  affected  by,  or  liable  to, 
chapped  hands,  should  be  particularly  careful  always  to  dry  them 
well  after  washing,  and  either  smear  a little  honey  on  the  backs  of 
the  hands  and  fingers  on  removing  them  from  the  water,  rubbing  it 
well  into  the  cuticle,  and  then  drying  them;  or  they  should,  after 
drying  them,  effectually  dust  them  with  violet  powder,  so  as  to  absorb 
any  adhering  moisture,  and  close  the  pores.  For  chaps  the  resuljt  of  a 
scorbutic  state,  if  the  honey  is  not  sufficient  to  restore  the  skin  to  a 
natural  smoothness,  the  following  ointment  should  be  rubbed  on  every 


204 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


night,  the  hands  being  afterwards  encased  in  gloves  till  the  mranfog: 
Take  of  citron  ointment,  1 dr.;  camphor,  powdered,  1 dr.;  white 
ointment,  6 drs.  Mix. 

Chapped  Lips. — Though  sometimes  the  result  of  cold  winds,  they 
far  more  frequently  proceed  from  the  state  of  the  stomach  and  bowels, 
and  can  only  be  cured*  by  taking  a few  doses  of  an  aperient  pill  or 
mixture,  and  the  nightly  application  of  a cerate  made  by  rubbing  a 
drachm  of  camphor  with  2 drachms  of  white  or  spermaceti  ointment. 

CANCER. — A cancer  is  a hard,  indolent  tumor,  usually  seated  in 
some  of  the  glands,  as  the  arm-pits,  eye,  nose,  lips,  tongue,  womb,  and 
the  female  breast;  the  two  last  are  most  subject  to  it.  It  affects  the 
aged  more  than  the  young,  and  may  exist  for  years.  It  commences 
with  a small,  hard  tumor,  increasing  slowly,  and  attended  with  acute 
shooting  pains;  sooner  or  later  ulceration  sets  in.  The  discharge  is  so 
acrid  as  to  inflame  the  part  with  which  it  comes  in  contact.  The  plq.ce 
where  cancer  occurs  assumes  a purplish  appearance  previous  to  its 
ulceration.  Ulceration  gives  ease  for  a time,  but  the  cancer  penetrates 
deeper,  and  spreads  wider,  corrupting  the  stream  of  life,  and  reducing 
to  the  greatest  debility,  and  often  terminating  in  death. 

To  cure,  remove  debility,  and  improve  the  general  health.  Reg 
ulate  the  bowels,  and  give  an  emetic.  Give  a vapor  bath  made  ol 
bitter  herbs,  as  camomile,  hops,  catnip,  tansy,  etc.,  and  boiling  watei 
and  vinegar.  Occasionally  rub  the  whole  surface  of  the  body  with  th<t 
following  liniment:  Cayenne,  1 tea-spoon;  salt,  2 table-spoons;  poui 
upon  them  3^  pt.  of  boiling  water;  infuse  3 hours,  and  then  add 

Et.  of  boiling  water ; infuse  1 hour  longer,  stirring  occasionally, 
teaming  with  the  bitter  herbs,  combined  as  above,  allays  the  pain, 
swelling" and  inflammation.  The  following  pills  will  be  of  much  use, 
Blood-root,  134  dr.;  extract  of  dandelion,  3 drs.;  lobelia  seed,  1 dr., 
cayenne,  1 dr. ; senna,  in  powder,  1 dr. : add  3 drops  of  oil  of  mint, 
and  form  into  pills.  These  pills  will  be  found  very  efficacious  in  the 
cure  of  jaundice,  and  liver  complaints. 

Citric  acid  will  relieve  the  pain  of  cancers.  Dr.  Brandini,  01 
Florence,  had  a patient,  aged  71,  afflicted  with  cancer  on  the  tongue. 
An  operation  could  not  be  made,  for  the  affection  was  too  extensive, 
investing  the  base,  the  sub-lingual,  and  the  sub-maxillary  glands.  In 
the  midst  of  his  pain,  the  poor  man  asked  for  a lemon.  It  abated  the 
pain;  and  the  next  day  it  gave  him  still  greater  relief.  This  led  the 
doctor  to  try  citric  acid  ; 4 grs.  of  the  acid,  in  1 oz.  of  water;  and  this, 
as  a gargle,  entirely  carried  off  the  pain,  and  reduced  the  swelling  ol 
the  tongue  very  much.  The  doctor  tried  the  same  remedy  on  a female 
with  an  ulcerous  cancer  on  the  breast,  deemed  incurable.  Her  tor- 
ments were  so  great,  that  neither  she  nor  the  other  patients  could  get 
any  rest.  He  applied  a pledget  of  lint  soaked  in  the  above  solution, 
and  the  relief  was  instantaneous,  it  was  repeated  with  the  same  suc- 
cess. Thus  citric  acid  promises  to  be  a great  boon  to  mankind.  Citric 
acid  is  prepared  from  lemons. 

Externally  apply  the  following  : Simmer  cicuta  leaves  till  they 
are  soft,  then  mix  them  with  slippery  elm  bark,  to  form  a poultice; 
apply  morn  and  night.  It  is  valuable.  Or  apply  the  irritating  plaster, 
for  a continual  discharge  must  be  kept  up,  as  the  patient  is  able  to 
bear  it.  The  douch  bath  has  been  recommended,  and  doubtless  it  has 
had  a good  effect  in  many  cases.  The  following  applications  are 
useful 

Cayenne  and  lobelia  seed,  equal  quantities,  powdered;  meadow 
fern  and  balm  of  gilead  buds,  of  each  3 ©zs.  (these  two  steeped  ii 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


205 


bf irits  for  five  or  six  days,  and  made  into  ointment,  with  lard  suffi- 
cient.) Unite  the  whole  as  a paste,  and  apply  to  the  cancer,  covering 
with  a cloth.  When  the  plaster  is  taken  off,  wash  with*  soap-suds.  Or 
burn  a quantity  of  red  oak  bark  to  ashes,  and  make  into  lye.  Boil 
the  lye  till  it  becomes  as  thick  as  honey.  Then  apply  constantly. 
Such  preparations,  by  their  stimulating  and  relaxing  properties,  excite 
a preternatural  discharge,  or  cause  a sloughing  of  the  ulcer,  and  thus 
remove  or  lessen  it.  Use  one  of  these  ointments  principally,  the  Black 
Salve  occasionally,  and  after  much  discharge,  dress  with  an  emollient 
ointment.  This  treatment  has  effected  numerous  cures.  (See  “Black 
Salve.”) 

A decoction  of  narrow-leaved  dock-root  has  been  found  to  produce 
rare  effects  Saturated  cloths  with  the  same  may  also  be  applied.  Or 
the  root  may  be  powdered,  and  made  into  an  ointment  with  lobelia 
seeds  powdered. 

Cancer  Plaster. — White  oak  bark,  4 oz. ; bruise  it  well,  and  add 
urine  sufficient  to  cover  it  Infuse  four  days,  boil  it  till  it  becomes  as 
thick  as  molasses.  Add  2 ozs.  of  honey,  and  2 ozs.  of  strained  tur- 
pentine gum.  To  make  this  plaster  caustic,  add  2 drs.  of  white  vitriol. 
Spread  on  soft  leather,  or  linen.  It  may  be  applied  to  all  kinds  of 
ulcers,  white  swellings.  For  cancers  it  is  invaluable. 

Cancer. — Use  the  cold  bath.  This  has  cured  many.  A bleeding 
cancer  was  cured  by  drinking  twice  a day  a quarter  of  a pint  of  the 
juice  of  clivers,  or  goose  grass,  and  covering  the  wound  with  the 
bruised  leaves.  Another  by  the  following  recipe  : 

Take  ^ pt.  of  small  beer.  When  it  boils,  dissolve  in  it  \%  ozs.  of 
bees-wax;  then  put  in  1 oz.  of  hog’s  lard,  and  boil  them  together. 
When  it  is  cold,  pour  the  beer  from  it,  and  apply  it  spread  on  white 
leather.  Renew  it  every  other  day.  It  brings  out  great  blotches, 
which  are  to  be  washed  with  sal-prunello  dissolved  in  warm  water. 

If  it  be  not  broken,  apply  a piece  of  sheet  lead  beat  very  thin,  and 
pricked  full  of  pin-holes,  for  days  or  weeks  to  the  breast.  Purges 
should  be  added  every  third  or  fourth  day.  Or,  rub  the  whole  breast 
morning  and  evening  with  spirits  of  hartshorn  mixed  with  oil.  Or, 
keep  it  continually  moist  with  honey. 

COLD. — Never  neglect  a cold.  It  may  be  the  forerunner  of  some 
disease  difficult  to  cure.  Consumption  often  follows  a neglected  cold. 
A cold  is  caused  by  the  loss  of  heat,  and  a decrease  of  nervous  energy, 
causing  an  obstruction  of  the  perspiration. 

To  remove  a cold,  restore  the  perspiration.  Take  a decoction  of 
the  sudorific  herbs,  as  catnip,  pennyroyal,  yarrow,  or  angelica.  Take 
the  composition  powder  (which  see).  Place  the  feet  in  warm  water 
before  going  to  bed,  and  put  a bottle  of  water  to  the  feet,  wrapped  in 
cloth  wet  with  vinegar  and  water.  Give  a basin  of  hot  gruel,  and  let 
the  patient  oft  drink  of  the  herb  tea.  Repeat  this  treatment,  if  nec- 
essary. If  the  throat  is  sore,  wet  some  hops  in  hot  vinegar,  put  in 
cloth,  and  wrap  around  the  neck.  If  the  cough  is  troublesome,  use 
some  of  the  cough  remedies.  (See  “Cough.”) 

Or,  take  linseed,  1 cup;  raisins,  4 ozs  ; licorice  in  stick,  2 penny- 
worth; soft  water,  2 qts. ; simmer  till  reduced  to  1 qt. ; add  4 ozs.  of 
sugar  candy,  1 table-spoon  of  old  rum,  and  1 of  good  vinegar,  or 
lemon  juice.  Add  the  rum  and  vinegar  as  the  decoction  is  taken. 
Take  a cupful  two  or  three  times  a day.  The  patient  should  lie  in 
bed  a day  or  two. 

Cold  in  the  Head. — M.  Farn,  a Belgian  physician,  says,  a cold 
may  often  be  arrested  by  a brisk  friction  of  the  back  of  the  head  with 


206  Appendix  to  Medical  Department 

some  stimulant  lotion,  as  lavender  water,  sal-volatile,  etc.  And  also 
a similar  rubbing,  two  or  three  times  a we<*k,  will  prevent  the 
“catching’*  of 'a  cold  by  those  who  are  liable  to  do  so  from  slight 
causes. 

Cold— To  Avoid  Catching.— Accustom  yourself  to  the  use  of 
sponging  with  cold  water  every  morning  on  tirst  getting  out  of  bed, 
followed  with  a good  .deal  of  rubbing  with  a wet  towel.  It  has  con- 
siderable eilect  in  giving  tone  to  the  skin,  and  maintaining  a proper 
action  in  it,  and  proves  a safeguard  to  the  injurious  influence  of  cold 
and  sudden  change  of  temperature.  Sir  Astley  Cooper  said,  “The 
methods  by  which  I have  preserved  my  own  health  are — temperance, 
early  rising,  and  sponging  the  body  every  morning  with  cold  water, 
immediately  after  getting  out  of  bed;  a practice  which  I have  adopted 
for  thirty  years  without  ever  catching  cold.” 

Cold,  A,  To  Cure. — The  following  plan  is  very  effectual  in  curing 
most  colds,  but  not  all : Let  a man  eat  next  to  nothing  for  two  days, 
provided  he  is  not  confined  to  bed,  for  by  taking  no  carbon  into  the 
system  by  food,  and  by  consuming  the  surplus  which  caused  his  dis- 
ease, by  breath,  he  soon  carries  off  his  disease  by  removing  the  cause. 
This  will  be  found  more  effectual  if  he  adds  copious  water  draughts 
to  the  protracted  fasting.  By  the  time  a person  has  fasted  one  day 
and  night,  he  will  experience  a freedom  from  disease,  and  a clearness 
of  mind,  in  a delightful  contrast  with  mental  stupor,  and  physical 
pain  caused  by  colds. 

Or  take  1 handful  of  yarrow,  ^ an  oz.  of  ginger  root,  bruised,  or 
1 tea-spoon  of  cayenne  pepper,  and  about  3 pts.  of  water.  Boil  to  1 
pt.  Add  a little  sugar  if  jrou  like.  Take  a good  dose  at  bed-time,  and 
your  cold  will  be  cured  by  the  next  morning:  if  not,  repeat  the  dose. 

Cold  is  a mere  relative  term,  and  signifies  a less  degree  of  heat, 
or  the  absence  of  a definite  amount  of  caloric.  In  this  sense  the  term 
is  chiefly  confined  to  the  science  of  chemistry.  Cold,  regarded  as  a 
substance,  either  in  the  form  of  snow,  ice,  or  water  at  a low  degree  of 
temperature,  is  sometimes  used  as  a valuable  agent  in  the  treatment 
of  disease.  When  employed  to  reduce  inflammatory  action,  or  lower 
the  temperature  of  the  body  or  a part  of  the  frame,  other  articles,  such 
as  ether  and  vinegar,  are  employed — though  hot  and  stimulating  in 
themselves — to  produce  cold,  or  suddenly  reduce  the  temperature  of  a 
part,  by  the  action  of  evaporation. 

Cold,  A. — A conventional  term  used  generally  to  express  an  ab- 
normal condition  of  the  system,  analagous  to  a mild  form  of  influenza, 
catarrh,  or  some  affection  of  the  respiratory  organs  or  air-passages, 
accompanied' with  more  or  less  of  hoarseness,  running  at  the  nose  and 
eyes,  headache,  and  general  lassitude  and  debility.  See  “Catarrh.” 

Cold  in  the  Mead. — This  is  a local  form  of  what  may  be  called 
an  attack  of  inflnenza,  and  without  materially  affecting  the  general 
health,  is  very  frequently  a most  distressing  form  of  indisposition. 
Tiie  symptoms  are  a fullness  and  oppression  of  the  head,  hot  and 
bloodshot  eyes,  effusion  of  tears,  discharge  of  thin  mucus  from  the 
nose,  w ith  sore  throat  and  a contraction  of  the  scalp.  The  treatment 
of  a cold,  whether  attended  with  constitutional  symptoms,  such  as 
shivering  and  diminished  secretions,  or  simply  confined  to  the  head,  is 
nearly  t lie  same  in  all  cases.  This  should  begin  with  a warm  bath, 
taken  about  eight  o’clock  at  night,  with  a free  use  of  the  flesli-brush 
during  the  five  minutes  allowed  in  the  water,  followed  an  hour  after 
by  a powder  composed  of  powdered  nitre,  8 grs. ; opium  and  ipecacu- 
anha, of  each  1 gr. ; and  succeeded,  in  half  an  hour  later,  by  a basin 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


207 


**  hnt  gruel — the  patient,  by  immediately  going  to  bed,  and  by  extra 
clothed,  endeavoring  to  get  into  a copious  perspiration.  When  the 
bath  Is  inconvenient,  a pail  of  hot  water  should  be  carried  to  the  bed- 
side, and  when  the  invalid  is  undressed,  the  feet  and  as  much  of  the 
legs  as  can  be  reached  should  be  hastily  plunged  up  and  down  three  or 
four  times  in  the  hot  water,  till  the  limbs  appear  of  a bright  red;  the 
water  being  made  as  hot  as  it  can  be  endured  without  pain.  The 
limbs  are  then  to  be  hastily  enveloped — undried — in  a blanket,  and  the 
patient,  getting  into  bed,  just  before  lying  down  should  drink  half  a 
pint  of  egg-flip.  When  the  throat  is  particularly  sore,  a small  piece 
of  sal-prunello  or  of  Spanish  juice  may,  in  addition  to  the  other 
means,  be  placed  in  the  mouth  on  finally  lying  down  for  the  night.  In 
most  cases  the  above  simple  means  will  be  found  sufficient,  if  the  water 
has  been  hot  enough  to  cause  a determination  of  blood  to  the  feet,  and 
predispose  the  body  to  the  action  of  the  powder,  or  the  flip,  on  the 
skin.  When  the  symptoms  are  aggravated,  and  do  not  yield  to  the 
Srst  means,  the  feet  should  be  immersed  on  the  following  evening  in 
hot  water,  and  the  following  powder  taken  before  the  gruel : Take 
M Dover’s  powder,  10  grs. ; antimonial  powder,  4 grs.  Mix. 

COLIC. — This  is  a spasmodi*  affection  of  the  bowels,  especially  of 
die  colon.  It  begins  with  great  pain  in  the  bowels,  especially  just 
Under  the  navel,  nausea,  retching,  and  vomiting.  The  pain  is  of  a 
sharp,  twisting  character,  very  distressing.  This  affection  is  caused 
by  wind,  disagreeing  food,  acrid  bile,  obstinate  costiveness,  worms, 
uoxious  metallic  vapors,  etc. 

Flatulent  Colic. — Give  a tea-cup  of  the  anti-spasmodic  tincture , 
m a cup  of  peppermint  tea;  or  a tea-spoon  of  Turkey  rhubarb,  and 
one  of  magnesia,  with  a pinch  of  cayenne  pepper  ; this  will  often 
afford  relief.  Apply  fomentations  or  friction  to  the  abdomen.  If  the 
bowels  are  not  operated  upon,  give  castor  oil,  34  oz»?  add  also  a simple 
injection. 

The  Bilious  Colic  is  more  severe.  It  is  known  from  the  former 
oy  a bitter  taste  in  the  mouth,  great  thirst,  fever,  vomiting  of  bilious 
matter,  headache,  and  great  costiveness.  The  remedies  must  be  the 
■same,  but  stronger  and  brisker.  The  neutralizing  mixture  must  not 
he  forgotten  ; give  also  the  stimulating  injection. 

Colic,  Bilious. — Drink  warm  lemonade.  I know  nothing  like  it. 
Or,  give  a spoonful  of  sweet  oil  every  hour.  This  cured  one  at  the 
point  of  death. 

Colic. — Drink  strong  camomile  and  ginger  tea ; or,  from  30  to  40 
drops  of  oil  of  anise-seed;  or,  apply  outwardly  a bag  of  hot  oats,  or 
bran  ; or,  steep  the  legs  in  hot  water;  or,  take  as  much  Daily’s  Elixir 
as  will  purge.  Very  effectual. 

Colic  Ball  lor  Morses. — Powdered  opium,  34  dr.;  Castile  soap  and 
camphor,  of  each  2 drs. ; cayenne  pepper,  1 dr.;  ginger,  1 dr.  Make 
into  a ball  with  licorice  powder  and  molasses.  If  the  horse  is  consti- 
pated as  well,  add  to  the  ball  5 or  6 drops  of  croton  oil. 

Colic. — There  are  few  diseases  attended  with  more  pain  and  incon- 
venience than  this  comparatively  harmless  affection ; for  though  its 
symptoms  are  very  urgent  and  even  severe,  colic  very  seldom  proves 
fatal.  Physicians  have  made  almost  as  many  varieties  of  colic,  with 
a distinctive  name  to  each  variety,  as  there  are  symptoms  to  the  dis- 
ease. 

Avoiding  this  unnecessary  confusion  of  terms,  we  shall  confine 
our  remarks  to  common  colic  only. 

Causes  of  Common  Colic,—' The  exciting  causes  are  extremely 


208 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


numerous,  and  may  be  either  external  or  internal.  Of  the  first,  th* 
sudden  application  of  a wet  or  damp  portion  of  clothing  next  the  ski<« 
of  the  abdomen,  cold  or  wet  feet,  or  unbuttoning  the  coat  when  vio~ 
lently  heated,  and  admitting  cold  air  to  the  part,  are  among  the  most 
general  of  the  external  causes  inducing  this  disease.  The  internal 
are  either  from  partaking  of  too  much  unripe  or  acid  fruit,  from  an 
accumulation  of  undigested  food  in  the  stomach,  acid  drinks,  an  excess 
of  bile  in  the  system,  crude  vegetable  aliment,  the  eating  of  poisonous 
fungi,  worms,  and  from  a long  costive  state  of  the  bowels. 

Symptoms. — These  consist  of  an  enlarged  condition  of  the  lower 
part  of  the  abdomen,  with  a retraction  or  drawing  in  of  the  navel, 
accompanied  by  an  extremely  painful  twisting  and  twining  motion  of 
the  bowels,  with  a rumbling,  flatulent  noise,  sickness,  and  sometimes 
vomiting;  and  as  the  hardness  and  distension  of  the  belly  increases, 
cramps  or  spasms  occur,  either  in  the  abdominal  muscles,  or  in  those 
of  the  thighs  and  lees. 

The  only  diseases  with  which  colic  can  be  confounded  are  cholera 
and  inflammation  of  the  bowels.  From  the  first  it  is  distinguished  by 
the  absence  of  diarrhea;  and  from  the  last  by  the  pain  being  relieved 
by  pressure;  and  finally,  from  all  painful  affections  of  the  abdomen, 
by  the  twisting  pain  at  the  navel. 

Treatment. — In  all  cases,  and  from  whatever  cause  the  attach 
has  been  induced,  the  first  exertions  should  be  directed  to  subduing 
the  pain.  For  this  purpose  the  feet  should  be  plunged  into  hot  water, 
and  the  front  of  the  abdomen  fomented  with  flannels  wrung  out  of 
hot  water  and  turpentine,  and  the  following  mixture,  preceded  by  an 
assafoetida  pill,  given  immediately  : Take  of  spirits  of  camphor,  20 
drops;  laudanum,  40  drops;  water,  1 oz.;  mix,  and  add  castor  oil,  0 
drs.  The  whole  to  be  taken  at  once. 

If  the  pain  is  not  relieved  within  a reasonable  time,  an  injection 
of  half  a pint  of  warm  gruel,  to  which  1 dr.  of  tincture  of  assafoetida 
and  2 drs.  of  turpentine  have  been  added,  should,  about  two  hour* 
after  the  pill  and  oil,  be  thrown  up  the  bowels,  the  fomentation  con*, 
tinned  to  the  stomach,  and  the  feet  kent  hot  with  heated  bricks.  When 
the  pains  and  spasms  are  excessive,  inflammation  of  the  bowels  may 
be  apprehended,  and,  indeed,  sometimes  does  ensue;  in  which  case  it 
is  often  necessary  to  bleed,  though  the  same  result  can  be  obtained, 
without  the  consequent  debility,  by  giving  doses  of  the  following 
mixture  till  the  pulse  is  reduced  and  the  pain  abated.  Take  of  cam- 
phor water,  8 ozs. ; powdered  nitre,  2 scrs. ; tartar  emetic,  4 grs. ; laud- 
anum, 2 drs. ; mix.  Two  table-spoons  to  be  given  every  hour  for 
three  doses,  and  repeated  every  four  hours  afterwards,  if  required. 
As  soon  as  the  colic  pains  have  been  subdued,  it  will  be  necessary  to 
give  either  a dose  of  carbonate  of  soda,  or  magnesia  and  soda,  if  acid 
in  the  stomach  has  caused  the  attack ; a mild  dose  of  colocynth  pills  if 
it  has  been  from  costiveness;  or  a blue  and  colocynth  pill  if  from  an 
excess  of  bile;  or  whatever  remedy  the  primary  cause  of  the  disease 
may  seem  to  call  for. 

Colic  is  generally  confined  to  that  portion  of  the  large  intestine 
called  the  arch  of  the  colon,  and  is  purely  a functional  disorder. 

CHILBLAINS. — To  cure  chilblains,  simply  bathe  the  parts  affected 
in  the  water  in  which  potatoes  have  been  boiled,  as  hot  as  can  be 
borne.  On  the  first  appearance  of  this  ailment,  indicated  by  inflam- 
mation aaid  irritation,  this  bath  affords  relief  In  the  more  advanced 
stages,  repetition  prevents  breaking  out,  followed  by  a certain  cure; 
and  an  occasional  adootion  will  prevent  a return. 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department.  209 

CMlblaliiS. — Take  1 oz.  of  white  copperas;  dissolve  in  a quart  of 
water,  and  apply  it  occasionally  to  the  affected  parts.  Let  this  be  used 
before  the  chilblains  break.  Or,  apply  a poultice  of  roasted  onions. 
Or,  wash  with  a decoction  of  horse-radish  made  with  vinegar  and 
water.  Or,  with  a little  camphorated  brandy. 

Or  rub  into  them  before  the  fire,  a solution  of  white  vitriol  and 
sugar  of  lead.  If  the  chilblains  are  broken  it  must  not  be  used.  Or, 
take  lard,  2 02s.;  turpentine,  34  oz-  > camphor,  34  oz.;  melted  together. 

If  the  parts  have  been  frost-bitten,  keep  from  the  fire;  immerse 
the  parts  in  snow  or  cold  water;  then  apply  brisk  friction,  and  a little 
camphorated  spirits.  To  ease  the  pain,  apply  an  elm  bark  poultice,  or 
a poultice  made  of  wheat  bran,  soft  soap,  and  table  salt.  Apply  after- 
wards the  black  or  healing  salve. 

If  unbroken,  take  sal-ammoniac,  1 oz.;  vinegar,  34  pt.;  bathe  the 
part.  Alum  and  salt  will  do,  but  not  so  effectually — mix  in  vinegar 
and  water.  If  the  chilblains  are  old,  use  the  “Stimulating  Lini- 
ment.” 

Chilblain  Liniment. — One  ounce  of  camphorated  spirit  of  wine ; 
34  oz.  of  liquid  sub-acetate.  Mix,  and  apply  in  the  usual  way  three  or 
four  times  a day.  Some  persons  use  vinegar  as  a preventive;  its  effi- 
cacy may  be  increased  by  the  addition  of  one-fourth  of  its  quantity  of 
camphorated  spirit. 

Chilblain  Lotion.— Get  1 dr.  of  sugar  of  lead;  2 drs.  of  white 
vitriol;  reduce  them  to  a fine  powder,  and  add  4 ozs.  of  water.  Before 
using  this  lotion,  it  is  to  be  well  shaken,  then  rubbed  well  on  the  parts 
affected,  before  a good  fire,  with  the  hand.  The  best  time  for  applica- 
tion is  in  the  evening.  It  scarcely  ever  fails  curing  the  most  inveterate 
chilblains  by  once  or  twice  using.  It  is  not  to  be  used  on  broken 
chilblains. 

CONSTIPATION,  COSTIVENESS.— A sluggish  state  of  the  lower 
bowel,  causing  the  retention  of  the  faeces.  It  is  a very  common  disease. 
It  may  be  caused  by  food  hard  to  be  digested,  by  ardent  spirits  which 
have  a very  constipating  influence,  and  debilitate  the  lower  bowel ; 
frequent  excessive  purges  have  the  same  effect.  Sedentary  employ- 
ments, the  want  of  exercise,  and  fresh  air,  and  not  drinking  water  in 
sufficient  quantity,  lead  to  costiveness.  It  is  often  attended  with  many 
distressing  symptoms,  and  is  the  cause  of  various  dangerous  diseases  ; 
is  piles,  fistula,  indigestion,  hernia,  colic,  cholera.  And  it  is  also  the 
effect  of  many  diseases. 

Constipation  is  to  be  removed  by  an  attention  to  diet,  by  adopting 
a vegetable  diet,  and  by  eating  bread  made  of  unsifted  flour  ; that  is, 
no  bran,  sharps,  etc.,  taken  away.  Also,  by  taking  much  exercise,  and 
a more  copious  supply  of  diluents,  especially  toast  and  water.  Make  a 
regular  habit  of  evacuating  once  a day  at  a fixed  hour,  and  always 
make  an  effort  whether  successful  or  not.  Assist  the  bowTels  by  an 
injection  of  warm  water,  about  half  a pint;  if  very  obstinate,  add  to 
the  water  a little  castor  oil.  For  several  nights  take  one  or  two  of  the 
dyspeptic  pill ; or  one  or  two  of  the  following: 

Powdered  aloes,  jalap,  gamboge,  colocynth,  extract  of  gentian, 
mandrake,  cayenne  pepper,  of  each  34  oz. ; castile  soap,  34  oz-  5 oil  of 
peppermint,  34  dr.  Mix  well,  and  form  into  pills.  It  purges  without 
griping  and  weakening.  Dose. — Two  or  three  pills. 

Sulphur  is  a good  remedy,  especially  when  there  is  a tendency  to 
piles.  If  there  is  a deficiency  of  bile,  take  blood-root  (which  see,)  with 
a little  powdered  dandelion  root.  The  flesh  brush,  cold  sponging,  and 
the  shower-bath,  are  excellent  remedies. 


210 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


Constipation  or  Costiveness. — Professor  Phoebus,  of  Giessen,  re- 
fers habitual  costiveness  to  the  following1  causes: 

The  too  spare  use  of  articles  of  diet  which  promote  the  action 
of  the  bowels.  Water  is  placed  first.  It  is  taken  by  many  in  insufficient 
quantity.  In  sedentary  occupations  the  sensation  of  thirst  is  too  sel- 
dom excited,  and  the  habitual  frequency  of  such  sensation  may  be 
diminished  if  the  satisfaction  of  the  call  be  neglected.  To  this  class  of 
aliments  belong  fruits,  salads,  sour  milk,  honey,  and  fat.  Many  country 
people,  who  sell  all  their  produce,  eat  little  of  these  things,  and  the 
poorer  inhabitants  of  towns  get  them  in  insufficient  quantity.  Those 
persons  who  can  procure  them,  eat  salads  and  fats  in  too  small  quan- 
tities. Too  little  bodily  exercise.  Want  of  exercise  of  the  powers  of 
the  large  intestine.  This  is  the  most  influential  of  all  the  causes.  It  is 
an  error  to  suppose  that  the  power  of  the  will  extends  only  over  the 
sphincter ; for  it  prevails  much  higher,  only  it  requires  more  time  for 
its  exertion.  Several  minutes,  or  a quarter  of  an  hour,  may  be  re- 
quired to  initiate  the  evacuatory  movement.  By  exercising  it,  we  in- 
crease the  disposition  of  the  intestine  to  act,  but  this  is  rarely  the  case 
in  less  than  five  minutes. 

Numerous  remedies  have  been  recommended  for  constipation;  but 
the  action  of  medicinal  substances  in  so  chronic  an  affection  may  be- 
come prejudicial,  especialW  such  as  exert  a chemical  action,  as  salts  or 
drastics.  If  a stool  is  desired,  the  patient  must  earnestly  practice  the 
necessary  gymnastic,  which  consists  in  alternate  movements  of  the 
rectum  as  during  actual  evacuation,  and  in  rapidly  drawing  in  and 
then  expanding  the  abdominal  muscles.  Such  movements  may  bo 
commenced  in  the  chamber  and  completed  in  the  closet,  several  min 
utes,  a quarter  of  an  hour,  or  even  more,  being  required.  If  evacua- 
tion has  commenced,  but  has  not  proved  productive  enough,  the 
movements  must  be  continued,  the  person  resolving  not  to  quit* the 
closet  until  the  aim  has  been  attained.  The  movements  are  the  same 
as  those  normally  employed  ; but  they  are  more  rapid,  and  continued 
for  a longer  time.  Kneading  and  rubbing  the  abdomen,  may  be  use 
ful  but  they  are  unnecessary  ; and  may  be  reserved  for  those  not  able 
to  follow  the  above  directions,  such  as  children,  etc. 

An  adult  should  compel  a stool  every  day.  In  from  4 to  8 weeks* 
a complete  mastery  may  be  acquired  over  the  intestine,  so  that  a stool 
may  be  always  secured  once  in  the  24  hours.  This  powerful  agency 
acts  more  efficiently  when  conjoined  with  articles  of  diet  favorable  to 
an  open  state  of  the  bowels.  A large  quantity  of  water  will  be  more 
easily  drank  if  at  first  carbonic  acid  gas  be  added.  An  adult,  during 
winter,  should  take  from  50  to  70  ozs.  daily,  (deducting  from  this  the 
eqivalent  of  any  artificial  drinks  he  may  take),  a larger  quantity  still 
during  great  bodily  exertion,  and  from  X%  to  twice  the  quantity  in  3 
summer.  When  raw  fruit  gives  rise  to  flatulence,  it  may  be  taken 
cooked  with  spices,  and  especially  when  dried  and  cooked.  With 
greater  regularity  of  stools,  flatulence  becomes  less,  the  food  being 
retained  for  a less  time  within  the  canal.  Exercise  is  of  great  service; 
but  it  exerts  no  sudden  effect,  and  at  first  may  even  induce  constipa- 
tion. 

Trying  the  plan  upon  himself  when  a student,  the  author  has, 
during  his  28  years  of  practice,  recommended  it  to  an  immense  num- 
ber of  persons,  and  in  the  great  majority  of  cases,  with  complete 
success.  He  has  attained  the  power  of  procuring  a daily  stool  at  any 
convenient  time  between  4 o’clock  a.  m.,  and  mid-day,  the  average 
time  required  being  a quarter  of  an  hour.  Onljr  011  one  occasion  dur* 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department 


2 II 


ing  30  years  has  he  failed  in  his  object.  The  plan  is  not  so  suitable 
for  the  aged;  and  is  inapplicable  to  women  during  advanced  pregnancy, 
or  in  organic  disease  or  prolapsus  of  the  uterus.  When  from  insuffi- 
cient perseverance  the  means  does  not  succeed,  cold  \vater  clysters 
form  the  best  supplement;  and,  exceptionally,  salt  and  oil,  with  cam- 
omile tea,  etc.,  may  be  thrown  up.  The  author  never  gives  purga- 
tives by  the  mouth  in  chronic  constipation,  believing  it  to  be  most 
impolitic  to  irritate  the  stomach  and  small  intestines,  disturbing  cliylo- 
poesis,  and  introducing  into  the  blood  materials  that  are  always  more 
or  less  injurious. 

CONSUMPTION. — The  word  is  derived  from  the  Latin  verb  con- 
sumo,  to  consume  or  to  waste  away.  It  is  also  called  phthisis,  from 
the  Greek  verb  phthio,  to  waste  away.  Consumption  is  the  most  fre- 
quent and  most  fatal  of  all  pulmonary  diseases.  It  often  begins  with 
a slight  dry  cough,  so  slight  and  painless  as  not  to  attract  notice.  By 
and  by  the  cough  increases,  and  expectoration  gradually  becomes 
copious,  thick,  yellow,  and  tinged  with  blood.  Sometimes  the  appe- 
tite remains  tolerable,  but  the  breathing  is  more  difficult,  especially 
during  and  after  bodily  exertion,  and  the  pulsation  is  become  acceler- 
ated, There  is  a gradual  emaciation  of  the  body,  debility,  night 
sweats,  interrupted  rest,  the  hectic  flush,  or  a bright  scarlet  spot  on  the 
cheek,  especially  after  eating,  tightness  of  the  chest,  and  acute  pains 
under  the  breast-bone.  In  the  last  stage  emaciation  rapidly  increases, 
and  the  patient  has  alternations  of  hope  and  fear  as  to  recovery, 
'dope,  however,  the  most  prevails. 

As  to  the  treatment  of  consumption , Dr.  Beach  says,  “ If  the  pathol- 
ogy of  phthisis  consists  in  a diseased  state  of  the  blood , all  former  treat- 
ment is  wrong,  or  very  inefficient.  We  prescribe  for  the  symptoms 
Instead  of  the  cause.  If  the  elements  of  this  disease  circulate  in  the 
blood,  as  in  scrofula,  syphilis,  and  other  complaints,  and  are  thrown 
by  the  efforts  of  the  system  to  the  lungs,  and  these  develop  tubercles 
then  is  it  not  obvious  that  we  must  prescribe  alteratives , or  such  medi- 
cines as  will  eradicate  its  morbid  condition  ? ” It  is  evident  from  these 
rational  remarks,  that  the  nature  of  this  disease,  and  that  of  others, 
depends  upon  a morbid  and  diseased  condition  of  the  blood.  Hence 
then  there  must  be  an  attempt  to  alter  the  quality  of  the  blood.  Remove 
all  the  causes  which  produced  this  disease,  as  obstructed  perspiration, 
■evacuations,  and  secretions,  a cold  and  damp  residence,  insufficient 
warmth,  and  clothing,  intemperance,  venery,  and  self-polution;  the 
last  habit  is  the  most  prolific  cause  of  consumption. 

In  the  first  stage  of  consumption,  special  attention  must  be  given 
to  the  skin  and  bowels,  by  adopting  the  vapor  bath,  stimulating  lini- 
ments, (See  “Stimulating  Liniments,”)  and  also  injections,  to  equalize 
the  circulation,  reduce  all  feverish  symptoms,  and  prevent  night 
sweats.  A medicated  vapor  bath  is  the  best;  which  see.  Put  the  patient 
to  bed,  and  place  to  the  feet  and  sides  hot  bricks  'wrapped  in  cloths 
dipped  in  vinegar,  and  half  wrung  out,  and  give  an  emetic;  repeat 
this  process  once  or  twice  a week,  and  sponge  morning  and  evening 
with  the  aforenamed  liniment,  and  occasionally  in  the  morning  with  a 
decoction  of  poplar  bark.  Rub  very  dry  with  a towel.  This  will 
prevent  night  sweats.  To  improve  the  appetite,  if  bad,  give  the  tonic 
bitters.  (See  “ Tonic  Bitters.”-)  If  the  patient  is  constipated,  give  an 
injection  of  pint  of  warm  water,  or  thin  gruel,  with  a little  butter, 
or  sweat  oil,  or  castor  oil,  adding  1 or  2 tea-spoons  of  tincture  of 
myrrh.  Sometimes  a lax  state  of  the  bowels  prevails;  in  that  case 
give  from  10  to  15  drops  of  laudanum;  or  mix  finely  pulverized  char- 


212 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department , 


coal,  2 parts,  and  magnesia,  1 part;  a table-spoon  occasionally,  or  give 
the  neutralizing  mixture  ; which  see.  Let  the  cough  syrup  be' taken  2 
or  3 times  a day,  to  promote  expectoration,  ease  pain,  etc.  Let  the 
patient’s  diet  be  light,  nourishing,  and  easy  of  digestion. 

In  cases  of  consumption,  the  celebrated  Dr.  Beach,  very  highly 
extols  the  use  of  sanguinaria  canadensis , or  blood-root.  It  is  a sedative 
and  alterative  of  great  power;  in  reducing  the  pulsation  it  is  superior 
to  digitalis,  and  it  does  not  debiliate  at  all.  It  promotes  the  secretions 
of  the  liver  and  therefore  promotes  the  appetite;  it  is  a powerful  tonic 
and  when  it  is  taken  properly  nothing  tends  more  to  check  morbific 
influence,  to  promote  the  secretions,  appetite,  and  digestion,  and  to 
improve  the  muscular  power,  and  facial  appeamnce.  In  restraining 
spitting  of  blood,  and  especially  in  females  where  the  menses  are  sub- 
stituted by  the  effusion  of  blood  from  the  lungs,  no  medicine  is  so 
efficacious  as  blood-root ; (which  see  ) 

As  to  the  benefit  to  be  derived  from  cod  liver  oil,  the  matter  is 
dubious.  It  is  feeding,  but  not  antiseptic.  It  may  prevent,  to  some 
extent,  emaciation;  but  to  prevent  the  tormation  of  tubercles,  and, 
consequently,  decay,  it  is  a matter  of  doubt.  Much  benefit  may  be 
derived  from  gentle  emetics,  tonics,  the  irritating  plaster  ; (which  see,) 
and  for  pain  in  the  side  the  rheumatic  liquid.  Also  constant  fiesh  ail 
in  a genial  atmosphere.  The  following  syrup  is  a fine  expectorant 
and  alterative : 

Blood-root,  4 ozs. ; bruise  and  simmer  in  a qt.  of  water,  down  to  \ 
pt.  nearly;  add  1 lb.  of  sugar;  simmer  again  to  form  a syrup;  and  34 
oz.  of  solution  of  iodine  of  iron;  take  a teaspoonful  2 or  3 time» 
a day. 

Many  have  derived  much  benefit  from  tar  water,  and  some  hav<* 
been  completely  cured  by  it.  “In  Dr.  John  William's  Legacy  to  the 
Worldp  this  recipe  is  given — common  tar,  a table-spoon;  honey,  3 
table-spoons;  3 yolks  of  hen’s  egg;  wine,  34  pt*  Mix  and  bottle  foi 
use.  A tea-spoon  3 times  a day. 

Should  the  bowels  be  extremely  relaxed,  take  a grain  of  powdered 
alum  and  a grain  of  sulphate  of  iron,  as.  a powder.  This  has  per- 
formed wonders.  Drink  much  barley  water,  taking  occasionally  5 o\ 
6 drops  of  the  oil  of  anise-seeds  to  relieve  the  cough.  Chlorodyne, 
also  affords  much  relief  to  a cough. 

With  regard  to  climate  for  the  consumptive  it  is  not  only  as  uni, 
form  a climate  as  can  be  found  that  is  wanted,  but  the  same  means  of 
eradicating  the  disease  as  the  patient  had  in  his  own  country,  but 
where  he  was  prevented  by  fitful  weather  from  making  use  of  them. 
Occupation  for  his  mind  "and  body  is  essential  to  recovery.  His 
object  should  be  to  remain  as  much  as  possible  in  the  open  air;  to 
enjoy  moderate  daily  exercise  for  several  hours;  to  partake  of  a 
mixed  and  wholesome  nourishing  diet;  to  be  refreshed  by  undisturbed 
repose  during  the  night;  to  cleanse  the  body  by  daily  ablutions;  and 
to  have  his  mind  diverted  by  new  and  cheerful  scenery,  from  home 
longings,  and  from  dwelling'too  much  upon  the  nature  of  his  malady. 

Dr.  Richardson,  in  his  treatise  upon  pulmonary  consumption, 
says,  “ I shall  recommend  no  particular  place  as  a resort  for  consump- 
tives. It  should  be  near  the  sea  coast,  and  sheltered  from  the  north- 
erly winds;  the  soil  should  be  dry;  the  drinking  water  pure;  the 
mean  temperature  about  GO0,  with  a range  of  not  more  than  10°  or  15° 
oil  either  side.  It  is  not  easy  to  fix  any  degree  of  humidity ; but 
extremes  of  dryness  or  of  moisture  are  alike  injurious.  It  is  ot 
importance,  in  selecting  a locality,  that  the  scenery  should  be  enticing, 


Appendix  to  Medkal  Department 


213 


so  that  the  patient  may  be  the  more  encouraged  to  spend  his  time  out 
of  doors  in  walking,  or  riding  exercise ; and  a town  where  the  resi- 
dences are  isolated  and  scattered  about,  and  where  drainage  and 
cleanliness  are  attended  to,  is  preferable  to  one  where  the  houses  are 
densely  packed,  howrever  small  the  population. 

A sea-voyage  is  sometimes  recommended  in  incipient  consumption. 
This  is  often  followed  by  a total  suspension,  or  removal  of  the  disease, 
in  cases  where  it  is  judiciously  recommended.  Short  voyages  are 
often  more  injurious  than  beneficial.  To  a delicate  person  going  out 
to  India,  a voyage  around  the  Cape  is  of  great  benefit ; but  the  most 
serviceable  voyage  is  one  to  Australia,  New  Zeeland,  and  back  again. 
The  great  advantage  is  the  enjo}Tment  of  a perpetual  summer,  which 
may  be  effected  by  leaving  this  country  about  the  beginning  or  mid- 
dle of  October,  and  returning  before  the  cold  weather  seta  in  at  the 
antipodes. 

Consumption.— One  in  a deep  consumption  was  advised  to  drink 
nothing  but  water,  and  eat  nothing  but  water  gruel,  without  salt  or 
iugar.  In  three  months’  time  he  was  quite  well. 

Take  no  food  but  new  buttermilk,  churned  in  a bottle,  and  white 
bread.  I have  known  this  successful;  or  use  as  common  drink,  spring 
Water  and  new  milk,  each  1 qt.,  and  sugar  candy,  2 ozs. ; or  boil  2 
handfuls  of  sorrel  in  1 pt.  of  whey,  strain  it,  and  drink  a glass  thrice 
a day;  or  turn  a pt.  of  skimmed  milk  with  34  pt.  of  small  beer. 
Boil  in  this  whey  about  20  ivy-leaves,  and  2 or  3 sprigs  of  hyssop. 
Drink  half  over  night,  the  rest  in  the  morning.  Do  this  if  needful, 
for  2 months  daily.  This  has  cured  in  a desperate  case.  Tried ; or 
every  morning  cut  a little  turf  of  fresh  earth,  and  laying  down, 
breathe  in  the  hole  for  a quarter  of  an  hour;  or  take  in  for  a quarter 
of  an  hour,  morning- and  evening,  the  steam  of  white  resin  and  bees- 
wax, boiling  on  a hot  fire-shovel.  This  has  cured  one  who  was  in  the 
third  stage  of  consumption;  or  take  morning  and  evening  a tea- 
spoon of  white  resin  powdered  and  mixed  with  honey.  This  cured 
one  in  less  than  a month,  who  was  near  death  ; or  drink  thrice  a day 
2 spoons  of  juice  of  water  cresses.  This  has  cured  a deep  consump- 
tion. In  the  last  stage,  suck  a healthy  woman  daily.  This  has  cured 
my  father.  For  diet,  use  milk  and  apples,  or  water  gruel,  made  with 
fine  flour.  Drink  cider  whey,  barley  water,  sharpened  with  lemon 
juice,  or  apple  water.  So  long  as  the  tickling  cough  continues,  chew 
Well,  and  swallow  a mouthful  or  two  of  biscuit  or  crust  of  bread  twice 
a day.  If  you  cannot  swallow  it,  spit  it  out.  This  will  always  shorten 
the  fit,  and  would  often  prevent  a consumption. 

Consumption. — Useful  Drink  for. — Colt’sfoot,  2 ozs.;  horehound, 
rue,  of  each  1 oz. ; and  blood-root,  3 drs.  Boil  in  3 qts.  of  water  down 
to  2 qts.  Strain,  and  to  the  liquor,  add  of  figs  and  sugar,  of  each  4 
ozs.,  and  boil  15  minutes.  Take  a wine  glass  3 or  4 times  a day. 

CONVULSIONS.— In  Children.— They  originate  in  some  derange- 
ment or  irritation  of  the  bowels,  stomach,  brain,  or  from  teething. 
Give  an  aperient,  as  magnesia  and  rhubarb,  and  a warm  bath  at  about 
90°,  and  apply  to  the  head  linen  dipped  in  the  water.  The  following 
powder  is  useful : 

Rhubarb  in  powder,  8 grs.;  super-sulphate  of  potash,  12  grs.  Mix. 
Give  also  a little  syrup  of  poppies.  If  aperients  cannot  be  taken  give  a 
mild  injection ; as  a little  epsom  salts  in  barley  gruel,  with  a little  but- 
ter; or  a weak  solution  of  salt  and  water,  Avitli  a few  drops  of  oil,  or 
butter. 

Convulsions  often  arise  from  over-feeding;  this  must  be  avoided. 


214 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department 


If  indigestible  food  has  been  taken,  give  an  emetic,  the  wine  of  ipecac- 
uanha; or  if  the  patient  cannot  be  sufficiently  roused  from  sleep,  so 
as  to  take  the  emetic,  tickle  the  back  part  of  the  mouth  with  a feather 
to  produce  the  effect. 

If  the, convulsions  are  obstinate,  apply  friction  along  the  spine, 
when  in  the  bath  ; or  out  of  it,  rub  the  spine  with  an  anodyne  com- 
posed of  10  drops  of  laudanum,  10  drops  of  oil,  ana  6 drops  of  tincture 
of  cayenne.  Mustard  plasters  may  be  applied  a minute  or  two  to  the 
legs  and  feet.  If  convulsions  are  caused  by  teething,  the  gums  must 
be  lanced  a little. 

CHOLERA.— A compound  of  two  Greek  words,  chole , bile,  and 
rein , to  flow.  Its  literal  meaning  is,  a discharge  <of  bile.  But  the 
word  cholera  designates  that  dreadful  Asiatic  disease  which  is  so  very 
fatal.  In  this  disease,  the  secretion  of  bile  is  suspended,  and  the 
evacuations  are  entirely  free  from  it.  Therefore  there  aie  two  species 
of  cholera — the  English , and  the  Asiatic. 

The  English  Cholera , or  Bilious  Diarrhea,  attacks  suddenly,  with 
nausea,  purging  and  vomiting ; sometimes  painful  colicky  griping  in 
the  bowels.  The  evacuations  arc  thin  and  watery,  and  at  last  become 
very  bilious,  the  color  sometimes  green,  at  other  times  approximating 
to  black,  indicating  vitiated  bile  caused  by  unhealthy  secretions  during 
its  passage  through  the  alimentary  canal.  If  the  disease  is  not  rev 
strained,  the  vomiting,  retching,  and  spasmodic  pain  increases,  accom. 
panied  with  cramp  in  the  legs,  and  muscles  of  the  abdomen.  Coldness 
of  the  extremities,  cold  sweats,  and  fainting  sometimes  occur.  Some* 
times  this  disease  ends  in  death,  especially  with  old  and  delicate 
subjects.  But  in  this  country  it  is  seldom  fatal. 

It  is  caused  by  intemperance*,  by.  a vitiated  atmosphere,  by  eating 
unwholesome  food,  and  unripe  fruits.  In  the  treatment  of  it,  it  is 
necessary  to  neutralize  the  acid,  vitiated  or  acrid  bile,  and  produce  a 
determination  to  the  surface.  As  soon  as  the  symptoms  appear,  give 
the  Neutralizing  Mixture  (which  see).  If  vomited,  repeat  the  dose,  and 
it  will  soon  produce  a beneficial  effect,  subduing  the  irritation,  nausea, 
vomiting,  and  passing  through  the  alimentary  canal,  changing  its  corn 
tents  to  the  most  healthy  state.  It  is  useful  to  bathe  the  feet  in  hot 
water  and  salt,  and  when  the  disease  is  violent,  to  give  a vapor  bath: 
and  to  check  the  vomiting,  salt  in  vinegar  or  brandy.  To  allay  the 
pain,  foment  the  belly  and  breast  with  the  following  : 

Cayenne  pepper,  34  oz- » spirits  of  wine,  34  pt*  ? vinegar,  1 gill 
Simmer  a few  minutes;  then  add  1 tea-spoon  of  tincture  of  opium,  and- 
2 table-spoons  of  turpentine. 

Apply  flannels  dipped  in  it  warm  to  the  stomach.  Hops  and  cam- 
omile flowers  simmered  in  vinegar,  make  an  excellent  fomentation. 
The  drink  should  be  toast  and  water.  Milk  thickened  with  arrow-root, 
tapioca,  sago,  or  slippery  elm,  may  be  taken  as  food. 

In  the  Asiatic  Cholera , there  is  a total  suppression  of  bile,  and  a 
profuse  cold,  clammy  sweat  over  the  body;  the  cramps  become  fearful, 
the  stomach  and  bowels  are  emptied  by  vomit,  etc.,  and  exhaustion 
becomes  apparent,  giddiness,  deafness,  sinking  of  the  eyes  and  nostrils, 
blueness  of  the  skin,  lips  and  nails;  weakness  of  voice,  etc.,  are  often 
fatal  symptoms. 

To  cure  the  same,  as  for  English  cholera,  but  more  active.  Give 
the  Neutralizing  Mixture  ; and  this  injection  : 

Bogberry,  3 drs. ; scullcap,  1 dr.;  Slippery  elm,  1 dr.;  boiling 
water,  34  pt*  Infuse  ten  minutes;  then  add  2 tea-spoons  of  tincture 
of  myrrh,  8 drops  of  laudanum,  and  1 tea-spoon  of  carbonate  of  soda. 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


215 


Foment  as  \ 1 English  cholera,  or  with  the  Rheumatic  Liniment. 
Apply  as  hot  as  possible.  Apply  also  friction  to  the  limbs;  or  apply 
hot  bricks,  wrapped  in  vinegar  cloths,  to  the  feet,  legs,  and  sides.  Give 
a tea-spoon  of  tne  Anti-Cholera  Drops  every  halt  hour. 

The  following  Anti-Cholera  Mixture  is  a sovereign  remedy  : 

Tormentil  root,  1 oz. ; bayberry  bark,  1 oz. ; caj'enne  pepper,  34 
oz.;  carbonate  of  soda,  34  oz.  Simmer  forty  minutes  in  3 pts.  of  water, 
down  to  1 qt.  Strain,  and  add  tincture  of  myrrh,  2 ozs.,  and  1 dr.  of 
camphor,  dissolved  in  spirits  of  wine. 

In  the  tirst  attack  of  cholera,  give  a wine-glass;  place  the  feet  in 
hot  salt  and  water,  or  mustard  and  water,  and  repeat  the  mixture  every 
twenty  minutes,  and  apply  mustard  plaster,  and  the  hop  poultice  to  the 
stomach.  E.ub  freely  the  cramped  and  drawn  parts  of  the  body  with 
boiled  cayenne  pepper  and  vinegar;  and  the  effects  will  in  most  cases 
appear  like  magic.  Such  treatment  has  cured  thousands  upon  thou- 
sands. 

Cholera  in  Infants  is  treated  in  the  same  way  as  English  cholera, 
out  in  a milder  and  more  restricted  manner. 

Cholera.— Its  Causes,  Symptoms,  and  Treatment.— The  following 
clear  and  comprehensive  description  of  the  cholera  symptoms,  with  the 
mode  of  treatment  found  most  efficacious  last  year  by  the  missionaries 
in  Turkey,  was  contributed  to  the  Christian  Mirror  a few  months  since 
by  Dr.  Hamlin,  an  American  missionary  of  thirty  or  forty  years’ 
standing,  at  Constantinople.  We  commend  it  to  the  public  as  the  best 
article  of  the  kind  that  has  been  published.  So  valuable  indeed  has  it 
been  rQgarded,  that  it  has  just  been  issued  in  a neat  little  pamphlet, 
just  large  enough  to  go  nicely  into  a pocket-book  or  a person’s  vest 
pocket,  Henry  Hoyt,  of  Boston,  being  the  publisher  in  this  form.  It 
would  b3  well  for  every  one  to  keep  a copy  constantly  with  him  dur- 
ing the  cholera  season,  besides  having  the  medicines  prescribed  where 
they  will  be  readily  accessible  in  case  of  need.  Mr.  Hamlin  says  : 

Having  been  providentially  compelled  to  have  a good  degree  of 
practical  acquaintance  with  it,  and  to  see  it  in  all  its  forms  and  stages 
during  each  of  its  invasions  of  Constantinople,  I wish  to  make  to  my 
friends  in  America  some  suggestions  which  may  relieve  anxiety,  or  be 
of  practical  use. 

On  the  approach  of  the  cholera,  every  family  should  he  prepared 
to  treat  it  without  waiting  for  a physician.  It  does  its  work  so  expe- 
ditiously, that  while  you  are  waiting  for  the  doctor  it  is  done. 

If  you  prepare  for  it,  it  will  not  come.  I think  there  is  no  disease 
which  may  be  avoided  with  so  much  certainty  as  the  cholera.  But 
providential  circumstances,  or  the  thoughtless  indiscretions  of  some 
member  of  a household  may  invite  the  attack,  and  the  challenge  will 
never  be  refused.  It  will  probably  be  made  in  the  night,  your  physi- 
cian has  been  called  in  another  direction,  and  you  must  treat  the  case 
yourself  or  it  will  he  fatal. 

Causes  of  Attack. — I have  personally  investigated  at  least  one 
hundred  eases,  and  not  less  than  three-fourths  could  be  traced  directly 
to  improper  diet,  or  to  intoxicating  drinks,  or  to  both  united.  Of  the 
remainder,  suppressed  perspiration  would  comprise  a large  number. 
A strong,  healthy,  temperate,  laboring  man  had  a severe  attack  of 
cholera,  and  after  the  danger  had  passed  I was  curious  to  ascertain  the 
cause.  He  had  been  cautious  and  prudent  in  his  diet.  He  used  noth- 
ing intoxicating.  His  residence  was  in  a good  locality.  But  after 
some  hours  of  hard  labor  and  very  profuse  perspiration,  he  had  lain 
down  to  take  his  customary  nap  right  against  an  open  window,  through 


2l6 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


which  a very  refreshing  breeze  was  blowing.  Another  cause  is  drinking 
largely  of  cold  water  when  hot  and  thirsty.  Great  fatigue,  great  anx- 
iety, fright,  fear,  all  figure  among  inciting  causes.  If  one  can  avoid 
all  these,  he  is  as  safe  from  the  cholera  as  from  being  swept  away  by 
a comet. 

Symptoms  of  an  Attack. — While  cholera  is  prevalent  in  a place, 
almost  every  one  experiences  more  or  less  disturbance  of  digestion.  It 
is  doubtless  in  part  imaginary.  Every  one  notices  the  slightest  varia- 
tion of  feeling,  and  this  gives  an  importance  to  mere  trifles.  There 
is  often  a slight  nausea,  or  transient  pains,  or  rumbling  sounds,  when 
no  attack  follows . No  one  is  entirely  free  from  these.  But  when 
diarrhea  commences,  though  painless  and  slight,  it  is  in  reality  the 
skirmishing  party  of  the  advancing  column.  It  will  have  at  first  no 
single  characteristic  of  Asiatic  cholera.  But  do  not  be  deceived.  It 
is  the  cholera , nevertheless.  Wait  a little,  give  it  time  to  get  hold,  say 
to  yourself,  “I  feel  perfectly  well,  it  will  soon  pass  off,”  and  in  a short 
time  you  will  repent  of  your  folly  in  vain.  I have  seen  many  a one 
commit  suicide  in  this  way. 

Sometimes,  though  rarely,  the  attack  commences  with  vomiting. 
But  in  whatever  way  it  commences,  it  is  sure  to  hold  on.  In  a very  few 
hours  the  patient  may  sink  into  the  collapse.  The  hands  and  feet 
become  cold  and  purplish,  the  countenance  at  first  nervous  and  anx- 
ious, becomes  gloomy  and  apathetic,  although  a mental  restlessness 
and  raging  thirst  torment  the  sufferer  while  the  powers  of  life  are 
ebbing.  The  intellect  remains  clear,  but  all  the  social  and  moral  feel- 
ings seem  wonderfully  to  collapse  with  the  physical  powers.  The 
patient  knows  he  is  to  die,  but  cares  not  a snap  about  it. 

In  some  cases,  though  rarely,  the  diarrhea  continues  for  a day  or 
two,  and  the  foolish  person  keeps  about,  then  suddenly  sinks,  sends 
for  a physician,  and  before  he  arrives  “dies  as  the  fool  dieth.” 

Treatment. — For  Hopping  the  incipient  diarrhea. — The  mixture 
which  I used  in  1848  with  great  success,  and  again  in  1855,  has  during 
this  epidemic  been  used  by  thousands,  and  although  tlio  attacks  have 
been  more  sudden  and  violent,  it  has  fully  established  its  reputation 
for  efficiency  and  perfect  safety  It  consists  of  equal  parts  by  measure 
of  (1)  laudanum  and  spirits  of  camphor;  (2)  tincture  of  rhubarb. 
[Opii  Tinctura,  1 dr.;  Camphoric  Tinct.,  1 dr.;  Rhei  Tinct.,  2 dr. ; 
Misce.]  In  an  adult,  30  drops  on  a lump  of  sugar  will  often  check 
the  diarrhea.  But  to  prevent  its  return,  care  should  always  be  taken 
to  continue  the  medicine  every  four  hours  in  diminishing  doses,  25,  20, 
15,  10,  9,  when  careful  diet  is  all  that  will  be  needed. 

In  case  the  first  does  not  stay  the  diarrhea,  continue  to  give  in 
increasing  doses  35,  40,  45,  60,  at  every  movement  of  the  bowels. 
Large  doses  will  produce  no  injury  while  the  diarrhea  lasts.  When 
that  is  checked,  then  is  the  time  for  caution.  I have  never  seen  a case 
of  diarrhea  taken  in  season  which  was  not  thus  controlled,  but  some 
cases  of  advanced  diarrhea,  and  especially  of  relapse,  paid  no  heed  to 
it  whatever.  As  soon  as  this  becomes  apparent,  I have  always  resorted 
to  this  course  : Prepare  a tea-cup  of  starch  boiled  as  for  use  in  starch- 
ing linen,  and  stir  into  it  a full  tea-spoon  of  laudanum,  for  an  injec- 
tion. Give  one-third  at  each  movement  of  the  bowels.  In  one  des- 
perate case,  abandoned  as  hopeless  by  a physician,  I could  not  stop  the 
diarrhea  until  the  seventh  injection,  which  contained  nearly  a tea- 
spoon of  laudanum.  The  patient  recovered  and  is  in  perfect  health. 
At  the  same  time  I used  prepared  chalk  in  10-grain  doses,  with  a few 
drops  of  laudanum  and  camphor  to  each.  But  whatever  course  is 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department  217 

pursued  it  must  be  followed  up,  and  the  diarrhea  controlled,  or  the 
patient  is  lost. 

Mustard  Poultices. — These  should  he  applied  to  the  pit  of  the 
stomach,  and  kept  on  till  the  surface  is  well  reddened. 

The  patient,  however  well  he  may  feel,  should  rigidly  observe 
perfect  rest.  To  He  quietly  on  the  back  is  one-half  the  battle  In 
that  position  the  enoir.y  fires  over  you,  but  the  minute  you  rise  you 
are  hit. 

When  the  attack  comes  in  the  form  of  diarrhea,  these  directions' 
will  enable  every  one  to  meet  it  successfully. 

But  when  the  attack  is  more  violent,  and  there  is  vomiting,  or 
vomiting  and  purging,  perhaps  also  cramps  and  colic  pains,  the  follow- 
ing mixture  is  far  more  effective  and  should  always  be  resorted  to. 
Tiie  missionaries  Messrs.  Long,  Trowbridge  and  Washburn  have  used 
it  in  very  many  cases  and  with  wonderful  success.  It  consists  of  equal 
parts  of  laudanum,  tincture  of  capsicum,  tincture  of  ginger,  and 
tincture  of  cardamon  seeds.  Dose. — 30  to  40  drops,  or  34  a tea-spoon 
in  a little  water,  and  to  be  increased  according  to  the  urgency  of  the 
sase.  I11  case  the  first  dose  should  be  ejected,  the  second,  which  should 
*jtand  ready,  should  be  given  immediately  after  the  spasm  of  vomiting 
las  ceased.  During  this  late  cholera  siege,  no  one  of  us  failed  of 
controlling  the  vomit  ing  and  also  the  purging  by,  at  most,  the  third 
lose.  We  have,  however,  invariably  made  use  of  large  mustard  poul- 
tices of  strong,  pure  mustard,  applied  to  the  stomach,  bowels,  calves 
*f  the  legs,  feet,  etc.,  as  the  case  seemed  to  require. 

Collapse. — This  is  simply  a more  advanced  stage  of  the  disease. 
It  indicates  the  grade  \l  failing  of  all  the  powers  of  life.  It  is  difficult 
to  say  when  a case  hr  s become  hopeless.  At  a certain  point  the  body 
of  the  patient  begins  to  emit  a peculiar  odor  which  I call  the  death 
Jdor,  for  when  that  has  become  decided  and  unmistakable,  I have 
never  known  the  patient  to  recover.  I have  repeatedly  w orked  upon 
such  cases  for  hours  with  no  permanent  result.  But  the  blue  color, 
the  cold  extremities,  the  deeply  sunken  eye,  the  vanishing  pulse,  are 
no  signs  that  the  case  i > hopeless.  Scores  of  such  cases  in  the  recent 
epidemic  have  recovered.  I11  addition  to  the  second  mixture,  brandy 
(a  table-spoon  every  half  hour),  bottles  of  hot  water  surrounding  the 
patient,  especially  the  extremities,  mustard  plasters,  and  friction,  will 
often  in  an  hour  or  two  work  wonders. 

Thirst. — In  these  and  in  all  advanced  cases  thirst  creates  intense 
suffering.  The  sufferer  craves  water,  and  as  sure  as  he  gratifies  the 
craving  the  worst  symptoms  return,  and  he  falls  a victim  to  the  tran- 
sient gratification.  The  only  safe  way  is  to  have  a faithful  friend  or 
attendant,  who  will  not  heed  his  entreaties.  The  suffering  may  be, 
however,  safely  alleviated  and  rendered  endurable.  Frequent  gurg- 
ling the  throat  and  washing  out  the  mouth  will  bring  some  relief.  A 
spoonful  of  gum  arable  water,  or  of  camomile  tea,  may  frequently  be 
given  to  wet  the  throat.  “ Sydenham’s  White  decoction  ” may  also  be 
given,  both  as  a beverage  and  nourishment,  in  small  quantities,  fre- 
quently. In  a day  or  two  the  suffering  from  thirst  will  cease.  In  a 
large  majority  it  has  not  been  intense  for  more  than  24  hours. 

Diet.— Rice-water,  arrow-root,  Sydenham’s  White  Decoction,  crust 
water,  camomile  tea,  are  the  best  articles  for  a day  or  two  after  the 
attack  is  controlled.  Camomile  is  very  valuable  in  restoring  the  tone 
of  the  stomach. 

The  Typhoid  Fever. — A typhoid  state  for  a few  days  will  follow  all 
«evere  cases.  There  is  nothing  alarming  in  this.  It  has  very  rarely 

10 


2l8 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


proved  fatal.  Patience  and  careful  nursing  will  bring  it  all  right. 
The  greatest  danger  is  from  drinking  too  freely.  When  the  patient 
seemed  to  be  sinking,  a little  brandy  and  water  or  arrow-root  and 
brandy  have  revived  hirn.  In  this  terrible  visitation  of  the  cholera, 
we  have  considered  ourselves  perfectly  armed  and  equipped,  with  a 
hand-bag  containing  mixture  5To.  1,  mixture  No.  2,  (for  vomiting, 
etc.,)  a few  pounds  of  powdered  mustard,  a bottle  of  brandy,  a paper 
of  camomile  flowers,  and  a paper  of  gum  arabic. 

I lay  no  claim  to  originality  in  recommending  this  course  of  treat- 
ment, and  have  adopted  it  from  suggestions  of  able  and  experienced 
physicians.  Having  been  the  only  doctor  of  many  poor  families  living 
near  me,  I have  tried  various  remedies  recommended,  but  I have  found 
none  to  be  at  all  compared  with  the  above.  During  the  recent  cholera 
I cannot  find  that  any  treatment  has  been  so  successful  as  this. 

Contagion. — The  idea  of  contagion  should  be  abandoned.  All  the 
missionaries  who  have  been  most  with  the  most  malignant  cases  day 
after  day,  are  fully  convinced  of  the  non-contagiousness  of  tne  chol- 
era. The  incipient  attacks  which  all  have  suffered  from  are  to  be 
attributed  to  great  fatigue,  making  the  constitution  liable  to  an  at* 

PEATH,  TESTS  OF. — By  this  term  is  understood  that  conditions 
of  the  animal  frame  when  all  the  functions  which  constitute  the  mys~ 
tery  of  life  cease  to  act,  and  the  organized  tissues,  no  longer  supported 
in  their  integrity  by  the  vital  stimulus,  run  rapidly  into  decay.  Death 
is  indicated  by  a universal  coldness  of  the  body;  by  a partially  open 
mouth,  closed  eyelids,  and  sunken  eyes ; by  an  extreme  pallor  01  the 
face,  sometimes  showing  a yellow  or  greenish  hue;  by  a lividity  of 
the  lips  and  orbits,  and  by  an  extreme  flaccidity  of  all  the  joints. 
This  suppleness  of  the  joints,  however,  only  endures  for  a very  brief 
time1,  except  in  somecasesof  poisouing,  being  succeeded,  in  a period 
varying,  according  to  circumstances,  from  two  to  six  hours,  by  a gen. 
eral  rigidity  or  stiffening  of  all  the  muscular  fibres,  and  by  a tension 
of  the  ligaments,  by  which  the  body  becomes,  in  a measure,  one  limit 
and  indurated  mass.  This  remarkable  rigidity,  common  to  all  animal 
fibre,  is  professionally  known  as  the  rigor  mortis , or  the  stiffening  of 
death.  As  the  flaccidity  which  follows  immediate  dissolution  is  but  of 
brief  duration,  being  succeeded  by  stiffening,  so  the  rigor  mortis  is  also' 
but  of  limited  continuance,  and  though  longer  in  its  endurance  than! 
the  first,  in  its  turn  gives  way  on  the  approach  of  decomposition,  and 
as  decay  sets  in,  the  rigid  fibre  gives  place  to  the  relaxed  and  clammy 
muscle,  till  final  corruption  leaves  no  vestige  of  the  once  tense  corpse. 

The  means  that  have  been  adopted  to  discover  if  any  spark  of 
life  remains  in  an  apparently  dead  body  consist  in  testing  in  various 
ways  the  respiratory  powers,  and  the  nervous  susceptibility  of  the 
person  supposed  to  be  dead.  The  first  consists  in  applying  a 
very  downy  feather  to  the  lips,  or  a looking-glass  over  the  mouth.  If 
one  of  the  filaments  of  the  feather  is  stirred,  or  the  slightest  obscura- 
tion or  dimness  is  cast  on  the  mirror,  it  is  held  to  be  an  evidence  that 
respiration  still  exists.  Another  test  formerly  known  was  placing  the 
body  on  the  back,  and  standing  a glass  brimful  of  water  on  tlm  ex- 
posed chest,  and  carefully  noting  if  any  motion  in  the  fluid  was  per- 
ceptible, as  the  heaving  of  the  chest,  however  slight,  in  the  act  of 
respiration,  would  agitate  or  displace  the  water.  The  fumes  of  st-ong 
ammonia  held  to  the  nose,  and  the  tickling  the  nostrils  with  feathers, 
were  also  means  at  one  time  employed  to  impart  hope  or  to  confirm 
the  fears  of  the  mourners.  However  ingenious  such  tests  were,  ai  ^ 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


219 


satisfactory  in  many  cases,  there  are  diseases  of  the  nervous  syst°m 
where  death  is  so  closely  simulated,  that  such  means  would  tail  to 
realize  any  favorable  results. 

Among  the  most  certain  and  reliable  signs  of  death  are — the  firm- 
ness of  the  muscles  of  the  fallen  jaw;  the  drawn-in  nostrils,  and  the 
livid  hue  on  the  lips  and  around  the  eyes;  and  though  in  some  cases 
of  poisoning  there  is  no  rigor  mortis , in  general  it  may  be  regarded  as 
infallible.  When  discoloration — the  first  sign  of  decomposition — sets 
in,  all  further  fear  of  a premature  interment  may  cease,  and  the  body 
be  safely  buried ; these  marks  usually  begin  on  the  fingers,  near  the 
nails,  and  with  the  toes  and  feet.  In  cases  of  sudden  death,  where 
there  arc  reasons  to  believe  the  case  to  be  only  one  of  suspended  ani- 
mation, hot  bottles  an;  to  be  applied  to  the  feet,  legs,  and  arm-pits; 
heated  tiles  placed  under  the  spine,  arid  friction  with  the  hand  used 
over  the  body,  with  electricity,  and  such  means  adopted  as  are  advised 
in  Drowning  (which  see),  Lightning,  Starvation,  Exposure  to  Cold, 
etc.  In  such  cases,  the  treatment  must  be  persc/ered  in  for  six,  eight, 
or  ten  hours,  and,  as  soon  as  convenient,  either  some  weak  brandy  and 
water  or  beef  tea  thrown  into  the  system  by  the  stomach-pump  or  the 
enema  syringe. 

A DIABETES  . — Drink  wine,  boiled  with  ginger,  as  much  and  as 
often  as  your  strength  will  bear.  Let  your  drink  be  milk  and  water. 
All  milk  meats  are  good  ; or,  drink  three  or  four  times  a day  a quarter 
of  a pint  of  alum  posset,  putting  3 drs.  of  alum  to  4 pts.  of  milk.  It 
seldom  fails  to  cui  e in  eight  or  ten  days : or,  infuse  3^>  oz.  of  cantharides 
in  a pint  of  elixir  of  vitriol.  Give  from  ten  lo  thirty  drops  in  Bristol 
water  twice  or  thrice  a day. 

DROPSY,— F rom  the  Greek,  udor,  water,  and  opsis , an  appearance. 
It  denotes  the  effusion  of  water,  or  rather  serous  fluid  into  any  cavity  of 
the  body,  or  into  the  cellular  tissues  under  the  skin. 

It  is  indicated  by  distension  of  the  belly,  difficult  breathing,  dry 
skin,  immoderate  thirst,  a dry  cough,  swelling  of  the  feet  and  legs, 
deficient  urine,  and  deficient  perspiration.  Dropsy  is  a symptom  of 
disease,  rather  than  itself  a disease,  and  generally  the  original  cause  is 
a morbid  change  in  one  or  more  of  the  principal  organs  of  the  body, 
the  heart,  liver,  or  kidneys.  It  is  caused  by  a loss  of  vitality  in  the 
capillary  exhalentsof  the  blood  vessels,  by  which  the}'-  are  deprived  ot 
their  elasticity  or  contractility,  consequent  upon  the  loss  of  the  electric 
fluid,  or  the  nervous  energy  upon  which  their  contractility  chiefly 
depends  ; and  from  a deficiency  of  iron  in  the  blood 

Give  a vapor  bath  made  of  bitter  herbs.  (See  “ Vapor  Bath.”) 
Drink  the  Composition  Powder  tea,  sweetened.  Give  diuretics,  and  a 
pill  made  of  cayenne.,  colocynth  and  rhubarb;  and  also  the  Diuretic 
Infusion.  Keep  up  the  perspiration  when  deficient;  and  fbment  the 
body  daily  with  the  Stimulating  Liniment.  The  compound  extract  of 
jalap  is  very  effective  in  evacuating  the  water;  or,  mustard  24  oz.  ; 
juniper  berries,  milkweed  root,  horse  radish  root ; black  alder  bark, 
mandrake  root,  b tter-sweet  bark,  of  each,  1 oz.  Bruise  them,  and 
infuse  in  3 qts.  of  hot  water,  adding  the  juice  of  a lemon.  A wine  glass 
two  or  three  times  a day ; or,  take  as  much  as  lies  upon  a sixpence  of 
powdered  laurel  leaves,  every  second  or  third  day  It  works  both  ways ; 
or,  make  tea  of  roots  of  dwarf  elder.  It  works  by  urine.  Every  tweive 
or  fourteen  minutes  (that  is,  after  every  discharge)  drink  a tea-cup.  I 
have  known  a dropsy  cured  by  this  in  twelve  hours’  time;  or,  one  was 
cured  bjr  taking  a drachm  of  nitre,  every  morning,  in  a little  ale;  or, 
tar-water  drank  twice  a day  has  cured  many;  so  has  an  infusion  of 


220 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


juniper  berries,  roasted,  and  made  into  a liquor  like  coffee ; or,  three 
spoons  of  the  juice  of  leeks,  or  elder  leaves. — 'fried.  This  cured  the 
windy  dropsy  ; or,  half  a pint  of  decoction  of  butcher’s  broom,  (inter- 
mixing purges  twice  or  thrice  a week.")  The  proper  purge  is  ten  grains 
of  jalap  with  six  of  powdered  ginger.  It  may  be  increased  or  lessened 
according  to  the  strength  of  the  patient;  or,  of  the  decoction  of  the  tops 
of  oak  boughs.  This  cured  an  inveterate  dropsy  in  fifteen  days;  or, 
take  senna,  cream  of  tartar,  jalap,  )4  oz.  of  each.  Mix  them  and  take  a 
drachm  every  morning  in  broth.  It  usually  cures  in  twenty  clays. 
This  is  nearly  the  same  as  Dr.  Ward’s  powder  ; he  says  it  seldom  fails, 
either  in  the  watery  or  windy  dropsy. — Rev.  John  Wesley. 

DYSENTERY,  OR  BLOODY  FLUX.— F rom  the  Greek,  dus , pain- 
ful, and  enteron,  the  bowels.  It  is  inflammation  of  the  mucous  mem- 
brane of  the  largo  intestines,  especially  the  colon.  It  is  attended  by 
frequent  bloody  stools,  straining,  nausea,  long  attempts  at  evacuation, 
and  often  great  pain.  There  is  loss  of  appetite,  strength,  and  great 
/owness  of  spirits.  The  evacuations  increase,  and  become  more  foetid. 
It  often  ends  in  death.  It  is  caused  by  obstructed  perspiration,  morbid 
humors,  unwholesome  diet,  night  air,  damp  beds,  wet  clothes,  intemp- 
erance, and  infection,  in  close  habitations,  prison  cells,  etc.  It  is  very 
prevalent  in  tropical  climates. 

To  cure,  give  gentle  emetics ; and  mild  purgatives,  if  needful.  The 
“ Neutralizing  Mixture, ’’(which  see)  is  of  great  eflicacy — a table-spoon 
per  hour.  It  will  neutralize  the  acidity  of  the  stomach,  relieve  the 
spasms,  etc.,  and  effect  a wondrous  change.  Should  inflammation 
continue,  give  an  injection;  as,  milk,  )4  pt;  mucilage  of  slippery  elm 
bark,  )4  pt. ; treacle,  )4  pt.;  olive  oil,  3*3  a wine  glass;  and  a tea  spoon 
of  salt.  This  affords  great  relief.  Keep  up  a gentle  perspiration  by 
the  Sudorific  Powders,  or  by  the  application  of  hot  bricKs,  as  before 
stated.  See  also  “ Diaphoretic  Powder.”  If  there  be  local  pain,  foment 
with  a decoction  of  vinegar,  hops,  tansy,  horehound,  and  catnip.  Give 
warm  diluents,  and  mucilaginous  drinks,  and  if  putresence  appears 
give  yeast  in  a decoction  of  logwood.  The  following  has  been  recom- 
mended : 

Prepared  chalk,  )4  dr.  ; compound  powden  of  gum  dragon,  2*4 
drs.  ; aromatic  confection,  1 dr.;  tincture  of  catechu,  and  of  kino,  2 
drs.  each;  laudanum,  34  dr. ; aromatic  spirit  of  ammonia,  1)4  drs  ; 
and  cinnamon  water,  & or4ozs.  Dose. — Two  table-spoons  every  three 
hours.  Or,  simmer  1 oz.  of  blackberry  root  bark,  and  2 ozs.  of  rasp- 
berry leaves  in  a quart  of  water  for  40  minutes,  strain  and  add  1)4  ozs. 
of  tmeture  of  myrrh,  and  a little  sugar.  Take  a wine  glass  every  half 
hour.  It  seldom  fails. 

Butter  just  churned  is  said  to  be  a sure  cure  ; it  must  be  unsalted, 
and  clarified  over  the  fire.  Two  table-spoons  several  times  a day. 

DIA.RRMEA0 — From  the  Greek,  dia,  rheo,  to  flow  through.  It  is 
an  undue  relaxed  state  of  the  bowels,  as  induced  by  improper  food, 
drunkenness,  cold;  or  it  may  be  a symptom  of  another  disease,  as 
consumption,  etc. 

The  “Neutralizing  Mixture”  will  be  found  efficacious  in  this  com- 
plaint ; or,  take  a tea-spoon  of'  “ Composition  Powder,”  and  one  of 
tincture  of  myrrh,  and  keep  the  patient  warm.  The  following  are 
good  remedies : 

To  1 qt.  of  blackberry  juice  add  1 lb.  of  white  sugar,  1 table-spoon 
of  cloves,  1 of  allspice,  1 of  cinnamon,  and  1 of  nutmeg.  Boil  all 
together  fifteen  minutes;  add  a wine  glass  of  whisky,  brandy,  or  rum. 
Bottle  while  hot,  cork  tight  and  seal.  This  is  almost  a specific  in 

I 


appendix  to  Medical  Department 


221 


diarrhea.  Pose.— A wine  glass  for  an  adult — half  for  a child — will 
often  cure  diarrhea.  Take  three  or  four  times  a day-if  the  case  is 
severe;  or,  confection  of  catechu,  2 drs. ; cinnamon  water,  4 ozs.  ; syrup 
of  white  poppies,  1 oz. ; mix  together.  One  or  two  table-spoons  to  be 
taken  twice  or  thrice  a day  .as  required;  for  children  under  ten  years 
of  age,  a dessert-spoon  to  be  used ; under  two  years,  a tea-spoon,  also 
two  or  three  times  a day,  as  above  stated. 

Draught  for  Diarrhea. — Take  tincture  of  opium.  30  drops;  pre-i 
pared  chalk,  2 drs. ; powdered  gum,  4 drs. ; tincture  of  catechu,  2 drs.;| 
rose  water,  2 ozs.  Mix,  and  take  a table-spoon  three  or  four  times  a\ 
day  ; or,  till  a small  basin  with  dry  flour,  tightly  cover  it  with  a greased 
cloth;  boil  it  three  hours.  Then  iet  it  cool.  For  use,  grate  a dessert- 
spoon of  it  into  peppermint  water ; more  for  an  adult.  Or,  make  a 
strong  tea  of  blackberry  leaves,  or  raspberry  leaves.  I have  known 
the  latter  superior  to  all  physicians.  Follow  it  with  a little  port  wine, 
grated  nutmeg  and  ginger.  Or,  take  of  poplar  bark,  34  oz-  5 prickly 
ash  berries,  34  oz.;  fleabane,  34  oz-  5 slippery  elm,  1 dr. ; pour  on  them 
a pint  of  boiling  water;  infuse  two  or  three  hours.  Tonics  must  be 
given  after  the  .cessation  of  the  relax. 

Sure  Cure  for  Diarrhea. — A correspondent  of  the  Country  Gentle- 
man presents  a remedy  for  diarrhea  which  he  never  knew  to  fail  for 
the  past  twenty-live  years  of  its  use  in  his  family.  It  is  simply  a dose 
of  laudanum  and  oil  (a  table-spoon  of  castor  oil  with  twenty  drops  of 
laudanum  in  it).  The  laudanum  actsas  an  astringent,  and  the  oil  heals 
and  carries  off  the  effect  of  the  disease. 

Diarrhea,  or  a looseness  of  the  bowels,  is  an  affection  to  which 
every  age,  sex,  and  condition  is  liable,  and  when  not  excited  by  sudden 
changes  of  the  weather,  or  the  exposure  of  a hot  body  to  wet  or  cold, 
is  most  frequently  induced  by  some  acid  or  indigestible  substance  taken 
into  the  stomach;  and  though  common  to  all  seasons  of  the  year,  is  far 
more  prevalent  in  the  autumn  than  at  any  other  period  of  the  twelve 
months,  showing  that  it  is  frequently  due  as  much  to  atmospheric  in- 
fluences as  to  partaking  in  excess  of  fruit,  vegetables,  or  cucumbers — 
the  articles  most  generally  accused  of  producing  the  disease.  That 
noxious  gases,  bad  drainage,  and  imperfect  ventilation  are  prolific  ex- 
citing causes  of  diarrhea  is  now  universally  admitted,  and  whenever 
practicable,  such  measures  should  be  adopted  for  correcting  those 
causes  as  will,  for  a season  at  least,  render  them  inoperative  for  mischief. 

The  symptoms  of  diarrhea  are  a weight  and  uneasiness  in  the 
lower  part  of  the  abdomen,  accompanied  with  griping  more  or  less 
severe;  flatulence,  succeeded  by  frequent  feculent  evacuations,  and 
often  attended  with  nausea  and  vomiting,  great  thirst,  a white  coated 
tongue,  dry  skin,  and  cold  feet. 

Treatment.— In  general,  diarrhea  is  easily  relieved  by  taking  a 
mild  aperient,  especially  a moderate  dose  of  castor  oil,  and  when  the 
griping  is  severe,  from  20  to  25  drops  of  laudanum  with  it.  When, 
however,  this  does  not  check  the  evacuations,  and  as,  when  unrelieved, 
diarrhea  is  apt  to  degenerate  into  cholera,  it  becomes  necessary  to 
adopt  some  direct  practice.  The  vomiting  is  to  be  checked  by  effer- 
vescing draughts,  with  or  without  brandy,  hot  water  to  the  feet.,  and 
a tea-spoon  of  tincture  kino  in  a wine  glass  of  water,  every  hour,  for 
two  or  three  times,  or  till  the  bowels  are  checked  in  their  action  ; or  a 
dose  of  the  following  mixture  can  be  substituted  every  quarter  or  half 
hour.  Take  of  carbonate  of  ammonia,  34  dr.  5 prepared  chalk,  G drs.; 
extract  of  catechu,  1 dr.;  peppermint  water,  6 ozs. ; spirits  of  sal 
volatile,  1 dr.  Mix,  and  give  two  table-spoons,  as  directed  above. 


222 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


When  there  is  much  pain,  1 dr,  of  laudanum  is  to  he  added  to  tn© 
mixture.  As  small  a quantity  of  liquid  as  possible  should  be  taken, 
hut  as  much  boiled  rice  or  rice  pudding  eaten  as  the  stomach  will 
digest  with  comfort;  hard  eggs  are  also  of  service;  vegetables,  how- 
ever, fruits,  broths,  or  any  liquid  potation — except  a small  quantity  of 
Brandy  and  water,  if  required — must  be  strictly  avoided.  It  must  be 
borne  in  mind,  that  the  above  doses  are  designed  for  adults;  that  unless 
specially  ordered  in  our  prescriptions,  opium  or  laudanum  are  never  to 
be  given  to  children;  and  that  the  quantity  of  kino  or  chalk  mixture 
must  be  regulated  according  to  their  ages. 

When  the  diarrhea  has  been  subdued,  care  must  be  taken,  in 
returning  to  the  ordinary  diet,  that  the  stomach  is  not  overloaded, 
especially  by  hard  and  indigestible  meat,  or  by  flatulent  vegetables; 
and  if  there  is  any  pain  or  indigestion,  tv.ro  spoons  of  infusion  of  camo' 
mile,  in  which  10  grs.  of  carbonate  of  soda  have  been  dissolved,  should 
be  taken  twice  a day  for  a few  times,  till  the  stomach  recovers  its  tone, 
when,  if  requisite,  a compound  coloc-ynth  pill  may  be  taken  to  cleanse 
the  alimentary  canal.  See  “ Cholera.”  “ Dysentery.”  For  the  diarrhea 
of  children,  see  “ Infants,  Diseases  of.” 

DIPHTHERIA. — “I  have  had  the  treatment  of  several  cases,  and 
have  uniformly  been  successful ; the  remedy  is  very  simple.  It  is  the 
external  application  of  water  to  the  throat,  at  degrees  of  temperature 
alternating  from  the  highest  that  the  human  skin  will  bear,  down  to 
almost  zero.  I am  prepared  to  verify  that  by  proof.  A.  Henderson, 
M.R.C  S.,  Eng.  13,  Upper  Seymour  St.,  Portman  Square,  London,  1858 

M.  Roche  mentions  in  IP  Union  Medicale  that  he  had  saved  six 
patients  in  six  cases  of  diphtheria  by  the  following  mode  of  treatment. 
The  false  membranes  were  first  freely  cauterized  with  lunar  caustic, 
and  injections  then  made  every  hour  against  the  fauces  with  a solution 
of  common  salt,  the  strength  of  the  solution  being  such  as  not  to  create 
nausea.  Chlorate  of  potash  was  also  given  internally;  and  tincture  of 
iodine  as  a topical  application,  was  used  in  half  the  cases;  but  M.  Roche 
considers  that  the  irrigations  with  the  solution  of  common  salt  were  the 
chief  agents  in  the  case. 

Diphtheria — Remedy  for. — Make  two  small  bags  to  reach  from 
ear  to  ear,  and  till  them  with  wood  ashes  and  salt;  dip  them  in  hot 
water,  and  wring  them  out  so  that  they  will  not  drip,  and  apply  them 
to  the  throat;  cover  up  the  whole  with  a flannel  cloth,  and  change 
them  as  often  as  they  become  cool,  until  the  throat  becomes  irritated, 
near  blistering.  For  children  it  is  necessary  to  put  flannel  cloths  be- 
tween the  ashes  and  the  throat  to  prevent  blistering.  When  the  ashes 
have  been  on  a sufficient  time  take  a wet  flannel  cloth  and  rub  it  with 
castile  soap  until  it  is  covered  with  a thick  lather;  dip  it  in  hot  water, 
and  apply  it  to  the  throat,  and  change  as  they  cool;  at  the  same  time 
use  a gargle  made  of  one  tea-spoon  of  cayenne  pepper,  one  of  salt,  one 
of  molasses,  in  a tea-cup  of  hot  water,  and  when  cool,  add  one-fourth 
as  much  cider  vinegar,  and  gargle  every  15  minutes,  until  the  patient 
requires  sleep.  A gargle  made  of  castile  soap  is  good  to  be  used  part 
of  the  time.” 

A correspondent  in  Maine,  in  sending  the  above  remedy,  says  there 
had  been  a number  of  deaths  from  diphtheria  until  this  remedy  was 
used,  since  then  ali  had  recovered. 

Diphtheria. — A gentleman  who  has  administered  the  following 
remedy  lor  diphtheria  says  that  it  has  always  proved  effectual : Take 

a tobacco  pipe,  place  a live  coal  in  the  bowl,  drop  a little  tar  upon  the 
coal,  and  let  the  patient  draw  smoke  into  the  mouth  and  discharge  it 
through  the  nostrils.  Safe  and  simple. 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


223 


Diphtheria — Specific  for. — The  Italian  journals  publish  a letter 
from  Dr.  Giovanni  Calligara,  describing  the  remarkable  success  which 
has  attended  his  treatment  of  diphtheria  with  plienic  acid.  He  relates 
the  losses  he  formerly  experienced  among  his  patients  when  treating 
them  with  emollients,  solvents,  and  cauterization  with  hydro-chloric 
acid,  and  observes  that  this  cauterization  can  no  more  eradicate  the 
morbid  principle  than  tearing  the  leaves  oft'  a plant  will  destroy  the 
root.  He  now  simply  uses  a gargle  of  plienic  acid  and  distilled  water, 
with  external  applications  of  new  flannel;  the  food  and  drink  to  be 
taken  cold.  After  the  adoption  of  this  treatment,  Dr.  Calligara  lost 
but  one  patient  out  of  fifty-eight.  He  requested  the  Italian  journals  to 
publish  this  discovery.  Phenic  acid  is  the  agent  which  is  now  being 
used  in  this  country  as  a remedy  for  cancer,  and  seems  likely  to  affect 
an  immense  saving  of  lives  formerly  hopelessly  sacrificed  to  that 
disease. 

DEAFNESS. — Take  three  drops  of  shoep’s  gall,  warm,  and  drop  it 
mto  the  ear  on  going  to  bed.  The  ear  must  be  thoroughly  syringed 
frith  warm  soap  and  water  in  the  morning.  The  gall  must  be  applied 
for  thvee  successive  nights.  It  is  only  efficacious  when  the  deafness  is 
produced  by  cold.  The  most  convenient  way  of  warming  the  gall  is 
by  holding  it  in  a silver  spoon  over  the  flr.me  of  a candle.  The  above 
-emedy  has  been  frequently  tried  with  perfect  success. 

Deafness. —Fox-glove  leaves  well  bruised;  mix  the  juice  with 
double  the  quantity  of  brandy.  Keep  for  use.  Drop  one  drop  into 
the  ear  once  a day,  and  place  in  the  ear  constantly  a piece  of  cotton 
saturated  with  it.  Or,  clean  the  ear  wel  out  with  warm  water,  dry  it, 
and  then  soak  cotton  in  glycerine,  and  put  it  into  the  ear,  moving  it 
backward  and  forward,  to  lubricate  it  thoroughly.  Or,  syringe  the 
fairs  well  with  warm  milk  and  oil;  then  take  opodeldoc^  and  oil  of 
vilmonds,  of  each,  34  o;o,  and  apply  with  cotton  wool. 

Or,  fill  a clean  stor-e  bottle  with  hot  water;  lay  the  ear  on  the 
bottle  as  hot  as  it  can  be  borne,  so  that  the  steam  may  ascend  into  it 
every  night  when  going  to  bed,  for  fPe  or  ten  minutes. 

Or,  take  fine  black  wool,  dip  it  in  camphorated  oil,  and  put  it  into 
the  ear;  as  it  dries,  dip  it  again ; and  keep  k moistened  in  the  ear  for 
two  or  three  weeks. 

Be  electrified  through  the  ear.  Or,  put  a little  salt  in  the  ear 
mixed  with  sweet  oil.  Or,  three  dr^ps  of  onion  juice  at  lying  down, 
keeping  it  in  with  wool.  Or,  mix  brandy  and  sweet  oil;  dip  black 
wool  in  this  and  put  it  into  the  ear.  When  it  grows  dry,  wash  it  well 
in  brandy;  dip  it  and  put  it  in  again.  If  attended  with  headache,  peel 
a clove  of  garlic,  dip  it  in  honey.  Apply  it  with  black  wool.  Previ- 
ously drop  into  the  ear  a few  drops  of  the  juice.  A mixture  of  10 
drops  of  spirit  of  turpentine  with  1 oz.  of  almond  oil,  using  black 
wool,  will  tend  to  the  cure  of  deafness  arising  from  diseased  cerumin- 
ous glands.  If  deafness  arises  from  wax,  syringe  the  ear  with  warm 
water,  applying  the  night  before  a little  glycerine. 

Deafness  Cured  by  Ether, — A poor  French  governess,  Mad’lle 
Cleret,  lias  succeeded  in  partially  curing  several  persons  afflicted  with 
deafness  and  loss  of  speech.  The  French  Academy  have  awarded  the 
Moutiiyon  Prize  for  the  discovery,  which  has  been  proved  innocuous. 
The  method  consists  in  introducing  sulphuric  ether  into  the  aural  con- 
duit, in  doses  of  2 to  8 drops  a day  for  twenty  days,  when  the  applica- 
tion is  suspended  for  a short  time,  and  again  commenced.  A gunner’s 
mate,  aged  51,  had  been  attacked  six  months  before  with  acute  rheu- 
matism, which  became  chronic  and  complicated,  with  deafness  in  the 


224 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department 


left  ear,  and  difficulty  of  hearing  in  the  right  one.  There  was  fre» 
quent  singing  in  both  ears,  and  the  deafness  increased  or  diminished 
with  the  rheumatic  pains.  At  the  first,  a few  drops  of  ether  were 
instilled  into  both  his  ears,  when  he  immediately  experienced  a feeling 
of  expansion  within,  with  a,  slight  pain,  and  from  that  moment  he 
could  distinguish  sounds  less  confusedly.  On  the  following  morning 
he  declared  he  could  hear  with  his  right  ear  quite  as  well  as  before  his 
illness;  the  installation  was  therefore  only  repeated  in  tins  left  ear, 
and  on  the  fourth  day  he  declared  himself  quite  cured.  Another  case, 
similar  to  this,  is  reported  by  Dr.  Berlemont,  of  Joncourt;  and  Dr. 
Coursier,  of  Honnecourt,  announces  that  he  has  been  treating  six 
patients,  between  five  and  fifteen  years  of  age,  for  some  time  with 
ether,  to  their  manifest  advantage. 

An  eminent  physician  says  : “ Take  sassafras  oil,  5 drops  ; sweet 
oil,  24  oz.  Mix,  and  drop  into  the  ear  once  or  twice  a day.”  He  says 
that  this  seldom  fails.  Or,  saturate  a little  cotton  wool  with  tincture 
of  lobelia,  and  insert  twice  a day. 

DELIRIUM  TREMENS. — This  is  the  disease  of  drunkards,  and 
those  who  take  narcotics,  as  opium,  etc.  It  may  be  called  “the  brain 
fever  of  drunkards.”  The  person  is  tremulous,  has  nausea,  vorriiiing 
and  wakefulness,  restlessness;  he  raves,  and  imagines  snakes,  demons, 
etc.,  are  about  him.  This  disease  doubtless  arises  from  extreme  stimu- 
lus of  the  brain. 

To  Cure. — First  allay  the  paroxysm,  calm  and  support  the  nerv- 
ous system,  by  giving  brandy  and  other  spirits.  The  redness  of  th*> 
face,  and  the  pulsation  of  the  arteries,  heart,  etc.,  indicate  determina- 
tion of  blood  to  the  head.  Equalize  the  circulation  by  bathing  the  feet 
and  legs  in  warm  lye-water ; then  apply  mustard  plasters  to  the  feet 
and  nape  of  the  neck.  Give  a purge;  and  now  and  then  a cup  of 
valerian,  scullcap,  or  strong  hop  tea,  or  from  10  to  20  drops  of  laud 
anum.  Emetics  are  very  useful,  and  may  be  given  in  the  same  kino 
of  spirits  the  patient  has  been  accustomed  to  take.  A strong  decoction 
of  wormwood  is  successfully  used  in  hospitals. 

EYES,  WEAK  AND  SORE,-— Sulphate  of  zinc,  3 grs. ; tincture  o* 
opium,  10  drops ; water,  2 ozs.  To  be  applied  three  or  four  times  s* 
day. 

Eye,  Blood-Shot. — Apply  linen  rags  dipped  in  cold  water  fortw* 
or  three  hours.  Or,  apply  boiled  hyssop  as  a poultice.  Very  effica 
cious. — Wesley. 

Eye-Bright. — This  plant  is  useful  in  affections  of  the  eyes,  as  iv 
improves  the  vision,  especially  in  old  age.  (See  Robinson’s  Herbal.) 

Eyes,  Bruised.— Frequently  bathe  in  water  with  a little  carbonate 
of  soda  dissolved  in.  Or,  apply  bread  poultices  pretty  warm ; change 
often.  Or,  foment  with  a decoction  of  stramonium  leaves,  and  then 
bind  them  on  the  eye.  Or  use  slippery  elm  poultices. 

Eye-Salve* — White  or  yellow  wax,  24  oz-5  red  precipitate,  3 drs. ; 
prepared  tutty,  or  pure  zinc  powdered,  1 dr.;  lard,  4 ozs.  Melt  and 
mix.  Add  drs.  of  camphor  dissolved  in  oil. 

Eyes,  Inflammation  of.— Mix  bread  crumbs  with  the  white  of  an 
egg,  3 drops  of  laudanum,  3 drops  of  brandy,  and  a very  little  salt. 
Apply  in  a bag  of  thin  soft  linen  or  muslin.  It  is  better  to  apply  it  at 
night,  when  lying  down.  It  always  affords  relief.  Drink  also  eye- 
bright  tea,  and  wash  the  eves  with  it. 

Eye,  Films.— Mix  juice  of  eye-briglit  and  juice  of  ground  ivy 
with  a little  honey,  and  2 or  3 grs.  of  bay  salt.  Drop  it  in,  morning 
and  evening. 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


225 


Eye*  Hot  Humors. — Apply  a few  drops  of  double  refined  sugar 
melted  in  brandy.  Or,  boil  a handful  of  bramble  leaves  with  a little 
alum  in  a quart  of  spring  water,  to  a pint.  Drop  this  frequently  into 
the  eye.  This  likewise  speedily  cures  cancers  or  any  sores. 

Eye,  or  Eyelids  Inflamed. — Apply  as  a poultice,  boiled,  roasted  or 
rotten  apples  warm.  Or,  wormwood  tops  with  the  yolk  of  an  egg. 
This  will  hardly  fail.  Or,  beat  up  the  white  of  an  egg  with  two 
spoons  of  white  rose  water  into  a white  froth.  Apply  this  on  a fine 
rag,  changing  it  so  that  it  may  not  grow  dry  till  the  eye  or  eyelid  is 
well.  Tried. 

Or,  dissolve  1 oz.  of  fine  gum  arabic  in  3 spoons  of  spring  water; 
put  a drop  into  the  inner  corner  of  the  eye,  from  the  point  of  a hair 
pencil,  four  or  five  times  a day.  At  the  same  time  take  as  much  salt- 
petre as  will  lie  upon  a sixpence,  dissolved  in  a glass  of  water,  three 
or  four  times  a day;  abstaining  from  all  liquors  till  cured.  White 
bread  poultices  applied  to  the  eyes  in  an  inflamed  state  often  occasion 
blindness. 

Eyelid,  Remoying  foreign  bodies  from  beneatii  the. — M.  Renard, 

in  the  case  of  small  bodies  which  become  entangled  beneath  the  upper 
eyelid,  recommends  the  following  simple  procedure,  which  will  often 
dispense  with  all  others  : Take  hold  of  the  upper  eyelid  near  its 
angles  with  the  index  finger  and  thumb  of  each  hand,  draw  it  gently 
forward  and  as  low  down  as  possible  over  the  lower  eyelid,  and  retain 
it  in  this  position  for  about  a minute,  taking  care  to  prevent  the  tears 
from  flowing  out.  When,  at  the  end  of  this  time,  you  allow  the  eye- 
lid to  resume  its  place,  a flood  of  tears  washes  out  the  foreign  body, 
which  will  be  found  adhering  to,  or  near  to,  the  lower  eyelid. 

Eye  Poultice. — Stir  2 drs.  of  powdered  alum  in" the  powdered 
whites  of  two  eggs  till  a coagulum  be  formed.  Place  it  between  a 
piece  of  soft  linen  rag,  and  apply  it.  Very  applicable  for  inflamed 
eyes  attended  with  a purulent  discharge,  and  for  chilblains. 

Eyes,  Hood  for  the. — To  give  brilliancy  to  the  eyes,  shut  them 
early  at  night,  and  open  them  early  in  the  morning;  let  the  mind  be 
constantly  intent  on  the  acquisition  of  benevolent  feelings.  This  will 
scarcely  ever  fail  to  impart  to  the  eyes  an  intelligent  and  amiable  ex- 
pression. 

Eye-Sight,  To  Preserve. — Never  sit  long  in  absolute  gloom , or 
exposed  to  a blaze  of  light.  Avoid  reading  small  print.  Do  not  strain 
the  eyes  by  looking  at  minute  objects.  Do  not  read  in  the  dusk,  nor  by 
candie-light  or  gas-light,  if  the  eyes  be  disordered.  Do  not  permit 
the  eyes  to  gaze  on  glaring  objects,  as  the  sun,  or  bright  daylight, 
especially  on  opening  the  eyes  in  the  morning.  Do  not  let  the  curtains, 
walls,  etc.,  be  white;  green  is  the  best  for  curtains,  etc.  Avoid  much 
exposure  to  cold  easterly  winds;  especially  avoid  intemperance,  and 
excessive  venery,  which  are  awfully  destructive  to  eye-sight. 

Eye  Water. — Boil  lightly  1 spoon  of  white  copperas,  and  3 spoons 
of  salt,  in  3 pts.  of  spring  water.  When  it  is  cold,  bottle  it  without 
straining.  Put  a drop  or  two  in  the  eye  morning  and  evening. 

It  takes  away  redness  and  soreness;  it  cures  pearls,  rheums,  and 
often  blindness.  If  it  makes  the  eye  smart,  add  more  water  to  it. 

Another. — Stamp  and  strain  ground  ivy,  celandine,  and  daisies,  an 
equal  quantity;  add  a little  rose-water  and  loaf  sugar.  Drop  a drop 
or  two  at  a time  into  the  eye;  it  takes  away  all  the  inflammation, 
smarting,  itching,  spots,  webs,  etc. 

Or  take  2 table-spoons  each  of  brandy',  and  rain  water,  and  about 


226  Appendix  to  MeJ*<ci  department, 

the  size  of  a horse-bean  of  camphor,  Dissolve  the  last  in  the  first. 
Valuable. 

Eye  Water. — Take  of  white  vitriol,  10  grs.;  rose,  or  elder-flower 
water,  8 ounces.  Mix. 

Eye  Water.— Half  a pint  of  the  best  brandy,  2 pts.  of  spring 
water,  and  sugar  of  lead,  1 oz.;  mix.  This  is  a good  eye  water.  Or, 
take  6 ozs.  of  rectified  spirits  of  wine,  dissolve  in  it  1 dr.  of  camphor, 
then  add  2 small  handfuls  of  dried  elder  flowers;  infuse  24  hours. 
Bathe  the  forehead,  over  your  eyes,  and  each  temple,  several  times  a 
day;  meantime,  dip  a soft  rag  in  stale  small  beer,  new  milk  warm,  and 
bathe  each  eye  a few  times  gently,  morning  and  evening.  If  it  is  a 
watery  humor,  wet  the  eyelids  two  or  three  times,  but  be  sure  to  shut 
your  eyes,  or  it  will  make  them  smart  and  burn  excessively. 

It  is  also  a good  remedy  for  the  toothache,  or  swelled  face,  bruises, 
etc.,  used  as  a rubefacient. 

Eyes,  Weak. — May  be  relieved  by  washing  them  in  cold  water; 
or  dissolve  4 grs.  of  sugar  of  lead,  and  crude  sal-ammoniac,  in  8 ozs. 
of  water,  to  which  add  a few  drops  of  laudanum.  With  this  mixture 
bathe  the  eyes  night  and  morning.  Rose-water  is  also  good  for  the 
eyes. 

If  lime  gets  into  the  eyes,  a few  drops  of  vinegar  and  water  will 
dissolve  and  remove  it.  Almond  or  olive  oil  will  do  away  with  any 
hot,  fluid  that  may  reach  the  ejre.  Styes  should  be  bathed  with  warm 
water,  and  it  is  as  well  to  take  an  aperient.  A little  ointment  of  cit- 
ron and  spermaceti  may  be  used  when  the  sty  is  broken. 

FACE  BURNING.— It  arises  from  acidity  of  the  stomach.  Take 
1 or  2 tea-spoons  of  magnesia  in  milk. 

FAINTING  FITS. — Remove  the  patient,  to  the  open  air,  and  lay 
him  in  a horizontal  position,  with  nothing  tight  left  upon  him.  Should 
the  case  be  obstinate,  immerse  the  feet  and  legs  in  warm  water,  and 
apply  spirits  of  hartshorn  to  the  nostrils ; and  give  a few  drops  in  a 
glass  of  water,  or  hot  brandy  and  water. 

FELON,  OR  WHITLOW. — V very  painful  inflammation  of  the 
fingers,  thumb,  or  hand.  A whitlow  resembles  a felon,  but  it  is  not  so 
deeply  seated.  It  is  often  found  at  the  root  of  the  nail.  Immerse  the 
diseased  finger  in  strong  lye  as  long  and  as  hot  as  can  be  borne  several 
times  a day.  Constantly  poultice  it  with  a mixture  of  strong  lye  and 
elm  bark,  or  elm  bark  and  powdered  linseed,  and  one  poppy  head 
softened  in  the  lye.  Or  steam  it  well  with  the  bitter  herbs,  which  may 
be  used  several  times;  about  twenty  minutes  at  a time.  Continue  till 
well,  or  when  it  begins  to  suppurate;  then  will  appear  a white  spot, 
which,  when  fully  ripe,  may  be  opened  with  a fine  needle.  Should 
gangrenous  matter  appear,  apply  a little  vegetable  caustic  (which  see). 
Apply  the  black  salve,  to  heal  it.  Keep  tlie  bowels  open,  and  takb 
now  and  then  the  composition  powder. 

EAR-ACHE. — Place  in  the  ear  cotton  wool  moistened  with  sweet 
oil  and  laudanum.  A flannel  bag  of  salt,  or  camomile  flowers,  made 
very  hot  and  applied  to  the  ear  at  bed-time,  will  often  give  relief.  Or, 
wet  a rag  with  laudanum,  and  cover  the  ear  with  it.  A bag  of  hops, 
a roasted  onion,  and  hartshorn  and  oil,  are  household  remedies.  If  it 
arises  from  heat,  frequently  apply  wet  cloths.  If  from  cold,  boil  rue, 
or  rosemary,  and  steam  the  ear  through  a funnel. 

Ea  -A  die.— Rub  the  ear  hard  for  a quarter  of  an  hour.  Tried. 
Or,  be  electrified.  Or,  put  in  a roasted  fig,  or  onion,  as  hot  as  may 
be.  Or,  blow  the  smoke  of  tobacco  strongly  into  it.  But  if  the  ear- 
ache is  caused  by  an  inflammation  of  the  uvula,  it  is  cured  in  tw-u 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


227 


or  three  hours  by  receiving  into  the  mouth  the  steam  of  bruised 
hemp-seed  boiled  in  water. — 'Wesley . 

Ear-Ache,  from  Worms. — Drop  in  warm  milk,  which  brings  them 
out.  Or,  juice  of  wormwood,  which  kills  them. 

Ear-Ache,  Indian  Cure  for. — Take  a piece  of  the  lean  of  mutton, 
the  size  of  a large  walnut,  put  it  into  the  lire  and  burn  it  for  some  time 
till  it  is  reduced  almost  to  a cinder;  then  put  it  into  a piece  of  clean 
rag,  and  squeeze  it  until  some  moisture  is  expressed,  which  must  be 
dropped  into  the  ear  as  hot  as  the  patient  can  bear  it. 

EPILEPSY,  OK  FALLING  SICKNESS. — A sudden  deprivation  of 
sense,  with  violent  convulsions  of  the  whole  system.  Previous  to  the 
fit,  there  is  a peculiar  sensation  felt  by  the  patient;  a scream  or  cry  is 
then  uttered,  and  he  falls  heavily  to  the  ground.  The  eyes  av  *.  fixed 
and  reverted,  and  the  convulsive  agitations  are  violent;  the  teeth  gnash 
against  each  other,  the  tongue  projects,  and  is  sadly  bitten;  the  patient 
froths  at  the  mouth,  and  is  quite  unconscious.  “ The  period  of  recur- 
rence of  epileptic  fits  is  very  variable.  Death  sometimes  occurs  in  the 
first ; or,  though  rarely,  recovery  taking  place,  the  disease  never  re- 
turns. Tears  may  intervene,  or  an  irregular  period  of  months,  weeks, 
or  days,  may  separate  the  attacks.”  Epilepsy  is  more  common  in  the 
night  than  in  the  day.  As  it  becomes  more  firmly  rooted  in  the  sys- 
tem, the  fits  recur  more  frequently. 

Treatment. — Prevent  the  patient  from  injuring  himself  during 
die  fit.  A piece  of  wood,  India  rubber,  etc.,  should  be  placed  between 
the  teeth  to  prevent  injury  to  the  tongue.  Remove  all  tight  clothing, 
especially  about  the  neck.  Elevate  the  head  and  shoulders.  If  the 
fit  does  not  depart,  give  one  or  two  tea-spoons  of  the  anti-spasmodic 
tincture.  When  the  fit  subsides,  give  a vapor  bath,  and  an  emetic  two 
or  three  times  a week.  After  the  bath,  rub  the  body  over  with  the 
Stimulating  Liniment.  Gentle  aperients  should  also  be  given  now  and 
then.  Sponge  the  body  every  or  every  other  morning  with  cold  salt 
and  water.  Let  the  diet  be  very  light  and  digestible.  As  it  is  a dis- 
ease of  debility,  tonics  should  be  employed  ; as  Peruvian  bark,  snake 
root,  lady’s  slipper,  and  peony,  which  may  be  obtained  of  the  medical 
botanists.  Roil  them  till  strong;  add  sugar,  and  best  Madeira  wine. 
Dr.  Beach  says,  that  salt  is  very  efficacious.  “ As  soon  as  there  are  any 
premonitory  symptoms,  give  a tea-spoon  of  salt,  in  a little  water;  and, 
if  practicable,  repeat  it  in  twenty  minutes;  it  shortens  the  fit,  and  may 
be  taken  twice  or  thrice  a day.  The  shower  bath  may  also  be  used. 
If  the  disease  proceeds  from  worms,  use  the  remedies  in  that  case  pre- 
scribed. A pill  made  of  equal  parts  of  scullcap,  lobelia-seed,  and  cay- 
enne, and  mucilage,  is  very  useful  in  this  disease.” 

ERYSIPELAS. — Dr.  Baumann  employs  collodion  in  all  cases,  and 
has  found  it,  even  in  several  cases  of  erysipelas  of  the  face,  and  in  one 
case  of  phlegmonous  erysipelas  of  the  thigh,  highly  useful.  He  first 
gives  an  emetic,  and  then  daily  applies  collodion  to  the  parts.  The 
recoveiy  is  rapid,  and  no  ill  consequences  have  been  observed. 

Bathing  the  legs  and  feet  in  warm  water  is  very  serviceable.  Some 
recommend  the  part  to  be  covered  with  meal,  or  flour,  or  yeast.  Some 
persons  recommend  a poultice  of  cranberries  powdered  fine,  in  a raw 
state. 

A decoction  of  elder-leaves  will  promote  perspiration;  applying 
to  the  part  a cloth  dipped  in  lime-water.  Or  take  gentle  purgatives, 
as  senna,  manna,  cream-of-tartar,  with  a little  fennel-seed,  to  prevent 
griping.  The  vapor  bath  is  very  beneficial.  Tiie  marshmallow  oint- 
ment is  very  serviceable;  also  the  elder  ointment.  Wash  the  parts  oft 


228 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department, 


with  the  following  liquid  or  tincture  : Infuse  1 oz.  of  celandine  leav*-* 
in  1 pt.  of  whisky  a few  hours.  Apply  it  when  there  is  much  i chiiig-. 
But  the  best  application  is  a poultice  made  of  slippery  elm  bark.  Mix 
the  bark  with  milk,  buttermilk,  or  cream.  Should  there  be  ulceration, 
add  brewer’s  yeast  to  the  poultice.  The  diet  should  be  cool  and  nour- 
ishing. 

Dr  Beach,  referring  to  a case,  says  : “ The  patient  was  so  bad 

that  he  had  to  sit  in  a chair  live  or  six  months,  day  and  night,”  and 
the  most  eminent  allopathic  doctors  could  do  him  no  good.  *•!  used 
the  pulverized  willow  bark , commonly  called  pussy  willow ; it  was  mixed 
with  cream,  under  which  it  grew  better ; it  slough*  d in  several  places 
nearly  to  the  bone.  When  the  pain  almost  subsided,  I applied  the 
slippery  elm  bark  and  milk,  and  then  the  black  salve , which  effected  a 
cure  in  a few  months.’’ 

FROST-BITE. — The  parts  of  the  body  most  exposed  to  the  serious 
consequence  of  frost-bite  are  those  farthest  from  the  seat  of  circula- 
tion, and  the  most  exposed  to  a great  degree  of  cold.  These  are,  the 
toes  and  feet,  fingers,  ears,  nose,  and  the  cheekn  below  the  eye. 

The  effect  of  intense  cold  is,  in  the  first  pls,ce,  to  deaden  the  sensi- 
bility of  the  part  most  exposed,  which  it  does  by  contracting  the 
vessels  and  driving  the  blood  from  the  surface,  when  the  part,  losing 
its  healthy  vitality,  is  unable  to  resist  the  specific  influence  of  the  sur 
rounding  cold,  and  quickly  falls  a prey  to  'die  potency  of  the  frost, 
and,  in  a short  time,  a partial  gives  way  to  an  absolute  death,  or  mol- 
lification of  the  member  or  organ,  which  sc  on  after  separates  or  falls 
off.  To  guard  against  the  danger  of  frost-bites,  the  inhabitants  of 
very  cold  countries,  as  the  Russians  and  Esquimaux,  cover  both  tha 
cartilage  of  the  ear  and  the  nose. 

Symptoms. — A frost-bite  is  knowTn  by  the  swelling  and  discolora 
tion,  attended  with  pain,  numbness,  and  a sense  of  pricking  in  tho- 
part,  the  color  passing  from  a bright  red  till  it  becomes  actual  l.y  black 
Sometimes,  however,  beyond  a slight  degree  of  heat,  and  itching 
which  soon  passes  off,  the  person  is  unconscious  of  the  danger  that  i» 
taking  place,  till  too  late  to  save  the  doomed  part. 

Treatment. — The  means  employed  in  the  treatment  are  extremely 
simple,  but  upon  their  slow  and  cautions  use  depends  the  entire  chance 
of  restoring  the  part  or  member  to  life;  for  should  the  temperature  be 
too  quickly  raised,  or  the  circulation  too  suddenly  restored,  the  perfect 
mortification  the  means  are  intended  to  avert  will  be  certain  to  follow, 
when  all  exertion  is  hopeless.  For  this  purpose,  the  part  must  be 
slowly  rubbed  with  snow,  or  bathed  with  cold  water,  either  in  the 
open  air  or  in  a cold  room,  far  removed  from  fire  or  warmth.  After 
half  an  hour  of  such  steady  employment  of  the  snow  or  water,  two  or 
three  tea-spoons  of  weak  brandy  and  cold  water  are  to  be  given,  the 
process  continued  a little  longer,  a little  more  spirits  and  water  admin- 
istered, and  the  patient  finally  put  to  bed  in  cold  sheets,  and  in  a cold 
room. 

When  the  whole  body  has  been  rendered  insensible  by  intense 
cold,  as  is  sometimes  the  case  in  crossing  the  Alps,  and  in  severe  win- 
ters even  in  this  country,  the  same  treatment  is  to  be  adopted;  but 
instead  of  rubbing  a part  only,  the  whole  body  must  be  rubbed  with 
snow,  till  the  friction  of  several  pairs  of  hands  induces  some  return  to 
sensibility.  As  soon  as  that  is  effected,  the  body  is  to  be  carefully 
dried,  and  again  rubbed  with  flannel;  an  enema  of  salt  and  water, 
with  a small  quantity  of  turpentine,  is  to  be  thrown  into  the  bowels; 
the  patient  put  to  bed  in  cold  sheets,  and  in  a room  without  a lire ; a 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


229 


few  spoons  of  gruel,  with  a little  brandy,  being  given  almost  cold,  as 
soon  as  lie  can  swallow;  and  this,  or  weak  wine  and  water,  gradually 
and  at  long  intervals  given  to  him,  the  utmost  care  being  taken  to 
avoid  exciting  sudden  reaction,  headache,  or  fever;  as  most  serious 
evils  will  occur  should  they  be  induced  by  hasty  or  powerful  stimu- 
lants. 

GOITRE,  OR  BRONCHOCELE,  as  the  general  enlargement  of  the 
thyroid  gland  of  the  throat  is  variously  called,  according  to  the  coun- 
try or  locality  in  which  the  disease  is  prevalent. 

The  causes  of  this  unsightly  deformity  are  far  from  being  satis- 
factorily understood.  By  some  it  has  been  assigned  to  drinking  snow 
water;  by  others,  to  water  loaded  with  lime  and  magnesia;  l ut  it  has 
been  found  epidemic  in  localities  where  neither  of  these  circumstances 
prevail. 

It  more  frequently  attacks  females  than  males,  and,  though  present 
from  early  life,  seldom  becomes  greatly  enlarged  till  the  person  has 
turned  forty  ; ca  es,  however,  not  unfrequently  occur  where  it  ad- 
vances from  the  age  of  puberty,  and  in  a few  years  attains  a consider- 
able size.  Those  most  frequently  attacked  with  goitre  are  persons  of 
a phlegmatic  temperament. 

Treatment. — Before  commencing  the  treatment  of  this  disease, 
a piece  of  tape  should  be  first  passed  around  the  neck,  and  the  exact 
size  of  the  swelling  and  throat  taken;  the  measure  being  put  aside, 
that  it  may  be  used  every  month  to  test  the  progress  of  the  cure,  by 
showing  how  much  less  is  the  girth  of  both. 

As  iodine  is  the  chief  remedy  on  which  any  reliance  can  be  placed. 
It  must  be  used  both  externally  and  internally  at  the  same  time,  though 
in  different  preparations. 

Iodine  Ointment. — Take  of  camphor,  1 dr.;  iodine,  34  dr-;  spirits 
of  wine,  10  drops  (to  powder  the  camphor);  white  ointment,  1 oz. 
Mix. 

A small  piene  of  this  ointment  is  to  be  rubbed  steadily  and  effect- 
ually all  over  the  tumor  every  night  before  going  to  bed,  a warm  brail 
poultice  being  laid  over  the  whole  to  induce  absorption.  A poultice 
should  also  precede  the  use  of  the  ointment,  so  as  to  relax  and  open 
the  pores  of  the  skin. 

Mixture. — 'lake  of  h}rdriodate  of  potass,  1 dr.;  infusion  of  gentian, 
8 ozs. ; tincture  of  ginger,  2 drs.  Mix.  One  table-spoon  to  be  taken 
four  times  a day. 

Every  fourth  day  the  ointment  should  be  intermitted  for  two  days, 
to  allow  the  skin  to  recover  from  the  friction.  Some  practitioners 
paint  the  tumor  with  the  tincture  of  iodine;  but  the  benefit  of  friction, 
with  the  stimulating  properties  of  the  camphor,  add  so  much  to  the 
benefit  of  the  treatment,  that  we  have  no  hesitation  in  recommending 
the  ointment  as  the  best  means.  Three  months’  steady  employment 
of  the  above  remedies  will  generally  reduce  the  gland  to  an  almost 
natural  appearance. 

GANGRENE. — The  partial  death  of  a part;  the  preliminary  stage 
to  mortification,  or  the  absolute  death  of  a part. 

The  causes  of  gangrene  are  very  numerous.  It  may  arise  from 
any  excessive  inflammatory  action,  from  extreme  cold,  great  bodily 
prostration,  from  severe  blows,  wounds,  and  accidents,  and,  indeed, 
from  any  cause  that  greatly  depresses  the  vital  powers;  it  also  arises 
spontaneously  in  persons  advanced  in  life,  showing  itself  in  the  feet 
or  toes,  and,  among  the  aged  peasantry,  is  a very  frequent  cause  of 
death. 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


«3° 

Symptoms. — Swelling,  more  or  less  extensive,  loss  of  warmth  in 
the  part,  a diminution  of  all  pain;  a bluish  hue  settles  on  tn«  cuticle, 
which  gradually  deepens  into  a purplish  brown;  the  discharge,  if 
any,  ceases,  there  is  a loss  of  all  sensation,  the  skin  is  raised  into 
vesicles,  or  blisters,  which  break,  and  a thin,  fetid,  ichorous  discharge 
escapes.  From  this  time  the  cuticle  undergoes  another  change,  and 
becomes  of  a yellowish  green;  the  pulse  is  quick,  small,  and  feeble; 
a low,  hectic  fever  supervenes,  the  patient  rambles  in  his  talk,  delirium 
follows,  and  hiccup  for  an  hour  or  two  precedes  death. 

Gangrene  never  attacks  a limb  or  part  where  the  circulation  is 
strong,  but  those  places  where  it  is  most  languid,  and  remote  from 
vigorous  action. 

When  it  attacks  the  point  of  the  great  toe,  it  gradually  advances 
over  the  whole  member:  the  others  next  become  involved,  and  then 
the  foot,  when  extending  up  the  limb,  destroying  all  to  the  center  as 
it  spreads,  till,  reaching  a spot  where  the  circulation  is  strong,  some 
lymph  is  thrown  out  from  tiie  healthy  side  in  a complete  circle  around 
the  part,  cutting  off  all  access,  and  drawing  a line  of  demarkation 
between  the  living  and  the  dead  flesh.  Were  the  limb  now  left  alone, 
the  gangrenous  extremity  would,  after  a short  time,  drop  off  as  evenly 
as  if  it  had  been  amputated. 

Treatment.— This,  to  be  at  all  effective,  must  begin  before  the 
vesicles  rise,  or  sensation  is  lost  in  the  part.  The  first  efforts  must  be 
directed  to  raising  the  temperature  of  the  skin,  by  a succession  of 
warm,  soft  poultices,  placing  bottles  of  hot  water  in  the  bed,  and  by 
the  employment  of  warm,  diffusible  stimulants  to  the  system,  so  that, 
by  rousing  the  circulation,  the  blood  may  be  propelled  with  greatei 
energy  to  the  affected  limb;  a generous  diet,  with  wire,  bark,  quinine, 
and  opium,  are  the  agents  by  which  this  result  is  to  be  obtained. 

The  following  mixture  is  an  illustration  of  tiios^  general  prin» 
ciples  : 

Take  of  camphor  water,  6 ozs. ; aromatic  confection,  1 dr.;  car- 
bonate of  ammonia,  34  dr. , mix,  and  add  laudanum,  1 dr.;  aromatic 
tincture,  34  oz. ; compound  tincture  of  bark,  34  oz. ; spirits  of  sub 
phuric  ether,  1 dr.  Mix.  Two  table-spoons  directly,  and  one  everj 
two  or  th  ree  hours,  according  to  the  urgency  of  the  case. 

The  poultices  are  to  be  continued  to  the  part  till  the  natural 
warmth  returns,  and  the  skin  begins  to  assume  a healthier  hue.  Con- 
current with  these  remedies,  the  patient  should  be  fed  every  hour  with 
beef  tea,  thickened  with  Dr.  Ridges  patent  food,  or  grated  crumbs  of 
bread,  and,  if  necessary,  an  occasional  quantity  of  wine  ard  water. 

For  the  gangrene  that  follows  frost-bite,  or  exposure  to  cold,  the 
very  opposite  of  this  treatment  is  to  be  adopted,,  and  neither  heat  nor 
stimulants  on  any  account  employed.  (See  “Frost-Bite.”) 

There  is  a form  of  gangrene"  extremely  malignant,  which  often 
rages  in  infirmaries,  jails,  and  convict  prisous,  known  as  hospital  gan- 
grene, but  on  which  it  is  needless  to  enter  here. 

FITS. — If  a person  fails  in  a fit,  let  him  remain  on  the  ground, 
provided  his  face  be  pale  ; for  should  it  be  fainting  or  temporary  sus- 
pension of  the  heart’s  action,  you  may  cause  death  by  raising  him 
upright,  or  by  bleeding;  but  if  the  face  be  red  or  dark  colored,  raise 
him  on  his  seat,  throw  cold  water  on  his  head  immediately,  and  send 
for  a surgeon,  and  get  a vein  opened,  or  fatal  pressure  on  the  brain  may 
ensue. 

GRAYED. — A collection  of  sand  or  small  particles  of  stor^  ie  the 
kidneys,  ureters,  or  bladder.  The  urine  often  gives  a deposit  of  e b.>  i*ak 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


231 


dust.  appearance,  uric  acid.  The  symptoms  are  shivering,  pain  in  the 
loins,  generally  felt  more  severly  on  one  side,  and  passing  downwards 
— towards  tiie  bladder,  a frequent  desire  to  make  water,  which  is  passed 
*n  small  quantities,  sometimes  with  blood,  or  for  a time  not  passed  at 
all,  irritation  about  the  neck  of  the  bladder.  As  the  irritating  matter 
parses  from  the  kidneys  into  the  ureter,  it  produces  pain  so  great  as  to 
cause  f . 1 inti  rigs  and  convulsive  tits.  The  transit  of  this  matter  may  be 
made  in  a few  hours,  or  it  may  last  for  several  days.  The  following 
are  good  remedies: 

Dissolve  3 drs.  of  prepared  natron  or  carbonate  of  soda,  in  a qt. 
of  cold  soft  water,  and  take  half  during  the  day.  Continue  as  the  case 
may  require.  The  greatest  martyrs  have  been  relieved  by  this  simple 
remedy:  or,  take  1 oz.  of  the  spirits  of  sweet  nitre,  2 drs.  of  liquid 
laudanum,  and  34  oz.  of  the  oil  of  juniper.  Take  a tea-spoon  in  a cup 
of  linseed  tea  sweetened  with  honey.  This  has  performed  wonders. 
Or,  take  dandelion  and  marsh-mallow  root,  of  each,  2 ozs.,  agrimony, 
ti  small  handful,  to  3 qts.  of  water;  boil  to  2 qts.  Dose. — A wine  glass 
sverv  three  or  four  hours. 

A gentle  aperient  may  at  times  be  given,  and  -warm  injections  are 
very  soothing.  Take  also  the  Diuretic  Infusion.  Flannels  dipped  in 
hot  t incture  of  cayenne,  and  wrung  out,  or  the  Stimulating  Liniment 
may  he  applied  to  the  pained  park  Flops  simmered  in  vinegar,  to 
rdi  ch  add  20  or  30  drops  of  laudanum.  Drink  at  the  same  time  a 
strong  infusion  of  spearmint,  and  bathe  the  feet  in  warm  water.  The 
rapor  bath  now  and  then  is  very  useful. 

Dr.  Beach  advises  the  following:  Acetate  of  potash,  2 drs. ; honey, 
t^oz.;  spirits  of  turpentine,  34  dr.;  carbonate  of  soda,  34  dr.;  niint 
water  or  tea,  8 ozs.  Mix.  Dose. — two  table-spoons  three  times  a day. 

Eat  largely  of  spinach;  or,  drink  largely  of  warm  water  sweetened 
With  honey;  or,  of  pellitory  of  the  wall  tea  so  sweetened;  or,  infuse 
mi  ounce  of  wild  parsley-seeds  in  a pint  of  white  wine  for  twelve  days. 
Drink  a glass  of  it,  fasting,  three  months.  To  prevent  its  return, 
breakfast  for  three  months  011  agrimony  tea.  It  entirely  cured  me 
twenty  years  ago,  nor  have  I had  a symptom  of  it  since. — Wesley. 

Red  onion  juice,  and  horse-mint  tea,  as  much  as  the  patient  can 
take  morning  and  night,  is  a line  remedy,  and  will  dissolve  stone. 

Potash  Props. — Liquor  of  potash,  10  drops;  infusion  of  linseed,  1 
pt.;  spirits  of  sweet  nitre,  34  oz-  Mix  and  take  two  table-spoons  everj) 
three  hours.  A sure  cure  for  gravel. 

HEARTBURN. — This  affection  of  the  stomach,  erroneously  attrib- 
uted to  the  litart,  is  a mere  derangement  of  tire  digesti  ve  organs — an 
excess  of  acidity,  in  fact,  in  the  stomach,  either  proceeding  from  too 
acid  a state  of  the  gastric  juice,  from  some  crude  and  indigestible  sub- 
stance in  the  stomach,  from  a piece  of  gristle,  fragment  of  bone,  or 
some  irritating  body,  which,  as  we  have  shown  under  “ Digestion,” 
attempts  to  pass  the  pyloric  orilice  of  the  stomach,  and,  after  vain 
appeals,  is  turned  back  till  more  completely  digested,  causing  heat, 
pain,  and  inconvenience;  or  it  is  the  result  of  worms  in  the  bowels, 
irritating  the  whole  alimentary  tube.  The  symptoms  of  heartburn  are 
too  generally  known  to  need  description  here;  and  it  will  suffice  if  we 
mention  the  best  remedies  for  the  different  causes  of  the  complaint. 

For  the  heartburn  to  which  'pregnant  women  are  so  subject  from  the 
time  of  qu  ckening  to  the  end  of  the  eighth  month,  the  best  remedy  is 
lump  magnesia,  of  which  the  patient  may  eat  as  much  as  she  pleases; 
or  a tea-spoon  of  prepared  chalk,  with  5 grs.  of  ginger,  twice  a day,  in 
milk  or  cold  water;  or  she  may  eat  a few  tea-spoons  of  whole  rice, 
which  will  often  afford  more  relief  than  any  other  remedy. 


232 


Appendix  to  Mcdicat  /apartment. 


For  heartburn  the  result  of  acidity  from  eating  picldes,  arid  fruits, 
or  acridity  of  the  gastric  juice,  20  grs.  of  carbonate  of  soda,  or  15  of 
carbonate  of  potass,  with’l  gr.  of  ginger,  and  1 gr.  of  rhubarb,  taken 
in  a wine  glass  of  water  three  times  a day,  or  a tea-spoon  of  chalk  or 
magnesia  in  a little  peppermint  water,  will,  in  general,  be  found 
effect  ual  in  correcting  the  cause  of  annoyance. 

When  heartburn  proceeds/rom  indigestible  matter  in  the  stomach, 
either  an  emetic  of  15  grs.  of  powdered  ipecacuanha,  or  a compound 
colocynth  pill,  followed  in  three  hours  by  34  oz.  °f  Epsom  salts  in  a 
tumbler  of  water,  is  to  be  taken.  Either  plan  can  be  adopted;  the 
only  advantage  in  the  emetic  is  that  its  operation  is  more  rapid,  though 
more  exhausting  than  the  aperient  plan. 

For  the  heartburn  resulting/rom  worms,  or  irritation  in  the  bowels, 
the  reader  must  consult  the  articles  “Worm,”  and  “Tape-worm,” 
which  see. 

For  those  affected  with  heartburn  after  meals , especially  dinner , 
accompanied  with  sour  eructations,  a pill  composed  of  3 grs.  of  dried 
carbonate  of  soda,  1 of  calumba,  and  1 of  ginger  should  be  taken  an 
hour  before  dinner,  and  20  grs.  of  carbonate  of  ammonia,  in  a wine 
glass  of  infusion  of  camomile,  half  an  hour  afterwards,  if  necessary. 

HYDROPHOBIA. — We  give  below  a case  that  occurred  at  Flint, 
Michigan,  which  was  successfully  treated  as  follows:— 

The  all-absorbing  topic  of  the  day  with  us,  is,  whether  the  fright' 
ful  disease  known  as  hydrophobia  can  be  cured  or  not.  The  case  that 
manifested  itself,  and  to  which  attention  was  called  at  the  time  in  T?ia 
’ Tribune , has  created  considerable  excitement  among  us.  In  an  article 
entitled  “ Hydrophobia,”  to  be  found  in  the  Citizen  of  last  week  signed 
“ Observer,’’  and  claiming  to  set  forth  medical  authorities  tending  to 
show  the  incurability  of  the  dreadful  disease,  he  cites  authorities,  who, 
had  4/  Observer”  made  a more  minute  inspection  of  their  works,  would 
have  led  him  to  a different  opinion  from  that  formed  by  hastily  glano 
ing  over  them. 

The  subject  of  so  much  discussion,  Mr.  Burt  True,  was  bitten  by  a 
rabid  dog  last  Ma}r.  The  dog  had  bitten  several  animals  and  was  killed. 
Young  True  was  bitten  in  the  center  of  the  inside  of  the  right  hand.  Be 
ing  in  the  country  at  the  time,  it  was  some  12  hours  before  he  reached  & 
surgeon,  who  cauterized  the  wound  with  nitrate  of  silver.  The- 
wound  healed,  and  remained  so,  until  between  two  and  three  weeks 
since,  when  it  became  irritable  and  broke  out  again.  Soon  the  first 
marked  symptoms  of  hydrophobia  showed  themselves,  convulsions, 
“ barking  like  a dog,”  frothing  at  the  mouth,  and  making  strenuous, 
efforts  to  bite  everything  that  came  near.  During  these  convulsions, 
the  patient  would  seize  the  pillows  from  his  bed  in  his  teeth,  and  shake 
and  rend  them  with  all  the  seeming  ferocity  of  an  angry  dog.  An  in** 
tense  dread  of  water  also  exhibited  itself,  the  sight  of  which  threw 
him  into  the  most  terrible  convulsions,  at  these  times  requiring  tho 
united  strength  of  five  men  to  keep  him  under  subjection,  in  fact, 
every  symptom  of  hydrophobia  made  itself  conspicuous.  The  patient 
was  attacked  on  Friday  evening,  January  19tli.  On  Saturday  night 
his  physician,  Dr.  Axford,  reached  him,  and  at  once  was  convinced  of 
the  terrible  nature  of  the  disease.  Having  had  a case  similar  some 
seven  or  eight  years  since,  where  the  patient  recovered  under  his  treat* 
ment,  and  has  remained  well  ever  since,  after  consulting  the  physician 
present,  Dr.  McCall,  it  was  decided  to  place  the  patient  upon  the  same 
treatment,  which  had  been  successful  in  the  former  case,  which,  for 
the  aid  it  may  be  to  others  who  suffer  from  this  disease,  we  here  giv© 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


233 


as  follows:  The  injection  under  the  skin  of  large  doses  of  morphine, 
and  the  administration  of  large  doses  of  castor,  which  is  a powerful 
anti-spasmodic.  About  one  grain  of  the  sulphate  of  morphine  was 
injected  under  th©  skin  once  in  four  hours,  and  half  a drachm  of  the 
powdered  castor,  mixed  with  syrup  given  internally.  The  effect  was 
to  produce  sleep  in  about  half  an  hour,  which  lasted  about  an  hour 
and  a half,  when  the  convulsions  returned  again,  and  returned  at 
intervals,  of  an  hour  to  an  hour  and  a half  until  nine  o'clock  Sunday 
morning  when  the  last  convulsion  occurred,  after  which  he  suffered 
severely  from  obstinate  vomiting  until  Monday  at  10  o’clock  when,  that 
also  ceased,  leaving  the  patient  comparatively  easy,  but  very  much 
prostrated.  Since  that  time  he  has  gradually  improved,  and  now  is  to 
all  appearances  quite  well.  In  addition  to  the  above  treatment,  small 
quantities  of  chloroform  were  inhaled  at  times,  and  on  Sunday  morn- 
ing the  patient  was  wrapped  in  a woolen  blanket  wrung  out  of  a 
warm  solution  of  muriate  of  ammonia,  18  to  20  grains  to  the  ounce. 
This  was  the  treatment  which  checked  this  fearful  malady  and  which 
Dr.  Axford  for  the  sake  of  humanity  is  anxious  should  be  published 
to  the  world,  and  thoroughly  tested. 

Hydrophobia, — Immediately  wash  the  bitten  part  with  clear 
water;  then  take  good  tobacco  (leaf  tobacco,  if  possible;  if  not,  strong 
manufactured  cut  tobacco)  make  a suitable  poultice  for  the  place, 
ehangingit  three  or  four  times  day  for  a week.  This  effectually 
absorbs  everything  poisonous.  A strong  decoction  of  the  roots  of  the 
white  ash  will  cure  the  bite  of  ? mad  dog.  At  Ulina,  in  Friula,  a man 
suffering  under  the  agonizing  tortures  of  hydrophobia,  was  cured  by 
draughts  of  vinegar  given  him  by  mistake.  A physician  at  Padua 
nearing  of  it,  tried  the  same  remedy  upon  a patient  at  the  hospital, 
giving  1 lb.  of  vinegar  in  the  morning,  another  at  noon,  and  a third  at 
sunset,  and  the  man  was  speedily  and  perfectly  cured. 

Cure  for  Hydrophobia. — Dr.  Buisson,  of  Lyons,  claims  to  have 
discovered  a remedy.  In  attending  a female  patient  in  the  last  stage 
of  canine  rabies,  the  doctor  imprudently  wiped  bis  hands  with  a hand- 
kerchief impregnated  with  her  saliva.  He  had  a slight  abrasion  011 
{he  index  finger  of  his  left  hand,  and  confident  in  his  own  curative 
Kystem,  the  doctor  merely  washed  the  part  with  water.  However,  he 
was  fully  aware  of  the  imprudence  he  had  committed,  and  gives  the 
following  account  of  the  matter  afterwards:  4k  Believing  that  the 
malady  would  not  declare  itself  until  the  40th  day,  and  having  numer- 
ous patients  to  visit,  I put  off  from  day  to  day  the  application  of  my 
remedy— that  is  to  say,  vapor  baths.  The  ninth  day,  being  in  my 
cabinet,  I felt  all  at  once  a pain  in  the  throat,  and  a still  greater  one 
in  the  eyes.  My  body  seemed  so  light  that  I felt  as  if  I could  jump  to 
a prodigious  height,  or  that,  I threw  myself  out  of  the  window  I 
could  sustain  myself  in  the  air.  My  hair  was  so  sensitive  that  1 ap- 
peared able  to  count  each  separately  without  looking  at  it.  Saliva  kept 
continually  forming  in  the  mouth.  Any  movement  of  the  air  inflicted 
great  pain  on  me,  and  I was  obliged  to  avoid  the  sight  of  brilliant 
objects;  I had  a continual  desire  to  run  and  bife,  not  human  beings, 
but  animals,  and  all  that  was  near  me.  I drank  with  difficulty,  and 
the  sight  of  water  distressed  me  more  than  the  pain  in  the  throat.  I 
believe  that,  by  shutting  the  eyes,  any  one  suffering  under  hydropho- 
bia can  always  drink.  The  fits  came  on  every  five  minutes,  and  I 
then  felt  the  pain  start  from  the  index  finger  and  run  up  the  nerves 
to  the  shoulder.  In  this  state,  thinking  that  my  course  was  preserva- 
tive and  not  curative,  I took  a vapor  hath,  not  with  the  intention  of 


234 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


cure,  but  of  suffocating  myself.  When  the  bath  was  at  the  heat  of 
Centigrade  (03  3-5  Fahrenheit),  all  symptoms  disappeared,  as  it  by 
magic,  and  I have  never  felt  anything  more  of  them.  I have  attended 
more  than  80  persons  bitten  by  mad  animals,  and  I have  not  lost  a 
single  case.”  When  a person  has  been  bitten  by  a mad  dog  he  must 
for  seven  successive  days  take  a vapor  bath  a la  Russe,  as  it  is  called, 
of  57  to  63  degs.  This  is  the  preventive  remedy.  When  the  disease  is 
declared,  it  only  requires  one  vapor  bath,  rapidly  increased  to  37  Centi- 
grade, then  slowly  to  63;  the  patient  must  confine  himself  to  his 
chamber  until  the  cure  is  complete.  Dr.  Buisson  mentions  other 
curious  facts.  A gentleman  had  been  bitten  by  a rattlesnake,  about 
eight  leagues  from  home;  wishing  to  die  in  the  bosom  of  his  family, 
he  ran  the  greater  part  of  the  way  home,  and  going  to  bed  perspired 
profusely,  and  the  wound  healed  as-any  simple  cut.  The  bite  of  the 
tarantula  is  cured  by  the  exercise  of  dancing,  the  free  perspiration 
dissipating  the  virus.  If  a young  child  be  vaccinated  and  then  be 
made  to  take  a vapor  bath,  the  vaccine  does  not  take. — Galignani. 

When  first  bitten,  or  when  the  symptoms  are  manifest,  give  a 
dessert-spoon  of  the  anti-spasmodic  tincture  and  a mild  injection. 
Then  proceed  to  the  vapor  bath,  as  hot  as  the  patient  can  bear  it. 
After  the  bath  give  an  emetic.  The  wound  should  be  cupped,  and 
caustic  potash  applied  afterwards.  Apply  a yeast  poultice,  and  keep 
up  the  discharge.  Add  a little  powdered  charcoal  to  the  poultice,, 
Repeat  the  vapor  bath  and  the  injection  every  ten  or  twelve  hours. 
The  diet  should  be  light  and  unstimulating;  the  drink  sudorific,  or 
promoting  persperation.  Drink  often  a decoction  of  skullcap,  and  at 
night  take  sulphur  and  cream-of-tartar. 

Hydrophobia. — A dread  of  water / or  canine  madness.  This  fear^ 
ful  disease,  though  most  frequently  caused  by  the  bite  of  a dog,  may 
be  induced  by  the  saliva  of  any  excited  or  vicious  animal;  the  time  the 
virus  takes  to  act  on  the  human  system  varying  from  four  weeks  to 
eighteen  months. 

Symptoms. — The  wound  may  have  completely  healed,  when  the 
patient  suddenly  experiences  heat  and  pain  in  the  part,  and  a tightness 
and  constriction  of  the  muscles  of  the  face  and  neck,  attended  with  an 
uneasy  restlessness,  and  great  irritability  of  temper,  followed  by  t hirst 
and  difficulty  of  swallowing,  particularly  of  liquids,  and  especially  of 
water;  the  sight  or  sound  of  which  throws  him  into  violent  convul- 
sions, accompanied  with  intense  horror  and  alarm;  the  contraction  of 
the  throat  amounts  to  a sense  of  suffocating  agony,  while  the  body  is 
racked  with  spasms  that  in  two  or  three  days,  and  in  some  cases  a few 
hours,  terminate  in  death. 

Treatment. — Instantly  tie  a string  above  the  wound,  cut  out  the 
bitten  part,  or  cauterize  it  freely  with  lunar  caustic;  tranquilize  the 
system  by  a suppository  of  10  grains  of  opium;  give  a mixture  of 
opium,  ammonia,  camphor,  and  ether;  apply  bladders  full  of  pounded 
ice  to  the  spine,  administer  chloroform,  and  use  the  hot  bath,  with  all 
the  means  and  remedies  advised  under  Bites,  Stiugs.  Rattlesnake, 
Neuralgia,  and  Locked  Jaw,  which  see. 

The  Bite  of  a Mad  Dog. — 'dr.  Hildebrand,  Veterinary  Surgeon,  of 
Germany,  says:  “ Bathe  the  bitten  place  in  hot  water.  He  lies  ascer- 

tained by  experience  that  hot  water  has  the  effect  of  decomposing  the 
virus,  and  if  applied  in  time  renders  cauterization  .unnecessary;  in 
that  case  all  that  is  to  be  done  after  well  bathing  the  part  as  stated,  is 
to  apply  the  solution  of  caustic  potash  to  the  wound  with  a brush  and 
anoint  it  with  antimony  ointment.  Apply  ice  to  the  spinal  column. 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


235 


this  is  effectual ; or  wash  well  with  a strong  decoction  of  tobacco,  and 
then  bind  wetted  tobacco  on  the  wound,  or  take  a pound  of  salt  dis- 
solved in  a quart  of  water,  squeeze,  bathe  and  wash  the  wound  with  this 
liquid  for  one  or  two  hours,  then  bind  some  salt  upon  it  for  ten  or 
twelve  hours;  or,  mix  powdered  liverwort,  4drs. ; black  pepper,  2drs.; 
divide  tiiis  into  four  parts,  and  take  one  in  warm  milk  for  four  morn- 
ings, fasting.  Dr.  Mead  affirms  he  never  knew  this  to  fail. — Wesley. 

ITCH  . — It  is  a skin  disease,  infectious.  Sometimes  it  is  caused  by 
poor  living,  unwholesome  food,  bad  air,  un ventilated  and  dirty  houses, 
dirty  beds  and  clothes.  The  itch  begins  with  small  eruptions  on  the 
joints  of  the  lingers,  on  the  wrists,  thighs,  etc.  They  cause  almost 
intolerable  itching,  the  scratching  of  which  only  spreads  the  disease. 

Remedies. — Sweet  oil,  1 lb.;  suet,  1 lb.  Melt  and  macerate; 
then  add  powdered  nitre,  3 ozs. ; powdered  alum,  3 ozs.;  powdered 
sulphate  of  zinc,  3 ozs.;  oil  of  anise-seed,  oil  of  spike,  and  oil  of  origan- 
um, to  perfume;  or,  mix  2 ozs  of  lard  with  1 oz.  of  sulphur-vivum, 
iinl  a few  drops  of  essence  of  lemons.  Before  going  to  bed  rub  this 
fvell  into  the  affected  parts.  In  the  morning  wash  with  soap  and 
warm  water;  change  the  linen  and  clothes.  Repeat  the  application, 
f necessary.  Take  at  the  same  time  flour  of  sulphur  and  ereain-of- 
iartar,  in  milk,  beer,  or  molasses. 

Frequently  take  a warm  bath.  The  greatest  cures  have  been  effected 

V 

Wash  the  parts  affected  with  strong  rum. — Tried.  Or,  anoint  them 
with  black  soap,  but  wash  it  off  soon;  or,  steep  a shirt  half  an  hour  in 
a quart  of  water  mixed  with  half  an  ounce  of  powdered  brimstone. 
Dry  it  slowly,  and  wear  it  live  or  six  days.  Sometimes  it  needs  re- 
peating.— Tried;  or,  mix  powder  of  white  hellebore  with  cream  for 
three  days.  Anoint  the  joints  for  three  mornings  and  evenings.  It 
seldom  fails;  or,  beat  together  the  juice  of  two  or  three  lemons,  with 
the  same  quantity  of  oil  of  roses.  Anoint  the  parts  affected.  It  cures 
in  two  or  three  times  using. 

The  following  is  said  soon  to  effect  a cure:  Sulphur-vivum,  Venice 
flnpentine,  1 oz.  each;  lard,  34  oz.  Melt  the  lard  and  turpentine;  add 
the  sulphur.  Apply  several  times  a day. 

Or,  wash  the  body  well  in  warm  water,  and  rub  it  with  the  foliow- 
ing preparation : Lime,  2 ozs.;  sulphur-vivum,  2 ozs.  Mix  in  1 qt.  of 
wa^er.  Pour  off,  and  use  it  when  clear. 

A decoction  of  white  hellebore,  with  a little  lavender  water,  has 
been  recommended. 

Illlili MTINU  PLASTER. — Burgundy-pitch  and  bees-wax,  14  lb. 
each  ; thick  tar,  34  lb. ; Venice  turpentine,  oz.  Melt  well  and  mix 
on  a slow  fire.  When  cold,  mix  with  them  powdered  blood-root, 
poke-root,  and  a little  cayenne.  Spread  on  linen  or  soft  leather.  This 
plaster  is  counter-irritant,  causes  eruptions,  and  is  a good  curative  for 
old  sores  and  ulcers,  it  is  highly  recommended. 

HICCOUGH. — Commonly  called  Hiccup.  A spasmodic  affection 
of  tlie  diaphragm,  in  which  the  muscles  of  respiration  and  of  the  larynx 
are  more  or  less  involved. 

Hiccough  may  occur  from  eating  too  hastily  after  a lengthened 
fast,  from  drinking  cold  water,  or  from  many  causes  affecting  the 
stomach.  As  a symptom  towards  the  end  of  fever,  or  in  gangrene,  it 
is  always  regarded  as  the  near  harbinger  of  death. 

The  treatment  for  hiccough,  when  a sudden  ejaculation  or  a diver- 
sion of  the  patient’s  mind  fails  to  cheek  ir,  is  to  give  2J  drops  of  sal 
volatile  and  15  drops  of  ether  in  a wine  glass  of  camphor  water,  01,  in 
severe  cases.  30  drops  «kf  laudanum. 


236 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


HICCUP. — Swallow  a mouthful  of  water,  stopping  the  mouth 
ears.  Tried.  Or,  take  anything  that  makes  you  sneeze;  or,  3 drops  o* 
oil  of  cinnamon  on  a lump  of  sugar. — Wesley. 

INDIGESTION. — It  may  be  the  effect  or  symptom  of  some  disease, 
as  nervous  debility  of  the  stomach,  costiveness,  obstructed  perspira- 
tion, want  of  exercise,  especially  in  the  open  air,  deficiency  or  vitiation 
of  the  gastric  juice,  gluttony,  alcoholic  drinks,  depressing  passions; 
intense  study,  onanism,  or  self-abuse,  etc.  Tea,  coffee,  and  tobacco 
are  most  fruitful  causes  of  this  disease. 

Treatment. — Abandon,  if  possible,  the  causes  which  produce  the 
effect.’  Give  occasionally  an  emetic.  If  necessary,  gentle  aperients. 
Injections  are  often  of  great  use.  These  methods  may  be  repeated 
about  once  a week,  till  the  disease  abates.  Emetics  serve  to  remove 
morbid  matter,  impart  new  tone  to  the  stomach,  and  give  healthy 
action  to  the  secretions.  Dr.  Beach  recommends  lobelia  combined  with 
mandrake , as  the  best  emetic.  The  bowels  are  best  regulated  by  al- 
ways eating  brown  bread ; for  the  bran  gives  a more  natural  stimulus 
to  the  liver  and  alimentary  canal  than  any  medicine  that  can  be  given. 

The  use  of  the  dyspeptic  pill  tends  very  much  to  improve  the  tone 
of  the  stomach.  Tiie  restorative  wine  bitters  cannot  be  too  much  rec' 
ommended.  If  indigestion  arises  from  affections  of  the  liver,  treat  ftu 
the  same  ; especially  take  the  liver  pill  with  the  aforesaid  medicines 
If,  from  a disordered  stomach,  there  is  acidity,  etc.,  take  the  neutral- 
izing mixture. 

In  line,  be  choice  in  your  diet;  and  eat  the  unsifted  flour,  by  some 
called  ground  down,  or  brown  bread — a better  name  would,  be — groum 
altogether.  It  is  the  grand  panacea  for  indigestion.  The  dyspeptic 
must  avoid  or  take  little  of  fat  meat,  butter,  cheese,  pastry,  strong 
coffee,  green  ter,,  and  ardent  l pints,  which  harden  the  fotjd  in  course  of 
digestion,  and  cause  the  feculent  matter  difficult  and  painful  to  be 
evacuated.  Er.t  sparingly,  take  open  air  exercise  as  much  as  possibles 
Use  cold  sporging. 

Indigestion. — Prescriptions.— Dr.  Babington’s.— Infusion  of  Co 
lumba,  0 ozs. ; carbonate  of  potass,  1 dr.;  compound  tincture  of 
gentian,  d drs.  Mix.  Three  table-spoons  to  be  taken  every  day  a( 
noon  ; or,  lake  Gentian  and  Columba  roots  (bruised)  and  camomile 
flowers,  of  each  1 oz.,  to  3 qts.  of  water;  boil  to  three  pints.  Dose.— 
Two  or  three  tea-cups  a day ; or,  take  1 oz.  each  of  hops  and  carrawaj 
seeds,  24  cloves;  % oz.  of  senna,  and  24  black  peppers.  Boil  ttu 
whole  in  3 pints  of  water  tiil  it  is  reduced  to  % pints.  A wine  glass  of 
the  hifusion  to  be  taken  twice  a day,  at  eleven  und  three  o’clock. 

rain  in  the  Stomach  from  Bad  Digest  ion. — Take  fasting,  or  in 
the  fit,  half  a pint  of  camomile  tea.  Do  this  for  5 or  6 mornings;  or, 
dm ik  the  juice  of  half  a large  lemon,  or  -sweet  orange,  immediately 
after  dinner  every  day. — Dr.  Mead  ; or,  from  10  to  20  drops  of  elixir  of 
vitriol  in  sage  tea,  twice  or  thrice  a day;  or  in  the  fit  a glass  of  vine- 
gar ; or,  take  2 or  3 tea-spoons  of  stomachic  tincture,  in  a glass  of 
water,  thrice  a day. 

The  tincture  is  made  thus:  Gentiuu  root,  sliced,  1 oz. ; orange 
peel,  dried,  % oz;  cochineal,  15  grs. : prouf  brandy,  1 pt ; in  three  or 
four  days  it  is  fit  for  use.  This  is  usefu  1 in  all  disorders  that  arise  from 
a relaxed  stomach. — Wesley. 

LOCKED  /AW — Tetanus.— A disease  in  which  the  muscles  of  the 
body  are  i;i  a state  of  rigidity,  with  occasional  spasms,  and  excrucia- 
ting pain.  The  cause  of  this  disease  m injury  done  to  the  extremities 
of  the  lierv-es.  punctured  or  lacerated  wounds  of  the  liauds  or  feet,  su** 
gical  operations,  or  the  use  of  narcotic  poisons. 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


237 


The  muscles  of  the  lower  jaw  become  hard  and  contracted,  the 
ti>«rath  is  closed,  and  the  patient  cannot  open  it;  hence  the  name 
looted  jaw.  The  rigidity  extends  to  the  tongue  and  throat,  causing 
great  difficulty  in  swallowing.  Sometimes  nearly  the  whole  body  is 
affected  with  the  spasms.  There  is  constriction  of  the  breast,  severe 
spasmodic  pain  in  the  stomach,  shooting  to  the  spine;  the  face  is 
hideously  distorted, 'and  the  breathing  very  laborious.  It  is  a danger- 
ous disease,  and  requires  prompt  skillful  attention. 

Treatment. — When  the  disease  is  caused  by  wounds,  they  should 
be  cleaned,  and  the  inflammation  subdued  as  soon  as  possible.  If 
possible  foment  or  steam  over  with  bitter  herbs,  and  steep  in  hot  soap 
water  several  times  a day.  Then  apply  a poultice  of  slippery  elm 
mixed  with  lye  or  milk,  and  put  on  warm.  Promote  perspiration  by 
means  of  tne  vapor  bath,  or  place  hot  bricks  wrapped  in  vinegar 
cloths  to  the  feet  and  sides.  Repeat  if  needful.  Pour  into  the  mouth 
u tea-spoon  of  the  anti-spasmodic  tincture  every  ten  minutes  until  the 
Muscles  of  the  jaws  relax  to  enable  the  patient  to  s Wallow.  Give  a tea 
made  of  balm  and  catnip.  These  means  have  often  been  effectual. 
A-dd  more  cayenne  to  the  anti-spasmodic  tincture  if  the  rigidity  does 
not  give  way.  An  aperient  or  injection  will  also  be  necessary.  The 
latter  may  embrace  a strong  decoction  of  lobelia,  milk,  molasses,  sweet 
oil,  and  a little  anti-spasmodic  tincture. 

Locked  Jaw. — Tetanus , or  rigid  spasm,  and  sometimes  called,  from 
one  of  the  symptoms,  that  of  clashing  the  teeth,  tiismus. 

Though  trismus , or  locked  jaw,  is  one  of  the  features  of  that  fright- 
ful convulsive  disease  known  as  tetanus  (where  the  body  is  sometimes 
bent  backwards,  or  to  either  side,  till  it  assumes  the  shape  of  a drawn 
bow,  the  bones  occasionally  broken  under  the  contractile  force  of  the 
muscles,  and  the  suffering  of  the  patient  intense),  it  frequently  hap- 
pens that  the  local  symptoms  affecting  the  head  and  neck,  resulting  in 
locked  jaw,  take  place  without  the  general  constitutional  convulsion. 
It  is  to  this  form,  or  trismus , that  we  shall,  for  the  present,  conflue  our 
remarks. 

The  causes  inducing  this  generally  fatal  malady  are  often  some 
tocal  injury,  such  as  rusty  nails  running  into  the  hands  or  feet,  bites 
lacerations  of  the  nerves  from  foul  instruments,  wounds  received  in 
dissection,  and  in  war  from  the  long  exposure  of  the  wounded  to  wet 
and  cold. 

Symptoms. — These  commence  with  pain  along  the  course  of  sonu 
nerve  or  muscle,  producing  harduess  and  rigidity  of  the  muscles  of  the 
chest,  neck,  and  throat,  accompanied  with  great  difficulty  of  swallow- 
ing. As  the  disease  advances,  the  pain  and  rigidity  involves  the  chest, 
extends  to  the  back  and  shoulders;  the  muscies  of  the  face  are  soon 
afterwards  thrown  into  violent  action,  and  the  jaws  clash  on  whatever 
is  placed  in  the  mouth,  and  soon  after  become  so  completely  closed 
that  no  artificial  means  can  separate  them;  the  eyes  protrude,  the  skin 
of  the  face  becomes  pale  and  corrugated,  the  nostrils  stand  stiffly  out, 
the  angles  of  the  mouth  are  puckered  and  drawn  forcibly  in,  giving  a 
ghastly  and  half-sardonic  grin  to  the  countenance;  the  breathing  is 
short  and  labored,  and  the  patient  endures  terrible  suffering.  During 
all  the  time,  however  severely  his  body  may  be  racked  by  pain,  the 
patient’s  faculties  remain  clear  and  undisturbed. 

Treatment. — To  reduce  the  spasm  as  quickly  as  possible  is  the 
first  and  most  important  consideration.  To  effect  this,  drachm  doses 
of  laudanum  should  be  poured  down  the  throat  while  the  jaws  are 
Apart;  the  body  placed  up  to  the  throat  in  a hot  bath;  an  injection  of 


238 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


warm  gruel,  tincture  of  assafoetida,  and  turpentine  thrown  in  quant.by 
up  the  bowels;  and,  finally,  tlie  whole  spinal  column  rubbed  with  » 
strong  embrocation  of  oil  of  amber,  turpentine,  ammonia,  and  cam- 
phorated oil;  long  strips  of  brown  paper  are  then  to  be  laid  along  the 
wet  spine,  and  a hot  flat  iron  passed  a few  times  hastily  over  the  paper, 
so  as  to  drive  the  embrocation  into  the  nervous  centre  by  the  heat  of 
the  iron. 

If  the  jaws  have  become  early  locked,  one  or  two  of  the  front  teeth 
must  be  drawn  out  by  the  claw  of  the  tooth-key,  the  tube  of  the 
stomach-pump  passed  down  the  gullet,  and  the  laudanum — or  lauda- 
num, gruel,  and  ammonia — pumped  into  the  stomach.  Should  there 
be  no  convenience  for  a hot  bath,  one  or  more  blankets  can  be  soaked 
in  very  hot  water,  hastily  wrung  out,  and  the  patient,  previously 
stripped,  instantly  enveloped  in  both,  laid  in  bed,  and  covered  over 
with  extra  clothes. 

Chloroform  promises  to  be  the  best  remedy  to  reduce  the  spasms 
and  relieve  the  patient  of  his  suffering,  and  should  be  properly  admin- 
istered by  a medical  man  as  soon  as  possible.  Another  remedy  much 
recommended  for  this  disease  is  Indian  hemp.  See  ‘-Tetanus.” 

LUNGS. — Inflammation  of. — Sometimes  the  disease  effects  on* 
lobe  of  ttie  lungs,  and  sometimes  both.  Males  are  more  subject  to  is 
than  females.  Frequent  colds,  wet  feet,  intemperance,  over  exertion, 
and  natural  debility  of  the  lungs  induces  this  complaint. 

It  generally  begins  with  cold  sliiverings,  followed  by  hot  fever 
dull  pains  in  the  chest  or  side,  cough,  and  very  laborious  breathing 
the  pulse  is  full  and  quick,  the  bowels  are  often  constipated,  the  urin* 
deficient,  the  skin  dry  and  burning,  the  expectoration  scanty,  but  is 
gradually  increasing,  and  sometimes  it  contains  blood.  It  is  a very 
dangerous  disease ; as  it  may  proceed  with  such  violence  as  to  cause* 
an  effusion  of  blood  or  lymph  into  the  texture  of  the  lungs,  as  to  cause 
suffocation. 

Treatment. — Avoid  bleeding  by  the  lancet.  Dr.  Beach  says* 
“ All  the  blood  in  the  body  must  pass  through  the  lungs,  after  reach- 
ing the  heart,  before  it  can  be  again  circulated ; but  in  this  disease 
they  are  unable  to  perform  this  double  duty  from  the  great  amouiff 
which  has  been  distributed  to  them.  As  these  organs  have  become 
unduly  loaded;  impeding  respiration,  etc.,  the  obvious  indication  is^ 
instead  of  abstracting,  or  rather  attempting  it — to  return  it  to  iff 
original  channels,  and  thus  remove  the  burden  under  which  thej 
labor.  Bleeding  will  not  affect  this  ; but,  on  the  contrary,  it  will  sc 
weaken  or  paraljrze  the  heart,  which  is  laboring  to  accomplish  this 
object,  that  prostration,  and  often  death,  are  the  consequences.” 

Give  sudorific  medicines  to  produce  free  and  copious  perspiration; 
and  for  this  purpose  give  a vapor  bath , using  an  infusion  of  bitter 
herbs,  as  hops,  camomile  flowers,  pennyroyal,  tansy,  catnip  ; add 
vinegar;  cover,  and  infuse  two  or  three  hours.  It  should  be  repeated. 
If  the  patient  cannot  bear  the  fatigue  of  the  bath,  place  hot  bricks,  oi 
bottles,  to  the  sides  and  feet.  Give  also  sudorific  powders,  which  see, 
until  the  breathing  is  relieved,  and  free  perspiration  induced.  As  soon 
as  the  patient  is  relieved,  the  bowels  must  be  regulated  by  giving  a 
gentle  purge,  and  also  an  emetic;  repeat,  if  necessary;  continue  the 
sudorific  powders;  as  these  means  are  calculated  to  unload  the  chest, 
and  return  the  blood  to  its  former  state.  Injections,  where  the  feces 
are  hard,  and  the  bowels  lethargic,  are  of  great  importance,  and  should 
be  given  occasionally.  If  the  cough  is  troublesome,  give  some  of  the 
cough  remedies,  or  the  expectorant  sprup,  or  cough  pills.  The  inhala- 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


239 


tion  of  the  steam  of  bitter  herbs  while  infusing  in  boiling  water  serves 
to  decrease  the  tightness  of  the  lungs,  and  to  promote  expectoration. 
This  should  be  repeated  several  times  a day. 

Should  there  be  much  irritation,  or  spasmodic  affection,  use  the 
pulmonary  syrup.  Bathe  the  feet  occasionally  in  warm  water.  Mu- 
cilaginous drinks  should  be  taken,  as  linseed,  with  a little  lemon  juice. 
An  infusion  of  horehound,  boneset,  catnip,  with  slippery  elm,  sweet- 
ened with  the  finest  sugar,  or  sugar-candy,  is  a very  proper  drink. 
Great  attention  must  be  paid  to  diet ; it  should  be  simple  and  easy  of 
digestion;  as  arrow-root,  sago,  beef-tea,  without  or  with  little  salt. 
When  the  inflammation  is  subdued,  and  the  tongue  is  clean,  give  ton- 
ics, or  the  composition  powder. 

NAILS.— Growing  into  the  Flesh* — Cut  a notch  in  the  middle  of 
the  nail  every  time  the  nail  is  pared.  The  disposition  to  close  the 
notch  draws  the  nail  up  from  the  sides. 

Nails,  To  Whiten. — Wash  them  with  turpentine,  then  with  soap 
and  water,  next  with  a solution  of  oxalic  acid,  and  lastl}*,  wash  the 
hands  well  in  warm  water. 

NOISE  IN  THE  EARS. — This  is  a symptom  either  of  a distended 
stomach  or  a condition  of  congestion  of  the  vessels  of  the  neck  and 
head,  and  in  all  cases  should  be  attended  to  at  once,  especially  in  thick- 
necked  and  plethoric  persons.  When  the  stomach  is  the  cause  of  the 
drumming,  roaring  and  other  noises  heard,  the  organ  should  be 
relieved  by  an  emetic  or  purgative;  and  when  it  arises  from  fullness  of 
the  vessels,  either  local  or  general  bleeding  must  be  adopted  to  reduce 
the  circulation,  as  explained  under  Apoplexy  and  Congestion. 

Noise  in  the  Ears. — Drop  in  juice  of  onions. 

PAIN  IN  THE  BACK. — Steep  root  of  water-fern  in  water,  till  the 
water  becomes  thick  and  clammy;  then  rub  tiie  parts  therewith  morn- 
ing and  evening ; or,  apply  a plaster,  and  take,  daily, balsam  of  copaiba ; 
or,  apply  garlic  and  hog’s  lard  to  the  feet. — Wesley. 

* PAINS  IN  THE  HEAR  AND  FACE. — Take  half  a pint  of  rose- 
water, two  tea-spoons  of  white  vinegar,  and  form  a lotion.  Apply  it 
to  the  alfected  part  three  times  a day.  It  requires  fresh  linen  and 
lotion  each  application;  this  will  in  two  or  three  days,  gradually  take 
the  pain  away. 

PAINS  IN  THE  JOINTS.— M ake  a poultice  of  the  young  leaves 
of  Rag-wort,  and  put  on  as  hot  as  can  be  borne. 

PAIN  IN  THE  SIDE. — At  bed-time  apply  a fresh  cabbage  leaf, 
warmed  by  the  tire,  and  bind  it  tightly  round  the  body  for  twelve 
hours,  or  more.  The  first  application  gives  relief;  if  not,  apply  a 
second  leaf. 

PIMPLES. — They  generally  arise  from  indigestion,  or  some  in- 
ternal derangement;  therefore  the  disease  should  be  attacked  at  the 
root.  Take  the  following:  Tincture  of  cardamons,  1 dr.;  ipecacuanha 
wine,  and  a tea-spoon  of  flour  of  sulphur,  with  a glass  of  sherry  or 
ginger  wine.  Take  this  on  going  to  bed;  repeat  it  every  second  or 
third  night,  and  keep  the  bowels  gently  open. 

It  is  good  to  wash  the  face  with  warm  water.  Rub  a sponge  over 
old  Windsor  soap,  and  dip  in  warm  water  and  apply.  Glycerine  soap 
is  very  useful.  A weak  solution  of  sugar  of  lead,  or  sulphate  of  zinc, 
sometimes  is  effectual. 

JAUNDICE.  — From  the  French  word ,jaune->  yellow.  Thjs  disease 
is  known  by  the  yellow  color  of  the  eyes,  skin,  and  urine.  The  stools 
are  either  white  or  grey,  caused  by  the  absence  of  bile;  and  there  is 
often  pain  in  the  right  side,  arising  from  the  state  of  the  liver;  also, 


240 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department 


mental  depression,  constipation,  headache,  drowsiness,  nausea,  vomit- 
ing. Jaundice  is  caused  by  obstructed  secretion,  or  by  a reabsorption 
of  the  bile.  Hence  it  appears  that  the  yellowness  of  the  skin  is  pro, 
duced  by  bile  taken  up  into  the  circulation,  the  effect  of  those  causes. 
When  large  gall-stones  get  into  the  gall-ducts,  they  cause  jaundice  and 
very  severe  pain.  When  they  pass  away  a cure  soon  takes  place. 
Should  the  color  of  the  skin  become  very  dark-colored,  it  is  an  indica- 
tion of  some  incurable  organic  disease  of  the  liver. 

Treatment. — Those  means  must  be  used  which  will  promote  the 
secretions,  and  the  regular  flow  of  bile.  Give  an  aperient  composed  of 
senna,  camomile  flowers,  ginger,  and  powdered  jalap,  of  each  1 oz. 
Mix.  Take  half  a tea-spoon  in  a little  warm  tea.  After  it  has  operated, 
give  the  common  Emetic.  Keep  the  bowels  always  gently  open;  and 
give  the  Liver  Pill. 

Dr.  Beach  says,  “In  obstinate  cases,  the  barberry  root,  cut  up,  and 
infused  in  cider,  may  be  taken,  and  the  purgative  repeated,  and  the 
emetic  also, if  necessary.  Common  soot  (he" must  mean  wood-soot,  pecu- 
liar to  this  country)  scraped  from  the  chimney,  enclosed  in  linen,  and 
boiled  in  water,  makes  a liquid  which  will  be  found  very  efficacious;  it 
may  be  taken  alternately  with  the  other  medicine.” 

If  the  pain  on  the  right  side  is  severe,  use  fomentations  of  the  de- 
coction of  hops.  Use  the  vapor  bath,  and  take  some  of  the  Sudorific 
Powder;  for  such  means  tend  to  relax  the  biliary  duct,  that  the  gall 
stones  may  pass  away.  Let  the  diet  be  light  and  nourishing.  The 
following  decoction  is  useful:  Burdock  root,  1 oz. ; agrimony,  1 oz.  s 
water,  2 qts.;  boil  down  to  3 pts.  Dose.  —A  wine  glass  two  or  three 
times  a day. 

Dr.  A.  Hunter  recommends  eggs.  He  states  that  the  yolk  of  an 
egg  is  the  most  salutary  of  all  animal  substances.  In  jaundice  no  food 
is  equal  to  it.  “ When  the  gall  is  too  weak,  or  by  accidental  means, 
does  not  flow  sufficiently  into  the  duodenum,  our  food  which  consist* 
of  watery  and  oily  parts,  cannot  unite  so  as  to  become  chyle.  Th« 
yolk  of  an  egg  unites  the  water  and  oil  into  a uniform  substance* 
thereby  supplying  the  deficiency  of  natural  bile.” 

Or,  take  a small  pill  of  castile  soap  every  moroing  for  eight  or  ten 
days. — Tried. — Or,  beat  the  white  of  an  egg  thin;  take  it  morning  and 
evening  in  a glass  of  water.  Or,  half  a pint  of  strong  decoction  o> 
nettles,  or  of  burdock  leaves  morning  and  evening.  Or,  boil  3 ounces 
of  burdock  root,  in  two  quarts  of  water  to  3 pints.  Drink  a tea-cup  oi 
this  every  morning. — Wesley. 

The  plant  Bitter-sweet  has  been  veryr  useful  in  this  disease.  See 
Robinson’s  Herbal,  for  that  plant,  also  Jaundice. 

Jaundice. — One  penny-worth  of  allspice,  ditto  of  flour  of  brim- 
stone, ditto  of  turmeric;  these  to  be  well  pounded  together,  and  after- 
wards to  be  mixed  with  half  a pound  of  molasses.  Two  table-spoons 
to  be  taken  everv  day. 

LI V Mil  COMPLAIANT. — Take  4 lbs.  of  dandelion  roots,  bruise 
and  press  out  the  juice ; run  it  through  a muslin  bag,  and  bottle  it. 
Of  this  take  two  table-spoons  three  or  four  times  a day. 

Drink  occasionally  of  the  following  decoction:  take  the  bruised 
roots  above  mentioned,  a small  handful  of  agrimony,  and  2 ozs.  of 
burdock  root,  to  3 qts.  of  water — boil  to  2 qts.  Of  this  take  four 
half-pints  a day. 

Liver — Inflammation  of. — This  disease  generally  begins  with  a 
sense  of  weight,  or  pain  in  the  right  side,  about  the  false  ribs.  The 
pain  often  extends  to  the  top  of  the  right  shoulder.  The  stomach  and 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department 


241 


Wwels  are  disordered ; the  appetite  is  impaired ; the  patient  has  sick- 
ness, orten  vomits  bilious  matter;  there  is  a dry  cough,  oppressive 
breathing,  a difficulty  of  lying  on  the  right  side;  costiveness,  emacia- 
tion, debility,  hard  and  frequent  pulse,  and  a sallow  complexion. 

The  office  of  the  liver  is  to  secrete  the  bile,  the  origin  of  which  is 
this:  the  dark  venous  blood,  passing  through  the  liver  on  its  way  back 
to  the  heart,  is  there  divested  of  its  noxious  matter,  consisting  largely 
of  carbon,  and  so  made  fir  for  re-entering  into  the  arterial  circulation. 
A portion  of  the  matter  so  separated  from  the  blood  is  the  bile , which 
Is  discharged  into  the  duodenum,  and  there  mixes  with  the  digested 
food,  and  performs  the  important  office  of  fitting  it  for  absorption  into 
the  system.  The  bile  thus  mixed  with  the  elements  of  nutrition  is 
also  absorbed,  and  it  is  probable  that  it  is  adapted  and  designed  to 
support  the  processes  of  respiratory  combustion.  It  is  the  bile  that 
gives  the  color  to  the  feces,  which  indicate  a healthy  flow  of  the  bile 
when  they  are  the  color  of  rhubarb.  When,  owing  to  some  functional 
derangement,  the  bile  mixes  with  the  blood  in  its  circulation,  it  is  in- 
dicated by  yellowness  of  complexion,  in  jaundice,  and  by  the  symp- 
toms previously  described. 

The  healthy  flow  of  bile  is  interrupted  frequently  by  high  living, 
obstructed  perspiration,  the  drilling  of  wines,  malt  liquors,  and 
specially  ardent  spirits,  and  dram  drinking. 

Dr.  Graham  judiciously  obseivos:  “The  term  liner  complaint  is 
-low  far  too  indiscriminately  used.  It  is  properly  applied  to  designate 
disease  in  the  texture  of  the  liver;  but  the  majority  of  the  maladies 
■•jailed  by  that  name,  are  in  reality  severe  disorders  of  the  digestive 
*4&nal,  that  is,  chronic  affection  of  the  stomach  and  intestines.” 

The  symptoms  which  indicate  affections  of  the  liver,  are  increasing 
debility  and  emaciation,  the  pain  and  uneasiness  at  the  right  side  ex- 
tending to  the  shoulder,  loss  of  appetite,  full  and  hard  puise,  etc.  But 
<ir  digestive  disease,  the  loss  of  flesh  is  rmt  so  great,  the  breaming  is 
*vot  so  laborious,  and  the  pain  is  more  in  the  region  of  the  stomach. 

Treatment. — The  first  thing  to  do  is  to  lessen  the  undue  deter- 
mination of  the  blood  to  the  part  by  equalizing  its  circulation,  and 
restoring  the  proper  secretions.  This  will  be  effected  by  moderating 
the  diet,  living  low,  avoiding  all  stimulants,  condiments,  etc.  Give 
the  vapor  bath,  and  the  sudorific  powders,  to  promote  copious  per- 
spiration. Take  gentle  aperients;  as,  senna,  manna,  cream-of -tartar, 
and  fennel  seed.  The  bowels  should  be  moved  at  least  once  a day. 
All  violent  purgatives  are  to  be  avoided;  they  must  be  gentle.  In  weak 
constitutions,  a decoction  of  tamarinds,  sweetened  with  manna,  often 
answers  the  purpose;  but  if  not  sufficiently  strong  add  a little  senna. 
Mild  laxative  injections  occasionally  are  of  great  service. 

If  there  should  be  vomiting,  mix  supercarbonate  of  potash,  1 dr., 
With  34  pt.  of  peppermint  water;  and  take  a table-spoon  whenever  the 
vomiting  returns.  If  the  pain  is  severe,  foment  the  side  with  a hot 
decoction  of  bitter  herbs,  as  hops,  etc.;  or  the  Anodyne  Fomentation; 
or  apply  the  Stimulating  Liniment.  A poultice  made  of  bran,  or 
oatmeal,  with  a little  mustard  and  ca}Tenne  pepper,  and  mixed  with 
vinegar,  and  formed  into  a plaster  or  poultice,  will  be  found  to 
be  invaluable.  A mustard  plaster  is  also  applicable,  and  ans- 
wers better  than  a blister  plaster,  though  it  may  be  applied  it  the 
pain  be  obstinate;  give  also  10  grs.  of  the  Diaphoretic  Powders,  for 
they  allay  pain,  and  promote  sleep.  If  the  sickness  and  irritation  of 
the  stomach  continue,  give  an  emetic,  and  repeat  every  day,  if 
necessary. 

11 


242 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department « 


Medicines  which  promote  the  secretions  of  the  urine  have  a very 
good  effect  here.  (See  “Diuretic  Drops,”  etc.)  Or,  take  34  dr*  °f 
purified  nitre;  or  a tea-spoon  of  sweet  spirits  of  nitre  in  gruel  or  balm 
tea  three  or  four  times  a day.  Continue  this  treatment  till  the  symp- 
toms are  subdued. 

Chronic  disease  of  the  liver  arises  chiefly  from  the  induration  and 
torpidity  of  the  liver;  therefore,  the  object  must  be  to  correct  the  dis- 
ordered state  of  the  stomach  and  bowels,  and  to  give  tone  and  activity 
to  the  liver.  This  may  be  effected  by  the  vapor  bath,  emetics,  and 
sponging  the  body  with  the  Stimulating  Liniment  ; by  the  use  of  tne 
Liver  Pill,  or  Dyspeptic  Pill,  etc.,  which  see.  Apply  to  the  painful 
part  the  Irritating  Plaster. 

Liver  Pill. — 1 oz.  each  of  powdered  blood-root,  powdered  man- 
drake, and  extract  of  dandelion,  to  which  add  2 drs.  of  powdered 
senna.  Add  a few  drops  of  oil  of  spearmint,  or  peppermint,  and  form 
into  pills.  Take  two  or  three  night  and  morning.  This  pill  is  a 
sovereign  remedy  for  inflammation  of  the  liver,  and  for  jaundice. 

NETTLE  HASH. — So  called  from  its  resemblance  to  that  pro*' 
duced  by  the  stinging  of  nettles.  The  skin  is  raised,  and  whitish  on 
the  top;  it  is  attended  with  itching  and  tingling.  It  is  a very  mild 
disease,  and  seldom  requires  much  medicine.  The  following  remedies 
have  been  recommended: 

An  equal  proportion  of  oil,  vinegar,  and  spirit  of  wine,  applied  t< 
the  skin,  will  afford  temporary  relief  for  the  itching.  Take,  at  the 
same  time,  6 grs.  of  magnesia  in  a glass  of  lime-water  three  times  a 
day;  or  rub  the  part  well  with  parsley. 

But  it  is  best  to  give  the  vapor  bath  of  bitter  decoction,  and  apply 
t©  the  part  the  stimulating  liniment,  and  an  aperient;  or  apply  tincture 
of  lobelia  and  tincture  of  myrrh,  mixed,  to  the  skin.  Sponge  the 
body  every  morning  in  salt  and  water.  Weak  camphorated  spirit  is  a 
good  rubefacient  in  this  disease.  An  emetic  sometimes  effectually 
dislodges  the  disease. 

NEURALGIA  or  TIC  DOLOUREUX.— Put  half  a drachm  of  sal 
ammonia  in  an  ounce  of  camphor  water.  Take  a tea-spoon  at  a dose, 
and  repeat  the  dose  several  times  at  intervals  of  live  minutes,  if  th<3 
pain  be  not  relieved  at  once.  This  medicine  has  generally  cured. 

Or,  take  extract  of  valerian,  2 ozs.;  henbane,  1%  ozs.;  aconite,  34 
oz.  Mix  well,  and  with  oil  of  lavender,  form  into  pills.  Take  one  oi 
two  every  four  hours.  It  acts  like  a charm  on  neuralgia,  and  all 
nervous  disorders;  or,  apply  bruised  horse-raddish  to  the  part  affected. 
Chloroform  has  recently  been  applied  to  the  parts  affected  with  neu- 
ralgia. Indeed  it  is  made  a patent  medicine  for  “Tic.”  A piece  of 
lint  should  be  soaked  in  it,  and  applied;  cover  it  with  flannel. 

NEUTRALIZING  MIXTURE.  — Powdered  rhubarb,  3 scrs,;  sal- 
eratus,  or  crude  bicarbonate  of  potash,  3 scrs. ; powdered  peppermint 
plant,  3 scrs  ; boiling  water,  34  pt. ; decoction  of  anise-seed,  34  pt*  Mix. 
Strain,  sweeten  with  sugar,  and  add  three  table-spoons  of  brandy. 
Take  one  or  two  table-spoons  as  oft  as  the  symptoms  require  it.  Pol* 
children  a less  dose. 

Very  valuable  in  cholera,  bowel  complaints  of  children,  laxity  of 
the  bowels,  flux,  etc.  An  infallible  remedy. 

NIGHTMARE. — The  complaint  always  happens  during  disturbed 
sleep.  It  comes  on  with  a sense  of  great  weight  on  the  chest,  and  a 
dreaming  of  something  very  frightful  and  horrible,  bad  persons, 
spectres  of  various  shanes- wdd  beasts  infuriated  animals  in  pursuit, 
and  which  tne  patieui  cannot  escape,  though  apparently  lie  makes,  c* 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


243 


tries  to  wake  the  greatest  efforts  to  escape;  he  attempts  to  cry  out,  but 
generally  in  vain.  The  sensation  is  very  distressing  and  painful. 
Sometimes  the  uneasiness  continues  after  he  awakes,  so  as  to  prevent 
his  turning  or  moving  in  bed  for  some  time. 

Studious,  and  nervous  people,  are  most  subject  to  it;  it  is  also 
caused  by  heavy  suppers.  The  disease  is  probably  produced  by  indi- 
gestion, and  by  compression  of  the  lungs,  and  the  consequent  obstruc- 
tion to  the  free  return  of  blood  from  the  brain.  The  disease  is 
dangerous,  and,  doubtless,  many  have  died  under  the  attack;  and 
their  death  lias  been  attributed  to  apoplexy.  L 

The  remedy  is  to  avoid  all  exciting  causes,  as  too  much  abstruse 
thinking,  late  and  heavy  suppers,  food  difficult  of  digestion,  cold  feet, 
costiveness,  and  flatulence.  To  prevent  the  nightmare,  mix  together  10 
grs.  of  carbonate  of  soda;  3 drs.  of  compound  tincture  of  cardamoms; 

X dr.  of  simple  syrup,  and  1 oz.  of  peppermint  water.  Repeat  for  sev- 
eral nights  in  succession ; afterwards  take  a few  drops  of  the  Aperient 
Mixture,  or  the  Aperient  Tonic  Mixture.  Also  a little  cayenne  in 
scullcap  tea  will  prevent  an  attack.  Those  who  are  habitually  subject 
to  nightmare  should  not  sleep  in  a room  alone,  but  have  some  person 
near  them,  to  be  awakened  by  their  moans,  groans,  etc. 

Dr.  Beach  says:  “It  is  not  improbable  that  some  of  those  persons 
who  have  been  found  dead  in  their  beds  were  destroyed  by  it.” 

NERVES. — These  are  contractile  bundles  of  white  cords,  whose 
ends  are  connected  to  the  brain,  and  spinal  marrow,  and  thence  extend- 
ing over  the  whole  body,  to  receive  impressions  from  external  objects. 
They  are  in  the  eyes,  at  the  root  of  the  teeth,  about  the  ears,  in  fact, 
everywhere  in  the  body,  from  the  crown  of  the  head  to  the  sole  of  the 
foot.  Two  pairs  of  nerves  proceed  out  of  each  side  of  the  spine,  and 
thence  ramifying  to  every  part  of  the  body.  They  are  so  abundant, 
that  we  cannot  touch  any  part  of  the  skin  with  the  point  of  a needle 
without  coming  in  contact  with  a nerve,  and  a blood  vessel.  The 
great  sympathetic  nerve  is  the  most  important  of  all.  It  com- 
municates with  all  the  spinal  nerves,  and  several  of  those  of  the  brain. 

Nerve  Powder. — Takel  oz.  each  of  scullcap,  and  valerian;  cat- 
nip, 1 oz. ; cayenne,  1 dr.;  coriander  seeds,  %oz.  Pulverize,  and  mix. 
Take  a tea-spoon  in  a cup  of  boiling  water,  leaving  room  for  milk  and 
sugar.  Repeat  according  to  the  symptoms.  This  powder  tranquilizes 
the  most  irritable. nerves  without  debilitating  and  deadening  their  sensi- 
bility. It  greatly  strengthens  the  nerves. 

Nervousness, — Sulphate  of  quinine,  1 dr. ; dissolve  it  in  G ozs.  of 
camphorated  jalap;  add  of  the  volatile  tincture  of  valerian,  3 drs.; 
tincture  of  columba,  34  oz.  Mix.  When  the  nerves  are  irritable,  at- 
tended with  indigestion,  flatulence,  and  occasional  headache,  this  is 
often  serviceable.  Three  table-spoons  to  be  taken  three  times  a day. 

Nervous  Disorders — Rev.  John  Wesley’s  Directions. — When  the 
nerves  perform  the  office  too  languidly  a good  air  is  the  first  requisite. 
The  patient  should  rise  early,  and,  as  soon  as  the  dew  is  off  the  ground, 
walk;  let  his  breakfast  be  mother  of  thyme  tea,  gathered  in  June, 
using  half  as  much  as  we  do  of  common  tea.  Or,  the  common  garden 
thyme,  if  the  former  cannot  be  procured.  When  the  nerves  are  too 
sensible,  let  the  person  breathe  a proper  air.  Let  him  eat  fresh  veal, 
chickens,  or  mutton.  Vegetables  should  be  eaten  sparingly;  the  most 
simple  is  the  French  bean,  and  the  best  root  is  the  turnip.  Wine 
should  be  avoided ; and  all  sauces.  Sometimes  he  may  breakfast  upon 
a quarter  of  an  ounce  of  valerian  root  infused  in  hot  water,  to  which 
he  may  add  both  cream  and  sugar.  Tea  is  not  proper.  When  the 


244  Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 

person  finds  an  uncommon  oppression,  let  him  take  a large  tea-spoon 
of  the  tincture  of  valerian  root. 

This  tincture  should  be  made  thus:  Cut  in  pieces  six  ounces  of 
wild  valerian  root,  gathered  in  June,  and  fresh  dried.  Bruise  it  in  a 
mortar,  that  the  pieces  may  be  split,  but  it  should  not  be  beat  into 
powder;  put  this  into  a quart  of  strong  sherry  wine;  cork  the  bottle 
and  let  it  stand  three  weeks,  shaking  it  every  day;  then  press  it  out, 
and  filter  through  paper. 

But  there  is  no  remedy  for  nervous  disorders  of  every  kind,  com- 
parable to  the  proper  and  constant  use  of  the  electrical  machine. 

Nerve  Drops. — Mix  8 drops  of  spirits  of  hartshorn  with  4 drops 
of  the  oil  of  lavender,  and  take  in  a wine  glass  of  water. 

Nervous  Mixture. — Liquid  carbonate  of  ammonia,  34  dr. ; com- 
pound tincture  of  cardamom,  34  oz*  ? oil  of  lavender,  8 drops;  mint 
water,  3 ozs.;  mix,  and  take  in  two  or  three  doses.  It  is  invaluable. 

Nervous  Pill.— Assafoetida,  extract  of  hops,  carbonate  of  ammonia, 
of  each,  1 oz. ; extract  of  valerian,  20  grs.  Dissolve  the  first  two  in- 
gredients over  the  fire,  then  take  off,  and  add  the  others;  mix  well, 
and  with  a few  drops  of  the  oil  of  lavender,  and  a little  powdered 
licorice,  form  into  pills.  Dose. — One  or  two  once  or  twice  a day. — 
Valuable  in  all  nervous  and  hysterical  disorders. 

Nervous  Tincture.— Compound  tincture  of  bark,  2 ozs. ; ammon- 
iated  tincture  of  valerian,  134  ozs  ; compound  tincture  of  aloes,  34  oz* 
Mix.  Good  for  general  weakness,  low  spirits,  and  nervous  irritability. 
Two  tea-spoons  twice  a day. 

NETTLE. — The  nettles  make  a good  rubefacient  for  limbs  cold, 
benumbed,  and  torpid.  Paralytic  parts  being  beaten  and  stung  with 
this  herb,  have  regained  their  vigor,  and  limbs  which  have  lost  their 
use  by  rheumatism.  The  juice  is  astringent,  and  is  good  in  gravelly 
complaints,  internal  hemorrhage,  and  spitting  of  blood. 

A decocotion  is  excellent  in  scurvy.  The  decoction  is  valuable  in 
cases  of  bloody  urine.  The  seeds  and  flowers  of  the  nettle  are  as  good 
a tonic  as  Peruvian  bark  in  fevers  and  ague.  About  a drachm  given 
in  wine.  A decoction  of  the  root  is  most  valuable  in  diarrhea  and 
dysentery,  or  laxity  of  the  bowels  and  bloody  flux.  It  should  be 
sweetened.  Cancers,  it  has  been  said,  have  yielded  to  the  juice  of 
nettles,  as  much  as  four  ounces  having  been  taken  in  a day. — [See  Rob' 
inson's  Herbal. 

TIC- DOULOUREUX,  or  a painful  spasm ; a name  given  by  French 
physicians  to  an  aggravated  condition  of  neuralgia,  affecting  the  nerves 
of  the  whole  or  one-half  of  the  face  or  head.  The  peculiarity  of  this 
disease  is  that  it  commences  without  a moment’s  warning,  seizing  on 
the  nerves  of  the  face  with  the  most  violent  pain,  and  continuing  for 
an  indefinite  time  tc  torture  the  patient  witli  the  most  excruciating 
agony,  frequently  terminating  as  suddenly  as  it  came  on,  though  some- 
times gradually  subsiding  in  its  intensity.  Branches  of  the  5th  pair, 
or  trifacial  nerves,  are  the  parts  generally  attacked,  especially  the 
supra  and  infra  orbital , and  the  maxillary  branch,  and  a line  drawn 
from  the  centre  of  the  eyebrow  in  a straight  line  to  the  lower  jaw  will 
cover  the  three  points  where  the  pain  is  usually  felt  most  agonizing;  a 
filament  from  each  branch  escaping  on  to  the  face  by  three  small 
apertures, — one  above  the  blow,  the  other  under  the  orbit,  and  the 
third  midway  between  the  chin  and  the  angle  of  the  jaw.  This  most 
distressing  disease  generally  attacks  those  whose  digestive  organs  are 
faulty,  selecting  rather  the  weakly  than  the  robust,  and  those  whose 
constitutions  have  been  much  deranged  by  a long  residence  in  a wa»  ai 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department , 


245 


Ornate,  and  more  particularly  those  who  have  suffered  much  from 
wounds  and  injuries  to  the  head  ; in  fact,  whatever  may  have  been  the 
remote  inducement,  an  unhealthy  state  of  the  stomach  and  bowels  is 
in  all  cases  the  immediate  cause  of  an  attack  of  this  disease;  however 
much  the  nervous  system  may  he  or  has  been  irritated,  it  is  to  some 
derangement  of  the  bowels,  or  to  the  presence  of  some  crudity  in  the 
stomach,  that  this  dreaded  enemy  is  to  be  attributed,  which,  as  we 
have  stated,  may  attack  the  patient  without  a premonitory  symptom, 
may  rack  him  for  hours  with  a rigid  spasm  of  the  nerves  and  a convul- 
sive twitching  of  the  facial  muscles,  or  it  may  only  endure  for  a few* 
minutes  and  not  recur  for  weeks  or  months,  or  it  may  revisit  him  at 
every  change  of  the  wind  to  the  east,  or  it  may  become  periodical,  and 
recur  at  regular  intervals,  like  an  ague. 

The  Treatment. — In  all  cases  where  the  pain  can  be  endured 
for  some  time,  to  allow  of  the  action  of  aperient  medicine,  the  treat- 
ment should  commence  by  giving  one  or  two  of  the  compound  assafce- 
tida  pills,  and  if  there  is  any  acidity  in  the  stomach,  by  ordering  a 
draught  composed  of  oO  grs.  of  bicarbonate  of  potass,  or  carbon  ate  of 
soda,  dissolved  in  a wine  glass  of  camphor  water,  with  1 dr.  of  the 
aromatic  tincture;  this  draught  to  be  repeated  every  sixor  eight  hours 
if  necessary.  To  promote  digestion,  when  a want  of  tone  in  the 
stomach  is  regarded  as  an  exciting  cause,  a tea-spoon  of  Gregory’s 
powder,  with  5 grains  of  Colombo  powder,  should  be  taken  in  a little 
peppermint  water  an  hour  before  each  meal;  at  the  same  time,  care 
should  be  taken  to  keep  the  skin  clean  and  healthy  by  a warm  bath, 
and  the  free  use  Of  the  ffesh-brush.  When,  as  is  sometimes  the  case, 
the  state  of  the  mouth  and  gums  and  the  condition  of  the  teeth  is  an 
exciting  cause,  the  evil  should  be  at  once  remedied;  the  teeth,  if 
necessary,  scaled,  the  decayed  and  irritating  stumps  removed,  and  a 
wash  of  borax  and  water,  with  a tincture  of  myrrh,  freely  used  with 
the  tooth-brush  to  clean  the  teeth  and  gums.  Such  are  the  means  and 
precautions  which  should  be  employed  in  the  intervals  of  attack,  or 
when  the  pain  will  allow  of  their  being  adopted,  to  prepare  the  body 
to  resist  a renewed  attack  of  the  disease. 

When,  however,  the  paroxysm  is  on,  and  the  patient  almost  dis- 
tracted with  the  severity  of  his  suffering,  and  there  is  no  time  to  wait 
for  the  action  of  the  aperient  medicine,  relief  to  the  symptoms  must  be 
found  first,  and  tiie  pain  abated  before  the  doctor  troubles  himself 
about  the  disease. 

When  the  pain  comes  on  in  paroxysms  at  regular  recurring  inter- 
vals, the  remedies,  as  in  intermittent  fever,  can  only  be  given  with  a 
hope  of  benefit  an  hour  or  two  before  the  expected  attack.  I11  such 
cases  the  best  means  to  employ  are  the  following,  taking  the  draught 
two  hours  before  the  paroxysm,  and  the  pills  as  directed: 

Take  of  sulphate  of  quinine,  10  grs.;  infusion  of  roses,  12  drs. ; 
tincture  of  ginger.  34  dr.  Mix,  and  make  a draught,  to  be  taken,  if 
possible,  two  hours  before  the  attack. 

Take  of  sulphate  of  quinine,  6 grs.;  tartar  emetic,  34  or4  powder- 
ed opium,  2 grs. ; extract  of  poppy,  enough  to  make  a mass,  which 
divide  into  three  pills,  one  pill  to  be  taken  every  half  hour  after  the 
draught. 

As  a general  rule  quinine  should  not  be  given  till  the  bowels  have 
been  opened;  should  they  not  have  been  so  within  twelve  hours,  an 
aperient  pill  and  draught  must  be  given  soon  after  the  above  medicines, 
to  prevent  their  acting  huxtfully  on  the  head. 


246 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


In  tliin,  delicate,  or  inflammatory  subjects,  instead  of  a draug'H 
and  pills  the  following  powders  may  be  beneficially  employed: 

Take  of  carbonate  of  iron,  1 dr. ; sulphate  of  quinine,  15  grs. ; 
aromatic  powder,  1 dr.  Mix,  and  divide  into  four  powders:  one  to  be 
given  every  half  hour  before  the  expected  time  of  attack. 

To  afford  relief  during  the  paroxysm  of  pain,  and  where  no  med- 
icine lias  been  previously  given,  a suppository  of  10  grains  of  soft 
opium  should  be  immediately  passed  up  the  rectum,  and  the  following 
draught  taken  as  soon  after  as  possible,  followed  every  quarter  of  an 
hour,  till  relief  is  obtained,  by  a claret  glass  of  port  wine  : 

Take  of  sulphate  of  quinine,  6 grs. ; brandy,  34  oz.;  laudanum,  45 
drops;  sal- volatile,  spirits,  1 dr.;  sulphuric  ether,  25  drops;  water,  1 
oz.  Mix:  to  be  drank  instantly.  An  emetic,  in  many  instances,  will 
arrest  the  acute  agony  of  the  pain,  and  where  no  cause  prevents  its 
use,  should  be  employed;  in  such  cases,  one-half  the  doses  given  in 
these  last  prescriptions  will  be  found  sufficient  to  break  the  force  of  the 
paroxysm. 

The  discovery  of  chloroform  has  placed  in  the  physician’s  hand  a 
powerful  agent  for  good  in  such  cases;  but  as  very  great  danger 
attends  its  indiscriminate  use,  and  as  it  should  never  be  given  but 
under  the  eye  of  a medical  man,  we  have  purposely  refrained  from 
prescribing  it.  (Sec  c‘  Neuralgia.”) 

FILES. — An  enlargement  of  the  veins  at  the  lower  termination 
of  the  intestines,  frequently  causing  great  pnin,  bleeding,  and  difficult 
evacuation.  The  tumors  are  seated  sometimes  externally,  and  some- 
times within  the  verge  of  the  anus,  for  the  most  part  attended  with  a 
discharge  of  blood;  these  are  called  bleeding  piles.  When  no  blood  is 
discharged,  they  are  termed  blind  piles ; and,  when  the  discharge  is 
only  serum,  white  piles. 

It  is  most  frequently  caused  by  costiveness,  by  pregnancy,  and  a 
sedentary  life,  by  strong  purgatives,  and  by  dram-drinking.  The 
piles  are  sometimes  the  effect  of  relaxation  and  debility,  and  not  un- 
frequently  result  from  an  inflammatory  action  in  the  rectum,  and  a 
diminished  secretion  of  mucus  from  its  inner  membrane. 

Treatment. — When  piles  are  caused  by  constipation,  and  a de- 
bilitated state  of  the  bowels,  it  is  needful  to  open  them,  and  keep  them 
so  by  gentle  aperients.  Medicines  which  act  moderately  upon  the 
bowels,  are  calculated  to  remove  that  morbid  state  of  the  liver  and 
stomach  which  often  causes  the  complaint.  The  patient  may  take  sul- 
phur, cream-of-tartar,  confection  of  senna,  and  the  lenitive  electuary ; 
but  all  strong  purgatives  must  be  avoided. 

Mix  sulphur,  oz.;  confection  of  senna,  2 ozs. ; saltpetre,  3 drs.; 
and  as  much  syrup  of  orange  as  will  give  the  mixture  a proper  con- 
sistence. About  the  size  of  a nutmeg  must  be  taken  two  or  three  times 
a day. 

It  is  very  soothing  and  healing  to  steam  the  parts  with  a sitz  bath 
made  of  a strong  decoction  of  bitter  herbs;  as  hops,  catnip,  tansy, 
pennyroyal,  and  camomile  flowers.  Pour  upon  them  boiling  water 
and  vinegar.  Infuse  some  time;  boil  again,  and  let  the  steam  ap- 
proach the  parts. 

A cold  water  cloth  has  been  found  of  great  service.  Dip  a cloth 
into  cold  water;  let  the  cloth  be  four  fold ; apply  it  close,  and  press  it 
to  with  a dry  cloth;  as  it  warms,  re-dip  into  cold  water;  do  this  several 
times;  then  convey  into  the  anus  some  pure  tallow  or  lard,  or  the  pile 
ointment,  described  at  the  end  of  this  article.  A slippery  elm  poul- 
tice, made  with  milk  and  water  to  a proper  consistence,  may  also  be 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


247 


applied.  The  slippery  elm  is  both  cooling  and  healing*.  Ten  drops  of 
laudanum  may  be  added  to  the  poultice. 

When  there  is  great  constipation,  an  emolient  injection  is  indi- 
cated. Take  34  pt.  of  water,  34  a dessert-spoon  of  salt,  and  i oz.  of 
castor  oil.  Retain  it  as  long  as  possible.  The  following  injection  is 
recommended  by  Dr.  Simmons  : 

Witch  hazel  leaves,  34  oz.;  cranesbill,  34  oz*i  meadow  fern  burrs, 
1 oz.;  slippery  elm,  2 drs.;  mix  the  powders  well  together,  and  pour 
upon  them  134  pts.  of  boiling  water  Infuse  for  4 hours,  and  strain, 
it.  In  the  morning  use  pt-  for  an  injection,  and  at  night  not  quite 
so  much,  and  retain  it,  if  possible,  all  night.  Repeat  as  often  as 
necessary. 

The  marshmallow  ointment  is  also  very  useful.  For  blind  piles 
the  tincture  of  lobelia  is  very  good;  so  also  is  brandy,  a little  diluted, 
applied  frequently. 

It  is  a good  plan  to  cleanse  the  anus  night  and  morning  with  soft 
soap  and  water;  then  using  tailow  or  the  pilewort  ointment,  or  any  of 
the  ointments  for  the  piles.  It  is  good  to  wash  the  anus  after  every 
evacuation.  Generally  speaking,  the  application  of  cold  water  is  more 
effectual  than  warm  water  for  fomenting,  etc, ; but  this  must  be  de- 
eded by  the  patient,  as  warm  water  in  some  states  of  the  piles  is  very 
toothing. 

To  effect  a cure,  the  bowels  must  be  kept  regularly  open.  Take 
Epsom  salts,  34  02  4 infusion  of  senna,  6 drs.;  tincture  of  senna,  3 
drs.;  decoction  of  bark,  1 oz. , spearmint  water,  1 oz. ; water,  4 ozs.; 
best  manna,  3 drs.  Mix,  and  take  from  3 to  8 table-spoons  every 
morning,  or  every  other  clay.  The  diet  should  be  chiefly  vegetable  till 
the  disease  is  gone.  Or,  take  a gentle  aperient  also  every  other  night, 
and  on  the  alternate  night  the  tonic  pill  (which  see). 

When  the  constitution  lias  become  habituated  to  the  disease,  stim- 
ulants, as  pepper  and  ginger,  taken  with  the  aliment,  often  afford 
considerable  relief.  Eiecumpene  root,  2 ozs. ; sweet  fennel-seed  pow- 
der, 3 ozs.;  blade  pepper  powder,  1 oz.;  milk  of  sulphur,  1 oz.;  puri- 
fied honey,  2 ozs.;  brown  sugar,  and  molasses,  of  each  134  ozs.  Mix 
the  first  four  ingredients;  melt  the  honey,  sugar,  and  molasses,  and 
then  mix  all  together.  About  the  size  of  a nutmeg  to  be  taken  two 
or  three  times  a day. 

The  decoction  of  oak  bark  is  said  to  be  a good  remedy  for  piles. 

“Aloes,”  says  Dr  Buchan,  “which  form  a principal  part  of  the 
advertised  pills,  are  frequently  the  cause  of  piles.  Therefore  persons 
subject  to  them  should  avoid  all  aloetic  purges.  An  habitual  eostive- 
ness  is  much  more  effectually  and  safely  removed  by  a spoonful  of 
castor  oil  taken  occasionally  in  an  evening.”  A weak  solution  of  sugar 
of  lead  with  a little  laudanum  is  useful  when  the  piles  are  very  pain- 
ful. JPowdered  galls  and  hog‘s  lard  form  a good  ointment.  Henbane 
leaves  powdered  and  mixed  with  slippery  elm  and  sweet  oil,  and  six 
drops  of  laudanum,  form  a good  application.  The  pain  is  often  re- 
moved by  an  emetic,  or  by  taking  twice  a day  20  or  30  drops  of  balsam 
of  copaiba  011  loaf  sugar,,  or  in  a little  peppermint  water.  The  vapor 
of  boiling  water  over  ieeks  is  useful. 

Plies,  Bleeding, — Lightly  boil  the  juice  of  nettles  with  a little 
sugar;  take  2 ozs.  It  seldom  needs  repeating. — Wesley. 

Piles,  To  Cure. — Apply  warm  molasses.  Or,  a tobacco-leaf 
steeped  in  water  24  hours.  Or,  a poultice  of  boiled  brook-lime;  it 
seldom  fails.  Or,  a bruised  onion,  skinned,  or  roasted  in  ashes;  it 
perfectly  cures  the  dry 'piles.  Or,  fumigate  with  vinegar,  wherein  red 


248  Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 

hot  flints  have  been  quenched ; this  softens  even  schirrous  tumors.— - 
Wesley. 

Inward  Piles.— Swallow  a pill  of  pitch,  fasting.  One  pill  usually 
cures  the  bleeding  piles.  Or,  eat  a large  leek,  boiled.  Or,  take  twice 
a day  as  much  as  lies  on  a shilling  of  the  thin  skin  of  walnuts,  pow- 
dered.— Wesley. 

Piles,  Ointment  for. — Take  of  emolient  ointment,  2 ozs. ; liquid 
laudanum,  14  oz*  Mix  these  ingredients  with  the  yolk  of  an  egg,  and 
work  them  well  together. 

Piiewort  Ointment,  Improved,— The  plant,  pilewort,  (ranuncu- 
lus ficaria,)  flowers  in  March  and  April.  It  should  be  gathered  when 
in  bloom,  chopped  extremely  line,  after  the  roots  and  plant  have  been 
well  washed.  Boil  in  lard,  without  burning,  two  hours,  stirring  all 
the  time.  Strain  while  hot.  Add  1 dr.  of  belladonna,  1 dr.  each  of 
opium  and  camphor,  powdered.  Mix,  and  make  an  ointment. 

PLEURISY. — Pleurisy  is  inflammation  of  the  membrane  termed 
pleura,  which  covers  the  lungs,  and  lines  the  internal  surface  of  the 
chest.  It  is  caused  by  obstructed  perspiration,  through  exposure  to 
cold,  bleak  winds;  drinking  cold  liquors  when  the  body  is  hot;  sleep- 
ing out  doors,  or  on  the  damp  ground;  wet  clothes;  exposure  to  the 
cold  air  when  in  a state  of  perspiration.  It  may  also  be  caused  by 
drinking  strong  liquors,  by  the  stopping  of  the  usual  evacuations 
etc.,  etc. 

The  symptoms  are  shivering,  pain  in  the  head,  back,  stomach  > 
sickness,  and  vomiting,  despondency,  violent  pain  in  one  or  both  sides, 
difficult  breathing,  high  fever,  thirst;  the  pain  is  greater  when  coughs 
ing,  or  when  taking  in  a full  breath;  the  pulse  is  hard,  strong,  and 
frequent. 

Treatment. — In  this  disease  the  temperature  of  the  whole  bod> 
and  its  extremities  is  diminished,  while  the  heat  in  the  affected  part  is. 
greatly  augmented.  Allopathists  would  recur  to  bleeding  at  once;  but 
that  system  of  depletion  is  not  necessary.  Common  sense  says,  equals 
ize  the  circulation  of  the  blood,  and  this  can  only  be  done  by  restoring 
that  which  has  been  partially  lost  or  diminished,  viz.,  vitality  or  heat, 
The  disease  has  been  caused  by  cold ; it  must  be  cured  by  a wise  ap- 
plication of  heat.  Do  this  at  the  very  beginning  of  the  disease  before 
the  patient  is  debilitated.  Give  a vapor  bath ; or  bathe  the  feet  in 
warm  water,  and  apply  hot  bricks  wrapped  in  water  and  vinegar 
cloths  while  the  patient  is  in  bed.  Give  also  an  emetic  at  the  same 
time.  When  the  emetic  has  taken  effect,  give  immediately  two  table- 
spoons of  the  sudorific  tincture,  or  half  a tea-spoon  of  the  sudorific 
powders.  Continue  them,  to  keep  up  a gentle  moisture  on  the  skin. 
If  they  cause  vomiting,  never  mind,  for  it  helps  to  cure.  At  night 
bathe  the  legs  up  to  the  knees  in  warm  water,  with  a little  soap  or 
soda  in,  for  about  ten  minutes.  Let  warm  herb  tea  be  constantly 
drank,  as  balm,  hyssop,  catnip,  pennyroyal,  etc 

Apply  the  rheumatic  liquid  to  the  chest  or  sides;  or  fomentations 
of  bitter  herbs,  as  hops,  tansy,  etc.,  to  which  add  some  cayenne  tinc- 
ture. 

Salt,  cayenne,  and  brandy,  well  simmered,  and  made  strong,  form 
an  excellent  application  for  pleuritic  pains.  These  means  seldom  fail 
to  arrest  the  disease.  It  may  be  added,  if  the  bowels  are  constipated, 
give  a gentle  injection,  and  a gentle  aperient.  Let  the  diet  be  very 
simple,  as  sago  gruel,  arrow-root  gruel,  common  gruel  with  a squeeze 
of  lemon,  etc.  During  the  progress  of  the  disease  the  cough  pi1 1,  and 
the  pulmonary  syrup,  will  be  of  great  service.  After  the  p'.em  hi* 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department.  249 

symptoms  are  gone,  take  the  composition  powder,  and  any  of  the 
tonic  bitters. 

Pleurisy  Root. — An  American  plant.  It  is  expectorant,  sub- 
tonic, astringent,  diaphoretic,  carminative,  anti-spasmodic,  diuretic, 
etc.  It  promotes  perspiration.  It  is  a valuable  medicine  for  the  lungs, 
promoting  expectoration,  alleviating  difficult  breathing  in  asthma,  and 
especially  in  pleurisy;  hence  its  name.  It  is  valuable  in  all  fevers;  in 
colics  and  griping,  acute  pains  in  the  stomach,  and  female  complaints, 
as  copious  menstruation,  spasms,  and  nervous  debility.  It  is  a specific 
in  measles.  The  dose  of  the  root  in  powder  is  from  15  to  30  grs.  three 
times  a day.  Nearly  a cup  of  the  decoction  may  be  taken  nearly  as 
often. 

PALPITATION  OF  THE  HEART. — This  is  a very  strong  pulsa- 
tion of  the  heart,  sometimes  only  occasional,  but  often  continual.  It 
arises  from  morbid  irritability  of  the  heart;  it  is  often  purely  nervous, 
caused,  in  some  cases,  by  the  disordered  state  of  the  stomach  and 
bowels,  by  alcoholic  drinks,  by  excessive  venery,  by  extreme  grief, 
and  disappointments  preying  upon  the  spirits,  all  tending  to  weaken 
the  nervous  system.  It  fs  sometimes  a symptom  of  other  diseases,  as 
indigestion,  hysteria.  The  beating  is  frequently  so  violent  as  to  be 
heard  at  a considerable  distance,  and  sometimes  the  effects  of  the  in- 
creased action  of  the  heart  may  be  seen  on  the  outside  of  the  clothes. 
The  pulse  at  the  same  time  is  very  irregular,  and  often  intermittent. 
Palpitation  of  the  heart  is  not  to  be  neglected,  as  it  may  lead  to  serious 
consequences. 

The  treatment  of  this  disease  is  much  similar  to  that  for  indiges- 
tion. The  treatment  must  depend  on  the  state  of  the  body ; for  pal- 
pitation may  be  the  effect  of  increased  vitality,  or  fullness,  or  of 
debility  and  relaxation,  etc.  If  the  system  be  in  a plethoric  state, 
(fullness,)  aperients  and  a spare  diet  must  be  enjoined.  Avoid  all 
stimulants.  In  case  of  general  debility,  20  drops  of  ether,  with  1 tea- 
spoon of  tincture  of  castor,  in  a wine-glass  of  the  infusion  of  valerian, 
two  or  three  times  a day.  When  it  arises  from  disease  of  the  heart , or 
of  the  large  vessels,  then  avoid  plethora,  much  bodily  exertion,  full 
meals,  and  excesses  of  every  kind.  The  following  mixture  is  valu- 
able : 

Tincture  of  henbane,  2 ozs.;  tincture  of  fox-glove,  3 drs. ; sweet 
spirits  of  nitre,  oz.;  mix.  A tea-spoon  and  a half  to  be  taken  two 
or  three  times  a day  in  a glass  of  water. 

If  the  action  of  the  heart  is  very  violent,  apply  a mustard  plaster 
to  the  left  side,  or  strong  hop  and  poppv-head  fomentations.  Two 
grains  of  hemlock  powder  may  also  be  taken  every  seven  or  eight 
hours.  After  the  cessation  of  palpitation,  take  tonics,  sponge  the 
breast  with  tepid  or  cold  water,  and  gentle  exercise  in  the  open  air. 

Palpitation  of  tiie  Heart  Cured  by  Soda-Water.— A lady,  about 
forty  years  of  age,  had  suffered  twelve  years  from  periodical  attacks 
of  palpitation  of  the  heart,  so  violent  as  to  shake  the  bed  on  which 
the  patient  lay.  During  one  attack,  feeling  thirsty,  she  expressed  a 
desire  for  some  soda-water.  No  sooner  had  she  swallowed  the  first 
draught  than  her  palpitation  left  her,  and  recurred  no  more  until  the 
period  of  the  next  attack.  As  soon  as  it  commenced,  she  sent  for  her 
medical  attendant,  and  told  him  what  had  occurred  a month  previ- 
ously, and  requested  to  be  allowed  to  try  the  same  remedy  a second 
time.  He  consented,  but,  wishing  to  ascertain  which  of  the  ingredi- 
ents of  the  soda-water  had  relieved  the  complaint,  he  gave  her  a dose 
of  citric  acid  by  itself.  This  had  110  effect.  He  then  gave  her  a dose 


25° 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


of  carbonate  of  soda,  which  also  failed.  He  then  mixed  Che  powders, 
and  gave  her  some  ordinary  soda-water,  placing  his  hand  at  the  same 
time  upon  her  heart.  The  moment  she  swallowed  the  llrst  mouthful, 
the  palpitation  ceased,  and  recurred  no  more  for  that  time.  From  that 
period,  whenever  the  palpitation  came  on,  she  could  always  stop  it  by 
this  simple  remedy.  It  appears,  from  the  experiments  made  by  med- 
ical men,  that  the  carbonic  acid  was  the  active  element  in  relieving  the 
complaint,  because,  until  the  gas  was  liberated  by  the  mixture  of  citric 
acid  and  the  carbonate  of  soda,  no  benefit  accrued  —Journal  of 
Health. 

Palpitation  of  the  Heart. — To  10  drops  of  the  tincture  of  fox- 
glove, add  10  drs.  of  camphor  mixture,  1 dr.  of  tincture  of  columba, 
and  15  drops  of  sulphuric  ether.  Mix,  and  take  1 tea-spoon  two  or 
three  times  a day. 

Palpitation  of  the  Heart. — Drink  a pint  of  cold  water.  Or,  ap- 
ply outwardly  a rag  dipped  in  vinegar.  Or,  be  electrified.  Or,  take  a 
decoction  of  mother- wort  every  night. — Wesley. 

PALSY,  OR  PARALYSIS.— It  is  a disease  of  debility,  or  dimin- 
ished sensibility  of  the  nerves,  sometimes  of  the  whole  body.  It  is 
indicated  by  a suspension  of  motion,  frecpieiitly  of  one  side,  rarely  the 
lower  extremities  from  the  loins;  and  it  is  sometimes  confined  to  a 
muscle  or  nerve,  as  of  the  bladder  and  anus,  allowing  the  urine  and 
fe'bes  to  pass  off  involuntarily  ; sometimes  the  muscles  of  the  tongue, 
causing  stammering  and  loss  of  speech  ; sometimes  of  the  optic 
nerves,  producing  gutta  serena,  or  imperfect  vision;  and  sometimes 
the  nerve  of  the  ear,  causing  deafness. 

It  is  generally  preceded  by  numbness,  coldness,  paleness,  etc.  In 
bad  cases,  where  one-half  of  the  body  is  paralysed,  the  speech  is  much 
impeded,  or  totally  lost,  and  convulsions  often  take  place  on  the  sound 
side.  The  muscles  of  the  affected  side  of  the  face  being  relaxed,  give 
those  of  the  opposite  side  an  appearance,  of  being  drawn  up  or  con- 
tracted. 

It  may  be  caused  by  an  apoplectic  attack,  anything  obstructing 
the  flow  of  nervous  influence  from  the  brain  into  the  organs  of  mo- 
tion; hence,  tumors,  over  distension  and  effusion,  distortions  of  the 
spine,  and  thickening  of  the  ligaments  connecting  the  vertebrae,  often 
give  rise  to  it.  The  long-continued  use  of  sedatives  will  likewise  pro- 
duce palsy,  such  as  constant  handling  of  white  lead;  poisonous  fumes 
of  metals  or  minerals;  translation  of  morbid  matter  to  the  head;  sup- 
pression of  accustomed  evacuations ; pressure  on  the  nerves  by  laxa- 
tives; fractures,  wounds,  or  other  external  injuries,  etc. 

Treatment. — In  sudden  attacks,  the  same  treatment  as  in  apop- 
lexy. To  remove  spasmodic  symptoms,  give  the  anti-spasmodic  tinc- 
ture every  hour.  Betwixt  give  JJie  stimulating  drops,  followed  by 
herb  tea.  Steam  the  parts  well  with  a bitter  decoction  of  herbs;  as 
tansy,  hops,  wormwood,  camomile,  catnip,  pennyroyal,  and  betony, 
or  any  other  bitter  herbs.  Pour  boiling  vinegar  and  water  upon  them  ; 
cover  up,  and  let  it  infuse  some  time.  Then  rub  the  part  with  a stim- 
ulant, made  of  salt  and  cayenne,  infused  in  hot  vinegar;  or,  made  of 
cayenne,  whisky,  and  salt.  Twice  a day  rub  the  spine  of  the  back 
with  the  stimulating  ointment;  or  apply  mustard  plasters:  or  sting 
the  place  with  nettles.  Electricity  and  dry  frictions  are  very  good. 
Once  or  twice  a week  give  the  vapor  bath;  and  two  hours  after  rub 
the  whole  body  with  the  stimulating  liniment.  Dr.  Beach  recom- 
mends the  following  injection:  Cayenne  pepper,  1 teaspoon;  lobe- 

lia, 2 tea-spoons;  boiling  water,  1 pt.  Let  it  infuse;  stir  well,  in  order 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department 


25* 


to  get  the  strength  out  as  soon  as  possible;  sweeten  with  molasses;  add 
^ pt.  of  milk,  and  1 gill  of  sweet  oil.  Give  it  warm,  as  much  as  the 
patient  can  bear;  this  will  excite  action  in  the  bowels,  and  promote 
evacuations.  Salt  and  water  will  make  a very  good  injection. 

If  constipation  should  prevail,  coarse,  orbrown  bread,  should  be 
eaten,  or  aperients  should  be  taken,  or  a dose  of  castor  oil;  followed 
by  the  continual  use  of  the  restorative  bitters,  introducing  the  perox- 
ide of  iron,  sajr  ^ oz.  to  1 pt.  of  the  bitters.  Also  take  a nervous  pill, 
and  occasionally  the  alterative  syrup.  Let  the  diet  be  simple,  light, 
and  spare.  Take  abundant  exercise  in  the  open  air,  when  the  weather 
permits. 

Palsy,  Infusion  for. — Take  horse-radish,  mustard-seed  bruised,  of 
each,  4 ozs. ; outer  rind  of  orange  peel,  1 oz. ; infuse  in  2 qts.  of  boil- 
ing water  in  a close  vessel  for  24  hours.  In  paralytic  affections,  a tea- 
cup of  this  warm  stimulant  may  be  taken  3 or  4 times  a day. 

PAINTER’S  COLIC;  (see  “ Colic”). — This  is  a dangerous  disease ; 
Xt  is  attended  with  severe  and  violent  pain,  and  paralytic  symptoms, 
and  sometimes  with  nausea,  vomiting  of  acid  bile,  severe  pains;  spas- 
modic pains  about  the  region  of  the  navel,  violently  shooting  to  each 
Bide;  it  is  often  attended  by  violent  spasms  of  the  bowels,  with  ob- 
stinate costiveness.  If  the  disease  is  not  arrested,  it  may  terminate  in 
gangrene,  paralysis  of  the  limbs,  etc.  It  is  caused  by  the  absorption 
of  lead  into  the  system,  chiefly  by  respiration;  hence  painters,  plumb- 
ers, potters,  miners,  and  white  lead  workers  are  most  subject  to  it. 

Treatment. — To  some  extent  the  system  is  impregnated  with 
lead;  the  great  object  therefore  must  be  to  cause  nature  to  expel  the 
same.  The  nausea  and  the  vomiting  must  be  arrested  by  the  neutral- 
izing mixture;  give  a table-spoon  every  half  hour,  or  as  often  as  vom- 
iting takes  place ; when  it  ceases,  give  the  aperient  electuary,  or  the 
aperient  tonic  mixture,  now  and  then.  When  the  first  symptoms 
appear,  give  an  injection  as  follows  : Warm  water,  1 pt.;  salt,  2 tea- 
spoons; anti-spasmodic  tincture,  2 table-spoons ; and  1 table-spoon  of 
slippery  elm. 

Apply  to  the  stomach  and  region  of  the  navel  hot  fomentations  of 
a strong  decoction  of  hops  and  poppy-heads,  a little  anti-spasmodic 
tincture,  and  20  or  30  drops  of  laudanum  to  a pint.  Give  the  .vapor 
bath  daily;  and  afterwards  apply  friction,  and  rub  the  body  all  over 
with  the  stimulating  liniment.  An  emetic  now  and  then  will  be  of 
great  use.  The  injections  must  be  repeated  until  evacuations  are  ob- 
tained. Drink  at  the  same  time  a decoction  of  the  sudorific  herbs,  as 
balm,  catnip,  yarrow,  peppermint,  camomile,  etc. 

If  the  disease  abates,  discontinue  gradually  the  use  of  the  above 
remedies;  do  not  cease  all  at  once,  for  the  disease  is  a very  insidious 
one,  and  may  return.  The  application  of  dry  hot  salt,  folded  up  in  a 
bag,  is  a most  valuable  remedy.  Keep  it  heating  in  the  oven,  and 
have  two  bags;  change  as  the  one  cools.  To  remove  paralysis  in  any 
part,  apply  frequently  the  stimulating  liniment.  The  diet  must  be 
low  and  sparing. 

RHEUMATISM.— This  disease  commonly  occurs  in  autumn  and 
spring,  and  seldom  in  winter  or  summer,  unless  the  vicissitudes  of  heat 
and  cold  be  sudden  and  frequent.  In  a plethoric  habit,  or  when  at- 
tended with  fever  or  super-irritation,  it  is  called  acute  or  inflammatory 
rheumatism  ; and  when  with  sub-irritation,  chronic  rheumatism. 

Acute  Rheumatism. — Its  symptoms  are  fever,  with  pain,  swell- 
ings, and  redness  of  the  joints,  as  the  knees,  hips,  ankles,  shoulders, 
elbows,  wrists,  etc.  The  fever  rarely  continues  violent  more  than 
fourteen,  days,  although  sometimes  the  pain  keeps  shifting  from  one 


252  Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 

joint  to  another  for  some  weeks.  The  pain  and  sometime?  the  fevef 
are  much  increased  in  the  evening,  and  the  former,  during  t he  night,  is 
often  acute.  As  the  pains  become  fixed  the  fever  generally  abates. 

It  is  caused  by  exposure  to  cold,  when  the  body  is  unusually  warm, 
or  by  its  'partial  application,  or  from  a continuance  of  cold,  as  wet 
clothes,  etc. 

Treatment.— In  the  first  place,  clear  the  stomach  and  bowels 
by  aperients  and  emetics.  If  the  skin  is  hot  and  dry,  sponge  the  body 
all  over  with  warm  water  and  carbonate  of  soda,  or  common  soda,  if 
the  skin  is  not  very  hot  and  dry,  give  the  vapor  bath  of  bitter  herbs. 
Dry  well,  and  apply  the  stimulating  liniment.  Repeat  every  day. 
From  ten  to  thirty  drops  of  colchicuni  or  meadow  saffron  may  be  given 
two  or  three  times  a day,  in  a wine  glass  half  full  of  the  camphorated 
mixture.  The  diaphoretic  powder  is  very  useful  in  this  disease ; also 
an  aperient  of  senna,  manna,  and  cream-of-tartar,  in  solution.  Use 
the  rheumatic  liquid,  except  in  case  of  great  debility.  In  such  cases, 
the  camphorated  spirit,  combined  with  tincture  of  aconite  and  oil  of 
hemlock.  This  is  an  excellent  rubefacient.  Apply  it  two  or  three 
times  a day.  It  always  reduces  the  swellings  and  mitigates  the  pain. 
The  alterative  syrup  is  very  effectual  in  the  cure  of  rheumatism. 

Chronic  Rheumatism.— This  sometimes  succeeds  the  acute.  It  h 
not  so  painful,  but  it  abides  longer.  The  period  of  acute  rheumatism 
seldom  exceeds  40  days ; after  which,  if  the  pain  continue,  it  may  be 
pronounced  ckronic.  The  joints  most  surrounded  by  muscles,  and  the 
parts  most  required  for  bodily  exertion,  as  the  hip  and  the  loins,  are 
commonly  the  seats  of  this  complaint.  When  it  affects  the  hip  joint, 
it  is  called  Sciatica , and  when  situated  in  the  loins,  Lumbago. 

Treatment. — Keep  the  evacuations  and  secretions  regular,  as  di- 
rected under  acute  rheumatism.  Take  the  diaphoretic  powder  con, 
stantly  on  going  to  bed.  Apply  to  the  body  the  rheumatic  liquid. 
Take  the  following: 

The  sarsaparilla  root,  sliced  and  bruised,  6 ozs. ; sassafras,  shavings 
of  guiac  wood,  licorice  root  of  each,  1 oz. ; mezereon,  3 drs.  ; distilled 
water  10  pts.  Macerate  for  6 hours;  then  boil  down  to  5 pints;  add 
ing  the  mezereon  and  sassafras  a few  minutes  before  taking  off.  Strain 
for  use.  A pint  nearly  should  be  taken  every  day. 

Alkalies  are  very  useful.  Take  34  oz*  of  bicarbonate  of  soda,  ano 
put  it  into  a pint  of  pure  water.  Dose. — A table-spoon  two  or  three 
times  a day.  The  vapor  bath  is  also  very  serviceable,  after  which  rub 
the  body  well  with  the  stimulating  liniment.  It  is  a good  thing  to 
envelop  the  joints  in  carded  cotton,  covered  with  oiled  silk,  or  gutta 
percha  sheeting;  this  acts  as  a vapor  bath,  by  excluding  the  air.  White 
mustard  seed  taken  inwardly  may  be  tried;  also,  a decoction  of  Peru- 
vian bark,  sassafras,  and  gum  guiac.  Bitters  and  mild  purgatives 
render  great  benefit.  Friction  by  the  flesh  brush,  electricity,  or  gal- 
vanism, should  be  tried.  The  warm  baths  of  Buxton  and  Matlock  are 
of  essential  service.  The  miscellaneous  remedies  are  invaluable. 

Rheumatism. — To  those  who  dwell  in  damp  districts,  or  damp 
houses,  and  are  hence  subject  to  rheumatism,  coughs,  colds,  etc.,  the 
free  use  of  lemon  juice,  (when  strained,  and  where  it  does  not  disagree 
with  the  stomach)  is  a most  effectual  preventive  as  well  as  a remedy. 
I have  found  the  regular  use  of  a wine  glass  or  two  a day  so  to 
strengthen  a very  delicate  constitution,  liable  to  cold  on  the  slightest 
occasions,  that  in  a short  time  it  defied  not  only  damp,  but  every  in- 
clemency, and  all  exposure. 

A correspondent  of  the  Medical  Circular  vouches  for  the  relief  he 
lias  experienced  in  the  liberal  use  of  lime  (fresh  lemon ) juice , while 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


253 


laboring  Tinder  the  paroxj'sms  of  rheumatism.  By  repeated  indulgence 
in  the  above  simple  acid,  for  the  space  of  three  days,  avoiding  all  stim- 
ulating liquids,  the  most  continued  rheumatism  will,  he  says,  relax, 
and  the  tone  of  the  muscular  and  nervous  system  will  be  restored  to  its 
usual  character.  The  fact  was  first  established  by  the  circumstance  of 
the  Jews  being,  as  a general  body,  scarcely  ever  affected  with  the  above 
disease,  and  this  particular  exemption  from  the  malady  under  consid- 
eration, as  affecting  the  disciples  of  the  Hebrew  persuasion,  was,  and 
has  been,  attributed  to  the  very  free  indulgence  which  the  above  peo- 
ple exercise  in  their  dietary  consumption  of  lemon  juice. 

When  the  lemon  juice  disagrees,  either  of  the  two  following  for- 
mulae may  be  substituted:  Lemon  juice  (strained  or  filtered)  and 
molasses,  equal  parts;  powdered  sugar-candy,  sufficient;  mix  intimate- 
ly,— a table-spoon  three  or  four  times  a day. 

Or,  take  powdered  rhubarb,  2 drs.;  acetate  of  potash,  1 oz.  ; 
guaiacum,  1 dr.  ; sulphur,  2 ozs. ; 1 nutmeg,  grated  very  fine ; mo- 
lasses, 1 lb.  Mix,  and  take  two  tea-spoons  night  and  morning. 

The  seat  of  rheumatism  is  in  the  muscles — electro-galvanism  must 
be  used ; it  is  generally  the  best  plan  to  begin  with  currents  of  the 
weakest  power,  and  gradually  to  increase  their  strength  so  long  as  the 
application  causes  no  pain.  Dumb  bells  should  be  used  above  all, 
every  day  ; they  should  never  exceed  in  weight  1 lb.  for  ladies,  and  4 
lbs.  for  men.  Silk  is  the  best  non-conductor  of  cold  we  have,  and  it  is 
affirmed  that  those  of  the  fair  sex  who  wear  tight  fitting  sleeves  to 
their  sdk  dresses  are  not  subject  to  rheumatism ; males  should  wear 
thick  silk  sleeves  to  all  their  waistcoats  ; they  can  be  easily  taken  off, 
and  tacked  or  sewn  on  to  another  vest ; besides  the  above  precautions, 
flannel  must  be  worn  summer  and  winter  by  day,  “but  never  by 
night,’’  next  the  skin  ; at  night  a small  flannel  spencer  or  jacket  should 
be  worn  over  the  night  dress. 

Tailors  and  milliners  have  much  to  answer  for  in  introducing  such 
modern  inventions  as  the  wide  sleeves,  and  in  like  manner  “the  apology 
of  a bonnet this  last,  the  cause  of  tic  doloreux,  rheumatism,  etc. 

Rheumatism.— To  prevent,  wear  washed  wool  under  the  feet.  To 
cure,  use  the  cold  bath  with  rubbing  and  sweating;  or,  apply,  warm 
steams  ; or,  rub  in  warm  molasses,  and  apply  to  the  part  brown  paper 
smeared  therewith  ; change  it  in  twelve  hours;  or,  drink  half  a pint  of 
tar-water  morning  and  evening;  or,  steep  six  or  seven  cloves  of  garlic 
in  a half  a pint  of  white  wine:  drink  it  lying  down.  It  sweats,  and 
frequently  cures  at  once.  Or,  mix  flour  of  brimstone  with  honey,  in 
equal  quantities,  take  3 tea-spoons  at  night,  2 in  the  morning,  and  1 
afterwards,  morning  and  evening,  till  cured.  This  succeeds  oftener 
than  any  remedy  I have  found. — Wesley. 

Rheumatism. — Extract  of  sarsaparilla,  1 oz.  Triturate  in  1 pt. 
of  boiling  water.  Dissolve  2 drs.  of  iodine  of  potass;  and  begin  with 
small  doses  two  or  three  times  a day.  Very  valuable.  m 

The  application  of  wheat,  bran,  or  oatmeal  poultice,  diluted  with 
muriatic  acid  water,  or  the  tincture  of  lobelia  water,  has  often  been 
known  to  give  relief. 

Rheumatism. — Take  a large  handful  of  buckbean,  4 ozs.  of  white 
mustard  seeds,  and  1 of  lignum  vitae,  or  wood  of  life,  to  2 qts.  of 
water;  boil  to  3 pts.  Dose. — Three  tea-cups  a day.  Use  also  the  fol- 
lowing liniment . Take  of  sal- volatile,  3 ozs. ; oil,  1 oz.;  camphor,  ^ 
oz.;  laudanum,  1 oz.  Hub  the  part  affected  with  this  liniment  three 
times  a day. 

Rheumatism,  Embrocation  for,  and  for  Lumbago  or  Strains.— 


254 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


Spirits  of  turpentine,  yz  oz. ; strongest  camphorated  spirit  % oz.;  1 
raw  egg;  best  vinegar,  % pt.  Well  mix  the  whole,  and  keep  It  closely 
corked.  To  be  rubbed  in  three  or  four  times  a day.  For  rheumatism 
in  the  head,  or  face-ache,  rub  all  over  the  back  of  the  head  and  neck, 
as  well  as  the  part  which  is  the  immediate  seat  of  pain. 

Rheumatism,  Embrocation  for.— Olive  oil,  2 ozs.;  water  of  am- 
monia, 2 drs. ; oil  of  rosemary,  10  drops;  oil  of  cloves,  5 drops.  Mix, 
and  keep  tightly  corked. 

Rheumatic  Decoction. — Virginian  snake  root,  1 dr. ; sarsaparilla 
in  powder,  G drs.;  burdock  seed,  2 drs.;  poke  root,  2 drs.;  wine-pine 
bark,  2 drs.;  cayenne  pepper,  % dr.  Powder  them,  and  add  3 qts.  of 
water.  Boil  down  to  2 qts.  A cup  two  or  three  times  a day;  It  is 
most  valuable  in  chronic  rheumatism. 

Rheumatic  Drops. — Extract  of  sarsaparilla,  2 drs.;  gum  camphor, 
y dr.;  laudanum,  1 scr.;  spirit  of  wine,  1 oz.  Mix,  and  macerate  24 
hours.  Take  from  20  to  50  drops  three  times  a day. 

Rheumatic  Gout,  Draught  for.— Camphorated  mixture,  7 drs.; 
infusion  of  rhubarb,  5 drs  ; tincture  of  henbane,  % dr.;  sub-carbonate 
of  potass,  10  g rs.  Mix  for  a draught;  take  two  or  three  times  a day, 
particularly  the  last  thing  at  night.  It  is  a most  excellent  remedy. 

Rheumatic  Liniment. — Take  sassafras  oil,  2 ozs.  ; tincture  of 
prickly  ash,  1 oz. ; tincture  of  cayenne,  1 oz. ; hemlock  oil,  1 oz.  Mix, 
and  rub  well  in.  A few  applications  will  relieve,  if  not  cure. 

Another. — Tincture  of  cayenne,  oil  of  turpentine,  olive  oil,  hem- 
lock oil,  gum  camphor,  sassafras  oil,  tincture  of  prickly  ash,  of  each, 
1 oz. ; powdered  capsicum,  or  cayenne,  1 oz. ; spirit  of  wine,  2 qts.; 
vinegar,  1 qt. ; ammonia,  1 qt. ; add  2 ozs.  of  gum  camphor.  Mix;  put 
in  a vessel,  and  stir  occasionally  till  mixed  and  dissolved. 

This  is  a magic  liniment,  soon  giving  ease  in  rheumatic  pains,  gout, 
neuralgia,  sprains,  etc.,  etc.  It  is  worth  much  gold.  It  seldom  or 
never  fails. 

Rheumatic  Liquid. — Sarsaparilla,  powdered,  2 ozs.;  cayenne  pep- 
per, 1 oz. ; gum  myrrh,  % oz. ; brandy,  or  Hollands  gin,  2 qts.  Let  it 
stand  a few  days.  "A  tea-spoon  in  tea,  or  water  sweetened.  This  is 
excellent  for  rheumatism,  gout,  etc. 

Rheumatic  Liquid,  for  External  Application. — See  “Rheumat- 
ism, Embrocation  for.’’  Or,  “Rheumatic  Liniment.”  Or,  “Rheu- 
matic Pains,  in  the  Bones  and  Joints.” 

Rheumatic  Mixture. — Saltpetre,  sulphur,  powdered  mustard, 
Turkey  rhubarb,  sarsaparilla  powder,  of  each,  y oz  ; powdered  gum 
guiacum,  y oz.  Mix.  Take  a tea-spoon  every  other  night  for  three 
nights;  then  omit  three  nights;  in  a wine-glass  of  cold  water. 

Rheumatic  Pains,  in  the  Rones  and  Joints. — Take  opodeldoc,  1 
oz. ; tincture  of  cantharides,  3 drs.;  spirits  of  sal-ammoniac,  3 drs.; 
rectified  oil  of  amber,  3 drs.  This  forms  a liniment,  wherewith  fre- 
quently to.rub  the  painful  part.  Wrap  up  in  line,  soft  flannel,  and 
keep  warm. 

Or,  take  friar’s  balsam  and  tincture  of  myrrh,  of  each,  1 oz. ; spir- 
its of  turpentine,  2 ozs. ; and  good  old  strong  ale  dregs,  3 ozs. ; mix  all 
of  them  well  itoge'her,  and  bathe  the  afflicted  part  with  the  same. 

Or,  take  a raw  egg  well  beaten;  brandy,  % pt.;  turpentine,  X% 
ozs.;  spirits  of  wine,  % oz. ; camphor,  1 oz. ; salt,  1 table-spoon.  Put 
them  into  a wine  bottle,  and  shake  well.  This  liniment  is  to  be  well 
rubbed  on  the  affected  parts  three  or  four  times  a da)”.  It  has  often 
effected  a cure  in  a few  days. 

Rheumatic  Pill. — Gum  guiacum,  % dr.;  compound  powder  «f 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department.. 


255 


ipecacuanha,  34  dr. ; confection  of  opium,  10  grs. ; mix,  and  divide 
into  20  pills.  Take  two  on  going  to  bed. 

Rheumatic  Powder, — Ipecacuanha  powder,  and  purified  opium, 
of  each,  1 part;  sulphate  of  potass,  8 parts;  triturate  them  together  to 
a fine  powder.  Be  very  careful  to  reduce  the  opium,  and  intimately 
mix  with  the  rest.  This  powder  is  recommended  by  Dr,  Dover  as  an 
effectual  remedy  for  rheumatism.  The  dose  is  from  two  to  five  grains, 
repeated.  Avoid  much  drinking  after  taking  it,  or  it  might  act  as  an 
emetic. 

Col.  Birch’s  Recipe  for  Rheumatic  Gout  or  Acute  Rheumatism, 
commonly  called  the  “Chelsea  Pensioner.” — Half  an  ounce  of  nitre 
(saltpetre).  *4  an  oz.  of  sulphur,  34  on  oz.  of  flour  of  mustard.  34  ai1 
oz.  of  Turkey  rhubarb,  34  oz*  of  powdered  gum  guaiacum.  Mix  : a 
tea-spoon  to  be  taken  every  other  night  for  three  nights,  and  omit 
three  nights,  in  a wine-glass  of  cold  water — water  which  has  been 
well  boiled. 

RING  WORMS. — Dissolve  borax  in  water,-  and  apply  till  it  pro- 
duces redness,  and  a painful  sensation.  Discontinue  a day  or  two, 
and  ultimately  it  will  effect  a cure. 

Ring  Worm. — Wash  the  head  with  soft  soap  every  morning,  and 
apply  this  lotion  every  night : One  drachm  of  subcarbonate  of  soda, 
dissolved  in  half  a pint  of  vinegar. 

Ring  Worms.— Apply  rotten  apples,  or  pounded  garlic.  Or,  rub 
'them  with  the  juice  of  house-leek.  Or,  wash  them  with  Hungary- 
water  camphorated.  Or,  twice  a day  with  oil  of  sweet  almonds  and 
Ml  of  tartar  mixed. — Wesley 

Ring  Worms. — To  1 part  of  sulphuric  acid,  add  16  to  20  parts  of 
water.  Use  a brush  or  feather,  and  apply  it  to  the  parts  night  and 
morning.  A few  dressings  will  generally  cure.  If  the  solution  is 
too  strong,  dilute  it  with  more  water;  and  if  the  irritation  is  excessive, 
rub  on  a little  oil  or  other  softening  application  ; but  always  avoid 
eoap. 

Dr.  Chapelle  adopts  the  following  plan  : The  hairs  are  to  be  cut 
eliort,  the  creamy  fluid  let  out  of  the  pustules,  and  the  crusts  removed  by 
linseed  poultices.  The  denuded  surface  is  then  to  be  covered  with  a thin 
layer  of  oil  of  naphtha,  over  which  a flannel  compress  is  to  be  placed, 
the  whole  being  secured  by  an  oil  silk  cap.  The  application  is  to  be 
renewed  twice  a day;  first  well  washing  the  parts  with  soap  and 
water;  the  surface  of  the  scalp  is  to  be  carefully  searched,  in  order  to 
detect  any  small  favose  pustules  that  may  have  appeared.  These  must 
be  pricked  with  a pin,  the  matter  removed,  and  the  surface  covered 
with  the  oil.  This  evolution  of  pustules  is  successive,  so  that  the  hair 
must  be  kept  short  in  the  vicinity,  that  their  advent  may  be  watched. 
This  application  secures  the  rapid  abortion  of  the  pustules;  but  when 
the  scalp  is  too  tender  to  bear  it,  it  should  be  mixed  with  other  less 
irritating  oils,  of  which  empyrheumatic  oil  of  juniper  is  one  of  the 
best. 

SHINGLES. — Called  herpes , tetters,  salt  rheum , etc.  It  is  a disease 
of  the  skiu ; an  inveterate  eruption  on  different  parts  of  the  body, 
usually  the  hands,  and  sometimes  it  appears  in  distinct  clusters  around 
or  near  the  waist,  surrounding  one-half  of  the  trunk  of  the  body,  like 
a belt,  generally  towards  the  right  side.  It  is  a species  of  ring  worm 
or  tetter. 

The  eruptions  or  vesicles  which  appear  break  and  discharge  a 
thin  corrosive  fluid  which  causes  much  irritation  or  itching. 

Treatment. — Keep  the  body  open  by  the  black  draught,  and 


256 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department 


seidlitz  powder;  administer  tonics  in  the  decoction  of  sarsaparilla* 
Give  also  a vapor  bath  of  bitter  decoction,  and  afterwards  mb  the 
body  with  the  stimulating  liniment.  If  there  is  much  fever,  give  live 
grains  of  the  carbonate  and  nitrate  of  potash  two  or  three  times  a 
day.  Celandine  ointment  is  very  good;  when  the  itching  is  very 
troublesome,  apply  it  to  the  affected  parts. 

Dr.  Beach  recommends  a wash  to  be  made  of  celandine  and  whis- 
ky; infuse  a table-spoon  of  the  former  in  the  latter;  wash  often,  and 
then  apply  the  brown  ointment.  Should  the  vesicles  form  or  run  into 
a bone,  apply  a poultice  of  slippery  elm,  and  a little  cream.  The 
tincture  of  blood-root,  and  tincture  of  myrrh,  make  a good  wash. 
Apply,  as  before,  the  brown  ointment.  The  tepid  water  cloth  is  a 
good  application  to  allay  itching.  The  warm  baths  should  often  be 
taken. 

SORE  THROAT. — The  old  nurse’s  remedy  is  good,  “Put  your 
stocking  round  your  neck  going  to  bed.”  But  I have  found  a piece  of 
new  flannel  quite  as  beneficial,  if  put  warm  round  the  neck.  The  fol- 
lowing gargle  is  useful  either  for  ulcerated  or  common  sore  throat 
Make  a strong  solution  of  alum  to  every  half  pint  of  which  add  two 
table-spoons  of  port  wine ; gargle  the  throat  several  times  a day.  In 
ulcerated  sore  throats,  it  is  safest  to  have  the  ulcers  touched  with 
caustic  immediately  on  their  appearance.  Or,  gargle  with  a mixture 
of  yeast  and  milk,  and  take  a wine  glass  of  good  yeast  once  or  twice  a 
day.  Sage  and  vinegar  are  generally  recommended  for  a gargle.  It  is 
best  to  add  a little  salt,  and  from  15  to  30  drops  of  laudanum.  Or* 
apply  a cold  water  cloth,  wrung  out,  to  the  throat,  covered  with  a. 
dry  flannel. 

In  the  first  stages  of  the  disease,  a mild  emetic  will  be  useful.  In 
bed  apply  to  the  throat  a bag  of  hops  saturated  with  hot  vinegar  and  a 
little  salt,  or  camomile  flowers  moistened  with  hot  vinegar,  and  20  or 
30  drops  of  laudanum.  The  remedies  under  “ Quinsy  ” are  appropriate 
here.  Apply  to  the  feet  and  sides  hot  bricks  covered  with  vinegar 
cloths.  If  constipated,  take  an  aperient,  and  afterwards  the  Composi- 
tion Powder. 

Sore  Throat. — Five  spoons  of  the  syrup  of  elderberry;  mix  with 
one  spoon  of  honey,  and  ,as  much  powdered  sal  prunella  as  will  lie  on 
a shilling.  Take  a tea-spoon  frequently. 

SORREL— To  Stew.— Wash  the  sorrel,  and  put  it  into  a silvev 
vessel,  or  stone  jar,  with  no  more  water  than  hangs  to  the  leaves 
Simmer  it  as  slow  as  you  can,  and  when  done  enough,  put  a bit  o* 
butter  in,  and  beat  it  well. 

SHORTNESS  OF  BREATH.— Take  of  vitriolated  spirits  of  ether, 
1 oz.,  and  of  camphor,  12  grs.  Make  a solution,  of  which  take,  a tea- 
spoon during  the  paroxysm.  This  is  usually  found  to  afford  instan- 
taneous relief  in  difficult  breathing,  depending  on  internal  disease, nnd 
other  causes,  where  the  patient,  from  a quick  and  very  laborious 
breathing,  is  obliged  to  be  in  an  erect  posture. 

Or,  take  ^ oz.  of  powder  of  elecampane  root,  % oz.  of  powder  of 
licorice,  as  much  flour  of  brimstone  and  powder  of  anise-seed,  and  2 
ozs.  of  sugar-candy  powdered.  Make  all  into  pills,  with  a sufficient 
quantity  of  tar;  take  four  large  pills  when  going  to  rest.  This  is  an 
incomparable  medicine  for  an  asthma. 

SPASMS.— Oil  of  red  lavender,  1 part;  sal-volatile,  1 part;  oil  of 
peppermint,  2 parts.  Mix,  and  take  10  or  12  drops  in  half  a wine  glass 
of  lukewarm  or  cold  water.  If  the  first  dose  is  not  efficacious,  repeat. 

Spasms — Certain  Cure  for.— Take  three  pennyworth  of  balsam  of 


Appendix  to  Medical  Depart?nent. 


35  7 


sulphur,  and  the  same  quantity  of  the  oil  of  anise-seed;  put  these  to- 
gether, and  let  them  stand  in  a warm  place  for  24  hours.  Then  take 
two  pennyworth  of  the  spirits  of  wine,  and  two  pennyworth  of  the 
spirits  of  turpentine;  put  these  together,  and  let  them  stand  as  above; 
then  *nix  the  whole  well  together.  Take  7 or  8 drops  on  a piece  of 
loaf  sugar,  when  the  min  is  on;  it  will  give  instant  relief. 

STAMMERING— Dr.  T urner  says  is  caused  by  attempts  to  speak 
with  empty  lungs.  In  singing  the  lungs  are  kept  well  inflated,  and 
there  is  no  stuttering.  The  method  of  cure  is  to  require  the  patient  to 
keep  his  lungs  well  tilled;  to  draw  frequent  and  long  breaths,  to  speak 
loudly,  and  to  pause  on  the  instant  of  finding  embarrassment  in  his 
speech.  Taking  a long  inspiration  before  he  goes  on  again.  I cured 
one  of  the  worst  cases  I ever  knew  on  this  principle. 

Stammering. — Frequently  read  aloud  with  the  teeth  closed,  and 
tap  with  the  finger  at  every  syllable  pronounced. 

STITCH — In  the  Side. — Apply  molasses  spread  on  brown  paper. 

SPERMATORRHCEA.— A discharge  of  seminal  fluid,  commonly 
called  seminal  weakness  or  debility.  It  is  only  of  late  years  that  the 
true  nature  of  this  disease  has  been  properly  understood,  many  of  the 
most  serious  cases  having  been  regarded  as  and  treated  for  gonorrhoea , 
which,  though  indeed  the  proper  name  of  the  disease,  is  a term  now 
confined  to  an  unhealthy  discharge  from  the  lining  membrane  of  the 
urethra , a discharge  which,  when  long  standing  and  chronic,  becomes 
a gleet,  and  is  always  the  result  of  mfection.  Spermatorrhoea,  on.  the 
contrary,  proceeds  from  an  injury  inflicted  on  the  organs  of  reproduc- 
tion, and  consists  of  a discharge  from  the  spermatic  and  seminal  vessels, 
and  may  be  entirely,  and  in  many  cases  is,  completely  irrespective  of 
all  venereal  taint. 

Spermatorrhoea  is  a disease  that  could  hardly,  by  any  possibility, 
arise  in  a natural  way ; no  organic  affection  of  the  part,  no  amount  of 
debility,  or  complication  of  accident  or  disease,  indeed,  could  produce 
what  is  called  seminal  emissions,  did  not  the  patient,  by  incontinence 
or  vice,  provoke  the  cause,  and  engender  the  disease  himself.  Many 
men  are  so  inordinate  in  their  passions,  that  in  time  they  amount  to  a 
mental  disease,  such  as  we  have  already  characterized  under  the  name 
of  satyriasis,  an  intemperance  which,  if  given  way  to,  so  debilitates 
their  bodies  and  paralyses  the  seminal  organs,  that  whether  unduly 
excited  or  in  a state  of  temporary  rest,  they  are  kept  in  a condition  of 
constant  irritation  and  involuntary  excitation;  thus,  whether  sleeping 
or  waking,  often  from  the  most  trivial  contact,  indeed  from  the  mere 
force  of  the  imagination  alone,  those  debilitating  emissions,  which  con- 
stitute the  most  important  feature  of  this  disease,  are  repeatedly  taking 
place.  But  though  incontinence  in  youth  is  often  the  cause  of  sperma- 
torrhoea, the  disorganization  of  the  spermatic  system,  and  the  ruin  of 
connubial  happiness,  it  is  unfortunately  to  the  vice  of  self-pollution, 
that  moral  o flense  known  as  onaism,  that  we  must  in  general  attribute 
that  moral  prostration  and  physical  incapacity  now  so  wide  spread 
among  the  youth  of  the  present  generation,  and  of  which  the  disease 
we  are  at  present  considering  is  only  one  of  the  lamentable  evidences. 

We  had  intended  to  devote  a space  of  this  work  to  the  injury  in- 
flicted on  the  reproductive  organs  by  the  inconsiderate  folly  of  youth, 
but  for  reasons  which  will  be  readily  understood  by  all  who  remember 
the  strictly  domestic  nature  of  this  work,  we  have  deemed  it  best  to 
embody  the  pith  of  what  we  might  have  said  on  such  a subject  in  this 
place,  as  being  more  pertinent  to  the  theme,  and  at  the  same  time 
’seeping  the  pages  of  the  Recipe  Book  generally  free  from  what,  to 


258 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


many,  might  he  thought  objectionable  matter.  Of  the  moral  unhap- 
piness and  physical  misery  resulting  from  the  vice  of  self-abuse,  few 
think  at  all,  or,  if  they  do,  regard  what  they  hear  as  bugbears,  01  evils 
only  problematical  when  compared  to  present  enjoyment.  As  a few 
practical  truths  will  go  farther  in  illustrating  our  point,  and  showing 
the  evils  we  have  alluded  to,  than  a page  of  wholesome  counsel,  we 
beg  those  of  our  readers  who  may  consult  this  article  to  remember 
that  every  emission  unnaturally  produced  consumes  between  6 and  8 
ounces  of  blood,  or,  in  other  words,  that  that  amount  of  arterial  blood 
is  required  to  eliminate  the  seminal  fluid  lost  at  one  emission . If  it  is 
further  remembered  that  there  are  only  30  pints — old  measure— of 
blood  in  the  adult  body,  and  that  the  amount  of  chyle,  or  new  blood, 
does  not  exceed  twelve  ounces  a da.y,  it  will  be  easily  understood,  on 
the  commonest  principles  of  arithmetic,  how  fatal  to  the  stamina  of 
the  body  must  be  two,  three,  or  more  such  emissions  in  the  day.  So 
great  is  the  reproducing  power  in  youth  up  to  a certain  age,  that  this 
drain  may  be  borne  with  apparent  impunity  for  sometime,  but  sooner 
dr  later  it  is  certain  to  show  its  influence  on  the  system;  for  it  is  an 
established  fact,  that  no  law  of  n dure  can  be  abused  without  entailing  a 
fearful  penalty . In  this  case  it  is  emaciation,  weakness,  loss  of  appetite, 
dimness  of  sight,  pains  in  the  back  and  head,  hot  and  feverish  sleep, 
disturbing  dreams,  loss  of  memory,  and  too  often  a total  prostration 
of  the  mental  and  physical  powers.  To  render  this  subject,  and  what 
we  have  yet  to  say  upon  it,  more  intelligible,  the  following  abstract  of 
the  physiology  of  the  organs  in  question  will  be  found  both  interesting 
and  useful:  The  spermatic  cord  brings  from  the  aorta  a stream  of 
arterial  blood  to  the  organ  inclosed  in  the  scrotum,  and  known  as  the 
testicle;  or  rather,  when  the  cord  reaches  the  bag  of  the  scrotum,  it 
instantly  diminishes  in  calibre,  and  becomes  as  thin  as  the  flnest  thread, 
and  of  several  hundred  yards  in  length.  For  the  closer  and  more  con- 
venient disposal  of  this  immense  length  of  vessel,  nature  has  wound  it 
up  like  a ball  of  cotton,  in  which  shape,  under  the  name  of  testicle,  it 
hangs  at  the  end  of  the  spermatic  cord;  from  the  opposite  end  of  this 
ball  or  testis  a vessel  rises,  called  the  vas  deferens,  which,  running  under 
the  bladder,  receives  a duct  from  a small  gland,  the  vesicula  seminalis , 
and  then  entering  the  prostrate  gland,  is  joined  by  its  fellow  of  the 
opposite  side,  when  it  receives  the  name  of  ejactatory  duct , which  finally 
terminates  in  the  bulb  of  the  urethra.  The  blood  brought  by  the 
spermatic  cord  to  the  testicle  is  in  that  organ  converted  into  seminal 
fluid,  and  carried  by  the  vas  deferens  to  the  urethra,  receiving  on  the 
way  a vitalizing  fluid  from  the  seminal  gland;  it  will  now  be  under- 
stood, that  as  the  excitement  is  given,  the  semen  passes  at  once  along 
the  vas  deferens,  and  into  the  ejactatory  duct,  which  propels  it  into  the 
urethra  at  the  proper  moment.  The  physical  consequence  of  the  abuse 
of  these  organs  is,  after  a time,  a total  deterioation  of  the  seminal 
fluid,  which, instead  of  the  proper  consistency, becomes  thin  and  watery; 
the  vitality,  on  which  all  its  potency  depends,  appears  entirely  gone, 
for  it  has  no  longer  the  power  to  produce  a natural  erection,  and,  as  a 
germinating  fluid,  is  absolutely  sterile.  Though,  unable,  however,  to 
perform  their  healthy  secretion,  the  spermatic  organs,  under  the  stim- 
ulus of  a constant  and  irritating  excitement,  form  a thin,  watery  secre- 
tion, which  either  runs  away  from  the  urethra  like  a gleet,  or  is  dis- 
charged by  involuntary  emissions.  The  scrotum,  instead  of  being 
rough,  firm,  and  contracted,  and  the  testicle  within  feeling  hard,  and 
compact,  1 ; dabby,  relaxed  and  pendulous,  and  often  thrice  its  natural 
length;  while  the  spermatic  cord,  greatly  attenuated,  is  terminated  -4 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


2 59 


the  bottom  of  the  lengthened  scrotum  by  a soft,  oblong  mass,  that  we 
can  only  believe  to  be  the  testicle  by  its  relative  situation.  The  moral 
consequences  of  this  diseased  state  are  often  more  distressing  than  the 
physical;  the  mind,  too,  sooner  or  later,  becomes  affected,  a trembling 
palsy  keeps  the  head  and  hands  in  constant  tremor,  while  a tenacious 
saliva,  in  severe  cases,  drivels  from  the  mouth;  and  should  the  patient 
think  by  marriage  to  effect  a physical  cure,  and  break  through  an  evil 
habit,  the  experiment  is  certain  to  end  in  misfortune  and  unhappiness; 
nervous  anxiety  will  render  all  intercourse  a failure,  thereby  embitter- 
ing not  only  his  own  life,  but  that  of  another,  for  in  such  a" case  there 
can  be  neither  sorrow  nor  pity,  but  only  contempt.  As  we  have  said 
enough  on  this  subject  to  lead  any  one  capable  of  reflection  to  con- 
template the  fatuity  of  mind,  bodily  prostration,  and  life  of  misery  that 
must  follow  a continuance  of  such  practices  as  those  which  have  in- 
duced such  a train  of  consequences,  we  shall  now  proceed  to  show  by 
What  treatment  spermatorrhoea,  and  the  impoteney  which  sooner  or 
later  follows  it,  may  be  cured.  In  tl\e  first  place  it  is  a sine  qua  non 
that  the  patient  should  abstain  from  all  the  habits  and  practices  which 
have  brought  on  the  disease,  and  instead  of  daily  robbing  his  body  of 
large  quantities  of  blood,  he  should  endeavor,  by  an  altered  life,  to 
add  to  the  quantity  and  quality  of  that  vital  fluid.  In  the  directions 
given  for  food  and  exercise, the  patient  should  he  punctual  and  regular, 
as  the  cure  depends  as  much  on  the  observance  of  the  following  rules 
as  on  the  medicines  to  be  taken  : First,  then,  the  patient  should  go  to 
bed  at  10  o’clock^and  he  careful  to  put  no  more  clothes  on  the  bed 
than  are  actually  necessary ; he  should  rise  at  seven  in  the  morning, 
and  the  instant  he  wakes  get  out  of  bed , and  havingover  night  prepared 
a hip  bath  of  cold  salt  water,  seat  himself  in  it,  using  a towel  or  a 
flesh  brush  to  rub  the  water  well  into  his  hips,  back,  and  thighs;  after 
five  minutes  so  spent,  he  must  rub  himself  thoroughly  dry  with  a rough 
towel,  then  dress,  and  proceed  to  take  an  hour’s  brisk  walk.  Those 
ivho  cannot  obtain  a bath  should  use  a sponge  and  cold  vinegar  and 
ivater,  or  salt  and  water.  The  breakfast  should  be  taken  at  eight 
o’clock,  the  dinner  at  one,  tea  at  six,  and  supper  at  nine  o’clock;  and 
to  insure  sleep  on  goingto  bed,  prevent  dreams,  and  the  hectic  flushes 
and  irritating  desires  which  at  first  may  arise,  he  should  take  20  drops 
of  laudanum,  or  30  drops  of  the  liquor  of  of  the  acetate  of  morphia, 
half  an  hour  before  going  to  bed.  After  the  first  few  weeks,  and 
When  the  system  begins  to  feel  the  benefit  of  the  altered  treatment, 
the  sedative  may  he  easily  broken  off’ by  reducing  the  quantity  taken 
by  two  or  three  drops  every  night.  Once  a week  the  patient  should 
take  a shower  bath  in  the  evening,  in  addition  to  the  daily  hip  hath  or 
sponging.  The  mind  is  to  be  kept  constantly  employed,  either  by'some 
mechanical  employment  or  by  reading,  care  being  taken  that  the 
matter  read  shall  be  of  a healthy  and  moral  tone;  the  patient  must 
also  avoid  heated  rooms,  theatres,  all  places  of  amusement,  and,  as  far 
as  possible,  female  society,  and  never  allow  his  hands  or  his  mind  to 
be  unemployed.  Exercise  by  walking,  rowing,  or  the  dumb-bells, 
according  to  the  strength  of  the  patient,  should  be  adopted  between 
each  meal  as  far  as  possible.  The  diet  must  be  light  but  nutritious, 
with  a due  proportion  of  animal  and  vegetable  food  at  every  dinner; 
wine  and  spirits  should  be  strictly  excluded,  except  in  cases  of  great 
debility,  but  stout  may  he  advantageously  taken  at  least  twice  a day ; 
those  wrho  can  neither  take  stout  nor  porter  may  substitute  copious 
draughts  of  new  milk  for  their  beverage.  The  bowels  are  to  he  kept 
open  by  an  occasional  compound  colocynth  pill,  or  a dose  of  castor 


260  Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 

oil,  but  only  occasionally.  In  severe  cases,  the  lower  portion  of  tbe 
spine  should  be  well  rubbed  with  a stimulating  liniment, and  one  of  Pul- 
vermacher’s  electro-galvanic  belts  worn  for  an  hour  or  two  daily  round 
the  hips,  and  under  "each  testicle.  The  internal  remedies  are  almost 
secondary  to  those  means  just  enumerated;  but  where  the  appetite  is 
faulty,  the  following  powder  should  be  taken  till  the  stomach  is  able 
to  accept  and  digest  the  food  given  to  it: 

Take  of  dried  carbonate  of  potass,  1 dr. ; powdered  ginger,  36  grs  ; 
powdered  Colombo,  48  grs.;  powdered  rhubarb,  24  grs.  Mix,  and 
divide  into  12  powders.  One  to  be  taken,  in  a little  water,  an  hour 
before  breakfast,  dinner,  and  tea.  When  the  stomach  has  been  brought 
back  to  its  healthy  function  by  the  powders,  or  before,  if  the  digestion 
is  good,  the  following  are  to  be  given,  each  for  three  days  consecutively. 

No.  1.  Take  of  Colombo  root,  1 dr. ; cascarilla,  1 dr.  ; bruise,  and 
infuse  in  boiling  water,  10  ozs.  ; strain  when  cold,  and  add  quinine,  1 
dr. ; diluted  sulphuric  acid,  50  drops.  Mix,  one  table-spoon  to  be 
taken  every  six  hours. 

No.  2.  Take  of  quassia  raspings,  1 dr. ; orange  peel,  3 drs  ; infuse 
in  boiling  water,  10  ozs. ; strain,  and  add  tincture  of  the  muriate  of 
Iron,  2 drs.  Mix.  A table-spoon  every  six  hours. 

No.  3.  Take  of  precipitated  carbonate  of  iron, 2 drs.;  carbonate  of 
soda,  1 dr. ; ginger  powder,  1 scr.  Mix,  and  divide  into  12  powders. 
One  to  be  taken  every  six  hours. 

In  concluding  this  subject  we  would  beg  all  of  our  readers  who 
consult  this  article  to  banish  the  idea  that  there  is  any  balsam,  whether 
of  Gilead  or  of  Mecca,  that  posseses  any  power  that  can  afford  the 
slightest  benefit  in  such  cases  as  those  of  which  we  have  just  treated; 
and  at  the  same  time  we  feel  it  our  duty  to  warn  all  to  shun  the  meshes 
of  that  host  of  empirics  who  profess  to  cure  this  disease  by  their  Syrian 
nostrums  and  boasted  remedies;  medicines  which,  in  most  cases,  are 
as  inoperative  for  good  as  they  are  mendacious  in  principle.  A moral 
reformation,  wholesome  food,  and  a system  of  ablution,  exercise,  and 
external  remedies,  are  the  only  practical  means  that  can  possibly  in- 
fluence the  character  or  effect  a cure  in  this  disease. 

St.  TITUS’S  DANCE. — This  is  a convulsive  disease,  principally 
attacking  children  from  10  to  16  years  of  age.  It  is  indicated  by  a 
twitching  and  convulsive  action  of  the  muscles  of  the  body,  and  by 
lameness  or  unsteadiness  of  one  of  the  legs,  which  the  patient  drawt. 
after  him  like  an  idiot.  Then  it  affects  the  hand  on  the  same  side ; sc 
that  if  a glass  of  liquor  be  put  into  his  hand  to  drink,  before  he  can 
get  it  to  his  mouth,  he  uses  a greatnumber  of  odd  gestures,  on  account 
of  the  hand  being  drawn  different  ways  by  the  convulsive  action  of 
the  muscles,  so  that  he  cannot  carry  it  in  a straight  line.  The  will  of 
the  patient  seems  often  to  yield  to  these  convulsive  motions  as  to  a 
propensity.  After  continuing  some  weeks,  the  intellectual  operations 
of  the  brain  are  weakened.  Females  are  most  subject  to  this  disease. 

This  disease  arises  from  an  increased  irritability  of  the  nervous 
system,  which  is  often  produced  by  some  derangement  of  the  stomach, 
bowels,  and  nerves ; sometimes  by  worms,  violent  passions,  fright,  of 
violent  mental  emotions,  etc.  In  females  it  probably  arises  from  the 
same  causes  which  produce  hysterics. 

Treatment. — The  irritation  of  the  cerebral  system  (brain  and 
nerves)  being  generally  symptomatic  of  a disordered  state  of  the  diges- 
tive organs,  or  kept  up  by  irritation  in  the  stomach  or  bowels,  the  curt- 
must  be  commenced  by  a purgative.  Do  not  allow  the  bowels  to  be 
constipated.  If  the  stomach  is  deranged,  give  an  emetic. 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


261 


* Emetic.”)  This  will  evacuate  and  cleanse  the  stomach,  give  it 
tone,  and  benefit  the  nervous  system.  Repeat,  if  necessary.  The  diet 
must  be  very  plain.  The  vapor  bath  of  bitter  decoction  is  of  immense 
service.  Rub  the  body  frequently  with  the  Stimulating  Liniment. 
When  symptoms  of  improvement  are  manifest,  give  Peruvian  bark  in 
port  wine,  adding  water  if  too  strong ; or  give  the  Restorative  Wine 
Bitters,  adding  a % oz-  the  red  oxide  of  iron.  Give  the  aperients 
now  and  then,  especially  the  Dyspeptic  Pill.  The  subcarbonate  of 
iron,  2 drs.  for  a dose,  is  a most  valuable  remedy.  It  may  be  given  in 
a little  syrup,  beer,  or  porter. 

Dr.  Reese  says,  “ When  the  symptoms  are  abated,  cold  bathing 
every  morning,  if  it  does  not  alarm  the  mind,  will  prove  of  great  ad- 
vantage ; and  with  the  use  of  the  muriated  tincture  of  steel,  in  the  dose 
of  10  or  15  drops,  in  a glass  of  cold  valerian  and  camomile  tea,  will 
probably  complete  the  cure  ; if  the  patient  have  not  sufficient  resolu- 
tion to  go  into  the  cold  bath,  cold  water  may  be  applied  eveiy  morn- 
ing to  the  head;  the  diet  should  be  regulated  according  to  the  strength 
of  the  patient;  if  plethoric,  a low  diet  should  be  observed,  and  wine 
and  stimulants  avoided.  On  the  contrary,  if  the  body  be  much  debil- 
itated a nutritious  diet  should  be  employed,  but  even  in  this  case  wine 
-should  be  allowed  with  great  caution. 

SMALL  POX.— This  dreadful  disease  is  very  infectious,  attended 
with  inflammatory  fever,  assuming  sometimes  a typhoid  character,  at- 
tended with  nausea  and  vomiting,  and  upon  the  pressure  of  the 
stomach,  with  much  pain.  The  constitution  that  has  been  once  really 
under  its  influence  is  rarely  liable  to  a second  attack.  When  the  pus- 
tules are  separate  from  each  other,  it  is  termed  distinct ; and  when 
they  run  together,  it  is  denominated  confluent. 

The  first  symptoms  are  shivering  pains  in  the  head,  back  and  loins, 
redness  of  the  eyes,  fever,  thirst,  nausea,  loss  of  appetite;  and  in  some 
cases,  a few  hours  before  the  eruption,  children  are  affected  with  con- 
vulsions. The  eruption  appears  about  the  fourth  day  of  the  fever , first 
on  the  face,  and  afterwards  on  the  neck,  breast,  and  body.  The  pus- 
tules gradually  enlarge,  and  proceed  to  maturation  which  is  complete 
about  the  eleventh  day  after  their  first  appearance,  when  the  inflam- 
mation and  swelling  abate,  the  eruption  beginning  to  dry  and  scale  off, 
and  about  the  fifteenth  day  it  entirely  disappears.  The  confluent  sort 
is  attended  with  more  violent  symptoms  than  the  distinct,  but  observes 
the  same  period  of  termination.  Dr.  Beach  says,  “ The  effluva  is  very 
offensive;  and  I have  seen  worms,  or  maggots  crawling  in  the  flesh; 
and  yet  the  patient  has  recovered.”  This  disease  generally  terminates 
favorably  under  judicious  treatment,  unless  the  subject  of  it  is  intem- 
perate, in  which  case  it  proves  very  dangerous,  or  fatal. 

Treatment. — The  great  object  is  to  assist  nature  to  expel  the 
morbific  or  poisonous  matter  from  the  system.  If  the  patient  has  much 
vomiting,  give  10  or  12  grains  of  bicarbonate  of  potash  in  balm  tea 
twice  or  thrice  a day.  The  bowels  must  be  opened  by  gentle  aperients, 
attention  must  be  given  to  the  skin,  and  medicine  given  to  produce  a 
gentle  determination  to  the  surface.  Take  an  infusion  of  saffron  and 
catnip,  or  balm  and  hyssop,  with  10  drops  of  elixir  of  vitriol;  this  will 
aid  nature  to  drive  out  the  eruption,  by  producing  a moisture  of  the 
skin.  It  should  be  repeated  several  times.  Bathe  the  feet  twice  a day 
in  warm  lye  water,  and  wash  the  body  with  the  same  liquid  warm;  do 
not  neglect  this  if  the  fever  is  high.  If  there  is  pain  in  the  head  apply 
a mustard  poultice  to  the  soles  of  the  feet  in  addition  to  bathing  the 
feet  and  legs  in  warm  water.  Apply  to  the  head  cloths  dipped  in  yin- 


262 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


egnr  and  water,  or  whisky  and  warm  water.  Let  the  room  of  the 
patient  be  well  ventilated,  and  often  sprinkle  it  with  vinegar  and  water: 
do  not  cover  him  up  close.  Give  warm  diluents,  as  bairn,  spearmint, 
pennyroyal,  catnip,  etc.;  any  of  tiiese  will  do.  If  the  throat  be  sore, 
administer  remedies  under  “ Sore  Throat.”  Sage  tea,  a little  vinegar, 
and  a little  borax,  form  a good  gargle.  The  expectorant  tincture  is 
very  useful. 

If  the  debility  is  great,  and  the  strength  gradually  sinking,  give 
tonics,  as  quinine  dissolved  in  elixir  of  vitriol ; 10  or  12  drops  in  bairn 
tea  three  or  four  times  a day.  If  there  is  considerable  irritation,  g'we 
8 or  10  drops  of  laudanum  in  the  “Saline  Draught,”  which  see.  Or, 
give  5 to  10  grains  of  the  “ Diaphoretic  Powder.”  Sudoritics  are  also 
very  serviceable,  especially  when  the  pustules  are  flabby,  and  not  well 
fllled. 

If  the  symptoms  become  unfavorable,  as  the  striking  in  of  the 
eruption,  great  fever,  and  delirium,  black  tongue,  etc.,  the  danger  is 
very  great.  In  such  case,  give  immediately  the  vapor  bath  of  bitter 
.decoction,  and  an  emetic;  then  give  a decoction  of  saffron  and  Virginia 
snakeroot  with  a tea-spoon  or  two  of  sweet  spirits  of  nitre.  Give  also 
the  Sudorific  Powder,  and  at  intervals  the  Seidlitz  Powder.  Sponge 
the  surface  of  the  body  with  warm  water.  If  there  is  any  tendency  to 
putrescency  in  the  fluids,  give  a wine  glass  of  yeast  several  times  a day. 

Dr.  Anthony  Thompson  says,  “The  sulphuric  acid  combined  with 
wine  is  the  only  remedy  on  which  we  can  rely  in  the  confluent  small 
pox,  when  the  pustules  are  filled  with  a bloody  sanies,  and  the  urine  i? 
colored  by  broken  down  particles  of  blood.” 

Camphor  is  valuable  in  this  disease. 

To  prevent  the  pustules  from  affecting  the  eyes,  cold  water  cloth* 
should  be  continually  applied. 

While  the  fever  continues  high, .the  diet  should  be  mild  and  rathe* 
spare,  as  barley  gruel,  sago  gruel,  beef  tea  without  salt. 

When  the  pustules  begin  to  maturate,  the  patient  may  he  permit 
ted  gradually  to  take  to  his  usual  diet;  and  if  the  crop  be  considerable 
and  the  strength  of  the  patient  much  reduced,  provided  he  be  free  from 
fever,  a little  port  wine,  diluted  with  water,  may  likewise  be  allowed 
after  dinner 

Small  Pox. — The  Sarracenia  Purpurea , or  Indian  Cup,  a native 
plant  of  Nova  Scotia,  the  specific  used  by  the  Indians  against  the  small 
pox,  bids  fair  to  realize  the  expectations  entertained  by  medical  men 
of  its  efficacy.  In  a letter  addressed  to  the  American  Medical  Times , 
Dr.  Frederick  W.  Morris,  president  physician  of  the  Halifax  Visiting 
Dispensary,  states  that  the  Sarracenia , a papaveraceous  plant,  will  cure 
small  pox  in  all  its  forms  within  twelve  hours  alter  the  patient  has 
taken  the  decoction.  “ However  alarming  and  numerous  the  eruptions,” 
he  says,  “or  confluent  and  frightful  they  may  be,  the  peculiar  action  of 
the  medicine  is  such  that  very  seldom  is  a scar  left  to  tell  the  story  of 
the  disease.  If  either  vaccine  or  variolous  matter  is  washed  with  the 
infusion  of  the  Sarracenia , they  are  deprived  of  their  contagious  prop- 
perties.  So  mild  is  the  medicine  to  the  taste  that  it  may  be  mixed  with 
tea  and  coffee,  and  given  to  connoisseurs  in  these  beverages  to  drink 
without  being  aware  of  the  admixture.  The  medicine  has  been  suc- 
cessfully tried  in  the  hospitals  of  Nova  Scotia,  and  its  use  will  be  con- 
tinued.”— Galipnani. 

“ We  are  now  favored  with  the  following  particulars  respecting 
this  valuable  plant.  The  Sarracenia  Purpurea , or  Indian  Cup,  a native 
plant  of  Nova  Scotia,  found  in  swamps  and  moss-bogs,  has  the  weniier- 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


263 


ful  reputation  among  the  Mic-Mac  Indians  of  curing  small  pox;,  and  of 
being  as  great  a specific  in  this  disease  as  quinine  for  ague.  It  is  sup- 
posed to  act  by  neutralizing  the  virus  in  the  blood,  rendering  it  inert 
and  harmless;  and  that  this  is  its  action  may  be  gathered  from  the  fact 
that  if  either  vaccine  or  variolous  matter  may  be  washed  with  die  in- 
fusion of  the  Sarracenia,  it  is  deprived  of  its  contagious  property. 
Moreover  the  eruption,  even  if  continent,  on  its  disappearance,  leaves 
no  trace  behind.  The  root  of  the  plant  is  the  part  employed.  The 
dose,  when  reduced  to  powder,  is  about  a dessert-spoon,  simmered  in  a 
pint  of  water  down  to  half  a pint:  this  is  usually  divided  into  two 
doses,  to  be  taken  during  the  clay.  Sugar  should  not  be  used  with  it.’’ 
— Oalignani. 

Small  Fox— Prevention  of  Pitting  in* — Mr.  Startin,  the  senior 
surgeon  in  the  Gurney  Hospital  for  diseases  of  the  skin,  has  communi- 
cated to  the  Medical  Times  a very  important  plan,  which  he  has  adopted 
during  the  last  fourteen  years,  tor  preventing  pitting  in  smallpox, 
and  which,  he  states,  has  always  proved  successful.  The  plan  con  sists 
in  applying  the  acetum  cantharidis  or  any  vesicating  fluid,  by  means 
of  a carnei’s-hair  brush,  to  the  apex  of  each  spot  or  pustule  of  the  dis- 
ease, on  ail  the  exposed  surface  of  the  body,  until  blistering  is  evi- 
denced by  the  whiteness  of  the  skin  in  the  parts  subjected  to  the  appli- 
cation, when  the  fluid  producing  it  is  to  be  washed  off  with  water  or 
arrow-root  gruel  The  pain  attending  the  application  of  tiie  vesicating 
fluid,  is  very  slight  and  transient. 

Small  Pox— To  Prevent  Pitting  iu.— The  following  has  been  found 
Very  effectual:  The  application  consists  of  a solution  of  India-rubber 
in  chloroform,  which  is  painted  with  a camel’s-hair  pencil  over  the  face 
(and  neck  in  women),  when  the  eruption  has  become  fully  developed. 
When  the  chloroform  has  evaporated,  which  it  very  readily  does,  {here 
is  left  a thin  elastic  Aim  of  India-rubber  over  the  face.  This  the  patient 
feels  to  be  rather  comfortable,  as  it.  removes  itching  and  all  irritation  ; 
and  what  is  more  important,  '■‘pitting,”  once  so  common,  is  thoroughly 
prevented  by  the  application.  In  making  the'  solut ion,  the  India-rubber 
must  he  cut  into  small  pieces,  and  chloroform  added  till  it  is  dissolved. 
Gutta-percha  has  been  tried,  but  has  not  answered,  on  account  of  its 
non-elasticity.  Should  any  of  the  solution,  from  some  cause,  be  torn 
off,  apply  the  solution  as  before. 

Small  Pox— Pitting  in. — Dr.  George  recommends  the  use  of  pre- 
pared calamine,  for  the  exclusion  of  the  atmospheric  air.  In  a very 
severe  case,  which  occurred  in  my  practice,  in  which  the  face  and  throat 
were  frightfully  swollen,  I dressed  one-half  of  it  with  calamine  powder, 
and  the  other  half  I pencilled  over,  using  a flat  hair  pencil,  with  sweet 
oil  and  the  white  of  an  egg,  in  equal  parts  well  mixed,  three  or  four 
times  a day.  No  solution  of  India-rubber  or  any  other  substance, 
would  have  answered  the  purpose  better;  and  its  application  was  cer- 
tainly attended  with  more  comfort  than  that  of  the  use  of  the  powder. 
But  it  is  not  only  the  pitting  which  is  prevented  by  the  calamine,  but 
the  rescuing  of  the  patient  from  a state  of  suffering  bordering  upon 
misery. 

He  recommends  the  following  treatment  to  the  public.  Firstly, 
from  the  commencement  of  the  disease  I would  cover  the  whole  body, 
face  and  all,  with  the  calamine,  shaken  through  a common  pepper  box, 
taking  care  that  the  powder  does  not  remain  in  masses.  The  inflam- 
mation on  each  pustule  is  by  these  applications  much  lessened,  a point 
of  great  consequence. 

Secondly,  sprinkle  about  1 ounce  of  powdered  camphor  every  two 


264 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department 


or  three  nights  between  the  under  sheet  and  blanket,  the  whole  length 
of  the  body,  putting  more  about  the  shoulders  and  neck.  The  relief 
obtained  by  this,  few  would  credit  until  they  had  had  experience. 

Thirdly,  in  the  advanced  stage  of  the  disease,  should  hardened  in- 
crustations have  formed,  they  may  be  removed,  and  without  much  pain 
too;  for  in  one  case  I removed  every  portion  of  the  cuticle  from  the 
whole  face,  forehead,  and  even  eyelids,  applied  the  calamine,  and  in  a 
few  days  the  cuticle  was  reformed  without  a blemish. 

Small  Pox — In  Sheep. — The  medicines  which  have  been  used  in 
the  case  of  the  Allington  flock  have  been  very  simple,  consisting  chiefly 
of  the  nitrate  of  potass,  dissolved  in  the  water  which  is  placed  in  the 
troughs  until  a subsidence  of  the  fever  takes  place,  after  which  sul- 
phate of  iron  has  been  substituted.  When  diarrhea  has  come  on — as  it 
not  unfrequently  does  in  the  latter  stage  of  the  malady,  more  particu- 
larly if  the  disease  becomes  confluent — opium  is  resorted  to  as  a valu- 
able agent  to  arrest  the  attack,  which,  if  not  arrested,  speedily  becomes 
fatal. 

Cure  for  the  Small  Pox.— A correspondent  of  the  Stockton  (Cali- 
fornia) Herald  speaks  as  follows  concerning  the  small  pox  and  its 
remedy. 

“ I herewith  append  a recipe  which  has  been  used  to  my  knowl- 
edge in  hundreds  of  cases.  It  will  prevent  or  cure  the  small  pox 
though  the  pittings  are  filling.  When  Jenner  discovered  cow-pox  in 
England,  the  world  of  science  hurled  an  avalanche  of  fame  upon  his 
head;  but  when  the  most  scientific  school  of  medicine  in  the  world— 
that  of  Paris — published  this  recipe  and  panacea  for  small  pox,  it 
passed  unheeded;  it  is  as  unfailing  as  fate  and  conquers  in  every  in- 
stance. It  is  harmless  when  taken  by  a well  person.  It  will  also  cure 
scarlet  fever.  Here  is  the  recipe  as  I have  used  it,  and  cured  my 
children  of  scarlet  fever;  here  it  is  as  I have  used  it  to  cure  the  small 
pox;  when  learned  physicians  said  the  patient  must  die,  it  cured:  Sul- 
phate of  zinc,  1 gr.;  fox-glove  (digitalis),  1 gr. ; 34  tea-spoon  of  sugar; 
mix  with  two  table-spoons  of  water.  When  thoroughly 
mixed  add  four  ounces  of  water.  Take  a spoon  every  hour.  Either 
disease  will  disappear  in  twelve  hours.  For  a child  smaller  doses,  ac- 
cording to  age.  If  counties  would  compel  physicians  to  use  this,  there 
would  be  no  need  of  pest-houses.  If  you  value  advice  and  experience, 
use  this  for  that  terrible  disease. 

SCRATCHES. — Do  not  neglect  them.  Wash  them  in  cold  water; 
close  them  as  much  as  you  can,  and  cover  with  diachylon  plaster.  If 
there  is  inflammation,  apply  a bread  poultice,  or  one  of  slippery  elm. 

SCROFULA. — The  Latins  termed  this  disease  scrofula,  from  scrofa , 
a hog,  because  it  has  been  observed  in  swine.  It  is  called  the  King's 
Evil , because  Edward  the  Confessor,  and  other  succeeding  kings,  both 
of  England  and  France,  pretended  to  cure  it  by  the  touch.  Queen 
Anne,  in  1807,  by  proclamation  invited  her  scrofulous  subjects  to  the 
royal  touch. 

The  disease  is  well  known,  and  requires  little  description.  It  is 
generally  seen  in  the  glands  of  the  neck,  in  the  ligaments  of  the 
joints,  and  even  in  the  substance  of  the  bones.  The  glands  of  the 
mesentery  are  often  tumefied,  and  accumulation  takes  place  in  the 
substance  of  the  lungs,  forming  tubercles. 

Treatment.— This  must  depend  on  the  state  of  the  constitution, 
and  the  structure  of  the  parts  affected,  etc.  When  the  Jungs  are  the 
seat  of  the  mischief,  it  produces  pulmonary  consumption;  when  it  ex- 
ists in  the  ligament  of  a joint,  it  is  called  white  swelling.  The  gen- 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


265 


eral  health  should  be  regarded,  and  means  adopted  to  establish  it.  To 
invigorate  and  strengthen  the  absorbent  system,  cold  bathing,  and  the 
sea  air  has  been  very  beneficial;  and  the  mineral  waters  have  not  been 
useless,  though  they  are  not  a specific.  All  these  means,  however,  do 
not  apply  to  scrofula  in  the  lungs.  Administer  the  vapor  bath  of  bit- 
ter decoction;  give  tonics,  and  an  emetic  occasionally;  rub  the  tumors 
freely  with  the  stimulating  liniment  night  and  morning;  and  the  body 
•with  salt  and  water  every  morning. 

If  the  tumors  are  much  inflamed,  apply  a poultice  of  bran  and 
slippery  elm  bark.  Linseed  meal  and  slippery  elm  are  very  good. 
Apply  cold,  and  renew  when  dry.  The  poultice  is  almost  sovereign 
when  the  tumors  burst,  if  it  is  mixed  with  the  pulverized  bark  of  the 
root  of  bayberry,  and  a little  sweet  oil.  First,  cleanse  the  tumor  well 
with  soap  and  water;  then  apply  the  poultice.  The  extract  of  clover 
is  very  good  for  this  purpose.  It  is  made  by  boiling  down  the  flower 
\n  water,  and  evaporating  the  liquid. 

Iodine  has  been  highly  recommended  by  many  English  and 
french  physicians,  as  a specific  remedy  for  scrofula;  and,  for  the  very 
favorable  results  I have  witnessed,  in  a great  variety  of  cases,  I am 
disposed  to  consider  it  to  possess  anti-scrofulous  properties.  The  best 
preparation  is  the  spirituous  solution  termed  the  tincture  of  iodine, 
which  may  be  administered  twice  a day,  in  the  dose  of  three  to  fifteen 
drops,  in  a wine-glass  of  a decoction  of  marshmallow  roots,  or  of 
Peruvian  bark,  if  the  patient  be  in  a debilitated  stage. 

“ Devonport’s  syrup  of  iodide  of  quinine  and  iron  is  a ternary 
compound  of  marked  efficacy,  in  cases  of  scrofula,  and  of  bloodless- 
ness (aruxmia).  It  is  borne  well  by  the  stomach,  and  not  possessing 
the  nauseous  qualities  of  its  constituents,  is  admirably  adapted  for 
'ihildren.” — Dr.  Graham. 

The  scrofulous  patient  must  have  a nourishing  diet,  plenty  of  ex- 
ercise, and  an  abundance  of  fresh,  pure  air. 

Scrofula,  or  King’s  Evil. — Take  as  much  cream-of-tartar  as  lies 
on  a shilling  every  morning  and  evening.  Or,  drink  for  six  weeks 
half  a pint  of  strong  decoction  of  devil’s  bit.  Or,  make  a leaf  of 
dried  burdock  into  a pint  of  tea;  take  half  a pint  twice  a day  for  four 
months.  I have  known  this  to  cure  hundreds. — We.nley. 

SCURVY. — Tliis  disease  arises  from  a depraved  state  of  the  blood, 
which  induces  general  debility,  and  a corruption  of  all  the  fluids.  It 
is  characterized  by  extreme  diminution  of  vitality,  such  as  a very  pale 
and  bloated  complexion,  spongy  gums,  livid  spots  on  the  skin,  offensive 
breath,  swelling  of  the  legs,  foul  ulcers,  fetid  urine,  weakness,  etc. 

This  disease  arises  from  the  want  of  fresh  provisions,  and  a due 
quantity  of  vegetables;  probably  assisted  by  the  prevalency  of  cold 
and  moisture,  and  also  such  other  causes  as  depress  the  nervous  energy, 
as  indolence,  confinement,  neglect  of  cleanliness,  much  labor  and 
fatigue,  sadness,  despondency,  etc.  A preternatural  saline  state  of  the 
fluids  is  assigned  by  Dr.  Cullen  as  its  proximate  cause.  The  reason 
that  salted  meat  is  so  productive  of  scurvy  is,  because  it  is  drained  of 
its  nutritious  juices,  which  run  off  in  brine,  its  fibres  being  at  the 
same  time  hardened,  and  rendered  more  difficult  of  digestion. 

Treatment. — Abstain  from  salt  as  much  as  possible.  A diet  of 
fresh  vegetables,  and  a beverage  strongly  impregnated  with  the  juice 
of  lemons,  oranges,  and  the  sub-acid  fruits,  are  more  efficacious  in  the 
cure  of  this  disease  than  the  most  powerful  anti -scorbutic  medicines. 
The  essences  of  malt  and  spruce  have  likewise  been  found  of  great 
service,  probably  from  the  quantity  of  fixed  air  they  contain.  When 


266 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


lemon  or  orange-juice  cannot  be  obtained,  nitre  dissolved  in  vinegar, 
in  the  proportion  of  1 oz.  of  the  former  to  1 qt.  of  the  latter,  has  been 
found  to  afford  the  best  substitute;  water  acidulated  with  the  nitric 
acid,  is,  perhaps,  not  less  efficacious;  from  1 to  2 ozs.  or  more  of  the 
former  may  be  given  three  or  four  times  in  the  course  of  the  day;  and 
of  the  latter,  a quantity  containing  about  15  or  20  drops  of  the  nitric 
acid  may  be  taken  every  five  or  six  hours.  The  vitriolic  acid,  the 
Peruvian  bark,  and  the  red  sulphate  of  iron,  are  likewise  very  valm 
able  remedies  in  the  far  advanced  stage  of  this  disease. 

The  vapor  bath  of  bitter  decoction  is  very  appropriate.  A decoc- 
tion of  sassafras  and  sarsaparilla  is  very  useful — to  be  taken  freely; 
add  the  juice  of  lemon.  Steam  affected  parts  with  a decoction  of  bitter 
herbs.  Let  the  diet  be  vegetable,  consisting  chiefly  of  milk.  Emetics 
are  sometimes  necessary;  tonics  always. 

Scurvy.— Take  2 ozs.  each  of  field  daisies  and  dandelion  roots. 
Boil  in  3 qts.  of  water  down  to  1 qt.  Take  a tea-cup  night  and 
morning. 

Scurvy. — John  Wesley  says  : “Live  on  turnips  for  a month.  Or, 
take  tar-water,  morning  and  evening,  for  three  months.  Or,  3 spoons* 
of  nettle-juice  every  morning.  Or,  decoction  of  burdock;  boil  3 oz  a 
of  the  dried  root  in  2 qts.  of  water  to  3 pts. ; take  34  pt.  daily;  a de 
coction  of  the  leaves  (boiling  1 leaf  4 minutes  in  1 qt.  of  water),  ha* 
the  same  effect.  Or,  take  a cup  of  the  juice  of  goose  grass  in  a morn 
ing,  fasting,  for  a month ; it  is  frequently  called  hariff,  or  cleavers. 
I have  known  many  persons  cured  by  it.  Or,  pound  into  a pulp,  oi 
Seville  oranges,  sliced,  rind  and  all,  and  powder  sugar,  equal  quanti 
ties;  take  a tea-spoon  three  or  four  times  a day.  Or,  squeeze  the  juice 
of  half  a Seville  orange  into  a pint  of  milk  over  the  fire;  sweeten  the. 
whey  with  loaf  sugar,  and  drink  it  every  morning  new  milk  warm,, 
to  make  any  whey,  milk  should  .be  skimmed  after  it  is  boiled.  Or 
pour  3 qts.  of  boiling  water  on  1 qt.  of  ground  malt;  stir  them  well 
and  let  the  mixture  stand  close  covered  for  four  hours;  strain  it  of£ 
and  use  this  as  common  drink;  in  hot  weather  brew  this  fresh  every 
day;  it  will  hardly  fail.  Or,  take  morning  and  evening  a spoon  o> 
two  of  lemon  juice  and  sugar;  it  is  a precious  remedy,  and  well  tried 
Water  and  garden  cresses,  mustard,  and  juice  of  scurvy  grass  help  in 
a cold  scurvy.  When  there  is  a continual  salt  taste  in  the  mouth,  takf 
a pint  of  lime-water  morning  and  evening.” 

Scurvy  in  the  Gums. — Make  a strong  infusion  of  sage,  and  dis 
solve  in  it  a little  alum.  By  means  of  a cloth  apply  it  to  the  gums. 
Burnt  alum,  mixed  with  honey,  and  the  juice  of  celandine,  is  very 
good  for  scorbutic  gums,  and  it  whitens  the  teeth . 

STO>iE. — Stone  is  an  accumulation  of  particles  of  gravel  which 
unite  and  form  a hard  mass,  or  stone;  and  they  enlarge  by  successive 
layers  of  gravel  until  they  become  very  large  and  difficult  to  remove. 

The  symptoms  are  itching  at  the  extremity  of  the  glans  of  the 
penis,  an  increased  desire  to  make  water,  with  more  or  less  pain  in 
making  it;  even  when  the  bladder  is  emptied,  the  pain  continues.; 
sometimes  there  is  difficulty  in  retaining  the  water;  and  at  other  times 
the  flow  of  it  is  liable  to  stop  suddenly.  The  irritation  caused  by  the 
presence  of  a stone  often  produces  remote  symptoms,  as  pain  in  the 
back  and  lower  limbs. 

Treatment. — Give  diuretic  medicines.  (See  “Gravel.”)  Drink 
strong  pennyroyal  tea;  or  a decoction  of  burdock,  dandelion,  white 
carrot,  and  parsley  roots.  Drink  half  a cup  several  times  a day, 
Flannels  dipped  in  the  stimulating  liniment,  combined  with  tinotuev 


Appendix  to  Medical  Dopartment. 


267 


of  cayenne,  with  30  drops  of  laudanum,  may  be  applied  externally  to 
the  region  of  pain.  It  is  said  that  a gill  of  red  onion  juice  and  a pint 
of  horsemint  tea,  drank  morning  and  evening,  but  not  together,  will 
cause  a change,  and  probably  dissolve  the  stone.  The  following  pills 
may  be  taken  with  great  benefit : Parsley  seeds,  powdered,  § oz-  > 
Castile  soap,  1 oz. ; oil  of  juniper,  30  drops;  solidified  copaiba,  1 oz. 
Form  into  pills.  Take  two  per  day.  Drink  at  the  same  time  a solu- 
tion of  saleratus. 

Many  persons  have  been  benefited  by  a decoction  of  the  wild 
carrot.  Injections,  and  the  vapor  bath,  are  very  useful.  When  the 
patient  finds  it  difficult  to  make  water,  let  him  lie  on  his  back  for  a 
while,  by  which  the  stone  may  be  thrown  to  the  posterior  part  of  the 
body,  and  enable  him  to  make  water  by  turning  on  one  or  the  other 
side.  The  diuretic  pills  should  be  taken  frequently. 

Dr.  Morris,  of  Canada,  has  found  that  an  injection  of  castor  oil, 
has  great  effect  in  relieving  sufferings  caused  by  a stone  in  the  blad- 
der, and  as  the  pain  and  irritation  from  this  cause  are  often  very  great, 
we  recommend  it  to  the  notice  of  those  laboring  under  the  affliction. 
Dr.  Morris,  being  afflicted  with  the  stone,  tried  the  experiment  on  his 
own  person. 

“1  first  rid  myself  of  the  contents  of  my  bladder;  then  with  a 
large  syringe  I injected  through  a small  leaden  tube,  reaching  to  the 
sphincter,  2 ozs.  of  cold  drawn  castor  oil,  and  I cannot  express  my 
feelings  caused  by  the  change  which  took  place  upon  its  introduction, 
for  it  seemed  as  if  a new  lower  half  had  been  given  me.  The  relief 
continuing,  1 went  to  bed,  and  can  safely  say,  that  I had  not  known, 
for  some  time  previous,  the  pleasure  of  a sound  and  uninterrupted 
sleep.  Latterly  I never  awoke  without  a wish  to  make  water,  and  the 
morning  following  was  the  first  exception  to  it.  When  I did  obey  the 
call,  I took  care,  finding  that  the  oil  came  last,  to  leave  as  much  within 
the  bladder  as  I could  ” 

After  this  the  bladder  was  constantly  supplied  with  2 or  3 ozs.  of 
castor  oil,  and  under  this  treatment  every  symptom  of  irritation  van- 
ished, and  during  two  months  no  one  symptom  reappeared  to  remind 
him  of  the  existence  of  the  calculous  concretion. 

Stone. — Beat  onions  into  a pulp  and  apply  them  as  a poultice  to 
the  back,  or  to  the  groin.  It  gives  speedy  ease  in  the  most  racking 
pain.  Or,  take  morning  and  evening  a tea-spoon  of  onions,  calcined 
in  a fire  shovel  into  white  ashes,  in  sherry  wine.  An  ounce  will  often 
dissolve  the  stone.  Or,  drink  largely  of  water  impregnated  with  fixed 
air.  Those  who  have  not  a convenient  apparatus,  may  substitute  the 
following  method  : Dissolve  16  grs.  of  salt  of  tartar  in  G spoons  of 
water,  to  which  add  as  much  water  acidulated  with  oil  of  vitrrol  as 
will  neutralize  the  salt  They  are  to  be  gradually  mixed  with  each 
other,  so  as  to  prevent  the  effervescence  or  dissipation  of  the  fixed  air 
as  much  as  possible.  Or,  boil  an  ounce  of  common  thistle-root,  and 
4 drs.  of  licorice  in  a pint  of  water.  Drink  of  it  every  morning.  Or, 
take  a decoction,  or  juice,  or  syrup  of  ground  ivy,  morning  and  even- 
ing.— Wesley. 

GALL-STONES. — The  gall-bladder  is  very  liable  to  have  a num- 
ber of  calculi  formed  in  its  cavity,  from  the  salts  in  the  secretion 
itself.  These  calculi,  or  gall-stones,  are  of  many  sizes  and  shapes; 
the  majority,  however,  are  about  the  size  of  a pea;  others,  again,  are 
as  large  as  a nut,  or  filbert,  and  sometimes  they  are  found  as  large  as  • 
a walnut. 

I11  many  case*  these  biliary  formations  never  quit  the  bladder  in 


£68 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


which  they  are  formed;  or  if  they  do,  when  very  small,  pass  aJ’-mg 
the  duct  without  the  person  being  conscious  of  their  transit.  When, 
however,  a large  one,  with  jagged  or  rough  edges,  gets  past  the  neck 
of  the  bladder,  and  into  the  duct,  it  must  proceed,  and  in  doing  so 
causes  the  patient  the  most  acute  and  distressing  pain — a pain  that,  in 
the.  first  instance,  seems  the  most  difficult  to  account  for,  as  it  com- 
mences suddenly,  is  attended  with  a sharp,  cutting  sensation,  and 
though  the  spot  at  the  first  stage  is  so  circumscribed  as  to  be  appar- 
ently covered  by  the  point  of  the  finger,  radiating  pains  dart  from  it 
in  all  directions,  through  and  up  the  back.  The  abdomen  soon  par- 
ticipates in  the  disturbance,  and  becomes  tense  and  tender,  while  the 
stomach,  sympathizing,  rejects  its  contents,  and  exhausting  rerchings 
are  added  to  the  distension  and  pain  of.  the  abdomen.  Though  the 
distance  the  calculus  has  to  travel  is  so  short — only  a few  inches — yet, 
owing  to  the  narrowness  and  unyielding  nature  of  the  duct,  tne  diam- 
eter of  which  does  not  exceed  a crow-quill,  and  there  being  no  pro- 
pulsive power  to  urge  the  obstruction  forward,  the  cause  of  the  pain 
and  constitutional  disturbance  suffered  will  be  evident  to  all  who 
fleet  on  the  nature  of  the  parts  and  the  obstacle  to  be  removed. 

The  treatment  in  such  cases  as  these  is  to  relax  the  system  as 
quickly  as  possible,  allay  the  pain,  and,  if  it  can  be  effected,  expand 
the  biliary  duct,  so  as  to  allow  the  gall-stone  to  pass  along  and  fall 
into  the  duodenum. 

The  first  of  these  objects  is  to  be  effected  by  placing  the  patient 
in  a hot  bath,  and  retaining  him  in  it  for  seven  or  ten  minutes,  and  by 
giving  a dose  of  the  following  mixture  every  hour  till  the  pain  abates, 
and  by  repeating  the  hot  bath,  if  necessary,  twice  or  three  times  it. 
the  course  of  the  day  : 

Take  of  camphor  water,  G ozs. ; powdered  nitre,  2 sers. ; tartar 
emetic,  2 grs. ; dissolve,  and  add  laudanum,  2 drs. ; mix. 

Two  table-spoons  to  be  given  directly,  and  repeated  every  Iiout 
for  three  hours,  when  it  is  to  be  intermitted  for  some  time,  hot  fomen- 
tations being  laid  across  the  stomach,  and  the  patient  being  placed  on 
his  back  with  the  legs  drawn  up,  so  as  to  relax  the  muscles  of  the 
abdomen. . 

The  hot  bath,  independent  of  its  relaxing  property,  causes  the 
expansion  of  the  duct,  and  also  of  the  bile  in  the  bladder,  thereby 
acting  from  behind  the  stone  as  a propulsive  agent,  driving  it  into  the 
bowel. 

STRICTURE  OF  THE  RECTUM.— It  often  proceeds  from  cos- 
tiveness, and  hardened  feces,  which  lacerate  the  parts  in  passing  down 
the  rectum;  also  by  drastic  purges,  piles,  etc.  The  rectum  becomes 
partia'lly  or  nearly  closed  by  tumors  or  scirrhus,  which  renders  evacu- 
ation very  painful,  except  the  feces  are  in  a very  liquid  state. 

Treatment — Eat  cTiiefiy  bread  made  of  unsifted  fiour ; and 
small  doses,  two  or  three  times  a day,  of  the  best  Turkey  rhubarb  and 
magnesia;  this  aperient  has  no  injurious  effect;  the  same  may  be  said 
of  castor  oil;  they  do  not  tend  to  constipation  after  promoting  evacu- 
ation. 

The  rectum  may  be  dilated  by  the  half  of  a small  tallow  candle, 
dipped  in  sweet  oil;  or  by  means  of  a bougie,  sold  b}r  chemists.  They 
should  be  inserted  from  10  to  20  minutes.  Occasionally  take  an  injec- 
tion of  slippery  elm  bark  and  castor  oil;  retain  it  as  long  as  possible. 

’ Let  the  diet  be  mild,  cooling,  and  easy  of  digestion;  and,  if  you. 
value  ease  and  comfort,  avoid  the  use  of  all  intoxicating  drinks — th* 
great  creators  of  piles,  strictures,  and  diseases  of  the  liver  and  heart. 


Appendix  w Medical  Department. 


269 


SPITTING  OF  BLOOD.—In  cases  of  spitting  of  blood,  it  is  often 
difficult  to  determine  whether  it  proceeds  from  the  internal  surface  of 
the  mouth,  from  the  fauces,  from  the  stomach,  or  from  the  lungs. 
When  the  blood  is  of  a florid  or  frothy  appearance,  and  brought  up 
with  more  or  less  coughing,  preceded  by  rigors,  a short  tickling  cough, 
a saltish  taste,  anxiety,  and  tightness  across  the  chest,  its  source  is  the 
lungs.  The  blood  proceeding  from  the  lungs  is  usually  of  a florid 
color,  and  mixed  with  a little  frothy  mucus  only.  It,  may  he  distin- 
guished from  bleeding  from  the  stomach,  by  its  being  raised  by  back-* 
in g or  coughing,  and  by  its  florid  and  frothy  .appearance;  that  from 
the  stomach  is  vomited  in  considerable  quantities,  and  is  of  a dark 
color. 

What  is  strictly  meant  by  spitting  of  blood , is  when  the  blood  is 
discharged  from  a ruptured  vessel  in  the  lungs,  which  is  technically 
called  hcemoptysis.  It  occurs  generally  from  the  age  of  16  to  35.  It  is 
often  an  hereditary  disease,  which  implies  a peculiar  and  faulty  con- 
formation. It  happens  to  persons  who  discover  the  smallest  capacity 
of  the  lungs,  by  the  narrowness  of  the  chest,  and  by  the  prominency 
of  their  shoulders,  an  evidence  of  difficult  respiration.  It  occurs  in 
persons  of  a slender,  delicate  make;  to  persons  of  much  sensibility 
and  irritability,  and  whose  bodies  are  of  a delicate  texture.  It  arises 
some  titles  from  the  stoppage  of  the  menstrual  flux,  from  plethora,  and 
violent  exercise  of  the  lungs. 

One  great  cause  of  haemoptysis  is,  the  deposition  of  scrofulous 
matter  in  the  substance  of  the  lungs,  forming  tubercles.  The  blood- 
vessels being  partially  distended  by  the  pressure  of  tubercles,  are 
easily  ruptured  by  cough,  or  bodily  exertion. 

Treatment. — Moderate  the  discharge  of  blood  by  avoiding  what- 
ever tends  to  irritate  the  body  and  increase  the  action  of  the  heart. 
A low  diet  should  be  strictly  observed,  and  external  beat  and  bodily 
exercise  avoided ; the  air  of  the  room  should  be  cool,  and  the  drink 
(which  should  consist  chiefly  of  barley-water,  acidulated  with  lemon- 
juice)  taken  cold,  and  the  patient  not  suffered  to  exert  his  voice.  After 
the  operation  of  a little  gentle  aperient  medicine,  as  lenitive  electuary, 
or  an  infusion  of  senna,  with  a littie  cream-of-tartar  dissolved  in  it, 
take  10  drops  of  laudanum,  and  10  drops  of  elixir  of  vitriol,  in  half  a 
cup  of  cold  water.  If  there  is  no  cough,  tiie  laudanum  may  be 
omitted. 

A little  salt  and  water  given  will  often  check  spitting  of  blood, 
when  it  comes  on.  Put  the  feet  in  warm  water,  and  give  as  above,  the 
elixir  of  vitriol,  etc.  Give  also  ipecacuanha  powder  in  small  doses,  of 
from  one  to  two  grains  every  four  hours. 

Emetics  have  been  given  in  this  disease  with  advantage  hy  Dr. 
Robinson,  and  still  more  lately  by  Dr.  Stoll,  of  Vienna,  who  observes, 
that  in  discharges  of  blood  from  the  lungs,  ipecacuanha  powder  often 
acts  like  a charm,  seeming  to  close  the  open  vessels  sooner  and  more 
effectually  than  any  other  remedy.  The  good  effects  of  this  remedy 
are  probably  the  consequence  of  the  compression  the  lungs  undergo 
during  vomiting,  from  the  action  of  the  diaphragm  and  expiratory 
muscles. 

The  recurrence  of  haemoptysis  should  be  prevented  by  invigor- 
ating the  lungs  and  purifying  the  blood,  and  by  the  use  of  cooling 
and  astringent  medicines.  Keep  in  the  mouth  a little  alum,  or  salt- 
petre. The  patient  should  participate  very  freely  of  acidulous  fruits, 
as  roasted  apples,  oranges,  lemons,  etc.  Alcoholic  drinks  should  be 
strictly  forbidden.  A decoction  of  bark  with  lemon  juice,  or  a few 
drops  of  elixir  of  vitriol,  is  of  great  service. 


270 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


When  the  symptoms  are  severe,  give  8 or  10  drops  of  the  tincture 
of  digitalis,  or  a drachm  of  nitre  dissolved  in  cold  water,  and  after- 
wards a compound  of  ipecacuanha  and  Glauber’s  salt.  In  extreme 
cases,  give  from  10  to  20  drops  of  elixir  of  vitriol  every  two  hours  ; or 
give  the  vapor  bath,  and  an  injection,  and  place  hot  bricks  to  the  feet 
in  bed.  Sugar  of  lead.  2 grs. ; opium,  % gr- ; made  into  a pill  with  a 
little  honey,  or  molasses  and  licorice  powder,  may  be  given  every  five 
hours.  The  temporary  application  of  cloths  dipped  in  cold  water  to 
the  genitals  will  check  spitting  of  blood.  Ice  is  still  better.  Mustard 
plasters  applied  to  the  legs  and  feet  have  been  recommended,  and 
found  beneficial. 

The  diet  must  be  light  and  easy  of  digestion.  The  patient  must 
avoid  much  speaking,  and  all  muscular  exertion,  and  all  cold  and 
damp. 

Spitting  of  Blood. — Take  a tea-cup  of  stewed  prunes  at  lying 
down  for  two  or  three  nights.  Or,  two  tea-spoons  of  nettle-juice  every 
morning,  and  a large  cup  of  decoction  of  nettles  at  night,  for  a week. 
Or,  three  spoons  of  sage-juice  in  a little  honey.  Or,  half  a tea-spoon 
of  Barbadoes  tar,  on  a piece  of  lump  sugar,  q,t  night;  it  commonly 
cures  at  once.  Infusion  of  red  roses,  5 ozs. ; syrup  of  poppy,  34  oz*  ; 
diluted  sulphuric  acid,  20  drops.  Mix.  Two  tea-spoons  three  or  four 
times  a day. — Wesley. 

SPRAIN. — Take  of  camphorated  spirit,  common  vinegar,  spirits 
of  turpentine,  of  each,  1 oz. 

Sprain. — Hold  the  part  in  very  cold  water  for  two  hours..  Or, 
apply  cloths  dipped  therein,  four  times  doubled,  for  two  hours,  chang- 
ing them  as  they  grow  warm.  Or.  bathe  in  good  crab  verjuice.  Or, 
boil  bran  in  wine  vinegar  to  a poultice.  Apply  this  warm,  and  renew 
it  once  in  twelve  hours.  Or,  mix  a little  turpentine  with  flour  and  the 
yolk  of  an  egg,  and  apply  it  as  a plaster  This  cures  in  a desperate 
case. 

Weakness  remaining  after  a sprain  is  cured  by  fomenting  the  part 
daily  with  beef  brine.  Suppose  the  ankle  sprained  : 1st.  Foment  it 
with  warm  vinegar  four  or  live  times  every  four  hours.  2d.  Stand,  if 
you  can,  three  or  four  minutes  at  a time  on  both  your  feet,  and  fre- 
quently move  the  sprained  foot.  Sometimes,  also,  while  sitting  with 
your  foot  on  a low  stool,  move  it  to  and  fro.  3d.  Let  it  be  gently 
rubbed  with  a warm  hand  at  least  three  times  a day.  4th.  Two  hours 
after  every  application  of  the  vinegar,  let  it  be  just  wetted  with  spirits 
of  wine,  and  then  gently  rubbed. — Wesley. 

Sprains. — Take  a few  globules  of  rhus  toxicodendron,  and  apply 
to  the  sprained  part  this  rhus  liniment  for  about  10  minutes,  and  re- 
peat twice  a day  for  three  days.  The  rhus  is  sold  by  the  homeopathic 
chemists. 

Sprains  of  the  Muscles  of  the  Back. — Take  of  Canada  turpen- 
tine, 34  oz-  > soap  liniment,  G ozs.;  and  one  pennyworth  of  laudanum. 
Mix,  and  rub  well  in  before  a hot  fire. 

Sprains,  Excellent  Remedy  for.— Put  the  white  of  an  egg  into 
a saucer  ; keep  stirring  it  with  a piece  of  alum  about  the  size  of  a wal- 
nut, until  it  becomes  a thick  jelly;  apply  a portion  of  it  on  a piece  of 
lint  or  tow  large  enough  to  cover  the  sprain,  changing  it  for  a fresh 
one  as  often  as  it  feels  warm  or  dry.  The  limb  is  to  be  kept  in  a hor- 
izontal position  bv  placing  it  on  a chair. 

POLYPES  IN  THE  NOSE. — Powder  a lump  of  alum,  and  snuff  it 
up  frequently;  then  dissolve  powdered  alum  in  brandy,  dip  lint  therein 
and  apply  it  at  going  to  bed. 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


271 


QUINSY. — This  disease  occurs  principally  in  spring  and  autumn, 
when  vicissitudes  of  heat  and  cold  are  frequent.  It  affects  especially 
the  young  and  sanguine,  and  a disposition  to  it  is  often  acquired  by 
frequent  attacks. 

Symptoms. — It  commences  with  an  unusual  sense  of  tightness  in 
the  throat,  particularly  on  swallowing,  which  is  often  effected  with 
difficulty  and  pain.  O11  inspection,  some  tumefaction  and  redness  of 
the  fauces  may  be  perceived,  which  shortly  spreads  over  the  tonsils, 
uvula,  and  soft  palate,  attended  with  a troublesome  clamminess  of  the 
mouth,  fever,  headache,  delirium,  etc.  In  desperate  cases,  the  tongue 
and  tonsils  are  so  much  swollen  as  to  prevent  deglutition,  and  even  so 
as  to  affect  respiration,  that  the  patient  is  often  obliged  to  be  supported 
in  an  erect  posture,  to  prevent  suffocation.  The  inflammation  gener- 
ally attacks  one  tonsil  lirst,  which  in  a day  or  two  it  sometimes  leaves 
anil  effects  the  other,  and  not  unfrequently  quits  them  both  suddenly, 
iind  flies  to  tiie  lungs. 

0 auses. — It  is  generally  caused  by  the  external  application  of  cold 
air,  particularly  about  the  neck.  Whatever  violently  stimulates  the 
fauces,  in  a plethoric  habit,  especially,  as  acrid  food,  poisons,  etc.,  may 
■produce'  it. 

Treatment.— As  the  inflammation,  from  the  delicate  structure  of 
the  parts,  soon  advances  to  suppuration,  active  means  should  be  speedily 
employed  to  disperse  it.  For  this  purpose  the  patient  should  take  a 
full  dose  of  the  aperient  mixture,  and  after  its  operation  the  saline 
fixture. 

One  of  the  most  effectual  remedies  is  an  emetic.  This  should  be  given 
as  soon  as  the  symptoms  appear,  and  repeated  as  often  as  necessary. 
The  throat  should  be  steamed  with  a strong  decoction  of  tansy,  worm- 
wood, hops,  and  camomile  flowers,  boded  in  vinegar  and  water.  Put 
these  into  a large  pitcher,  over  which  place  a funnel,  that  the  patient 
may  inhale  the  steam  for  15  minutes,  and  repeat  it  every  two  hours 
until  the  urgent  symptoms  are  gone.  Afterwards  heat  the  herbs  and 
bind  them  on  the  neck. 

A vapor  bath  is  also  of  the  greatest  service,  benefiting  the  whole 
system,  and  the  throat  especially.  Gargle  the  throat  with  a decoction 
of  lobelia  and  a little  gum  kino.  The  steam  of  hemp-seed  is  said  to  be 
valuable  in  quinsy.  If  the  patient  is  constipated,  give  an  aperient. 
When  the  painful  symptoms  begin  to  subside,  apply  the  rheumatic 
liquid  warm  to  the  throat,  as  warm  and  as  long  as  the  patient  can  bear 
it.  Gargle  the  throat  occasionally  with  a decoction  of  sage,  hyssop, 
lobelia,  catechu,  or  kino,  with  a little  borax  Do  this  frequently.  Re- 
peat the  aperients  when  necessary,  and  the  feet  bathed  in  warm  water 
and  soap. 

Let  the  food,  if  any  be  taken,  be  very  simple.  Give  no  spirits,  no 
stimulants,  and  nothing  cold.  Hydropathy  is  very  useful  in  quinsy. 
Dip  a piece  of  cloth,  in  the  form  of  a bandage,  in  cold  water,  wring  it 
out,  and  wrap  it  round  the  throat,  and  over  it  a dry  bandage.  Repeat 
when  hot  and  dry.  Iu  sore  throat,  black  currant  jelly  is  of  great  ser- 
vice; and  so  is  the  old  plan  of  wrapping  the  stocking  round  the  throat 
on  going  to  bed.  A good  gargle  is  made  of  sage  and  vinegar,  with  a 
little  sal  a^mnordac.  A little  sal  prunel  sucked  is  sometimes  of  great 
use. 

App’y  a large  white-bread  toast  half  an  inch  thick,  dipped  in 
brandy,  »o  ;he  crown  of  the  head  till  it  dries;  or,  swallow  slowly  white 
rose  water  mixed  with  syrup  of  mulberries;  or,  draw  in  as  hot  as  you 
can-  for  ten  or  twelve  minutes  together,  the  fumes  of  red  rose  leaves, 


272 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


or  camomile  flowers,  boiled  in  water  and  vinegar,  or  of  a decoction  o\ 
bruised  hemp-seed.  This  speedily  cures  the  sere  chroat,  peripneumony, 
and  inflammation  of  the  uvula. — Wesley. 

Quinsy. — Roast  three  or  four  large  oir’o^s.  Peel  them  quickly, 
and  beat  them  flat  with  a rolling-pin.  Immediately  place  them  in  a 
thin  muslin  bag  that  will  reach  from  ear  1 1 ear,  and  about  three  inches 
deep.  Apply  it  speedily  as  warm  as  possible  to  the  throat.  Keep  it  on 
day  and  night,  changing  it  when  the  strength  of  the  onions  appears  to 
be  exhausted,  and  substituting  fresh  ones.  'Flannel  must  be  worn 
round  the  neck  after  the  poultice  is  removed. 

Quinsy,  Vapor  for  a. — Take  powdered  pepper,  1 oz. ; milk,  1 qt,, 
and  boil  them  to  l^pt.;  put  the  whole  into  a glass  bottle  with  a small 
neck;  let  the  vapor  be  received  as  hot  as  can  be  borne  with  the  mouth 
open.  This  is  about  the  best  gargle. 

SCIATICA.. — A form  of  Neuralgia. — It  derives  its  name  from  the 
pain  taking  the  course  of  the  Sciatic  nerve  down  the  hip  and  tiiigh.  It 
is  often  connected  with  rheumatism  and  gout,  and  most  of  the  remedies 
for  those  diseases  are  applicable  to  Sciatica.  The  vapor  bath  is  very 
serviceable.  Rub  also  with  the  rheumatic  liquid,  or  the  tincture  of 
aconite;  galvanism  applied  is  also  good,  also  an  embrocation  composed 
of  one  part  of  turpentine,  two  of  soap  and  opium  liniment,  and  one  of 
tincture  of  cayenne.  A hot  bran  poultice  sprinkled  with  laudanum 
often  gives  ease.  Take  an  aperient  if  necessary,  avoid  all  alcoholic- 
drinks,  and  take  light  nourishing  food.  Sciatica  often  occurs  in  per- 
sons of  broken  constitutions.  Tonic  medicines  are  appropriate  to  them, 
as  quinine  and  iron,  or  the  bitters,  which  see. 

Sciatica.— An  extremely  painful  affection  of  the  sciatic  nerve  ; b. 
species  of  neuralgia.  The  peculiarity  of  this  disease  lies  in  the  fact  that 
it  is  confined  merely  to  the  nerve  itself,  the  pain  residing  exclusively 
in  that  cord,  from  the  spot  where  it  issues  from  the  pelvis  at  the  flat  ol 
the  hip,  down  the  thigh  and  leg,  till  it  is  eventually  distributed  over  the 
top  of  the  foot,  the  patient  being  able  to  describe  with  his  linger  the 
exact  course  of  the  nerve  from  the  hip  to  the  toes. 

Sciatica  is  in  general  regarded  as  a rheumatic  inflammation  of  th* 
sciatic  nerve. 

The  symptoms  of  this  disease  are  too  special  and  distinctive  to  re- 
quire description : the  acute  pain  along  the  course  of  the  nerve  is  quin 
sufficient  to  define  the  nature  of  the  affection,  without  any  other  dcs 
script!  ve  feature. 

The  treatment  alone  demands  our  attention.  In  a first  attack, 
when  the  pain  often  amounts  to  a degree  of  suffering  scarcely  bearable, 
the  application  of  a dozen  leeches  on  the  hip,  at  the  point  where  the 
pain  seems  to  begin,  is  frequently  attended  with  immediate  relief,  par- 
ticularly if  followed  up  with  hot  anodyne  fomentations,  rest  to  the 
limb,  and  a hot  brick  tied  to  the  sole  of  the  foot.  When  the  attack 
comes  on  in  paroxysms,  as  it  often  will  do,  and  with  the  periodicity  of 
neuralgia,  dry  cupping,  accompanied  with  the  following  powder  and 
mixture,  taken  as  directed,  will  frequently  break  the  duration  and  in- 
tensity of  the  attack : 

Powder. — Take  of  carbonate  of  soda,  10  grs. ; ginger  powder,  2 
grs. ; quinine,  6 grs.  Mix:  to  be  taken  two  hours  before  the  expected 
attack. 

Mixture. — Carbonate  of  ammonia,  2 sers.;  Dover’s  powder,  2 
sers. ; camphor  water,  0 ozs.  Mix:  the  fourth  pai  t to  be  taken  half  an 
hour  before  the  expected  attack,  and  two  table-spoons  every  four  hours 
after,  till  the  pain  is  abated.  Great  attention  must  at  the  same  tim*  bv 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


273 


paid  both  to  the  state  of  the  stomach  and  bowels.  When  the  attack 
has  been  induced  by  damp  or  cold,  or  has  become  a regular  visitor  in 
cold  weather,  a poultice  of  mustard  and  flour  may  be  applied  for-  half 
an  hour  to  the  hip,  while  the  following  liniment  is  being  rubbed  along 
the  course  of  the  nerve  from  thigh  to  foot  : 

Take  of  oil  of  amber,  34  oz*  ? sweet  oil,  234  ozs-i  turpentine,  % oz.; 
spirits  of  hartshorn,  34  oz.  Mix,  and  form  an  embrocation;  to  be  used 
twice  a day,  night  and  morning. 

If  a less  exciting  liniment  should  be  required,  the  common  tinc- 
ture of  soap — opodeldoc — may  be  employed,  and  instead  of  the  mixture 
the  following  sedative  pills  taken: 

Take  of  muriate  of  morphia,  1 gr. ; ginger,  5 grs.;  extract  of  gen- 
tian enough  to  make  into  a mass.  Divide  into  four  pills ; one  to  be 
taken  every  eight  hours 

In  cases  of  chronic  sciatica,  however,  and  where  all  ordinary  meas- 
ures have  failed  of  relief,  the  employment  of  moxa  to  the  hip  for  ten 
or  fifteen  minutes,  and  a suppository  of  G grains  of  solid  opium  for  an 
adult  man  or  woman,  will  afford  a certain  if  not  a permanent  relief. 
When  sciatica  proceeds  from  any  derangement  in  the  urinary  system  of 
organs,  5 drops  of  turpentine  on  a lump  of  sugar,  taken  three  times  a 
day,  is  often  of  the  best  effect,  and  will  afford  relief  when  all  other 
remedies  fail. 

JYPIIUS  FEYER.— From  the  Greek  tuphos , stupor.  It  is  gener- 
ally indicated  by  certain  well-marked  symptoms.  It  is  characterized 
by  great  lethargy,  prostration  of  muscular  power,  and  sometimes  de- 
lirium. 

It  commences  with  pain  in  the  head,  slight  shive rings,  vomiting, 
debility,  sighing,  loss  of  appetite,  oppressive  breathing,  great  mental 
anxiety  and  depression,  uneasiness  in  the  back;  the  pulse  is  quick  and 
small,  dry  tongue,  with  a brown  or  black  crust;  urine  pale,  then  high- 
colored  with  a bad  smell,  evacuations  black  and  offensive,  breath  hot 
and  offensive.  The  delirium  becomes  more  constant,  and  at  length 
changes  to  a stupor.  An  eruption  of  livid  spots  sometimes  appears. 
Great  purging,  cold,  clammy  perspiration,  and  hiccup,  precede  its  fatal 
termination. 

The  favorable  termination  of  typhus  is  indicated  by  a gradual  de- 
crease of  those  symptoms;  by  the  disappearance  of  stupor  in  the  face 
of  the  patient,  and  his  increasing  attention  to  things  around  him;  the 
pulse  becomes  moderate,  the  heat  of  the  skin  natural,  the  tongue  be- 
comes clean,  etc. 

Treatment. — If  there  is  nausea,  oppression,  and  sickness,  give  an 
emetic;  and  if  the  patient  is  chilly,  give  the  vapor  bath,  and  then  the 
sudorific  powder  to  promote  perspiration,  which  will  give  much  ease, 
and  dislodge  from  the  fauces  phlegm,  and  other  morbific  matter  en- 
dangering suffocation.  Observe  an  emetic  in  the  first  stages  of  typhus 
is  of  the  utmost  importance,  and  at  any  time  before  prostration  com- 
mences. It  has  been  known  to  restrain  the  disease  instantly,  and  in 
many  cases  to  mitigate  the  symptoms. 

If  the  patient  is  constipated,  aperients  must  be  given.  But  if  there 
is  a tendency  to  diarrhea,  they  must  be  omitted,  or  be  administered 
sparingly ; a small  dose  of  rhubarb  and  magnesia  may  act  as  a correct- 
ive, or  a single  tea-spoon  of  castor  oil. 

Dr.  Beach  says,  “ In  typhus,  the  brain  and  the  system  generally, 
are  thrown  into  an  unhealthy  state,  by  an  accumulation  of  acrid  and 
vitiated  bile,  and  matter  collected  in  the  stomach  and  first  passages, 
caused  by  an  inactive  and  torpid  state  of  the  liver.  Delirium,  great 


274 


Appendix  to  Medical  Departmem . 


heat,  and  prostration  of  strength,  take  place  from  this  cause.  The 
spnipathy  existing  between  these  organs  is  surprising;  if  one  is  healthy 
so  is  another;  if  one  is  in  a morbid  condition,  those  that  sympathize 
with  it  are  also  diseased.  Hence  the  very  great  importance  of  exciting 
a healthy  state  of  the  stomach,  liver,  and  the  whole  alimentary  canal. 
Aperients  are  admirably  calculated  to  fulfil  this  indication.  They 
cleanse  and  stimulate  at  the  same  time;  and  although  a patient  may  be 
very  weak,  he  will  gain  strength  under  the  administration  of  repeated 
purgatives.  They  may  be  given  in  moderate  doses,  in  protracted  cases, 
every  other  day.  Persons  in  a very  low  or  distressed  state  of  typhus 
fever  will  soon  assume  a more  healthy  appearance  after  the  administra- 
tion of  purgatives.  The  combination  of  a tonic,  as  a solution  of 
quinine,  with  purgatives,  would  render  them  more  beneficial. 

A Scotch  physician  observes,  ‘‘By  oft  spongingthe  surface  of  the 
body  with  cold  water  and  vinegar,  and  the  application  of  cold  to  the 
head,  and  bathing  the  feet  in  warm  water,  the  discomfort  and  headache 
of  the  patient  may  be  mitigated.  Pain  in  the  belly,  or  tenderness,  in 
typhoid  fever  is  best  met  by  the  use  of  warm  fomentations.” 

Where  there  is  great  sensibility  and  swelling  of  the  abdomen, 
showing  an  inllammatory  state  of  the  intestines,  and  where  the 
stomach  rejects  medicines  the  use  of  injections  is  indicated. 

The  saline  mixture  should  be  given  in  a state  of  effervescence;  or 
a table-spoon  of  yeast  twice  a day.  Fixed  air  affords  as  much  relief  as 
any  medicine,  and  has,  in  some  instances,  proved  an  effectual  remedy, 
not  by  counteracting  putrescency,  but  by  cooling  the  body,  abating 
thirst,  and  diminishing  the  morbid  irritability  of  the  system. 

Let  the  patient  drink  balm  and  pennj’royal  tea,  and  take  the  dia- 
phoretic powder;  for  no  medicines  stand  higher  than  those  which  pro- 
duce perspiration  ; though  too  much  sweating  must  not  be  promoted, 
as  debility  may  follow.  A mere  moisture  of  the  skin  through  the 
disease,  must  be  maintained.  In  thirst  give  a tea-spoon  of  spirits  of 
nitre  in  a weak  decoction  of  Peruvian  bark.  The  juice  of  houseleek 
and  sugar  is  an  excellent  febrifuge.  See  “Houseleek.”  Frequently  wash 
the  body  with  cold  or  tepid,  or  warm  water  and  vinegar.  The  salu- 
tary effects  are  often  soon  visible.  Hub  the  body  well  with  the  flannel 
and  liquid. 

Great  attention  must  be  paid  to  cleanliness.  The  patient’s  face, 
breast,  neck,  etc.,  must  be  often  washed,  his  linen  often  changed;  there 
must  he  good  ventilation,  and  plentiful  fumigation.  Sprinkle  the  room 
with  vinegar,  camphorated  spirits,  or  chloride  of  lime.  Acidulous 
fruits  should  be  given,  as  grapes,  oranges,  lemons,  etc.  If  the  throat  is 
sore,  give  the  appropriate  gargles.  Should  the  patient  sink  in  the  ad- 
vanced stages,  give  port  wine  diluted  with  the  same  quantity  of  water. 
Give  a wine  glass  several  times  a day.  Or  a little  weak  brandy,  am- 
monia, and  water,  mixed  warm.  If  the  feet  are  cold,  put  to  them  a 
bottle  of  hot  water,  wrapped  in  a vinegar  and  water  cloth,  and  rub  the 
surface  of  the  body  with  the  stimulating  liniment.  If  signs  of  putres- 
cency a ppear,  give  yeast  in  a little  wine,  adding  two  tea-spoons  of  fresn 
powdered  charcoal,  and  a little  solution  of  quinine.  Bottled  porter 
may  also  be  given.  Let  the  patient  be  supported  by  beef-tea,  gruel, 
etc.  Should  one  part  of  the  body  be  heated  more  than  another,  apply 
to  the  heated  part  a poultice  of  hops  and  vinegar,  with  a little  tincture 
of  cayenne. 

Iu  diarrhea,  lime  water  is  a suitable  remedy ; when  more  severef 
chalk  mixture  with  a little  laudanum  may  he  substituted;  when  blood 
appears,  more  decided  astringent  remedies  are  needed,  as  gallic  acid,  oj 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


275 


acetate  of  lead.  In  typhus  fever,  bed  sores,  by  long  lying,  are  formed. 
Wash  the  skin  with  rum  or  other  spirit  to  prevent  this.  If  broken,  ap- 
ply a healing  plaster,  or  a poultice  made  of  slippery  elm  and  butter. 

ULCEII, — An  ulcer  is  an  injury  done  to  the  flesh  from  which 
issues  matter,  or  some  kind  of  discharge,  with  more  or  less  pain  and 
inflammation. 

The  common  ulcer  should  be  kept  clean  and  cool,  and  protected 
from  the  atmosphere,  especially  in  frosty  or  cold  weather.  It  should 
be  washed  now  and  then  with  warm  soap-water.  Put  upon  it  a little 
lint,  wet  occasionally  with  salt  and  water,  and  put  over  it  the  black 
salve.  Perhaps  the  best  dressings  are  the  saturnine  cerate,  described 
hereafter.  Poultices  made  of  the  oak  bark,  sumach  bark,  may  be  used 
alternately. 

Sometimes  ulcers  are  very  irritable,  tender,  and  painful.  They 
discharge  a thin  acrid  fluid.  They  should  be  steamed  every  night  with 
a bitter  decoction,  and  occasionally  washed  with  an  infusion  of  eamo- 
mile  flowers,  or  a strong  decoction  of  wild  cherry  bark,  with  a little 
spirit.  Poultice  with  slippery  elm,  mixed  with  a strong  decoction  of 
.poplar  bark,  and  a trifle  of  salt.  Repeat,  as  required. 

If  the  ulcer  or  ulcers  are  indolent,  steam  as  before,  and  apply  the 
cancer  plaster,  with  only  a trifle  of  the  white  vitriol  mixed  with  it ; or, 
sprinkle  the  ulcer  with  powdered  blood-root. 

Sometimes  ulcers  become  very  much  inflamed,  and  assume  a livid 
polor;  they  are  covered  with  small  vesicles  or  blisters,  as  in  mortifica- 
tion. Wash  the  ulcer  with  tincture  of  myrrh,  and  apply  a poultice 
made  of  charcoal,  yeast,  slippery  elm,  ginger,  and  a minute  portion  of 
tincture  of  cayenne.  Bear  it  as  long  as  possible.  Then  apply  the 
saturnine  cerate. 

The  following  is  recommended  by  Dr.  Beach:  Take  sweet  clover 
tops  and  stalks,  burdock  leaves,  and  parsley,  a handful  of  each;  get  the 
strength  out  by  boiling;  strain,  and  add  1 lb.  of  resin,  and  ^ lb.  of 
fresh  butter;  simmer  until  of  a proper  consistence. 

A cold  water  cloth  constantly  applied  is  a good  remedy.  Put  a 
tittle  cerate  on  the  ulcer  previously" 

Attend  to  the  general  health,  by  cleansing  the  stomach  and  bowels, 
and  then  giving  tonics. 

Saturnine  Cerate. — Powdered  acetate  of  lead,  2 drs. ; white  wax,  2 
ozs. ; olive  oil,  half  a piut.  Melt  the  wax  in  the  oil,  and  add  gradually 
the  acetate  of  lead,  separately  rubbed  down  with  a portion  of  the  oil 
reserved  for  that  purpose. 

Ulcer. — Dry  and  powder  a walnut  leaf,  and  strew  it  on,  and  lay 
another  walnut  leaf  on  that.  Or,  boil  walnut-tree  leaves  in  water 
with  a little  sugar.  Apply  a cloth  dipped  in  this,  changing  itpnce  in 
two  daj^s.  This  has  done  wonders.  Or,  foment  morning  and  evening 
with  a decoction  of  walnut  tree  leaves,  and  bind  the  leaves  on.  This 
has  cured  foul  bones;  yea,  and  a leprosy.  Foment  morning  and  even- 
ing with  a decoction  of  mint;  then  sprinkle  on  it  finely-powdered  rue. 
Or,  burn  to  ashes,  but  not  too  long,  the  stalks  on  which  the  red  cole- 
worts  grow.  Make  a plaster  of  this  and  fresh  butter.  Change  it  once 
a day.  Or,  apply  a poultice  of  boiled  parsnips.  This  will  cure  even 
when  the  bone  is  foul. — Wesley. 

Ulcerated  (Runs. — Dilute  elixir  of  vitriol,  so  as  to  make  it  slightly 
acid,  and  wash  the  mouth  frequently  with  it.  Or  wash  with  diluted 
tincture  of  myrrh. 

Ulcerous  Sores. — See  “Logwood.” 

URINU,  INVOLUNTARY. — It  proceeds  from  weakness  of  the 


276 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


urinary  organs  caused  by  the  great  use  of  tea  and  coffee,  ardent  spir- 
its, etc.  It  is  often  ail  attendant  of  advanced  life,  especially  when  th© 
habits  have  been  irregular.  It  sometimes  results  from  paralysis.  It 
is  a very  troublesome  complaint. 

“If  the  patient  can  endure  it,  use  the  cold  bath.  Or,  take  a tea- 
spoon of  powdered  agrimony  in  a little  water,  morning  and  evening. 
Or,  a quarter  of  a pint  of  alum  posset  every  night.  ’ — Wesley. 

Make  a decoction  of  bayberry  bark,  hemlock  bark,  wild  cherry- 
tree  bark.  Bruise  them.  Take  a wine-glass  at  a time.  Uue  at  the 
same  time  the  diuretic  drops.  Take  occasionally  6 or  7 drops  of  laud- 
anum in  a little  water.  Abstain  from  tea  and  coffee,  or  reduce  the 
quantity  taken.  Ardent  spirits  must  be  abandoned,  and  all  liquids 
sparingly  taken. 

When  it  is  occasioned  by  stone  or  gravel,  it  requires  the  same 
treatment  as  recommended  for  the  latter  disease.  When  it  is  the  con- 
sequence of  morbid  irritation  of  the  bladder,  prostrate  gland,  or  dis- 
ease in  the  urethra,  the  tincture  of  buchu  leaves  in  the  ( ose  of  two 
tea-spoons  two  or  three  times  a day,  in  a iarge  wine-glass  of;  the  decoc- 
tion of  marshmallow  root,  is  a very  valuable  remedy. 

If  incontinence  of  urine  proceeds  from  paralysis,  a t lister  must 
be  applied  to  the  upper  part  of  the  sacrum.  Or  rub  the  region  of  tlii® 
bladder  with  tincture  of  cayenne,  or  with  the  anti-spasmoiic  tincture. 
Give  also  an  injection  of  anti-spasmodic  tincture,  1 table-spoon  ; warn 
water,  pt. ; slippery  elm,  2 tea-spoons.  This  course  of  treatment  is 
applicable  when  the  disease  arises  from  nervous  debility.  Dr.  Beach 
recommends  the  use  of  the  tincture  of  cantharides  in  doses  from  10  to 
20  drops  three  times  a day  in  half  a cup  of  linseed  tea.  Linseed  tea  is* 
an  appropriate  drink;  add  sometimes  5 or  G drops  of  laudanum. 

If  it  proceeds  from  obstructed  perspiration,  the  secretion  shoulfl 
be  restored.  Use  the  sudorific  powder,  or  the  vapor  bath.  Incouti 
nence  of  urine  may  be  benefited  by  bathing  the  body  every  morning 
with  salt  and  water;  and  afterwards  rubbing  with  the  stimulating 
liniment. 

Urine,  Hot  and  Scalding. — It  may  arise  from  various  causes^ 
from  inflammation  of  the  kidneys,  uterus,  alcoholic  drinks,  luxurious 
diet,  excessive  veneiy,  etc. 

Take  the  juice  of  ground-ivy  in  linseed  tea,  with  a little  sweet 
spirits  of  nitre.  Drink  cooling  and  mucilaginous  drinks.  Let  the  diet 
be  light  and  spare.  Buttermilk  is  very  appropriate.  See  “Dicretio 
Drops;”  for  this  complaint  they  are  effectual. 

Urine,  Bloody.— “ Take  twice  a day  copious  draughts  of  infusion 
of  yarrow.” — Wesley. 

It  generally  indicates  some  other  disease.  Give  small  doses  of  a 
solution  of  gum  kino,  and  gum  arabic,  and  alum,  to  which  add  from 
8 to  1G  drops  of  laudanum.  The  diuretic  drops  may  be  given,  half  a 
tea-spoon  at  a time,  two  or  three  times  a day. 

When  blood  is  discharged  with  the  urine  in  a plethoric  habit,  the 
use  of  011  aperient  medicine  is  necessary.  (See  “ Castor  Oil.”)  > The 
saline  purgatives  are  in  this  case  inadmissible,  on  account  of  their 
rendering  the  urine  more  irritating.  The  die^  should  be  low,  unless 
the  patient  be  much  reduced,  or  the  discharge  of  blood  be  the  conse- 
quence of  ulceration  of  the  kidneys  or  bladder.  Ir.  all  cases,  stimu- 
lants, as  pepper,  salt,  etc.,  should  be  avoided. 

When  it  is  occasioned  by  the  mechanical  action  of  a stone  in  the 
bladder,  or  gravel  in  the  kidneys  or  ureters,  it  will  require  the  treat- 
ment recommended  for  those  complaints,  Whci  uiooration  is  ilia 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


277 


cause  (which  is  known  from  its  being  attended  with  a discharge  of 
matter),  the  essential  oil  of  turpentine,  in  the  dose  of  12  drops,  in 
marshmallow-root  tea,  has  generally  a very  happy  effect.  The  buchu 
leaves  with  gum  arabic,  in  these  affections,  have  also  proved  particu- 
larly serviceable,  as  the  following  : Take  of  infusion  of  the  buchu 
leaves,  8 ozs. ; tincture  of  the  same,  6 drs.;  mucilage  of  gum  arabic,  3 
ozs.  Three  table-spoons  of  this  mixture  may  be  taken  three  times  a 
day. 

Urine,  Suppression  of.— It  may  proceed  from  gravel.  (See 
“Gravel.”)  “ Drink  largely  of  warm  lemonade.  Or,  take  a scruple 
of  nitre  every  two  hours.  Or,  a spoon  of  lemon-juice  sweetened  with 
syrups  of  violets.” — Wesiey. 

Immerse  the  feet  in  warm  water  and  soap,  and  drink  parsley-root 
tea.  Take  half  a pint  of  spearmint  tea,  to  which  add  3 tea-spoons 
of  sweet  spirits  of  nitre,  and  a wine  glass  of  Holland  gin.  Sweeten 
it  with  sugar  or  honey.  Repeat,  if  necessary.  If  the  disease  is  obstin- 
ate, steam  with  the  vapor  bath,  or  put  the  patient  into  a warm  bath. 
Apply  the  tincture  of  cayenne  over  the  bladder;  and  then  a poultice 
of  hops,  if  there  is  much  pain.  Or.  give  an  injection  of  lobelia  herb; 
slippery  elm  bark,  and  valerian;  balm  water,  a small  cup.  Infuse  15 
minutes.  Take  at  the  same  time  the  diuretic  drops  in  pennyroyal  tea. 
An  aperient  may  be  useful.  Parsley  tea,  spirits  of  mint,  sweet  spirits 
of  nitre,  and  a little  camphorated  spirits,  all  combined,  have  often 
effected  a cure. 

The  diuretic  drops,  urinary  decoction,  and  infusions  of  spearmint, 
are  very  efficient.  Also  decoctions  or  infusions  of  white  poplar  bark, 
dandelion  root,  linseed,  queen  of  the  meadow,  cleavers,  sweet  shrub, 
juniper  berries,  uva  ursi,  commonly  called  bearberry  coolwort. 

Urinary  Decoction. — Cleavers,  queen  of  the  meadow,  marshmal- 
lows, juniper  berries,  of  each,  2 ozs.  Boil  in  4 qts.  of  water  down  to 
1 qt.  Dose. — A small  cup  a day. 

TOOTHACHE  REMEDIES.— The  following  are  good:  Oil  of 
cloves,  3^  dr.;  laudanum,  2 drs.;  powdered  alum,  1 dr.;  spirits  of 
nitre,  2 drs  ; chloroform,  y2  dr.  Mix.  Apply  with  lint. 

A mixture  of  two  parts  of  the  liquid  ammonia  of  commerce,  with 
one  of  some  simple  tincture,  (tincture  of  Benjamin,  etc.,)  is  a good 
remedy  for  toothache.  A piece  of  lint  dropped  into  this  mixture  and 
introduced  into  the  carious  tooth,  when  the  nerve  is  immediately  cau- 
terized, and  the  pain  stopped. 

Saturate  a little  cotton  wool  with  oil  of  cloves,  and  put  it  to  the 
tooth.  The  oil  of  cloves  might  be  kept  ready  in  a bottle.  It  would  be 
more  efficacious  if  mixed  with  camphor,  and  two  or  three  drops  of 
chloroform.  Or  creosote,  1 part;  spirits  of  wine,  10  parts;  mix,  and 
applv. 

Sometimes  diluted  ammonia  relieves  the  toothache.  Also  a mix- 
ture of  camphor,  laudanum,  oil  of  cloves,  and  chloroform.  Mix  well. 
Or  keep  in  the  mouth  warm  water  and  salt,  with  one  fourth  of  laud- 
anum. 

Take  of  alum,  in  powder,  2 drs.;  spirits  of  nitre,  7 drs.  Mix,  and 
apply  it  to  the  teeth. 

Take  3 spoons  of  brandy,  adding  to  it  1 dr.  of  camphor,  with  30 
or  40  drops  of  laudanum.  Drop  a little  on  some  lint.  Apply  it  to  the 
affected  tooth  and  gum.  A little  tincture  of  cayenne  would  be  an  im- 
provement. 

Be  electrified  through  the  teeth.  Or  apply  to  the  aching  tooth  an 
artificial  magaet.  Or  lay  roasted  parings  of  turnips,  as  hot  as  may 


278 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


be,  behind  the  ear.  Or  lay  a clove  of  garlic  on  the  tooth.  Or  keep 
the  feet  in  warm  water,  and  rub  them  well  with  bran  just  before  bed- 
time. 

Alum  reduced  to  an  impalpable  powder,  3 drs. ; nitrous  spirit  of 
ether,  1 scr  ; mix,  and  apply  to  the  tooth.  Or,  take  of  compound 
tincture  of  Benjamin,  and  Battley’s  solution  of  opium,  of  each,  1 dr.; 
mix.  A little  dropped  on  cotton,  and  applied  to  the  hollow,  and  the 
gum  of  a decayed  tooth,  will  afford  effectual  relief. 

Take  of  tincture  of  cayenne,  oil  of  doves,  and  oil  of  summer 
savory,  equal  parts;  put  into  3 table-spoons  of  spirit  of  wine;  add  6 
drops  of  chloroform.  Apply  to  the  affected  tooth  and  gums.  Apply 
to  the  face  at  the  same  time  a flannel  bag  of  hops  and  camomile  flow- 
ers saturated  with  hot  vinegar,  and  30  drops  of  laudanum. 

Warm  water  and  salt  kept  in  the  mouth  for  some  time,  and  re- 
newed, is  a good  remedy. 

Toothache,  To  Prevent. — Wash  the  mouth  with  cold  water  every 
morning,  and  rinse  them  after  every  meal.  Or,  rub  the  teeth  often 
witli  tobacco  ashes. — Wesley. 

TOOTH  POWDERS. — The  following  are  recommended  : Take 
34  oz.  of  powdered  gum  myrrh;  1 oz.  of  powdered  bark;  2 drs.  of 
cream-of-tartar;  1 dr.  of  bole  ammoniac;  mix  in  a rnorcar.  A com 
stant  use  of  this  powder  will  cause'  the  teeth  to  obtain  a beautiful 
whiteness,  and  preserve  them  from  decaying,  and  prevent  the  tooth- 
ache. 

Peruvian  bark,  charcoal,  armenian  bole,  of  each,  34  oz-5  pow- 
dered cinnamon,  and  bicarbonate  of  soda,  of  each,  34  oz. ; oil  of  cin- 
namon, 4 drops.  Mix. 

One  to  Cure  a Bad  Breath. — Cream-of-tartar  and  chalk,  each,  34 
oz. ; myrrh,  powdered  charcoal,  2 drs. ; powdered  orris  root,  34  dr.  > 
powdered  Peruvian  bark,  2 drs.  Mix  well  together.  Rubbing  the 
gums  with  salt  occasionally  destroys  the  animalcule  which  probably 
cause  decay  and  aching  of  the  teeth. 

Pounded  charcoal  very  fine,  2 ozs. ; Peruvian  hark,  1 oz. ; cam- 
phor, 34  oz- 

Prepared  chalk,  orris  root,  and  charcoal,  powdered,  equal  parts. 

Coffee  newly  ground  fine,  mixed  with  charcoal,  is  a first-rate 
powder.  Scent  as  you  like. 

Powdered  cuttle-fish,  8 ozs.;  powdered  charcoal,  2 ozs.;  burnt 
alum,  1 oz. ; powdered  myrrh,  1 oz.  Mix. 

TOOTH  WASHES.— Tincture  of  myrrh,  diluted  with  water,  and 
camphorated  spirits.  Or,  a solution  of  borax  and  camphorated  spirit 
combined. 

VOMITING. — It  is  generally  preceded  by  the  sensation  of  nausea 
and  sickness,  and  a disposition  to  faint.  Endeavor  to  ascertain  the 
particular  condition  on  which  it  depends.  If  it  arises  from  some  irri- 
tating substance  in  the  stomach,  as  bile,  then  the  stomach  should  be 
thoroughly  cleansed.  Take  a beer-glass  of  warm  water,  and  about  one 
hour  afterward  an  effervescing  draught,  in  which  drop  a very  little 
tincture  of  cayenne. 

The  neutralizing  mixture  is  an  appropriate  remedy;  also  the  black 
draught,  or  one  of  the  aperients. 

A mustard  poultice  over  the  stomach,  and  10  drops  of  laudanum 
in  a little  brandy  and  water,  tend  to  settle  the  stomach. 

Vomiting  Blood. — The  escape  of  blood  by  vomiting  is  carefully 
to  be  distinguished  from  the  expectoration  of  blood  from  the  lungs. 
If  from  the  stomach,  the  blood  will  be  dark  and  clotted,  and  mixvd 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


279 


with  the  contents  of  the  stomach.  The  blood  from  the  lungs  is  a bright 
red,  often  frothy  and  mixed  with  mucus.  It  is  generally  preceded  °by 
chilliness,  nausea,  heaviness,  and  pain  at  the  stomach.  It  is  followed 
by  great  weakness,  and  from  that  the  danger  chiefly  arises. 

The  patient  snouid  be  placed  in  bed  immediately,  and  be  perfectly 
quiet.  Place  the  feet  and  hands  in  warm  water,  and  apply  mustard 
plasters  to  the  calves  of  ihe  legs.  The  following  draught  may  be  very 
serviceable  : 

Infusion  of  roses,  12  drs. ; diluted  sulphuric  acid,  10  drops;  syrup 
of  roses,  1 dr.;  tincture  of  opium,  10  drops;  mix.  Or,  take  acetate  of 
lead,  3 grs. ; purified  opium,  1 gr.;  extract  of  hemlock,  10  grs.  Make 
3 pills,  one  to  he  taken  twice  a day;  drink  after  them  iced  lemon-juice 
and  water,  or  vinegar  and  water/  Use  the  vapor  bath,  if  the  person 
is  cold  and  chill}7,  and  afterwards  apply  hot  bricks  saturated  in  vine- 
gar and  water  to  the  feet  and  sides.  If  there  be  constipation,  give 
aperients,  or  a mild  injection. 

Sometimes  the  v miting  of  blood  proceeds  from  the  retention  of 
the  menses.  (See  “Menses.  Retention  of.”) 

Retching. — The  act  of  vomiting,  01  rather  those  impotent  strain- 
ings when  the  stomach  is  either  empty,  or  the  amount  in  it  too  small 
to  be  ejected  by  the  force  of  the  abdominal  muscles.  As  such  spas- 
modic actions  are  extremely  exhausting,  it  is  always  best  to  give  the 
stomach  something  to  throw  up,  either  simple  warm  water,  or,  if  a 
n’lide  or  poisonous  substance  is  in  the  stomach,  an  emetic. 

10  drops  of  laudanum,  in  water,  will 
«sometimes  afford  immediate  relief;  but  in  general,  1 or  2 half-pints  of 
warm  water  will  be  found  the  best  remedy  for  ordinary  cases  of  dry 
retching. 

YAPORS,  OR  LOW  SPIRITS.— This  is  a state  of  the  system 
popularly  known  by  the  term  nervousness;  and  if  the  non-professional 
part  of  society  only  used  it,  the  term  might  be  excused,  but  medical 
men  who  should  know  better  employ7  it  too  often  as  the  name  of  a 
disease. 

A late  Duchess  of  Bedford,  when  at  Bath,  inquired  what  brought 
*0  many  of  her  friends  there,  and  being  generally  answered  “ nervous- 
ness,” “the  nerves,”  or  “nervous  affection,”  acknowledged  that  she 
came  there  for  pleasure,  and  thanked  God  that  she  was  born  before 
nerves  came  into  fashion.  One  object  we  have  had  in  view  in  this 
work  has  been  to  show  the  reader  the  simple  cause  and  effect  of  all 
ailments,  as  far  as  professional  knowledge  went,  and  to  avoid  the  jar- 
gon of  technicality,  or  the  mystification  of  medical  practice,  and  by 
laying  the  truth  before  the  reader,  leave  to  his  own  good  sense  the 
drawing  of  the  proper  inference;  trusting  that,  like  the  Duchess  of 
Bedford,  he  will  be  able  to  separate  truth  from  cant. 

Nervousness,  then,  is  not  a disease;  there  is,  in  fact,  no  such 
tiling,  but  there  is  a state  of  physical  and  mental  prostration  or  debil- 
ity, the  consequence  most  frequently  of  functional  derangement,  in 
which  the  person  becomes  bodily  weak  and  mentally  timid,  and  in 
which  at  times  the  imagination  grows  strangely  perverted,  the  patient 
often  believing  himself  converted  into  a glass  bottle  of  so  fragile  a 
nature,  that  if  abruptly  handled  he  will  break  and  be  instantly  anni- 
hilated; in  some  cases,  again,  the  delusion  is  so  strong,  that  the  patient 
believes  himself  dead,  lays  out  his  limbs,  closes  his  eyes,  and  assumes 
for  hours,  and  even  days,  the  semblance  of  a corpse.  These  and  such 
like  cases  are  generally  called  hypochondriasis.  To  undeceive  such 
patients  and  effect  a cure  is  a most  difficult  task.  In  one  instance  the 


28o 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


delusion  of  death  was  so  rooted  in  the  patient’s  mind,  that  the  physi- 
cian, to  save  him  from  dying  in  reality  from  inanition,  had  the  under- 
taker called  in,  the  patient  put  in  a coffin  properly  prepared  for  the 
occasion,  and  his  obstinate  patient  carried  to  the  churchyard,  where  a 
poor  relative,  whom  the  supposed  deceased  had  greatly  benefited,  met 
the  procession,  and  so  vilified  the  memory  of  his  patron,  that  the  en- 
raged patient,  who  was  enabled  to  hear  every  word,  burst  out  of  his 
coffin,  and,  giving  chase  to  the  ungrateful  detractor,  ran  till  from  ex^ 
haustion  he  fell  to  the  ground,  when  he  was  taken  home,  put  to  bed, 
and  in  a few  hours  was  perfectly  recovered — the  powerful  circulation 
of  the  blood,  the  mental  excitement,  and  the  perspiration  consequent 
on  the  exertion  of  the  chase,  having  effected  a cure. 

For  the  cases  where  patients  fancy  themselves  dumb  waiters, 
tables,  teapots,  or  to  have  lost  their  legs,  it  is  impossible  to  lay  down 
any  rule  of  medical  conduct;  the  particular  features  of  the  case  must 
suggest  their  own  remedy. 

We  shall  consequently  return  to  the  more  ordinary  form  in  which 
we  find  vapors,  and  commence  with  the  usual — 

Symptoms,  which  begin  with  languor,  oppressed  breathing,  a sense 
of  heat  at  the  stomach,  listlessness,  indifference,  and  want  of  energy 
to  perform  the  most  trivial  duty,  a melancholy  sadness,  and  distressing 
forebodings  of  future  events,  with  great  fear  and  apprehension  of 
personal  danger  from  the  most  unreal  causes,  and  so  firm  an  opinioq 
that  his  own  view  of  things  relating  to  himself  is  true,  and  must  be 
realized,  that  no  argument  on  the  part  of  the  physician  can  undeceive 
the  patient’s  mind. 

The  causes  of  this  mental  depression  and  physical  weakness  are 
almost  always  functional,  and  proceed  from  dyspepsia,  biliary  disturb^ 
ance,  enlarged  liver,  etc.,  each  cause  acting  on  a naturally  melancholic* 
temperament.  The  great  fear  in  this  disease  is  the  probability  of  the 
case  degenerating  into  confirmed  melancholia,  or  melancholy  madness. 

The  treatment  indicated  is  first  to  restore  energy  to  the  brain 
and  nervous  system,  and  then  to  remove  the  dyspepsia  or  the  func 
tional  causes.  The  first  is  to  be  effected  by  change  of  scene,  fresh 
society,  and  amusements,  or  by  any  means  that  will  divert  the  patient’# 
mind  from  his  own  case  and  imagined  sufferings,  by  rural  sports,  mod 
erate  exercise,  gaining  his  confidence,  and  condoling,  but  never  by 
ridiculing  his  feelings  or  foibles,  and  finally  by  persuasive  arguments 
inducing  him  to  attempt  the  measures  suggested;  only  a portion  ol 
the  scheme  of  treatment  proposed  being  told  to  him  at  once.  This  if* 
by  far  the  most  important,  and  also  the  most  difficult  part  of  the  cure. 
The  second,  or  medical  treatment,  lies  in  giving  tonics  of  quinine  and 
iron,  and  anti-spasmodics,  as  those  of  camphor,  valerian,  opium,  ether, 
etc. ; mild  aperients,  and  the  occasional  use  of  the  tepid  and  cold  bath; 
and  in  a carefully  arranged  dietary,  the  amount  of  wine  or  stimulants 
being  regulated  by  the  condition  of  the  patient. 

Where  great  debility,  with  a disinclination  for  all  solid  food,  is 
experienced,  a table  spoon  of  the  cordial  medicine  known  as  the  com- 
pound tincture  of  cardamoms  of  the  Edinburgh  Pharmacopoeia,  taken 
about  eleven  o’clock  in  the  forenoon,  an  hour  before  dinner,  and  again 
in  the  evening,  will  frequently  act  most  successfully  as  a stimulant  and 
stomachic.  In  cases  where  there  is  both  apathy  for  food  with  indiges- 
tion, and  great  nervous  depression,  a tea-spoon  of  Gregory’s  powder 
in  a little  peppermint  water,  two  or  three  times  a day,  with  a dose  of 
the  following  mixture,  will  often  be  found  highly  beneficial,  especially 
if  assisted  by  an  assafeetida  pill  at  bed-time  every  third  niglit: 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


281 


Take  of  carbonate  of  ammonia,  1 scr. ; camphor  water,  ozs. ; 
compound  tincture  of  valerian,  4 drs. ; paregoric,  1 oz. ; tincture  of 
lavender,  2 drs. ; compound  spirits  of  ether,  2 drs.;  mix.  One  table- 
spoon to  be  taken  every  four  hours,  or  2 table-spoons  twice  a day. 

WHITE  SWELLING® — This  is  a very  painful  disease;  it  more 
frequently  affects  the  knee  than  any  other  joint;  sometimes  the  hip, 
ankle,  and  elbow.  At  first  a severe  pain  is  felt  penetrating  the  joint, 
or  only  one  particular  part  of  the  joint.  The  least  motion  aggravates 
the  pain.  It  soon  begins  to  swell  considerably,  and  suppuration  takes l 
place.  Matter  is  discharged  from  several  openings  or  ulcers,  the  bones' 
are  affected;  and  if  the  disease  is  not  arrested,  the  life  of  the  patient 
is  endangered. 

Treatment. — Avoid  the  old  system  of  treatment  by  the  allopathic 
doctors,  by  mercury,  blistering,  setons,  amputation,  etc.  Attend  to 
the  stom  ich  and  bowels,  giving  an  emetic,  and  an  aperient,  if  needed; 
to  be  followed  by  bitter  tonics  occasionally,  givingtlie  alterative  syrup, 
diluted  when  first  taken;  or  a decoction  of  sarsaparilla,  sassafras,  gui- 
acum,  queen’s  delight,  unicorn  root,  cleavers,  prickly  ash  berries,  of 
each,  1 oz.  Simmer  in  a covered  pan  with  two  quarts  of  water  down 
to  three  pints.  Sweeten.  A dessert-spoon  three  or  four  times  a day. 
Steam  the  part  with  bitter  herbs,  and  now  and  then  give  the  vapor 
bath  to  the  whole  body.  After  steaming  the  affected  part,  rub  the 
limb  with  the  rheumatic  liniment. 

Dr.  Beach  recommends  the  following  : “ Oil  of  hemlock,  oil  of 

sassafras,  gum  camphor,  tincture  of  opium,  ^ oz.  each,  and  1 pt.  of 
spirit  of  wine.  When  dissolved  and  properly  mixed,  bathe  the  part 
with  it  frequently.”  Then  apply  an  oatmeal  and  bran  poultice,  mixed 
with  a little  finely  powdered  charcoal,  salt,  and  cayenne  pepper.  If 
the  pain  is  great,  sprinkle  on  the  poultice  % oz.  of  laudanum.  Keep 
it  on  as  long  as  possible,  and  then  steam. 

White  Swelling. — The  pain  arising  from  white  swellings,  and 
other  similar  swellings,  may  be  instantly  eased  thus  : Take  the  white 
of  an  egg,  and  beat  it  up  with  two  table-spoons  of  spring  water;  rub 
the  part  affected  frequently,  but  gently,  with  the  finger. 

White  Swellings. — Hold  the  part  half  an  hour  every  morning 
under  a pump  or  cock.  This  cures  all  pains  in  the  joints.  It  seldom 
fails.  Tried.  Or,  pour  011  it  daily  a stream  of  warm  water.  Or,  a 
stream  of  cold  water  one  day,  and  warm  the  next,  and  so  on  by  turns. 
Use  these  remedies  at  first,  if  possible.  It  is  likewise  proper  to  inter- 
mix gentle  purges,  to  prevent  a relapse.  Or,  boiled  nettles. — Wesley. 

WORMS. — The  worms  found  in  the  human  body  are  mostly  the 
ascarides,  the  thread-worm,  infesting  the  lower  intestine,  causing  much 
itching  and  irritation  about  the  anus.  The  teres,  or  long  round  worm, 
generally  seated  in  the  small  intestines,  and  stomach. 

The  symptoms  denoting  the  existence  of  worms  are  common  to 
the  different  species,  viz.,  indigestion,  with  a variable  appetite;  foul 
tongue;  offensive  breath;  hard,  full,  and  tense  belly,  with  occasional 
griping3  and  pains  about  the  navel ; heat  and  itching  sensation  in  the 
rectum  and  about  the  anus ; the  eyes  heavy  and  dull;  itching  of  the 
nose;  short,  dry  cough;  grinding  of  the  teeth:  and  starting  during 
sleep,  attended  often  with  a slow  fever. 

The  indications  of  cure  are,  first,  to  clear  the  stomach  and  intes- 
tines of  redundant  slime,  and  afterwards  to  strengthen  the  stomach 
and  bowels,  so  as  to  destroy  the  disposition  to  their  generation. 

Give  an  emetic  once  or  twice  a week,  in  order  to  rid  the  stomach 
of  impurities,  slime,  and  morbific  matter,  the  cause  of  worms.  Attend 


282 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


to  the  state  of  the  bowels,  for  they  are  often  irregular  through  worms, 
A dose  of  the  composition  powder  given  night  and  morning,  and  bit- 
ter tonics  during  the  day,  will  be  of  essential  service.  This  should 
be  continued  a week  or  two. 

Lime-water  being  capable  of  dissolving  the  mucus  in  which  the 
worms  breed,  may  be  taken;  a tea-cup  two  or  three  times  a day— less 
for  a child.  Take  with  it  the  tonic  mixture,  or  bitters.  It  is  very 
effectual  in  relieving  children. 

The  following  infusion  is  valuable  : Best  senna,  Carolina  pink- 
root,  manna,  worm-seed,  rhubarb,  34  oz.  of  each.  Bruise  them,  and 
infuse  for  two  or  three  hours  in  boiling  water.  Sweeten  with  molasses. 
Give  to  a child  six  years  old  3 table-spoons  a day. 

Sweets  should  be  avoided.  Salt  and  water  taken  in  the  morning 
will  expel  worms,  especially  the  seat  worms.  It  may  be  made  by  dis- 
solving a table-spoon  of  salt  in  half  a pint  of  water.  It  may  also 
form  an  injection  to  bring  away  the  ascarides.  Camphor  is  another 
remedy.  Dissolve  10  grs.  in  a little  spirit  of  wine,  and  add  it  now  and 
then  to  the  tonic  bitters. 

Worms,  Various  Remedies  for  the  Cure  of.— Take  1 oz.  of  tin, 
finely  powdered,  and  2 drs.  of  Ethiop’s  mineral,  mixed  together; 
divide  it  into  6 powders,  and  take  1 of  them,  in  a little  syrup,  twice  a 
day  ; when  they  are  used,  work  them  off  with  a little  rhubarb.  Or — . 

Jalap,  % 0ZG  powdered  rhubarb,  34  oz. ; gamboge,  2 drs.;  syrup 
of  bear’s-foot,  sufficient  to  make  it  into  a paste;  then  make  it  into  or^ 
dinary  sized  lozenges.  Dose. — For  a child  three  years  old,  34  a 1 °z -> 
enge;  six  years,  1 lozenga;  and  so  on,  according  to  years.  Or — 

Spirits  of  turpentine,  in  doses  of  from  8 drops  to  1 tea-spoon,  in 
gruel  sweetened.  Or — 

Cowhage  mixed  with  molasses.  Give  a child  1 tea-spoon  fasting 
for  three  or  four  mornings  successively— an  adult  1 table-spoon.  Then 
give  a purge. 

Powdered  rust  of  iron  is  a good  vermifuge.  It  expels  the  worms 
and  strengthens  the  constitution.  To  a child  six  years  old  from  10  to 
40  grs.  may  be  given.  An  adult  may  take  34  oz.  It  may  be  given  in 
molasses  or  in  beer.  Dr.  Rush  says : “ Of  all  the  worm  medicines  that 
I have  given,  I know  none  more  safe  and  certain  than  this  simple 
preparation  of  iron.”  It  should  always  be  followed  by  an  aperient. 

The  common  male  fern-root  is  a certain  remedy  for  the  tape-worm . 
Two  or  3 drs.  of  the  powdered  root  to  be  taken  in  the  morning,  no 
supper  having  been  taken  the  night  before.  It  generally  sickens  a 
little.  A brisk  purgative  is  to  be  given  a few  hours  after,  which  some- 
times brings  off  the  worm  entire;  if  not,  the  same  course  must  be 
followed  at  due  intervals.  For  the  success  of  this  remedy,  the  root 
should  be  recently  gathered,  as  after  being  kept  long  in  the  shops  its 
activity  is  diminished  or  destroyed. 

Worms. — Take  2 tea-spoons  of  brandy,  sweetened  with  loaf  sugar, 
every  morning.  Or,  1 spoon  of  the  juice  of  lemons. 

Or,  take  2 tea-spoons  of  worm-seed  mixed  with  molasses,  for  six 
mornings.  Or,  1,  2,  or  3 drs.  of  powdered  fern-root  boiled  in  mead. 
This  kills  both  the  flat  and  round  worms.  Repeat  the  medicine  from 
time  to  time. — Wesley. 

Worm  Fever.— Boil  a handful  of  rue  and  wormwood  in  water; 
foment  the  belly  with  the  decoction,  and  apply  the  boiled  herbs  as  a 
poultice;  repeat  the  application  night  and  morning.  This  frequently 
brings  away  worms  from  children  who  will  take  no  internal  medicine, 
and  is  likewise  serviceable  if  the  fever  be  of  the  putrid  kind. — Wesley. 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


283 


Worm  Seeds. — The  seeds  of  this  American  plant  form  a powerful 
vermifuge.  It  speedily  expels  round  and  other  worms  from  the  intes- 
tines. The  seeds  are  given  in  substance  from  10  grains,  or  half  a 
drachm,  finely  powdered,  strewed  on  bread  and  butter,  or  made  in^to 
an  electuary  with  honey  or  molasses.  After  using  some  days,  give  an 
aperient,  and  the  tonic  bitters. 

In  this  country  they  use  the  oil  also.  Five  to  ten  drops  of  the  oil 
mixed  with  sugar,  are  a common  dose  for  a child.  Or,  twelve  drops 
for  an  adult. 

Worm  Syrup. — Senna,  Carolina  pink,  of  each.  1 oz.;  peach  leaves, 
male  fern,  of  each,  34  oz-i  kousso,  134  ozs.  Powder,  and  add  a cup  of 
pure  water,  near  boiling;  shake  up  in  a bottle  for  a day;  then  add  a 
cup  of  spirit  of  wine.  Shake  up  several  times  a day  for  a week,  keep- 
ing the  bottle  in  a warm  place.  Then  add  another  cup  of  hot  water 
in  which  has  previously  been  infused  half  a tea-spoon  of  cayenne 
pepper.  This  recipe  is  valuable.  It  will  cause  all  kinds  of  worms  to 
flee  before  it.  Dose. — For  a child  six  years  old,  1 tea-spoon  four  times 
i day.  It  may  be  given  in  well  sweetened  coffee. 

WOUNDS.— Apply  juice  or  powder  of  yarrow.  Or,  leaves  of 
ground-ivy  upon  it.  Or,  wood-betony  bruised.  This  quickly  heals 
wen  cut  veins  and  sinews,  and  draws  out  thorns  or  splinters. — Wesley. 

Wounds — To  Prevent  from  Mortifying. — Sprinkle  sugar  upon 
■hem,  or  powdered  blood-root. 

Wounds — Putrid. — Wash  them  morning  and  evening  with  warm 
tlecoction  of  agrimony.  If  they  heal  too  soon,  and  a matter  gathers 
underneath,  apply  a poultice  of  the  leaves  pounded,  changing  them 
ance  a day  till  well.  Or,  apply  a carrot  poultice;  but  if  a gangrene 
<;omes  on,  apply  a wheat  flour  poultice  (after  it  has  been  by  the  fire  till 
vt  begins  to  ferment)  nearly  cold.  It  will  not  fail. 

Wounds— To  Staunch  the  Bleeding  of.— Where  it  can  be  done, 
fake  a bandage,  handkerchief,  or  garter,  and  put  it  round  the  limb 
betwixt  the  wound  and  the  heart,  and  tie  it  tight.  It  will  answer  the 
purpose  of  a tourniquet,  and  stop  the  bleeding  till  effectual  relief  can 
ye  given.  In  many  cases,  it  might  save  life. 

Or,  take  a pledget  of  lint,  and  form  it  into  a little  ball,  and  press 
it  upon  the  mouth  of  any  bleeding  vein  or  artery.  Apply  lint  and 
small  compresses  saturated  with  salt  and  water,  and  bind  them  on  the 
wound,  to  suppress  the  bleeding. 

In  dressing,  bring  the  lips  of  the  wound  together,  and  keep  them 
so  by  means  of  adhesive  plaster,  compresses,  and  a bandage.  Wounds 
thus  dressed  may  heal  without  suppuration.  Frequently  wet  the  dress- 
ings with  diluted  brandy  and  salt.  La t the  dressings  remain  two  or 
three  days.  If  suppuration  takes  place,  remove  the  adhesive  plaster, 
etc.,  and  apply  a bread  pouhice,  or  the  slippery  elm  bark  poultice; 
afterwards  apply  the  salve  or  plaster.  Incase  of  proud  flesh  appear- 
ing, sprinkle  sugar,  or  powdered  bloodroot  upon  the  wound;  or  apply 
as  a lotion  the  diluted  solution  of  chloride  of  soda,  or  chloride  of  lime — 
that  is,  in  proportion  of  1 oz.  of  the  solution  to  a pint  of  water.  Or, 
use  a few  grains  of  the  vegetable  caustic. 

YARROW. — r Phis  plant  is  well  kown.  The  infusion  taken  inwardly, 
and  applied  outwardly  as  a wash,  is  good  /or  piles,  and  sores.  It  is  ex- 
cellent for  flux,  looseness,  and  nervous  melancholy.  The  powder  is 
recommended  for  colic,  ague,  whites;  and  it  is  very  useful  in  colds. 
It  rest r;ii  11s  the  involuntary  discharge  of  urine  in  children. 

YELLOW  FEVER. — The  first  stage  usually  begins  with  weariness, 
«hilly  fits,  faintness,  giddiness,  flushing  o-f  the  taco,  redness  of  the  eyes, 


284 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department 


pain  in  the  eye-halls,  forehead,  hack,  great  weakness,  anxiety,  thirst, 
and  lethargy.  The  urine  is  high  colored,  deficient,  and  turbid.  The 
tongue  is  covered  with  a dark  fur;  the  perspiration  is  irregular,  inter- 
rupted and  lessened;  the  bile  is  secre  ed  in  unusual  quantities,  and 
speedily  ejected  from  the  stomach.  The  skin  is  very  dry,  hot,  and 
hard.  The  eyes,  face,  and  breast  become  yellow. 

This  stage  of  the  disease  lasts  about  48  hours.  The  symptoms  be- 
gin to  abate,  by  which  the  patient  is  flattered;  but  returning  aggrava- 
ted symntoms  soon  undeceive  him.  He  becomes  very  debilitated; 
putrefaction  takes  place ; large  patches  of  livid  spots  appear  on  differ- 
ent parts  of  the  body;  the  tongue  becomes  dry  and  black;  black  fur 
on  the  teeth,  and  oft  blood  from  the  mouth,  nose,  nostrils,  etc.  The 
whole  body  often  exhibits  a livid  yellow. 

The  causes  may  be  contagion, 'the  use  of  ardent  spirits,  marbleizing 
the  liver,  destroying  digestion,  etc.  It  may  be  caused  by  cold,  wet 
feet  and  clothes,  obstructing  perspiration,  etc. 

Treatment  — The  first  object  must  be  to  excite  action  in  the 
stomach,  bowels,  liver,  and  skin.  Give  an  emetic;  clear  the  bowels  by 
a brisk  purgative.  Give  the  diaphoretic  powder,  and  place  the  patient 
in  the  vapor  bath,  regulating  the  heat  according  to  the  strength  of  th* 
patient.  While  in  the  bath  let  the  patient  drink  balm,  pennyroyal,  ct 
catnip  tea.  When  he  comes  out  of  the  bath,  place  him  in  a warm  bed, 
well  covered  with  blankets  to  produce  perspiration.  If  he  perspires, 
gradually  lessen  the  covering. 

If  vomiting  prevails,  give  the  neutralizing  mixture,  a table-spoon 
every  half  hour  till  the  vomiting  ceases.  If  the  stomach  be  •'very  irri- 
table, give  with  the  neutralizing  mixture  a drachm  of  Epsom  salt*, 
to  each  dose,  in  a little  tea;  if  the  vomiting  does  not  abate,  persevere 
with  the  medicine,  and  apply  mustard  plasters  to  the  stomach  and  feet 
twice  a day.  Do  not  neglect  aperients;  for  it  is  of  the  highest  impon 
tance  to  promote  the  natural  evacuations. 

Attend  also  to  the  skin.  If  dry,  hot,  and  parched,  give  an  infusioiv 
of  boneset,  to  be  drank  freely,  to  promote  perspiration.  If  this  should 
fail,  give  the  Sudorific  Powder,  or  the  SweatingDrops  till  perspiratioo 
takes  place.  Should  they  cause  too  much  sickness,  give  lemonade  ot 
cream-of-tartar  water.  In  the  West  Indies  they  affect  a cure  by  drink 
ing  an  infusion  of  boneset,  by  using  the  warm  or  vapor  bath,  and 
bathing  the  body  with  lemon  juice  with  water,  or  warm  vinegar  and 
water. 

WARTS. — These  may  be  cured  by  daily  touching  the  top  with  th* 
pure  tincture  of  Rhus  Toxicodendron  or  Poison  Oak,  which  grows  ir>, 
this  country.  It  is  sold  by  homepathic  chemists.  The  application 
should  be  continued  for  a few  weeks.  Or,  toucT^jthem  frequently  with 
blue  vitriol;  or,  nitric  acid;  or,  chloride  ot  zinc.  A bit  of  impure 
potass  moistened  should  be  applied  to  the  warts  a few  minutes,  so  as  to 
leave  a whitish  paste  upon  them;  put  over  it  a sticking  piaster  for  a 
week.  Repeat  if  needed. 

Warts. — Rub  them  daily  with  a radish,  or  with  the  juice  of  mark 
gold  fl  > vers — it  will  hardly  fail.  Or,  water  in  which  sal-ammoniac  is 
dissol  * I.  Or,  apply  bruised  purshiin  as  a poultice,  changing  it  twice 
a day.  It  cures  it  in  seven  or  eight  days. — Wesley. 

Or,  steep  in  vinegar  and  salt  the  rind  of  a lemon,  and  apply  it  to 
the  wart,  first  the  outer  side  and  then  the  inner.  Keep  it  on  for  two 
hours  and  change.  Or,  rub  the  wart  now  and  then  with 'elixir  of 
vitriol,  apply  with  a bit  of  wood. 

Warts,  Cure  of. — One  of  the  surgeons  of  St.  Bartholomew’s 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department, 


285 


pltnl  says,  “ The  easiest  way  to  get  rid  of  warts  is  to  pare  off  the 
thickened  skin  which  covers  the  prominent  wart;  cut  it  off  by  succes- 
sive layers;  shave  it  till  you  come  to  the  surface  of  the  skin,  and  till 
you  draw  blood  in,  two  or  three  places;  when  you  have  thus  denuded 
the  surface  of  the  skin,  rub  the  part  thoroughly  with  lunar  caustic,  and 
one  operation  of  this  kind  will  generally  destroy  the  wart;  if  not,  you 
cut  off  the  black  spot  which  has  been  occasioned  by  the  caustic  and 
apply  it  again ; or,  you  may  apply  acetic  acid  and  thus  you  will  get 
rid  of  it. 

BED  SORES. — The  white  of  an  eo'g  beaten  to  a strong  froth  ; then 
drop  in  gradually,  while  you  are  beating,  two  table-spoons  of  spirits  of 
wihe;  put  it  into  a oottle”  and  apply  occasionally  with  a feather.  Soap 
Plaster,  sold  by  the  druggists,  protects  the  affected  part  from  friction 
or  rubbing. 

DANDRUFF,  Oil  PITYRiASIS. — A genus  of  scaly  disease,  chiefly 
affecting  the  scalp,  characterized  by  irregular  patches  of  small  scales, 
which  repeatedly  exfoliate  or  fail  off’,  but  never  form  crusts. 

There  are  two  or  tnree  varieties  of  this  disease,  named  after  the 
-iolor  of  the  exfoliated  skin;  some  contined  to  the  scalp,  others  to  the 
Armpits,  chest,  and  the  lower  part  of  the  abdomen.  This,  like  many 
/ninor  affectionsof  the  cuticle, only  becomes  hurtful  to  health  by  neglect; 
lor  when  the  dead,  bran-like  scurf  is  left  on  the  skin,  particularly  at 
the  roots  of  the  hair,  it  impedes  perspiration,  and  by  blocking  up  the 
pores  of  the  skin,  becomes  extremely  hurtful. 

Treatment. — When  in  the  scalp,  the  head  should  be  well  stimu- 
lated night  and  morning  by  means  of  a strong  hair-brush,  and  the  free 
Use  of  a large  and  small  toothed  comb,  and  the  occasional  employment 
of  a lotion  composed  of  2 drachms  of  borax,  dissolved  in  a pint  of  rose- 
mary water,  applied  three  times  a week. 

Should  this  fail  to  cure  the  evil,  an  ointment,  composed  of  1 ounce 
of  white  create  mixed  with  34  a drachm  of  creosote,  is  to  be  rubbed 
into  the  roots  of  the  hair  every  night  for  a week;  at  the  expiration  of 
which  time  tiie  person  should  have  the  head  thoroughly  washed  with 
ioap  and  water,  take  a hot  bath,  bathe  the  head  with  the  rosemary  and 
borax,  and  with  a clean  brush  the  next  day  remove  any  exfoliation 
Which  may  have  been  thrown  out. 

SCURF  IN  THE  HEAD — A Simple  and  Effectual  Remedy,— Into 
a pint  of  water  drop  a lump  of  fresh  quicklime,  the  size  of  a walnut; 
let  it  stand  all  night,  then  pour  the  water  off"  clear  from  sediment  or 
deposit,  add  a quarter  of  a pint  of  the  best  vinegar,  and  wash  the  head 
with  the  mixture.  Perfectly  harmless;  only  wet  the  roots  of  the  hair. 

WATER  B.tASH. — A discharge  of  thin  watery  fluid  from  the 
stomach  upwards  to  the  mouth.  It  generally  arises  from  weakness  of 
the  stomach,  indigestion,  etc.  Persons  affected  with  diseases  of  the 
chest,  and  persons  of  debilitated  constitution,  are  much  subject  tout. 

Take  from  4 to  8 grains  of  the  white  oxide  of  bismuth.  Give  an 
aperient  pill  to  keep  the  bowels  open,  and.  give  bitters  freely.  Take 
nourishing  diet,  and  be  frequently  in  the  open  air.  Take  now  and 
then  some  of  the  Neutralizing  Mixture  diluted.  A little  brandy  bitters, 
and  effervescing  draughts  are  beneficial!  Use  friction  with  the  flesh 
brush.  If  the  patient  is  consumptive,  then  most  gentle. means  must  be 
used,  and  chiefly  in  reference  to  the  disease  which  is  the  cause  of  the 
water  brash. 

VAPOR  BATH. — Sit  naked  upon  a chair;  place  the  legs  upon  a 
stool.  Place  a vessel  under  the  chair.  Throw  a large  blanket  around 
the  patient  and  the  chair ; pin.  it  uuder  his  chin,  and  make  it  tight  all 


286 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


round.  The  vessel  is  to  contain  the  liquid,  hot  water,  or  decoction  of 
bitter  herbs,  or  otherwise  medicated.  Heat  a couple  of  bricks  nearly 
red  hot,  and  put  one  of  them  into  the  vessel  under  the  chair.  Then 
pouraboutthr.ee  pints  of  boiling  water  into  the  vessel,  with  a gill  of 
strong  vinegar.  Be  careful  not  to  pour  it  upon  the  brick,'  but  down 
the  sides  of  the  vessel.  Close  up,  and  the  patient  will  soon  be  im- 
mersed in  vapor.  Change  the  brick  when  cool.  If  the  patient  be  too 
hot,  lift  up  the  blanket  a little  to  admit  the  cold  air,  which  will  lower 
the  temperature.  During  the  bath,  drink  freely  of  the  balm,  catnip,  or 
pennyroyal  tea.  When  out,  dry  well,  and  apply  friction,  with  a flesh 
brush,  or  with  rough  towels  dipped  in  vinegar  and  water. 

The  benefits  arising  from  the  vapor  bath  are  immense. 

WEN — To  Cure. — Take  a lime-stone  and  slake  it  in  soap  lees;  then 
mix  it  with  a little  soap.  Spread  it  as  a plaster,  and  apply  it  to  the 
wen,  and  often  anoint  it  with  the  lees  in  which  the  lime  was  slaked. 
It  will  sink  and  destroy  the  wen. 

WIND  IN  THE  STOMACH. — See  “Flatulency.” — Taxe  oil  of 
juniper,  tincture  of  myrrh,  lavender  water,  sweet  nitre,  equal  quantity 
of  each;  shake  them  in  a bottle.  Dose. — One  tea  spoon  in  a cup  of 
cold  water.  The  above  is  a dose  for  an  adult.  Or,  take  a large  hand 
ful  of  feverfew,  and  cummin  seeds  and  ginger,  1 oz.  of  each  to  3 quart* 
of  water;  boil  to  3 pints.  Add  a little  tincture  of  cayenne.  Dose.-^ 
three  or  four  wine  glasses  a day. 

PROUD  FLESH. — A popular  name  given  to  those  watery  granu 
lations  which  spring  up  suddenly  in  cicatrizing  wounds,  or  granulating 
surfaces,  giving  the  ulcer  or  wound  an  uneven,  weak,  and  florid  ap 
pearance.  These  excessive  granulations,  as  surgeons  call  them,  art 
red,  flabby  elevations  that  spring  up,. sometimes  round  the  edge  of  tin 
ulcerated  surface,  or  in  its  center,  in  circumscribed  patches,  or  separate 
cones  or  elevations,  and  are  indicative  of  a rapid  but  weak  action  in 
the  part;  they  are  in  themselves  perfectly  harmless,  though,  according 
to  popular  belief,  the  presence  is  regarded  as  indicative  of  serious  mis 
chief,  if  not  of  danger.  A lotion  of  sulphate  of  zinc,  or  bluestone,  it, 
the  proportion  of  2 or  3 grains  to  the  ounce  of  water,  if  applied  on  lint 
once  or  twice  will  generally  reduce  such  exuberant  growths,  at  the 
same  time  that  it  stimulates  the  vessels  of  the  parts  to  a more  equal  and1 
steady  action.  Should  the  lotions  above  not  answer  the  purpose,  t 
small  quantity  of  burnt  alum  may  be  scattered  over  the  granulations 
or  a thin  spreading  of  the  red  precipitate  ointment,  or  a drachm  oi 
citron  ointment  (ointment  of  the  nitrate  of  mercury),  with  3 drachms 
of  red  precipitate,  may  be  mixed  and  applied  in  the  same  way;  but 
ointments  should  be  avoided  to  wounds  as  much  as  possible,  and 
lotions,  but  stronger  than  the  above,  used  instead.  When  the  system 
is  weak,  and  the  diseased  surface  large,  wine  and  tonics  should  be 
given  to  the  patient,  and  in  extreme  cases  caustic  is  to  be  used,  but  this 
is  only  when  the  granulations  become  of  a fungoid  character. 

NOCTURNAL  EMISSIONS. — An  involuntary  seminal  discharge, 
occurring  during  sleep,  generally  the  result  of  excited  dreams,  and 
often  caused  by  dissipated  habits  and  a relaxed  system.  This  exhaust- 
ing complaint  is  generally  conflued  to  the  young,  and,  when  not  the 
result  of  vice,  may  be  easily  overcome  by  a course  of  tonics,  local  and 
general,  such  as  the  following:  1st,  cold  salt  water  bathing,  or  else 
sponging  the  body,  especially  the  loins  and  hips,  every  morning  with 
cold  vinegar  and  water,  with  the  after  use  of  the  flesh  brush;  2d,  a 
grain  of  quinine  made  into  a pill,  taken  twice  a day,  and  20  drops  of 
the  tincture  of  iron  ( uruttura  muriatu  farri ) in  a cup  of  barley  water 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department.  287 

three  times  a day;  ar.d  3d,  by  taking  20  drops  of  laudanum  on  goingto 
bed,  when  the  ca»e  demands  it. 

SINKING,  Oil  EXHAUSTION  AT  THE  PIT  OF  THE  STOMACH. 

— A popular  mode  of  expressing  a nervous  sensation  ; a sudden  loss  of 
power  or  strength — a collapse  of  the  stomach — as  if  the  food  and  vitality 
of  the  organ  had  been  in  a moment  taken  away.  Such  sensations'  of 
sudden  exhaustion  are  purely  nervous,  and  indicate  an  impaired  diges- 
tion. 30  drops  of  sal-volatile  in  half  a wine  glass  of  camphor  water 
will  generally  relieve  the  sense  of  exhaustion  for  the  time  being;  but 
should  it  recur  frequently,  a powder  containing  2 grains  of  columba, 

2 grains  of  ginger,  and  10  grains  of  bicarbonate  of  soda,  twice  a day, 
will  correct  the  state  of  the  stomach  which  induces  the  sinking  feeling; 
or  half  a tea-spoon  of  Gregory's  powder  in  a little  peppermint  water 
may  be  taken  for  the  same  purpose. 

SMOKING. — This  vice — for,  carried  to  the  extent  that  it  now  is,  it 
is  truly  one — in  which  even  boys  indulge  with  the  freedom  and  aban- 
donment of  men,  is  an  evil  that  cannot  be  too  severely  reprobated,  for 
it  must  be  evident  to  the  dullest  comprehension  that  the  constant  ab- 
sorption, however  minute  the  quantity,  of  the  fumes  of  a deadly  drug, 
cannot  be  daily  persisted  in  without  injury  to  the  system.  A pipe  of 
tobacco,  or  a cigar,  once  or  twice  a day,  if  it  causes  no  salivation,  or 
the  smoker  abstains  from  expectoration,  may  possibly  be  indulged  in 
with  impunity;  but  when  the  salivary  glands  are  greatly  excited,  and 
the  person  accustoms  himself  to  expectorate  while  smoking,  the  prac- 
tice must  be  regarded  as  extremely  objectionable  and  dangerous.  The 
system,  in  the  first  place,  is  deprived  of  a large  amount  of  the  natural 
solvent  of  the  food;  digestion  is  greatly  impaired  in  consequence;  less 
chyle  extracted  from  the  aliment  taken,  and  the  blood  impoverished  by 
receiving  less  than  its  due  proportion  of  healthy  nutriment.  Hollow 
cheeks,  and  emaciated  body,  impaired  digestion,  a languid  appetite, 
and  a listless  state  of  mind,  are  the  certain  consequences  resulting 
from  an  over  indulgence  in  the  practice  of  smoking,  accompanied  witli 
excessive  expectoration.  Smokers  should  in  all  cases  avoid  using  short 
or  dirty  pipes,  as  the  rank  oil  given  oft’  from  the  burning  tobacco,  by 
irritating  cracks  or  sores  on  the  lips,  very  often  induces  a scirrhus  or 
cancer  of  the  lower  lip;  besides  this  danger,  such  a custom  taints  the 
breath  most  offensively. 

ABORTION. — A separation  from  the  womb,  and  a coming  away 
of  the  child,  before  the  proper  period  for  its  expulsion,  and  when  it  is 
impossible  for  it  to  live  when  born. 

Abortion  can  only  occur  before  the  month  of  pregnancy:  after 
that  period  and  up  to  the  eighth  month  it  is  called  a miscarriage , and 
any  time  between  the  eighth  and  ninth  months  a premature  labor. 

Women  of  all  conditions  of  life,  and  at  all  ages,  are  subject  to 
abortion,  though  it  is  much  more  frequent  with  those  living  in  cities 
than  in  villages — among  the  weak  and  delicate  than  the  robust  and 
vigorous,  and  more  prevalent  in  young  mothers  than  in  those  who  have 
had  several  children.  The  causes  that  produce  abortion  are  very 
numerous;  sometimes  they  proceed  from  a natural  weakness  of  the 
constitution,  the  system  seeming  unable  to  carry  on  the  new  action 
unless  assisted  by  art  and  medicine.  Over-fatigue,  sitting  long  in  a * 
heated  room,  dancing,  sudden  emotions  of  the  mind,  such  as  grief  or 
terror,  falls,  blows,  or  kicks,  are  all  occasionally  the  immediate  cause 
of  this  mishap;  but  by  far  the  most  frequent  reason  is  a false  step,  a 
sudden  iar  to  the  body,  jumping  from  a chair,  straining  to  lift  heavy 
weight,  turning  a bed,  or  attempting  to  reach  an  article  beyond  a per- 


288 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


eon’s  height,  or  from  a violent  fit  of  coughing.  There  are  other  causes, 
but  those  may  be  imagined  from  what  have  been  already  described. 

Abortion  may  occur  at  the  end  of  the  fourth  week  "of  pregnancy, 
at  the  end  of  the  second  and  third  months,  the  fifth  and  the  sixth;  but 
the  two  most  frequent  periods  are  between  the  seventh  and  twelfth 
weeks , and  at  the  sixth  month. 

Symptoms. — When  the  death  of  the  child — or  fetus,  as  it  is  called 
before  birth — is  the  cause  of  the  abortion,  the  fact  is  indicated  by  the 
soft  and  flabby  state  of  the  breasts,  a sense  of  weight  and  coldness  at 
the  bottom  of  the  belly,  attended  with  occasional  shivering,  pains  in 
the  back  and  loins,  and,  after  a time,  bv  a bearing  down  pressure  that 
comes  on  and  goes  off  at  regular  periods  and  intermissions,  till  the 
coming  on  of  the  proper  expulsive  pains.  Where  the  cause  has  been 
sudden,  the  first  symptoms  are  generally  pains  in  the  back,  weight  in 
the  bottom  of  the  abdomen,  langor,  great  depression  of  spirits,  shiver- 
ing, and  occasionally  fainting.  These  are  followed,  after  a longer  or 
shorter  time,  by  a discharge  of  blood,  sometimes  only  trifling,  at  others 
excessive  and  in  alarming  quantity,  accompanied  by  sharp  flying  pains 
along  the  back  and  over  the  belly;  these  pains  gradually  increase  in 
strength  and  duration,  till  they  assume  all  the  characters  of  regular 
labor  pains,  which  continue  till  the  child  or  the  embryo  is  expelled. 
(See  “ Labor.”)  As  women  who  have  once  had  an  abortion  are  par- 
ticularly liable  to  suffer  a repetition  of  the  same  misfortune,  and  at  the 
same  period , particular  care  must  be  taken  in  the  next  pregnancy, 
especially  till  the  woman  has  passed  the  period  of  the  first  mishap,  to 
protect  her  from  any  injury  or  circumstance  which  might  cause  a rep- 
etition of  the  accident;  for  there  is  no  casualty  to  which  a female  is 
liable,  that  produces  a more  serious  and  depressing  influence  on  the 
system,  than  that  of  abortion ; and  should  it  occur  with  a first  child,  it 
may  be  repeated  for  several  years,  unless  most  skilfully  guarded  against. 

Treatment. — The  first  object  to  be  considered,  in  cases  of  ex- 
pected abortion,  is  to  arrest  the  pi-ogress  if  begun,  and,  if  possible, 
secure  the  continuance  of  the  pregnancy.  For  this  purpose  the  earliest 
symptoms  are  to  be  attended  to,  and  these  are,  pains  in  the  back  and 
loins,  sometimes  extending  over  the  front  of  the  belly,  accompanied 
with  a general  heat  and  irritability  of  the  body,  with  a frequent  de- 
sire to  empty  the  bladder,  and  a slight  evidence  of  blood,  or  show. 

In  cases  of  this  nature,  and  before  the  separation  of  the  child  from 
the  womb  has  been  effected,  and  while  there  is  yet  a chance  of  prevent- 
ing the  abortion,  the  patient  is  to  be  placed  on  her  back,  in  bed,  and 
kept  perfectly  calm  and  still,  the  legs  slightly  raised,  so  as  to  relax  the 
muscles  of  the  abdomen,  and  napkins,  wrung  out  of  cold  water  or  cold 
vinegar  and  water,  applied  frequently  over  the  belly.  An  effervescing 
draught,  made  by  dissolving  twenty  grains  of  carbonate  of  soda  in  the 
third  of  a tumbler  of  water,  and  adding  fifteen  grains  of  tartaric  acid, 
is  to  be  given  every  one  or  two  hours,  and  followed  the  next  day  by  a 
small  quantity  of  castor  oil. 

All  rich  and  stimulating  foods  and  drinks  are  to  be  prohibited,  and 
every  noise  or  excitement  carefully  guarded  against.  In  young  and 
robust  constitutions,  and  when  the  pulse  is  quick  and  full,  from  six  to 
^iine  leeches  should  be  applied  over  the  womb,  and  in  addition  to  the 
effervescing  draughts,  a seidlitz  powder  taken  once  or  twice,  to  act 
more  fully  on  the  bowels.  By  these  means,  keeping  the  body  cool  and 
quiet,  and  the  mind  tranquil,  the  threatened  danger,  by  a week  or  two’a 
rest,  may  be  got  over,  and  nature  thus  assisted  resume  its  functions* 
and  the  pregnancy  proceed  to  a happy  termination. 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


289 


When,  however,  from  the  symptoms  already  given,  there  is  reason 
to  believe  the  child  is  dead,  the  patient  is  to  be  kept  perfectly  tranquil 
and  on  her  back,  bottles  of  hot  water  are  to  be  placed  to  the  feet,  and 
a napkin,  folded  into  a large  square,  and  wrung  out  of  cold  vinegar 
and  water,  applied  to  the  abdomen  so  as  to  cover  it,  while  another  made 
smaller  is  applied  to  the  lower  parts;  these  being  at  once  removed, 
wetted,  and  reapplied,  as  soon  as  they  become  warm.  A few  spoons 
of  gruel,  with  a little  brandy,  are  to  be  given  from  time  to  time,  ac- 
cording to  the  weakness  or  exhaustion  of  the  patient. 

Should  the  amount  of  blood  discharged  be  moderate,  the  above  ap- 
plication will  be  found  generally  sufficient  to  arrest  it  entirely,  or  till 
nature  expels  the  child  and  its  membranes,  by  a few  of  the  ordinary 
pains  of  childbirth;  but  if  the  amount  of  blood  be  large,  and  if  there 
be  an  absence  of  all  expulsive  pains,  a silk  handkerchief  should  be  at 
once  wetted  with  sweet  oil,  or  in  the  absence  of  that,  smeared  with 
lard,  and  then  piece  by  piece  cautiously  passed  into  the  birth,  and  then, 
>ts  already  directed,  the  cold  vinegar  and  water  is  to  be  applied  to  the 
abdomen.  The  object  of  this  plug,  as  it  is  called,  is  to  cause  the  blood 
no  coagulate  internally,  and  so  stop  the  further  bleeding  from  the 
vomb,  till  the  proper  pains  set  in,  and  the  contraction  of  the  muscles 
ff  the  abdomen  shows  that  the  expulsive  efforts  have  commenced, 
vhen  the  handkerchief  must  be  withdrawn  to  give  room  for  the  passage 
the  child  and  membranes. 

The  afterbirth  does  not  always  descend  at  the  same  time ; but  as  it 
is  of  the  utmost  importance  that  it  should  be  expelled  as  soon  as  possi- 
ble with  safety,  a gentle  pressure  on  the  abdomen  with  the  hand,  or 
friction  over  the  belly,  will,  in  most  cases,  excite  the  womb  to  contrac- 
tion, and  thus  throw  out  the  afterbirth.  It  must  be  remembered  that 
-ill  the  time  the  womb  is  open,  the  patient  is  in  danger  of  excessive 
bleeding,  or  what  is  called  flooding  ; and  when  this  comes  away  in 
pushes,  unattended  by  the  necessary  pains,  it  becomes  of  the  utmost 
importance  to  empty  the  womb  at  once,  and  by  the  most  expeditious 
means.  For  this  purpose,  a drachm  of  the  bruised  ergot  of  rye  must 
<oe  simmered  for  ten  minutes,  in  about  a quart  of  water,  to  which  a 
few  grains  of  soda  are  added;  the  liquor  is  then  to  be  strained,  and  a 
vine  glass,  with  a little  sugar,  and  a tea-spoon  of  brandy,  given  as  soon 
*hs  cool  enough  to  drink. 

Fainting  sometimes  occurs  from  the  loss  of  blood,  when  small  doses 
of  cordial  must  be  given,  or  a little  brandy  and  water,  with  twenty 
drops  of  sal-volatile,  and  ten  drops  of  ether  in  each  dose;  but  these 
must  not  be  too  frequently  or  incautiously  administered,  the  object  be- 
ing merely  to  rouse,  and  not  to  excite  the  patient.  During  the  contin- 
uance of  the  bleeding,  the  room  must  be  kept  cool,  cool  air  freely 
allowed  to  circulate  round  the  patient,  and  frequent  draughts  of  lem- 
onade or  ascidulated  waters,  given  to  her  for  drink.  When  the  abor- 
tion takes  place  early  in  the  pregnancy,  and  before  the  child  is  distinctly 
formed,  all  the  clots  of  blood  discharged  should  be  carefully,  examined- 
in  the  hope  of  finding  the  embroyo,as  on  the  discovery  of  that,  the  subse- 
quent treatment  depends.  In  cases  of  malformation, and  where, in  conse- 
quence of  the  confined  dimensions  of  the  pelvis,  or  bones  of  the  hips, 
a fully  developed  child  could  not  be  born  alive,  it  becomes  the  duty  of 
the  surgeon  to  produce  abortion,  for  the  safety  of  the  mother,  the  time 
at  which  that  operation  is  to  be  effected  depending  011  the  capability 
of  the  parts. 

Procuring  or  causing  abortion,  either  by  drugs  purposely  taken, 
by  means  directly  applied,  or  by  blows,  violence,  or  force,  resulting  in 

*3 


290  Appendix  to  Medical  Depitrnnent. 

the  death  and  abortion  of  the  child,  was  formerly  punished  with  death, 
though  by  the  common  law  it  is  now  classed  only  as  a felony. 

Abortion — To  Prevent. — Women  of  a weak  or  relaxed  habit  should 
use  solid  food,  avoiding  great  quantities  of  tea  and  other  weak  and 
watery  liquors.  They  should  go  soon  to  bed  and  rise  early,  and  take 
frequent  exercise,  but  avoid  being  over-fatigued. 

If  of  a full  habit,  they  ought  to  use  a spare  diet,  and  chiefly  of  the 
vegetable  kind,  avoiding  strong  liquors,  and  everything  that  may  tend 
to  heat  the  body,  or  increase  the  quantity  of  blood. 

In  the  first  place,  take  daily  half  a pint  of  decoction  of  Lignum 
Guiacum;  boiling  an  ounce  of  it  in  a quart  of  water  for  five  minutes. 

In  the  latter  case,  give  half  a drachm  of  powdered  nitre  in  a cup  of 
water-gruel,  every  five  or  six  hours ; in  both  cases  she  should  sleep  on 
a hard  mattress,  with  her  head  low,  and  be  kept  cool  and  quiet. 

ABSCESS. — They  require  the  application  of  warm  poultices  and 
fomentations,  and  a cooling  aperient  medicine.  The  best  fomentation 
comprises  a decoction  of  marsh  mallows,  camomile  flowers,  poppy- 
heads,  or  hemlock  leaves.  The  poultice  may  be  made  of  bread  and 
water,  or  linseed  meal.  These  to  be  applied  till  the  abscess  bursts 
When  burst,  allow  the  discharge  of  purulent  matter,  and  after  it  liaa 
ceased,  apply  moist  rags  for  a day  or  two;  then  draw  together  th* 
edges  of  the  wound  by  means  of  diachylon  plaster,  and  to  the  wound 
apply  Cerate  or  Spermaceti  Ointment.  It  is  necessary  sometimes  when 
the  bursting  is  slow  and  tedious,  and  the  pain  great,  to  open  the  ab- 
scess with  the  point  of  a lancet,  which  prevents  much  suffering.  When 
the  abscess  is  indolent,  and  slow  in  ripening,  apply  a poultice  of  oat 
meal,  and  water,  and  yeast,  and  a little  salt.  Let  the  patient  live  on 
nourishing  diet.  Keep  the  body  open;  and  if  the  pain  be  great,  mi* 
with  the  aperient,  about  10  or  12  drops  of  laudanum. 

Abscess — Milk. — This  abscess  affects  mothers,  and  requires  carefiU 
treatment.  Apply  every  two  hours  warm  vinegar  to  the  part.  This; 
if  done  in  time,  soon  gives  relief. 

AFTE It -BIRTH. — The  placenta , or  cake.  That  membrane  which 
in  the  foetal  life,  or  the  unborn  child,  is  the  medium  of  communication 
between  the  parent  and  the  embryo  and  growing  child.  It  derives  its 
name  of  after-birth  from  the  fact  that  in  all  natural  labor  it  is  never 
expelled  till  some  minutes  after  the  birth  of  the  child,  and  forms  tlu> 
last  operation  in  the  third  stage  of  all  labors.  Sometimes  it  is  retained 
in  the  womb  long  after  the  expulsion  of  the  infant,  from  atony , 01 
loss  of  contractile  power  in  the  womb  to  throw  it  off;  in  which  case 
the  skin  of  the  abdomen  must  be  taken  up  in  the  hand,  ar.d,  by  a itk 
tary  pressure  over  the  organ  beneath,  induce  it  to  contract  and  rid 
itself  of  the  adhering  placenta.  Occasionally,  from  causes  tobehere- 
after'explained  under  “Labor,”  the  womb  is  thrown  into  irregular 
and  spasmodic  contractions,  by  which  it  is  drawn  together  in  one,  or 
even  two  places,  like  an  hour-glass,  either  shutting  up  the  after-birth 
in  one  or  other  of  the  cavities  formed,  or  contracting  upon  it,  holding 
it  as  in  a vice.  (See  “Womb,”  “Abortion,”  and  “Labor.”)  I11  such 
cases,  the  spasmodic  contractions  have  to  be  overcome,  and  the  after- 
birth brought  away ; for  till  it  be  removed,  and  the  womb  naturally 
closed,  the  patient  is  in  great  danger  of  sudden  hemorrhage.  For  mode 
of  operation,  and  the  time  necessary  to  elapse  from  the  birth  of  the 
child  till  the  after-birth  should  be  taken  away,  see  “Labor.” 

AFTER-PAINS. — These  are  a repetition  of  the  pains  of  child- 
birth, but  only  much  less  intense,  and  to  which  all  women  are  sub- 
ject, more  or  less,  for  the  first  week  after  confinement.  In  general, 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


291 


however,  they  seldom  extend  beyond  the  fourth  day,  and  only  recur 
now  and  then,  seldom  lasting  more  than  a few  minutes  at  a time.  A 
peculiarity  attending  after-pains  is  the  fact  that  they  increase  in  sever- 
ity and  duration  with  the  number  of  children  a woman  has  borne;  as 
if  the  womb  had  each  time  more  difficulty  in  recovering  its  original 
size  and  appearance. 

After-pains  need  cause  no  alarm,  and  it  is  only  when  excessive 
that  they  require  any  medical  assistance,  as  the  cause  generally  brings 
its  own  relief. 

Cause. — Though  the  womb  contracts  immediately  on  the  expul- 
sion of  the  after-birth,  it  does  not  recover  its  natural  size  for  several 
days — indeed,  weeks.  In  the  cavity  left,  the  blood,  exuding  from  the 
vessels  of  the  womb,  collects  and  coagulates  into  clots;  to  expel  these 
through  the  narrow  mouth  of  the  womb  causes  a certain  amount  of 
muscular  contraction  of  the  organ,  which  contraction  induces  those 
grinding  sensations  called  after-pains,  and  according  to  the  size  of  the 
clot  to  be  expelled  is  the  severity  and  duration  of  the  pain,  which 
ceases  when  the  obstruction  has  passed. 

Treatment. — When  the  discharge  is  considerable,  and  there  are 
many  clots,  the  pains  continue  sometimes  for  hours  without  any  length- 
ened abatement;  in  such  case,  as  they  produce  a good  deal  of  harass- 
ment to  the  patient,  the  abdomen  should  be  fomented  by  napkins 
wr&ng  out  of  hot  water,  the  application  of  a bottle  of  hot  water  to  the 
bottom  of  the  belly,  and  the  exhibition  of  20  or  25  drops  of  laudanum, 
in  half  a cup  of  gruel.  Sometimes  after-pains  are  kept  up  by  a costive 
state  of  the  bowels,  not  properly  relieved  before  the  confinement;  in 
such  cases,  a dose  of  castor  oil  should  be  given  on  the  second  day,  or 
an  enema  of  warm  gruel,  with  1 oz.  of  castor  oil,  and  3 drs.  of  tur- 
pentine. 

After-pains  can  always  be  distinguished  from  inflammation,  and 
the  disease  known  as  ‘puerperal  fever,  or  childbed  fever,  by  the  pains 
coming  on  in  fits  of  longer  or  shorter  duration,  with  intervals  of  per- 
fect ease  ; by  the  absence  of  all  tenderness  of  the  abdomen  when 
pressed,  and  by  a discharge  of  coagulated  blood. 

BREAST,  INFLAMMAflON  OF.— The  breasts  of  females  are 
sometimes  inflamed,  swelled,  and  subject  to  abscesses.  In  mothers  these 
affections  are  painful,  and  prevent  the  flow  of  milk.  A swelling  in 
the  breast  may  be  reduced  by  applying  the  bitter-sweet  ointment,  and 
the  adhesive  strengthening  plaster.  If  there  be  chill,  it  must  be  re- 
moved by  perspiration.  For  this  purpose  take  the  sudorific  powder. 
Also,  take  1 tea-spoon  of  best  rum,  l tea-spoon  of  ginger,  34  tea-spoon 
of  cayenne  pepper;  boil  four  or  five  minutes,  and  thicken  with  coarse 
flour,  or  ground  elm  bark,  or  slippery  elm;  put  a little  oil  upon  the 
breast,  then  apply  the  poultice,  and  repeat  three  or  four  times.  It 
generally  cures.  If  the  pain  be  excessive,  add  a small  quantity  of 
laudanum  to  the  poultice.  This  generally  cures. 

In  hard  swellings  of  the  breast,  rub  with  sweet  oil,  or  friction  with 
soap  liniment;  1 dr.  of  compound  tincture  of  iodine  to  each  ounce  will 
render  it  more  effectual.  The  bowels  should  be  kept  geptly  open,  to 
subdue  the  fever. 

When  matter  has  formed,  it  is  best  to  let  it  break  and  discharge 
spontaneously;  or  it  may  he  punctured  with  a lancet.  An  abscess  in 
the  breast  will  discharge  a long  time.  The  diet  therefore*  should  be 
nutritious,  light  and  strengthening.  A warm  bread  poultice  is  good 
for  an  abscess;  it  should  be  changed  every  four  or  five  hours,  and 
covered  with  oiled  silk.  When  the  discharge  has  nearly  ceased,  simple 


292 


Appendix  to  Medi&al  Department. 


warm  water  dressings  may  be  substituted,  and  then  apply  the  black 
salve,  (which  see.) 

Breasts,  Hard.— Apply  turnips  roasted  till  soft,  mashed  and  mixed 
with  a little  oil  of  roses.  Change  twice  a day,  keeping  the  breast 
warm  with  flannel. 

Breasts,  Sore  and  Swelled.— Boil  a handful  of  camomile,  and  as 
much  mallows  in  milk  and  water.  Foment  with  it  between  two  flan- 
nels, as  hot  as  can  be  borne,  every  twelve  hours.  This  also  dissolves 
any  knot  or  swelling  in  any  part. — Wesley. 

BREATH,  FETID. — The  smell  may  proceed  from  the  lungs  or  the 
stomach,  but  in  nine  cases  out  of  ten  it  originates  in  the  stomach,  and 
the  following  is  a simple  and  prompt  remedy:  Three  hours  after  a 
meal  take  a large  tea-spoon  of  a solution  of  6 parts  of  chlorate  of  pot- 
ash in  120  parts  of  sugared  water,  and  at  the  same  time  rinse  out  the 
mouth  well  with  the  same  solution.  When  the  breath  is  tainted  with 
onions,  eat  parsley  and  vinegar,  or  orris  root,  or  gum  kino. 

Or,  take  a dose  of  rhubarb  and  magnesia  occasionally;  finely 
powdered  charcoal  has  been  recommended;  also  a decoction  of  camo- 
mile and  wormwood.  For  impure  breath  caused  by  decaying  teeth, 
chew  orris  root,  and  Peruvian  bark,  or  use  the  same  as  a powder.  Or 
take  charcoal  powder,  powdered  myrih,  powdered  cuttle-fish,  carbon* 
ate  of  soda,  and  a drop  or  two  of  oil  of  cloves.  Keep  the  mixture  in 
the  mouth  as  long  as  possible. 

BREATHING,  DIFFICULT. — Yitri plated  spirits  of  ether,  2 ozs.^ 
camphor,  15  grs. ; paregoric,  34  oz. ; ipecacuanha  wine,  1 table-spoon, 
water,  % pt.  Mix,  and  "cork  well.  Take  1 tea-spoon  when  the  breath- 
ing is  laborious.  It  relieves  at  once. 

HYSTERIA,  (Commonly  called  Hysterics). — This  disease,  though 
most  frequently  excited  by  some  uterine  affection,  is  purely  nervous 
in  its  character,  and  one  greatly  depending  on  some  emotional  state  of 
the  mind.  Though  females  from  the  age  of  seventeen  to  forty-eight 
are  the  general  sufferers  from  hysteria,  delicate  males,  and  those  em- 
ployed in  sedentary  occupations,  or  of  a scorbutic  constitution,  are 
sometimes  affected  by  it.  Among  females,  the  unmarried  and  those 
who  have  never  had  children  are  the  persons  most  predisposed  to  an 
attack,  which  may  be  induced  by  uterine  irregularity,  violent  emo- 
tions, grief  or  joy,  tight  lacing,  flatulence,  or  any  cause  that  weakens 
the  stamina  of  the  body. 

Symptoms. — These  commence  by  yawning,  depression  of  spiritsv 
flushings  of  the  face,  sudden  tears,  palpitation  of  the  heart,  pain  in  the 
left  side,  with  a sense  of  swelling,  and  a feeling  as  if  a ball  was  rising 
from  the  stomach  up  into  the  throat,  with  a sense  of  choking,  the  pa- 
tient being  convinced  that  there  is  an  actual  round  substance  lodged 
in  her  gullet.  From  this  symptom  the  disease  has  been  named  Globus 
Hystericus.  The  patient  now  becomes  faint  and  restless;  the  body  and 
limbs  become  agitated  with  wild  and  irregular  actions;  she  is  seized 
with  fits  of  alternate  tears  and  laughter,  with  incoherent  and  noisj' 
ejaculations;  while  the  muscular  contortions  become  so  violent  that 
many  men  are  often  necessary  to  restrain  the  actions  of  a delicate  girl. 
After  remaining  in  this  state  from  a few  minutes  to  in  some  cases  many 
hours,  there  is  a belching  of  air  from  the  mouth,  when,  with  a heavy 
sigh  or  a few  deep  sobs,  she  slowly  recovers,  and  either  falls  into  a 
sleep,  or  may  suddenly  start  up,  and  go  through  the  same  chain  of 
symptoms,  having  a succession  of  fits  and  intermission,*  A peculiar- 
ity in  hysteria  is  that  it  may  assume  the  characters  of  almost  every 
other  disease ; the  only  disease,  however,  with  which  it  could  be  con- 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


293 


founded  is  epilepsy,  and  from  that  it  is  distinguished  by  the  patient 
being  partially  sensible  in  hvsteria,  arid  totally  insen>ible  in  epilepsy; 
by  the  foaming  at  the  mouth  in  the  latter,  and  the  absence  of  it  i 1 
hvsteria,  in  which  there  is  always  a twinkling  or  trembling  of  the 
eyelids. 

Treatment. — In  young,  robust  patients,  or  country  girds,  bleed- 
ing is  sometimes  necessary  to  abate  the  violence  of  the  spasms. 

In  slight,  and  indeed  ordinary  cases,  the  simple  practice  of  cuttinsj 
all  the  strings  and  laces  at  once  with  a knife,  laying  the  patient  on  hen 
back  and  dashing  cold  water  suddenly  in  the  face,  and  holding  some* 
hartshorn  to  the  nose,  will  generally  effect  a recovery.  If  not,  how- 
ever, 30  drops  of  sal-volatile,  30  drops  of  spirits  of  lavender,  and  10 
drops  of  spirits  of  ether,  in  a wine-glass  of  camphor  water,  given 
directly,  will,  if  the  face  is  dried  and  again  suddenly  aspersed  with 
cold  water,  be  found  sufficient  to  rouse  the  patient  and  break  the  spas- 
modic action  In  very  severe  cases,  however,  an  emetic  of  15  grs.  of 
white  vitriol  in  warm  water  will  be  the  most  effective  and  expeditious 
remedy. 

A few  hours  after  the  subsidence  of  the  attack  an  aperient  pill 
should  be  given,  either  of  asafcetida  and  aloes,  or  of  compound  colo- 
cynth,  and  means  taken  to  recruit  the  strength,  or  remove  the  imme- 
diate cause  of  the  attack;  in  general,  steel  wine  and  quinine  will  be 
found  the  best  remedies — a tea-spoon  of  the  first  every  four  hours,  and 
1 gr.  of  the  latter  three  times  a day;  or  the  iron  and  bark  may  be 
combined,  as  in  the  following  : 

Tonic  Poioders. — Take  of  prepared  carbonate  of  iron,  2 drs. ; sul- 
phate of  quinine,  6 grs.  Mix,  and  divide  into  6 powders.  One  to  be 
taken  three  times  a day 

Hysterics, — This  disease  mostly  affects  young,  nervous,  single 
women  It  manifests  itself  by  fits,  often  preceded  by  nervous  lowness, 
difficult  breathing,  sickness  at  the  stomach,  palpitations,  aud  a pain  at 
the  left  side,  a rumbling  noise  in  the  bowels,  the  sensation  of  a ball 
ascending  to  the  throat,  with  a feeling  of  suffocation,  convulsions, 
laughing  and  crying  without  any  apparent  cause.  Almost  every  part 
of  the  nervous  system  is  liable  to  this  affection.  The  disease  seldom 
proves  fatal.  It  is  caused  by  menstrual  irregularities,  indolence,  irreg- 
ular living,  costiveness,  indigestion,  worms,  obstructed  perspiration, 
etc. 

An  hysteric  jit  may  be  easily  distinguished  from  fainting;  for,  in 
fainting  the  pulse  and  respiration  are  entirely  stopped;  in  hysterics, 
they  are  both  perceptible. 

Treatment. — First  loosen  the  dress,  and  dash  cold  water  in  the 
face.  It  is  of  the  greatest  importance  to  put  the  feet  and-legs  in  warm 
water  as  soon  as  possible  Give  an  emetic.  The  expectorant  tincture 
must  be  given  to  remove  the  rising  in  the  throat,  the  sense  of  suffoca- 
tion, collected  phlegm,  etc.  If  the  patient  cannot  swallow,  pour  it 
into  the  mouth,  and  it  will  relax  the  jaws,  etc.,  and  cause  the  patient 
to  swallow;  it  will  send  the  blood  to  the  surface  and  extremeties,  affect 
the  brain  and  nervous  system  so  as  to  end  the  attack  even  by  a single 
dose. 

The  vapor  bath  should  be  given  as  soon  as  possible.  Or,  put  the 
patient  to  bed,  and  apply  hot  bricks  or  bottles  of  hot  water  to  the  feet 
a. id  sides;  the  bottles  to  be  folded  in  cloths  wet  with  vinegar  and 
water.  Should  these  means  fail,  give  the  anodyne  powders.  Give 
also  gentle  aperients;  and  above  all,  do  not  neglect  to  give  the  nervous 
pill,  which  is  wonderfully  efficacious.  The  aperients  may  be  assisted 


294 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


by  injections  of  gruel,  oz-  of  the  tincture  of  asafoetida,  or  a tabW 
spoon  of  spirits  of  turpentine;  sweeten  with  molasses.  Tonics,  aa 
quinine,  should  be  freely  given.  If  the  disease  arises  from  obstructed 
menses,  worms,  etc.,  the  case  must  be  treated  as  directed  under  those 
complaints. 

LABOR,  OK  CHILDBIRTH. — The  great  importance  of  this  sub- 
ject necessitates  our  entering  at  some  length  on  the  different  matters 
involved  in  the  important  operation  of  nature  that  forms  the  theme 
before  us.  Most  practical  surgeons  divide  labors  into  four  orders — 
natural , tedious,  preternatural,  and  complex ; and  though  we  purpose  to 
confine  our  remarks  to  the  first,  it  is  necessary  that  we  should  state  the 
characteristics  of  each. 

A natural  labor  is  one  in  which  the  child  presents  naturally  for 
the  birth,  and  the  labor  is  begun  and  concluded  in  the  space  of  twenty- 
four  hours.  Tedious  labors  are  those  in  which  the  presentation  is  still 
natural,  but  from  some  irregularity  in  the  action  of  the  womb,  the 
delivery  is  extended  over  the  twenty-four  hours,  being  somethnes  de- 
layed for  seventy-two  hours.  Preternatural  labor:  this  order  implies 
an  unnatural  presentation — that  is,  any  part  of  the  child  above  or  be- 
low the  ./was,  or  navel-cord,  presenting,  except  the  head.  Complex 
labors  are  those  where  the  birth  is  complicated  with  hemorrhage,  or 
separation  of  the  placenta , or  after-birth;  by  the  presentation  of  a foot 
or  a hand,  or,  in  the  case  of  twins,  two  hands  or  two  feet,  and  a tew 
other  peculiarities. 

Natural  Labor  is  divided  into  three  stages;  the  first  stage  em- 
braces the  period  from  the  first  pains,  or  from  the  commencement  of 
the  contraction  of  the  womb,  to  the  complete  dilatation  of  its  mouth, 
or  outlet — a process  that  may  extend  from  four  to  twelve  hours.  The 
second  stage  extends  from  the  complete  opening  of  the  womb  to  the 
birth  or  expulsion  of  the  child,  and  may  extend  from  half  an  hour  t<7 
twelve  or  more  hours;  and  the  third  stage  is  comprised  in  the  time  from 
the  birth  of  the  child  to  the  expulsion  of  the  after-birth  and  mem- 
branes, and  the  complete  contraction  of  the  womb,  generally  occupy- 
ing about  half  an  hour. 

Most  women  strive  to  keep  about  till  the  last,  and  seldom,  unless 
fantastical,  wish  to  have  the  surgeon  about  them  until  his  services  are 
likely  to  be  of  use;  and  most  women,  particularly  those  who  have  had 
children,  can  always  tell  when  that  time  has  arrived,  both  by  their 
feelings  and  by  certain  signs  denominated  shows  ; and  as  some  females 
have  a very  rapid  time,  the  whole  three  stages  being  often  completed 
in  less  than  an  hour,  the  medical  man  should  always  be  sent  for  di- 
rectly tiiat  local  demonstration  is  made. 

The  surgeon,  if  he  is  a man  of  any  experience,  will  be  able  to  form 
a shrewd  guess  of  how  the  labor  is  progressing  by  watching  his  pa- 
tient’s face,  paying  attention  to  the  tone  of  her  voice,  and  by  noticing 
whether  the  abdominal  tumor  is  high  up  or  low  down.  When  it  is 
necessary  to  make  an  examination,  it  should  be  performed  tenderly 
and  expeditiously;  the  patient  being  previously  placed  on  her  left  side 
in  bed,  and  covered  by  the  counterpane,  as  it  is  quite  unnecessary  for 
her  to  go  to  bed  for  good  till  such  time  as  her  doctor  considers  it  pru- 
dent. The  object  of  the  first  examination  is  to  ascertain  that  point, 
and  to  satisfy  himself  on  three  important  matters, — first,  is  it  a natural 
presentation;  in  other  words,  is  the  head  presenting,  and  if  so,  is  it 
presenting  right,  or  in  such  a manner  that  the  occiput,  or  back  of  the 
head,  shall  be  to  the  pubis  and  the  face  to  the  sacrum?  Secondly,  i? 
the  mouth  of  the  womb  open,  are  its  lips  thin,  dilatable,  and  moist,  of 


Appendix  to  Medkal  Department. 


295 


are  they  thick,  puckered,  dry,  and  unyielding?  And  lastly,  are  the 
passages  relaxed  and  moist?  If  these  points  are  all  favorable,  the 
labor -"may  be  prognosticated  as  likely  to  be  safe  and  expeditious;  the 
patient  should  be  allowed  to  get  up  and  walk  about  the  room  as  long 
— with  occasional  rests — as  possible,  holding  by  the  bed-post  every 
time  a pain  comes  on,  the  surgeon  avoiding  ail  unnecessary  examina- 
tions, till  the  length  of  the  pains  and  their  close  sequence  give  evidence 
that  the  time  for  his  professional  aid  is  approaching. 

When  that  time  has  arrived,  the  woman  is  to  be  put  to  bed,  placed 
as  before,  on  her  left  side,  with  her  knees  drawn  closely  up  to  the 
stomach;  the  side  of  the  sheet  and  the  quilt  should  be  pinned  together 
in  several  places,  so  that  the  hand  can  be  instantly  passed  beneath  the 
clothes,  when  the  surgeon,  seated  in  a chair,  with  his  back  to  the  foot 
of  the  bed,  places  himself  in  readiness  for  his  duty.  As  the  womb 
contracts  with  the  pain,  it  forces  the  child’s  head  on  the  mouth  of  the 
organ;  the  head,  by  a succession  of  rotary,  drill-like  motions,  gradu- 
ally expanding  the  opening,  when  the  membranous  bag  in  which  the 
child  floats  in  the  aqua  amni  begins  to  protrude  through  the  aperture; 
this  is  the  time  that  great  care  is  necessary  on  the  part  of  the  surgeon 
aot  prematurely  to  rupture  the  membranes,  till  both  head  and  mem- 
brane have  answered  their  purpose,  that  of  drilling  open  the  mouth 
af  the  womb;  nature  always  effecting  that  object  at  the  ^ roper  time. 
Immediately  after  the  breaking  of  the  water , as  the  rupture  of  the  mem- 
branes ia  called,  the  womb,  having  now  greater  space,  contracts  with 
double  power,  and  by  one  or  two  pains  often  forces  the  head  clear 
from  the  womb,  and  a considerable  way  into  the  vagina,  from  whence, 
after  a temporary  rest,  and  sometimes  brief  snatches  of  sleep  by  the 
patient,  the  head  is  brought  almost  to  the  birth,  the  perinceum  being  at 
each  expulsive  pain  stretched  like  the  head  of  a drum.  This  is  the 
most  critical  period  of  the  whole  labor,  and  demands  the  greatest  vig- 
ilance and  care  on  the  part  of  tiie  surgeon  to  be  ready  to  support  with 
the  palm  of  his  hand  the  perinceum,  and  prevent  the  too  rapid  exit  of 
the  head.  The  last  and  most  severe  pain  is  that  which  expels  the 
head,  after  which  there  is  a brief  intermission,  but  not  of  suffering, 
till  another  contraction  delivers  the  shoulders;  the  body  and  limbs  the 
•surgeon,  by  a lateral  motion,  removing  with  both  his  hands. 

With  the  cry  of  the  child,  the  exhausted  mother  forgets  all  her 

f>ains,  and  it  should  be  the  surgeon’s  duty  to  take  care  that  she  shall 
lave  that  gratification  instantly , by  observing  that  nothing  gets  before 
the  child’s  mouth,  and  that  by  raising  the  clothes  he  affords  it  abun- 
dance of  air.  If  the  cry  is  feeble,  the  mouth  and  nostrils  are  to  be 
instantly  cleansed  from  any  mucus  or  froth  that  may  clog  them,  and 
the  spine  rubbed  vigorously  with  the  fingers  of  the  right  hand.  If  the 
child  is  still  mute,  or  partially  so,  a basin  of  warm  water  is  to  be 
placed  in  the  bod,  and  the  infant  immersed  up  to  the  throat  in  the  bath 
thus  provided,  and  *those  means  adopted  for  suspended  animation 
described  under  “Advice  to  Mothers.’’ 

After  the  child  has  cried  freely  for  a few  minutes,  the  navel  cord 
is  to  be  tied  by  a ligature  about  an  inch  and  a half  from  the  body,  by 
means  of  the  strings  which,  before  the  rupture  of  the  membranes,  the 
surgeon  should  have  placed  in  readiness,  and  which  are  made  by 
doubling  two  half  jrards  of  the  unbleached  thread,  and  knotting  each 
together,  so  as  to  make  two  strings  of  a quarter  of  a yard  long.  (See 
'‘Advice  to  Mothers.”)  Having  tied  the  cord  next  the  child,  he  should 
then  place  the  other  ligature  about  two  inches  above  the  first,  and 
with  the  scissors  divide  the  cord  near  the  first,  or  between  the  two 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


296 

knots;  the  child  is  then  to  he  loosely  folded  in  a blanket,  and  planed 
near  the  mother  till  the  labor  is  completed.  If,  after  waiting  for  lea 
minutes,  there  should  be  no  succeeding  pain,  the  surgeon  should  lay 
his  hand  on  the  abdomen,  and,  graspingthe  loose  integuments,  employ 
both  friction  and  pressure,  but  gently,  to  cause  the  contraction  of  the 
womb,  that  the  after-birth  may  be  expelled.  Should  this  not  succeed 
in  inducing  a pain,  the  hand  should  be  dipped  in  cold  water,  and  again 
applied  to  the  abdomen.  If  after  fifteen  minutes  from  the  birth  the 
placenta  is  not  expelled,  the  cut  cord  is  to  be  taken  in  the  left  hand, 
and  the  right,  guided  by  the  cord,  is  to  be  passed  gently  upward,  and, 
with  tenderness  and  care,  the  after-birth,  finally  encompassed  by  the 
hand,  is  to  be  brought  away.  As  soon  as  this  is  effected,  and  the  womb 
has  contracted,  a broad  binder,  girth,  or  bandage,  about  eighteen 
inches  wide,  is  to  be  passed  smoothly  around  the  woman’s  body,  and 
tied  or  pinned  in  several  places,  tightly  over  the  abdomen.  A warm 
napkin  is  next  to  be  applied,  the  patient  well  covered  with  extra 
clothes,  a draught  with  the  sixth  of  a grain  of  morphia,  or  25  drops  of 
laudanum,  given,  and  the  patient  allowed  to  remain  undisturbed  for 
at  least  two  hours. 

Sometimes,  at  the  commencement,  it  happens  that  the  woman  n 
disturbed  with  small,  exhausting  pains,  that  keep  her  occasionally  fo> 
hours,  and  sometimes  even  for  days,  in  a state  of  irritation  and  suffer 
ing,  without  producing  any  effect'  upon  the  womb,  or  advancing  the 
labor  in  the  slightest  degree ; in  fact,  only  breaking  up  the  patient's 
strength,  and  rendering  her  tetchy  and  desponding.  Examination 
will  discover,  in  all  probability,  that  the  mouth  of  the  uterus  is  onh 
so  far  open  as  to  admit  the  point  of  the  finger;  that  the  lips  are  rigid 
extremely  sensitive,  and  dry.  An  examination  of  the  woman’s  face 
during  tiie  progress  of  one  of  these  abortive  pains  will  show  the  sur 
geon  that  the  womb  is  contracting  irregularly,  and  in  such  a manner 
that,  without  closing  on  the  child,  and  forcing  it  on  the  opening,  the) 
only  cause  griping,  crampy  pains,  that  do  no  earthly  good,  and  merel) 
exhaust  and  worry  the  patient.  In  such  a case,  the  duty  of  the  sur 
geon  is  to  suspend  such  fugitive  or  false  pains,  and  give  the  woman  a* 
much  rest  as  possible  till  the  coming  on  of  the  true  labor.  For  thh 
purpose  the  following  draught  should  be  given  ; the  patient  put  to  bed 
hot  water  applied  to  her  feet,  and  a warm  napkin  laid  across  the  ab 
domen  : 

Take  of  spirits  of  mindererus,  6 drs. ; spirits  of  sweet  nitre,  1 dr. 
Ipecacuanha  wine,  34  dr.  '•>  syrup  of  saffron,  1 dr. ; laudanum,  3^ 
drops  ; or,  acetate  of  morphia,  34  gr-5  camphor  water,  enough  to  make 
134  ozs.  Mix.  To  be  given  directly. 

When  the  patient  rouses  from  the  sleep  which  is  certain  to  follow 
the  abeyance  of  the  pains,  it  is  possible  labor  will  commence  in  earn- 
est. The  surgeon,  however,  will  have  satisfied  himself,  before  giving 
the  sedative  draught  described  above,  on  two  of  the  most  important 
facts  connected  with  the  whole  labor — the  condition  of  the  bowels,  and 
the  state  of  the  bladder,  for  if  either  are  distended,  the  operations  of 
nature,  however  forcible  and  rightly  directed,  will  be  delayed  for 
hours.  If,  then,  these  should  require  relieving,  they  should  be  emptied 
directly  in  all  cases;  and  in  such  a condition  as  we  have  been  describ- 
ing, even  before  giving  the  draught.  Napkins  wrung  out  of  hot  water 
and  applied  to  the  pubic  region,  or  a bottle  of  hot  water,  enveloped  in 
flannel,  applied  to  the  part,  will  generally  excite  the  bladder  to  a**t, 
without  resorting  to  the  catheter;  while  an  enema  of  warm  grue?  "• 
often  quite  sufficient  to  empty  the  large  bowel,  the  rectum. 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


297 


Though  nature  generally  throws  out  sufficient  exudation  to  keep 
the  passages  moist,  when  the  labor  is  very  protracted  these  always  be- 
come dry  and  hot,  and  then  require  to  be  often  and  freely  lubricated 
with  lard,  or  some  kind  of  a firm  pomatum,  a quantity  of  which  will 
always  form  an  accompaniment  to  the  baby-basket. 

In  cases  where  the  patient  is  nervous,  weak,  and  the  period  of  even 
a natural  labor  would  exhaust  her  strength,  or  where  either  convul- 
sions or  hemorrhage  is  to  be  feared,  or  should  one  or  the  other  have 
set  in,  it  becomes  the  surgeon’s  duty  to  expedite  the  labor  as  much  as 
possible.  To  effect  this  purpose,  he  must  give  her  the  secale , or  ergot 
of  rye — a drug  which  possesses  the  singular  property  of  acting,  within 
ten  or  twenty  minutes,  directly  on  the  womb,  causing  it  to  contract 
and  expel  its  contents.  There  are  certain  conditions,  however,  that 
must  previously  exist  before  the  secale — except  in  special  cases — can, 
or  ought  to  be  given.  These  conditions  are, — The  womb  must  be  well 
open,  the  lips  thin  and  dilatable,  the  child  presenting  naturally , the  pas- 
sages relaxed , and  no  malformation  of  the  pelvis  existing. 

To  prepare  the  secale. — Bruise  2 drs.  of  secale,  and  boil  it  slowly, 
with  about  20  grs.  of  carbonate  of  soda,  in  4 ozs., — a quartern, — of 
water,  for  ten  minutes;  strain  the  liquid,  and  to  % a tea-cup  add 
enough  sugar  to  sweeten,  and  1 table-spoon  of  gin,  and  give  the  ves- 
sel to  the  patient  to  drink  off  the  hot  draught  as  she  would  a cup  of 
coffee.  In  a few  minutes,  the  stronger  and  more  expulsive  action  of 
the  womb  will  show  that  the  draught  has  taken  effect. 

When  hemorrhage  attends  the  labor,  the  secale  must  be  given 
directly ; and  should  it  follow  the  expulsion  of  the  after-birth — wnich, 
till  the  womb  closes,  there  is  always  fear  of — cold  water  must  be  poured 
on  the  abdomen  to  promote  contraction  ; or  cloths,  soaked  in  cold  lo- 
tions, applied  across  the  stomach,  while  the  patient's  strength  is  sup- 
ported by  brandy,  ammonia,  and  ether,  and  the  feet  kept  hot  with 
heated  bricks. 

The  most  important  means,  however,  is  the  plug , or  stopping  up 
of  the  passage,  as  the  process  is  called.  This  is  effected  by  the  oiling 
of  a silk  handkerchief,  and  passing  the  whole  gradually  up  the  vagina, 
so  as  to  allow  the  formation  of  a clot  and  the  arrest  of  ^lie  bleeding, 
or,  as  it  is  called  at  such  times,  the  flooding. 

If  everything  goes  on  favorably,  the  patient  very  seldom  requires 
any  medicine — except  the  sedative  draught — till  the  fourth  day,  when 
a mild  dose  of  castor  oil  should  be  given  to  act  on  the  bowels;  while 
if  the  child  has  been  placed  at  the  breast  from  the  first  hour,  it  is  sel- 
dom in  a healthy  woman,  when  common  care  is  taken,  that  anything 
will  be  required  for  the  milk  or  the  breasts.  For  the  management  of 
the  navel,  and  many  other  important  matters  on  this  subject,  see  “ In- 
fant.” 

LONGING. — A vulgar  expression  applied  to  pregnant  women, 
when,  from  the  state  of  the  system,  and  an  impaired  appetite,  they 
express  a preference  for  certain  articles  that  some  innate  feeling  teaches 
them  would  be  beneficial  or  ol  service  to  their  state  of  health.  As  it 
is  seldom  that  those  desires  are  irrational  or  injurious,  such  solicita- 
tions, when  they  occur,  which  is  by  no  means  often,  should,  if  possible, 
be  always  complied  with,  for  so  active  is  the  imagination  of  the  female 
at  such  times,  and  so  extraordinary  the  sympathy  between  the  feelings 
of  the  mother  and  the  nervous  system  of  her  unborn  child,  that  a 
willful  rejection  of  her  desires,  or  a rude  exposure  of  her  wishes,  may 
result  in  an  injury  or  disfigurement  to  the  infant.  O11  this  subject  see 
^ Pregnancy,”  and  “ Mother’s  Marks.” 


298 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


MILK  FEYER. — This  is  one  of  the  diseases  to  which  women  In 
childbed — especially  with  first,  children — are  very  liable,  and  maybe 
induced  by  cold,  by  excessive  heat  in  the  room,  or  by  any  cause  of 
undue  excitement.  The  disease  usually  takes  place  about  the  third 
day,  and  is  directly  caused  by  some  obstruction  to  the  flow  of  the  milk, 
as  from  an  imperfect  nipple,  or  irritation  in  drawing  the  breast. 

Symptoms  commence  with  rigors,  pain,  and  throbbing  in  the 
head,  a repugnance  to  noise  and  light,  flushed  face,  contracted  pupils, 
and  bloodshot  eyes;  the  pulse  is  quick,  full,  and  hard,  the  skin  hot, 
tongue  white,  with  constant  thirst.  Tne  breasts  are  sometimes  hard, 
full,  and  distended;  at  others  the  secretion  is  suppressed,  and  the 
breasts  are  empty  and  flaccid;  in  that  case  the  head-symptoms  are  in- 
creased, and  delirium  often  succeeds. 

The  treatment  consists  in  reducing  the  circulation,  which  in 
young  and  full-bodied  women  must  be  effected  first  by  bleeding,  and 
secondly,  by  saline  purgatives,  a low  diet,  a darkened  room,  and  per- 
fect quiet. 

Take  of  Epsom  salts,  2 ozs. ; powdered  nitre,  1 scr.;  tartar  emetic, 
2 grs. ; mint  water,  8 ozs.  Mix,  and  dissolve.  Three  table-spoons  to 
be  taken  immediately,  and  repeated  every  four  hours,  till  the  bowels 
act,  and  the  heat  of  the  body  is  reduced. 

Where  the  symptoms  are  urgent,  one  of  the  following  pills  should 
be  taken  with  each  dose  of  the  mixture  : 

Take  of  compound  colocynth  pill,  1 scr.;  calomel,  8 grs.;  ipecac- 
uanha, 3 grs.  Mix,  and  make  into  a mass,  which  is  to  be  divided  into 
six  pills. 

If,  after  a free  action  of  the  bowels,  the  head-symptoms  continue 
severe,  the  temples  are  to  be  cupped,  or  six  leeches  applied  to  each 
temple,  a cold  lotion  of  vinegar  and  water,  or  powdered  ice,  placed  on 
the  head,  bottles  of  hot  water  to  the  feet,  and,  if  necessary,  mustard 
poultices  to  the  thighs. 

Concurrent  with  these  remedies,  the  breasts  are  to  be  fomented 
with  flannels  dipped  in  hot  water,  the  milk  carefully  drawn  off’  by  the 
nurse,  or  a breast-pump,  or,  what  is  still  better,  when  it  can  be  ob- 
tained, by  a blind  puppy,  till  such  time  as  the  child  can  be  applied  to 
the  breast  with  safety.  During  this  period,  the  patient’s  room  is  to  be 
kept  cool,  and  she  herself  supplied  with  only  farinaceous  foods,  and 
warm,  diluent  drinks,  such  as  barley  water,  or  balm  tea. 

MENSES,  OBSTRUCTED.— Be  electrified.  Tried.  Or,  take  half 
a pint  of  strong  decoction  of  pennyroyal  every  nig'ht  at  going  to  bed. 
Or,  boil  five  large  heads  of  hemp  in  a pint  of  water  to  half.  Strain 
it  and  drink  it  at  going  to  bed,  two  or  three  nights.  It  seldom  fails. 
Tried. — Wesley. 

MENSTRUATION.— Menstruation  is  a natural  secretion,  of  a red 
color,  from  the  womb,  so  named  from  its  occurring  once  in  a month. 
This  periodical  discharge  appears  to  be  for  the  purpose  of  keeping  up 
sanguification,  or  the  making  of  blood  in  the  body,  and  a determina- 
tion thereof. to  the  womb,  for  the  purpose  of  gestation.  In  conse- 
quence of  its  not  appearing  at  a proper  period  of  life,  of  irregularity 
after  ithas  taken  place,  and  of  its  being  excessive,  as  well  as  at  the 
period  of  its  cessation,  many  derangements  in  the  system  occur. 

The  interruption  of  the  menstrual  secretion  may  be  considered  of 
two  kin  ;s  : the  one  when  it  does  not  begin  to  flow  at  that  period  of 
life  in  which  it  usually  appears,  which  is  termed  Chlorosis , or  Green 
Sickness;  and  the  other  when,  after  it  has  repeatedly  taken  place  for 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


299 


time,  it  does,  from  other  causes  than  conception,  cease  to  return 
at  tne  usual  periods. 

i'lilorosis,  or  Green  Sickness.— Menstruation  begins  from  the 
fourteenth  to  the  sixteenth  year.  But  the  circumstance  of  a female 
having  passed  the  age  of  sixteen,  does  not  always  demand  medical 
aid.  The  date  of  puberty  varies  very  widely,  aud  one  female  may 
menstruate  at  12,  and  another  at  20  years  of  age,  without  the  health 
being  impaired. 

As  to  its  causes , it  may  arise  from  imperfect  formation  of  the  or- 
gans concerned  in  the  function,  from  the  want  of  due  force  in  the 
action  of  the  arteries  of  the  womb,  or  some  preternatural  resistance 
in  their  extremities;  from  too  full  habit  of  body,  from  impoverish- 
ment of  the  blood,  and  from  great  physical  debility. 

This  retention  produces  many  distressing  symptoms;  as,  head- 
ache, flushings  in  the  face,  pain  in  the  back  and  stomach,  costiveness, 
furred  tongue,  failure  of  appetite,  longing  to  eat  chalk,  lime,  etc.  The 
face  loses  its  vivid  color,  and  becomes  of  a yellowish  hue;  sometimes 
there  is  bleeding  from  the  nose  and  stomach;  the  skin  becomes  pale 
and  flaccid;  and  the  feet,  and  sometimes  part  of  the  body,  are  affected 
with  dropsical  swelling.  The  breathing  is  hurried  by  any  quick  or 
laborious  motion  of  the  body,  which  sometimes  occasions  palpitation 
and  fainting.  A headache  often  occurs,  but  more  certainly  pains  in 
the  back,  loins,  and  haunches. 

Treatment. — The  strength  of  the  system  should  be  restored  by 
exercise.  Iron  should  be  combined  with  some  laxative  medicine.  If 
there  is  much  pain,  take  the  diaphoretic  powder.  Also  infusions  of 
pennyroyal,  or  of  tansy,  or  blood-root,  motherwort,  etc.  Bathe  the 
feet  occasionally  in  warm  water,  and  rub  well  with  a coarse  flannel. 
If  there  is  constipation,  take  aperient  medicines.  Powdered  madder 
root  has  been  recommended,  say  half  a drachm  to  be  taken  three  or 
four  times  a day  in  molasses  or  honey,  drinking  freely  of  pennyroyal 
tea.  Repeat,  and  increase  the  dose,  if  necessary.  Or  it  may  be  ad- 
ministered thus : Take  extract  of  madder,  2 drs.;  muriated  tincture 
of  steel,  40  drops;  bitter  tincture,  2 drs.;  mint  water,  8 ozs.  Mix. 
Three  table-spoons  to  be  taken  three  times  a day. 

Or,  give  a vapor  bath  of  a decoction  of  bitter  herbs.  Or  in  bed 
apply  the  hot  brick  covered  with  a cloth  dipped  in  vinegar  and  water. 
Give  bitter  tonics.  Steaming  in  a sitz  bath  of  bitter  herbs  till  per- 
spiration is  produced,  is  very  useful;  also  fomenting  the  abdomen, 
and  applying  herbs  as  a warm  poultice.  If  the  stomach  is  deranged, 
give  an  emetic,  and  a dose  of  mandrake,  and  aperients  as  before 
stated.  When  the  menstrual  flux  begins,  it  should  be  promoted  by 
the  use  of  the  hip  or  sitz  bath.  Take  the  dyspeptic  pill,  and  the 
restorative  bitters. 

Keep  the  feet  always  warm  and  dry  ; avoid  a cold,  damp  atmos- 
phere; and  when  the  weather  permits,  take  plenty  of  open-air  exer- 
cise. Let  the  diet  be  light  and  nourishing.  Do  not  use  any  promotive 
medicines  in  retention  of  the  menses  until  there  is  an  effort  or  struggle 
of  nature  to  effect  it,  which  may  be  known  by  the  periodical  pains, 
pressing  down  upon  the  hips. 

Painful  Menstruation. — The  pains  are  severe — in  some  cases 
extremely  severe.  The  remedial  measures  are  nearly  the  same  as  the 
preceding.  On  account  of  the  pain,  stillness,  quiet  of  mind,  and 
soothing  remedies  are  rendered  indispensable.  Adopt  the  remedies 
prescribed  for  the  retention  of  the  menses:  and  take  now  and  then 
from  10  to  20  drops  of  laudanum  in  a little  Holland  gin  diluted  with 


3°° 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


pennyroyal  tea.  Let  the  patient  lie  in  bed  Apply  hot  fomentation? 
to  the  lower  part  of  the  back;  and  if  the  pain  is  excessive,  flannel? 
dipped  in  hot  water,  wrung  out,  and  sprinkled  with  spirits  of  turpen- 
tine. Sponge  the  body  well  with  tepid  salt  and  water  every  morning, 
and  apply  fiiction  with  a flesh  brush,  or  coarse  towel.  Regulate  the 
bowels,  if  costive,  by  one  of  the  aperients.  Hops  boiled  in  vinegar, 
and  applied  to  the  abdomen,  often  give  relief;  so  does  the  tincture  of 
black  cohosh,  about  half  a tea-spoon  three  times  a day  in  a little 
sweetened  water. 

Profuse  Menstruation. — The  flow  of  the  menses  is  considered  im- 
moderate when  it  recurs  more  frequently,  when  it  continues  longer, 
or  when,  during  the  ordinary  continuance,  it  is  more  abundant  than  is 
usual  with  the  same  person  at  other  times.  It  is  not,  however,  every 
inequality  that  is  to  be  considered  a disease,  but  only  those  deviations, 
that  are  excessive  in  degree,  which  are  'permanent , and  induce  a mani- 
fest state  of  debility. 

When  a large  flow  of  the  menses  has  been  preceded  by  headache, 
giddiness,  or  difficulty  of  breathing,  and  lias  been  ushered  in  by  a 
cold  shivering , with  much  pain  in  the  back  and  loins,  frequent  pulse, 
heat,  and  thirst,  it  may  then  be  considered  preternaturally  large;  and 
the  face  becomes  pale,  the  pulse  weak,  an  unusual  debility  is  felt  on 
exercise,  the  breathing  hurried  by  much  motion,  and  the  back  is  pained 
in  an  erect  posture;  the  extremities  are  frequently  cold,  and  in  toe 
evening  the  feet  swell.  General  nervousness,  with  affections  of  the 
stomach,  frequent  faintings,  and  a weakness  of  mind,  liable  to  strong 
emotion  from  slight  causes,  when  suddenly  presented,  are  also  attend' 
ant  symptoms. 

It  is  produced  by  a preternatural  determination  of  blood  to  tin- 
womb,  or  a plethoric  state  of  the  body,  from  high  living,  strong 
liquors^  over-exertion  (particularly  dancing),  violent  passions  of  the 
mind,  application  of  cold  to  the  feet,  frequent  abortions  or  child-bear- 
ing, and  whatever  will  induce  great  laxity,  as  living  much  in  warm 
chambers,  and  especially  drinking  much  of  warm,  enervating  liquors, 
such  as  tea  and  coffee. 

Treatment. — Remove  immediately  all  exciting  causes  of  thiv. 
disease.  The  flux  must  not  be  stopped,  but  moderated ; avoid  an  erect 
posture,  and  external  heat,  as  warm  chambers,  and  soft  beds;  b5 
using  a light,  cool,  and  unexciting  diet;  by  obviating  costiveness,  as 
before  directed ; or  use  castor  oil  and  lenitive  electuary ; the  external 
and  internal  use  of  astringents,  to  constringe  the  vessels  of  the  wToinb. 
as  the  application  of  cloths  sprinkled  with  vinegar  and  water  over  the 
region  of  the  womb;  and  three  table-spoons  of  the  following  mixture 
every  three  or  four  hours:  Red  rose-leaves,  % oz.;  infuse  in  1 pt  of 
boiling  water,  till  cold;  then  strain;  add  elixir  of  vitriol,  60  drops, 
tincture  of  rhatany,  1 oz.  A gentle  emetic  may  be  of  great  service. 
The  diaphoretic  powder,  also,  is  of  great  service  in  this  case.  An  in- 
jection of  cold  water  into  £he  rectum  may  check  an  immoderate  flow. 

Obstructed  Menstruation.— It  is  often  caused  by  exposure  to  cold 
during  the  menstrual  discharge,  by  wet  feet,  cold  bathing,  great  men- 
tal fear  and  anxiety,  etc.,  just  before  the  periodical  time  of  discharge. 
The  obstruction  injures  the  health,  if  it  continues  two  or  three  periods. 

Give  the  composition  powder,  or  the  diaphoretic  powder,  when 
the  patient  is  in  bed,  and  place  bricks  covered  with  vinegar  and  water 
cloths  to  the  feet  and  sides,  or  give  the  vapor  hath.  Take  also  Peru- 
vian bark  infused  in  port  wine.  In  short,  use  the  same  means  as  pre- 
scribed under  “Chlorosis.”  Take  also  the  female  pill. 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


301 


PREGNANCY. — By  this  tenn  is  understood  the  development  of 
tt  r ovum  in  the  uterus,  or  the  time  that  elapses  between  the  first  im- 
pi^gnation  of  the  embryo  till  the  full  term  of  its  uterine  gestation  or 
development,  and  its  expulsion  from  that  organ  into  the  world  to  carry 
on  a separate  existence.  The  usual  period  assigned  to  this  process  of 
development  is  nine  calendar  months,  forty  weeks,  or  280  days.  Few 
women,  however,  are  always  alike  in  this  respect;  in  some  cases  the 
period  exceeding  that  term,  in  others  falling  short  of  it.  There  are 
only  two  diseases  that  can  be  mistaken  for  pregnancy,  and  those  only 
for  a certain  length  of  time — those  of  dropsy  of  the  abdomen  (ascites), 
and  ovarian  dropsy;  from  both  it  may,  however,  b'e  distinguished  by 
the  absence  of  the  round  tumor  felt  after  the  fourth  month  in  preg- 
nancy, by  the  swelling  being  more  diffuse  in  dropsy,  and  the  corres- 
ponding emaciation  of  the  body;  and  by  the  absence  of  the  morning 
sickness,  the  general  filling  out  of  the  body,  and  the  enlargement  of 
the  breasts  in  pregnancy,  and  finally  by  the  unchanged  state  of  the 
nipples,  and  the  absence  of  ail  motion  of  the  child  in  the  others.  The 
stethoscope,  however,  will  in  both  cases  soon  put  the  fact  beyond  dis- 
pute. 

The  indications  or  signs  of  pregnancy  are  divided  into  the  general 
and  particular, -or  the  constitutional  and  local.  The  most  important  of 
the  general  signs  are  the  cessation  of  the  catamenia,  the  morning  sick- 
nesses, commencing  after  the  fifth  or  sixth  week,  and  terminating 
about  the  end  of  the  fourth  month;  heartburn,  flatulence,  and  painful 
distension  of  the  abdomen  toward  evening,  demanding  the  loosening 
of  strings  and  laces;  and  indigestion  and  fastidious  appetite,  irritabil- 
ity of  temper,  longings,  and  fanciful  desires.  The  particular  or  local 
signs  are  : enlargement  of  the  womb,  presenting  a round,  firm  appear- 
ance, easily  felt  above  the  pubes  between  the  third  and  fourth  months; 
a corresponding  distension  of  the  abdomen  ; enlarged  and  knotty  feel 
of  the  breasts  after  the  tenth  or  twelfth  week,  witli  an  itching  sensa- 
tion felt  in  the  glands;  the  nipples  at  the  same  time  become  more 
erectile,  and  stand  forward,  their  pores  being  enlarged  and  the  organs 
themselves  tender  and  irritable;  the  aureola  or  circle  surrounding 
them  becomes  darker  and  broader,  while  the  countenance  assumes  for 
a time  a careworn  appearance,  the  m^uth  and  ej^es  are  enlarged,  the 
nostrils  pinched,  and  the  nose  sharp;  and  lastly,  quickening,  or  the 
first  motion  of  the  child  felt  by  the  mother,  an  event  that  takes  place 
about  the  fourth  month. 

The  complaints  or  ailments  of  pregnancy  are  : acidity  of  the  stom- 
ach, heartburn,  flatulence,  and  constipation  of  the  bowels  (all  of  these 
more  or  less  the  result  of  pressure);  huntings,  or  slight  attacks  of  hys- 
teria ; a varicose  condition  of  the  veins  of  the  legs;  and  piles,  from 
pressure  on  the  abdominal  vessels;  and  towards  the  end  of  the  preg- 
nancy, frequent  cramps  of  the  muscles  of  the  legs  and  thighs.  From 
the  highly  sensitive  state  of  the  nervous  system  in  all  women  during 
pregnancy,  and  the  remarkably  susceptible  condition  of  their  minds 
and  bodies,  pregnant  women  should  avoid  all  exciting  scenes,  and  be 
carefully  guarded  from  the  witnessing  or  hearing  of  any  object  of  dis- 
gust or  repulsion.  They  should  at  the  same  time  avoid  all  risk  of  in- 
fection, for  though  they  may  escape  the  disease  of  which  it  may  be  the 
emanation,  the  child  may  be  seriously  affected  by  it  in  the  womb,  and 
on  its  birth  exhibit  all  the  symptoms.  It  is  by  no  means  an  unusual 
circumstance  for  an  infant  to  be  born  with  small-pox  fully  developed, 
the  mother  having  herself  entirely  escaped  the  disease,  to  which  she 
may  have  been  some  time  previously  exposed.  Her  mind  should  be 


302 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


kept  occupied  as  far  as  possible  with  healthy,  pleasurable  images, 
cheerful  but  not  exciting:  conversation  or  company,  and  her  eye  sur* 
rounded  with  objects  of  grace  and  beauty. 

The  diet  of  the  pregnant  woman  should  be  light,  easy  of  diges- 
tion, and  supporting,  but  at  the  same  time  simple.  She  should  take  as 
much  moderate  exercise  as  her  strength  and  condition  will  permit,  and 
she  should — especially  in  the  later  period — take  frequent  rest  in  the 
recumbent  posture  on  a sofa;  go  to  bed  early;  toward  the  end  of  her 
time,  take  some  portion  of  her  breakfast  in  bed;  and  in  the  morning, 
be  careful  not  to  rise  too  quickly  to  the  sitting  position,  or  sickness,  or 
indeed  fainting,  may  ensue  : these  directions  are  particularly  necessary 
with  delicate  and  very  sensitive  constitutions.  Sponging  the  lower 
part  of  the  abdomen  and  thighs  with  vinegar  and  water  will  be  found 
both  grateful  and  necessary  during  the  last  month,  while  to  prevent 
chafing  the  violet  powder  will  prove  an  agent  of  great  benefit.  See 
“Womb.” 

PREMATURE  BIRTH  OR  LABOR.— After  the  seventh  month, 
the  womb  is  very  easily  excited  to  put  on  its  expulsive  action  from 
very  trivial  causes,  and  from  this  reason  great  care  should  be  taken  by 
the  female  to  avoid  any  sudden  jar  to  the  system,  or  any  strong  emo- 
tion to  the  mind.  The  stepping  from  a single  step  in  coming  down 
stairs,  the  inconsiderate  vivacity  of  young  wives  in  jumping  from  a 
chair,  or  lifting  some  heavy  piece  of  furniture,  even  the  turning  of  a 
bed,  will  in  many  instances  bring  on  a premature  labor,  and  thus  all 
the  previous  care  and  attention  is  thrown  away,  and  the  life  of  both 
infant  and  mother  jeopardized  by  a premature  birth,  for  in  such  cases 
there  is  frequently  very  serious  hemorrhage.  Another  evil  attending 
this  kind  of  labor  is,  that  if  it  happens  with  a first  child,  there  is  a 
great  probability  that  such  a misfortune  may  occur  at  the  same  time  in 
the  next  pregnancy,  without  any  accident  to  cause  it. 

A premature  birth  is  a labor  between  the  seventh  and  ninth 
month,  or  at  any  time  during  the  last  seven  or  eight  weeks  of  the 
pregnancy.  In  cases  of  a mal formation  of  the  pelvis,  or  pelvis  and 
spine,  but  particularly  where  the  inner  margin  of  the  pelvis  is  unnat- 
urally small  or  narrow — too  confined,  in  fact,  to  permit  the  passage  of 
the  fetal  head — it  becomes  the  duty  of  the  surgeon,  who  has  previously 
satisiied  himself  on  this  point,  1 3 produce  premature  labor,  so  that  the 
head,  before  becoming  fully  developed,  may  pass  through  the  pelvis, 
and,  whether  dead  or  alive,  the  fetus  be  expelled,  and  the  womb  re- 
lieved of  its  burden. 

WOMB,  THE.  — ( Uterus.) — If  we  regard  this  organ  according  to 
the  functions  it  performs  in  tl?e  animal  economy,  we  must  consider  it 
as  the  most  important  of  all  the  structures  in  the  female  body.  . In 
shape  the  womb  is  of  a pyramidal  form,  or  like  a flattened  pear,  which, 
both  in  size  and  figure,  it  very  much  resembles,  being,  in  its  normal 
state,  between  three  and  four  inches  in  length,  and  two  and  a half  in 
breadth  at  its  upper  portion,  and  weighing  from  half  an  ounce  to  two 
ounces. 

The  womb  lies  in  front  of  the  abdominal  viscera,  covered  by  the 
peritoneum , or  investing  membrane  of  the  cavity,  and  is  retained  in  its 
place  by  elastic  bands,  called  the  round  ligaments,  the  other  extremi- 
ties of  which  pass  out  of  the  abdomen  through  the  anterior  openings  in 
the  pelvis,  and  terminate  in  the  fascia  covering  the  inner  side  of  the 
thigh.  From  the  broad  or  upper  portion  of  the  womb  depends  on 
either  side  a long,  hollow  passage,  called  the  fallopian  tube , the  end  of  _ 
each  tube  being  rather  deeply  notched  or  scalloped,  and  called  by 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


303 


anatomists  th e fimbriated  extremity.  By  means  of  the  elastic  bands  of 
die  broad  and  other  ligaments,  the  womb  is  allowed  to  float  with  per- 
fect freedom  in  the  abdomen,  its  lower  end  or  apex  being  attached  to 
the  vagina  by  what  is  called  the  neck  or  cervex  of  the  womb,  so  that  the 
actual  mouth  of  the  organ,  the  os  uteri . or,  as  it  is  sometimes  denomi- 
nated, the  ostincce,  projects  into  the  vagina. 

The  worn!)  is  a partly  membranous  and  partly  muscular  bag,  hav- 
ing an  opening  on  either  side  at  its  upper  portion,  leading  into  the 
fallopian  tubes,  and  another  at  the  apex  or  mouth,  where  it  terminates 
in  the  vagina.  The  worn  1 with  glands,  blood-vessels,  and 

lyrfrphatics,  and  a perfect  net-work  or  plexus  of  nerves;  indeed,  in 
respect  of  nerves,  the  uterus  is  more  abundantly  supplied  than  any 
other  organ  of  the  body.  In  the  un impregnated  state,  and  at  the  age 
of  puberty,  it  only  weighs  about  three  or  four  ounces,  while  during  the 
last  month  of  pregnancy  its  weight  is  between  three  and  four  pounds; 
the  vessels,  also,  which  in  the  former  condition  are  extremely  small,  be- 
come, when  impregnated,  large  and  distended,  like  main  trunks.  Di- 
rectly conception  takes  place,  the  womb  begins  to  enlarge,  the  placenta 
is  formed,  the  embryo  falls  from  one  or  other  of  the  fallopian  tubes, 
and  becomes  attached  by  what  is  afterwards  called  the  funis,  or  navel- 
string,  to  the  centei  nta,  the  organ  increasing  in  size  and 

weight  till  within  a few  days  of  the  labor;  as  soon  as  that  process 
occurs,  it  immediately  contracts,  and  in  a few  days  recovers  its  natural 
size.  The  womb  performs  three  distinct  functions,  those  of  menstrua- 
tion, conception,  and  parturition,  or  the  expulsion  of  the  foetus  or 
child.  About  the  fourth  month  of  pregnancy  the  womb  rises  out  of 
the  pelvis  into  the  abdomen,  where  it  attains  its  fullest  dimensions,  and 
remains  till  within  a day  or  two  ol  lab  >r,  when  the  abdominal  tumor, 
as  the  gravid  uterus  is  called,  subsides  again  into  the  pelvis. 

Womb—  Dise  ises  of  the. — The  womb,  like  the  other  organs  of  the 
body,  is  liable  both  to  acute  and  chronic  inflammations,  to  several 
functional  derangements,  to  accidents  of  displacement  and  injury,  and 
also  to  tumors,  ulceration,  and  cancerous  a. flections. 

Inflammation  of  the  Womb,  or  Metritis. — The  causes  of  this 
serious- -disease  are  either  coid  applied  to  the  part,  the  irritation  conse- 
quent on  the  use  of  over-s'  imulating  injections,  the  long-continued 
suppression  of  the  natural  discharge,  or  arises  from  blows,  falls,  and 
difficult  and  instrumental  labors. 

The  symptoms  are  nearly  those  of  all  inflammations  of  the  abdom- 
inal organs — pain,  increased  by  pressure;  fever,  nausea,  vomiting,  and 
great  tension;  while  the  more  distinctive  symptoms  are  excessive 
tenderness  at  the  neck  of  the  womb,  extending  to  the  loins  and  thighs, 
and  a great  prostration  of  strength. 

The  treatment  should  begin  with  a warm  bath,  hot  fomentations, 
.or  the  hip  bath;  bleeding,  both  from  the  arm  and  by  leeches  or  cup- 
ping-glasses from  the  abdomen.  The  French  practice  of  applying  from 
twelve  to  eighteen  leeches  to  the  pudenda,  perinaeum,  and  internal 
parts  of  the  vagina,  has  of  late*  years  obtained  great  favor  in  this 
country  among  medical  men,  and  when  they  can  induce  their  patients 
to  submit  to  their  employment;  there  can  be  no  question  to  the  sound 
principle  of  the  practice.  Besides  these  depleting  means,  a blister,  or 
counter-irritant  by  means  of -a  mustard  poultice,  must  be  applied  over 
the  lower  part  of  the  abdomen,  saline  purgatives  given,  and  the  fol- 
lowing powders  employed,  relieving  the  heat  and  the  difficulty  of 
making  water  byliusued  tea,  or  anythin  diluent,  as  a general  beverage: 

Take  of  powdered  nitre,  2 sers. ; calomel,  36  grs. ; tartar  emetic,  6 


304 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department, 


grs ; powdered  opium,  12  grs.  Mix  thoroughly,  and  divide  into  tweJv*. 
powders;  one  to  be  given  every  three  hours. 

Chronic  Metritis,  or  Inflammation  of  the  Womb,  very  often  arise? 
from  the  acute  form  having  been  badly  treated  or  improperly  neglected, 
and  is  generally  that  condition  of  the  organ  that  gives  rise  to  ulceration, 
suppuration , and  membranous  inflammation  ; to  enlargement,  indura- 
tion of  the  mucous  follicles , and  scirrhus  of  the  neck  of  the  womb;  be- 
sides causing  other  structural  lesions.  As  all  these  diseases  are  of  a 
surgical  character,  assume  different  shapes,  may  be  single  or  compli- 
cated, and,  moreover,  demand  a personal  examination  to  guide  the 
practitioner  in  selecting  the  remedial  means,  it  is  quite  impossible  to 
lay  down  any  system  of  treatment  for  diseases  that  may  require  an 
alteration  every  day,  and  different  measures  for  different  patients. 
The  Functional  Affections  of  the  womb,  however,  are  of  more  general 
importance  than  the  organic,  and  to  these  we  shall  now  direct  our  at- 
tention, in  the  following  order: 

SUSPENDED  MENSTRUATION. — ( Amenorrhcea. ) — This  condi- 
tion may  depend  upon  two  causes — an  excess  of  blood  in  the  organ 
itself  or  in  the  system,  or  from  plethora  ; or  it  may  depend  on  poor  and 
too  little  blood,  upon  organic  debility,  or  anaemia  or  chlorosis , in  othei 
words,  on  a condition  of  bloodlessness. 

Though  the  natural  discharge  is  generally  so  necessary  to  th* 
health  and  happiness  of  women,  cases  occur  where  females  pass 
through  a long  life  in  perfect  health,  and  actually  bring  up  largt* 
families,  who  have  never  menstruated,  or  experienced  any  inconven 
ience  from  the  absence  of  the  secretion.  Such  cases,  however,  are  th* 
exceptions  to  the  rule,  that  the  health,  physical  and  mental,  depend* 
on  the  due  performance  by  the  womb  of  its  first  natural  function. 

The  symptoms  are  laguor,  debility,  loss  of  appetite,  and  genera* 
functional  derangement;  loss  of  spirits;  indifference  to  all  exercise  01 
exertion;  hot  flushes  and  cold  chills  frequently  distress  the  patient* 
the  eyes  look  dull  and  heavy,  and  have  a dark  circle  round  their  orbits^ 
the  flesh  feels  soft  and  flabby,  and  the  countenance  assumes  a green  or 
yellowish  tint;  lienee  the  name,  given  to  this  form  of  the  disease,  oi 
green  sickness.  In  addition  to  these  symptoms,  there  is  usually  thirsf 
pain  in  the  head,  and  cold  extremities,  and  often  swollen  feet  and  legs 

The  treatment  in  the  plethoric  form  consists  in  bleeding,  both  from 
the  arm  and  the  part;  6 ounces  of  blood  being  taken  from  the  system 
with  six  or  nine  leeches  round  the  external  parts;  using  the  warm 
bath,  and  purgatives  of  aloetic  and  colocynth  pills,  and  afterwards 
giving  the  following  emmenagogue  mixture,  while  keeping  the  feel 
warm,  using  friction  night  and  morning  over  the  loins  and  abdomen, 
and  by  the  daily  employment  of  the  hip  bath. 

Emmenagogue  Mixture. — Tnke  of  infusion  of  pennyroyal,  7 
ozs.;  sweet  spirits  of  nitre,  3 drs. ; spirits  of  juniper,  3^  oz  ; tincture  of 
cantharides,  1 dr.  Mix;  three  table-spoons  to  be  taken  twice  a day, or 
two  table-spoons  three  times  in  twenty-four  hours.  When  the  sup- 
pression arises  from  anaemia , the  treatment  consists  in  the  warm  hip 
bath;  the  emplojnnent  of  steel  and  other  tonics;  electricity,  when  it 
can  be  obtained,  or  the  wearing  of  an  electric  chain ; friction  night  and 
morning  along  the  lower  part  of  the  spine;  and  acting  on  the  bowels 
by  aloetic  pills  Some  medical  men  apply  a few  leeches  both  to  the 
vulva  and  round  the  nipples  on  the  breast,  as  stimulants  to  the  uterus; 
these  means  should  be  followed  by  the  abo*r<?t  mixture*  and  by  such 
remedies  as  are  prescribed  under  “Chlorosis,”  which  see-  This  disease 
is  often  accompanied  by  what  are  called  vicarious  discharges  of  blood 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department 


305 


*vom  the  lungs,  nose,  bowels,  or  stomach, — efforts  of  nature  to  unload 
cne  system  of  the  diseased  accumulation. 

Painful  Menstruation. — ( Dysmenorrhcea.) — The  symptoms  of  this 
affection  are  pains  in  the  loins,  spreading  down  the  groins  and  thighs, 
and  over  the  abdomen,  with  darting  colicy  pains,  and  sometimes  vom- 
iting and  diarrhea,  and  burning  heat  in  voiding  the  contents  of  the 
bladder,  particularly  severe  about  the  urethra;  the  nervous  system  is 
often  more  or  less  affected,  and  there  is  often  hysteria;  these  symptoms 
go  on  increasing  till  the  usual  period  for  the  discharge  arrives,  when 
they  subside  or  gradually  pass  off  as  the  catamenia  makes  its  appear- 
ance, which  is  sometimes  abundant,  at  others  scanty,  and  attended 
with  a tenacious  secretion  from  the  coats  of  the  uterus. 

The  treatment  consists  in  relieving  the  urgent  symptoms,  and  pre- 
venting their  recurrence.  The  first  object  will  be  achieved  by  the* 
frequent  use  of  the  warm  hip  bath,  a few  leeches  applied  externally, 
by  fomentations  to  the  part,  and  by  the  following  mixture : 

Take  of  powdered  nitre,  1 scr. ; camphor  water,  6 ozs. ; laudanum, 

1 % drs.  Mix;  two  table-spoons  to  be  taken  every  six  hours.  The  second 
object  will  be  effected  by  attention  to  the  state  of  the  patient’s 
bowels,  and  by  giving  steel  wine,  carbonate  of  iron,  or  a course  of 
chalybeate  waters  during  the  intervening  periods  of  the  discharge. 

Immoderate  Menstruation,  or  Flow  of  the  Secretion, — CMenor- 
rhoea.) — The  menstruation  is  said  to  be  immoderate  when  it  returns 
every  ten  or  fourteen  days,  or  more  frequently  than  usual;  when  it 
continues  longer  than  its"  natural  time,  or  is  more  abundant  than  it 
should  be  or  is  customary  with  the  female.  This  disease  may  arise 
from  a plethoric  or  debilitated  state  of  the  system. 

The  symptoms , when  it  proceeds  from  a fullness  of  body,  are  shiv- 
ering, acute  pains  in  the  head  and  loins,  a turgid  or  flushed  counte- 
nance, with  great  heat  of  body  and  irritation  of  the  skin,  the  pulse 
being  hard  and  bounding  When  debility  is  the  exciting  cause  the 
body  is  cold  and  pale,  the  flesh  feeling  relaxed  and  soft,  the  breathing 
short  and  difficult,  the  least  exertion  producing  exhaustion;  the  face  is 
pallid  and  anxious,  and  the  pulse  small  and  feeble.  It  is  only  in  the 
latter  form  that  menorrhcea  is  ever  dangerous  or  fatal. 

The  treatment  in  the  plethoric  form  consists  in  reducing  the  febrile 
symptoms  by  general  bleeding,  by  saline  purgatives,  acidulated  diluent 
drinks,  and  the  means  proper  to  an  inflammatory  state  of  the  system; 
by  the  avoidance  of  all  exertion,  keeping  the  patient  in  the  horizontal 
posture,  and  by  the  use  of  the  following  mixture  and  powders: 

Purgative  Mixture. — Take  of  infusion  of  rose  leaves,  6 ozs. ; 
Epsom  salts,  1 oz. ; diluted  sulphuric  acid,  30  drops.  Mix;  the  fourth 
part  to  be  taken  every  night  and  morning. 

Astringent  Powders. — Take  of  sugar  of  lead,  30  grs. ; powder- 
ed kino,  20  grs.  Mix,  and  divide  into  six  powders,  one  to  be  taken 
eveu-y  four  hours;  or  seven  drops  of  the  muriated  tincture  of  iron  in  a 
little  water  may  be  substituted  every  four  hours  for  the  powders. 
When  debility  is  present,  in  addition  to  the  astringent  powders  just 
prescribed,  or  the  tincture  of  iron,  the  patient  must  take  tonics,  or  such 
a mixture  as  the  following: 

Tonic  Mixture. — Take  of  cascarilla,  2 drs. ; canella  bark,  2 drs. ; 
boiling  water,  6 ozs.;  infuse  for  four  hours,  and  add:  quinine,  20  grs.; 
diluted  sulphuric  acid,  30  drops.  Mix;  one  table-spoon  to  be  taken 
every  three  hours. 

In  both  cases  cold  applications  should  be  applied  to  the  lower  part 
of  the  abdomen,  bottles  of  hot  water  to  the  feet,  and  decoction  of  oak 


3°6 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


bark,  or  an  astringent  lotion  of  sugar  of  lead,  used  as  an  injection  by’ 
the  vagina  twice  a day. 

Sudden  Suppression. — This  is  more  frequently  the  consequence 
of  cold  applied  in  some  form  to  the  feet  or  body,  or  it  may  arise  from 
great  mental  excitement.  From  whatever  cause,  the  result  is  very 
hurtful  to  the  system,  and  may  lead  to  serious  consequences.  To  re- 
store the  discharge  as  quickly  as  possible,  a hot  hip  bath,  warm  fomen- 
tations, and  bottles  of  hot  water  to  the  feet  are  among  the  lirst  means 
to  be  adopted.  A dessert-spoon  of  white  mustard  seed  is  a favorite 
remedy  with  many  females,  and  often  a most  effectual  one;  a more 
certain  means,  however,  is  half  a cup  of  pennyroyal  tea,  with  a tea- 
spoon of  spirits  of  nitre,  twice  a day. 

Cessation  of  the  Menstrual  Discharge. — The  period  when  this 
©natural  secretion  determines  is  the  most  important  and  critical  in  the 
life  of  a woman.  The  number  of  females  who  suffer  anjr  constitu- 
tional disturbance  When  the  catamenia  commences  is  few  indeed  com- 
pared with  those  who  experience  inconvenience  and  suffering  at  its*- 
cessation ; as  the  coming  on  of  this  secretion  is  an  evidence  of  the 
healthy  state  of  the  womb  to  perform  the  great  function  of  reproduce 
tive  life,  so  its  decline  shows  that  it  has  ceased  to  be  capable  of  per- 
forming that  important  duty.  Though  the  change  of  life,  as  this  period 
is  called, comes  on  early  in  some  women — even  at  thirty -five— the  average 
period  in  this  country  is  between  forty-four  and  fifty.  Great  irregrn 
larity  takes  place  in  the  periodic  discharge  for  some  time  before  the 
final  cessation  occuis,  the  female  usually  experiencing  sudden  flushes 
of  heat,  irritability  of  the  skin,  a sense  of  fulness  in  the  head,  with 
headache  and  other  evidences  of  constitutional  disturbance ; this  is  the 
time  when,  if  there  are  any  functional  or  organic  diseases  existing, 
they  are  likely  to  be  increased  or  rendered  incurable ; and  when  women 
of  robust  health  are  attacked  with  bad  legs,  and  become  debilitated, 
while  others,  again,  rally  from  constitutional  weakness,  and  enjoy 
better  health  for  the  remainder  of  their  lives.  The  time  is  particularly 
critical  to  those  females  who  have  any  swellings  or  tumors  on  the 
breast,  or  any  disease  of  the  uterus  or  of  its  appendages,  as  cancerous 
degenerations  are  particularly  liable  to  follow  or  accompany  this 
change  of  life.  With  the  majority  of  women,  however,  the  cessation 
of  the  catamenia  is  a period  of  benefit, — the  body  fills  out,  the  mind 
becomes  more  tranquil,  and  the  spirits,  with  the  bodily  strength,  rise 
in  due  proportion.  Some  persons  consider  a long  course  of  medicines 
to  be  imperatively  called  for  at  this  period,  but  such  is  by  no  means 
generally  necessary.  Attention  to  the  state  of  the  bowels  by  occasional 
doses  of  rhubarb  and  colocynth  pills,  or  such  as  the  following,  witn  a 
warm  bath;  care  in  keeping  the  skin  in  a soft  and  healthy  state,  and 
guarding  the  feet  from  cold  and  wet,  are  all  the  remedies  or  precau- 
tions, as  a general  rule,  that  are  called  for. 

Aperient  Pills  for  Females. — Take  of  compound  extract  of 
colocynth,  1 dr. ; powdered  aloes,  24  grs  ; powdered  rhubarb,  18  grs. ; 
powdered  ginger,  1 scr. ; extract  of  liyoscyamus,  % dr.;  oil  of  caraway, 
8 drops.  Mix,  and  divide  into  thirty  pills;  two  to  be  taken  at  bedtime 
when  required. 

Flour  Albus  (Leiiconiioea)  or  The  Whiles. — Though  this  dis- 
charge from  the  vagina  and  uterus  is  named  from  its  general  color  be- 
in^  white,  it  is  very  often  of  a yellow,  brown,  or  even  greenish  hue, 
and  varies  from  a limpid  fluid  to  is,  ropy  discharge  that  may 

be  a mere  exudation,  or  amount  to  several  ounces  in  every  twentv-t'our 
hours.  The  general  health  usually  sutlers  when  this  discharge  takes 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


307 


place,  giving  rise  to  headache,  loss  of  appetite,  languor,  and  debility, 
with  weary  pains  in  the  back  and  down  the  thighs:  the  bowels  are 
more  or  less  deranged,  and  there  is  often  palpitation  and  hysterical  fits. 
From  the  age  ol  til  females  are  liable  to  this  exhausting  com- 

plaint; and  some,  indeed,  are  to  a certain  extent  never  completely  free 
from  it. 

The  treatment  consists  in  a strict  attention  to  the  state  of  the  bowels, 
a course  of  tonics,  bo  e,  exercise  in  the  open  air, 

and,  when  the  strength  will  admit  of  it,  cold  sea  bathing;  regular  hours 
for  meals  and  exercise,  going  to  bed  early,  and  by  change  of  scene  and 
air.  Port  wine  and  stout  are  often  of  the  utmost  consequence,  but 
spirits  or  powerful  stimulants  are  seldom  necessary.  Concurrent  with 
tonics,  a judicious  r gimen  given,  must  be  a 

course  of  local  treatment,  such  as  the  daily  use  of  the  cold  fresh  or  salt 
Water  hip-bath,  and  ly  employment  of  one  or  other 

sf  the  following  articles  or  prescriptions  as  injections  tor  the  vagina: 

No.  1.  Decoction  of  oak  bark. 

2.  Decoction  of  red  Peruvian  bark. 

3.  Decoction  of  logwood. 

4.  Decoction  of  pomegranate  bark. 

5.  One  pint  of  cold  waier,  in  which  three  drachms  of  alum 

have  been  dissolved. 

6.  One  dracinn  of  white  vitriol  dissolved  in  a pint  of  water. 

7.  An  infusion  oi  gall  nu  n ade  by  infusing  for  six  hours 

three  drachms  of  bruised  galls  in  a pint  of  boiling  water, 
iquor,  v hen  cold  and  strained,  one 

drachm  of  powdered  alum. 

8.  A pint  of  cold  water,  mixed  with  one  ounce  and  a half  of 

tincture  of  catechu. 

Injections  of  this  nature 'should  seldom  be  used  more  than  twice  a 
day,  three  large  syrii  ing  thrown  up  at  every  time.  The 

strength  of  each  preparation  can  be  increased  whenever  necessary. 
Sometimes  leucorrhcea  continues  so  long  that  it  assumes  some  of  the 
characters  of  a gleet;  in  such  cases,  wiien  neither  tonics  to  the  system, 
nor  astringents  to  the  j ai  nent  relief,  if  is  necessary 

to  give  cubebs  or  copaiba,  the  former  in  half-drachm  doses  of  the  pow- 
der three  times  a day,  and  a small  tea  spoon  of  the  latter  in  mucilage 
twice  a day,  with  a wine  glass  of  the  infusion  of  uva  ursi  every  six 
hours.  Some  medical  men  prefer  a piece  of  the  finest  and  softest 
sponge,  well  soaked  in  the  lotion,  as  an  application  in  preference  to  the 
syringe,  as  a more  cei  tai 1 met  h >d  ol  effe  g the  object  sought  by  the 
injection. 

The  womb  is  sometimes  subject  to  very  serious  displacements;  of 
these  the  most  noticeable  are  : 

Inversion  of  the  Uterus.— -A  condition  in  which  the  organ  is  in  a 
measure  turned  inside  out . o forms  of  tills  accident, — the 

imperfect , and  complete.  In  the  former,  the  upper  portion  or  fundus  of 
the  womb' falls  down  into  the  cavity  as  far  as  the  neck  of  the  uterus; 
in  ti  e later,  the  invert  i n is  carried  still  farther,  passes  the  mouth  of 
the  womb  and  the  va  na,  an  1 desc<  nds,  in  some  cases,  even  to  the 
thighs, ‘thus  forming. a com:  lete  e e of  procidentia  uteri  Inversion 
seldom  occurs  except  at  or  after  labor,  and  though  it  may  follow  the 
placenta  in  women  of  very  relaxed  ami  delicate  constitutions,  it  is  very 
frequently  induced  by  rough,  unskilful  management  during  confine- 
ment. 

The  treatment  is  to  restore  trie  organ,  by  gentle  and  judicious 


308 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


manipulation,  to  its  natural  position;  enjoin  absolute  restto  the  patient 
on  the  back  for  some  time,  with  the  hips  slightly  raised;  and  before 
the  female  is  allowed  to  stand,  employ  the  use  of  a pessary.  Of  ihe 
danger  that  may  accrue  from  this  state  of  the  uterus  it  is  unnecessary 
to  speak,  as  only  a surgeon  can  minister  to  such  an  accident. 

Ketro version  of  the  Womb  is  a bending  backwards  and  down- 
wards of  the  top  or  fundus  of  the  organ,  in  such  a manner  as  to  fix  the 
overlapping  part  between  the  sacrum,  or  rectum,  and  the  vagina,  the 
latter  organ  being  pressed  upwards  and  forwards,  while  the  bladder  is 
lil  ted  up  towards  the  abdomen,  or  else  compressed  on  the  pubic  bones. 
This  kind  of  accident  generally  occurs  about  the  third  month  of  preg- 
nancy, and  is  very  difficult  to  detect;  indeed,  it  cau  only  be  ascertained 
by  an  examination. 

The  treatment  is  in  the  first  instance,  to  open  the  bowels— which, 
in  consequence  of  the  pressure,  are  always  conthud— by  a succession  of 
emollient  injections,  and  empty  the  bladder  by  the  catheter;  the  patient 
being  then  placed  on  her  hands  and  knees,  the  surgeon  endeavors  to 
push  the  organ  back  into  its  position. 

Polypi  of  the  Womb. — The  peculiar  pyram  dal  shaped  tumors  of 
this  character  afi'ecting  the  womb  vary  in  size  from  that  of  a little 
finger  to  a child’s  head,  and  are  found  at  the  fundus,  or  top,  on  the 
inner  side  of  tire  neck,  or  at  the  lower  edge  of  the  mouth  of  the  uterus 
When  small,  they  neither  create  pain  nor  interfere  generally  with  the 
natural  function  of  the  organ,  though  when  they  are  large,  or  bleed, 
they  become  a frequent  cause  of  miscarriage.  Unmarried  females  ar«t 
equally  subject  to  th'»  complaint  with  matrons;  and,  unfortunately, 
these  morbid  growths  are  by  no  means  rare,  and  as  they  are  not  only 
the  cause  of  frequent  hemorrhage,  but  often  protrude  into  the  vagina, 
they  became  a source  of  constant  suffering  and  irritation ; their  r& 
moval,  therefore,  when  possible,  should  always  be  effected. 

Treatment. — This,  and  cancer  of  the  womb,  are  the  only  dis. 
eases  that  demand  the  use  of  the  speculum,  as  without  the  dilatation 
and  light  that  instrument  affords,  the  surgeon  would  be  unable  to  apply 
the  ligatures  round  the  polypi,  use  the  knife  for  their  excision,  or  eni 
ploy  the  caustic,  the  only  radical,  means  of  extirpating  such  morbid 
growths. 

Dropsy  of  the  Womb. — This  is  a very  rare  disease,  and  very  ofte* 
confounded  with  a much  more  frequent  affection,  that  of — 

Dropsy  of  the  Ovaries. — Ovarian  dropsy  may  occur  on  either  skh 
of  the  body,  and  is  most  frequently  met  with  in  unmarried  females.  It 
is  seldom  that  more  than  one  ovary  is  affected,  the  coat  or  membrane  ol 
the  one  that  takes  on  the  diseased  action  gradually  enlarging,  and 
which  being  a long  time  free  from  pain,  is  unnoticed  or  disregarded. 
The  fimbriated  extremities  of  the  fallopian  tubes  containing  the  ovaria 
being  deeply  seated  in  either  groin,  it  is  in  that  direction  that  the  first 
evidence  of  the  disease  shows  itself;  but  the  swelling  or  puffiness,  giv- 
ing no  pain,  is  unnoticed,  till  the  tumor  enters  the  abdomen,  when, 
pressing  on  the  bladder,  or  some  other  organ,  it  begins  to  cause  incon- 
venience, which  increases  with  the  distension.  As  the  tumor  mounts 
still  higher,  and  has  more  room,  the  enlargement  rapidly  increases, 
when  to  the  physical  pain  is  added  the  mental  suffering  consequent  on 
the  protuberance  giving  the  unfortunate  patient  the  appearance  of  be 
ing  in  the  family  way.  Constipation,  irritation  of  the  bladder,  loss  of 
appetite,  a seme  of  dragging  or  bearing  down,  soon  after  follows,  with 
many  of  the  symptoms  of  pregnancy;  and  it.  is  only  when  months,  and 
often  years,  have  passed  by  that  even  intimate  friends  will  beli«v«*  tuv-* 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department.  309 

disease,  and  not  immorality,  has  caused  the  altered  appearance  of  the 
patient. 

This  disease  is  apt  to  he  mistaken  for  dropsy  of  the  belly,  and  for 
pregnancy.  From  the  latter  it  can  be  distinguished  by  the  tumor  al- 
ways commencing,  and  for  a long  time  remaining,  in  the  side,  by  the 
absence  of  the  morning  sickness,  the  unchanged  state  of  the  breasts, 
and  by  the  length  of  time.  From  dropsy  of  the  belly  it  is  chiefly  dis- 
tinguished by  the  absence  of  the  emaciation  and  careworn  countenance 
peculiar  to  ascites. 

Treatment.— Unfortunately  for  the  credit  of  science,  no  means 
have  yet  been  discovered  to  benefit  this  disease;  the  only  palliation  yet 
found  has  been  to  leave  the  tumor  alone  as  long  as  possible,  and  then 
draw  off  the  water  by  atrochar  and  canulla;  fill  the  sac  with  wine  and 
W'ater,  or  a solution  of  iodine,  and  treat  it  like  hydrocele;  almost  every 
operation  undertaken  to  remove  this  enci^sted  tumor,  though  performed 
with  humanity  and  skill  by  Lizars,  Liston,  Smye,  and  the  first  surgeons 
hi  Europe,  has  proved  unfortunate  or  fatal. 

WHITES,  Oil  LEUCORXUKEA,  (Fluor  Alhus).— This  disease  is 
peculiar  to  females.  It  is  indicated  by  a morbid  secretion  of  mucus 
from  the  passage  leading  to  the  womb,  termed  vagina.  It  varies,  in 
appearance,  consistence,  and  quantity,  in  different  persons.  Women 
of  delicate  constitution,  debilitated  by  hard  labors,  miscarriages,  grief, 
poor  living,  and  of  an  erysipelatous  habit,  generally  termed  scorbutic, 
ire  most  subject  to  it,  and  in  them  it  p/oves  very  obstinate. 

It  is  the  effect  both  of  relaxation  and  inflammatory  excitement. 

Treatment. — When  it  arises  from  relaxation,  the  tonic  pills  will 
generally  succeed  in  affecting  a cure.  Cold  bathing  or  the  local  appli- 
cation  of  cold  water,  is  a good  remedy  for  this  disease,  and  should  be 
used  every  morning,  provided  the  patient  be  free  from  cough  or  diffi- 
culty of  breathing,  and  not  subject  to  a determination  of  blood  to  the 
brain. 

If  the  discharge  continue  after  the  employment  of  these  means,  an 
astringent  lotion  may  be  used ; as  the  following:  Take  of  pomegran- 
ate-rind, bruised,  3 drs. ; boil  in  a quart  of  water  to  a pint  and  a half; 
then  strain,  and  add  alum,  1}^  drs.  To  be  injected  by  means  of  a 
female  syringe. 

G ive  an  emetic  and  a vapor  bath  occasionally.  If  the  stools  are  of 
a pale  clay  or  very  dark  color,  or  the  patient  be  subject  to  erysipelas, 
or  eruption  of  the  skin,  take  a little  rhubarb  and  magnesia  every  other 
night  for  about  ten  days. 

When  fluor  albus  occurs  in  a person  of  a robust  and  sanguine 
habit,  it  may  be  considered  of  an  inflammatory  nature;  in  which  case, 
instead  of  tonic  medicines  above  recommended,  the  patient  should  take 
every  other  morning,  2 drs.  of  Epsom  salts,  and  10  grs.  of  nitre  pow- 
der, with  15  of  gum-arabic  powder,  in  a glass  of  barley-water  three 
times  a day;  which,  with  a low  diet,  (free  from  all  kinds  of  stimu- 
lants,) will  succeed  in  curing  it.  To  these  remedies,  the  application  of 
cold  water,  will  be  a powerful  auxiliary. 

When  the  discharge  is  of  an  ichorous  nature,  and  of  a dark  or 
yeUfhmsh  color,  and  attended  with  pain  in  the  region  of  the  womb,  or 
with  irritation,  burning  heat,  difficulty  or  heat  of  urine,  troublesome 
itching,  a sense  of  bearing  down,  and  a frequent  inclination  to  evac- 
uate; pains  on  the  approach,  or  during  the  time  of  menstruation;  and 
particularly  if  pieces  of  coagulated  blood  (generally  termed  clots) 
are  discharged;  some  organic  disease  of  the  womb  maybe  suspected, 
especially  it  ihey  occur  about  the  time  of  the  cessation  of  the  menstrual 
discharge. 


3io 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department, 


The  buchu  leaves  are  a good  remedy  for  this  disease,  and  in 
many  cases  of  long  standing,  the  tincture,  in  the  do>e  of  two  tea-spoon* 
fills,  in  a wine-glass  of  the  decoction  of  marshmallow  root,  has 
succeeded  in  curing  the  disease,  and  improving  the  general  health. 
In  obstinate  cases  it  may  be  given  in  an  infusion  of  the  leaves,  in  lieu 
of  the  decoction  of  marshwallow  root. 

The  diet  must  depend  on  the  general  health  of  the  patient.  If  she  be 
weakly,  and  of  a delicate  constitution,  It  should  be  nourishing  and  easy 
of  digestion,  such  as  blancmange,  and  the  vegetable  and  animal  jellies, 
with  a small  portion  of  meat;  a little  good  Port  or  Sherry  may  also  be 
allowed,  but  water  should  be  adopted  in  lieu  of  malt  liquor;  but  if  the 
complaint  be  attended  with  much  irritation  or  pain  on  making  water, 
it  will  be  advisable  to  avoid  pepper  and  much  salt,  but  not  otherwise. 

Mr.  Wesley  recommends  the  following:  Live  chastely;  feed 
sparingly;  use  exercise  constantly ; sleep  moderately,  but  never  lying 
on  your  back.  TakeSgrs.  of  jalap  every  eight  days.  This  usually 
cures  in  five  weeks. 

Or,  make  Venice  turpentine,  flour,  and  fine  sugar,  equal  quantities, 
into  small  pills.  Take  three  or  four  of  these  morning  and  evening. 
This  also  cures  most  pains  in  the  back.  Or,  lake  yellow  resin,  pow 
dered,  1 oz. ; conserve  of  roses,  34  oz- 5 powdered  rhubarb,  3 drs.„ 
syrup,  a sufficient  quantity  to  make  an  electuary.  Take  a large  tea 
spoonful  of  this  twice  a day,  in  a cup  of  comfrey-root  tea. 

CHILDREN,  DISEASES  OF. — The  attention  of  mothers  cannon 
be  too  early  called  to  the  fact  that  each  stage  in  the  growth  of  child rer 
from  infancy  to  youth,  is  liable  to  diseases  and  ailments  peculiar,  or  to 
a certain  extent  so,  to  their  age,  and  that  according  to  the  negligence 
or  care  bestowed  on  their  moral  and  physical  health  and  training  a& 
children,  and  emphatically  while  under  the  responsible  tution  of  theii 
mothers,  will  depend  much  of  the  intellectual  virtue  or  depravity,  and 
the  bodily  strength  or  debility,  on  wimli  the  future  happiness  oi 
misery  of  the  grown  man  or  woman  will  depend.  Of  these  maternal, 
duties  we  shall  have  more  to  say  when  we  come  to  the  subject  apper 
tabling  to  Mothers;  at  present  we  have  to  do  with  childhood. 

All  children,  from  their  extremely  delicate  organization,  are  moi\ 
susceptible  of  changes  of  lieat  and  cold  than  adults,  and  at  the  sank 
time  are  much  sooner  influenced  by  medicine,  and  more  easily  depress 
ed,  than  the  fully  matured;  but  on  the  other  hand,  they  rally  mucl 
quicker  from  all  depressing  influences.  On  account  of  these  facts 
children  should  always  be  well  and  amply  clothed;  not  according  to  the 
vanity  or  caprice  of  their  pareuls  (who,  from  the  idea  that  plenty  of 
air  admitted  to  the  emaciated  limbs  of  their  children  is  conducive  to 
their  growth,  dress  them  like  young  Highlanders  in  the  depth  of 
winter),  but  according  to  the  severity  or  mildness  of  the  season,  in 
befitting  apparel.  Again,  all  strong  or  drastic  drugs  should  be  with- 
held from  children, — such  as  elaterium,  Croton  oil,  Epsom  salts,  gam- 
boge, and,  in  fact,  all  violent  purgative  medicines.  Another  fact, 
connected  with  this  subject  is,  that  nearly  all  the  affections  of  childhood 
take  their  origin  from,  or  are  dependent  on,  some  mischief  in  the 
stomach  or  bowels;  this  truth  must  be  familiar  to  all  mothers,  who 
cannot  fail  to  have  noticed  the  almost  magical  improvement  which  will 
take  place  in  a young  child  from  the  operation  of  a simple  aperient 
powder,  when,  an  hour  before,  the  . . mptoms  threatened  most  serious 
consequences.  The  ' fact  is,  that 

though  violent  purgatives  arc  injurmus  to  childhood,  mild  aperient 
medicines  are  hardly  ever  out  of  place  with  young  patients,  and  will 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


3ii 

often  ward  off,  if  not  cure — when  given  in  time — a serious  disease. 
Equally  madinissable  in  childhood  are  stimulants;  the  natura  l vivacity 
of  children  rendering  wines  and  spirits — except  in  rare  and  peculiar 
cases — most  injurious;  air,  exercise,  and  a sufficiency  of  wholesome 
food,  being  the  only  stimulants  ever  required  by  children.  We  have 
already  said  that  every  stage  of  juvenile  life  is  more  or  less  subject  to 
its  own  class  of  ailments ; tl  red  gum, 

thrush,  and  diarrhea;  from  the  sixth  to  the  eighteenth  month  Use- 
many  affections  springing  from  teething  show  themselves,  inih.ru : e 
remittent  fever,  and  in ii.immuli** 

years,  the  more  particularly  infantile  diseases  are  developed,  as  glass 
pox,  scarlet  fever,  measles,  croup,  whooping  cough,  mumps,  worms, 
and  that  train  of  evils  attending  the  presence  of  those  parasites; 
mesenteric  disease,  and  water  on  the  head,  with  other  minor  maladies. 

For  the  history  and  treatment  of  each  disease  mentioned,  consult 
the  article  under  its  proper  name. 

Children. — Happy  indeed  is  the  child  who,  during  the  first  p<  ri  d 
of  its  existence,  is  fed  upon  no  other  ailment  than  the  milk  of  it* 
mother,  or  that  of  a healthy  nurse.  If  other  food  becomes  necessary 
before  the  child  has  acquired  teeth,  it  ought  to  be  of  a liquid  form; 
for  instance,  biscuits  or  stale  bread  roiled  in  an  equal  mixture  of  in  ik 
and  water,  to  the  consistence  of  a thick  soup;  but  by  no  means  even 
this  in  the  first  week  of  its  life. 

Flour  or  meal  ought  never  to  be  used  for  soup,  as  it  produces  viscid 
humors,  instead  of  a wlioleseme  nutritious  chyi< . 

After  the  first  six  months,  weak  veal  r chicken  broth  may  be  given 
and  also,  progressively,  vegetA  ifcuh  nt;  for 

instance,  carrots,  endives,  spina<  •.  with  broth,  and  boiled 

fruit,  such  as  apples,  pears,  plums,  and  cherries. 

When  the  infant  is  weaned,  and  has  acquired  its  proper  teeth,  it  is 
advisable  to  let  it  have  small  por  tables, 

as  well  as  dishes  prepared  of  Hour,  etc.,  so  that  it  may  gradually 
become  accustomed  to  every  kind  of  strong  and  wholesome  food. 

We  ought,  however,  to  be  ca  - upon  any  ; vaunt 

to  allow  a child  pastry,  confectionery,  hes  made  of 

boiled  or  baked  flours,  onions,  hpfseradis  rd,  smoked  and  salt- 

ed meat,  especially  pork,  and  all  compound  dishes;  for  the  most  simple 
food  is  the  most  wholesome. 

Potatoes  should  be  allowed  only  in  iodei  iti  > < and  not  to  be 
eaten  with  butter,  but  rather  with  other  v-  g<  tables,  either  mashed  up 

or  in  broth. 

The  time  of  taking  food  is  not  a matter  of  indifference;  very  young 
infants  make  an  exception;  for,  as  their  consumpt  on  of  vital  power  is 
more  rapid,  they  may  be  more  frequent!  iuient. 

It  is,  however,  advisable  to  accustom  even  them  to  a certain  regu- 
larity, so  as  to  allow  them  their  vi  tat  1 iods  of  the  day; 

for  it  has  been  observed  that  those  children  which  are  fed  indiscrimi- 
nately through  the  whole  d iisease.  The 

stomach  should  be  allowed  to  recover  its  tore,  and  collect  the  juices 
necessary  for  digestion,  before  it  i h a new  portion  of  Paul. 

The  following  order  of  giving  food  to  < been  found 

proper,  and  conducive  to  their  he  -coming, 

suppose  about  six  o’clock,  a moderate  portion  of  lukewarm  milk,  with 
well  baked  bread,  wh  o’clock, 

bread  with  some  fruit,  or,  it'  fruit  1 ity  of  fresh 

butter;  about  twelve  o’clock,  the  dinner,  of  a sufficient  quantity; 


312 


Appendix  to  Medical  Deparhnent. 


between  four  or  five  o’clock,  some  bread  with  fruit*  or,  in  winter  fch? 
jam  of  plums,  as  a substitute  for  fruit. 

On  this  occasion,  children  should  be  allowed  to  eat  till  they  are 
satisfied,  without  surfeiting  themselves,  that  tiiey  may  not  crave 
for  a heavy  supper,  which  disturbs  their  rest,  and  is  productive  of 
bad  humors;  lastly,  about  seven  o’clock,  they  may  be  permitted  a 
light  supper,  consisting  either  of  milk,  soup,  fruit, or  boiled  vegetables 
and  the  like,  but  neither  meat  nor  mealy  dishes,  or  any  article  of  food 
which  produces  flatulency;  in  short,  they  ought  then  to  eat  but  little, 
and  remain  awake  at  least  for  an  hour  after  it. 

It  has  often  been  contended  that  bread  is  hurtful  to  children ; but 
this  applies  only  to  new  bread,  or  such  as  is  not  sufficiently  baked  ; for 
instance  nothing  can  be  more  hurtful  or  oppressive  than  rolls,  muffins 
and  crumpets.  Good  wheaten  bread,  especially  that  baked  by  the 
aerated  process,  is  extremely  proper  during  the  first  years  of  infancy; 
but  that  made  of  rye,  or  a mixture  of  wheat  and  rye,  would  be  more 
conducive  to  health  after  the  age  of  childhood. 

With  respect  to  drink,  physicians  are  decidedly  against  giving  it  to 
children  in  large  quantities,  and  at  irregular  periods,  whether  it  con- 
sists of  the  mother’s  milk,  or  any  other  equally  mild  liquid. 

It  is  improper  and  pernicious  to  keep  infants  continually  at  the 
breast;  and  it  would  be  less  hurtful,  nay,  even  judicious,  to  let  them 
cry  for  a few  nights,  rather  than  to  fill  them  incessantly  with  milk, 
which  readily  turns  sour  on  the  stomach,  weakens  the  digestive  organs, 
and  ultimately  generates  scrofulous  affections. 

In  the  latter  part  of  the  first  year,  pure  water  may  occasionally  be 
given ; and  if  this  cannot  be  procured,  a light  and  well-fermented 
table  beer  might  be  substituted.  Those  parents  who  accustom  theii 
children  to  drink  water  only,  bestow  on  them  a fortune,  the  value  and 
importance  of  which  will  be  sensibly  felt  through  life. 

Many  children  acquire  a habit  of  drinking  during  their  meals;  it 
would  be  more  conducive  to  digestion  if  they  were  accustomed  to  drink 
only  after  having  made  a meal.  This  salutary  rule  is  too  often  ne- 
glected, though  it  be  certain  that  inundations  of  the  stomach,  during  the 
mastication  and  maceration  of  the  food,  not  only  vitiate  digestion,  but 
they  may  be  attended  with  other  bad  consequences;  as  cold  drink, 
when  brought  in  contact  with  the  teeth  previously  heated,  may  easily 
occasion  cracks  or  chinks  in  these  useful  bones,  and  pave  the  way  for 
their  carious  dissolution. 

If  we  inquire  into  the  cause  which  produces  the  crying  of  infants, 
we  shall  find  that  it  seldom  originates  from  pain,  or  uncomfortable 
sensations;  for  those  who  are  apt  to  imagine  that  such  causes  must 
always  operate  on  the  body  of  an  infant,  are  egregiously  mistaken ; 
inasmuch  as  they  conceive  that  the  physical  condition,  together  with 
the  method  of  expressing  sensations,  is  the  same  in  infants  and  adults. 

It  requires,  however,  no  demonstration  to  prove  that  the  state  of 
the  former  is  essentially  different  from  that  of  the  latter. 

In  the  first  year  of  infancy,  many  expressions  of  the  tender  organs 
are  to  be  considered  only  as  efforts  or  manifestations  of  power. 

We  observe,  for  instance,  that  a child,  as  soon  it  is  undressed,  or 
disencumbered  from  swaddling  clothes,  moves  its  arms  and  legs,  and 
often  makes  a variety  of  strong  exertions;  yet  no  reasonable  person 
would  suppose  that  such  attempts  arise  from  a preternatural  or 
oppressive  state  of  the  little  agent. 

It  is  therefore  equally  absurd  to  draw  an  unf.i^^Me  inference 
from  every  inarticulate  cry;  because,  in  most  instanced  thiw  vocifera- 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


313 


ting  sounds  imply  the  effort  which  children  necessarily  make  to  display 
the  strength  of  their  lungs,  and  exercise  the  organs  of  respiration. 

Nature  has  wisely  ordained  that  by  these  very  efforts  the  power 
and  utility  of  functions  so  essential  to  life  should  be  developed,  and 
rendered  more  perfect  with  every  respiration. 

Hence  it  follows,  that  those  over-anxious  parents  or  nurses,  who 
continually  endeavor  to  prevent  infants  crying,  do  them  a material 
injury;  for,  by  such  imprudent  mangement  their  children  seldom  or 
never  acquire  a perfect  form  of  the  breast,  while  the  foundation  is  laid 
in  the  pectoral  vessels  for  obstructions  and  other  diseases. 

Independently  of  any  particular  causes,  the  cries  of  children,  with 
regard  to  their  general  effects,  are  highly  beneficial  and  necessary. 

In  the  first  period  of  life,  such  exertions  are  the  almost  only 
exercise  of  the  infant;  thus  the  circulation  of  the  blood,  and  all  the 
other  fluids,  is  rendered  more  uniform;  digestion,  nutrition,  and  the 
growth  of  the  body  are  thereby  promoted ; and  the  different  secretions, 
together  with  the  very  important  office  of  the  skin,  or  insensible  per- 
spiration, are  duty  performed. 

It  is  extremely  improper  to  consider  every  noise  of  an  infant  as  a 
claim  upon  our  assistance,  and  to  intrude  either  food  or  drink,  with  a 
view  to  satisfy  its  supposed  wants.  By  such  injudicious  conduct, 
children  readily  acquire  the  injurious  habit  of  demanding  nutriment  at 
^improper  times,  and  without  necessity;  their  digestion  become  impair- 
ed ; and  consequently,  at  this  early  age,  the  whole  mass  of  the  fluids 
gradually  corrupted. 

Sometimes,  however,  the  mother  or  nurse  removes  the  child  from 
its  couch,  carries,  it  about,  frequently  in  the  middle  of  the  night,  and 
ffius  exposes  it  to  repeated  colds,  which  are  in  their  effects  infinitely 
more  dangerous  than  the  most  violent  cries. 

We  learn  from  daily  experience,  that  children  who  have  been  the 
least  indulged,  thrive  much  better,  unfold  all  tbeir  faculties  quicker, 
and  acquire  more  muscular  strength  and  vigor  of  mind,  than  those  who 
have  been  constantly  favored,  and  treated  by  their  parents  with  the 
most  solicitous  attention;  bodily  weakness  and  mental  imbecility  are 
the  usual  attributes  of  the  latter. 

The  first  and  principal  rule  of  education  ought  never  to  be  forgot- 
ten— that  man  is  intended  to  be  a free  and  independent  agent;  that 
his  moral  and  physical  powers  ought  to  be  spontaneoudy  developed; 
that  he  should  as  soon  as  possible  be  made  acquainted  with  the  nature 
and  uses  of  all  his  faculties,  in  order  to  attain  that  degree  of  perfection 
which  is  consistent  with  the  structure  of  his  organs;  and  that  he  was 
not  originally  designed  for  what  we  endeavor  to  make  of  him  by 
artificial  aid. 

The  greatest  art  in  educating  children  consists  in  a continued 
vigilance  over  all  their  actions,  without  ever  giving  them  an  opportu- 
nity of  discovering  that  they  are  guided  and  watched. 

There  are,  however,  instances  in  which  the  loud  complaints  of 
infants  demand  our  attention. 

Thus,  if  their  cries  be  unusually  violent  and  long  continued,  we 
may  conclude  that  they  are  troubled  with  colic  pains;  if,  on  such 
occasions,  they  move  their  arms  and  hands  repeatedly  towards  the  face, 
painful  teething  may  account  for  the  cause;  and  if  other  morbid 
phenomena  accompany  their  cries,  or  if  these  expressions  be  repeated 
at  certain  periods  of  the  day,  we  ought  not  to  slight  them,  but  endeavor 
to  discover  the  proximate  or  remote  causes. 

Infants  cannot  sleep  too  long;  audit  is  a favorable  symptom  when 
14 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


3X4 

they  enjoy  a calm  and  long-continued  rest,  of  which  they  should  by  no 
means  be  deprived,  as  this  is  the  greatest  support  granted  to  them  by 
nature 

A child  lives  comparatively  much  faster  than  an  adult ; its  blood 
flows  more  radidly;  every  stimulus  operates  more  powerfully;  and  not 
only  its  constituent  parts,  but  its  vital  resources  also,  are  more  speedily 
consumed. 

Sleep  promotes  a more  calm  and  uniform  circulation  of  the  Wood ; 
it  facilitates  the  assimilation  of  the  nutriment  received,  and  contributes 
towards  a more  copious  and  regular  deposition  of  alimentary  matter, 
while  the  horizontal  posture  is  the  most  favorable  to  the  growth  and 
development  of  the  child. 

Sleep  ought  to  be  in  proportion  to  the  age  of  the  infant.  After 
the  age  six  months,  the  periods  of  sleep,  as  well  as  all  other  ar  imal 
functions,  may  in  some  degree  be  regulated;  yet,  even  then,  a ‘ffiild 
should  be  suffered  to  sleep  the  whole  night,  and  several  hours  bclh  in 
the  morning  and  in  the  afternoon. 

Mothers  and  nurses  should  endeavor  to  accustom  infants,  from  the 
time  of  their  birth,  to  sleep  in  the  night  preferably  to  the  day,  and  for 
this  purpose  they  ought  to  remove  all  external  impressions  which  may 
disturb  their  rest,  such  as  noise,  light,  etc.,  but  especially  not  to  obey 
every  call  for  taking  them  up,  and  giving  food  at  improper  times. 

After  the  second  year  of  their  age,  they  will  not  instinctively 
require  to  sleep  in  the  forenoon,  though  after  dinner  it  may  be  con- 
tinued to  the  third  and  fourth  year  of  life,  if  the  child  shows  a particu. 
lar  inclination  to  repose ; because,  till  that  age,  the  full  half  of  life- 
may  safely  be  allotted  to  sleep. 

From  that  period,  however,  sleep  ought  to  be  shortened  for  th<* 
space  of  one  hour  with  every  succeeding  year,  so  that  a child 
of  seven  years  old  may  sleep  about  eight,  and  not  exceeding  nine  hours; 
this  proportion  mayr  be  continued  to  the  age  of  adolescence  and  even 
manhood. 

To  awaken  children  from  their  sleep  witli  a noise,  or  an  impetuou* 
manner,  is  extremely  injudicious  and  hurtful ; nor  is  it  proper  to  carry 
them  from  a dark  room  immediately  into  a glaring  light,  or  against  a 
dazzling  wall;  for  the  sudden  impression  of  light  debilitates  the  organ* 
of  vision,  and  lays  the  foundation  of  weak  eyes,  from  early  infancy. 

A bedroom  or  nursery  ought  to  be  spacious  and  lofty,  dry,  airy 
and  not  inhabited  through  the  day. 

No  servants,  if  possible,  should  be  suffered  to  sleep  in  the  sam<k 
room,  and  no  linen  or  washed  clothes  should  ever  be  hung  there  to  diy, 
as  they  contaminate  the  air  in  which  so  considerable  a portion  of 
infantile  life  must  be  spent. 

The  consequences  attending  a vitiated  atmosphere  in  such  rooms 
are  serious,  and  often  fatal. 

Feather  beds  should  be  banished  from  nurseries,  as  they  are 
unnatural  and  debilitating  contrivances. 

The  windows  should  never  be  opened  at  night,  but  may  be  left 
open  the  whole  day  in  tine  clear  weather. 

Lastly,  the  bedstead  must  not  be  placed  too  low  on  the  floor;  nor 
is  it  proper  to  let  children  sleep  on  a couch  which  is  made  without  any 
elevation  from  the  ground;  because  the  most  mephitic  and  pernicious 
stratum  of  air  in  an  apartment  is  that  within  one  or  two  feet  from  the 
floor,  while  the  most  wholesome,  or  atmospheric  air,  is  in  the  middle  of 
the  room,  and  the  inflammable  gas  ascends  to  the  top. 

COOKERY  FOR  CHILDREN — Food  for  an  infant. — Take  offresa 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department 


3i5 


cow’s  milk,  one  tablespoonful,  and  mix  with  two  tablespoonfuls  of  hot 
water;  sweeten  with  loaf  sugar,  as  much  as  may  be  agreeable.  This 
quantity  is  sufficient  for  once  feeding  a new-born  infant;  and  the  same 
quantity  may  be  given  every  two  or  three  hours, — ,not  oftener, — till 
the  mother’s  breast  affords  natural  nourishment. 

Milk  for  Infants  Six  Months  Old. — Take  one  pint  of  milk,  one 
pint  of  water;  boil  it  and  add  one  tablespoonful  of  flour.  Dissolve  the 
flour  first  in  half  a teacupful  of  water;  it  must  be  strained  in  gradually, 
and  boiled  hard  twenty  minutes.  As  the  child  grows  older,  one-third 
water.  If  properly  made,  it  is  the  most  nutritious,  at  the  same  time 
the  most  delicate  food  that  can  be  given  to  young  children. 

Broth,  made  of  lamb  or  chicken,  with  stale  bread  toasted,  and 
broken  in,  is  safe  and  wholesome  for  the  dinners  of  children  when 
first  weaned. 

Milk,  fresh  from  the  cow,  with  a very  little  loaf  sugar,  is  good  and 
safe  food  for  young  children.  From  three  years  old  to  seven,  pure 
milk,  into  which  stale  bread  is  crumbled,  is  the  best  breakfast  and 
supper  for  a child. 

For  a Child’s  Luncheon.— Good  sweet  butter,  with  stale  bread  is 
one  of  the  nutritious,  at  the  same  time  the  most  wholesome  articles  of 
food  that  can  be  given  children  after  they  are  weaned. 

Milk  Porridge. — Stir  four  tablespoonfuls  of  oatmeal,  smoothly, 
into  a quart  of  milk,  then  stir  it  quickly  into  a quart  of  boiling  water, 
and  boil  it  up  a few  minutes  till  it  is  thickened;  sweeten  with  sugar. 
Oatmeal,  where  it  is  found  to  agree  with  the  stomach,  is  much  better 
for  children,  being  a mild  aperient  as  well  as  cleanser;  fine  flour  in 
every  shape  is  the  reverse.  Where  biscuit-powder  is  in  use,  let  it  be 
made  at  home;  this,  at  all  events,  will  prevent  them  getting  the 
sweepings  of  the  baker’s  counters,  boxes,  and  baskets.  All  the  waste 
bread  in  the  nursery,  hard  ends  of  stale  loaves,  etc.,  ought  to  be  dried 
in  the  oven  or  screen,  and  reduced  to  powder  in  the  mortar. 

Meats  for  Children. — Mutton,  lamb,  and  poultry  are  the  best. 
Birds  and  the  white  meat  of  fowls  are  the  most  delicate  food  of  this 
kind  that  can  be  given.  These  meats  should  be  slowly  cooked,  and  no 
gravy,  if  made  rich  with  butter,  should  be  eaten  by  a young  child. 
Never  give  children  hard,  tough,  half-cooked  meats,  of  any  kind. 

Vegetables  for  Children— Eggs,  etc. — Their  rice  ought  to  be 
cooked  in  no  more  water  than  is  necessary  to  swell  it;  their  apples 
roasted,  or  stewed  with  no  more  water  than  is  necessary  to  steam  them; 
their  vegetables  so  well  cooked  as  to  make  them  require  little  butter, 
and  less  digestion;  their  eggs  boiied  slowly  and  soft.  The  boiling  of 
their  milk  ought  to  be  directed  by  the  state  of  their  bowels;  if  flatulent 
or  bilious,  a very  little  curry-powder  may  be  given  in  their  vegetables 
with  good  effect.  Turmeric  and  the  warm  seeds  (not  hot  peppers)  are 
also  particularly  useful  in  such  cases. 

Potatoes  and  Peas.— Potatoes,  particularly  some  kinds,  are  not 
easily  digested  by  children ; but  tliis  may  be  remedied  by  mashing 
them  vey  fine,  and  seasoningthem  with  sugar  and  a little  milk.  When 
peas  are  dressedfor  children,  let  them  be  seasoned  with  mint  and  sugar, 
which  will  take  off  the  flatulency.  If  they  are  old,  let  them  be  pulped, 
as  the  skins  are  perfectly  indigestible  by  children’s  stomachs.  Never 
give  them  vegetables  less  stewed  than  would  pulp  through  a colander. 

Rice  Pudding  with  Fruit. — In  a pint  of  new  milk  put  two  large 
spoonfuls  of  rice,  well  washed;  then  add  two  apples,  pared  and  quar- 
tered, or  a few  currants  or  raisins,  Simmer  slowly  till  the  rice  is  very 
soft,  then  add  one  egg  beaten,  to  bind  it;  serve  with  cream  and  sugar. 


3l6 


Appendix  io  Medical  Department. 


Pudding’S  and  Pancakes  for  Children. — Sugar  and  egg,  browned 
before  the  fire,  or  dropped  as  fritters  into  a hot  frying-pan,  without  fat 
will  make  a nourishing  meal. 

To  Prepare  Fruit  for  Children. — A far  more  wholesome  way  than, 
in  pies  or  puddings,  is  to  put  apples  sliced,  or  plums,  currants,  goose- 
berries, etc.,  into  a stone  jar,  and  sprinkle  among  them  as  much  sugar 
as  necessary.  Set  the  jar  in  an  oven  on  a hearth,  with  a teacupfufof 
water  to  prevent  the  fruit  from  burning;  or  put  the  jar  into  a sauce- 
pan of  water  till  its  contents  be  perfectly  done.  Slices  of  bread  or 
some  rice  may  be  put  into  the  jar,  to  eat  with  the  fruit. 

Rice  and  Apples. — Core  as  many  nice  apples  as  will  fill  the  dish; 
boil  them  in  light  syrup ; prepare  a quarter  of  a pound  of  rice  in  milk 
with  sugar  and  salt;  put  some  of  the  rice  in  the  dish,  put  in  the  apples 
and  fill  up  the  intervals  with  rice;  bake  it  in  the  oven  till  it  is  a fine 
color. 

A Nice  Apple  Cake  for  Children. — Grate  some  stale  bread,  and 
slice  about  double  the  quantity  of  apples;  butter  the  mould,  and  line 
it  with  sugar  paste,  and  strew  in  some  crumbs,  mixed  with  a little 
sugar;  then  lay  in  apples,  with  a few  bits  of  butter  over  them,  and  so 
continue  till  the  dish  is  full;  cover  it  with  crumbs,  or  prepared  rice ; 
season  with  cinnamon  and  sugar.  Bake  it  well. 

Fruits  for  Children. — That  fruits  are  naturally  healthy  in  their 
season,  if  rightly  taken,  no  one  who  believes  that  the  Creator  is  a kind 
and  beneficient  Being  can  doubt.  And  yet  the  use  of  summer  fruits 
appears  often  to  cause  most  fatal  diseases,  especially  in  children.  Why 
is  this?  Because  we  do  not  conform  to  the  natural  laws  in  using  this 
kind  of  diet.  These  laws  are  very  simple,  and  easy  to  understand. 
Let  the  fruit  be  ripe  when  you  eat  it;  and  eat  when  you  require  food. 
F.ruits  that  have  seeds  are  much  more  wholesome  than  the  stone  fruits. 
But  all  fruits  are  better,  for  very  young  children,  if  baked  or  cooked 
in  some  manner,  and  eaten  with  bread.  The  French  always  eat  bread 
with  raw  fruit.  Apples  and  winter  pears  are  very  excellent  food  for 
children, — indeed,  for  almost  any  person  in  health, — but  best  when 
eaten  for  breakfast  or  dinner.  If  taken  late  in  the  evening,  fruit  often 
proves  injurious  The  old  saying,  that  apples  are  gold  in  the  morning, 
silver  at  noon,  and  lead  at  night , is  pretty  near  the  truth.  Both  apples 
and  pears  are  often. good  and  nutritious  when  baked  or  stewed,  for 
those  delicate  constitutions  that  cannot  bear  raw  fruit.  Much  of  the 
fruit  gathered  when  unripe  might  be  rendered  fit  for  food  by  preserving 
in  sugar. 

Ripe  Currants  are  excellent  food  for  children.  Mash  the  fruit, 
sprinkle  with  sugar,  and  with  good  bread  let  them  eat  of  this  fruit 
freely. 

Blackberry  Jam. — Gather  the  fruit  in  dry  weather;  allow  half  a 
pound  of  good  brown  sugar  to  every  pound  of  fruit;  boil  the  whole 
together  gently  for  an  hour,  or  till  the  blackberries  are  soft,  stirring 
arid  mashing  them  well.  Preserve  it  like  any  other  jam,  audit  will 
be  found  very  useful  in  families,  particularly  for  children,  regulating 
their  bowels,  and  enabling  you  to  dispense  with  cathartics.  It  may  be 
spread  on  bread,  or  on  puddings;  instead  of  butter;  and  even  when  the 
blackberries  are  bought,  it  is  cheaper  than  butter.  In  the  country 
every  family  should  preserve  at  least  half  a peck  of  blackberries. 

To  Make  Senna  anil  Manna  Palatable.— Take  half  an  ounce,  when 
mixed,  senna  and  manna;  put  in  half  a pint  of  boiling  water;  when 
the  strength  is  abstracted,  pour  into  the  liquid  from  a quarter  to  a half 
pound  of  prunes  and  two  large  tablespoonfuls  of  West  India  molasses. 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department ., 


317 

Stew  until  the  liquid  is  nearly  absorbed.  When  cold  it  can  be  eaten 
with  bread  and  butter,  without  detecting  the  senna,  and  is  excellent 
for  children  when  costive. 

DISCIPLINE  OF  CHILDREN. — Children  should  not  be  allowed 
to  ask  for  the  same  thing  twice.  This  may  be  accomplished  by  parents, 
teacher,  or  whoever  may  happen  to  have  the  management  of  them, 
paying  attention  to  their  little  wants,  if  proper,  at  once,  when  possible. 
Children  should  be  instructed  to  understand  that  when  they  are  noti 
answered  immediately,  it  is  because  it  is  not  convenient.  Let  them! 
learn  patience  by  waiting. 

Biting  the  Nails. — This  is  a habit  that  should  be  immediately 
corrected  in  children,  as,  if  persisted  in  for  any  length  of  time,  it 
permanently  deforms  the  nails.  Dipping  the  linger  ends  in  some  bit- 
ter tincture  will  generally  prevent  children  from  putting  them  in  their 
mouth;  but  if  this  fails,  as  it  sometimes  will,  each  linger  end  ought  to 
be  encased  in  a stall  until  the  propensity  is  eradicated. 

CROUP. — This  is  a dangerous  disease.  It  is  common  to  infancy, 
and  rarely  occurs  to  adults.  It  is  an  inflammation  of  the  larynx,  tra- 
chea, and  contiguous  tissues.  It  derives  its  name  from  the  peculiar 
sound  of  the  voice  and  breathing,  being  of  a whistling  or  crowing 
character,  owing  to  a contraction  of  the  glottis.  It  generally  com- 
mences with  a common  cold  and  catarrh,  hoarseness,  cough,  and  in- 
creased difficulty  of  breathing,  and  the  crowing  already  spoken  of.  It 
demands  prompt  treatment. 

The  great  object  is  to  diminish  the  inflammation  and  irritation, 
and  to  relax  the  spasmodic  state  of  the  muscles  in  the  parts  diseased. 
The  vessels  in  those  parts  are  overcharged  with  blood,  by  an  imperfect 
action  of  the  exlialents.  Place  the  feet  in  warm  water,  and  give  an 
emetic.  After  bathing,  rub  the  legs  and  feet  well  with  flannel  Then 
give  a vapor  bath,  if  the  patient  can  bear  it.  (See  “Emetic  Powder  *’ 
“ Expectorant  Tincture.”)  Repeat  the  process,  if  needful.  The  per- 
spiration will  be  greater  by  applying  to  the  feet  and  each  side  hou 
bricks,  and  wrapped  in  flannel  saturated  with  vinegar  and  a little 
water.  At  the  same  time  give  an  aperient  to  produce  a free  action  on 
the  bowels.  Apply  this  tincture  to  the  throat,  viz. : Half  a tea-spoon 
of  cayenne  pepper;  nearly  a cup  of  vinegar;  simmer  ten  minutes,  and 
strain.  This  tincture  may  be  diluted  with  warm  water,  according  to 
the  strength  of  the  patient.  Rub  it  well  on  the  throat  for  five  or  ten 
minutes ; and  next  saturate  a flannel  with  it,  and  apply  it  to  the  throat. 
This  application  tends  to  relieve  the  internally  congested  blood-ves- 
sels. Repeat  the  application,  as  necessary. 

Mustard  plasters  may  be  applied  to  the  feet,  the  upper  part  of  the 
chest,  and  between  the  shoulders,  alternately.  It  has  been  recom- 
mended to  steep  hops  in  hot  vinegar,  and  the  patient  to  inhale  the 
vapor.  Even  a large  sponge  dipped  in  as  hot  water  as  the  hand  can 
bear,  squeezed  half  dry,  and  renewed  before  it  is  cool,  is  of  great  ad- 
vantage. Keep  the  atmosphere  of  the  room  at  a regular  temperature. 
Aid  the  perspiration  by  warm  drinks,  as  balm  tea,  etc. 

To  prevent  a return  of  this  disorder,  keep  the  child  warm,  avoid 
wet  feet,  cold,  damp,  easterly  winds,  etc.  Children  whose  constitu- 
tions dispose  them  to  croup,  ought  to  have  their  diet  properly  regu- 
lated, and  be  kept  from  all  crude,  raw,  and  trashy  fruits. 

CHICKEN-BdX, — This  is  a mild,  eruptive  disease,  and  seldom 
occurs  more  than  once  in  a person’s  lifetime.  The  eruption  is  attended 
with  but  little  indisposition.  There  is  a slight  chilliness,  weariness, 
cough,  fever,  bad  appetite,  etc.,  a day  or  two  before  the  eruption  ap- 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


pears,  which  resembles  the  small-pox.  Treatment  is  simply  plenty  of 
cooling  drinks  acidulated,  some  cooling  and  aperient  medicine,  to  keep 
the  bowels  gently  open.  Let  the  patient  also  be  kept  warm,  till  the 
pox  die  away. 

WHOOPING-COUGH. — Dissolve  a scruple  of  salt  of  tartar  in  a 
quarter  pint  of  water;  add  to  it  10  grs.  of  cochineal;  sweeten  it  with 
sugar.  Give  to  an  infant  a fourth  part  of  a table-spoon  four  times  a 
day;  two  years  old,  half  a spoon;  four  years,  a table-spoon.  Great 
care  is  required  in  the  administration  of  medicines  to  infants.  We 
can  assure  paternal  inquirers  that  the  foregoing  may  be  depended 
upon. 

Whooping-Cough. — Use  the  cold  bath  daily.  Or,  rub  the  feet 
thoroughly  with  hog’s  lard,  before  the  fire,  at  going  to  bed,  and  keep 
the  child  warm  therein.  Or,  rub  the  back  at  lying  down  with  old 
rum.  It  seldom  fails.  Or,  give  a spoon  of  the  juice  of  pennyroyal, 
mixed  with  brown  sugar-candy,  twice  a day. — Wesley. 

Whooping-Cough. — Dissolve  1 scr.  of  salt  of  tartar  in  34  pt.  of 
water;  add  8 drops  of  laudanum;  sweeten  it  with  sugar.  Give  to  an 
infant  1 tea-spoon  four  times  a day;  two  years  old,  2 tea-spoons;  for  four 
years,  1 table-spoon.  Or,  take  flower  of  Benjamin,  and  strained 
opium,  of  each,  2 drs  ; camphor,  2 scrs.;  essential  oil  of  anise-seeds, 
34  dr-  5 rectified  spirit  of  wine,  1 qt. ; powdered  licorice,  4 ozs. ; and 
honey,  4 ozs.  Digest  and  strain.  Or,  take  of  musk  julep,  6 ozs.; 
paregoric  elixir,  34  oz -i  volatile  tincture  of  valerian,  1 dr.  Mix,  and 
take  2 spoons  three  or  four  times  every  day.  Or,  take  ipecacuanha,  14 
grs.;  warm  water,  34  pt-  Infuse.  Take  a tea-spoon  now  and  then. 

Whooping-Cough,  Embrocation  for. — Olive  oil,  8 ozs. ; oil  of  am- 
ber, 4 ozs. ; oil  of  cloves,  sufficient  to  scent  it  strongly;  croton  oil,  3 
drops;  mix;  rub  on  the  chest.  Or,  oil  of  amber,  and  spirits  of  harts- 
horn, equal  parts.  Mix.  Apply  to  the  soles  of  the  feet,  and  to  the 
palms  of  the  hands,  morning,  noon,  and  night. 

Roche’s  Embrocation  for  Whooping-Cough. — Olive  oil,  2 ozs. ; 
oil  of  amber,  1 oz.;  oil  of  cloves,  1 dr.  Mix.  To  be  rubbed  on  the 
chest  at  bed-time. 

MUMPS. — This  disease,  almost  exclusively  confined  to  children, 
consists  of  an  enlargement  of  the  lymphatic  and  salivary  glands  of 
the  neck,  constituting  what  among  medical  men  is  know  as  cynanche 
parotideoe.  The  swelling  generally  takes  place  near  the  angle  of  the 
lower  jaw,  and  where  it  is  articulated  with  the  upper  jaw,  and  some- 
times causes  such  an  enlargement  that  the  distended  gland  hangs  down 
like  a bag;  in  general,  however,  the  glands  are  only  partially  dis- 
tended, though  by  their  pressure  on  the  tonsils  they  cause  both  diffi- 
culty of  swallowing  and  partial  deafness.  Mumps  is  generally 
attended  with  a degree  of  inflammatory  fever,  and  when  severe,  is 
accompanied  with  shortness  of  breathing,  hot  skin,  and  other  febrile 
symptoms.  Sometimes  the  swelling  suddenly  disappears,  as  in  gout, 
and  makes  its  appearance  upon  some  other  part  of  the  body;  this  is 
regarded  among  medical  men  as  an  unfavorable  symptom. 

The  treatment  of  mumps,  in  the  simple  and  most  general  form, 
consists  in  fomenting  the  neck  with  a hot  bran  poultice,  rubbing  into 
the  swollen  glands  hartshorn  and  oil,  or  camphorated  oil,  twice  a day 
for  five  minutes  at  a time,  and  applying  the  hot  poultice  directly  after 
using  either  of  the  above  liniments.  As  mumps  almost  always  arises 
from  irregularity  in  the  child’s  system,  or  from  cold,  it  is  always  nec- 
essary to  give  some  aperient  medicine.  For  children  under  six  years 
of  age,  a few  spoons  of  infusion  of  senna  and  manna  will  generally 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


3r9 

be  sufficient  for  the  purpose,  especially  if  the  close  is  repeated  for  two 
or  three  times.  When  the  child’s  age  exceeds  six  years,  it  will  be  nec- 
essary to  give  something  more  constitutionally  effective,  such  as  one, 
two,  or  if  necessary  three  of  the  following  powders  : 

Take  of  powdered  jalap,  scammony,  of  each,  24  grs.;  cream-of- 
tartar,  1 dr. ; mix  thoroughly,  and  add  grey  powder,  antimonial  pow- 
der, of  each,  12  grs.  Mix,  and  divide  into  6 powders ; one  to  be  given 
every  morning,  or  every  second  morning,  according  to  their  effect  on 
the  bowels. 

Mumps. — This  is  a disease  of  the  salivary  glands,  which  are  situ- 
ated on  each  side  of  the  lower  jaw.  It  generally  comes  on  with  cold 
shiverings,  sickness,  and  vomiting,  pain  in  the  head,  succeeded  by 
swelling  of  one  or  both  sides  of  the  neck,  and  sometimes  becomes 
very  painful,  and  so  large  as  to  impede  the  breathing,  and  the  swal- 
lowing. It  generally  increases  till  the  fourth  day,  and  then  declines. 

In  this  complaint,  little  medicine  is  required.  Give  an  aperient. 
Bathe  the  feet  frequently  in  warm  water.  At  night  give  the  diaph- 
oretic powder  or  decoction.  Bathe  the  swelling  with  warm  water  and 
tincture  of  myrrh,  and  thirty  drops  of  laudanum;  or  apply  flannels 
dipped  in  the  mixture.  Cover  the  swelling  with  flannel.  In  extreme 
eases,  give  the  vapor  bath  and  the  composition  powder.  Should  the 
swelling  break,  apply  a slippery  elm  poultice,  made  with  milk  and 
Water;  then  apply  tue  black  salve  for  healing,  or  the  green  ointment. 

MEASLES,"  an  Eruptive  Disease. — It  is  indicated  by  chilliness, 
shivering,  pain  in  the  head,  fever,  sneezing,  discharges  from  the  nose, 
sickness,  and  sometimes  vomiting,  hoarseness,  cough,  heaviness  of  the 
eyes;  the  eyelids  frequently  swell  so  as  to  cause  blindness,  the  pa- 
tient complains  of  his  throat,  and  a looseness  often  precedes  the  erup- 
tion. The  third  or  fourth  day  an  eruption,  like  flea-bites,  appears  in 
the  face,  neck,  and  breast,  and  soon  after  in  the  body  and  limbs;  the 
eruption  does  not  suppurate.  But  the  spots  soon  run  into  one  another 
and  form  red  streaks,  giving  to  the  skin  ail  inflammatory  appearance, 
and  produce  a perceptible  swelling  on  the  face.  The  eruption  may 
be  distinguished  from  the  small-pox  by  their  scarcely  rising  above  the 
skin.  The  fever,  cough,  and  difficulty  of  breathing,  instead  of  being 
removed  by  the  eruption,  as  in  the  small-pox,  are  rather  increased; 
but  the  vomiting  generally  ceases. 

About  the  sixth  or  seventh  day,  and  sometimes  earlier,  the  erup- 
tion begins  to  fade,  and  gradually  disappears,  accompanied  with  a 
separation  of  the  skin  in  the  form  of  scales.  But  the  other  symptoms 
sometimes  remain  for  a considerable  time,  and  require  care,  warmth, 
and  appropriate  medicine. 

In  the  malignant  measles,  the  eruption  appears  more  early,  and 
all  the  symptoms,  just  described,  in  an  aggravated  form.  The  mouth 
and  throat  assume  appearances.  The  mouth  and  throat  appear  as  if 
they  were  ulcerated,  and  the  fever  is  of  a typhus  kind,  and  symptoms 
of  putrescency  appear;  also  petichise,  or  purple,  livid  spots,  a pain  in 
the  head  and  eyes,  difficult  respiration,  no  expectoration  with  the 
cough,  an  inflammatory  affection  of  the  lungs,  feeble  but  rapid  pulse, 
delirium,  and  oft  a violent  looseness;  these  are  very  unfavorable 
symptoms.  Such  as  die  of  the  measles,  generally  expire  about  the 
nintii  or  tenth  day  from  the  first  attack.  The  most  favorable  symp- 
toms are  a moderate  looseness,  a moist  skin,  and  a plentiful  discharge 
of  urine. 

This  disease  is  very  infectious;  often  prevails  epidemically,  how- 
ever; and  the  constitution  that  has  been  once  under  its  inlluence  is 


320  Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 

seldom  or  never  liable  to  a second  attack,  especially  if  th«t  tzr'ir  attack 
was  a mild  one. 

Treatment. — At  the  commencement  of  the  disease,  no  animal 
food  must  be  taken,  the  patient  must  be  confined  to  a low,  spare  diet, 
as  gruel,  sago,  etc.,  and  for  common  drink,  barley-water,  acidulated 
with  lemon-juice.  The  bedroom  should  be  kept  moderately  cool, 
regulating  the  temperature  thereof  by  the  feelings,  guarding  against 
any  sudden  change,  and  especially  exposure  to  cold  draughts. 

When  the  attack  is  of  a mild  character,  little  medicine  is  wanted. 
Perhaps  the  less  we  interfere  with  the  efforrs  of  nature  the  better.  It 
would  be  extreme  folly  to  deplete  the  system  by  active  treatment.  In 
mild  cases,  nature,  a little  assisted,  generally  effects  a cure.  But  when 
the  symptoms  are  of  a sterner  character,  active  means  must  be  used. 
Place  the  feet  in  warm  water,  in  which  dissolve  a little  carbonate  of 
soda,  two  or  three  times  a day.  Give  a mild  emetic  (as  the  emetic 
tincture).  Give  also  the  aperient  for  children.  Should  the  fever  be 
very  high,  give  the  following  febrifuge  mixture : Sub-carbonate  of 
potash,  2 drs. ; purified  nitre,  80  grs. ; camphor  mixture,  6 ozs. ; mix 
in  a strong  infusion  of  saffron.  This  mixture  is  designed  to  determine 
the  eruption  to  the  surface.  Or,  the  following  infusion  will  be  very 
effective,  and  it  should  be  given  as  soon  as  possible  after  the  emetic  : 
Saffron,  2 parts;  Virginia  snake-root,  1 part;  infuse  rapidly,  or  make 
a tea;  sweeten  and  give  warm,  as  much  as  the  stomach  will  bear.  If 
the  eruption  is  slow  in  appearing,  or  only  partially  appears,  or  recedes, 
give  the  sudorific  drops,  warm  milk  sweetened,  or  strong  balm  tea 
with  a little  saffron  infused.  A bottle  of  hot  water  or  a hot  brick 
wrapped  in  a cloth,  saturated  with  vinegar  and  water,  or  a vapor  bath 
made  of  the  decoction  of  bitter  herbs,  will  be  found  most  efficient. 
When  the  eruption  is  prominent,  little  more  medicine  is  required.  A 
little  of  the  composition  powder  may  be  given  occasionally.  Sponge 
the  body  from  the  first,  now  and  then,  with  warm  lye-water  and  a 
littie  carbonate  of  soda.  Wash  the  eyes  with  very  weak  brandy  and 
water;  or  with  slippery  elm  bark  and  a solution  o*'  borax. 

If  the  cough  is  severe,  attended  with  impeded  breathing,  apply  a 
mustard  plaster  to  the  chest,  and  repeat,  if  necessary;  and  give  the 
expectorant  syrup  or  tincture;  or  inhale  the  steam  of  warm  water,  in 
which  80  or  40  drops  of  laudanum  have  been  introduced.  If  the  head 
is  affected,  continue  to  bathe  the  feet  in  warm  water.  Should  there  be 
much  restlessness  and  pain,  give  the  diaphoretic  powder,  or  decoction. 
From  the  first  attack  of  the  measles,  keep  the  bowels  regular.  A voh 
untary  looseness  indicates  a favorable  crisis ; and,  if  moderate,  it 
should  not  be  checked.  When  it  is  very  severe,  it  should  be  checked 
by  some  mild  astringent;  as,  an  infusion  of  raspberry  leaves;  or  an 
infusion  of  raspberry  leaves  and  a few  drops  of  laudanum.  Should 
the  system  be  much  debilitated,  with  a tendency  to  putrescenoy,  the 
strength  should  be  supported  with  cordials,  beef  tea,  calf’s-feet  jelly, 
and  an  infusion  of  Peruvian  bark  in  port  wine.  Give  also  an  ii.  fusion 
of  malt  with  two  table-spoons  of  yeast  to  a quart  of  the  former,  in  order 
to  neutralize  the  putrescence  indicated  by  purple  spots,  etc. 

Patients  recovering  from  the  measles  should  not  expose  themselves 
too  soon  to  the  cold  air.  The  food  ought  for  some  time  to  be  light,  and 
the  drink  diluting.  Cooling  lenitive  medicines  are  essentially  neces- 
sary after  this  disease,  to  carry  off*  the  remaining  disposition  to  inflam- 
matory affection  of  the  lungs.  Through  every  stage  of  the  disease, 
the  state  of  the  lungs  must  be  carefully  regarded,  for  it  is  from  the 
effect  on  them  that  the  danger  of  the  measles  in  most  cases  depeirS^ 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


321 


It  is  necessary  also  to  give  tonic  bitters  for  the  recovery  of  the  former 
strength,  to  breathe  a pure  air.  and  if  the  lungs  will  bear  it,  and  the 
weather  suitable,  to  take  gentle  open  air  exercise. 

RICKETS. — A disease  almost  peculiar  to  childhood,  depending 
upon  the  want  of  a due  proportion  of  the  mineral  salts  in  the  blood, 
in  consequence  of  which  impoverished  state  the  bones  in  a growing 
child  are  deprived  of  their  proper  amount  of  earthy  ingredients,  be- 
coming consequently  soft  and  pliable,  instead  of  being  naturally  firm 
and  resistant. 

Though  properly  a constitutional  disease,  rickets  is  regarded  as 
a local  evil,  simply  because  its  effects  are  chiefly  seen  in  the  bones  of 
the  legs  or  arms.  We  have  explained,  under  the  head  of  “Bone,” 
and  elsewhere,  that  if  a bone  is  immersed  for  a few  days  in  a mixture 
of  muriatic  acid  and  water,  all  the  earthy  salts  will  be  extracted  from 
its  structure,  and  a substance  like  gutta-percha,  of  the  exact  shape  of 
the  bone,  only  capable  of  being  bent,  doubled  up,  or  extended,  like 
Indian  rubber,  will  remain.  Such  a condition,  more  or  less  supple, 
according  to  the  amount  of  earthy  matter  contained  in  the  cells  of  the 
organ,  is  the  state  of  the  bones  in  rickets,  which,  being  deprived  of 
their  resistant  properties,  become  unable  to  bear  the  weight  and  pres- 
sure of  the  body,  give  way,  and  are  easily  bent,  twisted,  or  deformed. 

The  causes  of  rickets,  though  generally  attributed  to  bad  nurs- 
ing, bad  food,  imperfect  ventilation,  and  want  of  cleanliness,  must  be 
looked  for  in  the  constitution  of  the  parents  or  that  of  the  child, 
showing  a want  of  those  earthy  particles  or  mineral  salts  which,  under 
the  head  of  “ Food,”  we  have  shown  are  so  necessary  to  the  health 
and  stamina  of  the  body.  Defective  assimilation  of  food  is  the  pro- 
fessional term  given  as  an  explanation  of  the  cause  of  this  disease;  the 
meaning  of  which  is,  that  there  is  a deficiency  of  phosphate  of  lime, 
either  in  the  food  taken  or  in  the  system. 

The  symptoms  of  rickets  are  more  passive  than  positive,  and  show 
themselves  rather  by  their  local  than  by  their  constitutional  characters. 
The  general  effects,  however,  are  a softness  and  flaccidity  of  tne  mus- 
cles of  the  bodjr;  a sallow,  anxious  countenance;  a distended  or  tumid 
state  of  the  abdomen,  with  turbid  state  of  the  urine,  and  though  the 
appetite  is  good,  the  child  gradually  loses  flesh  and  strength.  The 
teething  process  is  slow  and  imperfect,  and  the  teeth,  when  formed, 
quickly  decay,  become  loose,  or  fall  out;  the  epiphyses,  or  extremities 
of  the  long  bones,  become  spongy  and  swollen,  the  disease  first  show- 
ing itself  at  the  wrists  and  ankles;  and  as  the  mischief  advances,  the 
long  bones  gradually  give  way,  and  bend  under  the  weight  of  the 
body,  and  become  twisted,  and  often  most  grotesquely  deformed,  by 
the  action  of  the  muscles,  which,  straining  in  contrary  directions, 
produce  that  malformation  which  is  generally  understood  by  the  name 
of  rickets.  In  ordinary  cases  the  legs  only  are  deformed — bent  out  or 
inwards,  or  twisted  in  many  forms;  but  in  severe  cases  the  bones  of 
the  spine  also  become  softened,  the  vertebrae  of  the  shoulders  (dorsal) 
are  displaced,  producing  a hump,  while  the  breast-bone  is  thrown  for- 
ward, forming  what  is  called  a pigeon-breast.  The  mental  faculties 
do  not  generally  suffer  with  the  physical  debility,  but  often  shine  out 
with  unusual  precocity  and  vigor. 

Treatment. — As  the  cause  of  this  disease  is  an  absence  of  the 
mineral  salts,  the  natural  remedy  for  the  case  would  seem  to  be  to  give 
the  system  those  salts  of  which  it  stands  in  need,  namely,  the  phos- 
phates of  lime  and  soda.  The  cure,  however,  cannot  always  be  effected 
by  these  means  alone,  though  given  in  constantly  repeated  doses ; the 


322 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


restoration  to  health  can  only  he  attained  by  a steady  and  gradual  sys- 
tem of  dietetics  and  regimen.  The  first  indispensable  requisite  ia 
change  of  ah',  and,  if  possible,  to  the  sea-side;  the  use  of  cold  salt- 
water baths;  a daily  friction  with  the  hand,  night  and  morning,  for  at 
least  ten  minutes  each  time,  along  the  limb  or  part  most  affected ; an 
abundance  of  milk,  and  a full  and  rich  diet — animal  and  vegetable— * 
with  fruit;  the  patient  in  this  instance  being  enjoined  to  eat  the  rind 
or  skin  as  well  as  the  fruit,  and  when  the  digestion  is  good,  water- 
cresses,  radishes,  salad,  and  any  crude  vegetable  in  which  the  mineral 
salts  are  in  their  natural  abundance.  Nexf  in  importance  to  fresh  air, 
cold  baths,  friction,  and  abundance  of  food,  rest  in  the  horizontal 
position  is  absolutely  necessary,  the  child  never  being  allowed  to  stand, 
or  bear  any  weight  on  its  limbs,  unless  supported  by  splints  and  band- 
ages, precisely  the  same  as  for  a fracture,  the  limb,  especially  if  it  is 
the  leg,  being  well  rubbed,  either  with  the  bare  hand  or  with  a little 
lard  or  sweet  oil. 

Though  the  diet  and  regimen  are  the  chief  agents  required  in  the 
treatment  of  rickets,  some  medicine  is  necessary,  and  of  that  we  shall 
now  proceed  to  speak.  In  the  first  place,  cod-liver  oil,  on  account  of 
the  nitrogen  or  animalizing  principle  it  contains,  has  been  greatly 
recommended  in  this  disease,  and  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  in  cases 
of  much  debility  it  may  be  given  with  very  great  effect.  The  chief 
dependence,  however,  must  be  placed  on  the  stimulating  and  tonic 
properties  of  iron,  as  prescribed  below,  with  the  saline  powders  fol- 
lowing : 

Take  of  steel  wine,  2 ozs.;  syrup  of  saffron,  2 fdrs.;  mint  water, 
sufficient  to  make  a four-ounce  mixture.  Mix,  and  or  a child  under 
two  years,  give  34  a tea-spoon  every  six  hours;  for  a child  between  two 
and  six  years,  1 tea-spoon  three  times  a day;  and  for  a child  between 
the  ages  of  six  and  ten  years,  1 dessert-spoon  in  water  every  eight 
hours. 

Take  of  phosphate  of  lime,  2 drs. ; phosphate  of  soda,  2 drs.  Mix, 
and  divide  into  12  powders.  One  to  be  taken,  dissolved  in  a little 
water,  three  times  a day,  for  a child  between  six  and  ten  years  old;  to 
all  patients  under  six , half  of  each  powder,  dissolved  in  water  or  milk, 
is  to  be  given  two  or  three  times  a day. 

Care  must  be  taken  with  female  children  affected  with  rickets,  to 
prevent,  if  possible,  any  malformation  of  the  bones  of  the  pelvis  or 
hips,  by  keeping  the  child  from  running  about,  so  as  to  ward  off  iany 
undue  weight  on  the  bones  of  that  part,  and  in  all  cases  anticipating 
any  malformation  as  far  as  possible  by  rubbing  the  limb,  and  applyng 
splints  to  keep  the  bones  from  the  action  of  the  muscles. 

Children  who  are  old  enough  to  eat  raw  vegetable  matters  should 
be  given  an  abundant  supply  of  such  articles  as  lettuce,  endive,  young 
onions,  watercresses,  raisins,  grapes,  apples,  gooseberries,  with  a due 
proportion  of  animal  food,  with  plenty  of  bread,  rice,  potatoes,  and 
milk  frequently  in  the  course  of  each  day.  This,  with  change  of  air, 
salt-water  bathing,  and  friction,  will,  if  persevered  in  for  a sufficient 
time,  effect  a perfect  cure,  by  invigorating  the  constitution,  and  giving 
it  back  the  salts  oi  which  it  has  been  previously  deprived. 

NAYEL.— The  center  of  the  body  in  a full  grown  nine-months 
child,  and,  in  the  fetus,  the  opening  through  which  the  navel  string 
passes  from  the  liver  of  the  child  to  the  placenta  or  after-birth  of  the 
mother.  The  navel-string,  umbilical  cord,  ov  funis,  as  this  important 
part  is  differently  called,  is  composed  cf  a series  of  vessels— an  artery, 
vein,  nerve,  and  lymphatic  tube — all  loosely  twined,  like  the  strands 


Appendix  io  Medical  Department.  323 

or  a rope,  round  each  other,  and  varying  in  length  from  one  to  two 

fbtJt. 

It  is  through  the  medium  of  the  navel-cord  that  arterial  blood  and 
nervous  power  from  the  mother  is  carried  to  nourish  the  fetus,  and  the 
venous  blood  and  impurities  brought  from  it.  The  cora  is  sometimes 
every  inch  or  so  doubled  upon  itself  in  the  form  of  a series  of  knots; 
this  is  a provision  to  allow  of  greater  extension,  without  incurring  the 
risk  of  making  the  cord  tense.  . 

With  some  children  the  navel-cord  is  remarkably  short,  and 
neither  knotted  nor  twisted;  when  such  is  the  case,  it  is  certain  to 
delay  the  labor  very  materially,  and  add  considerably  to  the  maternal 
pains,  the  shortness  of  the  string  preventing  the  head  from  descending 
freely,  though  the  contractions  of  the  uterus  are  strong,  and  no  other 
impediment  existing.  After  the  birth  of  the  child,  and  the  new  cir- 
culation has  been  established  in  the  infant,  the  navel-cord  is  tied  about 
two  inches  from  the  body,  and  then  divided;  in  the  course  of  a week 
or  fortnight  the  fragment  left  sloughs  or  drops  off,  leaving,  when  it  has 
been,  properly  attended  to,  that  closed  but  indented  cavity  know  as 
the  navel. 

PUBERTY* — The  age  of  supposed  virility  in  males,  and  of  woman- 
hood in  females.  The  word  is  derived  from  the  name  of  a part  of  the 
bodjr,  and  the  first  appearance  of  hair  on  the  face.  The  exact  age  of 
puberty  differs  in  different  countries,  and  even  in  individuals,  being 
earlier  in  warm  climates  than  it  is  in  cold  ones.  In  this  country,  from 
14  to  16  is  the  general  age  at  which  puberty  commences  in  males,  and 
from  12  to  14  in  girls.  It  is  a critical  period  with  either  sex,  and  care 
should  be  taken  that  at  such  an  age  no  vices  are  contracted  which  may 
lay  the  seeds  of  after  mischief. 

RINGWORM. — The  head  is  to  be  washed  twice  a day  with  soft 
soap  and  warm  soft  water;  when  dried,  the  places  to  be  rubbed  with 
a piece  of  linen  rag  dipped  in  ammonia  from  gas  tar;  the  patient 
should  take  a little  sulphur  and  molasses,  or  some  other  gentle  aperient, 
every  morning;  brushes  and  combs  should  be  washed  every  day  and 
the  ammonia  kept  tightly  corked. 

OINTMENT  FOR  SCURF  IN  THE  HEADS  OF  INFANTS.— 
Lard  2 ozs. ; sulphuric  acid,  diluted,  2 drs. ; rub  them  together,  and 
anoint  the  head  once  a day. 

SNUFFLES. — A troublesome  complaint,  to  infants  especially. 
The  mucous  membrane  of  the  nose,  through  the  taking  of  cold,  being 
much  swollen,  the  child  is  no  longer  able  to  breathe  through  its  nose, 
as  it  was  accustomed  to  do,  but  is  compelled  to  breathe  through  the 
mouth.  The  difficult  breathings  are  attended  by  a peculiar  snuffling 
noise,  which,  in  sleep,  becomes  a regular  loud  snore.  It  often  inter- 
feres with  its  sucking  at  the  breast;  and  as  soon  as  it  seizes  the  nipple 
a threatening  suffocation  compels  it  to  desist. 

While  this  complaint  lasts  the  child  may  be  partially  fed  with  the 
spoon;  give  it  a very  mild  purgative;  bathe  its  legs  frequently  in  warm 
water.  Rub  the  nose  with  tallow,  and  apply  a slippery  elm  poultice 
mixed  with  cream. 

SQUINTING. — Squie#pg  frequently  arises  from  the  unequal 
strength  of  the  eyes,  the  weaker  eye  being  turned  away  from  the 
object,  to  avoid  the  fatigue  of  exertion.  Cases  of  squinting  of  long 
standing  have  often  been  cured  by  covering  the  stronger  eye,  and 
thereby  compelling  the  weaker  one  to  exertion. 

SCRATCHES. — Trifling  as  scratches  often  seem,  they  ought  never 
to  be  neglected,  but  should  be  covered  and  protected,  and  kept  eteas 


324  Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 

and  dry,  until  they  have  completely  healed.  If  there  is  the  least 
appearance  of  inflammation,  no  time  should  be  lost  in  applying  a large 
bread  and  water  poultice,  or  hot  flannels  repeatedly  applied ; or  even 
leeches  in  good  numbers  may  be  put  on,  at  some  distance  from  each 
other. 

SCALD  (SCALLED)  HEAD.— An  eruptive  disease  of  the  scalp; 
a scaly  or  scabbed  head.  In  this  disease  the  head  is  completely 
covered  with  scabs  and  sores,  which  usually  break  out  in  scrofulous 
children  when  the  child  is  teething. 

The  symptoms  of  this  disgusting  disease  commence  with  large, soft 
patches,  slightly  flattened,  with  irregular  margins,  and  slightly 
inflamed  bases.  Patches  of  the  pustles,  which  are  numerous,  unite  and 
form  crusts  or  scabs,  which  in  time  constitute  a dense  continuous  cov- 
ering over  the  entire  head.  A profuse  acrid  discharge  soon  after 
follows,  most  offensive  to  the  nostrils,  in  which  vermin  are  quickly 
generated;  the  hair  is  matted  together  with  scabs,  and  the  whole  head 
filthy  in  the  extreme. 

The  treatment  consists  in  first  shaving  the  head,  and  washing 
the  scalp  with  soap  and  water,  applying  every  night  a little  of  either 
of  the  following  ointments,  washing  the  head  in  the  morning  clean 
from  all  grease,  lightly  dusting  the  scalp  with  violet  powder,  and 
giving  one  of  the  powders  prescribed  below  every  morning. 

Ointments. — Take  of  spermaceti  cerate,  1 oz. ; cresote,  40  drops. 

Mix. 

Take  of  citron  ointment,  ldr.;  spermaceti  cerate,  7 drs.  Mix  with 
a bone  spatula. 

Powders. — Take  of  powdered  rhubarb,  24  grs. ; grey  powder,  14 
grs. ; precipitated  sulphate  of  antimony,  12  grs.  Mix. 

Divide  into  twelve  powders  for  a child  from  one  to  two  years  old„ 
into  nine  powders  for  a child  from  two  to  three  years;  into  six  for  a 
child  from  three  to  six  years  of  age.  One  powder  to  be  given  every 
morning  in  each  instance.  From  10  to  20  grains  of  powdered  sarsapa* 
rilla  may  also  be  given  twice  a day. 

Scald  Head.— This  affects  the  heads  of  children  chiefly.  Thw 
scabby  eruptions  at  the  roots  of  the  hair  are  very  disagreeable.  It 
is  a very  obstinate  and  infectious  disease.  First,  cue  off  all  the  hair, 
and  wash  the  head  night  and  morning  with  warm  soap  suds,  and  after- 
wards bathe  with  tincture  of  blood-root.  Then  apply  the  brown 
ointment,  once  a day.  Give  the  patient  sulphur  and  cream-of-tartar 
in  molasses,  so  as  slightly  to  open  the  bov/els.  A poultice  of  doch 
roots  is  very  useful. 

Scald  Head. — Anoint  it  with  Barbadoes  tar.  Or  apply  daily  white 
wine  vinegar. 

If  wood  soot  is  mixed  with  fresh  butter  into  an  ointment,  and  the 
head  anointed  with  it  every  day,  it  will  generally  cure  it  at  the  begin- 
ning; but  when  it  is  become  very  bad,  a plaster  should  be  made  of 
gall  dried  to  the  consistence  of  salve,  and  rpread  upon  linen.  This 
should  be  applied  all  over  the  parts  affected,  and  continued  on  four  or 
five  days;  then  it  should  be  taken  off  and  the  head  dressed  with  soot 
ointment  as  before.  After  the  cure,  give  two  or  three  gentle  purges. 

If  a proper  regard  was  paid  to  cleanliness  in  the  head  and  apparel 
of  children,  the  scald  head  would  be  seldom  seen.  — Wesley . 

SCARLATINA,  OR  SCARLET  FEVER.— It  derives  its  name  froiui 
the  color  of  its  eruptions.  It  is  a disease  of  infancy,  and  seldom  attacks 
adults,  It  never  attacks  the  same  person  twice.  It  begins  with 
chilliness  and  shivering*,  langor,  and  depression  of  spirits,  a dry  skin. 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department 


325 


a uid  pains  in  the  head  ; and  soon  the  whole  skin  becomes  covered  with 
specks,  or  minute  inflammations,  larger  and  redder  than  those  of  the 
measles.  In  two  or  three  days,  they  disappear,  succeeded  by  scalings 
of  the  scarf  skin,  like  bran  dispersed  over  the  body,  which  fall  off*  and 
appear  again  two  or  three  times  successively.  This  disease  is  some- 
times of  a more  malignant  type,  tending  towards  putrefaction.  It  is 
attended  with  severe  sore  throat;  the  uvula,  and  all  the  back  part  of 
the  throat  are  very  red,  painful  and  swollen,  and  the  swallowing  much 
impeded,  or  rendered  nearly  impossible.  It  is  often  attended  with 
delirium,  the  spots  become  black;  the  disease  becomes  dangerous. 
Scarlatina  is  infectious. 

Treatment. — If  the  disease,  is  of  a mild  character,  little  more  is 
required  than  to  observe  a cold  diet,  and  to  avoid  cold  air,  and  cold 
drinks.  If  the  body  be  costive,  give  an  aperient.  If  the  fever  be  high, 
give  the  saline  mixture,  which  see.  Take  a small  cupful  at  a time. 
Barley  water,  acidulated  with  tamarinds,  or  lemon-juice  affords  a good 
beverage.  Give  also  the  Sudorific  Powder.  Emetics  will  be  useful  as 
soon  as  the  disease  begins.  The  emetic  powder  should  not  be  neglect- 
ed. Bathe  the  feet  in  warm  water,  and  give  saffron  tea.  Drink  balm 
tea  frequently. 

Scarlet  fever  is  caused  by  some  morbifle  matter  taken  into  the  cir- 
culation by  the  lungs;  and  the  increased  action  in  the  system  is  a 
healthy  effort  of  nature  to  expel  such  morbific  matter.  Nature  there- 
fore must  be  assisted;  or  if  her  efforts  are  too  great,  she  must  be 
restrained.  It  is  not  always  necessary  to  give  the  emetic  powder;  but 
if  there  be  soreness  of  the  throat,  and  much  phlegm,  hindering  the 
breathing,  the  powder  will  have  a good  effect,  abating  the  febrile 
symptoms,  curing  the  disease,  or  rendering  the  attack  light.  Mr. 
Stephens  asserts  that  he  gave  the  following  mixture  in  400  cases,  after 
they  had  assumed  the  most  alarming  appearance,  the  majority  of 
which  it  cured;  viz:  Cayenne,  a tablespoon ful;  common  salt,  Y%  tea- 
spoonfuls. Beat  into  a paste,  and  pour  upon  it  a pint  of  boiling  water; 
to  stand  an  hour;  then  add  half  a pint  of  good  vinegar.  A table- 
spoonful of  the  mixture  every  hour.  Do  nov  neglect  to  give  an  aperient 
that  will  cleanse  the  stomach  and  bowels.  Castor  oil,  and  salts  and 
senna,  or  senna  and  manna,  are  appropriate  purgatives. 

It  is  very  good  to  bathe  the  surface  with  warm  soft  water,  to 
Which  has  been  added  a little  lye.  Some  have  recommended  ablutions  of 
cold  water;  but  they  should  not  be  adopted  except  where  the  heat  of 
the  skin  is  great,  and  where  perspiration  is  absent.  It  often  moderates 
the  subsequent  symptoms.  But  no  dangerous  reaction  takes  place 
from  tepid  as  from  cold  water,  nor  will  any  danger  whatever  result 
from  it,  as  it  is  a most  valuable  auxiliary,  and  the  use  of  it  cannot  be 
too  highly  recommended.  If  the  throat  be  sore,  and  the  swallowing 
difficult,  foment  it  with  the  rheumatic  liquid.  Gargle,  as  in  sore  throat. 
The  diaphoretic  powder  will  have  an  anodyne  influence,  and  should 
not  be  neglected. 

Should  the  disease  assume  the  malignant  type,  give  immediately 
the  vapor  bath  of  bitter  decoction,  and  emetics,  and  doses  of  the 
cayenne  and  salt  mixture,  as  just  mentioned  ; it  may  be  made  a little 
stronger.  If  putrid  symptoms  appear,  give  yeast  mixed  with  honey 
and  milk.  Also  gargle  with  it ; and  apply  yeast  poultices  to  eruptions 
run  into  a sore.  Let  the  room  in  which  the  patient  is  confined  be  well 
ventilated,  and  of  a proper  temperature  ; but  keep  away  cold  air  from 
him  by  all  means. 

1 n the  beginning  of  the  disease,  the  diet  should  be  light  and  easy 


326 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


of  digestion.  Diluents  should  be  freely  taken,  as  balm  tea,  barley 
gruel,  etc.,  with  a squeeze  of  lemon  in  them.  If  there  is  debility,  let 
the  food  be  nutritious,  as  beef  tea,  jellies,  arrow-root,  sago,  rice  milk, 
and  a little  wine.  During  recovery  avoid  exposure  to  cold;  keep  the 
skin  clean  by  tepid  ablutions,  and  occasionally  bathe  the  feet  in.  warm 
water  at  bed-time.  Apply  friction  to  the  whole  body  as  much  as  the 
patient  can  bear.  Give  the  tonic  bitters,  also  the  composition  Powder. 

Belladonna  has  been  found  to  render  persons  unsusceptible  of  the 
fever,  in  places  where  it  is  raging.  It  is  to  be  given  in  extract, — the 
twentieth  part  of  a grain  morning  and  evening. 

SCARLATINA  AND  MEASLES. — Dr.  Witt  states  that  sesquicar- 
bonate  of  ammonia  is  an  antidote  to  scarlatina  and  measles.  “The 
dose  in  these  complaints  varies  from  3 to  10  grains,  according  to  the 
age  of  the  patient,  given  at  longer  or  shorter  intervals,  according  to 
the  mildness  or  severity  of  the  attack.  The  suitable  dose  dissolved  in 
as  small  a quantity  of  cold  water  as  will  admit  of  its  being  swallowed 
with  as  many  grains  of  loaf  sugar,  merely  to  make  it  palatable,  is  all 
that  is  required.  Any  admixture  with  other  medicines,  as  salines, 
bark,  etc.,  and  all  acidulous  drinks,  are  to  be  avoided.  The  prelimi- 
nary treatment  is  also  simple ; from  half  a grain  of  calomel,  for 
children,  to  five  grains  for  adults,  should  be  placed  on  the  tongue  and 
swallowed.  About  an  hour  after,  the  first  dose  of  the  ammonia  is  to 
be  given,  and  repeated  every  three  or  four  hours,  as  long  as  the 
disorder  takes  the  favorable  course.  If  the  disorder  increases  in 
violence,  the  medicine  must  be  given  every  two  hours,  or  every  hour, 
or  sometimes  even  more  frequently,  till  the  graver  symptoms  are 
subdued  This  medicine  has  been  found  to  possess  similar  powers 
over  diphtheria.” 

THRUSH. — An  affection  peculiar  to  ygung  children,  during  the 
period  of  teething.  It  is  an  affection  of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the 
mouth.  It  appears  in  small  white  ulcers  upon  the  tongue,  gums,  and 
around  the  mouth.  If  not  mild  it . may  extend  to  the  whole  of  the 
alimentary  canal,  from  the  mouth  down  to  the  anus,  attended  with 
flatulency,  purgings,  etc.  In  this  severe  form  it  often  terminates 
fatally.  Sometimes  the  inside  of  the  mouth  becomes  so  raw  and  sore, 
as  to*  make  it  painful  to  take  nourishment.  Elderly  people,  and 
persons  with  debilitated  constitutions,  are  liable  to  this  complaint. 

Attention  should  be  paid  to  the  state  of  the  general  ' system, 
especially  to  the  stomach  and  bowels.  An  emetic  is  often  of  great 
service.  * Give  also  a gentle  aperient.  Small  doses  of  magnesia,  and 
the  use  of  lime  water  will  be  of  great  service  in  removing  the  acid 
from  the  stomach  and  bowels.  The  neutralizing  mixture  diluted  may 
be  given  till  the  bowels  are  acted  upon.  Make  a decoction  of  sage  and 
hyssop,  add  a little  borax,  and  wash  the  affected  parts  with  it.  Let  it 
be  sweetened.  A solution  of  burnt  alum  has  been  recommended;  or 
apply  it  pulverized. 

TONUUE-TIED. — This  is  a term  used  when  a child  is  unable  to 
move  its  tongue  in  such  a manner  as  to  make  a perfect  vacuum  of  its 
mouth  when  grasping  its  mother’s  nipple.  When  the  tongue  has  free 
motion,  and  with  the  lips  grasps  the  nipple  firmly,  the  vacuum  made  is 
complete,  and  the  nipple  being  pulled  out,  the  milk  flows  into  the 
infant’s  mouth;  when,  however,  the  motion  of  the  tongue  is  confined, 
the  infant  is  unable  to  secure  the  organ  for  any  time,  the  vacuum  is 
imperfect,  and  only  occasional  driblets  of  milk  are  drawn  from  the 
breast;  the  child,  in  petulant  irritation  dropping  the  nipple  and 
throwing  back  its  head,  expresses  its  disappointment  in  querulous 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


327 


•*,-fes.  It  is  very  seldom  that  this  defect  arises  from  muscular 
deficiency  or  natural  malformation;  the  cause,  in  nine  out  of  ten  cases, 
depending  on  the  lining  membrane,  where  it  forms  a fold  under  the 
tongue,  and  which,  being  attached  almost  to  the  tip  of  the  organ,  thus 
binds  it  down  by  the  bridle,  as  it  is  called,  or  the  fraenum,  preventing 
all  but  the  most  limited  motion.  In  such  a case  the  treatment  is 
very  simple,  and  the  cure  instantaneous;  it  consists  in  merely  passing 
the  limb  of  a sharp-pointed  pair  of  scissors  through  the  thin  skin 
below  the  tip  of  the  tongue,  as  near  the  external  margin  as  possible, 
and  nipping  it  apart.  To  do  this  simple  operation  safely  and  properly 
the  nurse  should  hold  the  child  on  her  lap,  arid  the  surgeon,  seated 
before  her,  should  place  the  back  of  the  infant’s  head  between  his 
knees,  and,  making  the  child  cry,  watch  his  opportunity  to  transfix  the 
mucous  membrane,  and  cut  the  mere  thread  of  membrane  outwards, 
and  then  place  the  child  to  the  breast,  its  steady  drawining  of  the  nipple 
being  the  best  evidence  of  the  success  of  the  operation.  As  the  renal 
Artery  and  vein  are  in  close  proximity,  the  operator  must  be  careful 
that  he  does  not  transfix  or  wound  either.  At  the  same  time  lie  must 
be  careful  not  to  credit  every  mother  or  nurse’s  assertion  that  a child  is 
tongue-tied  till  he  has  satisfied  himself  by  examination,  and  by  putting 
his  finger  into  its  mouth,  that  the  infant  is  unable  to  grasp  with  its 
tongue. 

TEETHING.— Young  children,  whilst  cutting  their  first  set  of 
teeth,  often  suffer  severe  constitutional  disturbance.  At  first  there  is 
restlessness  and  peevishness,  with  slight  fever,  but  not  unfrequently 
these  are  followed  by  convulsive  fits,  as  they  are  commonly  called, 
which  depend  on  the  brain  becoming  irritated;  and  sometimes  under 
this  condition  the  child  is  either  cut  off  suddenly,  or  the  foundation  of 
serious  mischief  to  the  brain  is  laid.  The  remedy,  or  rather  the  safe- 
guard against  these  frightful  consequences,  is  trifling  and  safe,  and 
almost  certain,  and  consists  merely  in  lancing  the  gum  covering  tfie 
tooth  which  is  making  its  way  through.  When  teething  is  about  it 
may  be  known  by  the  spittle  constantly  drivelling  from  the  mouth  and 
Wetting  the  frock.  The  child  has  its  fingersoften  in  its  mouth,  and 
bites  hard  any  substance  it  can  get  hold  of.  If  the  gums  be  carefully 
looked  at,  the  part  where  the  tooth  is  pressing  up  is  swollen  and  redder 
than  usual;  and  if  the  finger  be  pressed  on  it  the  child  shrinks  and 
cries,  showing  that  the  gum  is  tender.  When  these  symptoms  occur, 
the  gum  should  be  lanced,  and  sometimes  the  tooth  comes  through  the 
next  day,  if  near  the  surface;  but  if  not  so  far  advanced  the  cut  heals 
and  a scar  forms,  which  is  thought  by  some  objectionable,  as  rendering 
the  passage  of  the  tooth  more  difficult.  This,  however,  is  untrue,  for 
the  scar  will  give  way  much  more  easily  than  the  uncut  gum.  If  the 
tooth  do  not  come  through  after  two  or  three  dajrs,  the  lancing  may  be 
repeated;  and  this  is  more  especially  needed  if  the  child  be  very 
fractious,  and  seems  in  much  pain.  Lancing  the  gums  is  further 
advantageous,  because  it  empties  the  inflamed  part  of  its  blood,  and  so 
relieves  the  pain  and  inflammation.  The  relief  children  experience  in 
the  course  of  two  or  three  hours  from  the  operation  is  often  very 
remarkable,  as  they  almost  immediately  become  lively  and  cheerful. 

YAC  INATXON. — Is  artificially  inducing  in  the  human  body  the 
disease  knowm  as  cow-pox,  professionally  called  vaccina  or  vacciola , and 
is  effected  by  inserting  a portion  of  the  lymph  or  virus , taken  in  the 
first  instance  from  a cow  (in  which  animal  the  disease  arises  spontane- 
ously), into  some  part  of  the  patient’s  body,  the  object  being  to  pre- 
serve the  person  so  treated  from  the  infection  of  small-pox.  The  value 


32$ 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


of  this  discovery  (which  enables  the  physician,  by  inducing  a mild  and 
benign  disease  into  the  system,  to  avert  from  the  body  a foul  and  pesti- 
lential one;  or,  should  it  arise,  to  rob  it  of  its  worst  symptoms  and 
nearly  all  its  danger,)  is  now  so  universally  known  and  recognized,  that 
it  is  only  necessarv  for  us  to  remind  the  reader  that  this  great  blessing 
was  conferred  on  humanity  toward  the  end  of  the  last  century  by  Dr. 
Jenner.  Vaccination  was  for  a long  time  considered  a perfect  specific 
against  small-pox,  and  the  blood  once  influenced  by  the  lymph  of  cow- 
pox  would,  it  was  supposed,  ever  afterward  repel  the  disease  of  small- 
pox, however  the  patient  might  be  exposed  to  its  infection.  Experience, 
however,  has  proved  this  to  be  a fallacy,  and  that  pefsons,  although 
twice  vaccinated,  may  be  attacked  by  the  dreaded  disease.  It  is,  how- 
ever, satisfactory  to  know  that  after  vaccination,  small-pox,  if  it  should 
occur,  is  always  mild,  seldom  pits  the  skin,  and  is  never  dangerous. 

To  insure  the  full  benefit  of  vaccination,  the  patient  should  be  in 
perfect  health  at  the  time,  and  the  lymph  used  perfectly  freiah;  and,  if 
convenient,  taken  from  an  arm  at  the  time  of  using.  A couple  of 
superficial  scratches  should  be  made  by  a lancet  in  the  arm,  about  half 
an  inch  apart;  the  surgeon  should  then  load  the  point  of  his  lancet, 
with  the  fluid  lymph,  and  insert  it  in  each  of  the  abrasions  oi 
scratches,  exciting  the  vessels  to  absorb  the  lymph  by  slightly  scraping 
the  part  with  the  point  of  the  lancet,  care  being  taken  not  to  induce 
bleeding — a mere  redness,  excited  by  scraping  away  the  scarf-skin,  is 
all  that  is  necessary.  On  the  second  day  the  vaccinated  parts  appear 
red,  as  if  about  to  fester;  on  the  fourth  day  the  places  have  become 
defined  spots;  and  by  the  end  of  the  fifth  day  assume  the  appearance 
of  vesicles,  surrounded  by  a bright  pink  areola;  about  the  eigth  day 
the  vesicles  attain  their  maturity,  being  circular  in  form,  and  about  an 
inch  in  diameter,  with  a flat  top,  and  a slight  depression  in  the  center; 
about  the  ninth  day  a slight  degree  of  fever  takes  place,  but  only  lasts 
for  a few  hours  (this  febrile  action  is  similar  to  the  secondary  fever  of 
small-pox).  The  pustule  should  be  opened  upon  the  ninth  day,  and 
the  lymph,  if  not  required  for  immediate  use,  collected  on  small, 
square  pieces  of  glass,  or  taken  up  on  small  slips  of  bone  called 
points.  A little  magnesia  and  rhubarb,  or  an  aperient  powder,  should 
be  given  when  the  pustule  is  opened,  and  if  the  arm  is  red  and  in. 
flamed,  a warm  poultice  applied  for  a few  hours  will  relieve  it.  In 
general  it  is  the  twenty-first  day  before  the  pustule  completely  desqua. 
mates  and  the  areola  disappears,  leaving  a small  depression  or  pit  on, 
the  skin,  which  usually  remains  for  life.  A vesicle  generally  appears 
above  each  place  where  the  vaccine  lymph  has  been  inserted,  which 
from  the  third  to  the  fifth  days  has  a clear,  pearly  appearance,  becom- 
ing opaque  as  the  contents  advance  to  maturity.  The  pustule  should 
always  be  opened  by  the  ninth  day  and  before  suppuration  takes  place. 
Some  persons  vaccinate  on  both  arms,  making  two  or  three  punctures 
on  each;  this  is  unnecessary,  two  places  on  one  arm  being  sufficient, 
and  these  must  be  so  far  apart  that  there  can  be  no  fear  of  their  run- 
ning together.  In  some  constitutions  the  efficacy  of  the  lymph  lasts 
for  life,  in  others  the  protective  influence  passes  off  in  a few  years;  on 
this  account  it  has  been  deemed  necessary  to  repeat  the  vaccination  at 
the  age  of  puberty.  To  arrest  the  spread  of  that  dreadful  pest,  small- 
pox, the  Government  has  established  many  sanitary  and  legislative 
enactments.  When  vaccination  is  performed  from  dry  lymph  collected 
on  the  glasses  or  bone  points,  the  virus  must  be  made  moist  by  a drop 
of  warm  water  before  using. 

ANODYNE  FOMENTATION.— -Take  of  white  poppy-heads,  2 ozs. » 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department.  329 

dowers,  % oz.;  water,  3 pts.  Boil  till  one  pint  is  evaporated,  and 
Strum  out  the  liquor. 

This  fomentation  relieves  acute  pain.  If  the  affected  part  is  very 
painful,  add  forcy  drops  of  laudanum,  and  thirty  drops  of  tincture  of 
cayenne. 

ANODYNE  PLASTER. — Melt  an  ounce  of  adhesive  plaster,  or 
diachlyon,  and  while  cooling,  add  a drachm  of  powdered  opium,  and 
the  same  quantity  of  camphor,  previously  dissolved  in  a small  quantity 
of  olive  oil.  Spread  this  on  leather.  This  soon  relieves  an  acute  locall 
pain. 

ANODYNE  POWDER*— Opium,  y2  oz. ; camphor,  3 drs. ; valerian, 

1 oz. ; cayenne  pepper,  1 oz.  Put  the  opium  and  camphor  into  a close 
bag;  place  it  on  the  oven  top  to  harden.  Powder  and  mix.  Take  a 
quarter  of  a tea-spoonful  at  a time.  Most  valuable  in  colic,  cramp 
and  severe  pains. 

ANTI-BILLIOUS  PILLS. — Extract  of  colocynth,  2 drs.;  extract 
of  jalap,  1 dr.;  almond  soap,  1%  drs.;  guiacum,  3 drs.;  tartarized  an- 
timony, 8 grs. ; oil  of  juniper,  4 or  5 drops;  oil  of  carraway,  4 drops; 
oil  of  rosemary,  4 drops.  Form  into  a mass  with  syrup  of  buckthorn, 
and  divide  into  pills. 

ANTDCHOLERA  DROPS. — Tinctures  of  capsicum,  opium, 
lobelia,  essence  of  peppermint,  of  each,  1 oz.  Mix.  Take  when 
needful,  a tea-spoonful  in  a little  coffee.  Most  efficient  in  cholera,  and 
affections  of  the  bowels. 

ANTIMONIAL  WINE. — This  may  be  purchased  at  the  druggists. 
As  an  emetic,  the  dose  is  from  one  to  two  table-spoonfuls.  As  a 
febrifuge,  sudorific,  or  relaxant,  from  twenty  to  forty  drops  every 
three  or  four  hours.  As  an  emetic,  ipecacuanha,  and  lobelia,  stand 
very  high,  especially  the  latter. 

ANTI -SPASMODIC  TINCTURE. — Tincture  of  lobelia,  1 oz.; 
tincture  of  cayenne,  1 oz.  ; compound  tincture  of  lady’s  slipper,  % oz.; 
oil  of  anise-seed,  20  drops.  Begin  with  a teaspoonful.  This  is  an 
infallible  remedy  for  spasms,  fever,  ague,  and  painful  flatulence  and 
colic. 

ANTI-SPASMODIC  CLYSTER. — To  half  a pint  of  thin  gruel,  add 
half  an  ounce,  or  an  ounce  of  the  fetid  tincture,  and  forty  to  sixty 
drops  of  laudanum.  This  is  very  useful  in  spasmodic  affections  of  the 
bowels,  in  convulsions,  or  in  all  hysteric  complaints. 

ANTS. — A small  quantity  of  green  sage,  placed  where  ants  infest 
will  cause  them  to  disappear.  Quicklime  thrown  on  their  nests,  and 
then  watered,  will  destroy  them.  Or,  a strong  solution  of  alum  water. 
Or,  gas  tar;  or  lime  from  gas-works.  Gas  tar  painted  round  a tree  an 
inch  or  two  broad,  will  prevent  ants  and  other  insects  from  climbing 
trees,  and  will  preserve  the  fruit. 

APERIENT  MIXTURE.— Senna  leaves,  2 drs.;  infuse  in  a quarter 
of  a pint  of  boiling  water,  for  half  an  hour,  and  add  epsoin  salts,  half 
an  ounce;  compound  tincture  of  senna,  an  ounce.  Three  table- 
spoonfuls to  be  taken  every  three  hours. 

APERIENT  ELECTUARY. — Senna,  1 oz.  powdered ; flour  of  sul- 
phur, y oz. ; ground  ginger,  2 drs. ; molasses,  or  honey,  4 ozs.  Mix 
well.  Dose. — About  the  size  of  a nutmeg  morning  and  night.  If  not 
strong  enough,  add  a small  quantity  of  jalap. 

APERIENT  FOR  CHILDREN.— Infusion  of  senna,  1 oz;  mint 
water,  % oz. ; calcined  magnesia,  1 scr. ; manna,  3 drs. ; syrup  of  roses, 

2 drs.;  (a  solution  of  sugar  will  do).  Mix  and  give  in  doses  of  «?ne  or 
two  teaspoonfuls  at  a time. 


33° 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department , 


APERIENT  FOR  INFANTS. — Take  of  rhubarb,  .*>  grs.*  magnesia* 
3 grains;  white  sugar,  1 scr.;  manna,  5 grs. ; Mix.  Dose. — Varying 
from  a piece  half  the  size  of  a sweet-pea  to  a piece  the  size  of  an  ordi- 
nary pea. 

APERIENT  MIXTURE— Abernethy’s.— Epsom  salts,  y2  oz.;  in- 
fusion of  senna,  6 drs.;  tincture  of  senna,  2 drs. ; spearmint  water,  1 
oz. ; distilled  water,  2 ozs. ; best  manna,  2 drs.  Mix ; and  take  three 
or  four  tablespoonfuls  every  morning,  or  every  other  morning.  This 
is  a valuable  mixture.  A decoction  of  Peruvian  bark  will  render  it  a 
tonic  aperient. 

APERIENT  PILLS.-->-Compound  rhubarb  pill,  1 scr. ; extract  of 
colyocynth,  34  dr.;  castile  soap,  10  grs. ; oil  of  juniper,  3 drops.  Beat 
into  a mass;  make  into  ordinary  sized  pills.  Take  one  at  bed-time. 

ALTERATIVES. — Medicines  adapted  to  cure  a disease  without 
producing  any  very  sensible  effect  on  the  human  system. 

Alterative  Pills. — Lobelia  seeds,  2 drs. ; mandrake,  2 drs. ; blue 
flag,  2 drs.;  blood  root,  2 drs.;  cayenne  pepper,  1 dr.;  gum  guiacum, 
2 drs. ; extract  of  dandelion,  6 drs.;  oil  of  peppermint,  3 or  4 drops; 
simple  syrup  to  form  into  pills.  Dose. — Two  pills  twice  or  thrice  a 
day.  These  pills  are  of  great  service  in  bilious  and  liver  complaints, 
diseased  joints,  boils,  carbuncles,  cutaneous  eruptions,  scrofula, 
syphillis,  etc. 

Alterative  Syrup, — Tincture  of  cayenne,  34  oz.;  tincture  of 
lobelia,  and  tincture  of  myrrh,  of  each,  2 ozs. ; molasses,  34  lb.  Mix. 
a teaspoonful  two  or  three  times  a day.  Xoted  for  its  effectual  cure  ol 
cutaneous  sores;  boils , indigestion,  and  some  chronic  complaints. 

I5L GOD-ROOT— Sauguinaria  Canadensis. — An  American  plant. 
It  has  great  emetic  and  expectorant  influence.  It  is  tonic,  narcotic, 
stimulant,  emetic,  according  to  the  dose  and  form  in  which  it  is  ad- 
ministered. In  a large  dose  it  produces  nausea,  etc.  In  small  doses, 
it  acts  as  a stimulant  and  tonic.  Like  digitalis,  it  calms  the  pulse.  It 
is  an  invaluable  remedy  in  diseases  of  the  chest,  lungs,  and  liver. 

Dr.  Beach  says  : * plethoric  constitutions,  when  respiration  is 

very  difficult,  the  cheek  .nd  hands  livid,  the  pulse  full,  soft,  vibrating, 
and  easily  compressed,  the  blood-root  has  done  more  to  obviate  the 
symptoms  and  remove  the  disease  than  any  other  remedy  used.  It  is 
most  useful  in  bleeding  at  the  lungs,  influenza,  whooping-cough,  and 
croup.  It  should  be  given  in  quantity  to  cause  vomiting.’’ 

Thirty  drops  of  the  saturated  alcoholic  solution,  taken  three  times 
a day,  cured  a bad  case  of  rheumatism  in  a gouty  person.  It  is  also  a 
great  benefit  in  asthmatic  affections,  scarlet  fever,  jaundice,  and  fe- 
male obstructions.  In  water  of  the  chest  (hydrothorax),  doses  of  50  or 
GO  drops  should  be  given,  until  nausea  follows  each  dose.  It  is  excel- 
cellent  in.  chest  complaints,  and  excessive  expectoration. 

Externally,  blood-root  is  a great  healer  of  the  worst  sores,  ulcers, 
ringworms,  tumors,  (and  taken  as  snuff,  of  polypus);  used  as  a pow- 
der, or  as  a wash.  The  roots  mo  generally  used  ; but  the  leaves  have 
similar  virtues.  It  is  given  in  the  rorm  of  syrup,  extract,  infusion, 
decoction,  and  tincture. 

As  ail  emetic  it  should  be  combined  with  lobelia.  If  infused  in 
vinegar,  its  effects,  as  a wash,  are  more  powerful  in  sores,  ulcers,  tet- 
ters, and  ringworms. 

Dr.  Tuily  asserts  that  in  the  sub-acute  form  of  inflammation, 
which  often  precedes  a rapid  phthisis,  or  consumption,  the  cure  may, 
in  general,  be  trusted  to  saiiguinaria  (blood-root)  and  opium,  after  the 
previous  use  of  aperients.  In  confirmed  phthisis,  it  is  of  more  value, 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department.  331 

he  says,  in  combating  and  palliating  symptoms,  than  any  other  rem- 
edy. 

Dr.  Stevens,  of  Ceres,  (1850),  has  seen  the  most  marked  benefit 
result  from  it  in  haemoptysis  (spitting  of  blood).  For  this  symptom  it 
was  employed  by  Dr.  N.  Smith,  and  others,  with  remarkable  success, 
some  years  ago. 

As  an  expectorant  in  the  first  and  second  stages,  its  action  is  said 
to  be  certain  to  arrest  the  cough  and  freely  empty  the  bronchial  tubes. 
In  the  second  and  third  stages,  it  is  a remedy  of  some  importance,  that 
can  be  relied  on. 

I gave  it  in  three  cases  of  that  condition  of  body,  preceding  the 
deposition  of  tubercle,  although  there  was  cough,  short  and  feeble  in- 
spiration, and  a general  phthisical  aspect.  In  one,  a girl  of  ten  years, 
there  was  an  hereditary  predisposition,  and  many  symptoms  of  phthisis 
in  the  first  stage  were  present,  but  no  physical  signs  of  the  disease. 
She  had  taken  cod-liver  oil  and  other  remedies  without  benefit,  and 
was  extremely  weak  and  emaciated.  After  attending  to  the  secretions, 
{ put  her  on  the  compound  sanguinaria  powder  nightly,  which  per- 
mitted me  subsequently  to  give  her  steel,  and  to  resume  the  cod-liver 
'\>il.  Her  health  improved;  the  cough  diminished  and  disappeared; 
she  gained  strength  and  flesh,  and  was  restored  to  perfect  health.  In 
1 girl  of  ten  years,  with  a sluggish  liver,  jaundice,  cough,  but  no  de- 
position of  tubercle,  the  same  good  result  ensued,  although  the  time 
^as  longer. 

In  the  first  £tage  of  phthisis,  wherein  actual  deposition  of  tubercle 
was  going  on,  with  all  the  symptoms  well  marked,  in  which  cod-liver 
oil  alone  was  not  agreeing,  I have  combined  with  it  small  doses  of  the 
compound  sanguinaria  powder  twice  a day,  with  relief  to  shortness  of 
breath,  and  improvement  of  the  general  health;  and  all  the  improve- 
ment has  been  attributed  by  the  patients  to  the  sanguinaria. 

In  the  second  stage,  the  tincture  in  moderate  doses  may  be  com- 
bined with  other  expectorants  with  great  advantage,  and  will  assist 
other  remedies  to  cure;  whilst,  in  the  third,  the  relief  afforded  in  a 
ready  expectoration  and  complete  emptying  of  the  bronchial  tubes  is 
really  marvelous.  The  expectoration  becomes  more  easy,  the  breath- 
ing clearer,  the  spasmodic  efforts  at  coughing  less;  and  much  improve- 
ment will  result  for  a time  in  the  last  stage  of  this  malady.  Some 
bitter  infusion  may  be  combined  with  the  sanguinaria  with  decided 
good  effect  in  the  dyspepsia,  or  loss  of  appetite  sometimes  present.  I 
believe  the  sanguinaria  in  moderate  doses  will  be  found  a remedy  of 
much  service  in  the  pretubercular  and  first  stages  of  phthisis,  either 
alone  or  combined  with  other  substances;  and  that  as  an  expectorant, 
in  the  second  and  third,  it  cannot  be  surpassed.  It  materially  helps  to 
prolong  life,  even  in  very  hopeless  cases. 

Bronchitis. — In  the  chronic  form,  it  is  in  general  use  all  over  this 
country,  as  one  of  the  most  active  expectorants.  Dr.  Leonard  observes, 
that  its  acrimony  renders  it  powerful  in  removing  the  tenacious 
phlegm,  and  which  it  is  our  object  to  get  rid  of.  Dr.  Wood,  of  Phila- 
delphia— a name  honored  in  this  country,  and  well  known  in  Europe — 
recommends  the  tincture,  among  other  remedies,  as  well  adapted  f or 
this  complaint,  four  to  six  times  a day,  kept  just  within  the  nauseating 
point.  It  is  used  extensively  in  the  various  hospitals  in  Canada,  and 
is  found  truly  valuable  as  a remedy.  Its  value  in  bronchitis  I have 
known  for  some  years,  and  have  found  it  more  serviceable  than  many 
other  expectorants,  and  one  that  promotes  the  expulsion  of  mucus  in 
such  a manner  as  to  afford  very  great  relief,  with  a feeling  of  warmth 
and  comfort  to  the  patient. 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


3S* 


Catarrh  is  much  benefited  by  this  remedy.  Equal  parts  of  <h* 
tincture  and  of  paregoric  were  found  by  Dr/  Tully  to  afford  mosl 
marked  relief.  It  produces  a warmth  about  the  chest,  which  tht,  p i- 
tients  find  agreeable.  It  is  much  employed  in  cold  in  the  head,  pro- 
moting the  discharge  of  mucus,  and  imparts  a pleasing  sense  of  warmth 
to  the  whole  head.  Dr.  R.  P.  Stevens  speaks  highly  of  its  virtues  in 
this  affection,  combined  with  cloves  and  camphor,  and  taken  as  snuff. 
As  a gargle  it  is  very  efficacious. 

Asthma. — The  paroxysms  of  asthma  are  much  relieved  by  it.  I 
gave  it  with  advantage  to  a female  aged  57,  who  had  been  asthmatic 
since  the  change  of  life  in  1850,  and  who  suffered  from  frequent  diar- 
rhea and  dyspnoea,  or  difficult  breathing.  It  completely  dispelled  an 
asthmatic  cough  in  a female  of  30,  who  had  aborted  a few  weeks  be- 
fore. Among  other  cases,  was  a girl  of  13,  with  hereditary  asthma, 
and  symptoms  of  stone  in  the  bladder.  She  passed  her  water  in  bed, 
was  fretful  and  irritable,  and  the  urine  was  loaded  with  lithates.  She 
rapidly  improved  under  a suitable  pectoral  mixture  and  the  compound 
sanguinaria  powders,  and  in  a little  while  was  restored  to  perfect 
health.  Its  efficacy  in  asthma  is  confirmed  by  other  observers,  and 
amongst  them  may  be  mentioned  Dr.  Eberle,  who  speaks  well  of  it. 
It  is  most  valuable  in  whooping-cough.  It  should  be  combined  with, 
camphorated  tincture  of  opium. 

Croup. — Dr.  Nathan  Smith,  and  others,  speak  of  it  as  a sovereign 
remedy  in  this  disease.  Dr.  Bird  recommends  its  use  in  the  membrane- 
ous stage,  as  an  emetic,  in  the  form  of  decoction.  It*  expels  the  falst. 
membrane,  and  produces  a stimulating  effect  upon  the  mouth  and  fau 
ces.  Dr.  Barton  pronounces  it  an  excellent  remedy  in  malignant  sort, 
throat,  croup,  and  similar  affections,  in  the  form  of  an  emetic  and 
stimulating  expectorant.  Dr.  Ives  recommends  it  as  highly  useful  in 
the  first  stage  of  croup,  and  must  be  given  so  as  to  produce  vomiting 
He  observes,  that  many  physicians  have  relied,  for  years,  wholly  upor* 
it  as  a remedy  for  croup. 

Diphtheria. — Of  the  three  forms  of  this  disease,  the  simple 
croupal,  and  malignant,  it  is  in  the  two  last  that  the  sanguinaria  will 
be  found  especially  useful.  In  my  own  practice,  I employ  this  sub 
stance  as  an  emetic  in  the  croupal  form;  it  acts  with  energy,  and  pro 
duces  a thrilling  effect  upon  the  entire  mucous  membrane  of  the  fau 
ces  and  respiratory  tract,  with  a feeling  of  warmth.  It,  alone,  seem* 
to  impart  vital ity  to  the  suffering  throat,  and  I recommend  it  with  tht, 
very  greatest  confidence. 

In  the  malignant  form  of  diphtheria,  besides  the  most  active  treats 
ment,  as  hydrochloric  acid  to  the  throat,  etc.,  a gargle,  of  a warm 
decoction  of  sanguinaria  in  vinegar,  is  invaluable. 

Scarlatina.— Dr.  Tully  has  used  the  decoction  as  a gargle  with 
benefit,  and  Dr.  Stevens,  of  Ceres,  derived  great  benefit  from  full 
emetic  doses  of  the  decoction  in  the  malignant  form  of  scarlatina.  If 
removes  the  morbid  secretions  of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  storm 
ach,  oesophagus,  and  fauces,  and  tends  to  break  up  the  morbilic  influ- 
ence of  the  disease.  In  an  epidemic  of  scarlatina,  with  symptoms  of 
the  most  alarming  character,  Dr.  R.  Gr.  Jennings,  of  Virginia,  after 
the  failure  of  almost  everything  else,  including  nitrate  of  silver,  found 
gargles  of  the  infusion  of  sanguinaria  in  vinegar  most  efficacious. 
They  effectually  cleansed  the  throat  of  viscid  secretion,  and  afforded 
much  comfort  to  the  suffering  patients,  allaying  all  irritation. 

Rheumatism  lias  been  treated  by  Professors  Smith  and  Ives,  in 
the  acute  form,  with  the  tincture  or  decoction,  given  till  its  opernffo'-. 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


333 


upon  the  skin  and  system  generall}7  becomes  manifest.  Very  many 
<9tner  physicians  speak  of  its  use  in  the  chronic  form.  I have  cured 
some  cases  of  chronic  rheumatism  by  the  tincture  and  compound  pow- 
der,  In  one,  a female  of  29,  the  subject  of  leucorrhea  and  rheumatism, 
all  the  pains  disappeared  in  a fortnight,  and  even  the  leucorrheal  dis- 
charge diminished. 

Hepatic  or  Liver  Diseases. — In  the  Southern  States,  yellow  fever, 
.jaundice,  inactivity  of  the  liver,  etc.,  from  the  nature  of  the  climate, 
prevails,  but  the  sanguinaria  has  been  found  by  Dr.  Macbride,  of 
Charleston,  of  utility  in  torpor  of  the  liver,  with  colic  and  yellowness 
-of  tlie  skin.  Jaundice  he  submitted  to  frequent  trials  of  the  medicine 
with  advantage.  Dr.  A.  D.  Wilson  cured  a case  of  enlargement  of  the 
liver  and  spleen  in  a girl  of  1G,  by  the  tincture  and  extract.  The  evi- 
dence of  its  value  in  jaundice,  is  favorable  by  a host  of  careful  Amer- 
ican writers. 

Amenorrhea. — It  is  an  emmenagogue  of  some  importance  and 
power.  Indeed,  its  first  known  use  among  the  native  Indian  women 
Vvas  for  this  purpose.  If  the  patient  is  plethoric  and  of  full  habit, 
large  doses  are  necessary;  and  if  combined  with  aloes,  shortly  before 
the  usual  monthly  period,  it  will  scarcely  or  never  fail  to  produce  men- 
struation. 

Powder. — The  usual  dose  of  this  as  an  emetic  is  from  10  to  20 
grs.  suspended  in  water.  It  is  preferable  sometimes  to  administer  it  as 
a pill,  to  avoid  the  irritation  of  the  fauces.  Dr.  Leonard  frequently 
combines  it  with  ipecacuanha;  the  dose  is  from  1 to  5 grs.,  repeated 
according  to  the  etfect  desired.  Grain  doses  will  produce  a diaphoretic 
and  expectorant  effect;  if  given  every  one  or  two  hours,  it  will  then 
uxert  a sedative  action,  and  reduce  the  frequency  of  the  pulse. 

Compound  Powder. — Powdered  blood-root,  2 scrs. ; opium,  pow- 
dered, 1 scr. ; sulphate  of  potass,  powdered,  7 scrs.  Mix.  Dose. — 
From  3 to  15  grains.  It  is  probably  the  least  irritating  of  all  the 
preparations. 

The  Powder  of  Sanguinaria  with  Camphor. — Take  of  sanguin- 
aria,  powdered,  1 scr. ; powdered  camphor,  8 grs  ; powdered  cloves, 
82  grs.  Mix.  This  is  used  in  cold  in  the  head,  and  proves  very  effica- 
cious. 

Infusion  of  Sanguinaria. — Sanguinaria,  bruised,  5 drs. ; boiling 
water,  1 pt.  Macerate  for  four  hours,  and  strain.  The  emetic  dose  is 
from  34  un  oz*  to  1 oz.,  at  short  intervals,  till  its  effects  are  produced. 

Decoction  of  Sanguinaria. — Sanguinaria,  bruised,  6 drs.;  distilled 
water,  134  pts.  Boil  down  to  1 pt.,  and  strain.  Dose  same  as  the  in- 
fusion. 

Extract  of  Sanguinaria. — This,  and  the  powder,  can  be  obtained 
of  the  medical  botanists.  The  dose  is  from  % to  % «r*  Per  day.  It  is 
best  to  commence  with  a sixteenth,  according  to  the  strength  of  the 
patient. 

Tincture  of  Blood-Root. — This,  also,  can  be  bought.  Will  prove 
emetic  in  a dose  of  2 to  4 drs. ; but  is  rather  intended  to  act  as  a stim- 
ulant to  the  stomach,  expectorant,  or  alterative,  for  which  purpose  20 
to  GO  drops  may  be  given  every  two  or  three  hours  in  acute  cases,  and 
three  or  four  times  a day  in  chronic. 

Blood-ltoot  Syrup. — Bruised  blood-root,  234  ozs-  5 lobelia,  34  oz*  i 
white  sugar,  \%  ozs.;  water,  134  pts.;  gently  simmer  half  an  hour, 
till  it  thickens;  when  cool,  add  1 tea-spoon  of  paregoric  elixir.  Take 
1 table-spoon  occasionally ; a child  1 tea-spoon,  or  less.  This  syrup 
is  very  valuable  in  chest  complaints,  bronchial  affections,  coughs,  and 
difficult  breathing. 


334 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


BLOODY  FLUX. — Feed  on  rice,  sago,  and  beef-tea.  To  stop  it, 
take  a spoon  of  suet  melted  over  a slow  fire.  Do  not  bleed. 

A person  was  cured  in  one  day  by  feeding  on  rice  milk,  and  sit- 
ting a quarter  of  an  hour  in  a shallow  tub,  having  in  it  warm  water, 
three  inches  deep. 

BLOTCHES. — Blotches  or  pimples  on  the  face  and  neck  are  often 
the  effect  of  some  functional  derangement  of  the  liver  or  stomach. 
Lotions  in  that  case,  do  more  harm  than  good.  If  they  proceed  from 
a disordered  liver,  take  the  compound  colocynth  and  blue  pill,  (which 
a druggist  will  supply,)  night  and  morning,  for  two  or  three  days; 
then  purge  off  with  two  or  three  doses  of  Epsom  salts  and  senna.  If 
they  proceed  from  derangement  of  the  stomach,  take  15  grs.  of  car- 
bonate of  soda,  6 grs.  of  rhubarb,  and  2 grs,  of  ginger,  or  cayenne 
pepper,  in  water,  twice  a day,  and  a compound  colocynth  pjll  every 
other  day.  Last  thing  at  night  rub  the  blotches  with  tallow,  and  in 
the  morning  apply  fullers’  earth  about  half  an  hour,  wash  off  with 
warm  water  and  soap;  and  during  the  day,  several  times,  with  elder^ 
flower  water.  Take  also  extract  of  sarsaparilla,  to  purify  the  blood. 

BRONCHIAL  TItOCHES. — Powdered  extract  of  licorice,  4 ozs. ; 
sugar,  2 ozs. ; powdered  cubebs,  1 oz. ; gum  arabic,  34  oz. ; powdered 
hemlock,  1 dr.  Mix. 

SHOWN  OINTMENT. — Extract  of  henbane,  1 dr. ; yellow  wax, 
34  oz.;  red  precipitate,  234  drs.;  pure  zinc,  powdered,  1J4  drs.;  fresh 
butter,  3 ozs.  Melt  and  mix,  and  add  1 34  drs.  of  camphor  dissolved 
in  olive  oil.  This  ointment  is  good  for  ringworm,  all  cutaneous  erup* 
tions,  for  ulcers,  sore  lips,  itch,  chronic  ophthalmia,  etc. 

BOXES ET. — In  this  country  it  is  a regular  family  medicine.  It 
possesses  emetic,  expectorant,  and  sudorific  properties.  As  a laxative 
it  acts  gently  without  irritating  the  bowels.  In  fevers  it  is  very  valm 
able,  relaxing  the  bowels  and  subduing  the  febrile  symptoms.  In 
rheumatism  and  influenza  it  has  a good  effect.  The  cold  infusion  ia 
an  excellent  tonic.  To  produce  a vomit,  take  1 oz.  of  the  powdered 
leaves,  and  infuse  in  1 pt.  of  hot  water.  Drink  1 cup  every  fifteen 
minutes  until  it  takes  effect.  To  promote  perspiration,  take  small 
doses  frequently. 

BLACKBERRY  SYRUP — For  Cholera  ami  Summer  Complaints, 

— Blackberry  juice,  1 qt. ; fine  sugar,  34  lb.;  nutmegs,  cinnamon,  all- 
spice, of  each,  34  oz.;  cloves,  134  drs. ; cayenne  pepper,  34  dr.  Pow< 
der  them  all,  and  gently  boil  them  in  the  juice  for  about  twenty  min/ 
utes.  When  cold,  add  34  pt«  of  brandy.  It  relieves  inward  pains, 
cramp,  and  diarrhea. 

Blackberry  Syrup. — Make  a syrup  of  1 lb.  of  sugar,  to  each  pint 
of  water;  boil  until  it  is  thick;  add  as  many  pints  of  the  expressed 
juice  of  blackberries  as  there  are  pounds  of  sugar;  put  half  a nutmeg 
grated  to  each  quart  of  the  syrup;  boil  fifteen  or  twenty  minutes,  then 
add  half  a gill  of  best  French  brandy  for  each  quart  of  syrup;  bottle 
it  for  use.  A table-spoon  for  a child,  or  a wine-glass  for  an  adult,  is  u 
dose. 

Blackberry  Cordial.— To  1 gal.  of  blackberry  juice  put  4 lbs.  of 
lump  sugar.  Boil  and  skim  off.  Then  add  1 oz.  of  cloves,  1 oz.  of 
cinnamon,  10  grated  nutmegs;  boil  down  till  sufficiently  rich.  Let  it 
cool  and  settle.  Then  drain  off  and  add  1 pt.  of  brandy. 

Blackberry  and  Wine  Cordial. — The  following  is  recommended 
as  a delightful  beverage,  and  an  infallible  specific  for  diarrhea,  or  dis- 
eases of  the  bowels  : To  % bus.  of  blackberries,  well  mashed,  add  M 
lb.  of  allspice,  2 ozs.  of  cinnamon,  2 ozs.  of  cloves;  pulverize  w*oi, 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


335 


tnix,  and  boil  slowly  until  done;  then  strain  the  juice  through  flannel, 
and  add  to  each  pint  of  the  juice  1 lb.  of  loaf  sugar;  boil  again  for 
some  time,  take  it  off,  and,  while  cooling,  add  y2  gal.  of  best  Cognac 
brandy.  Dose. — For  an  adult,  a wine-glass;  fora  child,  a tea-spoon 
or  more,  according  to  age. 

BITTER  TONIC. — Gentian  root,  1 oz.;  the  yellow  rind  of  a fresh 
lemon;  put  into  a jar  or  bottle  with  hot  water;  let  it  stand.  A cup 
in  the  morning  promotes  appetite. 

BLEEDING.-— This  is  sometimes  necessary  in  certain  accidents, 
such  as  concussion,  and  therefore  it  is  well  to  know  how  to  do  it.  First 
of  all,  bind  up  the  arm  above  the  elbow  with  a piece  of  bandage  or  a 
handkerchief,  pretty  firmly,  then  place  your  finger  over  one  of  the 
veins  at  the  bend  of  the  aim,  and  feel  if  there  is  any  pulsation ; if 
there  is,  try  another  vein,  and  if  it  does  not  pulsate  or  beat,  choose 
that  one.  Now  rub  the  arm  from  the  wrist  toward  the  elbow,  place 
the  left  thumb  upon  the  vein,  and  hold  the  lancet  as  you  would  a pen, 
and  nearly  at  right  angles  to  the  vein,  taking  care  to  prevent  its  going 
in  too  far,  by  keeping  the  thumb  near  to  the  point,  and  resting  the 
hand  upon  the  little  finger.  Now  place  the  point  of  the  lancet  on  the 
vein,  push  it  suddenly  inwards,  depress  the  elbow,  and  raise  the  hand 
upward  and  outward,  so  as  to  cut  obliquely  across  the  vein.  When  suf- 
ficient blood  is  drawn  off,  which  is  known  by  feeling  the  pulse  at  the 
wrist,  and  near  the  thumb,  bandage  the  arm.  If  the  pulse  feels  like  a 
piece  of  cord,  more  blood  should  be  taken  away;  but  if  it  is  soft,  and 
can  be  easily  pressed,  the  bleeding  should  be  stopped.  When  you 
bandage  the  arm,  place  a piece  of  lint  over  the  opening  made  by  the 
lancet,  and  pass  a bandage  lightly  but  firmly  around  the  arm,  so  as  to 
cross  it  over  the  bend  of  the  elbow,  in  the  form  of  a figure  8. 

DRY  CUPPING. — This  is  performed  by  throwing  a piece  of  pane* 
dipped  into  spirit  of  wine,  and  ignited,  into  a wine-glass,  and  placing, 
it  over  the  part,  such  as  the  neck,  temples,  etc.  It  thus  draws  the  flesh 
into  the  glass,  and  causes  a determination  of  blood  to  the  part,  which 
is  useful  in  headache,  and  many  other  complaints.  This  is  an  excel- 
lent method  of  extracting  the  poison  from  wounds  made  by  adders, 
mad  dogs,  etc. 

Ordinary  cupping  is  performed  the  same  as  dry  cupping,  with  this 
exception,  that  the  part  is  scarified  or  scratched  with  a lancet  so  as  to 
cause  the  blood  to  flow;  then  the  glass  is  placed  over  it  again,  with 
the  lighted  paper  in  it,  and  when  sufficient  blood  has  been  taken  away, 
then  the  parts  are  sponged,  and  a piece  of  sticking  plaster  applied 
o>  er  them. 

BLACK  SALVE,  or  HEALING  SALVE.— Olive  oil,  1 pt. ; com- 
mon resin,  y oz. ; bees-wax,  % oz. ; Venice  turpentine,  34  oz.  Melt, 
raising  the  oil  nearly  to  the  boiling  point.  Then  gradually  add  2 or 
3 ozs.  of  powdered  red  lead,  while  on  the  fire.  Do  not  burn  it.  Boil 
slowly  until  it  becomes  a dark  brown.  Remove  from  the  fire,  and  add 
1 dr.  of  powdered  camphor,  when  it  is  nearly  cold. 

This  is  a first-rate  healing  salve,  superior  to  most.  It  is  wonderful 
in  burns,  scalds,  scrofulous,  fistulous,  and  all  other  ulcers.  Spread  o 
linen,  and  renew  daily. 

COUGH  REMEDIES. — The  following  are  the  best  reci]  es  foi 
coughs.  Some  of  them  are  of  rare  excellence  : 

To  Allay  a Tickling  Cough. — Six  table-spoons  of  molasses;  the 
juice  of  Saif  a lemon;  simmer  over  the  fire  till  well  incorporated; 
take  off,  and  add  1 table-spoon  of  paregoric,  and  about  the  size  of  a 
horse-bean  of  refined  nitre.  Take  2 tea-spoons  when  the  cough 
troubles. 


336 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


Take  4 ozs.  of  sugar  candy,  powdered;  34  oz.  of  citric  acid,  or 
lemon  juice.  Mix  by  heat.  Add  a few  drops  of  oil  of  anise-seed.  If 
the  cough  is  not  a dry  one,  add  20  drops  of  laudanum,  or  a dessert- 
spoon of  paregoric.  Take  a tea-spoon  at  a time,  when  the  cough  is 
troublesome. 

Powder  of  tragacanth,  1 dr.;  syrup  of  white  poppies,  2 drs.; 
laudanum,  40  drops;  water,  4 ozs.  Shake  the  powder  in  the  water  till 
it  is  dissolved,  then  add  the  others.  Dose. — A tea-spoon  three  times  a 
day. 

Asthmatic  Cough.—' Take  2 good  handfuls  of  colt’s-foot  leaves,  1 
oz,  of  garlic,  and  2 qts.  of  water.  Boil  down  to  3 pts.  Strain,  and  to 
the  liquor  add  8 ozs.  of  sugar.  Boil  gently  for  ten  minutes.  Take 
half  a cup  occasionally. 

Consumptive  Cough.— The  following  is  a most  valuable  recipe  : 
Sanctuary,  horehound,  bayberry  bark,  2 pennyworth  of  each;  and  of 
agrimony,  raspberry  leaves,  cleavers,  and  ground  ivy,  1 pennyworth; 
extract  of  licorice,  4 ozs.;  and  34  a tea-spoon  of  cayenne  pepper. 
Gently  simmer  in  2 gals,  of  water  for  an  hour. 

The  following  has  cured  most  obstinate  coughs  : Take  1 pt.  of 
milk,  warm  it,  and  when  it  comes  to  the  boiling  point,  add  as  much 
made  mustard  as  will  turn  it  to  a posset.  Take  away  the  curd,  and 
into  34  pt  of  the  posset  put  1 oz.  of  brown  sugar  candy,  to  dissolve. 
Take  the  posset  as  hot  as  you  can  at  night,  when  in  bed,  and  renew  it 
for  three  or  four  times.  This  has  given  relief  in  asthma. 

A Dry  Cough. — Dissolve  34  oz.  of  gum  arabic,  34  oz-  of  Spanish 
juice,  and  2 table-spoons  of  molasses,  in  a little  warm  water;  add  3 
drs.  of.  the  syrup  of  squills,  and  2 drs.  of  syrup  of  poppies.  Cork 
and  shake  well.  Take  1 tea-spoon  when  the  cough  is  annoying;  drink 
linseed  tea,  sweetened  with  sugar  candy. 

Chew  a little  Peruvian  bark,  constantly  swallowing  the  spittle.  It 
seldom  fails  to  cure  a dry  cough. — Wesley. 

Two  or  3 table-spoons  of  linseed,  a small  bunch  of  horehound; 
boil  to  a jelly7",  and  strain.  Add  34  lb.  of  sugar  candy,  34  lb.  of  honey, 
34  lb.  of  ioaf  sugar.  First  boil  the  horehound  in  1 qt.  of  water;  then 
add  the  strained  linseed  and  the  other  articles.  Simmer  for  twc 
hours.  When  cold,  add  of  chlorodyne  to  the  v;ilue  of  25  cents.  Bot- 
tle it  and  cork  tight.  A small  quantity  of  spirits  of  wine  or  brandy, 
to  keep  it.  When  the  cough  is  troublesome,  take  a table-spoon.  . This 
recipe  is  invaluable. 

Balsam  of  tolu,  34  oz-  5 gum  storax,  34  dr-  j opium,  8 grs.;  best 
honey,  2 ozs.;  spirits  of  wine,  34  Digest  for  six  days,  and  strain. 
If  the  cough  is  fast,  add  34  oz-  °f  ipecacuanha  in  powder. 

An  old  remedy  is  to  dissolve  2 ozs.  of  mutton  suet  in  1 qt.  of  milk, 
and  drink  it  warm.  This  relieves  a violent  cough. 

Beat  well  the  yolk  of  an  egg,  put  it  in  a mortar,  and  add  34  dr. 
powdered  spermaceti,  a little  fine  sugar,  and  1 table-spoon  of  paregoric 
elixir.  Take  a table-spoon  when  the  cough  is  troublesome. 

Dr.  James  recommends  a mixture  of  vinegar  and  molasses  in  equal 
quantities;  a tea-spoon  to  be  taken  when  required.  Or,  take  34  Pf  of 
vinegar,  34  oz-  of  Spanish  juice,  1 oz.  each  of  sugar  candy  and  spirits 
of  wine.  A table-spoon  at  a time. 

Take  honey  and  molasses,  of  each  4 ozs.;  best  vinegar,  5 ozs. 
Mix,  and  slowly  simmer  them  in  a common  pipkin  for  fifteen  minutes. 
When  the  mixture  is  cold,  add  1 dessert-spoon  of  paregoric  elixir. 
Dose. — A table-spoon  three  or  four  times  a day.  This  is  very  useful 
in  the  coughs  of  children,  as  it  has  a very  pleasant  taste.  Dose. — One 
or  two  tea-spoons. 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


337 


Of,  peel  and  slice  a large  turnip,  spread  coarse  sugar  between  the 
*/ices,  and  let  it  stand  in  a dish  till  all  the  juice  drains  down.  Take  a 
spoon  of  this  when  you  cough. 

Or,  take  a spoon  of  syrup  of  horehound  morning  and  evening. 

Or,  take  from  10  to  20  drops  of  elixir  of  vitriol,  in  a glass  of  water, 
two  or  three  times  a day.  This  is  useful  when  the  cough  is  attended 
with  costiveness,  or  a relaxation  of  the  stomach  and  lungs. 

Fora  tickling  cough,  drink  water  whitened  with  oatmeal  four 
times  a day. 

Or,  keep  a piece  of  barley-sugar  or  sugar-candy  constantly  in  the 
mouth. 

Cough  Drops. — Gum  guiacum,  2 drs. ; camphor,  2 scrs. ; castile 
soap,  lscr. ; laudanum,  40  drops;  spirits  of  wine,  2 ozs.;  balsam  of 
Peru,  24  drops.  Mix.  Dose. — Ten  or  15  drops  three  or  four  times  a 
day. 

Cough  Drops. — Linseed,  % cup;  olive  oil,  ^ PM  molasses  or 
noney,  ^ pt. ; spirits  of  turpentine,  balsam  of  fir,  % oz.  each;  extract 
of  licorice,  34  oz.  Mix,  and  simmer.  Take  from  10  to  20  drops  two 
*r  three  times  a day. 

Cough  Lozenges. — Best  Spanish  licorice,  1 oz. ; refined  sugar,  2 
i*zs. ; gum  arabic,  finely  powdered,  2 drs  ; and  extract  of  opium,  1 scr. 
Well  beat,  or  pound  the  whole  together;  then,  with  mucilage  of  gum 
tragacanth,  make  into  small  lozenges,  to  be  dissolved  in  the  mouth 
adien  the  cough  is  troublesome. 

Cough  Lozenges. — Laudanum,  1 oz. ; balsam  of  tolu,  134  ozs. ; 
licorice,  3)4  ozs.;  ipecacuanha  powder,  2 ozs.;  oil  of  anise-seeds,  )4 
yz. ; starch"  1 lb.;  sugar,  3 lbs. ; mucilage  to  mix. 

Cough*  For. — Lobelia,  2 ozs.;  cayenne,  14  oz*i  vinegar,  1 pt. ; 
hugar,  2 ozs.  Boil  the  vinegar,  and  pour  it  hot  upon  the  herb,  etc., 
into  a stone  bottle;  cork  close  for  a few  days.  Dose. — For  a cough, 
naif  a tea-spoon,  or  a piece  of  loaf  sugar  moistened  with  it. 

Or,  take  of  lobelia,  2 drs.;  blood-root,  1 dr.;  skunk  cabbage,  1 dr.; 
pleurisy-root,  1 dr.  Make  into  pills  with  molasses,  honey,  or  balsam 
s>f  Peru.  Dose. — One  or  two,  twice  a day. 

Cough  Pill. — Extract  of  henbane,  % oz. ; ipecacuanha,  )4  oz-> 
extract  or  balm  of  Gilead  buds,  )4  oz.;  cayenne,  2 grs.;  oil  of  mint,  3 
drops..  Form  into  pills.  Take  one  or  two  when  needful.  In  bron- 
chitis catarrh,  etc.,  these  pills  are  invaluable  for  cough. 

Cough  Plaster. — Castile  soap,  1 oz  ; lead  plaster,  2 drs.;  pow- 
dered sal-ammoniac, .34  dr.  Mix  the  soap  and  lead  plaster  together, 
and  when  the  mass  has  cooled,  add  the  sal-ammoniac,  and  1 dr.  of 
cayenne  pepper. 

Cough,  Plaster  for. — Bees-wax,  Burgundy  pitch,  and  resin,  of 
each,  1 oz;  melt  them  together,  and  stir  in  % oz.  of  common  turpen- 
tine, and  oz.  of  oil  of  mace.  Spread  it  on  leather,  grate  some  nut- 
meg over,  and  apply  quite  warm  to  the  pit  of  the  stomach. 

Coutth  Syrup. — Hyssop  and  rue,  of  each,  1 oz.;  horehound,  1 oz. ; 
acid  tincture  of  lobelia,  3 ozs. ; essence  of  pennyroyal,  1 dr. ; essence 
of  spearmint,  2 drs.  Boil  the  hyssop,  rue,  and  horehound  till  the 
strength  is  obtained ; strain,  and  add  sugar  and  molasses.  Boil  to  a 
syrup,  and  when  nearly  cold,  add  the  tincture  and  essences. 

Cougli  Syrup. — Sage,  1 oz. ; johnswort,  1 oz.;  Iceland  moss,  2 ozs.; 
white  poppy  heads,  2 ozs. ; pearl  barley,  2 table-spoons;  water,  2 qts. 
Boil  to  1 qt.,  and  sweeten  with  sugar  candy,  adding  a little  lemon 
juice.  If  the  cough  is  obstinate,  add  34  oz-  of  ipecacuanha.  If  the 
patient  is  asthmatic,  add  1 oz.  of  sulphuric  ether. 

15 


33« 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


Cough  Syrup. — Tincture  of  lobelia,  1 oz. ; Iceland  moss,  2 ozs.  : 
white  poppy  capsules,  bruised,  2 ozs.;  pearl  barley,  2 table-spoons; 
water,  2 qts.;  molasses,  2 ozs.  Boil  down  to  3 pts.,  and  strain.  Dis- 
solve in  it  from  4 to  8 ozs.  of  sugar  candy.  It  effectually  allays  a 
tickling  cough.  A table-spoon  when  the  cough  is  troublesome.  It 
does  not  constipate  like  laudanum  and  paregoric. 

Or,  take  lobelia  herb,  horehound,  boneset,  1 oz.  of  each;  comfrey 
root,  spikenard,  St.  John’s  wort,  poppy  capsules,  % oz.  of  each.  In- 
fuse in  3 pts.  of  boiling  water  for  three  hours.  Strain,  and  add  34  lb. 
of  loaf  sugar  boiled  to  a syrup.  Add  a wine-glass  of  best  rum.  A 
table-spoon  is  a dose.  This  is  a valuable  recipe  for  cough,  hoarse- 
ness, etc. 

CATHARTICS.  — Medicines  increasing  the  discharge  from  the 
bowels. 

CATHARTIC  POWDER. — Best  senna,  ginger,  camomile  flowers, 
of  each  1 oz.;  jalap,  34  oz*  Powder  fine,  and  mix  well.  Take  from  a 
half  to  a tea-poon  in  warm  water  or  tea.  This  is  a valuable  aperient; 
it  is  powerful,  and  3'et  mild;  effectually  cleanses  the  bowels,  and  pro- 
duces a healthy  action  in  them,  and  also  upon  the  liver. 

CATNIP — Is  carminative,  diaphoretic,  and  refrigerant.  It  pro^ 
duces  perspiration  effectually,  and  is  most  useful  in  colds;  throwing  off 
fever,  and  restoring  to  health  rapidly.  It  is  good  for  nervous  com 
plaints,  indigestion,  wind,  colic,  and  is  very  suitable  for  infants  and 
children  in  belly-ache,  flatulency,  etc.  Dose. — Infuse  a small  quantity 
in  a pint  of  boiling  water.  It  is  a good  fomenter  in  swellings. 

CAMOMILE.  — The  flowers  possess  antispasmodic,  carminative, 
cordial,  and  diaphoretic  effects.  The  infusion  of  the  flowers  greatly 
promotes  digestion,  and  with  the  addition  of  a few  drops  of  elixir  ot 
vitriol,  has  arrested  the  worst  of  fevers.  A strong  decoction  proves  an 
emetic,  and  greatly  cleanses  the  stomach. 

CRANESBILL. — It  is  a fine  plant.  It  strengthens  the  stomad, 
and  bowels,  restraining  all  excessive  evacuations,  and  preventing  in. 
ternal  mortification.  In  bowel  complaints,  and  fluxes,  it  is  of  great 
use.  A decoction  of  the  root  forms  a valuable  gargle  in  quinsy,  son 
mouth  and  throat.  For  bleeding  wounds  it  is  a sovereign  styptic 
The  root  bruised  and  saturated  with  cold  water  should  be  applied  tc 
the  wound.  Dose. — Powdered  root,  from  twelve  grains.  Decoction 
boil  an  ounce  in  a pint  of  water;  a table-spoon. 

CHARCOAL  MEDICINE. — It  is  much  used  in  Mexico,  and  it 
South  America,  where  few  drugs  are  procurable,  save  those  “simples* 
which  the  ingenuity  and  experience  of  the  Indian  Herbalists  have  de.~ 
vised.  Freshly  burnt  charcoal,  reduced  to  powderand  given  in  water, 
is  in  great  repute.  It  immediately  removes  offensive  odors  from  intest- 
inal and  renal  discharges,  and  puriliesthe  breath,  it  removes  offensive 
exhalations  from  any  part  of  the  body,  either  given  in  water,  or  in  the 
form  of  pills,  made  up  in  wheat  flour,  or  gum  mucilage.  It  removes 
pains  about  the  right  shoulder  caused  by  obstructions  of  the  liver.  As 
an  antiacid,  either  alone,  or  combined  with  rhubarb,  and  carbonate  of 
soda,  it  speedily  and  permanently  removes  heartburn.  Charcoal  is  a 
powerful  antiseptic,  removing,  or  checking  decay,  and  must  be  very 
valuable  in  the  incipient  stages  of  consumption. 

CULVER’S  ROOT. — This  is  a good  purgative,  tonic,  diaphoretic, 
antiseptic,  etc.  Its  operation  is  mild,  without  producing  weakness  or 
prostration,  and  is  most  effective  in  fevers,  to  remove  black  and  morbid 
matter  from  the  bowels.  Good  for  indigestion,  to  purify  the  blood, 
and  acts  powerfully  on  the  absorbent  system.  Valuable  in  dropsy  r 
Dose. — One  or  two  spoons  in  a small  cup  of  water  sweetened. 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


339 


COMPOSITION  POWDER— Thompson’s.— Take  bayberry,  Bozs.; 
ginger,  8 ozs. ; poplar  bark,  4 ozs. ; white  oak  bark,  4 ozs. ; cayenne 
pepper,  334  ozs-;  cloves,  34  oz*  Powder  and  mix  intimately.  Dissolve 
a tea-spoon  in  a cup  of  boiling  water,  sweetened.  Valuable  to  remove 
colds,  influenza,  fever,  relax  pain  in  the  bowels,  cold  extremities. 
For  promoting  perspiration,  and  morbific  matter,  the  cause  of  disease, 
it  is  invaluable.  When  taken,  the  patient  should  go  to  bed,  and  apply 
the  hot  brick,  etc. 

THE  COLD  WATER  CURE. — The  cold  water  treatment  is  that 
which  nature  has  placed  in  the  power  of  all  her  creatures ; and  without  i 
water  taken  inwardly  and  applied  outwardly,  there  can  be  no  health. 
Nature  has  no  secrets  in  giving  man  life;  she  has  implanted  within 
him  the  knowledge  of  that  which  is  to  support  and  render  pleasant  the 
life.  “ I leave  behind  me,”  said  a celebrated  physician,  on  his  death- 
bed, litwo  great  physicians,  diet  and  water 

Water  is  the  great  dissolvent  in  nature.  If  the  primary  ducts  be 
obstructed,  water  dilutes,  attenuates,  divides,  and  scatters  the  impuri- 
ties contained  in  them ; and  these  are  afterwards  ejected  by  the  stomach 
and  intestines.  If  disease  be  settled  in  the  blood,  and  the  morbific 
matter  deposited  in  the  different  organs  of  the  animal  economy,  nothing 
is  so  effectual  as  water  to  dilute  the  thickened  and  blunt  the  acute;  to 
revivify  that  which  languishes,  extinguish  that  which  burns,  and  to 
open  again  all  the  passages  by  which  injurious  humors  can  escape. 

Cold  water  creates  a sudorific  process  causing  perspiration,  without 
wearying  the  organic  system.  It  is  supported  by  copious  draughts  of 
cold  water,  which  quench  the  thirst,  moisten  and  refresh  the  blood, 
replace  the  lost  juices,  and  maintain  the  tone  of  the  muscles. 

The  drinking  of  cold  water,  and  its  application  to  the  body  by 
various  processes,  convey  the  morbid  humors  to  the  skin,  whence  they 
exude  in.  eruptions,  boils,  and  abscesses.  These  eruptions,  constituting 
the  crisis  of  the  complaint,  are  the  certain  sign  of  a perfect  cure. 
After  the  unwholesome  juices  are  driven  out  and  replaced  by  whole- 
some ones,  then  follow  the  restoration  of  the  digestive  powers,  and  the 
freeing  of  all  the  organs  by  the  dissolving  of  aH  obstructions;  the  vital 
and  animal  functions  are  re-established  in  their  former  harmony;  and 
thus  nothing  then  remains  but  health,  a treasure  which  can  only  be 
preserved  by  continuing  the  system  by  which  it  has  been  obtained. 

Some  will  ask,  Is  the  cold  water  treatment  applicable  to  all  de- 
scriptions of  disease?  We  answer,  that  its  application  must  be  of  ad- 
vantage in  the  large  number  of  acute  and  chronic  diseases.  There  are 
cases,  however,  wherein  some  essential.organ  having  become  defective, 
art  can  do  no  more  than  prolong  existence  and  alleviate  suffering. 
Among  such  exceptions  are  consumption,  organic  diseases  of  the  heart, 
of  the  lungs,  of  the  large  vessels,  dropsy,  etc.  Yet  all  these  cases,  and 
others  deemed  incurable,  by  the  moderate  judicious  use  of  some  of  the 
cold  water  applications,  will  insure  relief  and  palliation  of  pain. 

Again  will  the  cold  water  treatment  produce  a radical  cure?  Whatj 
is  to  be  understood  by  the  word  radical?  If  it  means  the  final  extir-' 
pation  from  the  system  the  cause  of  disease,  and  the  relief  of  the  patient 
from  pain,  then,  the  cure  by  the  cold  water  method  is  radical!  But  if 
to  be  radical,  a cure  is  sought  which  is  to  prevent  a return  of  the  dis- 
ease, in  cases  of  parties  exposing  themselves  to  the  same  influences 
which  originated  the  disease,  then  neither  this  nor  any  other  means  of 
treatment  will  produce  such  an  effect. 

As  to  danger  from  the  cold  water  treatment  there  can  be  no  active 
mode  of  treatment  more  innocent,  with  reference  to  its  present  or 


34° 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


future  effects,  if  applied  with  judgment;  but  if  not,  it  may  he  followed 
by  very  dangerous  consequences. 

The  water  used  must  be  cold  and  fresh,  and  soft ; that  is,  it  must 
have  the  quality  of  dissolving,  and  therefore  must  be  cold,  and  without 
any  mineral  properties.  To  prove  its  fitness,  linen  cloth  washed  in  it 
must  become  white,  and  vegetables  dressed  in  it  must  be  tender. 

The  Sweating  Process  is  the  most  disagreeable  part  of  the  treat- 
ment; but  it  is  the  most  important,  and  the  benefits  derived  from  it 
compensate  for  the  unpleasantness  of  its  duration. 

The  patient  is  enclosed,  naked,  in  a large  coarse  blanket,  the  legs 
extended,  and  the  arms  kept  close  to  the  body ; the  blanket  is  then 
wound  round  it,  as  tight  as  possible,  turning  it  well  under  at  the  feet; 
over  this  is  placed,  and  well  tucked  in  a small  feather  bed,  sometimes 
two;  and  then  a sheet  and  a counterpane  are  spread  over  all;  thus  the 
patient  resembles  a mummy.  Sometimes,  when  perspiration  is  diffi- 
cult, the  head,  except  the  face,  is  covered.  Perspiration  begins  in 
about  45  minutes,  and  then  the  irritation  goes  off.  The  patient  should 
lie  perspiring  at  least  one  hour.  The  windows  in  the  room  must  be 
opened,  and  a glass  of  cold  water  given  every  half  hour,  to  refresh  the 
patient,  and  promote  perspiration.  If  there  is  headache,  a damp  cloth 
may  be  wrapped  round  the  head.  This  process  does  not  weaken  the 
patient;  he  loses  neither  weight  nor  strength,  but  improves  in  personal 
appearance,  even  under  several  processes. 

The  necessary  duration  of  the  process  may  be  known  by  profuse 
perspiration  on  the  patient’s  face.  The  person  should  be  washed  well 
in  warm  or  tepid  water.  The  sweating  process  must  be  used  with  great 
care,  and  the  constitution  of  the  patient  must  he  considered.  M.  Pries- 
snitz,  of  Silesia,  practiced  and  recommended  the  cold  bath  immediately 
afterwards.  “ Strange  as  it  may  appear  to  many,”  says  Dr.  Graham, 
“ I consider  the  determination  towards  the  skin,  induced  by  the  per- 
spiring blankets,  to  be  a great  advantage,  prior  to  the  use  of  the  cold 
bath;  because  the  internal  organs  are  thereby  relieved,  and  the  shock 
has  quite  a different  effect  on  them  from  what  it  would  have  if  they 
were  not  first  soothed,  and  the  skin  relieved.’’ 

By  this  process  internal  diseases  are  often  brought  to  the  surface, 
and  pass  away;  the  nervous  system  is  wonderfully  strengthened;  and 
skin  diseases  are  annihilated.  The  sweating  contains  moibid  matter. 
M.  Priessnitz  justly  remarks: 

“ Covered  and  swaddled  with  clothes,  in  our  darkness  we  do  not 
eee  that  if  the  corrupt  and  dirty  matter  from  daily  insensible  perspira- 
tion, or  from  sensible  sweating,  is  not  carefully  cleared  from  the  skin 
by  washing,  it  must  increase  and  attach  itself  to  the  skin,  close  the 
pores,  and  obstruct  the  excretion  so  indispensable  to  health,  and  must 
inevitably,  from  such  evil  tendency,  at  last  produce  disease.  We  relax 
and  debilitate  the  skin,  by  dressing  so  warmly  during  the  day,  and 
sleeping  on  feather  beds  at  night,  or  by  washing  ourselves  with  warm 
water. 

The  Cold  Bath. — Do  not  bathe  soon  after  walking.  During  the 
bathing  immerse  the  head  several  times  in  cold  water.  Keep  in  motion 
during  the  time.  Priessnitz  advises  his  patients  to  avoid  the  second 
sensation  of  cold,  which  is  a sort  of  fever,  by  leaving  the  bath  before 
it  is  felt,  that  they  may  avoid  a too  powerful  re  action  provoked  by  a 
great  subtraction  of  heat.  Take  a glass  or  two  of  water  immediately 
after  the  bath. 

The  Douche  Bath  is  very  efficacious  in  extracting  the  morbid 
humors  from  all  the  parts  they  have  seized  upon  for  years.  In  long 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


34i 


continued  complaints  the  douche  is  a most  powerful  remedial  agent. 
It  removes  the  weakness  of  the  skin,  and  strengthens  it.  It  renders  the 
body  hardy,  and  fortifies  it  to  endure  all  changes  of  the  air.  It  power- 
fully excites  the  muscular  and  nervous  systems.  The  Douche  Bath  is 
a stream  of  falling  water  as  thick  as  the  wrist,  and  permitted  to  fall  on 
the  diseased  parts  of  the  body,  which  it  benefits  and  strengthens.  The 
Water  should  fall  from  12  to  18  feet. 

The  Eye  Bath  is  a glass  instrument  made  to  lit  the  eye,  so  as  tcy 
apply  cold  water,  the  eye  being  opened  at  the  same  time. 

The  Finger  Bath  is  used  for  Whitlows,  etc.  Place  the  fingei* 
in  a glass  of  water,  four  times  a day  for  a quarter  of  an  hour  each 
time;  and  the  elbow  in  water  twice  a day,  and  put  on  a heating-band- 
age  above  the  elbow,  to  draw  the  inflammation  from  the  hand. 

The  Foot  Bath  is  used  when  the  doctors  would  order  warm 
baths.  Thus  headaches,  toothaches,  eye-inflammation,  and  a flow  of 
blood  to  the  head,  are  always  relieved  by  the  foot  bath,  with  the  addi- 
tion of  wet  bandages  on  the  parts  affected.  But  the  foot-tub  should 
not  contain  more  than  from  two  to  four  inches  depth  of  water,  just 
enough  to  cover  the  foot,  not  the  ankles;  for  toothache  an  inch  is 
enough,  and  the  time  from  15  to  30  minutes.  For  sprains  the  water 
must  be  up  to  the  ankles.  The  water  to  be  changed  as  soon  as  it  feels 
warm.  Afterwards  apply  friction,  or  walk  out,  to  restore  the  warmth. 
Dr.  Graham  says,  “I  can  recommend  the  foot-bath,  with  confidence, 
in  determination  of  blood  to  the  head,  in  headache,  in  affections  of  the 
eyes,  and  in  habitual  coldness  of  the  feet.” 

The  Head  Bath  is  a vessel  with  a few  inches  of  water  for  bath- 
ingtlie  back  part  of  the  head,  to  cure  its  rheumatic  pains,  common 
hea  daches,  rheumatic  inflammation  of  the  eyes,  deafness,  loss  of 
appetite,  delirium  tremens,  giddiness  of  the  head,  and  to  prevent  apo- 
plesxy.  It  often  causes  bad  morbific  matter  to  exude  from  behind  the 
ear. 

The  Sitz  or  Sitting  Bath  is  a small  shallow  tub  18  inches  in 
diameter,  with  water  3 or  4 inches  deep,  in  which  the  patient  sits,  with 
his  feet  on  the  ground,  for  15  minutes  or  more,  two  or  three  times  a 
day.  It  wonderfully  strengthens  the  nerves,  draws  down  humors 
from  the  head  and  chest,  relieves  flatulency,  and  has  the  most  impor- 
tant results  to  those  who  lead  a sedentary  life.  Use  only  3 or  4 inches 
of  water,  as  a larger  quantity  would  remain  cold,  and  perhaps  cause 
congestion  to  the  upper  extremities;  a wet  bandage  to  the  head  will, 
however,  prevent  any  congestion.  Rub  the  abdomen  as  much  as 
possible,  while  in  the  bath,  with  the  wet  hand.  It  is  a most  valuable 
bath.  It  is  a remedy  of  great  power  in  weak  bowels,  piles,  congestion 
in  the  liver,  chlorosis,  and  other  female  complaints;  its  value  is  little 
knowm. 

Cooling  Bandages. — These  are  mostly  used  in  inflammation, 
congestion  of  blood,  headache,  rheumatism,  etc!,  and  should  always  be 
accompanied  by  the  sitz  bath.  Linen  is  first  wetted  in  cold  w ater, 
doubled  in  several  folds,  and  placed  on  the  parts  affected;  renew  them 
as  they  get  warm. 

Stimulating  Bandages. — They  are  dipped  in  cold  water,  then 
well  wrung  out,  then  applied  to  the  part  affected  so  as  to  exclude  the 
external  air;  to  effect  this,  an  outside  bandage  is  placed  over  the  first, 
which  retains  and  throw's  back  the  moisture.  Heat  is  thus  generated, 
and  has  an  exciting  and  dissolving  property,  which  stimulates  perspira- 
tion- *>ud  draws  out  the  vicious  humors.  For  throat  and  chest  com- 
plain, they  are  wiorn  one  round  the  neck,  and  one  on  the  chest,  at 


342 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department , 


night;  for  weak  and  inflamed  eyes,  one  is  wor/i  at  the  back  of  the 
head  or  neck  at  night;  for  weak  digestion  and  cases  of  debility,  one 
round  the  waist,  all  day ; and  for  gout  and  rheumatism,  the  legs  are 
wrapped  in  them  night  and  morning.  The  umschlag  or  stimulating 
bandage,  is  always  used  for  wounds,  bruises,  and  diseased  parts,  and 
for  pain  in  any  particular  region  of  the  body.  Its  alleviating  power  is 
most  surprising. 

The  bandage  for  the  waist  is  a towel,  three  yards  long,  and  one 
foot  wide;  of  this,  one-third  is  dry,  and  two-thirds  wet.  The  wet  part 
is  placed  on  the  belly,  the  dry  covers  it.  It  is  made  tight  round  the 
body.  It  is  a cure  for  intestine  congestion,  for  constipation  of  the 
bowels,  relaxation,  colic,  and  for  gripes.  It  rallies  the  powers  of  the 
stomach,  increases  its  heat,  and  by  assisting  digestion,  enables  the 
system  to  form  better  juices.  Gout,  rheumatism,  enlargement  of  the 
bones,  abscesses,  chronic  inflammation,  cancers,  caries,  and  syphilitic 
ulcers,  demand  the  application  of  these  bandages;  for  they  relieve 
pain  when  all  other  remedies  fail. 

The  Wet  'Sheet. — All  diseases  of  the  skin,  as  ringworms,  small 
pox,  measles,  and  scarlet  fever,  may  be  cured  by  the  wet  sheet.  Do  not 
start  at  this,  for  it  is  consonant  with  reason.  It  soothes  the  patient, 
promotes  the  eruption,  and  in  fevers  it  produces  salutary  perspiration. 

Spread  a blanket  on  a bed,  then  on  it  a wet  sheet , well  wrung  out; 
wrap  the  patient  close  up  in  it,  except  his  face;  wind  the  blanket  round, 
the  body,  already  cased  in  the  sheet;  then  add  plenty  of  blankets,  tuck 
them  well  in,  and  the  necessary  perspiration  will  soon  be  generated. 
To  stop  fever,  change  the  blanket  every  hour  or  half  hour.  “In  des- 
perate cases,”  says  a medical  writer,  “we  have  known  this  done  fifty 
times  in  little  more  than  24  hours,  and  perseverance  in  this  treatment 
ends  infallibly  in  success.” 

When  the  fever  has  abated,  the  patient  is  placed  in  a bath  of  tepid 
water  (about  64°  Fahrenheit,)  for  a quarter  of  an  hour;  during  which 
time  two  persons  must  rub  him  briskly  with  the  hand,  water  being 
taken  up  from  the  bath  occasionally,  and  poured  over  his  head  and 
shoulders.  The  wet  sheet,  or  bandage,  is  not  unpleasant  long;  the 
patient  gets  warm  almost  directly;  but  we  must  not  regard  inconven- 
ience or  unpleasantness  for  a cure.  Are  drugs,  blisters,  and  leeches 
pleasant?  But  the  application  of  cold  water,  in  any  way,  relieves  the 
skin,  excites  it,  and  disencumbers  it  of  obstructions  which  close  the 
orifices  of  the  pores,  a reaction  of  the  whole  system  ensues,  a heat  be- 
ing created  on  the  surface,  40  or  50  degrees  above  the  usual  tempera- 
ture of  the  body.  The  body  imbibes  a portion  of  the  water,  which  in 
conjunction  with  the  heat  newly  caused,  softens  and  dissolves  the 
morbid  humors,  and  assists  in  their  exudation  by  the  pores  of  the  skin. 

Ablutions. — Where  persons  are  very  weak,  washing  and  rubbing 
the  body  must  be  done,  in  place  of  the  bath  or  douche;  and  water  may 
be  poured  over  the  heads  of  feverish  patients,  and  rubbed  on  the 
shoulders  and  parts  affected  If  the  patient  be  too  weak  to  allow  of 
this  rubbing,  a wet  sheet  is  thrown  over  him,  on  which  the  friction  is 
applied.  This  is  of  great  advantage  in  weak  cases  and  young  children. 
The  ablutions  are  an  essential,  agreeable,  and  valuable  portion  of  the 
cold  water  system.  In  trifling  complaints,  gout  in  its  infancy,  nervous 
irritability,  or  in  weakness  in  the  skin,  ablutions,  accompanied  by 
drinking  abundantly  cold  water  are  very  often  sufficient  to  establish 
health.  Ablutions  should  be  performed  in  the  morning  immediately 
on  getting  out  of  bed,  before  the  body  has  become  chilled,  and  the 
patient  must  afterwards  take  exercise  in  the  open  air.  Fatigued  per- 


Appendix  io  Medical  Department, 


343 


eons  may  try  the  wet  sheet  and  rubbing,  and  they  will  speedily  find 
the  benefit  of  it.  To  use  the  wet’  sheet  as  an  ablution,  the  patient 
stands  up,  and  the  servant  flings  it  over  his  head  and  body;  rub  the 
body  well  for  five  minutes,  then  take  off  the  wet  sheet,  and  put  on  a dry 
one.  This  is  a certain  relief  for  fatigue  and  over-exertion. 

Cold  Water  Drinking. — The  best  time  both  for  drinking  cold 
wnter  and  exercise  is  before  breakfast.  Then  they  both  produce  their 
best  effects ; but  the  only  general  rule  prescribed  by  Priessnitz  is  to 
drink  cold  water  as  much,  and  at  all  times,  as  it  can  be  done  without 
inconvenience.  Water  may  be  drank  after  breakfast,  but  the  stomach 
must  not  be  over-charged.  At  dinner  also  a few  glasses  may  be  taken 
to  moisten  the  food;  after  that  the  stomach  must  be  left  to  itself;  and 
after  the  lapse  of  a few  hours,  we  may  go  on  drinking  cold  water  uatil 
supper  time.  It  may  be  taken  after  supper,  but  not  so  as  to  distrurb 
the  rest.  Exercise,  which  is  in  itself  a part  of  the  curative  process,  ex- 
cites the  beneficial  action  of  the  water,  and  promotes  the  cure.  The 
water  should  be  fresh  from  the  spring,  aud  as  cold  as  possible.  Stoppers 
must  be  kept  in  the  bottles  and  decanters  which  hold  it,  as  the  water 
Vjien  will  preserve  its  coldness  and  freshness  much  longer. 

Advice. — Immediately  on  rising  in  the  morning,  rinse  the  mouth, 
ind  wash  the  teeth  with  cold  water,  then  drink  two  or  three  glasses  of 
spring  water;  after  this,  the  whole  body,  especially  the  head,  must  be 
washed.  If  a thickness  in  the  throat  be  felt,  gargle  well,  and  rub  the 
outside  of  the  throat  three  or  four  times  a day,  with  a cold  wet  hand; 
keep  the  water  in  the  mouth  until  it  becomes  warm,  then  repeat  it. 
This  method  is  recommended  for  clearing  and  strengthening  the  throat. 

DANDELION. — This  very  valuable  plant  is  woJU  known.  It  is 
diuretic,  tonic,  and  aperient,  and  has  a direct  action  in  removing  ob- 
structions of  the  liver,  kidneys  and  other  viscera.  It  is  peculiarly 
Valuable  in  all  liver  complaints,  derangement  of  the  digestive  organs, 
and  in  dropsical  affections.  Had  not  this  plant  been  so  common  and 
so  cheap,  it  would  be  prized  like  goldl  An  infusion  or  decoction  may 
be  made  of  the  roots  and  leaves.  But  the  extract  is  the  best,  thus  pre- 
pared; Take  up  the  roots  in  September,  clean  them ; bruise  in  a mor- 
tar, and  press  out  the  juice;  strain  and  put  it  upon  a plate  in  a warm 
room  to  evaporate,  and  render  it  thick  and  solid.  Dose. — From  a 
scruple  to  a drachm  three  times  a day. 

Dandelion  has  cured  liver  complaints  when  all  other  means  have 
failed.  “ The  more  dandelion  is  used,  the  more  certain  proof  will  it 
afford  of  its  utility.” — Dr.  J.  Johnson. 

Dandelion  Beer. — Dandelion  root,  34  lb-  to  1 gallon  of  water 
boil  well  and  when  cooled,  new  milk  warm,  add  1 lb.  sugar,  1 oz.  gin- 
ger, a lemon,  and  1 oz.  cream  of  tartar.  Add  a little  yeast.  It  is  very 
good  for  the  liver  and  digestion. 

Dandelion  Coffee. — Good  coffee,  3 parts;  hard  extract  of  dande- 
lion, 1 part;  chickory,  1 part.  Reduce  them  to  a coarse  powder,  and 
mix,  and  grind  them  together.  Good  for  the  digestion  and  affections 
of  the  liver. 

DISCI  TIENT  OINTMENT.— Deadly  night  shade,  bark  of  bitter- 
sweet root,  Cicuta  leaves,  stramonium  leaves,  of  each  3 ozs. ; lard  134 
lb.  Bruise  and  simmer  the  roots  in  spirits;  then  add  the  lard,  and 
simmer  till  the  ingredients  are  crisp,  and  strain.  A great  disperser  of 
scrofulous  and  glandulor  swellings. 

DIURETICS. — Medicines  increasing  the  secretion  of  the  urine. 

Diuretic  Decoction. — Queen  of  the  meadow,  wild  carrot  root  seed, 
spearmint,  milkweed,  dwarf  elder,  juniper-berries,  of  each,  2 ozs. 


344 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department, 


Bruise,  and  boil  a short  time  in  two  quarts  of  water,  Very  useful  in 
gravel  and  dropsy.  A cupful  to  be  taken  occasionally. 

Diuretic  Drops.— Tincture  of  kino,  % oz.;  balsam  of  copaiba, 
spirits  of  turpentine,  of  each  1 oz. ; sweet  spirits  of  nitre,  2 ozs. ; queen 
of  the  meadow,  1 oz.  Mix,  and  add  one  scr.  of  camphor.  Take  nearly 
a teaspoonful  in  mucilage.  Most  valuable  for  scalding  urine,  inflam- 
mation of  the  kidneys,  etc. 

Diuretic  Infusion.— Parsley  seed,  % oz. ; cleavers,  % oz.;  bur- 
dock seeds,  % oz. ; coolwort,  % oz. ; spearmint,  34  oz.;  juniper  berries, 
% °z-;  linseed,  34  oz, ; gum  arabic,  34  oz.  Pour  upon  these  two 
quarts  of  boiling  water;  infuse  two  or  three  hours,  covering  the  vessel. 
Strain,  and  add  34  pint  of  best  gin,  4 ozs.  of  honey  and  3 tablespoon- 
fuls of  slippery  elm.  This  is  a most  valuable  diuretic;  it  is  cooling 
and  allays  all  urinary  affections,  gravel,  scalding  urine,  and  it  causes 
an  easy  and  sufficient  flow  of  the  same. 

Diuretic  Pills. — Calcined  magnesia,  1 dr.;  solidified  copaiba,  2 
ozs.;  extract  of  cubebs,  1 oz  ; oil  of  turpentine,  4 drops;  oil  of  juniper, 
6 drops;  form  into  3 grain  pills.  Take  one  or  two  a few  times  a day 
A sovereign  remedy  for  diseases  of  the  kidneys,  bladder,  uretha,  gravel* 
whites,  and  venereal  complaints. 

DOVER’S  POWDERS. — Ipecacuanha, in  powder,  1 dr.;  powdered 
opium,  1 dr.;  powdered  saltpetre,  1 oz.  All  well  mixed.  Dose.-/' 
From  8 to  20  grains. 

DECOCTION  OF  SARSAPARILLA. — Take  4 ozs.  of  the  root  anov 
slice  it  down,  put  the  slices  into  4 pints  of  water,  and  simmer  for  four 
Hours.  Take  out  the  sarsaparilla,  and  beat  it  into  a mash ; put  it  into 
the  liquor  again,  #nd  boil  down  to  two  pints,  then  strain  and  cool  th* 
liquor,  Dose. — A wineglassful  three  times  a day.  Use.  To  purify 
the  blood  after  a course  of  mercury;  or,  indeed,  whenever  any  taint  i*« 
given  to  the  constution,  vitiating  the  blood,  and  producing  eruptive 
affections. 

DIAPHORETIC  POWDER.— Ipecacuanha  powder,  2 grs. ; purl 
fled  opium,  34  gr-  ; nitrate  of  potass,  or  saltpetre,  10  grs.  Take  at  bed 
time  in  a severe  attack  of  influenza,  or  bronchitis,  in  gruel.  Henbane 
is  preferable  to  opium. 

DYSPEPTIC  PILL. — Colocynth,  castile  soap,  gamboge,  of  each  * 
ozs. ; socotrine  aloes,  4 ozs. ; oil  of  cloves,  2 drs.  : extract  of  gentian,  * 
ozs.  Mix  and  form  into  pills.  Most  valuable  for  indigestion,  and 
cleansing  the  stomach,  and  giving  it  tone. 

EXTRACTS— To  Make.— Take  of  the  plant,  root,  or  leaves  yo^ 
wish  to  make  the  extract  from,  any  quantity,  add  sufficient  water,  and 
boil  them  gradually,  then  pour  off  the  water  and  add  a second  quantity 
repeat  the  process  until  all  the  virtue  is  extracted,  then  mix  the  several 
decoctions,  and  evaporate  at  as  low  a temperature  as  possible,  to  the 
consistence  of  an  extract.  Extracts  are  better  made  in  a water-bath, 
and  in  close  vessels,  and  for  some  very  delicate  articles,  the  evaporation 
may  be  carried  on  at  a very  low  temperature,  in  a vacuum,  by  surround- 
ing the  vessel  with  another  containing  sulphuric  acid.  Manufacturing 
druggists  usually  add  to  every  seven  pounds  of  extract,  gum  arabic,  4 
ozs. ; alcohol,  1 oz. ; olive  oil,  1 oz.  This  mixture  gives  the  extract  a 
gloss,  and  keeps  it  soft. 

EMETIC  MIXTURE. — Ipecacuanha  wine,  34  oz.  5 water,  1 oz. ; 
simple  syrup,  34  oz*  Mix.  For  a child,  20  drops,  or  more,  every 
quarter  of  an  hour  until  vomiting  ensues.  An  adult  may  take  from 
half  to  one  ounce. 

Ex\IETIC  POWDER. — Ipecacuanha  and  lobelia,  of  each  2 ozs-. 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department.  345 

"brood-root,  1 oz.  Powder,  and  mix  well.  Take  half  a teaspoonful 
every  twenty  minutes  till  it  operates. 

EXPECTORANT  TINCTURE. — See  “Anti-spasmodic  Tincture,” 
which  is  the  same. 

FEMALE  PILL. — Aloes  and  lobelia,  of  each  1 dr. ; black  cohosh, 
gum  myrrh,  tansy,  unicorn  root,  of  each  1 oz. ; cayenne,  34  oz*  Mix, 
and  form  into  pills  with  solution  of  gum.  These  pills  remove  female 
obstructions,  and  are  good  for  head  aches,  lowness  of  spirits,  nervous- 
ness, and  sallowness  of  the  skin. 

Or,  aloes,  red  oxide  of  iron,  white  turpentine,  of  each  1 oz.  Mix. 
Melt  the  turpentine,  and  strain;  mix  well;  form  into  pills  with 
mucilage.  Take  two  or  three  per  day. 

FEVER  DRINKS. — The  juice  of  the  lemon,  cream-of-tartar,  1 tea- 
spoon fill;  water,  1 pint.  Sweeten  with  loaf  sugar.  When  the  patient 
is  thirsty,  let  him  drink  freely. 

FEBRIFUGES. — Medicines  abating  heat  and  fever. 

Febrifuge, — Take  liouseleek;  phice  in  a coarse  cloth,  and  squeeze 
out  the  juice,  and  strain;  to  1 lb.  of  which  add  1 lb.  of  loaf  sugar; 
simmer  a short  time  to  form  a syrup.  Give  a tablespoonful  every  two 
hours.  In  fevers  this  acts  like  magic, — in  all  kinds  of  fever. 

GREGORY’S  POWDER. — A prescription  of  the  celebrated  Dr. 
James  Gregory,  of  Edinburgh.  The  Doctor  was  in  the  habit  of  fre- 
quently using  it  himself,  and  prescribing  it  so  largely  for  his  patients, 
that  in  time  every  chemist’s  shop  in  Scotland  prepared  it  for  the  use  of 
the  public.  It  is  a very  excellent  stomachic,  antacid,  and  carminative, 
and  may  be  given  with  equal  confidence  to  children  as  to  adults. 

Gregory’s  powder  is  made  by  mixing  intimately,  in  a wedgwood 
mortar,  1 oz,  or  part  of  powdered  Jamaica  ginger,  2 ozs.  or  parts  of 
powdered  rhubarb,  and  6 ozs.  or  parts  of  calcined  magnesia.  The 
dose  is  from  a teaspoonful  to  a tablespoonful,  in  a little  plain  or 
peppermint  water,  two  or  three  times  a day. 

GREEN  OINTME  NT.— One  ounce  each  chickweed,  tansy,  worm- 
wood, horehound,  hops,  and  a pinch  of  salt,  finely  powdered.  Bruise, 
put  into  a kettle,  cover  over  with  lard  and  some  spirits  of  wine. 
Infuse  a week  or  two,  and  then  simmer  a little  over  the  fire.  Add 
from  8 to  12  ozs.  of  Venice  turpentine.  This  salve  is  very  healing, 
applied  to  wounds,  sores,  and  ulcers.  It  is  useful  in  contusions, 
sprains,  swellings,  etc. 

HOUSELEEK.  — An  excellent  plant,  so  called  from  growing  most 
frequently  on  the  roofs  of  cottages. 

It  is  used  as  a cooling  application  to  sores,  ulcers,  etc.  The  juice 
mixed  with  cream  is  good  for  inflammation  of  the  eyes,  and  erysipelas. 
Taken  inwardly  it  is  good  for  fevers,  cooling  them  down  wonderfully. 
First  give  a purgative  to  cleanse  the  stomach  and  bowels;  then  bruise  the 
liouseleek ; adding  to  the  juice  its  weight  in  fine  sugar  to  form  a syrup.  A 
tablespoonful  every  two  hours.  Drink  balm  or  catnip  tea.  This  receipt  is 
worth  gold. 

SENGREEN— Sempervivum  Tectorum. — The  common  houseleek. 
This  is  one  of  the  most  popular  of  our  native  plants  among  the  people 
and  one  which,  from  our  experience,  we  can  recommend  especially  as 
an  external  remedy  to  painful  bruises  and  contusions,  the  fresh  roots 
or  stems  being  scraped  and  applied,  with  all  their  moisture,  to  the 
injury.  In  cases  of  dimness  of  sight,  the  juice  of  the  plant  dropped 
into  the  eye  is  said  to  etfect  remarkable  benefit.  It  is,  however,  as  an 
external  application  to  ill-conditioned  sores  and  ulcers,  to  abrasions, 
eruptions,  such  as  shingles,  and  contused  wounds,  that  we  regard  sen- 
green  as  a most  valuable  remedy. 


346 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


LIME  LINIMENT. — Linseed  or  common  olive  oil  and  lime-water, 
equal  parts,  to  be  well  shaken  before  using,  is  good  for  scrofulous  or 
other  sores?  and  still  more  for  burns  or  scalds. 

LINE  WATER. — Put  unslacked  lime  into  a tub;  cover  it  with 
pure  water;  stir  often  for  one  day;  then  strain  off  the  water,  and  keep 
for  use.  It  is  an  anti-acid  tonic,  kills  worms,  and  frees  the  bowels 
from  slimy  and  morbific  matter.  It  promotes  digestion;  it  is  valuable 
in  looseness,  scrofula,  diabetes,  and  whites.  Mixed  with  a decoction 
of  Peruvian  bark,  it  wonderfully  strengthens  the  debilitated,  and  those 
threatened  with  atrophy. 

LOBELIA  . — An  American  plant,  containing  most  valuable  medical 
properties.  It  was  first  used  with  great  advantage,  as  an  emetic,  by  the 
American  Indians,  and  was  brought  into  notoriety  by  Dr.  Samuel 
Thompson.  It  is  emetic  and  stimulating,  and  Dr.  Beech  says,  “from 
its  action  on  the  great  sympathetic  nerve,  its  effect  is  felt  throughout 
the  whole  system.  It  exerts  a peculiar  action  upon  the  trachea  and 
bronchial  vessels,  expelling  all  collected  mucus.”  It  must  therefore  be 
very  valuable  in  asthma,  croup,  whooping  cough,  consumption.  The 
greatest  benefit  from  it  has  been  found  in  dyspepia,  coughs,  asthma, 
liver  complaints,  etc.,  It  has  relieved  asthmatic  subjects  when  on  the 
point  of  suffocation  by  accumulated  phlegm,  cough,  etc.  Also  iD 
pneumonia  of  infants. 

It  is  a valuable  sudorific;  it  relaxes  the  constricted  pores  of  the 
skin,  and  promotes  free  perspiration.  The  leaves,  seeds,  and  seed' 
vessels  may  be  given  iD  powder,  and  tincture.  Dose  of  the  powder, 
from  a drachm,  or  a small  teaspoonful;  of  the  tincture,  a teaspoonful. 

LOGWOOD— An  Antiseptic.— Dr.  Desmartis,  in  a paper  to  the 
Academy  of  Sciences,  announces  that  Campeachy  Logwood  (Hcema- 
toxylum  Campeachianum)  possesses  the  same  valuable  quality,  and  in 
a much  higher  degree,  than  coal,  tar,  and  plaster,  or  creasote,  which 
have  hitherto  been  esteemed  as  the  best  antiseptics.  The  fact  was 
discovered  by  accident.  Dr.  Desmartis  had  several  cancerous  patients 
under  his  care,  all  presenting  large  ulcerous  sores,  emitting  a most 
nauseous  smell.  An  astringent  being  considered  expedient,  a poma- 
tum composed  of  equal  parts  of  extract  of  logwood  and  hog’s  lard,  was 
applied  to  those  sores,  whereupon,  to  the  Doctor’s  surprise,  the  fetor  dis- 
appeared completely,  and  the  emission  of  pus  was  considerably  atten- 
uated. To  complete  the  evidence,  he  suspended  the  use  of  the  poma- 
tum for  a few  hours  only,  when  the  offensive  emanations  immediately 
recommenced,  and  the  purulent  secretion  became  again  abundant. 
Logwood  causes  gangrene  to  disappear  as  if  by  enchantment,  especially 
that  of  hospitals.  He  has  also  found  it  efficacious  in  preventing  or 
stopping  erysipelas,  which  often  occurs  after  amputation,  or  the  inflic- 
tion of  other  wounds,  and  is  a source  of  constant  anxiety  to  the  sur- 
geon. It  entirely  removes  the  putridity  of  ulcerous  cancers,  emitting 
characteristic  effluvia,  and  in  short,  of  the  most  fetid  sores.  This  sub- 
stance also  possesses  the  advantage  of  being  capable  of  mixture  with 
hcemostatic  medicines,  (designed  to  arrest  spitting  of  blood,  etc.,)  such 
as  ergotine,  perchloride  of  iron,  persulphate  of  iron,  etc.;  it  may  also 
be  used  as  powder  and  a lotion.  The  extract  of  logwood,  which  is 
much  used  in  dyeing  and  is  very  cheap,  is  only  soluble  in  warm  water. 
See  “ Robinson's  Herbal.” 

HERBS. — They  make  the  best  medicines  and  the  completest 
cures. 

Herbs— For  Dyspepsia  or  Indigestion.— Camomile,  agrimony, 
betony,  thistle  (blessed),  oarraway  seed,  sweet  flag,  fennel,  garlic, 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department.  347 

horehound,  hyssop,  lavender,  masterwort  (the  root),  mint,  mustard 
seed,  penneyroyal,  horse  radish,  rue,  wormwood. 

Decoctions  of  the  above  are  made  by  pouring  boiling  water  on 
them.  A little  should  be  taken  in  the  morning  fasting. 

For  Purging  the  Bowels. — Class  1.  The  powerful  are  the  follow- 
ing: common  dock,  hellebore,  (white),  in  doses  not  exceeding  four 
grains:  black  hellebore,  from  two  to  five  grains;  marshmallow  leaf 
decoction,  and  mountain  flax. 

Class  2.  More  moderate;  buckthorn  berry,  broom,  and  dandelion. 

For  Worms. — Bear’s-foot,  cowhage,  camomile,  garlic,  fern  root, 
savin,  and  wormwood. 

Astringents. — Those  which  serve  to  correct  excessive  discharges. 
Logwood,  red  roses,  sage,  and  tormentil  root. 

Carminatives. — Those  herbs  which  allay  pain,  or  dispel  wind  from 
the  stomach;  anise-seed,  caraway  seed,  peppermint,  spearmint,  ginger, 
and  dill  root. 

Demulcents. — Those  herbs  which  soften,  or  which  lessen  acrimony, 
or  the  effects  of  stimulus  on  the  solids;  as,  colt’s-foot,  liver-wort,  mal- 
lows, liquorice  root,  comfrey  etc. 

Diapiioretics. — Those  which  promote  perspiration ; burdock, 
centaury,  bay  tree,  betony,  balm,  germander,  lovage,  and  rue. 

Tonics. — Those  which  give  strength  and  vigor  to  the  body ; bistort, 
balm,  bog-be*an,  camomile,  centaury  (lesser),  logwood,  gentian, 
southernwood,  tansy,  tormentil,  valerian,  and  wormwood. 

To  Heal  Ulcers. — Adder’s  tongue,  agrimony,  archangel,  arse- 
smart,  cuckoo  pint,  blue  bottle,  burdock,  bryony,  soapwort,  celandine, 
centuary,  chickweed,  cinquefoil,  comfrey  root,  mugwort,  cudweed, 
dog  grass,  water  dock,  figwort,  flax-weed,  foxglove,  glasswort,  ground 
ivy,  ground  pine,  tormentil,  tansjr,  bugle,  scurvy  grass,  and  night- 
shade. 

Either  made  into  ointments,  with  hog’s-lard,  or  washes  made  of 
them,  and  daily  applied  to  the  parts. 

To  Purify  the  Blood. — Agrimony,  borage,  burdock  (sea,)  chick- 
weed,  chervil,  fennel,  fir  tree,  fumitory,  garden  cresses,  wild  water 
■cresses,  ground  pine,  hops,  maiden  hair,  sorrel  and  tansy. 

Made  into  decoctions  with  hot  water,  and  taken  every  morning. 

OINTMENT — For  Eruptions. — Simmer  ox-marrow  over  the  fire, 
add  a little  salt,  and  a teaspoonful  of  bandy.  Strain.  When  cold  rub 
the  part  affected. 

PENNYROYAL. — This  plant  is  perennial.  It  flowers  in  August 
and  September.  It  is  warm,  pungent,  aromatic,  stimulating,  and 
diaphoretic;  like  spearmint,  but  not  so  agreeable.  It  contains  a 
volatile  oil  which  is  obtained  by  distillation.  The  infusion  is  warming 
to  the  stomach,  and  allays  sickness.  It  relieves  spasms,  hysterics, 
flatulency,  and  colic,  and  promotes  expectoration  in  dry  consumptive 
coughs.  It  promotes  perspiration,  and  is  most  valuable  in  obstruction 
of  the  menses. 

Pennyroyal  water. — Pennyroyal  leaves,  dry,  \%  lbs.;  water,  from 
13^  to  2 gallons.  Draw  off  by  distillation,  one  gallon.  It  is  a specific 
remedy  for  female  obstructions.  It  is  good  for  gout,  rubbing  the 
parts  with  it  till  they  are  red;  and  if  salt  be  added,  it  is  good  for  the 
side  in  liver  complaints.  It  is  very  warmiyg  to  the  stomach,  produces 
perspiration,  and  therefore  is  good  for  coughs,  asthma,  etc.  An 
infusion  of  the  herb  in  hot  water  is  nearly  as  good. 

PU5»M0NARY  BALSAM.— Horehound,  (plant)  comfrey-root, 
blood-root,  elecampane-root,  wild  cherry  bark,  spikenard-root,  penny- 


348 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


royal,  (plant)  of  each,  4 ozs.  Pour  3 quarts  of  boiling  water  upon  them  * 
infuse  for  3 hours;  then  heat  the  water  again;  and  pour  it  upon  the 
plants  to  infuse  5 or  6 hours.  Sweeten  with  sugar  candy.  It  is  very 
serviceable  in  diseases  of  the  lungs,  chronic  coughs;  it  removes  con- 
striction of  the  chest,  by  promoting  expectoration.  Take  half  a small 
tea-cupful  three  or  four  times  a day. 

PULMONARY  COMPLAINTS.  — It  is  said  that  the  tender  shoots  of 
Scotch  fir,  peeled  and  eaten  fasting  early  in  the  morning  in  the  woods, 
when  the  weather  is  dry,  has  performed  many  cures  of  pulmonary 
complaints  among  the  Highlanders  in  Scotland. 

PULMONARY  SYRUP. — Blood-root,  boneset,  slippery  elm  bark, 
coltsfoot,  elecampane,  of  each,  2 ozs. ; white  root,  spikenard  root,  of 
each,  4 ozs.;  comfrey-root,  poplar  hark,  of  each,  1 oz. ; lobelia,  hore- 
hound,  snake-root  of  each,  ^ oz*  P°ur  upon  them  2 quarts  of  boil- 
ing water;  stir  well;  add  1 lb.  of  molasses,  and  when  cool,  1 quart  of 
Hollands  gin.  It  is  one  of  the  best  remedies  for  asthma,  coughs, 
hoarseness,  etc.  A tablespoonful  every  hour;  or  a wine-glassful  three 
times  a day. 

INHALATION.— The  process  of  drawing  into  the  lungs  the  fumes 
and  aroma  of  certain  drugs  and  fluids,  from  an  apparatus  contrived  for 
the  purpose.  The  substances  gen 
erally  used  for  this  purpose  are 
vinegar,  camphor,  benzoin,  ether, 
and  chloroform,  the  two  latter  be- 
ing used  as  anasthetic  agents,  tc 
blunt  the  sense  of  pain  or  produce 
insensibility,  and  are  inhaled  by 
an  apparatus  specially  adapted  for 
the  purpose;  the  others  are  gene- 
rally thrown  into  boiling  water, 
and  the  watery  fumes,  charged 
with  the  medicament  employed,  are 
inhaled  through  a tube. 

Great  relief  is  often  found  in 
congestive  asthma  from  inhalation 
of  steam  or  smoke;  for  this  pur- 
pose an  inhaler,  such  as  the  one 
represented  in  the  accompanying 
cut,  should  be  half  filled  with  boil- 
ing water  mixed  with  about  a 
spoonful  of  strong  ascetic  acid  oi 
half  a drachm  of  sulphuric  ether 
a few  drops  of  creosote,  which  be 
ing  poured  on  the  hot  water-  and 

the  lid  firmlysecured,  the  patient  is  to  adjust  the  mouthpiece  to  his  lips, 
and  slowly  inhale  the  impregnated  vapor  that  rises  through  the  tube, 
retaining  the  steam  asv  long  as  convenient  in  the  mouth,  Whichever 
article  is  used  for  the  inhalation,  the  quantity  employed  should  be 
steadily  increased,  and  the  operation  always  commenced  with  a small 
dose.  Inhalation  of  the  steam  of  plain  warm  vrater,  sage  or  balm  tea, 
or  a decoction  of  camomiles,  and  poppy-heads,  poured  into  the  in- 
haler, will  often  afford  very^reat  relief,*  and  more  particularly  when 
used  alternately  with  any  of  the  above  articles — acetic  acid,  ether,  etc. 

POULTICES. — These  external  aids  to  the  surgeon  form  a series  of 
most  valuable  agents,  not  only  in  the  treatment  of  local  disease  and 
injuries,  but  as  grateful  emollients  and  sedatives,  often  of  the  greatest 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


349 


benefit  and  comfort  to  the  patient.  Poultices  are  of  five  kinds, — the 
simple  warm  emollient,  the  sedative,  the  stimulating,  the  blistering, 
and  the  corrective  or  antiseptic  poultice. 

Warm  Emollient  Poultices.— The  great  object  desired  in  all  the 
poultices  belonging  to  this  class  is  warmth,  steadily  and  evenly  applied; 
and  as  there  is  really  no  virtue  in  any  article  used  for  the  purpose,  that 
substance  or  material  makes  the  best  poultice  which  will  maintain,  for 
the  longest  period,  heat  on  the  part;  the  sovereign  quality  of  all  these 
poultices  residing  solely  in  the  warmth  applied.  Of  all  articles  suited 
for  an  emollient  poultice,  the  spongio-piline  is  the  best.  This  material, 
made  of  shreds  of  sponge  and  felt  woven  together  on  a ground  of 
Indian  rubber,  can  be  procured  in  pieces  of  any  length  or  size,  and 
merely  requires  its  pile  or  loose  surface  to  be  soaked  in  hot  water, 
squeezed  to  discharge  the  excess  of  moisture,  and  applied  face  down- 
ward on  the  part,  the  impervious  nature  of  the  upper  surface  prevent- 
ing the  escape  of  the  heat  by  evaporation.  A piece  of  oiled  skin 
applied  over  all  will  still  further  secure  the  heat.  Evaporation  may 
be  entirely  prevented  by  previously  cutting  the  .pile  away  from  the 
edges  in  such  a manner,  that,  when  secured,  the  India  rubber  coating 
shall  overlap  and  shut  in  the  part  covered. 

Bread  and  Water. — This  kind  of  poultice  is  too  often  made  in  a 
manner  at  variance  with  all  the  known  laws  of  evaporation,  either  by 
pouring  hot  water  on  crumbs  of  bread,  or  on  pieces  of  bread,  and 
then  breaking  them  down  with  a spoon  or  a fork.  The  proper  method 
of  making  such  a poultice  is  to  cut  a slice  of  bread  from  a loaf,  about 
half  an  inch  thick,  remove  all  the  crust  and  hard  edges  without  crack- 
ing the  crumb,  which,  with  a sharp  knife,  should  be  squared  to  the 
size  required.  The  piece  is  next  to  be  placed  in  the  middle  of  a slip  of 
muslin  laid  in  a soup  plate,  then  carefully  covered  with  hot  water,  the 
rest  of  the  muslin  laid  over  the  top,  and  another  plate  placed  over  all 
to  keep  in  the  heat  for  the  space  of  two  or  three  minutes,  till  every 
part  of  the  bread  has  become  charged  or  swollen  by  the  water,  which 
is  to  be  poured  off  by  taking  up  the  two  plates  together,  when  a small 
amount  of  pressure  will  expel  the  excess  of  water  without  breaking 
the  poultice,  which  is  then  to  be  carefully  lifted  by  the  ends  of  the 
muslin  which  encloses  it,  and  laid  on  the  part,  a piece  of  oiled  skin 
and  a bandage  being  added  to  keep  in  the  heat  and  secure  it  in  its 
place. 

Linseed  Meal. — This  substance,  from  the  quantity  of  gum  and  oil 
it  contains,  makes  an  excellently  soft  and  agreeable  poultice,  the  for- 
mer serving  to  retain  the  heat  a long  time,  and  the  latter  to  keep  the 
surface  soft.  As  much  meal  as  is  requisite  is  to  be  put  in  a basin,  a 
hole  made  in  the  centre  with  a spoon,  and  as  much  hot  water  as  may 
be  deemed  necessary  poured  at  once  into  it;  the  whole  is  then  to  be 
quickly  and  carefully  stirred  till  a smooth  and  intimately  mixed  mass 
of  the  consistency  of  porridge  is  obtained.  Should  too  little  water  be 
used,  the  mass  will  be  hard  and  lumpy,  and  cause  much  delay  and 
trouble  in  the  amalgamation  of  the  water  subsequently  added,  whereas 
if  the  quantity  is  rightly  guessed  at  first,  the  poultice  will  be  of  one 
uniform  consistency.  It  is  then  to  be  spread  about  an  inch  thick  on 
linen  or  flannel,  its  surface  greased  with  a little  lard,  and  laid  on  the 
part. 

Flour  and  Oatmeal  Poultices  are  made  in  the  same  way,  only  they 
require  to  be  more  largely  greased  than  the  linseed  meal,  to  prevent 
their  sticking  to  the  skin  wThen  removed. 

N.  B. — In  making  all  these  poultices  the  water  should  be  nearly 


35° 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


boiling,  to  allow  for  the  loss  of  the  heat  during  the  time  of  their  prep- 
aration, so  that  when  applied  they  may  be  as  warm  as  the  patient  can 
bear  them  without  inconvenience. 

The  objects  for  which  all  the  above  forms  of  poultice  are  em- 
ployed are,  first,  to  soften  and  relax  the  cuticle;  secondly,  by  the 
warmth  to  soothe  the  part  and  afford  ease;  and  thirdly,  by  the  contin- 
ued heat  to  mature  abscesses,  or  what  is  popularly  known  as  drawing 
an  abscess  to  a head,  heat  having  the  property  of  facilitating  the  change 
of  the  effused  blood  into  pus,  when  it  is  desirable  to  effect  that 
change. 

Sedative  Poultices. — The  object  for  which  poultices  of  this  class 
are  chiefly  used  is  to  subdue  pain  of  a local  character,  as  in  sprains, 
bruises,  contusions,  or  accidents  generally.  Poultices  of  this  nature 
are  usually  made  by  preparing  a strong  decoction  of  camomile  flowers, 
or  camomiles  and  poppy-heads,  and  then  filling  a small  bag  with  cam- 
omile flowers,  and  after  soaking  it  in  the  hot  decoction,  applying  it  to 
the  joint  or  part  affected,  and  repeating  the  application  as  soon  as  if 
has  become  cold ; or  a thick  slice  of  bread  may  be  enclosed  in  a bag, 
and  immersed  in  the  same  manner  in  the  hot  decoction;  or  crumbs  of 
bread,  linseed  meal,  or  oatmeal,  may  be  used  in  the  same  way,  by  first 
making  them  into  a paste.  The  first  plan,  however,  is  the  simplest 
and  the  cleanest  mode  of  using  this  kind  of  poultice.  Hemlock  and 
monkshood  are  also  occasionally  used  for  the  same  purpose,  the  herbs 
being  first  boiled  in  water,  and  the  hot  liquor  absorbed  by  bread  or 
linseed  meal  as  above,  and  applied  either  in  a bag  or  between  folds  of 
linen.  An  opium  poultice  may  be  employed  in  the  same  way,  by  pre- 
viously dissolving  the  solid  opium  in  boiling  water. 

Stimulating  Poultices — Are  employed  in  cases  of  rheumatism, 
paralysis,  lumbago,  and  chronic  affections  of  the  joints,  their  object 
being  to  excite  a healthier  action  in  the  part,  and,  by  a species  of  mild 
counter  irritation,  produce  a beneficial  change.  Sometimes  they  are 
used  to  rouse  a patient  in  a case  of  lethargy,  and  draw  the  blood  from 
some  internal  organ.  Stimulating  poultices  are  usually  made  with  a 
mixture  of  mustard  and  flour,  in  proportions  according  to  the  stimu- 
lating effect  desired;  thus,  one  table-spoon  of  mustard  with  three  of 
flour,  mixed  together  before  being  wetted  with  hot  or  cold  water,  or 
else  one  spoon  of  mustard  to  two  of  flour,  or  equal  parts,  which  is  the 
strongest  form  in  which  this  kind  of  poultice  is  used.  Sometimes,  to 
add  to  the  stimulating  properties  of  this  poultice,  a strong  infusion  of 
horseradish  is  employed  instead  of  water  for  the  purpose  of  mixing 
the  mustard  and  flour  into  a paste.  These  poultices  should  be  spread 
on  a flannel,  and  where  the  skin  is  very  sensitive,  a piece  of  thin  mus- 
lin may  be  interposed  between  the  poultice  and  the  cuticle.  The  time 
that  a mustard  poultice  should  be  retained  must  depend  upon  the 
strength  of  the  poultice  itself,  and  the  object  for  which  it  is  employed; 
from  ten  to  forty  minutes,  however,  may  be  regarded  as  the  extreme 
points  of  duration.  Carrots  are  occasionally  used  as  stimulating  poul- 
tices to  ulcerating  surfaces,  but  their  efficacy  is  very  questionable. 

Blistering  Poultices. — Mustard  is  the  only  article  employed  for 
this  purpose,  and  then  the  mustard  is  used  simply  with  water,  and 
without  flour;  it  should  be  made  thick,  spread  on  flannel,  have  its  sur- 
face covered  with  fine  muslin,  and  then  applied  to  the  skin.  Some 
medical  men  mix  euphorbium  powder  with  the  mustard,  to  increase  its 
blistering  properties,  but  this  addition  is  seldom  required.  A mustard 
plaster  generally  requires  about  fifteen  minutes  to  rise,  and  should  be 
removed  directly  the  vesication  takes  place ; the  blister  is  then  cut, 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


35i 


and  dressed  first  with  a warm  poultice,  and  lastly  with  violet  powder. 

Corrective  Poultices. — The  purpose  for  which  this  class  of  poul- 
tices is  employed,  is  to  destroy  the  fetid  odor  of  foul  ulcers,  ill-condi- 
tioned sores,  and  to  change  the  character  of  the  granulations,  or  of  the 
discharge  which  exudes  from  them.  The  articles  chiefly  used  for  this 
end  are  yeast,  charcoal,  chloride  of  lime,  and  alum. 

Yeast  Poultice. — This  may  be  made  in  several  ways.*  First,  by 
mixing  one  or  two  table-spoons  of  yeast  with  the  same  amount  of  flour, 
and  then  adding  enough  hot  water  to  make  the  whole  into  a smooth 
paste,  which  is  to  be  spread  on  flannel,  and  laid  on  the  ulcer  or  sore. 
Secondly,  by  mixing  four  table-spoons  of  linseed  meal  with  two  of 
yeast,  and  the  same  quantity  of  boiling  water,  or  enough  to  make  a 
smooth  paste,  to  be  applied  on  flannel.  Thirdly,  take  a thick  slice  of 
bread  without  crust,  soften  it  with  boiling  water,  and  then  cover  the 
top  with  fresh  yeast,  and  apply  the  yeast  side  to  the  ulcer ; or  the  yeast 
may  be  applied  on  piline,  first  made  warm  and  soft  by  hot  water. 

Charcoal  Poultices. — These  are  made  by  mixing  charcoal  and 
dour  and  linseed  meal,  in  nearly  equal  quantities,  in  a basin,  adding 
hot  water,  and  stirring  till  a smooth  paste  is  made,  which  is  to  be  ap- 
plied, like  the  others,  on  flannel. 

Chloride  of  Lime — May  be  made  in  the  same  way,  or  by  mixing 
die  meal  with  the  solution. 

Alum  Poultices — Are  only  used  as  an  astringentin  certain  chronic 
inflammations  of  the  eye.  This  poultice  is  made  by  mixing  the  white 
of  two  or  more  eggs  with  a drachm  of  finely-powdered  alum;  put  the 
mixture  between  a fold  of  mu*lin,  and  apply  it  to  the  eye. 

Cold  Bread  and  Water  Poultices — Are  sometimes  employed,  and 
when  such  are  necessary,  they  are  made  in  the  same  way  as  the  hot 
bread  poultice,  only  substituting  cold  water;  and  when  cold  astringent 
•poultices  are  required,  all  that  is  necessary  is  to  soak  the  bread  in  a 
eolution  of  alum,  and  apply  it  cold  as  often  as  the  poultice  becomes 
>vann  from  contact  with  the  flesh. 

Poultice. — Take  4 ozs.  of  crumbs  of  bread,  a pinch  of  elder  flow- 
ers, and  camomile;  boil  them  in  equal  quantities  of  vinegar  and  water. 
Or,  take  linseed  flour,  and  the  dregs  of  ale  or  porter  barrels,  slightly 
boiled.  It  always  keeps  soft  from  the  oiliness  of  the  linseed,  and  the 
yeasty  deposit  of  the  malt  liquor  is  both  cooling  and  sweetening. 

Poultices  are  designed  to  soften  and  relax  any  swelling,  and  allay 
pain  and  inflammation,  to  ripen  tumors  or  swellings,  and  to  cleanse 
iuflamed  and  gangrenous  sores,  ulcers,  etc.  Always  remove  a poultice 
when  it  becomes  dry;  the  place  must  be  well  washed  in  warm  lye 
water,  and  a fresh  poultice  applied. 

The  best  poultice  for  every  purpose  is  the  slippery  elm  bark  ; it  may 
be  made  with  warm  milk  and  water,  or  with  soap-lye.  If  tincture  of 
myrrh  be  added,  it  is  valuable  in  boils,  ulcers,  carbuncles,  etc. 

Poultice  for  a Fester. — Boil  bread  in  lees  of  strong  beer;  apply 
the  poultice  in  the  general  manner.  This  has  saved  many  a limb  from 
amputation. 

Mow  to  Make  a Mustard  Plaster. — How  many  people  are  there 
who  really  know  how  to  make  a mustard  plaster?  Not  one  in  a hun- 
dred, at  most,  perhaps,  and  yet  mustard  plasters  are  used  in  every 
family,  and  physicians  prescribe  their  application,  never  telling  any- 
body how  to  make  them,  for  the  simple  reason  that  doctors  themselves 
do  not  know,  as  a rule.  The  ordinary  way  is  to  mix  the  mustard  with 
Water,  tempering  it  with  a little  flour,  but  such  a plaster  as  that  makes 
It  simply  abominable.  Before  it  has  half  done  its  work  it  begins  to 


35  2 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


blister  the  patient,  and  leaves  him  finally  with  a painful,  flayed 
after  having  produced  far  less  effect  in  a beneficial  way  than  was  in- 
tended. Now  a mustard  plaster  should  never  make  a blister  at  all. 
If  a blister  is  wanted,  there  are  other  plasters  far  better  than  mustard 
for  the  purpose.  When  you  make  a mustard  plaster,  then,  use  no 
water  whatever,  but  mix  the  mustard  with  the  white  of  an  egg,  and 
the  result  will  be  a plaster  which  will  “draw”  perfectly,  but  will  not 
produce  a blister  even  upon  the  skin  of  an  infant,  no  matter  how  long 
it  is  allowed  to  remain  upon  the  part.  For  this  we  have  the  word  of 
an  old  and  eminent  physician,  as  well  as  our  own  experience. 

Poultices — Are  usually  made  of  linseed  meal,  oatmeal,  or  bread, 
either  combined  with  water  or  other  fluids  ; sometimes  they  are  made 
of  carrots,  charcoal,  potatoes,  yeast,  and  linseed  meal,  mustard,  etc., 
but  the  best  and  most  economical  kind  of  poultice  is  a fabric  made  of 
sponge  and  wool  felted  together,  and  backed  by  Indian  rubber.  It  is 
called  “Markwick’s  Patent  Spongio-Piline.”  The  method  of  using 
this  poultice  is  as  follows  : A piece  of  the  material  of  the  required 
form  and  size  is  cut  off,  and  the  edges  are  pared  or  beveled  off  with  a 
pair  of  scissors,  so  that  the  caoutchouc  may  come  in  contact  with  the 
surrounding  skin,  in  order  to  prevent  evaporation  of  the  fluid  used; 
for,  as  it  only  forms  the  vehicle,  we  can  employ  the  various  poultices 
generally  used  with  much  less  expenditure  of  time  and  money,  and 
increased  cleanliness.  For  example:  a vinegar  poultice  is  made  by 
moistening  the  fabric  with  distilled  vinegar ; an  alum  pooltice,  by  using 
a strong  solution  of  alum  ; a charcoal  poultice,  by  sprinkling  powdered 
charcoal  on  the  moistened  surface  of  the  material;  a yeast  poultica 
by  using  warmed  yeast,  and  moistening  the  fabric  with  hot  water, 
which  is  to  be  well  squeezed  out  previous  to  the  absorption  of  th* 
yeast;  a leer  poultice,  by  employing  warm  porter-dregs  or  strong  bee* 
as  the  fluid;  and  a carrot  poultice,  bv  using  the  expressed  and  evap- 
orated liquor  of  boiled  carrots.  The  material  costs  about  one  farthing 
a square  inch,  and  may  be  obtained  of  the  chemist.  As  a fomentation 
it  is  most  invaluable,  and  by  moistening  the  material  with  comppund 
camphor  liniment  or  hartshorn,  it  acts  the  same  as  a mustard  poul 
tice.  Full  directions  will,  no  doubt,  be  supplied  to  those  who  pur 
chase  the  material,  if  inquired  for. 

POWDER,  Aperient.— Take  of  the  best  Turkey  rhubarb,  cinna 
mon,  and  fine  sugar,  2 drs.  of  each.  Let  the  ingredients  be  pounded 
and  afterwards  mixed  well  together. 

When  flatulence  is  accompanied  with  costiveness,  a tea-spoon  o> 
this  powder  may  be  taken  once  or  twice  a day,  according  to  circum- 
stances. 

Powder,  Carminative.— Take  of  coriander  seeds,  34  ,oz- 1 ginger, 
1 dr.;  nutmegs,  34  dr.  5 ^ne  sugar,  drs. ; reduce  them  into  powder 
for  12  doses. 

This  powder  is  employed  for  expelling  flatulency,  arising  from 
indigestion.  It  may  be  given  in  small  quantities  to  children,  in  their 
food,  when  troubled  with  gripes. 

Powder,  Saline  Laxative.— Take  of  soluble  tartar,  and  cream- 
of-tartar,  1 dr.  of  each ; purified  nitre,  34  dr.  Make  them  into  a pow- 
der. 

In  fevers  and  other  inflammatory  disorders,  where  it  is  necessary 
to  keep  the  body  gently  open,  one  of  these  cooling  laxative  powders 
may  be  taken  in  a little  gruel,  and  repeated  occasionally. 

Powder,  Steel. — Take  filings  of  steel,  and  loaf  sugar,  2 oz& 
each;  ginger,  2 drs.  Pound  them  together. 


Appendix  to  Medical  Depa?'tment . 


353 


In  obstructions  of  the  menses,  and  other  cases  where  steel  is 
proper,  a tea-spoon  of  this  powder  may  be  taken  twice  a day,  and 
washed  down  with  wine  or  water. 

Powder,  Sudorific. — Take  purified  nitre,  and  yitriolated  tartar, 
34  oz.  of  each;  opium,  and  ipecacuanha,  1 dr.  of  each.  Mix  the  in- 
gredients, and  reduce  them  to  a fine  powder. 

This  is  known  by  the  name  of  Dover’s  powder.  It  is  a powerful 
sudorific.  In  obstinate  rheumatism,  and  other  cases  where  it  is  neces- 
sary to  excite  a copious  sweat,  this  powder  may  be  administered  in  the 
dose  of  a scruple,  or  half  a drachm,  accompanied  with  copious  draughts 
of  warm,  diluting  liquor. 

Powder,  Worm. — Take  of  tin,  reduced  into  a fine  powder,  1 oz. ; 
Ethiop’s  mineral.  2 drs.  Mix  well  together,  and  divide  into  six  doses. 
One  of  these  powders  may  be  taken  in  a little  syrup,  honey,  or  molas- 
ses, twice  a day.  Then  the  following  anthelmintic  powder  will  be 
proper : 

Powdered  rhubarb,  1 scr. ; scammony,  and  calomel,  5 grs.  of  each. 
Pub  them  in  a mortar  for  one  dose.  For  children,  the  above  doses 
must  be  lessened  according  to  their  age.  If  the  powder  of  tin  be  gven 
alone,  its  dose  may  be  considerably  increased. 

PREGNANCY — A Good  Medicine  For. — Cinnamon  water,  1 oz. ; 
tincture  of  rhubarb,  2 drs.;  compound  spirits  of  lavender,  34  dr. ; 
syrup  of  saffron,  1 dr.  To  be  taken  occasionally  in  the  middle  of  the 
day. 

RESTORATIVE  WINE  BITTERS.— Quassia,  ^ oz. ; golden  seal, 

2 drs. ; bitter-root,  2 drs. ; cayenne  pepper,  2 drs.;  whitewood  bark,  2 
drs.  Bruise  all,  and  add  1 pt.  of  Holland  gin,  and  2 qts.  of  wine.  A 
less  quantity  may  be  made.  Dose. — A table-spoon  or  two,  twice  a 
day.  Remarkably  useful  in  indigestion. 

Another,  by  Dr.  Thompson.— Balmony  bark,  1 part;  poplar  bark, 
5 parts.  Boil  in  water  sufficient  to  strain  from  one  pound  234  gals,  of 
Water,  to  which  add  sugar,  334  lbs. ; nerve  powder,  234  ozs.  5 while  hot, 
strain,  and  add  best  Malaga  wine,  314  gals. ; tincture  of  meadow-fern, 
l qt. ; prickly-ash  seeds,  1 qt.  A less  quantity  may  be  made.  Dose. 
'-From  half  to  a wine-glass,  twice  a day. 

These  bitters  are  priceless.  They  are  sure  to  correct  the  bile,  and 
create  an  appetite,  by  giving  tone  to  the  digestive  powers,  and  may  be 
freely  used,  both  as  a restorative,  and  as  a preventive  of  disease. 

STIMULATING  LINIMENT.— Cayenne,  lj4  ozs.;  salt,  1 table- 
spoon; spirits  of  wine,  2 ozs. ; camphor,  34  oz. ; spirits  of  turpentine, 
34  pt.  Bottle,  and  shake  now  and  then  during  one  day.  Then  add  ^4 
pt.  of  vinegar.  It  is  excellent  for  sponging  the  body  in  cases  of  pain, 
debility,  inflammation,  rheumatism,  gout,  sore  throat,  numbness,  neu- 
ralgia, etc. 

SALINE  MIXTURE. — Take  of  crystalized  acid  of  lemon,  1 dr., 
or  fresh  lemon  juice,  134  ozs.  5 salt  °f  wormwood,  1 dr. ; white  sugar, 

3 drs. ; pure  water,  12  ozs. ; essence  of  peppermint,  30  drops,  Mix.  A 
tea-cup  to  be  taken  often  in  inflammatory  fevers  and  sore  throat. 

SWEATING  DROPS. — Take  of  camphor,  saffron,  ipecacuanha, 
opium,  Virginian  snake-root,  34  oz.  each;  Holland  gin,  1 34  pts.  In- 
fuse two  or  three  days. 

A wonderfully  efficacious  cure  for  fever  and  ague,  after  suitable 
evacuants.  Dr.  Beach  says:  “ I find  this  the  best  medicine  for  fever 
and  ague  of  any  with  which  I am  acquainted.  In  two  cases  this  tinc- 
ture removed  the  paroxysms  where  other  remedies  failed ; one  patient 
had  been  under  homeopathic  treatment  for  many  months.” 


354 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


su  DO  nines.  — Medicines  causing  much  perspiration. 

Sudorific,  or  Fever  Powder.— Crawley  root,  1 oz. ; lobelia  herb, 
34  oz..  pleurisy  root,  1 oz  ; skunk  cabbage,*  34  oz-  Powder,  and  mix 
them  together.  Dose. — From  a quarter  to  half  a tea-spoon  every  134 
hours,  till  perspiration  is  produced.  It  may  be  given  in  balm  or  com- 
mon tea. 

I11  fevers,  inflammations,  influenza,  and  colds,  this  powder  is  in- 
valuable. It  subdues  irritation,  corrects  the  pulse,  improves  respira- 
tion, and  promotes  sound,  natural  sleep.  It  is  sure,  if  properly  admin- 
istered,  to  arrest  a fever.  Keep  it  in  a bottle,  well  corked. 

SLIPPERY  ELM  BARE. — This  tree,  ulmus  fulva , is  a native  of 
this  country.  The  powdered  bark  is  now  extensively  sold  and 
used.  It  is  used  as  an  article  of  diet  for  invalids,  on  account  of  its 
soothing  and  nutritious  properties.  Milk  thickened  with  it  makes  ex- 
cellent food  for  infants,  for  dyspeptic  and  consumptive  patients ; it 
subdues  inflammation,  and  agreeably  calms  the  system. 

According  to  the  celebrated  Dr.  Beach,  it  is  “demulcent,  pectoral, 
diuretic,  deobstruent,  emollient,  and  refrigerant,  useful  in  all  bowel 
complaints,  in  scurvy,  cutaneous  eruptions,  etc.  In  the  form  of  a 
poultice,  it  is  an  admirable  remedy  (far  exceeding  any  other  known 
production  in  the  world)  for  ulcers,  tumors,  swellings,  wounds,  chib 
blains,  burns,  scalds,  skin  diseases,  erysipelas,  obstinate  ulcers,  scabs, 
etc  ; and  in  sore  mouth,  or  thrush,  etc.,  used  as  a wash.*’  It  quickly 
allays  inflammation,  promotes  resolution  and  suppuration.  The  tea 
is  much  used  by  the  Indian  women  to  procure  easy  labor.  In  point  of 
utility,  it  is  of  far  more  value  than  its  weight  in  gold.  It  has  rapidly 
come  into  use  as  an  invaluable  medical  agent. 

As  an  ingredient  in  injections,  it  is  most  valuable,  healiiig,  sooth 
ing.  and  preventing  any  painful  sensations.  It  may  be  obtained  at 
the  vendors  of  botanic  medicines. 

TEMPERAMENT. — This  is  a term  used  by  physiologists  to  distim 
guish  a peculiar  organization  of  the  system  common  to  certain  groups 
of  individuals,  and  which  serves  to  define  one  individual  or  group 
from  another.  Physicians  generally  recognize  four  temperaments  : 

The  Sanguine— Characterized  by  plumpness  of  body,  with  toler- 
able firmness  of  the  flesh;  the  hair  is  red,  or  of  a light  chestnut,  the 
eyes  blue,  and  the  complexion  fair  and  florid,  with  a soft,  thin  skin. 
Such  persons  have  large  blood-vessels,  an  active  circulation,  and  a 
full,  quick  pulse;  the  body  is  active,  the  countenance  animated,  the 
passions  excitable,  and  the  mind  volatile  but  unsteady. 

The  Phlegmatic— Is  distinguished  by  a round  body,  soft  muscles, 
fullness  of  the  cellular  tissue;  the  hair  is  fair,  the  eyes  light  blue  or 
gray,  and  the  skin  pallid.  The  blood-vessels  are  small,  the  circulation 
languid,  and  the  pulse  slow.  All  the  functions,  mentally  and  bodily, 
are  torpid. 

The  Bilious. — This  temperament  is  defined  by  a moderate  fullness 
of  body,  with  firm,  hard  flesh,  and  strongly  defined  outlines  of  per- 
son. The  hair  is  black,  the  eyes  and  complexion  dark,  the  pulse  is 
full,  firm,  .and  of  moderate  quickness,  and  there  is  great  energy  both 
in  body  and  mind;  and,  in  conclusion,  the  features  are  strongly 
marked,  bold,  and  prominent. 

The  Nervous. — This  is  characterized  by  a small,  spare  frame, 
slight  muscular  development,  quick,  impulsive  movements,  pallid 
countenance,  and  delicate  health.  The  pulse  is  small  and  quick,  and 
easily  excited  by  mental  emotions  or  nervous  impressions;  the  whole 
nervous  system  is  active,  the  senses  acute  and  keen,  the  though** 
quick,  and  the  imagination  livety. 


Appetfdix  w Medical  Department. 


355 


Though  these  temperaments  are  seldom  found  occurring  in  a pure 
form,  they  are  sufficiently  defined  to  be  easily  recognized;  they,  how- 
ever, supply  us  with  the  following  general  facts,  namely,  that  the 
sanguine  temperament  is  most  liable  to  acute  inflammatory  diseases, 
the  phlegmatic  to  scrofulous  complaints,  the  bilious  to  aft'ections  of  the 
liver  and  the  digestive  organs,  and  the  nervous  to  mental  disorders  and 
diseases  of  the  nervous  system  generally. 

YELLOW  DOCK. — This  plant  is  well  known.  The  leaves  are 
boiled  and  eaten.  It  is  moderately  astringent,  and  rather  purgative. 
It  is  very  appropriate  for  scrofulous  complaints.  In  bilious  complaints, 
internal  heat,  hectic  fever,  palpitation  of  the  heart,  piles,  cutaneous 
eruptions,  etc.,  it  is  most  valuable. 

The  root  may  be  given  in  decoction.  A poultice  of  it  is  very  good 
to  discuss  all  indolent  swellings.  Made  into  an  ointment,  it  is  good  for 
tetter,  ringworm,  etc. 

TERMS  USED  TO  EXPRESS  THE  PROPERTIES  OF  MEDI- 
CINES.— Absorbents — Are  medicines  which  destroy  acidities  in  the 
tomach  and  bowels,  such  as  magnesia,  prepared  chalk,  etc. 

Alteratiyes — Are  medicines  which  restore  health  to  the  constitu- 
tion, without  producing  any  sensible  effect,  such  as  sarsaparilla,  sul- 
phur, etc. 

Analeptics — Are  medicines  that  restore  the  strength  which  has 
"»een  lost  by  sickness,  such  as  gentian,  bark,  etc. 

Anodynes — Are  medicines  which  relieve  pain,  and  they  are  divided 
into  three  kinds:  sedatives , hypnotics , and  narcotics  (see  these  terms); 
camphor  is  anodyne  as  well  as  narcotic. 

Antacids — Are  medicines  which  destroy  acidity,  such  as  lime, 
magnesia,  soda,  etc. 

Antalkalies — Are  medicines  given  to  neutralize  alkalies  in  the 
system,  such  as  citric,  nitric,  or  sulphuiic  acids,  etc. 

Anthelmintics — Are  medicines  used  to  expel  ahd  destroy  worms 
from  the  stomach  and  intestines,  such  as  turpentine,  cowliage,  male 
tern,  etc. 

Antibilions — Are  medicines  which  are  useful  in  bilious  affections, 
*uch  as  calomel,  etc. 

Anti  rheumatics — Are  medicines  used  for  the  cure  of  rheumatism, 
*uch  as  colchicum,  iodide  of  potash,  etc. 

Antiscorbutics — Are  medicines  against  scurvy,  such  as  citric 
add,  etc. 

Antiseptics — Are  substances  used  to  correct  putrefaction,  such  as 
bark,  camphor,  charcoal  vinegar,  and  creosote. 

Antispasmodics — Are  medicines  which  possess  the  power  of  over- 
coming spasms  of  the  muscles,  or  allaying  severe  pain  from  any  cause 
unconnected  with  inflammation,  such  as  valerian,  ammonia,  opium, 
and  camphor. 

Aperients — Are  medicines  which  move  the  bowels  gently,  such  as 
rhubarb,  manna,  and  gray  powder. 

Aromatics — Are  cordial,  spicy,  and  agreeably  flavored  medicines, 
such  as  cardamoms,  cinnamon,  etc. 

Astringents — Are  medicines  which  contract  the  fibres  of  the  body, 
diminish  excessive  discharges,  and  act  indirectly  as  tonics,  such  as  oak 
bark,  galls,  etc. 

Attenuants — Are  medicines  which  are  supposed  to  thin  the  blood, 
such  as  ammoniated  iron,  etc. 

Bal sarnies— Are  medicines  of  a soothing  kind,  such  as  tolu,  Peru- 
vian balsam,  etc. 


356 


Appendix  to  Me  die  a l Department. 


Carminatives — Are  medicines  which  allay  pain  in  the  stomach 
and  bowels,  and  expel  flatulence,  such  as  anise-seed  water,  etc. 

Cathartics — Are  strong  purgative  medicines,  such  as  jalap,  etc. 

Cordials— Are  exhilarating  and  warming  medicines,  such  as  aro- 
matic confection,  etc. 

Corroborants — Are  medicines  and  food  which  increase  the 
strength,  such  as  iron,  gentian,  meat,  and  wine. 

Demulcents — Correct  acrimony,  diminish  irritation,  and  soften 
parts  by  covering  their  surfaces  with  a mild  and  viscid  matter,  such  as 
linseed  tea,  gum,  mucilage,  honey,  and  marshmallow. 

Deobstruents — Are  medicines  which  remove  obstructions,  such  as 
iodide  of  potash,  etc. 

Detergents — Clean  the  surfaces  over  which  they  pass,  such  as  soap, 
etc. 

Diaphoretics — Produce  perspiration,  such  as  tartrate  of  antimony, 
James’s  powder,  and  camphor. 

Digestives — Are  remedies  applied  to  ulcers  or  wounds,  to  promote 
the  formation  of  matter,  such  as  resin  ointments,  warm  poultices,  etc. 

Discutients — Possess  the  power  of  repelling  or  resolving  tumoira, 
such  as  galbanum,  mercury,  and  iodine. 

Diuretics — Act  upon  the  kidneys  and  bladder,  and  increase  th« 
flow  of  urine,  such  as  nitre,  squills,  cantharides,  camphor,  antimony 
and  juniper. 

Drastics — Are  violent  purgatives,  such  as  gamboge,  etc. 

Emetics — Produce  vomiting,  or  the  discharge  of  the  contents  on 
the  stomach,  such  as  mustard  and  hot  water,  tartar  emetic,  ipecacuan- 
ha sulphate  of  zinc,  and  sulphate  of  copper. 

Emollients — Are  remedies  used  externally  to  soften  the  parts  they 
are  applied  to,  such  as  spermaceti,  palm  oil,  etc. 

Epispastics — Are  medicines  which  blister  or  cause  effusion  o* 
serum  under  the  cuticle,  such  as  Spanish  flies,  Burgundy  pitch,  resin 
and  galbanum. 

Errhines — Are  medicines  which  produee%sneezing,  such  as  tobaa 
go,  etc. 

Escharotics — Are  medicines  which  corrode  or  destroy  the  vitality 
of  the  part  to  which  they  are  applied,  such  as  lunar  caustic,  etc. 

Expectorants — Are  medicines  which  increase  expectoration,  or  tl* 
discharge  from  the  bronchial  tubes,  such  as  ipecacuanha,  squills,  opium 
ammoniacum. 

Febrifuges— Are  remedies  used  in  fevers,  such  as  all  the  antimo 
nials,  bark,  quinine,  mineral  acids,  arsenic. 

Hydragogues — Are  medicines  which  have  the  effect  of  removing 
the  fluid  of  dropsy,  by  producing  watery  evacuations,  such  as  gam- 
boge. calomel,  etc. 

Hypnotics— Are  medicines  that  relieve  pain  by  procuring  sleep 
such  as  hops,  henbane,  morphia,  poppy. 

Laxatives — Are  medicines  which  cause  the  bowels  to  act  ratha 
more  than  natural,  such  as  manna,  etc. 

Narcotics— Are  medicines  which  cause  sleep  or  stupor,  and  alla^ 
pain,  such  as  opium,  etc. 

Nutrients— Are  remedies  that  nourish  the  body,  such  as  sugar 
sago,  etc.  . 

Paregorics— Are  medicines  which  actually  assuage  pain,  such 
compound  tincture  of  camphor,  henbane,  hops,  op'um. 

Prophylactics— Are  remedies  employed  to  prevent  the  attack  m 
any  particular  disease,  such  as  quinine,  etc. 


Appendix  To  Medical  Department.  357 

Purgatives— Are  medicines  that  promote  the  evacuation  of  the 
(bowels,  such  as  senna,  aloes,  jalap,  salts. 

Refrigerants — Are  medicines  which  suppress  an  unusual  heat  of 
the  body,  such  as  wood  t sorrel,  tamarind,  etc. 

Rubefacients — Are  medicaments  which  cause  redness  of  the  skin, 
such  as  mustard,  etc. 

Sedatives — Are  medicines  which  depress  the  nervous  energy,  and 
destroy  sensation,  so  as  to  compose,  such  as  fox-glove.  (See  ’‘Pare- 
gorics.”) 

Sialogogues — Are  medicines  which  promote  the  flow  of  saliva  or 
spittle,  such  as  salt,  calomel,  etc. 

Soporifics — Are  medicines  which  induce  sleep,  such  as  hops,  etc. 

Stimulants — Are  remedies  which  increase  the  action  of  the  heart 
and  arteries,  or  the  energy  of  the  part  to  which  they  are  applied,  such 
as  food,  wine,  spirits,  ether,  sassafras,  which  is  an  internal  stimulant, 
«uid  savine,  which  is  an  external  one. 

Stomachics — Restore  the  tone  of  the  stomach,  such  as  gentian, 
*tc. 

Styptics — Are  medicines  which  constrict  the  surface  of  a part,  and 
prevent  the  effusion  of  blood,  such  as  kino,  Friar’s  balsam,  extract  of 
Vad,  and  ice. 

Sudorifics — Promote  profuse  perspiration  or  sweating,  such  as 
ipecacuanha,  antimony,  James’s  powder,  ammonia. 

Tonics — Give  general  strength  to  the  constitution,  restore  the  nat- 
ural energies,  and  improve  the  tone  of  the  system,  such  as  all  the  veg- 
etable bitters,  most  of  the  minerals,  also  some  kinds  of  food,  wine, 
end  beer. 

Yesicants — Are  medicines  which  blister,  such  as  strong  liquid 
Ktnmonia,  etc. 

DOMESTIC  PHARMACOPEIA..— In  compiling  this  part  of  our 
Tiints,  we  have  endeavored  to  supply  that  kind  of  information  which  is 
ho  often  wanted  in  the  time  of  need,  and  cannot  be  obtained  when  a 
medical  man  or  a druggist  is  not  near.  The  doses  are  fixed  for  adults, 
unless  otherwise  ordered.  The  various  remedies  are  arranged  in 
lections,  according  to  their  uses,  as  being  more  easy  for  reference. 

COLLYRIA,  OR  EYE  WASHES.— Alum.'  Dissolve  34  dr.  in  8 
ozs.  of  water.  Use,  as  an  astringent.  When  the  strength  of  the  alum 
is  doubled,  and  only  half  the  quantity  of  water  used,  it  acts  as  a dis- 
cutient,  but  not  as  an  eye  water. 

Common. — Add  34  oz.  of  diluted  acetic  to  3 ozs.  of  decoction  of 
poppy  heads.  Use , an  anodyne  wash. 

Compound  Alum.— Dissolve  alum  and  white  vitriol,  of  each  1 dr. 
in  1 pt.  of  water,  and  filter,  through  paper.  Use , as  an  astringent 
wash;. 

Zinc  and  Lead. — Dissolve  white  vitriol  and  acetate  of  lead,  of  each, 
7 grs.  in  4 ozs.  of  elder-flower  water;  add  1 dr.  of  laudanum  (tincture 
of  opium),  and  the  same  quantity  of  spirit  of  camphor;  then  strain. 
Use, as  a detergent  wash. 

Acetate  of  Zinc.— Dissolve  • y2  a dr.  of  white  vitriol  in  5 ozs.  of 
water.  Dissolve  2 scrs.  of  acetate  of  lead  in  five  ozs.  of  water.  Mix 
these  solutions,  then  set  aside  for  a short  time  and  filter.  Use,  as  an 
^stringent;  this  forms  a most  valuable  collyrium. 

Sulphate  of  Zinc.— Dissolve  20  grs.  of  white  vitriol  in  1 pt.  of 
water  or  rose  water.  Use,  for  weak  eyes. 

Zinc  and  Camphor.— Dissolve  1 scr.  of  white  vitriol  in  10  ozs.  of 
water,  then  add  1 dr.  of  spirit  of  camphor,  and  strain.  Use,  as  a 
stimulant. 


358 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


Compound  Zinc. — Dissolve  15  grs.  of  white  vitriol  in  8 ozs.  ot 
camphor  water  ( Mistura  comphorai),  and  the  same  quantity  of  poppy 
heads.  Use,  as  an  anodyne  and  detergent;  useful  for  weak  eyes. 

CONFECTIONS  AND  ELECTUARIES. — Confections  are  used  as 
vehicles  for  administration  of  more  active  medicines,  and  Electuaries 
are  made  for  the  purpose  of  rendering  some  remedies  palatable.  Both 
should  be  kept  in  closely  covered  jars. 

Almond  Confection. — Remove  the  outer  coat  from  1 oz.  of  sweet 
almonds,  and  beat  them  well  in  a mortar  with  1 dr.  of  powdered  gum 
arabic,  34  oz.  of  white  sugar.  Use , to  make  a demulcent  mixture, 
known  as  ‘‘almond  emulsion.” 

Alum  Confection.— Mix  2 scrs.  of  powdered  alum  with  4 scrs.  of 
molasses.  Dose,  34  dr.  Use , as  an  astringent  in  sore  throat  and  re- 
laxed uvula,  and  ulcerations  of  the  mouth. 

Orange  Confection. — Take  1 oz.  of  the  freshly  rasped  rind  of 
orange,  and  mix  it  with  3 ozs.  of  white  sugar,  and  beat  together  till 
perfectly  incorporated.  Dose,  from  1 dr.  to  1 oz.  Use , as  a gentle 
stomachic  and  tonic,  and  for  giving  tonic  powders  in. 

Black  Pepper  Confection. — Take  of  black  pepper  and  elecampane 
root,  of  each.  1 oz. ; fennel  seeds,  3 ozs. ; honey  and  sugar,  of  each,  2 
ozs.  Rub  the  dry  ingredients  to  a fine  powder,  and  when  the  confec 
tion  is  wanted,  add  the  honey  and  mix  well.  Dose,  from  1 to  2 drs. 
Use, in  haemorrhoids,  or  piles. 

Cowhage. — Mix  as  much  of  the  fine  hairs  or  spiculae  of  cowhage  into* 
molasses  as  it  will  take  up.  Dose,  a teaspoonful  every  morning  and 
evening.  Use , as  an  anthelmintic. 

Senna  Confection.— Take  of  senna,  powdered,  4 ozs.;  figs,  34 
cassia  pulp,  tamarind  pulp,  and  the  pulp  of  prunes,  of  each  4 ozs.; 
coriander  seeds,  powdered  2 ozs.;  licorice  root,  134  ozs.;  sugar,  1% 
lbs.;  water,  134  pts.  Rub  the  senna  with  the  coriander,  and  separate 
by  sifting,  5 ozs.  of^the  mixture.  Boil  the  water,  with  the  figs  and 
licorice  added,  until  it  is  reduced  to  one  half;  then  press  out  and 
strain  the  liquor.  Evaporate  the  strained  liquor  in  a jar  by  boiling 
until  twelve  fluid  ounces  remain.  Then  add  the  sugar,  and  make  $ 
syrup.  Now  mix  the  pulps  with  the  syrup,  add  the  sifted  powder,  and 
mix  well.  Use , purgative. 

Castor  Oil  and  Henna  Confection. — Take  1 dr.  of  powdered  guiv 
arabic,  and  2 ozs.  ot  confection  of  senna,  and  mix,  by  gradually  rub- 
bing together  in  a mortal,  with  34  oz-  of  castor  oil.  Dose,  from  34  01 
to  1 oz.  Use , purgative. 

Sulphur  and  Senna  Confection.-  Take  of  sulphur  and  sulphate  oit 
potash,  of  each,  34  oz.;  °f  confection  of  senna,  2 ozs.;  and  oil  of 
anise-seed,  twenty  minims;  mix  well.  Dose,  from  1 to  2 drs.  Use , 
purgative. 

Cream -of-Tartar  Confection.— Take  1 oz.  of  cream-of-tartar,  1 dr. 
of  jalap,  and  34  dr.  of  powdered  ginger;  mix  into  a thick  paste  with 
molasses.  Dose,  2 drs.  Use,  purgative. 

Anti-Spasmodic  Electuary.— Take  6 drs.  of  powder  valerian  and 
orange  leaves,  mixed  and  made  into  an  electuary,  with  a sufficient 
quantity  of  syrup  of  wormwood.  Dose,  from  1 to  2 drs.,  to  be  taken 
two  or  three  times  a day. 

DECOCTIONS. — These  should  only  be  made  as  they  are  wanted; 
pipkins  or  tin  saucepans  should  be  used  for  the  purpose ; and  no  de- 
coction should  be  boiled  longer  than  ten  minutes. 

Chimapliila.— Take  1 oz,  of  pyrola  (chimaphila,  or  winter-green), 
and  boil  it  in  134  Pts-  water  until  it  is  only  1 pt. ; then  strain.  DoSEt 
from  1 to  2 ozs.  four  times  a day.  Use,  in* dropsies,  as  a diuretic. 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


359 


Logwood. — Boil  134  ozs.  of  bruised  logwood  in  2 pts.  of  water  until 
it  comes  to  1 pt.;  then  add  1 dr.  of  bruised  cassia,  and  strain.  Dose, 
from  1 to  2 ozs.  TJse , as  an  astringent. 

Dandelion, — Take  2 ozs.  of  freshly-sliced  root,  and  boil  in  2 pts.  of 
water  until  it  comes  to  1 pt. ; then  add  1 oz.  of  compound  tincture  of 
horseradish.  Dose,  from  2 to  4 ozs.  Use , in  a sluggish  state  of  the 
liver. 

EMBROCATIONS  AND  LINIMENTS.— These  remedies  are  used 
externally  as  local  stimulants,  to  relieve  deep-seated  inflammations 
when  other  means  cannot  be  employed,  as  they  are  more  easily  applied 
locally. 

Anodyne  an^  Biscutient. — Take  2 drs.  of  scraped  white  soap,  34 
dr.  of  extract  of  henbane,  and  dissolve  them  by  a gentle  heat  in  6 ozs. 
of  olive  oil.  Use , about  }A<  oz.  to  be  well  rubbed  into  the  part  twice  a 
day,  for  glandular  enlargements  which  are  painful  aTid  stubborn. 

Strong  Ammojiated.— Add  1 oz.  of  strong  liquid  ammonia 
(Liquoris  ammonias  fortius'),  to  2 ozs.  of  olive  oil;  shake  them  well 
together  until  they  are  properly  mixed.  Use , employed  as  a stimulant 
in  rheumatic  pains,  paralytic  Dumbnesses,  chronic  glandular  enlarge- 
ments, lumbago,  sciatica,  etc.  This  embrocation  must  be  used  with 
care,  and  only  employed  in  yejy  obstinate  cases. 

Compound  Aramoniated. — Add  6 drs.  of  oil  of  turpentine  to  the 
strong  ammoniaetd  liniment  above.  Use , for  the  diseases  mentioned 
under  the  head  of  strong  ammoniated  lmiment,  and  chronic  affections 
of  the  knee  and  ankle  joints. 

Lime  and  Oil. — Take  equal  parts  of  common  linseed  oil  and  lim* 
water  ( Liquor  calcis ),  and  shake  well.  Use,  applied  to  burns,  scalds, 
sun  peeling,  etc. 

Camphorated. — Tnke  34  oz.  of  camphor  and  dissolve  it  in  2 ozs. 
olive  oil.  Use , as  a stimulant,  soothing  application,  in  stubborn  breasts, 
glandular  enlargements,  dropsy  of  the  belly,  and  rheumatic  pains. 

Soap  Liniment  wilh  Spanish  Flies.— Take*334  ozs.  of  soap  lini- 
ment, 34  oz.  of  tincture  of  Spanish  flies ; mix  and  shake  well.  Use,  as 
a stimulant  to  chronic  bruises,  sprains,  rheumatic  pains,  and  indolent 
swellings. 

Turpentine. — Take  234  ozs.  °f  resin  cerate  ( Ceratum  resince ),  and 
melt  it  by  standing  the  vessel  in  hot  water ; then  add  1 34  ozs.  of  oil  of 
turpentine,  and  mix.  Use,  as  a stimulant  application  to  ulcers,  burns, 
scalds,  etc. 

ENEMAS. — These  are  a peculiar  kind  of  medicines,  administered 
by  injecting  them  into  the  rectum  or  outlet  of  the  bodj\  The  intention 
is  either  to  empty  the  bowels,  kill  worms,  protect  the  iining  membrane 
of  the  intestines  from  injury,  restrain  copious  discharges,  allay  spasms 
in  the  bowels,  or  to  nourish  the  body.  These  clysters,  or  glysters,  are 
administered  by  means  of  bladders  and  pipes,  or  a proper  apparatus. 

Laxative. — Take  2 ozs.  of  Epsom  salts,  and  dissolve  in  34  of  a pt. 
of  gruel,  or  thin  broth,  with  1 oz.  of  olive  oil.  Use,  as  all  enemas  are 
used. 

Nutritive. — Take  12  ozs.  of  strong  beef  tea,  and  thicken  withharts- 
‘Torn  shavings  or  arrowroot. 

Turpentine. — Take  34  oz.  °f  turpentine,  the  yolk  of  one  egg,  and 
pt.  of  gruel.  Mix  the  turpentine  and  egg,  and  then  add  the  gruel. 
Use,  as  an  athelmintic. 

Common. — Dissolve  1 oz.  of  salt  in  12  ozs.  of  gruel. 

Castor  Oil. — Mix  2 ozs.  of  castor  oil  with  1 dr.  of  starch,  then  rub 
♦Lem  together,  and  add  14  ozs.  of  thin  gruel.  Use,  purgative. 


3<5° 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


Opium.— Rub  3 grs.  of  opium  with  2 ozs.  c 1 starch,  then  add  2 ozs. 
of  warm  water.  Use,  as  a anodyne,  in  colic,  spasms,  etc. 

Oil.— Mix  4 ozs.  of  olive  oil  with  34  oz.  of  mucilage  and  34  pt.  of 
warm  water.  Use , as  a demulcent. 

Assafoetida. — Mix  1 dr.  of  the  tincture’ of  assafoetida  ini  pt.  of 
barle.v  water  Use , as  an  anthelmintic,  or  in  convulsions  from  teething. 

GARGLES.— These  are  remedies  used  to  stimulate  chronic  sore 
throats,  or  a relaxed  state  of  the  swallow,  or  uvula, 

Acidulated. — Mix  one  part  of  white  vinegar  with  three  pars  of 
honey  of  roses,  and  twenty-four  of  barley  water.  Use,  in  chronic  in- 
flammations of  the  throat,  malignant  sore  throat,  etc. 

Astringent. — Take  2 drs.  of  roses  and  mix  with  8 ozs.  of  boiling 
water,  infuse  for  one  hour,  strain,  and  add  1 dr.  of  alum  and  1 oz.  of 
honey  of  roses.  Use,  in  severe  sore  throat,  relaxed  uvula,  etc. 

For  Salivation. — Mix  from  1 to  4 drs.  of  bruised  gall-nuts  with  1 
pt.  of  boiling  water,  and  infuse  for  two  hours,  then  strain  and  sweeten. 

Tonic  and  Stimulant. — Mix  6 ozs.  of  decoction  of  bark  with  2 ozs. 
of  tincture  of  myrrh,  and  3^  dr.  of  diluted  sulphuric  acid.  Use,  in 
scorbutic  affections. 

Alum. — Dissolve  1 dr.  of  alum  in  15  ozs.  of  water,  then  add  oz. 
molasses  and  1 dr.  of  diluted  sulphuric  acid.  Use,  astringent. 

Myrrh. — Add  6 drs.  of  tincture  of  myrrh  to  7 ozs.  of  infusion  of 
linseed,  and  then  add  1 dr.  of  diluted  sulphuric  acid.  Use,  as  a 
detergent. 

For  Slight  Inflammation  of  the  Throat. — Add  1 dr.  of  sulphuric 

ether  to  34  oz.  of  syrup  of  marsh-mallows,  and  6 ozs.  of  barley  water 
This  may  be  used  frequently. 

LO  S IGNS.— Lotions  are  usually  applied  to  the  parts  required  by 
means  of  a piece  of  linen  rag  or  piline,  wetted  with  them,  or  by  wet- 
fing  the  bandage  itself. 

Emollient. — Use  decoction  of  marsh-mallow  or  linseed. 

Elder  Flowers. — Add  234  drs.  of  elder  flowers  to  1 qt.  of  boiling 
w-ter,  infuse  for  one  hour,  and  strain.  Use,  as  a discutient. 

Sedative. — Dissolve  1 dr.  of  extract  of  henbane  in  24  drs  of  water. 

Opium. — Mix  2 drs.  of  brusied  opium  with  34  pt-  of  boiling  water, 
allow  it  to  grow  cold,  and  use  for  painful  ulcers,  bruises,  etc. 

Stimulant. — Dissolve  1 dr.  of  caustic  potash  in  1 pt.  of  water,  and 
then  gradually  pour  it  upon  24  grs.  of  camphor  and  one  dr.  of  sugar, 
previously  bruised  together  in  a mortar.  Used  as  in  fungoid  and  flabby 

Ordinary.— Mix  1 dr.  of  salt  with  8 ozs.  of  water.  Used  for  foul 
ulcers  and  flabby  wounds. 

Cold  Evaporating. — Add  2 drs.  of  Goulard’s  extract  ( Liquor 
plumbi  diacetatis ),  and  the  same  quantity  of  sulphuric  ether  ( Ether 
sulphuricus ),  to  1 pt.  of  cold  water.  Use,  as  a lotion  for  contusions, 
sprains,  inflamed  parts,  ete. 

Hydrochlorate  of  Ammonia. — Dissolve  2 drs.  of  sal  ammoniao 
( Ammonice  hydrocMorasJ  in  6 ozs.  of  water,  then  add  1 oz.  of  distilled 
vinegar  and  the  same  quantity  of  rectified  spirit.  Use,  as  a refrigerant. 

Yellow  Lotion.— Dissolve  1 gr.  of  corrosive  sublimate  ( Ilydrargyri 
eJdoridum,  a violent  poison)  in  1 oz.  of  lime  water,  taking  care  to 
bruise  the  chrystais  of  the  salt  in  order  to  assist  its  solution.  Use,  as  a 
detergent. 

Black  Wash.— Add  34  dr.  of  calomel  to  4 ozs.  of  lime  water,  or  8 
grs.  to  1 oz.  of  lime  water;  shake  well.  Use,  as  a detergent. 

Acetate  of  Lead  with  Opium.— Take  20  grs.  of  acetate  of  lead,  and 


Appendix  to  Ale  die at  Department..  361 

£ dr.  of  powdered  opium,  mix,  and  add  1 oz.  of  vinegar  and  4 ozs  of 
warm  water,  set  aside  /or  an  hour,  then  filter.  Use , as  astringent. 

Creosote. — Add  1 dr.  of  creosote  to  1 pt.  of  water,  and  mix  by 
shaking.  Use , as  an  application  in  tinea  capitis , or  other  cutaneous 
diseases. 

Galls. — Boil  1 dr.  of  bruised  galls  in  12  ozs.  of  water  until  only  34 
pt.  remains,  then  strain,  and  add  1 oz.  of  laudanum.  Use,  as  an 
astrigent  and  sedative. 

OINTMENTS  AND  CERATES. — These  remedies  are  used  as  topi- 
cal applications  to  parts,  generally  ulcers,  and  are  usually  spread  upon 
linen  or  other  materials. 

Camphorated. — Mix  % oz.  of  camphor  with  1 oz.  of  lard,  having, 
of  course,  previously  powdered  the  camphor,  by  adding  a few  drops  of 
spirit  of  wine.  Use,  as  a discutient  and  stimulant  in  indolent  tumors. 

Chalk. — Mix  as  much  prepared  chalk  as  you  can  into  some  lard, 
*0  as  to  form  a thick  ointment.  Use , as  an  application  to  burns  and 
scalds. 

For  Itch. — Mix  4 drs.  of  sublimed  sulphur,  2 ozs.  of  lard,  and  % 
4r.  of  diluted  sulphuric  acid  together.  This  is  to  be  rubbed  into  the 
*»ody. 

For  Scrofulous  Ulcerations. — Mix  1 dr.  of  ioduret  of  zinc  and  1 
^z.  of  lard  together.  Use,  twice  a day  to  the  ulcerations. 

Catechu. — Mix  1 oz.  of  powdered  catechu,  23^  drs.  of  powdered 
ulum,  1 oz.  of  powdered  white  resin,  and  23^  ozs.  of  olive  oil,  together. 
The,  to  apply  to  flabby  and  indolent  ulcerations. 

Tartar  Emetic. — Mix  20  grs.  of  tartar  emetic  and  10  grs.  of  white 
•sugar  with  drs.  of  lard.  Use,  as  a counter-irritant  in  white  swell- 
ings, etc. 

PILLS. — Strong  Purgative. — Take  of  powdered  aloes,  scammony 
nnd  gamboge,  of  each,  15  grs.,  mix  and  add  sufficient  Venice  turpen- 
tine to  make  into  a mass,  then  divide  into  12  pills.  Dose,  one  or  two 
occasionally. 

Milder  Purgative. — Take  4 grs.  of  powdered  scammony,  and  the 
«ame  quantity  of  compound  extract  of  colocynth,  and  2 grs.  of  calo- 
mel ; mix  well,  and  add  2 drops  of  oil  of  cloves,  or  thin  gum-water, 
to  enable  the  ingredients  to  combine  properly,  and  divide  into  2 pills. 
Dose,  one  or  two  when  necessary. 

Common  Purgative. — Take  of  powdered  jalap  and  compound 
extract  of  colocynth  each  4 grs.,  of  calomel  2 grs. ; mix  as  usual,  and 
divide  into  2 pills.  Dose,  one  or  two  occasionally. 

TONIC. — Mix  24  grs.  of  extract  of  gentian  and  the  same  of  puri- 
fied green  vitrol  ( sulphate  of  iron ) -together,  and  divide  into  12  pills. 
Dose,  one  or  two  when  necessary.  Use , in  debility. 

Cousin—  Mix  1 dr.  of  compound  powder  of  ipecacuanha  with  1 scr. 
of  gum  ammoniacum  and  1 of  dried  squill  bulb  in  powder.  Make  into 
a mass  with  mucilage,  and  divide  into  20  pills.  Dose. — One,  three 
times  a day. 

Astringent. — Mix  16  grs.  of  acetate  of  lead  ( sugar  of  lead)  with  4 
grs.  of  opium,  and  make  into  a mass  with  extract  of  dandelion,  so  as  to 
make  eight  pills.  Dose,  from  one  to  two.  Use,  as  an  astringent  in 
obstinate  diarrhea,  dysentery,  and  spitting  of  blood. 

MIXTURES.— Fever,  Siinjde. — Add  3 ozs.  of  spirit  of  mindererus 
( Liquor  ammonioe  acetatis ),  3 drs.  of  spirits  of  sweet  nitre,  4 drs.  of 
antimoninal  wine,  and  1 dr.  of  syrup  of  saffron,  to  4 ozs  of  water,  or 
medicated  water,  such  as  cinnamon,  anise-seed,  etc.  Dose  for  an  adult, 
one  or  two  tablespoonfuls  every  three  hours.  Use , as  a diaphoretic. 

1 6 


362 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


Aromatic. — Mix  2 drs.  of  aromatic  confection  with  2 drs.  of  com- 
pound  tincture  of  cardamoms,  and  8 ozs.  of  peppermint  water.  Dose, 
from  1 oz.  to  134  ozs.  Use , in  flatulent  colic  and  spasms  of  the  bowels. 

Cathartic. — Dissolve  2 ozs.  of  Epsom  salts  in  6 ozs.  of  compound 
infusion  of  senna,  then  add  2 ozs.  of  peppermint  water.  Dose,  from 
134  to  2 ozs.  Use . as  a warm  and  active  cathartic. 

Diuretic* — Dissolve  in  3 ozs.  of  camphor  mixture,  1 dr.  of  powder- 
ed nitre;  add  5 ozs.  of  the  decoction  of  broom,  with  6 drs.  of  sweet 
spirits  of  hitre,  and  3 drs.  of  tincture  of  sqills;  mix.  Dose,  one  tea- 
spoonful every  two  hours,  or  two  tablespoonfuls  every  three  hours. 
Use,  excellent  in  dropsies. 

Cough. — Dissolve  3 grs.  of  tartar  emetic  and  15  grains  of  opium  in 
1 pt.  of  boiling  water,  then  add  4 ozs.  of  molasses,  2 ozs.  of  vinegar, 
and  1 pt.  of  boiling  water.  Dose,  from  two  teaspoonfuls  to  two  table- 
spoonfuls,  according  to  circumstances,  every  three  hours,  or  three 
times  a d;iy.  Use , in  common  catarrh,  bronchitis,  and  iiritable’cough. 

Coup'll — For  Children. — Mix  3 drs.  of  ipecacuanha  wine  with  34 
oz.  of  oxymel  of  squills,  the  same  quantity  of  syrup  of  tolu,  1 oz.  of 
mucilage,  and  2 ozs.  of  water.  Dose,  one  teaspoonful  for  children 
under  one  year,  two  teaspoonfuls  from  one  to  five  years,  and  a tablo. 
spoonful  for  five  years,  every  time  the  cough  is  troublesome. 

Anti-Spasmodic. — Dissolve  50  grs.  or  camphor  in  2 drs.  of  chloro 
form,  and  then  add  2 drs.  of  compound  tincture  of  lavender,  six  drs.  oi 
mucilage  of  gum  arabic,  8 ozs.  of  anise-seed,  cinnamon,  or  some  othei 
aromatic  water,  and  2 ozs.  of  distilled  water;  mix  well.  Dose,  on* 
tablespoonful  every  half  hour  if  necessary.  Use , in  cholera  in  the  cold 
stage,  when  cramps  are  severe,  or  exhaustion  very  great ; and  as  a 
general  anti-spasmodic  in  doses  of  one  dessert-spoonful  when  the 
spasms  are  severe. 

Tonic  and  Stimulant.— Dissolve  1 di\  of  extract  of  bark,  and 
dr.  of  powdered  gum  arabic,  in  6 ozs.  of  water,  and  then  add  1 oz.  of 
syrup  of  marsh-mallow,  and  the  same  quantity  of  syrup  of  tolu.  Dose 
one  tablespoonful  every  three  hours.  Use,  after  fevers  and  catarrhs 

Stomachic.— Take  20  grs.  of  powdered  rhubarb,  and  rub  it  down 
in  334  ozs.  of  peppermint  water,  then  add  sal  volatile  and  compound 
tincture  of  gentian,  of  each,  1*4  drs.;  mix.  Dose,  from  1 oz.  to  13* 
ozs.  Use , as  a tonic,  stimulant,  and  stomachic. 

DRINKS.— Tamarind.— Boil  2 ozs.  of  the  pulp  of  tamarinds  in  J 
pts.  of  milk,  then  strain.  Use,  as  a refrigerant  drink. 

Tamarind.— Boil  2 ozs  of  the  pulp  in  2 pts.  of  warm  water,  an<y 
allow  it  to  get  cold,  then  strain.  Use , refrigerant. 

POWDERS.— Compound  Soda.— .Mix  24  grs.  of  calomel,  36  grs.  of 
sesqui-carbonate  of  soda,  and  1 dr.  of  compound  chalk  powder,  togeth- 
er. Divide  into  12  powders.  One  of  the  powders  to  be  givtfn  for  a 
dose  when  required.  Use , as  a mild  purgative  for  children  during 
teething. 

Tonic.— Mix  1 dr.  of  powdered  rhubarb  with  the  same  quantity  of 
dried  carbonate  of  soda,  then  add  2 drs.  of  powdered  calumba  root. 
Dose,  from  10  to  20  grs.  as  a tonic  after  fevers,  in  all  cases  of  debility, 
and  dyspepsia  attended  with  acidity. 

Rhubarb  and  Magnesia.— Mix  1 dr.  of  powdered  rhubarb  with  2 
drs.  of  carbonate  of  magnesia,  and  34  dr.  of  ginger.  Dose,  from  15 
grs.  to  1 dr.  Use,  as  a purgative  for  children. 

Sulphur  and  Potash.— Mix  1 dr.  of  sulphur  with  4 sers.  of  bicar- 
bonate of  potash,  and  2 sers.  of  nitre.  Dose,  from  % dr.  to  1 dr. 
Use,  as  a purgative,  diuretic,  and  refriger.  nt. 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


363 


Anti-Diarrheal. — Mix  1 gr.  of  powdered  ipecacuanha,  and  1 gr. 
of  powdered  opium,  with  the  same  quantity  of  camphor.  Dose,  one  of 
these  powders  to  be  given  in  jam,  molasses,  etc.,  once  or  twice  a day; 
but  to  adults  only. 

Anti-Spasmodic. — Mix  4 grs.  of  subnitrate  of  bismuth,  48  grs.  of 
carbonate  of  magnesia,  and  the  same  quantity  of  white  sugar,  and  then 
divide  into  four  equal  parts.  Dose,  one-fourth  part.  Use , in  obstinate 
pain  in  the  stomach  with  cramps,  unattended  by  inflammation. 

Anti-Pertussal,  or  Against  Whooping-Cough. — Mix  1 dr.  of  pow- 
dered belladona  root,  and  2 ozs.  of  white  sugar,  together.  Dose,  6 
grs.  morning  and  evening  for  children  under  one  year;  9 grs.  for  those 
under  two  and  three  years  of  age;  15  grs.  for  those  between  five  and 
ten;  and  30  grs.  for  adults.  Caution.  This  should  be  prepared  by  a 
chemist,  as  the  belladona  is  a poison,  and  occasional  doses  of  castor  oil 
should  be  given  while  it  is  being  taken. 

Purgative — Common. — Mix  10  grs.  of  calomel,  with  1 dr.  of  pow- 
dered jalap,  and  20  grs.  of  sugar.  Dose,  one-half  of  the  whole  for 
adults. 

Sudorific. — Mix  6 grs.  of  compound  antimonial  powder,  2 grs.  of 
ipecacuanha,  and  2 grs.  of  sugar,  together.  Dose,  as  mixed,  to  be 
taken  at  bed-time.  Use , in  catarrh  and  fever. 

MISCELLANEOUS. — Etlieral  Tincture  of  Male  Fern.— Digest  1 
oz.  male  fern  buds  in  8 ozs.  of  sulphuric  ether,  then  strain.  Dose, 
thirty  drops  early  in  the  morning.  Use , to  kill  tapeworm. 

Emulsion — Laxative. — Rub  down  1 oz.  of  castor  oil  in  2 drs.  of 
mucilage  of  gum  arabic,  add  3 ozs.  of  dill  water,  and  a dr.  of  tincture 
of  jalap,  gradually.  Dose,  as  prepared,  the  whole  to  be  taken  while 
fasting  in  the  morning. 

Esnulsion — Purgative. — Rub  down  6 grs.  of  scammony  with  6 
drs.  of  white  sugar  in  a mortar,  and  gradually  add  4 ozs.  of  almond 
emulsion,  and  two  drops  of  oil  of  cloves.  Dose,  as  prepared,  early  in 
the  morning. 

To  Prevent  Pitting  After  Small-Pox. — Spread  a sheet  of  thin 
leather  with  the  ointment  of  ammoniacum  with  mercury,  and  cut  out 
a place  for  the  mouth,  eyes,  and  nostrils.  This  forms  what  is  called  a 
mask,  and,  after  anointing  the  eyelids  with  a little  blue  ointment 
( Unaguentum  hydrargyri J,  it  should  be  applied  to  the  face,  and  allowed 
to  remain  for  three  days  for  the  distinct  kind,  and  four  days  for  the 
running  variety.  Period  to  apply  it : Before  the  spots  fill  with  matter, 
although  it  will  answer  sometimes  even  after  they  have  become  pustu- 
lous. It  may  be  applied  to  any  part  in  the  same  way. 

Another  Method, — And  one  more  reliable,  is  that  of  touching 
every  pustule,  or  poc,  on  the  face  or  bosom  with  a camel-hair  pencil 
dipped  in  a weak  solution  of  lunar  caustic  ( nitrate  of  silver ),  made  in 
the  proportion  of  2 grs.  of  nitrate  of  silver  to  1 oz.  of  distilled  water. 
The  time  for  the  application  is  about  the  seventh  day,  while  each  pus- 
tule is  filled  with  a limpid  fluid,  or  before  suppuration  takes  place,  thei 
lotion  arresting  that  action,  and  by  preventing  the  formation  of  matter, 
saving  the  skin  from  being  pitted;  a result  that  follows  from  the  con- 
version of  the  adispose  tissue  into  pus. 

A third  method  of  effecting  the  same  purpose  is  by  passing  a fine 
needle  through  each  poc,  when  fully  distended  with  lymph;  the  escape 
of  the  fluid  averting,  as  in  the  other  mode,  the  suppuration  which 
would  otherwise  ensue. 

Mucilage  of  (xum  Arabic. — Rub  1 oz.  of  gum  arabic  in  a mortar, 
with  4 ozs.  of  warm  water.  Use . for  coughs,  etc. 


36  4 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


Mucilage  of  Starch. — Bub  1 dr.  of  starch  with  a little  water,  and 
gradually  add  5 ozs.  of  water,  then  boil  until  it  forms  a mucilage. 
Use,  for  enemas,  topical  applications,  and  demulcents. 

DISEASES.* — It  should  be  clearly  understood,  that  in  all  cases  of 
disease,  the  advice  of  a skillful  physician  is  of  the  first  importance.  It 
is  not,  therefore,  intended  by  the  following  information  to  supersede 
the  important  and  necessary  practice  of  the  medical  man;  but  rather, 
by  exhibiting  the  treatment  required,  to  show  in  what  degree  his  aid 
is  imperative.  In  cases,  however,  where  the  disorder  may  be  simple 
and  transient,  or  in  which  remote  residence,  or  other  circumstances, 
may  deny  the  privilege  of  medical  attendance,  the  following  particu- 
lars will  be  found  of  the  utmost  value.  Moreover,  the  hints  given  upon 
what  should  be  avoided  will  be  of  great  service  to  the  patient,  since 
the  physiological  is  no  less  important  than  the  medical  treatment  of 
disease. 

Apoplexy. — Immediate  and  large  bleeding  from  the  arm,  cupping 
at  the  back  of  the  neck,  leeches  to  the  temples,  aperients  Nos.  1 and  7, 
one  or  two  drops  of  croton  oil  rubbed  or  dropped  on  the  tongue.  Avoid 
excesss,  intemperance,  animal  food. 

Bile,  Bilious,  or  Liver  Complaints.— Abstinence  from  malt 
liquors,  cool  homeopathic  cocoa  for  drink,  no  tea  or  coffee,  few  vege- 
tables, no  broths  or  soups;  lean,  juicy  meat  not  overcooked  for  dinner, 
with  occasionally  stale  bread  and  a slice  of  toasted  bacon  for  breakfast 
Nos.  59  and  CO. 

Chicken  Pox.— Mild  aperients,  No.  4,  succeeded  by  No.  7,  and  No. 
8,  if  much  fever  accompany  the  eruption. 

Chilblains. — Warm,  dry  woolen  clothing  to  exposed  parts  in  cold 
weather,  as  a preventive.  In  the  first  stage,  frictions  with  No.  63,  used 
cold.  When  ulcers  form  thej^  should  be  poulticed  with  bread  and 
water  for  a day  or  two,  and  then  dressed  with  calamine  cerate.  Or  chil- 
blains in  every  stage,  whether  of  simple  inflammation  or  open  ulcer, 
may  always  be  successfully  treated  by  the  extract  of  lead  ( Liquor 
plumU  acetatis),  used  pure  or  applied  on  lint  twice  a day. 

Common  Continued  Fever.— Aperients  in  the  commencement,  No, 
1,  followed  by  No.  7,  then  diaphoretics.  No.  8,  and  afterwards  tonicsv 
No.  16,  in  the  stage  of  weakness.  Avoid  all  excesses. 

Common  Cough.— The  linctus,  No.  57  or  No.  58,  abstinence  from, 
malt  liquor,  and  protection  from  cold  damp  air.  Avoid  cold,  damp, 
and  draughts 

Constipation.— The  observance  of  a regular  period  of  evacuating 
the  bowels,  which  is  most  proper  in  the  morning  after  breakfast.  The 
use  of  mild  aperients,  No.  62,  brown  bread  instead  of  white.  There 
should  be  an  entire  change  in  the  dietary  for  a few  days  while  taking 
opening  medicine. 

Consumption. — The  disease  may  be  complicated  with  various  mor- 
bid conditions  of  the  lungs  and  heart,  which  require  appropriate 
treatment.  To  allay  the  cough.  No.  57  is  an  admirable  remedy. 
Avoid  cold,  damp,  excitement  and  over  exertion. 

Convulsions— Children.— If  during  teething,  free  lancing  of  the 
gums,  the  warm  bath,  cold  applications  to  the  head,  leeches  to  the  tem- 
ples, an  emetic,  and  a laxative  clyster,  No.  24. 

Croup.— Leeches  to  the  throat,  with  hot  fomentations  as  long  as  the 
attack  lasts;  the  emetic.  No.  19,  afterwards  the  aperient,  No.  5.  Avoid 
cold  and  damp.  

*For  the  proper  Remedies  and  their  Doses  see  “ Perseriptronn,*’  and  also 
the  various  diseases  under  their  respective  heads. 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 365 

Dropsy. — Evacuate  the  water  by  means  of  No.  11,  and  by  rubbing 
•artrphorated  oil  into  the  body  night  and  morning. 

Epilepsy. — If  accompanied  or  produced  by  fulness  of  the  vessels 
of  the  head,  leeches  to  the  temples,  blisters,  and  No.  1 and  No.  7.  If 
from  debility  or  confirmed  epilepsy,  the  mixture,  No.  22.  Avoid 
drinking  and  excitement. 

Eruptions  on  the  Face.— The  powder,  No.  34,  internally,  sponging 
the  face  with  the  lotion,  No.  35.  Avoid  excesses  in  diet. 

Erysipelas. — Aperients,  if  the  patient  be  strong,  No.  1,  followed1 
by  No.  7,  then  tonics,  No.  31;  No.  31  from  the  commencement  in  weaki 
subjects. 

Faintness. — Effusion  of  cold  water  on  the  face,  stimulants  to  the 
nostrils,  pure  air,  and  the  recumbent  position;  afterwards,  avoidance 
of  the  exciting  cause.  Avoid  excitment. 

Frost-bite  and  Frozen  Limbs. — No  heating  or  stimulating  liquors 
must  be  given.  Rub  the  parts  affected  with  ice,  cold,  or  snow  water 
and  lajr  the  patient  on  a cold  bed. 

Gout. — The  aperients,  No.  1,  followed  by  No.  28,  bathing  the  parts 
with  gin-and-water;  for  drink,  weak  tea  or  coffee.  Warmth  by 
flannels  Abstain  from  wines,  spirits,  and  animal  food. 

Grayel.— No.  5,  followed  by  No.  7,  the  free  use  of  magnesia  as  an 
aperient.  The  pill  No.  26.  Abstain  from  fermented  drinks,  hard 
water.  Another  form  of  gravel  must  be  treated  by  mineral  acids, 
given  three  times  a day. 

Whooping  Cough. — Whooping  cough  may  be  complicated  with 
congestion  or  inflammation  of  the  lungs,  or  convulsions,  and  then  be- 
comes a serious  disease.  If  uncomplicated,  No.  58. 

Hysterics. — The  lit  may  be  prevented  by  the  administration  of 
thirty  drops  of  laudanum,  and  as  many  of  ether.  When  it  has  taken 
place  open  the  windows,  loosen  the  tight  parts  of  the  dress,  sprinkle 
cold  water  on  the  face,  etc.  A glass  of  wine  or  cold  water  when  the 
patient  can  swallow.  Avoid  excitement  and  tight  lacing. 

Indigestion. — The  pills  No.  2,  with  the  mixture  No.  22,  at  the 
same  time  abstinence  from  veal,  pork,  mackarel,  salmon,  pastry,  and 
beer;  for  drink,  homeopathic  cocoa,  a glass  of  cold  spring  water  the  first 
thing  every  morning.  Avoid  excesses. 

Inflammation  of  the  Gladder. — Bleeding,  aperients  No.  5 and  No. 
7,  the  warm  bath,  afterwards  opium;  the  pill  No.  12,  three  times  a day 
till  relieved.  Avoid  fermented  liquors,  etc. 

Inflammation  of  the  Bowels. — Leeches,  blisters,  fomentations,  hot 
baths,  iced  drinks,  the  pills  No.  33;  move  the  bowels  with  clysters,  if 
necessary,  No.  24.  Avoid  cold,  indigestible  food,  etc. 

Inflammation  of  the  Brain. — Application  of  cold  to  the  head, 
bleeding  from  the  temples  or  back  of  the  neck  by  leeches  or  cupping; 
aperients  No.  1,  followed  by  ISo.  7;  mercury  to  salivation,  No.  18. 
Avoid  excitement,  study,  intemperance. 

Inflammation  of  the  Kidneys. — Bleeding  from  the  arm,  leeches 
over  the  seat  of  pain,  aperients  No.  5,  followed  by  No.  64,  the  warm 
bath.  Avoid  violent  exercise,  rich  living. 

Inflammation  of  the  Liver. — Leeches  over  the  right  side,  the  seat 
of  pain,  blisters,  aperients  No.  1,  followed  by  No.  7,  afterwards  the 
pills  No.  23,  till  the  gums  are  slightly  tender.  Avoid  cold,  damp,  in- 
temperance, and  anxiety. 

Inflammation  of  the  Lungs.— Bleeding  from  the  arm  or  over  the 
painful  part  of  the  chest  by  leeches,  succeeded  by  a blister;  the  demul- 
cent mixture,  No.  17,  to  allay  the  cough,  with  the  powders  No.  18. 
Avoid  cold,  damp,  and  draughts. 


366 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


Inflammation  of  the  Stomach.— Leeches  to  the  pit  of  the  stomach, 
followed  by  fomentations,  cold  iced  water  for  drink,  bowels  to  be 
evacuated  by  clysters;  abstinence  from  all  food  except  cold  gruel, 
milk  and  water,  or  tea.  Avoid  excesses,  and  condiments. 

Inflammatory  Sore  Throat. — Leeches  and  blisters  externally, 
aperients  No.  1,  followed  by  No.  7,  gargle  to  clear  the  throat,  No.  20. 
Avoid  cold,  damp,  and  draughts. 

Inflamed  Eyes. — The  bowels  to  be  regulated  by  No.  5,  a small 
blister  behind  the  ear  or  on  the  nap  of  the  neck — the  eye  to  be  bathed 
with  No.  39. 

Influenza. — No.  i as  an  aperient  and  diaphoretic.  No.  17  to  allay 
fever  and  cough.  No.  31  as  a tonic,  when  weakness  only  remains. 
Avoid  cold  and  damp,  use  clothing  suited  to  the  changes  of  tempera- 
ture. 

Intermittent  Fever,  or  Ague.— Take  No.  16  during  the  intermis- 
sion of  the  paroxysm  of  the  fever;  keep  the  bowels  free  with  a wine 
glass  of  No.  7.  Avoid  bad  air,  stagnant  pools,  etc. 

Itch.— The  ointment  of  No.  32,  or  lotion  No.  33. 

Jaundice. — The  pills  No.  1,  afterwards  the  mixture  No.  7,  drinking 
freely  of  dandelion  tea. 

Looseness  of  the  Bowels— English  Cholera.— One  pill  No.  23,  re- 
peated if  necessary;  afterwards  the  Mixture  No.  25.  Avoid  unripe 
fruits,  acid  drinks,  ginger  beer;  wrap  flannel  around  the  abdomen. 

Measles. — A well  ventilated  room,  aperients,  No.  4,  with  No.  17 
to  allay  the  cough  and  fever. 

Menstruation — Excessive. — No.  47  during  the  attack,  with  rest  in 
the  recumbent  position;  in  the  intervals,  No.  46. 

Menstruation— Scanty.— In  strong  patients,  cupping  the  loins,  ex- 
ercise in  the  open  air,  47,  the  feet  in  warm  water  before  the  expected 
period,  the  pills  No.  45;  in  w7eak  subjects,  No.  46.  Gentle  and  regular 
exercise.  Avoid  hot  rooms,  and  too  much  sleep. 

Menstruation— Painful.— No.  48  during  the  attack;  in  the  inter-* 
reils,  No.  45  twice  a week,  with  No.  46.  Avoid  cold,  mental  excitement, 
etc. 

Mumps. — Fomentation  with  a decoction  of  camomiles  and  poppy 
heads;  No.  4 as  an  aperient,  and  No.  9 during  the  stage  of  fever.  Avoid 
cold,  and  attend  to  the  regularity  of  the  bowels. 

Nervousness.— Cheerful  society,  early  rising,  exercise  in  the  open 
dr,  particularly  on  horseback,  and  No.  15.  Avoid  excitement,  study, 
*md  late  meals. 

Palpitation  of  the  Heart.— The  pills  No.  2,  with  the  mixture 
No.  15. 

Piles.— The  paste  No.  38,  at  the  same  time  a regulated  diet.  When 
the  piles  are  external,  or  can  be  reached,  one  or  two  applications  of 
the  extract  of  lead,  with  an  occasional  dose  of  lenitive  electuary,  will 
generally  succeed  in  curing  them. 

Quinsy. — A blister  applied  all  round  the  throat;  an  emetic,  No. 
19,  commonly  succeeds  in  breaking  the  abcesses;  afterwards  the  gargle 
No.  20.  Avoid  cold  and  damp. 

Rheumatism. — Bathe  affected  parts  with  No.  27,  and  take  inter- 
nally No.  28,  with  No.  29  at  bed-time,  to  ease  pain,  etc.  Avoid  damn 
and  cold,  wenr  flannel.  . . 

Rickets.— The  powder  No.  37,  a dry,  pure  atmosphere,  a nourishing 
diet.  , . . 

Ringworm. — The  lotion  No.  36,  with  the  occasional  use -of  thft 
powder  No.  5.  Fresh  air  and  cleanliness. 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


367 


Scarlet  Fever. — Well  ventilated  room,  sponging  the  body  when 
hot  with  cold  or  tepid  vinegar,  or  spirit  and  water;  aperients,  .No.  4; 
diaphoretics,  No.  8.  If  dropsy  succeed  the  disappearance  of  th<j  erup- 
tion, frequent  purging  with  No.  5,  succeeded  by  No.  7. 

Scrofula. — Pure  air,  light  but  warm  clothing,  diet  of  fresh  animal 
food;  bowels  to  be  regulated  by  No.  6 and  No.  30,  taken  regularly 
for  a considerable  time. 

Scurvy. — Fresh  animal  and  vegetable  food,  and  the  free  use  of 
ripe  fruits  and  lemon  juice.  Avoid  cold  and  damp. 

Small-Pox. — A well  ventilated  apartment,  mild  aperients;  if 
fever  be  present,  No.  7,  succeded  by  diaphoretics  No.  8,  and  tonics 
No.  16  in  the  stage  of  debility,  or  decline  of  the  eruption. 

St.  Vitus’s  Dance. — The  occasional  use,  in  the  commencment,  of 
No.  5,  followed  by  No.  7,  afterwards  No.  61. 

Thrush. — One  of  the  powders  No.  6 every  other  night;  in  the  in- 
tervals a dessert-spoon  of  the  mixture  No.  22  three  times  a day;  white 
pots  to  be  dressed  with  the  honey  of  borax. 

Tic-Doloreux. — Regulate  the  bowels  with  No.  3 and  take  in  the 
ntervals  of  pain  No.  31.  Avoid  cold,  damp,  and  mental  anxiety. 

Toothache. — Continue  the  use  of  No.  3 for  a few  alternate  days. 
\pply  liquor  ammonia  to  reduce  the  pain,  and  when  that  is  accom- 
plished,* fill  the  decayed  spots  with  silver  succedaneum  without  delay,  or 
die  pain  will  return.  A drop  of  creosote,  or  a few  drops  of  chloro- 
form on  cotton,  applied  to  the  toojli,  or  a few  grains  of  camphor 
placed  in  the  decayed  opening,  or  camphor  moistened  with  turpentine, 
Vill  often  afford  instant  relief. 

Typhus  Fever. — Sponging  the  body  with  cold  or  tepid  wrater,  a 
well-ventilated  apartment,  cold  applications  to  the  head  or  temples. 
Aperients  No.  4,  with  refrigerants  No.  9;  tonics  No.  16  in  the  stage  of 
debility. 

Water  ou  theBrain. — Local  bleeding  by  means  of  leeches,  blisters, 
nperients  No.  5,  and  mercurial  medicines  No.  18. 

Whites. — The  mixture  No.  43,  with  the  injection  No.  44.  Cloth- 
fog  light  but  warm,  moderate  exercise  in  the  open  air. 

USEFUL  PRESCRIPTIONS  FOR  THE  BENEFIT  OF  THOSE 
WHO  PREFER  THE  “ OLD  SCHOOL  ” PRACTICE. 

PRESCRIPTIONS.* — The  following  prescriptions,  originally  de- 
rived from  various  prescribes’  Pharmacopoeias,  embody  the  favorite 
remedies  employed  by  the  most  eminent  physicians: 

5.  Take  of  powrdered  aloes,  9 grs.;  extract  of  colocynth,  com- 
pound, 18  grs.;  calomel,  9 grs.;  tartrate  of  antimony,  2 grs.;  mucilage, 
sufficient  to  make  a mass,  which  is  to  he  divided  into  6 pills;  2 to  be 
taken  every  24  hours,  till  they  act  thoroughly  on  the  bowrels : in  cases 
of  inflammation,  apoplexy,  etc. 

2,  Powdered  rhubarb,  Socotrine  aloes,  and  gum  mastich,  each 
1 scr. ; make  into  12  pills:  1 before  and  1 after  dinner. 

6.  Compound  extract  of  colocynth,  extract  of  jalap,  and  castile 
soap,  of  each  1 scr.;  make  into  12  pills. 

4,  James’s  powder,  5 grs.;  calomel,  3 grs  : in  fevers,  for  adults. 
For  children,  the  following:  powdered  camphor.  1 scr.;  calomel  and 
powdered  scammony,  of  each  9 grs.;  James’s  powder,  6 grs. ; mix  and 
divide  into  6 powders.  Half  of  1 powder  twice  a day  for  an  infant  a 


* These  to  be  used  in  the  Cases  enumerated  under  the  head  “ Diseases.’ 


368  Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 

year  old;  a whole  powder  for  2 years;  and  for  4 years,  the  sa t/e'i 
times  a day. 

5.  James’s  powder,  6 grs. ; powdered  jalap,  10  grs. ; mix,  and 
divide  into  3 or  4 powders,  according  to  the  child’s  age:  in  one  powder 
if  for  an  adult. 

6.  Powdered  rhubarb,  4 grs. ; mercury  and  chalk,  3 grs. ; ginger 
in  powder,  1 gr. : an  alterative  aperient  for  children. 

7.  Dried  sulphate  of  magnesia,  6 drs.;  sulphate  of  soda,  3drs.; 
infusion  of  senna,  7 ozs. ; tincture  of  jalap,  and  compound  tincture  ot 
cardamoms,  each  34  oz.  in  acute  diseases  generally;  take  2 table- 
spoons every  4 hours  till  it  operates  freely. 

8.  Nitrate  of  potass,  134  drs.;  spirits  of  nitric  ether,  34  02  i cam- 
phor mixture,  and  the  spirit  of  mindererus,  each  4 ozs. : in  fevers, 
etc. ; two  table-spoons  3 times  a day,  and  for  children  a dessert-spoon 
every  four  hours. 

9.  Spirit  of  nitric  ether,  3 drs. ; dilute  nitric  acid,  2 drs. ; syrup,  3 
drs.;  camphor  mixture,  7 ozs.:  in  fevers,  etc.,  with  debility;  dose  as 
last. 

10.  Spirit  of  mindererus  and  camphor  mixture  of  each  834  ozs.* 
wine  of  antimony,  134  drs.;  wine  of  ipecacuanha,  1)4  drs.;  syrup  of 
tolu,  34  oz. : dose  as  last. 

11.  Decoction  of  broom,  34  pt- ; cream-of-tartar,  1 oz. ; tincture* 
squills,  2 drs.:  in  dropsies;  a third  part  3 times  a day. 

1 2.  Pills  of  soap  and  opium,  I)  grs.  for  a dose,  as  directed. 

IS.  Compound  powder  of  ipecacuanha,  7 to  12  grs.  for  a dose,  a* 
directed. 

14.  Battley’s  solution  of  opium,  from  10  to  40  drops;  camphor 
mixture,  1)4  ozs:  in  a draught  at  bedtime. 

15.  Ammoniated  tincture  of  valerian,  6 drs. ; camphor  mixture^ 
7 ozs.:  a fourth  part  three  times  a day;  in  spasmodic  and  hysterica) 
disorders. 

16.  Disulphate  of  quina,  34  dr.;  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  20  drops, 
compound  infusion  of  roses,  8 ozs. : two  table-spoons  every  4 hours,  in 
intermittent  and  other  fevers,  during  the  absence  of  the  paroxysm. 

17.  Almond  mixture,  7)4  ozs-;  wine  of  antimony  and  ipecacuan. 
ha,  of  each  1)4  drs.:  a table-spoon  every  4 hours;  in  cough  with 
fever,  etc. 

18.  Calomel,  1 gr. ; powdered  white  sugar,  2 grs. ; to  make  & 
powder  to  be  placed  on  the  tongue  every  two  or  three  hours.  Should 
the  calomel  act  on  the  bowels,  powdered  kino  is  to  be  substituted  for 
the  sugar. 

19.  Antimony  and  ipecacuanha  wines  of  each  1 oz.;  a tea-spoon 
every  ten  minutes  till  it  vomits;  but  for  an  adult  a large  table-spoon 
to  be  taken. 

20.  Compound  infusion  of  roses,  7 ezs.  ; tincture  of  myrrh,  1 oz. 

21.  Decoction  of  bark,  6 ozs. ; aromatic  confection,  1 dr.;  tinc- 
ture of  opium,  5 drops. 

22.  Infusion  of  orange  peel,  7 ozs. ; tincture  of  hops,  34  oz.  J and 
1 dr.  carbonate  of  soda  ; two  table-spoons  twice  a day.  Or,  infusion 
of  valerian,  7 ozs.;  carbonate  of  ammonia,  2 scrs. ; compound  tincture 
of  bark,  C drs.;  spirits  of  ether,  2 drs.:  one  table-spoon  every  twenty- 
four  hours. 

23.  Blue  pill,  4 grs. ; opium,  34  gr-  ? to  he  taken  3 times  a day. 

24.  For  a Clyster.— A pint  and  a half  of  gruel  01  fat  broth,  t 
table-spoon  of  castor  oil,  1 of  common  salt,  and  a lump  of  butter;  mi*, 
to  be  injected  slowly.  A third  of  the  quantity  enough  for  an  infant. 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


369 


25.  Chalk  mixture,  7 ozs. ; aromatic  and  opiate  confections,  of 
each  1 dr.;  tincture  of  catechu,  G drs. ; two  table-spoons  every  two  hours. 

26.  Carbonate  of  soda,  powdered  rhubarb,  and  castile  soap,  each 

1 dr. ; make  36  pills  ; three  twice  a day. 

27.  Lotion. — Common  salt,  1 oz. ; distilled  water,  7 ozs. ; spirits 
of  wine,  1 oz. ; mix. 

28.  Dried  sulphate  of  magnesia,  6 drs.;  heavy  carbonate  of 
magnesia,  2 drs. ; wine  of  colchicum,  2 drs. ; water,  8 ozs.;  take  two 
table-spoons  every  four  hours. 

29.  Compound  powder  of  ipecacuanha,  10  grs. ; powdered  guaic- 
urn,  4 grs. ; in  a powder  at  bedtime. 

30.  Brandish’s  solution  of  potash;  30  drops  twice  a day  in  a wine 
glass  of  beer. 

31.  Disulphate  of  quina,  34  dr- » dilute  sulphuric  acid,  10  drops; 
compound  infusion  of  roses,  8 ozs. ; two  table-spoons  every  four  hours, 
and  as  a tonic  in  the  stage  of  weakness  succeeding  fever. 

32.  Flowers  of  sulphur,  2 ozs.;  hog’s  lard,  4 ozs.;  white  helle- 
bore powder,  34  oz*  5 °f  lavender,  60  drops. 

33.  Hydriodate  of  potass,  2 drs.;  distilled  water,  8 ozs. 

34.  Flowers  of  sulphur,  34  dr  5 carbonate  of  soda,  1 scr. ; tartar- 
ized  antimony,  34  gr.;  011e  powder,  night  and  morning,  in  eruptions  of 
the  skin  or  face. 

35.  Milk  of  bitter  almonds,  7 ozs.  ; bichloride  of  mercury,  4 grs.; 
spirits  of  rosemary,  1 oz. ; bathe  the  eruption  with  this  lotion  three 
times  a day. 

36.  Sulphate  of  zinc,  2 scrs.;  sugar  of  lead,  15  grs.;  distilled 
ivater,  6 ozs. ; the  parts  to  be  wrashed  with  the  lotion  two  or  three  times 
a day. 

37.  Carbonate  of  iron,  6 grs. ; powdered  rhubarb,  4 grs. ; one 
powder  night  and  morning. 

38.  Elecampane  powder,  2 ozs.;  sweet  fennel-seed  powder,  3 ozs.; 
black  pepper  powder,  1 oz. ; purified  honey,  and  brown  sugar,  of  each 

2 ozs. : the  size  of  a nutmeg  two  or  three  times  a day. 

39.  Sulphate  of  zinc,  12  grs. ; wine  of  opium,  1 dr. ; rose  water, 
6 ozs. 

49.  Common  salt,  1 oz. ; water,  4 ozs.;  spirits  of  wine  and  vine- 
gar, each  2 ozs. ; the  parts  to  be  bathed  or  rubbed  with  this  lotion 
frequently. 

41.  Spirits  of  wine  and  distilled  vinegar,  each  1 oz.;  rose  water, 
6 ozs.;  the  parts  to  be  kept  constantly  damp  with  the  lotion. 

42.  Linseed  oil  and  lime  water,  equal  quantities;  anoint  the  in- 
jured pat’ts  freely  with  a feather. 

43.  Sulphate  of  magnesia,  6 drs. ; sulphate  of  iron,  10  grs. ; diluted 
sulphuric  acid,  40  drops ; tincture  of  cardamoms  (compound),  34  oz*  > 
water,  7 ozs. ; a fourth  part  night  and  morning. 

44.  Decoction  of  oak  bark,  1 pt. ; dried  alum,  34  oz. 1 for  an  *n“ 
jection,  a syringeful  to  be  used  night  and  morning. 

45.  Compound  gamboge  pill,  and  a pill  of  assafoetida  and  aloes, 
of  each  34  dr. ; make  12  pills;  two  twice  or  three  times  a week. 

46.  Griffiths's  mixture — one  table-spoon  three  times  a day. 

47.  Ergot  of  rye,  5 grs.  ; in  a powder,  to  be  taken  every  4 hours. 

48.  Powdered  opium,  34  g1’. ; camphor,  2 grs.;  in  a pill;  to  be 
taken  every  three  or  four  hours  while  in  pain. 

49.  Balsam  of  copaiba,  34  oz. ; powdered  cubebs,  34  oz. ; solution 
of  potass,  3 drs.;  powdered  acacia,  2 drs. ; laudanum,  20  drops;  cinna- 
mon water,  7 ozs. ; one  table-spoon  three  times  a day. 


37° 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department \ 


56.  Tartarized  antimony,  2 grs. ; sulphate  of  magnesia,  6 drs. ; 
nitrate  of  potass,  1 dr.;  compound  tmcture  of  cardamoms,  oz. ; 
water,  3 ozs. 

51.  Lime  water,  2 ozs. ; calomel,  1 scr. ; make  a lotion,  to  he  ap- 
plied by  means  of  soft  lint. 

52.  Blue  pill,  5 grs. ; powdered  opium,  % gr. ; two  pills  at  night 
and  one  in  the  morning. 

53.  Biniodide  of  mercury,  2 grs. ; hydriodate  of  potass,  1 dr. ; ex- 
tract of  sarsaparilla,  1 oz. ; water,  8 ozs. ; one  table-spoon  three  times 
a day. 

54.  Sulphate  of  zinc,  24  grs.,  in  a wine  glass  of  water;  to  be 
given  for  an  emetic,  and  repeated  if  necessary. 

55.  Dill  water,  134  ozs. ; volatile  tincture  of  valerian,  20  drops; 
tincture  of  castor,  1 dr.;  spirits  of  sulphuric  ether,  20  drops;  make  a 
draught,  to  be  taken  three  times  a day. 

56.  Syrup  of  poppies,  oxymel  of  squills,  of  each  1 oz. ; solution 
of  potass,  2 drs. ; a tea-spoon  frequently. 

57.  Syrup  of  balsam  of  tolu,  2 ozs.;  the  muriate  of  morphia,  2 
grs. ; muriatic  acid,  20  drops;  a tea-spoon  twice  a day. 

5§.  Salts  of  tartar,  2 scrs. ; powdered  cochineal,  20  grs.  ; honey, 
3^  lb. ; water,  34  pt- ; boil,  and  give  a table-spoon  three  times  a day. 

59.  Calomel,  10  grs.  ; castile  soap,  extract  of  jalap,  extract  of 
colocynth,  of  each  1 scr. ; oil  of  juniper,  5 drops ; make  into  fifteen 
pills  ; one  three  times  a day. 

60.  Infusion  of  orange  peel,  8 ozs. ; carbonate  of  soda,  1 dr. ; and 
compound  tincture  of  cardamoms,  340z-»  take  a table-spoon  three 
times  a day,  succeeding  the  pills. 

61.  Carbonate  of  iron,  3 ozs.;  syrup  of  ginger,  sufficient  to  make 
an  electuary  ; a tea-spoon  three  times  a day. 

62.  Take  of  castile  soap,  compound  extract  of  colocynth,  com- 
pound rhubarb  pill,  and  the  extract  of  jalap,  of  each  1 scr.  ; oil  of  car- 
raway,  10  drops;  make  into  20  pills,  and  take  one  after  dinner  every 
day  while  necessary. 

63.  Spirit  of  rosemary,  five  parts ; spirit  of  wine,  or  spirit  of 
turpentine,  1 part. 

64.  Take  of  thick  mucilage,  1 oz. ; castor  oil,  12  drs. ; make  into 
an  emulsion ; add  mint  water,  4 ozs. ; spirit  of  nitre,  3 drs.  ; lauda- 
num, 1 dr. ; mixture  of  squills,  1 dr. ; and  syrup,  7 drs.;  mix  ; two 
table-spoons  every  six  hours. 

MEDICINES  (Aperient.)— In  the  spring  time  of  the  year  the 
judicious  use  of  aperient  medicines  is  much  to  be  commended. 

Spring  Aperients. — For  children  an  excellent  medicine  is — 1. 
Brimstone  and  molasses,  prepared  by  mixing  an  ounce  and  a half  of 
sulphur,  and  half  an  ounce  of  cream -of-tartar,  with  eight  ounces  of 
molasses  ; and,  according  to  the  age  of  the  child,  giving  from  a small 
tea-spoon  to  a dessert-spoon,  early  in  the  morning,  two  or  three  times 
a week.  As  this  sometimes  produces  sickness,  the  following  may  be 
used  ; — 2.  Take  of  powdered  Rochelle  salts  one  drachm  and  a half, 
powdered  jalap  and  powdered  rhubarb,  each  fifteen  grains,  ginger, 
two  grains ; mix.  Dose  for  a child  above  five  years,  one  small  tea-spoon  ; 
above  ten  years,  a large  tea  spoon  ; above  fifteen,  half  the  whole,  or  two 
tea-spoons";  and  for  a person  above  twenty,  three  tea-spoons,  or  the 
whole,  as  may  be  required  by  the  habit  of  the  person.  This  medicine 
may  be  dissolved  in  warm  water,  mint,  or  common  tea.  The  powder 
can  be  kept  for  use  in  a wide-mouthed  bottle,  and  be  in  readiness  for 
any  emergency.  The  druggist  may  be  directed  to  treble  or  quadruple 
the  quantities,  as  convenient. 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


371 


Aperient  Pills. — To  some  adults  all  liquid  medicines  produce  such 
w£Usea  that  pills  are  the  only  form  in  which  aperients  can  be  exhib- 
ited; the  following  is  a useful  formula: — 3.  Take  of  compound 
rhubarb  pill  a drachm  and  one  scruple,  of  powdered  ipecacuanha  ten 
grains,  and  of  extract  of  Jiyoscyamus  one  scruple  ; mix,  and  beat  into 
a mass,  and  divide  into  twenty-four  pills : take  one  or  two,  or  if  of  a 
very  costive  habit,  three  at  bedtime. — 4.  For  persons  requiring  a more 
powerful  aperient,  the  same  formula,  with  twenty  grains  of  compound 
extract  of  colocynth,  will  form  a good  purgative  pill.  The  mass  re- 
ceiving this  addition  must  be  divided  into  thirty!  instead  of  twenty- 
four  pills. 

Black  Draught. — 5.. The  common  aperient  medicine  known  as 
black  draught  is  made  in  the  following  manner:  Take  of  senna  leaves 
six  drachms,  bruised  ginger,  half  a drachm,  sliced  licorice  root  four 
drachms,  Epsom  salts,  two  and  a half  ounces,  boiling  water,  half  an 
imperial  pint.  Keep  this  standing  on  the  liob  or  near  the  tire  for  three 
hours,  then  strain,  and  after  allowing  it  to  grow  cool,  add  of  sal- 
Volatile  ,ne  drachm  and  a half,  of  tincture  o senna,  and  of  tincture  of 
jjardamp  , each  half  an  ounce.  (This  mixt  re  will  keep  a long  time 
in  a cool  ace.)  Dose,  a wine  glass  for  an  at.  alt ; and  two  table-spoons 
for  your  ; persons  about  fifteen  years  of  age.  It  is  not  a suitable  med- 
icine f r children. 

Tonic  Aperient. — 6.  Take  of  Epsom  salts  one  ounce,  diluted  sul- 
phuric acid,  one  drachm,  infusion  of  quassia  chips,  half  an  imperial 
pint,  compound  tincture  of  rhubarb,  two  drachms.  Half  a wine  glass 
for  a dose  twice  a day. 

Infants’  Aperient. — 7.  Take  of  rhubarb,  five  grains,  magnesia, 
three  grains,  white  sugar,  a scruple,  grey  powder,  five  grains ; mix. 
Dose,  for  an  infant  from  twelve  to  eighteen  months  of  age,  from  one- 
third  to  one-half  of  the  whole.  —8.  A useful  laxative  for  children  is 
composed  of  calomel,  five  grains,  and  sugar  a scruple,  made  into  five 
powders ; half  of  one  of  these  for  a child  from  birth  to  one  year,  and  a 
Whole  one  from  that  age  to  three  years. 

Flour  of  Brimstone  is  a mild  aperient  in  doses  of  about  a 
quarter  of  an  ounce ; it  is  best  taken  in  milk.  Flour  of  brimstone, 
which  is  also  called  sublimed  sulphur,  is  generally  put  up  in  ounce 
packages. 

Medicines — Preparations  of.—The  following  directions  are  of  the 
utmost  value  in  connection  with  the  Domestic  Pharmacopcea,  Diseases, 
Prescriptions,  and  Poisons.  They  will  be  found  most  important  to  emi- 
grants, attendants  upon  the  sick,  and  persons  who  reside  out  of  the  reach  of 
medical  aid , sailors , etc.,  etc.  They  contain  instructions  not  only  for  the 
compounding  of  medicines , but  most  useful  hints  and  cautions  upon  the 
application  of  leeches,  blisters , poultices , etc. 

Articles  Required  for  Mixing  Medicines.— Three  glass  measures, 
one  to  measure  ounces,  another  to  measure  drachms,  and  a measure  for 
minims,  drops,  or  small  doses.  A pestle  and  mortar,  both  of  glass  and 
Wedgewood-ware,  a glass  funnel,  and  glass  stirring  rods.  A spatula, 
or  flexible  knife,  for  spreading  ointments,  making  pills,  etc.  A set  of 
scales  and  weights.  A small  slab  of  marble,  slate,  or  porcelain,  for  mak- 
ing pills  upon,  mixing  ointments,  etc. 

Medicine  Weights  and  Measures. — Weights.— When  you  open, 
your  box  containing  the  scales  and  weights,  you  will  observe  that  there 
are  several  small  pieces  of  brass,  of  dift'erent  sizes  and  thicknesses,  and 
stamped  with  a variety  of  characters.  These  are  the  weights,  which  we 
wili  now  explain. 


372 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


Medicines  are  made  up  by  Troy  weight,  although  drugs  are 
bought  by  avoirdupois  weight,  and  of  course  you  know  that  there  are 
only  twelve  ounces  to  the  pound  troy,  which  is  marked  lb.  ; then  each 
ounce,  which  contains  eight  drachms,  is  marked  ^i.  ; each  drachm, 
containing  three  scruples,  is  marked  3i. ; and  each  scruple  of  twenty 

f rains  is  marked  9i.  The  grain  weights  are  marked  by  little  circles 
Grains.  signifying  a grain.  Each  of  the  grain  weights,  in  addition  to 
I©  0 ©I  the  circles  denoting  their  several  weights,  bears  also  the 

1© ©I  stamp  of  a crown.  Care  must  be  taken  not  to  mistake  this 

for  one  of  the  numerals.  Besides  these  weights  you  will  find  others 
marked  ^ss,  which  means  half  a scruple;  gss,  meaning  half  a drachm; 
and  ^ss,  meaning  half  an  ounce.  When  there  are  ounces,  drachms,  or 
scruples,  the  number  of  them  is  shown  by  Roman  figures,  thus: — i.  ii. 
iii.  iv.  v.,  etc.,  and  prescriptions  are  written  in  this  style. 

Measures. — Liquid  medicines  are  measured  by  the  following  table; 


60  minims 

) , 

( 1 fluid  drachm. 

8 fluid  drachms  . 

) 1 fluid  ounce. 

16  fluid  ounces  . 

f are  contained  in 

1 pint. 

8 pints 

) 1 

( 1 gallon. 

And  the  signs  which  distinguish  each  are  as  follows:  c.  means  a gal. 
Ion  ; o.  a pint ; ^3,  a fluid  ounce ; JI3,  a fluid  drachm ; and  m,  a minim 
or  drop.  Formerly  drops  used  to  be  ordered,  but  as  the  size,  of  a drop 
must  necessarily  vary,  minims  are  always  directed  to  be  employed 
now  for  any  particular  medicine,  although  for  such  medicines  as  oil 
of  cloves,  essence  of  ginger,  etc.,  drops  are  frequently  ordered. 

In  order  that  we  may  measure  medicines  Accurately 
there  are  graduated  glass  vessels  for  measuring  ounces,  drachms,  and 
minims. 

When  proper  Measures  are  not  at  hand,  it  is  necessary 
to  adopt  some  other  method  of  determining  the  quantities  required, 
and  therefore  we  have  drawn  up  the  following  table  for  that  purpose: 


A tumbler 

A tea-cup 

A wine  glass 

A table-spoon 

A dessert-spoon  . . . 
A tea-spoon* 


usually  contains  about 


( 10  ounces. 

6 

2 “ 

4 drachms. 
2 “ 

1 “ 


These  quantities  refer  to  ordinary  sized  spoons  and  vessels.  Some 
cups  hold  half  as  much  more,  and  some  table-spoons  contain  6 drachms. 
Many  persons  keep  a medicine-glass, which  is  graduated  so  as  to  shown 
the  number  of  spoons  it  contains. 

Process  of  Making  Medicines.— To  Powder  Substances.— 
Place  the  substance  in  the  mortar,  and  strike  it  gently  with  direct  per- 
pendicular blows  of  the  pestle,  until  it  separates  into  several  pieces, 
then  remove  all  but  a small  portion,  which  bruise  gently  at  first,  and 
rub  the  pestle  round  and  round  the  mortar,  observing  that  the  circles 
described  by  the  pestle  should  gradually  decrease  in  diameter,  and 
then  increase  again,  because  by  this  means  every  part  of  the  powder 
is  subjected  to  the  process  of  pulverization.  In  powdering  substances, 
making  emulsions,  and  whenever  using  a mortar,  the  pestle  should 
always  travel  from  the  right  to  the  left. 

Some  substances  require  to  be  prepared  in  a particular  manner 
before  they  can  be  powdered,  or  to  be  assisted  by  adding  some  other 
body.  For  example,  camphor  powders  more  easily  when  a few  drops 
of  spirits  of  wine  are  added  to  it;  mace,  nutmegs,  and  such  oily  aro- 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


373 


'matic  substances  are  better  for  the  addition  of  a little  wmce  sugar; 
resins  and  gum-resins  should  be  powdered  in  a cold  place,  and  if  they 
are  intended  to  be  dissolved,  a little  fine,  well-washed  white  sand  mix- 
witli  them  assists  the  process  of  powdering.  Tough  roots,  like  gentian 
and  calumba,  should  be  cut  into  thin  slices;  and  fibrous  roots,  like 
ginger,  cut  slanting,  otherwise  the  powder  will  be  full  of  small  fibres, 
vegetable  matters  require  to  be  dried  before  they  are  powdered,  such 
as  peppermint,  loosestrife,  senna,  etc. 

Be  careful  not  to  pound  too  hard  in  a glass,  porcelain,  or 
Wedgewood-ware  mortar;  they  are  intended  only  for  substances  that 
pulverize  easily,  and  for  the  purpose  of  mixing  or  incorporating  med- 
icines. Never  use  acids  in  a marble  mortar,  and  be  sure  that  you  do 
net  powder  galls  or  any  other  astringent  substances  in  any  but  a brass 
mortar. 

Sifting  is  frequently  required  for  powdered  substances,  and  this 
is  usually  done  by  employing  a fine  sieve,  or  tying  the  powder  up  in  a 
piece  of  muslin,  and  striking  it  against  the  left  hand  over  a piece  of 
paper. 

Filtering  is  frequently  required  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining 
clear  fiuids,  such  as  infusions,  eye-washes,  and  other  medicines;  and 
it  is,  therefore,  highly  important  to  know  how  to  perform  this  simple 
operation.  We  must  first  of  all  make  the  filter  paper;  this  is  done  by 
taking  a square  sheet  of  white  blotting  paper,  and  doubling  it  over,  so 
as  to  form  an  angular  cup.  We  next  procure  a piece  of  wire,  twist  it 
into  a form  to  place  the  funnel  in,  to  prevent  it  passing  to  far  into  the 
neck  of  the  bottle.  Open  out  the  filter  paper  very  carefully,  and  hav- 
ing placed  it  in  the  funnel,  moisten  it  with  a little  water.  Then  place 
the  wire  in  the  space  between  the  funnel  and  the  bottle,  and  pour  the 
liquid  gently  down  the  side  of  the  paper,  otherwise  the  fluid  is  apt  to 
burst  the  paper. 

Maceration  is  another  process  that  is  frequently  required  to  be 
performed  in  making  up  medicines,  and  consists  simply  in  immersing 
the  medicines  in  cold  water  or  spirits  for  a certain  time. 

Digestion  resembles  maceration,  except  that  the  process  is  assist- 
ed by  a gentle  heat.  The  ingredients  are  placed  in  a flask,  such  as 
Salad  oil  is  sold  in,  which  should  be  fitted  with  a plug  of  tow  or  wood, 
and  have  a piece  of  wire  twisted  round  the  neck.  The  flask  is  held  by 
means  of  the  wire  over  the  flame  of  a spirit  lamp,  or  else  placed  in 
some  sand  warmed  in  an  old  iron  saucepan  over  the  fire,  care  being 
taken  not  to  place  more  of  the  flask  below  the  sand  than  the  portion 
occupied  by  the  ingredients. 

Infusion  is  one  of  the  most  frequent  operations  required  in  mak- 
ing up  medicines,  its  object  being  to  extract  the  aromatic  and  volatile 
principles  of  substances,  that  would  be  lost  by  decoction  or  digestion; 
and  to  extract  the  soluble  from  the  insoluble  parts  of  bodies.  Infusions 
may  be  made  with  cold  water,  in  which  case  they  are  weaker,  but  more 
pleasant.  The  general  method  employed  consists  in  slicing,  bruising, 
or  rasping  the  ingredients  first,  then  placing  them  in  a common  jug 
(which  should  be  as  globular  as  possible),  and  pouring  boiling  water 
over  them ; cover  the  jug  with  a cloth  folded  six  or  eight  times,  but  if 
there  be  a lid  to  the  jug  so  much  the  better;  when  the  infusion  has 
stood  the  time  directed,  hold  a piece  of  very  coarse  linen  over  the  spout, 
and  pour  the  liquid  through  it  into  another  jug. 

Decoction,  or  boiling,  is  employed  to  extract  the  mucilaginous 
or  gummy  parts  of  substances,  their  bitter,  astringent,  or  other  quali- 
ties, and  is  nothing  more  than  boiling  the  ingredients  in  a saucepan 


374 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


with  the  lid  slightly  raised.  Be  sure  never  to  use  an  iron  saucepan  for 
astringent  decoctions,  such  as  oak  bark,  galls,  etc.,  as  they  will  turn 
the  saucepan  black,  and  spoil  the  decpction.  The  enamelled  saucepans 
are  very  useful  for  decoctions,  but  an  excellent  plan  is  to  put  the  in- 
gredients into  a jar  and  boil  the  jar,  thus  preparing  it  by  a water  bath, 
as  it  is  technically  termed;  or  by  using  a common  pipkin,  which 
answers  still  better.  No  decoction  should  be  allowed  to  boil  for  more 
than  ten  minutes. 

Extracts  are  made  by  evaporating  the  liquors  obtained  by  in- 
fusion or  decoction,  but  these  can  be  bought  much  cheaper  and  better 
of  chemists  and  druggists,  and  so  can  tinctures,  confections,  cerates, 
and  plasters,  and  syrups;  but  as  every  one  is  not  always  in  the  neigh- 
borhood of  druggists,  we  shall  give  recipes  for  those  most  generally 
useful,  and  the  method  of  making  them. 

P&ECAIJTIONS  TO  BE  OBSERVED  IN  GIVING  MEDICINES— 
Sex. — Medicines  for  females  should  not  be  so  strong  as  those  for  males, 
ther.-'o  e,  it  is  advisable  to  reduce  the  doses  about  one-third. 

Temperament. — Persons  of  a phlegmatic  temperament  bear  stim- 
ulants and  purgatives  better  than  those  of  a sanguine  temperament, 
therefore  the  latter  require  smaller  doses. 

Habits.™ Purgatives  never  act  so  well  upon  persons  accustomed 
to  take  them  as  upon  those  who  are  not,  therefore  it  is  better  to  change 
the  form  of  purgative  from  pill  to  potion,  powder  to  draught,  or  aro> 
malic  to  saline.  Purgatives  should  never  be  given  when  there  is  an 
irritable  state  of  the  bowels. 

Stimulants  and  Narcotics  never  act  so  quickly  upon  persons 
accustomed  to  use  spirits  freely  as  upon  those  who  live  abstemiously. 

Climate. — The  actions  of  medicines  is  modified  by  climate  and 
seasons.  In  summer,  certain  medicines  act  more  powerfully  than  in 
winter,  and  the  same  person  cannot  bear  the  dose  in  July  that  he  could 
in  December. 

General  Health. — Persons  whose  general  health  is  good,  beat 
stronger  doses  than  the  debilitated  and  those  who  have  suffered  for  a, 
long  time. 

Idiosyncrasy. — Walker’s  Dictionary  will  inform  you  that  “idio- 
syncrasy ” means  a peculiar  temperament  or  disposition  not  common  to 
people  generally.  For  example,  some  persons  cannot  take  calomel  in 
the  smallest  dose  without  being  salivated,  or  rhubarb  without  having 
convulsions;  others  cannot  take  squills,  opium,  senna,  etc.,  and  this 
peculiarity  is  called  the  patient’s  idiosyncrasy,  therefore,  it  is  wrong 
to  insist  upon  their  taking  these  medicines. 

Forms  Best  Suited  for  Administration. — Fluids  act  quicker  than 
solids,  and  powders  sooner  than  pills. 

Best  Method  of  Preventing  the  Nauseous  Taste  of  Medicines.— 
Castor  oil  may  be  taken  in  milk,  coffee,  or  spirits,  such  as  brandy ; but 
the  best  method  of  covering  the  nauseous  flavor  is  to  put  a table-spoon 
of  strained  orange  juice  in  a wine  glass,  pour  the  castor  oil  into  the 
center  of  the  juice,  and  then  squeeze  a few  drops  of  the  lemon  juice 
upon  the  top  of  the  oil.  Cod  liver  oil  may  be  taken,  like  castor  oil,  in 
orange  juice.  Peppermint  water  almost  neutralizes  the  nauseous  taste 
of  Epsom  salts;  a strong  solution  of  the  extract  of  licorice,  that  of  aloes; 
milk  that  of  cinchona  bark;  and  cloves  of  senna. 

An  excellent  way  to  prevent  the  taste  of  medicines  is  to  have 
the  medicine  in  a glass,  as  usual,  and  a tumbler  of  water  by  the  side  of 
it;  take  the  medicine,  and  retain  it  in  the  mouth,  which  should  be 
kept  closed,  and  if  you  then  commence  drinking  the  water,  the  taste  of 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


37* 


the  medicine,  is  washed  away.  Even  the  bitterness  of  quinine  and 
aloes  may  be  prevented  by  this  means.  If  the  nostrils  are  firmly  com- 
pressed by  the  thumb  and  finger  of  the  left  hand,  while  taking  a nau- 
seous draught,  and  so  retained  till  the  mouth  has  been  washed  out 
with  water,  the  disagreeable  taste  of  the  medicine  will  be  quite  unper- 
ceived. 

Giving  Medicines  to  Persons. — Medicines  should  be  given  in  such 
a manner  that  the  effect  of  the  first  dose  shall  not  have  ceased  when 
the  next  dose  is  given,  therefore  the  intervals  between  the  doses  should 
be  regulated  accordingly. 

Poses  of  Medicine  for  Piiferent  Ages.— It  must  be  plain  to  every 
one  that  children  do  not  require  such  powerful  medicine  as  adults  or 
old  people,  and  therefore  it  is  desirable  to  have  some  fixed  method  of 
determining  or  regulating  the  administration  of  doses  of  medicine. 
Now  we  will  suppose  that  the  dose  for  a full-grown  person  is  one 
drachm,  then  the  following  proportions  will  be  suitable  for  the  vari- 
ous ages  given;  keeping  in  view  other  circumstances,  such  as  sex, 
temperament,  habits,  climate,  state  of  general  health,  and  idiosyncrasy. 


AGE. 

Proportion. 

Proportionate 

Dose. 

7 Weeks 

one-fifteentli 

or  grains 
or  grains 
or  grains 
or  grains 

4 

7 Months 

one- twelfth 

5 

Under  2 yeavs 

one-eighth 

one-sixth 

% 

10 

Under  3 yea’’S 

Under  4 vears 

one-fourtb 

or  grains 

15 

Under  7 yen.rs 

one-third 

or  scruple 
or  drachm 

1 

Under  14  yeavs 

one-half 

Under  20  vea^s 

two-fifths 

or  scruple 
or  drachm 

/2 

2 

Above  21  yea^s. 

the  full  dose 

1 

Above  65  yea**s  v .....  v 

the  inverse 

gradation 

USEFUL  PRESCRIPTIONS  FOR  THE  BENEFIT  OF  THOSE  WHO 
PREFER  THE  " OLD  SCHOOL  ” PRACTICE. 

ARRANGED  UNDER  THE  HEADS  OF  APERIENTS,  PURGATIVES,  EXPECTORANTS 
DIAPHORETICS,  ANTACIDS,  AND  STOMACHICS,  ASTRINGENT,  AND  TONICS. 


There  are  several  pi-escriptions  given  in  each  section,  embracing  mixtures,  pills^ 
and  powders,  which  will  be  found  suited  to  almost  every  distinctive  phase  in  the  affec- 
tion for  which  they  are  given  : thus,  under  Expectorants,  “ Cough,”  medicines  will  be 
found  to  produce  sedative,  stimulating,  or  relaxing  effects. 


Aperient  Pills. 


Purgative  Pills. 


( Mild,  for  Females.) 


( Strong , for  Men.) 


No.  1.  Take  of— 

Compound  extract  ofcol- 

ocynth 3^  dr* 

Blue  pill 18  grs. 

Extract  of  henbane 12  grs. 

Oil  of  caraways 6 drops. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  twelve  pills:  one 
to  be  taken  at  bedtime, and  another  in 
the  morning,  if  necessary. 


No.  2.  Take  of— 

Pil.  Rufi  2 scrs. 

Extract  aloes 10  grs. 

Extract  of  hemlock...  15  gr-;. 
Oil  of  juniper.  6 drops. 


Mix,  and  divide  into  twelve  pills  : one 
or  two  for  a dose,  when  necessary. 


No.  1.  Take  of 

Powdered  aloes 18  grs. 

Powdered  colocynth...  15  grs. 

Calomel 18  grs. 

Scammony  powder 15  grs. 

Oil  of  cloves 5 drops. 

Mix,  and  make  into  twelve  pills : tw« 
or  three  to  be  taken  at  once,  accord' 
ing  to  the  action  required. 

No.  2.  Take  of— 

Compound  extract  of 


colocynth 2 scrs. 

Blue  pill 1 scr. 

Oil  of  caraways 6 drops. 

Croton  oil 2 drops. 


Mix,  and  divide  into  twelve  pills:  on<\ 
two,  or  three  to  be  taken,  according 
to  circumstances. 


No.  3.  Take  of— 
Compound  assafoetida 


pill  1 scr. 

Pil.  Rufi 20  grs. 

Extract  of  henbane. ...  1 scr. 


Mix,  and  divide  into  twelve  pills : one 
or  two  to  be  taken  as  a dose,  as  re- 
quired. 

No.  4.  Take  of— 

Compound  rhubarb  pill  30  grs. 
Compound  colocynth 


pill 30  grs. 

Oil  of  peppermint 6 drops. 


Mix,  and  divide  into  twelve  pills : one 
to  be  taken  for  a dose  night  and  morn- 
ing, as  needed. 


No.  3.  Take  of— 

Powdered  aloes 24  grs. 

Powdered  gamboge 12  grs. 

Powdered  colocynth...  12  grs. 
Powdered  scammony.  10  grs. 

Calomel 15  grs. 

Oil  of  peppermint 6 drops. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  twelve  pills : tw& 
to  be  taken  at  bedtime,  and  one  in 
the  morning,  if  necessary. 


No.  4.  Take  of— 

Compound  colocynth 

pill 2 scrs. 

Blue  pill 1 scr. 

Castile  soap 12  grs. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  twelvepills:  one, 
two,  or  three  for  a dose,  as  required. 


No.  5.  Take  of— 

Extract  of  colocynth 


compound 1 scr. 

Blue  pill 1 scr. 

Extract  of  henbane...  1 scr. 


Mix,  and  divide  into  twelve  pills : one 
or  two  to  be  taken  for  a dose. 


No.  5.  Take  of— 

Powdered  scammony.  % dr. 

Calomel 1 scr. 

Extract  of  colocynth . . 1 scr. 

Oilofcinnamon 4 drops. 

Castlie  soap 15  grs. 

Mix.,  and  divide  >n*o  fifteen  pills:  twj; 
to  be  taken  lot  a dose.  These  will  ht 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


377 


found  a safe  and  effectual  piU  in  all 
cases  where  » strong  laxative  is  re 
quired. 

Expectorants. 

Cough  Pills. 


No.  1.  Take  of— 

Powdered  squills 12  grs. 

Powdered  ipecacuanha  18  grs. 

Powdered  ginger 12  grs. 

Extract  ot  hemlock...  y dr. 


Mix,  and  divide  into  twelve  pills:  one 
to  be  taken  three  times  a day. 

No.  2.  Take  of— 

Powd’d  ammoniacum.  24  grs. 

Powdered  squills 10  grs. 

Powdered  ipecacuanha  10  grs. 

Antimonial  powder.. . 18  grs. 

Extract  of  henbane 1 scr. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  fifteen  pills : ®ne 
to  be  taken  every  six  hours. 

No.  3.  Take  of— 

Powdered  camphor — 20  grs. 

Powdered  opium 6 grs. 

Powdered  squills 12  grs. 

Antimonial  powder...  18  grs. 

Extract  of  hemlock 15  grs. 

Oil  of  anise-seed 6 drops. 

Mix,  and  divide  into  twelve  pills : one 
lo  be  taken  night  and  morning,  or 
three  times  a day. 

No.  4.  Take  of— 

Balsam  of  tolu 1 dr. 

Divide  into  fifteen  pills:  one  to  be 
taken  every  four  or  six  hours. 

No.  5.  Take  of— 

Powdered  guaiacum...  1 scr. 

Powd'd  ammoniacum.  1 scr. 

Powdered  camphor 10  grs. 

Powdered  opium 4 grs. 

Benzoic  acid  10  grs. 

Carbonate  of  ammonia  12  grs. 

Mix  thoroughly,  and  make  into  a 
mass  with— 

Extract  of  henbane 1 scr. 

and  divide  into  twenty  pills  : one  to 
be  taken  every  four  hours  when  the 
cough  is  hard  and  the  chest  oppressed. 

Cough  Mixtures. 

For  asthmatic  patients,  and  per- 
sons advanced  in  life. 

No.  1.  Take  of— 

Carbonate  of  ammonia  y2  dr. 

Dover’s  powder 2 sere. 

Camphor  water, to  make  6 ozs. 

Syrup  of  squills y oz. 

Spirits  of  nitre 3 drs. 

Mix : a table-spoon  to  be  taken  every 
three  or  four  hours,  and  when  there  is 


much  wakefulness  two  table-spoons 
at  bedtime. 

No.  2.  Take  of— 

Gum  ammoniacum 1 dr. 

Peppermint  water, 

enough  for 6 ozs. 

Corbonate  of  ammonia  Fscr. 

Make  an  emulsion,  and  add — 

Friar’s  balsam 3 drs. 

Laudanum 1 dr. 

Mix  a table-spoon  whenever  the  cough 
is  troublesome. 

No.  3.  Take  of— 

Vinegar  of  squills.  1 oz. 

Tincture  of  tolu 2 drs. 

Antimonial  wine y oz. 

Mint  water,  to  make.,  6 oz. 
Syrup  of  red  poppy  ...  % oz. 

Spts.  of  sulphuric  ether  1 dr. 

Mix:  a table-spoon  every  three  or 
four  hours. 

The  following  mixtures  will  suit 
any  condition  of  cough,  and  may  be 
taken  in  any  case  requiring  medicines 
Of  this  nature. 

No.  4.  Take  of— 

Almond  confection. ...  2 drs. 
Warm  water 4 ozs. 

Make  an  emulsion,  and  add— 

Spirits  of  mindererus.  1 oz. 

Syrup  of  tolu y2  oz. 

Wine  of  ipecacuanha..  2 drs. 
Spirits  of  nitre 2 drs. 

Mix:  two  table-spoons  three  times  a 
day,  or  one  spoon  every  three  hours. 

No.  5.  Take  of— 

Mucilage iy  oz. 

Syrup  of  squills y2  oz. 

Syrup  oi  tolu y2  oz. 

Paregoric 1 oz. 

Spirits  of  nitre 2 drs. 

Mint  water enough  to 

make  a 6-ounce  mixture : one  table- 
spoon to  be  taken  when  the  cough  is 
troublesome,  and  two  at  bedtime. 


No.  6.  Take  of— 

Compound  tragacanth 

powder 2 drs. 

Warm  water 3 ozs. 

Spirits  of  mindererus.  6 drs. 

Syrup  of  tolu y2  oz. 

Syrup  of  squills 2 drs. 

Paregoric y.  oz. 

Spirits  of  nitre 3 drs. 

Mint  water 2%  ozs. 

Mix:  two  table-spoons  fora  dose,  to 
be  taken  as  often  as  necessary. 


378 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


No  7.  Take  of— 

Horehound  leaves 1 oz. 

Licorice  root oz. 

Boiling  water 10  ozs. 

Infuse  in  a sauce-pan  by  the  fire  for 
six  hours,  then  boil  for  ten  minutes, 
strain,  and  sweeten  with  moist  sugar, 
finally  arid  to  10  ounces  of  the  liquid— 


Syrup  of  squills 2 ozs. 

and— 

Laudanum 2 drs. 


Mix,  and  make  a 12  ounce  mixture,  of 
which  two  lable-spo©ns  are  to  be  tak- 
en three  times  a day. 

No.  8.  Take  of— 

Ammoniacum 1 dr. 

Carbonate  ol  potass 2 drs. 

Camphor  water 4%  ozs. 

Mix,  and  add— 

Syrup  of  squills 6 drs. 

Spirits  of  nitre % oz. 

Antimonial  wine 3 drs. 

Mix:  a table-spoon  whenever  the 
cough  is  troublesome. 

No.  9.  Take  of- 

Powdered  nitre 2 scrs. 

Ipecacuanha  powder. . 10  grs. 

Mint  water 3 ozs. 

Mix,  and  add— 

Mucilage ...  1 oz. 

Syrup  of  tolu..  y2  oz. 

Spirits  of  mindererus.  V/2  ozs. 

Mix  : two  table-spoons  to  be  taken  3 
times  a day. 

No.  10.  Take  of— 

Marsh  mallow  root, 


bruised  or  cut  small,  1 oz. 

Horehound 1 oz. 

Licorice  root 1 oz. 

Carbonate  of  potass. . . 2 drs. 
Boiling  water 1 pint. 


Boil  slowly  for  two  hours,  strain,  and 
sweeten  with  honey  or  moist  sugar, 
and  take  half  a wine  glass  three  or 
four  times  a day. 


Diaphoretic  or  Sweating 
Medicines. 

No.  1.  Take  of— 

Dover’s  powder 10  grs. 

To  be  taken  at  bedtime  in  a little 
gruel. 

No.  2.  Take  of— 

Dover’s  powder 30  grs. 

Antimonial  powder. . . 12  grs. 
Calomel 9 grs. 

Mix, and  divide  into  six  powders:  one 
to  be  taken  every  lour  or  six  hours  in 
a little  gruel.  Those  are  serviceable 
powders  to  keep  up  a steady  action  on 
the  skin. 


No.  3.  Take  of— 


Powdered  nitre 1 scr. 


Spirits  ot  mindererus.  12  drs. 

Antimonial  wine 2 drs, 

Spirits  of  sweet  nitre. . 2 drs. 
Syrup  of  saffron 3 drs 


Mix : the  fourth  part  to  be  taken  at 
bedtime,  night  and  morning,  or  three 
times  a day. 

No.  4.  Take  of— 

Carbonate  of  ammonia  30  grs. 


Guaicum  powder 1 scr. 

Camphor  water 5%  ozs. 

Laudanum  1 dr. 

Syrup  of  saffron 3 drs. 


Mix : two  table-spoons  three  times  a 
day,  or  the  fourth  part  night  and 
morning. 

Antacids,  for  Acidity  in  thb; 
Stomach. 

No.  1.  Take  of— 

Caustic  liquor  of  potass  1 yz  drs. 

Laudanum 30  drops. 

Lime  water. 6 ozs. 

Mix:  one  table-spoon  in  a little  water 
to  be  taken  every  four  hours. 

No.  2.  Take  of— 

Prepared  chalk 3 drs. 

Calcined  magnesia 2 drs. 

Lime  water 6 ozs. 

Caustic  liquor  of  potass  1 dr. 

Mix : one  table-spoon  in  a little  water 
every  three  hours. 

No.  3.  Take  of— 

Bicarbonate  of  potass.  1 dr. 
Bicarbonate  of  soda. . . % dr. 

Carbonate  of  ammonia  1 scr. 
Infusion  of  calumba ...  6 ozs. 

Mix : two  table-spoons  twice  a day,  or 
one  spoon  every  three  hours.  This  is: 
a good  antacid  and  stomachic. 

No.  4.  Take  of— 


Gregory’s  powder 3 drs. 

Carbonate  of  soda 1 dr. 


Mix,  and  divide  into  six  powders:  one 
to  be  taken  in  peppermint  water  two 
or  three  times  a day. 

No.  5.  Take  of— 

Dried  carbonate  of  soda  2 scrs. 

Rhubarb  powder 12  grs. 

Ginger  powder 12  grs. 

Soap,  yellow enougnto 

make  a mass,  which  divide  into  six- 
teen pills : one  to  be  taken  before  eaub 
meal,  or  two  night  and  morning. 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


379 


Astringents*  or  Medicines  for 
Diarrhea  or  Relaxation. 


No.  1.  Take  of— 

Prepared  chalk 3 drs. 

Aromatic  confection..  2 drs. 
Mint  water— to  make.  6 ozs. 

Sal- volatile,  spirit 134  drs. 

Mix:  two  table-spoons  every  three 
hours  till  the  bowels  become  more 
easy. 


No.  2.  Take  of— 

Infusion  of  roses 534  ozs. 

Powdered  alum 1 dr. 

Syrup  of  red  poppy y2  oz. 

Mix  : one  or  two  table-spoons  as  often 
■vs  required. 

No.  3.  Take  of— 

Decoction  of  oak  bark,  5}4  ozs. 
Electuary  of  catechu 

‘ Terra  Japonica” 3 drs. 

Tincture  of  bark 4 drs. 

Mix:  two  table-spoons  every  four 
Sours. 

No.  4.  Take  of— 

Prepared  chalk 2 drs. 

Powdered  Rhubarb 34  dr. 

Aromatic  confection..  1%  drs. 
Tincture  of  rhubarb ...  34  oz. 

Cinnamon  water 5 yz  ozs. 

Mix : two  table-spoons  3 times  a day. 

No.  5.  Take  of— 

Aromatic  confection  ..  1 dr. 
Electuary  of  catechu . . 2 drs. 
Peppermint  water—  to  6 ozs. 
Tincture  of  catechu...  34  oz. 
Tincture  of  assafoetida,  30  drops. 

Laudanum 40  drops. 

Mix:  take  two  table-spoons  every  3 or 
4 hours.  This  is  a very  useful  mixture 
When  the  relaxation  is  attended  with 
pain,  flatulence,  and  colic  griping. 

No,  6.  Take  of— 

Tincture  of  kino 1 oz. 

The  fourth  part  to  be  taken  in  a 
little  sugar  and  water  in  a wine-glass 
every  two  hours  till  the  diarrhea  is 
subdued.  This  is  one  of  the  most  gen- 
erally useful  astringents,  and  one  of 
the  simplest,  both  for  adult  and  child, 
that  can  be  used,  from  ten  drops  to  a 
tea-spoon,  in  a little  syrup,  may  be 
given  to  a child  from  one  to  six  years 
of  age,  repeating  the  dose  if  required. 
See  article  “Kino.” 


Tonics. 


No.  2.  Takeof either— 

Infusion  of  gentian  and 
orange  peel 
Infusion  of  calumba 
and  lemon  peel 
Infusion  of  quassia 
and  cascarilla 
Infusion  of  oak  bark 


and  cloves 534  ozs. 

Carbonate  of  ammonia  1 scr. 
Bicarbonate  of  potass.  1 dr. 
Compound  tincture  of 
bark % oz. 


Mix : two  table-spoons  3 times  a day. 


No.  3.  Take  of— 

Hops 2 drs. 

Orange  peel 2 drs. 

Boiling  water 7 ozs. 

Infuse,  strain,  and  add— 

Tincture  of  bark 6 drs. 

Spirits  of  sal-volatile...  2 drs. 


Mix:  one  table-spoon  to  be  taken 
every  3 hours. 


No.  4.  Take  of— 

Iufusion  of  quassia...  534  ozs. 

Tincture  of  ginger 2 drs. 

Tincture  of  the  muriat  e 

of  iron 134  drs. 

Mix : one  table-spoon  in  a little  water 
times  a day. 


No.  5.  Take  of— 


Calumba  root 2 drs. 

Cardamom  seeds, bruised  1 dr. 

Gingej-  root 1 dr. 

Boiling  water 8 ozs. 

Infuse  and  strain. 

Diluted  nitro-muriatic 

acid 40  drops. 

Mix : one  table-spoon  to  be  mixed 


with  three  of  water,  and  taken  every 
6 hours, 


No.  6.  Take  of— 


Quinine  . . 2 scrs. 

Ginger  powder 1 scr. 


Extract  of  gentian,  soft,  enough 
to  make  into  a mass.  Divide  into  20 
pills ; one  to  be  taken  1, 2,  or  3 times  a 
day,  according  to  the  effect  required. 


Embrocations. 


No.  1.  Take  of— 

Compound  camphor 

liniment 134  ozs. 

Spirits  of  sal-volatile . . 34  oz. 

Mix  : to  be  used  as  required. 


No.  1.  Take  of— 

Infusion  of  roses 6 ozs. 

Quinine 1 fjCr. 

Diluted  sulphuric  acid,  40  drops. 
Mix  : one  table-spoon  to  be  taken  3 or 
£ times  a day. 


No.  2.  Take  of— 

Compound  camphor 

liniment 1 oz. 

Opodeldoc 1 oz. 

Mix. 


38° 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department 


No.  3.  Take  of— 

Opodeldoc Hoz. 

Laudanum y2  oz. 

Compound  camphor 

liniment % oz. 

Mix.  Either  of  the  above  forms  may- 
be used  as  an  embrocation  to  rub  the 
throat  or  joints  in  cases  of  sprains,  or 
when  stimulating  applications  are  re- 
quired, the  last  being  especially  ser- 
viceable when  there  is  much  pain  In 
the  part. 

For  hard  and  swollen  breasts,  the 
consequence  of  accumulated  milk,  the 
following  prescription  will  be  found 
of  benefit  in  dispelling  the  tumid 
state  of  the  glands: 

No.  4.  Take  of— 

Compound  camphor  lin- 
iment   1 oz. 

Spirits  of  sulphuric 

ether y2  oz. 

Mix:  to  be  rubbed  lightly  over  the 
breast,  and  then  allowed  to  evaporate. 
This  should  not  be  used  more  than 
three  times  a day,  and  then  merely 
spread  over  the  part.  Caro  must  be 
taken  not  to  use  this  embrocation 
near  the  fire,  or  the  light  of  a candle 
or  of  gas. 


No.  5.  Take  of— 

Tincture  of  iodine 1 dr. 

Compound  camphor 

liniment 9 drs. 

Spir i ts  of  sal- volatile . . 2 drs. 


Mix.  A good  discutient  embrocation 
in  cases  of  scrofulous  enlargement  of 
the  joints  or  glands. 

Liniments. 

The  following  applications  will  be 
found  useful  in  all  cases  of  sprains, 
chronic  swellings,  weakness  of  the 
joints  or  muscles,  and  in  rheumatism 
and  lumbago: 

Camphorated  Oil. 

No.  6.  Take  of— 

Camphor,  cut  into  small 


pieces 2 drs. 

Olive  oil . . 2 ozs. 


The  oil  is  to  be  poured  on  the  cam- 
phor in  a bottle,  and  then  placed, 
without  a cork,  in  a moderately  warm 
oven  for  an  hour  or  two,  till,  on  shak- 
ing, the  camphor  is  quite  dissolved  ; 
or  the  bottle  may  be  stood  in  a jug  of 
hot  water  for  the  same  object,  that  of 
dissolving  the  camphor.  This  prep- 
aration may  be  used  alone,  or  in 
combination  with  other  ingredients. 

In  cases  of  dropsy,  camphorated  oil 
makes  the  best  external  application 
that  can  be  used;  and  if  rubbed  fre- 
quently over  the  dropsical  part,  and 
for  several  minutes  at  a time,  will,  by 
its  action  on  the  kidneys,  rapidly  re- 
duce the  swelling. 


No.  7.  Take  of— 

Camphorated  oil,. ,, ...  2 ozs. 

Turpentine y2  oz. 

Hartshorn y2  oz. 

Mix.  A good  liniment  for  rheums 
tism,  sore  throat,  e^c. 

No.  8.  Take  of— 

Camphorated  oil 2 ozs. 

Opodeldoc 1 oz. 

Laudanum 1 oz. 

Oil  of  amber. 2 drs. 

Hartshorn 6 drs. 

Mix.  A useful  application  for  cases 
of  lumbago,  sptains,  etc. 

No.  9.  Take  of— 

Mustard y oz. 

Mix  smoothly  in  a mortar  with— 
Spirits  of  horseradish  2 ozs. 

Spirits  of  camphor y2  oz. 

Olive  oil 2 ozs. 

Turpentine 1 oz. 

Hartshorn 1 oz. 


Shake  well  together  till  the  whole  I* 
incorporated.  A good  stimulating 
liniment  in  cases  of  long-standingr 
rheumatism  or  paralysis.  This  prep* 
aration  must  always  be  shaken  befara 
being  used. 

No.  10,  Take  of— 


Linseed  oil 2 ozs. 

Lime  water 2 ozs. 


Mix  by  shaking  together.  This  lini- 
ment, in  color  like  the  yolk  of  an  egg, 
was  at  one  time  largely  used  in  Scot- 
land as  a dressing  for  burns,  and  ia 
still  known  by  the  name  of  Cairon 
Oil. 

No.  11.  Take  of— 


Olive  oil 2 ozs. 

Hartshorn 1 oz. 


Shake  together.  This  preparation 
commonly  known  as  hartshorn  and 
oil,  is  chiefly  used  as  an  application 
for  sore  throat ; when  made,  however 
with  camphorated  oil  instead  of  olive 
oil,  the  eflicacy  of  the  liniment  is  ver* 
greatly  increased. 

No.  12.  Take  of— 


Opodeldoc 1 oz. 

Laudanum 1 oz. 


Mix.  This  will  be  found  a very  ser- 
viceable liniment  in  neuralgia  of  the 
head  and  face,  especially  if  rubbed 
well  into  the  part,  and  a piece  of  pil- 
ine  soaked  with  the  liniment  tied  on 
over  the  affected  nerve. 


Gargles. 


No.  1.  Astringent  Gargles.  Take  c/v 


Red  sage 1 oz. 

Boiling  water 10  ozs. 

Infuse  for  3 hours,  strain,  and  add— 

Burnt  alum 1 d*. 

Mix,  and  make  a gargio. 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


381 


No.  2.  Take  of— 

Sage  tea,  made  as 

above 8 ozs. 

Vinegar 2 ozs. 

Mix  for  a gargle. 

No.  3.  Take  of— 

Bruised  oak  bark  1 oz. 

Boiling  water 11  ozs 

Infuse  for  4 hours,  strain,  and  add — 
Tincture  of  catechu ....  1 oz. 

Mix  for  a gargle. 

No.  4.  Take  of— 

Pomegranate  and  oak 

bark,  of  each 6 drs. 

Boiling  water 12  ozs. 

Infuse  for  4 hours,  strain,  and  add— 

Powdered  alum 1)4  drs. 

Mix,  aud  make  a gargle. 

No.  5.  Take  of— 

Tincture  of  myrrh y2  oz. 

Tincture  of  rhatany...  y2  oz. 

Tincture  of  kino y2  oz. 

Camphor  water 6y2  ozs. 

Mix.  The  gargle  selected  should  be 
ased  either  every  two  or  every  four 
hours,  or  three  times  a day,  the  throat 
being  gargled  twice  at  eacii  time  and 
the  process  continued  as  long  as  the 
atient  can  support  the  want  of 
reath.  Care  should  be  taken  in  all 
cases  not  to  swallow  the  gargle,  as  it 
•nay  act  unpleasantly  on  the  bowels. 


Stimulating  Oargles. 


No.  6.  Take  of— 

Tincture  of  capsicum..  2 drs. 

Tincture  of  myrrh 34  oz. 

Tincture  of  bark y2  oz. 

Camphor  water 7 ozs. 

Mix. 

No.  7.  Take  of— 

Solution  of  chloride  of 


unit; 

Syrup  of  ginger 

Water 

0 urs. 

1 oz. 

7 ozs. 

Mix. 

No.  8.  Take  of— 

Infusion  of  roses 

9 ozs. 

Syrup  of  roses 

Diluted  sulphuric  acid 

1 oz. 
1 dr. 

Mix. 

No.  9.  Take  of— 

Infusion  of  roses 

Burnt  alum 

Tincture  of  myrrh 

Simple  syrup 

7 ozs. 
20  grs. 
Vi  oz. 
lA  oz. 

Mix,  and  make  a gargle. 


No.  10.  Take  of— 

Cayenne  pepper 1 dr. 

Vinegar 1 pt. 


Macerate  for  three  days,  frequently 
shaking  the  bottle;  carefully  filter 
through  paper,  to  prevent  the  passage 
of  any  particle  of  pepper.  Then  take 
of  this— 


Cayenne  pepper 3)4  ozs. 

Camphor  water 3)4  ozs. 

Tincture  of  myrrh — y2  oz. 
Simple  syrup  y2  oz. 


Mix,  and  make  a gargle,  to  be  used  in 
cases  of  malignant  sore  throat,  in- 
creasing the  quantity  of  the  cayenne 
vinegar  half  an  ounce  every  time  the 
gargle  is  repeated.  The  above  prep- 
aration of  cayenne  or  capsicum  vine- 
gar makes  an  excellent  stimulating 
condiment  with  cold  meat,  useful  for 
persons  with  weak  or  sluggish  diges- 
tion. 


No.  11.  Take  of— 

Barley  water 10  ozs. 

Diluted  nitric  acid 20  drops. 

Diluted  muriatic  acid..  10  drops. 

Tincture  of  myrrh  y2  oz. 

Simple  syrup 1 oz. 


Mix.  A good  gargle  when  used  with 
a little  water,  in  cases  of  sloughing  or 
'phagedenic  sore  throat. 

Plain  warm  water,  salt  and  water, 
vinegar  and  water,  or  water  in  which 
saltpetre  or  alum  are  dissolved,  may 
be  used  as  gargles  in  cases  where  sim- 
ple relaxing  or  astringent  gargles  are 
required. 


COLLYRIUMS,  OR  EYE  WATERS. 


Lotions  for  the  eyes  are  principally 
of  two  kinds— those  which  relax  and 
soothe,  and  those  which  stimulate 
and  contract. 

Sedative  Lotions  for  the  Eyes. 

Warm  water  is  the  most  universal, 
and  certainly  the  simplest  of  all  ap- 
plications for  the  eyes;  care, however, 
must  be  taken  that  the  temperature 
does  not  exceed  80°  or  85°. 

Before  proceeding  to  give  prescrip- 
tions for  lotions  or  washes  lor  the 
eyes,  it  is  necessary  to  observe  here, 
that  in  all  cases  in  which  those  deli- 
cate organs  are  affected,  as  little  ac- 
tual contact  with  the  part  as  possible 
should  be  carried  on.  Dabbing  the 
pye  with  cloths  wetted  in  the  lotion 
or  warm  water  is  by  many  persons 
considered  the  best,  indeed,  the  prop- 
er mode  of  procedure;  this,  however, 
is  a decided  mistake,  and  an  enor 
more  likely  to  injure  than  benefit  the 
affected  organ.  When  fomentations 
are  required,  a piece  of  lint  four  or 
five  times  doubled  to  the  size  of  the 
part  should  be  soaked  in  the  liquid 
ordered,  and  the  excess  of  moisture 
pressed  out,  laid  smoothly  over  the 
closed  eye,  a,  thin  handkerchief  or 
length  of  bandage  being  passed  across 


382 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department 


the  head  merely  to  keep  the  dressings 
in  their  place;  but  when  the  eye  is  to 
be  washed  or  bathed  in  the  lotion  pre- 
scribed, an  eye-glass,  a vessel  made 
for  the  purpose,  and  of  a proper  shape, 
should  always  be  employed.  Into  this 
species  of  egg-cup  glass  a portion  of 
the  lotion  is  to  be  poured,  till  the  ves- 
sel is  full ; the  lids  of  the  affected  eye 
are  then  to  be  separated  with  the 
thumb  and  finger  of  the  left  hand, 
and  so  kept  apart  till  the  right  hand 
has  placed  and  fitted  the  glass  of  lo- 
tion to  the  eyebrow,  the  head  being 
bent  to  meet  it : the  left-hand  fingers 
are  then  to  be  removed,  and  by  a gen- 
tle motion  of  the  glass  with  the  right 
hand,  the  lotion  shaken  over  the  un- 
covered globe  of  the  eye.  When  the 
eye  is  ordered  to  be  bathed  every  two 
or  three  hours,  the  process  just  de- 
scribed should  be  repeated  two  or 
three  times  on  each  occasion,  fresh 
lotion  being  put  in  the  glass  every 
two  or  three  hours,  or  on  each  return 
of  the  prescribed  time. 

No.  1.  Take  of— 

Three  poppy  heads,  cut  small. 

Water lOozs. 

Boil  slowly  down  to  6 ounces,  strain, 
and  use  lukewarm,  either  as  a fomen- 
tation on  lint,  or  as  a lotion  in  the 
eye-glass. 

No.  2.  Take  of— 

Decoction  of  poppy  heads 


as  above 6 ozs. 

Sugar  of  lead 12  grs. 

Dissolve,  and  make  a collyrium. 
No.  3.  Take  of— 

Camomile  flowers % oz. 

Water lOozs. 


Boil  slowly  for  two  hours,  strain,  an « 
use  the  lukewarm  liquid  either  as  jw 
fomentation  or  as  a lotion. 

No.  4.  Take  of  the— 

Decoction  of  camomile, 


as  above 6 ozs. 

Sulphate  of  zinc Ggrs. 


Dissolve,  and  make  an  eye- water. 


No.  5.  Take  of— 

Laudanum 1 dr. 

Water 6 ozs. 

Mix;  make  an  eye  lotion. 

No.  6.  Take  of— 

Extract  of  henbane....  10  grs. 
Extract  of  hemlock  ...  10  grs 
Water 6 ozs. 

Mix,  and  make  a soothing  lotion. 

No.  7.  Take  of— 

Powdered  opium 4 grs. 

Sugar  of  lead 10  grs. 

Hot  water 20  ozs. 

Rub  down,  mix,  and  strain,  to  make 
a soothing  lotion;  to  be  used  when 
nearly  cold. 

Stimulating  Lotions  for  the  Eyes. 


No.  8.  Take  of— 

Distilled  water 8 ozs. 

Spirits  of  wine 1 dr. 

Mix,  and  make  a lotion. 

No.  9.  Take  of— 

Camphor  water 6 ozs. 

Sulphate  of  zinc Ggrs. 

Dissolve. 

No.  10.  Take  of— 

Elder  flower  water 6 ozs. 

Sulphate  of  zinc 6 grs. 

Sugar  of  lead  6 grs. 

dissolve. 

No.  11.  Take  of— 

Distilled  water  6 ozs. 

Sulpnate  of  copper 4 grs. 

Dissolve. 

No.  12.  Take  of— 

Distilled  water 6 ozs. 

Lunar  caustic 3 grs. 


Dissolve. 


A TABLE  OF  THE  DOSES  OF  THE  ARTICLES  MOST  FREQUENTLY 
EMPLOYED  IN  MEDICINE. 


Adult  dose. 


Aloes  powder I to  10  grs. 

Alum  powder 10  to  20  grs. 

Ammonia,  carbonate. . . 5 to  10  grs. 

Antimony  powder 4 to  6 grs. 

Aromatic  confection ....  10  to  20  grs. 

Asafoetida 2 to  5 grs. 

Bark,  Peruvian,  powder  1 to  2 drs. 

Belladonna  extract y2  to  iy2  grs. 

Benzoic  acid 5 to  10  grs. 

Bismuth,  nitrate. . . 5 to  10  grs. 

Calomel 4 to  6 grs. 


Adult  dose , 

Calumba  powder 2 to  6 grs. 

Camphor 1 to  4 grs. 

Catechu  infusion 1 to  2 ozs. 

Chloroform , . 3 to  10  drops 

Colchicum  powder 3 to  8 grs. 

Colchicum  vinegar . 20  to  80  drops 

Colchicum  wine £0  to  'oG  drops 

Colocynth  extract , 5 to  10  grs. 

Colocy nth  powder 4 to  8 grs. 

Croton  oil 1 to  2 drops 

Cubebs  oil t/j  to  20  drojia 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


383 


Adult  dose. 


Cubebs  powder y2  to  1 dr. 

Digitalis  extract 1 to  5 grs- 

Dover’s  powder 10  grs. 

Elaterium 34  to  1 gr.  * 

Ergot  of  rye 30  to  60  grs. 

Galbanum 4 to  10  grs. 

Gentian  extract 5 to  10  grs. 

Gentian  infusion 1 to  2 ozs. 

Ginger  powder 3 to  6 grs. 

Guaiacum  powder 10  to  20  grs. 

Gum 2 to  3 drs. 

Henbane  extract 10  to  15  grs. 

Iodine y2  to  % grs. 

Iodide  of  potassium 3 to  10  grs. 

Ipecacuanha  powder 1 gr. 

“ as  an  emetic,  10  grs. 

Ipecacuanha  wine 10  to  30  drops 

Jalap  powder. 10  to  15  grs. 

James’s  powder 4 to  6 grs. 

Kino  powder 5 to  10  grs. 

Magnesia,  calcined %to  1 dr. 

Magnesia,  carbonate 1 to  1 y2  drs. 

Manna 2 to  4 drs. 

Mercury y2  to  1 oz. 

Morphia,  acetate 34  to  1 gr. 

Musk 5 to  10  grs. 

Oil,  castor 6 to  8 drs. 

Oil,  essential,  of  pepper- 
mint, etc 1 drop. 

Opium  gifm 1 to  2 grs. 

Opium  powder 1 gr. 

Poppy  extract 10  to  15  grs. 

Potass,  bicarbonate 20  to  30  grs. 

Potass,  sulphate 20  to  60  grs. 

Quassia  infusion 1 to  2 ozs. 

Quinine 1 to  6 grs. 

Rhubarb  extract 5 to  10  grs. 

Rhubarb  powder 10  to  15  grs. 

Salts,  Epsom 6 to  10  drs. 

Salts,  tasteless . — 1 oz. 

Sarsaparilla  extract.  . . 1 to  2 drs. 

Sarsaparilla  powder y2  to  2 drs. 

Sarsaparilla,  compound 

decoction 4 to  6 ozs. 

Scammony  powder 10  to  15  grs. 

Senna  confection 2 to  4 drs. 

Senna  infusion 2 to  3 ozs. 

Senna  powder 1 to  1 y2  drs. 

Soda,  carbonate 20  to  60  grs. 

Squills  powder 1 to  3 grs. 

Squiils  syrup 1 to  2 drs. 

Squills  vinegar 30  to  60  drops 

Sulphur,  milk  of 2 to  3 drs. 

Sulphur,  sublimed 2 drs. 

Tartar  emetic 1 to  2 grs. 


Adult  dose. 


Turpentine y2  to  4 drs. 

Tolu  balsam 20  to  30  grs. 

Tolu  syrup 2 to  4 drs. 

Tragacanth,  compound 

powder 20  to  40  grs. 

Valerian  powder 10  grs. 

Whortleberry  powder. . . 20  to  40  grs. 

Zinc,  sulphate 1 to  2 grs. 

Zinc,  as  an  emetic 15  to  30  grs. 


For  the  dose  of  liquid  preparations, 
see  “Tincture.”  In  the  above  list  of 
drugs,  the  amounts  ordered  are  for 
adult  males;  as  a general  rule,  fe- 
males require  one-fourth  less  than 
males.  For  ihe  exact  quantities  nec- 
essary for  children  it  is  not  easy  to 
lay  down  any  special  rule,  as  some 
children  requ.re  a much  larger  pro- 
portion than  others.  Of  calomel  and 
purgative  medicines,  children  can 
bear  very  large  doses  in  proportion  to 
the  standard  quantity  for  the  adult; 
with  opium  and  the  narcotics,  the 
fact  is  just  the  reverse,  all  such  arti- 
cles demanding  great  care  and  judg- 
ment. The  following  table  is  acted 
upon  by  some  medical  men,  but  we 
cannot  recommend  it  as  a certain 
guide  to  the  exact  quantity  to  be 
given ; to  ascertain  that  fact,  the 
reader  is  referred  either  to  the  article 
in  its  place  in  the  Recipe  l!ook,  or  to 
the  prescriptions  for  children’s  pow- 
ders. 

Rule. 

A child  from  1 to  2 months  requires 
from  a fifteenth  to  a twenty-fourth  of 
an  adult  dose. 

A child  at  6 months  requires  one- 
eighteenth  of  a full  dose. 

A child  from  9 to  12  months  requires 
one-fifteenth  of  an  adult  or  full  dose- 

A child  of  2 years,  one-fourteenth. 

A child  of  5 years,  three-eighths. 

A child  of  8 years,  one-half. 

A boy  of  12  years,  five- eighths. 

A lad  of  16  years,  three-fourths. 

And  at  20  years,  seven-eighths. 

To  make  ihe  above  remarks  more 
practical,  if  we  suppose  the  dose  of 
powdered  seuua  for  an  adult  of  30 
years  of  age  to  be  one  drachm,  then 
for  a person  between  :1  and  11  years 
oi  age  it  would  be  two-thirds  of  a 
drachm,  or  2 scruples. 

From  14  to  7 years  of  age,  one-half, 
or  half  a drachm. 

From  7 to  4 years  of  age,  one-third 
of  the  full  dose,  or  one  scruple. 

For  a child  4 years  of  age,  one- 
fourth,  or  15  grains. 

Fora  child  3 years  of  age,  one-sixth, 
or  lo  grains. 

For  a child  2 years  of  age.  one- 
eightli,  or  8 grains ; and 

For  a child  1 year  old,  one-twelfth, 
or  5 grains. 


ACCIDENTS  AND  EMERGENCIES. 

BY  THE  PUBLISHER. 


ACCIDENTS. — Always  send  for  a surgeon  immediately  an  accident 
occurs , but  treat  as  directed  until  he  arrives. 

In  both  Scalds  and  Barns,  tlie  following  facts  cannot  be  too 
firmly  impressed  on  the  mind  of  the  reader,  that  in  either  of  these  ac- 
cidents the  first , best,  and  often  the  only  remedies  required,  are  sheets  of 
wadding,  fine  wool,  or  carded  cotton,  and  in  default  of  these,  violet 
powder,  flour,  magnesia,  or  chalk.  The  object  for  which  these  several 
articles  are  employed  is  the  same  in  each  instance;  namely,  to  exclude 
the  air  from  the  injured  part;  for  if  the  air  can  be  effectually  shut  out 
from  the  raw  surface,  and  care  is  taken  not  to  expose  the  tender  part 
till  the  new  cuticle  is  formed,  the  cure  may  be  safely  left  to  nature. 
The  moment  a person  is  called  to  a case  of  scald  or  burn,  he  should 
cover  the  part  with  a sheet  or  a portion  of  a sheet  of'  wadding,  taking 
care  not  to  break  any  blister  that  may  have  formed,  or  stay  to  remove 
any  burnt  clothes  that  may  adhere  to  the  surface,  but  as  quickly  as 
possible  envelop  every  part  of  the  injury  from  all  access  of  the  air, 
laying  one  or  two  more  pieces  of  wadding  on  the  first,  so  as  effectually 
to  guard  the  burn  or  scald  from  the  irritation  of  the  atmosphere;  and 
if  the  article  used  is  wool  or  cotton,  the  same  precaution,  of  adding 
more  material  where  the  surface  is  thinly  covered,  must  be  adopted;  a 
light  bandage  finally  securing  all  in  their  places.  Any  of  the  popular 
remedies  recommended  below  may  be  employed  when  neither  wool, 
cotton,  nor  wadding  are  to  be  procured,  it  being  always  remembered 
that  that  article  which  will  best  exclude  the  air  from  a burn  or  scald 
is  the  best,  quickest,  and  least  painful  mode  of  treatment.  And  in 
this  respect  nothing  has  surpassed  cotton  loose  or  attached  to  paper  as 
in  wadding. 

If  the  Skin  is  much  Injured  in  Burns,  spread  some  linen  pretty 
thickly  with  chalk  ointment,  and  lay  over  the  part,  and  give  the  pa- 
tient  some  brandy  and  water  if  much  exhausted;  then  send  for  a 
medical  man.  If  not  much  injured,  and  very  painful,  use  the  same 
ointment,  or  apply  carded  cotton  dipped  in  lime  water  and  linseed  oil. 
If  you  please,  you  may  lay  cloths  dipped  in  ether  over  the  parts,  or 
cold  lotions.  Treat  scalds  in  the  same  manner,  or  cover  with  scraped 
raw  potato;  but  the  chalk  ointment  is  the  best.  In  the  absence  of  all 
these,  cover  the  injured  part  with  molasses,  and  dust  over  it  plenty  of 
flour. 

Body  iu  Flames. — Lay  the  person  down  on  the  floor  of  the  room, 
and  throw  the  tablecloth,  rug,  or  other  large  cloth  over  him,  and  roll 
him  on  the  floor. 

Dirt  iu  the  Eye. — Place  your  forefinger  upon  the  cheek-bone, 
having  the  patient  before  you;  then  draw  up  the  finger,  and  you  will 
probably  be  able  to  remove  the  dirt;  but  if  this  will  not  enable  you  to 
get  at  it,  repeat  this  operation  while  you  have  a netting-needle  or  bod- 
kin placed  over  the  eyelid;  this  will  turn  it  inside  out,  and  enable  you 
to  remove  the  sand,  or  eyelash,  etc.,  with  the  corner  of  a fine  silk 


Accidents  and  Emergencies . 


385 


handkerchief.  As  soon  as  the  substance  is  removed,  bathe  the  eye 
With  cold  water,  and  exclude  the  light  for  a day.  If  the  inflammation 
is  severe,  take  a purgative,  and  use  a refrigerant  lotio». 

Lime  in  the  Eye. — Syringe  it  well  with  warm  vinegar  and  water 
/I  oz.  to  8 ozs.  of  water) ; take  a purgative,  and  exclude  light. 

Iron  or  Steel  Spiculae  in  the  Eye. — These  occur  while  turning 
iron  or  steel  in  a lathe,  and  are  best  remedied  by  doubling  back  the 
upper  or  lower  eyelid,  according  to  the  situation  of  the  substance,  and 
with  the  flat  edge  of  a silver  probe,  taking  up  the  metallic  particle, 
using  a lotion  made  by  dissolving  six  grains  of  sugar  of  lead,  and  the 
same  of  white  vitriol,  in  six  ounces  of  water,  and  bathing  the  eye  three 
times  a day  till  the  inflammation  subsides.  Another  plan  is — Drop  a 
solution  of  sulphate  of  copper  (from  one  to  three  grains  of  the  salt  to 
one  ounce  of  water)  into  the  eye,  or  keep  the  eye  open  in  a wine-glass 
of  the  solution.  Take  a purgative,  bathe  with  cold  lotion,  and  ex- 
clude light  to  keep  down  inflammation. 

Dislocated  Thumb. — This  is  frequently  produced  by  a fall.  Maks 
•1  clove  hitch,  by  passing  two  loops  of  cord  over  the  thumb,  placing  a 
piece  of  rag  under  the  cord  to  prevent  it  cutting  the  thumb;  then  pull 
'.u  the  same  line  as  the  thumb.  Afterwards  apply  a cold  lotion. 

Cuts  and  Wounds.— Clean  cut  wounds,  whether  deep  or  super- 
ficial, and  likely  to  heal  by  the  first  intention,  should  never  be  washed 
or  cleaned,  but  at  once  evenly  and  smoothly  closed  by  bringing  both 
edges  close  together,  and  securing  them  in  that  position  by  adhesive 
jplaster.  Cut  thin  strips  of  sticking-plaster,  and  bring  the  parts  to- 
gether; or  if  large  and  deep,  cut  two  broad  pieces,  so  as  to  look  like 
the  teeth  of  a comb,  and  place  one  on  each  side  of  the  wound,  which 
must  be  cleaned  previously.  These  pieces  must  be  arranged  so  that 
they  shall  interlace  one  another;  then,  by  laying  hold  of  the  pieces  on 
the  right  side  with  one  hand,  and  those  on  the  other  side  with  the 
other  hand,  and  pulling  them  from  one  another,  the  edges  of  the 
Wound  are  brought  together  without  any  difficulty. 

Ordinary  Cuts  are  dressed  by  thin  strips,  applied  by  pressing 
down  the  plaster  on  one  side  of  the  wound,  and  keeping  it  there  and 
pulling  in  the  opposite  direction;  then  suddenly  depressing  the  hand 
When  the  edges  of  the  wound  are  brought  together. 

Contusions  are  best  healed  by  laying  a piece  of  folded  lint,  well 
wetted  with  the  extract  of  lead,  on  the  part,  and,  if  there  is  much 
pain,  placing  a hot  bran  poultice  over  the  dressing,  repeating  both, 
if  necessary,  every  two  hours.  When  the  injuries  are  very  severe,  lay 
a cloth  over  the  part,  and  suspend  a basin  over  it  filled  with  cold  lotion. 
Put  a piece  of  cotton  into  the  basin,  so  that  it  shall  allow  the  lotion  to 
drop  on  the  cloth,  and  thus  keep  it  always  wet. 

Hemorrhage,  when  caused  by  an  artery  being  divided  or  torn, 
may  be  known  by  the  blood  issuing  out  of  the  wound  in  leaps  or  jerks, 
and  being  of  a bright  scarlet  color.  If  a vein  is  injured,  the  blood  is 
darker  and  flows  continuously.  To  arrest  the  latter,  apply  pressure  by 
means  of  a compress  and  bandage.  To  arrest  arterial  bleeding,  get  a 
piece  of  wood  (part  of  a mop  handle  will  do),  and  tie  a piece  of  tape 
to  one  end  of  it;  then  tie  a piece  of  tape  loosely  over  the  arm,  and 
pass  the  other  end  of  the  wood  under  it;  twist  the  stick  round  and 
round  until  the  tape  compresses  the  arm  sufficiently  to  arrest  the 
bleeding,  and  then  confine  the  other  end  by  tying  the  string  around 
the  vm.  A compress  made  by  enfolding  a penny  piece  in  several 
folds  of  lint  or  linen  should,  however,  be  first  placed  under  the  tape 
and  over  the  artery.  If  the  bleeding  is  very  obstinate,  and  it  occurs 
*7 


336 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


in  the  arm , place  a cork  underneath  the  string,  on  the  tnsHe  of  th& 
fleshy  part,  where  the  artery  may  be  felt  beating  by  any  one;  if  in  the 
leg , place  a cork  in  the  direction  of  a line  drawn  from  the  inner  part  of 
the  knee  towards  the  outer  part  of  the  groin.  It  is  an  excellent  thing 
to  accustom  yourself  to  find  out  the  position  of  these  arteries,  or,  in- 
deed, any  that  are  superficial,  and  to  explain  to  every  person  in  your 
house  where  they  are,  and  how  to  stop  bleeding.  If  a stick  cannot  be 
got,  take  a handkerchief,  make  a cord  bandage  of  it,  and  tie  a knot  in 
the  middle;  the  knot  acts  as  a compress,  and  should  be  placed  over  the 
artery,  while  the  two  ends  are  to  be  tied  around  the  thumb.  Observe 
always  to  ) lace  the  ligature  between  the  wound  and  the  heart . Putting 
your  finger  into  a bleeding  wound,  and  making  pressure  untU  a sur- 
geon arrives,  will  generally  stop  violent  bleeding. 

Bleeding  from  the  Nose,  from  whatever  cause,  may  generally  be 
stopped  by  putting  a plug  of  lint  into  the  nostrils;  if  this  does  not  do, 
apply  a cold  lotion  to  the  forehead;  raise  the  head,  and  place  over  it 
both  arms,  so  that  it  will  rest  on  the  hands;  dip  the  lint  plug,  slightly 
moistened , into  some  powdered  gum  arabic,  and  plug  the  nostrils  again; 
or  dip  the  plug  into  equal  parts  of  powdered  gum  arabic  and  aluir^ 
and  plug  the  nose.  Or  the  plug  may  be  dipped  in  Friar’s  balsam,  oi 
tincture  of  kino.  Heat  should  be  applied  to  the  feet;  and,  in  obstinate 
cases,  the  sudden  shock  of  a cold  key,  or  cold  water  poured  down  the 
spine,  will  often  instantly  stop  the  bleeding.  If  the  bowels  are  con- 
fined, take  a purgative. 

Violent  Shocks  will  sometimes  stun  a person,  and  he  will  remah 
unconscious.  Untie  strings,  collars,  etc. ; loosen  anything  that  Is  tight 
and  interferes  with  the  breathing;  raise  the  head;  see  if  there  is  bleed 
ing  from  any  part;  apply  smelling  salts  to  the  nose,  and  hot  bottles  to 
the  feet. 

In  Concussion,  the  surface  of  the  body  is  cold  and  pale,  ai\d  thv, 
pulse  weak  and  small,  the  breathing  slow  and  gentle , and  the  pupil  of 
the  eye  generally  contracted  or  small.  You  can  get  an  answer  by 
speaking  loud,  so  as  to  arouse  the  patient.  Give  a little  brandy  and 
water,  keep  the  place  quiet,  apply  warmth,  and  do  not  raise  the  head 
too  high.  If  you  tickle  the  feet,  the  patient  feels  it. 

In  Compression  of  the  Brain,  from  any  cause,  such  as  apoplexy 
or  a piece  of  fractured  bone  pressing  on  it,  there  is  loss  of  sensation 
If  you  tickle  the  feet  of  the  injured  person,  he  does  not  feel  it.  You. 
cannot  arouse  him  so  as  to  get  an  answer.  The  pulse  is  slow  and  la. 
bored;  the  breathing  deep,  labored,  and  snorting;  the  pupil  enlarged 
Raise  the  head,  loosen  strings  or  tight  things,  and  send  for  a surgeon. 
If  one  cannot  be  got  at  once,  apply  mustard  poultices  to  the  feet  and 
thighs,  leeches  to  the  temples,  and  hot  water  to  the  feet. 

Choking. — When  a person  has  a fish  bone  in  the  throat,  insert  the 
forefinger,  press  upon  the  root  of  the  tongue,  so  as  to  induce  vomiting; 
if  this  does  not  do,  let  him  swallow  a large  'piece  of  potato  or  soft 
bread;  and  if  these  fail,  give  a mustard  emetic. 

Fainting,  Hysterics,  etc. — Loosen  the  garments,  bathe  the  tem- 
ples with  water  or  eau-de-Cologne;  open  the  window,  admit  plenty  of 
fresh  air,  dash  cold  water  on  the  face,  apply  hot  bricks  to  the  feet,  and 
avoid  bustle  and  excessive  sympathy. 

Drowning. — Attend  to  the  following  essential  rules:  1.  La'se  no 

time.  2.  Handle  the  body  gently.  3.  Carry  the  body  face  down  ward, 
with  the  head  gently  raised,  and  never  hold  it  up  by  the  feet.  4 Send 
for  medical  assistance  immediately,  and  in  the  meantime  act  rs  fol- 
lows: 5.  Strip  the  body,  rub  it  dry;  then  wrap  it  in  hot  blankets* 


Accidents  and  Emergencies. 


387 


Aiicl  place  it  in  a warm  bed  in  a warm  room.  6.  Cleanse  away  the 
froth  and  mucus  from  the  nose  and  mouth.  7.  Apply  warm  bricks, 
bottles,  bags  of  sand,  etc , to  the  armpits,  between  the  thighs,  and  to 
the  soles  of  the  feet.  8.  Rub  the  surface  of  the  body  with  the  hands 
enclosed  in  warm  dry  worsted  socks.  9.  If  possible,  put  the  body  into 
a warm  bath.  10.  To  restore  breathing,  put  the  pipe  of  a common 
bellows  into  one  nostril,  carefully  closing  the  other,  and  the  mouth;  at 
the  same  time  drawing  downward,  and  pushing  gently  backward,  the 
upper  part  of  the  windpipe,  to  allow  a more  free  admission  of  air; 
blow  the  bellows  gently,  in  order  to  inflate  the  lungs,  till  the  breast  be' 
raised  a little;  then  set  the  mouth  and  nostrils  free,  and  press  gently 
on  the  chest;  repeat  this  until  signs  of  life  appear.  The  body  should 
be  covered  the  moment  it  is  placed  on  the  table,  except  the  face,  and 
all  the  rubbing  carried  on  under  the  sheet  or  blanket.  When  they  can 
be  obtained,  a number  of  tiles  or  bricks  should  be  made  tolerably  hot 
in  the  Are,  laid  in  a row  on  the  table,  covered  with  a blanket,  and  the 
body  placed  in  such  a manner  on  them,  that  their  heat  may  enter  the 
spine.  When  the  patient  revives,  apply  smelling-salts  to  the  nose, 
give  warm  wine,  or  brandy  and  water.  Cautions  : — 1.  Never  rub  the 
body  with  szilt  or  spirits.  2.  Never  roll  the  body  on  casks.  3.  Con- 
tinue the  remedies  for  twelve  hours  without  ceasing 

H anging. — Loosen  the  cord,  or  whatever  suspended  the  person; 
open  the  temporal  artery  or  jugular  vein,  or  bleed  from  the  arm ; em- 
ploy electricity,  if  at  hand,  and  proceed  as  for  drowning,  taking  the 
additional  precaution  to  apply  eight  or  ten  leeches  to  the  temples. 

Apparent  Death  from  Drunkenness. — Raise  the  head,  loosen  the 
clothes,  maintain  warmth  of  surface,  and  give  a mustard  emetic  as 
soon  as  the  person  can  swallow. 

Apoplexy  and  Fits  Generally. — Raise  the  head;  loosen  all  tight 
clothes,  strings,  etc. ; apply  cold  lotions  to  the  head,  which  should  be 
shaved;  apply  leeches  to  the  temples,  bleed,  and  send  for  a surgeon. 

Suffocation  from  Noxious  Gases,  etc. — Remove  to  the  fresh  air; 
dash  cold  vinegar  and  water  in  the  face,  neck,  and  breast;  keep  up 
the  warmth  of  the  body;  if  necessary,  apply  mustard  poultices  to  the 
soles  of  the  feet  and  spine,  and  try  artificial  respirations  as  in  drown- 
ing, with  electricity. 

Lightning  and  Sun-Stroke. — Treat  the  same  as  apoplexy. 

POISONS. — General  Observations.— The  abbreviations  used  are 
as  follows:  E.,  effects  or  symptoms;  T.,  treatment;  A .,  antidotes  or 
counter  poisons  ; D.  A.,  dangerous  antidotes. 

A Poison  is  a Substance  which  is  capable  of  altering  or  destroy- 
ing some  or  all  of  the  functions  necessary  to  life.  When  a person  is 
in  good  health,  and  is  suddenly  attacked,  after  having  taken  some  food 
or  drink,  with  violent  pain,  cramp  in  the  stomach,  feeling  of  sickness 
or  nausea,  vomiting,  convulsive  tvvitchings,  and  a sense  of  suffocation; 
or  if  he  be  seized,  under  the  same  circumstances,  with  giddiness,  delir- 
ium, or  unusual  sleepiness,  then  poisoning  may  be  supposed. 

Poisons  have  been  divided  into  four  classes  : 1.  Those  causing 
local  symptoms.  2.  Those  producing  spasmodic  symptoms.  3.  Nar- 
cotic or  sleepy  symptoms;  and,  4.  Paralytic  symptoms.  Poisons  may 
be  mineral,  animal,  or  vegetable. 

1.  Always  send  immediately  for  a medical  man.  2.  Save  all  fluids 
vomited,  and  articles  of  food,' cups,  glasses,  etc.,  used  by  the  patient 
before  being  taken  ill,  and  lock  them  up.  3.  Examine  the  cups,  to 
guide  you  in  your  treatment;  that  is,  smell  them,  and  look  at  them. 

As  a rule,  give  emetics , after  poisons  that  cause  sleepiness  and  rav- 


388 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


ing  ; clialk,  milk,  eggs,  butter,  and  warm  water,  or  oil,  after  poisom 
that  cause  vomiting  and  pain  in  the  stomach  and  bowels,  with  purg- 
ing; and  when  there  is  no  inflammation  about  the  throat,  tickle  it  with 
a feather  to  excite  vomiting. 

Arsenic — ( White  arsenic  ; orpiment , or  yellow  arsenic;  realgar,  red 
arsenic  ; Scheele’s  green , or  arsenite  of  copper  ; King's  yellow  ; ague  drops ; 
and  arsenical  paste. ) — E.  Little  or  no  taste.  Within  an  hour,  heat  and 
pain  in  the  stomach,  followed  by  vomiting  of  green,  yellow,  and  bloodv 
matter,  burning,  and  violent  thirst;  purging,  and  twisting  about  the 
navel;  pulse  small,  quick,  and  irregular,  breathing  labored,  voice 
hoarse,  speaking  painful ; skin  cold  and  clammy.  Sometimes  there  are 
cramps  and  convulsions,  followed  by  death.  T.  Give  plenty  of  warm 
water,  new  milk  in  large  quantities,  lime  water,  white  of  egg,  mixed 
with  gruel  or  honey,  gruel,  linseed  tea;  apply  leeches  to  the  bowels, 
foment,  and  give  starch  or  gruel  enemas.  Scrape  the  iron  rust  off  any- 
thing you  can  get  at,  mix  it  with  plenty  of  water,  and  give  in  large 
draughts  frequently,  and  give  an  emetic  of  mustard  or  ipecacuanha. 
The  chief  dependence,  however,  must  be  placed  on  the  use  of  the 
stomach-pump.  Caution. — Never  give  large  draughts  of  fluid  until 
those  given  before  have  been  vomited,  because  the  stomach  will  not 
contract  properly  if  filled  with  fluid,  and  the  object  is  to  get  rid  of  the 
poison  as  speedily  as  possible. 

Copper — (Blue  vitriol , or  bluestone  ; verdigris  ; verditer  ; verdigris 
crystals.) — E.  An  acid,  rough,  disagreeable  taste  in  the  mouth;  a dry, 
parched  tongue,  with  sense  of  strangling  in  the  throat;  coppery  eruc- 
tations; frequent  spitting;  nausea;  frequent  desire  and  effort  to  vomit, 
or  copious  vomiting;  severe  darting  pains  in  the  stomach;  griping; 
frequent  purging;  belly  swollen  and  painful;  skin  hot,  and  violent 
burning  thirst;  breathing  difficult;  intense  headache  and  giddiness, 
followed  by  cold  sweats,  cramps  in  the  legs,  convulsions,  and  death* 
A.  White  of  eggs  mixed  with  water  (twelve  to  one  pint),  to  be  given 
in  wine-glassfuls  every  two  minutes;  iron  tilings  mixed  with  water,  01 
very  strong  coffee,  accompanied  by  small  and  repeated  doses  of  castor 
oil.  D.  A.  Vinegar,  bark,  alkalies,  gall  nuts.  T.  If  there  is  much 
pain  in  the  belly  or  stomach,  apply  leeches.  Give  large  draughts  of 
milk  and  water,  to  encourage  vomiting. 

Mercury — ( Corrosive  sublimate  ; calomel ; red  precipitate  ; vermip 
ion  ; iurbeth  mineral ; prus state  of  mercury.) — E.  Acid  metallic  taste; 
tightness  and  burning  in  the  throat;  pain  in  the  back  part  ol  the 
mouth,  stomach,  and  bowels;  anxiety  of  countenance;  nausea;  and 
vomiting  of  bloody  and  bilious  fluids;  profuse  purging,  and  difficulty 
of  making  water;  pulse  small,  hard,  and  quick;  skin  clammy,  icy 
coldness  of  the  hands  and  feet;  and  death  in  24  or  3G  hours.  A.  White 
of  eggs  mixed  with  water,  given  as  above;  milk;  flour  and  water, 
mixed  nretty  thick;  linseed  tea;  and  barley  water.  T.  Give  large 
draughts  of  wrarin  water,  if  you  cannot  get  anything  else:  strong 
emetic  of  ipecacuanha,  the  stomach-pump,  a dose  of  castor  oil  and 
laudanum.  Foment  the  bowels  with  poppy-head  fomentations,  and 
apply  leeches  if  the  belly  is  very  tender. 

Antimony — (Tartar  emetic;  butter  of ; Kermes 1 mineral.) — E.  A 
rough  metallic  taste  in  the  mouth,  nausea,  copious  vomitings,  sudden 
hiccup,  purging,  colicy  pains,  frequent  and  violent  cramps,  sense  of 
choking,  severe  heartburn,  pain  at  the  pit  of  the  stomach,  difficult 
breathing,  wildness  of  speech,  cramps  in  the  legs,  and  death.  A.  De- 
coction or  tincture  of  sralls;  strong  tea;  decoction  or  powder  of  Peru- 
vian bark.  D.  A.  W hite  vitriol,  ipecacuanha,  as  emetics.  T.  Give 


Accidents  and  Emergencies. 


389 


taige  draughts  of  water,  or  sugar  and  water,  to  promote  vomiting  ; ap- 
ply leeches  to  the  throat  and  stomach,  if  painful;  and  give  one  grain 
ot  extract  of  opium  dissolved  in  a wine-glass  of  sugar  and  water,  as 
soon  as  the  vomiting  ceases,  and  repeat  three  times  at  intervals  of  a 
quarter  of  an  hour;  and  linally,  one  grain,  in  a little  castor  oil  emul- 
sion, every  six  hours. 

Tin — (Butter  of  tin  ; putty  powder.) — E.  Colic  and  purging.  A. 
Milk.  T.  Give  warm  or  cold  water  to  promote  vomiting,  or  tickle  the 
throat  with  a feather. 

Zinc — ( White  vitriol;  flowers  of;  chloride  of.) — E.  An  astringent 
taste,  sensation  of  choking,  nausea,  vomiting,  purging,  pain  and  burn- 
ing in  the  throat  and  stomach,  difficult  breathing,  pallor  and  coldness 
of  the  surface,  pinched  face,  cramps  of  the  extremities,  but,  with  the 
exception  of  the  chloride,  seldom  death.  A.  For  the  two  tirst  give 
copious  draughts  of  milk,  and  white  of  eggs  and  water,  mucilage,  and 
olive  oil;  for  the  third,  carbonate  of  soda,  and  warm  water  in  fre- 
quent draughts,  with  the  same  as  for  the  other  compounds.  T.  Relieve 
urgent  symptoms  by  leeching  and  fomentations,  and  after  the  vomiting 
giv  castor  oil.  For  the  chloride,  use  frictions  and  warmth. 

Silver — ( Lunar  caustic ; flowers  of  silver.)  Gold — ( Chloride  of  ;) 
and  Bismuth — ( Nitrate  ; flowers  of;  'pearl  white  ;) — Are  not  frequently 
met  with  as  poisons.  E.  Burning  pain  in  the  throat,  mouth,  accom- 
panied with  the  usual  symptoms  of  corrosive  poisons.  A.  For  silver, 
common  salt  and  water;  for  gold  and  bismuth,  no  antidotes  are  known. 
T.  Give  milk  and  mucilaginous  fluids,  and  castor  oil. 

Acids — ( Hydrochloric , or  spirit  of  salt;  nitric,  or  aquafortis;  sul- 
phuric, or  od  of  vitriol ). — Acid  burning  taste,  acute  pain  in  the  gullet 
and  throat,  vomiting  of  bloody  fluid,  which  effervesces  when  chalk  is 
added  to  it;  hiccup,  tenderness  of  the  bell}',  cold  sweats,  pinched  face, 
convulsions,  and  death.  A.  Give  calcined  magnesia,  chalk,  soap  and 
water.  Administer  frequent  draughts  of  water  to  weaken  the  acid; 
the  carbonate  of  soda,  potass,  or  magnesia,  to  neutralize  it;  thick  soap 
suds,  made  with  common  soap;  chalk,  or  in  default  of  the  alkalies 
and  chalk,  break  down  the  plaster  of  the  wall  or  ceiling,  mix  in  wa- 
ter, and  give  the  sufferer.  Excite  vomiting,  and  repeat  the  remedies 
till  all  the  acid  is  neutralized. 

Chlorine  (Gas). — E.  Violent  coughing,  tightness  of  the  chest, 
debility,  inability  to  stand.  A.  The  vapor  of  caustic  ammonia  to  be 
inhaled,  or  10  drops  of  liquid  ammonia  to  1 oz.  of  water  to  be  taken. 
T.  Dash  cold  water  over  the  face,  and  relieve  urgent  symptoms. 

Lead— ( Sugar  of  ; red  lead ; wine  sweetened  by  ; and  water  impreg- 
nated with). — E.  Sugary  astringent  metallic  taste,  tightness  of  the 
throat,  colicy  pains,  violent  vomiting,  hiccup,  convulsions,  and  death. 
A.  Epsom  or  Glauber’s  salt;  plaster  of  Paris;  or  phosphate  of  soda. 
T.  An  emetic  of  sulphate  of  zinc  (24  grs.  to  34  pt*  °f  water);  leeches 
to  belly;  fomentations  if  necessary;  and  a castor  oil  mixture  with 
laudanum 

Phosphorus. — E.  Intense  burning  and  pain  in  the  throat  and 
stomach.  A.  Magnesia  and  carbonate  of  soda.  T.  Large  draughts 
of  cold  water,  and  tickle  the  throat  with  a feather.  Caution. — Do  not 
give  oil  or  milk. 

Lime. — E.  Burning  in  the  throat  and  stomach,  cramps  in  the  belly, 
hiccup,  vomiting,  and  paralysis  of  limbs.  A.  Vinegar  or  lemon  juice. 
T.  Thin  starch  water  to  be  drank  frequently. 

Alkalies — ( Caustic  ; potash ; soda ; ammonia). — E Acrid,  hot,  dis- 
agreeable taste;  burning  in  the  throat,  nausea,  and  vomiting  bloody 


390 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


matter;  profuse  purging,  pain  in  the  stomach,  colic,  convulsions,  and 
death.  A.  Vinegar  and  vegetable  acids.  T.  Give  linseed  tea,  milk, 
almond  or  olive  oil,  and  excite  vomiting. 

Baryta — ( Carbonate , pure,  find  muriate). — See  “Lime/1 

Nitre. — E.  Heartburn,  nausea,  violent  vomiting,  purging,  convul- 
sions, difficult  breathing,  violent  pain  in  the  bowels,  kidney,  and  blad- 
der, with  bloody  urine.  T.  Emetics,  frequent  draughts  of  barley 
water,  with  castor  oil  and  laudanum. 

Narcotic  Poisons — ( Bane  berries  ; fools' ’ parsley  ; deadly  nightshade ; 
water  hemlock;  thorn  apple;  opium;  camphor , etc.). — E.  Giddiness, 
faintness,  nausea,  vomiting,  stupor,  delirium,  and  death.  T.  Give 
emetics,  large  draughts  of  fluids,  tickle  the  throat,  apply  smelling- 
salts  to  the  nose,  dash  cold  water  over  the  face  and  chest,  apply  mus- 
tard poultices,  and,  above  all,  endeavor  to  rouse  the  patient  by  walk- 
ing between  two  persons;  and,  if  possible,  by  electricity;  and  give  40 
drops  of  sal-volative  in  strong  coffee  every  half  hour. 

Vegetable  Irritating  Poisons — ( Mezereon  ; monk's-hood  ; bitter  ap- 
ple ; gamboge ; white  hellebore , etc.). — E.  Acrid,  biting,  bitter  taste, 
choking  seiisation,  dryness  of  the  throat,  retching,  vomiting,  purging, 
pains  in  the  stomach  and  bowels,  breathing  difficult,  and  death.  T. 
Give  emetics  of  camomile,  mustard,  or  sulphate  of  zinc;  large  draughts 
of  warm  milk,  or  other  bland  fluids;  foment  and  leech  the  belly  if 
necessary,  and  give  strong  infusion  of  coffee. 

Oxalic  Acid. — E.  Vomiting  and  acute  pain  in  the  stomach,  gen- 
eral debility,  cramps,  and  death.  A.  Chalk.  T.  Give  large  draughts 
of  lime  water  or  magnesia. 

Spanish  Flies. — E.  Acrid  taste,  burning  heat  in  the  throat,  stom- 
ach, and  belly,  bloody  vomitings,  colic,  purging,  retention  of  urine, 
convulsions,  death.  T.  Large  draughts  of  olive  oil,  thin  gruel,  milk, 
starch  enemas,  linseed  tea,  laudanum,  and  camphorated  water. 

Poisonous  Fish — ( Old-ioife  ; sea-lobster;  mussel ; tunny;  blower  $ 
rock-fish , etc.). — E.  Intense  pain  in  the  stomach  after  swallowing  the 
fish,  vomiting,  purging,  and  sometimes  cramps.  T.  Give  an  emetic; 
excite  vomiting  by  tickling  the  throat,  and  plenty  of  warm  water. 
Follow  emetics  by  active  purgatives,  particularly  of  castor  oil  and 
laudanum,  or  opium  and  calomel,  and  abate  inflammation  by  the  usual 
remedies. 

Bites  of  Reptiles — (Viper  ; black  viper  ; Indian  serpents ; rattle- 
snake).— E.  Violent  and  quick  inflammation  of  the  part,  extending 
toward  the  body,  soon  becoming  livid;  nausea,  vomiting,  convulsions, 
difficult  breathing,  mortilication,  cold  sweats,  and  death.  T.  Suppose 
that  the  wrist  has  been  bitten  : immediately  tie  a tape  between  the 
wound  and  the  heart,  scarify  the  parts  with  a penknife,  razor,  or  lan- 
cet, and  apply  a cupping-glass  over  the  bite,  frequently  removing  it 
and  bathing  the  wound  with  volatile  alkali,  or  heat  a poker  and  burn 
the  wound  well,  or  drop  some  of  Sir  Wm.  Burnett’s  disinfecting  fluid 
into  the  wound,  or  cauterize  the  bite  freely  with  lunar  caustic,  but  not 
till  the  part  has  been  well  sucked  with  the  mouth,  or  frequently  washed 
and  cupped.  The  strength  is  to  be  supported  by  brandy,  ammonia, 
ether,  and  opium.  Give  plenty  of  warm  drinks,  and  cover  up  in  bed. 

Bile  of  Mad  Animals. — E.  Hydrophobia,  or  a fear  of  fluids.  T. 
Tie  a string  tightly  over  the  part,  cut  out  the  bite,  and  cauterize  the 
wound  with  a red-iiot  poker,  lunar  caustic,  or  Sir  Win.  Burnett’s  dis- 
infecting fluid.  Then  apply  a piece  of  k,spoiigio-piline,”  give  a pur- 
gative, and  plenty  of  warm  drink.  Whenever  chloroform  can  be  Pro- 
cured, sprinkle  a few  drops  upon  a handkerchief,  and  apply  U 


Accidents  and  Emergencies. 


39i 


rtose  and  mouth  of  the  patient  before  cauterizing  the  WDund.  When 
the  breathing  appears  difficult,  cease  the  application  of  the  chloroform. 
A physician,  writing  in  the  Time s,  strongly  urges  this  course,  and  states 
that  there  is  no  danger,  with  ordinary  care,  in  the  application  of  the 
chloroform,  while  the  cauterization  may  be  more  effectively  per- 
formed. 

Insect  Stings — ( Wasp , bee , gnat , hornet,  gadfly,  scorpion ). — E. 
Swelling,  nausea,  and  fever.  T.  Press  the  barrel  of  a watch-key  over 
the  part,  so  as  to  expose  the  sting,  which  must  be  removed.  Give  15 
drops  of  hartshorn  or  sal-volatile  in  half  a wine-glass  of  camomile  tea, 
and  cover  the  part  stung  with  a piece  of  lint  soaked  in  extract  of 
lead. 

Cautions  for  the  Prevention  of  Accidents.— The  following  regu- 
lations should  be  engraved  on  the  memory  of  all  : 

As  many  sudden  deaths  come  by  water,  particular  caution  is  there- 
fore necessary  in  its  vicinity. 

Stand  not  near  a tree,  or  any  leaden  spout,  iron  gate,  or  palisade, 
hi  times  of  lightning. 

Lay  loaded  guns  in  safe  places,  and  never  imitate  firing  a gun  in 

'est. 

Never  sleep  near  charcoal;  if  drowsy  at  any  work  where  charcoal 
*res  are  used,  take  the  fresh  air. 

Carefully  rope  trees  before  they  are  cut  down,  that  when  they  fall 
‘■hey  may  do  no  injury. 

When  benumbed  with  cold,  beware  of  sleeping  out  of  doors;  rub 
yourself,  if  you  have  it  in  your  power,  with  snow,  and  do  not  hastily 
wop  roach  the  fire. 

Beware  of  damps. 

Air  vaults,  by  letting  them  remain  open  some  time  before  you 
enter,  or  scattering  powdered  lime  in  them.  Where  a lighted  candle 
will  not  burn,  animal  life  cannot  exist;  it  will  be  an  excellent  c aution, 
therefore,  before  entering  damp  and  confined  places,  to  try  this  simple 
experiment. 

Never  leave  saddle  or  draught  horses,  while  in  use,  by  themselves: 
■nor  go  immediately  behind  a led  horse,  as  he  is  apt  to  kick. 

Do  not  ride  on  footways. 

Be  wary  of  children,  whether  they  are  up  or  in  bed;  and  particu- 
larly when  they  arc  near  the  fire,  an  element  with  which  they  are  very 
apt  to  amuse  themselves. 

Leave  nothing  poisonous  open  or  accessible ; and  never  omit  to 
write  the  word  “ Poison  ” in  large  letters  upon  it,  wherever  it  may  be 
placed. 

In  walking  the  streets  keep  out  of  the  line  of  the  cellars,  and 
never  look  one  way  and  walk  another:  • 

Never  throw  pieces  of  orange  peel,  or  broken  glass  bottles,  into 
the  streets. 

Never  meddle  with  gunpowder  by  candle-light. 

In  trimming  a lamp  with  naphtha,  never  fill  it.  Leave  space  for 
the  spirit  to  expand  with  warmth. 

Never  quit  a room  leaving  the  poker  in  the  fire. 

When  the  brass  rod  of  the  stair  carpet  becomes  loose,  fasten  it 
immediately. 

In  opening  effervescing  drinks,  such  as  soda  water,  hold  the  cork 
in  your  hand. 

Quit  your  house  with  care  on  a frosty  morning. 

Have  your  horses’  shoes  roughed  directly  there  are  indications  of 
frost. 


39  2 Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 

Keep  lucifer  matches  in  their  cases,  and  never  let  them  be  strewed 
about. 

Accidents  in  Carriages.— It  is  safer,  as  a general  rule,  to  keep 
your  place  than  to  jump  out.  Getting  out  of  a gig  over  the  back, 
provided  you  can  hold  on  a little  while,  and  run,  is  safer  than  spring- 
ing from  the  side.  But  it  is  best  to  keep  your  place,  and  hold  fast. 
In  accidents  people  act  not  so  much  from  reason  as  from  excitement; 
but  good  rules,  flrmly  impressed  upon  the  mind,  generally  rise  upper- 
most, even  in  the  midst  of  fear. 

Life  Belts. — An  excellent  and  cheap  life  belt,  for  persons  pro- 
ceeding to  sea,  bathing  in  dangerous  places,  or  learning  to  swim,  may 
be  thus  made:  Take  a yard  and  three-quarters  of  strong  jean,  double, 
and  divide  into  nine  compartments.  Let  there  be  a space  of  two  inches 
after  each  third  compartment.  Fill  the  compartments  with  very  fine 
cuttings  of  cork,  which  may  be  made  by  cutting  up  old  corks,  or  (still 
better)  purchased  at  the  corkcutter’s.  Work  eyelet  holes  at  the  bottom 
of  each  compartment,  to  let  the  water  drain  out.  Attach  a neck-band 
and  waist-strings  of  stout  boot-web,  and  sew  them  on  strongly. 

Another. — Cut  open  an  old  boa,  or  victorine,  and  line  it  with 
fine  cork-cuttings  instead  of  wool.  For  ladies  going  to  sea  these  are 
excellent,  as  they  may  be  worn  in  stormy  weather,  without  giving  ap- 
pearance of  alarm  in  danger.  They  may  be  fastened  to  the  body  by 
ribbons  or  tapes,  of  the  color  of  the  fur.  Gentlemen’s  waistcoats  may 
be  lined  the  same  way. 

Charcoal  Fumes. — The  usual  remedies  for  persons  overcome  with 
the  fumes  of  charcoal  in  a close  apartment  are,  to  throw  cold  water  on 
the  head,  and  to  bleed  immediately;  also  apply  mustard  or  hartshorn 
to  the  soles  of  the  feet. 

Cautions  in  Visiting  the  Sick.— Do  not  visit  the  sick  when  you 
are  fatigued,  or  when  in  a state  of  perspiration,  or  with  the  stomach 
empty — for  in  such  conditions  you  are  liable  to  take  the  infection. 
When  the  disease  is  very  contagious,  place  yourself  at  the  side  of  the 
patient  which  is  nearest  to  the  window.  Do  not  enter  the  room  early 
in  the  morning,  before  it  has  been  aired;  and  when  you  come  awayv 
take  some  food,  change  your  clothing  immediately,  and  expose  the 
latter  to  the  air  for  some  days.  Tobacco  smoke  is  a preventive  of 
malaria. 

Children  and  Cutlery. — Serious  accidents  having  occurred 
babies  through  their  catching  hold  of  the  blades  of  sharp  instruments 
the  following  hint  will  be  useful.  If  a child  lay  hold  of  a knife  oj 
razor,  do  not  try  to  pull  it  away,  or  to  force  open  the  hand ; but,  hold-, 
ing  the  child’s  hand  that  is  empty,  offer  to  its  other  hand  anything  nice 
or  pretty,  and*it  will  immediately  open  the  hand,  and  let  the  danger- 
ous instrument  fall. 

Directing  Letters. — It  may  sound  like  being  over  particular,  but 
we  recommend  persons  to  make  a practice  of  fully  addressing,  notes, 
etc.,  on  all  occasions;  when,  in  case  of  their  being  dropped  by  careless 
messengers  (which  is  not  a rare  occurrence),  it  is  evident  for  whom 
they  are  intended,  without  undergoing  the  inspection  of  any  other 
parties  bearing  a similar  name. 

Prevention  of  Fires  — The  following  simple  suggestions  are 
worthy  of  observation:  Add  one  ounce  of  alum  to  the  last  water  used 
to  rinse  children’s  dresses,  and  they  will  be  rendered  uninflammable, 
or  so  slightly  combustible  that  they  would  take  tire  very  slowly,  if  at 
all,  and  would  not  flame.  This  is  a simple  precaution,  which  may  be 
adopted  in  families  of  children.  Bed  curtains,  and  linen  in 


Accidents  and  Emergencies . 


393 


may  also  be  treated  iti  the  same  way.  Since  the  occurrence  of  many 
lamentable  deaths  by  fire,  arising  partly  from  the  fashion  of  wearing 
crinoline,  the  tungstate  of  soda  has  been  recommended  for  the  purpose 
of  rendering  any  article  of  female  dress  incombustible.  A patent 
starch  is  also  sold,  with  which  the  tungstate  of  soda  is  incorporated. 
The  starch  should  be  used  whenever  it  can  be  procured;  and  any 
chemist  will  intimate  to  the  purchaser  the  manner  in  which  tungstate 
of  soda  should  be  employed. 

Precautions  in  case  of  Fire. — The  following  precautions  should 
be  impressed  upon  the  memory  of  all  our  readers  : ' 

Should  a fire  break  out,  send  off  to  the  nearest  engine  or  police 
station. 

Fill  buckets  with  water,  carry  them  as  near  the  fire  as  possible, 
dip  a mop  into  the  water,  and  throw  it  iu  showers  on  the  lire,  until 
assistance  arrives. 

If  a fire  is  violent,  wet  a blanket,  and  throw  it  on  the  part  which 
is  in  flames. 

Should  a fire  break  out  in  the  kitchen  chimney,  or  any  other,  a 
blanket  wetted  should  be  nailed  to  the  upper  end  of  the  mantlepiece, 
so  as  to  cover  the  opening  entirely;  the  lire  will  then  go  out  of  itself; 
for  this  purpose  two  knobs  should  be  permanently  fixed  in  the  upper 
ends  of  the  mantlepiece,  on  which  the  blankets  may  be  hitched. 

Should  the  bed  or  window  curtains  be  on  fire,  lay  hold  of  any 
woolen  garment,  and  beat  it  on  the  flames  until  extinguished. 

Avoid  leaving  the  window  or  door  open  in  the  room  where  the  fire 
has  broken  out,  as  the  current  of  air  increases  the  force  of  the  fire. 

Should  the  staircase  be  burning,  so  as  to  cut  off  all  communication, 
endeavor  to  escape  by  means  of  a trap-door  in  the  roof,  a ladder  lead- 
ing to  which  should  always  be  at  hand. 

Avoid  hurry  and  confusion;  no  person  except  a fireman,  friend,  or 
neighbor,  should  be  admitted. 

If  a lady’s  dress  takes  fire,  she  should  endeavor  to  roll  herself  in  a 
rug,  carpet,  or  the  first  woolen  garment  she  meets  with. 

It  is  a good  precaution  to  have  always  at  hand  a large  piece  of 
baize,  to  throw  over  a female  whose  dress  is  burning,  or  to  be  wetted, 
and  thrown  over  a fire  that  has  recently  broken  out. 

A solution  of  peariash  in  water,  thrown  upon  a fire  extinguishes 
it  instantly.  The  proportion  is  a quarter  of  a pound,  dissolved  in  some 
hot  water,  and  then  poured  into  a bucket  of  common  water. 

It  is  recommended  to  householders  to  have  two  or  three  fire  buck- 
ets and  a carriage  mop  with  a long  handle  near  at  hand ; they  will  be 
found  essentially  useful  in  case  of  fire. 

All  householders,  but  particularly  hotel,  tavern,  and  inn-keepers, 
should  exercise  a wise  precaution  by  directing  that  the  last  person  up 
should  perambulate  the  premises  previous  to  going  to  rest,  to  ascertain 
that  all  fires  are  safe  and  lights  extinguished. 

To  Extinguish  a Fire  in  a Chimney, — So  many  serious  fires  have 
been  caused  by  chimneys  catching  fire,  and  not  being  quickly  extin- 
guished, that  tiie  following  method  of  doing  this  should  be  generally 
known.  Throw  some  powdered  brimstone  on  the  fire  in  the  grate,  or 
ignite  some  on  the  hob,  and  then  put  a board  or  something  in  the  front 
of  the  fire-place,  to  prevent  the  fumes  descending  into  the  room.  The 
vapor  of  the  brimstone,  ascending  the  chimney,  will  then  effectually 
extinguish  the  soot  on  fire. 

To  extinguish  a fire  in  the  chimney,  besides  any  water  at  hand, 
throw  ou.  it  salt,  or  a handful  of  Hour  of  sulphur,  as  soon  as  you  can 


394 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


obtain  it;  keep  all  the  doors  and  windows  tightly  shat,  and  hold  fr°forf 
the  lire-place  a blanket,  or  some  woolen  article,  to  exclude  the  air. 

In  Escaping  from  a Fire,  creep  or  crawl  along  the  room  with 
your  face  close  to  the  ground.  Children  should  he  early  taught  hoW 
to  press  out  a spark  when  it  happens  to  reach  any  part  of  their  dress, 
and  also  that  running  into  the  air  will  cause  it  to  blaze  immediately. 

Reading  in  Bed  at  night  should  be  avoided,  as,  besides  the 
danger  of  an  accident,  it  never  fails  to  injure  the  eyes. 

To  Heat  a Bed  at  a moment’s  notice,  throw  a little  salt  into  the 
warming-pan,  and  suffer  it  to  burn  for  a minute  previous  to  use. 

Flowers  and  shrubs  should  be  excluded  from  a bed-chamber. 

SWIMMING. — Every  person  should  endeavor  to  acquire  the  power 
of  swimming.  The  fact  that  the  exercise  is  a healthful  accompani- 
ment of  bathing,  and  that  lives  may  be  saved  by  it,  even  when  least  ex- 
pected, is  a sufficient  argument  for  its  recommendation.  The  art  of 
swimming  is,  in  reality,  very  easy.  The  first  consideration  is  not  to 
attempt  to  learn  too  hastily.  That  is  to  say,  you  must  not  expect  to 
succeed  in  your  efforts  to  swim,  until  you  have  become  accustomed  t( 
the  water,  and  have  overcome  your  repugnance  to  the  coldness  and 
novelty  of  bathing.  Every  attempt  will  fail  until  you  have  acquired 
a certain  confidence  in  the  water,  and  then  the  difficulty  will  soon 
vanish. 

E&r.  Franklin’s  Advice  to  Swimtners.-11  The  only  obstacle  to  im- 
provement in  this  necessary  and  life-preserving  art  is  fear  ; and  it  is  only  by 
overcoming  this  timidity  that  you  mu  expect  to  become  a master  of  the  fol- 
lowing  acquirements:  It  is  very  common  for  novices  in  the  art  of  swimming 
to  make  use  of  corks  or  bladders  to  assist  in  keeping  the  body  above  water  : 
some  have  utterly  condemned  the  use  of  them ; however,  they  may  be  of 
service  for  supporting  the  body  while  one  is  learning  what  is  called  the  stroke, 
or  that  manner  of  drawing  in  aud  striking  out  the  hands  and  feet  that  is 
necessary  to  produce  progressive  motion.  But  you  will  be  no  swimmer  till 
you  can  place  confidence  in  the  power  of  the  water  to  support  you:  I would, 
therefore,  advise  the  acquiring  that  confidence  in  the  first  place  ; especially 
as  I have  known  several  who,  bvT  a little  practice,  necessary  for  that  purpose, 
have  insensibly  acquired  the  stroke,  taught,  as  it  were,  by  nature.  The  prac- 
tice I mean  is  this:  choosiug  a place  where  the  water  deepens  gradually, 
walk  coolly  into  it  till  it  is  up  to  your  breast;  then  turn  round  your  face  to 
the  shore,  and  throw  an  egg  into  the  water  between  you  and  the  shore;  it 
will  sink  to  the  bottom,  and  be  easily  seen  there  if  the  water  be  clear.  It. 
must  lie  in  the  water  so  deep  that  you  cannot  reach  to  take  it  up  but  by  div- 
ing  for  it.  To  encourage  yourself  in  order  todo  this,  reflect  that  your  progress 
will  be  from  deep  to  shallow  water,  and  that  at  any  time  you  may,  by  bring- 
ing your  legs  under  you,  and  standing  on  the  bottom,  raise  your  head  far 
above  the  water;  then  plunge  under  it  with  your  eyes  open,  which  must  be 
kept  open  on  going  under,  as  you  cannot  open  your  eyelids  for  the  weight  of 
water  above  you  ; throwing  yourself  toward  the  egg,  and  endeavoring  by  the 
action  of  your  hands  and  feet  against  the  water  to  get  forward,  till  within 
reach  of  it.  In  this  attempt  you  will  find  that  the  water  bouys  you  up 
against  your  inclination;  that  it  is  not  so  easy  to  sink  as  you  imagine,  and 
that  you  cannot,  but  by  active  force,  get  down  to  the  egg.  Thus  you  feel  the 
power  of  water  to  support  you,  and  learn  to  confide  in  that  power,  while 
your  endeavors  to  overcome  it,  and  reach  the  egg,  teach  you  the  manner  of 
acting  on  the  water  with  your  feet  and  hands,  which  action  is  afterwards 
used  in  swimming  to  support  your  head  higher  above  the  water,  or  to  go 
forward  through  it. 

“ i would  the  more  earnestly  press  you  to  the  trial  of  this  method,  be- 
cause I think  I shall  satisfy  you  that  your  body  is  lighter  than  water,  and  that 
you  might  float  in  it  a long  time  with  your  mouth  free  for  breathing,  if  you 
wouid  put  yourself  into  a proper  posture,  and  would  be  still,  and  forbear 
struggling;  yet,  till you  have  obtained  this  experimental  confidence  in  the 
water.  I cannot  depend  upon  your  having  the  necessary  presence  of  mind  to 
recollect  the  posture,  and  the  directions  I gave  you  relating  to  it.  The  sur- 
prise may  put  all  out  oi  your  mind. 

'‘Though  the  legs,  arms,  and  head  of  a human  body,  being  solid  parts,  are 
specifically  somewhat  heavier  than  fresh  water,  as  the  trunk,  particularly  the 
upper  part,  from  its  hollowness,  is  so  much  lighter  than  water,  so  the 


Accident i tend  Emergencies . 


395 


whole  of  the  body,  taken  all  together,  is  too  light  to  sink  wholly  under  water, 
but,  some  part  will  remain  above  until  the  lungs  become  filled  with  water, 
which  happens  from  drawing  water  to  them  instead  of  air,  when  a person,  in 
•the  fright,  attempts  breathing  while  the  mouth  and  nostrils  are  under  water. 

“ The  legs  and  arms  are  specifically  lighter  than  salt  water,  and  will  be 
supported  by  it,  so  that  a human  body  cannot  sink  in  salt  water,  though  the 
lungs  were  filled  as  above,  but  from  the  greater  specific  gravity  of  the  head. 
Therefore  a person  throwing  himself  on  his  back  in  salt  water,  ana  extend- 
ing his  arms,  may  easily  lie  so  as  to  keep  his  mouth  and  nostrils  free  for 
breathing;  and  by  a slight  motion  of  his  hand,  may  prevent  turning,  if  he 
should  perceive  any  tendency  to  it. 

“ In  fresh  water,  if  a man  throws  himself  on  his  back  near  the  surface, 
he  cannot  long  continue  in  that  situation,  but  by  proper  action  of  his  hands 
• on  the  water;  if  he  uses  no  such  action,  the  legs  and  lower  part  of  the  body 
will  gradually  sink  till  he  comes  into  an  upright  position,  in  which  he  will 
continue  suspended,  the  hollow  of  his  breast  keeping  the  head  uppermost. 

“But  if  in  this  ereetposition  the  head  be  kept  upright  above  the  shoulders, 
as  when  we  stand  on  the  ground,  the  immersion  will,  by  the  weight  of  that 
part  of  the  head  that  is  out  of  tne  water,  reach  above  the  mouth  and  nostrils, 
perhaps  a little  above  the  eyes,  so  that  a man  cannot  remain  long  suspended 
\n  water  with  his  head  in  that  position. 

“The  body  continuing  suspended  as  before,  and  upright,  if  the  head  be 
leaned  quite  back,  so  that  the  face  look  upward,  all  the  back  part  of  the  head 
bei  ng  under  water,  and  its  weight  consequent  ly,  in  a great  measure,  supported 
by  it,  the  face  will  remain  above  water  quite  free  for  breathing,  wiirrise  an 
Inch  higher  every  inspiration,  and  sink  as  much  every  expiration,  but  never 
Ao  low  as  that  the  water  may  come  over  the  mouth. 

“ If,  therefore,  a person  unacquainted  with  swimming,  and  falling  acci- 
dentally into  the  waier,  could  have  presence  of  mind  sufficient  to  avoid 
struggling  and  plunging,  and  to  let  the  body  take  this  natural  position,  he 
might  continue  long  safe  from  drowning,  till,  perhaps,  help  should  come  j for, 
as  to  the  clothes,  their  additional  weight  when  immersed  is  very  inconsider- 
able, the  water  supporting  it;  though,  when  he  comes  out  of  the  water,  he 
Villfind  them  very  heavy  indeed. 

“But  I would  not  advise  any  one  to  depend  on  having  this  presence  of  mind 
on  sucli  an  occasion,  but  learn  fairly  to  swim,  as  I wish  all  men  were  taught  to 
do  in  their  youth  ; they  would,  on  many  occasions,  be  the  safer  for  having 
that  skill;  and, on  many  more,  the  happier,  as  free  from  painful  apprehen- 
sions of  danger,  to  say  nothing  of  the  enjoyment  in  so  delightful  and  whole- 
some an  exercise.  Soldiers  particularly  should,  methinks,  all  be  taught  to 
Swim;  it  might  be  of  frequent  use,  either  in  surprising  an  enemy  or  saving 
themselves;  and  if  I had  noxfl'boysto  educate,  I should  prefer  those  schools 
(other  tilings  being  equal)  where  an  opportunity  was  afforded  for  acquiring  so 
Advantageous  an  art,  which,  once  learned,  is  never  forgotten. 

“ I know  by  experience,  that  it  is  a great  comfort  to  a swimmer,  who  has 
a considerable  distance  to  go,  to  turn  himself  sometimes  on  his  back,  and  to 
Vary,  in  othei  respects,  the  means  of  procuring  a progressive  motion. 

“ When  he  is  seized  with  the  cramps  in  the  leg,  the  method  of  driving  it 
away  is  to  give  the  parts  affected  a sudden,  vigorous,  and  violent  shock  ; 
Wnich  he  may  do  in  the  air  as  he  swims  on  his  back. 

“ During  the  great  heat  in  summer,  there  is  no  danger  in  bathing,  how- 
ever warm  we  may  be,  in  rivers  which  have  been  thoroughly  warmed  by  the 
sun  But  to  throw  one’s  self  into  cold  spring  water,  when  the  body  has  been 
heated  by  exercise  in  the  sun,  is  an  imprudence  which  may  prove  fatal.  I 
once  knew  an  instance  of  four  young  men  who,  having  worked  at  harvest  in 
the  heat  of  the  day,  with  a view  of  refreshing  themselves,  plunged  into  a 
spring  of  cold  watt^;  two  died  upon  the  spot,  the  third  next  morning,  and  the 
fourth  recovered  with  great  difficulty.  A copious  draught  of  cold  water,  in 
similar  circumstances,  is  frequently  attended  with  the.  effect  in  North 
America. 

“The  exercise  of  swimming  is  one  of  the  most  healthy  and  agreeable  in 
the  world.  After  having  swam  for  an  hour  or  two  in  the  evening  one  sleeps 
coolly  the  whole  night,  even  during  the  most  ardent  heat  of  summer.  Per- 
haps, the  pores  being  cleansed,  the  insensible  perspiration  increases,  and  oc- 
casions this  coolness.  It  is  certain  that  much  swimming  is  the  means  of 
stopping  diarrhoea,  and  even  of  producing  a constipation.  With  respect 
to  those  who  do  not  know  how  to  swim,  or  who  are  affected  with  a diarrhoea 
at  a season  which  does  not  permit  them  to  use  that  exercise,  a warm  bath,  by 
cleansing  and  purifying  the  skin,  is  found  very  salutary,  and  often  effects  a 
radical  cure.  1 speak  from  my  own  experience,  frequently  repeated, and  that 
of  others,  to  whom  I have  recommended  this. 

“ When  I was  a boy,  I amused  myself  one  day  with  flying  a paper  kite  ; 
and  approaching  the  banks  ofa  lake,  which  was  nearly  a mile  broad,  I tied 


39® 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department i, 


the  string  to  a stake,  and  the  kite  ascended  to  a considerable  height  abovftlhe 
pond,  while  I was  swimming.  In  a little  time,  being  desirous  of  amusing 
myself  with  my  kite,  and  enjoying  at  the  same  time  the  pleasure  of  swim- 
ming, I returned,  and  loosening  from  the  stake  the  string,  with  the  little 
stick  which  was  fastened  to  it,  went  again  into  the  water,  where,  I found  that 
lying  on  my  back,  and  holding  the  stick  in  my  nand,  I was  drawn  along  the 
surface  of  the  water  in  a very  agreeable  manner.  Having  then  engaged  an- 
other boy  to  carry  my  clQthes  round  the  pond,  to  a place  which  I pointed  out 
to  him  on  the  other  side,  I began  to  cross  the  pond  with  my  kite,  which 
carried  me  quite  over  without  the  least  fatigue,  and  with  the  greatest  pleasure 
imaginable.  I was  only  obliged  occasionally  to  halt  a little  in  my  course, 
and  resist  its  progress,  when  it  appeared  that  by  following  too  quickly,  I low- 
ered the  kite  too  much ; by  doing  which  occasionally  I made  it  rise  again.  I 
have  never  since  thattime  practised  this  singular  mode  of  swimming,  and  I 
think  it  not  impossible  to  cross,  in  this  manner,  from  Dover  to  Calais.” 

Those  who  prefer  the  aid  of  Belts  will  find  it  very  easy  and  safe  to 
make  belts  upon  the  plan  explained;  and  by  gradually  reducing  the 
floating  power  of  the  belts  from  day  to  day,  they  will  gain  confidence, 
and  speedily  acquire  the  art  of  swimming. 

Accidents. — They  are  always  sudden,  and  most  frequently  occur 
when  least  anticipated;  and  when  the  person  who  suffers  the  injury  is 
entirely  off  his  guard,  and  the  mind  incapable  of  self-reflection,  oi 
unable  to  discover  what  to  do  or  what  to  advise.  Such  accidents  asi 
result  from  fire,  water,  or  noxious  gases,  will  be  treated  of  under  the 
heads  of  “ Burns  and  Scalds,”  “ Poisonous  Exhalations,”  “Drowning,’* 
“ Suspended  Animation,”  etc. ; and  only  those  which  refer  to  wounds, 
or  violence  to  the  body,  will  be  considered  under  this  head. 

As  the  individual  injured  is  seldom  ever  able  to  assist  himself, 
there  are  certain  properties  which  those  who  act  the  part  of  the  Good 
Samaritan  on  such  occasions  should  always  be  prepared  to  exercise, 
and  without  which  the  services  rendered,  however  well-intentioned,  may 
become  more  hurtful  than  beneficial;  these  are  energy , coolness  and  de* 
cision. 

There  are  accidents  of  daily  occurrence,  where  many  valuables 
lives  are  either  endangered  or  sacrificed,  Jlom  the  want  of  the  most 
ordinary  prudence  and  reflection;  and  for  which,  had  it  not  been  for 
the  alarm  consequent  on  the  suddenness  of  the  accident,  or  the  fright 
occasioned  by  the  appearance  of  the  sufferer,  a child,  in  many  instances, 
might  have  devised  a remedy.  Nothing  so  materially  tends  to  deprive 
a looker-on  of  his  coolness  and  presence  of  mind,  as  the  sight  of  blood 
exuding  in  any  quantity  from  the  body;  and  no  accident,  in  general, 
can  be  more  easily  relieved.  The  friendly  assistant  should  never  for- 
get, that  every  moment  he  delays  to  stop  the  crimson  tide,  while  casts, 
mg  about  for  suitable  means,  may  be  fatal  to  the  sufferer;  whereas  the 
point  of  his  finger  is  a means  always  ready,  when  only  a single  vessel 
is  injured,  the  pressure  of  that  small  member  is  sufficient  to  suspend 
all  bleeding  from  the  artery  or  vein. 

In  case  of  an  accident  involving  insensibility  or  great  bodily  suf- 
fering, the  first  duty  is  to  remove  any  weight  or  encumbrance  from  the 
body,  and  then  lay  it  gently  on  the  back,  in  such  a position  that  the 
air  may  have  free  access  to  the  sufferer,  especially  about  the  face  and 
neck.  All  unnecesssary  examination,  or  moving  of  the  person,  should 
be  avoided  till  some  professional  gentleman  arrive  to  take  the  responsi- 
bility of  the  case.  Should  a bone  be  broken,  and  the  fractured  ex- 
tremities protrude  through  the  flesh,  any  attempt  at  reduction  or  setting 
the  bone,  before  the  arrival  of  the  surgeon,  would  be  highly  culpable; 
if,  however,  there  is  any  violent  bleeding,  it  should  be  at  once  arrested. 
If  the  bleeding  proceeds  from  the  leg  or  arm,  the  seam  of  that  part  of 
the  coat  or  trousers  should  be  ripped  up  with  a penknife,  so  as  to  ex- 
pose the  limb  without  disturbing  it;  the  point  from  whence  the  blood 


Accidents  and  Emergencies. 


397 


issues  is  then  to  he  sought,  a finger  immediately  'placed  on  the  spot  where 
the  open  vessel  is  bleeding , and  a gentle  pressure  established,  but  merely 
sufficient  to  arrest  the  discharge ; in  the  mean  time,  a large  handker- 
chief is  to  be  folded  in  its  longest  direction,  so  as  to  make  a kind  of 
broad  bandage,  which  must  then  be  passed  around  the  limb,  above  the 
wound,  and  also  the  fracture,  and  tied  tightly;  the  finger  is  then  to  be 
removed  from  the  wound,  and  if  there  be  no  further  bleeding,  the 
limb  may  be  left'alone  till  professionally  attended;  but  should  the  blood 
still  flow,  though  in  diminished  quantity,  the  bandage  must  be  made 
still  tighter  by  inserting  a piece  of  stick  under  the  last  fold,  and  by 
giving  it  a few  turns,  compress  the  artery  more  effectually. 

Arterial  blood  is  always  known  by  its  bright  scarlet  color,  and  by 
its  springing  cut  in  leaps  or  jerks;  while  venous  blood  is  characterized 
by  its  dark  purple  color,  and  by  its  flowing  steadily  like  water.  The 
bleeding  having  been  suppressed,  the  face  may  be  bathed  with  cold 
water,  and  if  there  is  great  exhaustion,  a small  quantity  of  brandy  and 
water  administered  occasionally. 

In  cases  of  collision,  where  the  person  has  been  violently  shaken, 
and  there  is  no  external  injury,  only  insensibility,  attended  with  pale 
face,  livid  lips,  cold  hands  and  lower  extremities,  the  body  should  be 
placed  in  a horizontal  position,  the  head -slightly  raised,  and  bottles  of 
hot  water  or  heated  bricks  applied  to  the  feet,  legs  and  inside  of  the 
thighs,  and  small  quantities  of  warm  brandy  and  water  given  every 
few  minutes;  at  the  same  time,  ammonia  or  smelling  salts  should  be 
applied,  but  cautionsly,  to  the  nostrils.  When  the  insensibility  is  at- 
tended with  abrasion,  laceration,  or  wounds  of  the  head,  the  same 
means  are  to  be  adopted,  the  injuries  washed  with  a sponge  and  cold 
water,  so  as  to  remove  all  dirt  that  may  be  present.  The  edges  of  the 
cut  or  lacerated  part  are  to  be  next  brought  together,  and  secured  by 
strips  of  adhesive  plaster,  and  a light  bandage  passed  over  all. 

Accidents — Precautions  Against. — It  would  be  a reflection  on  the 
reader’s  understanding,  and  take  up  too  large  a space  in  our  work,  to 
set  down  all  the  precautions  that  it  behooves  a person  possessed  of 
ordinary  prudence  to  adopt,  to  guard  against  avoidable  accidents,  as 
every  one  knows  that  going  too  near  a precipice,  throwing  orange-peel 
on  the  pavement,  leaving  a room  with  a poker  in  the  fire,  or  scattering 
lucifer  matches  about  for  children  to  suck,  or  to  be  ignited  by  the  tread 
of  the  foot,  are  all  self-evident  and  objectionable,  as  probable  causes 
of  accident.  Still  there  are  some  precautions  that  may  not  be  so  gen- 
erally apparent,  but  which  should  be  equally  known,  and  which  we 
propose  to  generalize,  first , into  those  against  accidents  by  lightning. 

Here  it  should  be  universally  known,  that  as  lightning  is  onty  a 
concentrated  and  powerful  species  of  electricity,  the  same  laws  that 
governs  the  latter  influence  the  former;  thus  water,  vegetables,  and 
metals,  are  all  strong  conductors  of  electricity,  or,  in  other  words, 
attract  it;  so  also  are  they  conductors  of  lightning.  On  this  account  it 
is  highly  dangerous  to  take  shelter  duting  a thunder-storm  under  a tree 
of  ‘an}'-  description,  whatever  the  ancients  may  say  to  the  contrary 
about  "the  laurel.  Equally  objectionable  is  it  to  stand  under  a cart 
lodge,  or  any  out-building,  where  lead  or  zinc  is  used  for  the  roofing; 
for  the  same  reason  it  is  dangerous  to  run  under  a portico,  or  eaves, 
where  there  are  drain  pipes  to  convey  the  water  from  the  roof.  The  banks 
of  lakes,  rivers,  and  large  pools  of  water,  should  for  the  same  rea- 
son be  avoided;  and  an  umbrella,  especially  if  it  have  a metal  ferule, 
is,  during  a thunder-storm,  the  most  dangerous  shelter  of  all,  being 
Uttlfe  less  than  a lightning  conductor.  It  is  much  safer,  if  overtaken  by 


39« 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


a thunder-storm,  and  where  no  house  is  near  in  which  protection  can 
he  obtained,  to  endure  the  wet,  button  the  coat  over  the  watch-chain, 
close  the  umbrella,  cover  the  ferule  with  mud,  and  having  removed 
all  metallic  surfaces,  take  the  middle  of  the  road,  and  at  a brisk  walk 
boldly  encounter  the  rain.  Even  in  the  best  built  house  it  is  necessary 
to  take  precautions  against  lightning  during  a storm.  The  window,  as 
soon  as  the  panes  become  wet,  is  dangerous,  as  glass  then  is  a conduc- 
tor. The  fireplace,  on  account  of  the  chimney  and  the  grate  below,  is 
also  a situation  to  be  avoided:  so  is  the  neighborhood  of  the  bell 
handles  and  bell  wires ; and  the  doors,  on  account  of  their  bright  knobs. 
The  safest  part  of  a room,  is  the  centre,  the  fire-irons  being  covered 
over,  and  all  metallic  substances  removed  from  around  the  space;  the 
bed,  when  detached  from  the  wall,  and  destitute  of  metallic  rings,  is, 
on  account  of  the  non-conducting  property  of  the  feathers,  the  safest 
part  of  the  whole  house. 

Second , against  accidents  by  water. 

However  meritorious  may  be  the  action,  no  person  is  justified  in 
plunging  into  the  water,  to  save  another  from  drowning,  unless  he  can 
swim ; and  even  then  he  should  defer  his  efforts  till  partial  insensh 
bility  occurs,  for  unless  the  swimmer  gets  behind  the  person,  and  keeps 
himself  clear  of  the  convulsive  clutch,  with  which  a drowning  man 
grasps  his  preserver,  the  chan chs  are  that  both  may  sink  together. 

In  bathing,  unless  a good  swimmer,  the  person  should  never  go 
out  of  his  depth;  he  should  at  all  times  avoid  bathing  in  holes,  and  ii 
in  lakes  or  rivers,  whenever  he  finds  the  water  particularly  cold  as  it  is 
near  the  springs,  he  should  at  once  place  himself  beyond  their  reach, 
and  on  the  first  sensation  of  cramp,  make  for  the  shore. 

In  sailing  in  a small  boat,  w.hether  propelled  by  sails  or  oars,  th$ 
centre  of  gravity  is  always  to  be  kept  low  ; the  person  should  never 
rise  from  his  seat  unless  to  land;  more  fatal  accidents  occur  on  the 
water  from  the  neglect  of  this  rule,  than  from  any  kind  of  casualty. 
When  two  or  three  persons  suddenly  rise  up  in  a boat,  it  is  almost  cer- 
tain to  be  overset,  and  every  one  in  it  flung  into  the  water.  With  re- 
gard to  skating,  no  ice  should  be  ventured  on  till  after  three  day’s  frost, 
and  not  then  if  the  edge  appear  rotten,  or  can  be  pierced  with  a walk- 
ing-stick; the  person  who  would  attempt  to  skate  after  a fall  of  rain, 
or  when  water  lies  on  the  ice,  does  so  in  open  violation  of  the  com- 
monest rules  of  prudence. 

Third , against  accidents  from  fire. 

If  disturbed  in  the  night  by  the  alarm  of  fire,  the  person  should  avoid 
opening  doors  and  windows;  If  he  has  to  pass  into  other  rooms  to 
rouse  and  collect  liis  family,  he  should  close  the  door  behind  him,  so  as 
to  prevent  all  draughts  and  strongcurrents  of  air.  The  best  protection 
any  one  can  have  in  such  a situation  is  a blanket;  with  a pair  of  shoes 
on  the  feet,  a person  enveloped  all  but  the  eyes  in  a blanket,  may  pass 
in  safety  through  a volume  of  smoke  and  a degree  of  heat  that  could 
not  be  effected  in  any  other  dress;  the  blanket  being  carefully  held  be- 
fore the  mouth,  enables  the  individual  to  breathe  with  a freedom  that 
would  be  impossible  without  such  a protection.  If  there  is  water  in 
the  room,  and  much  flame  to  be  passed,  the  blanket  should  be  first 
wetted,  particularly  the  part  over  the  head  and  mouth.  If  all  escape  by 
the  stairs  is  cut  off,  the  sheets  of  the  bed  should  be  knotted  together 
into  a rope,  and  one  end  having  been  secured  to  the  bed-post,  an  at- 
tempt must  be  made  to  descend  from  the  window  by  the  other.  In 
cases  where  much  smoke  has  to  be  encountered,  a silk  handkerchief 
wetted  in  water  should  be  passed  double  across  the  mouth,  o t thrvr'n 


Accidents  and  Emergencies. 


399 


•over  the  head  and  fastened  around  the  neck  like  a mask.  As  a precau- 
tion against  many  accidents  from  tire  occuring  in  houses,  a guard  should 
invariably  be  placed  before  the  grate  in  rooms  where  children  are  al- 
lowed to  play.  In  cooking,  or  filling  a lamp,  if  the  grease  of  the  one, 
or  the  oil  of  the  other,  should  take  fire,  the  flame  should  on  no  account 
be  attempted  to  be  blown  out,  or  the  face  may  be  very  seriously 
scorched;  and  as  cold  water  only  increases  the  mischief,  if  the  flame 
cannot  be  extinguished  by  a plate,  a meat  cover,  or  any  other  object  at 
hand  that  will  smother  the  fire,  it  had  better  be  allowed  to  burn  out, 
for  as  soon  as  the  unctuous  matter  or  spirit  is  consumed,  the  ordinary 
combustion  will  be  easily  extinguished. 

Though  all  that  appertains  to  this  subject  will  be  fully  entered  into 
under  its  proper  head,  there  is  one  point  that  cannot  be  too  often  re- 
peated, namely,  that  as  ladies’  dresses  are  by  their  texture  extremely 
liable  to  take  lire,  and  such  accidents  are  unfortunately  very  frequent, 
when  they  do  occur,  the  table-cover,  the  curtains  from  the  window,  the 
hearth-rug,  or  a coat,  should  be  instantly  wrapped  round  the  sufferer, 
Who  should  on  no  account  be  allowed  to  escape,  even  if  she  has  to  be 
thrown  on  the  ground,  and  rolled  on  the  carpet. 

WHAT  TO  DO  iN  CASES  0 F ACCIDENT.— Professor  Wilder,  of 
Cornell  University,  gives  these  short  rules  for  action  in  case  of  acci- 
dent : 

For  dust  in  the  eyes,  avoid  rubbing — dash  water  into  them;  re- 
move cinders,  etc.,  with  the  round  point  of  a lead  pencil. 

Remove  insects  from  the  ear  by  tepid  water;  never  put  a hard  in- 
strument into  the  ear. 

If  an  artery  is  cut,  compress  above  the  wound;  if  a vein  is  cut, 
tom  press  below. 

If  choked,  get  upon  all  fours,  and  cough. 

For  light  burns,  dip  the  part  in  cold  water;  if  the  skin  is  destroyed, 
tover  with  varnish. 

Smother  fire  with  carpets,  etc. ; water  will  often  spread  burning 
oil,  and  increase  danger.  Before  passing  through  smoke,  take  a full 
breath,  and  then  stoop  low,  but  if  carbon  is  suspected,  walk  erect. 

Suck  poison  wounds,  unless  your  mouth  is  sore.  Enlarge  the 
wound,  or  better,  cut  out  the  part  without  delay.  Hold  the  wounded 
part  as  long  ascan  be  borne  to  a hot  coal,  or  end  of  a segar. 

In  case  of  poisoning,  excite  Vomiting  by  tickling  tlie  throat,  or  by 
water  and  mustard.  For  acid  poisons  give  acids;  white  of  egg  is  good 
in  most  cases;  in  cases  of  opium  poisoning,  give  strong  coffee,  and 
keep  moving.  If  in  water,  float  on  the  back,  with  the  nose  and  mouth 
projecting. 

For  apoplexy,  raise  the  head  and  body ; for  fainting,  laj’-  the  person 

flat. 

Bruise. — Apply  molasses  spread  on  brown  paper.  Or,  a plaster  of 
chopped  parsley  mixed  with  butter.  Or,  electrify  the  part.  To  pre- 
vent swelling,  apply  a cloth  five  or  or  six  times  doubled,  dipped  in  cold 
Water,  and  redipped  when  it  grows  warm. — Wesley. 

Bruises. — Coverwith  linen,  wet  with  vinegar  and  wormwood  boil- 
ed together.  Put  a small  bit  of  lard  on  the  surf  ace,  and  apply  slightly 
warm.  In  very  bad  cases  a leech  or  two  will  expedite  the  cure. 

Bruises — Embrocation  For. — Pour  upon  2 ozs.  of  carbonate  of 
ummonia,  (smelling  salts)  as  much  distilled  vinegar  as  will  dissolve  it; 
tiien  add  1%  pts.  of  common  rectified  spirit,  and  shake  the  whole  to- 
gether in  a bottle.  It  is  a good  remedy  for  sprains  and  bruises. 

Hot  Water. — In  bruises,  hot  water  is  most  efficacious,  both  by 


4oo 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


means  of  insertion  and  fomentation,  in  removing  pain,  and  totally  pro 
venting  discoloration  and  stiffness.  It  has  the  same  effect  after  a blow. 
It  should  be  applied  as  quickly  as  possible,  and  as  hot  as  it  can  be 
borne.  Insertion  in  hot  water  will  cure  that  troublesome  and  painful 
thing  called  a whitlow.  The  efficacy  of  hot  water  in  preventing  the  ill 
effects  of  fatigue  is  too  well  known  to  require  notice. 

Frost- Bites. — Keep  from  the  fire,  and  rub  well  with  snow,  and 
then  with  cold  water. 

Lightning*  Stroke. — Dash  cold  water  over  the  head  and  face,  and 
apply  friction  to  the  spine  with  strong  liniment,  and  mustard  poultices 
to  the  feet. 

Chimneys  on  Fire. — Shut  all  the  doors  and  windows;  stop  up  the 
bottom  of  the  chimney  with  a piece  of  water-saturated  sacking,  wrapping, 
etc.,  throwing  first  salt,  or  sulphur,  upon  the  fire. 

'BITES  OF  POISONOUS  REPTILES.— The  Treatment.— In  all 
cases  of  bites  of  poisonous  reptiles  the  first  and  most  important  duty  is 
to  suck  the  wound,  cauterize  or  excise  the  bitten  part,  prevent  the  ab- 
sorption of  the  virus , and  by  proper  medicines  arouse  the  patient’s  mind 
to  resist  the  depressing  influence  of  fear,  and  finally  dissipate  the  coma 
that  towards  the  end  steals  so  fatally  over  the  brain. 

Sucking  the  Wound. — Unless  there  should  be  a crack  in  th& 
tongue,  a chap  or  abrasion  of  the  lips  or  mouth,  the  most  deadly  virus, 
as  we  have  shown,  may  be  sucked  with  perfect  impunity,  and  where 
the  injury  is  in  the  hand  or  arm,  the  patient  should  suck  the  wound 
himself.  When  this  cannot  be  done,  however,  the  person  who  under- 
takes that  duty  should  supply  himself  with  a large  basin  and  a jug  of 
warm  water,  and,  sitting  on  a level  with  the  limb,  grasp  the  p art 
firmly  with  both  hands,  one  above,  the  other  below  the  wound,  and  ap- 
plying his  lips  boldly  and  confidently  over  the  bite,  with  a quick  but 
effectual  motion  of  the  cheeks  and  tongue,  suck  all  the  blood  and 
moisture  from  the  puncture,  every  minute  or  two  spitting  it  out  into  the 
basin,  and,  rinsing  his  mouth  with  the  warm  water,  return  to  his  task 
not  forgetting  to  maintain  his  pressure  on  the  limb  with  his  two  hands. 
This  sucking  process  should  be  persevered  in  for  twelve  or  fifteen 
minutes  at  least;  abroad  piece  of  tape  or  a garter  being  first  passed 
once  or  twice  round  the  limb  an  inch  or  two  above  the  wound,  between 
it  and  the  heart  and  then  firmly  tied. 

Cauterization  and  Excision. — When  no  person  can  be  found  witl* 
sufficient  resolution  to  suck  the  wound,  a bandage  or  garter  should  be 
instanly  tied  round  the  limb  above  the  wound,  and  if  cupping-glasses 
are  at  "hand,  or  those  artificial  means  can  be  obtained  recommended 
under  “ Cupping”  which  see,  they  should  be  applied  at  once,  washing 
the  part  in  warm  water  hastily  before  applying  the  glasses.  These  are 
to  be  removed  every  three  or  four  minutes,  the  part  again  washed  with 
clean  water  and  a sponge,  and  again  applied  for  at  least  half  an  hour. 
When,  however,  no  such  appliances  can  be  obtained,  the  absorption 
having  been  arrested  by  the  bandage,  the  wound  is  to  be  well  and 
repeatedly  washed  with  warm  water,  the  lingers  being  used  to  force  out 
all  moisture  or  particles  of  blood  from  the  bite,  and  the  punctures 
freely  cauterized  with  the  nitrate  of  silver,  which  should  be  scraped  to  a 
point,  and  then  forced  into  the  apertures  made  by  the  reptile’s  fangs. 
If,  however,  the  punctures  are  deep  and  narrow,  a sharp  penknife  or 
bistoury  should  be  used  to  enlarge  them,  so  the  bottom  of  the  wound 
may  be  reached,  and  the  place  freely  cauterized.  When  the  wound  is 
large  and  deep,  the  state  of  the  reptile  to  be  feared,  and  the  pain  and 
anxiety  are  very  great,  the  part  injured  must  without  any  hesitation 


Accidents  and  Emergencies . 


401 


be  -cut  outs  the  wound  washed,  and  the  raw  surface  on  every  side 
liberally  rubbed  with  the  caustic,  warm  fomentations  applied  over  all, 
and  the  ligature  or  bandage  round  the  limb  continued. 

To  House  the  Patient  by  Proper  Medicines. — To  effect  this  result, 
repeated  doses  of  stimulants  and  anti-spasmodics  are  to  be  given,  and 
the  patient  kept  constantly  moving, and  occasionally  subjected  to  sud- 
den aspersions  of  cold  water.  The  following  draughts  may  be  given 
every  ten  minutes  or  quarter  of  an  hour. 

Take  of  brandy,  2 drs. ; spirits  of  sal  volatile,  40  drops ; tincture  of 
valerian,  % dr.;  sulphuric  ether,  15  drops,  camphor  water,  1 oz.  I 

The  Indian  surgeons  are  in  the  habit  of  giving  the  following 
draught,  and  repeating  it  as  often  as  necessary. 

Take  of  Fowler’s  solution  of  arsenic,  30  drops;  laudanum,  10  drops; 
peppermint  water  1 oz. ; lime  juice,  % oz*  Mix;  to  be  taken  directly, 
and  repeatedly  every  half-hour  till  the  symptoms  abate;  at  the  same 
time,  they  employ  injections  of  gruel,  castor  oil,  and  turpentine,  till 
the  bowels  operate.  In  severe  cases,  there  is  no  reason  why  such 
remedies  should  not  be  applied  in  this  country. 

Should  neither  cupping-glasses  nor  lunar  caustic  be  obtainable, 
the  part  must  be  burnt  with  red-hot  skewers  or  the  point  of  a poker, 
and  the  wound  dressed  with  water  only,  or  the  caustic  ( potass  a fusa), 
strong  ammonia,  or  strong  acetic  acid;  or,  in  default  of  any  of  these, 
quicklime  may  be  sprinkled  into  the  apertures.  The  importance  of 
compelling  the  patient  to  walk  about,  supported  by  two  strong  men, 
must  not  be  lost  sight  of,  or  the  necessity  of  occasionally  cfashing  cold 
water  over  his  head  and  chest  forgot  to  be  practised,  as  on  the  judicious 
employment  of  both,  the  hope  of  rousing  him  from  the  coma  entirely 
depends.  Electricity  is  an  agent  that  may  be  employed  with  benefit. 

DISLOCATION. — A displacement  of  a part;  the  term,  however,  is  con- 
fined to  the  separation  of  the  bones  entering  into  the  formation  of  a joint, 
from  their  natural  situation  and  arrangement,  and  thereby  rendering  the 
articulation  for  the  time-being  useless. 

Dislocation,  or  luxation , as  it  is  surgically  termed,  is  divided  into  com- 
plete and  incomplete:  complete,  when  the  displacement  is  perfect,  or  when 
the  head  of  one  bone  is  completely  drawn  out  of  the  socket  in  the  other,  or 
when  the  articulation  has  been  thoroughly  disunited;  incomplete , when  the 
joint  has  only  been  started,  and  the  bones  are  merely  sundered,  but  not  abso- 
lutely separated. 

Dislocations  are  characterized  according  to  their  situations— as  a disloca- 
tion upward,  backward,  forward,  ami  downward ; and  are  yet  further  distin- 
guished into  simple  and  compound.  A simple  dislocation  is  when  no  injury 
is  inflicted  on  the  skin  or  muscles.  A compound  dislocation,  when  the  in- 
teguments and  flesh  are  ruptured. 

Dislocations  are  accidents  of  very  frequent  occurrence,  and  may  happen 
to  almost  every  bone  in  the  body,  and  are  usually  effected  by  sudden  falls  or 
severe  blows.  It  sometimes  happens  that  dislocations  are  accompanied  with 
a fracture  of  the  same  bone,  when,  if  the  fracture  is  near  the  head  of  the  bone, 
it  is  generally  impossible  to  reduce  the  dislocation  till  the  fracture  has  been 
first  reunited. 

Symptoms. — All  dislocations  are  characterized  by  the  same  symptoms ; 
these  are,  pain  and  immobility  of  the  member,  with  shortening  of  the  limb, 
accompanied  with  great  pain  if  moved;  a depression  in  one  place,  and  an 
enlargement  or  swelling  in  another;  a turning  in.  or  out  of  the  foot  or  hand, 
according  as  to  whether  it  is  the  leg  or  arm  that  is  displaced.  When  the  in- 
jury occurs  to  the  hip  joint,  the  knee  is  drawn  up  and  pressed  on  the  thigh  of 
the  sound  leg,  while  if  it  is  the  shoulder  joint,  the  patient  invariably  grasps 
the  injured  member  by  the  elbow  with  the  opposite  hand.  It  should  be  al- 
ways remembered,  that  when  elderly  people  meet  with  heavy  falls  or  blows, 
the  chances  are,  from  the  greater  brittleness  of  their  bones,  that  they  have 
sustained  a fracture,  and  not  a dislocation. 

Dislocations  occur  most  frequently  in  what  are  called  the  ball  and  socket 
joints,  and  next  in  the  hinge,  or  qinglymus  articulation. 

Dislocation . vf  fcSie  Slioalder.— When  the- bone  of  the  arm  is  displaced, 
it  is  either  outwardly,  inwardly,  behind,  or  below : in  whatever  aspect  it  may 


402 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department 


be,  however  an  apparent,  cavity  will  be  noticed  where  the  fullness  of  the 
joint  should  he,  and  a corresponding  projection  observed  in  an  opposite  direc- 
tion, unless  the  head  of  the  bone  has  been  ^ 

pressed  into  tiie  arm-pit,  or  behind,  under 
the  shoulder-blade.  The  annexed  cut 
shows  an  outward  dislocation  of  the  head 
ol' the  shoulder. 

The  most  painful  of  these  four  forms 
is  the  downward  dislocation,  for  then  the 
bone  presses  on  the  whole  congeries  of 
nerves  and  arteries,  on  their  way  to  sup- 
ply the  arm  with  sensation  and  vitality. 

In  the  majority  of  cases,  the  extension,  as 
the  process  of  pulling  the  bone  into  its 
place  is  called,  should  be  made  in  a direc- 
tion nearly  opposite  to  the  position  of  the 
head  of  the  bone. 

There  are  several  methods  adopted  for 
the  reduction  of  this  accident,  but  the 
two  following  will  almost  a*  ways  be  found 
successful.  The  patient  is  to  be  placed  on 
his  back  on  a mattress,  or  the  squab  of  a 
sofa,  laid  on  the  floor,  his  head  supported 
by  a pillow  in  the  manner  shown  in  the 
following  cut.  A damp  towel  is  then  to 
be  folded  smoothly  around  the  arm  above 
the  elbow.  Upon  this  the  operator  ties  a 
strong  handkerchief,  or  making  a hitch  knot  with  a jack  towel  over  it 
throws  the  remainder  over  his  shoulders,  and  having  removed  his'rightboot 
takes  his  seat  on  the  mattress,  and  placing  the  heel  of  his  foot  in  the  patient’s 
arm-pit,  either  grasps  the  handkerchief  and  with  both  hands  pulls  with  a 
slow,  steady  strain  upon  the  arm  h$ 
has  previously  beut  in  the  mannet 
shown,  or,  if  the  jack  towel  is  used 
he  makes  the  extension  or  stretch  by 
means  of  his  shoulders,  while  he  holds 
the  arm  in  his  hands,  the  heel  in  both 
cases  making  the  counterpoise.  Hav 
ing,  by  a steady  extension,  gradually 
drawn  out  the  head  of  the  bone,  andi 
brought  it  in  front  of  the  cavity 
in  the  shoulder-blade,  the  slightest 
bend  of  his  shoulders,  or  relaxation 
of  the  handkerchief,  causes  the 
stretched  muscles  suddenly  to  con. 
tract  and  draw  the  bone  into  the 
socket  with  an  audible  crack.  Info 
male  cases,  and  younger  persons,  ot 
those  of  delicate  constitutions,  the 
following  plan  will  generally  be  found 
sufficient:  The  patient  being  seated 
in  a high-backed  chair,  an  assistant 
standing  on  the  uninjured  side,  places 
his  left  hand  under  and  across  the 
arm-pit,  while  with  his  right  hand 
spread  on  the  top  of  the  shoulder,  he 
grasps  and  keeps  firmly  in  its  place 
the  shoulder-blade,  and  in  this  man- 
ner makes  the  counterpoise  or  exten- 
sion. The  operator  then  grasps  the 
bent  arm  above  the  elbow,  and  stead- 
ily pulls  the  limb  till  he  disengages 
the  head,  when,  either  moving  it  a 


3 inward  or  outward,  according  as  the  dislocation  has  been  in  an  outward 
1 ward  direction,  and  at  the  same  time  slightly  relaxing  his  extension. 


little  i 

orinwai , . ^ 

the  head,  as  in  the  other  case,  will  glide  with  a crack  into  its.place.  Much  in 
this  operation  depends  on  the  firmness  with  which  the  assistant  keeps  the 
shoulder-blade  in  its  place,  for  if  that  is  not  done  the  operator  will,  of  neces- 
sity, pull  botli  arm  and  shoulder,  and  be  no  nearer  the  end  for  which  he 
manipulates. 

As  soon  as  the  arm  is  reduced,  a sling  must  be  m^ide  with  a handkerchief, 
and  the  folded  arm  carried  in  it  for  not  less  than  a fortnight,  to  allow  tho 
muscles  and  tendons  to  recover  their  tone. 


Accidents  and  Emergencies . 


403 


IT  ihe  reduction,  has  been  attended  with  much  pain,  and  there  is  any 
or  tenderness  of  the  joint,  it  will  be  well  to  foment  the  shoulder 
with  warm  bran  poultices. 

Bail  and  Socket  Joints.— Under  this  head  we  shall  embrace  the 
shoulder-bone,  fingers,  hip,  toes,  the  lower  jaw,  and  collar-bone. 

The  treatment  in  all  cases  of  dislocation  is  so  nearly  alike,  that  it  may 
safely  be  generalized,  except  in  a few  instances,  which  will  be  specified  in 
their  proper  place. 

The  first  general  rule  to  be  remembered  is,  that  all  dislocations  should  be 
reduced  as  quickly  us  possible  after  they  occur , as  what  with  the  internal  lacera- 
tion of  ligaments,  capsules,  and  tendons,  and  the  pressure  established  on  the 
vessels  by  the  displaced  head  of  the  bone,  severe  swelling  almost  immedi- 
ately takes  place,  which  every  hour  augmenting,  not  only  adds  greatly  to  the 
suffering  of  the  patient,  but  materially  increases  the  difficulty  of  the  reduc- 
tion when  it  is  performed. 

In  long-standing  cases,  or  where  some  time  has  passed  since  the  disloca- 
tion, the  muscles  become  so  resistant  that  even  the  power  of  the  pulley  fails 
to  overcome  their  opposition.  In.  such  cases,  it  is  found  necessary  to  bleed 
the  patient  in  an  upright  position,  and  by  a large  opening,  so  as  to  produce 
sudden  sickness  or  fainting,  and  so  ?:elax  the  muscular  tension,  and  enable 
the  reduction  to  be  effected.  When  bleeding  is  inadmissible,  a nauseating 
dose  of  tartar  emetic  or  ipecacuanha  must  be  given  to  produce  the  same 
relaxing  effect;  or  where  these  means  cannot  be  carried  out,  an  injection  of 
tobacco  must  be  employed  instead,  ai;d  immediate  advantage  taken  of  the 
Vmsequent  languor  to  reduce  the  dislocation. 

EMsIocation  of  tlie  Wrist  and  Fingers.— The  wrist  is  either  dislo- 
cated upward  or  downward.  The  mode  ol  reducing  such  an  accident  is  for 
one  person  to  grasp  the  arm  with  both  hands,  while  the  surgeon,  making  ex- 
tension with  the  hand,  uses  either  his  thumbs  o~  fingers  to  depress  or  elevate 
the  wrist  at  the  proper  moment.  A bandage  is  then  to  be  passed  partly  over 
the  band  and  wrist,  to  support  the  joint,  which  will  require  some  time  to  re- 
cover its  usual  strength. 

The  fingers  and  thumbs  are,  in  general,  easily  reduced  by  a little  extension. 
When,  however,  the  muscles  are  strong,  it  may  be  necessary  to  take  a piece 
of  firm  tape,  on  which  a clove  hitch  having  been  made,  is  drawn  tight  on  the 
hext  joint,  and  while  one  person  holds  the  hand,  the  other  makes  extension 
by  the  tape,  till  the  reduction  is  effected. 


IMslocatioht  of  the  Hip  Joint,  or  Thigh.— Of  all  the  dislocations  to 
which  the  body  is  liable,  this  is  unquestionably  the  most  serious  in  its  conse- 
quences, and  at  the  same  time  the  most  difficult  to  reduce.  The  ligaments 
(placed  by  nature  around  it  for  a protection  are  so  numerous,  the  muscles  of 
the  hip  so  short  and  strong,  that,  all  combined,  the  difficulty  experienced  in 
Overcoming  the  natural  resistance  of  so  many  powerful  levers  makes  the  re- 
duction of  this  accident  a task  of  extreme  difficulty. 

Fortunately,  the  strong  guards  placed  around  this  articulation  protect  it, 
in  a great  measure,  from  accidents;  still,  the  cases  of  such  a dislocation  are 
by  no  means  rare,  and  may  occur  at  all  ages  and  among  either  sex,  though 
those  who  most  frequently  suffer  from  such  a misfortune  are  the  young  and 
the  old.  Among  children  and  infants,  unfortunately,  it  is  more  frequent  than 
is  generally  supposed.  Rough  or  careless  nursemaids 
not  unfrequently  drop  the  children  entrusted  to  them, 
or  allow  them  to  fall,  and.  not  seeing  any  immediate 
injury,  keep  the  fact  from  the  mother,  who,  perhaps, 
only  weeks  after,  discovers  something  arniss  in  her 
child  by  its  crying  when  washed,  or  by  its  Incapacity 
to  walk,  but,  ignorant  of  the  cause,  trusts  to  rest  or 
time  to  effect  a cure,  till,  too  late,  she  discovers  her 
child  to  be  a cripple,  and  permanently  deformed  by  a 
shortened  leg. 

The  falling  over  a piece  of  timber,  or  a very  trifling 
obstruction,  is  sufficient  to  lead,  either  in  childhood  or 
age,  to  this  misfortune.  Old  people  ore  liable  to  this 
accident  from  the  relaxed  state  of  the  tendons  and 
muscles,  only  it  is  very  often  complicated,  in  their  case, 
with  fracture  of  the  neck  of  the  thigh  bone,  making,  in 
many  instances,  a hopeless  accident.  The  symptoms, 
as  already  stated,  are  a shortening  of  the  limb,  with  the 
knee  standing  forward,  turned  outward,  or  resting  on  cWOHrrp.KrTV,, 
the  opposite  thigh,  and  the  toes  either  touching  the  ® T „ ‘ ", E 
ground,  or  pressing  on  the  instep  of  the  other  foot.  „ " ' 0jA-“ 

Being  a ball  and  socket  joint,  the  first  idea  would  ' 

be  that  this  dislocation  might  be  reduced  as  easily  as  that  of  the  shoulder,  by 
taking  a fulcrum  of  the  heel.  But,  setting  aside  sex,  the  extreme  delicacy 


4°4 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department 


of  the  parts  renders,  except  in  the  case  of  youths,  such  a mode  seldom  admi«> 
sible.  In  such  cases  as  have  been  mentioned,  however,  the  method  often 
succeeds  The  mode  of  procedure  is  as  to  I lows : The  patient  being  placed  on 
his  back  upon  a mattress,  a sheet  passed  in  a broad  fold  between  the  legs  and 
carried  obliquely  below  and  above  the  body,  is  fastened  near  the  head,  either 
to  the  foot  of  a large  bed,  a staple,  or  some  other  firm  purchase.  A towel  is 
then  passed  around  the  thigh  above  the  knee,  over  which  a jack-towel  is  then 
passed  with  a clove  hitch.  This  the  surgeon  extends  by  throwing  the  other 
end  over  his  shoulders,  first  placing  his  heel  in  the  groin,  and  grasping  the 
limb,  guides  it  with  his  hand  as  he  makes  extension,  till  it  springs  into  the 
socket.  In  strong  and  adult  persons,  however,  this  plan  seldom  succeeds, 
and  the  pulley  must  be  resorted  to.  When  this  is  the  case,  it  is  customary  to 
pass  another  folded  sheet  from  the  opposite  side  across  the  body,  and  make 
its  ends  secure  like  the  former,  so  as  to  keep  the  patient  perfectly  fixed.  To 
the  jack-towel  attached  to  the  knee,  the  line  from  a double  block  pulley  is 
then  fastened,  the  pulley  being  made  fast  to  some  resisting  object,  or  astaple, 
on  a line  with  the  floor.  The  surgeon  now  takes  his  place  by  his  patient,  and 
grasps  the  thigh  to  guide  it,  as  an  assistant,  or  two  if  necessary,  with  slow 
and  steady  pulling  extend  the  limb,  till  the  surgeon,  having  brought  the  head 
to  its  natural  position,  gives  the  word  for  a trifling  yield,  when,  if  rightly 
placed,  the  bone  with  a loud  report  sinks  into  its  socket.  It  is  in  the  reduc- 
tion of  such  dislocations  as  these,  occurring  in  strong  muscular  men,  when 
no  amount  of  straining  can  overcome  the  resistance  of  the  muscles,  that  the 
bleeding,  tartar  emetic,  and  such  relaxing  means,  already  mentioned,  must, 
be  adopted  before  ihe  patient  is  unbound  or  left. 

After  so  severe  an  accident,  it  will  be  necessary  to  enjoin  some  days’  totai 
rest  before  exerting  the  limb  by  the  slightest  exercise. 

Dislocation  of  tine  Ankle  aaici  Toes.— The  accident  to  the  foot,  lik*. 
that  to  the  hand,  is  either  backward  or  forward.  As  in  that  case, the  leg  must 
be  firmly  held  by  one,  while  another  extends  the  foot  in  a line  with  the  leg 
till  the  proper  moment  arrives,  when  the  foot  is  to  be  pushed  up  or  back  to 
meet  the  bones  of  the  leg.  A bandage,  as  in  the  case  of  the  wrist,  must  bo 
placed  around  to  support  this  injury.  It  not  unfrequently  occurs  with  dislo- 
cation of  the  foot,  that  there  is  a fracture  of  the  upper  portion  of  the  fibulo^ 
or  small  bone  of  the  leg.  In  such  a case,  the  fracture  must  be  attended  to 
after  the  reduction  of  the  joint.  The  displacement  of  the  toes  must  be  treated 
in  the  same  manner  as  that  of  the  fingers. 

Dislocation  of  tlie  Jaw. — This  is  a very  alarming  accident  to  see,  bun 
by  no  means  difficult  to  cure;  for  as  the  person  finds  himself  in  a moment 
with  an  immovable  jaw,  and  incapable  of  speech,  with  a mouth  wide  open, 
he  can  only  by  motions  indicate  what  has  happened.  This  accident  is  most 
frequently  caused  by  a fit  of  gaping^ 
though  a blow  on  the  side  of  the  face 
when  the  mouth  is  open,  or  a fall,  have 
caused  it.  The  treatment  consists  in 
seating  the  individual  in  a chair,  wher» 
the  surgeon,  having  enveloped  both  hist 
thumbs  in  strips  of  lint,  places  a thumb 
on  the  back  of  the  lower  jaw,  one  on 
each  side,  and  while  his  fingers  grasp  the 
chin,  he  presses  firmly  downward  on  the 
teeth  as  he  brings  the  jaw  a little  for- 
ward and  upward  with  his  fingers,  till 
the  heads  spring  into  their  sockets.  So 
rapidly  and  so  forcibly  does  the  jaw  close, 
that  unless  he  has  well  protected  his 
thumbs,  the  operator  may  expect  a very 
severe  bite. 

The  collar-bone,  and  also  the  ribs, 
are  sometimes  dislocated,  but  as  both 
are  much  more  frequently  fractured, 
and  nearly  the  same  treatment  is  adopt- 
ed in  both  cases,  we  shall  defer  a descrip- 
tion of  such  accidents  till  we  come  to 
“ Fractures.” 

The  Dislocation  of  Ilinge*likj 
Joints. — Foremost  among  this  order  of 
articulations  is  the  elbow  joint,  and  next 
in  importance  that  of  the  knee;  and 
though  these  are  sometimes  by  a violent, 
force  dislocated,  fortunately  they  are  so 
powerfully  bound  around  and  protected 
by  ligaments,  that  such  accidents  are 
very  rare,  and  only  from  a very  high  fall  on  the  feet,  by  a railway  coll1sio»&. 


Accidents  and  Emergencies . 


405 


c*  a receive  horse  dashing  its  riaer  against  a wall,  or  some  other  extremely 
forcible  injury,  can  a dislocation  of  such  firmly-locked  articulations  be 
effected. 

The  previous  advice  given  in  respect  of  the  treatment  of  dislocations 
generally  should  be  borne  in  mind  in  the  accidents  we  are  about  to  refer  to 
with  even  more  than  ordinary  attention.  When  once  satisfied  of  the  nature 
of  the  injury,  not  an  unnecessary  moment  should  be  lost  before  proceeding 
to  the  reduction  of  the  mischief,  as  every  minute’s  delay  not  only  adds 
greatly  to  the  suffering  of  the  patient,  but  by  the  rapid  swelling  that  succeeds 
•complicates  the  treatment. 

Dislocation  of  tlie  SiSJhow. — As  three  bones  enter  into  the  formation 
of  this  joint,  it  admits  of  several  varieties  of  luxation,  both  backward  and 
forward— that  is,  the  joint  of  the  forearm  may  be  forced  behind  the  bone  of 
the  arm,  or  it  may  be  driven  up  in  front  of  it;  again,  the  two  bones  of  the 
forearm  may  be  dislocated  from  each  other  in  several  ways.  The  two  most 
general  forms,  however,  are  the  backward  and  forward  dislocation. 

There  are  three  modes  of  effecting  the  reduction  of  such  accidents,  which 
we  give  in  their  proper  order. 

1st.  The  following  treatment  will  generally  succeed  with  jouths  and 
children:  The  patient  is  to  be  placed  in  a chair,  and  while  one  assistant 
grasps  the  arm,  and  by  counter-extension  keeps  the  limb  stationary,  another, 
taking  the  forearm  by  the  wrist,  gradually  extends  the  limb,  as  the  surgeon, 
seated  by  the  patient,  grasps  the  member  above  or  below  the  elbow,  and  by 
means  of  a steady  pressure  of  either  his  thumbs  or  fingers  backward  or  for- 
ward, as  tne  nature  of  the  accident  may  demand,  forces  the  bones  into  their 
proper  place  When  the  muscular  power  resists  such  force,  a sheet  must  be 

gassed  across  the  patient’s  chest,  and  made  fast  to  the  wall ; a towel  is  then  to 
e wrapped  around  the  wrist,  and  the  line  of  a pulley  attached  to  the  hitch 
on  the  towel,  and  while  the  assistant  at  the  arm  and  the  surgeon  at  the  el- 
bow, as  in  the  former  case,  repeat  their  efforts,  the  other  assistant,  by  means 
of  the  longer  lever  of  the  pulley,  makes  a gradual  and  steady  extension. 

ild.  The  patient  and  surgeon  being  seated  on  separate  chairs,  the  latter 
takes  the  limb  in  his  hands,  and,  steadying  his  knee  on  the  style  of  his  chair, 
places  the  hollow  of  the  arm,  or  the  side  of  it,  agaimt  the  point  of  his  knee, 
and,  bending  round  the  arm,  endeavors  to  force  the  bones  back  to  their  nat- 
ural position,  the  knee-cap  of  the  operator  acting  as  a fulcrum,  and  often 
effecting  what  a direct  strain  on  the  muscles  could  not  perform— a reduction. 

3d.  This  method  is  only  a modification  of  the  second,  and  consists  in 
seating  the  patient  on  the  foot  of  a bed,  and,  making  a fulcrum  of  the  bed- 
post, bending  the  dislocated  limb  upon  it;  the  surgeon  using  his  hands,  as  an 
Assistant  bends  the  arm,  to  aid  the  action  by  the  pressure  of  his  fingers. 

Some  surgeons  have  succeeded  in  reducing  the  injury  by  using  the  round 
■arm  of  sin  easy-chair  instead  of  the  knee  or  bed-post. 

Great  care  must  be  taken  after  the  reduction,  not  only  in  keeping  the  arm 
in  a sling  for  some  weeks,  but  in  applying  warm  fomentations  around  the 
Joint,  or  lotions  of  sugar  of  lead  and  vinegar,  made  warm,  to  reduce  the  in- 
flammatory action  which  is  sure  to  supervene. 

Dislocation  of  tlse  Knee  Joint  and  Knee  Cap.— Like  the  elbow, 
the  knee  may  also  be  displaced  backward  and  forward,  and  also  inwardly  and 
outwardly,  as  well  as  having  the  bones  of  the  leg  themselves  separated  from 
each  other.  Considerable  lorce  is  often  necessary  to  reduce  a luxation  of  the 
knee  joint,  and  overcome  the  muscular  resistance  ; but  in  consequence  of  the 
large  articulating  surfaces  of  this  joint,  the  bones,  when  once  brought  down, 
glide  easily  into  their  places. 

The  mode  of  treatment  is  much  the  same  as  that  already  described.  A 
firm  counter-extension,  by  means  of  a sheet,  must  be  made  by  the  thigh,  and 
extension  then  established  from  the  leg,  which  must  be  kept  partially  bent 
during  the  operation;  a towel,  secured  in  the  ordinary  manner  by  a clove 
hitch  knot,  is  in  the  first  instance  to  be  adopted  for  making  the  extension  ; the 
surgeon  keeping  his  place  by  the  knee,  to  assist,  with  hands  and  fingers,  the 
operation.  When  greater  power  is  required,  the  towel  must  be  joined  to  the 
pulley,  and  extension  again  made  till  the  reduction  is  efl'ected. 

The  Knew  Cap,  or  Patella,  is  very  liable  tobe  displaced,  either  outward, 
inward,  or  upward.  When  this  little  flat  bone  is  forcibly  driven  from  its 
place,  it  is  generally  pushed  over  the  protuberances  of  the  bones,  when  it  lies 
as  it  were  in  a hollow,  from  which  it  requires  some  art  to  extricate  it.  This 
is  generally^  effected  by  pressing  suddenly  on  the  edge  of  the  bone  farthest 
from  the  joint,  by  which  means  the  other  end  is  canted  up  over  the  bony  en- 
largement, w’hen  the  contractile  power  of  the  muscles  at  once  draws  it  into 
its  place  over  the  joint.  When  this  cannot  be  effected,  the  leg  of  the  patient, 
■who  has  been  placed  on  his  back,  is  to  be  raised  and  bent  as  far  as  possible 
toward  his  face.  It  is  then  to  be  suddenly  flexed  or  bent  back  on  the  thigh 
till  the  heel,  touches  the  hip.  The  surgeon,  as  he  does  so,  with  one  hand 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department 


406 

f>resses?  as  before  explained,  on  the  rim  of  the  bone,  and  quickly  opening  th<* 
eg  again,  I he  patella  glides  into  its  proper  situation. 

The  after  t reatment  in  both  of  these  dislocations  requires  rest,  warm  ap- 
plications to  soothe  the  joint,  if  necessary,  and  evaporating  lotions  if  tnere 
is  much  inflammation  or  heat  in  the  part,  and  a bandage  or  elastic  knee-cap 
support  to  the  limb,  which  should  be  worn  for  some  months. 

EM URGENCIES — Recovery  of  Persons  apparently  Drowned,  or 
Dead, — Lose  no  time.  Avoid  all  rough  usage.  Never  hold  the  body 
up  by  the  feet.  Nor  roll  the  body  on  casks...  Nor  rub  the  body  with 
salt  and  spirits.  Nor  inject  tobacco  smoke,  or  infusion  of  tobacco. 

Restorative  Means,  if  apparently  Drowned. — Send  quickly  for 
medical  assistance;  but  do  not  delay  the  following  means: 

Convey  the  body  carefully,  with  the  bead  and  shoulders  sup- 
ported in  a raised  condition  to  the  nearest  house. 

Strip  the  body  and  rub  it  dry;  then  wrap  it  in  hot  blankets,  and 
place  it  in  a warm  bed  in  a warm  chamber. 

Wipe  and  clean  the  mouth  and  nostrils. 

In  order  to  restore  the  natural  warmth  of  the  body: 

Move  a heated  covered  warming  pan  over  the  back  and  spine.  Put 
bladders,  or  bottles  of  hot  water,  or  heated  bricks,  to  the  pit  of  the 
stomach,  the  armpits,  between  the  thighs,  and  to  the  soles  of  the  feet 
Foment  the  body  with  hot  flannels;  but,  if  possible,  immerse  the  body 
in  a warm  bath  as  hot  as  the  hand  can  bear  without  pain.  Rub  the 
body  briskly  with  the  hand;  but  do  not  suspend  the  use  of  the  othe* 
means  at  the  same  time. 

To  restore  breathing,  introduce  the  pipe  of  a common  bellows,, 
into  one  nostril,  carefully  closing  the  other  and  the  mouth;  at  the 
same  time  drawing  downwards,  and  pushing  gently  backwards,  the 
upper  part  of  the  wind-pipe,  to  allow  the  free  admission  of  air;  blow 
the  bellows  gently,  in  order  to  inflate  the  lungs,  till  the  breast  be  a 
little  raised:  the  mouth  and  nostrils  should  then  be  set  free,  and  a 
moderate  pressure  made  with  the  hand  upon  the  chest.  Repeat  this 
process  till  life  appears. 

Electricity  to  be  employed  early  by  a medical  assistant. 

Inject  into  the  stomach,  by  means  of  an  elastic  tube  and  syringe, 
half  a pint  of  warm  brandy,  or  wine  and  water. 

Apply  sal-volatile  to  the  nostrils. 

If  apparently  Dead  from  Intense  Cold. — Rub  the  body  with  icq 
snow,  or  cold  water.  Restore  warmth  by  slow  degrees;  and,  aftei 
some  time,  if  necessary,  employ  the  means  recommended  for  the  ap- 
parently  drowned.  It  is  highly  dangerous  to  apply  heat  too  early. 

If  apparently  Dead  from  Hanging. — In  addition  to  the  mean*, 
recommended  for  the  apparently  drowned,  bleeding  should  early  bo 
employed  by  a medical  assistant. 

If  apparently  Dead  from  Noxious  Vapors,  Lightning,  etc. — 
Remove  the  body  into  a cold  fresh  air.  Dash  cold  water  on  the  neck, 
face,  and  breast  frequently.  If  the  body  be  cold,  apply  warmth,  as 
recommended  for  the  apparently  drowned.  Use  the  means  for  inflat- 
ing the  lungs  as  directed  above.  Let  electricity  (particularly  in  acci- 
dents from  lightning)  be  early  employed  by  a rnedual  assistant. 

If  apparently  Dead  from  Intoxication. — Lay  the  body  on  a bed, 
with  the  head  raised ; remove  the  neckcloth  and  loosen  the  clothes. 
Obtain  instantly  medical  assistance,  in  the  meantime  apply  cloths 
soaked  in  cold  water  to  the  head,  and  bottles  of  hot  water,  or  liot  bricks, 
to  the  calves  of  the  legs  and  to  the  feet. 

General  Observations. — On  restoration  to  life,  a tea-spoon  of 
warm  water  should  be  given;  and  then,  if  the  power  of  swallowing  be 
returned,  small  quantities  of  weak  brandy  and  water,  warm;  the 


Accidents  and  Emergencies . 


407 


patient  should  he  kept  in  bed,  and  a disposition  to  sleep  encouraged, 
except  in  cases  of  apoplexy  and  intoxication.  Great  care  is  requisite 
to  maintain  the  restored  vital  actions,  and  to  prevent  undue  excitement. 
The  treatment  is  to  be  presevered  in  for  three  or  four  hours . It  is  an 
erroneous  opinion  that  persons  are  irrecoverable  because  life  does  not 
soon  make  its  appearance. 

POISONS — Antidotes  to. — The  treatment  of  cases  of  poisoning 
must  vary  with  the  nature  of  the  poison,  the  quantity  taken,  and  the 
peculiarities  of  the  individual.  In  almost  all  cases,  copious  vomiting 
should  be  excited  as  soon  as  possible  by  tickling  the  throat,  and  by 
emetics,  such  especially  as  sulphate  of  zinc,  or  ipecacuanha  with  emetic 
tartar;  the  former,  however,  in  ten-grain  doses  dissolved  in  a little 
warm  water,  and  repeated  every  ten  or  fifteen  minutes  till  it  freely 
operates,  is  generally  most  effectual.  The  use  of  the  stomach-pump 
should  also  be  resorted  to.  The  vomiting  should  be  kept  up,  and  the 
stomach  washed  out  with  bland  albuminous  or  mucilaginous  fluids, 
such  as  milk,  flour  and  water,  or  thin  paste,  etc.;  sometimes  sugar  and 
water. 

The  following  is  a short  summary  of  the  antidotes  resorted  to  in 
reference  to  particular  poisons.  They  should,  of  course  be  administered 
as  speedily  as  possible. 

Emetic  in  Cases  of  Poison.— Two  table-spoons  of  made  mustard 
in  a pint  of  warm  water;  if  taken  immediately,  this  is  a certain  remedy, 
instantly  producing  violent  vomiting.  Also  administer  large  draughts 
of  warm  milk  or  water,  mixed  with  oil,  melted  butter,  or  lard. 

Arsenic. — Lime  water,  chalk  and  water,  and  the  hydrated  sesqui- 
oxide  of  iron,  have  each  been  strongly  recommended;  the  last  is  de- 
cidedly the  best. 

For  Mineral  Acids,  or  Acetic  .and  Oxalic  Acids.— For  this  form 
of  poison,  give  quickly  large  draughts  of  chalk,  whiting,  magnesia,  soap 
and  water,  about  as  thick  as  cream;  followed  by  albuminous  diluents, 
such  as  milk,  and  white  of  egg  mixed  with  water.  Or,  if  these  cannot 
be  procurred  at  once,  warm  water;  and  promote  vomiting  by  tickling 
the  throat. 

Alkalies,  Soda,  Potash,  Ammonia,  etc. — Vinegar,  or  any  mild 
acid  and  water,  or  even  very  dilute  mineral  acids,  such  as  water  acid- 
ulated by  them;  olive  oil,  almontl  oil. 

Corrosive  Sublimate. — White  of  egg  and  water;  milk  and  cream; 
decoction  of  cinchona;  infusion  of  galls. 

Sulphate  of  Copper  and  other  Poisons. — Suga*  and  water; 
white  of  egg  and  water. 

Antimonial  Poisons. — Warm  milk,  gruel,  and  barley  water;  in- 
fusion of  galls;  decoction  of  cinchona. 

Nitrate  of  Silver — Copious  draughts  of  warm  salt  and  water. 

Sulphate  of  Zinc. — Solution  of  caibonate  of  soda  in  water,  with 
milk,  and  mucilaginous  or  farinaceous  liquids. 

Acetate  of  Lead. — Emetics,  solution  of  sulphate  of  soda  in  water, 
milk,  white  of  egg  and  water. 

Opium  and  its  Preparations.— Emetics,  strong  coffee:  dashing 
cold  water  upon  the  face  and  breast;  preventing  torpor  by  forced  ex- 
ercise. 

Prussic  Acid. — Ammoniacal  stimulants  cautiously  applied  to  the 
nose;  ammonia,  or  sal-volatile  in  repeated  small  doses  of  solution  of 
chlorine  in  'water;  small  doses  of  chloride  of  lime  in  water. 

Strychnia  and  Vegetable  Alkaloids. — Infusion  of  gall  nuts;  de- 
coction of  cinchona;  emetics.  See  “Accidents.” 


RULES  FOR  THE  PRESERVATION  OF  HEALTH. 

BY  THE  PUBLISHER. 


ABSTINENCE.— Disease  may  oft  be  cured  by  abstinence  from  all 
food,  especially  if  the  disorders  have  been  procured  by  luxurious  liv- 
ing and  repletion.  The  latter  overtaxes  nature,  and  it  rebels  against 
such  treatment.  Indigestion,  giddiness,  headache,  mental  depression, 
etc.,  are  often  the  effects  of  greediness  in  meat  and  drink.  Omitting 
one,  two,  or  three  meals,  allows  the  system  to  rest,  to  regain  strength, 
and  allows  the  clogged  organs  to  dispose  of  their  burdens.  The  prac- 
tice of  drug  taking  to  cleanse  the  stomach , though  it  may  give  the  needed 
relief,  always  weakens  the  system,  while  abstinence  secures  the  good 
result,  and  yet  does  no  injury.  * 

Said  a young  gentleman  to  a distinguished  physician  of  Philadel- 
phia,— “Doctor,  what  do  you  do  for  yourself  when  you  have  headache 
3r  other  slight  attack?”  “Go  withouu  my  dinner,”  was  the  reply. 
“ Well,  if  that  will  not  do,  how  do  you  proceed  then  ? ” “Go  without 
my  supper,”  was  tiie  answer.  “ But  if  that  does,  not  cure  you,  what 
then?”  “Go  without  my  breakfast.  We  physicians  seldom  take 
medicines  ourselves,  or  use  them  in  our  families,  for  we  know  that 
starving  is  better,  but  we  cannot  make  our  patients  believe  it.” 

Hippocrates  (the  father  of  medicine)  said  wisely,  that  if  a man  eats 
sparingly  and  drinks  little,  he  is  nearly  certain  of  bringing  no  disease 
upon  himself,  and  that  a moderate  supply  of  food  nourishes  the  body 
best.  The  quantity  of  food  which  nature  really  requires  for  her  sup- 
port is  small,  and  lie  that  eats  and  drinks  moderately  at  each  meal 
stands  fair  to  enjoy  sprightliness,  vivacity,  and  freedom  of  spirits. 
Bodies  governed  by  temperance  and  regularity  are  rarely  hurt  by 
melancholy,  or  any  other  affection  of  the  mind.  To  have  a clear  head 
we  must  have  a clean  stomach;  for  tlys  is  the  grand  reservoir  in  which 
the  food  is  first  deposited,  and  thence  its  nutritive  power  is  distributed 
throughout  all  parts  of  the  body. 

BATHING. — If  to  preserve  health  be  to  save  medical  expenses, 
without  even  reckoning  upon  time  or  comfort,  there  is  no  part  of  the 
household  arrangement  so  important  to  the  domestic  economist  as  cheap 
convenience  for  personal  ablution,  For  this  purpose  baths  upon  a 
large  and  expensive  scale  are  by  no  means  necessary;  but  though 
temporary  or  tin  baths  may  be  extremely  useful  upon  pressing  occas- 
ions, it  will  be  found  to  be  finally  as  cheap,  and  much  more  readily 
convenient,  to  have  a permanent  bath  constructed,  which  may  be 
done  in  any  dwelling-house  of  moderate  size,  without  interfering  with 
other  general  purposes.  As  the  object  of  these  remarks  is  not  to  pre- 
sent essays,  but  merely  useful  economic  hints,  it  is  unnecessary  to  ex- 
patiate upon  the  architectural  arrangement  of  the  bath,  or,  more 
properly  speaking,  the  bathing-place, which  may  be  fitted  up  for  the  most 
retired  establishment,  differing  in  size  and  shape  agreeably  to  the  spare 
room  that  may  be  appropriated  to  it,  and  serving  to  exercise  both  the 
fancy  and  tiie  judgment  in  its  preparation.  Nor  is  it  particularly 
necessary  to  notice  the  salubrious  effects  resulting  from  the  bath,  be- 


Rules  for  the  Preservation  of  Health . 


409 


yond  the  two  points  of  its  being  so  conducive  both  to  health  and  clean- 
liness, in  keeping  up  a free  circulation  of  the  blood,  without  any 
Violent  muscular  exertion,  thereby  realty  affording  a saving  of  strength, 
and  producing  its  effects  without  any  expense  either  to  the  body  or  to 
the  purse. 

Whoever  fits  up  a bath  in  a house  already  built  must  be  guided  by 
circumstances;  but  it  will  always  be  proper  to  place  it  as  near  the 
kitchen  as  possible,  because  from  thence  it  may  be  heated,  or  at  least 
have  its  temperature  preserved,  by  means  of  hot  air  throught  tubes,  or 
by  steam  prepared  by  the  culinary  fire,  without  interfering  with 
its  ordinary  uses. 

A small  boiler  may  be  erected  at  a very  little  expense  in  the  bath- 
room, where  circumstances  do  not  permit  these  arrangements.  When- 
ever a bath  is  wanted  at  a short  warning,  to  boil  thdiwater  necessary 
Will  always  be  the  shortest  mode;  but  where  it  is  in  general  daily  use, 
the  heating  of  the  water  by  steam  will  be  found  the  cheapest  and" most 
convenient  method. 

As  a guide  for  practice,  we  may  observe  that  it  has  been  proved 
oy  experiment  that  a bath  with  five  feet  of  water  at  the  freezing  point, 
may  be  raised  to  the  temperature  of  blood  heat,  or  9G  degrees,  by  304 
gallons  of  water  turned  into  steam,  at  an  expense  of  50  lbs.  of  coal; 
but  if  the  door  be  kept  closed,  it  will  not  lose  above  four  degrees  of 
temperature  in  twenty-four  hours,  by  a daily  supply  of  3 lbs.  of  coal. 
This  is  upon  a scale  of  a bath  of  5,000  gallons  of  water. 

CLEANLINESS. — The  want  of  cleanliness  is  a fault  which  admits 
of  no  excuse.  Where  water  can  be  had  for  nothing,  it  is  surety  in  the 
•oower  of  every  person  to  be  clean. 

The  discharge  from  our  bodies  by  perspiration  renders  frequent 
changes  of  apparel  necessary. 

Change  of  apparel  greatly  promotes  the  secretion  from  the  skin, 
*0  necessary  to  health. 

When  that  matter  which  ought  to  be  carried  off  by  perspiration,  is 
either  retained  in  the  body,  or  re-absorbed  in  dirty  clothes,  it  is  apt  to 
occasion  fevers  and  other  diseases. 

Most  diseases  of  the  skin  proceed  from  want  of  cleanliness.  These 
Indeed  may  be  caught  by  infection,  but  they  will  seldom  continue 
long  where  cleanliness  prevails. 

To  the  same  cause  must  we  impute  the  various  kinds  of  vermin 
chat  infest  the  human  body,  houses,  etc.  These  may  generally  be  ban- 
ished by  cleanliness  alone. 

Perhaps  the  intention  of  nature  in  permitting  such  vermin  to  anoy 
mankind,  is  to  induce  them  to  the  practice  of  this  virtue. 

One  common  cause  of  putrid  and  malignant  fevers  is  the  want  of 
cleanliness. 

These  fevers  commonly  begin  among  the  inhabitants  of  close,  dirty 
houses,  who  breathe  bad  air,  take  little  exercise,  eat  unwholesome 
food,  and  wear  dirty  clothes.  There  the  infection  is  generally  hatched, 
which  spreads  far  and  wide,  to  the  destruction  of  many.  Hence, 
cleanliness  may  he  considered  as  an  object  of  public  attention.  It  is 
not  sufficient  that  I be  clean  myself,  while  the  want  of  it  in  my  neigh- 
bors affects  liis  health  as  well  as  my  own. 

If  dirty  people  cannot  be  removed  as  a common  nuisance,  they 
ought  at  least  to  be  avoided  as  infectious.  All  who  regard  their  health 
should  keep  at  a distance,  even  from  their  habitations.  In  places 
where  great  numbers  of  people  are  collected,  cleanliness  becomes  of 
the  utmost  importance. 

18 


4io 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


It  is  well  known  that  infections  diseases  are  caused  by  tainted  air 
Everything,  therefore,  which  tends  to  pollute  the  air,  or  spread  the  in** 
fection,  ought,  with  the  utmost  care,  to  be  avoided. 

For  this  reason,  in  great  towns,  no  filth  of  any  kiud  should  be 
permitted  to  lie  upon  the  streets.  We  are  sorry  to  say  that  the  im- 
portance of  general  cleanliness  in  this  respect  does  by  no  means  seem 
to  be  sufficiently  understood. 

Water,  indeed,  is  easily  obtained  in  this  country;  therefore,  no  ex- 
cuse for  uncleanliness. 

Nothing  can  be  more  agreeable  to  the  senses,  more  to  the  honor 
of  the  inhabitants,  or  conducive  to  their  health,  than  a clean  town; 
nor  does  anything  impress  a stranger  quicker  with  a disrespectful  idea 
of  any  people  than  its  opposite. 

It  is  remarkable  that,  in  most  eastern  countries,  cleanliness  makes 
a great  part  of  their  religion.  The  Mahometan,  as  well  as  the  Jewish 
religion,  enjoins  various  bathings,  washings,  and  purifications.  No 
doubt  these  were  designed  to  represent  inward  purity;  but  they  are 
at  the  same  time  calculated  for  the  preservation  of  health. 

However  whimsical  these  washings  may  appear  to  some,  few 
things  would  seem  more  to  prevent  diseases  than  a proper  attention  tv- 
many  of  them. 

Were  every  person,  for  example,  after  handling  a dead  body,  vis 
iting  the  sick,  etc.,  to  wash  before  he  went  into  company,  or  sat  dow* 
to  meat,  he  would  run  less  hazard  either  of  catching  the  infection  him 
self,  or  communicating  it  to  others. 

Frequent  washing  not  only  removes  the  filth  which  adheres  to  tW 
skin,  but  likewise  promotes  the  perspiration,  braces  the  body,  and  en 
livens  the  spirits. 

Even  washing  the  feet  tends  greatly  to  preserve  health.  The  ge* 
spiration  and  dirt  with  which  these  parts  are  frequently  covered,  can 
not  fail  to  obstruct  their  pores.  This  piece  of  cleanliness  would  oftei* 
prevent  colds  and  fevers. 

Were  people  to  bathe  their  feet  and  hands  in  warm  water  at  night 
after  being  exposed  to  cold  or  wet  through  the  day,  they  would  seldom 
experience  any  of  the  effects  from  these  causes  which  often  prov«- 
fatal. 

In  places  where  great  numbers  of  sick  people  are  kept,  eleanlines» 
ought  most  religiously  to  be  observed.  The  very  smell  in  such  place* 
is  often  sufficient  to  make  one  sick.  It  is  easy  to  imagine  what  effecv 
that  is  likely  to  have  upon  the  diseased. 

A person  in  health  has  a greater  chance  to  become  sick,  than  a 
sick  person  has  to  get  well,  in  an  hospital  or  infirmary  where  cleanli- 
ness is  neglected. 

The  brutes  themselves  set  us  an  example  of  cleanliness.  Most  of 
them  seem  uneasy,  and  thrive  ill,  if  they  be  not  kept  clean.  A horse 
that  is  kept  thoroughly  clean  will  thrive  better  on  a smaller  quantity 
of  food,  than  with  a greater  where  cleanliness  is  neglected. 

Even  our  own  feelings  are  a sufficient  proof  of  the  neeessity  of 
cleanliness.  How  refreshed,  how  cheerful  and  agreeable  does  one  feel 
on  being  washed  and  dressed ; especially  when  these  have  long  been 
neglected. 

Superior  cleanliness  sooner  attracts  our  regard  than  even  finery 
itself,  and  often  gains  esteem  where  the  other  fails. 

Influence  of  Cleanliness. — “I  have  more  than  once  expressed  my 
conviction  that  the  humanizing  influence  of  habits  of  cleanliness,  and 
of  those  decent  observations  which  imply  self-respect — the  best,  indeed 


Rules  for  the  Preservation  of  Health. 


41 1 

the  only  foundation  of  respect  for  others — has  never  been  sufficiently 
acted  on.  A clean,  fresh,  and  well  ordered  house  exercises  over  its  in- 
mates a moral  no  less  than  a physical  influence,  and  has  a direct  ten- 
dency to  make  the  members  of  a family  sober,  peaceable,  and  consid- 
erate of  the  feelings  and  happiness  of  each  other;  nor  is  it  difficult  to 
trace  a connection  between  habitual  feelings  of  this  sort  and  the  form- 
ation of  habits  of  respect  for  property,  for  the  laws  in  general,  and 
even  for  those  higher  duties  and  obligations  the  observance  of  which 
no  laws  can  enforce.” — Dr.  Southwood  Smith. 

EXERCISE. — Exercise  in  the  open  air  is  of  the  first  importance 
to  the  human  frame,  yet  how  many  are  in  a manner  deprived  of  it  by 
their  own  want  of  management  of  their  time ! Females  with  slender 
means  are  for  the  most  part  destined  to  indoor  occupations,  and  have 
but  little  time  alloted  them  for  taking  the  air,  and  that  little  time  is 
generally  sadly  encroached  upon  by  the  ceremony  of  dressing  to  go 
out.  It  may  appear  a simple  suggestion,  but  experience  only  will  show 
how  much  time  might  be  redeemed  by  habits  of  regularity;  such  as 
putting  the  shawls,  cloaks,  gloves,  shoes,  cldgs,  etc.,  etc.,  or  whatever 
is  intended  to  be  worn,  in  readiness,  instead  of  having  to  search  one 
drawer,  then  another,  for  possibly  a glove  or  collar— wait  for  shoes  be- 
ing cleaned,  etc. — and  this  when  (probably)  the  out-going  persons  have 
to  return  to  their  employment  at  a given  time.  Whereas,  if  all  were 
in  readiness,  the  preparations  might  be  accomplished  in  a few  minutes, 
the  walk  not  being  curtailed  by  unnecessary  delays. 

Three  principal  points  in  the  manner  of  taking  exercise  are 
necessary  to  be  attended  to:  1.  The  kind  of  exercise.  2.  The  proper 
time  for  exercise.  3.  The  duration  of  it.  With  respect  to  the  kind  of 
exercise,  the  various  species  of  it  may  be  divided  into  active  and  pas- 
sive. Among  the  first,  which  admit  of  being  considerably  diversified, 
may  be  enumerated  walking,  running,  leaping,  swimming,  riding, 
fencing,  the  military  exercise,  different  kinds  of  athletic  games,  etc. 
Among  the  latter,  or  passive  kinds  of  exercise,  may  be  comprised 
riding  in  a carriage,  sailing,  friction,  swinging,  etc. 

Active  exercises  are  more  beneficial  to  youth,  to  the  middle-aged, 
to  the  robust  in  general,  and  particularly  to  the  corpulent  and  the 
plethoric. 

Passive  kinds  of  exercise,  on  the  contrary,  are  better  calculated  for 
children;  old,  dry,  and  emaciated  persons  of  a delicate  and  debilitated 
constitution  ; and  particularly  for  the  asthmatic  and  consumptive. 

The  time  at  which  exercise  is  most  proper  depends  on  such  a variety 
of  concurrent  circumstances,  that  it  does  not  admit  of  being  regulated 
by  any  general  rules,  and  must  therefore  be  collected  from  the  obser- 
vations made  on  the  effects  of  air,  food,  drink,  etc. 

With  respect  to  the  duration  of  exercise,  there  are  other  particu- 
lars, relative  to  a greater  or  less  degree  of  fatigue  attending  the  differ- 
ent species,  and  utility  of  it  in  certain  states  of  the  mind  and  body, 
which  must  determine  this  consideration  as  well  as  the  preceding. 

That  exercise  is  to  be  preferred  which,  with  a view  to  brace  and 
strengthen  the  body,  we  are  most  accustomed  to.  Any  unusual  one 
may  be  attended  with  a contrary  effect. 

Exercise  should  be  begun  and  finished  gradually,  never  abruptly. 

Exercise  in  the  open  air  has  many  advantages  over  that  used  with- 
in doors. 

To  continue  exercise  until  a profuse  perspiration  or  a great  degree  * 
of  weariness  takes  place,  is  far  from  being  wholesome. 

In  the  forenoon,  when  the  stomach  is  not  too  much  distended. 


412 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


muscular  motion  is  both  agreeable  and  healthful;  it  strengthens  di- 
gestion, and  heats  the  body  less  than  with  a full  stomach ; and  a good 
appetite  after  it  is  a proof  that  it  has  not  been  carried  to  excess. 

But  at  the  same  time  it  should  be  understood,  that  it  is  not  advisa- 
ble to  take  violent  exercise  immediately  before  a meal,  as  digestion 
might  thereby  be  retarded. 

Neither  should  we  sit  down  to  a substantial  dinner  or  supper  im- 
mediately on  returning  from  a fatiguing  walk,  at  a time  when  the  blood 
is  heated,  and  the  body  in  a state  of  perspiration  from  previous  exer- 
tion, as  the  worst  consequences  may  arise,  especially  where  cooling 
dishes,  salad,  or  a glass  of  cold  drink  is  begun  with. 

Exercise  is  always  hurtful  after  meals,  from  its  impeding  diges- 
tion, by  propelling  those  fluids  too  much  towards  the  surface  of  the 
body  which  are  designed  for  the  solution  of  the  food  in  the  stomach. 

WALKING. — To  walk  gracefully  the  body  must  be  erect,  but  not 
stiff,  and  the  head  held  up  in  such  a posture  that  the  eyes  are  directed 
forward.  The  tendency  of  untaught  walkers  is  to  look  towards  the 
ground  near  the  feet;  and  some  persons  appear  always  as  if  admiring 
their  shoe-ties*  The  eyes  should  not  be  thus  cast  downward,  neither 
should  the  chest  bend  forward  to  throw  out  the  back,  making  what  are 
termed  round  shoulders,*-  on  the  contrary,  the  whole  person  must  hold 
itself  up,  as  if  not  afraid  to  look  the  world  in  the  face,  and  the  chest 
by  all  means  be  allowed  to  expand.  At  the  same  time,  everything 
like  strutting  or  pomposity  must  be  carefully  avoided.  An  easy,  firm, 
and  erect  posture  is  alone  desirable.  In  walking,  it  is  necessary  to 
bear  in  mind  that  the  locomotion  is  to  be  entirely  performed  by  the 
legs.  Awkward  persons  rock  from  side  to  side,  helping  forward  each 
leg  alternately  by  advancing  the  haunches.  This  is  not  only  ungrace- 
ful but  fatiguing.  Let  the  legs  alone  advance,  bearing  up  the  body. 

U ITLITI  Of  SINGING.— It  is  asserted,  and  we  believe  with  some 
truth,  that  singingis  a corrective  of  the  too  common  tendency  to  pul- 
monic complaints.  Dr.  Rush,  an  eminent  physician,  observes  on  this 
subject:  “The  Germans  are  seldom  afflicted  with  consumption;  and 
this,  I believe,  7.0  in  part  occasioned  by  the  strength  which  their  lungs 
acquire  by  exercising  them  in  vocal  music,  for  this  constitutes  an 
essential  branch  of  their  education.  The  music  master  of  an  academy 
has  furnished  me  with  a remark  still  more  in  favor  of  this  opinion. 
He  informed  me  that  he  had  known  several  instances  of  persons  who 
were  strongly  disposed  to  consumption,  who  were  restored  to  health 
by  the  exercise  of  their  lungs  in  singing.” 

THE  WEATHER  AND  THE  BLOOD.— In  dry,  sultry  weather 
tlie  heat  ought  to  be  counteracted  by  means  of  a cooling  diet.  To  this 
purpose  cucumbers,  melons,  and  juicy  fruits  are  subservient.  We 
ought  to  give  the  preference  to  alimentary  substances  as  lead  to  contract 
the  juices  which  are  too  much  expanded  by  the  heat-  and  this  property 
is  possessed  by  all  acid  food  and  drink.  To  this  class  belong  all  sorts 
of  salad,  lemons,  oranges,  pomegranates  sliced  and  sprinkled  with 
sugar,  for  the  acid  of  this  fruit  is  not  so  apt  to  derange  the  stomach  as 
that  of  lemons;  also  cherries  and  strawberries,  curds  turned  with 
lemon  acid  or  cream-of-tartar;  cream-of-tartar  dissolved  in  water; 
lemonade,  and  Rhenish  or  Moselle  wine  mixed  with  water. 

MOW  TO  GET  SLEEP.— How  to  get  sleep  is  to  many  persons  a 
matter  of  fig'll  importance.  Nervous  persons  who  are  troubled  with 
wakefulness  and  excitability,  usually  have  a strong  tendency  of  blood 
on  the  brain,  with  cold  extremities.  The  pressure  ot  the  blood  on  the 
brain  keeps  it  in  a stimulated  or  wakeful  state,  and  the  pulsations  in 


Rules  for  the  Preser  vation  of  Health. 


413 


th*  fVHtl  are  often  painful.  Let  such  rise  and  chafe  the  hody  and  ex- 
tremities with  a brush  or  towel,  or  rub  smartly  with  the  hands,  to  pro- 
mote circulation,  and  withdraw  the  excessive  amount  of  blood  from 
the  brain,  and  they  will  fall  asleep  in  a few  moments.  A cold  bath,  or 
a sponge  bath  and  rubbing,  or  a good  run,  ora  rapid  walk  in  the 
open  air,  nr  going  up  and  down  stairs  a few  times  just  before  retiring, 
wiil  aid  hi  equalizing  circulation  and  promoting  sleep.  These  rules 
are  simple,  and  easy  of  application  in  castle  or  cabin,  and  may  min- 
ister to  the  comfort  of  thousands  who  would  freely  expend  money 
for  an  anodyne  to  promote  “ Nature’s  sweet  restorer,  balmy  sleep!  ” 

EARL?  RISING.— Dr.  Wilson  Philip,  in  his  “Treatise  on  Indi- 
gestion,” says:  “ Although  it  is  of  consequence  to  the  debilitated  to  go 
early  to  bed,  there  are  few  things  more  hurtful  to  them  than,  remaining 
in  it  too  long.  Getting  up  an  hour  or  two  earlier  often  gives  a degree 
of  vigor  which  nothing  else  can  procure.  For  those  who  are  not  much 
debilitated,  and  sleep  well,  the  best  rule  is  to  get  out  of  bed  soon  after 
waking  in  the  morning.  This  aUlirst  may  appeal*  too  early,  for  the 
debilitated  require  more  sleep  than  the  'healthy;  but  rising  early  will 
gradually  prolong  the  sleep  on  the  succeeding  night,  till  the  quantity 
the  patient  enjoys  is  equal  to  his  demand  for  it.  Lying  late  is  not 
only  hurtful,  by  the  relaxation  it  occasions,  but  also  by  occupying  that 
part  of  the  day  aj  which  exercise  is  most  beneficial.” 

APPETITE,  - -Appetite  is  f requently  lost  through  excessive  use  of 
stimulants,  food  t*ken  too  hot,  sedentary  occupation,  costiveness,  liver 
disorder,  and  wane  of  change  of  air.  The  first  endeavor  should  he  to 
ascertain  and  remove  the  cause.  Change  of  diet  and  change  of  air 
will  frequently  be*  found  more  beneficial  than  medicines. 

TEMPERANCE. — “If,”  observes  a writer,  “ men  lived  uniformly 
in  a healthy  climate,  were  possessed  of  strong  and  vigorous  frames, 
were  descended  from  healthy  parents,  were  educated  in  a hardy  and 
active  manner,  weie  possessed  of  excellent  natural  dispositions,  were 
placed  in  comfortable  situations  in  life,  were  engaged  only  in  healthy 
occupations,  were  1 appily  connected  in  marriage,  and  kept  their  pas- 
sions in  due  subjfe  jtion,  there  would  belittle  occasion  for  medical 
rules.”  All  this  is  /cry  excellent  and  desirable;  but,  unfortunately 
for  mankind,  unattainable. 

Man  must  be  something  more  than  man  to  he  able  to  connect  the 
different  links  of  this  harmonious  chain — to  consolidate  this  summum 
donum  of  earthly  felicity  info  one  uninterrupted  whole;  for,  independ- 
ent of  all  regularity  or  irregularity  of  diet,  passions,  and  other  sublu- 
nary circumstances,  contingencies,  and  connections,  relative  or  absolute, 
thousands  are  visited  by  disease  and  precipitated  into  the  grave,  inde- 
pendent of  accideiu,  to  whom  no  particular  vice  could  attach,  and  with 
whom  the  appetite  never  overstepped  the  boundaries  of  temperance. 
Do  we  not  hear  almost  daily  of  instances  of  men  living  near  to  and 
even  upwards  of  a century  ? We  cannot  account  for  this  either;  be- 
cause of  such  men  we  know  but  few  who  have  lived  otherwise  than 
the  world  around  them;  and  we  have  known  many  who  have  lived  in 
habitual  intemperance  for  forty  or  lifty  years,  without  interruption 
and  with  little  apparent  inconvenience. 

The  assertion  has  been  made  by  those  who  have  attained  a great 
age  (Parr,  and  Henry  Jenkins,  for  instance),  that  they  adopted  no  par- 
ticular arts  for  the  preservation  of  their  health,  consequently,  it  might 
be  inferred  that  the  duration  of  life  has  no  dependence  on  manners  or 
customs,  or  the  qualities  of  particular  food.  This,  however,  is  an  efror 
of  no  common  magnitude. 


Appendix  to  Medhal  Department. 


414 


Laborers,  and  other  hard  working  people,  more  especially  tho»« 
whose  occupations  require  them  to  be  much  in  the  open  air,  may  be 
considered  as  followiug  a regulated  system  of  moderation;  and  hence 
the  higher  degree  of  health  which  prevails  among  them  and  theif 
families.  They  also  observe  rules;  and  those  which  it  is  said  were 
recommended  by  Old  Parr  are  remarkable  for  good  sense;  namely, 
“ Keep  your  head  cool  by  temperance,  your  feet  warm  by  exercise; 
rise  early,  and  go  soon  to  bed;  and  if  you  are  inclined  to  get  fat,  keep 
your  eyes  open  and  your  mouth  shut,” — in  other  words  sleep  moderately 
and  be  abstemious  in  diet; — excellent  admonitions,  more  especially  to 
those  inclined  to  corpulency. 

The  advantages  to  be  derived  from  a regular  mode  of  living,  with 
a view  to  the  preservation  of  health  and  life,  are  nowhere  better  ex- 
emplified than  in  the  precepts  and  practice  of  Plutarch,  whose  rules  for 
this  purpose  are  excellent;  and  by  observing  them  himself,  he  main- 
tained his  bodily  strength  and  mental  faculties  unimpaired  to  a very 
advanced  age.  Galen  is  a still  stronger  proof  of  the  advantages  of  a 
regular  plan,  by  means  of  which  he  reached  the  great  age  of  140  years, 
without  ever  having  experienced  disease.  His  advice  to  the  readers  of 
his  “Treatise  on  Health”  is  as  follows:  “I  beseech  all  persons  who 
read  this  work  not  to  degrade  themselves  to  a level  w5th  the  brutes,  or 
the  rabble,  by  gratifying  their  sloth,  or  by  eating  and  drinking  pro- 
miscuously  whatever  pleases  their  palates,  or  by  indulging  their 
appetites  of  every  kind.  But  whether  they  understand  physic  or  not, 
let  them  consult  their  reason,  and  observe  what  agrees,  and  what  does 
not  agree  with  them,  that,  like  wise  men,  they  may  adhere  to  the  use 
of  such  things  as  conduce  to  their  health,  and  forbear  everything  whicli 
by  their  own  experience,  they  find  to  do  them  hurt;  and  let  them  be* 
assured  that,  by  a diligent  observation  and  practice  of  this  rule,  they 
may  enjoy  a good  share  of  health,  and  seldom  stand  in  need  of  physio 
or  physician  ” 

HEALTH  IN  YOUTH. — Late  hours,  irregular  habits,  and  want  of 
attention  to  diet,  are  common  errors  with  most  young  men,  and  these 
gradually,  but  at  first  imperceptibly,  undermine  the  health,  and  lay  the 
foundation  for  various  forms  of  disease  in  after  life.  It  is  very  diffi- 
cult to  make  young  persons  comprehend  this.  They  frequently  sit  up 
as  late  as  twelve,  one,  or  two  o’clock,  without  experiencing  any  ill 
effects ; they  go  without  a meal  to-day,  and  to-morrow  eat  to  repletion, 
with  only  temporary  inconvenience.  One  night  they  will  sleep  three 
or  four  hours,  and  the  next  nine  or  ten;  or  one  night,  in  their  eager- 
ness to  get  away  into  some  agreeable  company,  they  will  take  no  food 
at  all,  and  the  next,  perhaps,  will  eat  a hearty  supper,  and  go  to  bed 
upon  it.  These,  with  various  other  irregularities,  are  common  to  the 
majority  of  young  men,  and  are,  as  just  stated,  the  cause  of  much  bad 
health  in  mature  life.  Indeed,  nearly  all  the  shattered  constitutions 
with  which  too  many  are  cursed,  are  the  result  of  a disregard  to  the 
plainest  precepts  of  health  in  early  life. 

SPECIAL  RULES  FOR  THE*  PRETENTION  OF  CHOLERA.— 
We  urge  the  necessity,  in  all  cases  of  cholera,  of  an  instant  recourse  to 
medical  aid,  and  also  under  every  form  and  variety  of  indisposition; 
for  all  disorders  are  found  to  merge  in  the  dominant  disease. 

Let  immediate  relief  be  sought  under  disorder  of  the  bowels 
especially,  however  slight.  The  invasion  of  cholera  may  tin?  3 be 
readily  prevented. 

Let  every  impurity,  animal  and  vegetable,  be  quickly  removed  tc 
a distance  from  the  habitation,  such  as  slaughter-houses,  pig-sties, 
pools,  necessaries,  and  all  other  domestic  nuisances. 


Rules  for  the  Preservation  of  Health, 


415 


Let  all  uncovered  drains  be  carefully  and  frequently  cleansed. 

Let  the  grounds  in  and  around  the  habitation  be  drained,  so  as 
effectually  to  carry  off  moisture  of  every  kind. 

Let  all  partitions  be  removed  from  within  and  without  habitations, 
which  unnecessarily  impede  ventilation. 

Let  every  room  be  daily  thrown  open  for  the  admission  of  fresh 
air;  this  should  be  done  about  noon,  when  the  atmosphere  is  most 
likely  to  be  dry. 

Let  dry  scrubbing  be  used  in  domestic  cleansing  in  place  of  water 
cleansing. 

Let  excessive  fatigue,  and  exposure  to  damp  and  cold,  especially 
during  the  night,  be  avoided* 

Let  the  use  of  cold  drinks  and  acid  liquors,  especially  under  fatigue, 
be  avoided,  or  when  the  body  is  heated. 

Let  the  use  of  cold  acid  fruits  and  vegetables  be  avoided. 

Let  excess  in  the  use  of  ardent  and  fermented  liquors  and  tobacco 
ie  avoided. 

Let  a poor  diet,  and  tbr,  use  of  impure  water  in  cooking  or  for 
irinking,  be  avoided. 

Let  the  wearing  of  wet  vad  insufficient  clothes  be  avoided. 

Let  a flannel  or  woolen  belt  be  worn  round  the  belly. 

Let  personal  cleanliness  be  carefully  observed. 

Let  every  cause  tending  to  depress  the  moral  and  physical  energies 
be  carefully  avoided.  Let  exposure  to  extremes  of  heat  and  cold  be 
"voided. 

Let  crowding  of  persons  within  houses  and  apartments  be  avoided. 

Let  sleeping  in  low  or  damp  rooms  be  avoided. 

Let  fires  be  kept  up  during  the  night  in  sleeping  or  adjoining 
apartments,  the  night  being  the  period  of  most  danger  from  attack, 
'.specially  under  exposure  to  cold  or  damp. 

Let  all  bedding  and  clothing  be  daily  exposed  during  winter  and 
spring  to  the  fire,  and  in  summer  to  the  heat  of  the  sun. 

Let  the  dead  be  buried  in  places  remote  from  the  habitations  of  the 
living.  By  the  timely  adoption  of  simple  means  such  as  these,  cholera, 
«ar  other  eoidemic.  will  be  made  to  lose  its  venom. 

RULES  FOR  THE  PRESERVATION  OF  HEALTH.— Pure  at- 
mospheric air  is  composed  of  nitrogen,  oxygen,  and  a very  small  pro- 
portion carbonic  acid  gas.  Air  once  breathed  has  lost  the  chief  part  of 
its  oxygen,  and  acquired  a proportionate  increase  of  carbonic  acid  gas. 
Therefore,  health  requires  that  we  breathe  the  same  air  once  only. 

.The  solid  part  of  our  bodies  is  continually  wasting,  and  requires 
to  be  repaired  by  fresh  substances.  Therefore,  food,  which  is  to  repair 
the  loss,  should  be  taken  with  due  regard  to  the  exercise  and  waste  of 
the  body. 

The  fluid  part  of  our  bodies  also  wastes  constantly;  there  is  but 
one  fluid  in  animals,  which  is  water,  Therefore , water  only  is  neces- 
sary, and  no  artifice  can  produce  a better  drink. 

The  fluid  of  our  bodies  is  to  the  solid  in  proportion  as  nine  to  one. 
Therefore,  a like  proportion  should  prevail  in  the  total  amount  of  food 
taken 

Light  exercises  an  important  influence  upon  the  growth  and  vigor 
of  animals  and  plants.  Therefore,  our  dwellings  should  freely  admit 
the  solar  rays. 

Decomposinganimal  and  vegetable  substances  yield  various  noxious 
gSses,  which  enter  the  lungs  and  corrupt  tiie  blood.  Therefore , all 
impurities  should  be  kept  away  from  our  abodes,  and  eveiy  precau- 
tion be  observed  to  secure  a pure  atmosphere. 


416 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


Warmth  is  essential  to  all  the  bodily  functions.  Therefore,  an 
equal  bodily  temperature  should  be  maintained  by  exercise,  by  clothing 
or  by  lire. 

Exercise  warms,  invigorates,  and  purifies  the  body;  clothing  pre- 
serves the  warmth  the  body  generates;  fire  imparts  warmth  externally. 
Therefore,  to  obtain  and  preserve  warmth,  exercise  and  clothing  are 
preferable  to  fire. 

Fire  consumes  the  oxygen  of  the  air,  and  produces  noxious  gases: 
Therefore , the  air  is  less  pure  in  the  presence  of  candles,  gas,  or  coal 
fire,  than  otherwise,  and  the  deterioration  should  be  repaired  by  in- 
creased ventilation. 

The  skin  is  a highly-organized  membrane,  full  of  minute  pores, 
cells,  blood-vessels,  and  nerves;  it  imbibes  moisture  or  throws  it  off, 
according  to  the  state  of  the  atmosphere  and  the  temperature  of  the 
body.  It  also  “ breathes,”  as  do  the  lungs  (though  less  actively).  All 
the  internal  organs  sympathize  with  the  skin.  Therefore , it  should  be 
repeatedly  cleansed. 

Late  hours  and  anxious  pursuits  exhaust  the  nervous  system,  ant* 
produce  disease  and  premature  death.  Therefore , the  hours  of  labor 
and  study  should  be  short. 

Mental  and  bodily  exercise  are  equally  essential  to  the  general 
health  and  happiness.  Therefore , labor  and  study  should  succeed  each 
other. 

Man  will  live  most  healthily  upon  simple  solids  and  fluids,  o* 
which  a sufficient,  but  temperate  quantity  should  be  taken.  Therefore. 
over-indulgences  in  strong  drinks,  tobacco,  snuff,  opium,  and  ali  mem 
indulgencies,  should  be  avoided. 

Sudden  alternations  of  heat  and  cold  are  dangerous,  (especially  U 
the  young  and  the  aged).  Therefore , clothing,  in  quantity  and  quality 
should  be  adapted  to  the  alternations  of  night  and  day,  and  of  tb* 
seasons.  And  therefore , also,  drinking  cold  water  when  the  body  is  hot 
and  hot  tea  and  soups  when  cold,  are  productive  of  many  evils. 

Moderation  in  eating  and  drinking,  short  hours  of  labor  and  regw 
larity  in  exercise,  recreation,  and  rest,  cleanliness,  equanimity  of  tern 
per  and  equality  of  temperature, — these  are  the  great  essentials  to  thas 
which  surpasses  all  wealth,  health  of  mind  and  body. 

Damp  Linen. — We  know  of  nothing  attended  with  more  seriouv 
consequences  than  the  sleeping  in  damp  linen.  Persons  are  frequently 
assured  that  the  sheets  have  been  at  a fire  for  many  hours,  but  th*. 
question  is  as  to  what  sort  of  fire,  and  whether  they  have  been  properly 
turned,  so  that  every  part  lias  been  exposed  to  the  fire.  The  fear  oi 
creasing  the  linen,  we  know,  prevents  many  from  unfolding  it,  so  as 
to  be  what  we  consider  sufficiently  aired ; but  health  is  of  more  im- 
portance than  appearances;  with  gentleness  there  need  be  no  fear  of 
want  of  neatness. 

Health,  Preservation  of.— It  is  an  old  but  a very  just  saying,'that 
no  one  knows  the  value  of  health  tiil  they  begin  to  lose  it;  and  it  may 
be  affirmed  with  equal  truth,  that  the  moment  we  become  conscious 
that  we  have  an  eye,  a stomach,  or  a heart,  or  feel  any  part  of  the 
silergt  but  wondrous  mechanism  of  which  we  are  composed,  disease  or 
injury  has  invaded  that  organ  or  function.  Health,  then,  is  the  i nsen- 
sible  performance  of  all  the  operations  of  the  body.  Much  might  be 
said  in  this  place  on  the  preservation  of  that  inestimable  boon,  health; 
but  as  most  persons  have  an  opinion  of  their  own  on  such  a,  subjected 
will  be  sufficient  to  specify  the  most  important  rules  to  be  observed. 
As  far  as  external  agents  are  concerned,  those  absolutely  necessary  *o 
the  preservation  of  health  are,—- 


Rules  for  the  Preservation  of  Health. 


4i7 


A constant  and  abundanteupply  of  fresh  air. 

A sufficiency  of  warm  and  appropriate  clothing;  the  dress  having 
reference  to  the  season. 

An  ample  supply  of  wholesome  and  nutritious  food. 

A due  amount  of  daily  exercise. 

Frequent  ablutions  of  the  entire  body,  and  generaly  cleanliness  of 
the  skin. 

An  adequate  proportion  of  relaxation  and  amusement. 

Early  hours,  and  regularity  in  the  diet. 

And,  lastly,  constant  occupation  both  for  the  mind  and  the  body. 

In  addition  to  these  rules,  all  sudden  alternations  of  temperature 
should  be  avoided;  the  sleeping-room  should  be  large,  and  well  ven- 
tilated; exposure  to  damp  and  fogs  avoided;  the  mind  kept  amused 
and  active;  the  food  well  masticated  and  slowly  eaten,  and  the  bever- 
age kept  as  simple  and  unstimulating  as  possible.  By  the  adoption  of 
such  rules,  and  paying  attention  to  the  first  symptoms  of  local  or  gen- 
eral indisposition, a person  may  hope  to  preserve  the  blessings  of  health 
for  the  longest  possible  period. 

Method  of  Ascertaining  flic  State  of  the  Lungs, — Persons  desirous 
of  ascertaining  the  true  state  of  their  lungs  are  directed  to  draw  in  as 
much  breath  as  they  conveniently  can;  they  are  then  to  count  as  far  as 
they  are  able,  in  a slow  and  audible  voice,  without  drawing  in  more 
breath.  The  number  of  seconds  they  can  continue  counting  must  be 
carefully  observed ; in  a consumption  the  time  does  not  exceed  ten, 
and  is  frequently  less  than  six  seconds;  in  pleurisy  and  pneumonia  it 
ranges  from  nine  to  four  seconds.  When  the  lungs  are  in  a sound 
condition,  the  time  will  range  as  high,  as  from  twenty  to  thirty-five 
seconds. 

Sick  lioonis — Cautions  in  Visit  ing.— Never  enter  a sick  room  in  a 
state  of  perspiration,  for  as  soon  as  the  body  becomes  cold,  it  may 
absorb  the  infection  or  disease.  Do  not  visit  a sick  person  with  an 
empty  stomach,  as  it  disposes  the  system  more  readily  to  receive  in- 
fection. In  a sick  room,  stand  where  the  air  passes  from  the  door  or 
window  to  the  bed  of  the  diseased.  When  poisonous  vapor  is  muca 
diluted  with  fresh  air,  it  is  not  noxious.  The  windows  of  a sick  room, 
small  and  confined,  should  not  be  closed;  if  the  wind  is  cold,  nearly 
close  the  curtains  of  the  bed.  Remove  all  dirty  cloths,  clothes,  and 
discharges,  ^13  soon  as  possible.  Let  the  visitor  have  about  his  person 
camphor,  etc.  After  leaving  an  infectious  room,  a person  should  con- 
tinue in  the  open  air  some  time  before  he  enters  his  own  dwelling. 

Use  of  Fruit, — Instead  of  standing  in  any  fear  of  a generous  con- 
sumption of  ripe  fruits,  we  regard  them  as  conducive  to  health.  We 
have  no  patience  in  reading  the  endless  rules  to  be  observed  in 
this  particular  department  of  physical  comfort.  No  one  ever  lived 
longer  or  freer  from  disease,  by  discarding  the  fruits  of  the  land  in 
which  he  finds  a home.  On  the  contrary,  they  are  necessary  to  the 
preservation  of  health,  and  are  therefore  designed  to  make  their  ap- 
pearance at  the  very  time  when  the  condition  of  the  body,  operated 
upon  bv  deteriorating  causes  not  always  understood,  requires  their 
renovating  influence. 

Health,  Preservation  of. — Adopt  the  plan  of  rising  early,  and 
never  sit  up  late  at  night. 

Wash  the  whole  body  every  morning  with  cold  water,  by  means  of 
a large  sponge,  and  rub  it  dry  with  a rough  towel,  or  scrub  the  whole 
body  for  ten  or  fifteen  minutes  with  flesh  brushes. 

Those  who  use  coid  water  regularly,  either  with  a sponge  or  as  a 


4i 8 Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 

bath,  are  able  to  bear  exposure  to  the  weather  much  better  than  with* 
out  its  aid. 

Drink  water  generally,  and  avoid  taking  spirits,  wines,  and  all 
fermented  liquors. 

Sleep  in  a room  that  has  free  access  to  the  open  air,  and  is  well 
ventilated. 

Keep  the  head  cool  by  washing  it  with  cold  water  if  necessary, 
abate  feverish  and  inflammatory  symptoms  when  they  arise,  by  pre- 
serving stillness. 

Symptoms  of  plethora  and  indigestion  may  be  corrected  by  eatiDg 
and  drinking  less  per  day  for  a short  time, 

Never  eat  a hearty  supper,  especially  of*  animal  food.  Never  in- 
dulge in  luxuries;  guard  against  intemperance;  and  never  sit  in  a 
draught,  or  in  wet  clothes,  nor  lie  in  a damp  .bed. 

Exercise  regularly  taken,  tends  to  preserve  the  health.  Walk  one 
or  two  miles  a day,  regardless  of  weather,  unless  very  bad  indeed. 
Even  a lady  with  stout  walking  boots,  a large  thick  cloak,  and  an 
umbrella,  may  defy  bad  weather. 

In  taking  exercise  in  very  severe  weather,  keep  your  mouth  closed 
and  walk  rapidly;  the  air  can  only  reach  the  lungs  by  a circuit  of  the 
nose  and  head,  and  becomes  warm  before  reaching  the  lungs,  thus 
causing  no  derangement.  Brisk  walking  throws  the  blood  to  the  sur- 
face of  the  body,  thus  keeping  up  a vigorous  circulation,  making  a cold 
impossible,  if  you  do  not  get  into  a cold  bed  too  quickly  after  reaching 
home.  Neglect  of  these  precautions  brings  sickness  and  death  to  mul- 
titudes every  year. 

The  amount  of  exercise  necessary  for  health  is  variable,  depending 
upon  natural  constitution,  education,  sex,  and  age.  For  men  from 
twenty  to  fifty,  eight  or  ten  miles  a day  of  walking  exercise  may  be 
takeifas  the  average;  and  for  women  of  the  same  age,  about  half  this 
quantity  will  suffice.  Less  than  this  will  go  a great  way,  but  for  keep- 
ing up  high  health,  the  above  amount,  omitted  only  on  thoroughly 
wet  days,  may  be  considered  necessary. 

By  all  means  avoid  a morbid  desponding  feeling,  for  scarcely  any 
thing  is  more  injurious  to  health, 

Mental  as  well  as  bodily  exercise  is  essential  to  the  general  health 
and  happiness;  therefore,  labor  and  study  should  succeed  each  other. 

The  plainest  food  is  the  best,  taken  in  quantities  so  snvill  as  not  to 
oppress  the  stomach.  A man  should  never  know  that  he  has  a stomach 
except  when  he  is  hungry. 

To  increase  muscular  power,  food  should  be  taken  which  does  not 
produce  fat;  for  fat  is  frequently  a sign  of  disease.  A race-horse  is 
brought  to  his  prime  condition  by  a system  of  training.  So  with  man, 
if  he  wishes  to  see  the  full  development  of  all  his  muscular  power,  he 
must  restrict  himself  in  diet,  and  exhaust  his  fat  by  having  a good 
sweating  every  day,  but  not  to  take  cold. 

Lying  too  long  in  bed  is  injurious  to  health.  The  want  of  expan- 
sion of  the  chest  through  exercise,  will  aggravate  or  create  consump- 
tive tendencies,  which  all  more  or  less  have;  and  the  constant  heat  of 
the  back  or  one  side,  occasioned  by  cushioning,  disturbs  healthy  action. 

When  food  rises  in  the  stomach,  the  stomach  is  speaking  to  us,  and 
we  ought  to  listen  to  it,  or  health  will  suffer.  In  due  time  headaches 
will  be  the  result;  the  liver  is  oppressed,  and  cannot  fulfill  its  functions* 
There  lias  been  more  introduced  into  the  body  than  can  be  conveniently 
disposed  of.  Every  part  receives  some  of  the  obtrusive  matter;  it  is  forced 
into  the  absorbeuts;  the  blood  is  u» willingly  compelled  to  take  a part 


Rules  for  the  Preservation  of  Health, 


419 


of  Jt;  the  brain  feels  the  effect  of  the  poisonous  infusion;  the  circula- 
tion Is  impeded ; the  heart  feels  it,  and  labors  hard  to  do  its  allotted 
work.  By  persisting  in  the  habit,  life  will  be  shortened. 

Too  iittle  food  has  its  symptoms  as  well  as  too  much.  .The  body 
will  flag  for  want  of  stimulus;  it  will  lose  warmth  and  energy;  and 
if  it  be  found  that  mQre  food  restores  both,  and  brings  comfort,  then 
more  food  is  wanted.  Every  one  should  endeavor  to  discover  his  own 
maximum  and  minimum  allowance,  and  adhere  to  it. 

Those  w ho  think  most,  require  the  most  sleep.  The  time  “ saved” 
from  necessary  sleep  is  destruction  to  mind,  body,  and  estate.  Give 
yourself,  children,  and  servants,  the  fullest  amount  of  sleep  by  com- 
pelling them  to  go  to i*»d  at  some  early  hour,  and  to  rise  in  the  morn- 
ing the  moment  they  awake  of  themselves,  and  within  a fortnight 
nature  will  unloose  the  bonds  of  sleep  the  moment  enough  repose  has 
been  secured. 

Rise  and  retire  at  a fixed  hour ; take  a gentle  walk  before  breaks 
'■rast;  and  take  your  meals  at  the  same  hours  daily. 

The  less  quantity  of  fermented  liquors  you  drink  the  better. 

Nothing  conduces  more  to  health  and  long  life  than  abstinence  and 
^lain  food,  with  due  labor. 

Where  water  does  not  disagree  value  the  privilege,  and  continue  it. 

Late  hours  and  anxious  pursuits  exhaust  the  nervous  system, 
fiierefore  avoid  them  as  much  as  possible. 

In  order  that  digestion  may  take  place,  the  food  should  be  well 
chewed.  The  stomach  will  not  deal  with  it  in  lumps.  It  must  be 
thoroughly  masticated  and  well  mixed  with  the  saliva  which  flows  into 
*-he  mouth  during  mastication. 

Do  without  medicine  if  possible ; but  in  case  of  real  indisposition, 
’immediately  consult  a competent  medical  man. 

Heartburn. — Drink  a pint  of  very  cold  water.  Tried.  Or,  drink 
slowly  decoction  of  camomile  flowers.  Or,  eat  four  or  live  oysters.— 
Wesley. 

Heartburn. — “If  acidity  of  the  stomach  occasions  the  heartburn 
absorbents  are  the  proper  medicines.  Take  1 oz.  of  powrdered  chalk', 
54  oz.  of  fine  sugar,  and  % oz.  of  gum  arabic  may  be  mixed  in  a quart 
water,  and  a tea-cup  of  it  taken  when  necessary.  But  the  best  ab- 
sorbent is  magnesia  alba.  It  acts  also  as  a purgative.  This  powder  is 
not  disagreeable;  it  may  be  taken  in  a cup  of  tea,  or  a glass  of  mint 
Water.” — Buchan. 

If  it  arises  from  wind,  take  1 teaspoon  of  spirits  of  lavender,  or  the 
neutralizing  mixture. 

MEALS. — If  the  preservation  of  the  life  entrusted  to  us  is  the  first 
duty  of  man,  the  keeping  that  life  in  a state  of  healthy  action  should 
be  equally  imperative.  To  do  this  effectively,  the  two  first  considera- 
tions ar e food  and  exercise , occupation  of  mind  and  body  ; when  to  take 
this  food  is  an  inquiry  that  should  be  answered  with  the  same  care  be- 
stowed on  the  substances  which  constitute  our  aliment.  The  meals, 
then,  or  the  sufficiency  of  food  to  be  taken  at  one  time,  should  have 
reference  not  only  to  the  person’s  occupation,  his  amount  of  physical 
and  mental  labor,  but  to  his  hours  of  action  and  repose. 

In  arranging  the  definite  period  for  each  meal,  the  person  should 
calculate  the  number  of  hours  between  his  rising  in  the  morning  and 
his  retiring  to  bed  at  night,  and  then  endeavor  to  divide  this  time  into 
four  as  nearly  equal  spaces  as  he  can,  and  assign  each  as  an  hour  for  a 
meal-  It  will  be  seen  by  this  that  we  advocate  the  old-fashioned 
sequence  of  meals  in  preference  to  the  modern  and  more  artificial  mode 


420 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


of  living,  fully  impressed  with  the  belief  that  the  first  is  more  in  accord- 
ance with  the  requirements  of  nature,  and  consequently  more  con-* 
ducive  to  health.  The  usual  number  of  working  hours  averages  from 
fifteen  to  sixteen  a day;  perhaps  the  latter  is  more  generally  correct, 
for,  should  not  the  bod,y  he  occupied  the  whole  time  from  the  getting 
up  to  the  going  to  bed,  the  mind  is;  and  there  is  consequently  fatigue 
and  exhaustion. 

As  the  stomach  usually  takes  from  four  to  five  hours  to  perform 
the  process  of  digestion,  and  as  that  organ  should  never  be  allowed  to 
remain  empty  for  any  length  of  time,  these  sixteen  hours  must  be  divid- 
ed into  the  four  periods  we  are  about  to  indicate.  Where  unavoidable 
employment  prevents  such  an  arrangement,  the  space  from  morning 
to  night  may  be  reduced  to  three  periods,  but  should  never  fail  below 
that;  for  no  opinion  is  more  fallacious  than  that  the  stomach,  jilted  of 
its  mid-day  meal,  can  compensate  itself  from  a richer  and  more  varied 
repast  in  the  evening;  or  that  three  courses  at  six  o’clock,  with  plenty 
of  time  to  enjoy  them,  will  more  than  atone  for  a plate  of  roast  meat 
and  potatoes  at  one  or  two.  The  stomach,  rendered  torpid  by  long 
abstinence,  will  not  be  flattered  into  performing  a double  duty  by  a 
multiplicity  of  rich  foods,  in  all  probability  as  badly  assorted  for  th« 
purposes  of  digestion,  as  out  of  character  by  tneir  number  and  incon- 
gruity. 

It  is  also  a great  mistake  to  suppose  that  the  breakfast  is  required 
as  soon  as  the  individual  is  out  of  bed:  the  stomach  then  has  hardly 
recovered  from  the  torpidity  of  the  night,  and  requires  action  and  tb* 
free  circulation  of  the  blood,  before  it  is  in  a state  to  perform  it* 
health}'- function.  Those,  however,  who  are  obliged  to  work  for  two 
or  three  hours  before  breakfast  should  take  with  them  a few  mouthfuls 
of  biscuit  or  bread  to  eat  about  an  hour  after  beginning  work,  so  that 
when  the  stomach  is  stimulated  to  full  action,  a small  amount  of 
nourishment  should  be  put  in  it,  to  give  the  gastric  juice  some  solid  on 
which  to  operate,  instead  of  irritating  the  coats  of  the  stomach  by  that 
gnawing  feeling  known  as  the  sense  of  hunger.  By  adopting  this  pre- 
caution, the  organ  will  be  in  a state  of  vigorous  activity  when,  at  eight 
or  nine  o'clock,  the  person  sits  down  to  iiis  breakfast. 

Those  whose  labors  do  not  commence  till  after  their  first  mea\ 
should  be  careful  not  to  partake  of  it  for  at  least  half  an  hour  afte* 
leaving  their  beds,  or  till  the  body  has  been  actively  excited,  if  not  bt 
a brief  exercise,  or  some  gymnastic  feat,  by  a free  use  of  the  fiesh-brusfc 
over  the  trunk,  to  excite  the  circulation  of  the  blood.  Whatever  mai 
be  the  occupation  of  the  person,  the  breakfast  should  always  be  made 
the  meal  of  most  importance,  after  the  dinner,  and  though  with  the 
man  of  sedentary  habits  less  substantial  than  that  of  the  working  man, 
should  always  consist  of  flesh-forming  materials,  and  sufficiency  in 
bulk  to  give  the  stomach  material  on  which  it  can  act  for  some  hours. 
To  induce  the  stomach  to  take  in  a due  quantity  of  bread,  or  solid 
matter,  a bloater,  slice  of  bacon,  piece  of  ham,  or  whatever  savory 
article  may  be  selected  should  be  eaten  with  it,  the  object  of  all  such 
relishes  being  rather  to  necessitate  the  swallowing  of  a large  bulk  of 
bread  or  toast,  than  any  special  benefit  to  be  derived  from  the  few 
mouthfuls  of  animal  food  taken.  As  the  most  important;  business  of 
the  day  is  usually  performed  in  the  morning  and  noon,  wh ether  the 
exercise  is  that  of'the  mind  or  body,  the  benefit  of  laying  up  a store  of 
nutriment  in  the  stomach,  to  be  converted  into  healthy  blood  as  the 
toil  of  the  day  demands  extra  stamina,  will  be  evident  to  all. 

When  the  breakfast  has  been  at  eight  the  dinner  should  be  at  one 


Rules  for  the  Preservation  of  Health. 


421 


o'clock;  and  wlien  at  nine,  at  two  o’clock.  The  best  hour  for  tea  is 
about  six,  so  as  to  leave  three  clear  hours  before  the  supper  which 
should  consist  of  some  simple  articles — bread  and  butter  and  oysters,  or 
bread  and  cheese, with  celery,  and  a glass  of  ale  or  porter, or,  to  those  vvho 
are  accustomed  to  its  use,  a glass  of  spirits  and  water.  The  idea  that 
suppers  of  all  sorts  are  hurtful  is  most  absurd  and  unreasonable.  Hot 
meat  suppers — a second  edition  of  dinner,  in  fact — wopld,  to  many 
persons,  be  very  injurious;  others,  however,  who  do  not  go  to  bed  for 
an  hour  after,  and  whose  appetite  is  strong,  may  partake  of  such  a 
repast  with  perfect  impunity.  Such  suppers  as  are  advocated  here  may 
be  taken  with  safety,  a^d  by  invalids;  nor  will  there  be  any  fear  of 
nightmare  if  the  person  adjourns  to  bed  within  a quarter  of  an  hour  of 
such  a meal. 

Exceptions  of  course  frequently  occur,  not  only  as  regards  supper, 
but  also  as  to  the  hours  given  for  the  other  meals — cases  where  the 
person’s  stomach  and  his  avocations  must  be  consulted,  and  all  rules 
made  to  submit  to  the  state  of  the  individual’s  appetite  and  his  busi- 
ness. This  rule,  however,  should  be  always  observed, — that  whatever 
hours  are  fixed  on  for  the  different  meals,  those  times  should  be  rigidly 
adhered  to,  and  the  virtue  of  punctuality  in  eating  faithfully  observed. 
So  great,  indeed,  is  the  influence  of  habit  in  this  respect,  that  a person 
accustomed  to  dine  or  breakfast  at  a regular  hour  will  always — unless 
in  ill-health — feel  hungry,  or  disposed  to  eat,  at  the  recurrence  of  the 
time  appointed. 

Where  the  meals  follow  at  the  short  intervals  of  four  or  five  hours, 
luncheon,  or  any  intermediate  eating  or  drinking,  is  not  only  uncalled 
for  but  reprehensible. 

With  literary  men,  and  'those  whose  occupations  perpetually  tax 
the  brain,  if  the  day’s  toil  can  be  conveniently  brought  to  a close  by 
five,  or  even  six  o’clock,  it  is  more  beneficial  to  take  a slight  repast  at 
one  o’clock,  and  delay  dinner  till  the  day’s  work  is  over.  If,  however, 
their  occupations  engage  them  up  to  night,  the  dinner  should  be  taken 
at  two,  and  an  hour,  or  an  hour  and  a half,  of  perfect  repose  taken 
after  it,  and  before  renewing  tlipir  labors.  To  the  dyspeptic  patient, 
or  those  suffering  from  habitual  irritability  of  stomach,  and  where  all 
solid  food  produces  pain,  the  breakfast  should  be  preceded  by  a cup  of 
hot  coffee  about  half  an  hour  before  taking  the  meal. 

The  habit  of  taking  provocatives  before  dinner,  in  the  shape  of 
small  quantitities  of  brandy,  or  glasses  of  bitters,  is  very  objectionable, 
and  can  only  be  excused  where  the  stomach  is  cold,  and  the  appetite 
naturally  languid.  In  such  cases,  about  half  an  ounce  of  the  compound 
tincture  of  gentian,  or  an  ounce  of  the  compound  tincture  of  carda- 
moms, of  the  Edingburyh  Pharmacopoeia,  may,  however,  often  be 
taken  with  great  benefit.  “Food,”  and  “Digestion.” 


ADVICE  TO  MOTHERS, 

BY  THE  PUBLISHER* 

ADVICE  TO  MOTHERS.— The  present  part  of  onr  subject  ha* 
reference  merely  to  the  mother  as  regards  her  new-born  infant;  those 
portions  of  the  general  subject  which  appertain  to  the  mother  herself, 
— rearing  by  hand,  wet-nursing,  duty  of  nurses,  cutting  of  teeth, 
clothing,  food,  and  management  of  children, —will  be  found  unde* 
“Pregnancy;”  “Bringing  up  by  Hand,”  under  “Infant;”  “Nurses," 
“Teething,”  etc. 

The  duty  and  responsibility  of  the  mother  commence  before  the 
birth  of  her  offspring,  and  respect  herself  almost  as  much  as  her  child. 

Leaving  out  of  the  question  for  the  present  the  duties  appertaining 
to  the  parent,  we  shall  proceed  at  once  to  show  the  obligations  the 
mother  is  under  to  her  infant.  One  of  the  first  and  most  important, 
duties  the  mother  owes,  not  only  to  her  child,  but  to  society,  is  to  have 
everything  in  order  for  the  reception  and  comfort  of  her  baby  when\ 
born;  and  as  labor  may  take  place  at  any  time  after  the  seventh 
month,  all  articles  of  clothing,  and  whatever  is  necessary,  or  likely  to 
become  so,  for  the  dressing  and  requirement  of  the  child,  should  ba 
provided  and  laid  in  careful  and  systematic  order  in  readiness,  not, 
later  than  the  end  of  the  seventh  month.  So  important  does  the  law  re- 
gard the  fact  of  the  mother’s  neglecting  to  provide  clothes  for  her 
baby,  that,  in  a trial  for  infanticide,  such  a circumstance  would  weigh 
very  seriously  against  the  prisoner.  In  such  a case,  the  law  does  not 
look  to  the  kind  or  the  amount  of  clothing  provided;  a strip  of  cotton 
with  a few  stitches,  though  only  meant  for  a bandage,  would  be  re- 
garded as  some  provision  for  the  protection  of  her  child,  and  the  inten- 
tion of  procuring  more  willingly  conceded  to  her. 

The  number  of  articles  a mother  should  provide  for  her  child 
must,  in  a great  measure,  depend  upon  her  means,  though  there  are  few 
wives  but  wno,  in  their  first  confinement,  are  able  to  obtain  all  that  is 
strictly  necessary  for  the  occasioif,  especially  if  they  are  believers  in 
the  efficacy  of  the  modern  practice  of  leaving  the  poor  infant’s  head 
without  cap  or  covering.  The  number  or  the  quality  of  the  clothes  is 
of  much  less  consequence  than  the  manner  in  which  they  are  made. 

The  following  list  contains  the  names  and  the  number  of  articles 
absolutely  necessary  for  a new-born  infant;  as  many  more  may  be 
procured  as  the  taste  or  circumstances  of  the  mother  may  dictate  : — 
Two  rollers,  calico;  1 roller,  flannel;  6 shirts;  2 flannel  petticoats;  2 
pilches;  4 frocks;  18  diapers;  4 night-gowns;  3 caps. 

There  is  one  general  rule  which  should  be  adverted  to  in  this 
place;  namely,  that  each  garment  should  be  m;ide  either  with  strings 
or  loops,  so  as  to  avoid,  as  far  as  possible,  the  objectionable  practice  of 
pinning  on  an  infant’s  clothing.  Of  this  we  shall  have  more  to  say 
hereafter. 


Advice  to  Mothers. 


423 


In  maktng  baby’s  clothes,  there  are  four  important  points  to 
n*>  considered  i— 1,  To  make  the  dresses  to  come  well  up  in  the  neck, 
so  us  to  keep  the  neck  and  chest  warm.  2.  To  avoid  any  pressure  on 
the  shoulder  or  tightness  under  the  arm,  which  might  prevent  a free 
motion  of  those  members.  3.  To  make  them  in  such  a manner  that 
they  can  be  put  ou  without  the  necessity  of  repeatedly  turning  the 
child.  4.  To  avoid  the  too  common  habit  of  making  them  too  long 
and  too  heavy. 

Having  procured,  washed,  and  ironed  her  baby’s  clothes,  they 
should  be  all  carefully  placed  by  themselves  in  a drawer  or  box,  and 
kept  wheie,  on  any  emergency,  they  can  be  obtained  by  the  nurse; 
other  articles  can  be  added  afterwards. 

If  everything  has  gone  on  favorably  with  the  mother,  about  a 
fortnight  before  her  expected  time  the  basket  should  be  made  ready. 
The  proper  b.Tby-basket  is  about  two  feet  square;  it  should  be  light, 
and  not  too  deep,  the  whole  being  covered  with  a lining  of  loose  dim- 
ity. The  basket  should  contain  one  entire  set  of  clothes,  half  of  the 
diapers,  a linen  and  a flannel  roller,  two  caps,  a pincushion,  a pot  of 
pomatum  and  one  of  lard,  a cake  of  white  Windsor  soap,  a large  poma- 
tum pot  of  plain  violet  or  starch  powder,  a puff,  a soft  hairbrush,  and 
on  the  top  of  all  there  should  be  placed  three  or  four  pieces  of  soft  old 
linen,  a skein  of  whitish-brown  thread,  and  a pair  of  ordinary  scis- 
sors. 

The  prejudices  the  young  mother  acquires  in  the  nursing  of  her 
rirst  baby  from  the  nurse,  are  liable  to  adhere  to  her  through  life,  and 
may  be  a source  of  hurt  to  others,  and  an  injury  to  the  health  of  her 
own  children.  That  the  young  mother  should  implicitly  believe  what 
her  nurse  tel Js  her,  is  not  to  be  wondered  at,  as  such  statements  come 
to  her  with  all  the  potency  of  tradition,  and  as  the  result  of  incontest- 
able experience.  We  shall  have  occasion  to  refer  to  some  of  these 
vulgar  errors  and  prejudices  under  the  article  “Nurse,”  which  see. 
Two  instances  are  sufficient  for  our  purpose  now.  One  of  these  is  the 
habit  some  nurses  have  of  giving  the  infant,  the  instant  it  is  taken  on 
her  lap,  a few  tea-spoons  of  warm  gin , or  rum  and  water , sweetened 
with  sugar;  the  other  equally  objectionable,  but  more  hurtful  practice, 
Ss  that  of  dosing  the  undressed  infant  with  castor  oil.  A more  glaring 
mistake,  or  a grosser  outrage  on  an  unoffending  stomach  than  either 
practice,  cannot  be  conceived  : a poor  child,  who  has  hardly  drawn 
half  an  hour’s  breath,  has  its  tender  stomach  excessively  stimulated  by 
spirits  and  water,  or  its  bowels  racked  with  a drastic  purgative.  Yet 
how  many  hundreds  of  infants  are  made  daily  to  take  their  first  mor- 
tal taste  from  spirits  or  physic! 

The  phenomena  produced  on  the  infant’s  body  by  its  first  gasp  in 
life,  with  all  that  appertains  to  its  existence  before  and  after  birth,  will 
be  explained  under  the  head  of  “ Infant,’’  which  see.  The  first  duty 
the  new-born  child  claims  at  the  hands  of  the  nurse  is  that  of  wash- 
ing. 

The  principal  object  of  attention  in  performing  this  operation 
from  first  to  last,  is  to  be  tender  and  quick,  and  only  to  turn  the  child 
when  actually  necessary ; it  is  the  length  of  time  taken  up  in  the  pro- 
cess, the  rough  handling,  and  repeated  changes  of  posture,  that  ren- 
ders washing  so  distasteful  to  the  infant,  and  calls  forth,  by  shrill 
cries,  that  noisy  protest  to  the  ceremony:  the  nurse,  in  her  gossiping 
task,  ignoring  the  fact  that  the  infant’s  skin,  full  of  blood  and  sensa- 
tion, is  the  most  tender  part  of  its  body,  and  keenly  susceptible  of  her 
often  rough  hands  and  fcfec  cold  air 


424 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


A bath  with  warm  water  being  placed  at  her  feet,  a horse  with 
the  clothes  required  before  the  fire,  and  near  her  reach,  and  the  baby 
basket  on  the  opposite  side,  the  nurse,  with  a sponge  and  white  soap, 
should  commence  the  business  of  washing,  beginning  always  with  the 
head,  and  absorbing  the  moisture  from  the  body  by  gentle  pressure 
with  a soft,  porous  towel,  instead  of  rubbing  the  parts  dry.  Some- 
times the  body  is  coated  with  a white  tenacious  substance,  which  can 
only  be  removed  by  warm  lard  being  first  rubbed  over  it,  and  after- 
wards washed  away. 

As  soon  as  the  child  is  dressed,  it  should  be  taken  to  the  mother,, 
placed  at  the  breast,  and  the  first  substance  allowed  to  enter  its  mouth 
drawn  from  the  mother.  Nature  has  purposely  arranged  that  the  first 
secretion  of  milk  for  every  child  should  be  adapted  to  the  wants  of  the 
infant;  and  as  the  body  requires  cleansing,  and  the  stomach  cannot 
immediately  digest  the  cheese  into  which  the  milk  is  converted,  the 
first  secretion  of  milk  is  purposely  thin  and  poor,  possessing  aperient 
properties,  and  almost  destitute  of  those  cheesy  elements  of  which,  in 
a few  days  subsequently,  it  contains  so  large  an  amount.  The  firsfc 
flow  of  milk  is  of  the  utmost  consequence  to  the  child,  and  does  away 
with  any  pretense  for  physic,  or  the  necessity  of  feeding.  Where,  from 
ill  health  or  other  causes,  the  infant  cannot  be  put  to  the  breast  imme» 
diately,  that  plan  must  be  adopted  which  is  laid  down  in  “ Bringing 
up  by  Hand.”  See  “Infant.” 

One  of  the  duties  the  mother  should  never  neglect  to  see  to,  in 
that  no  bandage  or  string  confines  either  the  action  of  the  abdomen  or 
chest;  for  the  well-being  of  the  body  depends  upon  the  free  play  ol 
the  organs  contained  in  those  cavities. 

At  the  same  time,  the  robe  and  frock  should  neither  be  too  long 
nor  too  heavy,  so  as  to  press  on  the  child’s  feet;  and  as  often  as  possi- 
ble the  limbs  should  be  rubbed  with  the  hand,  and  plenty  of  air  ad 
mitted  to  them.  The  infant  cannot  too  soon  be  accustomed  to  regular 
ily  in  the  times  of  feeding  and  sleeping;  a child  should  not  be  suckled 
oftener — as  a general  rule — than  once  in  every  three  or  four  hours,  and 
then  rather  after  rousing  from  sleep,  than  just  before  going  to  its 
cradle.  The  child  should  be  put  down  awake,  and  allowed  to  fall 
asleep  without  rocking  or  singing  to.  When  awake,  it  should  be  tossed 
and  moved  about  as  much  as  possible,  or  laid  on  its  back  on  the  car 
pet,  and  permitted  to  kick  about  its  legs  and  work  its  body  as  much  a* 
it  pleases. 

The  mother  should  never  take  her  infant  to  bed , or  allow  it  to  sleejj 
with  her,  but  so  arrange  the  crib  or  bassinet,  that  it  may  be  on  a levefc 
with  her  own  side  of  the  bed,  so  as  on  waking  to  be  able  easily  to 
reach,  and,  when  necessary,  to  suckle  her  baby,  or  to  take  it  in  her 
arms.  But  there  is  nothing  a mother  should  more  carefully  shun  than 
the  extremely  hurtful  practice  of  falling  asleep  with  the  child  at  her 
breast ; the  injury  to  the  child  from  this  habit  is  nearly  as  dangerous  as 
it  is  to  the  mother. 

The  cause  that  renders  the  infant’s  body  so  susceptible  of  cold  01 
rough  contact  makes  the  stomach  and  bowels  equally  sensitive  to  all 
irritating  drugs  or  hard  substances  of  food;  this  fact  should  never  be 
lost  sight  of  in  administering  physic  or  aliment  to  very  young  chil- 
dren. 

On  this  account,  whenever  practicable,  the  mother  should  take  th * 
medicine , and  allow  it  to  react  through  the  milk  on  the  child,  instead! 
of  irritating  the  digestive  organs  of  the  infant  by  powerful  purga^ 
fives. 


Advice  to  Mothers. 


425 


/or  the  same  reason,  the  appearance  of  the  teeth  should  guide  the 
mother  as  to  the  giving  of  au  infant  solid  food;  for  till  nature  sup- 
plier the  mouth  with  teeth,  any  aliment  but  a strictly  liquid  one  is 
both  hurtful  and  improper.  The  first  or  milk-teeth,  as  they  are  called, 
plainly  indicate  the  nature  of  the  food  the  mother  should  give  her  in- 
fant to  prepare  for  its  weaning;  and  not  till  some  of  the  second  set 
begin  to  show  in  the  gums,  should  finely  cut  animal  food  be  offered  to 
the  child.  As  aliment  is  the  means  by  which  all  the  organs  and  mem- 
bers of  the  infant  are  developed  from  their  comparatively  embryo/ 
state,  the  parent  should  remember  ho  w important  it  is  that  the  food  she' 
supplies  her  offspring  should  be  of  the  best  possible  description — espe- 
cially as  regards  her  own  milk:  to  keep  this  pure,  and  of  the  most 
nutritive  quality,  should  be  her  foremost  duty.  And  as  the  health  and 
strength,  the  physical  and  intellectual  qualities,  as  well  as  the  moral 
happiness  and  longevity  of  the  man  or  woman,  all  depend  on  the  care 
and  judgment  shown  by  ehe  mother  in  carrying  her  child  through  the 
first  two  stones  of  life , it  behooves  every  parent  to  know  that  the  best 
'means  to  effect  such  great  results  are  by  abundance  of  air,  cleanli- 
ness, proper  exercise,  and  a sufficiency  of  good  and  nutritious  food. 

Dress. — The  title  of  this  article  may  to  some  persons  seem  out  of 
place  in  a work  of  this  kind;  but  in  a prophylactic  light,  and  as  a 
means  to  prevent  or  ward  off  disease,  it  is  eminently  applicable.  It  is 
not,  however,  our  intention  to  enter  deeply  into  this  subject,  or,  in- 
deed, do  more  than  give  a few  general  directions  as  to  the  clothing  or 
the  dress  of  children;  what  we  may  have  to  say  with  regard  to  their 
mothers  will  be’  still  more  general. 

In  a variable  climate  such  as  we  are  subject  to  in  this  country,  the 
mother  cannot  begin  too  early  to  attend  to  the  equable  warmth  and 
comfort  of  her  infant’s  clothing.  The  foolish  and  dangerous  practice 
that  came  into  vogue  with  the  no-bonnet  fashion,  of  leaving  infants’ 
heads  uncovered,  we  hope,  for  the  credit,  humanity,  and  good  sense  of 
our  countrywomen,  has  had  its  day,  and  is  going  out;  for  a more  per- 
nicious, and,  as  far  as  the  health  of  the  individual  is  concerned,  dan- 
gerous system,  was  never  practised. 

This  is  not  the  place  to  argue  the  question  of  a covering  for  the 
head;  but  surely  the  example  of  five  thousand  years  among  all  civil- 
ized nations  ought  to  be  a sufficient  authority  for  mothers  who  wish  to 
bring  up  their  children  in  the  established  rules  of  health  and  strength. 
The  attempt  to  rear  children  born  in  a populous  city,  or  under  all  the 
.conditions  of  a high  state  of  civilation,  like  the  infants  of  an  Indian, 
with  the  idea  of  making  them  hardy,  is  not  only  absurd,  but  mischiev- 
ous ; for  the  hurtful  example  of  one  mother  leads  to  the  practice  of 
many. 

Setting  aside  the  unsightly  appearance  an  infant  makes  with  its 
uncovered  head,  on  which  nature  has  not  yet  placed  the  clothing  of 
hair,  it  is  actually  injurious  to  expose  the  half-revealed  brain  of  an 
infant  to  the  perpetual  vicissitudes  of  our  climate.  Surely  the  wise 
and  stalwart  men  whom  this  country  has  produced  within  the  last 
three  hundred  years  are  a sufficient  proof  that  the  legitimate  fashion 
of  caps — whether  made  of  flannel  or  muslin — cannot  have  been  hurt- 
ful to  the  intellect  or  frame  of  their  wearers. 

Next  to  the  head,  which  it  is  a mother’s  duty  to  cover,  but  without 
oppressing,  the  feet  and  the  stomach  of  her  child  should  form  the 
chief  objects  of  her  solicitude.  This  is  a precautionary  care  which 
will  demand  the  parent’s  attention  from  the  earliest  stage  of  life,  or 
till  the  adult  has  the  discretion  to  guard  himself  from  the  assaults  of 


426 


Appendix  to  Medical  I>epartment. 


damp  and  cold.  The  importance  of  keeping  the  stomach  well  pro-* 
tected,  particularly  in  wet  and  windy  weather,  cannot  be  too  much 
insisted  on.  If  the  feet  are  well  covered  by  woolen  socks  and  thick 
shoes,  the  stomach  and  chest  enveloped  by  warm,  close-iitting  clothes, 
and  the  head  lightly  covered,  all  other  parts  of  the  body  may  be  safely 
left  to  wind  and  weather;  not  that  we  would  advise  weak,  rickety,  or 
delicate  children  to  have  any  portion  of  their  bodies  exposed  to  the  at- 
mosphere. Such  children  (and  the  great  number  of  bowed-legged 
boys  and  girls  to  be  seen  on  holiday  occasions  in  our  streets,  shows 
ho'w  prevalent  is  this  form  of  debility  among  the  working  classes,) 
should  have  their  thin,  delicate  limbs  most  carefully  protected  from, 
the  cold,  and  the  circulation  by  every  means  stimulated  to,  not  repelled , 
by  cold,  from  their  emaciated  members.  Yet  how  often  do  we  see 
such  puny  children,  with  limbs  hardly  larger  in  circumference  than 
walking-sticks,  with  exposed  legs,  bare  arms,  and  such  limited  latitude 
of  skirts,  that  they  hardty  suffice  for  decency,  and  are  totally  incapable 
of  supplying  warmth ! If  the  motive  that  induced  this  species  of  gos- 
samer costume  was  based  on  any  valid  principle,  we  could  forgive 
the  parental  vanity  so  often  conspicuous  in  the  fanciful  garb  of  the 
child ; but  as  no  infant  of  civilized  parents  was  ever  benefited  or  made 
strong  by  the  domestic  regime,  of  a savage,  we  must  strongly  condemn 
a course  that  can  only  tend  to  swell  the  bills  of  mortality. 

As  regards  women,  it  may  be  said  of  females  in  general,  that  they 
are  not  sufficiently  dressed — particularly  }roung  and  unmarried  females 
— safety  and  comfort  being  too  often  sacrificed  to  fashion,  taste,  or  ap  1 
pearance.  It  is  after  coming  from  heated  theatres,  ball-rooms,  and 
such  places,  that  women  are  so  remiss  in  taking  that  precaution  to 
guard  the  lungs  by  a veil,  and  the  chest  by  a shawl,  so  absolutely  nec' 
essary.  The  observations  we  have  made  about  the  head,  feet,  stomach 
and  chest  of  children,  should  be  attended  to  as  rigorously  by  females 
at  all  periods  of  life  from  17  to  50. 

Infants,  Management  of. — A child,  when  born,  should  be  laid, 
for  the  first  month,  upon  a thin  mattress,  which  the  nurse  may  some-* 
times  keep  on  her  knee,  that  the  child  may  always  lie,  and  only  sit  up 
as  the  nurse  slants  the  mattress.  Keep  it  as  dry  as  possible.  At  the 
end  of  a month,  the  nurse  may  set  it  up,  and  dance  it  by  degrees. 

The  clothing  should  be  light,  and  not  much  longer  than  itself,  that 
tfie  legs  may  be  readily  reached  and  rubbed,  for  rubbing  takes  off 
scurf,  and  causes  the  blood  to  circulate.  Rubbing  the  ankle-bones  and 
inside  of  the  knees  will  strengthen  those  parts,  and  make  the  child 
stretch  its  knees,  and  keep  them  flat. 

Do  not  keep  a child  too  long  in  the  arms,  lest  the  legs  should  be 
cramped,  and  the  toes  turned  inward.  The  oftener  the  posture  is 
changed  the  better. 

During  the  first  fortnight  the  child  should  sleep  on  a bed,  except 
when  taken  up  to  supply  its  wants,  which  will  give  it  early  habits  of 
cleanliness.  It  is  injurious  to  be  laid  always  asleep  on  a person’s  knee. 

By  slow  degrees  the  infant  should  be  accustomed  to  exercise, 
within  doors,  and  in  the  open  air.  It  should  he  carried  about,  and 
gently  dandled  in  the  nurse’s  arms.  Exercising  a child  in  the  open  air, 
in  fine  weather,  is  of  the  greatest  service. 

Endeavor  to  harden  the  body,  but  without  violent  means.  A child 
is  constitutionally  weak  and  irritable;  hence  we  should  try  to  strength- 
en the  child,  and  diminish  this  irritability,  in  order  to  procure  it  the 
greatest  blessing —a  firm  body,  which  may  resist  all  influence  of  air 
and  weather.  The  cold  batli  may  be  used  too  much,  and  bodily  exer- 
cise may  be  too  violent. 


Advice  to  Mothers. 


427 


Infants  should  by  imperceptible  degrees  be  inured  to  the  cool,  and 
then  to  the  cold  bath.  If  they  have  been  accustomed  to  an  effeminate 
treatment,  and  should  be  suddenly  subjected  to  an  opposite  extreme, 
such  a change,  would  be  attended  with  danger. 

The  child's  skin  is  to  be  kept  perfectly  clean,  by  washing  its  limbs 
morning  and  evening;  begin  with  warm  water,  till,  by  degrees,  it  will 
bear,  and  like,  to  be  washed  with  cold  water.  After  carefully  drying 
the  whole  body,  head,  and  limbs,  another  dry  soft  cloth,  a little 
warmed,  should  be  used  gently,  to  take  ail  the  damp  from  the  wrinkled 
andffat  parts  of  the  body.  Apply  gentle  friction  to  the  body,  but  do 
not  press  upon  the  stomach  and  bowels.  If  the  skin  is  chafed,  hair 
powder,  or  violet  powder,  is  to  be  used,  or  a thin  mixture  of  fuller’s 
earth.  For  the  head,  a small  soft  brush  is  safer  than  a comb.  It 
should  have  clean  linen,  etc.,  every  day. 

Some  females  in  dressing  an  infant  are  very  rough,  and  must  har- 
ass and  fatigue  it  much.  The  most  tender  deliberation  should  be  ob- 
served. Never  let  the  clothes  be  tight.  Never  use  pins,  for  they  are 
dangerous.  The  strings  must  be  tied  so  slack  that  one  might  get  two 
Angers  between.  Many  instances  of  idiotism,  fits,  and  deformity,  are 
Wing  to  tight  bandages. 

Never  expose  an  infant  to  open  doors  or  windows,  especially  in 
winter.  The  extreme  of  a summer  day  should  also  be  avoided.  Ex- 
cessive heat  or  cold  will  injure  an  infant.  Infants  should  not  be  kept 
too  near  the  fire. 

The  wisest  course  in  treating  infants,  is  to  follow  the  simple  dic- 
tates of  nature;  yet  some  people  are  so  devoid  of  consideration  as  to 
give  them  wine,  spirits,  spices,  sugar,  and  other  things  too  strong  for 
their  tender  stomachs.  The  first  milk  a baby  can  draw  from  its 
mother's  breast  is  medicine  and  nourishment  for  it,  and  if  she  is  too 
ill  to  give  it,  it  is  better  to  let  it  wait  a few  hours,  than  to  give  it  any 
kind  of  food.  But  if  it  is  very  craving,  mix  milk  with  soft  boiled 
Water,  and  give  it  half  a tea-spoon  at  a time,  only  warm,  for  the  mouth 
cannot  bear  much  heat.  Let  it  swallow  one  little  portion  before  an- 
other is  offered,  and  raise  its  head  that  it  may  pass  the  gullet  easily. 
Do  not  overload  the  stomach,  which  may  greatly  disorder  the  infant, 
and  become  the  foundation  of  gluttony. 

If  a mother  cannot  suckle  the  child,  get  a healthy,  cheerful  wom- 
an, with  young  milk,  who  is  fond  of  infants.  After  the  first  six 
months,  broths,  and  simple  food,  may  do  as  well  as  living  wholly  upon 
milk. 

If  milk  cannot  be  had,  a tea-spoon  of  the  yolk  of  a fresh  egg, 
well  beaten,  and  mixed  with  two  table-spoons  of  soft  boiled  water, 
will  do  instead.  Three  inches  square  of  lean  veal,  and  one  inch  thick, 
will  make  soup  for  a baby  for  two  or  three  days.  Boil  only  half  at 
once,  iir  a pint  of  soft  water,  down  to  two-thirds.  Strain.  When  cold 
takeoff  the  scum.  Warm  a little  as  wanted.  A thin  gruel  also  may 
be  made  from  rice  flour. 

In  the  latter  part  of  the  first  year,  pure  water  Ynaj’-  occasionally  be 
given.  Those  parents  who  accustom  their  children  to  drink  water 
only,  bestow  on  them  a benefit,  the  value  of  which  will  be  sensibly 
felt  through  life.  Habits  of  intemperance,  the  curse  of  after  life,  are 
often  laid  in  infancy. 

Rising  early  in  the  morning  is  good  for  all  children,  provided  they 
awake  of  themselves,  which  they  generally  do;  they  ought  not  to  be 
waked  out  of  their  sleep.  Children,  till  the^  are  two  or  three  years 
*ld,  must  never  be  allowed  to  walk  long  enough  to  be  weary. 


428 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


In  laying  a child  to  sleep,  place  it  upon  the  right  side  oftener  tha*- 
on  the  left,  but  twice  in  the  twenty-four  hours  it  should  be  changed  te 
the  left  side.  Laying  it  on  its  back  when  it  awakes,  is  enough  of  that 
posture,  in  which  alone  it  can  move  its  legs  and  arms  With"  freedom. 
Place  the  cradle  so  that  the  light  may  come  equally  on  both  eyes,  to 
prevent  squinting. 

Infants  cannot  sleep  too  long.  Sleep  promotes  a more  calm  and 
uniform  circulation  of  the  blood,  and  facilitates  assimilation  of  the 
nutriment  received.  Mothers  and  nurses  should  try  to  accustom  in- 
fants, from  the  time  of  their  birth,  to  sleep  in  the  night,  preferably  to 
the  da}r. 

To  awaken  children  from  sleep  with  a noise,  or  in  an  impetuous 
manner,  is  unwise  and  hurtful;  also  to  carry  them  from  a dark  room 
immediately  into  a glaring  light,  for  the  sudden  impression  of  light 
debilitates  the  organs  of  vision,  and  lays  the  foundation  of  weak  eyes 
from  infancy. 

Infants  are  sometimes  very  restless  at  night,  caused  by  either  cram- 
ming them  with  too  much  food,  by  tight  night-clothes,  or  by  being 
overheated  with  blankets,  etc. 

Never  give  an  infant  wine,  spirits,  or  any  drug,  to  make  it  sleep. 
Milk,  water,  or  both  mixed,  whey,  or  thin  gruel;  these  are  the  fittest 
for  infants.  The  more  simple  and  light  their  diet  and  drink,  the  mow 
they  will  thrive. 

A bedroom  or  nursery  ought  to  be  spacious  and  lofty,  dry,  airy 
and  not  inhabited  through  the  day.  Feather  beds  should  be  banished 
from  nurseries,  as  they  are  an  unnatural  and  debilitating  contrivance. 
The  windows  should  never  be  opened  at  night,  but  left  open  the  wholn 
day,  in  line  clear  weather. 

Nurses  ought  never  to  conceal  any  accident  befalling  a child.  Ah 
violent  impressions  on  the  senses  and  bodies  of  children  should  be 
avoided.  It  is  injurious  to  toss  them  about  rapidly  and  violently  in 
their  arms.  Loud  crying,  or  shouting  in  their  ears,  presenting  glitter* 
ing  objects  to  their  view,  and  sudden  and  too  great  a degree  of  light* 
such  practices  are  very  injurious. 

A New  York  physician  makes,  in  the  Times , the  following  sensible 
suggestions  concerning  the  care  of  infants  during  hot  weather  : 

Loose,  light,  clean  clothing,  covering  the  entire  body.  To  tv, 
changed  each  day.  if  possible.  No  bandages  whatever. 

Bathe  the  infant  morning  and  evening  in  simple  tepid  water,  an* 
dry  thoroughly.  Use  no  spirits  or  washes  of  any  kind. 

Keep  rooms  and  all  heading  clean  and  well  aired. 

Feed  a nursing  infant  on  bread  and  milk  only,  and  not  oftener 
than  every  two  or  three  hours;  occasionally  a tea-spoon  of  cool  (not 
iced)  water,  but  let  no  other  material  whatever  pass  its  lips.  It  must 
not  be  nursed  more  than  once  between  bed-time  and  rising.  Give  it 
water  by  the  tea-spoon,  if  it  cries. 

Feed  the  bottle-fed  infant  as  follows  : Boiled  fresh  cow’s  milk 
diluted  one-third  with  sweetened  barley  water.  Milk  and  a little  lime 
water.  Water  occasionally  to  drink,  but  not  another  article  of  food. 
Especially  avoid  farina,  corn  starch,  arrow-root,  etc.  Give  the  bottla 
once  in  every  two  or  three  hours. 

When  the  child  vomits  after  taking  food,  do  not  give  it  any  more 
for  a couple  of  hours.  The  fact  of  its  vomiting  shows  its  stomach,  for 
some  cause,  does  not  tolerate  the  food;  so  give  it  rest,  and  thus 
stomach  will  recover,  and  at  the  end  of  a couple  of  hours  wih  receive 
and  digest  the  food. 


Advice  to  Mothers . 


429 


If  the  bowels  are  loose,  do  the  same  as  above,  feeding  the  child 
sparingly,  only  every  three  or  live  hours.  Keep  it  quiet,  apply  warm 
mustard  cloths  to  its  abdomen,  and,  if  feverish,  give  it  a hot  bath. 
Give  no  patent  medicines,  decoctions,  or  other  remedies.  If  it  does 
not  get  better  in  twelve  hours,  send  for  a doctor. 

The  following  article  upon  the  “Treatment  of  Children,”  by 
Abram  Livezey,  M.  D.,  we  take  from  Peterson's  Magazine , and  com- 
mend it  to  the  careful  perusal  of  every  mother  who  cares  for  the  welfare 
of  her  children.  They  will  be  amply  repaid  for  the  time  thus  spent: 

NO.  I. — The  Use  and  Abuse  of  Calomel. — I warn  mothers  against 
the  general  use  of  calomel,  given  so  freely  by  too  many  physicians. 
From  the  smallness  of  the  dose,  its  almost  tastelessness,  the  facility 
with  which  it  may  be  given,  it  is  resorted  to  in  numberless  cases,  where 
it  is  not  only  unnecssary  but  positively  injurious. 

In  the  bowels  of  children  nature  has  supplied  an  abundance  of 
mucus  to  shield  those  parts,  so  tender  in  infant  life,  and  to  protect  them 
Horn  the  effects  of  irritating  substances.  A dose  or  two  of  calomel, 
■however,  speedily  removes  this  protection  of  the  bowels  in  infancy,  and, 
when  repeated  a train  of  symptoms  ensues  which  endanger  the  child’s 
ife,  and  excite  alarm  in  the  maternal  bosom.  Its  strength  is  suddenly 
gone;  “ its  legs  and  arms  hang  helplessly  down  ; it  is  peevish  and  fret- 
mi;  the  face  assumes  a pinched  expression;”  one  cheek  is  oftimes 
flushed,  the  other  pale  (and  the  mother  thinks  it  has  worm  fever  ; ) the 
abdomen  is  very  hot  to  the  hand ; there  is  dryness  of  the  lips,  from  the 
Irritative  fever  induced  by  the  action  of  th#  calomel;  the  nose  is 
deprived  of  its  natural  moisture,  becomes  also  dry,  and  itches,  and 
the  child  thus  picks  both,  and  the  mother  is  sure,  from  this  symptom 
*»f  irritation,  that  the  child  has  worms,  and  the  doctor  too  olten  coincides, 
»*,ud  more  purgative  medicines  is  given  to  free  the  little  suffering 
patient  from  imaginary  parasites!  If  the  child  be  of  a very  vigorous 
constitution,  it  may  triumph  over  both  the  disease  and  the  folly  of  the 
doctor;  but  if,  on  the  contrary,  it  be  feeble,  it  will  lie  with  its  little 
attenuated  limbs  stretched  out,  indifferent  to  all  around  it,  until  death 
-doses  liie  scene. 

Children  who  have  been  over-dosed  with  calomel  have  always  a 
tedious  convalescence,  and  exhibit  an  old  look,  in  consequence  of  the 
■rapid  absorption  offat. 

Lest  in  my  strictures  in  the  use  of  calomel,  some  of  my  medical 
•readers  should  mentally  charge  me  with  eclecticism , I will  quote  a few 
paragraphs  from  Dr.  Beck,  against  whom  no  such  charges  can  be 
made: 

“ When  salivation  does  take  place  in  the  child,  its  effects  are  most 
disastrous.  Sloughing  of  the  gums  and  cheeks,  general  prostration, 
and  death,  are  by  no  means  uncommon  occurrences. ” 

• “In  bowel  complaints,  under  the  idea  of  altering  the  secreMons,  it 
has  frequently  helped  to  keep  up  tiie  very  intestinal  irritation  which  it 
Was  given  to  correct.” 

“ It  ought  to  be  a rule  laid  down,  and  rigidly  followed,  that  in  very 
young  children,  mercury  ought  never  to  be  used  as  a cathartic,  unless 
there  is  a special  reason  for  resorting  to  it.” 

“Let  mothers,  then,  who  prize  the  health  and  well-being  of  their 
children  (and  what  mother  does  not?)  beware  of  these  little  white  or 
gray  powders,  too  frequently  prescribed  by  the  family  physician,  who 
often  does  so  out  of  regard  to  the  taste  of  the  child.” 

In  its  place,  castor  oil,  or  the  rhubarb  and  lime-water  mixture,  is 
best  adapted  to  bowel  disorders  of  infantsand  children;  and  Husband’s 


430 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


magnesia  alone,  or  with  half  the  quantity  of  rhubarb,  or  an  infusion  o* 
senna  leaves,  with  some  one  of  the  aromatics  as  ginger,  annise,  fennel, 
will  answer  every  good  purpose  when  their  little  stomachs  are  clogged, 
livers  torpid,  as  indicated  by  coated  tongue,  etc.  No  medicine,  says 
Professor  Gross,  acts  so  well  upon  the  whole  secretary  system  as 
senna. 

NO.  II.— Use  and  Abuse  of  Blisters.— Opium,  tartar  emetic  and 
mercury,  like  the  fabled  weird  sisters,  Ciotho,  Lacheis  and  Atropos 
work  in  harmony  together  to  abbreviate  the  span  of  infantile  existence ; 
and  when  they  fail  to  cure(!)  or  remedy  remediable  ills,”  another 
lethiferous  agent  is  brought  into  play  to  finish  the  work,  so  badly  car- 
ried on  from  its  inception.  This  is  the  fly-blister — cerat,  canthar, — as 
it  usually  appears  on  the  prescription  paper, of  the  action  of  which,  and 
its  effect  upon  young  children,  every  mother  should  be  informed. 

As  the  skin,  in  infancy,  is  more  delicate  in  structure,  possesses  greater 
vascularity,  and  a much  higher  degree  of  sensibility,  it  is  at  once 
apparent  that  blisters  must  not  only  produce  their  specific  effects  in  a 
shorter  time  than  they  do  in  the  adult,  but  the  inflammation  resulting 
from  their  action  is  also  much  greater  in  the  young  subject,  and  am 
much  more  apt  to  be  followed  by  injurious  consequences  from  thei 
resulting  inflammation,  such  as  deep,  rodent  ulceration,  gangrene,  and 
even  death.  Melancholy  instances  of  this  character,  quite  too  numer- 
ous, can  be  found  on  medical  record. 

Dr.  Ryan  says:  “J.  have  seen  a blister  on  the  chest  followed  by 
sloughing,  and  an  aperture  form  over  the  epigastrium,  which  exposed 
the  viscera  beneath.” 

The  late  Professor  Chapman,  of  this  city,  wrote,  that  in  children 
blister  “ sometimes  induces  gangrene,  as  I have  witnessed  in  two  or 
three  instances.” 

Fortunate,  indeed,  is  the  physician  who,  in  a practice  of  twenty 
five  years,  has  not  seen  many  such  cases  in  his  own  practice,  or  that  of 
his  professional  brethren.  "Recently  I was  called  to  a babe  of  a few 
months  old,  abandoned  by  the  family  physician  as  hopeless,  upon 
whose  little  breast  I found  a partially  ulcerated  and  inflamed  surface 
four  inches  square,  the  result  of  a fly-blister  ordered  to  be  left  on  sit 
hours  by  an  “ aged  and  experienced”  physician,  a day  or  two  previous 
The  infant  died,  of  course,  not  from  the  catarrh,  but  from  gangrene, 
which  utterly  destroyed  the  intercostal  muscles  between  the  first  anq 
second,  and  second  and  third  ribs,  on  either  side  of  the  sternum. 

When  blisters  are  ordered  by  the  family  physician,  the  mother 
should  entrust  its  action  to  none,  but  have  a personal,  watchful  cam 
over  it,  raising  the  plaster  at  no  distant  intervals,  and  observing  the 
condition  of  the  skin,  and  remove  it  as  soon  as  the  surface  appears 
uniformly  reddened,  and  then  apply  a soft,  moist  poultice  of  bread  and 
milk.  Thus  will  be  effected  vesication  in  a few  hours,  and  all  the  gbod 
that  can  possibly  be  derived  from  the  blister,  and  the  possible  injurious 
consequences  generally  avoided. 

Do  not  allow  a blister  to  remain  on  a child  six,  four,  or  even  two 
hours,  though  so  ordered  by  “ age  and  experience,”  without  the  above 
precautionary  measures. 

In  two  or  three  hours  after  the  application  of  the  poultice,  the 
serum  will  be  ready,  generally,  to  discharge,  and  then  a thick  layer  of 
finely  corded  cotton  should  be  applied,  to  absorb  the  continued  dis- 
charge. In  two  days  under  ordinary  circumstances,  a new  cuticle  will 
be  formed,  the  old  come  off  with  the  cotton,  and  the  blistered  surface 
cured.  Space  will  permit  for  only  one  mom  caution  in  reference  tort 


Advice  to  Mothers. 


43i 

the  application  of  this  powerful  agent;  and  that  is,  when  the  skin  is  in 
a morbid  or  preternaturally  injected  and  excited  state,  as  in  the  case  of 
measles  and  scarlatina,  ulceration  and  gangrene  are  by  no  means 
unusual  sequences  of  blisters. 

Professor  Dunglinson  leaves  behind  him  the  recorded  fact  that  he 
has  seen  “several  cases  of  death  manifestly  caused  by  the  use  of  blis- 
ters in  scarlatina  and  measles.”  This  should  be  received  as  precaution- 
ary advice  by  the  young  practitioner,  and  even  if  the  experienced  and 
aged  one  is  so  unmindful  of  the  dangers  of  their  improper  or  injudi- 
cious use,  mothers  should  exercise  a respectful  but  firm  stand  as  the 
natural  protector  of  their  children,  against  the  “ use  and  abuse  of 
blisters.” 

NO.  III. — Irritation — General. — Of  all  subjects  connected  with 
this  department,  and  of  all  the  duties  which  devolve  upon  tiie  mother 
as  a watchful  guardian  of  the  health  and  w^ell-being  of  her  children, 
there  is  no  one  more  important,  and  none  that  will  reward  her  more  to 
study,  than  that  of  irritation  ; for,  with  a knowledge  of  its  source  and 
results,  she  will  be  able  to  guard  against  the  causes,  remove  the  effects 
and  very  often,  by  timely  and  simple  ministration,  relieve  many  dis- 
eases of  infancy  and  childhood. 

Irritation  is  a disordered  state  of  the  nerves  of  the  part  affected, 
with  more  or  less  pain  and  functional  disturbance;  a state  in  which 
the  predominant  symptom  is  nervous  derangement,  which  is  neither 
accompanied  by,  nor  results  from  inflammation.  The  influence  of 
Irritation,  as  a cause  of  disease,  is  wide  spread,  and  a knowledge  of  its 
effects  will  guide  the  mother,  not  only  in  the  detection  of  disease,  but 
enable  her  wisely  to  remove  or  combat  it.  She  will  thus  learn  that 
most  diseases  of  infants  proceed  from  irritation  of  a higher  or  lower 
degree,  and  not  from  inflammation,  a fact  that  is  too  often  overlooked 
by  medical  men,  who,  through  fear  of  this  bugbear , resort  to  leeching, 
blistering,  mercurials  and  antimonials,  to  prevent  or  subdue  it,  to  the 
great  injury  of  the  little  patient.  For  if  a disease  proceeding  from 
irritation  be  treated  as  an  inflammatory  one,  the  case  will  be  greatly 
aggravated. 

It  is  a great  physiological  fact,  and  mothers  should  be  aware  of  it, 
that  every  organ  of  the  body  is  liable  to  derangement  in  its  function 
from  the  influence  of  irritation;  and  that  such  deranged  action  may 
frccur  directly  or  indirectly,  from  sympathy  with  other  parts,  organs, 
or  functions  of  them  in  an  unnatural  state  of  excitement  or  irritation. 
To  illustrate  the  foregoing  observations,  I will  specify  some  of  the 
sources  and  effects  in  and  upon  children.  The  function  of  the  brain 
may,  for  a time,  be  more  or  less  paralized,  assuming  all  the  symptoms 
of  stupor  or  apoplexy,  in  consequence  of  the  pain  attendant  upon 
teething,  or  from  the  irritating  effects  of  undigested  or  crude  food  in 
the  stomach.  From  similar  exciting  causes,  as  well  as  from  worms  in 
the  alimentary  canal,  will  convulsions  often  ensue.  Even  external 
impressions  of  a powerful  kind,  will  exert  similar  effects,  and  produce 
convulsions  as  the  following  cases,  related  by  Surgeon  Hood,  clearly 
proves.  The  christening  of  the  first  son  of  a nobleman  was  to  be  cele- 
brated with  great  pomp  at  night,  at  which  time  the  apartments  were 
lighted  with  the  utmost  brilliancy.  The  moment  the  infant  duke  was 
brought  into  the  drawing  room,  the  sudden  glare  of  the  strong  light 
caused  almost  instantaneous  convulsions,  from  which  the  child  never 
recovered.  ^ 

A married  lady,  very  highly  connected,  was  to  inherit  a very  large 
estate  provided  she  had  a sow.  Consequently,  when  her  first  son  was 


43  2 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


bora,  there  was  great  rejoicing  at  liis  christening,  and  a bishop  was 
invited  to  perform  the  ceremony.  When  he  arrived,  the  servants 
knocked  so  loudly  at  the  room-door  that  the  child  was  frightened  into 
convulsions,  and  died  soon  after. 

NO*  IV. — Irritation — Special.— Having  spoken  somewhat  in  gen- 
eral terms  of  the  influence  of  irritation  upon  the  young  child,  I will 
now  point  out  some  of  the  special  effects  arising  from  the  same  source. 

Flatulency  is  directly  a cause  of  much  pain  and  discomfort  to  the 
babe,  and  indirectly  produces  palpitation  of  the  heart,  whilst  derange- 
ment of  the  stomach  and  liver,  especially  if  attended  with  acidity,  will 
not  only  produce  the  same  effects,  but,  in  addition,  give  rise  to  acute 
pain  in  the  region  of  the  heart.  Cold  is  also  a most  common  cause  of 
irritatation,  not  only  causing  pain  and  distress  in  the  bowels,  but  more 
frequently  acting  upon  and  deranging  the  functions  of  the  lungs  and 
air  passages. 

Who  has  not  noticed  how  remarkably  have  children,  when  prop- 
erly clothed,  escaped  entirely  the  ordinary  affectations  of  the  chest 
during  the  first  year  or  two  of  their  existence,  proving  conclusively 
that  judicious  clothing  becomes  really  a prophylactic  against  catarrh, 
as  the  converse  has  always  been  observed  where  diseases  of  these  organs 
constantly  abound. 

Mothers  should  remember  that  even  if  the  infant  with  bare  arms, 
chest  and  legs, ’should  escape  from  catarrh  before  the  period  of  teeth- 
ing, it  will  be  fearfully  in  danger  when  this  irritative  process  com- 
mences, as  it  seems  to  deprive  the  lungs  of  their  previous  power  of 
resisting  the  effects  of  colds. — Hood. 

Every  mother  knows,  (and  jmt  how  often  she  overlooks  the  fact,) 
that  teething  will  so  affect  the  digestive  powers  as  to  cause  sickness 
and  loss  of  appetite;  and  the  excitement  increasing,  and  the  irritation 
extending,  will  sometimes  produce  quite  a severe  purging. 

So  susceptible  is  the  nervous  organizations  of  the  infant,  that  this 
natural  tenderness  of  early  life  renders  them  liable  to  powerful  im- 
pressions from  slight  causes  of  irritation. 

After  the  age  of  three  years,  such  diseases  as  arise  chiefly  from 
irritation  become  less  common,  and  sudden  attacks  more  rare.  Now, 
also,  the  brain  is  more  frequently  attacked  or  suffers  more  from  in- 
creased nervous  excitement  instead  of  the  lungs  or  organs  of  respiration, 
as  was  the  case  in  the  earlier  stages. 

Many  parents  manifest  a desire  to  make  their  children  smart  or 
precocious  at  this  early  period,  and  they  resort  to  means  to  effect  this, 
that  frequently  excite  the  brain  in  a forcible  and  unnatural  manner, 
and  cause  functional  derangement  of  that  important  organ.  Such 
precocious  children  are  generally  of  a nervous  temperament,  their 
muscular  system  imperfectly  developed,  and  a too  rapid  growth  of  the 
body  induces  debility  and  languor  in  the  circulation,  and  consequently 
an  insufficient  supply  of  blood  to  the  brain. 

Finally,  mothers  should  ever  remember,  that  the  confined  air  of 
the  bedchamber  predisposes  to  irritation  of  the  throat  and  lungs. 
Hence  the  suddeness  and  frequency  of  attacks  of  spasmodic  croup,  and 
other  irritations  in  the  respiratory  organs  during  the  night,  when  the 
child  lias  been  put  to  bed  in  apparent  health. 

Well  ventilated  rooms  are  of  the  first  importance  to  children  as  well 
as  adults,  during  dentition  especially ; and  the  good  effects  of  such  rooms 
cannot  be  too  highly  appreciated  by  both  clases.  ^ “Infantile  physiog- 
nomy,” etc.,  or  what  can  be  learned  from  the  study  of  the  expression 
of  the  face,  and  its  general  movements,  are  interesting  and  important 


Advice  to  Mothers. 


433 


topics  to  the  careful  and  conscientious  mother,  who  desires  to  discharge 
her  whole  duty  to  her  offspring;  and  this  study  will  next  engage  our 
attention. 

NO.  Y. — Infantile  Physiognomy. — This  is  a subject  not  only  of 
paramount  importance  for  medical  men  to  study,  but  equally  so  to 
mothers;  for  from  the  expression  of  a child's  face  a certain  kind  of 
information  Is  to  be  derived  that  cannot  possibly  be  learned  from  any 
other  source. 

For  instance  if  there  is  a look  of  or  an  appearance  of  heaviness! 
about  the  eyes,  with  pallid  features;  if  the  child  rolls  its  head,  and 
cries  out  frequently,  it  most  probably  suffers  from  pain  in  the  head ; 
or  if  it  scowls  or  frowns  yd  the  introduction  of  light,  and  seems  to  dis- 
like it,  there  is  good  cause  to  believe  that  there  is  more  or  less  difficulty 
in  the  freedom  of  circulation  of  blood  in  the  brain. 

If  the  muscles  of  the  face  and  forehead  become  contracted,  giving 
the  features  a pinched,  appearance,  with  an  occasional  bluish  tinge  on 
the  upper  lip?  and  about  the  angles  of  the  mouth,  which  appears  also 
puckered;  if,  with  these  appearances,  there  is  conjoined  a drawing  up 
of  the  child’s  legs,  and  the  child  screams  or  cries  “ by  spells,”  it  is 
probably  griped,  and  is  suffering  from  flatulency,  (wind  colic,)  as  well 
\s  from  an  excess  of  acidity  in  the  stomach  and  bowels. 

During  the  process  of  teething,  if  the  lips,  mouth,  and  tongue  be- 
come dry, With  a cessation  of  the  usual  flow  of  saliva,  irritation  with 
oain  in  the  gums,  is  then  indicated,  and  should  receive  attention. 

'So  metimes  a child  is  noticed  to  grow  pale,  the  flesh  becomes  very 
soft,  blue  veins  manifest  themselves  in  an  especial  degree  on  the  fore- 
head, and  a general  lacking  of  that  natural  animation  so  peculiar  to 
children  ensues — symtoms  which  indicate  a deficiency  of  red  globules 
tn  the  child’s  blood,  or,  in  other  words,  the  blood  contains  more  serum 
than  is  compatible  with  health.  Such  delicate  little  children  are  apt  to 
be  attacked  with  Iciryngisms  stridulus . a form  of  spasmodic  croup,  or 
crowing  respiration,  that  sometimes  causes  sudden  death. 

The  eye  of  a child  is  a good  index  of  the  state  of  the  brain.  The 
brain  is  considered  to  be  suffering  from  irritation  if  the  pupil  contracts 
on  exposure  to  light;  but  if  the  pupil  is  dilated,  and  exposure  to  light 
hag  no  influence  upon  it.  we  conclude  that  there  is  congestion  of  the 
brain,  from  some  cause,  generally  from  imperfect  circulation  of  blood 
through  that  organ,  or  from  effusion  through  the  ventricles. 

The  pulse  is  a too  uncertain  guide,  except  to  those  of  enlarged  ex- 
perience and  observation,  to  be  of  any  benefit  to  the  mother,  and  we 
consequent]}’'  pass  it  by. 

The  skin,  both  as  to  its  texture  and  color,  is  a much  better  guide, 
and  can  be  profitably  studied  by  the  mother.  For  instance,  if  it  be 
steadily  harsh  and  dry,  she  may  be  concerned  that  theie  is  some  source 
of  irritation  or  derangement  exisitingin  some  vital  or  important  organ, 
as  the  stomach,  liver,  or  bowels;  whilst  if  the  skin  be  of  a dirty  white, 
the  liver  does  not  secrete  and  discharge  the  bile  through  its  proper  ducts 
into  the  alimentary  canal. 

There  is  another  appearance  of  the  skin,  denominated  by  some 
authors  as  “pasty,”  or  bluish-white  color,  that  is  seen  in  children  of 
unhealthy  condition,  with  most  of  the  secretions  of  the  body  deranged, 
and,  consequently,  the  blood  becomes  impoverished  and  unhealthy 
also. 

Mothers  can  readily  acquaint  themselves  with  some  of  the  most 
prominent  symptoms  of  disorder  in  their  children,  and  thus  justly 
judge  better  whether  they  should  summon  medical  aid. 

19 


434 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department 


NO.  YI.—  Infantile  Prognosis.— The  mother  need  not  be  alarmed, 
generally,  if  her  child  be  “fractious  and  cross,”  even  though  it  be 
apparently  quite  ill,  for  in  nearly  all  such  cases,  but  little  danger  is  to 
be  apprehended. 

Crying  also  need  never  excite  alarm,  unless  for  a long  time,  and 
unaccountably  continued;  for  children,  however  ill  they  may  seem  to 
be,  if  disposed  to  cry,  will  seldom  succumb  to  the  exisiting  malady. 
Crying,  in  fact,  is  the  infant’s  language;  and  when  tiiis  is  absent  for 
a length  of  time,  there  is  more  occasion  for  uneasiness,  and  more  danger 
to  be  apprehended,  than  when  present  even  to  an  intense  degree. 

Yet  it  is  possible  for  a prolonged  fit  of  crying,  in  a healthy  child, 
to  produce  a state  resembling  congestion  of  tfie  lungs,  as  it  is  manifested 
by  the  turning  of  the  face  to  a pale  color,  the  breathing  becomes  short 
and  quick,  and  is  attended  with  great  restlessness — a state  wiiieh  con- 
tinues until  the  circulation  is  restored  to  its  wonted  tranquility. 

The  position  of  a child  is  an  important  diagnostic  of  its  condition, 
by  the  observance  of  which  the  mother  can  satisfy  herself  that  there 
is, or  is  not,  danger  brewing  to  her  child.  For  instance,  even  though 
the  child  be  thought,  in  her  fits  of  fear,  to  be  alarmingly  ill,  yet  if  it 
reposes  upon  its  side,  the  arms  easily  bent,  (perhaps  the  head  resting 
upon  one  of  them,)  with  the  thighs  drawn  up  toward  the  abdomen, 
she  may  safely  conclude,  “there  is  no  danger  to  be  apprehended  to 
my  darling  babe;”  but  if  it  is  observed  to  lie  upon  its  back  continuously 
its  legs  strecthed  out,  its  arms  extended,  and  fingers  clenching  the 
thumbs  in  the  palms,  together  with  more  or  less  rigidity  of  the  muscles* 
of  the  body,  then,  surely,  in  all  such  cases,  there  is  much  reason  for 
serious  apprehension  on  account  of  the  presence  of  powerful  irritating 
causes  existing  somewhere  in  its  system,  and  a medical  attendant 
should  be  summoned  without  delay.  Lastly,  when  a state  of  apathy  or 
indifference  to  all  external  things  or  impressions  is  manifested  by  the 
child,  owing  to  exhaustion,  or  any  other  cause,  the  mother  may  justly 
have  cause  for  serious  apprehension;  for  such  a state,  or  condition 
clearly  indicates  that  the  vital  powers  are  giving  way — that  the  strength 
of  the  little  patient  is  gradually,  but  surely,  sinking;  that  probably 
there  is  a commencing  effusion  within  the  ventricles  of  the  brain,  from, 
a languor  of  circulation  through  it,  or  from  “ the  blood  being  of  so 
watery  a consistence  as  to  fail  in  communicating  that  degree  of  stimu 
lus  which,  in  its  healthy  state,  it  never  fails  to  impart.” 

Hence  it  should  ever  be  borne  in  mind  that  morbid  irritation  exertv 
a powerful  iufiuence  over  the  diseases  of  children,  and  the  strength  o 1 
the  child  should  not  be  so  generally  prostrated  at  the  onset  of  disease, 
by  the  use  of  exhausting  remedies.  Children  are  very  tenacious  oflife, 
and  in  trying  to  effect  too  much  in  too  short  a time,  we  often  err;  and 
too  many  sink  under  this  “ bold  practice.”  The  vis  medicatrix  naturae 
or  healing  power  of  nature,  is  very  great  in  children;  and  this  power 
should  be  carefully  fostered  and  aided  by  remedial  measures,  simple  in 
their  character. 

There  is  no  question  but  many  “children  die  from  ofRciousness 
of  the  physician,”  (Dungliuson,)  whilst  “ many  triumph  over  both  the 
disease  and  folly  of  the  doctor.” — Mitchell. 

No.  VII. — Teething. — By  the  Registrar’s  report,  one-eighth  of  the 
whole  number  of  deaths  in  England,  occurs  during  the  second  year  of 
existence — a mortality  very  nearly  equal  to  that  of  all  the  deaths  oc- 
curring between  the  ages  of  ten  and  twenty-nine  years. 

The  cause  of  this  great  mortality  is  believed  to- arise  from  the  fact, 
that  during  this  period  children  rwi'the  greatest  uumbe*  of  teeth,  and 


Advice  to  Mothers. 


435 


are,  in  consequence  thereof,  most  susceptible  to  impressions  of  an 
irritating  character;  and  pain  and  irritation  incident  to  this  period, 
most  readily  induces  functional  derangement  of  every  organ  of  the 
body.  That  “ teething  gives  rise  to  more  of  the  maladies  to  which  in- 
fants are  subject  than  any  other  known  cause,”  is  a truth,  the  impor- 
tance of  which,  to  the  mother,  cannot  be  over-estimated.  And  this 
cause , most  unfortunately  for  the  well-being  of  the  infantile  race,  is  too 
frequently  overlooked  by  her  and  physicians  generally  ; for  the  dis- 
turbance of  the  functions  of  the  brain,  organs  of  respiration,  stomach, 
and  bowels,  arising  from  dentition,  is  often  so  great,  and  the  symptoms 
so  prominent,  that  the  exciting  cause  (teething)  is  entirely  overlooked. 

The  forming  tooth,  pressing  upon  the  dental  nerve  below  and  the 
distended,  sensitive  gum  above,  induces  pain  and  nervous  irritation, 
winch  causes  the  heart  to  beat  with  greater  violence  and  rapidity,  and 
consequently,  more  blood  than  is  consistent  with  their  healthy  func- 
tions, is  propelled  into  those  organs,  and  mischief  results  from  unequal 
distribution  of  blood,  more  or  less  local  congestion,  and  imperfect  oxy- 
genation. 

Less  danger  results  when  the  irritation  of  teething  affects  the 
bowels,  as  a moderate  purgingusually  affords  some  relief,  though  often 
of  a temporary  character,  to  the  child’s  sufferings. 

If  the  diarrhea  continues,  however,  the  circulation  soon  becomes 
languid,  from  a diminished  supply  of  blood,  as  the  unnatural  discharge 
of  fluids  from  the  body  lessens  the  amount  of  the  circulating  fluid,  and 
the  child  soon  becomes  either  peevish  and  fretful,  or  listless  and  lan- 
guid, with  an  inclination  to  sleep,  and  manifests  most  clearly  an  im- 
poverished condition  of  the  blood,  namely,  a deficiency  of  red  globules 
in  it. 

The  lively  sympathy  existing  between  teething  and  the  brain,  is 
ver}'  frequently  productive  of  convulsions;  and  long  continued  irrita- 
tion in  the  gums  should  never  be  allowed  to  exist.  When  a child  lias 
once  had  convulsions  during  teething,  it  is  rendered  more  prone  to 
them,  and  hence  the  mother  should  be  carefully  watchful  in  the  future, 
md  have  the  swollen  gums  freely  lanced  whenever  the  child  manifests 
my  evidence  of  suffering  from  the  impinging  tooth.  If  this  caution 
iis  attentively  observed,  the  dreaded  attack  can  nearly  always  be  ward- 
ed off. 

The  sympathy  between  “teething”  and  the  windpipe  is  also  re- 
markable, particularly  in  children  whose  nervous  organizations  are 
delicate;  though  the  robust  as  well  as  the  pale  and  weakly  are  not  ex- 
empt from  these  sudden  attacks  of  spasms  indicated  by  a crowing , 
croupy  respiration.  These  sudden  seizures  of  interruption  to  normal 
breathing  are  very  alarming  10  the  young  mother  especially,  as  the 
child  struggles  for  breath,  its  face  becomes  livid,  and  when  the  spasm 
subsides,  it  looks  much  paler  than  usual.  In  all  such  cases  the  mother, 
instead  of  resorting  to  such  nauseants  as  hive  syrup,  tincture  of  Shelia, 
antimonial  wine,  etc.,  should  carefully  examine  the  condition  of  the 
gums,  and  the  cause  will  there  be  generally  found,  and  the  means  of 
cure  are  lancing  the  tumid  gum. 

Its  Sympathies. — The  sympathetic  irritations  arising  from  the 
growing  tooth  pressing  upon  the  large  nerve  beneath,  and  the  sensi- 
tive filaments  in  the  swollen  gum,  are  many  and  important,  and  should 
be  well  understood  by  mothers. 

It  was  observed  in  the  previous  remarks,  that  teething  was  a com- 
mon exciting  cause  of  disturbance  in  the  functions  of  respiration, 
This  arises  from  the  fact,  that  pain  and  irritation,  especially  in  the 


436 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


young  subject,  produce  a rapidity  in  the  circulation,  which  cause? 
hurried  breathing,  and  in  time  leads  to  the  production  of  symptoms 
resembling  those  of  inflammation  of  the  bronchi  or  of  the  lungs. 

In  these  cases  the  face  becomes  hot  and  flushed;  the  head  suffers 
from  the  impure  blood  sent  by  the  brain,  and  convulsions  may  ensue. 
Now  if  the  physician  who  is  called,  misjudges  this  case  from  non- 
familiarity with  diseases  of  children,  and  supposes  it  to  be  a true  in- 
flammatory action  going  on  within  the  chest,  and  gives  the  child  a 
sharp  purge  of  calomel,  and  advises  antimonials,  he  will  do  the  child 
incalcuable  injury,  as  will  be  evidenced  the  next  day  by  its  pale  and 
exhausted  appearance.  And  all  the  above  symptoms,  in  a severe  form, 
will  return  the  following  night,  when  the  physician  will  again  be 
called,  and  most  probably  follow  up  an  erroneous  treatment  by  blis- 
tering the  chest,  etc.  The  fate  of  this  child  is  easily  foretold,  unless, 
indeed,  it  be  possessed  of  a very  vigorous  constitution.  But  one  ex- 
perienced in  the  maladies  of  children  will  always  examine  the  mouth 
of  these  cases,  and  find  some  one  or  more  of  the  larger  teeth  pressing 
strongly  against  the  gums,  which  he  will  lance  freely,  order  a warm 
bath,  perhaps,  and  some  simple  carminative  aperient,  and  find  the 
child  quite  well  the  following  day. 

A rattling  of  mucus  in  the  throat  of  a healthy  child  sometimes 
needlessly  alarms  tlrs  over-anxious  mother,  for  it  is  unattended  with 
any  disturbance  to  respiration,  it  will  soon  pass  away  under  the  use 
of  a half  to  one  grain  of  ipecacuanha,  (or  an  equivalent  dose  of  its 
syrup,)  at  bed-time,  for  a few  nights.  Catching  of  the  breath  and 
great  irregularity  in  breathing,  are  other  symptoms  frequently  occur- 
ring during  dentition,  and  are  indications  that  the  gums  require  lanc- 
ing- 

Irritation  attendvng  teething,  in  numerous  instances,  causes  the 
child  to  become  feeble,  and  its  muscles  flabby,  and  sometimes  even  die 
suddenly,  through  spasms  of  the  glottis.  In  other  cases  the  digestion 
becomes  impaired,  the  stomach  is  distended,  bowels  deranged,  the 
sleep  disturbed  and  unrefreshing,  and  the  child  becomes  peevish  and 
fretful.  A cough  is  not  unfrequently  present;  the  child's  lips,  and 
also  the  nose,  are  dry,  which  it  inclines  to  pick;  and  the  mother  is  in- 
duced to  believe  that  worms  are  the  cause  of  the  trouble.  Yet  such 
conditions  are  seldom  seen  after  the  period  of  dentition  lias  passed. 

When  the  diarrhea,  which  occurs  during  teething  in  robust  chil- 
dren, is  of  a mild  character,  it  is  more  or  less  beneficial,  as  nature  thus 
endeavors  to  remove  the  irritation  existing  in  the  system  of  the  child. 
But  if  the  child  is  of  a delicate  habit,  its  face  grows  pale,  and  its  flesh 
flabby,  the  diarrhea  becomes  exhausting  and  dangerous,  and  convul- 
sions, resulting  from  debility,  arc  liable  to  ensue. 

In  these  and  the  preceding  cases  the  usual  carminatives,  spiced 
rhubarb,  chalk  mixtures,  etc.,  fail  to  afford  relief.  But  if  the  gums  are 
scarified,  little  difficulty  will  be  found  in  controlling  this  form  of  illness 
by  the  administration  of  a tew  drops  of  paregoric,  half  a tea-spoon  of 
syrup  of  poppies  mixed  with  a tea-spoon  of  the  compound  infusion  of 
roses — a similar  dose  two  or  three  times  daily.  The  child  should  have 
calves’  foot  jelly,  to  which  should  be  added  a little  isinglass  and  good 
port  wine. 

When  children  are  cutting  teeth  they  should  have  Lhe  benefit  of 
pure  air,  and  more  especially  should  this  be  attended  to  when  fever 
occurs  as  the  result  of  irritation  from  this  cause.  The  room  should  be 
well  ventilated,  bed-curtains  dispensed  with,  and  the  covering  of  the 
child,  when  confined  to  its  couch,  should  be  as  light  as  is  consistent 


Advice  to  Mothers. 


437 


with  moderate  warmth  merely.  Children  who  have  passed  through 
the  more  alarming  stages  of  dentition,  or  some  disease  during  this 
period,  are  frequently  met  with,  who  still  seem  to  waste,  to  lose 
strength,  and  manifest  great  disinclination  to  take  food.  In  these 
cases  it  becomes  a nice  question  to  determine  whether  purgative  medi- 
cine should  be  administered.  This  point  can  safely  be  determined  by 
distending  the  lips,  and,  though  the  tongue  may  appear  clean,  if  tno 
cavity  of  the  mouth  is  found  lined  with  adhesive,  thick  saliva,  present-, 
ing  the  appearance  of  a gummy  exudation,  laxatives  are  clearly  in-' 
dicated. 

In  such  cases  rhubarb  and  magnesia  (Hutband’s)  can  be  advan 
tageously  administered,  and  the  child  will  soon  be  more  disposed  to 
partake  of  nourishment.  In  the  next  place,  where  the  tongue  is  clean, 
there  is  no  medicine  comparable  with  the  aromatic  sulphuric  acid,  in 
small  doses,  twice  a day,  to  remove  the  debility,  or  restore  the  strength, 
and  hasten  convalescence. 

Eczema,  or  clusters  of  vesicles,  with  burning  heat  and  porrigo,  or 
scald-head,  attended  with  or  without  enlargement  of  the  submaxiliary 
glands,  (swelling  beneath  the  under  jaw),  often  arise  during  dentition, 
and  are  obstinate  affections.  Attention  to  the  gums,  an  occasional  dose 
of  rhubarb  and  magnesia,  elder  ointment,  or  dilute  citrine  ointment, 
will  soon  remove  the  cutaneous  eruption;  and  an  emetic  of  ipecac,  at 
least  twice  a week,  will  generally  soon  cause  an  absorption  of  the 
glandular  difficulty.  Sometimes  a little  of  the  ointment  of  iodide  of 
potassium  is  required  to  be  rubbed  around  the  swelling;  and  in  cases 
of  debility,  it  is  well  to  administer  the  elixir  of  vitriol,  or  compound 
syrup  of  phosphates. 

Very  much  more  should  be  said  in  reference  to  the  sympathies  of 
dentition,  to  do  the  subject  full  justice;  but  these  hints  must  suffice, 
with  the  addition  of  a few  words  in  reference  to  a prejudice  existing  in 
the  minds  of  some  mothers  against  scarifying  the  gums.  A popular 
error  is,  that  if  the  cut  gum  heals  before  the  tooth  advances  through 
it,  a hard  cicatrix  is  formed  over  it,  which  adds  greater  difficulty  to 
subsequent  protrusion.  This  is  a fallacy,  as  the  anatomy  of  the  parts 
and  daily  experience  declare;  for  the  gums  are  of  a spongy  nature, 
Veiy  unlike  muscular  libre,  being  soft  and  plentifully  supplied  with 
blood-vessels;  and  it  matters  not  how  often  the  lance  is  used,  no  in- 
creased hardness  is  ever  observed.  The  other  popular  notion  that  the 
gums  should  never  be  lanced  until  the  teeth  are  near  the  surface,  is 
equally  fallacious,  since  the  necessity  and  urgency  of  the  operation  are 
frequently  as  imperative  when  the  teeth  are  deep-seated,  because  the 
capsules  in  which  the  teeth  are  inclosed  become  congested  with  blood, 
producing  pressure  on  delicate  nerves  in  contact  with  the  advancing 
teeth,  and  thus  occasioning  the  most  severe  pain.  The  free  flow  of 
dark,  grumous  blood,  with  the  great  relief  afforded  by  it,  is  sufficient 
argument  in  favor  of  the  remedy. 

I have  never  known  any  injurious  effects  to  arise  from  lancing  the 
gums,  but  the  cases  are  numerous,  indeed,  in  which  the  most  fatal  con- 
sequences have  resulted  from  neglect  of  this  safe  and  simple  act.  Nay, 
it  is  sometimes  necessary  to  scarify  the  gums  when  the  points  of  the 
teeth,  especially  the  canine  and  some  of  the  molars,  appear  through  the 
gum;  for  these  sharp  points  become  very  broad  towards  the  base,  and 
the  spaces  in  which  the  eye-teeth  appear  are  often  contracted  by  the 
teeth  on  either  side,  and  they  are,  in  consequence,  cut  with  much  more 
Dain  and  difficulty.  % 

Squinting,  convulsions,  water  on  the  brain,  and  various  spasmodic 


433 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


affections,  and  even  the  sudden  loss  of  the  power  of  walking-,  are 
among  the  serious  products  of  a neglect  of  a timely  free  incision  of  the 
gums. 

No.  Yin. — Convulsions — Their  Cause. — Children  of  highly  nerv- 
ous temperaments,  and  who  are  consequently  easily  excited,  are  more 
prone  to  convulsions  than  those  of  a more  phlegmatic  temperament. 

Painful  dentition,  producing  continued  irritation,  is  the  most  fre- 
quent exciting  cause  of  convulsions  in  children,  as  is  proved  from  the 
fact,  that  after  the  first  set  of  teeth  is  cut,  they  are  observed  to  happen 
much  less  frequently.  Such  prolonged  irritation,  in  the  first  place, 
causes  impairment  of  th^powers  of  the  stomach,  and  offensive  secre- 
tions, in  consequence,  gradually  accumulate  in  the  bowels.  And  from 
imperfect  digestion  at  this  early  age,  a copious  deposit  of  litliic  (red) 
acid  will  sometimes  be  observed  in  the  urine  of  the  child  by  the  mother, 
which  she  should  bear  in  mind  is  often  a premonitory  symptom  of 
convulsions,  with  a tendency  to  effusion  of  water  within  the  brain. 

The  necessity  of  attending  to  the  child’s  gums,  and  removing  these 
morbid  secretions,  as  measures  for  preventing  convulsions,  cannot  be 
too  often  enforced  upon  the  minds  of  mothers. 

Convulsions  in  very  young  children,  long  before  the  period  of 
dentition,  may  arise  from  the  milk  of  the  mother  being  of  an  unhealthy 
quality,  rendered  so  by  her  habits  of  life,  and  unsuited  to  the  delicate 
stomach  of  the  infant.  This  is  particularly  liable  to  be  the  case  in 
mothers  of  highly  nervous  temperaments  with  active  and  anxious 
minds,  interested  in  their  husband’s  affairs,  speculations,  etc. 

Convulsions  are  also  met  with  in  weakly,  debilitated  children, 
with  pale  countenances,  transparent  skin,  languid  circulation,  and  the 
blood  evidently  deficient  in  red  particles.  In  these  cases,  the  brain 
suffers  from  deficincy  of  nervous  energy,  and  the  vital  powers  soon 
become  of  such  low  order,  that  very  slight  causes  of  irritation  are  suffi- 
cient in  themselves  to  bring  on  an  attack  of  convulsions. 

When  offensive  secretions  or  indigestible  matters  are  retained  in 
the  bowels;  or  when  the  stomach  is  surcharged  with  rich  pastry,  nuts, 
cheese,  unripe  fruits,  etc.,  the  brain  is  very  apt  to  become  sympatheC 
ically  affected,  and  convulsions  are  liable  to  supervene.  In  the  former 
case  the  symptoms  are  heaviness  of  the  eyes,  drowsiness,  more  or  less 
irritative  fever,  and  a characteristic  blueness  of  the  tongue.  An  active 
cathartic  is  here  demanded,  and  is  nearly  all  that  is  necessary  to  remove 
this  state  of  oppression.  In  the  latter  cases,  nothing  is  comparable  to 
an  emetic  of  ipecac  to  remove  the  contents  of  the  stomach,  and  thus 
free  the  brain  from  sjmipathetic  oppression. 

Another  cause  of  convulsions  arises  from  the  injudicious  use  of  ex- 
ternal applications  alone,  for  the  hasty  cure  of  cutaneous  diseases  that 
have  long  existed ; and  if  the  disease  affects  the  scalp,  the  repellent 
action  of  ointments,  applied  not  unfrequently,  gives  rise  to  inflamma- 
tion of  the  brain,  and  consequent  effusion. 

Mothers  should  not  take  counsel  of  old  nurses  and  uneducated 
“ doetoresses,”  in  respect  to  infallible  cures  for  various  eruptions  of 
the  skin,  which  are  to  be  applied  locally,  without  suitable  constitu- 
tional treatment  being  conjoined,  of  which  this  class  of  persons  are 
ignorant.  Worms,  as  a cause  of  convulsions,  wiil  be  found  under  its 
proper  head 

THE  NURSE.— The  importance  of  the  individual  who  forms  the 
heading  of  tills  article,  in  a medical  and  social  sense,  would  be  suffi- 
cient'excuse  for  introducing  the  subject  in  so  domestic  a,  work  as  the 
present;  but  having  in  mffi-e  than' one  place  already  promised  some 


Advice  to  Mothers. 


439 


special  observations  on  a matter  of  such  interest  to  the  mother  of  a 
amUy  and  tlie  mistress  of  a household,  we  are,  in  a measure,  commit- 
ted to  the  duty  now  before  us,  which,  in  its  proper  place,  will  be  fol- 
lowed and  supplemented  by  the  sick-room,  and  how  to  manage  it. 

To  take  the  class  generally,  nurses  may  be  divided  into  four  orders, 
each  having  special  differences  from  the  other.  Thus,  there  is  the 
Common  or  Sick  Nurse,  the  Monthly  Nurse,  the  Wet  Nurse,  and  the 
Nurse  of  the  Nursery.  However  important  a personage  the  individual 
of  the  latter  order  maybe,  or  however  responsible  her  moral  duties  as 
the  deputy  guardian  of  infancy  and  childhood,  we  shall  leave  her 
order  out  of  the  pale  of  our  remarks,  and  coniine  ourselves  exclusively 
to  those  whose  members  have  the  physical  care  of  the  old  and  young. 

The  Common,  or  Sick  Nurse. — The  following  requisites  of  a good 
nurse,  though  given  under  the  order  of  the  sick  nurse,  are  equally  ap- 
plicable to  each  of  the  others.  In  the  first  place,  it  is  an  absolute  re- 
quisite that  the  nurse  should  possess  good  health,  present  and  general, 
•lot  subject  to  fits,  bad  legs,  headaches,  dropsiness,  or  hysterical  at- 
saeks;  that  she  should  be  strong,  active,  not  younger  than  thirty  or 
older  than  fifty,  fifty-five  at  the  utmost.  Before  thirty  she  cannot  be 
expected  to  possess  that  firmness  of  character  so  necessary  in  a person 
undertaking  such  responsibilities  as  her  duties  impose,  or  manifest  that 
prudence  and  discrimination  she  is  so  often  called  upon  to  evince; 
■«diiie  after  fifty  she  will  neither  have  the  strength  and  alacrity  of  body 
requisi  te  in  a nurse,  nor  that  tranquility  of  mind  and  equanimity  of 
temper  which  should  form  the  highest  attributes  of  the  truly  profes- 
sional nurse.  There  are  two  other  physical  imperfections  the  nurse 
should  be  free  from;  viz.,  she  should  not  be  lame  or  hard  of  hearing; 
deafness  is,  perhaps,  one  of  the  greatest  drawbacks  a nurse  could  pos- 
sess. Not  alone  would  such  an  affliction  prevent  her  hearing  the  mur- 
murs or  faint  solicitations  of  her  patient,  but,  what  would  be  of  still 
more  consequence,  she  might  misunderstand  the  directions  given  her 
by  the  physician,  or  the  purport  of  the  patient’s  wishes. 

The  nurse  should  not  be  too  tall  or  too  short,  and,  more  than  all, 
she  should  not  be  fat  or  too  bulky  in  person.  If  very  tall,  her  height 
may  become  a source  of  annoyance  and  even  antipathy  to  the  patient, 
irritating  his  mind  by  the  omnipresence  of  her  figure;  if  too  short,  the 
nurse  will  be  unable  to  reach  over  her  patient,  and  perform  many 
offices  with  facility  and  despatch,  which  a taller  frame  and  longer 
arms  would  h ave  enabled  her  to  execute  with  ease  and  comfort;  and, 
lastly,  if  fat,  she  will  be  heavy,  slow,  and  in  ail  probability  prone  to 
drowsiness  and  deep  sleep. 

A nurse  should  possess  that  happy  medium  of  stature  known  as 
the  middle  height;  be  of  sufficient  strength  to  lift  her  patient  without 
risk  or  exhaustion;  of  a pleasing,  cheerful  countenance;  quick  but 
careful  in  her  actions,  and  light  and  noiseless  in  her  tread;  and  lastly, 
as  regards  her  physical  requisites,  her  hands  should  be  soft  and  pleas- 
ant to  the  feel. 

The  moral  requisites  of  the  nurse,  though  not  so  numerous,  are  no 
less  imperative  than  those  of  her  person.  Her  disposition  should  be 
naturally  cheerful;  her  temper  kind,  but  firm;  her  self-control  endur- 
ing, but  unshaken;  and  her  patience  without  reproach,  to  enable  her 
to  bear,  with  an  unruffled  temper,  the  captiousness  of  sickness  and  the 
irritable  exactions  of  the  convalescent;  for  the  nurse  who  forgets  the 
discontent  and  fretfulness  that  suffering  and  disease  so  often  calls  forth, 
and.  losing  her  prudence,  enters  into  contentious  strife  with  her  patient, 
1.'  unfit  to  be  trusted  for  an  hour  in  the  room  of  the  afflicted.  The  face 


44°  Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 

of  the  nurse  should  he  a reflection  of  her  mind, — contented  and  pleas- 
ant, and  neither  gloomy  nor  repulsive;  her  voice  should  be  low  and 
gentle,  but  firm.  Besides  these  qualities,  she  must  be  tolerably  educa- 
ted and  fully  able  to  read,  without  hesitation,  all  the  directions  ac- 
companying the  medicine  entrusted  to  her  for  the  patient.  She  must 
be  able  to  bear  fatigue  without  distress,  and  be  prepared  to*  sacrifice 
her  rest  when  the  watchfulness  and  pain  of  the  invalid  demands  her 
vigilance. 

The  dress  of  the  nurse,  especially  in  long  and  severe  indispositions, 
is  a matter  also  of  some  importance,  and  should  never  be  of  a dark  or 
sombre  color,  but  of  some  light  and  cheerful  material,  while  tidiness 
and  cleanliness  in  dress  and  person  are  indispensable  requisites  in  the 
female  who  undertakes  the  duties  of  a general  or  sick  nurse.  It  must 
not  be  supposed,  because  we  have  been  particular  in  enumerating  all 
the  qualities,  moral  and  physical,  which  a nurse  should  possess,  that  we 
have  overlaid  the  figure  with  unattainable  virtues,  or  are  in  any  degree 
fastidious  in  our  estimate  of  the  average  qualifications  of  the  class  to 
which  we  refer ; on  the  contrary,  a large  experience  and  close  obser- 
vation of  the  subject  has  impressed  on  our  mind  the  vast  importance 
of  good  nursing  in  the  successful  treatment  of  a long  or  dangerous 
sickness;  and  that,  in  very  many  cases,  after  the  turning  of  a certain 
point  in  the  disease,  the  final  recovery  of  the  patient  is  far  more  in  the 
hands  of  the  nurse  than  dependent  on  the  skill  of  the  physician.  The 
doctor  may  advise  and  suggest  the  general  plan  of  personal  attendance 
and  lay  down  special  dietetic  rules  for  her  guidance;  but  it  depend* 
upon  the  willingness  of  the  nurse  to  obey  his  orders,  and  to  her  watch- 
fulness, solicitude,  tenderness  of  manner,  and  equable  temper,  whethei 
those  means  and  remedies  will  work  beneficially  for  the  patient’s 
bodily  and  mental  recovery.  We  feel,  therefore,  confident  that  not  ark 
item  of  personal  qualification  set  down  in  the  above  requisites  for  a 
nurse  is  uncalled  for,  hypercritical,  or  could  with  justice  to  the  patient 
be  dispensed  with. 

There  is  hardly  any  vice  or  moral,  obliquity  in  the  character  of  u 
nurse  that  might  not  he  endured  with  impunity,  rather  than  the  self^ 
opinionated  captiousness  which  some  inflated  nurses  assume.  The  in 
jury  such  self-conceited  women  do  to  the  patient,  the  medical  man,  anti 
the  happiness  of  a family,  is  sometimes  excessive.  They  submissively 
receive  all  the  directions  given  them  by  the  physician,  with  volublt, 
promises  to  follow  his  instructions;  but  no  sooner  has  he  departed,  and 
they  are  called  upon  to  execute  his  orders,  than  they  begin  to  talk  about 
the  experience  they  have  had  in  precisely  the  same  case,  and  under  the 
great  Doctor  So-and-So,  and  the  head  physician  of  such  an  institution; 
but  “ she  never  knowed  it  so  treated  before,  and  it  went  agin  all  her 
experience  to  worret  the  poor  dear  patient  in  sich  a way.”  The  pa- 
tient, attracted  by  the  half-muttered  censure  of  the  nurse  and  the  re- 
luctant performance  of  her  duties,  becomes  dissatisfied  with  the  treat- 
ment pursued,  and,  as  a natural  result  of  the  state  of  his  mind,  the 
remedies  produce  no  beneficial  effect.  The  friends,  taking  the  talkative 
nurse  at  her  own  estimate,  lose  confidence  in  the  physician  they  have 
consulted,  and  request  him  to  call  in  further  advice,  resolved  never  to 
trust  him  again  with  the  life  of  a friend;  while  the  medical  man,  whose 
practice  is  censured  because  the  nurse  thinks  she  has  seen  the  same 
disease  differently  treated,  is  injured  in  credit,  if  not  professionally 
ruined,  by  the  opinionated  arrogance  of  an  ignorant  and  conceited 
woman,  who,  instead  of  being  his  humble  assistant,  becomes  his  enemy 
and  traducer. 


Advice  to  Mothers. 


441 


Of  late  years,  and  through  the  noble  example  of  Miss  Nightingale, 
~-tTian  whom  no  one  better  understands  the  requisites  and  benelits  of 
good  nursing, — schools  have  be'en  established  whei  e females  of  a proper 
age  and  disposition  are  duly  instructed  in  all  the  branches  of  their  re- 
sponsible duties,  and,  under  a kind  of  diploma  of  efficiency,  are  sent 
forth  to  the  public  as  professional  nurses.  Such  a certificate  is  a re- 
commendation that  ought  to  cancel  every  word  we  have  said  on  the 
matter;  but  for  the  thousands  who  require  nurses,  beyond  the  power 
of  obtaining  a duly  authenticated  one,  our  remarks  stand  in  all  their 
force.  I11  conclusion  of  this  department  of  the  subject,  it  should  never 
be  forgotten  that  a Christian,  motherly,  cheerful  woman  in  a sick 
chamber  is  more  potent  for  good  than  all  the  skill  of  medicine  or  surgery 
combined. 

The  Monthly  Nurse. — It  does  not  follow  ^hat.  the  persons  who  fill 
this  order  of  nurses  should  possess  all  the  qualifications  we  have  set 
down  as  necessary  in  the  instance  of  the  former,  or  sick  nurse.  As, 
however,  the  monthly  nurse  must,  for  the  time  her  services  are  required, 
live  and  associate  almost  exclusively  with  the  patient — the  mother— for 
many  hours  of  every  day  and  night,  she  having  110  one  else  to  converse 
with,  it  becomes  a matter  of  some  importance  that  the  nurse  should  be 
a person  of  some  information,  capable,  if  required,  of  reading  to  the 
mother,  and  occasionally  of  amusing  her  listerner’s  mind  with  some- 
thing better  than  the  idle  gossip  of  households  in  which  she  has  form- 
erly been  engaged,  or  passing  the  hours  of  baby’s  sleep  in  the  record 
of  morsels  of  questionable  scandal.  In  the  former  case,  it  is  immaterial, 
so  long  as  the  nurse  if  of  a feeling  disposition,  whether  she  is  a married 
or  unmarried  woman;  but  in  the  case  of  the  monthly  nurse,  it  is  a 
sine  qua  non  that  she  should  at  least  have  been  a mother. 

Many  of  the  persons  who  undertake  the  duties  of  a monthly  nurse 
have  no  further  qualifications  for  the  post  they  apply  for  than  than  the 
simple  fact  of  having  been  themselves  mothers,  or  once  or  twice  joined 
the  group  of  sympathizers  at  the  childbed  of  a neighbor.  Small  trades- 
men's wives,  and  laundresses,  tempted  by  the  fee  from  a respectable 
establishment,  are  the  usual  applicants  of  this  class;  another  set  of 
candidates,  but  equally  unfitted  for  the  duties,  are  hospital  nurses,  and 
ordinary  nurses  out  of  employment,  or  incapaciated  by  years  or  in- 
firmity for  duty  in  a public  institution.  In  the  metropolis,  and  many 
of  our  large  cities  and  towns,  properly  educated  or  professional  nurses 
are  now  to  be  procured,  and  such  persons  consequently  carry  their 
credentials  of  competency  in  their  certificate,  and  all  the  lady  has  to 
do  is  to  look  at  the  applicant’s  moral  character;  and  as  most  of  the 
items  which  make  up  a desirable  personage  are  carried  in  the  face, 
manner,  and  voice  of  the  applicant,  there  are  few  mothers  of  families 
or  young  wives  who  do  not  possess  the  judgment  and  tact  to  translate 
them  truly.  A cheerful  countenance,  a pleasing  voice,  cleanliness,  ac- 
tivity, and  a regard — real , not  assumed — for  children — these  are  the 
characteristics  which  an  intelligent  woman  may,  by  the  use  other  eyes, 
and  a little  conversation,  easily  satisfy  herself  upon.  The  only  draw- 
backs to  the  above  satisfactory  qualities  or  the  inquiries  to  be  made  as 
to  sobriety,  and  whether  the  otherwise  excellent  nurse  is  likely  to  be 
infested  in  her  temporary  home  by  frequent  bevies  of  children, — a 
circumstance  which  no  prudent  mother,  for  her  infant’s  sake,  would 
tolerate. 

In  the  country,  where  professed  nurses  are  only  to  be  procured  at 
great  expense,  the  difficulty  the  mother  encounters  to  obtain  a nurse, 
with  moderate  qualifications  for  her  duties,  is  often  very  great;  clean- 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


44  2 

liness,  motherly  solicitude  for  her  charge,  and  willingness  to  perform 
all  that  is  expected  of  her  as  respects  attention  on  the  mother  and  in- 
fant, will  form  in  general  the  utmost  limit  of  her  capabilities. 

If  she  is  given  to  gossiping  with  the  servants,  addicted  to  afternoon 
slumbers,  and  occasional  drops  of  spirits  for  the  colic  which  has  afflicted 
her  at  times  for  life , these,  and  probably  a few  others,  if  they  cannot  be 
corrected  by  keeping  her  exclusively  to  the  sick-room,  allowing  the 
afternoon  nap  when  the  baby  is  safe  in  the  cradle  or  on  the  mother’s 
lap,  and  by  daily. anticipating  the  occasional  colic  by  a glass  of  wine 
or  a medicinal  quantity  of  spirits —*and  if,  in  fact,  these  evils  cannot  be 
moditied,  they  must  be  often  endured  for  the  sake  of  attention  to  the 
infant,  cheerfulness  at  night  time,  when  the  rest  is  often  broken,  and 
by  her  kindness  to  the  other  children  whenever  admitted  to  see  mamma 
and  the  new  brother  or  sister, — a point  upon  which  nurses  can  ha  very 
captious  and  disagreeable,  while  her  consideration  and  good  temper  in 
that  respect  is  always  sure  *to  be  gratefully  received  by  the  mother. 
As  in  seven  cases  out  of  ten  the  nurse’s  duties  with  the  mother  expire 
in  a great  measure  with  the  first  week,  and  it  is  for  the  infant  that  she 
is  especially  engaged,  and  as  nurses  are  apt  to  be  very  exacting  in  their 
mode  of  management,  especial^  with  young  mothers,  they  are  often 
compelled  to  submit,  against  their  better  judgment,  to  what  they  feel 
to  be  bad  or  hurtful. 

No  lady  of  delicate  nature  can  bear  to  see  her  infant  subjected  to 
the  rough  but  well-meant  manipulations  endured  by  the  child  of  a 
ploughman;  no  source  of  maternal  distress  being  more  frequent  than 
that  of  the  daily  washing,  when,  for  the  best  part  of  an  hour,  through 
the  constant  protest  of  cries  and  shrieks,  the  infant’s  tender  body  is 
exposed  and  irritated  by  the  nurse’s  hard,  rough  hands,  as  she  need- 
lessly turns  it  from  back  to  front,  and  from  side  to  side,  through  a 
ceaseless  jolting  of  her  bony  knee. 

Much — nearly  all — of  this  distressing  crying  might  be  avoided  by 
tender  handling , care,  and  sufficient  time  for  the  operations  of  washing 
and  dressing,  and  thus  what  is  made  a torment  to  the  infant  converted 
into  a pleasure. 

If  the  articles,  “Advice  to  Mothers,’’  “Infant,”  “Labor,”  and  a 
few  others  in  this  work  are  consulted,  the  young  mother  will  learn  how 
to  perform  all  the  duties  appertaining  to  the  dressing  of  the  child,  so 
as  to  be  able  to  practice  a more  agreeable  method  when  she  undertakes 
those  responsibilities  herself.  It  is  almost  unnecessary  to  observe  that 
a woman  who  takes  snuff  should  never  be  allowed  to  dress  an  infant; 
that  is  a self-evident  vice  easily  guarded  against.  But  what  the  mother 
has  more  reason  to  dread,  because  always  done  in  secret,  is  the  practice 
too  often  adopted  by  nurses,  to  save  their  rest  and  calm  the  mother’s 
fears,  of  dosing  the  infant  with  some  narcotic  cordial.  The  danger  of 
the  practice  canroot  be  too  severely  reprobated,  and  it  will  often  tax 
the  mother’s  utmost  penetration  to  detect  how  and  when  it  is  done. 
Infants  never  cry  without  a cause,  and  one  of  the  greatest  mistakes  a 
nurse  makes  is  to  suppose  it  cries  for  want  of  food.  Thirst,  however, 
is  far  more  frequently  the  cause  of  its  complaining  than  flatulence, 
want  of  food,  or  any  other  reason;  but  even  if  the  nurse  suspected 
such  to  be  the  case,  she  would  probably  shrink  with  horror  from 
giving  the  little  sufferer  the  only  remedy  its  nature  craves — a few  tea- 
spoons OF  WATER  SLIGHTLY  WARMED. 

The  Wet  Nurse. — In  selecting  a person  to  take  the  management 
of  an  infant  the  mother  cannot  or  does  not  mean  to  rear,  whether 
from  the  birth,  or  some  months  afterwards,  care  should  be  taken  that 


Advice  to  Mothers . 


443 


the  nurse’s  infant  is  as  near  to  the  age  of  the  child  she  is  to  suckle  as 
possible.  In  the  selection  of  such  a nurse,  the  medical  man  generally 
takes  all  responsibility,  both  as  respects  her  physical  health  and  moral 
character;  it  is,  therefore,  unnecessary  in  this  place  to  enter  upon 
that  part  of  the  subject. 

The  wet  nurse  should  live  in  the  house  of  h§r  employer,  be  under 
the  supervision  and  control  of  the  family  doctor,  her  diet  being  regu- 
lated by  what  he  deems  the  best  suited  to  her  health  and  constitution. 
In  general,  a full  diet  of  animal  food,  with  eggs,  puddings,  bread, 
and  potatoes,  with  from  two  to  three  pints  of  half-and-half,  stout,  or 
porter  a day,  is  the  usual  order  in  which  the  wet  nurse’s  dietetic  scale 
is  allowed. 

SICK-ROOM,  MANAGEMENT  OF.— So  many  subjects  of  impor- 
tance are  embraced  under  this  general  heading,  it  will  be  necessary,  in 
treating  of  this  article,  to  arrange  each  according  to  its  natural  sequence, 
as  the  room  and  furniture,  cleanliness,  ventilation,  attendance  on  the 
patient,  duties  of  the  nurse,  etc.  Before  proceeding  seriatim  with  our 
theme,  it  should  be  premised  that  though  in  a majority  of  cases  it 
may  be  impossible  for  heads  of  families  so  to  arrange  matters  for  the 
Invalid  as  implicitly  to  follow  all  the  plans  and  details  laid  down  in  the 
present  article,  want  of  space,  or  of  means,  preventing  compliance 
With  the  whole  of  the  following  instructions ; yet  by  laying  before  the 
eye  of  the  reader  an  accurate  description  of  the  requisites  for  an 
invalid’s  bedroom,  and  the  management  of  a model  sick  chamber,  the 
means  at  hand,  and  the  appliances  within  the  reach  of  the  family,  may 
be  turned  to  to  the  best  account,  and  thus,  by  a little  consideration  and 
Ingenuity,  inferior  articles  may  be  made  to  do  as  efficient  service  as  the 
best  and  most  expensive  of  modern  improvements.  We  have  already, 
in  more  than  one  place  in  this  work,  observed  that  good  nursing  is  as 
necessary  to  the  recovery  of  a patient  as  skill  and  attention  on  the  part 
of  the  physician;  indeed,  it  is  often  more  so,  as  in  many  instances 
nature  is  so  beneficently  active  in  restoring  the  powers  prostrated  by 
disease,  that  in  many  cases  diet  and  regimen,  with  judicious  nursing, 
unaided  by  medical  skill  or  physic,  will  alone  carry  the  patient  through 
a lengthened  illness  to  perfect  health  and  strength.  Good  nursing, 
however,  besides  personal  solicitude  and  care,  demands  means  and 
appliances  to  render  the  nurse's  attention  fully  beneficial,  and  of  those 
means  or  passive  agents  it  will  now  be  our  duty  to  speak. 

The  sick  chamber,  or  bedroom  of  the  patient,  is  a subject  that  de- 
mands due  consideration.  In  the  first  place,  it  should  be  of  consider- 
able size,  and,  if  the  illness  is  likely  to  be  of  some  duration,  a large 
room  should  be  appropriated  for  the  purpose.  The  room,  if  posssble, 
should  have  a northern  aspect,  so  as  to  protect  it  from  the  glare  of  the 
mid-day  sun,  and,  if  it  can  be  so  arranged,  the  apartment  should  abut 
from  the  house,  so  as  to  keep  the  patient  from  the  noise  and  bustle  of 
the  family,  and  be  equally  removed  from  the  sound  of  the  door  bell, 
and  from  the  clatter  of  the  scullery,  or  the  smell  of  the  kitchen. 
The  room  should  have  a fire-place,  and  clean-swept  chimney;  the 
window  should  have  a movable  top-sash,  and  should  either  face  the 
door,  or  the  door  should  be  on  a line  with  the  fire-place,  to  insure  a 
complete  draught,  on  which  account  the  chimney-board,  if  one  has 
been  used,  should  be  removed.  The  color  of  the  walls  is  a matter  of 
very  considerable  importance.  Green,  especially  deep  or  bright  green, 
is  always  to  be  avoided;  equally  objectionable,  though  not  equally 
hurtful,  is  a paper  with  a bold  staring  pattern,  with  prominent  colors. 
A small  geometrical  pattern  of  squares,  diamond,  or  flowers,  in  hori- 


444 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


zontal  or  diagonal  lines,  is  equally  to  be  avoided,  and,  if  possible,  t> 
paper  selected  of  a pale,  unobtrusive  color,  and  with  such  figures  on  it 
as  the  eye  may  contemplate  without  perplexity,  fatigue  or  irritation. 
The  importance  of  attending  to  these  points  is  well  known  to  every 
medical  man  who  has  had  any  practice  in  the  treatment  of  fevers.  In 
the  lirst  case,  the  greens  indicated  are  always  giving  off  fumes  of 
arsenic,  which  are  hurtful,  if  not  dangerous;  and  in  the  other,  the  brain, 
in  certain  stages  of  the  fever,  becomes  irritated  by  the  positive  charac- 
ter of  the  paper,  or  exhausted  by  fruitless  attempts  to  count  the  num- 
ber of  figures  or  flowers  in  the  several  lines.  The  carpet,  bed-curtains, 
vallance,  and  all  clothes,  dresses,  or  articles  of  wollen  fabric,  are  to  be 
removed  from  the  apartment,  and  only  as  much  furniture  as  is  actually 
required  for  the  use  of  the  patient  retained  in  the  room,  such  as  the  bed,  a 
few  chairs,  two  tables,  a night-lamp,  washing  stand,  and  a strip  of 
canvas  or  sacking  in  front  of  the  bed,  or  in  the  line  of  the  doctor  or 
nurse’s  tread.  The  bed — a French  bedstead  being  the  best — should  be 
placed  with  the  head  a little  way  from  the  wall,  accessible  on  both 
sides,  and  in  such  a situation  as  to  be  entirely  removed  from  the  current 
of  air  betwen  the  door  and  window,  or  the  window  and  fire-place.  The 
bed  on  which  the  patient  lies  is  also  a matter  of  consequence;  wool 
mattresses  are  in  many  cases  too  hard,  and  feather  beds  produce  great 
heat,  and  often  become  knotty  and  hard.  The  spring  stuffed  mattress 
is  now  frequently  ordered  by  physicians  as  the  best  article,  but  the 
French  spring  bed,  composed  of  spiral  wires,  by  yielding  to  every 
motion  of  the  body,  is  undoubtedly  the  best  article  for  the  invalid, 
especially  if  covered  with  a thin  hair  mattress.  Air  and  water  beds 
are  also  occasionally  employed,  but  their  great  expense  acts  as  a barrier 
to  their  general  adoption;  the  use  of  the  latter  article,  unless  in  the 
hands  of  a skillful  nurse,  is  apt  to  be  attended  with  great  risk,  as  from 
the  greater  weight  of  the  hips  and  trunk,  that  portion  of  the  body  sinks 
throwing  the  legs  and  head  forward.  To  obviate  this  objection  to  Di. 
Arnott’s  otherwise  admirable  water  bed,  a thin  hair  mattress  and 
bolster  should  be  laid  over  the  top  and  head,  when  every  motion  of 
the  patient  will  be  met  by  a corresponding  motion  of  the  fluctuating 
medium  beneath  him.  The  amount  of  bedclothes  employed  must  be 
left  to  the  judgment  of  the  nurse,  to  the  season  of  the  year,  the  nature  of 
the  disease,  and  the  feelings  of  the  patient.  Air  pillows  and  cushions 
should  always  form  a portion  of  the  bed-furniture,  the  flrst.  for  ordi 
dary  purposes  of  rest,  and  the*latter  to  relieve  particular  parts  of  tin- 
body  from  undue  pressure,  and  in  cases  of  bed-sores.  A pole,  or  piece 
of  lancewood,  should  be  placed  across  the  framework  of  the  top  of  the 
bed,  to  which  a short  sling,  containing  a round  piece  of  wood  for  the 
hands,  should  be  attaclfed,  so  that  the  patient  may  be  able  to  raise 
himself  in  the  bed  without  always  being  dependent  on  the  assistance 
of  the  nurse.  The  next  item  of  consequence  is  an  easy  chair  with  a 
movable  back,  in  which  the  patient  can  recline  or  sit  erect,  according 
to  the  elevation  or  depression  of  the  back  aud  foot-board.  There 
should  also  be  a sofa  or  couch  in  the  100m,  on  which  he  can  be  placed 
while  the  bed  is  being  made,  or  at  any  time  for  change.  Two  tables 
are  also  necessary — a small  one,  to  stand  near  the  bed,  to  contain  the 
drink,  medicine,  or  fruit  in  common  use,  with  the  glasses  and  vessels 
out  of  which  each  article  is  to  be  taken;  and  a large  table,  with  an 
easily  opening  drawer,  at  the  end  of  the  room.  On  this  table  should 
be  arranged  all  the  medicines  not  in  constant  use, — the  lotions,  colly- 
riums,  and  external  applications  by  themselves  at  one'side,  and  the 
internal  remedies  at  the  other.  A 2-ounce  graduated  ;glass  measure, 


Advice  to  Mothers. 


445 


and  a drop  or  minim  measure ; a china  or  white  delf  cup,  with  a spout, 
and  covered  half  over  the  top,  for  giving  medicine  or  drink  to  the 
patient  when  lying  down,  with  clean  glasses,  and  a spoon  of  each  of 
the  three  sizes,  should  be  arranged  as  a barrier  between  the  external 
and  internal  medicines,  while  in  the  drawer  should  be  placed  lint 
bandages,  adhesive  plaster,  thread,  pins,  and  scissors,  any  ointment  or 
cerate  in  use,  and  a spatula;  and  by  themselves,  in  one  compartment, 
the  prescriptions  as  they  are  returned  from  the  chemist,  A green  or 
slate-colored  calico  blind  should  be  attached  to  the  window,  to  darken 
the  room  when  required.  The  night-lamp,  to  afford  light,  and  heat 
food  or  water,  should  always  be  in  readiness,  which,  with  a couple  of 
small  white  vessels,  made  for  the  purpose,  to  hold  the  expectoration  in 
cases  of  consumption,  can  be  arranged  on  the  washing  stand.  These, 
with  a sponge,  towels,  soap,  and  water,  are  almost  everything  which  a 
sick-room  can  require,  except  on  special  occasions. 

Cleanliness  is  one  of  the  most  imperative  requisites  of  a sick-room 
and,  to  be  effective  for  good,  must  be  carried  out  in  every  particular. 
The  floor  should  be  carefully  swept  every  morning,  the  strip  of  canvas, 
used  to  deaden  the  tread,  well  shaken  in  the  air  before  being  relaid; 
the  glasses,  cups,  and  spoons  washed  and  and  dried  after  every  time  of 
use;  every  discharge  from  the  body,  plasters,  dressings,  or  dirty 
bandages,  are  to  be  instantly  taken  from  the  room,  and  no  utensil 
brought  back  until  well  cleaned  and  dried.  The  temperature  of  the 
sick-room  is  always  a matter  of  considerable  importance,  and  that  the 
degree  of  proper  warmth  may  always  be  understood  and  maintained, 
a thermometer  should  invariably  form  a part  of  the  appurtenances  of 
the  sick-room,  the  instrument  being  placed  against  the  wall  in  such  a 
position  that  the  nurse’s  eye  may  frequently  notice  its  silent  admoni- 
tions. Though  G0°  Fahrenheit  is  regarded  as  the  standard  degree  of 
temperature,  it  is  often  desirable  to  reduce  that  amount  to  59"  or  58°, 
or  indeed  even  lower  in  some  cases  of  hemorrhage.  To  effect  this,  a 
strong  current  must  be  established,  either  by  partially  opening  the 
door  or  window,  or  by  lighting  a small  fire  for  few  minutes  in  the 
grate,  and,  lastly,  by  means  of  evax>oration  to  be  presently  described. 
When  it  is  necessary  to  raise  the  temperature  above  G0°,  the  strong 
currents  are  to  be  suspended  for  a time,  the  door  and  window  securely 
closed,  and  a fire  lighted  in  the  grate,  and  the  reading  of  the  ther- 
mometer carefully  attended  to  till  the  desired  temperature  has  been 
reached,  care  being  then  taken  to  prevent  the  heat  increasing  or  fluctu- 
ating. 

Ventilation. — A free  and  perfect  ventilation  is  one  of  the  most 
necessary  properties  of  the  sick-room,  as  on  it  depends  so  much  of  the 
comfort  of  the  patient,  as  well  as  much  of  his  hopes  of  a final  recovery. 
To  convey  a clearer  idea  of  the  importance  of  good  ventilation  to  the 
welfare  of  the  invalid,  it  will  be  sufficient  if  in  this  place  we  mention 
that  a healthy  man  enclosed  in  a room,  requires  four  Cubic  feet 
of  fresh  air  each  minute  for  the  due  performance  of  all  his  functions, 
and  that  he  vitiates,  or  renders  poisonous,  about  a hundred  and 
thirty  cubic  inches  every  minute,  by  expiration  from  the  lungs  and 
skin.  If  this  fact  is  borne  in  mind,  the  absolute  importance  of  an 
abundance  of  pure  air  to  the  patient  will  become  still  more  evident, 
especially  as,  in  some  diseases,  an  increased  amount  of  oxygen  becomes 
a vital  necessity.  Independent  of  supplying  an  abundance  of  pure  air 
to  the  patient,  ventilation  is  of  the  utmost  consequence,  not  only  in 
purifying  the  room,  but  in  carrying  from  the  atmosphere  that  sur- 
xounds  the  sick  person  those  minute  particles  of  morbific  matter  which 


446 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department . 


are  always  given  off  from  an  unhealthy  body,  and,  especially  in  certain 
contagious  diseases,  load  the  air  with  their  poisonous  particles,  and 
which,  if  imbibed  into  the  lungs  of  a healthy  person,  may  there  ger- 
minate into  another  poisonous  disease,  besides  being  re-absorbed  by  the 
invalid  himself,  thus  keeping  alive  a malady  which,  by  exhalation  and 
free  ventilation,  might  have  been  weakened  and  greatly  benefited. 
The  two  great  sources  of  ventilation  are  the  window  and  the  chimney; 
the  one  carrying  off  the  upper  stratum  of  impure  air,  and  the  other 
those  heavier  gases  and  impure  atmosphere  which  specific  gravity 
keeps  floating  over  the  surface  of  the  floor.  As  the  door  in  both  in- 
stances is  the  direction  from  whieli  the  current  of  fresh  air  comes,  care 
should  be  taken  that  no  mat  inside  or  outside  impedes  the  free  access 
of  air,  and  should  the  door  lit  tightly  above  to  the  lintel,  a plane  should 
be  passed  along  JJie  top,  to  allow  of  the  entrance  of  a stream  of  air 
from  the  passages  beyond.  The  top  sash  of  the  window  is  only  part 
that  should  be  opened,  and  that  but  for  the  space  of  a few  inches, 
merely  sufficient  to  cause  a strong  draught,  and  this  only  from  time  to 
time,  as  occasion  may  require. 

Should  the  window  not  open  from  above,  a piece  of  the  top  of  each 
corner  pane  should  be  broken  out,  and  a slip  of  paste-board  nailed  to 
the  frame  above,  to  hang  down  like  a valve  over  the  broken  glass,  and 
which  can  be  pushed  up  or  let  down,  according  as  ventilation  is 
required.  The  effluvium  which  sometimes  pervades  a sick  chamber, 
and  which  is  quite  as  hurtful  to  the  patient  as  it  is  offensive  to  the  healthy 
person  who  imbibes  it,  cannot  be  overcome  by  mere  ventilation,  as  the 
draught  necessary  to  do  so  in  a reasonable  time  might  be  of  serious 
consequences  to  the  patient;  nor  must  any  attempt  be  made  to  over- 
power one  smell  by  the  establishment  of  another,  such  as  by  the  burn- 
ing of  brown  paper,  feathers,  sprigs  of  lavender,  pastiles,  or  aromatic 
vinegar, — articles  which  are  all,  except  pastiles,  excellent  in  their  place 
to  refresh  the  atmosphere  of  a sick  chamber  at  proper  times,  but  be- 
come most  objectionable  when  offensive  odors  are  present.  In  all 
such  cases,  disinfectants  alone  should  be  used,  and  as  chloride  of  lime 
is  so  extremely  cheap,  there  can  be  no  excuse  for  not  employing  it  on 
all  occasions.  A teaspoon  of  the  chloride,  dissolved  in  half  a pint  of 
water,  and  in  the  following  manner,  will  soon  correct  all  unpleasant 
smells.  Having  dissolved  the  chloride  of  lime  in  a basin,  a napkin  is 
to  be  dipped  in  the  solution,  roughly  squeezed  out  and  then  suspended 
on  a line  between  the  door  and  window,  and  the  rest  ofthesolution  poured 
into  a couple  of  saucers,  and  placed  on  the  floor  for  about  a quarter 
of  an  hour,  when  the  ventilator  being  opened  for  a few  minutes  will 
leave  the  air  of  the  chamber  perfectly  pure.  Linen  rags,  or  a towel 
wetted  in  chloride  of  zinc  or  tin,  or  the  nitrate  of  lead,  and  waved 
about  the  room  for  some  time,  will  answer  the  same  purpose,  and 
equally  as  well. 

Attendance  on  the  Patient. — It  cannot  be  too  strongly  impressed 
on  the  mind  of  all  who  may  be  called  on  to  minister  to  the  wants  of 
the  sick,  that  every  attention  given,  every  service  rendered,  should  be 
performed  with  the  least  possible  noise  and  demonstration, — the  step 
should  be  light  and  noiseless,  the  voice  low  and  kind,  and  the  servioe, 
whatever  it  may  be,  rendered  with  gentleness,  care,  and  dispatch,  but 
in  no  hurry  or  officious  haste.  Rattling  of  windows,  slamming  of  doors, 
creaking  shoes,  sudden  noises,  exclamations  or  fidgeting,  monotonous 
sounds — as  the  ticking  of  a watch  or  clock,  the  rustling  of  dresses,  or 
the  leaves  of  a book — are  all  to  be  guarded  against  as  things  of  serious 
import  in  certain  conditions  of  the  nervous  system;  on  the  same 


Advice  to  Mothers . 


447 


nwount*  a restless  or  over-officious  nurse — one  who  moves  much  or 
unnecessarily  about  the  room — is  likely  to  be  more  injurious  than  use- 
ful. Cate  must  be  also  taken  not  to  admit  more  than  two  visitors  at 
one  time  to  the  bedside,  and  any  loud-speaking  or  boisterous-manner- 
ed friend  must  be  strictly  prohibited.  In  visiting  a sick  friend,  the 
person  admitted  should  ask  as  few  questions  as  possible,  avoid  the 
mention  of  any  distressing  intelligence,  eschew  all  medical  themes,  and 
confine  his  conversation  to  any  light  and  agreeable  intelligence ; being 
always  c:  reful  not  to  weary  the  patient  by  more  than  a few  minutes  at 
a time  of  his  company.  In  all  cases  of  a healthy  person  visiting  a sick 
one,  it  is  of  the  utmost  consequence  that  fie  should  place  himself, 
whether  standing  or  sitting,  in  such  a position  that  the  air  from  the 
door  or  window  may  come  from  behind  the  visitor  to  the  patient,  and 
not  from  the  patient  to  the  friend;  he  should  also  avoid  leaning  over 
the  bed,  or  inhaling  the  breath  of  the  invalid,  or  indeed  of  coming  in 
too  close  contact  with  the  clothes  or  person  of  the  patient  The  per- 
sonal cleanliness  of  the  patient,  is  a matter  of  very  great  importance; 
the  face,  neck,  and  arms  should  be  well  washed,  and  the  skin  after- 
wards rubbed  thoroughly  dry  with  afresh  towel  every  morning;  and 
ns  great  refreshment  is  experienced  by  washing  the  face  and  hands 
occasionally  during  the  day,  such  means  of  affording  relief  and  comfort 
should  never  be  forgotten ; the  clothes  worn  during  the  night  should 
never  be  allowed  to  remain  on  the  body  in  the  day,  but  as  soon  as  the 
mcrrning  washing  is  over,  clean  clothes  should  be  put  on,  care  having 
first  been  taken  to  air  thoroughly  all  linen  before  it  is  used,  that  which 
is  taken  off*  being  well  aired  before  being  put  away  for  the  use  of  the 
night.  The  importance  of  attending  to  the  thorough  airing  of  every 
article  before  being  put  on  the  patient’s  body  will  be  understood  when 
we  state,  that  so  great  and  continuous  is  the  evaporation  always 
taking  place  from  water,  the  surface  of  the  walls,  and  the  bodies  of 
the  patient  and  nurse,  that  a night-shirt  kept  in  the  sick  chamber  for 
twenty-four  hours,  and  weighed  befere  and  after  drying,  was  found  to 
have  lost  four  ounces,  or  a quarter  of  a pound  in  weight , by  the  driving 
uft*  of  that  amount  of  water,  absorbed  by  the  night-shirt  in  one  day 
and  night.  From  this  it  will  be  seen  what  a large  proportion  of 
Watery  vapor  is  taken  up  in  a few  hours  by  the  different  items  of  our 
daily  wear,  the  amount  retained  by  linen  and  cotton  being,  of  course, 
very  much  less  than  that  taken  up  by  woolen  and  more  porous  gar- 
ments. Where  the  whole  of  the  patient’s  body  cannot  be  washed  every 
day,  the  lower  extremities,  and  as  much  as  possible  of  the  rest  of  the 
trunk,  should  be  freely  rubbed  with  dry  towels. 

Duties  of  the  Nurse. — Of  the  moral  and  physical  qualities  of  the 
nurse  we  have  already  spoken,  under  the  head  of  “Nurse,”  which  see; 
it  only  now  remains  for  us  to  point  out  the  duties  which  devolve  upon 
that  individual  when  in  charge  of  the  sick-room,  and  entrusted  with 
the  responsibility  of  the  patient  during  the  absence  of  the  medical 
man.  In  the  first  place,  the  nurse  should  regard  herself,  and  be  so 
considered  by  the  relatives  and  friends,  as  the  doctor’s  locum  tenens , 
and  invested  with  absolute  control  over  the  patient  and  sick-room 
during  his  absence.  It  is  to  the  nurse,  or  that  member  of  the  family 
who  officiates  as  such,  that  the  physician  conveys  his  instructions;  to 
him  she  makes  all  reports,  and  to  her  general  disrection  he  commits 
the  well-being  of  his  patient  during  that  long  portion  of  every  day  in 
which  he  is  necessitated  to  absent  himself  from  the  bedside  of  the 
invalid.  To  the  nurse’s  judgement  is  left  the  duty  of  preventing  too 
many  visitors  from  seeing  the  patient  at  one  time,  or  in  one  day,  and 


44-8 


Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 


of  taking  care  that  he  is  in  no  way  tampered  with,  and  nothing  in  tlw 
way  of  food,  fruit,  or  drink  given  to  him,  on  any  pretence  whatever,  if 
opposed  to  the  regulations  laid  down  by  the  doctor.  A few  spoonfuls 
of  what  may  be  deemed  a grateful  and  harmless  substance,  to  those 
who  plead  for  its  being  given,  may,  if  it  should  not  prove  actually  hurt- 
ful, counteract  the  effective  operation  of  some  medicine  on  which  the 
physician  has  relied  for  beneficial  results.  These,  then,  are  two  impor- 
tant duties  devolving  on  the  nurse,  and  which  she  should  never  allow 
herself  to  be  overruled  in  executing.  The  dress  of  the  nurse,  besides 
being,  like  her  person,  always  scrupulously  clean,  should  be  of  some 
unobtrusive  color,  and  of  a material  that  will  make  no  rustling  noise 
when  she  goes  about  her  duties.  The  cleanliness  of  the  room,  with 
that  of  the  glasses,  cups,  and  every  utensil  or  article  used,  cannot  be 
insisted  on  too  forcibly;  she  should  range  all  the  bottles  on  the  reserve 
table,  as  we  have  directed,  with  the  label  of  each  turned  outwards,  and 
make  a practice  of  never  giving  any  medicine  without  first  looking  at 
the  direction.  She  should  have  a small  slate  always  at  hand,  on  which, 
to  make  notes  of  any  special  instruction  given  by  the  doctor,  or  of  facts 
that  may  have  occurred  in  his  absence.  She  must  remove  to  another 
room  all  that  passes  from  the  patient,  which,  unless  kept  for  after  in- 
spection, should  be  directly  emptied;  have  the  vessel  washed  out, 
rinsed  with  chloride  of  lime,  and  dried  before  returning  them  to  th« 
room.  If  the  secretions  are  to  be  kept,  she  must  be  careful  that  noth- 
ing is  thrown  in,  or  mixed  with  them,  as  their  entire  character  may  be 
altered  by  emptying  medicines,  tea,  or  other  articles  on  either. 

The  personal  cleanliness  of  the  patient  is  one  of  the  nurse’s  firs* 
duties,  for,  besides  the  daily  washing  of  the  face,  neck,  and  arms,  it 
sometimes  affords  him  great  comfort  to  have  the  same  operation 
repeated  in  the  evening,  and  if  the  skin  is  washed  with  warm  water 
and  soap,  and  then  properly  dried,  there  is  no  fear  of  his  taking  cold 
If  the  patient  can  bear  the  fatigue,  clean  linen  night  and  morning  should 
be  put  on,  each  change  being  properly  aired.  When  he  is  able  to  lie 
on  the  sofa  for  a few  hours,  or  sit  up  in  the  easy  chair,  the  nurse  should 
carry  away  all  the  bedclothes,  and  expose  them  in  another  apartment, 
to  a freer  ventilation.  When  the  patient — unable  to  bear  the  fatigue 
of  removal  to  the  sofa — has  to  sit  up  in  bed,  the  nurse  must  contriver 
some  support  for  his  back;  and  this  purpose  a child’s  chair  placed 
at  the  head  of  the  bed,  and  protected  bv  one  or  two  pillows,  will  afford 
a comfortable  rest  for  the  back,  when,  if  the  lately  invented  bed-table 
which,  attached  to  the  side  of  the  bed,  and  extending  its  leaf  over  th* 
clothes,  can  be  procured,  he  may  sit  for  hours,  and  take  his  meals  with 
tolerable  comfort.  When  the  patient  has  to  be  moved,  and  the  nurse 
is  unable  to  carry  him  bodily  from  the  bed  to  the  sofa,  she  and 
another  should  make  a chair  of  their  arms,  and,  lifting  him  at  the 
same  time,  remove  their  burden  with  as  little  jar  or  fatigue  as  possible. 
When,  from  exhaustion,  this  method  is  impossible,  the  patient  must  bo 
taken  up  bodily  by  four  persons  in  the  sheet  on  which  he  lies,  and  in 
that  manner  transported  from  one  bed  to  another.  There  is  one  most 
imperative  duty  of  the  nurse  in  cases  of  long  sickness,  where  the  in- 
valid is  compelled  to  remain  long  in  one  position,  and  that  is  a daily 
and  accurate  inspection  of  the  skin  of  the  back,  so  as  to  be  able  to 
detect  the  first  approach  of  injury  from  pressure,  and  so  guard  against 
the  serious  consequences  of  bed-sores;  this  she  must  effect  by  dusting 
the  part  that  looks  angry  with  violet  powder,  and,  by  placing  air 
cushions  under  the  body,  relieve  the  place  affected  from  further  pres- 
sure. The  nurse  should  also  know,  that  in  inflammatory  diseases,  if 


Advice  to  Mothers. 


449 


the  first  dose  of  medicine  produces  sickness,  she  must  not  therefore 
withhold  the  second ; that  if  a sudden  emetic  is  wanted,  a teaspoon  of 
salt  or  a tablespoon  of  mustard,  in  half  a pint  of  warm  water,  will 
produce  vomiting;  that  to  increase  the  action  of  the  saline  aperients, 
draughts  of  water  are  necessary;  while  to  promote  perspiration,  warm 
drinks,  extra  bedclothes,  and  hot  water  to  the  feet  are  required.  Of 
all  the  qualities  of  a good  nurse,  however,  that  of  being  willing  to 
follow  implicitly  the  directions  of  the  medical  man  is  unquestionably 
the  best,  and  she  who  will  conscientiously  do  this,  may  be  safely  trust- 
ed in  all  else. 

WEANING. — The  proper  time  when  the  infant  should  be  taken 
from  the  breast,  and  subjected  to  artificial  dietary,  is  generallya  sub- 
ject of  some  anxiety  to  mothers.  The  exact  time  when  this  change 
should  take  place  must,  however,  always  be  an  open  question,  depend- 
ing on  the  strength  or  weakness  of  the  child,  and  the  health  and  capa- 
bility of  the  mother  for  the  duty  of  a v/et  nurse.  When  mother  and 
child  are  both  in  a fair  condition  of  health,  the  general  time  of  wean- 
ing the  infant  is  between  the  ninth  and  twelfth  month;  should  the 
child,  however,  be  very  backward  with  its  teeth,  and  have  only  cut 
one  or  two  by  the  latter  period,  the  time  of  weaning  should  be  post- 
poned for  a few  weeks  or  months.  As  a general  rule,  when  nature 
r=as  placed  a sufficient  number  of  teeth  in  the  infant’s  mouth  to  enable 
It  to  mumble  the  soft  aliment  on  which  it  is  fed,  the  time  has  arrived  to 
make  it  independent  of  its  nurse.  All  prudent  mothers,  however,  will 
gradually  anneal  their  infants  to  the  change  by  beginning  to  feed 
them  once,  twice,  and  finally  three  times  a day  for  some  few  weeks  be- 
fore absolute  weaning,  at  the  same  time  reducing  the  number  of  times 
of  daily  suckling  ; by  this  means  the  process  is  made  easy  and  gradual, 
and  the  children  are  in  a great  measure  spared  the  distress  consequent 
on  an  abrupt  change. 

Some  mothers,  in  the  hope  of  preventing  another  pregnancy,  are 
in  the  habit  of  keeping  their  infants  at  the  breast  till  they  are  old 
enough  to  ask  for  it;  tins  is  a great  mistake,  and  is  certain  to  act  in- 
juriously on  the  health  of  the  parent.  See  “ Advice  to  mothers,  and 
infants.” 

WETTING  THE  BED. — This  accident,  so  frequently  occurring  to 
children,  and  so  well  known  to  mothers,  demands  careful  and  vigilant 
attention.  Parents  and  nurse3  have  hitherto  regarded  this  as  a bad 
and  careless  habit  of  the  child’s  and  one  rather  demanding  reprehen- 
sion and  correction  than  inquiry  or  medical  investigation;  this,  how- 
ever, is  often  a grave  mistake,  as  the  child  in  its  sleep  can  no  more 
avoid  the  involuntary  discharge  than  it  can  resist  the  lethargy  of  sleep. 
The  cause  of  this  incontinence  of  urine  in  children  arises  from  two 
sources  in  particular — the  first  is  the  peculiar  alkaline  condition  of  the 
water,  which,  acting  like  a corrosive  lye  on  the  coats  of  the  bladder, 
excites  that  organ  to  the  involuntary  action  which  results  in  the 
passage  of  the  urine;  the  second  is  the  presence  in  the  bowels,  particu- 
larly in  the  rectum , of  a number  of  worms,  which,  irritating  the 
nerves  of  the  part,  sympathetically  affect  the  bladder  directly  above, 
which  receives  some  of  its  nerves  from  the  same  plexus.  Crude  fruit, 
or  other  causes  of  irritation  in  the  bowels,  may  produce  the  same 
result,  though  the  above  two  are  the  most  frequent. 

Instead,  therefore,  of  alarming  the  child  by  the  fear  of  punishment, 
the  mother  will  do  well  to  discover  as  far  as  possible  which  of  these 
causes  induces  a child  formerly  cleanly  in  his  habits  to  commit  this 
nocturnal  faux  pas.  If  it  should  proceed  from  an  alkaline  state  of  the 


450  Appendix  to  Medical  Department. 

urine,  the  treatment  will  consist  in  giving  vinegar  and  pickles  with 
the  meals,  tamarinds  and  water,  and  acidulated  drinks,  with  oranges 
and  fresh  acid  fruits;  and  if  the  patient  is  at  all  weakly,  the  subjoined 
tonic  mixture. 

Take  of  infusion  of  quassa,  6 ozs.;  quinine,  6 grs.  5 diluted  sul- 
phuric acid,  30  drops.  Mix;  a dessert  or  tablespoon  to  be  given  three 
times  a day,  in  water,  to  children  from  five  to  ten  years  of  age.  When 
the  accident  proceeds  from  worms,  the  cause  must  be  removed  by  the 
means  recommended  under  “ Worms,”  which  see 


TANNER' 8.  SHOE.  AND  HARNESS  MAKER’S  DEPART- 
MENT. 


COLORS,— Best  Color  for  Boot,  Shoe,  ami  Harness  Edge,  and 
Ink  which  Cannot  Freeze. — Alcohol,  1 pt. ; tincture  of  iron,  134  ozs. ; 
extract  of  logwood,  1 oz. ; nut-galls,  pulverized,  1 oz. ; soft  water,  34 
*t. ; mix>  Or: 

Take  alcohol,  1 pt.;  extract  of  logwood  and  tincture  of  iron, 
He  each,  1 oz.;  nutgalls,  pulverized,  1 oz. ; and  sweet  oil,  34  oz. ; mix* 

I have  found  shoemakers  using  these  colors,  each  thinking  he  had 
H?e  best  color  in  the  world.  The  sweet  oil  is  believed  to  prevent  the 
Sot  iron  from  sticking,  and  to  make  a better  polish. 

The  tirst  one  makes  a very  passable  ink  for  winter  use,  by  carrying 
p quick  hand  to  prevent  it  from  spreading  in  the  paper,  from  the  pres- 
ence of  the  alcohol,  which,  of  course,  is  what  prevents  it  from  freez- 
ing, and  that  is  the  only  argument  in  favor  of  it  as  an  ink  for  writing 
purposes. 

3.  Cheap  Color  for  the  Edge.— -Soft  water,  1 gal.  ; extract  of 
logwood,  1 oz.;  and  boil  them  until  the  extract  is  dissolved,  then  re- 
move from  the  tire  and  add  copperas,  2 ozs. ; bi-chromate  of  potash 
*,nd  gum  arabic,  of  each,  34  oz*  > all  to  be  pulverized. 

This  makes  a cheap  and  good  color  for  shoe  or  harness  edge,  but 
for  cobbling  or  for  new  work,  upon  which  you  do  not  wish  to  use  the 
Mhot  kit,”  but  finish  with  heel-ball,  you  will  find  that  if,  as  you  pour 
this  out  into  the  bottle  to  use,  you  put  a table-spoon  of  lamp-black  to 
each  pint  of  it,  it  will  make  a blacker  and  nicer  finish.  It  makes  a 
good  color  for  cheap  work,  but  for  fine  work,  nothing  will  supersede 
the  first  colors  given.  This  also  makes  a very  good  ink  for  writing 
purposes,  if  kept  corked  to  avoid  evaporation,  which  makes  it  gummy 
or  sticky.  See  also  “Grain  Side  Blacking.’’ 

4.  Sizing  for  Boots  and  Shoes,  in  Treeing" out. — Take  water, 
1 qt.,  and  dissolve  in  it,  by  heat,  isinglass,  1 oz.,  adding  more  water  to 
make  up  for  evaporation ; when  dissolved,  add  starch,  6 ozs. ; extract 
of  logwood,  bees- wax,  and  tallow,  of  each,  2 ozs.;  and  continue  the 
heat  until  all  is  melted  and  well  mixed.  Hub  the  starch  up  first,  by 
pouring  on  sufficient  boiling  water  for  that  purpose. 

It  makes  boots  and  shoes  soft  and  pliable,  applying  it  when  treeing 
out,  and  is  especially  nice  to  clean  up  work  which  has  stood  long  on 
the  shelves. 

5.  Water-Proof  Oil-Paste  Blacking. — Take  camphene,  1 pt., 
and  put  into  it  all  the  India-rubber  it  will  dissolve;  when  dissolved, 
add  currier’s  oil,  1 pt.;  tallow,  G lbs.;  lamp-black,  2 ozs.;  mix  thor- 
oughly by  heat. 

This  is  a nice  thing  for  old  harness  or  carriage  tops,  as  well  as  for 
boots  and  shoes.  Or  you  can  dissolve  the  rubber  in  the  oil  by  setting 
inem  in  rather  a hot  place  for  a day  or  two ; and  save  the  expense  of 


45  2 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


camphene,  as  that  is  of  no  use  only  as  a solvent  to  tin,  rubber.  There 
are  those,  however,  who  do  not  like  to  use  the  rubber , tki&Rmg  it  rotr 
the  leather;  then  use  the  following: 

G.  Water-Proof  Paste,  without  Huh  her.— Take  tallow,  1 lb.: 
bees-wax,  ^lb.;  castor  or  neat’s-foot  oil,  34  pt.»  and  lamp-black,  34 
oz.;  mix  by  heat.  Or: 

7,  Neat’s-foot  oil,  brought  to  a proper  consistence  with  a little 
bees-wax  and  tallow;  colored  with  lamp-black,  will  be  found  proof 
against  snow  or  water. 

§.  Some,  however,  may  prefer  the  following  manner  of  preserv- 
ing their  boots  and  shoes,  from  a correspondent  of  the  Mechanics’  Ga- 
zette; but  if  they  do,  the  boots  must  be  made  large,  from  the  fact  that 
the  preparation  has  a tendency  to  shrink  the  leather.  He  says  : “I 

have  had  only  three  pairs  of  boots  for  the  last  six  years,  (no  shoes,)  and 
I think  I shall  not  require  any  more  the  next  six  years  to  come.  The 
reason  is,  that  I treat  them  in  the  following  manner  : 

“ I put  1 lb.  of  tallow  and  34  lb.  of  resin  in  a pot  on  the  fire;  when 
melted  and  mixed,  I warm  the  boots  and  apply  the  hot  stuff  svlth  a 
painter’s  brush  until  neither  the  sole  nor  the  upper  will  soak  in  any- 
more. If  it  is  desired  that  the  boots  should  immediately  take  a polish, 
dissolve  1 oz.  of  wax  in  spirits  of  turpentine,  to  which  add  a tea- 
spoon of  lamp-black.  A day  after  the  boots  have  been  treated  with 
the  tallow  and  resin,  rub  over  them  this  wax  in  turpentine,  but  not 
before  the  fire. 

“ Thus  the  exterior  will  have  a coat  of  wax  alone,  and  will  shin* 
like  a mirror.  Tallow  or  any  other  grease  becomes  rancid,  and  rotv 
the  stitching  as  well  as  the  leather,  but  the  resin  gives  it  that  antisep 
tic  quality  which  preserves  the  whole.  Boots  and  shoes  should  ba 
made  so  large  as  to  admit  of  wearing  cork  soles.  Cork  is  so  bad  a 
conductor  of  heat,  that  with  it  in  the  boots,  the  feet  are  always  warm 
on  the  coldest  stone  floor.” 

9.  Black  Tarnish  for  Edge. — Take  98  per  cent,  alcohol,  1 pt.„ 
shellac,  3 ozs. ; resin,  2 ozs.;  pine  turpentine,  1 oz.;  lamp-black,  34  oz.; 
mix,  and  when  the  gums  are  all  cut,  it  is  ready  to  use;  but  bear  in 
mind  that  low  proof  alcohol  will  not  cut  gums  properly,  for  any  var- 
nish. 

This,  applied  to  a boot  or  shoe  edge,  with  a brush,  gives  it  th» 
shining  gloss,  resembling  much  of  the  eastern  work.  It  is  also  appli- 
cable to  wood  or  cloth  requiring  a gloss,  after  having  been  painted. 

19.  Tarnish  for  Harness,  the  Best  in  Use.— Take  98  per  cen* 
alcohol,  1 gal. ; white  pine  turpentine,  134  H>s.j  gum  shellac,  134  lbs.  $ 
Venice  turpentine,  1 gill  Let  these  stand  in  a jug  in  the  sun  or  by  a 
stove  until  the  gums  are  dissolved,  then  add  sweet  oil,  1 gill,  and  lamp- 
black, 2 ozs  ; rub  the  lamp-black  first  with  a little  of  the  varnish. 

This  varnish  is  better  than  the  old  style,  from  the  fact  that  its 
polish  is  as  good,  and  it  does  not  crack  when  the  harness  is  twisted  or 
knocked  about. 

If  you  wish  a varnish  for  fair  leather,  make  it  as  the  above,  in  a 
clean  jug,  but  use  no  lamp-black.  The  pine  turpentine  and  sweet  oil 
make  it  pliable,  vet  not  sticky. 

TANNING,  BLACKING;  AND  FINISHING.— Process  for  Calf, 
Kip,  ami  Harness,  in  from  Six  to  Thirty  Days. — For  a 12  lb.  calf- 
skin, take  terra-japonica,  3 lbs. ; common  salt,  2 lbs. ; alum,  1 lb.;  put 
these  into  a copper  kettle  with  sufficient  water  to  dissolve  the  whole 
by  boiling. 

The  skin,  or  skins,  will  first  be  limed,  haired,  and  treated  in  every 


Leather-  Working  Department. 


453 


way  as  for  the  old  process;  then  it  will  he  put  into  a vessel  with  suffi- 
cient water  to  cover  it,  at  which  time  you  will  put  in  one  pint  of  the 
composition,  stirring  it  well;  adding  the  same  amount  each  night  and 
morning  for  three  days,  when  you  will  add  the  whole;  handling  two 
or  three  times  daily,  all  the  time  tanning;  you  can  continue  to  use  the 
tanning  liquid  by  adding  half  the  quantity  each  time,  of  new  liquor, 
and  by  keeping  these  proportions  for  any  amount,  and  if  you  desire'to 
give  the  leather  the  appearance  of  bark  color,  you  will  put  in  one 
pound  of  Sicily  sumac. 

Kip  skins  will  require  about  twenty  days,  light  horse  hides  for 
harness,  thirty  days,  to  make  good  leather;  while  calf  skins  will  only 
require  from  six  to  ten  days  at  most.  The  japonica  is  put  up  in  large 
cakes  of  about  one  hundred  and  fifty  pounds,  and  sells,  in  common 
times,  at  about  four  cents  per  pound,  in  New  York. 

Byron  Rose,  a tanner,  of  Madison,  Ohio,  says  that  one  quart  of  oil 
of  vitriol  to  fifty  sides  of  leather,  with  the  japonica  and  alum,  as 
above,  leaving  out  the  salt,  will  very  much  improve  it;  the  acid  opens 
•he  pores,  quickening  the  process  without  injury  to  the  leather. 

5J.  Canadian  Process. — The  Canadians  make  four  liquors  in 
using  the  japonica : 

The  first  liquor  is  made  by  dissolving,  for.  20  sides  of  upper,  15 
tbs  of  tqrra-japonica  in  sufficient  water  to  cover  the  upper  being 
tanned.  The  second  liquor  contains  the  same  amount  of  japonica, 
and  8 lbs.  of  saltpetre  also.  The  third  contains  20  lbs.  of  japonica, 
and  434  lbs.  of  alum.  The  fourth  liquor  contains  only  15  lbs.  of 
japonica,  and  1%  lbs.  of  sulphuric  acid;  and  the  leather  remains  4 
days  in  each  liquor  for  upper;  and  for  sole,  the  quantities  and  time  are 
both  doubled.  They  count  50  calf  skins  in  place  of  20  sides  of  upper, 
but  let  them  lie  in  each  liquor  only  3 days. 

3.  Deer  Skins — Tanning  and  Buffing  for  Cloves. — For  each  skin 
take  a bucket  of  water,  and  put  into  it  1 qt.  of  lime;  let  the  skin  or 
skins  lie  in  from  3 to  4 days;  then  rinse  in  clean  water  hair,  and 
grain;  then  soak  them  in  cold  water  to  get  out  the  glue;  now  scour  or 
pound  in  good  soap  suds,  for  half  an  hour;  after  which  take  white 
Vitriol,  alum,  and  salt,  1 table-spoon  of  each  to  a skin;  these  will  be 
•dissolved  in  sufficient  water  to  cover  the  skin,  and  remain  in  it  for  24 
hours;  wring  out  as  dry  as  convenient;  and  spread  on  with  a brush 
% pt.  of  currier’s  oil,  and  hang  in  the  sun  about  2 days;  after  which 
you  will  scour  out  the  oil  with  soap  suds,  and  hang  out  again  until 
perfectly  dry;  then  pull  and  work  them  until  they  are  soft;  and  if  a 
reasonable  time  does  not  make  them  soft,  scour  out  in  suds  again  as 
before,  until  complete.  The  oil  may  be  saved  by  pouring  or  taking  it 
from  the  top  of  the  suds,  if  left  standing  a short  time.  The  bull* color 
is  given  by  spreading  yellow  ochre  evenly  over  the  surface  of  the  skin, 
when  finished,  rubbing  it  in  well  with  a brush. 

The  foregoing  plan  was  pursued  for  a number  of  years  by  a 
brother  of  mine,  and  I have  worn  the  gloves  and  know  the  value  of 
the  recipe;  but  there  are  plans  of  using  acid,  and  if  the  quantity  is 
not  too  great,  there  is  no  reason  in  the  world  why  it  may  not  be  used; 
the  only  caution  necessary  is  to  see  that  the  strength  ol  acid  does  not 
kill  the  nature  of  the  leather;  in  proper  quantities  it  tans  only,  instead 
of  destroying  the  fibre.  I will  give  a couple  of  the  most  valuable 
methods  : 

4.  Tanning  with  Acid. — After  having  removed  the  hair,  scour- 
ing, soaking,  and  pounding  in  the  suds,  etc.,  as  in  the  last  recipe,  in 
place  of  the  white  vitriol,  alum,  and  salt,  as  there  mentioned,  take  oil 


454 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


of  vitriol  (sulphuric  acid)  and  water,  equal  parts  of  each,  and  thor- 
oughly wet  the  flesh  side  of  the  skin  with  it,  by  means  of  a sponge  or 
cloth  upon  a stick;  then  folding  up  the  skin,  letting  it  lie  for  20  min'- 
utes  only,  having  ready  a solution  of  sal-soda  and  Water,  say  1 lb.  to 
a bucket  of  water,  and  soak  the  skin  or  skins  in  that  for  2 liouts,  when 
you  will  wash  in  clean  water  and  apply  a little  dry  salt,  letting  lie  in 
the  salt  over  night,  or  that  length  of  time;  then  remove  the  flesh  with 
a blunt  knife,  or,  if  doing  business  on  a large  scale,  by  means  of  the 
regular  beam  and  flesh-knife;  when  dry,  or  nearly  so,  soften  by  pull- 
ing and  rubbing  with  the  hands,  and  also  with  a piece  of  pumice- 
stone.  This,  of  course,  is  the  quickest  way  of  tanning,  and  by  only 
wetting  the  skins  with  the  acid  and  soaking  out  in  twenty  minutes, 
they  are  not  rotted. 

5.  Another  Method. — Oil  of  vitriol,  34  oz. 1 salt,  1 teacup ; milk 
sufficient  to  handsomely  cover  the  skin,  not  exceeding  3 qts. ; warm 
the  milk,  then  add  the  salt  and  vitriol ; stir  the  skin  in  the  liquid  40 
minutes,  keeping  it  warm;  then  dry  and  work  it  as  directed  in 
No.  4. 

6.  Tanning  Sheep-Skins,  applicable  for  Mittens,  Boor-Mats,, 
Robes,  etc. — For  mats,*  take  two  long-wooled  skins,  make  a strong 
suds,  using  hot  water;  w hen  it  is  cold  wash  the  skins  in  it,  carefully 
squeezing  them  between  the  hands  to  get  the  dirt  out  of  the  wool: 
then  wash  the  soap  out  with  clean  cold  water.  Now  dissolve  alum  and 
salt,  of  each  half  a pound,  with  a little  hot  water,  which  put  into  a 
tub  of  cold  water  sufficient  to  cover  the  skins,  and  let  them  soak  in  it 
over  night,  or  twelve  hours,  then  hang  over  a pole  to  drain.  When 
they  are  well  drained,  spread  or  stretch  carefully  on  a board  to  dry 
They  need  not  be  tacked  if  you  will  draw  them  out  several  times  with  the< 
hand,  while  drying.  When  yet  a little  damp,  have  one  ounce,  each, 
of  saltpetre  and  alum,  pulverized,  and  sprinkle  on  the  flesh-side  of 
each  skin,  rubbing  in  well;  then  lay  the  flesh-sides  together  and  hang 
in  the  shade  for  two  or  three  days,  turning  the  under  skin  uppermost 
every  day,  until  perfectly  dry.  Then  scrape  the  flesh-side  with  a blunt 
knife,  to  remove  any  remaining  scraps  of  flesh,  trim  oft'  projecting 
points,  and  rub  the  liesh-side  with  pumice  or  rotten  stone,  and  with 
the  hands;  they  will  be  very  white  and  beautiful,  suitable  for  a foot 
mat,  also  nice  in  a sleigh  or  wagon  of  a cold  day.  They  also  mak* 
good  robes,  in  place  of  the  buffalo,  if  colored,  and  sewed  together 
And  lamb-skins,  (or  sheep-skins,  if  the  wool  is  trimmed  off*  evenly  to. 
about  one-half  or  three-fourths  of  an  inch  in  length,)  make  most 
beautiful  and  warm  mittens  for  ladies  or  gentlemen. 

7.  Tanning  Fur  and  other  Skins — Fifty  Dollar  Recipe.— First, 
— Remove  the  legs  and  other  useless  parts,  and  soak  the  skin  soft; 
then  remove  the  flesh  substances  and  soak  in  warm  water  for  an  hour; 
now  : 

Take  for  each  skin,  borax,  saltpetre,  and  glauber-salt,  of  each,  34 
oz.,  and  dissolve  or  wet  with  soft  water  sufficiently  to  allow  it  to  be 
spread  on  the  flesh-side  of  the  skin. 

Put  it  on  with  a brush,  thickest  in  the  centre  or  thickest  part  of 
the  skin,  and  double  the  skin  together,  flesh-side  in,  keeping  it  in  a 
cool  place  for  twenty-four  hours,  not  allowing  it  to  freeze,  however. 

Second, — Wash  the  skin  clean,  and  then  : 

Taxe  sal-soda,  1 oz. ; borax,  34  oz- » refined  soap,  2 ozs. ; (Colgate’s 
white  soap  is  recommended  as  the~best,  but  our  “ White  Hard  Soap” 
is  the  same  quality);  melt  them  slowly  together,  being  careful  not  to 
allow  them  to  boil,  and  apply  the  mixture  to  the  llesh-side  as  at  first 
— roll  up  again  and  keep  in  a warm  place  for  24  hours. 


Leather-  Working  Department. 


455 


Third, — Wash  the  skin  clean,  as  above,  and  have  saleratus,  two 
©imees,  dissolved  in  hot  rain  water  sufficient  to  well  saturate  the  skin; 
then  : 

Take  alum,  4 ozs. ; salt,  8 ozs. ; and  dissolve  also  in  hot  rain  water; 
when  sufficiently  cool  to  allow  the  handling  of  it  without  scalding,  put 
in  the  skin  for  12  hours;  then  wring  out  the  water  and  hang  up,  for 
12  hours  more,  to  dry.  Repeat  this  last  soaking  and  drying  from  2 to 
4 times,  according  to  the  desired  softness  of  the  skin  when  finished. 

Lastly, — Finish  by  pulling,  working,  etc.,  and  finally  by  rubbing 
with  a piece  of  pumice-stone  and  fine  sand-paper. 

This  works  admirably  on  sheep-skins  as  well«as  on  fur-skins,  dog, 
cat,  or  wolf-skins,  also,  making  a durable  leather,  well  adapted  to 
washing. 

A man  in  our  county  paid  fifty  dollars  for  this  recipe,  and  has 
made  his  money  out  of  it  many  times.  It  is  very  valuable. 

S.  Tanning  Beer  and  Woodchuck  Steins  for  Whips,  Strings, 
etc. — Prepare  the  skin  according  to  the  last  recipe ; then  : 

Take  oil  of  vitriol,  1 oz. ; salt,  1 pt. ; milk,  3 qts. ; mix. 

Now  dip  the  skin  in  warm  rain  water,  having  sufficient  saleratus 
in  it  to  make  it  rather  strong,  or  as  in  the  third  head  of  last  recipe, 
and  work  and  squeeze  it  well  for  a few  minutes,  then  wring  dry  as 
convenient  and  put  it  into  the  vitriol  mixture  for  fifty  minutes,  stirring 
all  the  time;  now  wring  out  and  soak  a while;  and  finally  dry  and 
work  until  soft. 

9.  €lram-Side  Blacking,  for  Ten  Cents  a Barrel.— Take  a bar- 
rel and  put  into  it  quite  a quantity  of  old  iron,  cast  or  wrought,  then 
fill  nearly  full  of  soft  water,  and  add  1 pt.  of  oil  of  vitriol;  stir  it  up 
well,  and  in  a month  or  two  you  have  just  as  good  blacking  for  the 
grain-side  as  could  be  made  by  using  vinegar  in  place  of  water. 

This  makes  good  blacking  for  boot,  shoe,  or  harness  edge,  also. 
The  acid  used  is  so  trifling  that  no  injury  will  arise  to  the  leather. 

Tanners  will,  of  course,  first  apply  the  urine  before  applying  the 
blacking,  saving  from  ten  to  twenty  dollars  yearly,  in  this  way,  instead 
of  the  old  plan  of  using  vinegar. 

10.  French  Finish,  for  Leather.— Take  a common  wooden  pail 
of  scraps,  (the  legs  and  pates  of  calf-skins  are  the  best,)  and  put  a 
handful,  each,  of  salt  and  pulverized  alum  amongst  them,  and  let  them 
stand  three  days;  then  boil  them  until  you  get  a thick  paste.  In  using 
you  will  warm  it.  In  the  first  application,  put  a little  tallow  with  it, 
and  for  the  second,  a little  soft  soap,  and  use  it  in  the  regular  way  of 
finishing,  and  your  leather  will  be  soft  and  pliable,  like  the  French 
calf-skin. 

I have  no  doubt  that  this  would  make  a good  preparation  for 
shoemakers  to  use  in  treeing-out,  leaving  a soft  pliableness,  not  other- 
wise obtained. 

la.  French  Patent  Leather. — The  process  which  has  been  so 
successfully  adopted  by  the  French  artizans  in  glazing  leather,  so  as 
to  give  it  the  repute  for  superior  quality  and  beauty  which  it  now  uni- 
versally sustains,  is  as  follows  : 

Work  into  the  skin  with  appropriate  tools  three  or  four  successive 
coatings  of  drying  varnish,  made  by  boiling  linseed  oil  with  white 
lead  and  litharge,  in  the  proportion  of  one  pound  of  each  of  the  latter 
to  a gallon  of  the  former,  and  adding  a portion  of  chalk  or  ochre — 
each  coating  being  thoroughly  dried  before  the  application  of  the 
next.  Ivory  black  is  then  substituted  for  the  chaik  or  ochre,  the  var- 
nish Jiinned  with  spirits  of  turpentine,  and  five  additional  applications 


45s 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


made  in  the  same  manner  as  before,  except  that  it  is  put  on  thin  and 
not  worked  in.  The  leather  is  rubbed  down  with  pumice-stone,  in 
powder,  and  then  placed  in  a room  at  90  degrees,  out  of  the  way  of 
dust.  The  last  varnish  is  prepared  by  boiling  ^ lb.  of  asphalt-urn 
with  10  lbs.  of  the  drying  oil  used  in  the  first  step  of  the  process,  and 
then  stirring  in  5 lbs.  of  copal  varnish  and  10  lbs.  of  turpentine. 

It  must  have  a month’s  age  before  it  is  fit  for  use,  in  order  to  ex- 
hibit its  true  characteristic* — V-  S.  Gazette. 


PAINTER’S  DEPARTMENT. 


DRYING  tflLS— To  Prepare  for  Carriage,  Wagon,  and  Floor 
1'Umtings. — Take  linseed  oil,  1 gal.,  and  add  gum  shellac,  2 lbs.;  lith- 
arge, 34  lb.;  red-led,  34  bb.  ? umber,  1 oz.  Boil  slowly,  2 or  3 hours, 
until  the  gums  are  dissolved. 

Grind  your  paints  in  this  (any  color)  and  reduce  with  turpentine. 
Yellow  ochre  is  used  lor  floor  painting.  This  dries  quick  and  wears 
exceedingly  well. 

2.  Drying  Oil,  Equal  to  the  Patent  Dryers. — Linseed  oil,  2 
gals.,  and  add  litharge,  red-iead,  and  umber,  of  each,  4 ozs.,  and  sugar 
N*f  lead  and  sulphate  of  zinc,  of  each,  2 ozs. 

Boil  until  it  will  scorch  a feather.  Use  this,  or  either  of  the  others, 
m quantity  to  suit  the  object  dI  the  work  being  done. 

3.  Japan  Dryer  of  the  Best  Quality.— Take  linseed  oil,  1 gal., 
and  put  into  it  gum  shellac,  % lb. ; litharge  and  burned  Turkey  um- 
ber, of  each,  34  lb.;  red-lead,  34  lh.,  and  sugar  of  lead,  G ozs.  Boil  in 
the  oil  until  all  are  dissolved,  which  will  require  about  4 hours;  re- 
move from  the  five,  and  add  spirits  of  turpentine.  1 gal.,  and  it  is  done. 

While  in  Princeton,  Indiana,  after  selling  one  of  rny  books  to  T. 
JSc  J.  T.  Ewing,  extensive  carriage  manufacturers  of  that  place,  I ob- 
tained the  foregoing  recipe.  It  was  puDlished  in  a work  printed  in 
Columbus,  Ohio,  devoted  to  the  art  of  painting.  From  this  fact,  and 
also  that  the  gentlemen  from  whom  I v>otained  it,  had  tested  it  and 
Were  using  if,  I have  not  myself  tried  it,  bur  know,  from  the  nature  of 
the  articles  used,  that  nothing  better  will  be  required. 

4.  Another. — Another  dryer  is  made  by  taking  linseed  oil,  5 gals., 
and  adding  red-led  and  litharge,  of  each,  334  ios. ; raw  umber,  1J4  lbs. ; 
sugar  of  lead  and  sulphate  of  zinc,  of  e:ich,  341b.;  pulverize  ail  the 
articles  together,  and  boil  in  the  oil  until  dissolved;  when  a little  cool, 
add  turpentine,  5 gals,  or  to  make  it  of  a propel  consistence. 

The  gentleman  of  whom  1 obtained  this  recipe  paid  ten  dollars  for 
it.  He  was  using  it  successfully,  and  said  be  used  two  or  three  drops 
of  it  to  a quart  of  varnish  also,  and  especially  when  the  varnish  did 
not  dry  readily. 

OIL— PAINT— To  Reduce  with  Water.— Take  gum  shellac,  1 lb., 
sal-soda,  34  lb-  5 water,  3 pts.;  put  all  into  a suitable  kettle  and  boil, 
stirring  till  all  is  dissolved.  If  it  does  not  all  dissolve,  add  a little  more 
sal-soda;  this,  when  cool,  can  be  bottled  for  use.  If  it  smells  bad  when 
opened,  it  does  not  hurt  it. 

Directions  for  Using. — Mix  up  two  quarts  of  oil  paint  as  usual, 
except  no  turpentine  is  to  be  used — any  color  desired.  Now  put  one 
pint  of  the  gum  shellac  mixture  with  the  ofi  paint  when  it  becomes 
thick,  and  may  be  reduced  with  water  to  a p oper  consistence  to  lay  on 
writb  the  brush.  Two  coats  will  be  required,  and  with  the  second'coat 
sand  may  be  applied  if  desired.  I used  this  upon  a picket-fence  witli 
white-lead  and  yellow  ochre  for  the  body,  and  a little  lamp-black  to 
20 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes . 


458 

give  it  a dark  shade,  putting  on  sand  with  the  second  coat.  It  is  still 
firm  and  good,  the  work  being  done  nearly  tour  years  ago. 

The  sand  was  applied  with  a tub-like  box,  with  many  small  holes 
to  allow  the  even  spreading  of  the  sand,  as  with  a pepper-box.  I do 
not  regret  using  this  kind  of  paint,  nor  the  sanding,  as  it  adds  much  to 
the  durability  of  any  out-door  painting.  But  a better  plan  of  sanding 
is  represented  in  the  “ Painters  Sanding  Apparatus,”  on  next  page. 

2.  Another  Method.— Take  soft  water,  1 gal.,  and  dissolve  in  it, 
peariash,  3 ozs. ; bring  to  a boil,  and  slowly  add  shellac,  1 lb.  * when 
cold  it  is  ready  to  be  added  to  oil-paint,  in  equal  proportions.  The 
expense  of  these  is  only  one-third  of  oil-paint. 

Some  persons  may  think  it  bad  policy  to  learn  painters  to  reduce 
oil-paint  with  water,  but  I think  every  man  should  be  told  of  the  plan, 
who  is  goingtohave  a job  of  work  done,  and  if  he  makes  up  his  mind 
to  try  anything  of  the  kind,  it  is  then  his  own  business;  and  I am  per- 
fectly sincere  in  recommending  it,  for  if  there  was  any  great  fault  in 
it  four  years  would  show  it. 

3.  It  is  made  of  tin ; the 
tube  C,  center  upon  th®  nozzle 
of  a small  bellows;  the  sand 
is  put  into  the  funnel  B,  which 
stands  perpendicular  upon 
the  apparatus  when  the  broad 
mouth-piece  A,  is  held  level 
in  using.  The  funnel  dis- 
charges the  sand,  just  below 
the  nozzle  of  the  bellows;  and 
by  working  the  bellows  the 
sand  is  blown  evenly  upon  the  ' 
freshly  put  on  paint,  through 
Painters'  Sanding  Apparatus.  the  mouth-piece  A,  the  escape 
orifice  not  being  over  the  sixteenth  part  of  an  inch  in  depth,  and  may 
be  made  two  and  a half  or  three  inches  wide. 

Many  persons  like  the  plan  of  sanding  generally,  after  paintings 
but  from  the  fact  that  when  it  is  desired  to  renew  the  paint,  brushes 
cannot  last  long  upon  the  sand,  I think  it  only  proper  to  sand  fences 
or  fronts,  where  boys’  knives  would  be  too  freely  used. 

PAINT  SKINS— To  Save  and  Reduce  to  Oil.— Dissolve  sal-soda, 
% lb. ; in  rain-water,  1 gal. 

The  skins  that  dry  upon  the  top  of  paint,  which  has  been  left 
standing  for  any  length  of  time,  may  be  made  tit  for  use  again  by  cov- 
ering them  with  the  sal-soda  water  and  soaking  them  therein  for  a 
couple  of  days;  then  heat  them,  adding  oil  to  reduce  the  mixture  to  a 
proper  consistence  tor  painting,  and  straining.  Painters  who  are  do- 
ing extensive  business  will  save  many  dollars  yearljr  by  this  simple 
process. 

NEW  TIN  ROOFS— Valuable  Process  for  Painting.— Scrape  off 
the  resin  as  clean  as  possible,  and  sweep  the  roof,  now: 

Dissolve  sufficient  sal-soda  in  a bucket  of  water  to  make  it  quite 
strong;  wash  the  roof  thoroughly  with  the  soda  water,  and  let  it  re- 
main until  it  is  washed  off  by  the  rains,  or  after  a few  hours,  wafehing 
off  with  clean  water,  rinsing  well. 

When  dry,  give  it  one  coat  of  pure  Venetian-red,  mixed  with  one- 
third  boiled,  and  two-thirds  raw  linseed-oil;  the  second  coat  may  be 
any  color  desired.  The  soda-water  dissolves  the  resin  remaining  after 
scraping;  destroys  the  greasy  nature  of  the  solder,  and  of  the  new  tin 


Painter's  Department. 


459 


so  that  there  will  be  sufficient  “ grip  ” for  the  paint  to  adhere  firmly. 
The  pure  Venetian-red  is  one  of  the  most  durable  paints  for  metallic 
roofs,  but  it  is  often  rejected  on  account  of  its  color.  The  above  mode 
of  painting  will  set  aside  this  difficulty. 

Fire-Proof  Paint— for  Roofs,  etc. — Slack  stone-lime  by  put- 
ting it  into  a tub,  to  be  covered,  to  keep  in  the  steam.  When  slacked, 
pass  the  powder  through  a fineseive ; and  to  each  6 qts.  of  it  add  1 
qt.  of  rock  salt,  and  water,  1 gal. ; then  boil  and  skim  clean.  To  each 
5 gals,  of  this  add  pulverized  alum,  1 lb. ; pulverized  copperas,  % lb. ; 
and  still  slowly  add  powdered  potash,  % lb.;  and  then  fine  sand,  or  i 
hickory  ashes,  4 lbs. 

Now  add  any  desired  color,  and  apply  with  a brush;  looks  better 
than  paint,  and  is  as  durable  as  slate.  It  stops  small  leaks  in  roofs, 
prevents  moss,  and  makes  it  incombustible;  and  renders  brick  imper- 
vious to  wet. — Maine  Farmer. 

3.  Water  Proof,  Oil-Rubber  Paint.— Dissolve  about  5 lbs.  of 
India  rubber  in  1 gal.  of  boiled  linseed-oil,  by  boiling.  If  this  is  too 
thick,  reduce  with  boiled  oil;  if  too  thin,  use  more  rubber. 

Especially  applicable  to  cloth,  but  valuable  for  any  other  material. 

Frosting  Glass. — The  frosty  appearance  of  glass,  which  we  often 
see,  where  it  is  desired  to  keep  out  the  sun,  or  man’s  observing  eye,” 
is  done  by  using  a paint  composed  as  follows: 

Sugar  of  lead  well  ground  in  oil,  applied  as  other  paint;  then 
pounced,  while  fresh,  with  a wad  of  batting  held  between  the  thumb 
and  finger. 

After  which  it  is  allowed  to  partially  dry;  then  with  a straight- 
edge laid  upon  the  sash,  you  run  along  by  the  side  of  it  a stick  sharp- 
ened to  the  width  of  line  you  wish  to  appear  in  the  diamonds,  figures, 
or  squares,  into  which  you  choose  to  lay  it  oft';  most  frequently,  how- 
ever, straight  lines  are  made  an  inch  or  more  from  the  sash,  according 
to  the  size  of  light,  then  the  center  of  the  light  made  into  diamonds. 

ORIENTAL— Crystal  Painting. — The  colors  used  are  Prussian- 
blue,  crimson,  white,  and  yellow-lakes,  Rosseau,  white-zinc,  and  No. 
40  carmine.  Druggists  keep  them,  in  small  tubes.  They  must  be 
mixed  with  Demar- varnish,  rubbing  with  a table-knife  or  spatula  upon 
glass. 

Directions  for  Making  Various  Shades,  or  Compound  Colors. — 

Proportion  them  about  as  follows:  For  green,  1-5  blue,  4-5  yellow; 
purple,  1-0  blue,  5-6  crimson ; orange,  3^  crimson,  % yellow;  wine 
color,  1-12  blue,  11-12  crimson  ; pink,  add  a little  crimson  to  white-zinc; 
brown,  mix  a dark  purple,  and  add  yellow  according  to  the  shade  de- 
sired; black,  add  crimson  to  dark  green  until  the  shade  suits  you;  to 
mfike  the  compound  colors  lighter,  add  the  lightest  color  in  it,  and  make 
darker  by  using  more  of  the  darkest  color  in  the  compound.  For 
backgrounds:  White,  white-zinc,  or  pink  white  with  turpentine  and 
boiled  linseed-oil  and  Demar-varnish;  black,  lamp-black,  with  as- 
phaUum-varnish  and  boiled  linseed-oil  and  turpentine  in  equal  quan-i 
tities;  flesh-color,  white-zinc  with  a small  portion  of  crimson  and 
crome-yellow,  to  suit.  For  sketching  out  the  figures  on  the  ground- 
work, use  a little  lamp-black  with  asphaltum  varnish,  turpentine  and 
boiled  linseed-oil,  to  make  it  flow  freely. 

Directions  for  Painting. — Make  your  glass  perfectly  clean, 
and  place  it  over  the  picture  you  wish  to  copy;  then  with  the  sketching 
preparation  trace  on  the  glass  all  the  lines  connected  with  the  figures 
of  the  picture  which  you  are  copying,  being  careful  to  sketch  vines  very 
distinct;  when  the  sketching  is  done  and  dry,  proceed  to  lay  on  the 


460 


Dr.  Chase's  Recipes. 


background  inside  of  the  sketched  lines,  until  all  the  sketching 
closed  ; and  when  the  background  is  dry,  proceed  to  put  on  the  colors, 
commencing  with  green,  if  any  in  the  figures,  ending  with  yellow. 
When  the  colors  are  all  laid,  put  the  background  upon  the.  balance  of 
the  glass;  and  when  all  is  dry,  have  tin  foil  crumpled  very  much  in 
your  hand,  and  then  partly  straightened  out,  and  lay  it  over  the  figure, 
and  keep  it  in  its  place  by  pasting  paper  over  it  in  such  a manner  that 
it  cannot  slip  away,  letting  the  paper  cover  the  whole  back  of  the 
glass,  or  a wood  back  can  be  placed  behind  the  glass,  and  all  is  com- 
plete, and  will  look  well  or  ill,  according  to  the  practice  and  taste  of  the 
painter. 

2.  Fancy  Green. — Unscorched,  pulverized  coffee,  put  into  the 
white  of  an  egg,  will,  in  twenty-four  hours,  produce  a very  beautiful 
green  for  fancy  painting — proof  of  poison  in  uubrowned  coffee. 

SKETCHING  PAPER — To  Prepare.— Bleached  linseed-oil,  tur- 
pentine, awd  balsam  of  fir,  equal  parts  of  each ; mix. 

Have  a frame  of  a little  less  size  than  the  paper  to  be  prepared, 
and  apply  paste  or  thick  gum  solution  to  one  side  and  the  outer  edge 
of  it;  wet  the  paper  in  clean  water  and  lay  it  upon  the  frame,  and 
press  it  down  upon  the  pasted  side  of  the  frame,  and  turn  the  outet 
part  of  the  paper  over  the  outside  of  the  frame  upon  the  paste  there, 
which  holds  it  firm;  and  when  it  becomes  dry  it  is  tight  like  a drum- 
head; whilst  in  this  condition,  with  a brush  saturate  it  with  the  above 
mixture;  three  or  four  coats  will  be  needed,  giving  each  one  time  to 
dry  before  applying  the  next.  Only  sufficient  is  needed  to  make  it 
transparent,  so  that  when  you  wish  to  sketch  a rose,  or  other  flower  01 
leaf,  from  nature,  the  paper  can  be  placed  upon  it  like  the  glass  in  the 
“ Oriental  Painting”;  then  trace  the  lines  and  finish  it  up  in  the  same 
way  also,  as  there  described;  or  that  you  may  see  through  it  in  taking 
perspective  views  of  distant  scenery. 

DOOR  PLATES — To  Make. — Cut  your  glass  the  right  size,  and 
make  it  perfectly  clean  with  alcohol  or  soap;  then  cut  a strip  of  tin-foil 
sufficiently  long  and  wide  for  the  name,  and  with  a piece  of  ivory  01 
other  burnisher  rub  it  lengthwise  to  make  it  smooth;  now  wet  the  glasi 
with  the  tongue,  (as  saliva  is  the  best  sticking  substance,)  or  if  the 
glass  is  very  large,  use  a weak  solution  of  gum  arabic,  or  the  white  of 
an  egg  in  half  a pint  of  water,  and  lay  it  on  the  foil,  rubbing  it  down 
to  the  glass  with  a bit  or  cloth,  then  also  with  the  burnisher;  the  more 
it  is  burnished  the  better  will  it  look;  now  mark  the  width  on  the  foil 
which  is  to  be  the  height  of  the  letter  and  put  on  a straight-edge  and 
hold  it  firmly  to  the  foil,  and  with  a sharp  knife  cut  the  foil  and  take  off 
the  superfluous  edges;  then  either  lay  out  the  letters  on  the  back  of  the 
foil,  (so  they  shall  read  correctly  on  the  front,)  by  your  own  judgment 
or  by  means  of  pattern-letters,  which  can  be  purchased  for  that  pur- 
pose; cut  with  the  knife,  carefully  holding  down  the  pattern  or 
straight-edge,  whichever  you  use;  then  rub  down  the  edge  of  all  the 
letters  with  the  back  of  the' knife,  or  edge  of  the  burnisher,  which  pre- 
vents the  black  paint  or  Japan,  which  you  next  put  over  the  back  of 
the  plate,  from  getting  under  the  foil ; having  put  a line  above  and 
one  below  the  name,  or  a border  around  the  whole  plate  or  not,  as  you 
bargain  for  the  job.  The  japan  is  made  by  dissolving  asphaltuui  in 
just  enough  turpentine  to  cut  it,  (see  “Asphaltum  Varnish”);  apply 
with  a brush,  as  other  paint,  over  the  back  of  the  letters  and  over  the 
glass,  forming  a background.  This  is  used  on  the  iron  frame  of  the 
plate  also,  putting  it  on  when  the  plate  is  a little  hot,  and  as  soon  as  it 


Painters'  Department.  461 

cools  It  is  dry.  A tittle  lamp-black  may  be  rubbed  into  it,  if  you  de- 
sire it  any  blacker  than  it  is  without  it. 

If  you  choose,  you  can  remove  every  other  foil  letter,  after  the 
japan  is  dry,  and  paint  in  its  place,  fed,  blue,  or  other  colored  letters, 
to  make  a greater  variety  out  of  which  for  your  customers  to  choose,  as 
the  one  they  desire  you  to  follow  in  getting  up  their  plate.  Tin-foil 
being  thicker  than  silver  or  gold-foil,  will  not  show  the  paint  through 
it  in  little  spots,  as  they  do ; but  if  these  foils  are  desired  to  be  used,, 
you  can  put  on  two  thicknesses,  by  proceeding  as  follows,  which  pre-i 
vents  the  paint  from  showing  through : lay  on  the  first  coat  of  these  foil$ 
the  same  as  directed  for  the  tin-foil,  and  smooth  it  down  by  rubbing 
on  the  front  of  the  glass;  then  breathe  on  it  until  a dampness  is  caused; 
now  put  on  the  second  and  burnish  well,  having  paper  over  it;  but  in- 
stead of  the  knife  to  cut  around  your  pattern  or  straight-edge,  take  a 
sharp  needle,  using  the  point,  make  lines  through  the  leaf  around  the 
pattern  letter  or  straight-edge;  then  with  a bit  of  jewelers’ wood,  or 
other  hard  wood,  made  to  a narrow  and  sharp  point,  remove  all  up  to 
the  lines,  both  in  and  around  the  letters,  as  these  foils  have  not  the 
substance  to  peel  off  as  the  tin-foil;  japanning  over  them  the  same  as 
the  other  letters.  Paper  letters  can  be  cut  out  of  advertisements  and 
put  on  by  wetting  the  glass  the  same  as  for  the  foil,  japanning  over 
them,  and  when  dry,  removing  them  and  painting  the  places  out  of 
which  they  came  with  various  colors,  as  desired,  as  the  japan  will  not 
peel,  but  makes  a sharp  and  distinct  edge;  and  these  painted  letters 
look  well,  in  this  way;  and  by  taking  advantage  of  printed  letters, 
saves  the  skill  and  time  necessary  to  form  them 

To  illustrate:  In  the  name  given  below,  A may  be  gold-foil;  W 
will  be  blue;  C,  red;  H,  black;  A,  gold-foil;  S,  blue;  E,  red;  M, 
black;  and  again  D,  gold-foil,  which  any  one  can  see  makes  a more 
showy  plate  than  if  it  all  Were  of  one  foil,  or  one  color. 


Set  your  glass  in  the  frame  with  putty,  and  put  a coin  coat  of  putty 
over  the  whole  plate,  as  the  plaster  of  Paris  filling  which  isgenerallv  used 
soon  eats  out  the  japan  or  paint,  and  spoils  the  job.  Persons  with  any 
ingenuity  can  very  soon  make  a nice  plate  if  they  will  pay  attention 
to  the  above  rules,  as  well  as  to  pay  five  dollars  for  instructions,  as  a 
little  practice  must  be  had  to  become  perfect,  even  if  you  do  pay  five 
dollars  for  an  hour  or  two’s  telling  and  showing.  Shellac  varnish  col- 
ored with  lamp-black  is  good  in  place  of  the  japan.  See  “ Varnish — 
Transparent — for  Wood.” 

ETCHING  AND  GItINDING  UPON  GLASS— For  Signs,  or  Side 
Lights. — Take  the  “Asphaltum  Varnish,”  and  with  small  pencil  lay 
out  the  name  or  design,  not  putting  the  varnish  upon  the  letters,  but 
around  it,  leaving  the  space  which  the  letters  of  the  sign  are  to  occupy, 
free  and  clear,  as  seen  in  the  above  door-plate,  represented  in  the 
wood  cut,  and  by  the  way,  a very  nice  style  of  letter  for  that  purpose 
also,  we  think- 

The  varnish  is  to  cover  the  black  surface  in  the  sign  or  name. 
The  white  line  around  the  outside  represents  a border,  which  improves 


462 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


the  appearance  of  the  plate;  when  the  varnish  is  dry,  have  some  melt- 
ed beeswax,  and  as  it  begins  to  cool,  with  a knife  take  some  of  it  up 
and  scrape  it  off  upon  the  edge  of  the  glass  being  etched,  so  as  to  form 
a wall  to  hold  the  acid  upon  the  glass  while  etching;  now  lay  the 
glass  flat  and  pour  a little  flourie  acid  on  to  the  name,  letter  or  design 
thus  prepared,  and  let  it  remain  on  for  one  hour,  not  allowing  the 
glass  to  be  touched  or  moved  for  that  time;  then  pour  off* the  acid  into 
your  bottle,  and  it  can  be  used  again.  The  asphalt  prevents  the  acid 
from  eating  or  etching  only  the  letter,  and  the  wax  wall  prevents 
the  acid  from  flowing  off  and  being  wasted.  When  you  pour  off  the 
acid,  wash  the  glass  with  a little  water,  scrape  off  the  wax,  and  re- 
move the  asphalt  with  a little  turpentine  and  all  is  done. 

The  above  directions  are  for  plain  glass;  but  if  you  desire,  you  can 
gild  the  letter  which  is  etched  (eat  out),  or  you  can  gild  all  except  the 
letter,  if  desired,  as  described  in  the  recipe  for  “ Door  Plates,”  or  you 
can  grind  the  surface  of  the  glass,  as  described  under  the  head  of 
“Glass-grinding  for  Signs,  Shades,”  etc.  This  applies  equally  well  to 
“ flashed,”  or  what  is  called  “stained  glass,”  worked  in  the  same  way 
as  above,  putting  the  design  or  letters  upon  the  stained  side,  which 
eats  away  color  and  leaves  the  design  clean  and  white;  or  you  can 
etch  only  a part  of  the  way  through  the  stain,  which  shows  up  the 
letter  or  flower  lighter  in  color  than  the  rest  of  the  glass,  whicji  makes 
it  look  very  beautiful  for  side-lights  in  halls,  lamps,  druggists’  win- 
dows, etc. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  colored  glass — one  is  called  “ Potmetal,” 
the  other  “Flashed.”  The  pot-metal  glass  is  made  by  mixing  the 
stain  or  coloring  with  melted  glass,  while  making,  and,  consequently  is 
alike  all  the  way  through.  The  stained  glass  is  made  by  applying  the 
color  to  one  side  of  the  glass  after  it  is  made,  then  applying  sufficient 
heat  to  allow  it  to  take  hold  of  the  glass  only — the  color  is  all  on  one 
side;  this  is  the  kind  desired. 

If  it  is  desired  to  etch  upon  druggists’  or  other  jars,  it  can  be  done 
by  preparing  the  name  to  be  put  on,  with  the  varnish  and  wax;  then 
have  a lead  box  without  top  or  bottom,  in  shape  on  the  lower  edge  to 
fit  the  shape  of  the  jar,  and  press  this  down  upon  the  wax  to  make  it 
tight ; then  pour  your  acid  into  the  box,  which  keeps  it  in  its  place,  the 
same  as  the  wax  does  on  a flat  surface.  Ornaments  or  flourishes  can 
be  put  on  as  well  as  letters. 

The  old  plan  was  to  cover  the  whole  surface  with  wax,  then  re- 
move it  from  the  letter,  which  was  very  slow  and  troublesome,  and  if 
a bit  of  wax  remained  upon  the  bottle,  the  acid  could  not  cut  where 
the  wax  remained,  then  to  hold  the  glass  over  the  fumes  of  the  acid, 
instead  of  putting  the  acid  on  the  glass. 

2.  Glass-Grinding  for  Signs,  Shades,  etc.— After  you  have 
etched  a name  or  other  design  upon  uncolored  glass,  and  wish  to  have 
it  show  off  to  a better  advantage  by  permitting  the  light  to  pass  only 
through  the  letters,  you  can  do  so  by: 

Take  a piece  of  flat  brass  sufficiently  large  not  to  dip  into  the  letters, 
but  pass  over  them  when  gliding  upon  the  surface  of  the  glass;  then 
with  flour  of  emery,  and  keeping  it  wet,  you  can  grind  the  whole  sur- 
face, very  quickly,  to  look  like  the  ground  glass  globes,  often  seen  upon 
lamps,  except  the  letter  which  is  eaten  below  the  general  surface. 

Whole  lights  of las-  c.  11  be  grotyid  in  this  way  instead  of  1 costing 
or  the  frosting  can  be  done  lrwe  in  place  of  1 tie  grinding,  if  preferred. 

it.  Fluoric  Add,  \ a K .:;e  fW  ’ •'  • .—You  can 

make  your  own  l.uoric  (sometimes  called  hydro-fluoric)  acid,  by  getting 


Painters'  Department . 463 

the  floor  or  Derbyshire  spar,  pulverizing  it  and  putting  all  of  it  into 
sulphuric  acid  which  the  acid  will  cut  or  dissolve. 

Druggists  through  the  country  do  not  keep  this  acid  generally, 
but  they  can  get  it  in  the  principal  cities  and  furnish  it  for  about 
seventy-five  cents  per  ounce,  and  that  ounce  will  do  at  least  fifty  dol- 
lars’ worth  of  work.  It  is  put  up  in  gutta-percha  bottles,  or  lead  bot- 
tles, and  must  be  kept  in  them  when  not  in  use,  having  corks  of  the 
same  material.  Glass,  of  course,  will  not  hold  it,  as  it  dissolves  the 
glass,  otherwise  it  would  not  etch  upon  it. 

PORCELAIN  FINISH  -Very  Hard  and  White,  for  Parlors.— To 
prepare  the  wood  for  the  finish,  if  it  be  pine,  give  one  or  two  coats  of 
the  “Varnish — Transparent — for  Wood,’’  which  prevents  the  pitch 
from  oozing  out,  causing  the  finish  to  turn  yellow;  next,  give  the  room 
at  least  four  coats  of  pure  zinc,  which  may  be  ground  in  only  sufficient 
oil  to  enable  it  to  grind  properly,  then  mix  to  a proper  consistence 
with  turpentine  or  naptha.  Give  each  coat  time  to  dry.  When  it  is 
dry  and  hard,  sand-paper  it  to  a perfectly  smooth  surface,  when  it  is 
ready  to  receive  the  finish,  which  consists  of  two  coats  of  French  zinc 
ground  in,  and  thinned  with  Demar-varnish,  until  it  works  properly 
mder  the  brush. 

Mr.  Miles,  of  this  city,  one  of  our  scientific  painters,  has  been 
sufficiently  kind  to  furnish  me  this  recipe,  prepared  expressly  for  this 
work;  therefore,  the  most  explicit  confidence  may  be  placed  in  it;  yet 
any  one  can  judge  for  themselves  from  the  nature  of  the  articles  used, 
that  it  must  be  white  and  hard.  He  goes  on  to  say  that  if  the  French 
zinc  in  varnish  cannot  be  procured,  the  varnish  may  be  whitened  with 
zinc  ground  in  oil,  as  a very  good  substitute,  being  careful  not  to  use 
too  much,  in  which  case  it  will  diminish  the  gloss,  and  be  more  liable 
to  turn  yellow.  A little  turpentine  or  naphtha  may  be  added,  if  too 
thick  to  work  well,  but  in  no  instance  should  oil  be  used  to  thin  the 
paint. 

This  finish,  if  properly  applied,  is  very  beautiful,  and  although 
purely  white,  may  be  kept  clean  more  easily  than  other  kinds  of  paint- 
ing by  simply  using  a dusting  brush;  or  if  soiled,  a sponge  wet  in  cold 
soft  water  without  soap,  is  the  better  way. 

N.  B. — Not  a particle  of  white-lead  should  be  used  where  this 
finish  is  to  be  applied,  either  in  the  priming,  or  any  subsequent  coats, 
or  a brush  that  has  been  used  in  lead  without  being  thoroughly 
cleansed,  as  a yellow  hue  will  soon  present  itself,  -which  is  caused  by  a 
chemical  change  taking  place  between  the  lead  and  zinc. 

PAINTERS’  ECONOMY  IN  MAKING  COLORS.-Prussian  B lae. 
— 1st.  Take  nitric  acid,  any  quantity,  and  as  much  iron  shavings  from 
the  lathe  as  the  acid  will  dissolve;  heat  the  iron  as  hot  as  can  be 
handled  with  the  hand  ; then  add  it  to  the  acid  in  small  quantities  as 
long  as  the  acid  will  dissolve  it,  then  slowly  add  double  the  quantity  of 
soft  water  that  there  was  of  acid,  and  put  in  iron  again  as  long  as  the 
acid  will  dissolve  it.  2d.  Take  Prussiate  of  potash,  dissolve  it  in  hot 
water  to  make  a strong  solution,  and  make  sufficient  of  it  with  the  first 
to  give  the  depth  of  tint  desired,  and  the  blue  is  made.  Or: 

2.  Another  Method. — A very  passable  Prussian-blue  is  made  by 
taking  the  sulphate  of  iron  (copperas)  and  Prussiate  of  Potash,  equal 
parts  of  each,  and  dissolving  each  separately  in  water  then  mixing  the 
two  waters. 

3.  Chrome  Yellow. — 1st.  Take  sugar  of  lead  and  Paris  white, 
csf  each  5 lbs. ; dissolve  them  in  hot  water.  2d.  Take  bi-chromate  of 
potash,  6^  ozs.  and  dissolve  it  in  hot  water  also,  each  article  to  be 


464 


Dr.  Chase's  Recipes. 


dissolved  separately,  then  mix  all  together,  puttting  in  the  bi-ohromat* 
last.  Let  stand  twenty-four  hours. 

4.  Chrome  Gl*een.— Take  Paris-white,  634  lbs.;  sugar  of  lead  and 
blue  vitriol,  of  each  334  lbs*?  alum,  1O34  ozs.;  best  soft  Prussian-blue 
and  chrome  yellow,  of  each,  334  lbs.  Mix  thoroughly  whiie  in  line 
powder,  and  "add  water  1 gai.,  stirring  well,  and  let  stand  3 or  4 
hours. 

5.  Green — Durable  and  Cheap. — Take  spruce  yellow  and  color  it 
with  a solution  of  chrome  yellow  and  Prussian-blue,  until  you  give  it 
the  shade  you  wish. 

©.  Paris  Green. — Take  unslaked  lime  of  the  best  quality,  slake 
it  with  hot  water;  then  take  the  iinest  part  of  the  powder  and  add 
alum  water,  as  strong  as  can  be  made,  sufficient  to  form  a thick  paste, 
then  color  it  with  bi-chromate  of  potash  and  sulphate  of  copper, 
until  the  color  suits  your  fancy.  N.  B. — The  sulphate  of  copper  gives 
the  color  a blue  tinge — the  bi-chromate  of  potash  a yellow.  Observe 
this  and  you  will  never  fail. 

7.  Another  Method. — Blue  vitriol,  5 lbs.;  sugar  of  lead,  6)4  lbs.i 
arsenic,  234  lbs.  » bi-chromate  of  potash,  1%  ozs. ; mix  them  thorough- 
ly in  fine  powder,  and  add  water,  3 pts,  mixing  well  again,  and  let 
stand  3 or  4 hours. 

§.  Pea  Brown. — 1st.  Take  sulphate  of  copper,  any  quantity, 
and  dissolve  it  in  hot  water.  2d.  Take  Prussiate  of  potash,  dissolve  it 
in  hot  water  to  make  a strong  solution.  Mix  of  the  two  solutions,  as  in 
the  blue,  and  the  color  is  made. 

9.  Rose  Pink. — Brazil  wood,  1 lb.  and  boil  it  for  2 hours,  having 
1 gal.  of  water  at  the  end;  then  strain  it  and  boil  alum  1 lb.  in  the 
same  water  until  dissolved;  when  sufficiently  cool  to  admit  the  hand 
add  muriate  of  tin,  % oz.  Now  have  Paris-white,  1234  lbs.,  moisten 
up  to  a salvy  consistence,  and  when  the  first  is  cool,  stir  them  thor- 
oughly together.  Let  stand  24  hours. 

When  any  of  the  above  mixtures  have  stood  as  mentioned,  in  then 
respective  recipes,  all  that  is  necessary  is  to  drain  off  the  water  bj 
placing  the  preparations  into  muslin  bags  for  that  purpose,  and  then 
exposing  the  mixture  to  the  air,  to  dry  for  use. 

Glass,  stone,  or  wood  vessels  only  should  be  used,  as  the  acids  soot 
work  upon  iron,  tin,  copper,  etc.,  giving  you  a tinge  not  desired 
in  the  color;  and  always  observe  that  if  water  is  to  be  mixed  with 
strong  acids,  it  must  be  added  slowly,  especially  if  in  light  vials,  01 
you  will  break  the  vessels  by  means  of  the  great  heat  which  is  ret  free 
by  the  combination.  Painters  can  use  their  own  judgment  about 
making  these  colors;  but  if  they  do  not  do  it  for  profit,  the»-«  will  be 
pleasure  in  testing  them,  even  in  vials-ful  only,  as  the  cliemlo^  action 
is  just  as  fine  in  small  as  in  large  quantities. 


BLACKSMITHS'  DEPARTMENT. 


fClXS  RASPS— To  Re » Cut  by  a Chemical  Process.— Dis- 
solve saleratus,  4 ozs.,  to  water,  1 qt.,  sufficient  to  coyer  the  tiles,  and 
boil  them  in  it  for  half  an  hour;  then  take  out,  wash  and  dry  them; 
now  stand  them  in  a jar,  filling  it  up  with  rain  water  and  sulphuric 
acid,  in  the  proportion  of  water,  1 qt.,  to  acid,  4 ozs. 

If  the  tiles  are  coarse,  they  will  need  to  remain  in  about  twelve 
hours;  but  for  tine  files,  six  to" eight  hours  will  be  all-sufficient.  When 
you  take  them  out,  wash  them  clean,  dry  quickly,  and  put  a little 
sweet  oil  upon  them,  to  prevent  rust. 

This  plan  is  applicable  to  blacksmiths,  gunsmiths,  tinners,  copper- 
smiths, machinists,  etc.,  etc.  Copper  and  tin  workers  will  only  require 
a short  time  to  take  the  articles  out  of  their  tiles,  as  the  soft  metals 
with  which  they  become  filled  are  soon  dissolved,  leaving  the  files 
about  as  good  as  new.  For  blacksmiths  and  saw-mill  men  it  will  re- 
quire the  full  time. 

They  may  be  re-cut  two  or  three  times,  making  in  all  more  service 
than  it  took  to  wear  out  the  file  at  first. 

The  preparation  can  be  kept  and  used  as  long  as  you  see  action 
take  place  upon  putting  the  files  into  it.  Keep  it  covered  when  not 
in  use. 

If  persons,  when  filing,  would  lift  up  the  file,  in  carrying  back, 
there  would  be  no  necessity  of  a re-cutting,  but  in  drawing  it  back 
they  soon  turn  a wire-edge,  which  the  acid  removes.  It  also  thins  the 
tooth.  Many  persons  have  doubted  this  fact;  but  I know  that  the 
common  three-square  file,  (used  for  sharpening  saws,)  when  worn  out 
and  thrown  by,  for  a year  or  two,  may  be  again  used  with  nearly  the 
same  advantage  as  a new  one.  The  philosophy  of  it  is  this:  the  ac- 
tion of  the  atmosphere  acts  upon  the  same  principle  as  the  acid,  cor- 
rodes (eats  off)  the  surface,  giving  anew  a square  cutting  edge.  Try 
it,  all  ye  doubtful.  I have  tried  both,  and  know  their  value.  Boiling 
in  the  saleratus-water  removes  grease,  and  allows  the  acid  to  act  upon 
the  steel. 

TARNISHES. — To  Prevent  Rust  on  Iron  or  Steel.— Tallow,  *4 
ozs. ; resin,  1 oz. ; melt  and  strain  while  hot. 

Apply  a light  coat  of  this,  and  you  can  lay  away  any  articles  not 
in  constant  use,  for  any  length  of  time,  such  as  knives  and  forks,  or 
mechanics’  tools  which  are  being  laid  by,  or  much  exposed.  But  for 
axes  or  other  new  tools,  which  are  exposed  to  the  air  before  sold,  you 
will  find  the  following  varnish  preferable  : 

2.  Transparent,  for  Tools,  Plows,  etc.— Best  alcohol,  1 gal.; 
gum  sandarach,  2 lbs. ; gum  mastic,  % lb.  Place  all  in  a tin  can 
which  admits  of  being  corked;  cork  it  tight,  and  shake  it  frequently, 
occasionally  placing  the  can  in  hot  water.  When  dissolved,  it  is  ready 
to  use. 

This  makes  a very  nice  varnish  for  new  tools  which  are  exposed 
to  dampness : the  air,  even,  will  soon  (more  or  less)  tarnish  new  work. 

3,  Seek-No-Farther,  for  Iron  or  Steel.— Take  best  Copal  vai- 


466 


Dr.  Chase's  Recipes. 


nish,  and  add  sufficient  olive  oil  to  make  it  feel  a little  greasy;  then 
add  nearly  as  much  spirits  of  turpentine  as  there  is  of  varnish,  and 
you  will  probably  seek  no  farther. 

4.  Transparent  Blue,  for  Steel  Plows.— Take  Demar  varnish, 
34  gal.;  finely  ground  Prussian-blue,  34  oz. ; mix  thoroughly. 

5.  For  ground  steel  plows,  or  other  ground  steel,  one  or  two 
coats  of  this  will  be  found  sufficient  to  give  a nice  blue  appearance, 
like  highly-tempered  steel.  Some  may  wish  a little  more  blue;  if  so, 
add  the  Prussian-blue  to  your  liking.  Copal  varnish  is  not  so  trans- 
parent as  the  Demar,  but  if  you  will  have  a cheap  varnish,  use  No.  4. 

6.  Black,  having  a Polish,  for  Iron. — Pulverized  gum  asphal- 
tum,  2 lbs.;  gum  benzoin,  34  lb.;  spirits  of  turpentine,  1 gal. ; to  make 
quick,  keep  in  a warm  place  and  shake  often  ; shake  to  suit  with  finely 
ground  ivory  black. 

Apply  with  a brush.  And  it  ought  to  be  used  on  iron  exposed  to 
the  weather  as  well  as  on  inside  work  desiring  a nice  appearance  or 
polish.  Or : 

7.  Tarnish  for  Iron. — Asphaltum,  8 lbs. ; melt  it  in  an  iron  ket- 
tle, slowly  adding  boiled  linseed  oil,  5 gals.;  litharge,  1 lb.;  and  sul- 
phate of  zinc,  341b.;  continuing  to  boil  for  3 hours;  then  add  dark 
gum  amber,  134  lbs.,  and  continue  to  boil  2 hours  longer.  When  cool 
reduce  to  a proper  consistence,  to  apply  with  a brush,  with  spirits  of 
turpentine. 

8.  I wish  here,  also,  to  state  a fact  which  will  benefit  those  wish- 
ing to  secure  vines  or  limbs  of  trees  to  the  side  of  a white  house,  with 
nails,  and  do  not  wish  to  see  a streak  of  rust  down  the  white  paint,  as 
follows : 

Make  a hole,  in  -which  to  start  the  nail,  putting  a little  strip  of  zinc 
into  the  hole,  and  drive  the  nail  in  contact  with  the  zinc. 

The  electrical  action  of  the  two  metals,  in  contact,  prevents  rust, 
proven  by  over  eight  years’  trial. 

WELDING — Cast  Steel  without  Borax. — Copperas,  2 ozs.;  salt- 
petre, 1 oz.;  common  salt,  6 ozs.;  black  oxyde  of  manganese,  1 oz. ; 
prussiate  of  potash,  1 oz.;  all  pulverized  and  mixed  with  nice  welding 
sand,  3 lbs.,  and  use  it  the  same  as  you  would  sand. 

Higher  tempered  steel  can  be  used  with  this  better  than  with 
borax,  as  it  welds  at  a lower  heat — such  as  pitchfork  tines,  toe-corks, 
etc.  The  pieces  should  be  held  together  while  heating.  I have  found 
some  blacksmiths  using  it  without  the  manganese;  but  from  what  I 
know  of  the  purifying  properties  of  that  article  upon  iron,  I am  sure 
it  must  be  preferable  with  it,  as  that  is  the  principal  purifier  in  the 
next  recipe. 

POOlt  IRON — To  Improve. — Black  oxide  of  manganese,  1 part; 
copperas  and  common  salt,  4 parts  each ; dissolve  in  soft  water  and 
boil  until  dry;  when  cold,  pulverize,  and  mix  quite  freely  with  nice 
welding  sand. 

When  you  have  poor  iron  which  you  cannot  afford  to  throw  away, 
heat  it  and  roll  it  in  this  mixture,  working  for  a time,  re-heating,  etc., 
will  soon  free  it  from  all  impurities,  which  is  the  cause  of  its  rotten- 
ness. By  this  process  you  can  make  good  horse-nails,  even  out  of 
only  common  iron. 

WRITING}  UPON  IRON  OR  STEEL,  SILVER  OR  GOLD— Not 
to  Cost  the  l entil  Part  of  a Cent  per  Letter. — Muriatic  acid,  1 oz. ; 
nitric  acid,  34  oz*  Mix,  when  it  is  ready  for  use. 

Directions. — Cover  the  place  you  wish  to  mark,  or  write  upon, 
with  melted  bees-wax;  when  cold,  write  the  name  plain  with  a file 


Blacksmiths'  Department. 


467 


point  or  an  instrument  made  for  the  purpose,  carrying  it  through  the 
wax  and  cleaning  the  wax  all  out  of  the  letter;  then  apply  the  mixed 
acids  with  a feather,  carefully  filling  each  letter;  let  it  remain  from 
one  to  ten  minutes,  according  to  the  appearance  desired;  then  put  on 
some  water,  which  dilutes  the  acids  and  stops  the  process.  Either  of 
the  acids,  alone,  would  cut  iron  or  steel,  but  it  requires  the  mixture  to 
take  hold  of  gold  or  silver.  After  you  wash  off*  the  acids,  it  is  best  to 
apply  a little  oil.  * 

MILL-PICKS— To  Temper. — To  6 qts.  of  soft  water,  put  in  pul- 
verized corrosive  sublimate,  1 oz.,  and  2 hands  of  common  salt;  when 
dissolved  it  is  ready  for  use.  The  first  gives  toughness  to  the  steel, 
whilst  the  latter  gives  the  hardness.  I have  found  those  who  think 
it  better  to  add  sal-ammoniac,  pulverized,  2 ozs.,  to  the  above. 

Directions. — Heat  the  picks  to  only  a cherry  red  and  plunge 
them  in  and  do  not  draw  any  temper.  In  working  mill-picks,  be  very 
careful  not  to  overheat  them,  but  work  them  at  as  low  a heat  as  possi- 
ble. The  reason  why  so  many  fail  in  making  good  picks,  is  that  they 
don’t  work  them  at  as  low  heat  as  they  should.  With  care  upon  that 
point,  and  the  above  fluid,  no  trouble  will  be  experienced,  even  on  the 
best  diamond  burrs.  Be  sure  to  keep  the  preparation  covered  when 
not  in  use,  as  it  is  poison.  Pigs  or  dogs  might  drink  of  it,  if  left  un- 
covered. This  is  the  mixture  which  has  gained  me  the  name  of  hav- 
ing the  best  preparation  in  use  for  mill-picks,  and  the  certificates  on 
this  subject,  but  as  I have  some  others  which  are  very  highly  spoken 
^f,  I give  you  a few  others. 

2.  An  English  miller,  after  buying  my  book,  gave  me  the  fol- 
lowing recipe,  for  which  he  paid  ten  dollars.  He  had  used  it  all  his 
life,  or  from  the  time  he  began  business  for  himself,  (about  thirty 
years,)  and  he  would  use  no  other  : 

Salt,  )4  tea-cup ; saltpetre,  )4  oz. ; alum,  pulverized,  1 tea-spoon ; 
soft  water,  1 gal. ; never  heating  over  a cherry  red,  nor  drawing  any 
temper. 

3.  Saltpetre,  sal-ammoniac,  and  alum,  of  each,  2 ozs.;  salt,  1% 
lbs.;  water,  3 gals.;  and  draw  no  temper. 

There  must  be  something  in  this  last,  as  the  next  one  I obtained 
at  leasi,  five  hundred  miles  from  where  I did  this,  and  both  from  men 
Who  knew  their  value,  and  yet  they  resemble  each  other  near  enough 
to  be  called  “ The  Twins.” 

4.  Mill-Picks  and  Saw-Gummers,  To  Temper.— Saltpetre  and 
alum,  each,  2 ozs  ; sal-ammoniac,  34  oz-  > salt,  1)4  lbs-;  soft  water,  3 
gals.  Heat  to  a cherry  red  and  plunge  them  in,  and  draw  no  temper. 

The  steel  must  never  be  heated  above  a cherry  red,  and  in  working 
and  drawing  the  picks  there  ought  to  be  quite  an  amount  of  light 
watei-hammering,  even  after  the  steel  is  quite  cool.  Once  more,  and 
I am  done  : yet  it  may  be  possible  that  the  last,  in  this  case,  may  be 
the  besf,;  read  it. 

5.  Mill-Pick  Tempering,  as  (lone  by  Church,  of  Ann  Arbor.— 

Water,  3 gals. ; salt,  2 qts. ; sal-ammoniac  and  saltpetre,  of  each,  2 
ozs. ; ashes  from  white-ash  bark,  1 shovel,  which  causes  the  picks  to 
scale  clean  and  white  as  silver. 

I obtained  this  recipe  of  a blacksmith  who  paid  young  Mr.  Church 
five  dollars  for  it,  he  coming  into  the  shop  and  showing  him  how  to 
work  the  picks,  as  also  the  composition.  His  instructions  were,  not  to 
hammer  too  cold,  to  avoid  flaws;  not  to  heat  too  high,  which  opens  the 
pores  of  the  steel,  nor  to  heat  more  than  one  or  two  inches  of  the  pick 
when  tempering.  The  gentleman  says,  if  care  is  taken  in  heating  and 


468 


Dr.  Chase's  Recipes . 


working,  that  no  other  tempering  liquid  will  equal  it,  yet  he  spoiled 
the  tirst  batch  by  over-heating,  even  after  Mr.  Church  had  taken  all 
pains  to  show  him.  They  (the  Messrs.  Church)  have  picks  sent  to 
them,  for  tempering,  from  Illinois  and  even  Wisconsin. 

BUTCHER-KNIVES. — Spring  Temper  and  S eautiful  Edge. — In 
forging  out  the  knife,  as  you  get  it  near  to  its  proper  thickness,  be  very 
careful  not  to  heat  it  too  high,  and  to  water-hammer,  as  for  mill-picks. 
When  about  to  temper,  heat  only  to  a cherry  red,  and  hold  it  in  such 
a ^ay  that  you  can  hold  it  plumb  as  you  put  it  into  the  water,  which 
prevents  it  from  springing— put  in  plumb  into  the  water,  and  it  will 
come  out  straight. 

Take  it  from  the  water  to  the  fire,  and  pass  it  through  the  blaze 
until  a little  hot;  then  rub  a candle  over  it  upon  both  sides,  and  back 
to  the  fire,  passing  it  backward  and  forward,  in  the  blaze,  turning  it 
over  often  to  keep  the  heat  even  over  the  whole  surface,  until  the  tal- 
low passes  off  as  though  it  went  into  the  steel;  then  take  out  and  rub 
the  candle  over  it  again  (on  both  sides  each  time)  and  back  to  the  fire, 
passing  it  as  before,  until  it  starts  into  a blaze,  with  a snap,  being 
careful  that  the  heat  is  even  over  the  whole  length  and  width  of  the 
tool;  then  rub  the  tallow  over  it  again,  and  back,  for  3 times,  quicklyv 
as  it  burns  off;  and  lastly,  rub  the  tallow  over  it  again,  and  push  it 
into  the  dust  of  the  forge,  letting  it  remain  until  cold. 

If  these  directions  are  followed  with  dexterity,  you  will  have  th<s. 
temper  alike  from  edge  to  back;  and  the  edge  will  be  the  best  you  ever 
saw.  As  Davy  Crockett  used  to  say,  “It  will  jump  higher,  divb 
deeper,”  shave  more  hogs,  bend  farther  without  breaking,  and  give 
better  satisfaction  than  ail  other  knives  put  together. 

It  works  equally  well  on  drawing-knives  and  other  thin  tools;  ana 
for  trap-springs  which  are  to  be  set  on  dry  ground ; but  if  set  in  water^ 
“ pop  goes  the  weasel”  the  first  time  the  trap  is  sprung.  But  the  foL 
lowing  is  the  plan  for  tempering  springs  for  general  trapping  : 

2.  TRAP  SPRINGS — To  Temper.— For  tempering  cast-steel  trap 
springs,  all  that  is  necessary  is  to  heat  them  in  the  dark  just  that  you 
may  see  it  is  red,  then  cool  them  in  lukewarm  water.  This  is  a short 
recipe,  but  it  makes  long-lasting  springs. 

"The  reason  why  darkness  is  required  to  temper  springs  is  that  ^ 
lower  degree  of  heat  can  be  seen  in  the  night  than  by  daylight;  and 
the  low  heat  and  warm  water  give  the  desired  temper. 

SILVER  PLATING— For  Carriage  Work.— First,  let  the  party, 
which  are  to  receive  the  plate  he  filed  very  smooth;  then  apply  ovei 
the  surface  the  muriate  of  zinc,  which  is  made  by  dissolving  zinc  in 
muriatic  acid;  now  hold  this  part  over  a dish  containing  hot  soft  sol- 
der, (pewter  solder  is  probably  the  softest,)  and  with  a swab  apply  the 
solder  to  the  part,  to  which  it  adheres;  brush  off  all  superfluous  solder, 
so  as  to  leave  the  surface  smooth  ; you  will  now  take  No.  2 fair  silver 
plate,  of  the  right  size  to  cover  the  surface  of  the  part  prepared  with 
solder,  and  lay  the  plate  upon  it  and  rub  it  clown  smooth  with 
a cloth,  which  is  moistened  with  oil,  then,  with  a soldering-iron, 
pass  slowly  over  all  the  surface  of  the  plate,  which  melts  the  solder 
underneath  it,  and  causes  the  plate  to  adhere  as  firmly  as  the  solder 
does  to  the  iron;  then  polish  the  surface,  finishing  with  buckskin. 

The  soldering-irons  must  be  tinned,  and  also  kept  very  smooth, 
and  used  at  about  the  same  heat  as  for  soldering  tin. 

IRON — T'<*  Prevent  Weldiug. — Where  it  is  desired  to  weld  two 
bars  of  iron  together,  for  making  axletrees  or  other  purposes,  through 
which  you  wMi  to  have  a without  punching  out  a pWe  of 


Blacksmiths'  Department. 


469 


the  iron,  yon  will  take  a piece  of  wet  pasteboard,  the  width  of  the  bar 
and  the  length  you  desire  not  to  weld,  and  place  it  between  the  two 
pieces  of  iron,  and  hold  them  firmly  upon  the  pasteboard  while  taking 
the  heat,  and  the  iron  will  weld  up  to  the  pasteboard,  but  not  where  it 
is;  then  open  the  hole,  with  swedge  and  punch,  to  the  desired  size. 

In  this  way  blacksmiths’  tongs  may  be  relaid,  without  the  trouble 
of  cutting  the  joints  apart  and  making  a new  jaw.  Simply  fit  two 
pieces  of  iron,  the  thickness  you  wish  to  add  to  the  jaws  of  the  tongs, 
have  them  of  the  right  length  and  width  also,  then  take  them  both 
between  the  jaws  and  heat  them  so  you  can  pound  them  together,  that 
they  will  fit  closely  for  a weld;  now  put  a piece  of  the  wet  pasteboard 
between  the  pieces  which  you  are  to  weld,  having  the  handles  of  the 
tongs  stand  sufficiently  apart  that  you  may  put  on  a link  or  ring  to 
hold  all  firmly;  then  put  into  the  fire,  and  take  a good  welding  heat; 
and  yet  they  do  not  weld  where  the  paper  was  between  them;  if  they 
stick  a little  at  the  end,  just  put  them  on  the  swedge  and  give  them  a 
little  tap  with  the  hammer,  and  they  will  fly  right  apart  as  nice  as  new. 
I am  told  that  the  dust  from  the  ground  or  floor  of  the  blacksmith- 
shop  is  as  good  as  the  pasteboard,  yet  I have  not  seen  that  tried;  but  I 
know  there  is  no  mistake  in  the  other;  and  yet  I have  found  one 
blacksmith  who  declared  he  would  not  believe  it  could  be  done,  even 
if  he  saw  it. 

CAST-IRON — To  Case-Harden. — Cast-iron  may  be  case-hardened 
by  heating  to  a red  heat,  and  then  rolling  it  in  a composition  composed 
of  equal  parts  of  prussiate  of  potash,  sal-ammoniac,  and  saltpetre,  all 
pulverized  and  thoroughly  mixed ; then  plunged,  while  yet  hot,  into 
a bath  containing  2 ozs.  of  the  prussiate,  and  4 ozs.  of  the  sal-ammo- 
niac to  each  gal.  of  cold  water. — Scientific  Artisan. 

2.  Cast  Iron— The  Hardest— To  Soften  for  Drilling. — Heat  to  a 
cherry  red,  having  it  lie  level  in  the  fire,  then  with  a pair  of  cold  tongs 
put  on  a piece  of  brimstone,  a little  less  in  size  than  you  wish  the  hole 
to  be  when  drilled,  and  it  softens  entirely  through  the  piece;  let  it  lie 
in  the  fire  until  a little  cool,  when  it  is  ready  to  drill. 

Sleigh-shoes  have  been  drilled,  by  this  plan,  in  five  minutes,  after 
a man  had  spent  half  a day  in  drilling  one-fourth  of  an  inch  into  it. 
It  is  applicable  to  any  article  which  can  be  heated  without  injury. 

WR0UG1IT-IR0N — To  Case-Harden.— To  case-harden  wrought 
iron,  take  the  prussiate  of  potash,  finely  pulverized,  and  roll  the  arti- 
cle in  it,  if  its  shape  admits  of  it;  if  not,  sprinkle  the  powder  upon  it 
freely,  while  the  iron  is  hot. 

This  is  applicable  to  iron  axle-trees,  by  beating  the  axle-tree  and 
rolbng  the  bottom  of  it  in  the  powder,  spread  out  for  that  purpose, 
turning  it  up  quickly  and  pouring  cold  water  upon  it,  getting  it  into 
the  tub  of  cold  water  as  quick  as  possible.  They  will  wear  for  years, 
without  showing  wear. 

2,  Welding  a Small  Piece  of  Iron  upon  a Large  One,  with  only 
a Light  Heat. — It  is  often  desirable  to  weld  a small  bit  of  iron  upon  a 
large  bar,  when  the  large  piece  must  be  heated  equally  hot  as  the  small 
one.  To  save  this  : 

Take  borax,  1 lb.;  red  oxide  of  iron,  1 to  2 ozs.;  melt  them  to- 
gether in  a crucible;  and  when  cold,  pulverize  it  and  keep  the  powder 
dry  for  use. 

When  you  want  to  perform  the  operation,  just  bring  the  large 
piece  to  a white  heat,  having  a good  welding  heat  upon  the  small  slip; 
take  the  large  one  from  the  fire,  and  sprinkle  some  of  the  powder 
upon  the  place,  and  bring  the  ether  upon  it,  applying  the  hammer 


47° 


Dr.  Chase1  s Recipes . 


smartly,  and  the  weld  will  be  as  good  as  could  be  made  with  the  qr eater 
heat  without  the  powder. 

BRONZING — For  Iron  or  Wood. — First,  make  a black  paint;  then 
put  in  a little  chrome-yellow,  only  sufficient  to  give  it  a dark-green 
shade;  apply  a coat  of  this  to  the  article  to  be  bronzed;  when  dry, 
give  it  a coat  of  varnish;  and  when  the  varnish  is  a little  dry,  dust  on 
bronze  by  dipping  a piece  of  velvet  into  the  bronze  and  shaking  it 
upon  the  varnish ; then  give  it  another  coat  of  varnish,  and  when  dry, 
all  is  complete. 

Cast-iron  bells,  which  are  now  being  extensively  introduced  to  the 
farming  community,  will  be  much  improved  in  their  appearance  by 
the  bronzing,  and  also  protected  from  rust,  without  injury  to  its  sound. 
Iron  fences  around  yards,  porches,  verandahs,  etc.,  will  be  much  im- 
proved by  it.  It  may  also  be  applied  to  wood,  if  desired. 

TRUSS  SPRINGS. — Directions  for  Blacksmiths  to  Make — Better 
than  the  Patent  Trusses.  —After  having  tried  the  various  kinds  of 
trusses,  over  two  years,  having  to  wear  one  upon  each  side,  I gave  them 
all  up  as  worse  than  useless. 

I then  went  to  a blacksmith  and  had  springs  made,  bending  them 
as  represented  in  the  cut. 


Then  they  were  bent  to  suit  the  shape  of  the  body,  and  to  press 
upon  the  body  only  sufficient,  after  the  pads  are  put  on,  to  hold  back 
that  which  would  otherwise  protrude.  The  pad  upon  the  back  end  ol 
the  spring  I make  of  sole-leather,  covered  with  cotton  or  linen  cloth 
having  stuffed  in  a little  batting  to  make  it  rest  as  easy  as  possible! 
The  front  pad  I make  by  having  a piece  of  wood  turned  the  shape 
and  size  of  a small  hen’s-egg,  sawing  it  through  the  center  lengthwise, 
putting  two  screws  into  it  through  the  holes  represented  in  tbe  end  of 
the  spring  for  that  purpose.  The  back  pad  is  secured  by  one  screw 
only.  The  spring  is  oiled,  then  covered  with  sheep-skin,  to  prevent 
rusting.  Then  it  is  secured  around  the  body  with  a leather  strap  and 
buckle,  or  wich  a piece  of  cloth  sewed  into  a string  of  suitable  width 
to  sit  easy  where  it  bears  upon  the  hip,  in  passing  to  tie  upon  the  other 
end  of  the  spring,  just  back  of  the  front  pad..  The  bend  which  is 
given  the  spring,  before  it  is  bent  to  the  shape  of  the  body,  gives  it 
room  to  rise  when  the  leg  is  raised,  without  lifting  the  pad  from  its 
position,  saving  the  necessity  of  another  strap  to  pass  around  under  the 
thigh,  as  with  the  patent  truss,  which  is  very  annoying  to  the  wearer. 
Make  the  springs  of  spring-steel,  about  % or  % of  an  inch  in  width, 
and  about  1-16  in  thickness,  and  of  sufficient  length  to  have  a bearing 
just  short  of  the  spine. 

I now  speak  from  eight  years’  personal  experience,  which  ought 
to  be  a sufficient  length  of  time  for  an  experiment  to  be  well  estab- 
lished. 


TINNERS’  DEPARTMEN. 


BLACK  VARNISH— For  Coal  Buckets. — Asphaltum,  1 lb.;  lamp- 
black, 3^  lb.;  resin,  *4  lb.;  spirits  of  turpentine,  1 qt. 

Dissolve  the  asphaltum  and  resin  in  the  turpentine;  then  rub  up 
the  lamp-black  with  linseed  oil,  only  sufficient  to  form  a paste,  and 
mix  with  the  others.  Apply  with  a brush. 

JAPAN  FLOW  FOB  TIN— All  Colors. — Gum  sandarach,  1 lb.; 
balsam  of  fir,  balsam  of  tolu,  and  acetate  of  lead,  of  each,  2 ozs. ; lin- 
seed oil,  34  pt. ; spirits  of  turpentine,  2 qts. 

Put  all  into  a suitable  kettle,  except  the  turpentine,  over  a slow 
fire,  at  first,  then,  raise  to  a higher  heat  until  all  are  melted ; now  take 
from  the  fire,  and  when  a little  cool,  stir  in  the  spirits  of  turpentine 
and  strain  through  a fine  cloth.  This  is  transparent;  but  by  the  fol- 
lowing modifications  any  or  all  the  various  colors  are  made  from  it. 

2.  Black. — Prussian  blue,  34  oz*i  asphaltum,  2 ozs.;  spirits  of 
turpentine,  % pt. 

Melt  the  asphaltum  in  the  turpentine;  rub  up  the  blue  with  a 
little  of  it,  mix  well,  and  strain ; then  add  the  whole  to  one  pint  of  the 
first , above. 

3.  Blue. — Indigo  and  Prussian  blue,  both  finely  pulverized,  of 
Mach,  34  oz. ; spirits  of  turpentine,  1 pt.  Mix  well  and  strain. 

Add  of  this  to  one  pint  of  th e first  until  the  color  suits. 

4.  Red. — Take  spirits  of  turpentine,  34  Pk;  a(kl  cochineal,  34  0ZG 
let  stand  15  hours,  and  strain. 

Add  of  this  to  the  first  to  suit  the  fancy. 

5.  Yellow. — Take  1 oz.  of  pulverized  root  of  curcuma  and  stir  of 
it  into  1 pt.  of  the  first , until  tl.e  color  pleases  you,  let  stand  a few 
hours,  and  strain. 

6.  Green. — Mix  equal  parts  of  the  blue  and  yellow  together,  then 
mix  with  the  first  until  it  suits  the  fancy. 

7.  Orange.— Mix  a little  of  the  red  with  more  of  the  j^ellow  and 
then  with  the  first  as  heretofore,  until  pleased. 

8.  Pink. — Mix  a little  of  the  blue  to  more  in  quantity  of  the 
red,  and  then  with  the  first  until  suited 

Id  this  simple  and  philosophical  way  you  get  all  the  various  colors. 
Apply  with  a brush. 

GO LD  LACQUER  FOR  TIN.— Transparent,  all  Colors. — Alcohol 
in  a flask,  34  pt. ; add  gum  shellac,  1 oz. ; tumeric,  34  oz*  5 red-sand ers, 
34  oz.  Set  the  flask  in  a warm  place,  shake  frequently  for  12  hours  or 
more,  then  strain  off*  the  liquor,  rinse  the  bottle  and  return  it,  corking 
tightly  for  use. 

When  this  varnish  is  used,  it  must  be  applied  to  the  work  freely 
and  flowing,  or,  if  the  work  admits  of  it,  it  maybe  dipped  into  the 
varnish,  and  laid  on  the  top  of  the  stove  to  dry,  which  it  will  do  very 
quickly;  and  they  must  not  be  rubbed  or  brushed  while  drying;  or 
the  article  may  be  hot  when  applied.  One  or  more  coats  may  be  laid 


472 


Dr.  Chase1  s Recipes . 


on,  as  the  color  is  required  more  or  less  light  or  deep.  This  is  applied 
to  lanterns,  etc.  If  any  of  it  should  become  thick  from  evaporation,  at 
any  time,  thin  it  with  alcohol.  And  by  the  following  modifications, 
all  the  various  colors  are  obtained: 

2.  Rose  Color. — Proceed  as  above,  substituting  34  oz.  of  finely 
ground,  best  lake,  in  place  of  the  tumeric. 

3.  Blue. — The  blue  is  made  by  substituting  pulverized  Prussian 
blue,  34  oz-  place  of  the  tumeric. 

4.  Purple. — Add  a little  of  the  blue  to  the  first. 

5.  Green. — Add  a little  of  the  rose-color  to  th q first. 

Here  again  philosophy  gives  a variety  of  shades  with  only  a slight 
change  of  materials  or  combinations. 

LACQUER  FOR  BRASS. — Transparent.— Tumeric  root,  ground 
fine,  1 oz.;  best  dragon’s  blood,  34  dr.;  put  into  alcohol,  1 pt.;  place  in 
a moderate  heat,  shake  well  for  several  days.  It  must  be  strained 
through  a linen  cloth  and  put  back  into  the  bottle,  and  add  powdered 
gum  shellac,  3 ozs. ; then  keep  as  before  in  a warm  place  for  several 
days,  frequently  shaken;  then  again  strained,  bottled  and  corked 
tight. 

Lacquer  is  put  upon  metal  for  improving  its  appearance  and  pre« 
serving  its  polish.  It  is  applied  with  a brush  when  the  metal  is  warm, 
otherwise  it  will  not  spread  evenly. 

IRON— To  Tin  for  Soldering  or  Other  Purposes.— Take  any 
quantity  of  muriatic  acid  and  dissolve  all  the  zinc  in  it  that  it  will  cut; 
then  dilute  it  with  one-fourth  as  much  soft  water  as  of  acid,  and  it  is 
ready  for  use. 

This,  rubbed  upon  iron,  no  matter  how  rusty,  cleanses  it  and  leaves 
some  of  the  zinc  upon  the  surface,  so  that  solder  readily  adheres  to  it, 
or  copper  as  mentioned  below  for  coppering  iron  or  steel. 

2.~  Iron,  Iron  Wire,  or  Steel,  to  Copper  the  Surface,— Rain 
water.  3 lbs.;  sulphate  of  copper,  1 lb.  Dissolve. 

Have  the  article  perfectly  clean ; then  wash  it  with  this  solution 
and  it  immediately  exhibits  a copper  surface. 

Lettering  on  polished  steel  is  done  in  this  way;  flowering  or  orna. 
menting  can  also  be  done  in  the  same  way.  Sometimes  dilute  muriatic* 
acid  is  used  to  clean  the  surface;  the  surface  must  be  clean  by  filing 
rubbing,  or  acid;  then  cleaned  by  wiping  off. 

COPPER— To  Tin  for  Stew-Dishes  or  Other  Purposes.— WasK 
the  surface  of  the  article  to  be  tinned,  with  sulphuric  acid ; and  rub 
the  surface  well,  so  as  to  have  it  smooth  and  free  of  blackness  caused 
by  the  acid;  then  sprinkle  calcined  and  finely  pulverized  sal-ammoniac 
upon  the  surface,  holding  it  over  a fire  where  it  will  become  sufficient- 
ly hot  to  melt  a bar  of  solder  which  is  to  be  rubbed  over  the  surface; 
if  a stew-dish  put  the  solder  into  it  and  swab  it  about  when  melted. 

You  will  wipe  off  any  surplus  solder,  and  also  for  the  purpose  of 
smoothing  the  surface,  by  means  of  a tow  or  cotton  swab,  tied  or  tack- 
ed to  a rod.  In  this  way  any  dish  or  copper  article  may  be  nicely 
tinned. 

BOX-METAL— To  Make  for  Machinery.— Copper,  4 parts;  lead,  1 
part — zinc  is  sometimes  substituted  for  the  lead — either  makes  a dura- 
ble box  for  journals. 

Printer’s  worn  out  type,  in  place  cf  the  lead,  makes  an  improve* 
ment 

SOLDERS— For  Brazing.— Copper,  3 parts;  zinc,  2 parts,  or  sheet 
brass,  3 parts;  zinc,  1 part. 

2.  Solder  for  Lead. — Take  tin,  1 part;  lead,  2 parts. 


Tinner s\  Department. 


473 


Solder  for  Tin.— Lead,  10  parts;  tin,  7 parts. 

4,.  Solder  for  Britannia. — Bismuth,  34  of  one  part;  tin,  1 part; 
/t?ad,  1 y.art. 

lilt  1 1 ANSI  A.—' To  Use  Old,  Instead  of  Block  Tin,  in  Solder.— Take 
old  Britannia  and  melt  it;  and  while  hot  sprinkle  sulphur  over  it  and 
stir  for  a short  time. 

This  burns  out  the  other  articles  in’it,  and  leaves  the  block  tin, 
which  may  now  be  used  for  making  solder  as  good  as  new  tin. 

TIN— To  Pearl,  or  Crystal ize.— Sulphuric  acid,  4 ozs.;  soft  water, 
2 or  3 ozs.,  according  to  strength  of  the  acid;  salt,  1 oz.;  mix. 

Heat  the  tin  quite  hot  over  a stove  or  heater;  then  with  a sponge 
»vet  with  the  mixture,  washing  off  directly  with  clean  water.  Dry  the 
jin;  then  varnish  it  with  Demar  varnish. 

This  brings  out  the  crystaline  nature  of  the  tin.  Used  in  making 
water-coolers,  spittoons,  etc. 

2.  Tinning  Flux-^Iiuproved. — It  has  been  customary  for  tinners 
to  use  the  muriate  of  zinc  only;  but  if  you  take  1 lb.  of  muriatic  acid 
and  put  in  all  the  zinc  it  will  cut;  then  put  in  1 oz.  of  sal-ammoniac, 
you  will  have  no  more  trouble  with  old  dirty  or  greasy  seams. 

Sometimes  I think  it  is  still  improved  by  adding  to  it  an  equal 
amount  of  soft  water. 

8.  Liquid  Clue,  for  Labeling  Upon  Tin.— Boiling  water  one 
quart,  borax,  pulverized,  two  ounces;  put  in  the  borax;  then  add  gum 
shellac  four  ounces,  and  boil  until  dissolved. 

Labels  put  upon  tin  with  common  giue  or  commom  paste  will 
not  stick  long.  But  this  preparation  obviates  the  difficulty  entirely. 

SCOURING  LIQUID— For  Brass,  Door-Knobs,  etc.- Oil  of  vit- 
riol, 1 oz. ; sweet  oil,  34  gill;  pulverized  rotten  stone,  1 gill;  rain- 
water, 1 34  pts.,  mix  all,  and  shake  as  used. 

Apply  with  a rag,  and  polish  with  buck-skin  or  old  woolen.  This 
makes  as  good  a preparation  as  can  be  purchased,  and  for  less  than 
half  the  money.  It  does  not  give  a coating,  but  is  simply  a scourer 
and  polisher.  The  following  gives  it  a silver  coating: 

SCOURING  POWDER— For  Copper  or  Worn  Plated  Goods.— 
Nitrate  of  silver  and  common  salt,  of  each,  30  grs. ; cream-of-tartar  334 
drs. ; pulverize  finely,  mix  thoroughly  and  bottle  for  use. 

When  desired  to  re-silver  a worn  spoon  or  other  article,  first  clean 
them  with  the  “Scouring  Liquid;”  then  moisten  a little  of  the  powder 
and  rub  it  on  thoroughly  with  a piece  of  buck-skin.  For  Jewelry,  see 
“ Jewelry  Department.” 

OIL  CANS  -Size  of  Sheet,  for  From  1 to  IOO  Gallons.- 


For  1 gallon, 7 by  20  inches. 

3*4  “ 10  by  28  " 

5 “ 12  by  40 

6 “ 14  by  40 

10  “ 20  by  42 

15  “ 30  by  42 


25  gallons, 
40 
50 
75 
100 


.30  by  56  inches. 
.30  by  63 
. . .40  by  70 
. . .40  by  84  “ 

. . .40  by  98  “ 


GUNSM/TH/NG  DEPARTMENT. 


GUN-BARRELS. — Browning  Process. — Spirits  of  nitre,  1 lb.; 
alcohol,  1 lb. ; corrosive  sublimate,  1 oz. ; mix  in  a bottle,  and  keep 
corked  for  use. 

Directions. — Plug  both  ends  of  the  brrrel,  and  let  the  plugs  stick 
out  three  or  four  inches,  to  handle  by,  and  also  to  prevent  the  fluid 
from  entering  the  barrel,  causing  it  to  rust;  polish  the  barrel  per- 
fectly; then  rub  it  well  with  quick-lime  by  means  of  a cloth,  which 
removes  oil  or  grease  ; now  apply  the  browning  fluid  with  a clean  whit* 
cloth,  apply  one  coat  and  set  in  a warm,  dark  place,  until  a red  rust  u 
formed  over  the  whole  surface,  which  will  require,  in  warm  weather, 
from  ten  to  twelve  hours,  and  in  cold  weather,  from  fifteen  to  twentj 
hours,  or  until  the  rust  becomes  red;  then  card  it  down  with  a gun, 
maker’s  card  and  rub  off  with  a clean  cloth ; repeat  the  process  until 
the  color  suits,  as  each  coat  gives  a darker  shade. 

2.  Quicker  and  Less  Laborious  Process. — While  in  Evansville, 
Indiana,  I sold  one  of  my  books  to  C.  Keller,  a man  who  carries  on 
gunsmithing,  extensively.  He  gave  me  the  following,  which  he  waa 
using,  and  says  it  makes  a dark  brown,  with  but  little  labor  compared 
with  the  first. 

Soft  water,  1 qt.,  and  dissolve  in  it  blue  vitriol,  2 ozs. ; corrosive 
sublimante,  t oz. ; and  add  'l  oz.  of  spirits  of  nitre.  Have  the  barrel 
bright  and  put  on  one  coat  of  the  mixture  ; and  in  1 hour  after,  put  on 
another,  and  let  the  barrel  stand  12  hours ; then  oil  it  and  rub  it  with 
a cloth,  of  course  having  the  ends  of  the  barrel  tightly  plugged,  as  in 
the  first  case. 

But  Mr.  Sutherland,  the  gunsmith  of  this  city,  says  the  brown 
from  this  recipe  will  soon  rub  off;  none  being  permanent  unless  carded 
down  properly  as  directed  with  the  first  recipe,  that  mixture  being  also 
superior. 

3.  Browning  for  Twist  Barrels.— Take  spirits  of  nitre,  % oz.; 
tincture  of  steel,  % oz. ; (if  the  tincture  of  steel  cannot  be  obtained, 
the  unmedicated  tincture  of  iron  may  be  used,  but  it  is  not  so  good) 
black  brimstone,  3^  oz.;  blue  vitriol,  *2  oz. ; corrosive  sublimate, 
oz.  ; nitric  acid,  1 dr.  or  60  drops;  copperas,  oz. ; mix  with  pts. 
of  rain  water,  keep  corked,  also,  as  the  other,  and  the  process  of 
applying  is  also  the  same. 

You  will  understand  this  is  not  to  make  an  imitation  of  twist  bar- 
rels, but  to  be  used  upon  the  real  twist  barrels,  which  brings  out  the 
twist  so  as  to  show;  but  if  you  use  the  first  upon  the  real  twist  bar- 
rels, it  will  make  the  whole  surface  brown  like  the  common  barrel. 

CASE-HARDENING.— For  Lock -Work.— Take  old  boots  and 
shoes  and  lay  them  on  a fire,  and  burn  them  untii  charred ; now  put 
them  into  a clean  kettle  and  pulverize  them  coarsely,  while  hot;  be 
careful  not  to  get  any  wood  coals  mixed  with  them. 

Directions. — Take  the  pulverized  leather  and  place  in  a sheet- 
iron  box,  or  amongst  the  pulverized  leather,  and  cover  with  a sheet- 


Gunsmtthing  Department. 


475 


iron  cover;  or  make  the  box  so  as  to  shut  up;  now  blow  up  a fire  of 
very  dry  charcoal ; the  coarser  the  charcoal  the  better;  theft  open  the 
fire  and  place  the  closed  box  in  the  centre,  cover  it  up  and  let  stand 
from  forty  to  sixty  minutes,  not  blowing;  but  if  the  coals  burn  off  and 
leave  the  box  exposed,  you  will  put  on  more ; at  the  expiration  of  the 
time,  take  the  box  and  pour  its  contents  into  clean,  moderately  cool  or 
cold  water — never  use  warm  water ; these  articles  will  now  be  found 
very  hard,  and  will  easily  break ; so  you  will  draw  the  temper  to  suit. 

BROKEN  SAWS. — To  Mend  Permanently. — Pure  silver,  19  parts ; 
pure  copper,  1 part ; pure  brass,  2 parts ; all  are  to  be  filed  into  powder 
and  intimately  mixed.  If  the  saw  is  not  recently  broken,  apply  the 
tinning  preparation  of  the  next  recipe. 

Place  the  saw  level  upon  the  anvil,  the  broken  edges  in  close  con- 
tact, and  hold  them  so ; now  put  a small  line  of  the  mixture  along  the 
seam,  covering  it  with  a larger  bulk  of  powdered  charcoal ; now,  with 
a spirit-lamp  and  a jewelers’  blow  pipe,  hold  the  coal-dust  in  place, 
4nd  blow  sufficient  to  melt  the  solder  mixture  ; then  with  a hammer 
-set  the  joint  smooth,  if  not  already  so,  and  file  away  any  superfluous 
colder ; and  you  will  be  surprised  at  its  strength.  The  heat  upon  a 
>aw  does  not  injure  its  temper  as  it  does  other  tools,  from  the  fact  that 
%e  temper  is  rolled  in,  in  place  of  by  heat  and  water. 

TINNING. — Superior  to  the  Old  Process. — Take  first,  the  same  as 
the  old  way,  that  is,  muriatic  acid,  1 pt.,  and  as  much  pure  block  or 
sheet  zinc  as  it  will  cut,  in  an  open  dish,  a bowl,  or  sometning  of  that 
character,  as  much  heat  is  set  free  and  bottles  are  often  broken  by  it; 
now  take  sal-ammoniac,  4 ozs. ; pulverize  it  and  add  to  the  other,  and 
boil  10  minutes  in  a copper  kettle — bear  in  mind  only  copper  is  to  be 
^sed  to  boil  in. 

You  will  find  this  will  cause  the  solder  to  flow  right  along  without 
difficulty.  Keep  corked  tight  when  not  in  use. 

VARNISH  ANB  POLISH  FOR  STOCKS.— German.— Gum  shel- 
lac, 10  ozs. ; gum  sandarach,  1 oz.  ; Venice  turpentine,  1 dr. ; alcohol, 
95  to  98  proof,  1 gal. ; shake  the  jug  occasionally,  for  a day  or  two, 
'md  it  ia  ready  for  use. 

After  using  a few  coats  of  this,  you  can  have  a German  polish,  by 
simply  leaving  out  8 ozs.  of  the  shellac;  and  a coat  or  two  of  the 
polish  makes  an  improvement  on  the  varnish,  and  does  not  require  the 
rubbing,  that  it  would  if  the  full  amount  of  shellac  was  used,  in  the 
last  coat  or  two.  It  is  recommended  also  to  put  upon  cuts,  sores,  etc., 
X>.u*ns  excepted. 


JEWELERS'  DEPARTMENT. 


GALVANIZING. — Without  a Battery. — Dissolve  cyanuret  of 

potassium,  1 oz.,  in  pure  rain  or  snow  water,  1 pt.,  to  which  add  a 1 
dr.  bottle  of  the  chloride  of  gold,  and  it  is  ready  to  use.  Scour  the 
article  to  be  plated,  from  all  dirt  and  grease,  with  whiting,  chalk,  or 
rotten  stone,  pulverized,  and  put  in  alcohol,  using  a good  brush — or 
the  “ Polishing  Compound,”  No.  3 ; if  there  are  cracks,  it  may  be  nec 
essary  to  put  the  article  in  a solution  of  caustic  potash — at  all  events, 
every  particle  of  grease  and  dirt  must  be  removed  ; then  suspend  the 
article  to  be  plated  in  the  cyanuret  of  gold  solution,  with  a small  strip 
of  zinc  cut  about  the  width  of  a common  knitting-needle,  hooking  the 
top  over  a stick  which  will  reach  across  the  top  of  the  jar  holding  the 
solution. 

Every  five  to  ten  minutes  the  article  should  be  taken  out  and 
brushed  ov  with  the  scouring  preparation  ; or  on  smooth  surfaces  it 
may  be  rin  d off  and  wiped  with  a piece  of  cotton  cloth,  and  return 
until  the  ating  is  sufficiently  heavy  to  suit. 

Whe  the  plating  fluid  is  not  in  use,  bottle  it,  keeping  it  corked,,, 
and  it  is  always  ready  for  use,  bearing  in  mind  that  it  is  as  poison  as 
arsenic,  and  must  be  put  high,  out  of  the  way  of  children,  and  labeled 
— Poison,  although  you  will  have  no  fears  in  using  it ; yet  accidents 
might  arise,  if  its  nature  were  not  known.  The  zinc  strip,  as  far  as  its 
reaches  into  the  fluid,  will  need  to  be  rubbed  occasionally,  until  it  is 
brignt. 

2.  Galvanizing  With  a Shilling  Battery.— I have  found  som* 

persons  who  thought  it  much  better  to  use  a simple  battery,  made  by 
taking  a piece  of  copper  rod  about  three-eighths  of  an  inch  in  thick  , 
ness,  and  about  eighteen  or  twenty  inches  long,  and  bend  it,  as  seen  in 
the  accompanying  cut : 


SHILLING  BATTERY. 

The  rod  should  be  about  4 or  5 inches  in  the  circle  or  bend,  then 
run  parallel,  having  5 strips  of  sheet  zinc,  an  inch  wide  and  6 to  8 
inches  long,  bent  in  their  centre  around  the  copper,  with  a riyet 
through  them,  close  to  the  rod,  as  shown  above;  these  strips  of  zinc 
are  to  be  placed  into  tumblers,  which  are  to  be  nearly  filled  witb  rain 
water ; then  pour  into  each  tumbler  a little  oil  of  vitriol,  until  you  «ef» 
that  it  begins  to  work  a little  on  the  zinc. 


Jewelers'  Department. 


477 


The  article  to  he  plated  is  to  be  suspended  upon  the  stick  of  zinc, 
a b represented  upon  the  long-  end  of  the  rod,  which  is  to  be  placed  as 
before  spoken  of,  in  ajar  containing  the  gold  solution,  instead  of  hav- 
ing it  upon  the  stick  spoken  of  when  plating  without  the  battery. 
And  all  the  operations  are  the  same  as  before  described. 

JEWELRY. — Cleaning  and  Polishing  Compound. — Aqua  am- 
monia, 1 oz. ; prepared  chalk,  % oz. ; mix,  and  keep  corked. 

To  use  for  rings,  or  other  smooth-surfaced  jewelry,  wet  a bit  of 
cloth  with  the  compound,  after  having  shaken  it,  and  rub  the  article 
thoroughly ; then  polish  by  rubbing  with  a silk  handkerchief  or  piece 
of  soft  buckskin.  For  articles  which  are  rough-surfaced,  use  a suit- 
able brush.  It  af  Applicable  for  gold,  silver,  brass,  britannia,  plated 
goods,  etc. 


Back  Sinews  or 


§ .§ 


1A.^> 


I*’ 

p 

o 

w » 

^ I « § * If  $»•§ 

~ 2>HeS  tt 


§ 

I 


W ^ ! 

pq  ^c 

S^c 

iH  CO  c 


s 

$ <«  «l 


:&■*. 

SS' 


FARRIERS’  DEPARTMENT. 


CHOLIC.— -Cur^  for  Horses  or  Persons. — Spirits  of  turpentine,  3 
ozs. ; laudanum,  1 oz. ; mix,  and  give  all  for  a dose,  by  putting  it  into 
a bottle  with  3^  pt.  of  warm  water,  which  prevents  injury  to  the  throat. 
If  relief  is  not  obtained  in  one  hour,  repeat  the  dose,  adding  ^ oz.  of 
the  best  powdered  aloes,  well  dissolved  together,  and  have  no  uneasi- 
ness about  the  result. 

Symptoms.— The  horse  often  lies  down,  suddenly  rising  again, 
with  a spring,  strikes  his  belly  with  his  hind  feet,  stamps  with  his  fore 
feet,  and  refuses  every  kind  of  food,  etc.  I suppose  there  is  no  medi- 
cine in  use,  for  cholic,  either  in  man  or  horse,  equal  to  this  mixture. 

For  persons,  a dose  would  be  from  one  to  two  tea-spoons,  children 
or  weak  persons,  less,  according  to  the  urgency  of  the  symptoms,  to  be 
taken  in  warm  water  or  warm  tea. 

I have  been  familiar  with’  it  for  about  five  years,  and  know  that  it 
has  been  successful  in  many  cases — all,  where  it  has  been  used.  Many 
think  it  the  best  cholic  remedy  in  the  world. 

Another. — Laudanum,  >2  oz.  ? sulphuric  ether,  1 oz.  Mix, 
and  for  a horse,  give  all  at  a dose,  in  warm  water,  as  above.  Dose  for 
a person,  as  the  first. 

/ A Mr.  Thorpe,  of  whom  I obtained  this  recipe,  tells  me  he  has 
cured  cholic  in  horses,  in  every  case,  witii  the  first  dose,  except  one, 
and  in  that,  case  by  repeating  the  dose  thirty  minutes  after  the  first. 
There  is  no  question  but  what  it  is  good,  and  some  would  prefer  it  to 
the  turpentine.  I know  it  is  valuable. 

HOTS — Sure  Remedy. — When  a horse  is  attacked  with  bots,  it 
may  be  known  by  the  occasional  nipping  at  their  own  sides,  and  by 
red  pimples  or  projections  on  the  inner  surface  of  the  upper  lip,  which 
may  be  seen  plainly  by  turning  up  the  lip. 

First,  then,  take  new  milk,  2 qts. ; molasses,  1 qt.;  and  give  the 
horse  the  whole  amount.  Second,  15  minutes  afterwards  give  very 
warm  sage  tea,  2 qts.  L ystly,  30  minutes  after  the  tea,  you  will  give 
of  currier’s  oil,  3 pts.,  (or  enough  to  operate  as  physic).  Lard  has 
been  used,  when  the  oil  could  not  be  obtained,  with  the  same  success. 

The  cure  will  be  complete,  as  the  milk  and  molasses  cause  the  bots 
to  let  go  their  hold,  the  tea  puckers  them  up,  and  the  oil  carries  them 
entirely  away.  If  you  have  any  doubt,  one  trial  will  satisfy  you  per- 
fectly. In  places  where  the  currier’s  oil  cannot  be  obtained,  substitute 
the  lard,  adding  three  or  four  ounces  of  salt  with  it ; if  no  lard,  dis- 
solve a double  handful  of  salt  in  warm  water,  three  pints,  and 
give  all. 

RING-BONE  AND  SPAVINS— To  Cure.—  Egyptmcum  and  wine 
vinegar,  of  each,  2 ozs. ; water  of  pure  ammonia,  spirits  of  turpen- 
tine, and  oil  of  origanum,  of  each,  1 oz. ; euphorbium  and  cantharides, 
of  each,  oz.;  glass  made  fine  and  sifted  through  gauze,  1 dr. ; put 
them  in  a bottle,  and  when  used  let  them  be  weli  shaken.  This  is  to 


480 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes . 


be  rubbed  upon  the  bone  enlargement  with  the  hand  or  spatula,  for 
half  an  hour  each  morning,  for  six  or  seven  mornings  in  succession. 
Let  the  horse  be  so  tied  that  he  cannot  oret  his  mouth  to  the  place  for 
3 or  4 hours,  otherwise  he  will  blister  hfs  mouth  and  lemish  the  part. 
Then  let  him  run  until  the  scab  comes  off  of  itself  without  scraping, 
which  injures  the  roots  of  the  hair.  Then  repeat  as  before,  and  follow 
up  for  3 or  4 times  blistering,  and  all  bone  enlargements  will  be  re- 
absorbed, if  not  of  more  than  a year  or  two’s  standing. 

It  is  also  good  for  callous  sinews,  and  strains  of  long  standing, 
spavins,  big-head,  etc.,  but  if  there  are  ring-bones  of  so  long  stand- 
ing that  this  does  not  cause  their  cure,  you  will  proceed  as  follows  : 

2.  Add  to  the  above  compound,  corrosive  sublimate,  in  powder, 
3^  oz.;  oil  of  vitriol,  oz. ; and  common  salt,  ^ oz.  ; when  it  is  again 
ready  for  use ; always  shaking  well  as  you  use  either  preparation. 

Now  clip  the  hair  and  prick  the  bone  or  callous  part  as  full  of 
holes  as  you  can  with  a pegging-awl,  which  is  just  long  enough  to 
break  through  the  callous  part  only.  Or  a better  way  to  break  up  this 
bony  substance  is  to  have  a handle  like  a pegging-awl  handle,  with 
three  or  four  awls  in  it,  then  tap  it  in  with  a stick,  and  give  it  a wrench 
at  the  same  time,  which  does  the  hurting  part  with  more  speed.  This 
done,  b;ithe  the  part  with  vinegar,  until  the  blood  stops  flowing;  then 
apply  the  double  compound  as  at  first,  for  four  or  five  mornings  only, 
repeating  again  if  necessary;  and  ninety-nine  out  of  every  hundred 
ring-bones  or  spavins  will  be  cured,  and  most  of  them  with  only  the 
first  preparation.  The  Egyptiacum  is  made  as  follows: 

3.  Take  verdigris  and  alum,  in  powder,  of  each,  ozs. ; blue 
vitriol,  powdered,  % oz. ; corrosive  sublimate,  in  powder,  oz.  ; vine- 
gar, 234  ozs. ; honey"  % lb. ; boil  over  a slow  fire  until  of  a proper 
consistence.  When  used  it  must  be  stirred  up  well,  as  a sediment  will 
deposit  of  some  of  the  articles. 

If  the  hair  does  not  come  out  again  after  using  the  last  blister,  use 
the  ‘’Good  Samaritan  Liniment”  freely  on  the  part;  but  the  first  will 
never  disturb  the  growth  of  hair.  It  is  best  always  to  commence  this 
kind  of  treatment  early  in  the  season,  so  as  to  effect  a cure  before  cold 
weather  comes  on. 

4.  0.  B.  Bangs’  Cure  for  Ring-Bone  and  Spavin.— Take  of  can- 
tharides,  pulverized,  British  oil,  oiis  of  origanum  and  amber,  and 
spirits  of  turpentine,  of  each,  1 oz. ; olive  oil,  % oz.;  oil  of  vitriol,  3 
drs. ; put  all,  except  the  vitriol,  into  alcohol,  stir  the  mixture,  then 
slowly  add  the  vitriol,  and  continue  to  stir  until  the  mixture  is  com- 
plete, which  is  known  by  its  ceasing  to  smoke.  Bottle  for  use. 

Directions. — Tie  a piece  of  sponge  upon  a stick  and  rub  the 
preparation,  by  this  means,  upon  the  spavin  or  ring-bone  as  long  as  it 
is  absorbed  into  the  parts ; twenty-four  hours  after,  grease  well  with 
lard;  aud  in  twenty-four  hours  more,  wash  oft*  well  with  soap-sud's. 
Mr.  Bangs  lives  at  Napoleon,  Mich.,  and  has  sold  hooks  for  me  nearly 
two  years.  He  says  one  application  will  generally  be  sufficient  for 
spavins,  but  may  need  two ; ring-bones  always  require  two  or  three 
applications,  three  or  four  days  apart,  which  prevents  the  loss  of  hair; 
if  not  put  on  oftener  than  once  in  three  or  four  days,  the  hair  not 
coming  out  at  all.  Said  to  cure  wind-galls,  splints,  etc.  He  obtained 
five  dollars  for  curing  a neighbor’s  horse  of  ring-bone,  with  this  prep- 
aration— stopping  all  lameness,  but  not  removing  the  lump. 

5.  In  very  bad  catjes,  of  long  standing,  he  thinks  it  preferable  to 
use  the  following  : 

Take  alcohol,  1 pt. ; sal-ammoniac,  corrosive  sublimate,  and  oil  of 
spike,  of  each,  1 oz.;  mix. 


Farriers ’ Department. 


481 


Apply,  by  washing  off  and  using  lard  afterwards,  as  above  di- 
after;  and  when  dry,  apply  the 
fhst  liniment  once  or  twice,  according  to  directions.  The  object  of 
tf's  last  is  to  open  the  poi es  of  the  .4a n,  and  soften  the  lump. 

6.  King-Bone  1?,=- w-k  '.—lor  .'-ride.-,  oils  of  spike, 

origanum,  amber,  cedar,  Barbados  s tar,  and  British  oil,  of  each,  2 
ozs  ; oil  of  wormwood,  1 0 z, ; spirits  of  turpe  ^ a > ozs. ; common 
potash,  % oz. ; nitric  acid/  6 ozs. ; and  oil  of  vitriol  (sulphuric  acid), 
4 05  s. ; hrd,  8 lbs. 

Directions.— Melt  the  lard  and  slowly  add  the  acids,  stir  well,  and 
add  the  others,  stirring  until  cold.  Clip  off  the  hair,  and  apply  by 
rubbing  and  heat!  ? in.  I about  three  days,  or  when  it  is  done  run- 
ning, wash  01T  with  suds  an  1 apply  again.  In  old  eases  it  may  take 
three  or  four  weeks,  but  in  recent  cases  two  or  three  applications  have 
cured.  It  has  cured  long  standing  eases. 

7.  Kawson’s  Ring-Bone  ana  Spavin  Cure, — Venice  turpentine 

and  Spanish  hies,  of  each,  2 ozs. ; euphovbium  and  aqua-ammonia,  of 
each.  1 02. ; red  piv  orrosive  sublimate,  }£  oz. ; lard, 

\%  lbs.  Pulverize  ail,  an  the  lard.  Simmer  slowly  over 

aoals,  not  scorch  or  burn,  and  pour  off  free  of  sediment. 

Directions. — For  ring-bones,  cut  off’  the  hair  and  rub  the  oint- 
«ieni,  \ eight  hours.  For  spavins,  once 

In  twenty-four  hours  for  three  mornings,  has  perfectly  cured  them. 
Wash  well,  ea  1 bing  over  the  place  with  a 

**mo>oih  stick  to  squeeze  out  a truck  yellow  matter. 

Mr.  R&wson,  of  Rawsonvi  some  exceedingly 

had  c m : and  spavins  as 

sm promising  in  size.  If  properly  cooked,  it  will  foam  like  boiling 
"Migar. 

8.  Indian  Method.— Bin  ;n  it;  or  two,  if  one  does  not 

sover  it,  and  keep  it  on  from  8 to  10  days. 

An  Indian  cured  a horse  in  this  w ly,  near  St.  Louis,  for  which  he 
coveted,  and  received,  a rifle.  The  cure  proved  permanent. 

O,  Bone-Spavins.— French  Paste— $300  Recipe.— Corrosive  sub- 
limate, quicksilver,  and  iodine,  of  each,  I oz.,  with  lard  only  sufficient 
to  form  a paste. 

ther,  then  add- 
ing the  sublimate,  and  finally  the  lard,  rubbing  thoroughly. 

Shave  off  the  hair  the  size  c-f  the  bone  enlargement ; then  grease 

prevents  the 

action  of  the  medicine,  o ly  upon  the  spa  I ; now  rub  in  as  much  of 
the  ; h morning  for  four 

mornings  only ; in  from  seven  to  eight  days  the  whole  spavin  will 
come  out;  then  wash  out  the  wound  with  suds,  soaking  well,  for  an 
hour  or  two,  which  removes  the  poisonous  effects  of  the  medicine  and 
facilitates  the  h iling,  whicl  will  be  d<  le  by  any  of  the  healing  salves; 
but  I would  prefer  the  green  ointment  to  any  other  in  this  case. 

Mr.  Andrews,  late  of  Detroit,  who  during  his  life  knew  a good 
horse,  and  also  desired  to  know  how  to  take  good  care  of  them,  did 
not  hesitate  to  pay  three  hundred  dollars  for  this  recipe  after  seeing 
wind,  it  wen  id  do.  He  rei  >m  a mare’s  leg  with  it, 

and  she  afterwards  won  him  more  than  the  expense. 

HO.  Bone-Spavins— Norwegian  Cure.— S.  B.  Marshall,  the  cham- 
pion horse-shoer  and  farrier,  of  White  Pigeon,  Mich.,  obtained  this 
plan  of  an  old  Norwegian  farrier,  and  also  his  plan  of  curing  poll-evil, 
Which  see,  and  assures  me  that  he  has  been  very  successful  with  them. 

2 1 


482 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


I obtained  them  of  him  for  the  purpose  of  publication,  and  sincerely 
think  I can  recommend  them  to  all  who  need  them  : 

Take  dog’s  grease,  A pt. ; best  oil  of  origanum,  134  ozs.;  pulver- 
ized eantharides,  A oz.  Mix,  and  apply  each  morning,  for  three 
mornings,  heating  it  in  with  a hot  iron  each  time;  then  skip  3 morn- 
ings, and  apply  again,  as  before,  until  it  has  been  applied  9 times  ; after 
which  wait  about  10  days,  and  if  it  is  not  all  gone,  go  over  again  in 
the  same  way. 

He  says  it  does  not  remove  the  hair,  but  that  it  cures  the  largest 
and  worst  cases.  He  gives  a test  for  good  oil  of  origanum,  saying  that 
much  of  it  is  reduced  with  turpentine;  and  if  so  reduced,  that  it  will 
spread  on  the  skin,  like  turpentine;  but  if  good,  that  it  does  not  spread 
on  the  skin,  but  stands,  like  other  oil,  where  a drop  is  put  on.  ^1  am 
not  certain  about  the  genuineness  of  this  test;  yet  I find  quite  a differ- 
ence in  the  spreading  of  the  oils;  for  that  which  is  known  to  contain 
turpentine  spreads  fast  and  freely,  whilst  that  which  is  believed  to  be 
pure  spreads  very  slowly,  yet  does  finally  spread.  The  pure  is  of  a 
dark  wine  color,  whilst  the  poor  is  of  a lighter  shade,  and  somewhat 
cloudy. 

11.  Spavin  Liniment.— Oils  of  spike,  origanum,  cedar,  British 
and  spirits  of  turpentine,  of  each,  1 oz. ; Spanish  fiies,  pulverized^ 

XA  oz- 

Apply  once  in  six  to  nine  days  only — removes  the  lump  of  spavins 
splints,  curbs,  etc.,  if  of  recent  occurrence;  and  the  man  of  whom  j 
obtained  it,  says  he  has  scattered  poll-evils  before  breaking  out,  with 
cedar  oil,  alone. 

12.  Another. — Alcohol  and  spirits  of  turpentine,  of  each,  A pt., 
gum  camphor,  laudanum,  and  oil  of  cedar,  of  each,  1 oz.;  oils  of  hem 
lock  and  rhodium,  and  balsam  of  fir,  of  each,  % oz. ; iodine,  1 dr. , 
mix. 

Apply  night  and  morning,  first  washing  clean  and  rubbing  dry 
with  a sponge;  then  rub  the  liniment  into  die  spavin  with  the  hand 
It  causes  a gummy  substance  to  ooze  out,  without  injury  to  the  hair— 
has  cured  ring-bones,  also  removing  the  lumps  in  recent  cases.  Itcurea 
the  lameness  in  a case  of  three  years’  standing. 

13.  Splint  and  Spavin  Liniment. — Take  a large-mouthed  bottlv 
and  put  into  it  oil  of  origanum,  6 ozs. ; gum  camphor,  2 ozs.  ; mercu 
rial  ointment,  2 ozs. ; iodine  ointment,  1 oz. ; melt  by  putting  the  botth 
into  a kettle  of  hot  water. 

Apply  it  to  bone-spavins  or  splints  twice  daily,  for  four  or  fivt, 
days.  The  lameness  will  trouble  you  no  more.  I have  had  men  cure 
their  horses  with  this  liniment,  and  remark  that  this  recipe  alone  was 
worth  more  than  the  price  of  the  book. 

14.  Bog-Spavin  and  Wind-Gall  Ointment,  also  good  for  Curbs, 
Splints,  Ring-Bones,  and  Bone-Spavin. — Take  pulverized  eantharides, 

1 oz  ; mercurial  ointment,  2 ozs. ; tincture  of  iodine,  1%  ozs->  spirits 
of  turpentine,  2 ozs. ; corrosive  sublimate,  1%  drs.  * lard.  I lb. 

Mix  well,  and  when  desired  to  apply,  first  cut  off  the  hair,  wash 
well  and  anoint,  rubbing  it  in  with  the  hand,  or  glove,  if  preferred. 
Two  days  after,  grease  the  part  with  lard,  and  in  two  days  more,  wash 
off  and  apply  the  ointment  again.  Repeat  the  process  every  week,  as 
long  as  necessary. 

SWEENY — Liniment. — Alcohol  and  spirits  of  turpentine,  of  each, 
8 ozs. ; camphor  gum,  pulverized  eantharides,  and  capsicum,  of  each,  1 
oz  ; oil  of  spike,  3 ozs.  Mix. 

Perhaps  the  best  plan  is  to  tincture  the  capsicum  first,  and  use  the 


Farriers'  Departj?ient 


483 


tincture  instead  of  the  powder,  by  which  means  you  are  free  of  sedi- 
ment; bathe  this  liniment  in  with  a hot  iron.  The  first  case  has  yet  to 
be  found  where  it  has  not  cured  this  disease  when  faithfully  followed. 

2.  Another. — Sal-ammoniac,  2 ozs. ; corrosive  sublimate,  1 oz. ; 
alcohol,  1 qt. ; water,  1 qt. ; pulverize  and  mix. 

This  last  has  cured  many  cases  of  sweeny,  and  also  kidney  com- 
plaints, known  by  a weakness  in  the  back,  of  horses  or  cattle.  Bathe 
the  loins  with  it;  and  give  one  to  two  table-spoons  at  a dose,  daily. 

POLL-EVIL  AND  FISTULA— Positive  Cure. — Common  potash,  34 
oz. ; extract  of  belladonna,  34  dr. ; gum  arable,  34  oz-  Dissolve  the 
gum  in  as  little  water  as  practicable ; then,  having  pulverized  the  pot- 
ash, unless  it  is  moist,  mix  the  gum  water  with  it,  and  it  will  soon  dis- 
solve; then  mix  in  the  extract,  and  it  is  ready  to  use;  and  it  can  be 
used  without  the  belladonna,  but  it  is  more  painful  without  it,  and  does 
not  have  quite  as  good  an  effect. 

Directions.— The  best  plan  to  get  this  into  the  pipes  is  by  means 
of  a small  syringe,  after  having  cleansed  the  sore  with  soap-suds;  re- 
peat once  in  two  days,  until  all  the  callous  pipes  aud  hard  fibrous  base 
around  the  poll-evil  or  fistula  is  completely  destroyed.  Mr.  Curtis,  a 
merchant  of  Wheaton,  111.,  cured  a poll-evil  with  this  preparation,  by 
only  a single  application,  as  the  mare  estrayed  and  was  not  found  for 
two  months — then  completely  sound  ; but  it  will  generally  require  two 
or  three  applications. 

This  will  destro}’-  corns  and  warts,  by  putting  a little  of  it  upon 
the  wart  or  corn,  letting  it  remain  from  five  to  ten  minutes,  then  wash 
off  and  apply  oil  or  vinegar,  not  squeezing  them  out,  but  letting  na- 
ture remove  them. 

2.  Potash,  to  Make. — If  you  cannot  buy  the  potash,  called  for 
in  the  last  recipe,  you  can  make  it  by  leeching  best  wood  ashes  and 
boiling  down  the  lye  to  what  is  called  black  salts,  and  continuing  the 
heat  in  a thick  kettle  until  they  are  melted;  the  heat  burns  out  the 
black  impurities  and  leaves  a whitish-gray  substance,  called  potash. 

This  potash,  pulverized  and  put  into  all  the  rat  holes  about  cellars, 
causes  them  to  leave  in  double-quick  time,  as  mentioned  in  the  “Rat 
Exterminator.”  The  black  salts  will  do  about  as  well  for  rats,  but  is 
not  quite  so  strong.  They  get  their  feet  into  it,  which  causes  a biting 
worse  than  their  own,  and  they  leave  without  further  ceremony. 

Potash  making  in  timbered  lands  is  carried  on  very  extensively; 
using  the  thick,  heavy  potash-kettle  to  boil  and  melt  in,  then  dipping 
it  out  into  three  and  five-pail  iron  kettles  to  cool. 

3.  Poll-Evil  and  Fistula— Norwegian  Cure.— Cover  the  head 
and  neck  with  two  or  three  blankets;  have  a pan  or  kettle  of  the  best 
warm  cider  vinegar,  holding  it  under  the  blankets;  then  steam  the 
parts  by  putting  hot  stones,  brick,  or  iron,  into  the  vinegar,  and  con- 
tinue the  operation  until  the  horse  sweats  freely;  doing  this  3 morn- 
ings and  skipping  3,  until  9 steamings  have  been  accomplished. 

Mr.  Marshall  says,  the  pipes,  by  this  time,  will  seem  to  have  raised 
up  and  become  loose,  except  the  lower  end,  which  holds  upon  the  bone 
or  tendons,  like  a sucker’s  mouth ; the  apparent  rising  being  caused  by 
the  going  down  of  the  swelling  in  the  parts.  Now  tie  a skein  of  silk 
around  the  pipes  and  pull  them  out;  washing  the  parts  with  weak  cop- 
peras water  until  the  sore  heals  up  and  all  is  well.  He  told  me  that  he 
cured,  in  this  way,  a horse  which  had  interfered  until  a pipe  had 
formed  at  the  place  of  interference,  upon  the  leg,  that  when  drawn  out 
was  as  long  as  his  finger.  See  the  “Norwegian  Cure  for  Bone- 
Spavin.” 


484 


Ot,  Chase' s Recipes. 


4.  Another. — ilock  salt  and  blue  vitriol,  of  each,  1 oz. ; copperasr 
34  oz.;  pulverize  all  iinely,  and  mix  well. 

Fill  a goose-quill  with  th  d push  it  to  the  bottom  of 

the  pipe,  having  a stick  in  the  t ill,  so  that  you  can  push 

the  powder  out  of  the  quill,  leaving  it  at  the  bottom  of  the  pipe;  re* 
peat  again  in  about  four  days,  and  in  two  or  three  days  from  that  time 
you  can  take  hold  of  the  pipe  and  remove  it,  without  trouble. 

5.  Poll-Evil,  to  Scatter. — Take  a quantity  of  mandrake  root, 
mash,  and  boil  it;  strain  and  boil  down  until  rather  thick,  then  form 
Tan  ointment  by  simmering  it  with  sufficient  lard  for  that  purpose. 

Anoint  the  swelling  once  a day,  for  several  days,  until  well.  It 
has  cured  them  after  they  were  broken  out,  by  putting  it  into  the  pipes 
a few  times,  also  anointing  around  the  sore. 

6.  Another.— Poli-evils  and  fistulas  have  been  cured  by  pushing 
a piece  of  lunar  caustic  into  the  pipe,  then  filling  the  hole  with  cur- 
rier’s oil.  Or : 

7.  Another. — Corrosive  sublimate  the  •size  of  a common  bean, 
pulverized  and  wrapped  in  tissue  paper,  and  pressed  to  the  bottom  of 
the  pipes,  leaving  it  in  eight  days,  then  take  out,  and  applying  the 
blue  ointment,  (kept  by  druggists,)  has  cured  them.  Or  : 

§.  Another. — Arsenic,  the  size  of  a pea.  treated  in  the  same  way, 
has  cured  the  same  disease.  But  if  the  Norwegian  plan  will  work  aa 
recommended,  it  is  certainly  the  best  of  all. 

0.  Another. — Oil  of  vitriol,  put  into  the  pipes,  has  cured  many 
cases. 

I found  one  man,  also,  who  had  cured  poll-evil  by  placing  a bar- 
rel of  water  about  fifteen  feet  high,  on  a platform,  upon  two  trees— 
administering  a shower-bath  daily  upon  Pie  sore;  drawing  the  water 
by  a faucet,  through  a dinner  horn  placed  little  end  down;  tying  the 
horse  so  as  to  keep  him  in  position  until  the  water  all  runs  out.  Fif- 
teen or  twenty  b fills  cured  him,  but  it  broke  out  again  the  next  sea- 
son, when  a few  more  baths  made  a final  cure. 

LOOSENESS  Oil  . • UNO  IN  HOUSES  OK  CATTLE— In  Use 
Over  Seventy  Years. — Tormeutil  root,  powdered.  Dose. — For  a horse 
or  cow,  1 to  134  ozs.  It  may  be  stirred  in  1 pt.  of  milk  and  given,  or 
it  may  be  steeped  in  1*4  pts.  of  milk,  then  given  from  3 to  5 time* 
daily  until  cured. 

It  has  proved  valuable  also  for  persons.  Dose. — For  a person, 
would  be  from  one-half  to  one  tea-spoon  steeped  in  milk;  but  if  used 
for  persons,  I should  recommend  that  half  as  much  rhubarb  be  com- 
bined with  it. 

An  English  gentleman  from  whom  it  was  obtained,  had  been  fa- 
miliar with  its  use  nearly  eighty  years,  and  never  knew  a failure,  if 
taken  in  any  kind  of  seasonable  time.  The  tormeutil,  or  sepfcfoil,  is 
a European  plant,  and  very  astringent. 

2.  Beef  Banes  for  Scours. — Burn  the  bones  thoroughly  and  puF 
verize  finely;  then  give  1 table-spoon  in  some  dry  feed,  3 times  daily, 
until  checked. 

This  preparation  has  thirty  years’  experience  of  an  American 
gentleman,  near  Fenlonvilie,  Mich.,  to  recommend  it  to  general 
favor. 

3.  Scours  and  Pin-Worms  of  Horses  and  Cattle. — White  ash 
hark,  burnt  to  ashes,  and  ni  xie  into  rather  a strong  lye;  then  mix  34 
pt.  of  it  with  warm  water,  1 pt.,  and  give  all,  2 or  3 times  daily. 

Whenever  it  becomes  certain  that  a horse  or  cow  is  troubled  with 
pin-worms,  by  their  passing  from  the  bowels,  it  is  best  to  administer 


Farriers'  Department. 


485 


riie  above,  as  they  are  believed  tc*  be  tin*  cause,  generally,  of  scours, 
and  this  -remedy  carries  off  the  worms,  thus  curing  the  inflammation 
by  removing  the  cause. 

HORSE  OINTMENT— De  Gray  or  Sloan’s,— Resin,  4 ozs.;  bees- 
wax, 4 - lai  I,  8 ozs.;  loney,  ozs.  Melt  these  articles  slowly, 
gently  bringing  to  a boil ; and  as  it  begins  to  boil,  remove  from  tiie 
lire  aud.slowlj  add  of  turpentine, 

Stirring  all  the  time  tbo  is  being  added,  and  stir  until  cool. 

'1  his  i-  an  < x ra  - or  hoof, 

broken  kn  jailed  eels,  etc.,  etc.;  or  when  a 

horse  is  gel  led,  to  keai  and  keep  away  dies.  It  Is  excellent  to  take 
lire  out  of  burns  or  sc  uds  ?n  human  flesh  also. 

u St.  John’s. — Fenugreek, 
eream-or-Uirfar,  gentian,  sulphur,  saltpetre,  resin,  black  antimony,  and 
ginger  > be  finely  pub  erized; 

cayenne,  also  line,  half  the  quantity  of  any  one  of  the  others,  say  % 
oz.  Mix  thoroughly. 

If-te  used  in  yellow  water  hid*  ound,  coughs,  colds,  distemper, 
nnd  all  < dminis- 

iered.  — In 

ordinary  cases  give  two  tea-spoons  once  a day,  in  feed.  In  extreme 
cases  give  it  twice  flail;  If  ■ 1 . good  satisfaction  as 

St.  John  s or  a ry  other  co  m ] lore  than  double 

what  it  does  to  make  t 4s.  then  I will  acknowledge  that  travel  and 
study  are  of  no  aeci  unt  in  ol.  fo  uiti<  1. 


£9  Cathartic  Condition  z ...  mboge,  alum,  saltpetre, 
resin,  coj  It,  and  if  the 

horse  is  in  a very  i 1 wood,  all  the  same  quan- 
tities, viz.,  : < ’ daily; 

not  give  g any  i day,  with  oats 

and  other  good  feed. 

This  last  is  more  applicable  for  old  worn-down  horses  which  need 
cleaning  out  and  starting  again  into  new  life,  and  i:i  such  cases,  just 
the  thing  to  be  desired. 


'U:>E  UN41E XT— Fo r Stiff-Neck  from  Foil-Evils.— A 


1 pt. ; oil  of  cedar,  origanum,  and  glim  camphor,  of  each,  2oz 
of  amber,  1 ox  ; use  freely. 

£•  English  stable  Liniment— Very  Strong.— Oil  of  spike,  aqua 
araraoa  ozs.;  sweet  oil  and  oil  of 

amber,  of  each,  1%  °zs. ; oil  of  origanum,  1 oz.  Mix. 

Call  in  in  the  st able  as  a 

strong  liniment-;  the  English  1 y-  cones 

and  old  lameness,  inflam  If  much  inflammation,  how- 

ever, it  will  fetch  the  hair,  but  not  destroy  it, 

r re  and  Son  Linimt  ...  -Take  beet’s  gall,  1 qt.;  alcohol, 
1 pt. ; volatile  L*i|  1 lb. ; oil  of  ori- 
ganum, . z«  mne,  O i t. ; oil 

of  amber,  3 ozs.  ; tincture  of  Spanish  flies,  G ozs.  Mix. 

Uses  t<  • ion.  This  is  more  particu- 

larly applicable  to  horse  flesh. 

4.  Liniment  !art.^-Best  vinegar,  4 qts.; 

saltpetre,  pulverized,  % ib. ; mix,  and  set  in  a warm  place,  until  dis- 
solved. 

It  will  be  found  valuable  for  spavins,  sprains,  strains,  bruises,  old 
swellings,  <-tc. 

1SK0KEN  LIMBS-  Treatment,  instead  of  inhumanly  Shooting 


486 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


the  Horse. — In  the  greater  number  of  fractures  it  is  only  necessary  to 
partially  sling  the  horse  by  means  of  a broad  piece  of  sail  or  other 
strong  cloth,  (as  represented  in  the  figure,)  placed  under  the  animal’s 
belly,  furnished  with  two  breechings  and  two  breast-girths,  and  by 
means  of  ropes  and  pulleys  attached  to  a cross-beam  above,  he  is  ele- 
vated or  lowered,  as  may  be  required. 

It  would  seldom  be  necessary  to  raise  them  entirely  off  of  their 
feet,  as  they  will  be  more  quiet,  generally,  when  allowed  to  touch  the 
ground  or  floor.  The  head-stall  should  be  padded,  and  ropes  reaching 
each  way  to  the  stall,  as  well  as  forward.  Many  horses  will  plunge 
about  for  a time,  but  soon  quiet  down,  with  an  occasional  exception. 
When  they  become  quiet,  set  the  bone,  splint  it  well,  padding  the 
splints  with  batting,  securing  carefully;  then  keep  wet  with  cold  water, 
as  long  as  the  least  inflammation  is  present,  using  light  food,  and  a 
little  water  at  a time,  but  may  be  given  often. 

The  use  of  the  different  buckles  and  straps  will  be  easily  under- 
stood. 


SUPPORTING  APPARATUS  IN  LAMENESS  OP  HORSES. 

If  lie  is  very  restive,  other  ropes  can  be  attached  to  the  corner 
rings,  which  are  there  for  that  purpose,  and  will  afford  much  addi- 
tional relief  to  the  horse. 

I knew  a horse’s  thigh  to  crumble  upon  the  race-course, . without 
apparent  cause,  which  lost  him  the  stake  lie  would  have  easily  won. 
He  was  hauled  miles  upon  a sled,  slung,  and  cured  by  liis  humane 
owner.  Then  let  every  fair  means  be  tried,  before  you  consent  to  take 
the  life,  even  of  a broken -legged  horse. 

WdUNU  BALSAM— For'  Horses  or  Human  Flesh.— Gum  ben- 
zoin, in  powder,  6 ozs. ; 1)  dsam  of  tolu,  in  po  v*  or,  3 o s.  ; glim  storax, 
2 ozs. ; frankincense,  in  powder,  2 o/.s. ; gum  mvrrh,  in  powder,  2 ozs. ; 
Socotorine  aloes,  in  powder,  3 ozs. ; alcohol,  i gat  Mix  them  all  to'- 


Farriers'  Department.  487 

gether,  and  put  them  in  a digester,  and  give  them  a gentle  heat  for  3 
or  4 days,  then  strain. 

A better  medicine  can  hardly  be  found  in  the  materia  medica  for 
healing  fresh  wounds  in  every  part  of  the  body,  particularly  those  on 
the  tendons  or  joints.  It  is  frequently  given  internally  along  with 
other  articles,  to  great  advantage,  in  all  colds,  flatulency,  and  in  other 
debilities  of  the  stomach  and  intestines.  Every  gentleman,  or  farmer, 
ought  to  keep  this  medicine  ready  prepared  in  his  house,  as  a famity 
medicine,  for  all  cuts,  or  recent  wounds,  either  among  his  cattle  or 
any  of  his  family.  Thirty  or  forty  drops,  on  a lump  of  sugar,  may 
be  taken  at  any  time,  for  flatulency,  or  pain  at  the  stomach;  and  in 
old  age,  where  nature  requires  stimulation. — Every  Man  His  Own 
Farrier. 

GREASE-HEEL  AND  COMMON  SCRATCHES-To  Cure.— Lye 

made  from  wood  ashes,  and  boil  white  oak  bark  in  it  until  it  is  quite 
strong,  both  in  lye  and  bark  ooze;  when  it  is  cold,  it  is  ready  for  use. 

First  wash  off  the  horse’s  legs  with  dish  water  or  castile*  soap ; and 
when  dry,  apply  the  ooze  with  a swab  upon  a stick  which  is  sufficiently 
long  to  keep  out  of  his  reach,  as  he  will  tear  around  like  a wild  horse, 
but  you  must  wet  all  well  once  a day,  until  you  see  the  places  are  dry- 
ing up.  The  grease-heel  may  be  known  from  the  common  scratches  by 
the  deep  cracks,  which  do  not  appear  in  the  common  kind  Of  course 
this  will  fetch  off  the  hair;  but  the  disease  has  been  known  to  fetch  off 
the  hoof;  then  to  bring  on  the  hair  again,  use  salve  made  by  stewing 
sweet  elder  bark  in  old  bacon;  then  form  the  salve  by  adding  a little 
resin  according  to  the  amount  of  oil  when  stewed,  about  a quarter  of  a 
pound  to  each  pound  of  oil. 

2.  Another. — Verdigris,  34  oz. ; whisky,  1 pt.,  are  highly  recom- 
mended for  grease-heel. 

3c  Common  Scratches. — iJse  sweet  oil,  6 ozs. ; borax,  2 ozs. ; 
sugar  of  lead,  2 ozs. ; mix  and  apply  twice  daily,  after  washing  off  with 
dish-water,  and  giving  time  to  allow  the  legs  to  dry. 

These  plans  have  been  used  for  years,  by  George  Clemm,  of 
Logansport,  Indiana,  and  he  assured  me  that  the  worst  cases  will  be 
wired,  of  either  disease,  in  a very  few  days. 

4c  Another. — Copperas  and  chamber-lye  are  known  to  be  good 
for  common  scratches,  applied,  as  the  last,  after  washing  with  dish- 
water and  drying.  This  last  can  be  tried  first,  as  it  is  easily  obtained, 
and  if  it  does  not  succeed  you  will  not  fail  with  the  other. 

SADDLE  AND  HARNESS  GALLS— Druises,  Abrasions,  Etc.— 
Remedy. — White  lead  and  linseed-oil  mixed  as  for  paint, Lis  almost  in- 
valuable in  abrasions,  or  galls  from  the  saddle  or  collar,  or  from  any 
other  cause ; it  will  speedily  aid  the  part  in  healing. 

Applied  with  a brush  to  the  leg  of  a horse,  the  outer  coating  of 
hair  and  skin  of  which  was  torn  off,  caused  it  to  heal  and  leave  no  scar. 
It  is  good  for  scratches  and  all  sores  upon  horses,  or  other  animals,  and 
equally  good  for  men.  It  forms  an  air-tight  coating,  and  soothes  pain. 
Every  farmer  should  keep  a pot  and  brush  ready  for  use.  White  lead 
is  the  carbonate  of  the  metal,  and  when  pure  is  very  white.  That  hav- 
ing a greyish  tint  is  impure,  being  generally  adulterated.  For  use  as 
a paint,  a lead  color  is  produced  by  adding  lamp  black,  and  a drab  or 
stone  color,  by  adding  burned  umber. 

In  applying  it  for  scratches,  first  wash  them  clean  with  soap  and 
water,  then  apply.  Some  persons  prefer  lamp  oil.  If  that  is  used,  you 
will  mix  both  together  until  the  oil  assumes  a light  straw  color.  When 
the  horse  comes  in  at  night,  his  legs  should  be  washed  perfectly  clean 


488 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


and  rubbed  perfectly  dry.  Then  apply  the  mixture,  rubbing  it  well  to 
the  skin.  Two  or  three  applications  are  sufficient  to  efiect  a oerfect 
cure,  no  matter  how  bad  the  case  may  be.— Correspondence  of  the 
Country  Gentleman. 

To  give  confidence  in  this,  I would  say  that  a lady,  at  Lafayette, 
Indiana,  told  me  she  cured  herself  of  salt-rheum  with  white-lead  and 
sweet  oil  only. 

2.  Another.— Alcohol  and  extract  of  lead,  of  each,  2 ozs. ; soft 
water,  4 o». ; spirits  of  sal-ammoniac,  I oz.;  white  copperas,  % oz. 
.Mix  all  and  shake  as  used. 

“ Knowlson’s  Complete  Farrier  ” speaks  very  highly  of  this  ast 
preparation,  which  can  be  tried,  should  the  first  above  fail. 

3.  Sores  from  Chafing  of  the  Bids,— Chloroform  and  sulphuric 
ether,  equal  parts  of  each.  Keep  closely  corked. 

Sponge  oil' the  mouth  with  water  every  time  the  bits  are  taken  out; 
then  wet  well  with  the  mixture.  It  will  also  be  found  valuable  to  re' 
move  soreness  from  any  cause,  on  man  or  horse. 

4.  Another. — White  ashes  and  spirits  of  turpentine,  of  each,  1% 
table-spoons;  black  pepper,  ground,  1 table-spoon;  lard  to  make  1 pt 
of  all,  mix  well  and  anoint. 

HEAYES — Great  lielief.— Heaves,  a common  name  for  any  diffi- 
culty in  the  breathing  of  a horse,  is  susceptible  of  great  alleviation  by 
attention  to  the  character  and  quantity  of  food  to  be  eaten  by  the 
animal,  as  every  one  knows.  If  a horse  suffering  from  this  disease,  is 
allowed  to  distend  his  stomach  at  his  pleasure,  with  dry  food  entirely 
and  then  to  drink  cold,  water,  as  much  as  he  can  hold,  he  is  nearly 
worthless.  But  if  his  food  be  moistened,  and  he  be  allowed  to  drink  a 
moderate  quantity  only  at  a time,  the  disease  is  much  less  troublesome. 

A still  farther  alleviation  may  be  obtained  from  the  use  of  balsam 
of  fir  and  balsam  of  copaiba,  4 ozs.  each;  and  mix  with  calcified  mag-, 
nesia  sufficiently  thick  to  make  it  into  balls;  give  a middling  sized  had 
night  and  morning  for  a week  or  10  days.  This  gives  good  satisfaction’, 
and  is  extensively  sold  by  Eberbach  & Co.,  druggists  of  this  city. 

2.  Another.— An  old  Farrier  assures  me  that  lobelia,  one  tea 
spoon,  once  a day,  in  Ids  feed,  for  a week,  and  then  once  a week;  that 
you  can  hardly  tell  whether  a horse  ever  had  the  heaves  or  not. 

3.  Another. — H.  Sisson,  another  Farrier,  gives  me  a cure  which 
somewhat  resembles  the  ball  first  given  under  this  head,  and  thus  each 
one  supports  the  other. 

He  takes  calcined  magnesia,  balsam  of  fir,  and. balsam  of  copaiba, 
of  each,  1 oz.;  spirits  of  turpentine,  2 ozs.;  and  puts  them  ail  into  ] 
pt.  of  the  best  cider  vinegar,  and  gives  fora  dose  1 table-spoon  in  his 
feed,  once  a day,  for  a week;  then  every  other  day  for  2 or  3 months. 

The  horse  will  cough  more  at  first,  but  looser  and  looser  until 
cured.  Wet  his  hay  with  brine,  and  also  wet  Ins  feed. 

4.  Another. — Mi-.  Bangs,  highly  recommends  the  following:  Lo- 
belia, wild  turnip,  elecampane  and  skunk  cabbage,  equal  parts  of  each. 
Make  into  balls  of  common  ze,  and  give  one  for  a dose,  or  make  a 
tincture,  by  putting  4 oz&.  of  the  mixture  into  2 qts.  of  spirits;  and  after 
a week  put  2 table-spoons  into  their  feed,  once  a day  for  a month  or 
two. 

5.  Another. — Oyster  shells,  1 peck;  burn  into  lime  and  pulverize; 

mix  a single  ; with  % gill  of  alcohol,  then  mix  it  with  the 

oats  each  morning  until  all  is  given. 

This  for  bellows -heaves  h;  .•  good.  Horse-radish 

grated  and  put  in  with  the  feed  has  benefited.  Cabbags,  ua  common 


Farriers ’ Department. 


489 


feed,  is  good  to  relieve,  or  any  juicy  food,  like  pumpkins,  etc.,  etc.,  will 
be  found  to  relieve  very  much  Farmers  who  have  their  horses  always 
at  home,  can  keep  them  comfortably  with  some  of  the  foregoing  direc- 
tions ; but  broken-winded  horses  might  as  well  be  knocked  in  the  head 
as  to  attempt  to  travel  with  them,  expecting  any  satisfaction  to  horse  or 
driver. 

6,  Another, — A correspondent  of  the  Country  Gentleman  says 
that  “ heaves  may  be  greatly  alleviated  by  feeding  raw  fat  pork. 

“ Commence  with  a piece  of  pork,  say  a cubic  inch,  chopped  very 
fine,  and  mixed  with  the  wetted  grain  or  cut  feed,  twice  a dajr  for  two 
or  three  clays.  Then  from  day  to  clay  increase  the  quantity  and  cut  less 
fine,  until  there  is  given  with  each  feed  such  a slice  as  usually  by  a 
farmer’s  wife  is  cut  for  frying — nearly  as  large  as  your  hand,  cut  into 
fifteen  or  twenty  pieces. 

“ Continue  this  for  two  weeks,  and  the  horse  is  capable  of  any  or- 
dinary work  without  distress,  and  without  showing  the  heaves.  I have 
experience  and  observation  for  the  past  ten  years  as  proof  of  the  above.” 
— [/.,  of  Burlington , Fit] 

DISTEMPER — To  Distingnish  and  Cure.— If  it  is  thought  that  a 
Horse  has  the  distemper,  and  you  do  not  feel  certain,  wet  up  bran  with 
rather  strong  weak  lye — if  not  too  strong  they  will  eat  it  greedily;  if 
they  have  the  distemper,  a free  discharge  from  the  nostrils  and  a con- 
sequent cure  will  be  the  result,  if  continued  a few  days;  but  if  only  a 
cold,  with  swellings  of  the  glands,  no  change  will  be  discovered. 

SHOEING  HOUSES— For  Winter  Travel.— N.  P.  Willis,  of  the 
Jlome  Journal , in  one  of  his  recent  Idlewild  letters,  says: 

“You  have  discovered,  of  course,  that  you  cannot  have  uninter- 
rupted winter  riding  with  a horse  shod  in  the  ordinary  way.  The 
sharp  points  of  the  frozen  mud  will  wound  the  frog  of  the  foot;  and 
with  snow  on  the  ground,  the  hollow  hoof  soon  collects  a hard  ball 
which  makes  the  footing  very  insecure.  But  these  evils  are  remedied 
by  a piece  of  sole  leather  nailed  on  under  the  shoe — a protection  to  the 
hoof  which  makes  a surprising  difference  ill  the  confidence  and  sure- 
footedness of  the  animal’s  step.’’ 

FOUNDER — Remedy. — Draw  about  1 gal.  of  blood  from  the  neck; 
then  drench  the  horse  with  linseed-oil,  1 qt.;  now  rub  the  forelegs, 
long  and  wed,  with  water  as  hot  as  can  be  borne  without  scalding. 

This  remedy  entirely  cured  a horse  which  had  been  foundered  on 
wheat,  two  days  before  the  treatment  laegan. 

PHYSIC— Bali  far  Horses. — Barbadoes  aloes  from  4 to  5 or  6 
drs.,  (according  to  the  size  and  strength  of  the  horse);  tartrate  of 
potassia,  1 dr. ; ginger  and  castile  soap,  of  each,  2 drs.;  oil  of  anise,  or 
peppermint,  20  drops;  pulverize,  and  make  all  into  one  bail  with  thick 
gum  solution. 

Before  giving  a horse  physic,  he  should  be  prepared  for  it  by  feed- 
ing scalded  bran, "in  place  of  oats,  for  two  days  at  least,  giving  also* 
water  which  lias  the  chill  taken  off,  and  continue  this  feed  and  drink' 
during  the  operation.  If  it  should  not  operate  in  forty-eight  hours, 
repeat  half  the  dose. 

2.  Physic  for  Cattle. — For  cattle,  take  half  only  of  the  dose, 
above,  for  a horse,  and  add  to  it  glauber  salts,  8 ozs. ; dissolve  all  in 
gruel,  1 qt , jnd  give  as  a drench:  for  cattle  are  not  easily  ma  n aged  in 
giving  balls,  neither  is  their  constitution  adapted  to  dry  medicine. 

There  is  not  the  need  of  preparation  for  cattle,  generally,  as  for 
horses,  from  the  fact  of  their  not  being 'kept  up  to  grain,  if  they  are, 
however,  let  the  same  precautions  be  observed  as  in  “Physic  Ball  for 
Horses.” 


490 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


HOOF- AIL  IN  SHEEP — Sure  Remedy. — Muriatic  acid  and  butter 
of  antimony,  of  each,  2 ozs. ; white  vitriol,  pulverized,  1 oz.  Mix. 

Directions. — Lift  the  foot  and  drop  a little  of  it  upon  the  bottom. 
It  will  need  to  be  applied  only  once  or  twice  a week—  as  often  only  as 
they  limp,  which  shows  that  the  foot  is  becoming  tender  again.  It 
kills  the  old  hoof,  and  a new  one  soon  takes  its  place.  Have  no  fears 
about  the  result;  apply  the  medicine  as  often  as  indicated,  and  all  is 
safe. 

It  has  proved  valuable  in  growing  off  horse’s  hoofs,  when  snagged, 
or  contraction  made  it  necessary. 

EYE-WATER— For  Horses  and  Cattle.— Alcohol,  1 table-spoon ; 

sugar  of  lead,  1 tea-spoon;  rain  water  34  pt* 

Wash  the  eye  freely,  two  or  three  times  daily.  But  I prefer  the 
“Eye  Water”  as  prepared  for  persons;  and  allow  me  here  to  say  that 
what  is  good  for  man,  in  the  line  of  medicine,  is  good  for  a horse,  by 
increasing  the  dose  to  correspond. 

TAMING — Principles  Applied  to  Wild  and  Vicious  Horses.— 
I have  thought  in  closing  up  this  Department,  that  I could  not  devote 
a page  to  a better  purpose  than  to  the  so-called  secret  of  taming.  For 
it  is  a secret,  but  it  lies  in  a different  point  from  what  is  generally  be- 
lieved, which  I will  attempt  to  show. 

Several  persons  are  advertising  books  for  taming  wild  horses,  and 
other  persons  are  going  about  teaching  the  art  to  classes  in  private. 
Probably  the  pupils  get  their  money’s  worth.  But,  why  do  so  many 
fail  ? The  whole  secret  lies  in  this , that  many  persons  can  never  handle  a 
horse , with  all  the  instruction  in  the  world — it  is  not  in  them.  They  can- 
not establish  a sympathy  between  themselves  and  the  horse,  and  if 
they  become  horse  trainers , they  ha^e  only  mistaken  their  calling,  and 
the  money  they  laid  out  is  perhaps  as  cheap  a way  as  they  could  be 
taught  their  mistake. 

To  be  a successful  horse  trainer,  he  must  have  a sympathy  with  the 
horse,  and  & personal  power  of  control.  This  reminds  us  of  an  old 
gentleman’s  remarks  on  the  subject  of  sweeny.  He  said:  “ There  were 
a great  many  recipes  of  penetrating  oils,  applications,  etc.,  but  the 
great  secret  was  in  faith  f without  which  no  person  will  persevere  a 
sufficient  length  of  time  with  either  of  them.  This  holds  good  in  all 
diseases,  as  well  as  in  handling  or  taming  a horse. 

The  mystery  or  secret,  then,  is  in  knowing  how,  and  having  the 
stamina  (power)  to  do  it. 

As  for  recipes,  they  consist  in  using  the  horse-castor  or  wart, 
which  grows  upon  the  inside  of  the  leg,  grated  fine,  oil  of  cumin,  and 
oil  of  rhodium,  kept  separate  in  air-tight  bottles;  these  all  possess 
peculiar  properties  for  attracting  and  subduing  animals. 

“ Rub  a little  oil  of  cumin  upon  your  hand,  and  approach  the 
horse  in  the  field,  on  the  windward  side,  so  that  he  can  smell  the  cumin. 
The  horse  will  let  you  come  up  to  him  without  trouble. 

“ Immediately  rub  your  hand  gently  on  the  horse’s  nose,  getting  a 
little  of  the  oil  on  it.  You  can  then  lead  him  anywhere.  Give  him  a 
little  of  the  castor  on  a piece  of  loaf-sugar,  apple,  or  potato. 

“ Put  eight  drops  of  the  oil  of  rhodium  into  a lady’s  thimble.  Take 
the  thimble  between  the  thumb  and  middle  linger  of  your  right  hand, 
with  the  fore-finger  stopping  the  mouth  of  the  thimble  to  prevent  the 
oil  from  running  out  whilst  you  are  opening  the  mouth  of  the  horse. 

* “ As  soon  as  you  have  opened  the  horse’s  mouth,  tip  the  thimble 

over  upon  his  tongue,  and  he  is* your  servant.  He  will  follow  you  like 
a pet  dog.”  Very  doubtful. — [Author. 


Farriers'  Department. 


49 1 


“ Ride  fearless  and  promptly,  with  your  knee  pressed  to  the  side  of 
the  horse,  and  your  toes  turned  in  and  heels  out;  then  you  will  always 
be  on  the  alert  for  a shy  or  sheer  from  the  horse,  and  he  can  never 
throw  you. 

“ If  you  want  to  teach  him  to  lie  down,  stand  on  his  nigh  or  left 
side;  have  a couple  of  leather  straps,  about  six  feet  long;  string  up 
his  left  leg  with  one  of  them  around  his  neck ; strap  the  other  end  of  it 
over  his  shoulders;  hold  it  in  your  hand,  and  when  you  are  ready,  tell 
him  to  lie  down,  at  the  same  time  gently,  firmly,  and  steadily  pulling 
on  the  strap,  touching  him  lightly  with  a switch.  The  horse  will  im- 
mediately lie  down.  Do  this  a few  times,  and  you  can  make  him  lie 
down  wi tli out  the  straps. 

“ He  is  now  your  pupil  and  friend.  You  can  teach  him  anything, 
only  be  kind  to  him— be  gentle.  Love  him  and  he  will  love  you. 
Feed  him  before  you  do  yourself,  shelter  him  well,  groom  him  your- 
self, keep  him  clean,  and  at  night  always  give  him  a good  bed.” 

It  will  be  perceived,  by  reference  to  the  following  item  from  BelVs 
Oife,  that  the  secret  for  taming  horses,  by  which  Mr.  Rarey  has  made 
himself  so  rich  and  famous,  instead  of  being  a divination  of  his  own 
tvas  probably  obtained  by  him  through  some  accidental  contact  with  an 
old  volume,  which  has  long  disappeared  from  observation,  and  hardly 
tald  a place  in  public  libraries.  J 

A correspondent  sends  us  the  following:  “In  the  Gentleman’s 
Farrier,  by  Bartlett,  (sixth  edition)  published  in  1762,  (one  hundred 
pears  ago,)  page  293,  is  the  following:  ‘ The  method  proposed  by  Dr. 
Bracken,  is  to  tie  up  one  of  the  fore  feet  close,  and  to  fasten  a cord  or 
Small  rope  about  the  other  fetlock,  bringing  the  end  of  it  over  the 
horse’s  shoulders  ; then  let  him  be  hit  or  kicked  with  your  foot  behind 
that  knee,  at  the  same  time  pulling  his  nose  down  strongly  to  the 
manger.  You  will  bring  him  upon  his  knees,  where  he  should  be  held 
till  he  is  tired  which  cannot  be  long,  but  if  he  does  not  lie  down  soon, 
let  him  be  thrust  sideways  against  his  quarters,  to  throw  him  over;  by 
forcing  him  down  several  times  in  this  way,  you  may  teach  him  to  lie 
down,  at  the  same  words  you  first  used  for  that  purpose.”  You  will 
see  that  Mr.  Rarey’s  system  is  exactly  the  same. 

From  the  foregoing  it  will  be  seen  that  he  obtained  the  knowledge 
and  naturally  possessing  the  firm  ness,  fearless  energy  and  muscle  suffi- 
cient to  back  the  whole,  he  has  become  the  horse  tamer  of  the  world. 

Without  all  these  qualifications  no  one  need  undertake  the  busi- 
ness, no  matter  how  often  he  pays  five  dollars  for  recipes  or  instruc- 
tion. 


APPENDIX  TO  FARRIERS'  DEPARTMENT. 

t 

BY  THE  PUBLISHER . 


ENGLISH  RECIPES. — The  following  Recipes  are  very  useful: 

Horse  Ointment. — Resin,  4 ozs. ; bees’  wax,  3 ozs. ; hog!&  lard, 
lb.  ; common  turpentine,  6 ozs.;  dissolve  in  a pipkin  with  gentle  heat; 
then  add  2 ozs.  of  line  verdigris,  stir  well  together,  and  strain  the  whole 
through  a coarse  cloth ; cool  for  use.  This  is  a good  ointment  for  a 
wound,  or  bruise  in  flesh  or  hoof,  broken  knees,  galled  backs,  bites, 
cracked  heels,  mallenders,  or,  when  a horse  is  gelded,  to  hoal  and  keep 
off  the  flies. 

Purge  for  a Horse. — Aloes,  1 oz. ; rhubarb,  2 drs. ; fil  of  mint,  4 
drops,  made  into  a ball  with  honey. 

Cordial  for  a Horse. — If  the  horse  is  weak  through  travel,  givd 
him  a pint  of  warm  ale,  with  1 oz.  of  diapente  in  it.  Diapente  will 
comfort  his  bowels,  drive  out  cold  and  wind,  and  may  cause  iiim  to 
carry  his  food  the  longer.  Diapente  is  composed  of  gegtian  root,  bay 
berries,  bay  leaves,  birthwort,  mint,  and  myrrh. 

Sore  Hack. — If  the  saddle  bruises  his  back  and  mokes  it  swell,  t\ 
greasy  dishcloth  laid  on  hot,  and  a cloth  over  it,  bmind  on  fifteen 
minutes,  (with  a surcingle),  and  repeated  once  or  twice,  will  sink  it  flat. 
If  it  is  slight,  wash  it  with  a little  salt  and  water  only,  Alter  the  sad- 
dle, that  it  may  not  press  on  the  tender  part,  for  a second  bruise  will  be 
worse  than  the  first. 

Splint. — The  splint  is  a fixed,  callous,  bony  exciescence,  growing 
upon  the  flat  of  the  inside  or  outside,  of  the  shark  beae;  a little  under, 
and  not  far  from  the  knee,  and  may  be  seen  and  felt.  Cure. — To 
take  it  off,  first  cut  the  hair  close,  then  gently  beat  it  with  a'  round  rule 
until  it  appears  hot  to  the  touch,  then  rub  hard  soap  all  around  the 
edge  of  the  splint,  to  prevent  the  blister  affecting  any  other  part,  and 
apply  on  the  splint  the  following  blister  ointment:  mercurial  ointment, 
1 oz.  ; Spanish  flies,  2 drs.,  mixed  well  together;  a little  of  this  may  be 
applied  once  a week  until  the  splint  is  removed. 

Spavin. — The  Spavin  is  of  the  same  nature,  and  appears,  in  like 
manner,  on  the  instep  bone  behind,  not  far  below  the  hough.  Cure. 
— The  same  blister  as  recommended  for  splints:  if  it  fails,  tiring  and 
turning  the  horse  to  grass  for  three  months,  is  the  best  method. 

HORSES — To  Water. — Water  is  ns  necessary  to  a horse  as  food, 
and  horses  are  found  to  thrive  better  by  having  water  ad  libitum  than 
by  being  stinted.  The  best  way  is  to  have  the  manger  divided,  so  that 
corn  can  be  in  one  half  and  the  water  in  the  other:  by  this  plan  the 
horse  takes  the  water  as  he  wants  it,  and  not  when  it  is  offered  to  him. 
The  plan  of  having  the  water  in  the  manger  has  been  tried  by  a great 
number  of  the  London  merchants,  and  found  to  answer  admirably. 

How  to  Manage  an  Unmanageable  Horse. — A beautiful  and 
high-spirited  horse  would  never  allow  a shoe  to  be  put  pn  his  feet,  or 
any  person  to  handle  his  feet.  In  an  attempt  to  shoe  this  horse 
recently  he  resisted  all  efforts,  kicked  aside  everything  but  an  anvil 


Appendix  to  Farriers'  Department. 


493 


•and 'Same  near  killing  himself  against  that,  and  finally  was  brought 
back  to  his  stable  unshod.  This  defect  was  just  on  the  eve  of  consign- 
ing him  to  tae  plow,  where  he  might  work  barefoot,  when  an  officer  in 
our  service,  lately  returne  ! from  M<  xico,  t >ok  a cord  about  the  size  of 
a common  bed-cord,  put  it  in  the  mouth  o'  the  horse  like  a bit,  and 
tied  it  tightly  on  the  animal’s  head,  passing  the  left  ear  uuder  the 
string,  not  painfully  tight,  but  tight  enough  to  keep  the  ear  clown  and 
the  cord  in  place.  This  clone,  he  patted  the  horse  gently  on  the  side  of 
the  head,  and  commanded  him  to  fol  instantly  the  horse 

obeyed,  perfectly  subdued  and  as  gentle  and  obedient  as  a well-trained 
dog  5 suffering  his  fe  th  entire  impunity,  acting  in  all 

respects  like  an  old  stager.  ’ who  thus  furnished  this 

exceedingly  simple  means  at  subduing  a very  dangerous  propensity, 
intimated  that  it  was  pra<  :ico  and  South  America  in  the 

management  of  wild  horses.-  -Few  York  Commercial  Advertiser. 

MAGGOTS  IN  SHE£PtY\>  Best  roy. — Water,  i nr, ; spirit  of  tur- 
pentine, a table-spoon ; sublimate  of  mercury,  us  much  a*  will  lie  upon 
a shilling;  cork  in  a bottle,  with  s.  quill  through  the  cork,  so  that  the 
mixture  may  come  a little  at  a time.  Shake  before  using.  Pour  a 
little  of  the  mixture  upon  the  spiffs  where  the  maggots  are,  and  they 
tvill  creep  upon  the  top  of  the  wool,  and  fall  off  dead.  Apply  after- 
wards a little  train  oil  to  the  place- 

Li  :i?nc  \$  tor  Bruises,  Sprain*,  ami  Spavins.— We  are  indebted  to 
Mr.  Garry  Briggs,  of  Dexter,  fort  e foil  >wing  recipe.  He  lias  dealt 
largely  hi  horses  for  forty  years.  lie  sara  that  for  bruises  ancl  sprains 
it  is  the  best  thing  he  ever  used,  and  keep!  it  constantly  on  hand.  He 
has  known  several  bone-spavins  cured  by  it: 

Oil  of  amber,  1 oz.;  oil  of  wormwood,  1 oz. ; oil  of  tansy,  1 oz. ; 
oil  of  spike,  L oz. ; c unj  hor  gum,  o - immonia,  2 ozs. ; small  piece 
of  Castile  so  b in  thoroughly  with  the 

hand.  This  recipe  is  rather  strong  for  most  cases,  and  will  bear  a lit- 
tle water  added  in  orcli  a yeas  >,  where  there  is  much  inflamma- 
tion ; but  in  severe  cases  use  full  strength. 

The  following  recipes  were  furnished  us  by  Mr.  Horace  Hosier, 
oi  this  county,  one  < 'them  farriers,  and  an  extensive 

dealer  in  ho  and  cattle,  for  over  thirty  years.  The  recipe  for  ring- 
bone and  spavin  has  been  ral  hundred  dollars,  and 

is  a sure  cure  if  used  in  any  kind  of  season.  He  lias  cured  a great 
many  with  it : 

Weak  Eyes,  or  Ho’oks.—  First,  rowel  below  the  eyes  and  in  the 
jaws — 1 : eyes  are  much  1 two  gallons  from  the 

neck  vein,  and  use  the  eye  wash  or  eye  lotion  overv  morning;  move  the 
rowels  every  day,  and  let  them  remain  in  15  or  20  days.  If  the  eye  shows 
a white  speck  in  the  center,  there  is  no  cure  for  it — the  nerve  of  the  eye 
is  affected;  but  as  long  as  the  eye  runs  water,  there  are  hopes  of  it,  or 
the  eyelids  swell.  All  young  horses  are  liable  to  have  weak  eyes. 

Eye  Loiion — How  to  make  it.— Take  a good  quality  of  linseed-oil, 
1 pt.,  add  to  it  2 ozs.  < f spirit  et  l mphor  oz.  Let  it 

stand  in  some  warm  place  until  the  oil  cuts  the  gum,  and  it  is  fit  for 
use.  Apply  it  to  the  eye  every  morning  with  a soft  feather;  get  it  into 
the  eyes  as  well  as  possible.  This  is  better  in  winter  than  the  wash; 
but  the  wash  is  best  for  summer. 

Eye  Wash. — Take  of  sugar  of  lead,  2 drs.;  white  vitriol,  1 dr.; 
laudanum,  1 dr. ; add  to  this  1 qt.  of  soft  water;  let  it  stand  (3  or  8 
hours,  and  it  is  fit  for  us  I >ut  well  every  morning; 

after  first  washing  the  eyes  well  with  cold  water;  follow  this  up  for" 3 


<^4  Appendix  to  Farriers'  Department . 

or  4 weeks,  and  then  if  the  eyes  are  not  much  better,  bleed  and  give  a 
mild  physic.  The  horse  should  be  kept  on  low  diet,  ond  not  over- 
heated, or  worked  too  hard;  scalded  bran  and  oats  are  good. 

Fistula  or  Poll  Evil. — Cause,  a bruise  or  stroke  of  some  kind  pro- 
duces fever  in  the  muscles.  Cure  before  it  breaks:  run  a rowel  or 
seton  from  the  lower  part  of  the  swelling  to  the  top  through  the  center 
of  the  enlargement,  then  make  the  following  lotion:  Take  of  salamo- 
niac,  2 ozs. ; turpentine,  34  pt.  j linseed-oil  and  spirits  of  tar,  of  each, 
4 ozs. ; shake  well,  and  apply  it  all  over  the  swelling  every  other  day; 
let  the  seton  stay  in  until  all  the  swelling  is  gone  down — move  it  every 
“day,  and  when  all  is  gone  draw  it  out.  Bleed  when  you  first  open  it; 
keep  the  part  clean. 

Fistula  After  it  Breaks. — If  you  find  by  probing  it  that  the  pipes 
run  down  towards  surface,  run  down  a seton  through  the  bottom  of 
the  pipe,  and  anoint  it  with  the  following  ointment:  Take  of  mercurial 
ointment,  4 ozs. ; cantharides,  34  oz-  > anoint  the  seton  every  day  until 
it  runs  a bloody  matter,  then  draw  it  out  if  the  pipes  run  down  to  the 
center  of  the  shoulders,  then  run  down  a piece  of  the  nitre  of  silver  to 
the  bottom,  and  use  the  liquid  in  the  next  following  recipe:  apply  it 
on  the  swelling  and  on  the  sore  every  day;  keep  the  part  clean  with 
soap  and  water. 

Liquid  for  Fistula  or  Poll  Evil.— Take  olive  oil,  6 ozs.;  turpen- 
tine, 34  oz. ; oil  of  origanum,  34  oz. ; American  or  sinikey  oil,  3 ozs. 
Mix  well  and  apply  it  to  the  part  affected,  after  the  nitre  of  silver  has 
been  used;  apply  this  every  few  days,  until  it  heals  up;  the  cleaner 
you  keep  the  part  the  better# 

Stiff  Shoulders  or  Sweeney. — Bowel  from  the  top  of  the  shoulder 
blade  down  as  far  as  there  is  no  pealing;  first,  cut  through  the  skin, 
and  then  two  thin  fibres  or  strippings;  use  the  blunt  needle,  move  it 
back  and  forward  five  or  six  inches;  draw  in  a tape  or  seton,  and  the 
next  morning  wet  it  with  the  tincture  of  cantharides;  do  this  every 
other  da}7,  move  them  every  day — wash  the  part  clean — let  the  tape 
stay  in  until  the  matter  changes  to  blood ; this  is  for  both  diseases — let 
him  run  out  if  possible;  he  will  be  well  in  six  or  eight  weeks;  if  for 
sweeney  you  may  work  him  all  the  time. 

Hoof  Bound  or  Tender  Feet.— Cause  of  this  is  fever  in  the  feet. 
Founder,  or  gravel,  the  symptoms  are  hot  feet  and  a drawing  in  one 
inch  from  the  top  of  the  feet  at  the  heels.  Never  have  the  feet  spread 
at  the  heels  nor  rasped  above  the  nail  holes,  for  it  will  do  the  foot  an 
injury.  Follow  the  directions  given  here.  Use  either  the  hoof  oint- 
ment or  the  hoof  liquid ; apply  it  according  to  the  printed  directions. 
For  hoof  bound  or  tender  feet,  apply  it  all  around  the  top  of  the  hoof 
down  one  iuch  every  third  day ; if  for  split  hoof,  apply  it  every  day. 
First,  have  a stiff  shoe  on  the  foot,  and  cleanse  the  cut  or  crack.  Never 
cut  or  burn  for  it. 

Hoof  Ointment. — Take  resin,  4 ozs.;  bees’  wax,  6 ozs.;  lard,  2 lbs.; 
melt  together,  pour  it  into  a pot,  and  turpentine,  3 ozs.;  finely  powder- 
ed verdigris,  2 ozs.;  tallow,  1 lb, — stir  all  until  it  gets  cool.  This  is 
one  of  the  best  medicines  for  the  hoof  ever  used.  It  is  good  for  corks 
or  bruises  of  the  feet.  Follow  the  directions. 

Hoof  Liquid. — For  tender  feet,  hoof  bound,  etc.  Linseed-oil,  or 
neatsfoot  oil,  34  of  either ; turpentine,  4 ozs. ; oil  of  tar,  6 ozs. ; ori- 
ganum, 13  ozs. ; shake  this  well  and  apply  it  as  the  directions  for  the 
ointment  tells.  This  is  the  best  if  the  horse  has  been  lame  long— it 
penetrates  the  hoof  sooner  than  the  ointment— both  of  them  should  be 
applied  at  night,  so  that  the  horse  can  go  to  work  in  the  morning.  He 
need  not  lose  one  day’s  work. 


Appendix  to  Farriers'  Department . 


495 


^foof  Evil,  or  Thrush,  Grease  Heels.— Cause  of  this  disease  is 
.feed,  and  want  of  exercise  or  standing  in  a filthy  stable.  Svmp 
tomb.,  wdl  known — a discharge  of  offensive  matter  from  the  frog  of  the 
foot,  and  around  the  top  of  the  foot;  often  the  frog  of  the  foot  will 
come  out , then  you  must  put  a stiff  shoe  on  to  keep  the  foot  from  con- 
tracting. 

Curb, — Bleed,  and  physic,  and  poultice  the  foot  with  boiled  tur- 
nips, add  seme  fine  ground  charcoal — this  must  be  done  every  night, 
for  two  or  three  nights,  then  wash  the  foot  clean  with  castile  soap  and 
soft  water,  and  apply  the  blue  ointment  every  day — keep  the  horse  on 
a clean  floor,  and  lie  will  be  well  in  twelve  days. 

How  to  Make  the  Blue  Ointment. — Take  the  ointment  of  resin, 
4 ozs. ; finely  ground  verdigris,  24  oz.  ; turpentine,  2 ozs. ; mutton 
tallow,  2 lbs. ; oil  of  origanum,  24  oz-  ; tincture  of  iodine,  24  ()Z-  5 mix 
all  well.  This  is  one  of  the  best  medicines  that  can  be  made,  for 
scratches,  hoof-etol,  cuts,  and  is  good  to  apply  on  fistula,  after  the 
rowels  have  been  taken  out. 

Lung  Fever.— Symptoms,— the  horse  us  taken  with  a chill,  then 
creaks  out  in  a cold  clammy  sweat, — holds  down  his  head — never 
offers  to  lay  down,  but  groans  when  made  to  move — his  ears  and  legs 
are  deathly  cold.  The  cause  of  this  is  change  from  warm  to  cold  stable, 
too  much  cold  water  when  warm. 

Cure. — Bleed  four  quarts  from  the  neck  vein,  and  take  one  ounce 
of  aconite,  add  to  it  24  gau«  of  cold  water;  drench  him  with  one  gill 
of  it  every  three  hours,  blister  him  over  the  lungs,  then  give  him  water 
to  drink  that  hay  has  been  boiled  in,  add  to  each  gallon  of  it  1 ounce 
of  gum  arabic,  and  *4  ounce  of  spirits  of  nitre, — give  this  every  four 
hours,  rub  well,  foment  and  rub  the  legs  with  alcohol  and  camphor, 
Until  they  get  warm — do  net  move  him.  Keep  him  in  open  stall  if  hot 
Vveather. 

Disease  of  the  Liver,  or  Yellow  Water „ — Symptoms— the  eyes 
run  and  turn  yellow,  the  base  of  the  mouth  the  same,  the  hair  and 
mane  gets  loose,  and  he  often  is  lame  in  the  right  shoulder,  and  very 
costive. 

Cure. — Give  the  following  ball  every  morning  until  it  operates 
upon  the  bowels.  Take  aloes,  7 drs.  ; calomel,  1 dr-  ; ginger,  4 drs.  ; 
and  molasses  enough  to  make  jc  into  a ball,  wrap  it  in  paper  and  give 
it;  give  scalded  bran  and  oats,  grass  if  it  can  begot;  when  his  bowels 
have  moved,  stop  the  physic,,  and  give  one  ounce  of  the  spirits  of 
camphor,  in  24  pint  of  water  every  morning,  for  twelve  days,  rowel  in 
the  breast,  and  give  a few  doses  cf cleansing  powder.  Turn  him  out. 

Cleansing  Powder. — This  is  used  when  the  blood  is  out  of  order — 
good  to  restore  lost  appetite, — yellow  water,  and  wherever  it  is  to  be 
used  it  is  spoken  of.  Take  one  lb.  of  good  ginger,  4 ounces  of  powder- 
ed gentian,  1 ounce  of  nitre,  24  ounce  of  crude  antimony,  3 ounces  of 
fenugreek,  3 ounces  of  elecampane,  5 ounces  resin,  mix  all  well,  give 
one  large  spoonful  every  day  in  wet  food.  This  is  perfectly  safe. 

Nasal  Gleet,  or  Discharge  from  the  Eye  and  Nose. — The  cause  of 
this  is  neglect  in  distemper,  or  over-heat  or  cold  ; this  is  a white  dis- 
charge from  the  nose,  and  is  not  contagious — and  can  be  cured. 

Cure. — Stop  working  him — take  of  alum,  24  lh.  ; resin,  24  lb.; 
blue  vitriol,  24  lb.  ; grind  and  mix  well  with  24  lb.  of  ginger  ; give  one 
large  spoonful  every  night  and  morning — bleed  one  gallon.  Keep 
him  out  of  the  wet,  and  do  not  work  him. 

Disease  of  the  Kidneys. — Caused  by  feeding  dirty  or  musty  grain, 
hard  drawing,  overloading  him,  or  by  giving  too  much  turpentine. 


496 


Appendix  to  Farriers'  Department 


Cure.— Blister  over  the  kidneys,  and  give  the  following  pillseva  y 
day:  Take  resin,  1 oz. ; juniper  berries,  ground  line,  1 oz.;  flour,  2 oz*,.* 
make  ail  into  a stifl'  paste,  divide  into  7 pills,  give  one  every  night, 
then  use  the  cleansing  powder  every  day;  if  the  horse  has  trouble  to 
get  up  when  he  lies  down,  swing  him  up  for  two  weeks, — give  no  food 
but  that  which  is  clean : this  is  half  of  the  cure.  Do  not  work  nor 
ride  him. 

How  to  make  the  Whit#  Ointment. — For  rheumatism,  sprains, 

burns,  swellings,’  bruises,  or  any  inflammation  on  man  or  beast,  chap- 
ped hands,  or  lips,  black  eyes,  or  any  kind-  of  bruise.  Take  fresh  but- 
ter, 2 lbs. ; tincture  of  iodine,  34  07 • 5 oil  ofoiiganum,  2 ozs. ; mix  this 
well  for  fifteen  minutes  and  it  is  fit  for  use  ; apply  it  every  night;  rub 
it  in  well  with  your  hand  ; if  for  human  flesh  lay  on  warm  flannel. 

Black  Liniment. — This  is  go<*l  to  apply  on  poll  evil — fistula.  Take 
of  linseed-oil,  34  pt*  5 tincture  of  iodine,  3 ozs. ; turpentine,  4 ozs. ; oil 
of  origanum,  L oz. ; shake  all  well,  and  apply  it  every  day;  rub  it  in 
well  with  your  hand ; wash  the  part  clean  with  soap  and  water  before 
applying  it.  This  is  good  on  any  swelling. 

Sore  Mouth  or  Tongue— Called  Canker  or  Thrush. — Symptoms— 
the  mouth  runs  water,  the  horse  coods  or  throws  the  hay  out  of  his 
mouth.  The  cause  of  this  is  often  from  frosty  bits  being  put  into  the- 
mouth,  or  by  eating  poisonous  weeds. 

Cure. — Take  of  borax,  3 drs, ; sugar  of  lead,  2 drs. ; alum,  34  oz*  ♦ 
vinegar,  1 pt. ; sage  tea,  1 pt. ; shake  all  well  together,  and  wash  the 
mouth  out  every  morning — give  no  hay  for  twelve  days. 

Groggy  Knees. — The  cause  of  this  is  sprains  or  over-driving,  or  by 
having  corks,  and  no  toes  on  the  shoes.  This  can  be  cured  in  the  first 
stages,  but  if  of  long  standing,  there  is  no  cure. 

Cure.— Have  shoes  made  thick  at  the  toe  and  thin  at  the  heels* 
take  linseed  oil,  34  pt. ; alcohol,  4 ozs. ; camphor  spirits,  1 oz. ; lauda 
num,  2 ozs.;  shake,  and  apply  to  the  back  part  of  the  legs,  rnb  it  iu 
well  every  four  days ; still  increase  the  thickness  of  the  shoes  at  th* 
toe. 

How  to  Beinove  Warts. — Cut  them  out  by  the  roots — take  tin. 
tenackulum  or  hook,  run  it  through  the  warts,  and  draw  and  cut 
round  it,  and  draw  it  out;  if  it  should  bleed  too  much  take  5 grains  of 
nitre  of  silver,  and  2 ounce  of  watar ; wet  a sponge,  and  merely  touch 
the  part  with  this  wash,  and  it  will  stop  them — treat  it  as  any  fresh 
wound — still  every  time  you  wash  it  scratch  the  scab  off,  so  the  sca> 
will  be  small.  This  is  the  only  sure  way  to  cure  them. 

Hots. — Symptoms— very  much  like  that  of  the  colic;  the  ears  ancs 
the  legs  are  hot,  and  sometimes  the  sweat  will  start  in  the  ftaDk  and 
breast. 

•Cure. — Make  one-half  gallon  of  sage  tea,  add  to  it  one  ounce  of 
alum,  drench  with  one-half  of  it,  and  if  lie  is  not  better  in  t hirty  or 
firty  minutes,  give  the  balance,  and  bleed  one  gallon — ii>  six  hours 
give  a mild  physic  ; this  will  never  fail  if  given  in  time.  ITever  give 
turpentine,  as  many  do;  it  will  affect  the  kidneys. 

Colic. — Symptoms— the  horse  lays  down  and  gets  up  often,  and 
looks  around  at  his  flank;  his  ears  and  legs  are  cold.  Cause  of  this  is 
cold  water  and  change  of  food,  over  quantity  of  acid  collecting  in  the. 
stomach. 

Cure. — Take  laudanum,  34  oz-;  sulphuric  ether,  1 oz.;  water, 
milk  warm.  3^  pt. ; drench,  and  if  not  better  in  forty  or  fifty  minutes, 
bleed,  and  repeat  the  drench.  Do  not  allow  the  horse  to  be  muved, 
while  sick. 


Appendix  to  Farriers ’ Department . 


497 


Foamier  tn  t'l'o  First  Stages. — Symptoms — the  horse  is  stiff,  his 
feet  hot,  uud  otten  trembles,  very  thirsty. 

Cm  three  or  four  gallons,  or  until 

he  falls,  , . ; oil 

of  sassarra  ?,  all  the 

full  of  boil- 
ing hot  lard,  bathe  his  it-gs  in  1 t water,  and  rub  them  well.  Thiswill 
never  fail  to  cure  in  forty-eight  hours. 

hick  b:  —the  horse  refuses  to  eat, 

thirsty,  hm^s  his  head,  reels  wh.en  lie  • 

Cuke. — Bleed  one-hail  gallon,  then  if  he  v»  ill  eat  a mash  give  him 
one;  give  no  hay  ; of  rhubarb  every 

night  until  it  moves  his  bowels,  th  at,  ; g 4 ozs.;  fenu- 
greek, 2 ozs.  ; nitre,  l._>  6z. ; mix,  rod  ; > oo n ful every  day ; 

do  not  give  him  too  much  to  ear  when  his  appetite  returns. 

Diw  vs,  cannot  swallow. 

Cui  a tumor  is  foupd 

under  the  jaws,  ope  i it—  General  Liniment  ” to  the 

swelling,  or  the  “ White  Ointment  ” — make  it  break  on  the  outside  if 
possible,  then  give  of  the  cleansing  powder  for  ten  or  twelve  days,  in 
oiashes.  Turn  him  out  if  you  cun  get  pasture. 

Gem  - ; pt. ; linseed  oil,  Y>  pt. ; aqua 

ammonia,  4 o >. ; t i ncture  of  iodine,  1 ez. ; shake  it  all  well.  This  is  used 
for  different  things  spoken  of  in  the  different  recipes,  sores  or  swell- 
ings, sprains,  etc. 

Sprains  of  the  Stifle.  horse  holds  np  his  foot, 

moans  when  moved,  swells  in  the  stifle — this  is  what  is  called  stifling; 
there  is  no  such  thing  as  this  joint  getting  out  of  place. 

Cue  it h hot  water,  rub 

It  dry,  t nent”  every  morn- 

ing and  night,  give  him  a mash  and  he  will  be  well.  Never  allow  any 
'stifle  shoe  or  cord  on  the  foot  or  leg\ 

Broken  Knees. — This  h cau  d by  th<  horse  falling  on  the  knees. 
First,  cleanse  the  part  of  all  gravel  and  dirt,  then  wash  them, — take 
two  gills  of  alcohol,  one-half  ounce  of  arnica,  tie  the  knees  up  in 
feoarse  linen,  and  if  tliey  swell  in  twenty  four  hours,  bleed,  and  keep 
the  bowels  oj  iodine 

Ointment,  every  other  day ; do  not  use  the  hoj  se  until  he  is  perfectly  well, 
or  it  may  cause  the  knees  to  break  out  again. 

Worms. — Symptoms — the  horse  eats,  but  will  not  thrive,  his  belly 
gets  big,  his  hair  stajrs. 

■ nade  of  wormwood,  at  night, 
the  next  da;  give  7 drachms  of  aloes,  2 drachms  calomel,  make  it  into 
a ball  and  give  it;  give  io  < >ld  wa  er  for  forty-eight  hours,  make  it 
milk  warm;  give  him  two  or  three  bran-mashes,  and  some  of  the 
cleans!  t the  dose  in 

three  weeks.  This  will  never  fail. 

m 13  drs. ; oil  of  juniper,  20 
drops ; make  into  a pill  with  a sses  ap  it  up  in 

thin  paper  and  grease  it,  draw  out  the  tongue  with  the  left  hand,  place 
the  gag  in  the  mouth,  and  fun  the  pill  back  with  the  right  hand  until 
it  drops  off,  let  the  head  down  and  < ve  i sup  v\  prepare 

the  horse  by  giving  one  or  two  mashes. 

e pint  of 

alcohol,  1« ;t  this  the  tincture  of 

iodine.  Take  2 ounces  of  tincture  and  one-half  pound  of  lard,  mix 


49  8 


Appendix  to  Farriers'  Department. 


well,  and  you  have  the  iodine  ointment.  This  is  used  wherever  the 
recipes  refer  to  the  ointment. 

Big  or  Milk  Leg', — This  is  brought  on  by  a hurt,  a want  of  action 
in  the  absorbent  system — it  is  dropsy  of  the  muscles  of  the  leg. 

Core. — Apply  the  “Liquid  Blisterer”  every  three  hours  until  it 
blisters,  then  in  six  hours  grease  with  soft  oil  of  any  kind,  then  in  eight 
days  wash  the  part  clean  and  apply  it  again — repeat  it  for  three  or  four 
times,  then  use  the  iodine  ointment — if  this  does  not  remove  it  all,  ap- 
ply the  spavin  medicine;  this  will  remove  it  all. 

Liquid  Blisterer.—' Take  alcohol,  1 pt.;  turpentine,  34  pL;  aqua 
ammonia,  4 ozs. ; oil  of  origanum,  1 oz  ; apply  this  as  spoken  of  every 
three  hours  until  it  blisters — do  not  repeat  oftener  than  once  in  eight 
days,  of  seven  at  least,  or  it  will  kill  the  hair. 

Mange  and  Surfeit. — Caused  by  running  out  in  wet  weather, 
over-driving  and  poor  cleaning.  Symptoms— the  horse  rubs  and  is 
itchy  all  over,  broken  out  in  scabs. 

Cure. — Bleed  and  physic,  then  take  sulphur  one-half  lb.,  two  lbs. 
of  lard,  mix  well,  grease  the  part  affected  every  three  or  four  days, 
stand  the  horse  in  the  sun  until  all  dries  in,  give  him  a few  doses  of 
the  “ Cleansing  Powder.” 

How  to  Tame  the  Wild  Horse. — Ilalter  him,  and  then  take  th« 
warts  from  the  leg,  dry  and  powder,  then  blow  it  up  his  nose,  then 
take  the  oil  of  rodium,  drop  a few  drops  on  your  hand,  and  rub  it  ovei 
his  nose;  this  will  make  him  follow  you,  and  you  can  do  anything  yon 
wish.  I paid  Perry  Plancher  $20  for  this  recipe ; he  is  the  Arabian 
horse  tamer. 

How  to  Make  a Horse  Stand  to  be  Castrated. — Put  chloroform  on 
a sponge  and  hold  it  to  his  nose  a few  seconds  until  he  closes  his  eyes; 
remove  it,  and  alter  him.  This  can  be  given  to  perform  any  opera-, 
tion — you  can  buy  it  at  the  drug  store  for  seventy-tive  cents  per  pound. 

Spavin  and  ‘Ringbone  Medicine. — Take  of  cantharides,  2 ozs.; 
mercurial  ointment,  4 ozs. ; tincture  of  iodine,  5 ozs. ; turpentine,  4 ozs. ; 
corrosive  sublimate,  5 drs. ; mix  well  with  2 lbs.  of  lard,  color  it  if  you 
like.  Follow  the  directions  here  given. 

If  for  ringbone  or  bone  spavin,  cut  off  the  hair  from  the  part 
affected  and  merely  grease  the  lump  with  the  ointment.  Rub  it  in  well 
with  the  naked  hand.  In  two  days  grease  the  part  with  lard,  and  in 
four  days  wash  it  off  with  soap  and  water  and  apply  the  ointment 
again.  So  repeat  it  every  four  days.  If  for  windgalls,  or  bog-spavin, 
or  curb,  apply  the  ointment  every  six  days. 

Johnston’s  Liniment. — Oil  of  origanum,  1 oz. ; alcohol,  34  pt*  ? °il 
of  cedar,  34  ozC  oil  of  cloves,  34  oz*  5 turpentine,  34  oz- ; olive  oil>  8 ozs* 
Shake  all  well.  This  is  used  for  almost  all  complaints  of  the  muscles. 

How  to  Cure  Corns. — Take  off  the  shoe,  cut  out  the  corns  and  drop 
in  a few  drops  of  muriatic  acid,  then  make  the  shoes  so  they  will  not 
bear  on  the  part  affected,  Apply  the  “Hoof  Liquid”  to  the  hoof  to 
remove  the  fever.  This  is  a sure  treatment.  I never  knew  it  to  fail. 

Opodeldoc.— Take  alcohol,  % gal. ; castile  soap,  2 lbs.;  gum 
camphor,  4 ozs. ; oil  of  amber,  2 ozs. ; place  the  alcohol  into  a pot  in 
hot  water,  shave  up  the  soap  and  keep  it  hot  until  all  dissolves,  and 
you  have  the  old  original  opodeldoc. 

Fresh  Wounds.— First,  stop  the  blood  by  tying  the  arteries,  or  by 
applying  the  following  wash:  Nitre  of  silver,  4 grs. ; soft  water,  1 oz.; 
wet  the  wound  with  this  and  then  draw  the  edges  together  by  stitches 
one  inch  apart,  then  wash  clean,  and  if  any  swelling  in  twenty-four 
hours,  bleed,  and  apply  the  “Blue  Ointment,” or  any  of  the  liniments 
spoken  of.  Keep  the  bowels  open. 


Appendix  to  Farriers'  Department. 


499 


Green  Ointment. — Take  6 pounds  of  lard,  put  into  a 10  gallon  ket- 
tle, add  2 gallons  of  water,  cut  jimpson  weeds,  and  till  them  in  and 
cook  them  four  to  six  hours,  slow,  and  cook  all  the  water  out,  then  put 
into  jars,  add  to  each  pound  of  ointment  one  ounce  of  turpentine.  This 
is  a cheap  and  good  stable  ointment — good  for  scratcnes,  galls,  cuts,  etc. 

Laiupers. — Ail  young  horses  are  liable  to  this  trouble — it  is  noth- 
ing but  inflammation  of  the  gums. 

Cure. — Bleed,  or  scarify  the  gums — never  burn,  for  it  spoils  the 
teeth,  and  adds  to  the  cause  of  the  disease.  Give  a bran  mash,  rub  the 
gums  with  salt — give  the  “Cleansing Powders.” 

How  to  Make  the  Drops  to  Make  Old  Horses  Young,  or  Get  Up 
and  Howl ! — Take  the  tincture  of  asafosdita,  1 oz. ; tincture  of  canthar- 
ides,  1 oz. ; oil  of  anise,  1 oz. ; oil  of  cloves,  1 oz  ; oil  of  cinnamon,  1 
oz. ; antimony,  2 ozs. ; fenugreek,  1 oz. : fourth  proof  brandy,  34  gal.  > 
let  it  stand  ten  or  twelve  days,  and  give  ten  drops  in  a pail  of  water — 
or  one  gallon. 

How  to  Make  Ointment  Like  Sloan’s. — Take  mutton  tallow,  4 
lbs.  ; bees’  wax,  34  lb. ; resin,  34  lb. ; turpentine,  3 ozs. ; melt  over  a 
■ore,  and  when  partly  cold  add  the  turpentine,  and  you  have  the  same 
ointment  Sloan  sells  to  cure  everything — try  it,  and  prove  its  value. 

Hntten  Farcin — Cause,  over  heat,  high  feeding,  and  no  exercise. 
Symptoms — the  limbs  swell  up  and  break  out  in  running  sores. 

Cure. — In  first  stages  bleed  and  physic,  then  take  gentian,  2 ozs. ; 
ginger,  3 ozs. ; make  this  into  a stiff  paste,  divide  into  twelve  parts, 
add  to  each  part  separately  10  grains  of  arsenic,  make  into  pills,  give 
•one  morning  and  evening,  until  it  makes  his  mouth  sore,  then  wash 
the  sores  clean,  and  apply  the  “ Blue  Ointment”  to  the  wounds — if  not 
much  better  in  three  weeks — bleed  and  repeat  the  pills.  Apply  the 
different  liniments  to  the  legs  if  they  swell.  Be  careful  not  to  get  the 
matter  on  a wound,  or  it  will  kill  you. 

Water  Farcy. — This  is  a swelling  along  under  the  chest,  and  for- 
ward to  the  breast.  Bleed,  rowel  in  the  breast,  and  all  along  the 
swelling,  six  inches  apart,  apply  the  “ General  Liniment”  to  the 
swelling,  move  the  rowels  every  day,  let  them  stay  in  until  the  swelling 
goes  down.  Give  soft  food,  mashes,  with  the  “Cleansing  Powder”  in 
it — this  is  dropsy.  Many  causes  for  it.  See  Yoat’s  work  on  it. 

Diabetes — Too  Free  Discharge  of  Urine,  or  Cannot  Hold  His 
Water. — -Cure — Give  34  oz*  of  the  tincture  of  cantharides  every  morn- 
ing for  ten  or  twelve  days,. and  if  not  entirely  well  repeat  it  again,  and 
bleed  one  gallon  from  the  neck — give  clean  food — the  cause  is  rotton 
or  musty  grain,  or  too  free  use  of  turpentine — keep  him  open  with 
mashes  and  green  food. 

Contraction  of  Tendons  of  the  Neck. — Symptoms — often  the  head 
is  drawn  around  to  one  side,  again,  the  horse  cannot  get  his  head  to  the 
ground.  Cause  of  this  is  spraining  the  horse,  and  rheumatism  pro- 
duces the  contraction. 

Cure. — If  it  i3  taken  in  the  first  stages,  bleed  from  the  neck  two  gal- 
lons, then  foment  or  bathe  the  part  well  with  hot  water,  rub  it  dry  and 
take  the  “General  Liniment”  and  appfy  it  every  day,  two  or  three 
times;  this  will  cure  it  if  it  is  of  long  standing;  then  "blister  all  along 
the  part  affected  with  the  “ Liquid  Blister”;  do  this  every  three  weeks 
until  lie  is  well,  and  rub  with  the  “ White  Ointment.” 

For  Rheumatism. — Take  alcohol,  34  pt. ; oil  of  origanum,  34  oz-  i 
cayenne,  oz. ; gum  myrrh,  34  0z-5  one  tea-spoon  of  lobelia,  and  let 
all  stand  over  night,  then  bathe  the  part  affected.  This  is  the  best  medi- 
ewe  I ever  saw — I paid  $5  for  this  recipe. 


CABINET  MAKERS'  DEPARTMENT. 


POLISH— For  New  Furniture.— -Alcohol,  98  per  cent.,  1 pt. ; ^uins 
copal  and  shellac,  of  each  1 oz. ; dragon’s  blood,  )4  oz.  Mix,  and  dis- 
solve by  setting  in  a warm  place. 

Apply  with  a sponge  (it  is  best  in  the  sun  or  a warm  room)  about 
three  coats,  one  directly  after  the  other  as  fast  as  dry,  say  fifteen  oi 
twenty  minutes  apart;  then  have  a small  bunch  of  cotton  batting  tied 
up  in  a piece  of  woolen  ; wet  this  in  alcohol  and  rub  over  the  surface 
well;  now  goober  the  surface  with  a piece  of  tallow,  then  dust  on. 
rotten  stone  from  a woolen  bag  and  rub  it  with  what  is  often  called 
the  heel  cn  the  hand;  now  wipe  it  off  with  cotton  cloth,  and  the  more 
you  rub  ' . .ih  this  last  cloth,  the  better  will  be  the  polish. 

Altnough  this  professes  to  be  for  new  work,  it  does  not  hurt  th*r 
looks  of  old,  not  the  least  bit.  Try  it,  all  who  want  their  furniture  to 
show  a gloss  and  answer  in  place  of  looking-glasses. 

If  soldiers  will  try  it  on  their  gun-stocks,  they  will  find  it  iust  th*» 
thing  desired. 

2.  Polish  for  Reviving  Old  Furniture,  Equal  to  the  66  Brother 
Jonathan." — Take  alcohol,  1 24° zs. ; spirits  of  salts  (muriatic  acid),. 
24  oz. ; linseed-oil,  8 ozs. ; best  vinegar,  34  pt. ; and  butrer  of  anti- 
mony, 124  ozs.;  mix,  putting  in  the  vinegar  last. 

It  is  an  excellent  reviver,  making  furniture  look  nearly  equal  W 
new,  and  really  giving  a polish  to  new  work,  always  shaking,  it  a*, 
used.  But  if  you  cannot  get  the  butter  of  antimony,  the  following  wilw 
be  the  next  best  thing: 

3.  Polish  for  Removing  Stains,  Spots,  and  Mildew,  from  Fur. 
niture. — Take  of  98  per  cent,  alcohol,  24  fib  5 pulverized  resin  and  gun, 
shellac,  of  each.  34  oz.  Let  these  cut  in  the  alcohol;  then  add  linseed 
oil,  34  pt.;  shake  well,  and  apply  with  a sponge,  brush,  or  cotton  flan- 
nel, or  an  old  newspaper,  rubbing  it  well* after  the  application,  which 
gives  a nice  polish. 

These  are  just  the  thing  for  new  furniture  when  sold  and  about  to 
be  taken  out  of  the  shop;  removing  the  dust  and  giving  the  new  ap«- 
pearance  again. 

4.  Jet,  or  Polish  for  Wood  or  Leather,  Black,  Red,  or  Blue,, 
— Alcohol  (98  per  cent.),l  pt. ; sealing  wax,  the  color  desired,  3 sticks j. 
dissolve  by  heat,  and  have  it  warm  when  applied.  A sponge  is  the  bes( 
to  apply  it  with. 

For  black  on  leather  it  is  best  to  apply  copperas  water  first,  to  save 
extra  coats;  and  paint  wood  the  color  desired  also,  for  the  same  reason. 
On  smooth  surfaces,  use  the  tallow  and  rotten  stone  as  in  the  first  pol'sb. 
It  may  be  applied  to  carriage-bodies,  cartridge-boxes,  dashes,  fancy 
baskets,  straw  bonnets,  straw  hats,  etc. 

FURNITURE— Finishing  with  only  One  Coat  of  Tarnish,  m* 


Cabinet  Makers'  Department. 


501 


Wng  Glue,  Paste,  or  Shellac. — Take  bailed  linsood-oil  and  give  the 
furniture  a ooat  with  a brash  ; then  immetii  tel  ' - , iting 

upon  it  and  rub  it  in  well  with  your  hand,  or  a brush  which  is 
worn  rat  her  sh  rt  »rbs 

the  oil ; and  the  poi  coat  of 

putty,  which  will  last  for  ages;  and  water  will  not  spot  it  nor  have  any 
e fleet  upon  it. 

For  mouldings  and  deep  creases  in  turned  work,  you  can  mix  them 
quite  thick,  and  apply  \ •:  the  old  brush;  but  on 

smooth  surfaces,  the  hand  and  dry  whiting  are  best.  If  black  walnut  is 
the  wood  to  be  finished,  you  will  put  a trifle  of  burned  umber  in  the 
whiting, — if  for  cherry,  a- little  Venetian-red;  beech  or  maple  will  re- 
quire less  red.  Only  sufficient  is  to  be  used,  in  either  case,  to  make  the 
whiting  the  color  of  Iste  id-posts,  banis- 

ters, or  standards  for  beds  ea  Is,  and  all  other  turned  articles,  can  have 
the  finish  put  on  in  the  lathe,  in  double  quick  time;  spreading  a news- 
paper on  the  lathe  to  save  the  scattering  whiting,  applying  it  with  the 
hand  or  hands,  having  an  old  cloth  to  rub  off  t which 

does  not  enter  the  pores  of  the  wood, — the  same  with  smooth  surfaces 
\lso. 

This  preparation  is  cheap;  and  it  is  a wonder  that  furniture  men 
have  not  thought  of  it  before.  Three  coats  of  varnish  without  it  are 
not  as  level  as  one  with  it.  1 1 >m  t 1 fa  < the  varnish 

enters  the  pores  of  the  wood  an  nth  the 

pores  filled  with  this  preparation,  of  course  i in  st  dry  smooth  and 
Wei,  without  rubbing  down. 

STAINS— Mahogany  on  Walnut,  Natural  ss  Nature.— Apply 
•quaforl  use  a brush  it 

will  very  soon  destroy  it.  Set  the  furniture  in  the  hot  sun  to  heat  in 
lie  aquafortis;  if  no  sun,  heat  it  in  by  a stove  or  fire. 

It  is  better  if  heated  in,  but  does  quite  well  without  heating.  Finish 
up  in  every  other  way  as  usual. 

This  finish  is  applicable  to  fancy  tables,  stands,  lounges,  coffins, 
etc.,  and  equally  beautiful  on  knots  and  tches,  giving  walnut  the 
actual  appearance  of  mahogany,  and  as  it  is<  ipearan  ? only  that  most 
people  depend  upon,  why  will  this  not  do  as  well  as  to  transport  tim- 
ber from  beyond  the  seas? 

2.  Rose-wood  Stain,  Very  Bright  Shade— Use  Ooid.— Take 
alcohol,  1 gal.;  camwood,  2 ozs  24 

hours;  then  add  extract  of  logwood,  3 ozs  ; aqu  ifortis,  loz. ; and  when 
dissolved  ills  ready  for  use;  it  makes  a very  bright  ground,  like  the 
most  beautiful  rose- wood — one,  two,  or  more  coats,  as  you  desire,  over 
the  whole  surface. 

This  part  makes  the  bright  streaks  or  grains;  the  dark  ones  are 
made  by  applying,  in  waves,  the  follow  ing: 

Take  the inm  turnings  or  chippings,  and  put  vinegar  upon  them; 
let  it  stand  a few  hours  and  it  is  ready  to  apply  over  the  other,  by 
means  of  a comb  made  for  graining;  or  a comb  made  from  thinnish 
India-rubber;  the  teeth  should  be  rather  good  length,  say  half  an  inch, 
and  cut  close  together,  or  further  apart,  as  desired;  and  with  a little 
practice,  excellent  imitation  will  be  made. 

This,  for  chairs,  looks  very  beautiful  to  apply  the  darkening  mix- 
ture by  means,  of  a flat,  thin-haired  !;  only  a little  of  the 

red  color  in  sight;  and  if  you  want  to  make  the  cringles,  as  sometimes 
seen  in  ; ?e-wo<  i do  with  a sing  >r  pen,  1 aring  on 

sometimes  hard  and  then  light,  etc.,  etc.  " All  can  and  must  be  got  by 
practice. 


502 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


The  above  stain,  is  very  bright.  If,  however,  you  wish  a lowe> 
shade,  use  the  next  recipe. 

3.  Rose- wood  Stain — Light  Shade. — Take  equal  parts  of  log- 
wood and  redwood  chips,  and  boil  well  in  just  sufficient  water  to  make 
a strong  stain;  apply  it  to  the  furniture  while  hot;  1 or  2,  or  even  3 
coats  may  be  put  on,  one  directly  after  the  other,  according  to  the 
depth  of  color  desired. 

For  the  dark  lines,  use  the  iron  chippings  as  in  the  above  recipie. 
Or,  if  a rose-pink  Is  desired,  use  the  following: 

4.  Rese-Pink,  Stain  and  Tarnish,  also  Used  to  Imitate 
Rose- wood. —Put  an  ounce  of  potash  into  a quart  of  water,  with  red- 
sanders,  134  ozs-  5 extract  the  color  from  the  wood,  and  strain;  then  add 
gum  shellac,  34  lb.  j dissolve  it  by  a quick  fire.  Used  upon  logwood 
stain  for  rose-wood  imitation. 

5.  Black  Walnut  Stain. — Whenever  persons  are  using  walnut 
which  has  sap-edges,  or  if  two  pieces  are  being  glued  together  which  are 
different  in  shade,  or  when  a poplar  pannel,  or  other  wood,  is  desired  to 
be  used  to  imitate  black  walnut,  you  will  find  the  following  to  give 
excellent  satisfaction : 

Spirits  of  turpentine,  1 gal.;  pulverized  gum  asphaltum,  2 lbs^ 
Put  them  into  an  iron  kettle  and  place  upon  a stove,  which  prevents 
the  possibility  of  fire  getting  at  the  turpentine;  dissolve  by  heat  fre- 
quently stirring  until  dissolved.  Put  into  a jug  or  can  while  hot. 

When  desired/ to  use  any  of  it,  pour  out  and  reduce  with  turpen- 
tine to  the  right  shade  for  the  work  being  stained  With  a little  prac* 
tice  you  can  make  any  shade  desired.  If  used  with  a brush  over  a red 
stain,  as  mentioned  in  the  rose-wood  stain  recipes,  especially  for  chair* 
and  bedsteads,  it  very  nearly  resembles  that  wood.  Mixing  a little  var^ 
nish  with  the  turpentine  when  reducing  it  prevents  it  from  spotting^ 
and  causes  it  to  dry  quicker.  By  rubbing  a little  lamp-black  with  it,  yoii 
can  make  it  a perfect  black,  if  desired. 

6.  Cherry  Stain. — Take  rain  water,  3 qts. ; anotta,  4 ozs. ; boh 
in  a copper  kettle  until  the  anotta  is  dissolved  ; then  put  in  a piece  of 
potash  the  size  of  a common  walnut,  and  keep  it  on  the  fire  about  half 
an  hour  longer,  and  it  is  ready  for  use.  Bottle  for  keeping. 

This  makes  poplar  or  other  light-colored  woods  so  near  the  colov. 
of  cherry  that  it  is  hard  to  distinguish;  and  even  improves  the  appear 
ance  of  light-colored  cherry. 

VARNISHES— Black,  with  As phaltum. — Spirits  of  turpentine,  * 
gal.;  pulverized  guui  asphaltum,  234  lbs.;  dissolve  by  heat,  over  ^ 
stove  fire. 

It  is  applied  to  iron,  frames  of  door  plates,  back-grounds,  in  crystal 
painting,  etching  upon  glass  and  also  for  fence-wire,  or  screens  which 
are  to  go  into  water  above  mills  to  turn  leaves  and  drift-wood,  etc. 

2.  Patent  Varnish,  for  Wood  or  Canvass.— Take  spirits  of  turpen- 
tine, lgal.;  asphaltum,  234  lbs.;  put  them  into  an  iron  kettle  which  will 
fit  upon  a stove,  and  dissolve  the  gum  by  heat.  When  dissolved  and  a 
little  cool,  add  copal  varnish,  1 pt.,  and  boiled  linseed-oil,  34  Pt-  When 
cold  it  is  ready  for  use.  Perhaps  a little  lamp-black  would  make  it  a 
more  perfect  black. 

If  done  over  a common  fire,  the  turpentine  will  be  very  likely  to 
take  fire  and  be  lost,  and  perhaps  fire  the  house  or  yOur  clothes. 

This  is  valuable  for  wood,  iron,  or  leather;  but  for  cloth,  first 
make  a sizing  by  boiling  flax-seed,  one  quart,  in  water,  one  gallon,- 
applying  of  this  for  the  first  coat;  the  second  coat  of  common  thick 
biack  paint;  and  lastly  a coat  of  the  varnish.  Some  think  that  sperm 
oil,  the  same  quantity,  makes  a little* better  gloss. 


Cabinet  Makers’  Department. 


503 


£.  Varnish,  Transparent,  for  Wood.— Best  alcohol,  1 gal. ; nice 
gum  shellac,  2j^  lbs.  Place  the  jug  or  bottle  in  a situation  to  keep  it 
just  a little  warm,  and  it  will  dissolve  quicker  than  if  hot  or  left  cold. 

This  varnish  is  valuable  for  plows,  or  any  other  article  where  you 
wish  to  show  the  grain  of  the  wood,  and  for  pine,  when  you  wish  to 
finish  up  rooms  With  white,  as  the  “ Porcelain  Finish.”  A coat  or  two 
of  it  effectually  prevents  the  pitch  from  oozing  out,  which  would  stain 
the  finish. 

If  this  stands  in  an  open  dish,  it  will  become  thick  by  evaporation; 
in  such  cases  add  a little  more  alcohol,  and  it  is  as  good  as  before.  Some 
do  use  as  much  as  three  and  a half  pounds  of  shellac,  but  it  is  too  thick 
to  spread  well;  better  apply  two  or  more  coats,  if  necessary.  When  a 
black  varnish  is  wanted,  you  can  rub  lamp-black  with  this,  for  that 
purpose,  if  preierred  before  the  asphaltum,  last  given. 


BARBERS’  AND  TOILET  DEPARTMENT. 


HAIR  DYE— In  Two  Numbers t -Ko,  £.— Take  gallic  acid,  340z-l 
alcohol,  8 ozs.  ; soft  water,  1G  ozs. , put  the  acid  in  the  alcohol,  then 
add  the  water. 

No.  2a — Take  for  No.  2,  cry  stall  zed  nitrate  of  silver,  1 oz. ; ammo- 
nia, strongest  kind,  3 ozs. ; gum  arabic,  }4  oz.  ; soft  water,  6 ozs.  Ob- 
serve, in  making  it,  that  the  silver  is  lo  be  put  into  the  ammonia,  and 
not  corked  until  it  is  ;l  gum  is  to  be  dissolved  in  the 

water,  then  all  mixed,  and  it  is  ready  for  use. 

Barbers  will  probably  make  this  amount  at  a time,  as  it  cornea 
much  cheaper  than  in  small  quantities;  but  if  families  or  others,  fo* 
individual  use*  only  wish  a little,  take  drachms,  instead  of  ounces, 
which  you  see  will  n lount. 

Directions  for  Applying.— First,  wash  the  whiskers  or  ha.ii 
with  the  ‘‘shampoo, and  rinse  out  web,  rubbing  will)  a towel  until 
nearly  dry;  then  with  a brush  apply  No.  1,  wetting  completely,  and 
use  the  dry  towel  again  to  remove  all  n with 

another  brush  (tooth-brushe  : ai  c be  ,)  w<  t every  part  with  No.  2,  and 
it  becomes  in  . . becomes  dry,  wash  oil 

with  hard  water,  then  with  .soup  and  water;  apply  a little  oil,  and  all 
is  complete. 

Tlie  advantages  of  this  dye  are,  that  if  you  get  any  stain  upon  the 
skin,  wipe  it  off  with  a N g removes  all 

appearances  of  stain  ; and  the  \v  ni  red,  do  not 

crack,  and  are  a beautiful  black. 

However,  cyanuret  of  potassium,  1 dr.,  to  1.  oz.  of  water,  will  take 
off  any  stain  upon  the  skin,  ari  iver;  but  it  is 

poison,  and  should  not  touch  sore  places  nor  be  left  where  children 
may  get  at  it. 

Persons  whose  hair  is  pro  dye  less  trouble 

in  using,  than  the  restoratives ; for  when  once  applied,  nothing  more 
needs  being  done  f<  ves  are  only 

slow  dyes,  "and  yet  neei  that  all  may  have 

the  chance  of  choosing  for  themselves,  J.  gix  e you  some  of  the  best  re- 
storatives in  use. 

if  MR  liESl  . — Equal  to 

Wood’s,  for  a Trifling  C * ot  lead,  borax,  and  lac-sulphur, 

of  each,  1 oz.  ; aqua  ammonia,  ;N  oz. ; alcohol,  1 gill.  These  articles 
to  stand  mixed  for  14  hours;  then  add  hay  ri  i me  table  salt, 

1 table-spoon  ; soft  water,  3 pts.;  essence  of  bergamot,  1 oz. 

This  preparation  not  only  gives  a beautiful  gloss,  but  will  cause 
hair  to  grow  upon  bald  heads,  arising  from  all  common  causes;  and 
turn  gray  hair  to  a dark  color. 

Manner  of  Application. — When  the  hair  is  thin  or  bald,  make 
two  app!ic:P  ions  daily,  until  this  am<  unt  is  used  up,  unless  the  hair  has 
come  out  sufficiently  "to  satisfy  you  before  that  time ; work  it  to  the 


Barbers’  and  Toilet  Department . 


505 

roots  of  the  hair  with  a soft  brush  or  the  ends  of  the  fingers,  rubbing 
well  each  time.  For  gray  hair  one  application  daily  is  sufficient.  It  is 
harmless,  and  will  do  all  that  is  claimed  for  it,  does  not  cost  only  a 
trifle  in  comparison  to  the  advertised  restoratives  of  the  day,  and  will 
be  found  as  good  or  better  than  most  of  them. 

52.  Xuvigiralor. — Vinegar  of  cantharides,  1 oz. ; cologne-water, 
1 oz. ; and  rose-water,  1 oz. ; mixed  and  rubbed  to  the  roots  of  the 
hair,  until  the  scalp  smarts,  twice  daily,  has  been  very  highly  recom- 
mended for  bald  heads,  or  where  the  hair  is  falling  out. 

If  there  is  no  fine  hair  on  the  scalp,  no  restorative  nor  invigor- 
ator  on  earth  can  give  a head  of  hair.  See  remarks  after  No.  8. 

3.  Another. — Lac-sulphur  and  sugar  of  lead,  of  each,  1 dr. ; tan- 
nin and  pulverized  copperas,  each,  32  grs. ; rose-water,  4 ozs. ; wetting 
the  hair  once  a day  for  10  or  12  days,  then  once  or  twice  a week  will 
keep  up  the  color. 

If  it  is  desired  only  to  change  gray  hair  to  a dark  color,  the  last 
will  do  it;  but  where  the  hair  is  falling  out,  or  has  already  fallen,  the 
^rst  is  required  to  stimulate  the  scalp  to  healthy  action. 

4.  Another. — Lac-sulphur  and  sugar  of  lead,  of  each,  1 oz.  ; pul- 
verized litharge  (called  lithrage),  134  ozs. ; rain  water,  1 qt. ; applying 
& mornings  and  skipping  3,  until  9 applications — give  a nice  dark 
*H)lor. 

I obtained  this  of  one  of  the  Friends,  at  Richmond.  Ind.,  and  for 
surning  white  or  gray  hair,  it  is  a good  one.  The  litharge  sets  the 
color,  as  the  sulphate  of  iron  does  in  the  next.  There  is  but  little 
choice  between  them. 

5.  Auotlier. — Rain  water,  G ozs  ; lac-sulphnr,  34  oz. ; sugar  of 
lead,  34  oz. ; .sulphate  of  iron  (copperas),  % oz. ; flavor  with  bergamot 
essence,  if  desired ; and  apply  to  the  hair  daily  until  sufficiently  dark 
so  please. 

All  the  foregoing  restoratives  will  change,  or  color  the  gray  or 
white  hair  black,  or  nearly  so  ; but  let  who  will  tell  you  that  his  re- 
storative will  give  your  hair  its  original  color,  just  let  that  man  go  for 
all  he  is  worth  at  the  time  ; for  as  time  advances,  his  worth  will  be 
beautifully  less. 

Hair  Invigorator. — A Wheeling  barber  makes  use  of  the  fol- 
lowing invigorator  to  stop  hair  from  falling  out,  or  to  cause  it  to  grow 
in  ; it  is  a good  one  ; so  is  the  one  following  it. 

Take  bay  rum,  1 pt. ; alcohol,  34  P1  • ; castor  oil,  34  oz*  ? carbonate 
of  ammonia,  34  oz* ; tincture  of  cantharides,  34  oz-  Mix,  and  shake 
when  used.  Use  it  daily,  until  the  end  is  attained. 

7.  Another. — Carbonate  of  ammonia,  1 oz.,  rubbed  up  in  1 pt.  of 
sweet  oil.  Apply  daily  until  the  hair  stops  falling  out,  or  is  sufficiently 
grown  out. 

The  last  is  spoken  of  very  highly  in  England,  as  a producer  of 
hair,  “ where  the  hair  ought  to  grow,”  and  does  not. 

8.  Strong  sage  tea,  as  a daily  wash,  is  represented  to  stop  hair 
from  falling  out;  and  what  will  stop  it  from  falling,  is  an  invigorator, 
and  consequently  good. 

There  is  not  a liniment  mentioned  in  this  book,  but  which,  if  well 
rubbed  upon  the  scalp  daily  for  two  or  three  months,  will  bring  out  a 
good  head  of  hair.  When  the  scalp  has  become  glossy  and  shining, 
however,  and  no  fine  hair  growing,  you  may  know  that  the  hair  folli- 
cle, or  root,  is  dead ; and  nothing  can  give  a head  of  hair  in  such  cases, 
eny  more  than  grain  can  grow  from  ground  which  has  had  none  scat- 
22 


5°6 


Dr.  Chase's  Recipes. 


tered  upon  it.  This  condition  may  be  known  by  the  shining  or  glis- 
tening appearance  of  the  scalp. 

The  heads  as  well  as  bodies  should  be  often  washed  with  soap  and 
clean  water;  but  if  that  is  neglected  too  long,  it  becomes  necessary  to 
use  something  stronger  to  remove  the  grease  and  dandruff— then  the 
following  will  be  found  just  the  thing  to  be  desired  : 

SHAMPOOING  MIXTURES-For  Five  Cents  per  Quart.— Puri- 
fied carbonate  of  potash,  commonly  called  salts  of  tartar,  1 oz. ; rain 
water,  1 qt. ; mix,  and  it  is  ready  for  use. 

Apply  a few  spoons  of  it  to  the  head,  rubbing  and  working  it 
thoroughly;  then  rinse  out  with  clean  soft  water,  and  dry  the  hair 
well  with  a coarse,  dry  towel,  applying  a little  oil  or  pomatum  to  sup- 
ply the  natural  oil  which  has  been  saponified  and  washed  out  by  the 
operation  of  the  mixture.  A barber  will  make  at  least  five  dollars  out 
of  this  five  cents’  worth  of  material. 

2.  Another  excellent  shampoo  is  made  by  using  aqua  ammonia, 
3 ozs. , salts  of  tartar,  34  oz  ; alcohol,  34  oz* » and  soft  water,  234  pts., 
and  flavoring  with  bergamot.  In  applying,  rub  the  head  until  the 
lather  goes  down ; then  wash  out. 

The  next  recipe,  also,  makes' as  good  a shampoo  mixture  as  I wish, 
for  it  kills  so  many  birds  at  one  throw  that  I do  not  wish  to  throw  any 
other. 

RENOTATING  MIXTURES-For  Grease  Spots,  Shampooing* 

and  Killing  Bed- Bugs. — Aqua  ammonia,  2 ozs. ; soft  water,  1 qt. ; salt' 
petre,  1 tea-spoon;  variegated  shaving  soap,  1 oz.,  or  1 three-cent  cake 
finely  shaved  or  scraped ; mix  all,  shake  well,  and  it  will  be  a little 
better  to  stand  a few  hours  or  days  before  using,  which  gives  the  soap 
a chance  to  dissolve. 

Directions. — Pour  upon  the  place  a sufficient  amount  to  well 
cover  any  grease  or  oil  which  may  get  spilled  or  daubed  upon  coats, 
pants,  carpets,  etc.,  sponging  and  rubbing  well,  and  applying  again  if 
necessary  to  saponify  the  grease  in  the  garment ; then  wash  off  with 
clear  cold  water. 

Don’t  squirm  now,  for  these  are  not  half  it  will  do  Some  peopk 
fly  entirely  off  the  handle  when  a preparation  is  said  to  do  many 
things.  For  my  part,  however,  I always  admire  an  article  in  propor 
tion  to  the  labor  which  can  be  performed  by  it  or  with  it.  This  prep« 
aration  will  shampoo  like  a charm ; raising  the  lather  in  proportion  to 
the  amount  of  grease  and  dandruff  in  the  hair.  It  will  remove  paint, 
even  from  a board,  I care  not  how  long  it  has  been  applied,  if  oil  was* 
used  in  the  paint — and  yet  it  does  not  injure  the  finest  textures,  for  the 
simple  reason  that  its  affinity  is  for  grease  or  oil,  changing  them  to 
soap,  and  thus  loosening  any  substance  with  which  they  may  be  com- 
bined. 

If  it  is  put  upon  a bed-bug,  he  will  never  step  afterwards?  and  if 
put  into  their  crevices,  it  destroys  their  eggs,  and  thus  drives  them 
from  the  premises. 

A cloth  wet  with  it  will  soon  remove  all  the  grease  and  dirt  from 
the  doors  which  are  much  opened  by  kitchen  hands. 

2.  Renovating  Clothes— Gentlemen’s  Wear.— To  warm  soft  wa- 
ter, 4 gals  , put  in  1 beef’s  gall ; saleratus,  34  R>  Dissolve. 

Lay  the  garment  on  a bench,  and  scour  every  part  thoroughly  by 
dipping  a stiff  brush  into  the  mixture.  Spots  of  grease  and  the  collar 
must  be  done  more  thorough,  and  longer  continued  than  other  parts, 
and  rinse  the  garment  in  the  mixture  by  raising  up  and  down  a few 
times,  then  the  same  way  in  a tub  of  soft  cold  water ; press  out  the 


Barbers'  and  Toilet  Department. 


5°7 


water  and  hang  up  to  dry;  after  which  it  needs  brushing  the  way  of 
the  nap,  and  pressing  well  under  a damp  cloth. 

Beet's  gall  will  set  the  color  on  silks,  woolen,  or  cotton — one  spoon 
to  a gallon  of  water  is  sufficient  for  this  purpose  Spotted  bombazine 
or  bombazetta  washed  in  this  will  also  look  nearly  equal  to  new. 

3.  Faded  or  Worn  Garments — To  Renew  the  Color.— To  alcohol 
1 qt.,  add  extract  of  logwood,  34  lb. ; loaf  sugar,  2 ozs. ; blue  vitriol,  34 
oz. ; heat  gently  until  all  are  dissolved ; bottle  for  use. 

Directions. — To  one  pint  of  boiling  water  put  three  or  four  tea- 
spoons of  the  mixture,  and  apply  it  to  the  garment  with  a clean  brush  ; 
wetting  the  fabric  thoroughly ; let  dry ; then  suds  out  well  and  dry 
again  to  prevent  crocking;  brush  with  the  nap  to  give  the  polish.  This 
may  be  applied  to  silks  and  woolen  goods  having  colors;  but  is  most 
applicable  to  gentlemen’s  apparel. 

COLOGNES — Imperial. — Take  oils  of  bergamot,  1 oz. ; neroli,  1 
dr. ; jessamine,  34  07  ■'  garden  lavender,  1 dr.;  cinnamon,  5 drops; 
tincture  of  benzoin,  1)4  ozs. ; tincture  of  musk,  34  oz.  5 deodorized  or 
cologne  alcohol,  2 qts. ; rose  water,  1 pt.  Mix. 

Allow  the  preparation  to  stand  several  days,  shaking  occasionally, 
before  filtering  for  use  or  bottling.  This  is  rather  expensive,  yet  a very 
nice  article.  See  “ Rose-Water.” 

2.  Cologne  for  Family  Use — Cheaper. — Oils  of  rosemary  and 
lemon,  each,  34  oz. ; bergamot  and  lavender,  each,  1 dr.;  cinnamon,  8 
drops;  clove  and  rose,  each,  15  drops;  common  alcohol,  2 qts.  Mix, 
and  shake  from  2 to  3 times  daily  for  a week. 

Cologne  need  only  be  used  in  very  small  quantities;  the  same  is 
true  of  highly  flavored  oils  or  pomades;  as  too  much,  even  of  a good 
thing,  soon  disgusts  those  whom  they  were  intended  to  please. 

HAIR  OILS — New  York  Barbers’  Star.— Castor  oil,  6)4  pts. ; al- 
cohol, 1)4  Pts.;  oil  of  citronella,  34  02  5 lavender,  34  oz.;  mixed,  and 
shaken  when  used,  makes  one  of  the  finest  oils  for  the  hair  in  use. 

I have  been  told  that  this  amount  of  alcohol  does  not  cut  the  oil. 
Of  course,  we  know  that;  that  is,  it  does  not  become  clear,  neither  do 
we  want  it  to  do  so;  it  combines  with  the  oil,  and  destroys  all  the 
gumminess  and  flavor  peculiar  to  castor  oil,  by  which  it  becomes  one 
of  the  best  oils  for  the  hair  which  can  be  applied.  Gills,  spoons,  or 
any  other  measure  will  do  as  well,  keeping  the  proportion  of  flavoring 
oils;  and  if  the  citronella  cannot  be  got,  use  some  other  oil  in  its 
place ; none  are  equal  to  it,  however. 

2.  Macassar,  or  Rose.— Olive  oil,  1 qt, ; alcohol,  2)4  ozs.;  rose 
oil,  34  dr*  5 tie  chipped  alkanet  root,  1 oz.,  into  2 or  3 little  muslin  bags; 
let  them  lie  in  the  oil  until  a beautiful  red  is  manifested;  then  hang 
them  up  to  drain,  for  if  you  press  them  you  get  out  a sediment  you  do 
not  wish  in  the  oil. 

3.  Fragrant,  Home-Made. — Collect  a quantity  of  the  leaves  of 
any  of  the  flowers  that  have  any  agreeable  fragrance ; or  fragrant 
leaves,  as  the  rose,  geranium,  etc.;  card  thin  layers  of  cotton,  and  dip 
into  the  finest  sweet  oil;  sprinkle  a small  quantity  of  salt  on  the  flow- 
ers : a layer  of  cotton  and  then  a layer  of  flowers,  until  an  earthen- 
ware vessel,  or  a wide-mouthed  glass  bottle,  is  full. 

Tie  over  it  a piece  of  a bladder;  then  place  the  vessel  in  the  heat 
of  the  sun  ; and  in  fifteen  days  a fragrant  oil  may  be  squeezed  out,  re- 
sembling the  leaf  used.  Or,  an  extract  is  made  by  putting  oil  upon 
the  flowers  or  leaves,  in  about  the  same  length  of  time.  These  are 
very  suitable  for  the  hair,  but  the  oil  is  undoubtedly  the  best. 

4.  Pomade — Ox-Marrow.— One  of  the  most  beautiful  pomades, 
both  in  coloi  and  action,  is  made  as  follows  : 


5°8 


Dr . Chase' s Recipes . 


Take  beef’s  marrow,  1 lb. ; alknnet  root,  not  chipped,  1 oz. ; 
them  into  a suitable  vessel  and  stew  them  as  you  would  render  tallow  > 
strain  through  two  or  three  thicknesses  of  muslin,  and  then  add,  of 
castor  oil,  ^ lb.;  bay  rum,  1 gal.;  which  takes  away  the  peculiar 
freshness  af  the  marrow ; then  use  the  extract  of  the  common  rose 
geranium  to  give  it  the  flavor  desired. 

Half  as  much  suet  as  marrow,  also  makes  a very  nice  article,  and 
can  be  used  where  the  marrow  is  not  easily  obtained. 

BALM  OF  A THOUSAND  FLO  WEBS.— As  strange  as  it  may  seem, 
.some  of  the  most  astonishingly  named  articles  are  the  most  simple  in 
their  composition.  Although  thousands  of  dollars  have  been  made  out 
of  the  above  named  article,  it  is  both  cheap  and  simple  : 

Deodorized  alcohol,  1 pt. ; nice  white- bar  soap,  4 ozs. ; shave  the 
soap  when  put  in;  stand  in  a warm  place  until  dissolved ; then  add  oil 
of  citronella,  1 dr.;  and  oils  of  neroli  and  rosemary,  of  each,  % dr. 

It  is  recommended  as  a general  perfume ; but  it  is  more  particu- 
larly valuable  to  put  a little  of  it  into  warm  water,  with  which  to 
cleanse  the  teeth. 

RAZOR-STROP  PASTE.— Take  the  very  finest  superfine  flour  of 
emery  and  moisten  it  with  sweet  oil ; or  you  may  moisten  the  surface 
of  the  strop  with  the  oil,  then  dust  the  flour  of  emery  upon  it,  which 
is  perhaps  the  best  way. 

Nothing  else  is  needed.  You  must  not  take  any  of  the  coarse  flour, 
nothing  but  the  finest  will  do.  Jt  is  often  mixed  with  a little  oil  and 
much  other  stuff  which  is  of  no  use,  a^d  put  up  in  little  boxes  and 
sold  at  two  shillings,  not  b^ing  n?ors  than  three  cents’  worth  of 
emery. 


APPENDIX  JO  BARBERS’  AND  TOILET  DEPARTMENT , 

B Y THE  PUBLISHER. 

COMPLEXION.— We  will  give  a few  words  of  advice,  as  an’ assist- 
ance in  the  preservation  of  the  complexion. 

Rise  early,  and  go  to  bed  early.  Take  a plenty  of  exercise.  Keep 
tfie  pores  of  the  skin  open  by  perfect  cleanliness.  Be  moderate  in  eat- 
ing and  drinking.  Do  not  often  frequent  crowded  assemblies,  and 
shun  cosmetics,  and  t cashes  for  the  skin.  We  will  give  a few  harmless 
recipes.  But  most  of  the  powders  and  washes  used  dry  up  the  skin, 
and  in  the  end  make  it  rough. 

Be  careful  always  in  washing  to  wipe  your  skin  dry,  particularly 
your  hands;  rub  them  briskly  for  some  time.  If  hands  are  left  moist 
after  washing,  they  will  chap,  crack  and  become  red.  Honey  is  ex- 
cellent to  rub  over  chapped  hands,  oi  anoint  them  with  cold  cream  or 
glycerine  before  retiring  to  rest. 

If  you  desire  to  make  your  hands  delicate,  wash  them  in  hot  milk 
•end  water  for  a day  or  two;  on  retiring  to  rest  rub  them  with  palm 
oil,  and  put  on  gloves;  wash  them  well  in  the  morning.  Lime  water, 
lemon-juice,  or  sour-milk  will  remove  the  sunburn  from  hands.  Above 
all,  keep  the  nails  scrupulously  clean. 

Complexion,  to  Improve  it. — Be  cheerful;  get  as  much  fresh  air 
In-doors  and  out-doors,  as  possible.  Keep  in  health;  promote  a good 
digestion,  and  regular  evacuations;  avoid  alcoholic  drinks;  a milk  and 
vegetable  diet  makes  a fair  complexion;  plain  living,  without  condi- 
ments and  hot  seasonings,  etc,,  makes  the  fairest  face.  It  is  good  to 
rise  early  in  the  morning,  drink  a cup  of  milk,  wTalkiutothe  fields,  wash 
the  face  in  sparkling  dew,  gaze  on  creation,  below,  above,  and  all 
around  you,  till  mental  pleasure  beams  forth  on  your  face  in  radiant 
smiles.  Check  the  effects  of  grief,  disappointments,  embarrassments, 
etc. 

Dissolve  flour  of  sulphur  in  milk,  and  strain.  With  the  clear 
milk  wash  the  face.  Or  infuse  sifted  bran  in  best  vinegar ; add,  well 
beaten,  the  yolks  of  3 or  4 eggs,  and  1 gr.  of  ambergris.  Distill.  Bottle, 
and  cork  well.  Or,  Castile  soap,  4 ozs. ; Fuller’s  earth  water,  1 quart. 
Dissolve.  Add  34  oz'  °f  spirits  of  wine,  and  1 dr.  each  of  oil  of  laven- 
der and  rosemary.  Fuller’s  earth  water  is  made  by  merely  dissolving 
it  in  water,  stirring  well,  and  then  let  it  settle.  This  earth  alone  is  good 
for  the  complexion. 

Cutaneous  Eruptions. — The  following  mixture  is  very  useful  in  all 
cutaneous  eruptions:  Ipecacuanha  wine,  4 drs.  flour  of  sulphur,  2 
drs. ; tincture  of  cardamums,  1 oz.  Mix;  1 teaspoon  to  be  taken  three 
times  a day,  in  a wineglass  of  water. 

Wash  for  a Blotched  Face. — Rose  wrater.  3 ozs. ; sulphate  of  zinc, 

1 dr.  Mix;  wet  the  face  with  it,  gently  dry  it,  and  then  touch  it  over 
with  cold  cream,  which  also  dry  gently  off 

Female  Dress. — It  is  wrell  known  that  a loose  and  easy  dress  con- 


510  Appendix  to  Barbers ’ and  Toilet  Department. 

tributes  much  to  give  the  sex  the  fine  proportions  of  body  that  ar& 
observable  in  the  Grecian  statues,  and  which  serve  as  models  to  our 
present  artists,  nature  being  too  much  disfigured  among  us  to  afford 
any  such.  The  Greeks  knew  nothing  of  those  Gothic  shackles,  that 
multiplicity  of  ligatures  and  bandages  with  which  our  bodies  are  com- 
pressed. Their  women  were  ignorant  of  the  use  of  whalebone  stays, 
by  which  ours  distort  their  shape  instead  of  displaying  it.  This  prac- 
tice, carried  to  so  great  an  excess  as  it  is  in  America,  must  in  time 
degenerate  the  species,  besides  being  in  bad  taste.  Can  it  be  a pleasant 
sight  to  behold  a woman  cut  in  two  in  the  middle,  as  if  she  were  like  a 
wasp?  On  the  contrary,  it  is  as  shocking  to  the  eye  as  it  is  painful  to 
the  imagination.  A fine  shape,  like  the  limb,  hath  its  due  size  and 
proportion,  a diminution  of  which  is  certainly  a defect.  Such  a de- 
formity also  would  be  shocking  in  a naked  figure;  wherefore,  then, 
should  it  be  esteemed  a beauty  in  one  that  is  dressed  ? Everything  that 
confines  and  lays  nature  under  restraint  is  an  instance  of  bad  taste. 
This  is  as  true  in  regard  to  the  ornaments  of  the  body  as  to  the  em- 
bellishments of  the  mind.  Life,  health,  reason,  and  convenience  ought 
to  be  taken  first  into  consideration.  Gracefulness  cannot  subsist  without 
ease;  delicacy  is  not  debility;  nor  must  a woman  be  sick  in  order  to 
please. — Rousseau. 

Camphorated  Dentifrice. — Prepared  chalk,  1 lb  ; camphor,  1 or  2 
drs.  The  camphor  must  be  finely  powdered  by  moistening  it  with  a 
little  spirit  of  wine,  and  then  intimately  mixing  it  with  the  chalk. 

Myrrh  Dentifrice. — Powdered  cuttlefish,  1 lb. ; powdered  myrrh, 
2 ozs. 

American  Tooth  Powder. — Coral,  cuttlefish  bone,  dragon’s  blood,  oi 
each  8 drs. ; burnt  alum  and  red  senders,  of  each  4 drs. ; orris  root,  8 
drs.;  cloves  and  cinnamon,  of  each  34  dr.;  vanilla,  llgrs. ; rosewood, 
3^  dr. ; rose  pink,  8 drs.  All  to  be  finely  powdered  and  mixed. 

Quinine  Tooth  Powder. — Rose  pink,  2 drs. ; percipitated  chalk,  12 
drs.;  carbonate  of  magnesia,  1,  dr.;  quinine  (sulphate),  6 grs.  All  to 
be  well  mixed  together. 

Depilatory— To  remoye  superfluous  Hairs.— Saturate  the  part 
well  with  fine  oil.  In  about  an  hour,  wipe  it  off;  then  take  finely  powder- 
ed quick  lime,  1 oz. ; powdered  orpiment,  1 dr. ; mix  with  white  of 
egg;  and  apply  with  a small  brush. 

Tartar— To  Remove  From  the  Teeth.— Brush  the  teeth  often  up 
and  down,  not  horizontally,  with  soap,  then  with  salt.  Eating  fruit 
or  oat-cake,  cleanses  the  teeth  greatly.  In  using  the  tooth  brush  the 
friction  ought  never  to  cause  the  gums  to  bleed. 

FRECKLES.— A cutaneous  affectios.  of  the  countenance  to  which 
persons  of  florid  complexion  are  greatly  subject,  especially  females 
with  auburn  hair.  Freckles  are  small  yellow  spots  that  break  out  over 
the  face  in  the  hot  period  of  summer,  and  by  their  number  gfve  a 
stained  and  unpleasant  appearance  to  the  countenance.  A still  more 
obstinate  form  of  freckles  appears  in  the  winter,  often  proceeding  from 
a disordered  state  of  the  stomach.  The  best  treatment  for  this  form  of 
eruption  is  to  take  a three-grain  blue  pill  for  two  nights,  and  on  the 
third  morning  a sedlitz  powder, — using  the  following  wash  twice  a day 
— and  the  application,  at  bedtime  of  a little  white  elder-flower  ointment 
rubbed  into  the  skin  of  the  face. 

Wadi  for  the  Face.— Take  of  sal  ammoniac,  powdered,  1 dr.; 
boiling  water,  l pf.;  dissolve  and  strain,  adding,  when  cold,  spirits  of 
rosemarv,  34  o/.. ; lavender  water,  2 drs.  Mix,  and  use  as  directed;  or 
a little  magnesia,  taken  occasionally  as  a corrective,  and  a lotion  for  the 


Appendix  to  Barbers'  and  Toilet  Department.  51 1 

face,  to  be  used  twice  a day,  composed  of  8 ozs.  of  elder-flower  water 
in  which  4 grs.  of  corrosive  sublimate  have  been  dissolved,  may  be  sub- 
stituted. 

The  Irish  peasantry  are  in  the  habit  of  washing  their  faces  with 
buttermitk  as  a cosmetic,  and  with  great  success.  An  excellent  wash 
for  freckles  is  made  by  scraping  some  horseradish  very  fine,  and  let- 
ting it  stand  for  some  hours  in  buttermilk,  then  straining,  and  using 
the  wash  night  and  morning. 

Some  persons  prescribe  citric  acid,  dissolved  in  water,  of  a strength 
sufficient  to  produce  a slight  pricking  sensation.  The  juice  of  a lemon, 
squeezing  into  half  a tumbler  of  water,  is,  however,  a more  certain 
means  to  effect  the  same  result;  or  a little  glycerine,  mixed  with  elder- 
flower  water,  may  be  tried  as  a cosmetic  wash.  Any  of  these  prepara- 
tions, however,  are  useful,  especially  when  assisted  by  the  alteratives 
of  magnesia,  blue  pill,  and  seidlitz  powder. 

To  Remove  Freckles. — Powdered  nitre,  moistened  with  water  and 
applied  to  the  face  night  and  morning  will  soon  remove  freckles  with- 
out injury  to  the  skin. 

Freckles. — To  disperse  them,  take  1 oz.  of  lemon  juice;  34  dr.  of 
powdered  borax,  and  34  dr.  of  sugar;  mix,  and  let  them  stand  a few 
days  in  a glass  bottle  till  the  liquor  is  fit  for  use;  then  rub  it  on  the 
hands  and  face  occasionally. 

To  Remove  Freckles. — Dissolve,  in  34  oz.  of  lemon  juice,  1 oz.  of 
Venice  soap,  and  add  34  oz.  each  of  oil  of  bitter  almonds,  and  deliqua- 
ted  oil  of  tartar.  Place  this  mixture  in  the  sun  till  it  acquires  the  con- 
sistency of  ointment.  When  in  this  state  add  three  drops  of  the  oil  of 
rhodium,  and  keep  it  for  use.  Apply  it  to  the  face  and  hands  in  the 
manner  following:  Wash  the  parts  at  night  with  elder-flower  water. 

Freckles. — Take  1 oz.  of  lemon-juice,  34  dr.  of  powdered  borax 
and  34  dr.  of  sugar;  mix,  let  them  stand  a few  days  in  a glass  bottle, 
then  rub  it  on  the  hands  and  face  occasionally.  Or,  mix  two  teaspoons 
•of  muriatic  acid  with  2 ozs.  of  spirits  of  wine;  and  134  pts.  of  distilled 
water.  Or,  2 drs.  of  muriatic  acid  in  1 pt.  of  water,  and  a teaspoon 
of  spirits  of  lavender.  Apply  with  a camel  hair  pencil,  or  linen.  Or, 
Horseradish  steeped  in  sour  milk  for  12  hours,  and  a drop  or  two  of 
tincture  of  myrrh.  Wash  two  or  three  times  per  day. 

A Cure  for  Freckles. — Scrape  horseradish  into  a cup  of  cold  sour 
milk;  let  it  stand  twelve  hours,  strain,  and  apply  two  or  the  times  a 
day. 

Another. — Mix  lemon  juice,  1 oz;  powdered  borax,  34  dr.;  sugar, 
34  dr. ; keep  a few  days  in  a glass  bottle,  then  apply  occasionally. 

A Cure  for  Pimples. — Many  of  our  young  people  are  much  trou- 
bled with  an  eruption  upon  the  face.  It  often  proves  a great  annoy- 
ance to  them  ; but  there  is  a simple  remedy,  which,  if  it  does  not  effect 
a complete  cure,  will  obviate  the  difficulty  in  a great  degree,  without 
the  least  injury  to  the  health  or  skin. 

To  1 gr.  of  corrosive  sublimate  add  1 oz.  of  rose  wrater;  filter,  and 
apply  twice  a day. 

Hands,  to  Whiten. — Take  a wineglass  of  eau  de  Cologne,  half  a cup 
of  lemon  juice,  scrape  two  cakes  of  Windsor  soap  to  a powder;  mix 
well,  then  add  a teaspoon  of  sulphuric  acid.  Mould  it,  and  let  it 
harden. 

COMPOUNDS  TO  PROMOTE  THE  GROWTH  OF  THE  HAIR. 

— When  liie  hair  falls  off,  from  diminished  action  of  the  scalp,  prepara- 
tions of  cantharides  often  prove  useful;  they  are  sold  under  the  names 
of  Dupuytren’s  Pomade,  Cazeuaze’s  Pomade,  etc.  The  following  di- 
rections are  as  good  as  any  of  the  more  complicated  recipes: 


512 


Appendix  to  Barbers'  and  Toilet  Department. 


Pomade  Against  Baldness. — Beef  marrow,  soaked  in  several 
waters,  melted  and  strained,  half  a pound;  tincture  of  ca>- tharides 
(made  by  soaking  for  a week  1 dr.  of 'powdered  cantharides  k,  1 oz.  of 
proof  spirit),  1 oz. ; oil  of  bergamot,  12  drops. 

Erasmus  Wiison’s  Lotion  Against  Baldness.— Eau  de  Cologne,  2 
ozs.;  tincture  of  cantharides,  2 drs.;  oil  of  lavender  or  rosemary,  of 
either  10  drops.  These  applications  must  be  used  one  or  twice  a day 
for  a considerable  time;  but  if  the  scalp  becomes  sore  they  must  be 
discontinued  for  a time,  or  used  at  longer  intervals. 

Bandoline,  or  Fixature. — Several  preparations  are  used;  the  follow- 
ing are  the  best : 1 . Mucilage  of  clean  picked  Irish  moss,  made  by  boiling 
34  oz.  of  the  moss  in  1 qt.  of  water  until  sufficiently  thick,  rectified 
spirit  in  the  proportion  of  a teaspoon  to  each  bottle  to  prevent  its  being 
mildewed.  The  quantity  of  spirit  varies  according  to  the  time  it  re- 
quires to  be  kept.  2.  Gum  tragacanth,  134  drs.;  water,  34  pt. ; proof 
spirit  (made  by  mixing  equal  parts  of  rectified  spirit  and  water),  3 ozs.; 
otto  of  roses,  ten  drops ; soak  for  twenty-four  hours  and  strain. 

Excellent  Hair  Wash. — Take  1 oz.  of  borax,  34  oz-  of  camphor; 
powder  these  ingredients  fine,  and  dissolve  them  in  1 qt.  of  boiling 
water;  when  cool,  the  solution  will  be  ready  for  use;  damp  the  hair 
frequently.  This  wash  effectually  cleanses,  beautifies,  and  strengthens 
the  hair,  preserves  the  color,  and  prevents  early  bladness.  The  cam- 
phor will  form  into  lumps  after  being  dissolved,  but  the  water  will  be 
sufficiently  impregnated. 

HAIR  OILS — Rose  Oil.— Olive  oil,l  pt;  otto  of  roses,  5 to  16  drops; 
Essence  of  bergamot,  being  much  cheaper,  is  commonly  used  instead  of 
the  more  expensive  otto  of  roses. 

Red  Rose  Oil. — The  same.  The  oil  colored  before  scenting,  by 
steeping  in  it  1 dr.  of  alkanet  root,  with  a gentle  heat,  until  the  desired 
tint  is  produced. 

Oil  of  Roses. — Olive  oil,  2 pts. ; otto  of  roses,  1 dr.;  oil  of  rosev 
mary,  1 dr. ; mix.  It  may  be  colored  red  by  steeping  a little  alkanet 
root  in  the  oil  (with  heat)  before  scenting  it. 

POMATUMS.— For  making  pomatums,  the  lard,  fat,  suet,  or  mar. 
row  must  be  carefully  prepared  by  being  melted  with  as  gentle  a heat 
as  possible,  skimmed,  strained,  and  cleared  from  the  dregs  which  are 
deposited  on  standing. 

Common  Pomatum.— Mutton  suet,  prepared  as  above,  1 lb.;  lard^ 
3 lbs. ; carefully  melted  together,  and  stirred  constantly  as  it  cools,  2 
ozs.  of  bergamot  being  added. 

Hard  Pomatum.— Lard  and  mutton  suet  carefully  prepared,  of  each 
1 lb. ; white  wax,  4 ozs,;  essence  of  bergamot,  1 oz. 

To  Clean  Sid  Gloves. — Make  a strong  lather  with  curd  soap  and 
warm  water,  in  which  steep  a small  piece  of  new  flannel.  Place  the 
glove  on  a flat,  clean,  and  unyielding  surface — such  as  the  bottom  of  a 
dish,  and  having  thoroughly  soaped  the  flannel  (when  squeezed  from 
the  lather),  rub  the  kid  till  all  the  dirt  be  removed,  cleaning  and  re- 
soaping  the  flannel  from  time  to  time.  Care  must  be  taken  to  omit  no 
part  of  the  glove,  bv  turning  the  fingers,  etc.  The  gloves  must  be  dried 
in  the  sun,  or  before  a moderate  fire,  and  will  present  the  appearance 
of  old  parchment.  When  quite  dry,  they  must  be  gradually  “pulled 
out,”  and  will  look  new. 

To  Clean  French  Kid  Gloves.— Put  the  gloves  on  your  hand  and 
wash  them,  as  if  you  were  washing  your  hands,  in  some  spirits  of  tur- 
pentine, until  quite  clean;  then  hang  them  in  a warm  place,  or  where 
there  is  a current  of  air,  and  all  smell  of  the  turpentine  will  be  remov- 


Appendix  to  Barbers'  and  Toilet  Department.  513 

ed.  This  method  is  practised  in  Paris,  and  since  its  introduction  into 
this  country,  thousands  of  dollars  have  been  gained  by  it. 

How  to  Wash  Kid  Gloves. — Have  ready  a little  new  milk  in  one 
saucer,  and  a piece  of  brown  soap  in  another,  and  a clean  cloth  or 
towel  folded  three  or  four  times.  On  the  cloth,  spread  out  the  glove 
smooth  and  neat.  Take  a piece  of  flannel,  dip  it  in  the  milk,  then  rub 
off  a good  quantity  of  soap  to  the  wetted  flannel,  and  commence  to  rub 
the  glove  downwards  towards  the  fingers,  holding  it  firmly  with  the 
left  hand.  Continue  this  process  until  the  glove,  if  white,  looks  of  a 
dingy  yellow,  though  clean ; if  colored,  till  it  looks  dark  and  spoiled. 
Lay  it  to  dry ; and  old  gloves  will  soon  look  nearly  new.  They  will  be 
soft,  glossy,  smooth,  well-shaped,  and  elastic. 

Kid  Gloves,  to  Cle.an — Rub  with  very  slightly  damped  bread  crumbs. 
If  not  effectual,  scrape  upon  them  dry  fullers  earth,  or  French  chalk, 
when  on  the  hands,  and  rub  them  quickly  together  in  all  directions. 
Do  this  several  times.  Or  put  gloves  of  a light  color  on  the  hands, and 
wash  the  hands  in  a basin  of  spirits  of  hartshorn.  Some  gloves  maybe 
washed  in  a strong  lather  made  of  wdiite  soap  and  w arm  water,  or 
milk;  or  wash  with  rice  pulp.  Or  sponge  them  wTell  with  turpentine. 

Why  does  a Head-Dress  of  Sky  Blue  become  a Fair  Person  ?— 
Because  light  blue  is  the  complementary  color  of  pale  orange,  which 
is  the  foundation  of  the  blonde  complexion  and  hair. 

Why  are  Yellow,  Orange,  or  Red  Colors  suitable  to  a Person  of 
Bark  Hair  and  Complexion  2 — Because  those  colors,  by  contrast  with 
the  dark  skin  and  hair,  show  to  the  greater  advantage  themselves, 
while  they  enrich  the  hue  of  black. 

Why  is  a Delicate  Green  favorable  to  Pale  Blonde  Complexions  ? 
^-Because  it  imparts  a rosiness  to  such  complexions — red,  its  comple- 
mentary color,  being  reflected  upon  green. 

Why  is  Light  Green  unfavorable  to  Ruddy  Complexions  ?— Be- 
cause it  increases  the  redness,  and  has  the  effect  of  producing  an  over- 
heated appearance. 

Why  is  Violet  an  unfavorable  Color  for  every  kind  of  Complex- 
ton? — Because,  reflecting  yellow,  they  augment  that  tint  when  it  is 
present  in  the  skin  or  hair,  change  blue  into  green,  and  give  to  an  olive 
complexion  a jaundiced  look. 

Why  is  Blue  unsuitable  to  Brunettes  ?— Because  it  reflects  orange, 
and  adds  to  the  darkness  of  the  complexion. 

Why  do  Blue  Veils  preserve  the  Complexion  ?— Because  they  di- 
minish the  effect  of  the  scorching  rays  of  light,  just  as  the  blue  glass 
over  photographic  studios  diminishes  the  effect  of  certain  rays  that 
would  injure  the  delicate  processes  of  photography. 

TO  REMOVE  A TIGHT  RING. — When  a ring  happens  to  get  tightly 
fixed  on  a linger,  take  a piece  of  common  twine,  soap  it  thoroughly; 
and  then  wind  it  round  the  linger  as  tightly  as  possible.  The  twine 
should  commence  at  the  point  of  the  finger,  and  be  continued  till  the 
ring  is  reached ; the  end  of  the  twine  must  then  be  forced  through  the 
ring.  If  the  string  is  then  unwound,  the  ring  is  almost  sure  to  come 
off  the  finger  with  it. 

PEARL  WATER,  FOR  THE  FACE.— Put  % lb.  of  the  besf 
Windsor  soap,  scraped  very  tine,  into  a a gallon  of  boiling  water.  Stir 
It  well  for  some  time,  and  let  it  cool.  Add  a pint  of  rectilied  spirit  of 
wine,  and  % oz.  of  oil  of  roseanar}".  Stir  well.  The  Italians  call  this 
compound  tincture  of  pearls.  It  is  a good  cosmetic,  and  will  remove 
freckles. 

PERFUME,  AGAINST  MOTHS. — One  ounce  each  of  cinnamon, 


514  Appendix  to  Barbers'  and  Toilet  Department, 


cloves,  nutmegs,  carraway  seeds,  maee,  camphor,  and  2 ozs.  of  orris 
root.  Place  in  little  hags. 

Perfume  for  (Cloves  ami  Handkerchiefs. — Ambergrie,  1 dr.;  civet, 
1 dr.;  oil  of  lavender,  3 drs.;  oil  of  bergamot,  3 drs. ; camphor,  34  oz.; 
spirit  of  wine,  34  pt.  Cork  and  shake  well  for  10  days*;  filter,  and 
bottle. 

TO  REMOTE  STAINS. — If  you  have  been  picking  or  handling 
any  acid  fruit,  and  have  stained  your  hands,  wash  them  in  clean  water, 
-wipe  them  lightly,  and  while  they  are  yet  moist,  strike  a match  and 
shut  your  hands  around  it  so  as  to  catch  the  smoke,  and  the  stains  will 
disappear.  If  you  have  stained  your  muslin  or  gingham  dress,  or  your 
white  pants,  with  berries,  before  wetting  them  with  anything  else, 
pour  boiling  water  through  the  stains  and  they  will  disappear.  Before 
fruit-juice  dries,  it  can  often  be  removed  by  cold  water,  using  a sponge 
and  towel  if  necessary.  Rubbing  the  fingers  with  the  inside  of  the 
parings  of  apples  will  remove  most  of  the  stain  caused  by  paring.  Ink, 
also,  if  washed  out  or  sopped  up  from  the  carpet  with  cold  water  im- 
mediately when  it  is  spilled,  can  be  almost  entirely  removed.  Ink 
spots  on  floors  can  be  extracted  by  scouring  with  sand,  wetted  in  oil  of 
vitriol  and  water.  When  the  ink  is  removed,  rinse  with  strong  pearl- 
ash  water. 

SKIN,  TO  CLEANSE  FROM  DARK  SPOTS  OR  FLESH  WORMS. 

— The  best  way  is  to  squeeze  them  out;  or  wash  the  skin  with  milk 
and  flour  of  sulphur  well  mixed.  Apply  elder-flower  ointment  at 
night.  An  infusion  of  horse-radish  in  milk  is  very  useful. 

Skin,  To  Clear  a Tanned. — Wash  with  a solution  of  carbonate  of 
soda  and  a little  lemon  juice;  then  with  fuller’s  earth  water,  or  the 
juice  of  unripe  gr;ipes. 

OIL,  TO  MAKE  THE  HAIR  CURL.— Clive  oil,  1 lb.;  oil  of  ori- 
ganum, 1 dr.;  and  oil  of  rosemary,  134  drs.  Mix. 

OFFENSIVE  BREATH.— For  this  purpose,  almost  the  only  sub- 
stance that  should  be  admitted  at  the  toilet  is  the  concentrated  solution 
of  chloride  of  soda;  from  6 to  10  drops  of  it  in  a wine-glass  of  pure 
spring  water,  taken  immediately  after  the  operations  of  the  morning 
are  completed.  In  some  cases,  the  odor  arising  from  carious  teeth  is 
combined  with  that  of  the  stomach.  If  the  mouth  is  well  rinsed  with 
a tea-spoon  of  the  solution  of  the  chloride  in  a tumbler  of  water,  the 
bad  odor  of  the  teeth  will  be  removed. 

Breath  Tainted  by  Onions. — Leaves  of  parsley,  eaten  with  vine- 
gar, will  prevent  the  disagreeable  consequences  of  eating  onions 

SUPERFLUOUS  HAIR.— Any  remedy  is  doubtful ; many  of  those 
commonly  used  are  dangerous.  The  safest  plan  is  as  follows  : The 
hairs  should  be  perseveringly  plucked  up  by  the  roots,  and  the  skin, 
having  been  washed  twice  a day  with  warm  soft  water,  without  soap, 
should  be  treated  with  the  following  wash,  commonly  called  “Milk  of 
Roses”  : Beat  4 ozs.  of  sweet  almonds  in  a mortar,  and  add  34  oz.  of 
white  sugar  during  the  process;  reduce  the  whole  to  a paste  by  pound- 
ing; then  add,  in  small  quantities  at  a time,  8 ozs.  of  rose  water.  The 
emulsion  thus  formed  should  be  strained  through  a fine  cloth,  and  the 
residue  again  pounded,  while  the  strained  fluid  should  be  bottled  in  a 
large  stoppered  vial.  To  the  pasty  mass  in  the  mortar  add  34  oz.  °f 
sugar,  and  8 ozs.  of  rose  water,  and  strain  again.  This  process  must 
be  repeated  three  times.  To  the  32  ozs.  of  fluid,  add  20  grs.  of  the  bi- 
chloride of  mercury,  dissolved  in  2 ozs.  of  alcohol,  and  shake  the  mix- 
ture for  five  minutes.  The  fluid  should  be  applied  with  a towel,  imme- 
diately after  washing,  and  the  skin  gently  rubbed  with  a dry  cloth  till 


Appendix  to  Barbers'  and  Toilet  Department . 


5i5 


perfectly  dry.  Wilson,  in  his  work  on  Healthy  Skin , writes  as  follows  : 
“ Substances  are  sold  by  the  perfumers  called  depilatories,  which  are 
represented  as  having  the  power  of  removing  hair.  But  the  hair  is 
not  destroyed  by  these  means,  the  root  and  that  part  of  the  shaft  im- 
planted within  the  skin  still  remain,  and  are  ready  to  shoot  up  with 
increased  vigor  as  soon  as  the  depilatory  is  withdrawn.  The  effect  of 
the  depilatory  is  the  same,  in  this  respect,  as  that  of  a razor,  and  the 
latter  is,  unquestionably,  the  better  remedy.  It  must  not,  however,  be 
imagined  that  depilatories  are  negative  remedies,  and  that,  if  they  do 
no  permanent  good,  they  are,  at  least,  harmless;  that  is  not  the  fact; 
they  are  violent  irritants,  and  require  to  be  used  with  the  utmost  cau- 
tion. * * * * After  all,  the  safest  depilatory  is  a pair  of  tweezers, 
and  patience.” 

TO  CLEAN  HAIR-BRUSHES.  — As  hot  water  and  soap  very  soon 
eoften  the  hair,  and  rubbing  completes  its  destruction,  use  soda,  dis- 
solved in  cold  water,  instead;  soda  having  an  affinity  for  grease,  it 
deans  the  brush  with  little  friction.  Do  not  set  them  near  the  fire, 
cor  in  the  sun,  to  dry,  but  after  shaking  them  well,  set  them  on  the 
jpoint  of  the  handle  in  a shady  place. 

A ROMAN  LADY’S  TOILET.— The  toilet  of  a Roman  lady  in- 
volved an  elaborate  and  very  costly  process.  It  commenced  at  night, 
when  the  face,  supposed  to  have  been  tarnished  by  exposure,  was  over- 
laid with  a poultice  composed  of  boiled  or  moistened  flour,  spread  on 
With  the  fingers.  Poppaean  unguents  sealed  the  lips,  and  the  lady  was 
profusely  rubbed  with  Cerona  ointment.  I11  the  morning,  the  poultice 
and  unguents  were  washed  off,  a bath  of  asses’  milk  imparted  a deli- 
cate whiteness  to  the  skin,  and  the  pale  face  was  freshened  and  revived 
with  enamel.  The  full  eyelids,  which  the  Roman  lady  still  knows  so 
well  how  to  use,  now  suddenly  raising  them  to  reveal  a glance  of  sur- 
prise or  of  melting  tenderness,  now  letting  them  droop  like  a veil  over 
the  lustrous  eyes — the  full  rounded  eyelids  were  colored  within,  and  a 
needle,  dibped  in  jetty  dye,  gave  length  to  the  eyebrows.  The  fore- 
head was  mcircieu  by  a wreath,  or  fillet,  fastened  in  the  luxuriant 
hair,  whit  a rose  in  front  in  a pyramidal  pile,  formed  of  successive 
ranges  of  curls,  giving  the  appearance  of  more  than  ordinary  height. 

THE  IOUNG  LADY’S  TOILET.— Self-Knowledge— The  Enchanted 
Mirror* 

This  curious  glass  will  bring  your  faults  to  light, 

And  make  your  virtues  shine  both  strong  and  bright. 

Contentment — Wash  to  smooth  Wrinkles. 

A daily  portion  of  this  essence  use, 

’Twill  smooth  the  brow,  and  tranquility  infuse. 

Truth — Fine  Lip-Salve. 

Use  daily  for  your  lips  this  precious  dye. 

They’ll  redden,  and  breathe  sweet  melody. 

Prayer — Mixture , giving  Sweetness  to  the  Voice. 

At  morning,  noon  and  night  this  mixture  take, 

Your  tones,  improved,  will  richer  music  make. 

Compassion — Best  Eye-  Water. 

These  drops  will  add  great  lustre  to  the  eye ; 

When  more  you  need,  the  poor  will  you  supply. 

Wisdom — Solution  to  prevent  Eruptions. 

It  calms  the  temper,  beautifies  the  face, 

And  gives  to  woman  dignity  and  grace. 

Attention  and  Obedience — Matchless  Pair  of  Ear-Rings. 


5*6  Appendix  to  Barbers'  and  Toilet  Department . 

"With  these  clear  drops  appended  to  the  ear, 

Attentive  lessons  you  will  gladly  hear. 

Neatness  and  Industry — Indispensable  Pair  of  Bracelets. 

Clasp  them  on  carefully  each  day  you  live, 

To  good  designs  they  efficacy  give. 

Patience — An  Elastic  Girdle . 

The  more  you  use  the  brighter  it  will  grow, 

Though  its  least  merit  is  external  show. 

Principle — Bing  of  Tried  Gold . 

Yield  not  this  golden  bracelet  while  you  live, 

’Twill  sin  restrain,  and  peace  of  conscience  give. 

Besignation — Necklace  of  Purest  Pearl. 

This  ornament  embellishes  the  fair, 

And  teaches  all  the  ills  of  life  to  bear. 

Love — Diamond  Breast-Pin. 

Adorn  your  bosom  with  this  precious  pin. 

It  shines  without,  and  warms  the  heart  within, 

Politeness — A Graceful  Bandeau. 

The  forehead  neatly  circled  with  this  band, 

Will  admiration  and  respect  command. 

Piety — A Precious  Diadem. 

Whoe’er  this  precious  diadem  shall  own, 

Secures  herself  an  everlasting  crown. 

Good  Temper — Universal  Beautifier. 

With  this  choice  liquid  gently  touch  the  mouth, 

It  spreads  o’er  all  the  face  the  charms  of  youth. 

THE  HANDS. — Take  a wine-glass  of  eau-de-Cologne,  and  another 
of  lemon  juice;  then  scrape  two  cakes  of  brown  Windsor  soap  to  a 
powder,  and  mix  well  in  a mould.  When  hard,  it  will  be  an  excellent 
soap  for  whitening  the  hands. 

TO  WHITEN  THE  NAILS.— Diluted  sulphuric  acid,  2 drs. ; tine* 
ture  of  myrrh,  1 dr. ; spring  water,  4 ozs.  Mix.  First  cleanse  with 
white  soap,  and  then  dip  the  fingers  into  the  mixture.  A delicate  hand 
is  one  of  the  chief  points  of  beauty ; and  these  applications  are  really 
effective. 

STAINS  may  be  removed  from  the  hands  by  washing  them  in  n 
email  quantity  of  oil  of  vitriol  and  cold  water,  w:thout  soap. 

COLD  CREAM. — 1.  Oil  of  almonds,  1 lb. ; white  wax,  4 ozs.  Melr 
together  gently  in  an  earthen  vessel,  and  when  nearly  cold  stir  in 
gradually  12  ozs.  of  rose  water.  2.  White  wax  and  spermaceti,  of  each 
% oz. ; oil  of  almonds,  4 ozs.  ? orange-flower  water,  2 ozs.  Mix  as  di- 
rected for  No.  1. 

TO  SOFTEN  THE  SKIN  AND  IMPROVE  THE  COMPLEXION.— 

If  flour  of  sulphur  be  mixed  in  a little  milk,  and  after  standing  ail 
hour  or  two,  the  milk  (without  disturbing  the  sulphur)  be  rubbed  into 
the  skin,  it  will  keep  it  soft,  and  make  the  complexion  clear.  It  is  to 
be  used  before  washing.  A lady  of  our  acquaintance,  being  exceed- 
ingly anxious  about  her  complexion,  adopted  the  above  suggestion.  In 
about  a fortnight  she  wrote  to  us  to  say  that  the  mixture  became  so 
disagreeable  after  it  had  been  made  a few  days,  that  she  could  not  use 
it.  We  should  have  wondered  if  she  could — the  milk  became  putrid! 
A ittle  of  the  mixture  should  have  been  prepared  over  night  with 
evening  milk,  and  used  the  next  morning,  but  not  afterwards.  About 
a wine-glass  made  for  each  occasion  would  suffice. 

EYELASHES. — The  mode  adopted  by  the  beauties  of  the  East  to 
increase  the  length  and  strength  of  their  eyelashes,  is  simply  to  clip 


Appendix  to  Barbers'  and  Toilet  T)epartm*nt*  517 

the  split  ends  with  a pair  of  scissors  about  once  a month.  Mothers 
perform  the  operation  on  their  children,  both  male  and  female,  when 
they  are  mere  infants,  watching1  the  opportunity  whilst  they  sleep.  The 
practice  never  fails  to  produce  the  desired  effect.  We  recommend  it  to 
the  attention  of  our  fair  readers,  as  a safe  and  innocent  means  of  en- 
hancing the  charms  which  so  many  of  them,  no  doubt,  already  possess. 

THE  TEETH.— Dissolve  2 ozs.  of  borax  in  3 pts.  of  water;  before 
quite  cold,  add  thereto  1 tea-spoon  of  tincture  of  myrrh,  and  1 table-* 
spoon  of  spirits  of  camphor;  bottle  the  mixture  for  use.  One  wine- 
glass of  the  solution,  added  to  half  a pint  of  tepid  water,  is  sufficient 
for  each  application.  This  solution,  applied  daily,  preserves  and  beau- 
tifies the  teeth,  extirpates  tartaroug  adhesion,  produces  a pearl-like 
Whiteness,  arrests  decay,  and  induces  a healthy  action  in  the  gums. 

WASH— For  Sunburn. — Take  2 drs.  of  borax,  1 dr.  of  Roman 
alum,  1 dr.  of  camphor,  34  oz.  of  sugar  candy,  and  1 lb.  of  ox-gall. 
Mix  and  stir  well  for  ten  minutes  or  so,  and  repeat  this  stirring  three 
<or  four  times  a day  for  a fortnight,  till  it  appears  clear  and  transpar- 
ent. Strain  through  blotting-paper,  and  bottle  up  for  use. 

Wash— For  Cleansing  and  Preventing  the  Hair  from  Falling  Off. 
--Take  three  handfuls  of  rosemary  leaves,  a small  lump  of  common 
woda,  and  134  drs.  of  camphor.  Put  in  a jug,  with  a quart  of  boiling 
water,  and  cover  closely,  to  keep  the  steam  in.  Let  it  stand  for  twelve 
hours,  then  strain  it,  and  add  a wine-glass  of  rum.  This  will  keep 
good  for  six  months,  in  bottles  well  corked,  and  a piece  of  camphor  in 
each.  If  the  hair  falls  off  much,  the  wash  ought  to  be  applied  to  the 
roots,  with  a piece  of  sponge,  every  other  day. 

Wash — For  a Blotched  Face. — Rose-water,  3 ozs. ; sulphate  of  zinc, 
i dr.  Mix.  Wet  the  face  with  it,  gently  dry  it,  and  then  touch  it  over 
with  cold  cream,  which  also  dry  gently  oft*. 

Wash— For  the  Arm-Pits  after  Sweating.— One  quart  of  spring 
water;  tincture  of  myrrh,  1 oz. ; sulphate  of  zinc,  34  oz*  Mix,  and 
sponge. 

WASHING,  Made  Easy.— One  of  the  best  bleaching  and  emolient 
agents  in  washing  either  the  person  or  clothing,  is  common  refined 
borax.  Dissolve  in  hot  water,  34  10  gals. ; a great  saving  in  soap 

(s  effected  by  its  use.  The  borax  should  be  pulverized  first.  It  may 
be  procured'  in  the  form  of  crystals  at  any  druggist’s.  It  will  not  in- 
jure the  most  delicate  fabre;  and  laces  or  other  fine  tissues  may  be 
hashed  In  a solution  of  kwax  with  advantage  to  color,  etc. 


BAKERS’  AND  COOKING  DEPARTMENT. 


REMARKS. — It  may  not  be  considered  out  of  place  to  make  a few 
remarks  here,  on  the  art,  as  also  on  the  principles,  of  cookery.  For 
nearly  all  will  acknowledge  cooking  not  only  to  be  an  art,  but  a 
science,  as  well.  To  know  how  to  cook  economically  is  an  art.  Mak- 
ing money  is  an  art.  Now  is  there  not  more  money  made  and  lost  in 
the  kitchen  than  almost  any  where  else  ? Does  not  many  a hardwork- 
ing man  have  his  substance  wasted  in  the  kitchen  ? Does  not  many  a 
shiftless  man  have  his  substance  saved  in  the  kitchen  ? A careless  cook 
can  waste  as  much  as  a man  can  earn,  which  might  as  well  be  saved. 
It  is  not  what  we  earn,  as  much  as  what  we  save,  that  makes  us  well- 
off.  A long  and  happy  life  is  the  reward  of  obedience  to  nature’s  laws; 
and  to  be  independent  of  want,  is  not  to  want  what  we  do  not  need. 
Prodigality  and  idleness  constitute  a crime  against  humanity.  But 
frugality  and  industry,  combined  with  moral  virtue  and  intelligence, 
will  insure  individul  happiness  and  national  prosperity.  Economy  is 
an  institute  of  nature  and  enforced  by  Bible  precept:  “ Gather  up  the 

fragments,  that  nothing  be  lost.”  Saving  is  a more  difficult  art  than 
earning,  some  people  put  dimes  into  their  pies  and  puddings,  where 
others  put  in  cents;  the  cent  dishes  are  the  most  healthy. 

Almost  any  woman  can  cook  well,  if  she  have  plenty  with  which 
to  do  it;  but  the  real  science  of  cooking  is  to  be  able  to  cook  a good 
meal,  or  dish,  with  but  little  out  of  which  to  make  it.  This  is  what  our 
few  recipes  shall  assist  you  in  doing. 

As  to  the  principles  of  cooking,  remember  that  water  cannot  be 
made  more  than  boiling  hot — no  matter  how  much  you  hasten  the  firer 
you  cannot  hasten  the  cooking,  of  meat,  potatoes,  etc.,  one  moment;  a 
brisk  boil  is  sufficient.  When  meat  is  to  be  boiled  for  eating,  put  it  into 
boiling  water  at  the  beginning,  by  which  its  juices  are  preserved.  But 
if  you"  wish  to  extract  these  juices  for  soup  or  broth,  cut  the  meat  in 
small  pieces,  into  cold  water,  and  let  it  simmer  slowly. 

The  same  principle  holds  good  in  baking,  also.  Make  the  oven 
the  right  heat,  and  give  it  time  to  bake  through,  is  the  true  plan  ; if  you 
attempt  to  hurry  it,  yoft  only  burn , instead  of  cooking  it  done. 

• If  you  attempt  the  boiling  to  hurry, 

The  wood  only  is  wasted  ; 

But,  in  attempting  the  baking  to  hurry, 

The  food,  as  well,  is’nt  fit  to  be  tasted. 

CAKES— Federal  Cake.— Flour  V/%  lbs. ; pulverized  white  sugar,  1% 
lbs. ; fresh  butter,  10  ozs.;  5 eggs,  well  beaten;  carbonate  of  ammonia, 
% oz.;  water,  % pt.,  or  milk  is  best  if  you  have  it. 

Grind  down  the  ammonia,  and  rub  it  with  the  sugar.  Rub  the 
butter  into  the  flour;  now  make  a bowl  of  the  flour,  (unless  you  wish 
to  work  it  up  in  a dish,)  and  put  in  the  eggs,  milk,  sugar,  etc.,  and  mix 
well,  and  roll  out  to  about  a quarter  of  an  inch  in  thickness;  then  cut 
out  with  a round  cutter,  and  place  on  tins  so  they  touch  each  other; 


Bakers'  and  Cooking  Department. 


519 


and  instead  of  rising  up  thicker,  in  baking,  they  fill  up  the  space  be- 
tween, and  make  a square-looking  cake,  all  attached  together.  While 
they  are  yet  warm,  drench  over  with  white  coarsely  pulverized  sugar. 
If  they  are  to  be  kept  in  a show-case,  by  bakers,  you  can  have  a board 
as  large  as  the  tin  on  which  you  bake  them,  and  lay  a dozen  or  more 
tinsful  on  top  of  each  other,  as  you  sprinkle  on  the  sugar.  I cannot 
see  why  they  are  called  “ Federal,”  for  really,  they  are  good  enough  for 
any  “ Whig.’’ 

Ammonia  should  be  kept  in  a wide-mouthed  bottle,  tightly  corked, 
as  it  is  a very  volatile  salt.  It  is  known  by  various  names,  as  “ volatile 
salts.”  “sal  volatile,”  “hartshorn  ” “hartshorn-shavings,  etc.,  etc.  It 
is  used  for  smelling-bottles,  fainting,  as  also  in  baking. 

2.  Rough-aiid-Ready  Cake. — Butter  or  lard,  1 lb. ; molasses,  1 
qt. ; soda,  1 oz. ; milk  or  water,  34  pt. ; ground  ginger,  1 table-spoon; 
and  a little  oil  of  lemon;  fiour  sufficient. 

Mix  up  the  ginger  in  flour,  and  rub  the  butter  or  lard  in,  also  dis- 
solve the  soda  in  the  milk  or  water;  put  in  the  molasses,  and  use  the 
fiour  in  which  the  ginger  and  butter  is  rubbed  up,  and  sufficient  more 
to  make  the  dough  of  a proper  consistence  to  roll  out;  cut  the  cakes  out 
with  a long  and  narrow  cutter,  and  wet  the  top  with  a little  molasses 
and  water,  to  remove  the  flour  from  the  cake;  turn  the  top  down  into 
pulverized  white  sugar,  and  place  in  an  oven  sufficiently  hot  for  bread, 
but  keep  them  in  only  to  bake,  not  to  dry  up.  This,  and  the  “Fede- 
ral,” are  great  favorites  in  Pennsylvania,  where  they  know  what  is 
good,  and  have  the  means  to  make  it:  yet  they  are  not  expensive. 

3.  Sponge  Cake,  with  Sour  Milk. — Flour,  3 cups;  fine  white 
-sugar,  2 cups;  6 eggs;  sour  milk,  34  cup,  with  saleratus,  I tea-spoon. 

Dissolve  the  saleratus  in  the  milk;  beat  the  eggs  separately;  sift 
the  fiour  and  sugar;  first  put  the  sugar  into  the  milk  and  eggs,  then 
the  flour,  and  stir  all  well  together,  using  any  flavoring  extract  which 
you  prefer,  1 tea-spoon — lemon,  however,  is  the  most  common.  As 
soon  as  the  flour  is  stirred  in,  put  it  immediately  into  a quick  oven; 
and  if  it  is  all  put  into  a common  square  bread-pan,  for  which  it  makes 
the  right  amount,  it  will  require  about  twenty  to  thirty  minutes  to 
bake;  if  baked  in  small  cakes,  proportionately  less. 

4.  Sponge  Cake,  with  Sweet  Milk. — As  sour  milk  cannot  always 
be  had,  I give  you  a sponge  cake  with  sweet  milk  : 

Nice  brown  sugar,  134  cups;  3 eggs  ; sweet  milk,  1 cup;  flour,  334 
«cups;  cream-of-tartar  and  soda,  of  each  1 tea-spoon;  lemon  essence,  1 
tea-spoon. 

Thoroughly  beat  the  sugar  and  eggs  together;  mix  the  cream-of- 
tartar  and  soda  in  the  milk,  stirring  in  the  flavor  also;  then  mix  in  the 
flour,  remembering  that  all  cakes  ought  to  be  baked  soon  after  mak- 
ing. This  is  a very  nice  cake,  notwithstanding  what  is  said  of  “ Ber- 
wick,” below. 

5.  Berwick  Sponge  Cake,  without  Milk. — Six  eggs;  powdered 
white  sugar,  3 cups ; sifted  flour,  4 even  cups  ; cream-of-tartar,  2 tea- 
spoons; cold  water,  1 cup  ;.  soda,  1 tea-spoon  ; one  lemon. 

First,  beat  the  eggs  two  minutes,  and  put  in  the  sugar  and  beat 
five  minutes  more;  then  stir  in  the  cream-of-tartar  and  two  cups  of  the 
flour,  and  beat  one  minute;  now  dissolve  the  soda  in  the  water  and 
stir  in,  having  grated  the  rind  of  the  lemon,  squeeze  in  half  of  thejuice 
only;  and  finally  add  the  other  two  cups  of  flour,  and  beat  all  one  min- 
ute, and  put  into  deep  pans  in  a moderate  oven.  There  is  considerable 
beating  about  this  cake,  but  if  itself  does  not  beat  all  the  sponge  cakes 
you  ever  beat,  we  will  acknowledge  it  to  be  the  beating  cake,  all 
around. 


520 


Dr.  Chase1  s Recipes. 


6.  Surprise  Cake.— One  egg;  sugar,  1 cup;  butter,  3£  cup, 
sweet  milk,  1 cup;  soda,  1 tea-spoon  ; cream-of-tartar,  2 tea-spoons. 

Flavor  with  lemon,  and  use  sufficient  sifted  flour  to  make  the 
proper  consistence,  and  you  will  really  be  surprised  to  see  its  bulk  and 
beauty. 

7 . Sugar  Cake.— Take  7 eggs,  and  beat  the  whites  and  yolks 
separately;  then  beat  well  together;  now  put  into  them  sifted  white 
sugar,  1 lb.;  with  melted  butter,  3^  lb.,  and  a small  tea-spoon  of  pul- 

■ verized  carbonate  of  ammonia, 

Stir  in  just  sufficient  sifted  flour  to  allow  of  its  being  rolled  out  and 
cut  into  cakes. 

8.  Ginger  Cake. — Molasses,  2 cups ; butter,  or  one-half  lard  if 
you  choose,  cups ; sour  milk,  2 cups  ; ground  ginger,  1 tea-spoon  ; 
saleratus,  1 heaping  tea-spoon. 

Mash  the  saleratus,  then  mix  all  these  ingredients  together  in  a 
suitable  pan,  and  stir  in  flour  as  long  as  you  can  with  a spoon ; then 
take  the  hand  and  work  in  more,  just  so  you  can  roll  them  by  using 
flour  dusting  pretty  freely;  roll  out  thin,  cut  and  lay  upon  your  but- 
tered or  floured  tins;  then  mix  one  spoon  of  molasses  and  two  of  water, 
and  with  a small  brush  or  bit  of  cloth  wet  over  the  top  of  the  cakes; 
this  removes  the  dry  flour,  causes  the  cakes  to  take  a nice  brown,  and 
keeps  them  moist;  put  into  a quick  oven,  and  ten  minutes  will  bake 
them  if  the  oven  is  sufficiently  hot.  Do  not  dry  them  all  up,  but  take 
out  as  soon  as  nicely  browned. 

We  have  sold  cakes  out  of  the  grocery  for  years,  but  never  found 
any  to  give  as  good  satisfaction  as  these,  either  at  table  or  counter. 
They  keep  moist  and  are  sufficiently  rich  and  light  for  all  cake  eaters. 

9.  Tea  or  Cup  Cake. — Four  eggs ; nice  brown  sugar,  2 cups; 
saleratus,  1 tea-spoon;  sour  milk,  3 cups;  melted  butter,  or  half  lard. 
X cup  ; half  a grated  nutmeg;  flour. 

Put  the  eggs  and  sugar  into  a suitable  pan,  and  beat  together  ; dis- 
solve the  saleratus  in  the  milk,  and  add  to  the  eggs  and  sugar  ; put  in  the 
butter  and  nutmeg  also;  stir  all  well ; then  sift  in  flour  sufficient  to 
make  the  mass  to  such  a consistence  that  it  will  not  run  from  a spoon 
when  lifted  upon  it.  Any  one  preferring  lemon  can  use  that  in  place 
of  nutmeg.  Bake  rather  slowly. 

19.  Cake,  Nice,  without  Eggs  or  Milk.— A very  nice  cake  iw 
made  as  follows,  and  it  will  keep  well  also: 

Flour,  334  lbs. ; sugjir,  134  lbs. ; butter,  1 lb. ; w*ter,  3^  pt.  having 
1 tea-spoon  of  saleratus  dissolved  in  it. 

Poll  thin,  and  bake  on  tin  sheets. 

11.  Molasses  Cake. — Molasses,  13^  cups;  saleratus,  1 tea-spoon, 
sour  milk,  2 cups  ; 2 eggs  ; butter,  lard,  or  pork  gravy,  what  you  would 
take  up  on  a spoon  ; if  you  use  lard,  add  a little  salt. 

Mix  all  by  beating  a minute  or  two  with  a spoon,  dissolving  the 
saleratus  in  the  milk  ; then  stir  in  flour  to  give  the  consistence  of  soft- 
cake,  and  put  directly  into  a hot  oven,  being  careful  not  to  dry  them  up 
by  over-baking,  as  it  is  a soft,  moist  cake  that  we  are  after. 

12.  Cider  Cake. — Flour,  6 cups;  pugar,  3 cups;  butter,  1 cup; 
4 eggs;  cider,  1 cup;  saleratus,  1 tea-spoon;  1 grated  nutmeg. 

Beat  the  eggs,  sugar,  and  butter  together,  and  stir  in  the  flour  and 
nutmeg,  dissolve  the  saleratus  in  the  cider  and  stir  into  the  mass  and 
bake  immediately  in  a quick  oven. 

13.  Ginger  Snaps.— Butter,  lard,  and  brown  sugar,  of  each  3^ 
lb.;  molasses,  1 pt.  ; ginger,  2 table-spoons ; flour.  X qt. ; saleratus,  2 
tea-spoons ; sour  milk,  1 cup. 


Bakers'  and  Cooking  Department. 


52i 


Melt  the  butter  and  lard,  and  whip  in  the  sugar,  molasses,  and 
,4inger ; dissolve  the  saleratus  in  the  milk,  and  put  in  ; then  the  flour, 
and,  if  needed,  a little  more  flour,  to  enable  you  to  roll  out  very  thin  ; 
cut  into  small  cakes  and  bake  in  a slow  oven  until  snappish. 

14.  Jelly  Cake.— Five  eggs;  sugar,  1 cup;  a little  nutmeg; 
saleratus,  1 tea-spoon  ; sour  milk,  2 cups ; flour. 

Beat  the  eggs,  sugar,  and  nutmeg  together ; dissolve  the  saleratus 
in  the  milk,  and  mix;  then  stir  in  flour  to  make  only  a thin  batter,  like 
pan  cakes  ; three  or  four  spoons  of  the  batter  to  a common  round  tin  ; 
bake  in  a quick  oven.  Three  or  four  of  these  thin  cakes,  with  jelly  be- 
tween, form  one  cake,  the  jelly  being  spread  on  while  the  cake  is 
warm. 

15.  Roll,  Jelly  Cake. — Nice  brown  sugar,  13^  cups;  3 eggs; 
sweet  skim  milk,  1 cup ; flour,  2 cups,  or  a little  more  only  ; cream-of- 
tartar  and  soda,  of  each  1 tea-spoon  ; lemon  essence,  1 tea-spoon. 

Thoroughly  beat  the  eggs  and  sugar  together;  mix  the  eream-of- 
tartar  and  soda  with  the  milk,  stirring  in  the  flavor  also;  now  mix  in 
the  flour,  remembering  to  bake  soon,  spreading  thin  upon  a long  pan; 
and  as  soon  as  done  spread  jelly  upon  the  top  and  roll  up;  slicing  off 
only  as  used ; the  jelly  does  not  come  in  contact  with  the  fingers,  as  in 
the  last,  or  flat  cakes. 


CAKE  TABLE— FIFTEEN  KINDS. 


Name  of  Cake. 

Flour. 

Butter. 

i 

. 1 

Milk. 

1 

l6. 

Pound  

1 lb. 

1 lb. 

1 lb. 

8 

*7. 

Genuine  Whig 

2 “ 

8ozs 

8 ozs 

1 pt. 

18. 

Shrewsbury 

1 “ 

1 lb. 

Va  lb. 

19. 

Training 

3 “ 

y.  “ 

i: 

120. 

Nut-Cake 

7 “ 

g “ 

7 

51. 

Short-Cake. 

5 “ 

8 ozs 

% “ 

8 

52. 

Cymbals 

2 « 

8 “ 

A “ 

6 

S3. 

Burk  Cake 

5 “ 

8 “ 

^ « 

1 pt. 

9 

24. 

Jumbles 

5 “ 

1 lb. 

2 “ 

6 

25. 

Ginger-Bread 

1 « 

y»  “ 

Vs  “ 

3 

26. 

Wonders 

2 “ 

10 

27. 

Cookies 

3 “ 

?!  “ 

?!  “ 

3 

28. 

York  Biscuit 

3 “ 

XA  “ 

“ 

29. 

Common  

12  “ 

3 “ 

3 “ 

2 qts. 

30. 

Loaf 

9 qts 

3 “ 

4 “ 

1 gal. 

Directions. 


Rose-water,  . three 
spoons ; mace,  etc 

Raise  with  yeast. 

Rose-water,  etc. 

Cinnamon,  nutmeg 

Cinnamon ; wet  it 
with  milk ; raise 
with  yeast,  or  wet 
and  raise  it  with 
sour  milk  and  sal- 
eratus. 

Rose-water  and 
nutmeg. 

Rose-water  and  a 
little  spice. 

Rose  water  ; raise 
with  yeast. 

Roll  out  in  loaf  su- 
gar. 

Yolks  only ; ginger 
to  suit. 

Cinnamon. 

Or  without  eggs ; 
wet  up;  raise  it 
with  sal’ratus  and 
sour  milk. 

Wet  up,  and  raise 
with  sour  milk 
and  saleratus. 

Yeast;  spice  it  to 
taste. 

Wine,  1 pt.;  yeast, 
1 pt. 


31.  Pork  Cake,  without  Butter,  Milk,  or  Eggs. — A most  de- 
lightful cake  is  made  by  the  use  of  pork,  which  saves  the  expense  of 


522 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


butter,  eggs,  and  milk.  It  must  be  tasted  to  be  appreciated ; and 
ther  advantage  of  it  is  that  you  can  make  enough,  some  leisure  day,  tv 
last  the  season  through ; fori  have  eaten  it  two  months  after  it  was* 
baked  still  nice  and  moist. 

Fat,  salt  pork,  entirely  free  of  lean  or  rind,  chopped  so  fine  as  to 
be  almost  like  lard,  lib.;  pour  boiling  water  upon  it,  34  pt. ; raisins, 
seeded  and  chopped,  1 lb. ; citron,  shaved  into  shreds,  34  lb. ; sugar,  2 
cups;  molasses,  1 cup;  saleratus,  1 tea-spoon,  rubbed  fine  and  put  into 
the  molasses.  Mix  these  all  together,  and  stir  in  sifted  flour  to  make 
the  consistence  of  common  cake  mixtures ; then  stir  in  nutmeg  and 
cloves  finely  ground,  1 oz.  each ; cinnamon,  also  fine,  2 ozs. ; be  gov- 
erned about  the  time  of  baking  it  by  putting  a sliver  into  it, — when 
nothing  adheres,  it  is  done.  It  should  be  baked  slowly. 

You  can  substitute  other  fruit  in  place  of  the  raisins,  if  desired, 
using  as  much  or  as  little  as  you  please,  or  none  at  all,  and  still  have  a 
nice  cake.  In  this  respect  you  may  call  it  the  accommodation  cake,  as 
it  accommodates  itself  to  the  wishes  or  circumstances  of  its  lovers. 

When  pork  will  do  all  we  here  claim  for  it,  who  will  longer  con- 
tend that  it  is  not  fit  to  eat  ? Who  ? 

32.  Marbled  Cake. — Those  having  an}>-  curiosity  to  gratify  upon 
their  own  part,  or  on  the  part  of  friends,  will  be  highly  pleased  with 
the  contrast  seen  when  they  take  a piece  of  a cake  made  in  two  parts, 
dark  and  light,  as  follows: 

Light  Part. — White  sugar,  134  cups;  butter,  34  cup;  sweet  milk, 
34 cup;  soda,  34  tea-spoon;  cream-of-tartar,  1 tea-spoon;  whites  of  4 
eggs ; flour,  234  cups  > beat  and  mixed  as  44  Gold  Cake.” 

Dark  Part. — Brown  sugar,  1 cup  ; molasses,  34  cup ; butter,  34 
cup;  sour  milk,  34  cup;  soda,  34  tea-spoon;  cream-of-tartar,  1 tea- 
spoon ; flour,  234  cups ; yolks  of  4 eggs ; cloves,  allspice,  cinnamon,  and 
nutmeg,  ground,  of  each  34  table-spoon ; beat  and  mixed  as  “Gold 
Cake.” 

Directions. — When  each  part  is  ready,  drop  a spoon  of  dark,  then 
a spoon  of  light,  over  the  bottom  of  the  dish  in  which  it  is  to  be  baked 
and  so  proceed  to  fill  up  the  pan,  dropping  the  light  upon  the  dark  aa 
you  continue  with  the  different  layers. 

33.  Silver  Cake. — Whites  of  1 doz.  eggs ; flour,  5 cups ; white 
sugar  and  butter,  of  each  1 cup  ; cream  or  sweet  milk,  1 cup;  cream-of 
tartar,  1 tea-spoon ; soda,  34  tea-spoon;  beat  and  mix  as  the  “Gold 
Cake.”  Bake  in  a deep  pan. 

34.  Gold  Cake. — Yolks  of  1 doz.  eggs;  flour,  5 cups;  white 
sugar,  3 cups;  butter,  1 cup ; cream  or  sweet  milk,  134  cups;  soda,  3& 
tea-spoon;  cream-of-tartar,  1 tea-spoon.  Bake  in  a deep  loaf  pan. 

Beat  the  eggs  with  the  sugar,  having  the  butter  softened  by  the 
fire  ; then  stir  it  in  ; put  the  soda  and  cream-of-tartar  into  the  cream  or 
milk,  stirring  up  and  mixing  all  together;  then  sift  and  stir  in  ttu> 
flour. 

The  gold  and  silver  cakes,  dropped  as  directed  in  the  “ Marble 
Cake,”  give  you  still  another  variety. 

35.  Bride  Cake. — Presuming  that  this  work  may  fall  into  the 
hands  of  some  persons  who  may  occasionally  have  a wedding  amongst 
them,  it  would  be  imperfect  without  a “wedding  cake,”  and  as  1 have 
lately  had  an  opportunity  to  test  this  one,  upon  “such  an  occasion,” 
in  my  own  family,  I can  bear  testimony — so  can  the  ‘"printer,” — to  its 
adaptation  for  all  similar  displays. 

Take  butter,  1 34  lbs. ; sugar,  lbs.,  haK  of  which  is  to  be  Or- 
leans sugar;  eggs,  well  beaten,  2 lbs.;  raisins;  4 lbs.,  having  the  seeds 


Bakers'  and  Cooking  Depart?nent. 


5*3 


taken  out,  and  chopped;  English  currants,  having  the  grit  picked  out, 
and  nicely  washed,  5 lbs. ; citron,  cut  line,  2 lbs.;  sifted  flour,  2 lbs.; 
nutmegs,  2 in  number,  and  mace,  as  much  in  bulk;  alcohol,  1 gill  to 
34  pt.,  in  which  a dozen  or  15  drops  of  oil  of  lemon  have  been  put. 

When  ready  to  make  your  cake,  weigh  your  butter  and  cut  it  in 
pieces,  and  put  it  where  it  will  soften,  but  not  melt.  Next,  stir  the 
butter  to  a cream,  and  then  add  the  sugar,  and  work  till  white.  Next 
beat  the  yolks  of  the  eggs,  and  put  them  to  the  sugar  and  butter. 
Meanwhile  another  person  should  beat  the  whites  to  a stiff  froth,  and 
put  them  in.  Then  add  the  spices  and  flour,  and,  last  of  all,  the  fruit, 
except  the  citron,  which  is  to  be  put  in  about  three  layers,  the  bottom 
layer  about  one  inch  from  the  bottom,  and  the  top  one  an  inch  from 
the  top,  and  the  other  in  the  middle,  smoothing  the  top  of  the  cake  by 
dipping  a spoon  or  two  of  water  upon  it  for  that  purpose. 

The  pan  in  which  it  is  baked  should  be  about  thirteen  inches  across 
the  top,  and  five  and  a half  or  six  inches  deep,  without  scollops,  and 
two  three-quart  pans  also,  which  it  will  fill;  and  they  will  require  to 
be  slowly  baked  about  three  to  four  hours.  But  it  is  impossible  to  give 
definite  rules  as  to  the  time  required  in  baking  cake.  Try  whether  the 
cake  is  done,  by  piercing  it  with  a broom  splinter,  and  if  nothing  ad- 
heres, it  is  done. 

Butter  the  cake-pans  well ; or  if  the  pans  are  lined  -with  buttered 
white  paper,  the  cake  will  be  less  liable  to  burn.  Moving  cakes  while 
baking  tends  to  make  them  heavy. 

The  price  of  a large  “BrideCake,”  like  this,  would  be  about 
twelve  dollars,  and  the  cost  of  making  it  would  be  about  three  dollars 
only,  with  your  two  small  ones,  which  would  cost  as  much  to  buy 
<hem  as  it  does  to  make  the  whole  three. 

The  foregoing  was  written  and  printed  over  a year  ago.  The 
daughter  came  home,  and  took  dinner  with  us,  one  year  from  the  mar- 
riage; and  her  mother  set  on  some  of  the  cake,  as  nice  and  moist  as 
irlien  baked. 

36.  Fruit  Cake. — As  side  accompaniments  to  the  “Bride  Cake,” 
you  will  require  several  “Fruit  Cakes,’’  which  are  to  be  made  as  fol- 
lows : 

Butter,  sugar,  English  currants,  eggs,  and  flour,  of  each,  5 lbs. 
Mix  as  in  the  “ Bride  Cake.” 

Bake  in  about  six  cakes,  which  would  cost  from  one  dollar  and 
fifty  cents  to  two  dollars  a-piece,  if  bought  for  the  occasion. 

3?.  Frosting,  or  Icing,  for  Cakes.— The  whites  of  8 eggs,  beat 
to  a perfect  froth  and  stiff;  pulverized  white  sugar,  2 lbs.;  starch,  1 
table-spoon;  pulverized  gum  arabic,  % oz. ; the  juice  of  1 lemon. 

Sift  the  sugar,  starch,  and  gum  arabic  into  the  beaten  egg,  and 
stir  well  and  long.  When  the  cake  is  cold  lay  on  a coat  of  the  frost- 
ing. It  is  best  not  to  take  much  pains  in  putting  on  the  first  coat,  as 
little  bits  of  the  cake  will  mix  up  with  it,  and  give  the  frosting  a yel- 
low appearance;  but  on  the  next  day,  make  more  frosting  the  same  as 
the  first,  and  apply  a second  coat,  and  it  will  be  white,  clear,  and  beau- 
tiful. And  by  dipping  the  knife  into  cold  water  as  applying,  you  can 
smooth  the  frosting  very  nicely. 

3§.  Excellent  Crackers. — Butter,  1 cup;  salt,  1 tea-spoon;  flour, 
2 qts. 

Bub  thoroughly  together  with  the  hand,  and  wet  up  with  cold 
water;  beat  well,  and  beat  in  flour  to  make  quite  brittle  and  hard;  then 
pinch  off'  pieces  and  roll  out  each  cracker  by  itself,  if  you  wish  them 
resemble  bakers’  crackers. 


524 


Dr.  Chase*  s Recipes. 


39.  Sugar  Crackers.— Flour,  4 lbs.;  loaf  sugar  and  butter,  o * 
each,  34  lb.:  water,  134  pts.  Make  as  above.  • 

40.  Naples  Biscuit.— White  sugar,  eggs,  and  flour,  of  each  1 lb. 

If  properly  pulverized,  sifted,  beat,  mixed,  and  baked  the  size  of 

Boston  crackers,  you  will  say  it  is  nice  indeed. 

41.  Buckwheat  Short-Cake.— Take  3 or  4 tea-cups  of  nice  sour 
milk,  1 tea-spoon  of  soda-saleratus  dissolved  in  the  milk;  if  the  milk 
is  very  sour,  you  must  use  saleratus  in  proportion,  with  a little  salt; 
mix  up  a dough  with  buckwheat  flour,  thicker  than  you  would  mix  the 
same  for  griddle-cakes,  say  quite  stiff;  put  into  a buttered  tin,  and  put 
directly  into  the  stove  oven  and  bake  about  30  minutes,  or  as  you 
would  a short-cake  from  common  flour. 

It  takes  the  place  of  the  griddle-cake,  also  of  the  short-cake,  in 
every  sense  of  the  word — nice  with  meat,  butter,  honey,  molasses,  etc. 
No  shortening  is  used,  and  no  need  of  setting  your  dish  of  batter  over 
night,  for  a drunken  husband  to  set  his  foot  in.  Wet  the  top  a little, 
and  warm  it  up  at  next  meal,  if  any  is  left— it  is  just  as  good  as  when 
first  made,  while  griddle-cakes  have  to  be  thrown  away.  It  is  also  very 
good  cold. 

Was  the  beauty  of  this  cake  known  to  the  majority  of  persons 
throughout  the  country  generally,  buckwheat  would  become  as  staple 
an  article  of  commerce  as  the  common  wheat.  Do  not  fail  to  give  it  a 
trial.  Some  persons,  in  trying  it,  have  not  had  good  luck  the  first  time; 
they  have  failed  from  the  milk’s  being  too  sour  for  the  amount  of  sab 
eratus  used,  or  from  making  the  dough  too  thin.  I think  I can  say  we 
have  made  it  hundreds  of  times  with  success,  as  I could  eat  it  while  dys- 
peptic,  when  I could  eat  no  other  warm  bread. 

42.  Yeast  Cake. — Good  lively  yeast,  1 pt. ; rye  or  wheat  flour, 
to  form  a thick  batter;  salt,  1 tea-spoon;  stir  in,  and  set  to  rise;  when 
risen,  stir  in  Indian  meal,  until  it  will  roll  out  good. 

When  again  risen,  roll  out  very  thin  ; cut  them  into  cakes,  and  dry 
in  the  shade ; if  the  weather  is  the  least  damp,  by  the  fire  or  stove.  If 
dried  in  the  sun,  they  will  ferment. 

To  use  : Dissolve  one  in  a little  warm  water,  and  stir  in  a coupie 
of  table-spoons  of  flour;  set  near  the  fire,  and  when  light,  mix  into  the 
bread.  If  made  perfectly  dry,  they  will  keep  for  six  months. 

BREADS — Yankee  Brown  Bread. — For  each  good-sized  loaf  beint, 
made,  take  1*4  pts.  corn  meal,  and  pour  boiling  water  upon  it,  to  scala 
it  properly;  let  stand  until  only  blood  warm;  then  put  about  1 qt.  of 
rye  flour  upon  the  meal,  and  pour  in  a good  bowl  of  emptyings,  with 
a little  saleratus  dissolved  in  a gill  of  water,  kneading  in  more  flour, 
to  make  of  the  consistence  of  common  bread.  If  you  raise  it  with 
yeast,  put  a little  salt  in  the  meal,  but  if  you  raise  it  with  salt-risings, 
or  emptyings,  which  I prefer,  no  more  salt  is  needed. 

Form  into  loaves,  and  let  them  set  an  hour  and  a half,  or  until 
light — in  a cool  place,  in  summer,  and  on  the  hearth,  or  under  the 
stove,  in  winter;  then  bake  about  two  hours.  Make  the  dough  fully 
as  stiff  as  for  wheat  bread,  or  a little  harder;  for  if  made  too  soft,  it 
does  not  rise  good.  The  old  style  was  to  use  only  one-third  rye  florn, 
but  it  does  not  wear  if  made  that  way;  or,  in  other  words,  most  per- 
sons get  tired  of  it  when  mostly  corn  meal,  but  I never  do  when  mostly 
rye  flour. 

Let  all  persons  bear  in  mind  that  bread  should  never  be  eaten  the 
day  on  which  it  is  baked,  and  'positively  must  this  be  observed  by  dys- 
peptics. Hotels  never  ought  to  be  without  this  bread,  nor  families  tf  ho 
care  for  health. 


Bakers ’ and  Cooking  Department . 


525 


2.  Graham  Bread. — I find  in  Zion's  Herald , of  Boston,  edited  by 
Re  ■/.  E.  O.  Haven,  formerly  a Professor  in  the  University  at  this  city, 
a f^w  remarks  upon  the  “Different  Kinds  of  Bread,”  including  Gra- 
hawi,  which  so  fully  explain  the  philosophy  and  true  principles  of 
bread-making,  that  I give  them  an  insertion,  for  the  benefit  of  bread- 
makers.  It  says  : 

“ Rice  flour  added  to  wheat  flour,  enables  it  to  take  lip  an  in- 
creased quantity  of  water.”  [See  the  “ New  French  Method  of  Mak- 
ing Bread.”]  “ Boiled  aud  mashed  potatoes  mixed  with  the  dough, 
cause  the  bread  to  retain  moisture,  and  prevent  it  from  drying  and 
crumbling.  Bye  makes  a dark-colored  bread;  but  it  is  capable  of  be- 
ing fermented  and  raised  in  the  same  manner  as  wheat.  It  retains  its 
freshness  and  moisture  longer  than  wheat.  An  admixture  of  rye  flour 
with  that  of  wheat,  decidedly  improves  the  latter  in  this  respect.  In- 
dian corn  bread  is  much  used  in  this  country.  Mixed  with  wheat  and 
rye,  a dough  is  produced  capable  of  fermentation,  but  pure  maize  meal 
vannot  be  fermented  so  as  to  form  a light  bread.  Its  gluten  lacks  the 
tenacious  quality  necessary  to  produce  the  regular  cell-structure.  It  is 
most  commonly  used  in  the  form  of  cakes,  made  to  a certain  degree 
light  by  eggs  or  sour  milk,  and  saleratus,  and  is  generally  eaten  warm. 
Indian  corn  is  ground  into  meal  of  various  degrees  of  coarseness,  but 
Is  never  made  so  fine  as  wheaten  flour.  Bread  or  cakes  from  maize 
require  a considerably  longer  time  to  be  acted  upon  by  heat  in  the 
baking  process,  than  wheat  or  rye.  If  ground  wheat  be  unbolted,  that 
is,  if  its  bran  be  not  separated,  wheat  meal  or  Graham  flour  results, 
from  which  Graham  or  dyspepsia  bread  is  produced.  It  is  made  in 
the  same  general  way  as  other  wheaten  bread,  but  requires  a little  pe- 
culiar management.  Upon  this  point,  Mr.  Graham  remarks  : 

‘ The  wheat  meal,  and  especially  if  it  is  ground  coarsely,  swells 
considerably  in  the  dough,  and  therefore  the  dough  should  not  at  first 
be  made  quite  so  stiff* as  that  made  of  superfine  flour;  and  when  it  is 
raised,  if  it  is  found  too  soft  to  mould  well,  a little  more  meal  may  be 
added.  It  should  be. remarked  that  dough  made  of  wheat  meal  will 
take  on  the  acetous  fermentation,  or  become  sour  sooner  than  that 
made  of  fine  flour.  It  requires  a hotter  oven,  and  to  be  baked  longer, 
but  must  not  stand  .0  long  after  being  mixed,  before  baking,  as  that 
made  from  flour.’  ’’ 

3.  Brown  Bread  Biscuit.— Take  corn  meal,  2 qts. ; rye  flour,  3 
pts. ; wheat  flour,  1 pt. ; molasses,  1 table-spoon;  yeast,  3 table-spoons, 
having  soda,  l tea-spoon,  mixed  with  it. 

Knead  over  night,  for  breakfast.  If  persons  will  eat  warm  bread, 
this,  or  buckwheat  short-cake,  should  be  the  only  kinds  eaten. 

4.  Dyspeptics’  Biscuit  and  Coffee. — Take  Graham  flour  (wheat 
coarsely  ground,  without  bolting,)  2 qts.;  corn  meal,  sifted,  1 qt. ; but- 
ter, % cup;  molasses,  1 cup;  sour  milk,  to  wet  it  up,  with  saleratus,  as 
for  bfscuit. 

Roll  out  and  cut  with  a tea-cup,  and  bake  as  other  biscuit;  and 
when  cold  they  are  just  the  thing  for  dyspeptics.  And  if  the  flour  was 
sifted,  none  would  refuse  to  eat  them. 

For  the  Coffee. — Continue  the  baking  of  the  above  biscuit  in  a 
slow  oven  for  six  or  seven  hours,  or  until  they  are  browned  through 
like  coffee. 

Directions. — One  buiscuit  boiled  % of  an  hour  will  be  plenty 
for  2 or  3 cups  of  coffee,  and  2,  for  6 persons.  Serve  with  cream  and 
sugar,  as  other  coffee. 

Dyspeptics  should  chew  very  fine,  and  slowly,  not  drinking  until 


52<5 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes . 


the  meal  is  over;  then  sip  the  coffee  at  their  leisure,  not  more  than  on# 
cup,  however.  This  will  be  found  very  nice  for  common  use,  say  with 
one-eiglith  coffee  added.  Hardly  any  would  distinguish  the  difference 
between  it  and  that  made  from  coffee  alone.  The  plan  of  buying 
ground  coftee  is  bad.  Much  of  it  is  undoubtedly  mixed  with  peas, 
which  you  can  raise  for  less  than  fifteen  or  twenty  cents  a pound,  and 
mix  for  yourself. 

5.  London  Baker’s  Superior  Loaf  Bread.— The  Michigan  Far- 
mer gives  us  the  following — any  one  can  sfee  that  it  contains  sound 
sense  : 

“ To  make  a half- peck  loaf,  take  % lb.  of  well  boiled  mealy  pota- 
toes, mash  them  through  a fine  colander  or  coarse  sieve  ; add  % pt.  Of 
yeast,  or  % oz.  of  German  dried-yeast,  and  1%  pts.  of  lukewarm 
water,  (88  deg.  Falir.,)  together  with  % lb.  of  flour,  to  render  the  mix- 
ture the  consistence  of  thin  batter.  This  mixture  is  to  be  set  aside  to 
ferment.  If  set  in  a warm  place  it  will  rise  in  less  than  2 hours,  when 
it  resembles  yeast,  except  in  color.  The  sponge  so  made  is  then  to  be 
mixed  with  1 pt.  of  water,  nearly  blood  warm — viz.,  92  deg.  Fahr.,— 
and  poured  into  a half-peck  of  flour,  which  has  previously  had  ozs. 
of  salt  mixed  into  it.  The  whole  should  then  be  kneaded  into  dough, 
and  allowed  to  rise  in  a warm  place  for  2 hours,  when  it  should  b# 
kneaded  into  loaves  and  baked.” 

The  object  of  adding  the  mashed  potatoes  is  to  increase  the  amount 
of  fermentation  in  the  sponge,  which  it  does  to  a very  remarkable  de* 
gree,  and  consequently  renders  the  bread  lighter  and  better.  The  p^ 
tatoes  will  also  keep  the  bread  moist. 

0.  Old  Bachelor’s  Bread,  Biscuit,  or  Pie-Crust.— Flour,  l qt.  * 
cream-of-tartar,  2 tea-spoons;  soda,  % tea-spoon;  sweet  milk,  to  wet 
up  the  flour  to  the  consistence  of  biscuit  dough. 

Rub  the  flour  and  cream-of-tartar  well  together;  dissolve  the  soda, 
in  the  milk,  wetting  up  the  flour  with  it,  and  bake  immediately.  If  you 
have  no  milk,  use  water  in  its  place,  adding  a spoon  of  lard  to  obtain 
the  same  richness.  It  does  well  for  pie-crust,  where  you  cannot  keep 
up  sour  milk. 

7,  New  French  Method  of  Making  Bread.— Take  rice,  % lb. ; tk 
it  up  in  a thick  linen  bag,  giving  ample  room  to  swell ; boil  it  from  3 
to  4 hours,  or  until  it  becomes  a perfect  paste;  mix  this  while  warm 
with  7 lbs.  of  flour,  adding  the  usual  quantities  of  yeast  and  salt ; allow 
the  dough  to  work  a proper  time  near  the  fire,  then  divide  into  loaves 
Dust  them  in,  and  knead  vigorously. 

This  quantity  of  flour  and  rice  makes  about  thirteen  and  one-half: 
pounds  of  bread,  which  will  keep  moist  much  longer  than  without  the 
rice.  It  was  tested  in  the  London  Polytechnic  Institute,  after  having 
been  made  public  in  France,  with  the  above  results. 

§.  Baking  Powders,  for  Biscuit,  without  Shortening. — Bi-car- 
bonate of  soda,  4 ozs. ; cream-of-tartar,  8 ozs. ; and  properly  dry  them, 
and  thoroughly  mix.  It  should  be  kept  in  well-corked  bottles,  to  pre^ 
vent  dampness,  which  neutralizes  the  acid. 

Use  about  three  tea-spoons  to  each  quart  of  flour  being  baked; 
mix  with  milk,  if  you  have  it — if  not,  wet  up  with  cold  water,  and  put 
directly  into  the  oven  to  bake. 

PIES. — Lemon  Pie,  Extra  Nice. — One  lemon;  water,  1 cup;  brown 
sugar,  1 cup;  flour,  2 table-spoons;  5 eggs;  white  sugar,  2 table- 
spoons. 

Grate  the  rind  from  the  lemon,  squeeze  out  the  juice,  and  chop 
up  the  balance  very  fine ; put  all  together  and  add  the  water,  brown 


Bakers'  and  Cooking  Department . 


527 


sugar,  a&d  flour,  working  the  mass  into  a smooth  paste;  beat  the  eggs 
and  mix  with  the  paste,  saving  the  whites  of  two  of  them;  make  two 
pies,  baking  with  no  top  crust.  While  these  are  baking,  beat  the 
whites  of  the  two  eggs,  saved  for  that  purpose,  to  a stiff  froth,  and 
stir  in  the  white  sugar.  When  the  pies  are  done,  spread  this  frosting 
evenly  over  them,  and  set  again  in  the  oven  and  brown  slightly. 

2.  Pie-Crust  Glaze. — In  making  any  pie  which  has  a juicy  mix- 
ture, the  juice  soaks  into  the  crust,  making  it  soggy  and  unlit  to  eat. 
To  prevent  this : 

Beat  an  egg  well,  and  with  a brush,  or  bit  of  cloth,  wet  the  crust 
of  the  pie  with  the  beaten  egg,  just  before  you  put  in  the  pie  mixture. 

For  pies  which  have  a top  crust  also,  wet  the  top  with  the  same 
before  baking,  which  gives  it  a beautiful  yellow  brown.  It  gives 
beauty  also  to  biscuit,  ginger  cakes,  and  is  just  the  thing  for  rusk,  by 
putting  in  a little  sugar. 

3.  Apple  Pie  which  is  Digestible. — Instead  of  mixing  up  your> 
crust  with  water  and  lard,  or  butter,  making  it  very  rich,  with  shorten- 
ing, as  customary  for  apple  pies  : 

Mix  it  up  every  way  just  as  you  would  for  biscuit,  using  sour  milk 
and  saleratus,  with  a little  lard  or  butter  only;  mix  the  dough  quite 
stiff,  roll  out  rather  thin,  lay  it  upon  your  tin,  or  plate;  and  having 
ripe  apples  sliced  or  chopped  nicely  and  laid  on,  rather  thick,  and 
sugar  according  to  the  acidity  of  the  apples,  then  a top  crust,  and  bake 
well,  putting  the  egg  upon  the  crusts,  as  mentioned  in  the  “Pie-Crust 
Glaze,’’  and  you  have  got  a pie  that  is  fit  to  eat. 

But  when  you  make  the  rich  crust,  and  cook  the  apples  and  put 
them  on,  it  soaks  the  crust,  which  does  not  bake,  and  no  stomach  can 
digest  it,  whilst  our  way  gives  you  a nice  light  crust,  and  does  not  take 
half  the  shortening  of  the  other  plan.  Yet  perhaps  nothing  is  saved 
pecuniarily,  as  butter  goes  as  finely  with  the  biscuit-crust  pies,  when 
hot,  as  it  does  with  biscuit;  but  the  pie  is  digestible,  and  when  it  is  cold 
does  not  taste  bad  to  cut  it  up  on  your  plate,  with  plenty  of  sweetened 
cream. 

4.  Apple  Custard  Pie— The  Nicest  Pie  ever  Eaten. — Peel  sour 
apples  and  stew  until  soft  and  not  much  water  left  in  them;  then  rub 
them  through  a colander — beat  3 eggs  for  each  pie  to  be  baked;  and 
put  in  at  the  rate  of  1 cap  of  butter  and  1 of  sugar  for  3 pies;  season 
with  nutmeg. 

My  wife  has  more  recently  made  them  with  only  1 egg  to  each 
pie,  with  only  half  of  a cup  of  butter  and  sugar  each,  to  4 or  5 pies; 
but  the  amount  of  sugar  must  be  governed  somewhat  by  the  acidity  of 
the  apples. 

Bake  as  pumpkin  pies,  which  they  resemble  in  appearance;  and 
between  them  and  apple  pies  in  taste;  very  nice  indeed.  We  find 
them  equally  nice  with  dried  apples,  by  making  them  a little  more 
juicy. 

If  a frosting  was  put  upon  them,  as  in  the  “ Lemon  Pie,”  then 
returned,  for  a few  moments,  to  the  oven,  the  appearance,  at  least, 
would  be  improved. 

5.  Apple  Custard,  Very  Nice.— Take  tart  apples,  that  are  quite 
juicy,  and  stew  and  rub  them,  as  in  the  recipe  above,  and  to  1 pt.  of 
the  apple,  beat  4 eggs  and  put  in,  with  1 table-spoon  of  sugar,  1 of 
butter,  and  % of  a grated  nutmeg. 

B«ke  as  other  custards.  It  is  excellent,  and  makes  a good  substi- 
tute for  butter,  apple  butter,  etc. 

6.  Paste  for  Tarts. — Loaf  sugar,  flour,  and  butter,  equal  weights 


5*8 


Dr.  Chase's  Recipes. 


of  each ; mix  thoroughly  by  beating  with  a rolling-pin,  for  half  an 
hour ; folding  up  and  beating  again  and  again. 

When  properly  mixed,  pinch  oft*  small  pieces  and  roll  out  each 
crust  by  itself,  which  causes  them  to  dish  so  as  to  hold  the  tart  mix- 
ture. And  if  you  will  have  a short  pie-crust,  this  is  the  plan  to 
make  it. 

PUDDING— Biscuit  Pudding,  Without  Re-Baking.— Take  water- 
1 qt. ; sugar,  ^ lb. ; butter,  the  size  of  a hen’s  egg;  flour,  4 table, 
spoons;  nutmeg,  grated,  34  of  one. 

Mix  the  flour  with  just  sufficient  cold  water  to  rub  up  all  the  lumps 
'while  the  balance  of  the  water  is  heating,  mix  all  and  split  the  biscuit 
once  or  twice,  and  put  into  this  gravy  while  it  is  hot,  and  keep  hot  until 
used  at  table.  It  uses  up  cold  biscuit,  and  I prefer  it  to  richer  puddings. 
It  is  indeed  worth  a trial.  This  makes  a nice  dip  gravy  also  for  other 
puddings. 

2.  Old  English  Christmas  Plumb  Puddings. — The  Harrisburg 
Telegraph  furnishes  its  readers  with  a recipe  for  the  real  “ Old  English 
Christmas  Plumb  Pudding.”  After  having  given  this  pudding  a fair 
test,  I am  willing  to  endorse  every  word  of  it;  and  wish  for  the  holiday 
to  come  oftener  than  once  a year: 

“ To  make  what  is  called  a pound  pudding;  take  of  raisins  well 
stoned  but  not  chopped,  currants  thoroughly  washed,  1 lb.  each ; chop 
suet,  1 lb.,  very  finely,  and  mix  with  them;  add  % lb.  of  flour  or  bread 
very  finely  crumbled;  3 ozs.  of  suger;*134  ozs.  of  grated  lemon  peel,  a 
blade  of  inace,  % of  a,  small  nutmeg,  1 tea-spoon  of  ginger;  34  doz.  of 
eggs,  well  beaten ; work  it  well  together,  put  it  in  a cloth,  tie  it  firmly, 
allowing  room  to  swell;  put  it  into  bailing  water,  and  boil  not  lesa 
than  two  hours.  It  should  not  be  suffered  to  stop  boiling. 

The  cloth,  when  about  to  be  used,  should  be  dipped  into  boiling 
water,  squeezed  dry,  and  floured;  and  when  the  pudding  is  done,  have 
a pan  of  cold  water  ready,  and  dip  it  in  for  a moment,  as  soon  as  it 
comes  out  of  the  pot,  which  prevents  the  pudding  from  sticking  to  the 
cloth.  For  a dip  gravy  for  this  or  other  puddings,  see  the ‘'Biscuit 
Pudding  without  Re-Baking,”  or  “Spreading  Sauce  for  Pudding.” 

3.  Indian  Pudding,  To  Bake. — Nice  sweet  milk,  1 qt. ; butter,  1 
oz. ; 4 eggs,  well  beaten  ; Indian  meal,  1 tea-cup ; raisins,  34  lb. ; sugar. 
% lb. 

Scald  the  milk,  and  stir  in  the  meal  whilst  boiling;  then  let  it 
stand  until  only  blood-warrn,  and  stir  all  well  together,  and  bake  about 
one  and  a half  hours.  Eaten  with  sweetened  cream,  oi  eitherof  the 
pudding  sauces  mentioned  in  the  “ Christmas  Pudding.” 

4.  Indian  Pudding,  to  Boil. — Indian  meal,  1 qt.,  with  little  salt,* 
6 eggs ; sour  milk,  1 cup  ; saleratus,  1 tea-spoon ; raisins,  1 lb. 

Scald  the  meal,  having  the  salt  in  it;  when  cool  stir  in  the  beaten 
eggs;  dissolve  the  saleratus  in  the  milk  and  stir  in  also,  then  the 
raisins;  English  currants,  dried  currants,  or  dried  berries,  of  any  kind, 
answer  every  purpose,  and  are,  in  fact,  very  nice  in  place  of  the  raisins. 
Boil  about  one  and  a half  hours.  Eaten  with  sweetened  cream  or  any 
of  the  pudding  sauces.  Any  pudding  to  be  boiled  must  not  be  put  into 
the  water  until  it  boils,  and  taken  out  as  soon  as  done,  or  they  become 
soggy  and  unfit  to  eat. 

5.  Quick  Indian  Pudding. — Take  134  cups  s0.ur  milk  ; 2 eggs, 

well  beaten;  1 small  tea-spoon  of  saleratus;  dissolved  in  the  milk;  then 
sift  in  dry  corn  meal, and  stir  to  the  consistence  of  corn  bread;  then  stir 
in34  lb.  of  any  of  the  fruits  mentioned  above:  crsifyou  have  no  fruit,  it 
is  quite  nice  without. 


BaUrs'  and  Cooking  Department. 


529 


Tie  up  and  boil  one  hour;  sweetened  cream  with  a little  nutmeg 
makes  a nice  sauce.  As  I have  just  eaten  of  this  for  my  dinner,  I 
in  row  it  in  extra,  for  it  is  worthy. 

6.  Flour  P« (idling-,  to  Boil. — When  persons  have  plenty  of  dried 
apples  or  peaches,  and  not  much  of  the  smaller  fruits;  or  desire  to 
change  from  them  in  puddings: 

Take  wheat  flour  sufficient  to  make  a good  pan  of  biscuit,  and  mix 
it  np  as  for  biscuit,  with  sour  milk,  saleratus,  and  a little  butter  or 
lard,  roll  out  rather  thicker  than  for  plg&nist;  now  having  your  ap- 
ples or  peaches  nicely  stewed  wet  the  crust  over  with  the  ^Pie  Crust 
Glaze.”  then  spread  a h yer  of  the  fruit  upon  if,  adding  a little  sugar, 
as  it  iies  upon  the  table;  and  if  you  choose,  scatter  over  them  a hand- 
ful of  raisins,  or  any  other  of  the  dried  fruits  mentioned;  roll  up  the 
whole  together,  and  boil  1 hour. 

Eaten  with  any  sauce  which  you  may  prefer,  but  the  com  meal 
pudding's  are  much  the  most  healthy,  and  I prefer  tlieir  taste  to  those 
viade  from  flour. 

7,  Potato  Pudding. — Rub  through  a colander  0 large  or  12  mid- 
. ale-sized  potatoes;  beat  4 eggs,  mix  with  1 pt.  of  good  milk;  stir  in  the 
potatoes,  sugar  and  seasoning  to  taste;  butter  the  dish;  bake  H an 
Cour. 

This  recipe  is  simple  and  economical,  as  it  is  made  of  what  is 
wasted  in  many  families,  namely,  cold  potatoes;  which  maybe  kept 
yip  two  or  three  days,  until  a sufficient  quantity  is  collected.  To  be 
vaten  with  butter. 

§.  Green  Corn  Pudding.— Green  corn,  raw,  2 doz.  ears;  sweet 
wiilk,  3 to  4 qts. ; 6 eggs;  sugar,  1 to  2 cups.  Salt  to  suit  the  taste. 

Split  the  kernels  lengthwise  of  the  ear  with  a sharp  knife;  then 
with  a case  knife  scrape  the  corn  from  the  cob,  which  leaves  the  hulls 
wn  the  cob;  mix  it  with  the  milk  and  other  anicles,  and  bake  from  two 
vo  three  hours.  To  be  eaten  with  butter  and  sugar. 

9,  Steamed  Pudding. — Two  eggs;  sugar,  1 cup;  sour  milk,  1 cup; 
valerattts,  24  tea-spoon;  a little  salt;  dried  whortleberries,  currants, 
Busins,  or  other  fruit,  1 cup;  flour. 

Beat  the  eggs  and  stir  in  the  sugar;  dissolve  the  sgleratus  in  the 
wiilk,  and  mix  in  also  the  fruit  and  salt;  then  thicken  with  flour, 
ralhor  thicker  than  for  cake;  put  into  a two-quart  pan  and  set  in  a 
steamer  and  steam  an  hour  and  a half;  and  1 think  if  will  crack  open 
on  the  back — if  not,  try  again.  It  is  worth  the  trouble,  especially  if 
you  have  plenty  of  sweetened  cream. 

I©.  Spreading  Sauce  for  Puddings. — Butter,  4 ozs. ; sugar,  6 
ozs. ; 1 nutmeg. 

Grate  the  nutmeg,  and  rub  all  together;  these  are  about  the  proper 
proportions,  but  more  or  less  can  be  made,  as  desired,  and  more  or  less 
nutmeg  can  be  used ; or  any  other  flavoring  in  their  place.  This  sauce 
is  nice  on  baked  puddings,  hot  or  cold;  and  to  tell  it  all  it  is  not  bad  on 
bread.  See  the  “Biscuit  Pudding,”  for  dip-sauccs. 

DOMES!  IC  DISHES — Green  Corn  Omelet. — Green  corn,  boiled,  1 
doz.  ears;  5 eggs;  salt  and  pepper  to  suit  the  taste. 

Remove  the  corn  from  the  cob,  as  mentioned  in  the  u Green  Corn 
Pudding.”  The  splitting  allows  the  escape  of  the  pulp,  whilst  the  hull 
is  held  by  the  cob;  season,  form  into  small  cakes,  and  fry  to  a nice 
brown,  and  you  have  a very  nice  omelet. 

2.  APPLES — ' To  Bake.— Steamboat  Style.— Bet  ter  than  Preserves. 
— Take  moderately  sour  apples,  when  ripe;  and  with  a pocket-knife 
cut  out  the  stem,  and  flower-end  also,  so  as  to  remove  the  skin  from 
23 


53° 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes . 


these  cup-shaped  cavities;  wash  them,  and  place  them  in  a dripping- 
pan  ; now  till  these  cavities  with  brown  sugar,  and  pretty  freely  be- 
tween them  also  with  sugar;  then  lay  on  a few  lumps  of  butter  over 
the  sugar;  place  them,  thus  arranged,  into  the  oven  when  you  begin  to 
heat  up  the  stove  for  breakfast  or  dinner,  and  keep  them  in  until  per- 
fectly baked  through  and  soft. 

Take  them  up  on  plates,  while  hot,  by  means  of  a spoon,  and  dip 
the  gravy,  arising  from  the  apple-juice,  sugar  and  butter,  over  them. 
Should  any  of  them  be  left,  after  the  meal  is  over,  set  them  by  until  the 
next  meal,  when  they  may  be  placed  in  the  stove  oven  until  hot,  and 
they  will  have  all  the  beauty  of  the  first  baking.  Or  perhaps  some  per- 
sons may  prefer  them  fried,  as  follows: 

3.  Fried  Apples— Extra  Nice. — Take  any  nice  sour  cooking  ap- 
ples, and,  after  wiping  them,  cut  into  slices  about  one-fourth  of  an 
inch  thick  ; have  a frying-pan  ready,  in  which  there  is  a small  amount 
of  lard,  say  34  or  % of  an  inch  in  depth.  The  lard  must  be  hot  before 
the  slices  of  apples  are  put  in.  Let  one  side  of  them  fry  until  brown ; 
then  turn,  and  put  a small  quantity  of  sugar  on  the  browned  side  oi 
each  slice.  By  the  time  the  other  side  is  browned,  the  sugar  will  b«> 
melted  and  spread  over  the  whole  surface. 

Serve  them  up  hot,  and  you  will  have  a dish  good  enough  for  king* 
and  queens,  or  any  poor  man’s  breakfast,  and  1 think  that  even  tlw 
President  would  not  refuse  a few  slices,  if  properly  cooked.  There  is 
but  little  choice  between  frying  and  baking  by  these  plans  ; either  onf 
is  very  nice. 

4.  Apple  Fritters. — Sour  milk,  1 pt. ; saleratus,  1 tea-spoon,  fiom 
to  make  a 1 atter  not  very  stiff;  6 apples,  pared  and  cored  ; 3 eggs. 

Dissolve  the  saleratus  in  the  milk;  beat  the  eggs,  and  put  in;  then 
the  flour  to  make  soft  batter ; chop  the  apples  to  about  the  size  of  small 
peas,  and  mix  them  well  in  the  batter.  Fry  them  in  lard,  as  you  would 
dough-nuts.  Eaten  with  butter  and  sugar. 

5.  Apple  Merange— An  Excellent  Mibstitiite  for  Pie  or  Pud. 
ding. — First,  take  a deep  dish  and  put  a bottom  crust  into  it,  as  for  i\ 
pie;  have  nice  sour  apples,  pared,  sliced,  and  stewed,  sweetening 
slightly;  place  £L  layer  of  the  stewed  apples  upon  the  crust  say  about 
half  an  inch  in  thickness,  then  put  on  a layer  of  nice  bread,  spread  with 
butter,  as  for  eating,  then  another  layer  of  the  apple;  now  place  in  the 
oven  and  bake  as  a pudding,  or  pie;  when  done,  have  tin.  whites  of 
eggs  beaten  and  mixed  with  a little  loaf  or  other  white  sugar,  say  two 
eggs  for  a 2-quart  dish  ; place  this  upon  the  merange  and  return  it  to 
the  oven  for  a few  minutes,  to  brown  the  egg  mixture,  or  frosting 
Serve  with  sugar  dissolved  in  a little  ivater,  adding  a little  butter,  with 
nutmeg,  or  lemon,  as  desired  or  preferred. 

6.  Bread,  to  Fry— Better  than  Toast.— Take  bread  that  is  dry  ^ 
the  dryer  the  better,  so  it  is  not  mouldy ; first  dip  it  rather  quickly  in*o 
cold  water,  then  into  eggs  which  are  well  beat,  having  a little  suit  *n 
them  ; then  immediate!}"  fry  for  a short  time  in  hot  lard  until  the  sur- 
face is  pretty  yellow  or  light  brown,  according  to  the  heat  of  the  lard. 

I have  never  eaten  bread  cooked  in  any  form  which  suits  me  as 
well  as  this.  But  the  following  is  very  nice: 

7.  Toast— German  Style. — Bakers’  bread,  1 loaf,  cut  into  slices  cf 
half  an  inch  in  thickness ; milk,  1 qt.  ; 3 eggs,  and  a little  salt ; be?t 
the  eggs  and  mix  them  with  the  milk,  and  flavor  as  for  custard,  not 
cooking  it  however.  Dip  the  sliced  bread  into  the  mixture  occasional'  y 
until  it  is  all  absorbed  ; then  fry  the  pieces  upon  a buttered  griddt  i 
Serve,  for  dinner,  with  sugar  syrup,  flavored  with  lemon. 


Bakers ’ and  Cooking  Department. 


53* 

This  is  the  German  style  of  making  toast;  but  is  quite  good  enough 
for  an  American.  And  I have  no  doubt  that  home-made  bread  will 
answer  all  purposes ; ours  does,  certainly. 

§.  Back- woods  Preserves.— Moderately  boil  a pint  of  molasses, 
from  5 to  20  minutes,  according  to  its  consistency;  then  add  3 eggs, 
thoroughly  beaten,  hastily  stirring  them  in,  and  continue  to  boil  a few 
minutes  longer ; then  season  with  a nutmeg  or  lemon. 

Do  not  fail  to  give  it  a trial. 

9.  French  Honey. — White  sugar,  1 lb. ; 6 eggs,  leaving  out  the 
whites  of  2;  the  juice  of  3 or  4 lemons,  and  the  grated  rind  of  2;  and 
^ lb.  of  butter.  Stir  over  a slow  lire  until  it  is  about  the  consistency 
of  honey. 

This  and  the  last,  will  be  found  to  be  much  nearer  what  they  rep- 
resent. than  the  Yankee’s  “ wooden  nutmegs  ” did,  upon  trial. 

10.  Muffins. — To  each  qt.  of  sweet  milk  add  2 eggs  well  beaten ; 
a lump  of  butter  half  the  size  of  an  egg,  and  flour  enough  to  make  a 
stiff  batter.  Stir  in  34  pt.  of  yeast ; let  them  stand  until  perfectly  light, 
and  then  bake  on  a griddle,  in  tin  rings,  made  for  that  purpose. 

These  are  merely  strips  of  tin,  three-quarters  of  an  inch  wide,  made 
into  rings  from  two  and  a half  to  three  inches  in  diameter,  without 
bottom — the  ring  being  simply  placed  on  a griddle,  and  the  batter 
poured  in  to  fill  it. 

13.  Mock  Oysters. — Six,  nice,  plump,  ears  of  sweet  corn,  un- 
cooked ; grate  from  the  cob ; beat  1 egg,  stirring  into  it  flour  and  milk, 
of  each  1 table-spoon  ; season  with  a little  salt  and  pepper.  Put  about 
a tea-spoon  of  butter  into  a suitable  pan  for  frying,  having  mixed  in 
the  corn  also,  drop  the  mixture  into  the  hot  butter,  one  spoon  of  it  in  a 
place,  turning  them  so  as  to  fry  brown.  Serve  hot,  for  breakfast. 

Whether  they  imitate  oysters  or  not,  no  one  need  regret  giving 
them  a trial. 

153.  Fruit  Jams,  Jellies,  and  Preserves. — The  difference  between 
common  preserves,  jellies,  and  jams,  is  this:  Preserves  are  made  by 
taking  fruit  and  sugar,  pound  for  pound,  and  simply  cooking  them  to- 
gether until  the  fruit  is  done. 

13.  Jellies  are  made  by  squeezing  and  straining  out  the  juice 
only,  of  the  fruit;  then  taking  a pound  of  sugar  for  a pound  of  juice, 
and  cooking  until  it  jells,  which  is  told  by  taking  out  a little  upon  a 
cold  plate. 

14.  Jams  are  made  by  weighing  the  whole  fruit,  washing,  slic- 
ing, and  putting  in  sufficient  water  to  cook  it  well,  then,  when  cool, 
rubbing  it  through  a fine  sieve,  and  with  this  pulp,  putting  in  as  much 
sugar  as  there  was  of  the  fruit  only,  and  cooking  it  very  carefully,  until 
the  weight  of  the  jam  is  the  same  as  the  fruit  and  added  sugar;  the 
water,  you  see,  is  all  gone ; and  this  is  easily  told  by  having  previously 
weighed  the  kettle  in  which  you  are  cooking  it.  The  jam,  if  nicely 
done,  contains  more  of  the  fruit  flavor  than  the  jell,  and  is  as  valuable 
as  the  jell  to  put  into  water  as  a drink  for  invalids;  and  better  for 
flavoring  syrups  for  soda  fountains,  etc.  Strawberries,  raspberries, 
blackberries,  peaches,  and  pine-apples,  make  very  nice  jams  for  flavor- 
ing syrups.  Much  of  the  flavor  of  the  fruit  resides  in  the  skin,  pits,  etc. 
And  jams  made  in  this  way,  from  the  blackberry,  are  good  for  sore 
mouth,  diarrhea,  dysentery,  etc. 

15.  Fruit  Extracts. — Best  alcohol,  1 pt. ; oil  of  lemon,  1 oz. ; peel 
of  2 lemons. 

Break  the  peels,  and  put  in  with  the  others  for  afewdaj^s;  then 
remove  them,  and  you  will  have  just  what  you  desire,  for  a trifliug  cost, 


532 


JDr.  Chase’ s Recipes . 


compared  with  the  twenty-five  cent  bottles,  which  are  so  prominently 
set  out  as  the  nicest  thing  in  the  world. 

This  rule  holds  good  for  all  fruit  oils;  but  for  fruits,  such  as  peaches, 
pine-apples,  strawberries,  raspberries,  blackberries,  etc  , you  will  taka 
alcohol  and  water  equal  parts,  and  put  upon  them  sufficient  to  hand- 
somely cover;  and  in  a few  days  you  have  the  11a vor  and  juices  of  the 
fruit,  upon  the  principle  of  making  “ Bounce,”  which  most  men  know 
more  or  less  about.  If  persons  will  act  for  themselves,  using  common 
sense,  working  from  known  facts  like  these,  they  will  not  need  to  run 
after  every  new-fangled  thing  which  is  seen  blazing  forth  in  almost 
every  advertisement  of  the  day. 

Vanilla,  nutmeg,  mace,  cinnamon,  etc.,  are  made  by  cutting  up  the 
vanilla  bean,  or  bruising  the  nutmegs,  cinnamon,  etc.,  and  putting  about 
two  ounces  to  each  pint  of  pure  spirits,  or  reduced  alcohol,  frequently 
shaking  for  about  two  weeks,  and  filtering  or  pouringoff  very  carefully; 
if  for  sale,  however,  they  must  be  filtered ; for  coloring  any  of  the  ex- 
tracts see  the  “ Essences,”  and  “Syrups.”  For  cakes  and  pies,  how- 
ever, it  is  just  as  well  to  pulverize  nutmegs,  mace,  cinnamon,  etc.,  and 
use  the  powder,  for  the  quantity  required  is  so  small  that  it  will  never 
be  seen  in  the  cake  or  pie. 

MEDICATED  WATERS— Dose  Water.— Take  carbonate  of  mag- 
nesia, oz.  ; oil  of  rose,  30  drops  ; drop  the  oil  upoi\  the  magnesia,  and 
rub  it  together ; then  add,  rubbing  all  the  time,  of  distilled  water,  if 
you  can  get  it,  1 qt.,  if  not,  take  the  purest  snow  or  rain  water, — a 
porcelain  mortar  is  best,  but  a bowl  does  very  well, —then  filter  through 
filtering  paper. 

The  magnesia  breaks  up  the  oil  globules  and  enables  the  water  to 
take  it  up  ; and  the  filtering  removes  the  magnesia. 

2.  Cinnamon  Water. — Use  the  same  amount  of  magnesia  and 
water,  and  treat  the  same  as  the  “Rose  Water.” 

3.  Peppermint,  Spearmint  and  Pennyroyal  Waters  are  made 

the  same  as  above. 

4.  Camphor  Water. — To  make  camphor  water,  you  must  first 
put  on  a few  drops  of  alcohol ; say  40  or  50  drops,  to  camphor  gum,  ^ 
oz.  ; and  rub  the  camphor  fine,  which  enables  you  to  work  it  up  with 
magnesia,  % oz. ; then  gradually  add  water,  1 qt.,  as  mentioned  in  the 
waters  above,  and  filtered. 

The  rose  and  cinnamon  waters  are  used  fj»r  cooking,  but  the  otkara 
for  medical  purposes. 


APPENDIX  TO  BAKERS’  AND  COOKING  DEPARTMENT. \ 

BY  THE  PUBLISHER.  *■ 

Arrow-Root  Jelly. — To  a dessert-spoonful  of  the  powder,  add  as 
much  cold  water  as  will  make  it  into  a paste,  then  pour  on  half  a pint 
of  boiling  water,  stir  it  briskly  and  boil  it  a few  minutes,  when  it  will 
become  a clear  smooth  jelly;  a little  sugar  and  sherry  wine  may  be  add- 
ed for  debilitated  adults;  but  for  infants,  a drop  or  two  of  essence  of 
carrawav  seeds  or  cinnamon  is  preferable,  wine  being  very  liable  to  be- 
come acid  in  the  stomachs  of  infants,  and  to  disorder  the  bowels. 
Fresh  milk,  either  alone  or  diluted  with  water,  may  be  substitued  for 
the  water. — Dr.  Reece. 

Arrow-Root  and  Tapioca  Gruels.— Make  a thin  paste  as  before, 
and  put  into  boiling  water,  adding  sugar,  salt,  nutmeg,  and  a little 
lemon-juice. 

Tapioca  maybe  soaked  10  hours  in  twice  the  quantity  of  water; 
then  add  milk  and  water.  Boil  till  it  is  soft.  Flavor  the  same  as  “Ar- 
row-root.”— A.  AT. 

Arrow- Root  Blancmange, — A teacup  of  arrow-root  to  a pint  of 
milk  ; boil  the  milk  with  twelve  sweet  and  six  bitter  almonds,  blanch- 
ed and  beaten  ; sweeten  with  loaf  sugar,  and  strain  it;  break  the  ar- 
row-root with  a little  of  the  milk  as  smooth  as  possible ; pour  the  boil- 
ing milk  upon  it  by  degrees,  stir  the  while;  put  it  back  into  the  pan, 
and  boil  a few  minutes,  still  stirring;  dip  the  shape  in  cold  water  be- 
fore you  put  it  in,  and  turn  it  out  when  cold. 

Apple  Fritters. — Take  1 pt.  of  milk.  3 eggs,  salt  just  to  taste,  and 
as  much  hour  as  will  make  a batter.  Beat  the  yolks  and  white  sepa- 
rately, add  the  yolks  to  the  milk,  stir  in  the  whites  with  as  much  Hour 
as  will  make  a batter;  have  ready  some  tender  apples,  peel  them,  cut 
them  in  slices  round  the  apple;  "take  the  core  carefully  out  of  the  cen- 
tre of  each  slice,  and  to  every  spoonful  of  batter  lay  in  a slice  of  apple, 
which  must  be  cut  very  thin.  Fry  them  in  hot  lard  to  a light  brown  on 
both  sides. 

Apple  Marmalade. — Scald  apples  till  they  will  pulp  from  the  core; 
then  take  an  equal  weight  of  sugar  in  large  lumps,  just  dip  them  in 
water,  and  boil  it  till  it  can  be  well  skimmed,  and  is  a thick  syrup,  put 
to  it  the  pulp,  and  simmer  it  on  a quick  tire  a quarter  of  an  hour. 
Grate  a little  lemon-peel  before  boiled,  but  if  too  much  it  will  be 
bitter. — Ru. 

Apple  Snowballs. — Swell  rice  in  milk,  and  strain  it  off,  and  having 
pared  and  cored  apples,  put  the  rice  round  them,  tying  each  up  in  a 
cloth.  Put  a bit  of  lemon-peel,  a clove,  or  cinnamon  in  each  and  boil 
them  well. 

Pounding  Almonds.— They  should  be  dried  for  a few  days  after 
being  blanched.  Set  them  in  a warm  place,  strewn  singly  over  a dish 
or  tin.  A little  powdered  lump  sugar  will  assist  the  pounding.  They 
may  he  first  chopped  small,  and  rolled  with  a rolling  pin.  Almond 
Paste  may  be  made  in  the  same  maimer. 


534  Appendix  to  Bakers ’ and  Cooking  Department 


Blanched  Almonds.— Put  them  into  cold  water,  and  heat  them 
slowly  to  scalding; ; then  take  them  out  and  peel  them  quickly, 
throwing  them  into  cold  water  as  they  are  done.  Dry  them  in  a cloth 
before  serving. 

Indian  Bread  by  a Vermont  Housekeeper. — I see  in  the  last 
Tribune  that  some  poor  soul  wants  to  know  how  to  make  “Indian 
bread.”  It  is  supposed  by  western  people  that  all  Yankee  housekeepers 
know  how  to  make  Indian  bread.  It  is  not  so,  for  it  is  seldom  you  see 
it  on  the  tables  of  farmers  or  villagers.  I will  give  my  receipe  for 
making  it.  For  a good  large  loaf  I take  three  pints  of  sifted  Indian 
meal,  three  pints  of  rye  meal,  one  teacup  of  good  hop  yeast,  one  teacup 
of  molasses,  mix  very  soft  with  warm  water,  pour  into  the  pan  in 
which  it  is  to  be  baked,  let  it  stand  an  hour  or  two  till  light  and  bake 
with  a steady  lire  three  hours.  Unless  one  has  good  yeast  there  is  no 
use  in  trying  to  make  the  bread. 

For  making  yeast,  I take  four  large  potatoes,  pear  and  throw  into 
cold  water.  Put  a handful  of  hops  in  a bag  with  a quart  of  water,  and 
while  it  is  boiling,  grate  the  potatoes,  then  add  three  tablespoons  of 
sugar,  two  of  salt  and  one  of  hour  ; take  out  the  bag  of  hops  and  pour 
the  mass  into  the  kettle  and  let  it  just  come  to  a boil,  stirring  all  the 
time.  Remove  from  the  hre  and  put  into  a pan  or  some  vessel  till 
cool,  then  add  a pint  or  less  of  good  sweet  yeast,  let  it  stand  in  a warm 
place,  and  in  an  hour  or  two  it  will  be  of  a light  foam,  far  superior  I 
think  to  baker’s  yeast.  Respectfully, 

MRS.  WM.  HALE. 

Essex  Junction,  Vermont,  April  29. 

Lemon  Buns. — Take  flour,  one  pound  ; bicarbonate  of  soda,  three 
drs.  ; muriatic  acid,  three  drs.  ; butter,  four  ozs.  ; loaf  sugar  4 ozs.; 
one  egg;  essence  of  lemon,  six  or  eight  drops:  make  into  twenty 
buns,  and  bake  in  a quick  oven  for  lifteen  minutes. 

Bath  Buns. — Take  one  lb.  of  flour,  put  it  in  a dish,  and  make  3 
hole  in  the  middle, and  pour  in  a dessert  spoon  of  good  yeast;  pour  up- 
on the  yeast  half  a cupful  of  warm  milk,  mix  in  one-third  of  the  flour, 
and  let  it  rise  an  hour.  When  it  has  risen,  put  in  6 ozs.  of  cold  butter, 
4 eggs,  and  a few  carraway  seeds;  mix  all  together  with  the  rest  of 
the  flour.  Put  it  in  a warm  place  to  rise.  Flatten  it  with  the  hand 
on  a paste-board.  Sift  6 ozs.  of  loaf  sugar,  half  the  size  of  a pea  ; 
sprinkle  the  particles  over  the  dough  ; roll  together,  to  mix  the  sugar  ; 
let  it  rise,  in  a warm  place  about  20  minutes.  Make  into  buns,  and 
lay  on  buttered  tins  ; put  sugar  and  9 or  10  comfits  on  the  tops,  sprin- 
kle them  with  water ; bake  in  a pretty  hot  oven. — A.  N. 

Beef  Tea.— Cut  a pound  of  fleshy  beef  in  thin  slices  ; simmer  with 
a quart  of  water  twenty  minutes,  after  it  has  once  boiled,  and  been 
skimmed.  Season,  if  approved. — Ru. 

Cream  Cakes  —Beat  the  whites  of  9 eggs  to  a stiff  froth  and  keep 
it  up;  grate  the  rinds  of  two  lemons  to  each  white  of  egg.  Sprinkle 
in  a spoon  of  line  sugar,  lay  a wet  sheet  of  paper  on  a tin*,  and  drop  it 
on  in  little  lumps,  a little  distance  from  each  other.  Sift  sugar  over 
them.  When  put  in  the  oven  the  froth  will  rise.  As  soon  as  coloured, 
they  are  baked  ; take  out,  and  put  two  bottoms  together ; put  on  a 
sieve,  and  dry  in  a slow  oven. 

Cream  C'heesc.-Put  five  quarts  of  the  last  milking  of  a cow,  called 
“stripping;;,”  in  a pan  with  two  spoons  of  rennet.  When  the  curd  comes 
strike  it  down  with  the  skimmer  to  break  it.  Let  it  stand  two  hours  ; 
spread  a cheese  cloth  on  a sieve  and  drain  upon  it;  break  the  curd  a 
little  with  vour  hand ; put  it  into  a vat  with  a 2 1b.  weight  upon  it 


Appendix  to  Bakers'  and  Cooking  Department. 


535 


After  standing  12  hours,  bind  a fillet  round.  Turn  every  day  till  dry  ; 
cover  witn  green  leaves,  and  let  them  gradually  ripen  on  a pewter 
plate. 

Cream  Cookies.. — One  teacup  of  cream,  turned ; % lb.  of  sugar  ; 
one  or  two  eggs,  a teaspoon  of  carbonate  of  soda,  dissolved;  sufficient 
Sour  to  make  into  dough.  And  spices  and  seeds  if  you  like. 

Cakes,  Ieeing  for.— -Powder  and  sift  1 lb.  of  loaf  sugar;  put  into 
a basin  with  the  whites  of  three  or  four  eggs  ; beat  well  together,  and 
add  the  juice  of  six  lemons;  beat  well  until  it  becomes  veiy  light  and 
hangs  in  flakes  from  the  spoon  ; it  is  then  ready  for  use. 

Cakes,  Yorkshire. — Flour  two  pounds;  mix  with  it  four  ounces  of 
butter  melted  in  a pint  of  good  milk,  three  spoons  of  yeast,  and  two 
eggs  ; beat  all  well  together,  and  let  it  rise  ; then  knead  and  make  into 
cakes;  let  them  rise  on  tins  before  you  bake,  in  a slow  oven.  Another 
sort  is  made  as  above,  leaving  out  the  butter.  The  first  is  a shorter 
sort ; the  last  lighter. 

Ginger  Cakes. — To  two  pounds  of  flour  add  three-quarters  of  a 
pound  of  good  moist  sugar,  1 oz.  best  Jamaica  ginger  well  mixed  in  the 
ilour;  have  ready  three-quarters  of  a pound  of  lard,  melted,  and  four 
5ggs  well  beaten  ; mix  the  lard  and  eggs  together,  and  stir  into  the 
flour,  which  will  form  a paste  ; roll  out  in  thin  cakes,  and  bake  in  a 
moderately  heated  oven.  Lemon  biscuits  may  be  made  in  a similar 
Way,  by  substituting  essence  of  lemon  for  ginger. 

Sponge  Cake. — A lady  favours  us  with  the  following  simple  recipe, 
Which,  she  says,  gives  less  trouble  than  any  other,  and  has  never  been 
known  to  fail  : — Take  five  eggs,  and  half  a pound  of  loaf  sugar,  sifted  ; 
break  the  eggs  upon  the  sugar,  and  beat  all  together  with  a steel  fork 
for  half  an  hour.  Previously  take  the  weight  of  two  eggs  and  a half, 
in  th'  ir  shells,  of  flour.  Afteryou  have  beaten  the  eggs  and  sugar  the 
time  specified,  grate  in  the  rind  of  a lemon  (the  juice  may  be  added  at 
pleasure),  stir  in  the  flour,  and  immediately  pour  it  in  to  a tin  lined 
iv  i i ll  buttered  paper,  and  let  it  be  instantly  put  into  rather  a cool 
Wen. 

Sponge  Cake. — Take  equal  weight  of  eggs  and  sugar;  half  their 
weight  in  sifted  flour  ; to  twelve  eggs  add  the  grated  rind  of  three 
lemons,  and  the  juice  of  two.  Beat  the  eggs  carefully,  the  white  and 
yolks  separately,  before  they  are  used.  Stir  the  materials  thoroughly 
together,  and  bake  in  a quick  oven. 

Cake9  Cocoa-Nut  Sponge. — Grate  a cocoa-nut,  the  outer  part  peel- 
ed off.  A teaspoon  of  salt,  and  half  a grated  nutmeg.  A pound  of 
white  sugar.  Beat  and  strain  the  yolks  of  six  eggs;  the  whites  cut  to 
a stiff  froth.  One  teaspoon  of  essence  of  lemon,  flour,  half  pint.  Mix 
tiie  yolks,  sugar,  and  other  ingredients,  except  the  whites  and  flour. 
Before  putting  it  into  the  oven,  add  the  whites,  and  flour  gradually, 
and  gently  mix  it.  Put  it  on  buttered  paper  on  tins,  in  a quick  oven. 
Cover  with  paper  lest  the  top  harden  quick. — Qu. 

Cakes,  Browning  for.— % lb.  moist  sugar,  2 ozs.  of  butter;  add  a 
'a  little  w.  ter.  Simmer  till  brown,  A little  of  this  mixture  will  give  a 
rich  color  to  cakes- 

Pound  Cake. — Take  1 lb.  each  of  flour,  sifted  loaf  sugar,  and  cur- 
rants; the  rind  of  two  lemons  grated;  mix  all  together  by  rubbing 
them  between  the  hands;  then  put  1 lb.  of  butter  into  a wooden  bowl; 
place  it  often  before  the  fire,  if  the  weather  is  cold;  when  the  butter 
is  soft,  beat  it  up  with  the  hand  till  it  is  like  a cream;  break  10  or  12 
eggs  into  a deep  pan ; whisk  till  quite  frothy;  put  one-third  of  them  to 
>che  butteJ  ; and  beat  up  till  well  mixed;  then  put  in  half  of  what  is 


536  Appendix  to  Bakers'  and  Cooking  Department. 


left,  and  mix  it  till  it  sticks  to  the  bowl;  then  put  in  the  remainder,  and 
mix  it  up  well;  when  it  sticks  to  the  bowl,  it  is  well  mixed  and  light? 
then  put  in  the  flour,  etc.,  and  mix  well  together.  Have  cake  hoops, 
or  molds  papered,  and  put  into  the  oven,  Hie  heat  of  which  must  be 
moderate.  The  rind  of  a lemon,  shred  very  fine,  may  be  added. 

Pound  Cake,  a Good  One. — Beat  a pound  of  butter  to  a cream,  and 
mix  with  it  the  whites  and  yolks  of  eight  eggs  beaten  apart.  Have 
ready,  warm  by  the  fire,  a pound  of  flour,  and  the  same  of  sifted  sugar, 
mix  them,  and  a few  cloves,  a little  nutmeg,  and  cinnamon,  in  fine 
powder  together  ; then  by  degrees  work  the  ingredients  into  the  but- 
ter and  eggs.  When  well  beaten,  add  u glass  of  wine  and  some  carra- 
ways.  It  must  be  beaten  a full  hour.  Butter  a pan,  and  bake  it  a full 
hour  in  a.  quick  oven. 

Raisin  Cake. — One  cup  of  flour,  two  cups  of  cream,  one  cup  of 
butter,  four  eggs,  1 lb.  of  raisins,  cloves,  cinnamon,  candied  lemon, 
cut  extremely  fine,  and  one  teaspoon  of  soda. 

Raisin  Cake. — Take  134  lb.  of  light  dough,  a tea-cup  of  sugar,  on* 
of  butter,  three  eggs,  a tea-spoon  of  carbonate  of  soda,  1 lb.  of  raisins, 
nutmeg  or  cinnamon  to  the  taste;  bake  one  hour.  Let  it  rise  befom 
being  baked. 

Raisin  Loaf. — To  6 lbs.  of  flour,  add  lbs.  of  raisins,  34  oz-  °* 

carraway  and  a few  coriander  seeds  ground,  a little  cinnamon  or  clove^, 
pepper,  and  half  a pint  of  barm  mixed  with  cold  water;  cut  tne  past* 
with  a knife  very  well,  to  maxe  the  loaf  appear  to  be  fuller  of  raisins 
For  a rich  loaf,  add  more  fruit,  and  rub  butter  in  the  flour  and  sugar* 
bake  it  a fine  brown  on  the  top. 

Tea  Cakes. — Rub  fine  4 ozs.  of  butter  into  8 ozs.  of  flour ; mix  ^ 
ozs.  of  currants,  and  six  of  fi  ne  sugar,  two  yolks  and  one  white  of  egg 
and  a spoonful  of  brandy;  roll  what  size  you  like;  beat  the  othe* 
white  of  egg,  and  wash  over  them.  Dust  sugar  upon  them,  or  not. 

Tea  Cakes,  Small. — Put  a 34  lb-  °f  butter  into  1 lb.  of  flour;  mi* 
34  lb.  sifted  loaf  sugar,  and  wet  it  with  water;  when  made  up,  divide 
into  two  equal  parts  ; put  1 oz.  of  carraway  seeds  to  one  piece,  to  hav« 
two  sorts.  Rub  the  paste  out  very  thin,  and  cut  it  out  with  a smaW 
round  cutter;  butter  a baking  sheet,  and  dust  it  with  flour;  lay  tli* 
cakes  on,  and  bake  in  a slow  oven  till  of  a light  brown. 

Cakes,  Drop. — Mix  flour  2 lbs. ; butter  1 lb. ; sugar  1 lb. ; currant 
1 lb. ; clean  and  dry  ; then  wet  into  a stiff  paste,  with  two  eggs,  a larg* 
spoon  each  of  orange-flower  water,  rose-water,  sweet  wine  and  brandy- 
drop  on  a tin-plate  floured;  a very  short  time  bakes  them. 

Cakes,  Ginger. — As  above ; but  mixing  with  it  half  an  ounce  ok 
ginger. 

Nice  Plum  Cake. — Tak  1 lb.  of  flour;  bicarbonate  of  soda,  34  oz*i 
butter,  6 ozs. ; loaf  sugar,  6 ozs. ; currants,  6 ozs  ; three  eggs ; milk, 
about  4 ozs.  ; bake  for  one  hour  and  a half  in  a tin  or  pan. 

Soda  Cake. — Take  34  lb.  of  flour  ; bicarbonate  of  soda,  2 drs. ; tar- 
taric acid,  2 drs. ; butter  4 ozs  ; white  sugar  2 ozs.  ; currants,  4 ozs.  ; 
two  eggs  ; warm  milk,  half  a tea-cup. 

Custard  Pie.— Boil  a quart  of  milk  with  the  rind  of  a lemon. 
Strain  it,  and  then  boil.  Mix  a table-spoon  of  flour  smoothly  with  two 
of  milk,  and  stir  it  into  the  boiling  milk.  Boil  a minute,  constantly 
stirring;  take  off,  and  when  cool,  add  three  beaten  eggs;  sweeten 
your  taste  ; bake  in  a quick  oven. 

Custard,  (Baked).— Boil  in  a pint  of  milk  a fewr  ceriauder  seeds, 
a little  cinnamon  and  lemon  peel;  sweeten  with  4 o,vs.  of  loaf  sugar, 
mix  with  it  a pint  of  cold  milk  ; beat  8 eggs  for  ten  minutes  ; add  th* 


Appendix  to  Bakers'  and  Cooking  Department.  537 


other  ingredients;  pour  it  from  one  pan  into  another  six  or  eight  times, 
strain  through  a sieve ; let  it  stand  : skim  the  froth  from  the  top,  till  it 
in  earthen  cups,  and  bake  immediately  in  a hot  oven  ; give  them  a good 
color  ; ten  minutes  will  do  them. 

Pickled  Eggs. — If  the  following  pickle  were  generally  known  it 
would  be  more  generally  used.  We  constantly  keep  it  in  our  family, 
and  find  it  an  excellent  pickle  to  be  eaten  with  cold  meat,  etc.  The 
eggs  should  be  boiled  hard  (say  ten  minutes),  and  then  divested  of 
their  shells;  when  quite  cold  put  them  in  jars,  and  pour  over  them 
vinegar  (sufficent  to  quite  cover  them),  in  which  has  been  previously 
boiled  the  usual  spices  for  pickling;  tie  the  jar  down  tight  with  blad- 
der, and  keep  them  till  they  begin  to  change  color. 

Gingerbread  Buttons,  Snap.— Molasses,  3 lbs.  ; sugar  1 lb.;  ginger 
1)4  oz.  ; seeds,  etc.;  butter,  )4  lb.  rubbed  in  2 lbs.  of  flour;  mix  and 
drop  them  on  tins. 

Gingerbread  Buttons,  Best. — Molasses,  7 lbs.  wTarmed;  sugar, 
oatmeal,  2 lbs.  each;  butter,  2 lbs.  rubbed  in  7 lbs.  of  flour;  candied 
lemon  peal,  1 oz.  cut  very  thin;  carraway,  cinnamon,  or  clove,  accor- 
ding to  taste  ; mix  stiff,  and  bake  in  small  balls  on  a tin  in  a slow 
oven. 

Gingerbread,  Fine. — Flour,  2 lbs. ; sugar,  8 ozs. ; orange  peel,  or 
candied  lemon,  cut  very  thin,  8 ozs.  ; ground  ginger,  1 oz. ; carraway 
seeds,  )4  oz.;  cloves,  mace,  allspice,  according  to  taste  ; mix  with  these, 
1)4  lbs.  of  molasses,  and  )4  lb.  melted  butter,  and  2 drs.  of  carbonate 
of  soda.  Mix  well  and  let  it  stand  2 or  3 hours.  Use  flour  in  rolling 
out.  Cut  into  shapes. 

Gingerbread  Nuts.— Molasses,  3 lbs. ; sugar,  lib.;  butter,  1 lb.; 
rubbed  into  4 lbs.  of  flour;  esence  of  lemon,  2 tea-spoons;  ginger, 
seeds,  etc.,  according  to  taste.  Mix  ; drop  on  buttered  tins;  bake  in  a 
slow  oven. 

These  may  be  varied  by  the  addition  of  candied  lemon,  brandy, 
and  a couple  of  eggs  well  beaten. 

Gingerbread,  Superior. — Flour,  2 lbs.;  carbonate  of  magnesia, 
34  oz.;  mix,  and  add  molasses,  1 lb.;  powdered  sugar  lb. ; melted 
butter,  2 ozs. ; tartaric  acid  in  solution,  2 drs.  Make  a stiff  paste; 
add  grated  nutmeg  and  cinnamon,  of  each  2 drs.;  grated  nutmeg,  1)4 
oz.  Mix  well.  Let  it  stand  1 hour,  and  then  bake  slowly. 

Another  Recipe. — Flour,  3 lbs.;  sugar,  1 lb.;  butter,"  1 lb.;  molas- 
ses, 1)4  lb. ; ginger,  34  oz.;  cloves,  J4  oz. ; and  the  peel  of  a good  sized 
lemon  ; form  into  cakes  and  bake. 

Gingerbread,  Victoria. — Flour,  3)4  lbs. ; fine  sugar,  2)4  lbs.  ; hon- 
ey, 1)4  lb;  341b.  each  of  sweet  almonds  blanched,  chopped  small,  and 
candied  lemon  or  orange  peel;  the  rinds  of  two  lemons;  cinnamon, 
1 oz. ; nutmeg  )4  oz. ; powdered  cloves,  mace,  and  cardamoms  accor- 
ding to  taste,  and  3 table-spoons  of  water.  Melt  the  sugar,  and  honey 
in  water  over  the  fire.  Mix  well  the  other  articles  in  the  flour,  and  , 
pour  in  the  syrup  from  the  tire.  Mix  well.  Do  not  bake  till  the  day' 
after.  Mix  the  white  of  an  egg  and  sugar,  and  bruslv.it  over  the  gin- 
gerbread. 

A Good  Sort  Without  Butter.— Molasses,  2 lbs.;  4 ozs.  of  orange, 
lemon,  citron,  and  candied  ginger,  all  thinly  sliced  ; l oz.  each  corian- 
der seeds,  carraways,  and  bruised  ginger  ; as  much  flour  as  will  make 
a soft  paste  ; bake  in  a quick  oven  on  tin  plates. 

Gingerbread,  White.— Flour,  6 lbs.;  white  sugar,  3 lbs. ; rub  1 lb. 
of  butter  into  the  flour,  and  )4  oz*  carraway  seeds  ; mix  well  with 
milk.  Make  it  light  the  same  as  Bath  Oakes. 


538  Appendix  to  Bakers'  and  Cooking  Department . 

Ginger  Cakes — Beat  3 eggs  in  24  pt.  of  cream;  stir  in  a saucepan 
till  warm  ; add  butter,  1 lb.  ; loaf  sugar,  24  lb. ; ginger,  224  ozs. 
Stir  these  ingredients  over  the  fire  to  melt  and  mix  ; make  into  a good 
paste  with  2 lbs.  of  flour ; roll  out,  cut  into  forms  half  an  inch  thick. 
Lay  on  papers,  and  bake  in  allot  oven. 

Sugar  Gingerbread.— Butter,  12  ozs.;  sugar,  finely  powdered,  8 
ozs.  ; ground  ginger,  one  table-spoon,  and  a little  cinnamon,  and  nut- 
meg ; beat  these  up  to  a foam  ; beat  well  4 eggs,  and  mix  them  with 
the  other.  Add  a cup  of  cream,  a table-spoon  of  saleratus,  or  bicar- 
bonate of  potass,  dissolved  in  hot  water.  'Stir  in  fine  flour  as  long  as 
it  can  be  worked  and  knead  thoroughly.  Roll  into  thin  cakes  ; bake  in 
a quick  oven. 

To  Make  Gingerbread  Cake.— Take  124  lb-  of  molasses  ; 124  oz*  °f 
ground  ginger  ; 24  oz*  °f  carraway  seeds  ; 2 ozs.  of  allspice  ; 4 ozs.  of 
orange  peal,  shred  fine  ; 24  lb.  of  sweet  butter  ; 6 ozs.  of  blanched 
almonds  ; 1 lb.  of  honey  ; and  124  ozs-  °f  carbonate  of  soda  ; with  aa 
much  fine  flour  as  makes  a dough  "of  moderate  consistence. 

Directions  for  Making. — Make  a pit  in  five  pounds  of  flour s 
then  pour  in  the  molasses,  and  all  the  other  ingredients,  creaming  the 
butter  ; then  mix  them  all  together  into  a dough  ; work  it  well ; then 
put  in  three-quarters  of  an  ounce  of  tartaric  acid,  and  put  the  dough 
into  a buttered  pan,  and  bake  for  two  hours  in  a cool  oven.  To  know 
when  it  is  ready,  dip  a fork  into  it,  and  if  it  comes  sticky,  put  it  in  the 
oven  again,  if  not  it  is  ready. 

Graham  Bread. — Take  1 pt.  common  bread  sponge;  1 pt.  water* 
24  tea-cup  nice  syrup;  1 tea-spoon  of  soda;  add  graham  flour  to  make 
nearly  as  stiff  as  can  be  stirred  with  a spoon;  let  stand  till  light  and 
bake  a little  longer  than  wheat  bread. 

Corn  Bread. — Take  1 pt.  of  corn  meal,  wet  with  cold  water,  pour 
on  boiling  water  to  make  about  as  thick  as  mush,  let  stand  on  the 
stove  until  thoroughly  scalded;  then  add  1 tea-cup  sour  milk  ; 1 heap- 
ing tea-spoon  of  soda;  1 tea-cup  molasses;  1 heaping  tea-spoon  of 
salt ; and  equal  parts  of  corn  meal  and  flour  to  make  nearly  as  stiff  aa 
can  be  stirred  with  a spoon  ; let  stand  24  hour  in  a warm  place,  then 
steam  2 hours,  and  bake  2 hours. 

lied  Currant  Jelly. — With  three  parts  of  fine  red  currants  mis 
one  of  white  currants;  put  them  into  a clean  preserving-pan,  and  sti? 
them  gently  over  a clear  fire  until  the  juice  flows  from  them  freely; 
then  turn  them  into  a fine  hair  sieve,  and  let  them  drain  well,  but 
without  pressure.  Pass  the  juice  through  a folded  muslin,  or  a jelly 
bag;  weigh  it,  and  then  boil  it  fast  for  a quarter  of  an  hour;  and  for 
each  pound,  8 ozs.  of  sugar  coarsely  powdered,  stir  this  to  it  off  the 
fire  until  it  is  dissolved,  give  the  jelly  eight  minutes  more  of  quick 
boiling,  and  pour  it  out.  Iu  will  be  firm,  and  of  excellent  color  and 
flavor.  Be  sure  to  clear  off  the  scum  as  it  rises,  both  before  and  after 
the  sugar  is  put  in,  or  the  preserve  will  not  be  clear.  Juice  of  red  cur- 
rants, 3 lbs. ; juice  of  white  currants,  1 lb. ; fifteen  minutes.  Sugar, 

2 lbs. ; eight  minutes.  An  excellent  jelly  may  be  made  with  equal 
parts  of  the  juice  of  red  and  of  white  currants,  and  of  raspberries, 
with  the  same  proportion  of  sugar  and  degree  of  boiling  as  mentioned 
in  the  foregoing  recipe. 

White  Currant  Jelly. — White  currant  jelly  is  made  in  the  mine 
way  as  red  currant  jelly,  only  it  should  have  double  refined  sugar,  and 
not  be  boiled  above  ten  minutes.  White  currant  jelly  should  be  put 
through  a lawn  sieve. 

Another  Recipe  for  White  Currant  Jelly.— After  the  fruit  is 


Appendix  to  Bakers'  and  Cooking  Department.  539 


stripped  from  the  stalky,  put  it  into  the  pan,  and  when  it  boils,  run  it 
quickly  through  a sieve;  take  a pound  of  sugar  to  each  pint  of  juice, 
and  let  it  boil  twenty  minutes. 

An  Excellent  Jelly,  (for  the  Sick-room).— Take  rice,  sago,  pearl 
barley,  hartshorn  shavings,  each  1 oz. ; simmer  with  3 pts.  of  water  to 
1,  and  strain  it.  When  cold  it  will  be  a jelly,  of  which  give,  dissolved 
in  wine,  milk,  or  broth,  in  change  with  the  other  nourishment. 

True  Lovers’  Knots. — Roll  out  a piece  of  puff  paste  into  a thin 
sheet,  cut  into  pieces  three  or  four  inches  square,  fold  each  corner  over 
into  the  center,  and  cut  a piece  out  from  each  side,  leaving  it  in  the 
form  of  a true  lover’s  knot;  put  them  on  a tin,  and  bake  them  in  a 
moderate  oven ; when  they  are  done,  place  some  jam  or  preserve  on 
each  point,  and  some  in  the  center. 

Lemon  Puffs. — Beat  and  sift  1 lb.  of  refined  sugar;  put  it  into  a 
bowl,  with  the  juice  of  two  lemons,  and  mix  them  together;  beat  the 
white  of  an  egg  to  a high  froth;  put  it  into  the  bowl;  put  in  3 eggs 
with  two  rinds  of  lemon  grated ; mix  it  well  up,  and  throw  sugar  on 
the  buttered  papers ; drop  on  the  pufts  in  small  drops,  and  bake  them 
hi  a moderately  heated  oven. 

Lemon  Whey. — Pour  into  boiling  milk  as  much  lemon  juice  as 
wiU  make  a small  quantity  quite  clear;  dilute  with  hot  water  to  an 
agreeable  sharp  acid,  and  sweeten  as  you  like. 

Oyster  Pie. — The  following  directions  may  be  safely  relied  upon. 
Take  a large  dish,  butter  it,  and  spread  a rich  paste  over  the  sides  and 
around  the  edge,  but  not  at  the  bottom.  The  oysters  should  be  fresh, 
and  as  large  and  fine  as  possible.  Drain  off  part  of  the  liquor  from 
the  oysters.  Put  them  into  a pan,  and  season  them  with  pepper,  salt, 
and  spice.  Stir  them  well  with  the  seasoning.  Have  ready  the  yolks 
of  eggs,  chopped  finer  and  the  grated  bread.  Pour  the  oysters  (with 
as  much  of  their  liquor  as  you  please)  into  the  dish  that  has  the  paste 
in  it.  Strew  over  them  the  chopped  egg  and  grated  bread.  Roll  out 
the  lid  of  the  pie,  and  put  it  on,  crimping  the  edges  handsomely.  Take 
a small  sheet  of  paste,  cut  it  into  a square,  and  roll  it  up.  Cut  it  with 
a sharp  knife  into  the  form  of  a double  tulip.  Make  a slit  in  the  cen- 
ter of  the  upper  crust,  and  stick  the  tulip  in  it.  Cut  out  eight  large 
leaves  of  paste,  and  lay  them  on  the  lid.  Bake  the  pie  in  a quick 
oven. 

Oyster  Fritters. — Make  a batter  of  flour,  milk,  and  eggs;  season 
a very  little  with  nutmeg.  Beard  the  oysters,  and  put  as  many  as  you 
think  proper  to  each  fritter. 

Potatoes,  to  Boil.— Boil  in  a saucepan  without  lid,  with  only  suf- 
ficient water  to  cover  them;  more  would  spoil  them,  as  the  potatoes 
contain  much  water,  and  it  requires  to  be  expelled.  When  the  water 
nearly  boils,  pour  it  off,  and  add  cold  water,  with  a good  portion  of 
salt.  The  cold  water  sends  the  heat  from  the  surface  to  the  centre  of 
lie  potato,  and  makes  it  mealy.  Boiling  with  a lid  on,  often  produces 
cracking. 

New  potatoes  should  be  cooked  soon  after  being  dug ; wash  well, 
and  boil. 

The  Irish,  who  boil  potatoes  to  perfection,  say  they  should  always 
be  boiled  in  their  jackets ; as  peeling  them  for  boiling  is  only  offering 
a premium  for  water  to  run  through  the  potato,  and  rendering  it  sad 
and  unpalatable;  they  should  be  well  washed  and  put  into  cold  water. 

“ Stop,”  says  one,  “ till  I immortalize  my  dear  old  mother’s  recipe: 
“To  dress  a potato,  wash  it  well,  but  let  there  be  no  scraping.  At  the 
thickest  end  cut  off  a piece  the  size  of  a sixpence.”  This  is  the  safety- 


54°  Appendix  to  Bakers'  and  Cooking  Department 


valve  by  which  the  steam,  generated  in  the  potato,  escapes;  and  such 
escape  prevents  cracking.  Pour  all  the  water  off,  and  let  the  skins  be 
thoroughly  dry  before  peeling. 

To  Boil  Potatoes. — Put  them  into  a saucepan  with  scarcely  suffR 
cient  water  to  cover  them.  Directly  the  skins  begin  to  break,  lift  them 
from  the  lire,  and  as  rapidly  as  possible  pour  oft*  every  drop  of  the  wa- 
ter. Then  place  a coarse  (we  need  not  say  clean)  towel  over  them, 
and  return  them  to  the  tire  again  until  they  are  thoroughly  done,  and 
quite  dry.  A little  salt,  to  flavor,  should  be  added  to  the  water  before 
boiling. 

Potatoes  Fried  in  Slices. — Peel  large  potatoes,  slice  them  about  a 
quarter  of  an  inch  thick,  or  cut  them  into  shavings,  as  you  would  peel 
a lemon ; dry  them  well  in  a clean  cloth,  and  fry  them  in  lard  or  drip- 
ping. Take  care  that  the  fat  and  frying-pan  are  quite  clean;  put  it  on 
a quick  fire,  and  as  soon  as  the  lard  boils,  and  is  still,  put  in  the  slices 
of  potato,  and  keep  moving  them  until  they  are  crisp;  take  them  up, 
and  lay  them  to  drain  on  a sieve.  Send  to  table  with  a little  salt 
sprinkled  over  them. 

Potato  Yeast. — Boil,  and  skin,  and  mash  mealy  potatoes.  Mix 
hot  water  to  make  them  as  thin  as  pudding  batter.  Add  to  each  lb.  of 
potatoes  2 ozs.  of  molasses.  When  just  warm,  stir  in  for  every  lb.  of 
potatoes  2 table-spoons  of  yeast.  Keep  it  warm  till  it  has  done  fer 
menting,  and  in  a day  it  will  be  ready  for  use. 

A Black  Man’s  Recipe  to  Dress  Rice.— Wash  him  well,  much  wash 
in  cold  water,  the  rice  flour  make  him  stick.  Water  boil  all  ready  verj 
fast.  Throw  him  in,  rice  can’t  burn,  water  shake  him  too  much.  Bo  A 
quarter  of  an  hour  or  little  more;  rub  one  rice  in  thumb  and  finger, 
if  all  rub  away  him  quite  done.  Put  rice  in  colander,  hot  water  run 
away;  pour  cup  of  cold  water  on  him,  put  back  rice  in  saucepan,  keep 
him  covered  near  the  fire,  then  rice  all  ready.  Eat  him  up ! 

Pnddings— Cheap,  Wholesome,  and  Palatable.— Bread  Pudding 
— In  a three-pint  tin  dish  beat  3 eggs,  add  3 table-spoons  of  sugar, 
little  nutmeg,  then  fill  the  dish  to  within  an  inch  of  the  top  with  sweet- 
milk,  stir  in  1 pt.  of  finely  broken  dry  bread,  and  bake  one  hour. 

Rice  Pudding. — Wash  and  scald,  but  not  boil,  a tea-cup  of  rice, 
add  1 tea-cup  of  sugar,  and  3 pts.  of  milk,  and  a little  nutmeg,  and 
bake  slowly  until  rice  is  very  soft.  Raisins  are  an  improvement,  but- 
do  not  spoil  it  with  eggs,  as  most  folks  do. 

Cookies. — Two  eggs,  1 tea-cup  cyf  sugar,  tea-cup  of  butter,  ^ 
tea-spoon  of  soda,  1 table-spoon  of  water,  caraway  seed;  bake  quickly 
but  lightly.  These  cookies  will  be  as  fresh  and  nice  when  six  week* 
old  as  when  first  baked. 

Elegant  Bread  Pudding. — Take  light  white  bread,  and  cut  it  in 
thin  slices.  Put  into  a pudding  shape  a layer  of  any  sort  of  preserve, 
then  a slice  of  bread,  and  repeat  until  the  mold  is  almost  full.  Pour 
over  all  1 pt.  of  warm  milk,  in  which  4 beaten  eggs  have  been  mixed; 
cover  the  mold  with  a piece  of  linen,  place  it  in  a saucepan  with  a 
little  boiling  water,  let  it  boil  twenty  minutes,  and  serve  with  pud- 
ding sauce. 

Batter  Pudding. — Take  of  flour,  4 ozs. ; bi-carbonate  of  soda,  2 
drs. ; a little  sugar,  and  1 egg.  Mix  with  milk  to  a thin  batter,  and 
bake  in  a well-buttered  tin,  in  a brisk  oven,  half  an  hour.  A few  cur- 
rants may  be  strewed  in  the  bottom  of  the  tin,  if  preferred. 

Taffy. — Butter,  2%  ozs.;  sugar,  1 lb.;  melt  and  stir  over  the  fire 
till  it  comes  to  the  crackled  degree.  The  addition  of  » little  lemon 
juice  greatlv  improves  it.  Some  add  ginger.  A nice  taffy  may  be 


Appendix  to  Bakers'  and  Cooking  Department.  541 


made  as  above,  not  boiled  so  much,  by  the  addition  of  well  strained 
jelly,  as  apricot,  currant,  raspberry,  strawberry,  etc. 

Everton  Taffy  requires  more  butter.  Some  mix  with  the  above 
taffy  blanched  almonds. 

Taffy. — To  1 lb.  of  raw  sugar  add  2 ozs.  of  butter.  When  boiled 
to  the  crackled  degree,  grain  it,  and  pour  it  out  in  square  tins,  either 
oiled  or  buttered. 

Economy  of  Tea.— A given  quantity  of  tea  is  similar  to  malt — 
only  imparting  strength  to  a given  quantity  of  water;  therefore  any 
additional  quantity  is  waste.  Two  small  tea-spoons  of  good  black  tea, 
and  one  three  parts  full  of  green,  are  sufficient  to  make  three  tea-cups 
agreeable,  the  water  being  put  in.  in  a boiling  state,  at  once;  a second 
addition  of  water  gives  a vapid  rlavor  to  tea. 

In  preparing  tea,  a good  economist  will  be  careful  to  have  the  best 
water,  that  is,  the  softest  and  least  impregnated  with  foreign  mixture; 
for  if  tea  be  Infused  in  hard  and  in  soft  water,  the  latter  will  alwaj^s 
yield  the  greatest  quantity  of  the  tannin  matter,  and  will  strike  the 
deepest  black  with  sulphate  of  iron  in  solution. 

Tea-Making. — Dr.  Kitchiner  recommends  that  all  the  water  neces- 
sary should  be  poured  in  at  once,  as  the  second  drawing  is  bad.  When 
much  tea  is  wanted,  it  is  better  to  have  two  tea-pots  instead  of  two 
drawings. 

Another  Method. — The  water  should  be  fresh  boiled  (not  exhausted 
by  long  boiling).  Scald  the  tea-pot  and  empty  it;  then  put  in  as  much 
water  as  necessary  for  the  first  cups;  put  the  tea  on  it  as  in  brewing, 
and  close  the  lid  as  quickly  as  possible.  Let  it  stand  three  minutes 
and  a half,  or,  if  the  quantity  be  large,  four  minutes,  then  fill  the  cups. 
This  is  greatly  superior  to  the  ordinary  method,  the  aroma  being  pre- 
served instead  of  escaping  with  the  steam,  as  it  does  when  the  water 
is  poured  on  the  tea. 

Substitute  for  Cream  in  Tea  or  Coffee.— Beat  the  white-of  an  egg 
to  a froth,  put  to  it  a very  small  lump  of  butter,  and  mix  well.  Then 
stir  it  in  gradually,  so  that  it  may  not  curdle.  If  perfectly  mixed,  it 
will  be  an  excellent  substitute  for  cream. 

In  making  coffee,  observe  that  the  broader  the  bottom  and  the 
smaller  the  top  of  the  vessel,  the  better  the  coffee  will  be. 

Turkish  Mode  of  Making  Coffee. — The  Turkish  way  of  making 
coffee  produces  a very  different  result  from  that  to  which  we  are  accus- 
tomed. A small  conical  saucepan,  with  a long  handle,  and  calculated 
to  hold  about  two  table-spoons  of  water,  is  the  vessel  used.  The  fresh 
roasted  berry  is  pounded,  not  ground,  and  about  a dessert-spoon  is  put 
into  the  minute  boiler;  it  is  then  nearly  filled  with  water,  and  thrust 
among  the  embers.  A few  seconds  suffice  to  make  it  boil,  and  the  de- 
coction, grounds  and  all,  is  poured  out  into  a small  cup,  which  fits  into 
a brass  socket,  much  like  the  cup  of  an  acorn,  and  holding  the  china 
cup  as  that  does  the  acorn  itself.  The  Turks  seem  to  drink  this  decoc- 
tion boiling,  and  swallow  the  grounds  with  the  liquid.  We  allow  it  to 
remain  a minute,  in  order  to  leave  the  sediment  at  the  bottom.  It  is 
always  taken  plain;  sugar  or  cream  would  be  thought  to  spoil  it;  and 
Europeans,  after  a little  practice—  (longer,  however,  than  we  had) — are 
said  to  prefer  it  to  the  clear  infusion  drank  in  France.  In  every  hut 
these  coffee  boilers  may  be  seen  suspended,  and  the  means  for  pound- 
ing the  roasted  berry  are  always  ready  at  hand. 


HINTS  ON  HOUSEKEEPING, 

BY  THE  PUBLISHER. 

A Hint  on  Household  Management.— Have  you  ever  observed 

what  a dislike  servants  have  to  anything  cheap?  They  hate  saving 
their  master’s  money.  I tried  this  experiment  with  great  success  the 
other  day.  Finding  we  consumed  a vast  deal  of  soap,  I sat  down  in 
my  thinking  chair,  and  took  the  soap  question  into  consideration,  and 
I found  reason  to  suspect  we  were  using  a very  expensive  article,  where 
a much  cheaper  one  would  serve  the  purpose  better.  I ordered  half  a 
dozen  pounds  of  both  sorts,  but  took  the  precaution  of  changing  th^ 
papers  on  which  the  prices  were  marked  before  giving  them  into  the 
hands  of  Betty.  “ Well,  Betty,  which  soap  do  you  find  washes  best?* 
“Oh,  please  sir,  the  dearest,  in  the  blue  paper;  it  makes  a lather  as 
well  again  as  the  other.”  “ Well,  Betty,  you  shall  always  have  it^ 
then;”  and  thus  the  unsuspecting  Betty  saved  me  some  pounds  a year, 
and  washed  the  clothes  better. — Bed.  Sidney  Smith. 

Domestic  Rales. — Mrs.  Hamilton,  in  her  “Cottagers  of  Glenbuv 
nie,”  gives  three  simple  rules  for  the  regulation  of  domestic  affairs; 
which  deserve  to  be  remembered,  and  which  would,  if  carried  into 
practice,  be  the  means  of  saving  time,  labor,  and  patience,  and  o 1 
making  every  house  a “well-ordered”  one.  They  are  as  follows:— 
1.  Do  everything  in  its  proper  time.  2.  Keep  everything  to  its  proper 
use.  3.  Put  everything  in  its  proper  place. 

An  ever-dirty  hearth,  and  a grate  always  choked  with'  cinders  and 
ashes,  are  infallible  evidences  of  bad  housekeeping. 

Economy. — If  you  have  a strip  of  land,  do  not  throw  away  soap-, 
suds.  Both  ashes  and  soap-suds  are  good  manure  for  bushes  and  young 
plants. 

Woolen  cloths  should  be  washed  in  very  hot  suds,  and  not  rinsed- 
Lukewarm  water  shrinks  them. 

Do  not  let  coffee  and  tea  stand  in  tin. 

Scald  your  wooden-ware  often,  and  keep  your  tin-ware  dry. 

Preserve  the  backs  of  old  letters  to  write  upon. 

If  you  have  children  who  are  learning  to  write,  buy  coarse  white 
paper  by  the  quantity,  and  keep  it  locked  up,  ready  to  be  made  iuto 
writing-books.  This  does  not  cost  half  so  much  as  it  does  to  buy  them 
at  the  stationer’s. 

See  that  nothing  is  thrown  away  which  might  have  served  to  nour- 
ish your  own  family  or  a poorer  one. 

As  far  as  possible,  have  pieces  of  bread  eaten  up  before  they  be- 
come hard;  spread  those  that  are  not  eaten,  and  let  them  dry,  to  be 
pounded  for  puddings,  or  soaked  for  brewis. 

Brewis  is  made  of  crusts  and  dry  pieces  of  bread,  soaked  a good 
while  in  hot  milk,  mashed  up,  and  eaten  with  salt.  Above  all,  do  not 
let  crusts  accumulate  in  such  quantities  that  they  cannot  be  used.  With 
proper  care,  there  is  no  need  of  losing  a particle  of  bread. 

All  the  mending  in  the  house  should  be  done  once  a week,  if  pos- 
sible. 


Hints  on  Housekeeping. 


543 


Never  put  out  sewing.  If  it  be  not  possible  to  do  it  in  your  own 
family,  hire  some  one  into  the  house,  and  work  with  them. 

A warming-pan  full  of  coals,  or  a shovel  of  coals,  held  over  var- 
nished furniture,  will  take  out  white  spots.  Care  should  be  taken  not 
t,o  hold  the  clothes  near  enough  to  scorch;  and  the  place  should  be 
rubbed  with  a flannel  while  warm. 

Sal-volatile  or  hartshorn  will  restore  colors  taken  out  by  acid.  It 
may  be  dropped  upon  any  garment  without  doing  harm. 

New  iron  should  be  very  gradually  heated  at  flrst.  After  it  has 
become  inured  to  the  heat,  it  is  not  so  likely  to  crack. 

Clean  a brass  kettle,  before  using  it  for  cooking,  with  salt  and 
vinegar. 

The  oftener  carpets  are  shaken,  the  longer  they  wear ; the  dirt  that 
collects  under  them  grinds  out  the  threads. 

Linen  rags  should  be  carefully  saved,  for  they  are  extremely  use- 
ful in  sickness.  If  they  have  become  dirty  and  worn  by  cleaning  sil- 
ver, etc.,  wash  them  and  scrape  them  into  lint. 

If  you  are  troubled  to  get  soft  water  for  washing,  fill  a tub  or 
oar-re  1 half  full  of  wood  ashes,  and  fill  it  up  with  water,  so  that  you 
may  have  lye  whenever  you  want  it.  A gallon  of  strong  lye,  put  into 
a great  kettle  of  hard  water,  will  make  it  as  soft  as  rain  water.  Some 
people  use  pearl-ash,  or  potash;  but  this  costs  something,  and  is  very 
Ypt  to  injure  the  texture  of  the  cloth. 

Do  not  let  knives  be  dropped  into  hot  dish-water.  It  is  a good 
plan  to  have  a large  tin  pot  to  wash  them  in,  just  high  enough  to  wash 
Mie  blades  without  wetting  the  handles. 

It  is  better  to  accomplish  perfectly  a very  small  amount  of  work, 
Mian  to  half  do  ten  times  as  much. 

Charcoal  powder  will  be  found  a ver}'  good  thing  to  give  knives  a 
Mrst-rate  polish. 

A bonnet  and  trimmings  may  be  worn  a much  longer  time,  if  the 
dust  be  brushed  well  off  after  walking. 

Much  knowledge  may  be  obtained  by  the  good  housewife  observ- 
ing how  things  are  managed  in  well-regulated  families. 

Apples  intended  for  dumplings  should  not  have  the  core  taken  out 
-of  them,  as  the  pips  impart  a delicious  flavor  to  the  dumpling. 

A rice  pudding  is  most  excellent  without  eithel  eggs  or  sugar,  if 
baked  gently;  it  keeps  better  without  eggs. 

“Willful  waste  makes  wof ul  want.”  Do  not  cook  a fresh  joint 
whilst  any  of  the  last  remains  uneaten — hash  it  up,  and  with  gravy 
and  a little  management,  eke  out  another  day’s  dinner. 

The  shanks  of  mutton  make  a good  stock  for  nearl}’  any  kind  of 
gravy,  and  they  are  very  cheap — a dozen  may  be  had  for  a penny, 
enough  to  make  a quart  of  delicious  soup. 

Thick  curtains,  closely  drawn  around  the  bed,  are  very  injurious, 
because  they  not  only  confine  the  effluvia  thrown  off  from  our  bodies 
Whilst  in  bed,  but  interrupt  the  current  of  pure  air. 

Regularity  in  the  payment  of  accounts  is  essential  to  housekeep- 
ing. All  tradesmen’s  bills  should  be  paid  weekly,  tor  then  any  errors 
can  be  detected  whilst  the  transactions  are  fresh  in  the  memory. 

Allowing  children  to  talk  incessantly  is  a mistake.  We"  do  not 
mean  to  say  that  they  should  be  restricted  from  talking  in  proper  sea- 
sons, but  they  should  be  taught  to  know  when  it  is  proper  for  them  to 
cease. 

Blacking  for  Leather  Seats,  etc. — Beat  well  the  yolks  of  two 
iggs  and  the  white  of  one ; mix  a table-spoon  of  gin  and.  a tea-spoon 


544  Appendix  to  Bakers'  and  Cooking  Department . 

of  sugar,  thicken  it  with  ivory  black,  add  it  to  the  eggs,  and  us«  as 
common  blacking;  the  seats  or  cushions  being  left  a day  or  two  ta 
harden.  This  is  good  for  dress  boots  and  shoes. 

Black  Reviver  for  Black  Cloth. — Bruised  galls,  1 lb.;  logwood,  2 
lbs.;  green  vitriol,  % lb.;  water,  5 qts.  Boil  for  two  hours,  and  strain. 
Used  to  restore  the  color  of  black  cloth. 

A Breen  Paint  for  Barden  Stands,  etc.,  may  be  obtained  by  mix- 
ing a quantity  of  mineral  green  and  white  lead,  ground  in  turpentine, 
with  a small  portion  of  turpentine  varnish,  for  the  first  coat;  for  the 
second,  put  as  much  varnish  in  the  color  as  will  produce  a good  gloss. 

Hints  for  Home  Comfort. — Eat  slowly  and  you  will  not  over-eat. 

Keeping  the  feet  warm  will  prevent  headaches. 

Late  at  breakfast — hurried  for  dinner — cross  at  tea. 

A short  needle  makes  the  most  expedition  in  plain  sewing. 

Between  husband  and  wife  little  attentions  beget  much  love. 

Always  lay  your  table  neatly,  whether  you  have  company  or  not. 

Put  your  balls  or  reels  of  cotton  into  little  bags,  leaving  the  ends 

out. 

Whatever  you  may  choose  to  give  away,  always  be  sure  to  Tceejr 
your  temper. 

Dirty  windows  speak  to  the  passer-by  of  the  negligence  of  the  in- 
mates. 

In  cold  weather  a leg  of  mutton  improves  by  being  hung  three, 
four,  or  five  weeks. 

When  meat  is  hanging,  change  its  position  frequently,  to  equally 
distribute  the  juices. 

There  is  much  more  injury  done  by  admitting  visitors  to  invalid* 
than  is  generally  supposed. 

Matches,  out  of  the  reach  of  children,  should  be  kept  in  every 
bedroom.  They  are  cheap  enough. 

Apple  and  suet  dumplings  are  lighter  when  boiled  in  a net  than  a 
cloth.  Scum  the  pot  well. 

When  chamber  towels  get  thin  in  the  middle,  cut  them  in  two,  sevi 
the  salvages  together,  and  hem  the  sides. 

When  you  are  particular  in  wishing  to  have  precisely  what  you 
want  from  a butcher’s,  go  and  purchase  it  yourself. 

One  liannel  petticoat  will  wear  nearly  as  long  as  two,  if  turned 
behind  part  before,  when  the  front  begins  to  wear  thin. 

People  in  general  are  not  aware  how  very  essential  to  the  healtl 
of  the  inmates  is  the  free  admission  of  light  into  their  houses. 

When  you  dry  salt  for  the  table,  do  not  place  it  in  the  salt-cell*, 
until  it  is  cold,  otherwise  it  will  harden  into  a lump. 

Never  put  away  plate,  knives  and  forks,  etc.,  uncleaned,  or  great 
inconvenience  will  arise  when  the  articles  are  wanted. 

Feather  beds  should  be  opened  every  third  year,  the  ticking  well 
dusted,  soaped,  and  waxed,  the  feathers  dressed  and  returned. 

Persons  of  defective  sight,  when  threading  a needle,  should  hold 
it  over  something  white,  by  which  the  sight  will  be  assisted. 

In  mending  sheets  ancl  shirts,  put  the  pieces  sufficiently  large,  or 
in  the  first  washing  the  thin  parts  give  way,  and  the  work  is  ail  un- 
done. 

Reading  by  candle-light,  place  the  candle  behind  you,  that  the 
rays  may  pass  over  your  shoulder  on  to  the  book.  This  will  relieve 
the  eyes. 

A wire  fire-guard,  for  each  fire-place  in  a house,  costs  little,  and 
greatly  diminishes  the  risk  to  life  and  property.  Fix  them  before 
going  to  bed. 


Hints  on  Housekeeping. 


545 


In  winter,  get  the  work  forward  by  daylight,  to  prevent  running 
about  at  night  with  candles.  Thus  you  escape  grease  spots,  and  risks 
of  lire. 

Be  at  much  pains  to  keep  your  children’s  feet  dry  and  warm.  Don’t 
bury  their  bodies  in  heavy  flannels  and  wools,  and  leave  their  knees 
and  legs  naked. 

Apples  and  pears,  cut  into  quarters  and  stripped  of  the  rind,  baked 
with  a little  water  and  sugar,  and  eaten  with  boiled  rice,  are  capital 
food  for  children. 

A leather  strap,  with  a buckle  to  fasten,  is  much  more  commodious 
than  a cord  for  a box  in  general  use  for  short  distances ; cording  and 
uncording  is  a tedious  job. 

After  washing,  overlook  linen,  and  stitch  on  buttons,  hooks  and 
eyes,  etc. ; for  this  purpose  keep  a “housewife’s  friend,”  full  of  mis- 
cellaneous threads,  cottons,  buttons,  hooks,  etc. 

For  ventilation  open  your  windows  both  at  top  and  bottom.  The 
fresh  air  rushes  in  one  way,  while  the  foul  makes  its  exit  the  other. 
This  is  letting  in  your  friend  and  expelling  your  enemy. 

There  is  not  any  real  economy  in  purchasing  cheap  calico  for  gen- 
tlemen’s night-shirts.  Cheap  calico  soon  wears  into  holes,  and  becomes 
discolored  in  washing. 

Sitting  to  sew  by  candle-light  at  a table  with  a dark  cloth  on  it,  is 
injurious  to  the  eyesight.  When  no  other  remedy  presents  itself,  put 
a sheet  of  white  paper  before  you. 

Persons  very  commonly  complain  of  indigestion;  how  can  it  be 
Wondered  at,  when  they  seem,  by  their  habit  of  swallowing  their  food 
Wholesale,  to  forget  for  what  purpose  they  are  provided  with  teeth? 

Never  allow  your  servants  to  put  wiped  knives  on  your  table,  for, 
generally  speaking,  you  may  see  that  they  have  been  wiped  with  a 
dirty  cloth.  If  a knife  is  brightly  cleaned,  they  are  compelled  to  use  a 
clean  cloth. 

There  is  not  anything  gained  in  economy  by  having  very  young 
and  inexperienced  servants  at  low  wages;  they  break,  waste,  and  de- 
stroy more  than  an  equivalent  for  higher  wages,  setting  aside  comfort 
and  respectability. 

No  article  in  dress  tarnishes  so  readily  as  black  crape  trimmings, 
and  few  things  injure  it  more  than  damp;  therefore,  to  preserve  its 
beauty  on  bonnets,  a lady  in  nice  mourning  should,  in  her  evening 
Walks,  at  all  seasons  of  the  year,  take  as  her  companion  an  old  parasol 
to  shade  her  crape. 

If  your  flat-irons  are  rough  and  smoky,  lay  a little  fine  salt  on  a 
flat  surface  and  rub  them  well ; it  will  prevent  them  from  sticking  to 
anything  starched,  and  make  them  smooth. 

Rub  your  griddle  with  line  salt  before  you  grease  it,  and  your  cake 
will  not  stick. 

When  walnuts  have  been  kept  until  the  meat  is  too  much  dried  to 
be  good,  let  them  stand  in  milk  and  water  eight  hours,  dry  them,  and 
they  will  be  as  fresh  as  when  new. 

It  is  a good  plan  to  keep  your  different  kinds  of  pieces,  tape, 
thread,  etc.,  in  separate  bags,  and  there  is  no  time  lost  in  looking  for 
them. 

Oat  straw  is  best  for  filling  beds,  and  it  is  well  to  change  it  as  often 
as  cmce  a year. 

Cedar  chests  are  best  to  keep  flannels,  for  cloth  moths  are  never 
found  in  them.  Red  cedar  chips  are  good  to  keep  in  drawers,  ward- 
robes, closets,  trunks,  etc.,  to  keep  out  moths. 


546  Appendix  to  Bakers'  and  Cooking  Department. 


When  cloths  have  acquired  an  unpleasant  odor  by  being  from  fti* 
air,  charcoal  laid  in  the  folds  will  soon  remove  it. 

If  black  dresses  have  been  stained,  boil  a handful  of  fig  leaves  in 
a quart  of  water,  and  reduce  it  to  a pint.  A sponge  clipped  in  the 
liquid  and  rubbed  upon  them,  will  entirely  remove  stains  from  crapes, 
bombazines,  etc. 

In  laying  up  furs  for  summer,  lay  a tallow  candle  in  or  near  them, 
and  danger  from  worms  will  be  obviated. 

To  prevent  metals  from  rusting,  melt  together  three  parts  of  lard 
and  one  of  resin,  and  apply  a very  thin  coating.  It  will  preserve  Rus- 
sia iron  stoves  and  grates  from  rusting  during  summer,  even  in  damp 
situations.  The  effect  is  equally  good  on  brass,  copper,  steel,  etc.  The 
same  compound  forms  ah  excellent  water-proof  paste  for  leather. 
Boots,  when  treated  with  it,  will  soon  after  take  the  usual  polish, 
when  blacked,  and  the  soles  may  be  saturated  with  it. 

Starching.— Take  two  ounces  of  line  white  gum  arabic,  put  it  in 
a pitcher,  and  pour  on  it  one  pint  of  boiling  water;  cover  it,  and  let  if 
stand  all  night.  In  the  morning  pour  it  into  a bottle,  and  cork  it.  A 
table-spoon  of  it  put  in  a pot  of  ordinary  starch  will  improve  it  very 
much. 

Butter— To  Preserve  for  Winter.— Take  two  parts  of  the  bes* 
common  salt,  one  part  of  good  loaf  sugar,  and  one  part  of  saltpetre, 
beaten,  and  blended  well  together.  Of  this  composition  put  1 oz.  tc 
16  ozs.  of  butter,  and  work  it  well  together  in  a mass.  Press  it  into 
the  pans  after  the  butter  has  become  cool ; for  friction,  though  it  be. 
not  touched  by  the  hands,  will  soften  it.  The  pans  should  hold  ten  or 
twelve  pounds  each.  On  the  top  put  some  salt;  and  when  that  is  turned 
into  brine,  if  not  enough  to  cover  the  butter  entirely,  add  some  strong 
salt  and  water. 

Another  Mode  of  Preserving. — Pour  a pint  of  boiling  water  on  1 
lb.  of  common  salt;  add  3^  oz.  of  saltpetre,  1 oz.  of  lump  sugar.  Let 
it  stand  till  cold.  Pour  it  off  clear  of  sediment  and  put  tne  butter  into- 
it.  This  pickle  will  keep  butter  firm  and  sweet  during  the  hottest 
weather. 

Charcoal.— All  sorts  of  glass  vessels  and  other  utensils  may  be 
purified  from  long  retained  smells  of  every  kind,  in  the  easiest  and 
most  perfect  manner,  by  rinsing  them  out  well  with  charcoal  powder 
after  the  grosser  impurities  have  been  scoured  off  with  sand  andpotash. 
Rubbing  the  teeth  and  washing  out  the  mouth  with  fine  charcoal 
powder,  will  render  the  teeth  beautifully  white,  and  the  breath  per- 
fectly sweet,  where  an  offensive  breath  has  been  owing  to  a scobutic 
disposition  of  the  gums.  Putrid  water  is  immediately  deprived  of  its 
bad  smell  by  charcoal.  When  meat,  fish,  etc.,  from  intense  heat,  or 
long  keeping,  are  likely  to  pass  into  a state  of  corruption,  a simple  and 
pure  mode  of  keeping  them  sound  and  healthful  is  by  putting  a few 
pieces  of  charcoal,  each  about  the  size  of  an  egg,  into  the  pot  or  sauce- 
pan wherein  the  fish  or  fle^h  are  to  be  boiled.  Among  others,  an  ex- 
periment of  this  kind  was  tried  upon  a turbot,  which  appeared  to  be  too 
far  gone  to  be  eatable;  the  cook,  as  advised,  put  three  or  four  pieces  of 
charcoal,  each  of  the  size  of  an  egg,  under  the  strainer,  in  the  fish 
kettle ; after  boiling  the  proper  time,  the  turbot  came  to  the  table  sweet 
and  firm. 

China  and  Class-wave. — The  best  material  for  cleansing  either 
porcelain  or  glass-ware,  is  fuller’s  earth  ; but  it  must  be  beaten  into  a 
fine  powder,  and  carefully  cleared  from  all  rough  or  hard  particles*, 
which  might  endanger  the  polish  of  the  brilliant  surface. 


Hints  on  Housekeeping.  547 

In  Lighting  Candles,  alway  s hold  the  match  to  the  side  of  the 
wick,  and  not  over  the  top. 

House  Cleaning. — I do  not  wish  to  boast,  yet  our  house  is  never 
upside  down  with  house  cleaning.  Clean  but  one  room  at  a time,  set- 
ting everything  as  it  should  be  before  beginning  another.  Try  it,  and 
see  if  your  family  and  chance  visitors  will  not  smile  as  pleasantly  as  is 
customary.  A house  upside  down  from  garret  to  cellar  does  not  often 
improve  one’s  temper. 

Cleaning  Carpets. — Take  a pail  of  cold  water  and  add  to  it  a gill 
of  ox-gall.  Rub  it  into  the  carpet  with  a soft  brush.  It  will  raise  a 
lather,  which  must  be  washed  off  with  clear  cold  water.  Rub  dry 
with  a clean  cloth.  In  nailing  down  a carpet  after  the  floor  has  been 
washed,  be  certain  that  the  floor  is  quite  dry,  or  the  nails  will  rust  and 
injure  the  carpet.  Fuller’s  earth  is  used  for  cleaningcarpets,  and  weak 
solutions  of  alum  or  soda  are  used  for  reviving  the  colors.  The  crumb 
^f  a hot  wheaten  loaf  rubbed  over  a carpet  has  been  found  effective. 

Beat  a Carpet  on  the  wrong  side  first ; a nd  then  more  gently  on 
the  right  side.  Beware  of  using  sticks  with  sharp  points,  which  may 
''ear  the  carpet. 

Sweeping  Carpets. — Persons  who  are  accustomed  to  use  tea-leaves 
for  sweeping  their  carpets,  and  find  that  they  leave  stains,  will  do  well 
to- employ  fresh  cut  grass  instead.  It  is  better  than  tea-leaves  for  pre- 
senting dust,  and  gives  the  carpets  a very  bright,  fresh  look. 

A Half-worn  Carpet  may  be  made  to  last  longer  by  ripping  it 
•Npart,  and  transposing  the  breadths. 

A Stair  Carpet  should  never  be  swept  down  with  a long  broom, 
but  always  with  a short-handled  brush,  and  a dust-pan  held  closely 
Wilder  each  step  of  the  stairs. 

Oil-Cioth  should  never  be  scrubbed  with  a brush,  but,  after  being 
first  swept,  it  should  be  cleansed  by  washing  with  a large  soft  cloth 
•and  lukewarm  or  cold  water.  On  no  account  use  soap  or  hot  water,  as 
vither  will  bring  off  the  paint. 

Straw  Matting  may  be  cleaned  with  a large  coarse  cloth  dipped 
In  salt  and  water,  aud  then  wiped  dry ; the  salt  prevents  the  matting 
^rom  turning  yellow. 

Method  of  Cleaning  Paper-Hangings. — Cut  into  eight  half 
quarters  a quartern  loaf,  two  days  old;  it  must  neither  be  newer  nor 
staler.  With  one  of  these  pieces,  after  having  blown  off  all  the  dust 
from  the  paper  to  be  cleaned,  by  the  means  of  a good  pair  of  bellows, 
begin  at  the  top  of  the  room,  holding  the  crust  in  the  hand,  and  wiping 
lightly  downward  with  the  crumb,  about  h.Jf  a yard  at  each  stroke, 
until  the  upper  part  of  the  hangings  is  completely  cleaned  all  round. 
Then  go  round  again,  with  the  like  sweeping  stroke  downwards,  al- 
ways commencing  each  successive  course  a little  higher  than  the  upper 
stroke  had  extended,  till  the  bottom  he  finished.  This  operation,  if 
carefully  performed,  will  frequently  make  very  old  paper  look  almost 
equal  to  new.  Great  caution  must  be  used  not  by  any  means  to  rub 
the  paper  hard,  nor  to  attempt  cleaning  in  the  cross  or  horizontal  way. 
The  dirty  part  of  the  bread,  too,  must  be  each  time  cut  away,  and  the 
pieces  renewed  as  soon  as  it  may  become  necessary. 

Preserving  the  Color  of  Presses.— The  colors  of  merinos,  mous- 
seline-de-laines,  ginghams,  chintzes,  printed  lawns,  etc.,  may  be  x>re- 
served  by  using  water  that  is  only  milk-warm  ; making  a lather  with 
white  soap,  before  you  put  in  the  dress,  instead  of  rubbing  it  on  the 
material ; and  stirring  into  a first  and  second  tub  of  water  a large  table- 
spoon of  ox-gall.  The  gall  can  be  obtained  from  the  butcher,  aud  a 


54^  Appendix  to  Bakers'  and  Cooking  Department. 

bottle  of  it  should  always  be  kept  in  every  house.  No  colored  articiea 
should  be  allowed  to  remain  long  in  the  water.  They  must  be  washed 
fast,  and  then  rinsed  through  two  cold  waters.  Into  each  rinsing  water 
stir  a tea-spoon  of  vinegar,  which  will  help  to  brighten  the  colors;  and 
after  rinsing,  hang  them  out  immediately.  When  ironing-dry  (or  still 
a little  damp),  bring  them  in;  have  irons  ready  heated,  and  iron  them 
at  once,  as  it  injures  the  color  to  allow  them  to  remain  damp  too  long, 
or  to  sprinkle  and  roll  them  up  in  a cover  for  ironing  next  day.  It 
they  cannot  be  conveniontly  ironed  immediately,  let  them  hang  till 
they  are  quite  dry,  and  then  damp  and  fold  them  on  the  following  day , 
a quarter  of  an  hour  before  ironing.  The  best  way  is  not  to  do  colored 
dresses  on  the  day  of  the  general  wash,  but  to  give  them  a morning  by 
themselves.  They  should  only  be  undertaken  in  clear  bright  weather. 
If  allowed  to  freeze,  the  colors  will  be  irreparably  injured.  We  need 
scarcely  say  that  no  colored  articles  should  ever  be  boiled  or  scalded. 
If  you  get  from  a shop  a slip  for  testing  the  durability  of  colors,  give 
it  a fair  trial  by  washing  it  as  above;  afterwards  pinning  it  to  the  edge 
of  a towel,  and  hanging  it  to  dry.  Some  colors  (especially  pinks  and 
light  greens),  though  they  may  stand  perfectly  well  in  washing,  wiU 
change  as  soon  as  a warm  iron  is  applied  to  them  ; the  pink  turning 
purplish,  and  the  green  bluish.  No  colored  articles  shoul  be  smoothed 
with  a hot  iron. 

Domestic  Rules. — Have  a place  for  everything — and  everything  ii* 
its  place,  when  wanted.  Do  everything  in  its  proper  time.  Keej> 
everything  to  its  proper  use.  Keep  your  temper,  and  be  forbearing, 
Be  economical,  and  not  extravagant. — Avoid  luxuries;  plain  living  ift 
best  for  bodily  health,  and  mental  comfort.  Avoid  intemperance  a* 
you  would  the  fiercest  tiger. 

Furniture  Polish. — The  cheapest  is  a mixture  of  linseed-oil  an<* 
turpentine,  laid  on  in  a thin  coat,  rubbed  off  with  a soft  ciotli  and 
polished. 

Furniture  in  constant  use  is  greatly  improved  by  washing  with, 
vinegar  and  water,  and  afterwards  applying  cold  drawn  linseed-oil 
rubbing  it  very  much.  It  should  be  rubbed  again  in  a day  or  tw<\ 
afterwards. 

Or,  linseed-oil,  1 pt. ; spirits  of  wine,  % gill;  mix  well.  Applj 
with  a linen  rag.  Rub  dry  with  a soft  cotton  cloth.  Rub  last  anc. 
hard  with  a piece  of  old  silk.  In  time  it  will  have  a most  beautifu3 
gloss.  Or,  linseed-oil,  bees"  wax  scraped  into,  and  gradually  dissolved 
in  turpentine,  to  the  thickness  of  cream.  Apply  as  above,  and  rub  well 

Flannel. — Before  it  is  made  up,  flannel  should  be  immersed  in  hoi 
water. 

Flannels,  to  Wash. — Do  not  use  boiling  water,  but  as  hot  as  th* 
hands  can  bear.  Wash  with  good  brown  soap  and  a little  pearl-ash, 
or  soda  and  blue. 

All  Flannels  should  be  soaked  before  they  are  made  up,  tirst  in 
cold  then  in  hot  water,  in  order  to  shrink  them. 

Flannel  should  always  be  washed  with  white  soap,  and  in  hot  but 
not  boiling  water. 

To  Clean  Looking-Glasses.— First  wash  the  glass  all  over  with 
lukewarm  soapsuds  and  a sponge.  When  dry,  rub  it  bright  with  a 
buckskin  and  a little  prepared  chalk  finely  powdered. 

Hams,  to  Cure.— If  the  weather  be  cool,  hang  it  up  two  days  be- 
fore it  is  salted.  Beat  it  with  a rolling-pin.  Take  plenty  of  common 
salt;  coarse  sugar,  ^ lb. ; saltpetre,  4 ozs. ; mix;  warm;  rub  the  ham 
with  it  well,  and  lay  the  rest  of  the  salt  upon  it;  in  two  days  turn  it* 


Hints  an  Housekeeping* 


549 


rub  It  well  with  brine ; baste  it  several  times  a day  for  a month,  for  a 
large  ham;  drain,  wash  off  the  salt  with  cold  water;  dry  with  a cloth; 
rub  black  pepper  over  the  inside  and  in  at  the  knuckles;  hang  in  a 
warm  room  to  dry. 

flams*  to  Keep, — The  most  effectual  way  is  to  tie  them  closely  in 
cotton  or  canvass  bags.  Hang  in  a dry,  cool,  and  well  ventilated  room 
when  bagged.  The  bags  should  be  whitewashed. 

To  Preserve  Steel  Goods  from  Rust. — After  bright  grates  have 
been  thoroughly  cleaned,  they  should  be  dusted  over  with  unslacked 
lime,  and  thus  left  until  wanted.  The  coils  of  piano  wires  thus 
sprinkled,  will  keep  from  rust  for  many  years.  Table-knives,  which 
are  not  in  constant  use  ought  to  be  put  in  a case  in  which  sifted  quick- 
lime is  placed,  about  eight  inches  deep.  They  should  be  plunged  to 
the  top  of  the  blades,  but  the  lime  should  not  touch  the  handles. 

Iron  and  Steel  Goods  from  Rust.— Dissolve  half  an  ounce  of 
camphor  in  one  pound  of  hog’s  lard ; take  off  the  scum ; mix  as  much 
olack  lead  as  will  give  the  mixture  an  iron  color.  Iron  and  steel  goods, 
rubbed  over  with  this  mixture,  and  left  with  it  on  twenty-four  hours, 
and  then  dried  with  a linen  cloth,  will  keep  clean  for  months.  Valu- 
able articles  of  cutlery  should  be  wrapped  in  zinc  foil,  or  be  kept  in 
boxes  lined  with  zinc.  This  is  at  once  an  easy  and  most  effective 
method. 

Iron-Mould,  to  Remove. — Rub  the  iron-mould  part  with  a little 
(oxalic  acid,  or  salts  of  lemon,  dissolved  in  warm  water.  After  remain- 
ing ten  minutes,  rinse  well  in  warm  and  then  in  cold  water.  Or,  ap- 
ply a mixture  of  milk  and  salts. 

Iron  and  Steel,  to  Prevent  from  Rusting.— Fat  oil  varnish,  one 
part,  and  rectified  spirits  of  turpentine,  three  parts,  intimately  mixed, 
and  applied  with  a sponge.  Camphor,  lard,  and  black  lead,  mixed, 
applied,  and  after  two  days  wiped  off,  will  preserve  from  rust.  Or, 
smear  over  the  iron,  or  metal,  hardware,  etc.,  with  melted  mutton  suet, 
and  dust  with  powdered  unslacked  lime. 

Brown  paper  is  a good  preservative  from  rust.  Hence  all  Sheffield 
<ind  Birmingham  Hardware,  Cutlery,  etc.,  are  wrapped  in  brown  paper. 

Kettles,  Incrustation  or  Furring  to  Prevent.— Keep  in  the  ves- 
sel a clean  marble,  a cockle,  or  oyster  shell;  these  will  attract  the  par- 
ticles of  sand. 

Leather,  To  Clean. — Uncolored  leather  may  be  cleaned  by  ap- 
plying a solution  of  oxalic  acid  with  a sponge.  Dissolve  in  warm 
Water. 

Knives,  Handles  of,  to  Fasten. — Melt  resin,  add  brick-dust,  and 
mix  well  together.  This  is  a very  good  cement  for  this  and  other  pur- 
poses. Shellac,  and  prepared  chalk,  intimately  mixed,  answer  well. 
Heat  the  part  to  be  inserted,  and  fill  the  aperture  with  the  mixture. 
Press  it  in. 

Milk,  to  Preserve. — Milk  often  turns  by  an  acid  developed  in  the 
liquid.  To  prevent  it,  add  to  the  milk  a small  portion  of  bi-carbonate 
of  soda.  This  is  not  at  all  injurious  to  health;  but  rather  aids  diges- 
tion. Many  of  the  great  dairies  on  the  continent  adopt  this  method. 

Mildew,  to  Remove. — Soap  the  linen  previously  wetted,  and  ap- 
ply salt  and  lemon  juice  to  both  sides;  or  apply  finely  powdered  pipe 
clay,  or  Fuller’s  earth,  or  finely  powdered  chalk.  Expose  it  for  several 
hours  to  the  atmosphere. 

Mildew,  to  Remove. — Mix  soft  soap  with  powdered  starch,  half 
as  much  salt,  and  the  juice  of  a lemon,  and  lay  on  with  a brush.  Let  it 
lay  on  the  grass  day  and  night  till  the  stain  is  gone.  Or,  take  2 ozs.  of 


55o 


Appendix  to  Baker d and  Cooking  Department 


chloride  of  lime,  pour  on  it  a quart  of  boiling  water,  and  then  add  3 
qts.  of  cold  water;  steep  the  linen  10  or  12  hours,  when  every  spot  will 
be  extracted. 

Mix  oxalic  acid,  citric  acid,  and  milk  together;  rub  into  the  linen; 
repeat  as  it  dries;  wash,  and  bleach  on  the  grass. 

Marble,  to  Clean. — Soap  lees  mixed  with  quick-lime,  pretty  thick, 
and  applied  for  a day,  then  washed  off  with  soap  and  water.  Or,  mu- 
riatic acid  diluted  with  water,  taking  care  that  it  be  not  too  strong. 
Or,  soft  soap,  1 lb.;  whiting,  powdered,  1 lb.;  soda,  1 oz. ; boil  together 
20  minutes;  apply  for  24  hours,  wash  off  with  clean  water,  and  polish 
with  a piece  of  felt,  or  coarse  flannel.  Iron  stains  on  marble  are  re- 
moved by  a mixture  of  lemon  juice  and  sulphuric  acid ; apply  forafew 
minutes,  and  then  rub  with  a soft  cloth. 

Marble,  Imitation  of. — Make  a solution  of  alum,  and  of  half  as 
much  of  the  best  glue  as  alum.  Mix  with  one  part  whiting,  or  rather 
less,  and  three  parts  of  well-baked  plaster  of  Paris,  It  may  be  colored 
by  first  staining  the  water.  It  sets  very  hard. 

Marble,  to  Polish. — Mix  a quantity  of  the  strongest  soap-leea 
with  quick-lime,  to  the  consistence  of  milk,  and  lay  it  on  the  stone, 
etc.,  for  twenty-four  hours,  clean  it  afterwards  with  soap  and  water, 
and  it  will  appear  as  new. 

To  Clean  Marble. — Take  two  parts  of  common  soda,  one  part  of 
pumice  stone,  and  one  part  of  finely  powdered  chalk;  sift  it  through  a 
fine  sieve,  and  mix  it  with  water  ; then  rub  it  well  all  over  the  marble, 
and  the  stains  will  be  removed ; then  wash  the  marble  over  with  soap 
and  water,  and  it  will  he  as  clean  as  it  was  at  first. 

Glass  should  be  washed  in  cold  water,  which  gives  it  a brighter 
and  clearer  look  than  when  cleansed  with  warm  water. 

Musty  Casks,  to  Sweeten. — Throw  in  burning  coals,  and  then  cola 
water.  Public  brewers  wash  their  casks  with  lime  and  water,  mixed 
nearly  to  the  consistence  of  paint;  remain  till  dry,  and  then  wash  well 
with  water. 

To  Stop  the  Savages  of  Moths. — Camphor  will  not  stop  tht 
ravages  of  moths  in  carpets  after  they  have  commenced  eating.  Then 
they  pay  no  regard  to  the  presence  of  camphor,  cedar,  or  tobacco.  A 
good  way  to  kill  them  is  to  take  a coarse  crash  towel  and  wring  it  out 
of  clear  water.  Spread  it  smoothly  on  the  carpet,  then  iron  it ; dry 
with  a good  hot  iron,  repeating  the  operation  on  all  suspected  places 
and  those  least  used.  It  does  not  injure  the  pile  or  color  of  the  carpet 
in  the  least.  It  is  not  necessary  to  press  hard,  heat  and  steam  being 
the  agents,  and  they  do  the  work  effectually  on  worms  and  eggs.  Then 
the  camphor  will  doubtless  prevent  future  depredations  of  the  miller. 

Our  Recipe  for  Curing  Meat. — To  one  gallon  of  water,  take  134 
lbs.  of  salt;  34  H>.  of  sugar;  34  oz-  °f  saltpetre;  34  oz*  °f  potash.  In 
this  ratio  the  pickle  can  be  increased  to  anj^  quantity  desired.  Let 
these  be  boiled  together  until  all  the  dirt  from  the  sugar  rises  to  the 
top  and  is  skimmed  off.  Then  throw  it  into  a tub  to  cool,  and  when 
cold  pour  it  over  your  beef  or  pork,  to  remain  the  usual  time,  say  four 
or  five  weeks.  The  meat  must  be  well  covered  by  the  pickle,  and 
should  not  be  put  down  for  at  least  two  days  after  killing,  during 
which  time  it  may  he  slightly  sprinkled  with  powdered  saltpetre,  which 
removes  all  the  surface  blood,  etc.,  leaving  the  meat  fresh  and  clean,* 
Some  omit  boiling  the  pickle,  and  find  it  to  answer  well,  though  the 
operation  of  boiling  purifies  the  pickle  by  throwing  off*  the  dirt  always 
to  be  found  in  salt  and  sugar. 

If  tliis  recipe  is  properly  tried,  it  will  never  be  abandoned.  There 
is  none  that  surpass  it,  if  so  good. — Germantown  Telegraph. 


Hints  on  Housekeeping. 


551 

0?iors,  Unpleasant  to  Remove. — Burnt  coffee  is  the  best  disinfec- 
tant, and  it  is  very  agreeable.  For  water  closets,  night  chairs,  etc., 
•chloride  of  lime,  and  even  common  lime,  should  be  used.  Or,  sugar 
of  lead;  1 oz. ; aquafortis,  1 oz.;  in  nearly  1 quart  of  water.  This  is 
effectual  to  cleanse  utensils  from  bad  odors.  Or,  charcoal  powder, 
and  camphor  dissolved;  the  articles  well  rinsed  with  the  composition. 

Poultry,  to  Feed. — “As  I suppose  you  keep  poultry,  1 may  tell 
you  that  it  has  been  ascertained  that  if  you  mix  with  their  food  a suffi- 
cient quantity  of  egg-shells  or  chalk,  'which  they  eat  greedily,  they  will 
lay  coeteris  paribus,  two  or  three  times  as  many  eggs  as  before.  A well 
fed  fowl  is  disposed  to  lay  a vast  number  of  eggs,  but  cannot  do  so 
without  the  material  for  the  shells,  however  nourishing  in  other  respects 
her  food  may  he;  indeed,  a fowl  fed  on  food  and  water  free  from  car- 
bonate of  lime,  and  not  finding  any  in  the  soil,  or  in  the  shape  of  mor- 
tar, which  they  often  eat  off  the  wall,  would  l;iy  no  eggs  at  ail  with 
the  best  will  in  the  world  ” — Professor  Gregory. 

Picture  Tarnish. — Mastic  varnish. 

Paint,  To  Remove  from  Cloth. — Apply  spirits  of  turpentine  with 
a sponge. 

Grease  on  cloth  may  be  removed  by  frequent  layers  of  blotting 
paper  placed  over  the  grease  spot,  and  pressing  with  a flat-iron. 

Paint,  To  Remove  Spots  of. — Apply  spirits  of  turpentine  to  the 
spot,  and  after  a while  rub  the  cloth  as  if  washing,  and  the  paint  will 
crumble  off;  if  not,  apply  the  turpentine  again. 

Paint,  To  take  away  the  Smell  of. — Water  neutralizes  the  smell 
of  paint.  Vessels  of  water  placed  in  a newly  painted  room,  will  re- 
move the  smell,  especially  if  impregnated  with  a little  sulphuric  acid. 
Or  straw  and  hay  well  saturated  with  water.  Or  chloride  of  lime  and 
Water. 

To  Clean  Paint.— A correspondent  of  the  Country  Gentleman  says: 
Use  hut  little  water  at  once;  keep  it  warm  and  clean  by  changing  it 
often.  A flannel  cloth  takes  off  all  fly  specks  better  than  cotton.  Soap 
will  remove  the  paint,  so  use  but  little  of  it.  Cold  tea  is  the  best 
liquid  for  cleaning  varnished  paint,  window  panes  and  mirrors.  A 
saucer  of  sifted  ashes  should  always  be  standing  at  hand  to  clean  un- 
varnished paint  that  has  become  badly  smoked  ; it  is  better  than  soap. 
Never  put  soap  upon  glass  unless  it  can  be  thoroughly  rinsed  olf,  which 
can  never  be  done  to  window-glass.  Wash  oft*  the  specks  with  warm 
tea,  and  rub  the  panes  dry  ; then  make  a paste  of  whiting  and  water, 
and  put  a little  in  the  center  of  each  pane.  Take  a dry  cloth  and  rub 
it  all  over  the  glass,  then  rub  it  off  with  a chamois-skin  or  flannel,  and 
your  glass  will  shine  like  crystal. 

Paint. — To  get  rid  of  the  smell  of  oil  paint,  plunge  a handful  of 
hay  into  a pailful  of  water,  and  let  it  stand  in  the  room  newly 
painted. 

Iren  Stains  may  be  removed  from  marble  by  wetting  the  spots 
with  oil  of  vitriol,  or  with  lemon-juice,  or  with  oxalic  ucid  diluted  in 
spirit  of  wine,  and,  after  a quarter  of  an  hour,  rubbing  them  dry  with 
a soft  linen  cloth. 

To  Take  Marking-Ink  out  of  Linen.— Use  a saturated  solution  of 
cyanuret  of  potassium  applied  with  a camel-hair  brush.  After  the 
marking-ink  disappears,  the  linen  should  be  well  washed  in  cold  water. 

To  Take  Stains  of  Wine  out  of  Linen.— Hold  the  articles  in  milk 
while  it  is  boiling  on  the  lire,  and  the  stains  will  soon  disappear. 

Fruit  Stains  in  Linen. — To  remove  them,  nib  the  part  on  each  side 
with  yellow  soap,  then  tie  up  a piece  of  pearlash  in  the  cloth,  etc.,  and 


552  Appendix  to  Bakers'  and  Cooking  Department. 


soak  well  in  hot  water,  or  boil;  afterwards  expose  the  stained  part  to 
the  sun  and  air  until  removed. 

Mildewed  Linen  may  be  restored  by  soaping  the  spots  while  wet, 
covering  them  with  fine  chalk  scraped  to  powder,  and  rubbing  it 
well  in. 

To  keep  Moths,  Beetles,  etc.,  from  Clothes.— Put  a piece  of  cam- 
phor in  a linen  bag,  or  some  aromatic  herbs,  in  the  drawers,  among 
linen  or  woolen  clothes,  and  neither  moth  nor  worm  will  come  near 
them. 

Clothes  closets  that  have  become  infested  with  moths  should  be 
well  rubbed  with  a strong  decoction  of  tobacco,  and  repeatedly  sprink- 
led with  spirits  of  camphor. 

Medicine  Stains  may  be  removed  from  silver  spoons  by  rubbing 
them  with  a rag  dipped  in  sulphuric  acid,  and  washing  it  off  with 
soap-suds. 

To  Remove  Iron  Rust  or  Tomato  Stains  from  Linen  or  Cotton 
Cloth. — Wet  the  spot  with  cold  water,  and  place  the  cloth  in  the  sun- 
shine. Then  mix  equal  quantities  of  cream-tartar  and  table  salt,  and 
sprinkle  the  mixture  upon  it  until  the  dampness  has  absorbed  a great 
deal,  then  lay  on  enough  to  hide  the  spot.  Wet  the  spot  with  cold 
water  every  half  hour,  and,  if  the  stain  is  then  seen,  cover  it  again 
with  the  cream-tartar  and  salt.  Keep  it  in  the  sunshine,  and  continue 
these  applications  till  the  stain  is  gone — if  recently  contracted,  two  or 
three  applications  will  remove  it. 

Muslins,  To  Keep  a Good  Color. — Never  wash  muslins,  or  any 
kind  of  cotton  goods,  with  linen ; for  the  latter  discharges  a kind  of 
gum,  and  coloring  matter,  every  time  it  is  washed,  which  discolors  the 
muslin  and  cotton — wash  them  by  themselves. 

Muslins,  Uninflammable. — Mix  with  starch  about  the  same  weight 
of  carbonate  of  lime,  commonly  called  Spanish  white  or  Spanish  chalk. 
It  does  not  deteriorate  the  appearance  or  injure  the  material  of  the 
muslin. 

Velvet. — When  velvet  gets  plashed  from  pressure,  hold  the  parts 
over  a basin  of  hot  water,  with  the  lining  of  the  article  next  the  water; 
the  pile  will  soon  rise,  and  assume  its  original  beauty. 

To  Renovate  Silks. — Sponge  faded  silks  with  warm  water  and 
soap,  then  rub  them  with  a dry  cloth  on  a flat  board;  afterwards  iron 
them  on  the  inside  with  a smoothing-iron.  Old  black  silks  may  be 
improved  by  sponging  with  spirits;  in  this  case,  the  ironing  may  be 
done  on  the  right  side,  thin  paper  being  spread  over  to  prevent 
glazing. 

Black  Silk  Reviver.— Boil  logwood  in  water  for  half  an  hour ; then 
simmer  the  silk  half  an  hour;  take  it  out,  and  put  into  the  dye  a little 
blue  vitriol,  or  green  copperas;  cool  it,  and  simmer  the  silk  for  half  an 
hour.  Or,  boil  a handful  of  fig-leaves  in  two  quarts  of  water  until  it 
is  reduced  to  one  pint;  squeeze  the  leaves,  and  bottle  the  liquor  for 
use.  When  wanted,  sponge  the  silk  with  this  preparation. 

Restoring  Color  to  Silk.— When  the  color  has  been  taken  from 
silk  by  acids,  it  may  be  restored  by  applying  to  the  spot  a little  harts- 
horn, or  sal-volatile. 

Ink  Stains. — Very  frequently,  when  logwood  has  been  used  in 
manufacturing  ink,  a reddish  stain  still  remains,  after  the  use  of  oxalic 
acid,  as  in  the  former  directions.  To  remove  it,  procure  a solution  of 
the  chloride  of  lime,  and  apply  it  in  the  same  manner  as  directed  for 
the  oxalic  acid. 

Grease  Spots  from  Silk.— Upon  a deal  table  lay  a piece  of  woolen 
cloth  or  baize,  upon  which  lay  smoothly  the  part  stained,  with  the 


Hints  on  Housekeeping. 


553 


right  side  downwards.  Haying  spread  a piece  of  brown  paper  on  the 
top,  apply  a flat-iron  just  hot  enough  to  scorch  the  paper.  About  five 
or  eight  seconds  is  usually  sufficient.  Then  rub  the  stained  part 
briskly  with  a piece  of  cap-paper. 

Washing  Bed  Furniture,  etc. — Before  putting  into  the  water,  see 
that  you  shake  off  as  much  dust  as  possible,  or  you  will  greatly  in- 
crease your  labor.  Use  no  soda,  or  pearlash,  or  the  articles  will  lose 
their  color.  Use  soft  wator,  not  hot,  but  warm;  have  plenty  of  it. 
Bub  with  mottled  soap.  On  wringing  out  the  second  liquor,  dip  each 
piece  into  cold  hard  water  for  finishing.  Shake  out  well,  and  dry 
quickly.  If  starch  is  desired,  it  may  be  stirred  into  the  rinsing  water. 

Washing. — To  save  your  linen  and  your  labor — pour  on  half  a 
pound  of  soda  two  quarts  of  boiling  water,  in  an  earthenware  pan; 
take  half  a pound  of  soap,  shred  fine ; put  it  into  a saucepan  with  two 
quarts  of  cold  water;  stand  it  on  a fire  till  it  boils;  and  when  perfectly 
dissolved  and  boiling,  arid  it  to  the  former.  Mix  it  well,  and  let  it 
stand  till  cold,  when  it  will  have  the  appearance  of  a strong  jelly.  Let 
rour  linen  be  soaked  iD  water,  the  seams  and  any  other  soiled  part 
•ubbed  in  the  usual  way,  and  remain  till  the  following  morning.  Get 
/■our  copper  ready,  and  add  to  the  water  about  a pint  basin  full ; when 
•wlcewarm , put  in  your  linen,  and  allow  it  to  boil  for  twenty  minutes. 
Pinse  it  in  the  usual  way,  and  that  is  all  which  is  necessary  to  get  it 
fiean,  and  to  keep  it  in  good  color.  The  above  recipe  is  invaluable  to 
housekeepers.  If  you  have  not  tried  it,  do  so  without  delay. 

When  water  is  hard,  and  will  not  readily  unite  with  soap,  it  will 
always  be  proper  to  boil  it  before  use;  which  will  be  found  sufficiently 
efficacious,  if  the  hardness  depends  solely  upon  the  impregnation  of 
lime.  Even  exposure  to  the  atmosphere  will  produce  this  effect  in  a 
great  degree  upon  spring  water  so  impregnated,  leaving  it  much  fitter 
for  lavatory  purposes.  In  both  cases  the  water  ought  to  be  carefully 
poured  off*  from  the  sediment,  as  the  neutralized  lime,  when  freed  from 
its  extra  quantity  of  carbonic  acid,  falls  to  the  bottom  by  its  own 
gravity.  To  economize  the  use  of  soap,  put  any  quantity  of  pearlash 
Into  a large  jar,  covered  from  the  dust;  in  a few  days  the  alkali  will 
become  liquid,  which  must  be  diluted  in  double  its  quantity  of  soft 
water,  with  an  equal  quantity  of  new-slacked  lime.  Boil  it  half  an 
hour,  frequently  stirring  it;  adding  as  much  more  hot  water,  and 
drawing  oft’ the  liquor,  when  the  residuum  may  be  boiled  afresh,  and 
drained,  until  it  ceases  to  feel  acrid  to  the  tongue. 

Water,  To  Purify. — Put  into  it  powdered  charcoal,  then  filter 
through  a compressed  sponge,  and  it  will  become  perfectly  sweet, 
however  impure  previously. 

Water  may  be  filtered  and  purified  by  means  of  a deep  flower- 
pot, with  a compressed  sponge  in  the  hole  at  the  bottom.  Put  over  the 
sponge  an  inch  thick  of  pebbles,  next  an  inch  of  coarse  sand,  next  a 
layer  of  charcoal,  and  over  again  pebbles.  The  water  will  filter  pure 
and  clear  through  the  hole  into  another  vessel. 

Water,  To  Purify. — A large  spoonful  of  pulverized  alum  sprinkled 
into  a hogshead  of  water  (the  water  stirred  round  at  the  time),  will, 
after  the  lapse  of  a few  hours,  so  purify  it  that  it  will  be  found  to  pos- 
sess nearly  the  freshness  and  clearness  of  finest  spring  water.  A pail- 
ful containing  four  gallons  may  be  purified  by  a single  spoonful;  or  a 
mixture  of  one  part  chalk  and  two  of  alum  will  be  still  better. 

Water,  to  Soften. — Wood  ashes  form  a good  lye  for  softening  wa- 
ter, but  care  must  be  taken  that  they  should  be  all  wood. 

Water,  Hard,  To  Make  Soft.— Boil  it,  and  expose  it  to  the  atmos- 
phere. Add  a little  carbonate  of  soda.  24 


MISCELLANEOUS  DEPARTMENT. 


WASHING  FLUID— Saving  Half  the  Wash-Board  Labor.— Sal- 
soda,  1 lb.;  stone  lime,  24  lb.;  water,  5 qts.  Boil  a short  time,  stirring 
occasionally;  then  let  it  settle  and  pour  off  the  clear  fluid  into  a stone 
jug,  and  cork  for  use.  Soak  your  white  clothes  over  night,  in  simple 
water;  wring  out,  and  soap  wristbands,  collars,  and  dirty  or  stained 
places.  Have  your  boiler  half  filled  with  water,  and  when  at  scalding 
heat,  put  in  one  common  tea-cup  of  the  fluid,  stir,  and  put  in  your 
clothes,  and  boil  for  half  an  hour;  then  rub  lightly  through  one  suds» 
only,  rinsing  well  in  the  bluing  water,  as  usual,  and  all  is  complete. 

If  you  wish  to  wash  on  Monday,  put  warm  suds  to  the  clothe* 
whilst  breakfast  is  being  got  ready ; then  wring  out  and  soap  as  above 
will  do  just  as  well  as  soaking  them  over  night,  and  my  wife  think* 
better. 

For  each  additional  boiler  of  clothes  add  half  a cup  of  the  fluijv 
only;  of  course  boiling  in  the  same  water  through  the  whole  washing 
If  more  water  is  needed  in  the  boiler  for  the  last  clothes,  dip  it  from 
the  sudsing  tub.  Soak  your  woolen  and  calico  in  the  suds  from  which 
you  have  washed  the  white  clothes,  whilst  hanging  them  out,  dipping 
in  some  of  the  boiling  water  from  the  boiler,  if  necessary;  then  wash 
out  the  woolen  and  calico  as  usual — of  course,  washing  out  woolen 
goods  before  you  do  the  calico.  The  fluid -brightens  instead  of  fading 
the  colors  in  calico. 

This  plan  not  only  saves  the  two  rubbings  which  women  give  theL 
clothes  before  boiling,  and  more  than  half  of  the  soap— does  not  in 
jure  the  clothes,. but  saves  their  wear  in  two  rubbings  before  boiling 
and  is  a good  article  for  removing  grease  from  floors,  doors,  and  win 
dows,  and  to  remove  tar  or  grease  from  the  hands,  etc. 

I hope  every  lady  into  whose  hands  this  recipe  may  fall,  will  givv 
it  a trial,  as  my  family  have  now  used  it  over  seven  years,  not  missing 
only  two  washings.  It  does  not  rot  clothes,  but  makes  them  wash 
full  or  more  than  one-half  easier  than  the  old  way.  Seven  years 
ought  to  be  considered  a sufficient  test. 

The  honor  of  this  recipe  is  accredited  to  Prof.  Liebig,  of  Ger- 
many. 

I have  found  many  women  using  turpentine,  alcohol,  ammonia, 
camphor  gum,  etc.,  in  their  washing  fluids;  but  none  of  them  ought 
ever  to  be  used  for  such  purposes,  (one  woman  lost  the  use  of  her  arm 
for  six  months,  by  using  a fluid  containing  turpentine);  the  turpentine 
and  alcohol  especially,  tend  to  open  the  pores  of  the  skin,  and  thus 
make  the  person  more  liable  to  take  cold  in  hanging  out  the  clothes, 
as  also  to  weaken  the  arm. 

And  here  let  me  say,  if  it  is  possible  to  avoid  it,  never  allow  the 
woman  who  washes  the  clothes,  and  thus  becomes  warm  and  sweaty, 
to  hang  them  out ; and  especially  ought  this  to  be  regarded  in  the  win- 


Miscellaneous  Department. 


555 


ter  or  windy  weather.  Many  consumptions!  are  undoubtedly  brought 
on  by  these  frequently  repeated  colds,  in  this  way.  It  works  upon  the 
principle  that  two  thin  shoes  make  one  cold,  two  colds  an  attack  of 
bronchitis,  two  attacks  of  bronchitis  one  consumption — the  end,  a 
coffin. 

LIQUID  BLUING — For  Clothes. — Most  of  the  bluing  sold  is  poor 
Stuff,  leaving  specks  in  the  clothes.  To  avoid  this  : 

Take  best  Prussian-blue,  pulverized,  1 oz. ; oxalic  acid,  also  pul- 
verized, ^ oz. ; soft  water,  1 qt.  Mix.  The  acid  dissolves  the  blue 
and  holds  it  evenly  in  the  water,  so  that  specking  will  never  take  place. 
One  or  two  table-spoons  of  it  is  sufficient  for  a tub  of  wTater,  according 
to  the  size  of  the  tub. 

Chinese-blue,  when  it  can  be  got,  is  the  best,  and  only  costs  one 
shilling  an  ounce,  with  three  cents  for  the  acid,  will  give  better  satis- 
faction than  fifty  cents  worth  of  the  common  bluing.  This  amount 
has  now  lasted  my  family  over  a year. 

SO  APS.— Soft  Soap— For  Half  the  Expense  and  One-fourth  the 
Trouble  of  the  Old  Way.— Take  white-bar  soap,  4 lbs.,  cut  it  fine  and 
dissolve,  by  heating  in  soft  water,  4 gals , adding  sal-soda,  1 lb.  When 
all  is  dissolved  and  well  mixed,  it  is  done. 

Yellow  soap  does  very  well,  but  Colgate’s  white  is  said  to  be  the 
best.  But  our  “White  Hard  Soap”  is  the  same  kind. 

This  soap  can  be  made  thicker  or  more  thin,  by  using  more  or 
less  water,  as  you  may  think  best  after  once  making  it.  Even  in  com- 
mon soft  soap,  if  this  amount  of  sal-soda  is  put  into  that  number  of 
gallons,  washing  will  be  done  much  easier,  and  the  soap  will  more 
than  compensate  for  the  expense  and  trouble  of  the  addition. 

2.  German  Erosive,  or  Yellow  Soap.— Tallow  and  sal-soda,  of 
each,  112  lbs.;  resin.  56  lbs.;  stone  lime,  28  lbs.;  palm  oil,  8 lbs.;  soft 
water,  28  gals  ; or,  for  small  quantities,  tallow  and  sal-soda,  of  each, 
1 lb.;  resin,  7 ozs. ; stone  lime,  4 ozs. ; palm  oil,  1 oz.;  soft  water,  1 qt. 

Put  soda,  lime  and  water  into  a kettle,  and  boil,  stirring  well; 
then  let  it  settle,  and  pour  off  the  lye.  In  another  kettle,  melt  the 
tallow,  resin,  and  palm  oil,  having  it  hot,  the  lye  being  also  boiling 
hot;  mix  all  together,  stirring  well,  and  the  work  is  done. 

3.  Hard  with  Lard. — Sal-soda  and  lard,  of  each,  6 lbs. ; 

stone  lime,  3 lbs. ; soft  water,  4 gals.  Dissolve  the  lime  and  soda  in  the 
water,  by  boiling,  stirring,  settling  and  pouring  off;  then  return  to  the 
kettle  (brass  or  popper)  and  add  the  lard  and  boil  until  it  becomes 
soap;  then  pour  into  a dish  or  moulds,  and  when  cold,  cut  it  into  bars 
and  let  it  dry. 

This  recipe  was  obtained  by  finding  an  overcoat  with  it  in  the 
pocket,  and  also  a piece  of  the  soap;  the  man  kept  it  with  him,  as  it 
irritated  his  salt-rlieum  so  much  less  than  other  soaps.  It  has  proved 
valuable  for  washing  generally,  and  also  for  shaving  purposes.  It 
would  be  better  than  half  the  toilet  soaps  sold,  if  an  ounce  or  two  of 
sassafras  oil  was  stirred  into  this  amount;  or  a little  of  the  soap  might 
be  put  in  a separate  dish,  putting  in  a little  of  the  oil,  to  correspond 
with  the  quantity  of  soap. 

4.  White  Hard  Soap,  with  Tallow. — Fresh  slacked  lime,  sal- 
soda,  and  tallow,  of  each,  2 lbs.;  dissolve  the  soda  in  1 gal.  boiling  soft 
water;  now  mix  in  the  lime,  stirring  occasionally  for  a few  hours; 
after  which  let  it  settle,  pouring  off  the  clear  liquor  and  boiling  the 
tallow  therein  until  it  is  all  dissolved:  cool  it  in  a flat  box  or  pan,  and 
<jut  into  bars,  or  cakes,  a*  preferred.  ^ 

It  can  be  flavored  wtth  sassafras  oil  as  the  last,  by  stirring  it  in 


Dr.  Chase1  s Recipes. 


556 

when  cool.  It  can  be  colored  also,  if  desired,  as  mentioned  in  the 
“Variegated  Toilet  Soap.” 

When  any  form  of  soda  is  used  in  making  soap,  it  is  necessary  to 
use  lime  to  give  it  causticity;  or,  in  other  words,  to  make  it  caustic; 
which  gives  it  much  greater  power  upon  the  grease,  by  removing  the 
carbonic  acid;  lienee  the  benefit  of  putting  lime  in  the  bottom  of  a 
leach  when  making  soap  from  common  ashes. 

5.  Transparent  Soap. — Take  nice  yellow  bar  soap,  6 lbs. ; cut  it 
thin  and  put  into  a brass,  tin,  or  copner  kettle,  with  alcohol,  34  gal-  i 
heating  gradually  over  a slow  fire,  stirring  until  all  is  dissolved;  then 
add  an  ounce  of  sassafras  essence,  and  stir  until  well  mixed;  now  pour 
it  into  pans  about  134  inches  deep,  and  when  cold,  cut  into  square 
bars,  the  length  or  width  of  the  pan,  as  desired. 

This  gives  you  a nice  toilet  soap  for  a trifling  expense,  and  when 
fully  dry  it  is  very  transparent. 

6.  One  Hundred  Pounds  of  Good  Soap  for  $1.80.— Take  potash, 
6 lbs.,  75  cts. ; lard,  4 lbs.,  50  cts. ; resin,  34  lb.,  5 cts. 

Beat  up  the  resin,  mix  all  together,  and  set  aside  for  five  days; 
then  put  the  whole  into  a ten-gallon  cask  of  warm  water,  and  stir 
twice  a day  for  ten  days;  at  the  expiration  of  which  time  you  will  have 
one  hundred  pounds  of  excellent  soap. 

7.  Chemical  Soft  Soap* — J.  Hamilton,  an  English  gentleman, 
and  proprietor  of  the  Eagle  Hotel,  Aurora,  Indiana,  makes  his  soap 
for  house  use  as  follows  : 

Take  grease,  8 lbs.;  caustic  soda,  8 lbs.;  sal-soda,  1 lb.;  melt  the 
grease  in  a kettle,  melt  the  sodas  in  soft  water,  4 gals.,  and  p@ur  all 
into  a barrel  holding  40  gals.,  and  fill  up  with  soft  water,  and  the  la- 
bor is  done. 

When  the  caustic  soda  cannot  be  obtained  of  soap-makers,  you 
will  make  it  by  taking  soda-ash  and  fresh  slacked  lime,  of  each  eight 
pounds;  dissolving  them  in  the  water  with  the  sal-soda,  and  when  set- 
tled, pouring  off  the  clear  liquid,  as  in  the  “ White  Hard  Soap  with 
Tallow.” 

8.  Soap  without  Heat.— Mr.  Tomlinson,  writing  to  Judge  Buel, 
says  : 

“ My  wife  has  no  trouble  about  soap.  The  grease  is  put  into  a 
cask,  and  strong  lye  added.  During  the  year,  as  the  fat  increases,  more 
lye  is  stirred  in;  and  occasionally  stirred  with  a stick  that  is  kept  in  it. 
By  the  time  the  cask  is  full,  the  soap  is  made  for  use.” 

There  is  no  mistake  about  this  manner  of  making  soap.  The  only 
object  of  boiling  is  to  increase  the  strength  of  weak  lye  and  hasten  the 
process. 

9.  Windsor,  or  Toilet  Soap. — Cut  some  new  white  bar  soap  into 
thin  slices,  melt  it  over  a slow  fire,  and  scent  it  with  oil  of  caraway; 
when  perfectly  dissolved,  pour  it  into  a mould  and  let  it  remain  a 
week,  then  cut  it 'in  to  such  sized  squares  as  you  may  require. 

10.  Variegated  Toilet  Soap. — Soft  water,  3 qts. ; nice  white  bar 
soap,  3 lbs.;  sal-soda,  2 ozs. ; Chinese  vermilion,  and  Chinese  blue,  of 
each,  as  much  as  will  lie  011  a five-cent  piece;  oil  of  sassafras,  34  oz. 

Shave  the  soap  fine,  and  put  it  into  the  water  as  it  begins  to  boil ; 
when  dissolved,  set  it  from  the  fire;  take  out  a cup  of  the  soap  and  stir 
in  the  vermilion;  take  out  another  cup  of  the  soap  and  stir  in  the  blue; 
then  pour  in  one  of  the  cups  and  give  two  or  three  turns  only  with  the 
stirring  stick;  then  put  in  the  other  in  the  same  way;  and  finally  pour 
into  a suitable  box;  and  when  cold  it  can  be  cut  into  bars;  or  it  can  be 
run  in  moulds,  if  desired.  It  will  become  hard  in  a short  time,  giving 


Miscellaneous  Department. 


557 


most  excellent  satisfaction.  If  stirred  thoroughly,  after  putting  in  the 
colors,  it  would  be  all  of  a mixed  color;  but  giving  it  only  two  or 
three  turns,  leaves  it  in  streaks,  most  beautiful. 

Soap  manufacturers  generally  use  soda,  in  preference  to  wood- 
ashes,  because  less  troublesome;  and  to  make  it  more  caustic,  or  in 
other  words,  to  absorb  the  carbonic  acid  gas,  they  must  put  about 
pound  for  pound  of  recently  slacked  lime  with  soda-ash,  or  sal-soda; 
dissolving  by  heat  or  stirring,  or  by  both,  using  sufficient  water  tcv 
make  the  lye  support  a fresh-laid  egg,  and  drawing  it  off  clear  of  thd 
lime  sediment.  Thirteen  hundred  pounds  of  the  tallow,  or  there- 
abouts, with  this  lye,  make  one  ton  of  white  soap;  and  yellow  soap, 
by  using  ten  hundred  of  tallow  and  three  hundred  and  fifty  of  yellow 
resin,  for  each  ton,  boiling  with  the  lye  until  they  unite;  then  pouring 
into  frames,  made  to  fit  one  upon  another,  to  cool  and  harden;  finally 
taking  off  one  frame  at  a time,  and  with  a wire,  having  a handle  at 
each  end  to  draw  it  with,  cut  into  slices,  then  bats,  and  cording  up,  as 
wood,  to  dry.  If  wood-ashes  are  used,  plenty  of  lime  must  be  put 
into  the  bottom  of  the  leach. 

TALLOW  CANDLES — For  Summer  Use. — Most  tallow,  in  sum- 
mer, is  more  or  less  soft,  and  often  quite  yellow.  To  avoid  both  : 

Take  your  tallow  and  put  a little  bees-wax  with  it,  especially  if 
your  bees-wax  is  dark  and  not  fit  to  sell;  put  into  a suitable  kettle, 
adding  weak  lye,  and  gently  boil,  an  hour  or  two  each  day  for  2 days, 
stirring  and  skimming  well;  each  morning  cutting  it  out  and  scraping 
off  the  bottom  which  is  soft,  adding  fresh  lye  (be  sure  it  is  not  too 
strong),  1,  or  2,  or  3 gals.,  according  to  the  amount  of  tallow.  The 
third  morning  use  water  in  which  alum  and  saltpetre  are  dissolved,  at 
the  rate  of  1 lb.  each  for  30  lbs.  of  tailow;  then  simmer,  stir,  and 
skim  again;  let  cool,  and  you  can  take  it  off  the  water  for  use. 

They  may  be  dipped  or  run  in  moulds.  For  dipping,  allow  two 
pounds  for  each  dozen  candles. 

Saltpetre  and  alum  are  said  to  harden  lard  for  candles;  but  it  can 
be  placed  among  the  humbugs  of  the  day.  But  I will  give  you  a plan 
which  is  a little  shorter  for  hardening  tallow;  either  will  work  well — 
take  your  choice  : 

2.  Tallow — To  Cleanse  and  Bleach. — Dissolve  alum,  5 lbs.,  in 
water,  10  gals.,  by  boiling;  and  when  it  is  all  dissolved,  add  tallow,  20 
lbs.;  continue  the  boiling  for  an  hour,  constantly  stirring  and  skim- 
ming; when  sufficiently  cooi  to  allow  it,  strain  through  thick  muslin  ; 
then  set  aside  to  harden;  when  taken  from  the  water,  lay  it  by  for  a 
short  time  to  drip. 

Dip  or  mould,  as  you  please,  not  expecting  them  to  “run”  in 
summer  nor  “crack”  in  winter.  They  will  also  burn  very  brilliantly, 
at  which,  however,  you  will  not  be  surprised  when  you  consider  the 
amount  of  filth  thrown  off  in  cleansing. 

FENCE  POSTS— To  Prevent  Rotting. — A correspondent  of  the 
America, i Agriculturalist  says  : 

“I  think  it  would  be  well  to  call  the  attention  of  farmers  to  the 
use  of  coal-tar  as  a paint.  The  tar  produced  in  coal  gas-works  is  ex- 
tensively used  in  England  for  painting  fences,  out-buildings,  etc.,  and 
is  being  introduced  in  this  country  also.  It  never  alters  by  exposure 
to  the  weather;  and  one  or  two  good  coats  will  last  for  many  years. 
It  is  the  cheapest  a'nd  best  black  paint  that  can  be  used.  Our  buildings 
are  painted  with  it;  all  our  apparatus  also;  and  even  the  wrought-iron 
pipe  we  place  in  the  ground  is  coated  with  it.  I think  if  its  advantages 
Were  fully  known,  A would  be  generally  used  throughout  the  United 


558 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


States.  The  Government  soak  the  brick  used  in  building  the  fort  at 
Throg’s  Neck  in  this  tar,  which  renders  them  impervious  to  water; 
and  posts  painted  with  it  are  protected  from  rot,  when  in  the  ground, 
as  effectually  as  if  they  had  been  charred.” 

I know  this  tar  is  much  more  effectual  than  charring,  and  is  not 
one-tenth  the  trouble.  There  are  posts  near  this  city  which  have  now 
been  set  over  ten  years,  and  yet  no  appearance  of  decay.  The  coating 
is  still  perfect  also. 

The  only  objection  to  it  as  a paint  above  ground,  is  its  offensive 
smell,  from  the  heat  of  the  sun. 

No  persons  should  allow  themselves  to  set  a single  post  without  its 
application,  and  farmers  who  are  putting  out  much  fence,  cannot  pos- 
sibly be  so  short-sighted  as  to  neglect  it  after  it  once  comes  to  their 
notice. 

It  is  doubly  important  to  railroad  companies  from  the  fact  that 
these  roads  run  through  the  most  level  portions  of  country,  and  con- 
sequently the  most  swampy  and  wet,  therefore  fence  posts  are  the  more 
liable  to  rot.  The  mode  of  application  Is  as  follows  : 

Have  a large  iron  kettle  so  arranged  that  you  can  make  and  keep 
the  tar  hot,  then,  after  having  removed  the  bark,  if  any,  set  the  end  of 
the  post  into  the  tar;  and  if  the  tar  is  not  sufficiently  deep  to  take  the 
post  into  it  as  far  as  you  wish  to  tar  it,  have  a swab  of  cloth  tied  upon 
a broom-handle  or  other  stick,  and  swab  it  up  at  least  6 to  10  inches 
above  the  ground-line  when  the  post  is  set;  then  lift  up  the  post,  let- 
ting it  drip  a moment,  and  lay  it  away  upon  rails  or  poles  placed  for 
that  purpose,  not  allowing  them  to  touch  each  other  until  dry. 

Two  men  will  tar  about  five  hundred  posts  in  one  day;'  and  one 
barrel  of  tar  will  be  sufficient  for  that  number.  Who,  then,  will  hesi- 
tate to  adopt  its  use,  especially  when  the  tar  can  be  purchased  at  the 
gas-works  for  about  two  dollars  per  barrel? 

MEATS,  TO  PRESERVE.— Beef : To  Pickle  for  Long  Keeping. 
— First,  thoroughly  rub  salt  into  it  and  let  it  remain  in  bulk  for  24 
hours,  to  draw  off  the  blood.  Second,  take  it  up,  letting  it  drain,  and 
pack  as  desired.  Third,  have  ready  a pickle  prepared  as  follows  : — For 
every  100  lbs.  of  beef,  use  7 lbs.  of  salt;  saltpetre  and  cayenne  pep- 
per, of  each,  1 oz. ; molasses,  1 qt.,  and  soft  water,  8 gals.;  boil  and 
skim  well;  and  when  cool,  pour  it  over  the  beef. 

This  amount  will  cover  one  hundred  pounds,  if  it  has  been  prop- 
erly packed.  I have  found  persons  who  use  nothing  but  salt  with  the 
water,  and  putting  on  hot,  scalding  again  at  the  end  of  three  weeks, 
and  putting  on  hot  again.  The  only  object  claimed  for  putting  the 
brine  on  the  meat  while  hot,  is,  that  it  hardens  the  surface,  which  re- 
tains the  juices,  instead  of  drawing  them  off. 

2.  The  Michigan  Farmer’s  Method. — Is  : “For  each  100  lbs.  of 
beef,  use  salt,  5 lbs.;  saltpetre,  oz. ; brown  sugar,  1 lb.;  dissolve  in 
sufficient  water  to  cover  the  meat — two  weeks  after,  take  up,  drain — 
throw  away  the  brine — make  more  the  same  as  first — it  will  keep  the 
season  through.  When  to  be  boiled  for  eating,  put  into  boiling  water 
— for  soups,  into  cold  water.” 

I claim  a preference  for  the  first  plan,  of  drawing  off  the  blood 
before  pickling,  as  saving  labor ; and  that  the  cayenne  and  saltpetre 
improve  the  flavor  and  help  preserve;  and  that  boiling  and  skimming 
cleanse  the  brine  very  much.  Of  late  years  I pursue  the  following  : 

S5.  Reef— To  Pickle  for  Wilder  or  Present  Use,  and  for  Drying. 
— Cut  your  beef  into  sizable  pieces,  sprinkle  a little  salt  upon  the  bot- 
tom of  the  barrel  only,  then  pack  your  beef  without  salt  amongst  it, 


Miscellaneous  Department . 


559 


and  when  packed  pour  over  it  a brine  made  by  dissolving  6 lbs.  of  salt 
for  each  100  lbs.  of  beef,  in  just  sufficient  cold  water  to  handsomely 
cover  it. 

You  will  find  that  you  can  cut  and  fry  as  nice  as  fresh,  for  a long 
time;  just  right  for  boiling,  also;  and  when  it  gets  a little  too  salt  for 
frying,  you  can  freshen  it  nearly  as  nicely  as  pork,  for  frying  pur- 
poses, or  you  can  boil  it,  then  make  a stew  for  breakfast,  very  nice  in- 
deed. By  the  other  plan  it  soon  becomes  too  salt  for  eating,  and  the 
juices  are  drawn  off*  by  the  salt.  In  three  weeks,  perhaps  a little  less,, 
such  pieces  as  are  designed  for  drying  will  be  ready  to  hang  up,  by 
soaking  over  night  to  remove  the  salt  from  the  outside.  Do  not  be 
afraid  of  this  way,  for  it  is  very  nice  for  winter  and  drying  purposes; 
but  if  any  is  left  until  warm  weather,  throw  away  this  brine,  put  salt 
amongst  what  is  left,  and  cover  with  the  first  brine,  and  all  is  right  for 
long  keeping. 

4.  Mutton  Hams— To  Pickle  for  Drying.— First  take  weak  brine 
and  put  the  hams  into  it  for  2 days,  then  pour  olf  and  apply  the  fol- 
lowing, and  let  it  remain  on  from  2 to  3 weeks,  according  to  size  : — 
For  each  100  lbs.,  take  salt,  6 lbs.;  saltpetre,  1 oz.;  saleratus,  2 ozs. ; 
molasses,  1 pt  ; water,  6 gals.,  will  cover  these  if  closely  packed. 

The  saleratus  keeps  the  mutton  from  becoming  too  hard. 

5.  Curing,  Smoking,  and  Keeping  Hams.— Rose  Cottage, 
Muncie,  Ind.,  Nov.  26th,  1859  : I noticed  an  article  in  the  Gazette,  of 
yesterday,  headed  as  above,  from  the  pen  of  Mr  Alexander  Brooks, 
taken  from  the  Rural  New  Yorker,  and  as  I have  some  useful  experi- 
ence in  that  line,  I desire  to  suggest  my  plan  for  curing  and  keeping  : 

To  a cask  of  hams,  say  from  25  to  30,  after  having  packed  them 
closely  and  sprinkled  them  slightly  with  salt,  I let  them  lie  thus  for  3 
days;  then  make  a brine  sufficient  to  cover  them,  by  putting  salt  into 
clear  water,  making  it  strong  enough  to  bear  up  a sound  egg  or  potato. 

1 then  add  34  lb.  of  saltpetre,  and  a gallon  of  molasses;  let  them  lie  in 
the  brine  for  6 weeks — they  are  then  exactly  right.  I then  take  them 
up  and  let  them  drain ; then  while  damp,  rub  the  flesh  side  and  the 
end  of  the  leg  with  finely  pulverized  black,  red,  or  cayenne  pepper; 
let  it  be  as  fine  as  dust,  and  dust  every  part  of  the  flesh  side,  then  hang 
them  up  and  smoke.  You  may  leave  them  hanging  in  the  smoke- 
house or  other  cool  place  where  the  rats  cannot  reach  them,  as  they  are 
perfectly  sale  from  all  insects,  and  will  be  a dish  fit  for  a prince,  or  an 
American  citizen,  which  is  better. 

Respectfully  yours, 

Thos.  J.  Sample. 

I find  that  Mr.  Sample  uses  twice  as  much  saltpetre  and  double  the 
time,  for  my  eating,  but  perhaps  not  for  general  market. 

If  grocers  will  take  this  plan  for  preparing  their  hams  and  shoul- 
ders, there  will  be  no  need  of  sacking;  and  such  as  they  buy  in  during 
the  summer  should  receive  a coat  of  pepper  immediately,  to  prevent 
annoyance  from  flies. 

(>.  T.  E.  Hamilton’s  Maryland  Method. — The  hams  of  Maryland 
and  Virginia  have  long  enjoyed  a wide  celebrity.  At  one  of  the  exhi- 
bitions of  the  Maryland  State  Agricultural  Society,  four  premiums 
were  awarded  for  hams.  The  one  which  took  the  first  premium,  was 
cured  by  Mr.  T.  E.  Hamilton,  from  the  following  recipe  : 

“ To  every  100  lbs.  take  best  coarse  salt,  8 lbs.;  saltpetre,  2 ozs.; 
brown  sugar,  2 lbs. ; potash,  1}£  ozs.;  and  water,  4 gals.  Mix  the  above 
and  pour  the  brine  over  the  meat,  after  it  has  lain  in  the  tub  for  some 

2 days.  Let  the  hams  remain  6 weeks  in  the  brine,  and  then  dry  sev- 


560 


Dy.  Chase' s Recipes . 


eral  days  before  smoking.  I have  generally  had  the  meat  tabbed  with 
fine  salt,  when  it  is  packed  down.” 

The  meat  should  be  perfectly  cool  before  packing.  The  potash 
keeps  it  from  drying  up  and  becoming  hard. 

7.  Pork— To  have  Fresh  from  Winter  Killing,  for  Summer 
Frying.— Take  pork  when  killed  in  the  early  p?,rt  of  the  winter,  and 
let  it  lie  in  pickle  about  a week  or  10  days,  or  until  just  sufficiently 
salted  to  be  palatable;  then  slice  it  up  and  fry  U about  half  or  two- 
thirds  as  much  as  you  would  for  present  eating;  now  lay  it  away  in  its 
own  grease,  in  jars  properly  covered,  in  a cod  place,  as  you  would 
lard. 

When  desired,  in  spring  or  summer,  to  have  fresh  pork,  take  out 
what  you  wish  and  re-fry  suitable  for  eating,  and  you  have  it  as  nice  as 
can  be  imagined.  Try  ajar  of  it,  and  know  that  some  things  can  be 
done  as  well  as  others.  It  is  equally  applicable  to  hams  and  shoul- 
ders, and  I have  no  doubt  it  will  work  as  well  upon  beef,  using  lard 
sufficient  to  cover  it.  So  well  satisfied  am  I v>f  it  that  I have  put  in 
beaf-steak,  this  spring,  with  my  fresh  ham,  it  frying  for  summer  use. 
It  works  upon  the  principle  of  canning  fruits  to  exclude  the  air.  I put 
in  no  bone. 

8.  Salt  Pork  for  Frying— Nearly  Equal  to  Fresh.— For  th* 

benefit  of  those  who  are  obliged  to  use  considerable  salt  pork,  the  fol- 
lowing method  much  improves  it  for  frying  : 

Cut  as  many  slices  as  may  be  needed;'  if  for  breakfast,  the  nighv 
previous,  and  soak  till  morning  in  a quart  or  two  of  milk  and  water, 
about  one-half  milk — skimmed  milk,  sour  milk  or  buttermilk; — rinse 
tiil  the  water  is  clear,  and  then  fry.  It  is  nearly  or  quite  as  nice  a? 
fresh  pork — both  the  fat  and  lean  parts. 

Occasionally  I like  to  have  this  rolled  in  corn  meal  before  frying 
as  it  makes  such  a nice  imitation  of  fresh  fish. 

9.  Fresh  Meat— To  Keep  a Week  or  Two  in  Summer. — Farmer* 
or  others  living  at  a distance  from  butchers,  can  keep  fresh  meat  very 
nicely,  for  a week  or  two,  by  putting  it  into  sour  milk,  or  buttermilk* 
placing  in  a cool  cellar.  The  bones  or  fat  need  not  be  removed. 

Rinse  well  when  used. 

It).  Smoked  meat — To  Preserve  for  Tears,  or  for  Sea  Voyages 
— How  often  are  we  disappointed  in  our  hopes  of  having  sweet  harm 
during  the  summer?  After  carefully  curing  and  smoking,  and  sewing 
them  up  in  hags,  and  whitewashing  them  ; we  often  find  that  either 
the  fly  has  commenced  a family  in  our  hams,  or  that  the  choice  parts 
around  the  hone  are  tainted,  and  the- whole  spoiled. 

Now  this  can  be  easily  avoided,  by  packing  them  in  pulverized 
charcoal.  No  matter  how  hot  the  weather,  or  how  thick  the  flies; 
hams  will  keep  as  sweet  as  when  packed,  for  years.  The  preservative 
quality  of  charcoal  will  keep  them  till  charcoal  decays  ; or  sufficiently 
long  to  have  accompanied  Cook  three  times  around  the  world. 

11.  The  Rural  New  Yorker’s  Method. — It  says  : “In  the  Spring, 
cut  the  smoked  ham  in  slices,  fry  till  partly  done,  pack  in  a stone  jar 
alternate  layers  of  ham  and  gravy.  If  the  ham  should  be  very  lea  si 
use  lard  for  gravy.  Be  sure  and  fry  the  ham  in  the  lard,  so  that  it  will 
be  well  seasoned.  When  wanted  for  use,  take  up,  finish  frying,  and 
it  is  ready  for  the  table.  ” 

The  only  trouble  is,  that  we  can’t  keep  it  half  long  enough,  it  is 
so  good  and  handy. 

liS.  The  New  England  Farmer’s  “ Saving  his  Bacon.-*’—  4 bout 
couple  of  years  ago,  we  were  entertained,  at  the  house  of  a friend, 


Miscellaneous  Depart7nent. 


56i 

with  a dinner  of  eggs  and  bacon.  We  complimented  our  host  on  the 
superior  quality  of  his  bacon  ; and  were  curious  to  inquire  the  way  to 
like  success  in  the  preparation  of  a dainty  article  of  diet,  though  one 
that  is  better  fitted  for  the  palate  of  an  epicure,  than  for  the  stomach 
of  a dyspeptic.  To  our  surprise  we  were  informed  that  that  portion  of 
our  meal  was  cooked  eight  months  before. 

Upon  asking  for  an  explanation,  he  stated  it  was  his  practice  to 
slice  and  fry  his  bacon  immediately  on  its  being  cured,  and  then  pack 
it  in  its  own  fat.  When  occasion  came  for  using  it,  the  slices,  slightly 
re-fried,  have  all  the  freshness  and  flavor  of  new  bacon  just  prepared. 
By  this  precaution,  our  friend  always  succeeded  in  “ Saving  his  ba- 
con,” fresh  and  sweet  through  the  hottest  weather. — New  England 
Farmer. 

I have  no  doubt  but  what  it  will  do  as  well  to  pack  meats  unfried 
in  this  way,  in  tubs  and  barrels  as  in  jars  ; but  I rather  prefer  covered 
jars,  putting  a couple  of  thicknesses  of  cloth  over  the  jar  before  putting 
on  the  cover  ; placed  in  a cool  cellar. 

I also  find  it  necessary  to  put  in  lard  occasionally  as  you  are  fry- 
ing, as  there  is  not  generally  enough  brought  out  by  frying  to  fill  the 
crevices  between  the  slices,  which  must  be  tilled. 

CANNING  FRUITS — Peaches  and  Pears.— After  paring  and  cor- 
ing, put  amongst  them  sufficient  sugar  to  make  them  palatable  for 
present  eating,— about  3 to  4 lbs.  only  for  each  bushel  ; let  them  stand 
a while  to  dissolve  the  sugar,  not  using  any  water;  then  heat  to  a boil, 
and  continue  the  boiling,  with  care,  from  20  to  30  minutes,  or  suf- 
ficiently long  to  heat  through,  which  expels  the  air. 

Have  ready  a kettle  of  hot  water;  into  which  dip  the  can  long 
enough  to  heat  it;  then  fill  in  the  fruit  while  hot.  corking  it  immedi- 
ately, and  dip  the  end  of  the  cork  into  the  “ Cement  for  Canning 
Fruits.”  When  cold  it  is  best  to  dip  the  second  time  to  make  sure  that 
no  air  holes  are  left  which  would  spoil  the  fruit.  All  canned  fruits  are 
to  be  kept  in  a very  cool  cellar. 

We  have  yesterday,  and  to-day,  been  eating  peaches  put  up  in  this 
way,  two  years  ago,  which  were. very  nice  indeed.  See Peaches,  To 
Peel.  ” 

Berries,  Plums, Cherries,  etc.— Raspberries,  blackberries,  whor- 
tleberries, currants,  cherries,  and  plums,  need  not  be  boiled  over  10  to 
15  minutes;  using  sugar  to  make  palatable,  in  all  cases,  as  it  must  be 
put  in  some  time,  and  it  helps  to  preserve  the  fruit. 

They  require  the  same  care  in  heating  cans,  etc.,  as  above,  for 
peaches. 

3.  Strawberries. — For  strawberries,  put  sugar  34  lb.  for  each  lb. 
of  berries,  and  proceed  as  for  berries  above. 

Strawberries  are  so  juicy,  and  have  such  a tendency  to  fermenta- 
tion, that  it  is  almost  impossible  to  keep  them.  I have  found  it  abso- 
lutely so,  until  I adopted  the  plan  of  using  the  amount  of  sugar  above 
named;  if  others  can  do  with  less,  they  can  benefit  the  public  by  telling 
me  how  they  do  it. 

5.  Tomatoes. — For  tomatoes,  scald  and  peel  them  as  for  other 
cooking;  then  scald,  or  rather  boil  for  about  15  minutes  only,  and  can 
as  above. 

Or  what  I think  best  is  to  use  a little  salt,  and  put  them  into  half- 
gallon jugs;  for  we  want  them  in  too  great  quantities  to  stop  on  a few 
glass  jars,  such  as  we  use  for  other  fruits;  as  for  tin  cans,  I never  use 
them ; if  you  do  use  tin  cans  for  tomatoes  it  will  not  do  to  use  salt  with 
them,  as  it  has  a tendency  to  cause  rust. 


562  Dr.  Chase's  Recipes. 

6.  Cement  for  Canning1  Fruits.— Resin,  1 lb. ; lard,  tallow  and 

bees- wax,  of  each,  1 oz. 

Melt  and  stir  together;  and  have  it  hot,  ready  to  dip  into  when 
canning. 

7.  Rural  New  Yorker’s  Method.— The  editor  says: 

From  four  year’s  experience  with,  not  only  strawberries,  but 
peaches,  cherries,  raspberries,  pine-apples,  etc.,  without  losing  a single 
jar,  the  flavor  being  also  perfect:  Use  only  self-sealing  glass  jars.  Put 
into  a procelain  preserving  kettle,  enough  to  fill  two  quart  jars;  sprin- 
kle on  sugar,  34  lb* ; place  over  a slow  fire  and  heat  through,  not  cook- 
ed. While  the  fruit  is  heating,  keep  the  jars  filled  with  hot  water.  Fill 
up  to  the  brim,  and  seal  immediately. 

As  it  cools  a vacuum  is  formed  which  prevents  bursting.  In  this 
way,  every  kind  of  fruit  will  retain  its  flavor.  Sometimes  a thick 
leathery  mould  forms  on  the  top — if  so,  all  the  better. 

CATCHUP — Tomato  Catchup. — Take  perfectly  ripe  tomatoes,  24 
bushel;  wash  them  clean  and  break  to  pieces;  then  put  over  the  fire 
and  let  them  come  to  a boil,  and  remove  from  the  fire;  when  they  are 
sufficiently  cool  to  allow  your  hands  in  them,  rub  through  a wire  sieve; 
and  to  what  goes  through,  add  salt,  one  tea-cup  ; allspice  and  cloves 
of  each  ground,  one  tea-cup ; best  vinegar,  1 qt.  Put  onto  the  fire 
again  and  cook  one  hour,  stirring  with  great  care  to  avoid  burning. 
Bottle  and  seal  for  use.  If  too  thick  when  used,  put  in  a little  vinegar. 
If  they  were  very  juicy  they  may  need  boiling  over  an  hour. 

This  recipe  is  from  Mrs.  Hardy,  of  the  American  Hotel,  Dresden, 
O.,  and  is  decidedly  the  best  catchup  which  I have  ever  tasted  ; the 
only  fault  I ever  heard  attributed  to  it  was,  “I  wish  we  had  made 
more  of  it.”  “ We  have  not  got  half  enough  of  it,  ” etc.  But  there 
are  those  who  cannot  use  tomatoes  in  any  shape;  such  persons  will, 
undoubtedly,  like  the  following: 

2.  Currant  Catchup. — Nice  fully  ripe  currants,  4 lbs.;  sugar,  124 
lbs.  ; cinnamon,  ground,  1 table-spoon;  salt,  with  ground  cloves  and 
pepper,  of  each,  1 tea-spoon,  vinegar,  1 pt. 

Stew  the  currants  and  sugar  until  quite  thick;  then  add  the  other 
ingredients,  and  bottle  for  use. 

PRESERVES — Tomato  Preserves. — As  some  persons  will  have 
preserves,  I give  them  the  plan  of  making  the  most  healthy  of  any  in 
use: 

Take  ripe,  scalded  and  peeled  tomatoes,  13  lbs. ; nice,  scalded  hot 
molasses,  1 gal.;  pour  the  molasses  upon  them  and  let  stand  12  hours; 
then  boil  until  they  are  properly  cooked;  now  skim  out  the  tomatoes, 
but  continue  boiling  the  syrup  until  quite  thick  ; then  pour  again  up- 
on the  tomatoes  and  iput  away  as  other  preserves.  A table-spoon  of 
ginger  tied  up  in  a bt  of  cloth  and  boiled  in  them,  gives  a nice  flavor  ; 
or  the  extracts  can  be  used;  or  lemon  peel,  as  preferred — if  sugar  is 
used,  pound  for  pound  is  the  amount. 

But  I prefer  to  put  them  or  any  other  fruit,  into  jugs,  cans,  or 
bottles,  which  retains  the  natural  flavor  and  does  not  injure  the 
stomach,  which  all  preserves  do,  to  a greater  or  less  extent.  Yet  I 
give  you  another,  because  it  does  so  nicely  in  jflace  of  citron,  in 
cakes. 

2.  Preserved  Water-Melon  in  Place  of  Citron,  for  Cakes.— The 

harder  part  of  water-melon,  next  the  skin,  made  into  preserves  with 
sugar,  equal  weights  ; cooking  down  the  syrup  rather  more  than  for 
common  use,  causes  it  to  granulate,  like  citron,  which  is  kept  'for 
sale. 


Miscellaneous  Department . 


563' 

This  chopped  fine,  like  citron,  makes  an  excellent  substitute  for 
that  article ; and  for  very  much  less  cost.  Call  in  the  neighbors  to 
help  eat  about  a dozen  good  sized  melons,  and  you  have  outsides  enough 
for  the  experiment ; and  if  the  Doctor  is  near  he  will  help  without  a 
fee.  They  are  nice,  also,  in  mince-pies,  in  place  of  raisins. 

CURRANTS— To  Dry  With  Sugar.— Take  fully  ripe  currants, 
stemmed,  5 lbs. ; sugar,  1 lb. ; put  into  a brass  kettle,  stirring  at  first, 
then  as  the  currants  boil  up  to  the  top,  skim  them  off ; boil  down  the 
juicy  syrup  until  quite  thick  and  pour  it  over  the  currants,  mixing 
well ; then  place  on  suitable  dishes,  and  dry  them  by  placing  in  a low 
box  over  which  you  can  place  musqueto-bar,  to  keep  away  flies. 

When  properly  dried,  put  in  jars,  and  tie  paper  over  them.  Put 
cold  water  upon  them  and  stew  as  other  fruit  for  eating  or  pie-making, 
adding  more  sugar  if  desired. 

TIN-WARE— To  Mend  By  the  Heat  of  a Candle.— Take  a vial 
about  two-thirds  full  of  muriatic  acid,  and  put  into  it  little  bits  of  sheet 
zinc,  as  long  as  it  dissolves  them  ; then  put  in  a crumb  of  sal-ammoni- 
ac and  fill  up  with  water,  and  it  is  ready  to  use. 

With  the  cork  of  the  vial,  wet  the  place  to  be  mended,  with  the 
preparation  ; then  put  a pice  of  sheet  zinc  over  the  hole  and  hold  a 
lighted  candle  or  spirit  lamp  under  the  place,  which  melts  the  solder  on 
the  tin  and  caxises  the  zinc  to  adhere  without  further  trouble.  Wet 
the  zinc  also  with  the  solution.  Or  a little  solder  may  be  put  on  in 
place  of  zinc,  or  with  the  zinc. 

WATER  FILTER— Home  Made.— Rain  water  is  much  healthier 
than  hard  water  as  a beverage;  and  the  following  will  be  found  an 
easy  and  cheap  way  to  fit  it  for  drinking  purposes. 

Have  an  oak  tub  made,  holding  from  half,  to  a barrel,  according 
to  the  amount  of  water  needed  in  the  family  ; let  it  stand  on  end  with 
a faucet  near  the  bottom;  or,  I prefer  a hole  through  the  bottom,  near 
the  front  side,  with  a tube  in  it  which  prevents  the  water  from  rotting 
the  outside  of  the  tub  ; then  put  clean  pebbles  3 or  4 inches  thick  over 
the  bottom  of  the  tub,  now  have  charcoal  pulverized  to  the  size  of 
small  peas  (that  made  from  hard  maple  is  best)  and  put  in  half  a bush- 
el or  so  at  a time;  pound  it  down  quite  firmly,  then  put  in  more  and 
pound  again  until  the  tub  is  filled  to  within  8 inches  of  the  top ; and 
again  put  on  two  inches  more  of  pebbles  ; then  put  a piece  of  clean 
white  flannel  over  the  whole  top  as  a strainer. 

The  flannel  can  be  washed  occasionally,  to  remove  the  impurities 
collected  from  the  water,  and  it  might  be  well  to  put  a flannel  between 
the  pebbles  and  flannel  at  the  bottom,  also.  When  the  charcoal  be- 
comes foul,  it  can  be  renewed  as  before,  but  will  work  a whole  season 
without  renewing.  Put  on  your  water  freely  until  it  becomes  clear ; 
when  you  will  be  as  well  satisfied  as  you  would  be  if  it  run  through  a 
patent  filter,  costing  six  times  as  much  as  this. 

A large  jar  to  hold  the  filtered  water  can  be  set  in  an  ice  box  if 

S referred  ; or  an  occasional  piece  of  ice  can  be  put  in  the  water  ; but 
: the  filter  is  set  in  the  cellar,  as  it  should  be,  the  water  will  be  suf- 
ficiently cool  for  health.  This  makes  a good  cider  filter,  also,  first 
straining  the  cider  through  cotton  to  free  it  from  the  coarsest  pomace. 

TIRE— To  Keep  on  the  Wheel. — A correspondent  of  the  Southern 
Planter  says:  “I  ironed  a wagon  some  years  ago  for  my  own  use,  and 
before  putting  on  the  tires  I filled  the  felloes  with  linseed-oil;  and  the 
tires  have  worn  out,  and  were  never  loose.  I ironed  a buggy  for  my 
own  use,  seven  years  ago,  and  the  tires  are  now  as  tight  as  when  put  on. 
My  method  of  filling  the  felloes  with  the  oil  is  a(s  follows: 


564 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


I use  a long  cast  iron  oil-heater,  made  for  the  purposes  the  oil  is 
brought  to  a boiling  heat,  the  wheel  is  placed  on  a stick,  so  as  to  hang 
in  the  oil,  each  felloe  an  hour,  for  a common-sized  felloe.  The  timber 
should  be  dry,  as  green  timber  will  not  take  oil.  Care  should  be  taken 
that  the  oil  be  not  made  hotter  than  a boiling  heat,  in  cider  that  the 
timber  be  not  burnt.  Timber  tilled  with  oil  is  not  snsceptable  to 
water,  and  is  much  more  durable.  ” 

I was  amused  sometime  ago  when  I told  a blacksmith  how  to  keep 
tires  tight  on  wheels,  by  his  telling  me  it  was  a profitable  business  to 
tighten  tires;  and  the  wagon  maker  will  say  it  is  profitable  for  him 
to  make  and  repair  wheels — but  what  will  the  farmer  who  supports 
the  wheel-right  and  the  blacksmith  say  ? The  greatest  good  to  the 
greatest  number,  is  my  motto. 

WEEDS — To  Destroy  in  Walks. — The  following  method  to  destroy 
weeds  is  pursued  at  the  mint  in  Paris,  with  good  effect. 

Water,  10  gals.;  stone  lime,  20  lbs. ; flour  of  s?ilphur,  2 lbs.  Boil 
in  an  iron  kettle;  after  settling,  the  clear  part  is  to  be  poured  off  and 
sprinkled,  freely,  upon  the  weedy  walks. 

Care  must  be  taken,  for  it  will  destroy  weeds ; and  as  certainly 
destroy  edgings  and  border  flowers,  if  sprinkled  on  them. 

CEMENTS— Cement  for  China,  etc.,  which  stands  Fire  and 
Water. — With  a small  camel’s-hair  brush,  rub  the  broken  edges  with  a 
little  carriage  oil-varnish. 

If  neatly  put  together,  the  fracture  will  hardly  be  perceptible, 
and  when  thoroughly  dry,  will  stand  both  fire  and  water. 

2.  Russian  Cement. — Much  is  said  about  cements;  but  there  i* 
probably  nothing  so  white  and  clear,  and  certainly  nothing  better  thaw 
the  following: 

Russian  isinglass  dissolved  in  pure  soft  water,  snow  water  is  best} 
— for  it  takes  12  hours  to  soften  it  by  soaking  in  pure  soft  water,  then 
considerable  heat  to  dissolve  it,  after  which  it  is  applicable  to  statuary, 
china,  glass,  alabaster,  etc.,  etc. 

In  all  cements  the  pieces  must  be  secured  until  dry.  It  is  easy  t<\ 
reason  that  if  twelve  to  fifteen  hours  are  required  to  soften  this  isin« 
glass,  that  no  dish-washing  will  ever  effect  it.  You  may  judge  from 
the  price  whether  you  get  the  Russian,  for  thirty-seven  cents  pei 
ounce,  is  as  low  as  the  genuine  article  can  be  purchased  in  small  quan- 
tities, whilst  the  common,  bear  a price  of  only  ten  to  twelve  cents,  and 
even  less. 

3.  Cement,  Cheap  and  Valuable. — A durable  cement  is  made  by 
burning  oyster-shells  and  pulverizing  the  lime  from  them  very  fine  j. 
then  mixing  it  with  white  of  egg  to  a thick  paste  and  applying  it  to  the 
china  or  glass,  and  securing  the  pieces  together  until  dry. 

When  it  is  dry,  it  takes  a very  long  soaking  for  to  become  soft  again. 
I have  lifted  thirty  pounds  by  the  stem  of  a wine-glass  which  had  been 
broken,  and  mended  with  this  cement.  Common  lime  will  do,  but  it 
is  not  so  good;  either  should  be  fresh  burned,  and  only  mix  what  is 
needed,  for  when  once  dry  you  cannot  soften  it. 

4.  Cement — Water-Proof,  for  Cloth  or  Belting.— Take  ale,  1 pt. ; 
best  Russian  isinglass,  2 ozs. ; put  them  into  a common  glue  kettle  and 
boil  until  the  isinglass  is  dissolved ; then  add  4 ozs.  of  the  best  common 
glue,  and  dissolve  it  with  the  other ; then  slowly  add  Vy^  ozs.  of  boiled 
linseed  oil,  stirring  all  the  time  while  adding,  and  until  well  mixed,, 
When  cold  it  will  resemble  India  rubber.  When  you  wish  to  use  this, 
dissolve  what  you  need  in  a sufficient  quantity  of  ale,  to  have  the  con- 
sistence of  thick  glue.  It  is  applicable  for  earthenware,  china, glass  or 


Miscellaneous  Department. 


5*5 


leather;  for  harness;  bands  for  machinery;  cloth  belts  for  cracker 
machines  for  bakers,  etc.,  etc.  If  for  leather,  shave  off  as  if  for  sewing1, 
apply  the  cement  with  a brush  while  hot , laying  a weight  to  keep  each 
joint  firmly  for  6 to  10  hours,  or  over  night. 

This  cement  will  supersede  “ Spaulding’s  Prepared  Glue,  ” and  all 
the  white  cement  you  can  scare  up,  if  you  use  good  articles  to  make  it 
of, — not  less  than  thirty  or  forty  cents  a pound  for  common  glue,  and 
three  shillings  per  ounce  for  the  Russian  isinglass,  but  the  expense  of 
this  will  cause  it  only  to  be  used  when  dampness  is  to  be  contended  with. 

If  you  have  not  a glue  kettle  take  an  oyster  can  and  punch  some  holes 
through  the  top  of  it  putting  in  a string  to  suspend  it  on  a stick  in  a com- 
mon kettle  of  boiling  water,  and  keep  it  boiling  in  that  way. 

5.  Cement,  or  Furniture  Glue,  for  Mouse  Use.— To  mend 
marble,  wood,  glass,  china  and  ornamental  ware — take  water,  1 gal. ; 
nice  glue,  3 lbs. ; white  lead,  4 ozs. ; whisky,  3 qts. 

Mix  by  dissolving  the  glue  in  the  water  ; remove  from  the  tire  and 
stir  in  the  white  lead,  then  add  the  whisky,  which  keeps  it  fluid,  except 
in  the  coldest  weather.  Warm  and  stir  it  up  when  applied. 

6.  White  Cement. — Take  whip  (fish)  glue,  1 lb.  10  ozs. ; dry 
white  lead,  6 ozs. ; soft  water,  3 pts. ; alcohol,  1 pt. 

Dissolve  the  glue  by  putting  it  into  a tin  kettle,  or  dish,  containing 
the  water,  and  set  this  dish  into  a kettle  of  water  to  prevent  the  glue 
from  being  burned;  when  the  glue  is  all  dissolved,  put  in  the  lead  and 
stir  and  boil  until  all  is  thoroughly  mixed;  remove  from  the  tire,  and 
when  cool  enough  to  bottle,  add  the  alcohol,  and  bottle  while  it  is  yet 
warm,  keeping  it  corked.  This  last  recipe  has  sold  about  the  country 
for  from  twenty-five  cents  to  five  dollars  and  one  man  gave  a horse  for  it. 

7.  German  Cement. — Two  measures  of  litharge,  and  one  each  of 
unslacked  lime  and  flint  glass;  each  to  be  pulverized  separately  before 
mixing  ; then  to  use  it.  wet  it  up  with  old  drjing-oil. 

Tiie  Germans  use  it  for  glass  and  china  ware  only.  Water  hardens 
it  instead  of  softening. 

§.  Scrap-Book  Paste,  or  Cement.— A piece  of  common  glue,  2 
square  inches;  dissolve  it  in  water,  adding  as  much  pulverized  alum,  in 
weight,  as  of  the  glue;  now  mix  flour  34  tea-spoon  in  a little  water; 
stir  it  in  and  boil.  When  nearly  cool  stir  in  oil  of  lavender,  two  teaspoons. 

This  should  make  a pint  of  paste,  which  will  keep  a long  time  if 
tightly  covered  when  not  in  use. 

Cement— Preventing  Leaks  about  Chimneys,  etc.— Dry  sand,  1 
pt  ; ashes,  2 pts.;  clay  dried  and  pulverized,  3 pts, ; all  to  be  pulverized 
and  mixed  into  a paste  with  linseed-oil. 

Apply  it  while  soft,  as  desired,  and  when  it  becomes  hard,  water 
Will  have  no  effect  upon  it.  It  may  be  used  for  walks,  and  I think  it 
would  do  well  in  cisterns,  and  on  roofs,  etc. 

MAGIC  PAPER— Used  to  Transfer  Figures  in  Embroidery,  or 
Impressions  of  Leaves,  for  Herbariums.— Take  lard  oil,  or  sweet  oil, 
mixed  to  the  consistence  of  cream,  with  either  of  the  following  paints, 
the  color  of  which  is  desired:  Prussian  blue,  lamp  black  Venitian 
red  or  chrome  green,  either  of  which  should  be  rubbed  with  a knife,  on 
a plate  or  stone  until  smooth.  Use  rather  thin,  but  firm  paper;  put  on 
with  a sponge  and  wipe  off  as  dry  as  convenient;  then  lay  them  be- 
tween uncolored  paper  or  between  newspapers,  and  press  by  laying 
books  or  some  other  flat  substance  upon  them,  until  the  surplus  oil  is 
absorbed,  when  it  is  ready  for  use. 

Directions. — For  taking  off  paterns  of  embroidery,  place  a piece  of 
thin  paper  over  the  embroidery  to  prevent  soiling ; then  lay  on  the 


566 


Dr.  Chase's  Recipes. 


ma^ic  paper,  and  put  on  the  cloth  you  wish  to  take  the  copy  on,  to  em- 
broider; pin  fast,  and  rub  over  with  a spoon  handle  ; and  every  part  of 
the  raised  figure  will  show  upon  the  plain  cloth.  To  take  impressions 
of  leaves  on  paper  place  the  leaf  between  two  sheets  of  this  paper,  and 
rub  over  it  hard,  then  take  the  leaf  out  and  place  it  between  two  sheets 
of  white  paper  ; rub  again,  and  you  will  have  a beautiful  impression  of 
both  sides  of  the  leaf  or  flower.  Persons  traveling  without  pen  or  ink, 
can  write  with  a sharp  stick,  placing  a sheet  of  this  paper  over  a sheet 
of  white  paper. 

RAT  DESTROYERS — Rat  Exterminator.— -Flour,  3 lbs.  ; water 
only  sufficient  to  make  it  into  a thick  paste ; then  dissolve,  phosphorus, 
1 oz.,  in  butter,  oz.  by  heat.  Mix. 

This  you  will  leave,  thickly  spread  on  bread,  where  rats  can  get 
at  it ; or  make  into  balls,  which  is  preferable,  covered  or  rolled  with 
sugar.  If  it  is  desired  to  sell  this  article  and  you  wish  to  color  to 
hide  its  composition,  work  into  it  pulverized  tumeric,  2 ozs.  Or, 

S.  Take  warm  water,  1 qt. ; lard  2 lbs. ; phosphorus,  1 oz.  Mix, 
and  thicken  with  flour. 

It  is  found  best  to  make  only  in  small  quantities,  as  the  phosphorus 
loses  its  power  by  exposure.  Some  will  object  to  killing  rats  about  the 
house  ; but  I had  rather  smell  their  dead  carcasses  than  taste  their  tail- 
prints,  left  on  everything  possible  for  them  to  get  at,  or  suffer  loss 
from  their  footf/i-prints  on  all  things  possible  fof  them  to  devour  or  de- 
stroy. 

3.  Death  for  the  Old  Sly  Rat. — Some  rats  get  so  cunning  that 
it  is  almost  impossible  to  overcome  their  shrewdness. 

Then  get  a few  grains  of  strychnine,  having  a little  fresh  lean  meat 
boiled;  cut  it  into  small  bits  by  using  a fork  to  hold  it,  for  if  held  by 
the  fingers*  they  will  smell  them  and  not  eat  it;— cutting  with  a sharp 
pen-knife  ; then  cut  a little  hole  into  the  bits,  and  put  in  a little  of 
the  strychnine,  and  close  up  the  meat  together  again. 

Put  these  on  a plate  where  they  frequent,  but  not  near  their  holes, 
laying  a piece  of  paper  over  the  meat ; when  this  is  eaten  put  more,  for 
three  or  four  days,  and  you  are  soon  done  with  the  wisest  of  them. 

4.  Rats — To  Drive  Away  Alive.— If  you  choose  to  drive  them 
away  alive,  take  potash  pulverizd,  and  put  quite  plenty  of  it  into  all 
their  holes  about  the  house.  If  the  potash  is  pulverized  and  left  in  the 
air,  it  becomes  pasty  ; then  it  can  bedaubed  on  the  boards  or  planks, 
where  they  come  through  into  rooms. 

They  will  sooner  leave,  than  be  obliged  to  have  a continual  re-ap- 
plication of  this  “Doctor  Stuff,”  every  time  they  go  through  their 
holes.  See  “ Potash  to  make.” 

5.  Scotch  snuff,  or  pulverized  cayenne  pepper,  mixed  together,  or 
separate;  if  freely  put  into  their  burro  wing-holes,  will  certainly  send 
them  off,  at  a sneezing  pace. 

0.  Rat  Poison— From  Sir  Humphrey  Davy. — A tasteless,  odorless 
and  infallible  rat  poison,  he  says,  is  made  as  follows: 

“ Mix  carbonate  of  barytes,  2 ozs.,  with  grease  1 lb.” 

It  produces  great  thirst,  consequently  water  must  be  set  by  it,  for 
death  takes  place  immediately  after  drinking,  not  giving  them  time  to 
go  back  to  their  holes.  I obtained  this  at  such  a late  day,  that  I have 
not  had  an  opportunity  of  testing  it.  Be  sure  no  other  animat  can  get 
it,  except  rats  and  mice;  for  it  is  a most  deadly  poison.  Should  this 
be  found  as  effectual  as  recommended,  it  will  prove  just  the  thing  for 
rat-killing,  as  they  can  be  gathered  up  and  carried  away,  thus  avoiding 
the  stench  arising  from  their  dead  carcasses. 


Miscellaneous  Department. 


567' 


FISH  —Art  of  Catching. — Mix  the  jniee  of  lovage  or  smellage,  with 
any  kind  of  bait,  or  a few  drops  of  the  oil  of  rhodium.  India  cockle  al- 
so, (Coculiis  Indicns,)  is  sometimes  mixed  with  flour  dough  and  sprin- 
kled on  the  surface  of  still  water.  This  intoxicates  the  fish  and  makes 
them  turn  up  on  top  of  the  water.  Mullein  seed,  pulverized,  and  used 
in  the  place  of  India  cockle  is  about  equal  to  that  article. 

They  may  be  eaten  without  fear,  but.  this  will  destroy  many  fish. 
Oil  of  rhodium  is  the  best  plan. 

“It  is  generally  supposed,”  says  Mr.  R.  I.  Pell,  “ that  fish  are  not 
possessed  of  the  sense  of  smell.  From  the  following  experiments  I 
am  convinced  they  are  : I placed  a hook,  well  baited  with  an  angle- 
worm,  enticingly  before  a perch  weighing  one  and  a half  pounds  ; he 
did  not  take  the  least  notice  of  it.  It  was  withdrawn,  and  a drop  of 
rhodium  brought  in  contact  with  it,  when  it  was  dropped  very  careful- 
ly several  feet  behind  him;  he  immediately  turned  and  seized  the  bait. 
This  experiment  was  several  times  repeated,  with  like  success.  It  has 
been  denied  thatfish  have  the  sense  of  hearing.  I find  many  varieties 
rery  sensitive  to  noise,  and  by  numerous  experiments  am  convinced 
that  their  sense  of  hearing  is  acute.  ” 

STRAW  AND  CHIP  HATS — To  Tarnish  Black. — Best  alcohol,  4 
ozs. ; pulverized  black  sealing-wax,  1 oz  ; put  them  into  a vial,  and  put 
the  vial  into  a warm  place,  stirring  or  shaking  occasionally,  until  the 
wax  is  dissolved  ; apply  it  when  warm  by  means  of  a soft  brush,  be- 
fore the  fire  or  in  the  sun. 

It  gives  stiffness  to  old  straw  hats  or  bonnets,  makes  a beautiful 
gloss,  and  resists  wet ; if  anything  else  is  required,  just  apply  it  to  small 
baskets  also,  and  see  how  nicely  they  will  look. 

2.  STRAW  BONNETS— To  Color  a Beautiful  Slate.— First  soak 
the  bonnet  in  rattier  strong  warm  suds  for  fifteen  minutes,  this  is  to 
remove  sizingor  stiffening  ; then  rinse  in  warm  water  to  get  out  the 
soap  ; now  scald  cudbear,  1 oz.,  in  sufficient  water  to  cover  the  hat  or 
bonnet— work  the  bonnet  in  this  dye  at  180  degrees  of  heat,  until  you 
get  a light  purple;  now  have  a bucket  of  cold  water  blued  with  the  extract 
of  indigo,  about  3^  oz.,  and  work  or  stir  the  bonnet  in  this,  until  the 
tint  pleases. 

Dry,  then  rinse  out  with  cold  water  and  dry  again,  in  the  shade. 
If  you  get  the  purple  too  deep  in  shade,  the  final  slate  will  be  too  dark. 
See  “ Extract  of  Indigo  orChemic.  ” 

STUCCO  PLASTERING!— For  Brick  and  Gravel  Houses.— First 
make  up  as  much  mortar  as  you  need  for  the  job,  with  good  common 
lime;  using  only  % or  four-fifths  at  most,  as  much  lime  as  needed  for 
common  work— the  other  fourth  or  fifth  is  to  be  water  lime  ; and  not 
to  be  put  in  only  as  used.  The  sand  must  be  coarse,  and  free  from  loam 
or  dirt. 

To  prepare  the  white  and  colored  washes,  run  off  common  lime 
enough  with  hot  water,  to  make  a white-wash  to  go  over  the  whole 
job.  This  white-wash  is  to  be  colored  the  tint  desired  for  the  work. 
Be  sure  to  make  color-wash  enough  at  one  time,  or  you  will  find  it 
hard  to  get  the  shades  alike;  saving  a little  of  the  whitewash  without 
color,  to  pencil  the  seams,  and  also  for  specking,  as  mentioned  below. 
The  colors  used  are  lamp-black,  Spanish-brown,  or  Venetian-red,  as 
preferred,  and  these  are  cut  or  dissolved  in  whisky ; then  putting  into 
the  white-wash  to  suit. 

When  these  washes  are  all  prepared,  wet  up  as  much  of  the  mortar 
as  can  be  put  on  in  20  to  40  minutes,  and  mix  in  the  fourth  or  fifth  of 
the  cemennt,  and  put  on  as  fast  as  possible;  first  wetting  the  wall  very 


568 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


wet  with  water.  Some  cement  will  set  in  20  and  some  in  40  to  50  min* 
utes.  When  you  see  the  time  necessary  for  die  kind  you  are  using,  act. 
accordingly,  and  only  mix  the  cement  into  as  much  mortar  as  your 
help  will  put  on  before  it  sets;  beginning  at  the  top  of  the  wall  with 
your  scaffolding  and  working  down,  which  prevents  too  much  specking 
from  the  colors.  Have  a man  to  follow  right  after  with  a float,  keeping 
the  stucco  very  wet  while  floating  down  level  and  smooth;  and  the 
longer  it  is  floated  and  wet  the  better  will  be  the  job.  Even  after  it  is 
floated  down  well,  keep  a man  wetting  it  with  a brush  until  you  get 
the  whole  line  on,  around  the  house,  as  the  water-lime  must  be  kept 
quite  wet  for  some  considerable  time,  to  set  properly.  Heed  this  cau- 
tion, and  if  water  never  gets  in  behind  the  plastering  from  bad  cornice 
or  leaky  roofs,  it  will  never  peel  off.  When  this  line  of  scaffolding  is 
plastered,  take  out  enough  of  the  color-wash,  running  it  through  a 
sieve,  and  go  over  the  plastering;  lamp-black  alone  gives  it  a bluish 
slate  color ; if  a little  of  the  brown  is  added  with  the  black,  it  will  be  a 
little  reddish,  and  if  the  red  isused  without  the  brown,  it  will  be  quite 
red.  I prefer  sufficient  of  the  black  only  to  make  a gray  stone  color., 
A brown,  however,  looks  exceedingly  well.  If  you  choose,  you  can 
make  one-half  of  the  color-wash  darker  than  the  other — having  laid  it 
off  into  blocks  resembling  stone,  by  means  of  a straight-edge,  and  a 
piece  of  board  about  half  an  inch  thick,  paint  every  other  block  with 
the  darker  wash  to  represent  diffierent  shades  of  stone.  Some  of  our 
best  buildings  are  done  in  this  way,  and  look  well. 

Then  to  give  it  a granite  appearance,  take  a small  paintbrush  and 
dip  it  into  the  whitewash,  saved  for  this  purpose;  strike  it  across 
a hammer-handle  so  as  to  throw  the  specks  from,  the  brush  upon  the 
wall,  then  the  same  with  black  and  red.  Pencil  the  seams  with  the 
white  wash,  which  gives  it  the  appearance  of  mortar,  as  in  real  stone* 
work. 

Xow  you  are  ready  to  move  down  the  scaffold  and  go  over  the 
same  thing  as  before.  After  the  colors  have  been  dissolved  with  spir-i 
its,  they  can  be  reduced  with  water,  or  what  is  better  for  them  and  the 
color-wash  also,  is  skimmed-milk;  and  where  milk  is  plenty,  it  ought 
to  be  used  in  place  of  water,  for  whitewash  or  color-washes,  as  it  helps 
to  resist  the  weather,  and  prevents  the  colors  from  fading — see  “Paint, 
to  make  without  Lead  or  Oil,”  which  gives  you  the  philosophy  of  using 
milk.  Speck  quite  freely  with  the  white,  then  about  half  as  much  with 
the  black,  and  then  rather  free  again  with  the  red.  The  proportion  of 
lime,  probably,  should  not  exceed  one,  to  six  or  seven  of  sand.  Our 
University  buildings,  represented  in  the  frontispiece  except  the  Labor*1 
atory,  and  Law-building,  which  have  been  more  recently  put  up,  are 
finished  with  it,  also  whole  blocks  in  the  business  part  of  the  city. 

Prof.  Douglass’  house  is  probably  the  prettiest  color  of  any  in  the- 
city — an  imitation  of  “ Free-stone,  ” made  with  lamp-black,  yellow 
ochre,  and  a larger  proportion  of  Spanish  brown.  But  all  will  have  a 
preference  for  some  special  color;  then,  with  a little  ingenuity  and  pa- 
tience, nearly  any  colored  stone  can  be  imitated. 

GRAVEL  HOUSES — To  Make— Proportions  of  Lime,  Sand,  and 
Gravel, — It  has  become  quite  common  to  put  up  gravel  houses;  and 
many  persons  are  at  a great  loss  to  know  what  proportion  of  materials 
to  use. — Various  proportions  have  been  proposed  ; but  from  the  fact 
that  the  philosophy  was  not  explained,  .no  real  light  was  given  upon 
the  subject. 

All  that  is  required  to  know,  is  that  sand  and  lime  are  to  be  used' 
in  proportion  to  the  size  of  the  gravel, — say  for  15  bushels  of  clean 


Miscellaneous  Department . 


569 


gravel,  from  the  size  of  peas  up  to  that  of  hen’s  eggs,  it  will  take  about 
3 bushels  ot  clean,  sharp  sand  and  1 of  lime  to  till  the  crevices  without 
swelling  the  bulk  of  the  gravel.  If  the  gra  vel  is  coarse,  up  to  5 bushels 
of  sand  may  be  required,  but  the  lime  will  not  need  to  be  increased 
but  very  little,  if  any.  Then  the  philosophy  of  the  thing  is  this — about 
1 to  134  bushels  of  lime  to  15  bushels  of  gravel,  and  just  sand  enough 
to  till  the  crevices  without  increasing  the  bulk  as  above  mentioned. 

If  the  gravel  is  free  of  dirt,  the  sand  also  clean,  and  the  weather 
dry,  the  walls  can  be  raised  1 foot  each  day,  if  you  have  help  to  do 
that  amount  of  labor. 

Some  prefer  to  make  the  gravel  and  sand  into  mortar  and  press  it 
into  bricks;  then  lay  into  walls,  but  the  wall  must  be  stronger  if  laid  up 
solid,  in  board  frames,  made  to  raise  up  as  required. 

Many  persons  argue  for  the  eight-square  or  octagon  bouse;  but  I 
like  the  square  form  much  the  best,  carrying  up  the  hall  and  main 
partition  walls  of  the  Sctme  material.  The  eight-square  house  looks  like 
an  old  fort,  or  water  tank,  and  is  very  expensive  to  finish  ; costing 
much  more  than  the  same  room  with  square  angles  ; for  mechanics 
cannot  put  up  cornice  outside,  or  in,  in  less  than  double  the  time  re- 
quired for  making  the  common  square  mitre. 

Prof.  Winckell,  of  the  University,  and  State  Geologist,  in  this  city, 
has  put  up  qne  of  the  octagons  which  looks  well,  however,  for  the  style 
syffinishAs  what  attracts  attention,  instead  of  the  style  of  form. 

WHITEWASH  AN  I*  CHEAP  PAINTS— Brilliant  Stucco  White- 
wash—Will  last  on  Brick  or  Stone,  Twenty  to  Thirty  Tears.— Many 
have  heard  of  the  brilliant  stucco  whitewash  on  the  east  end  of  the 
President’s  house  at  Washington.  The  following  is  a recipe  for  it,  as 
gleaned  from  the  National  Intelligencer , with  some  additional  improve- 
ments learned  by  experiments: 

Nice  unslacked  lime,  % bushel;  slack  it  with  boiling  water;  cover 
it  during  the  process,  to  keep  in  the  steam.  Strain  the  liquid  through 
a fine  sieve  or  strainer,  and  add  to  it  salt,  1 peck ; previously  well  dis- 
solved in  water;  rice,  3 lbs., — boiled  to  a thin  paste,  and  stirred  in  boil- 
ing hot;  Spanish  whiting,  34  lh. ; clean  nice  glue,  1 lb.,  which  has  been 
previously  dissolved  by  soaking  it  well,  and  then  hanging  it  over  a 
slow  fire,  in  a small  kettle,  immersed  in  a larger  one  filled  with  water. 
Now  add  hot  water,  5' gals.,  to  the  mixture,  stir  it  well,  and  let  itstand 
a few  days  covered  from  the  dirt. 

It  should  be  put  on  hot.  For  this  purpose  it  can  be  kept  in  a ket- 
tle on  a portable  furnace.  Brushes  more  or  less  small,  may  be  used, 
according  to  the  neatness  of  the  job  required.  It  answers  as  well  as 
oil  paint  for  brick  or  stone,  and  is  much  cheaper. 

There  isone  house  in  our  city  which  had  this  applied  twelve  years 
ago,  and  is  yet  nice  and  bright.  It  has  retained  its  brilliancy  over 
thirty  years. 

Coloring  matter,  dissolved  in  whisky,  may  be  put  in  and  made  of 
any  shade  you  like;  Spanish  brown  stirred  in  will  make  red-pink, 
more  or  less  deep,  according  to  quantity.  A delicate  tinge  of  this  is 
very  pretty  for  inside  walls.  Finely  pulverized  common  clay,  well 
mixed  with  Spanish  brown,  makes  reddish  stone  color.  Yellow  ochre 
stirred  in  makes  yellow  wash,  but  chrome  goes  further,  and  makes  a 
color  generally  esteemed  prettier.  I11  all  these  cases  the  darkness  of 
the  shade,  of  course,  is  determined  by  the  quantity  of  the  coloring  used. 
It  is  difficult  to  make  rules,  because  tastes  are  different — it  would  be 
best  to  try  experiments  on  a shingle  and  let  it  dry.  Green  must  not  be 
mixed  with  lime.  The  lime  destroys  the  color,  and  the  color  has  an 


57° 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes . 


effect  on  the  whitewash,  whicli  makes  it  crack  and  peel.  When  inside 
walls  have  been  badly  smoked,  and  you  wish  to  make  them  a clean, 
clear  white,  it  is  well  to  squeeze  indigo  plentifully  through  a bag  into 
the  water  you  use,  before  it  is  stirred  into  the  whole  mixture,  or  blue 
vitriol  pulverized  and  dissolved  in  boiling  water  and  put  into  white- 
wash, gives  a beautiful  blue  tint.  If  a larger  quantity  than  five  gallons 
be  wanted,  the  same  proportions  should  be  observed. 

2.  Whitewash— Very  Nice  for  Rooms.— Take  whiting,  4 lbs. ; 
white  or  common  glue,  2 ozs. ; stand  the  glue  in  cold  water  over  night; 
mix  the  whiting  with  cold  water,  and  heat  the  glue  until  dissolved ; and 
pour  it  into  the  other,  hot.  Make  of  a proper  consistence  to  apply  with 
a common  whitewash  brush. 

Use  these  proportions  for  a greater  or  less  amount.  In  England, 
scarcely  any  other  kind  of  whitewash  is  used. 

A lady  of  Black  River  Falls,  Wis.,  who  had  one  of  my  books  wrote 
to  me,  expressing  her  thankfulness  for  the  beauty  of  this  whitewash. 

Paint— To  make  without  Lead  or  Oil.— Whiting,  5 lbs.;  skimmed 
milk,  2 qts. ; fresh  slacked  lime,  2 ozs.  Put  the  lime  into  a stone-ware 
vessel,  pour  upon  it  a sufficient  quantity  of  the  milk  to  make  a mixture 
resembling  cream;  the  balance  of  the  milk  is  then  to  be  added;  and 
lastly  the  whiting  is  to  be  crumbled  upon  the  surface  of  the  fluid,  in 
which  it  gradually  sinks,  At  this  period  it  must  be  well  stirred  in,  or 
ground  as  you  would  other  paint,  and  it  is  fit  for  use. 

There  may  be  added  any  coloring  matter  that  suits  the  fancy,  (see 
the  first  whitewash  for  mixing  colors.)  to  be  applied  in  the  same  man- 
ner as  other  paints,  and  in  a few  hours  it  will  become  perfectly  dry. 
Another  coat  may  then  be  added  and  so  on  until  the  work  is  done. 
This  paint  is  of  great  tenacity,  bears  rubbing  with  a coarse  cloth,  has 
little  smell,  even  when  wet,  and  when  dry  is  inodorus.  The  above  is 
sufficient  for  57  yards. — Annapolis  Republican. 

“ We  endorse  the  recipe.  ^ Tiie  casein  or  curd  of  the  milk,  by  the 
action  of  the  caustic-lime,  becomes  insoluble,  and  has  been  used,  for 
time  immemorial,  as  a lute  for  chemical  experiments.  Ic  is  a good, 
and  in  comparison  with  white  lead,  a durable  paint.” — Moore's  Rural 
New  Yorker. 

Most  of  the  cheap  paints  will  require  about  three  coats.  White 
lead  always  requires  two,  but  some  people  think  because  they  get  a 
cheap  paint  that  one  coat  ought  to  make  a good  job.  Two  will  gener- 
ally do  with  any  except  white. 

4.  White  Paint — A new  Way  of  Manufacturing. — The  following 
was  communicated  by  a man  who  was  formerly  a carpenter  in  the  U. 
S.  Navy: 

“ During  a cruise  in  the  South  Pacific  we  went  into  the  harbor  of 
Coquimbo;  and  as  the  ship  had  been  out  a long  time,  she  was  covered 
with  rust  from  stem  to  stern.  It  was  the  anxious  wish  of  the  com- 
mander that  she  should  be  restored  to  her  original  colors;  but  on  ex- 
amining the  store-room,  it  was  ascertained  that  there  was  not  a pound 
of  white  lead  in  the  ship.  In  this  emergencj^  I bethought  me  of  an  ex- 
pedient which  concocted  an  admirable  substitute,  composed  *tf  the  fol- 
lowing ingredients: 

“Air-slacked  lime,  pulverized  until  it  was  of  the  fineness  of  flour, 
which  was  then  passed  through  a sieve.  Rice  boiled  in  a large  kettle 
until  the  substance  was  drawn  entirely  out  of  the  grain;  the  water,  then 
of  a plastic  nature,  was  strained  to  separate  the  grain,  etc  , from  the 
clear  liquid.  A tub,  about  the  size  of  a half  barrel,  of  the  prepared 
lime  and  rice-water,  was  mixed  with  one  gallon  of  linseed -oil  ; and 


Miscellaneous  Department. 


57i 


the  material  had  so  much  the  appearance  of  paint  that  a novice  could 
not  have  told  the  difference 

“The  ship  was  painted  outside  and  inboard  with  the  above  mix- 
ture (which  cost  next  to  nothing,)  and  never  presented  a finer  white 
streak  on  her  bends,  or  clearer  bulwarks  and  berth-deck  than  on  that 
occasion,  and  no  other  kind  of  white  paint  was  used  during  the  remain- 
der of  the  cruise.” 

If  this  is  good  for  ships  out  and  inboard,  it  is  worth  trying  for  fen- 
ces and  out-work  requiring  a cheap  white  paint. 

5.  Black  and  Green  Paint— Durable  and  Cheap,  for  Out- Door 
Work. — Any  quantity  of  charcoal,  powdered;  a sufficient  quantity  of 
litharge  as  a dryer,  to  be  well  levigated  (rubbed  smooth)  with  i inseed- 
oil  ; and  when  used,  to  be  thinned  with  well  boiled  linseed-oil.  The 
above  forms  a good  black  paint. 

By  adding  yellow  ochre,  an  excellent  green  is  produced,  which  is 
preferable  to  the  bright  green,  used  by  painters,  for  all  garden  work, 
as  is  it  does  not  fade  with  the  sun. 

This  composition  was  first  used  by  Dr.  Parry,  of  Bath,  on  some 
spouts ; which,  on  being  examined,  fourteen  years  afterwards,  were 
found  to  be  as  perfect  as  when  first  put  up. 

6.  Milk  Paint,  for  Barns — Any  Color. — “ Mix  water  lime  with 
skim-milk,  to  a proper  consistence  to  apply  with  a brush,  and  it  is  ready 
for  use.  It  will  adhere  well  to  wood,  whether  rough  or  smooth,  to 
brick,  mortar,  or  stone,  where  oil  has  not  been  used,  (in  which  case  it 
cleaves  to  some  extent,)  and  forms  a very  hard  substance,  as  durable 
as  the  best  oil  paint.  It  is  too  cheap  to  estimate,  and  any  one  can  put 
it  on  who  can  use  a brush.” — Country  Gentleman. 

Any  color  may  be  given  to  it,  by  using  colors  of  the  tinge  desired, 
dissolving  in  whisky  first,  the  adding  in  to  suit  the  fancy,  as  in  the  first 
recipe. 

If  a red  is  preferred,  mix  in  Yenitian-rcd  with  milk,  not  using  any 
lime.  It  looks  well  for  fifteen  vears. 

LIQUID,  AND  WATER-PROOF  BLUES.— Liquid  Glue.— To  have 
a good  glue  always  ready  for  use,  just  put  a bottle  two-thirds  full  of 
best  common  glue,  and  fillup  the  bottle  with  common  whisky;  cork  it 
up,  and  set  by  for  3 or  4 days,  and  it  will  dissolve  without  the  application 
to  heat. 

It  will  keep  for  years,  and  is  always  ready  to  use  without  heat,  ex- 
cept in  very  cold  weather,  when  it  may  need  to  be  set  a little  while  in 
a warm  place,  before  using. 

2.  Imitation  of  Spalding’s  Glue, — First,  soak  in  cold  water  all 
the  glue  you  wish  to  make  at  one  time,  using  only  glass,  earthen,  or 
procelain  dishes;  then  by  gentle  heat  dissolve  the  glue  in  the  same  wa- 
ter, and  pour  in  a little  nitric  acid,  sufficient  to  give  the  glue  a sour  taste, 
like  vinegar,  or  from  34  oz.  to  1 oz.  to  each  pound  of  glue. 

The  acid  keeps  it  in  a liquid  state,  and  prevents  it  from  spoiling  ; 
as  nice  as  Spalding’s  or  any  other,  for  a very  trifling  expense.  If  iron 
dishes  are  used,  the  acid  corrodes  them  and  turns  the  glue  black.  Or : 

8.  Acetic  acid,  1 oz.  ; pure  soft  water,  6- ozs. ; glue,  3 ozs.;  gum 
tragacanth,  1 oz.  Mix,  and  if  not  as  thick  as  desired,  add  a little  more 
glue. 

This  keeps  in  a liquid  state,  does  not  decompose;  and  is  valuable 
for  Druggists  in  labeling;  also  for  house  use;  and  if  furniture  men 
were  not  prejudiced,  they  would  find  it  valuable  in  the  shop. 

4.  Water-Proof  Glue— Is  made  by  first  soaking  the  glue  in  cold 
water,  for  an  hour  or  two,  or  until  it  becomes  a little  soft,  yet  retain- 


572 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes . 


ing  its  original  form ; then  taking  it  from  the  water  and  dissolving  it 
by  gentle  heat,  stirring  in  a little  boiled  linseed-oil. 

If  mahogany  veneers  were  put  on  with  this  glue,  they  would  not 
fall  off,  as  they  now  do,  by  the  action  of  the  atmosphere. 

FIRE  KINDLERS. — To  make  very  nice  tire  kindlers,  take  resin, 
any  quantity,  and  melt  it,  putting  in  for  each  pound  being  used,  from 
2 to  3 ozs.  of  tallow,  and  when  all  is  hot,  stir  in  pine  saw-dust  to  make 
very  thick;  and,  while  yet  hot,  spread  it  out  about  1 inch  thick,  upon 
boards  which  have  tine  saw-dust  sprinkled  upon  them,  to  prevent  it 
from  sticking.  When  cold,  break  up  into  lumps  about  1 inch  square. 
But  if  for  sale,  take  a thin  board  and  press  upon  it,  while  yet  warm, 
to  lay  it  off  into  1 inch  squares;  this  makes  it  break  regularly,  if  yo*u 
press  the  crease  sufficiently  deep,  greasing  the  marking-board  to  pre- 
vent it  from  sticking. 

One  of  these  blocks  will  easily  ignite  with  a match,  and  burn  with 
a strong  blaze  long  enough  to  kindle  any  wood  fit  to  burn.  The  above 
•sells  readily  in  all  our  large  towns  and  cities  at  great  profit. 

2.  Most  of  the  published  recipes  call  for  resin,  3 lbs.  ; tar,  1 qt. ; 
and  1 gill  of  turpentine;  but  they  make  a black,  sticky  mess  of  stuff, 
which  always  keeps  the  hands  daubed.  On  the  other  hand,  this  makes 
a resin-colored  kindler,  which  breaks  nicely  also  when  cold;  and  they 
are  decidedly  a nice  thing ; and  much  more  certain  to  start  a fire  than 
shavings.  If  the  tar  plan  is  used,  1 pt.  is  enough  for  5 lbs.  of  resin. 

STARCH  POLISH.— White-wax,  1 oz. ; spermaceti,  2 ozs.;  melt 
them  together  with  a gentle  heat. 

When  you  have  prepared  a sufficient  amount  of  starch,  in  the  usual 
way,  for  a dozen  pieces — put  into  it  a piece  of  the  polish  the  size  of  a 
large  pea;  more  or  less,  according  to  large  or  small  washings.  Or, 
thick  gum  solution  (made  by  pouring  boiling  water  upon  gum  arabic,) 
one  table  spoon  to  a pint  of  starch,  gives  clothes  a beautiful  gloss. 

PERCUSSION  MATCHES— Of  the  Best  quality — Chlorate  of 
potash,  ^flb.;  glue,  3 lbs.;  white  lead,  dry,  5 lbs.  ; red  lead,  % lb.  j 
phosphorus,  2%  lbs.  Directions. — First  put  the  chlorate  into  a dish 
made  for  the  purpose,  deep,  and  of  a suitable  size  to  set  into  a kettle  of 
water,  which  can  be  kept  on  the  fire  for  2 or  3 days,  having  2 qts.  of 
water  on  the  chlorate;  then  put  the  glue  on  top  of  the  chlorate  water,, 
and  let  soak,  until  all  is  perfectly  dissolved ; then  add  the  leads  and 
heat  up  quite  hot,  and  thoroughiy  mix;  let  cool,  and  add  the  phos. 
phorus,  let  it  dissolve  and  be  careful  never  to  heat  hot  after  the  pirns*, 
phorus  is  added;  stir  occasionally  when  dipping,  and  if  little  particles 
of  phosphorus  fires,  push  it  down  into  the  mixture,  or  put  on  warm 
water;  if  you  put  on  cold  water  it  will  fly  all  over  you.  Keep  it  rather 
thin  after  the  phosphorus  is  put  in,  and  there  will  be  no  danger  ; al- 
though the  chlorate  of  potash  is  considered  a dangerous  article  to  work 
withf  so  is  powder,  yet  when  you  know  liovv  to  work  with  them,  you 
can  do  as  safely  with  one  as  the  other.  When  dry  give  them  a co$t  of 
varnish. 

I have  been  acquainted  with  a man  for  about  fourteen  years  who 
makes  them,  and  several  others  for  a less  time,  without  trouble  or  ac- 
cident. A better  match  was  never  made  to  stand  dampness,  or  bear 
transportation  without  setting  on  fire.  I have  used  and  sold  them 
much  of  the  time,  and  speak  from  knowledge.  One  explosion  has 
since  taken  place. 

The  plan  pursued  here  in  preparing  the  splints  is  as  follows.-'— 
Sawed  pine  timber  from  four  to  eight  inches  eacli  way,  is  cut  olf  the 
right  length  for  the  match,  then  one  end  of  it  is  shaved  smooth  with  * 


Miscellaneous  Department. 


573 


drawing-knife;  the  block  is  held  upon  the  horse  by  a brace  from  the 
top  or  the  horse  head  against  the  backside  of  the  block,  so  as  to  be  out 
of  the  way  of  the  knife  instead  of  putting  the  block  under  the  jaws  of 
the  horse  head,  as  the  dents  made  in  the  end  of  match  timber  would  not 
answer;  the  front  edge  comes  against  a strip  put  on  for  that  purpose; 
then  glue  the  other  end  and  put  on  brown  paper  which  holds  them  to- 
gether when  split;  machines  are  used  to  split  with  which  feed  up  the 
block  enough  each  time  the  knife  is  raised,  to  make  the  size  of  the 
match  when  split  the  other  way,  or  about  ten  to  the  inch.  These  ma- 
chines cost  about  fifty  dollars,  and  the  work  goes  ahead  like  a young 
saw-mill,  by  simply  turning  a crank  as  shown  in  the  figure. 

A A,  shows  two  standards  bolted  upon  a base  plank,  four  feet  in 
length;  these  standards  support  a shaft,  with  crank  and  balance  wheel 
D,  which  is  two  feet  in  diameter;  the  shaft  has  upon  it  an  oval  wheel, 
G,  which  sinks  the  knife,  F,  twice  in  each  revolution,  the  knife  passing 
down  through  a space  in  a thin  iron  strip,  H,  standing  out  from  the 
two  blocks,  C C,  under  which  the  match  block  passes  by  the  drawing 
of  the  chain  seen  to  pass  over  a small  drum,  P,  upon  the  shaft  of  the 
rag  wheel,  B,  the  notches  being  only  one-fourth  inch  apart,  and  fed  up 
by  the  hand,  M,  attached  to  the  iron  frame,  L,  being  kept  back  to  the 
cam  wheel,  E,  which  has  .two  swells  upon  it,  by  a light  spring  which  is 
wot  shown. 


Match  Splitting  Machine. 

The  hand,  M, is  kept  down  into  the  cogs  or  notches  by  the  little  spiral 
wire  spring,  K;  the  match  block,  to  be  split,  sets  in  the  frame  forward  of 
the  block,  I,  which  has  a pin  in  it  to  draw  back  the  frame.  When  the 
block  of  matches  is  split,  this  frame  goes  forward  to  touch  a catch,  the 
same  as  a saw-mill,  which  lets  another  spring  not  seen,  raise  the  hand,  M, 
when  the  feeding  operation  ceases.  The  frame  is  then  drawn  back  and 
the  same  repeated.  As  the  match  is  split  they  open  and  require  a 
rounding  mortise  made  through  the  base  plank  between  the  blocks,  C 
C,  which  allows  them  to  remain  in  a half-circular  form — the  knife  is 
raised  by  a line  attached  to  a spring  pole;  T,  the  knife  is  screwed  upon 
a piece  of  cast  iron  which  works  in  the  guide,  N,  having  the  back  and 
end  firmly  fastened  by  a bolt  through  the  standard,  O.  This  knife 
stands  at  right  angles  with  the  shaft.  When  the  matches  are  split  and 


574 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


sufficiently  dry  to  work  upon,  they  are  dipped  in  melted  brims^e, 
kept  hot,  and  the  match  also  kept  hot  on  a sheet  iron  stove,  and  aH  the 
brimstone  is  thrown  off.  which  can  possibly  be  by  jerking  the  block 
with  the  hand.  If  any  brimstone  remains  upon  the  end  it  must  be 
scraped  off  before  dipping  into  the  match  composition.  Without  the 
chlorate,  the  composition  makes  a first-class  “ Friction  Match.”  It 
ought  to  be  known,  however,  that  the  match  business  is  an  unhealthy 
occupation,  from  the  poisonous  effects  of  the  phosphorus. 

STEAM  BOILERS. — To  Prevent  Lime  Deposits. — Put  into  your 
cistern  or  tank,  from  which  the  boiler  is  fed,  a sufficient  amount  of  oak 
tan-bark,  in  the  piece,  to  color  the  water  rather  dark ; run  4 weeks  and 
renew. 

This  plan  has  been  much  used  in  the  lime-stone  sections  of  Wash- 
ington, O.,  giving  general  satisfaction. 

2.  Ohio  River  Plan. — Sprouts  from  barley,  in  malting,  are  re- 
commended by  Capt.  Lumm,  part  owner  of  a steamboat,  and  engineer 
on  the  Ohio  and  Mississippi  rivers,  to  prevent  the  deposit  of  lime  upon 
boilers,  and  he  says  tightens  up  old  leaky  boilers,  also.  It  may  be  used 
in  quantities  of  from  3 pts.  to  2 or  3 qts.,  according  to  size  of  boilers. 

When  it  is  put  in  you  must  know  the  quantity  of  water  in  the 
boiler,  for  unless  you  heat  up  quite  slow  it  causes  a foaming  of  ilia 
water,  and  might  deceive  the  engineer  about  the  amount  of  water  in 
the  boiler,  but  if  heat  up  slow  there  is  no  danger  of  this  deception. 

3.  To  Prevent  Explosion,  with  the  Reason  why  they  Explode.-' 
At  a recent  meeting  of  the  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Sciencev 
Mr.  Hyatt,  of  New  York,  presented  what  we  believe  to  be  the  true 
cause.  He  presented  the  following  table,  showing  the  rapidity  with 
which  pressure  is  doubled  by  only  a slight  increase  of  heat. 

At  212  degrees  of  heat  water  begins  to  boil;  at  868  degrees  iron 
becomes  of  a red  heat : 

212  degrees  of  heat,  15  pounds  to  square  inch. 

251  “ “ 30 

294  “ “ 60  “ “ 

342  “ “ 120  “ “ “ 

398  “ “ 240 

464  “ “ 480 

868  “ “ 7680  “ “ 

It  was  stated  by  Mr.  Hyatt,  that,  from  experiments  he  bad  made,  thins 
great  increase  of  pressure  could  be  obtained  in  six  to  seven  minutes , with 
an  engine  at  rest.  This  rapid  doubling  of  pressure,  with  but  a small 
increase  of  heat,  is  due  to  the  conversion  of  what  is  termed  latent  heat, 
in  steam,  into  sensible  heat.  If  we  immerse  a thermometer  into  boil- 
ing water,  it  stands  at  212  ; if  we  place  it  in  steam  immediately  above 
the  water  it  indicates  the  same  temperature.  The  question  then  arises 
what  becomes  of  all  the  heat  vrhich  is  communicated  to  the  water,  since 
it  is  neither  indicated  by  the  water  nor  by  the  steam  formed  from  it? 
The  answer  is,  it  enters  the  water  and  converts  into  steam  without 
raising  the  temperature.  One  thousand  degrees  of  heat  are  absorbed 
in  the  conversion  of  water  into  steam,  and  this  is  called  its  latent  heat. 
And  it  is  the  sudden  conversion  of  latent  heat  into  sensible  heat  that 
produces  the  explosion.  If  an  engine  is  stopped,  even  if  there  is  but  a 
moderate  fire,  if  the  escape  valve  is  closed,  there  is  a rapid  absorption 
or  accumulation  of  latent  heat.  The  pressure  rises  with  great  rapidity, 
and  wrhen  the  engineer  thinks  everything  is  safe,  the  explosion  comes. 

That  this  is  the  true  cause  of  nearly  all  the  explosions  that  occur 
will  be  plain  to  every  one  who  will  look  at  the  relations  between  latent 


Miscellaneous  Department. 


575 


and  sensible  heat.  Prof.  Henry  and  Prof.  Silliman,  Jr.,  endorse  the 
view.  What,  then,  is  the  security  against  explosions?  We  know  of 
no  securities  but  these — a sufficiency  of  water  in  the  boilers,  and  the 
escape  valves  open  at  light  pressure,  when  the  engine  is  at  rest. — Spring- 
field  Republican. 

There  is  no  question  about  the  foregoing  explanations  being  found- 
ed in  true  philosophy;  and  if  engineers  will  be  governed  by  them,  in- 
stead of  a desire  to  hold  on  to  steam  for  the  purpose  of  getting  ahead  or 
of  keeping  ahead,  as  the  case  may  be.  of  some  other  boat;  or  on  land,  to 
save  the  expense  of  fuel,  not  one  explosion  would  take  place  where 
now  there  is,  at  least,  a hundred. 

Awful  will  be  the  reckoning  with  these  murderers ; for  in  Heaven’s 
sight  they  are  one  and  the  same. 

A series  of  experiments  have  recently  been  concluded  on  the  U.  S. 
Steamer  Michigan,  and  a full  but  voluminous  report  laid  before  the 
Navy  Department,  upon  the  subject  of  steam  expansion.  It  would 
pay  all  interested  in  steam  works  to  obtain  and  read  it. 

PLUMS  AND  OTHER  FRUIT— To  Prevent  Insects  from  Sling- 
ing.— Take  new,  dry  lime,  sulphur,  and  gunpowder,  equal  parts,  pul- 
verized veiy  tine,  and  throw  it  amongst  the  flowers  when  in  full  bloom; 
use  it  freely  so  that  all  may  catch  a little. 

This  has  been  tried  with  success.  Working  upon  the  principle  of 
pepper,  to  keep  flies  from  meat.  The  injury  to  fruit  being  done  while 
in  blossom. 

BED-ROOM  CARPETS — For  Twelye  and  a Half  Cents  per  Yard. 

• — Sew  together  the  cheapest  cotton  cloth,  the  size  of  the  room,  and  tack 
the  edges  to  the  floor.  Now  paper  the  cloth  as  you  would  the  sides  of 
a room,  with  cheap  room  paper;  putting  a border  around  the  edge  if 
desired.  The  paste  will  stick  better  if  a little  gum  arable  is  mixed 
with  it.  When  thoroughly  dry,  give  it  two  coats  of  furniture  or  car- 
riage varnish,  and  when  dry  it  is  dowe. 

It  can  be  washed;  and  looks  well  in  proportion  to  the  quality  and 
figure  of  the  paper  used.  It  could  not  be  expected  to  stand  the  wear 
of  a kitchen,  for  any  length  of  time,  but  for  bed-rooms  it  is  well  adapted. 

COFFEE— More  Healthy  and  Better  Flavored,  for  One-Fourth 
the  Expense  of  Common. — Coffee,  by  weight  or  measure,  one-fourth, 
rye,  three-fourths. 

Look  them  over  separately,  to  remove  bad  grains;  then  wash  to 
remove  dust,  draining  off  the  water  for  a moment  as  you  take  it  with 
the  hands,  from  the  washing  water,  putting  directly  into  the  browning 
skillet,  carefully  stirring,  all  the  time,  to  brown  it  evenly.  Brown 
each  one  separately;  then  mix  evenly,  and  grind  only  as  used:  settling 
with  a beaten  egg,  seasoning  with  a little  cream  and  sugar  as  usual. 

And  I do  sincerely  say  the  flavor  is  better,  and  it  is  one  hundred 
per  cent,  more  healthy  than  all  coffee. 

You  may  try  barley,  peas,  parsnips,  dandelion  roots,  etc.,  but  none 
of  their  flavors  are  equal  to  rye.  Yet  all  of  them  are  more  or  less  used 
for  coffee. 

PICKLING  FRUITS  AND  CUCUMBERS-Piclding  Apples.— 
Best  vinegar,  1 gal. ; sugar,  4 lbs.;  apples,  all  it  will  cover  handsomely; 
cinnamon  and  cloves,  ground,  of  each,  1 table-spoon. 

Pare  and  core  the  apples,  tying  up  the  cinnamon  and  cloves  in  a 
cloth  and  putting  with  the  apples,  into  the  vinegar  and  sugar  and 
cooking  until  done,  only.  Keep  in  jars.  They  are  nicer  than  pre- 
serves, and  more  healthy,  and  keep  a*  long  time;  not  being  too  sour, 
nor  too  sweet,  but  an  agreeable  mixture  of  the  two.  It  will  be  seen 


Dr.  Chase1  s Recipes. 


S76 

below  that  the  different  fruits  require  different  quantities  of  sugar  and 
vinegar,  the  reason  for  it,  is,  the  difference  in  the  fruit. 

2.  Pickling  Peaches. — Best  vinegar,  1 qt. ; sugar,  4 lbs.;  peaches, 
peeled  and  stoned,  8 lbs.;  spices  as  desired,  or  as  for  apples. 

Treat  every  other  way  as  apples.  If  they  should  begin  to  ferment, 
at  any  time,  simply  boil  down  the  juice;  then  boil  the  peaches  in  it  for 
a few  minutes  only. 

3.  Peaches— To  Peel.— In  peeling  small  peaches  with  a knife, 
too  much  of  the  peach  is  wasted;  but  by  having  a wire  cage,  similar  to 
those  made  for  popping  corn;  till  the  cage  with  peaches  and  dip  it  into 
boiling  water,  for  a moment,  then  into  cold  water  for  a moment  and 
empty  out;  going  on  in  the  same  way  for  all  you  wish  to  peel.  This 
toughens  the  skin  and  enables  you  to  strip  it  off,  saving  much  in  labor, 
and  also  the  waste  of  peach.  Why  not,  as  well  as  tomatoes? 

4.  Pickling  Plums. — Best  vinegar,  1 pt. ; sugar,  4 lbs. : plums,  8 
lbs. ; spices  to  taste. 

Boiling  them  in  the  mixture  until  soft;  then  take  out  the  plums, 
and  boil  the  syrup  until  quite  thick  and  pour  it  over  them  again. 

5.  Pickling  Cucumbers. — Pick  each  morning;  stand  in  weak 
brine  3 or  4 days,  putting  in  mustard  pods  and  horse-radish  leaves  to 
keep  them  green.  Then  take  out  and  drain,  covering  with  vinegar 
for  a week;  at  which  time  take  out  and  drain  again,  putting  into  new 
vinegar,  adding  mustard  seed,  ginger  root,  cloves,  pepper  and  red  pep- 
per pods,  of  each  about  1 or  2 ozs. ; or  to  suit  different  tastes,  for  each 
barrel. 

The  pickles  will  be  nice  and  brittle,  and  pass  muster  at  any  man’s 
table,  or  market.  And  if  it  was  generally  known  that  the  greenness  of 
pickles  was  caused  by  the  action  of  the  vinegar  on  the  copper  kettle, 
producing  a poison,  (verdigris,)  in  which  they  are  directed  to  be  scalded, 
I think  no  one  would  wish  to  have  a nice  looking  pickle  at  the  expense 
of  health;  if  they  do,  they  can  continue  the  bad  practice  ot  scalding; 
if  not,  just  put  your  vinegar  on  cold,  and  add  your  red  peppers,  or 
cayennes,  cloves,  and  other  spices,  as  desired;  but  the  vinegar  must  be 
changed  once,  as  the  large  amount  of  water  in  the  cucumber  reduces 
the  vinegar  so  much  that  this  change  is  absolutely  necessary;  and  it 
they  should  seem  to  lose  their  sharp  taste  again,  just  add  a little  mo- 
lasses, or  spirit,  and  all  will  be  right. 

SANDSTONE— To  Prevent  Sealing  by  Frost. — Raw  linseed-oil,  2 
or  3 coats. 

Apply  in  place  of  paint,  not  allow  the  first  coat  to  get  entirely  dry 
until  the  next  is  applied;  if  it  does,  a skin  is  formed  which  prevents 
the  next  from  penetrating  the  stone.  Poorly  burned  brick  will  be 
equally  well  preserved  by  the  same  process. 

SEALING  WAX— Red,  Black  and  Bine.— Gum  Shellac,  8 ozs- ; 
Venice  turpentine,  4 ozs.;  Vermillion,  2%  ozs.;  alcohol,  2 ozs.;  cam- 
phor gum,  3^  oz.  Dissolve  the  camphor  in  the  alcohol,  then  the  shellac, 
adding  the  turpentine,  and  finally  the  Vermillion,  being  very  careful 
that  no  blaze  shall  come  in  contact  with  its  fumes;  for  if  it  does,  it  will 
fire  very  quickly. 

Blue. — Substitute  fine  Prussian-blue  for  the  Vermillion,  same 
quantity. 

Black. — Lamp-black  only  sufficient  to  color.  Either  color  must 
be  well  rubbed  into  the  mixture. 

ADVICE— To  Young  Men  and  Others,  out  of  Employment.— 
Advice. — How  few  there  are  who  will  hear  advice  at  all;  not  because 
it  is  advice,  but  from  the  fact  that  those  who  attempt  to  give  it  are  not 


Miscellaneous  Department. 


577 


.qualified  for  the  work  they  assume;  or  that  they  endeavor  to  thrust  it 
upon  their  notice  at  an  inappropriate  time;  or  upon  persons  over  whom 
no  control  is  acceded,  if  claimed.  But  a book  or  paper  never  give  of- 
fense from  any  of  these  causes;  therefore,  they  are  always  welcomed 
with  a hope  that  real  benefit  may  be  derived  from  their  suggestions. 
Whether  that  end  will  be  attained  in  this  case,  I leave  to  the  judg- 
ment of  those  for  whom  it  is  intended;  hoping  they  may  find  them- 
selves sufficiently  interested  to  give  it  a careful  perusal,  and  candid 
consideration.  And  although  my  remarks  must,  in  this  work,  be 
necessarily  short,  yet  every  sentence  shall  be  a text  for  your  own 
thoughts  to  contemplate  and  enlarge  upon;  and  perhaps,  in  some 
future  edition  of  the  work,  I may  take  room  and  time  to  give  the  sub- 
ject that  attention  which  is  really  its  due ; and  which  would  be  a 
pleasure  to  devote  to  its  consideration, 

First,  then,  let  me  ask  why  are  so  many  young  men  and  other 
persons  out  of  employment?  The  answer  is  very  positive  as  'well  as 
very  plain.  It  is  this — indolence,  coupled  with  a determination  that 
they  will  do  some  great  thing,  only.  And  because  that  great  thing  does 
not  turn  up  without  effort,  they  are  doing  nothing.  The  point  of  diffi- 
culty is  simply  this:  They  look  for  the  end,  before  the  beginning.  But 
just  consider  how  few  there  are  that  really  accomplish  any  great  thing, 
even  with  a wiiole  life  of  industry  and  economical  perseverance.  And 
yet  most  of  our  youth  calculate  that  their  beginning  shall  be  among  the 
greats . But  as  no  one  comes  to  offer  them  their  expectations,  indolence 
Says  wait;  and  so  they  are  still  waiting.  Now  mind  you,  so  long  as 
your  expectations  are  placed  upon  a chance  offer  of  something  very 
remunerative,  or  upon  the  assistance  of  others,  even  in  a small  way,  so 
long  will  you  continue  to  wait  in  vain.  At  this  point,  then,  the  ques- 
tion would  arise,  what  can  be  done  ? and  the  answer  is  equally  plain 
With  the  other.  Take  hold  of  the  first  job  you  can  find,  for  it  will  not 
find  you.  No  matter  how  insignificant  it  may  be,  it  will  be  better 
than  longer  idleness;  and  when  you  are  seen  doing  something  for 
yourself,  by  those  whose  opinions  are  worth  any  consideration,  they 
Will  soon  offer  you  more  and  better  jobs;  until,  finally,  you  will  find 
something  which  agrees  with  your  taste  or  inclination,  for  a life  busi- 
ness. But  remember  that  the  idle  never  have  good  situations  offered 
Shem.  It  is  the  industrious  and  persevering  oniy,  who  are  needed  to 
assist  in  life’s  great  struggle. 

There  are  a few  lines  of  poetiy  called  “ The  Excellent  Man,” 
which  advocates  the  principles  I am  endeavoring  to  advance,  so  ad- 
mirably that  I cannot  deny  myself  the  pleasure  of  quoting  them.  The 
old  proverb,  “ God  helps  those  who  help  themselves,”  is  as  true  as  it 
is  old,  and  after  all  that  is  said  and  done,  in  this  country,  if  in  no 
other,  a man  must  depend  on  his  own  exertions,  not  on  patronage,  if 
he  would  have  or  deserve  success : 

“They  gave  me  advice  and  counsel  in  store, 

Praised  me  and  honored  me  more  and  more, 

Said  that  I only  should  ‘wait  awhile,’ 

Offered  their  patronage,  too,  with  a smile. 

But  with  all  their  honor  and  approbation, 

I should  long  ago  have  died  of  starvation, 

Had  there  not  come  an  excellent  man. 

Who,  bravely  to  help  me  along  began. 

Good-fellow ! he  got  me  the  food  I ate ; 

His  kindness  and  care  I shall  never  forget; 

Yet  I cannot  embrace  him— though  other  folks  can. 

For  I,  myselj,  am  this  excellent  man. 

25 


578 


Dr.  Chase's  Recipes 


Up,  then,  and  at  it,  for  there  is 

Knitting  and  sewing,  and  reaping  and  mowing. 

And  all  kinds  of  work  for  the  people  to  do. 

To  "keep  themselves  busy,  both  Abram  and  Lizzie ; 

Begin,  then,  ye  idle,  there  is  plenty  for  you. 

When  you  have  found  a situation  or  a job  of  work,  prove  yoKrself 
honest,  industrious,  persevering,  and  faithful  in  every  trust,  and  no 
fears  need  be  apprehended  of  your  final  success.  Save  a part  of  your 
wages  as  a sinking  fund,  or  rather  as  a floating  fund,  which  shall  keep 
your  head  above  water  in  a storm ; or  to  enable  you,  at  no  distant  day, 
to  commence  a business  of  your  own. 

A poor  orphan  boy,  of  fourteen,  once  resolved  to  save  half  of  his 
wages,  which  were  only  four  dollars  per  month,  for  this  purpose  ; and 
actually  refused,  even  in  sickness,  although  really  suffering  for  comforts, 
to  touch  this  business  fund.  He  was  afterwards  the  richest  man  in  St. 
Louis. 

His  advice  to  young  men  was  always  this : “ Go  to  work  ; save  half 
your  wages ; no  matter  how  small  they  may  be,  until  you  have  what 
will  enable  you  to  begin  what  you  wish  to  follow  ; then  begin  it,  stick 
to  it ; be  economical,  prudent,  and  careful,  and  you  cannot  fail  to  prosper  ” 

My  advice  is  the  same,  with  this  qualification,  however;  that  in 
choosing  your  occupation,  you  should  be  governed  by  the  eternal  prin 
ciples  of  right ! never  choosing  that  which  when  done,  injures  a feh 
low  creature  more  than  it  can  possibly  benefit  yourself— I mean  thn 
liquor  traffic.  But,  with  the  feeling  of  St.  Paul,  when  he  saw  tl\6 
necessity  of  doing  something  different  from  what  he  had  been  doing, 
he  cried  out,  u Lord,  what  wilt  thou  have  me  to  do  ? ” Ask  your  own 
tastes,  being  goverened  by  conscience,  under  the  foregoing  principles; 
knowing  that  if  a person  has  to  learn  a trade  or  business  against  his 
own  inclination,  it  requires  double  dilligence  to  make  only  half  speed, 
and  hardly  ever  meeting  with  success. 

The  question  to  be  settled,  then,  is  this  : Shall  I work  the  soil* 
shall  I be  a mechanic,  teacher,  divine,  physician,  lawyer,  merchant, 
druggist,  or  grocer,  or  shall  it  be  something  else  ? Whenever  you 
make  up  your  mind  what  it  shall  be,  make  it  up,  also,  to  be  the  best 
one  in  that  line  of  business.  Set  your  mark  high,  both  in  point  of 
moral  purity  and  literary  qualifications. 

If  you  choose  any  of  the  occupations  of  trade,  you  must  save  alV 
that  is  possible  for  economy  and  prudence  to  do,  for  your  beginning. 

But  if  you  choose  one  of  the  learned  professions,  you  must  work 
with  the  same  care  and  prudence  until  you  have  accumulated  sufficient 
to  make  a fair  commencement  in  your  studies;  then  prosecute  them  in 
all  faithfulness  as  far  as  the  accumulated  means  will  advance  you; 
realizing  that  this  increase  of  knowledge  will  give  you  increased  power 
in  obtaining  the  further  means  of  prosecuting  your  studies,  necessary 
to  qualify  you  to  do  one  thing  only  in  life. 

Nearly  all  of  our  best  men  are  self-made,  and  men  of  one  idea; 
i.  e.,  they  have  set  themselves  to  be  mechanics,  physicians,  lawyers, 
sculptors,  etc.,  and  have  bent  their  whole  energies  and  lives  to  fit 
themselves  for  the  great  work  before  them.  Begin,  then ; offer  no  ex- 
cuse. Be  sure  you  are  on  the  right  track,  'then  go  ahead. 

Live  for  something ; slothful  be  no  longer, 

Look  around  for  some  employ  ; 

Labor  always  makes  you  stronger, 

X And  also  gives  you  sweetest  joy. 


Miscellaneous  Department. 


579 


Idle  hands  are  always  weary ; 

Faithful  hearts  are  always  gay; 

Life  for  us,  should  not  be  dreary ; 

Nor  can  it,  to  the  active,  every  day. 

KS  vays  remembering  that  industry,  in  study  or  labor,  will  keep 
ahead  if  liis  work,  giving  time  for  pleasure  and  enjoyment;  but  indo- 
lence ii»  ever  behind ; being  driven  with  her  work,  and  no  prospect  of 
its  ever  being  accomplished. 

When  you  have  made  your  decision,  aside  from  what  time  you 
must  necessarily  devote  to  labor,  let  all  possible  time  be  given  to  thei 
study  of  the  best  works  upon  the  subject  of  your  occupation  or  profes- 
sion, knowing  that  one  hour’s  reading  in  the  morning,  when  the  mind 
is  calm  and  free  from  fatigue,  thinking  and  talking  with  your  com- 
panions through  the  day  upon  the  subjects  of  which  you  have  been 
reading,  will  be  better  than  twice  that  time  in  evening  reading;  yet  if 
both  can  be  enjoyed,  so  much  the  better;  but  one  of  them  must  cer- 
tainly be  occupied  in  this  way. 

If  you  choose  something  in  the  line  of  mercantile  or  trade  life,  do 
not  put  off,  too  long,  commencing  for  yourself.  Better  begin  in  a 
small  way  and  learn,  as  your  capital  increases,  how  to  manage  a larger 
business. 

I knew  a gentleman  to  commence  a business  with  five  dollars,  and 
in  two  weeks  his  capital  was  seventeen  dollars,  besides  feeding  his 
family. 

I knew  one,  also,  to  begin  with  sixty  dollars,  and  in  fifteen  months 
he  cleared  over  four  hundred  and  fifty  dollars,  besides  supporting  his 
family.  Then  he  sold  out,  and  lost  all,  before  he  again  got  into  suc- 
cessful  business. 

No  person  should  ever  sell  out,  or  quit  an  honorable,  paying  busi- 
ness. 

Those  who  choose  a professional  life,  will  hardly  find  a place  in 
the  West  equal  to  the  University  of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor,  to  obtain 
their  literary  qualifications.  An  entrance  fee  of  ten  dollars  to  resi- 
dents of  Michigan,  and  twenty-live  dollars  to  residents  of  other  States 
and  countries,  with  ten  dollars  yearly,  pays  for  a full  Literary,  Law, 
Medical,  or  Civil  Engineering  course;  the  first  requiring  four,  the  two 
next,  two,  and  the  last,  three  years.  [See  Frontispiece.] 

Or,  in  the  words  of  the  Catalogue : “ 'Pile  University  having  been 
endowed  by  the  General  Government,  affords  education  without  money 
and  without  price.  There  is  no  young  man  so  poor,  that  industry, 
diligence,  and  perseverance,  will  not  enable  him  to  get  an  education 
here. 

“ The  present  condition  of  the  University  confirms  this  view  of 
its  character.  While  the  sons  of  the  rich,  and  of  men  of  more  or 
less  property,  and,  in  large  proportion,  the  sons  of  substantial  farmers, 
mechanics,  and  merchants,  are  educated  here,  there  is  also  a very  con- 
siderable number  of  young  men,  dependent  entirely  upon  their  own 
exertions — young  men  who,  accustomed  to  work  outlie  farm,  or  in  the 
mechanic’s  shop,  have  become  smitten  with  the  love  of  knowledge, 
and  are  manfully  working  their  wav  through,  to  a liberal  education, 
by  appropriating  a portion  of  their  time  to  the  field  or  the  work- 
shop.’’ 

Persons  wishing  to  qualify  themselves  for  teaching  in  this  State, 
will  find  the  Normal  School,  Ypsilanti,  undoubtedly  preferable. 

And  that  none  may  excuse  themselves  from  an  effort  because 
somewhat  advanced  in  life,  let  me  say  that  Dr.  Eberle,  who  wrote  sev- 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


58° 

eral  valuable  medical  works,  did  not  begin*  his  medical  studies  until 
forty-five  years  of  age ; and,  although  I could  mention  many  more,  J, 
will  only  add  that  I myself  always  desired  to  become  a physician,  yet 
circumstances  did  not  favor  or  justify  my  commencement  until  I was 
thirty-eight.  See  the  remarks  following  “Eye  Water.” 

There  is  no  occupation,  however,  so  free  and  independent  as  that 
of  the  farmer;  and  there  is  none,  except  parents,  capable  of  using  sa 
great  an  influence,  for  good  or  for  evil,  as  that  of  teacher. 

All  might  and  ought,  to  a greater  or  less  extent,  be  farmers;  but 
all  cannot  be  teachers.  Then  let  those  whose  taste  inclines  them  to 
teach,  not  shrink  the  responsibility,  but  fully  qualify  for  the  work; 
learning  also  the  ways  of  truth  and  righteousness  for  themselves ; 
teaching  it  through  the  week-school,  by  action  as  well  as  by  word, 
and  in  the  Sabbath-school  fail  not  to  take  their  stand  for  the  right, 
like  our  President  elect ; then  when  it  comes  your  turn  to  assist  in  the 
government  of  the  State,  or  nation,  the  people  will  come  to  your  sup- 
port, as  you  do  to  your  work — as  they  have  just  done  to  his,  (I860); 
feeling  as  now,  that  the  government  must  be  safe  in  the  hands  of  those 
who  love  God — deal  honestly  with  their  fellows — and  who,  in  remem^ 
bering  the  Sabbath  to  keep  it  holy  themselves,  are  not  ashamed,  nor 
forget,  to  teach  the  children  to  love  the  same  God,  and  reverence  His 
Word.  Only  think  : a Sabbath-school  teacher — a rail-splitter — a boat- 
man— President  of  the  United  States! 

Who  will  hereafter  be  afraid  of  common  labor,  or  let  indolence 
longer  prevent  their  activity,  when  it  is  only  those  who  begin  with 
small  things,  and  persevere  through  life,  that  reach  the  final  goal  of 
greatness,  and,  as  in  this  case,  are  crowned  with  the  greatest  honor 
which  man  can  receive — the  confidence  of  his  nation  ? 

Then  let  industry  take  the  place  of  indolence,  beginningto  be  great 
by  grappling  with  the  small  things  of  life.  Be  faithful  to  yourself,  and 
you  may  reasonably  expect  the  end  shall  indeed  be  great. 

And  although  it  could  not  be  expected,  in  a work  of  this  kind, 
that  much  could  or  would  be  said  directly  regarding  a future  life,  yet 
I should  be  recreant  to  my  duty  if  I did  not  say  a word  more  upon  that 
subject.  It  shall  be  only  a word.  Be  as  faithful  to  God  as  I have 
recommended  you  to  be  to  yourselves,  and  all  things  pertaining  to  ? 
future  will  be  equally  prosperous,  and  glorious  in  their  results. 

GRAMMAR  IN  RHYME— For  the  Little  Folks.— It  is  seldom  that 
one  sees  so  much  valuable  matter  as  the  following  lines  contain,  com- 
prised in  so  brief  a space.  Every  young  grammarian,  and  many  older 
heads,  will  find  it  highly  advantageous  to  commit  the  “poem”  to 
memory,  for  with  these  lines  at  the  tongue’s  end,  none  need  ever  m<s^ 
take  a part  of  speech  : 

1.  “ Three  little  words  you  often  see, 

Are  articles — a , an , and  the. 

2.  A Noun’s  the  name  of  any  thing, 

As  school , or  garden , hoop , or  swing . 

3.  Adjectives  tell  the  kind  of  Noun, 

As  great , small, pretty,  white , or  brown. 

4.  Instead  of  Nouns  the  Pronouns  stand— 

Her  head,  his  face,  your  arm,  my  hand. 

5.  Verbs  tell  of  something  to  be  done — 

_ To  read,  count,  sing,  laugh,  jump,  or  run. 


Miscellaneous  Department. 


s«* 

6.  How  things  are  done,  the  Adverbs  tell, 

As  slowly , quickly , ill , or  well. 

7.  Conjunctions  join  the  words  together, 

As.men  and  women,  wind  or  weather. 

8.  The  Preposition  stands  before 
A Noun,  as  m or  through  a door. 

9.  The  Interjection  shows  surprise, 

As  oh!  how  pretty,  ah!  how  wise. 

The  whole  are  called  Nine  Parts  of  Speech, 

Which  reading,  writing,  speaking,  teach. 

MUSICAL  CURIOSITY— Scotch  Genius  in  Teaching. — A High- 
land piper  having  a scholar  to  teach,  disdained  to  crack  his  brains, 
with  the  names  of  semibreves,  minims,  crotchets,  and  quavers  : 

“Here,  Donald,”  said  he,  “ tak’  ver  pipes,  lad,  an’  gie  us  a blast. 
So — verra  weel  blawn  indeed;  but  what’s  a sound,  Donald,  without 
sense?  Ye  mawn  blaw  forever  without  makin’  a tune  o’t,  if  I dinna 
tell  ye  how  the  queer  things  on  the  paper  maun  help  ye.  You  see  that 
big  fellow  wi’ a round,  open  face?  (pointing  to  a semibreve  between 
two  lines  of  a bar.)  He  moves  slowly  from  that  line  to  this,  while  ye 
beat  ane  wi’  yer  list,  and  gie  us  a long  blast.  If,  now,  ye  put  a leg  to 
him,  ye  mak’  twa  o’  him,  an’  he’ll  move  twice  as  fast;  and  if  ye  black 
his  face,  he’ll  run  four  times  faster  than  the  fellow  wi’  the  white  face; 
but  if,  after  blacking  his  face,  ye’ll  bend  his  knee  or  tie  his  leg,  he’ll 
hop  eight  times  faster  than  the  white-faced  chap  I showed  you  first. 
Now,  whene’r  ye  blaw  yer  pipes,  Donald,  remember  this — that  the 
tighter  those  fellows’  legs  are  tied,  the  faster  they’ll  run,  and  the 
quicker  they’re  sure  to  dance.” 

That  is*  the  more  legs  they  h?ve  bent  up,  contrary  to  nature,  the 
faster  goes  the  music. 


APPENDIX  TO  MISCELLANEOUS  DEPARTMENT. 

BY  THE  PUBLISHER. 

Business  Law. — Ignorance  of  the  law  excuses  no  one.  It  is  » 
a fraud  to  conceal  a fraud. 

The  law  compels  no  one  to  do  impossibilities. 

An  agreement  without  consideration  is  void. 

Signatures  made  with  a lead-pencil  are  good  in  law. 

A receipt  for  money  paid  is  not  legally  conclusive. 

The  acts  of  one  partner  bind  all  the  others. 

Contracts  made  on  Sunday  cannot  be  enforced. 

A contract  made  with  a minor  is  void. 

A contract  made  with  a lunatic  is  void. 

Contracts  for  advertisements  in  Sunday  newspapers  are  invalid. 
Principals  are  responsible  for  the  acts  of  their  agents. 

Agents  are  responsible  to  their  principals  for  errors. 

Each  individual  in  a partnership  is  responsible  for  the  whole 
amount  of  the  debts  of  the  firm. 

A note  given  by  a minor  is  void 
Notes  bear  interest  only  when  so  stated. 

It  is  not  legally  necessary  to  say  on  a note  “fo?:  value  received.” 

A note  drawn  on  Sunday  is  void. 

A note  obtained  by  fraud,  or  from  a person  in  a state  of  intoxica- 
tion, cannot  be  collected. 

If  a note  be  lost  or  stolen,  it  does  not  release  the  maker;  he  must 
pay  it. 

An  endorser  of  a note  is  exempt  from  liability  if  not  served  with 
notice  of  its  dishonor  within  twenty-four  hours  of  its  non-payment. 
Business  Maxims. — Cafttion  is  the  father  of  security. 

He  who  pays  before-hand  is  served  behind-hand. 

If  you  would  know  the  value  of  a dollar,  try  to  borrow  one. 

Be  silent  when  a fool  talks. 

Never  speak  boastinglv  of  your  business. 

An  hour  of  triumph  comes  at  last  to  those  who  watch  and  wait. 
Word  by  word  Webster’s  big  dictionary  was  made. 

Speak  well  of  your  friends — of  your  enemies  say  nothing. 

Never  take  back  a discharged  servant. 

If  you  post  your  servants  upon  your  affairs,  they  will  *>ne  day 
rend  you. 

Do  not  waste  time  in  useless  regrets  over  losses. 

Systematize  your  business,  and  keep  an  eye  on  little  expenses. 
Small  leaks  sink  great  ships 

Never  fail  to  take  a receipt  for  money  paid,  and  keep  copies  of 
your  letters. 

Do  your  business  promptly,  and  bore  not  a business  man  withlgng 

visits. 

Law  is  a trade  in  which  the  lawyers  eat  the  oysters  and  leave  the 
clients  the  shells. 


Appendix  to  Miscellaneous  Department.  583 


'Rothschild,  the  founder  of  the  world-renowned  house  of  Roths- 
child & Co.,  ascribed  his  success  to  the  following: 

Never  have  anything  to  do  with  an  unlucky  man. 

Be  cautious  and  bold. 

Make  a bargain  at  once. 

Bug  Poison.— -Proof  spirit,  1 pt. ; camphor,  2 ozs. ; oil  of  turpen- 
tine, 4 ozs. ; corrosive  sublimate,  1 oz.  Mix. 

To  Avoid  Catching  Cold. — Accustom  yourself  to  the  use  of  spong- 
ing with  cold  water  every  morning  on  first  getting  out  of  bed.  It 
should  be  followed  by  a good  deal  of  rubbing  with  a wet  towel.  It 
has  considerable  effect  in  giving  tone  to  the  skin,  and  maintaining  a 
proper  action  in  it,  and  thus  proves  a safeguard  to  the  injurious  influ- 
ence of  cold  and  sudden  changes  of  temperature.  Sir  Astley  Cooper 
said:  “The  methods  by  which  I have  preserved  my  own  health  are — 
temperance,  early  rising,  and  sponging  the  body  every  morning  with 
cold  water,  immediately  after  getting  out  of  bed — a practice  which  I 
have  adopted  for  thirty  years  without  ever  catching  cold.” 

Substitute  for  Cement. — The  white  of  an  egg,  well  beaten  with 
quicklime,  and  a small  quantity  of  very  old  cheese,  forms  an  excellent 
substitute  for  cement,  when  wanted  in  a hurry,  either  for  broken  china 
or  old  ornamental  glassware. 

Cement  for  Broken  China,  Glass,  etc. — The  following  recipe,  from 
experience,  we  know  to  be  a good  one;  and  being  nearly  colorless,  it 
possesses  advantages  which  liquid  glue  and  other  cements  do  not : — 
Dissolve  34  oz*  °f  gum  acacia  in  a wine-glass  of  boiling  water;  add 
plaster  of  Paris  sufficient  to  form  a thick  paste,  and  apply  it  with  a 
brush  to  the  parts  required  to  be  cemented  together.  Several  articles 
upon  our  toilet  table  have  been  repaired  most  effectually  by  this  recipe. 

Capacity  of  Cisterns  or  Wells. — Tabular  view  of  the  number  of 
gallons  contained  in  the  clear,  between  the  brick-work,  for  each  ten 
inches  of  depth  : 


DIAMETER.  GAL. 

i feet  equal 19 

VA  “ “ 30 

4 “ “ 44 

334  “ “ 60 

4 “ “ 78 

4 K “ “ 99 

5 “ “ 122 

534  “ “ 148 

6 “ “ 176 

634  “ “ .1 207 

7 “ “ 240 

734  “ “ 275 


DIAMETER. 

8 feet  equal. 

834  " ' 

9 

934 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 
20 
25 


GAL* 

313 

353 

396 

461 

489 

592 

705 

827 

959 

1101 

1958 

3059 


Disinfecting  Fumigation.— Common  salt,  3 ozs.;  black  manga- 
nese, oil  of  vitriol,  of  each,  1 oz. ; water,  2 ozs. ; carried  in  a cup 
through  the  apartments  of  the  sick;  or  the  apartments  intended  to  be 
fumigated,  where  sickness  has  been,  may  be  shut  up  for  an  hour  or 
two,  and  then  opened. 

Coffee  a Disinfectant. — Numerous  experiments  with  roasted  coffee 
prove  that  it  is  the  most  powerful  means,  not  only  of  rendering  ani- 
mal and  vegetable  effluvia  innocuous,  but  of  actually  destroying  them. 
A room  in  which  meat  in  an  advanced  degree  of  decomposition  had 
been  kept  for  some  time,  was  instantly  deprived  of  all  smell  on  an 
open  coffee-roaster  being  carried  through  it,  containing  a pound  of 


5«4 


Appendix  to  Miscellaneous  Department . 


coffee  newly  roasted.  In  another  room,  exposed  to  the  effluvium  occa- 
sioned by  the  clearing  out  of  the  dung-pit,  so  that  sulphuretted  hydro- 
gen and  ammonia  in  great  quantities  could  be  chemically  detected,  the 
stench  was  completely  removed  in  half  a minute,  on  the  employment 
of  three  ounces  of  fresh-roasted  coffee,  whilst  the  other  parts  of  the 
house  were  permanently  cleared  of  the  same  smell  by  being  simply 
traversed  with  the  coffee-roaster,  although  the  cleansing  of  the  dung- 
pit  continued  for  several  hours  after.  The  best  mode  of  using  the 
coffee  as  a*  disinfectant  is  to  dry  the  raw  bean,  pound  it  in  a mortar, 
and  then  roast  the  powder  on  a moderately  heated  iron  plate,  until  it 
assumes  a dark  brown  tint,  when  it  is  fit  for  use.  Then  sprinkle  it  in 
sinks  or  cesspools,  or  lay  it  on  a plate  in  the  room  which  you  wish  to 
have  purified.  Coffee  acid  or  coffee  oil  acts  more  readily  in  minute 
quantities. 

Charcoal  as  a Disinfectant. — The  great  efficacy  of  wood  and  ani- 
mal charcoal  in  absorbing  effluvia,  and  the  greater  number  of  gases 
and  vapors,  has  long  been  known. 

Charcoal  powder  has  also,  during  many  centuries,  been  ad  van-, 
tageously  employed  as  a filter  for  putrid  water,  the  object  in  view  be- 
ing  to  deprive  the  water  of  numerous  organic  impurities  diffused 
through  it,  which  exert  injurious  effects  on  the  animal  economy. 

It  is  somewhat  remarkable  that  the  very  obvious  application  of  a 
perfectly  similar  operation  to  the  still  rarer  fluid  in  which,  we  live— 
namely,  the  air,  which  not  unfrequently  contains  even  more  noxious 
organic  impurities  floating  in  it  than  those  present  in  water — should 
have  for  so  long  a period  been  so  unaccountably  overlooked. 

Charcoal  not  only  absorbs  effluvia  and  gaseous  bodies,  but  espe 
cially,  when  in  contact  with  atmospheric  air,  oxidizes  and  destroys 
many  of  the  easily  alterable  ones,  by  resolving  them  into  the  simplest 
combinations  they  are  capable  of  forming,  which  are  chiefly  water  and 
carbonic  acid. 

It  is  on  this  oxidizing  property  of  charcoal,  as  well  as  on  its  alx. 
sorbent  power,  that  its  efficacy  as  a deodorizing  and  disinfecting  agent 
chiefly  depends. 

Effluvia  and  miasmata  are  usually  regarded  as  highly  organized^ 
nitrogenous,  easily  alterable  bodies.  When  these  are  absorbed  by 
charcoal,  they  come  in  contact  with  highly  condensed  oxygen  gas. 
which  exists  within  the  pores  of  all  charcoal  which  has  been  exposed 
to  the  air,  even  for  a few  minutes ; in  this  way  they  are  oxidized  and 
destroyed. 

Flies  to  Destroy.— A tea-spoon  of  laudanum,  and  two  table-spoons 
of  water, strongly  sweetened  with  sugar,  placed  ya  a saucer, — or  dis- 
solve  quassia  chips  in  boiling  water,  ji.nd  sweeten.  Ora  strong  infu- 
sion of  green  tea,  well  sweetened.  Or  ground  black  pepper  and  sugar, 
diluted  in  milk,  and  put  on  plates,  etc. 

Flies,  To  keep  off.— Dust  meat  over  with  pepper,  or  powdered  gin- 
ger, or  fasten  to  it  a piece  of  paper  on  which  camphor  has  been  well 
rubbed,  or  a few  drops  of  creosote. 

Mixture  for  Destroying  Flies. — Infusion  of  quassia,  1 pt. ; brown 
sugar,  4ozs.;  ground  pepper,  2 ozs.  To  be  well  mixed  together,  an 
put  in  small  shallow  dishes  when  required. 

To  Destroy  Flies  in  a a room,  take  half  a tea-spoon  of  black  pep- 
per in  powder,  1 tea-spoon  of  brown  sugar,  andl  table-spoon  of  cream, 
mix  them  well  together,  and  place  them  in  the  room  on  a plate,  where 
the  flies  are  troublesome,  and  they  will  soon  disappear. 

Flies. — Cold  green  tea,  very  strong,  and  sweetened  with  sugar/ 


Appendix  to  Miscellaneous  Department . 585 

will,  when  set  about  the  room  in  saucers,  attract  flies,  and  destroy 
them. 

Grease  and  Oil,  to  Remove. — Make  a strong  lye  of  pearl-ashes  and 
soft  water;  and  as  much  unslacked  lime  as  it  will  take  up;  stir  it  to- 
gether; let  it  settle;  bottle  it  and  stop  close;  have  water  ready  to  low- 
er it  as  used,  and  scour  the  part  with  it.  If  the  liquor  should  lie  long 
on  the  boards  it  will  extract  the  color  of  them.  Use  care  and  expe- 
dition. 

Grease,  to  clean  from  Floors. — Spread  over  the  stain  a thick  coat 
of  soft  soap  , then  pass  a heated  flat-iron  a few  times  across  it,  after 
which  wash  immediately,  first  with  Fullers’  earth  water,  and  then 
clean  water. 

Grease  Spots,  to  remove. — The  application  of  spirits  of  turpen- 
tine, and  a little  essence  of  lemon ; wash  with  soap  and  water.  Some 
wash  with  alum  water,  or  white  soap,  potass,  and  ox-gall,  or  with  sour 
butter-milk  mixed  with  strong  ascetic  acid. — Or  apply  a solution  of 
magnesia. 

Grease  Spots,  to  remove  from  Books.— Moisten  the  spot  with  a 
camel-hair  pencil  dipped  in  spirits  of  turpentine;  when  dry,  moisten 
with  spirits  of  wine. 

Grease,  to  remove  from  Cloth.— Soft  soap,  and  fuller’s  earth,  3^ 
lb.;  be  at  well  together  in  a mortar,  and  form  into  cakes.  The  spot, 
first  moistened  with  water,  is  rubbed  with  a cake,  and  allowed  to  dry, 
when  it  is  well  rubbed  with  a little  warm  water,  and  rinsed,  or  rubbed 
off  clean. 

Hair-Brushes  and  Combs,  to  Clean. — Dissolve  potash  in  boiling 
water,  and  rub  the  brush  with  soap;  dip  the  brush  into  the  solution, 
and  draw  it  through  the  comb  frequently,  takingcare  to  keep  the  wood 
dry.  Lastly,  rinse  the  hair  in  cold  water,  and  dry. 

To  Prevent  Moths. — In  the  month  of  April  or  May,  beat  your  fur 
garments  well  with  a small  cane  or  elastic  stick,  then  wrap  them  up  n 
linen,  without  pressing  the  fur  too  hard,  and  put  betwixt  the  folds 
some  camphor  in  small  lumps;  then  put  your  furs  in  this  state  in  box- 
es well  closed.  When  the  furs  are  wanted  for  use,  beat  them  well  as 
before,  and  expose  them  for  twenty-four  hours  to  the  air,  which  will 
take  away  the  smell  of  the  camphor.  If  the  fur  has  long  hair,  as  bear 
or  fox,  add  to  the  catnphor  an  equal  quantity  of  black  pepper  in  pow- 
der. 

To  free  Plants  from  Leaf-Lice. — M.  Braun,  of  Vienna,  gives  the 
following  as  a cheap  and  easy  mode  of  effecting  it: — Mix  1 0/  of  flour 
of  sulphur  with  1 bushel  of  sawdust;  scatter  this  over  the  plants 
infected  with  these  insects,  and  they  will  soon  be  freed,  though  the  sec- 
ond application  may  possibly  be  necessary. 

Paste  is  usually  made  by  rubbing  up  flour  with  cold  water,  and 
boiling;  if  a little  alum  is  mixed  before  boiling  it  is  much  improved, 
being  less  clammy,  working  more  freely  in  the  brush,  and  thinner,  a 
less  quantity  is  required,  and  it  is  therefore  stronger.  If  required  in 
a large  quantity,  as  for  papering  rooms,  it  may  be  made  by  mixing  3% 
lbs.  flour,  % lb.  of  alum;  and  a little  warm  water;  when  mixed,  the 
requisite  quantity  of  boiling  water  should  bo  poured  on  whilst  the  mix- 
ture is  being  stirred.  Paste  is  only  adapted  to  cementing  paper;  when 
used  it  should  be  spread  on  one  side  of  the  paper  ; which  should  then 
be  folded  with  the  pasted  side  inwards,  and  allowed  to  remain  a few 
minutes  before  being  opened  and  used;  this  swells  the  paper,  and  per- 
mits its  being  more  smoothly  and  securely  attached. 

Destruction  of  Rats. — The  following  recipe  for  the  destruction 


586 


Appendix  to  Miscellaneous  Department 


of  rats  has  been  communicated  by  Dr.  Ure  to  the  council  of  the  Eng- 
lish Agricultural  Society,  and  is  highly  recommended  as  the  best  known 
means  of  getting  rid  of  these  most  obnoxious  and  destructive  ver- 
min. It  has  been  tried  by  several  intelligent  persons,  and  found  per- 
fectly effectual.  Melt  hog’s  lard  in  a bottle  plunged  in  water,  heated 
to  about  150  deg.  of  Fahr. ; introduced  into  % oz.  of  phosphorus  for 
every  pound  of  lard;  then  add  a pint  of  proof  spirits,  on  whisky;  cork 
the  bottle  firmly  after  its  contents  have  been  heated  to  150  deg.,  taking 
it  at  the  same  time  out  of  the  water,  and  agitate  smartly  till  the  phos- 
phorus becomes  uniformly  diffused,  forming  a milky-looking  liquid. 
This  liquid,  being  cooled,  will  afford  a white  compound  of  phosphorus 
and  lard,  from  which  the  spirit  spontaneously  separates,  and  may  be 
poured  oft' to  be  used  again,  for  none  of  it  enters  into  the  combination, 
but  it  merely  serves  to  comminute  the  phosphorus,  and  diffuse  it  in 
very  fine  particles  through  the  lard.  This  compound,  on  being  warm- 
ed very  gently,  may  be  poured  out  into  a mixture  of  wheat  flour 
and  sugar,  incorporated  therewith,  and  then  flavoured  with  oil  of  rho- 
dium, or  not,  at  pleasure.  The  flavor  may  be  varied  with  oil  of  ani- 
seed, etc.  This  dough,  being  made  into  pellets,  is  to  be  laid  in  rat- 
holes.  By  its  luminousness  in  the  dark,  it  attracts  their  notice,  and  be- 
ing agreeable  to  their  palates  and  noses,  it  is  readily  eaten,  and  proves 
certainly  fatal. 

Rats,  to  Destroy. — Mix  powdered  nux  vomica,  with  oatmeal, 
crumbs  of  cheese,  and  a quantity  of  lard,  for  a few  nights  omit  the  nux 
vomica,  till  they  become  familiar  with  the  other  food.  Or,  add,  instead 
of  nux  vomica,  powdered  phosphorus.  Mix  with  a piece  of  wood,  that 
the  rats  may  not  scent  your  hands.  Place  it  beyond  the  reach  of  other 
animals.  The  addition  of  a little  oil  of  amber  attracts  the  rats.  Or, 
cut  cork  into  very  fine  bits,  and  fry  them  with  lard  and  cheese  crumbs. 
When  cold,  add  oil  of  amber  to  entice  them.  Or,  take  oil  of  amber, 
ox-gall,  and  powdered  phosphorus,  in  equal  parts,  add  oatmeal  suffi- 
cient to  form  a paste,  which  make  into  little  balls,  and  lay  them  near 
the  places  visited  by  rats,  surround  the  balls  with  vessels  full  of  wa- 
ter. The  smell  of  the  oil  attracts  the  rats;  they  greedily  devour  the 
balls,  which  make  them  thirsty,  and  they  kill  themselves  with  drinking 
the  water. 

The  asphodel  is  useful  in  driving  away  rats  and  mice,  which  have 
such  an  antipathy  to  this  plant,  that  if  their  holes  be  stopped  up  with  it 
they  will  rather  die  than  pass. 

It  is  a good  thing  to  put  gas-tar  in  the  runs  and  holes  of  rats. 
When  once  daubed  with  it  they  will  come  no  more. 

Feed  them  well  for  a week  with  fresh  oatmeal,  every  day;  but  nev- 
er touch  it  with  your  hand;  put  it  into  a dish  pressed  down  that  you 
may  see  what  they  have  eaten.  Then  mix  another  lot  with  four  drops 
of  oil  of  aniseed,  or  oil  of  rhodium  ; feed  with  this  two  or  three  days 
more.  Then  give  the  following  mixture: — To  4 ozs.  of  dry  oatmeal 
scented  with  6 drops  of  oil  of  aniseed,  add  % oz.  of  carbonated  bar- 
ytes, or  nux  vomica  in  powder,  sifted  through  muslin.  M«x  this  inti- 
mately with  the  scented  oatmeal;  then  lay  it  upon  the  slate,  or,  leave 
it  24  hours  for  the  rats  to  eat.  This  kills  them.  Keep  the  mixture 
from  dogs,  cats,  or  other  animals,  and  from  children. 

Razor,  to  Sharpen. — The  simplest  method  of  sharpening  a razor 
is  to  put  it  for  half  an  hour  in  water  to  which  has  been  added  one 
twentieth  of  its  weight  of  muriatic  or  sulphuric  acid,  and  after  a few 
hours,  set  it  on  a hone.  The  acid  acts  as  a whetstone,  by  corroding  the 
the  whole  surface  uniformly,  so  that  nothing  further  than  a smooth 
polish  is  necessary. 


Appendix  to  Miscellaneous  Department, 


587 


Hazor,  to  Smooth. — Pass  the  razor  on  the  inside  of  your  hand, 
first  warming  it  before  the  fire.  Or,  use  the  strap  of  a soldier’s  knap- 
sack, or  calf  leather,  on  which  some  fine  black  lead  has  been  rubbed 
and  consolidated  to  a slight  surface. 

Razor  Strop,  ami  Paste. — It  may  be  made  of  rough  calf  leather, 
two  or  three  inches  broad,  or  of  the  strap  of  a soldier’s  knap-sack.  Up- 
on it  spread  powdered  oxalic  acid  and  candle  snuffs,  with  a little  tal- 
low. — Or  spread  upon  it  crocus  martis  and  fine  tallow. — Or,  emery 
ground  as  fine  as  possible,  mixed  with  spermaceti  or  fine  tallow. — Or, 
glue,  24  oz. ; molasses,  34  oz. ; steep  the  glue  in  water  to  soften  it,  and 
then  boil  both  together  for  a few  minutes,  and  crocus  martis,  or  fine 
emery  powder,  and  then  spread  on  the  leather.  When  you  use  it  ap- 
ply first  a drop  or  two  of  sweet  oil. 

Hints  Upon  Spelling.— The  following  rules  will  be  found  of  great 
assistance  in  writing,  because  they  relate  to  a class  of  words  about  the 
spelling  of  which  doubt  and  hesitation  are  frequently  felt: 

All  words  of  one  syllable  ending  in  l , with  a single  vowel  before 
it,  have  double  l at  the  close:  as,  mill , sell. 

All  words  of  one  syllable  ending  in  l , with  a double  vowel  before 
ft,  have  one  l only  at  the  close:  as  mail  sail. 

Words  of  one  syllable  ending  in  l,  when  compounded,  retain  but 
one  l eacfi:  as  fulfil,  skilful. 

Words  of  more  than  one  syllable  ending  in  l have  one  l only  at  the 
dose:  as,  delightful , faithful ; except  befall,  downfall,  recall , unwell , 

otc. 

All  derivatives  from  words  ending  in  l have  one  l only:  as  equal- 
ity, from  equal ; fulness , from  full ; except  they  end  in  er  or  ly:  as,  mill, 
miller ; full,  fully. 

All  participles  in  ing  from  verbs  ending  in  e lose  thee  final:  as, 
have,  having ; amuse , amusing;  unless  they  come  from  verbs  ending  in 
double  e,  and  then  they  retain  both:  as,  see,  seeing;  agree , agreeing. 

All  adverbs  in  ly  and  nouns  in  ment  retain  the  e final  of  the  primi- 
tives: as,  brave,  bravely ; refine,  refinement ; except  acknowledgment,  judg- 
ment, etc. 

All  derivatives  from  words  ending  in  er,  retain  the  e before  the  r: 
as,  refer,  reference',  except  hindrance,  from  hinder;  remembrance,  from 
remember ; disastrous  from  disaster;  monstrous  from  monster;  wondrous 
from  wonder;  cumbrous  from  cumber , etc. 

Compound  words,  if  both  end  not  in  l , retain  their  primitive  parts 
entire;  as,  millstone,  changeable,  raceless ; except  always,  also,  deplorable, 
although,  almost,  admirable,  etc. 

All  one-syilables  ending  a consonant,  with  a single  vowel  before 
it,  double  that  consonant  in  derivatives:  as,  sin,  sinner;  ship,  shipping ; 
big,  bigger;  glad , gladder,  etc. 

One-syllables  ending  in  a consonant,  with  a double  vowel  before 
it,  do  not  doubt  the  consonant  in  derivatives : as,  sleep,  sleepy;  troop, 
trooper. 

All  words  of  more  than  one  syllable  ending  in  a single  consonant, 
preceded  by  a single  vowel,  and  accented  on  the  last  syllable,  double 
that  consonant  in  derivatives:  as,  commit,  committee;  compel,  compelled; 
appal,  appalling ; distil , distiller. 

Nouns  of  one  syllable  ending  in  y,  preceded  by  a consonant,  change 
y into  ies  in  the  plural;  and  verbs  ending  in  y preceded  by  a conso- 
nant, change  y into  ies  in  the  third  person  singular  of  the  present  tense, 
and  into  ied  in  the  past  tense  and  past  participle;  as,  fly,  flies;  lap- 
ply,  he  applies;  we  reply,  we  repliM,  or  have  replied.  If  the  y be  pre- 


588 


Appendix  to  Miscellaneous  Department. 


ceded  by  a vowel,  this  rule  is  not  applicable:  as,  key , keys ; I play , he 
plays;  we  have  enjoyed  ourselves. 

Compound  words  whose  primitive  end  in  y change  y into  i:  as, 
beauty , beautiful ; lovely , loveliness. 


Weights  and  Measures. 


BUSHELS.  LBS. 

Wheat.  60 

BUSHELS.  LBS. 

Sweet  Potatoes ijq 

Peas 60 

Rye 59 

Oats 32 

Barley 47 

White  Beans 60 

Castor  Beans 46 

Clover-Seed 60 

Timothy  Seed 44 

Blue  Grass  Seed 45 

Dried  Peaches 38 

Dried  Apples 24 

Buckwheat 48 

Onions 57 

Salt 5ft 

Flax-Seed .56 

Bran 2ft 

Shelled  Corn 56 

Corn  in  the  ear 70 

Irish  Potatoes 60 

Turnips 55 

Corn-Meal 48 

Fine  Salt 55 

Windsor  Soap  is  merely  the  best  white  soap  melted,  and  scent*, 
ed  with  oil  of  carraway,  and  put  into  moulds. 

Signs  of  the  Weather — Dew. — If  the  dew  lies  plentifully  on  the 
grass  after  a fair  day,  it  is  a sign  of  another  fair  day.  If  not,  and  there 
is  no  wind,  rain  must  follow.  A red  evening  portends  fine  weather; 
but  if  it  spread  too  far  upwards  from  the  horizon  in  the  evening,  and 
especially  in  the  morning,  it  foretells  wind  or  rain,  or  both.  When 
the  sky,  in  rainy  weather,  is  tinged  with  sea  green,  the  rain  will  in** 
crease ; if  with  deep  blue,  it  will  be  showery. 

Clouds. — Previous  to  much  rain  falling,  the  clouds  grow  bigger^ 
and  increase  very  fast,  especially  before  thunder.  When  the  clouds  are 
formed  like  fleeces,  but  dense  in  the  middle  and  bright  towards  the 
edges,  with  the  sky  bright,  they  are  signs  of  a frost,  with  hail,  snow,  or 
rain.  If  clouds  form  high  in  air,  in  thin  white  trains  like  locks  of 
wool,  they  portend  wind,  and  probably  rain.  When  a general  cloudi* 
ness  covers  the  sky,  and  small  black  fragments  of  clouds  fly  under- 
neath, they  area  sure  sign  of  rain,  and  probably  it  will  be  lasting 
Two  currents  of  clouds  always  portend  rain,  and,  in  summer,  thunder, 

Heavenly  Bodies. — A haziness  in  the  air,  which  fades  the  sun’s 
light,  and  makes  the  orb  appear  whitish,  or  ill-defined — or  at  night,  if 
the  moon  and  stars  grow  dim,  and  a ring  encircles  the  former,  rain  will 
follow.  If  the  sun’s  rays  appear  like  Moses’  horns — if  white  at  setting, 
or  shorn  of  his  rays,  or  if  he  goes  down  into  a bank  of  clouds  in  the  hor- 
izon, bad  weather  is  to  be  expected.  If  the  moon  looks  pale  and  dim, 
we  expect  rain;  if  red,  wind ; and  if  of  her  natural  colour,  with  a clear 
sky,  fair  weather.  If  the  moon  is  rainy  throughout,  it  will  clear  at 
the  change,  and,  perhaps,  the  rain  return  a few  days  after.  If  fair 
throughout,  and  rain  at  the  change,  the  fair  weather  will  probably  re- 
turn on  the  fourth  or  fifth  day. 

Weather  Precautions. — If  the  weather  appears  doubtful,  always 
take  the  precaution  of  having  an  umbrella  when  you  go  out,  particu- 
larly in  going  to  church  ; you  thereby  avoid  incurring  one  of  three  dis- 
agreeables; in  the  first  place,  the  chance  of  getting  wet — or  encroach* 
fng  under  a friend’s  umbrella — or  being  under  the  necessity  of  borrow- 
ing one,  consequently  involving  the  trouble  of  returning  it,  and  possi^- 
bly  (as  is  the  case  in  nine  times  outcjj:  ten)  inconveniencing  your  friend 
by  neglecting  to  do  so. 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes . 


589 


Rules  for  Administering1  Medicines,  having  Reference  to  Age 

and  Sex. — For  an  adult  (a  person  of  40  years),  the  dose  of  common 


medicines  is  allowed  about 

Those  at  20  years, 
13 
7 
4 
3 
2 
1 


1 drachm,  60  grains. 
40 


! 30 

1 20 
‘ 15 

‘ 10 

; 7 to  8 
1 5 


For  babes,  under  1 year,  the  dose  should  go  down  by  months , at 
about  the  same  rate  as  by  years  for  those  over  a year. 


Again,  for  persons  in  advanced  life,  say  from  60  years,  the  dose 
must  begin  to  lessen  about  5 grains,  and  from  that  on,  5 grains  for  each 
additional  10  years.  Females,  however,  need  a little  less,  generally, 
than  males. 


The  above  rules  hold  good  in  all  medicines,  except  castor  oil,  the 
proportion  of  which  cannot  be  reduced  so  much , and  opium  and  its 
various  preparations,  which  must  be  reduced,  generally,  in  a little 
greater  proportion. 


Explanation  of  Medical  Abbreviations,  Apothecaries*  Weights 
and  Measures. — One  pound  (lb.)  contains  12  ounces. 

One  ounce  (oz.)  “ 8 drachms. 

One  drachm  (dr.)  “ 3 scruples. 

One  scruple  (scr.)  “ 20  grains,  (gr.) 


LIQUID  MEASURE. 

One  pint  contains  16  fluid  ozs.,  (4  gills.) 


One  ounce 
One  table-spoon 
One  tea-spoon 
Sixty  drops  make 


8 “ drs.,  (}£  gill.) 

about  24  a fluid  ounce. 

“ 1 fluid  drachm. 

“ 1 tea-spoon. 


Whenever  a tea,  or  table-spoon,  is  mentioned,  it  means  the  same 
as  it  would  to  say  spoonful ; the  same  of  cup,  in  fluid  measures  ; but 
in  dry  measures,  where  a spoon  or  spoonful  is  mentioned,  the  design  is 
that  the  spoon  should  be  taken  up  moderately  rounding,  unless  other- 
wise mentioned. 


COLORING  DEPARTMENT 


REMARKS.^  It  may  be  necessary  to  remark,  and  I do  sc  Here, 
once  for  all,  that  every  article  to  be  dyed,  as  well  as  everything  to  be 
used  ab6ut  dyeing,  should  be  perfectly  clean. 

In  the  next  place,  the  article  to  be  dyed  should  be  well  scoured  in 
soap,  and  then  the  soap  rinsed  out.  It  is  also  an  advantage  to  dip  the 
article  you  wish  to  dye  into  water,  just  before  putting  it  into  the  alum 
or  other  preparation ; for  the  neglect  of  this  precaution  it  is  nothing 
uncommon  to  have  the  goods  or  yarn  spotted.  Soft  water  should  al- 
ways be  used,  if  possible,  and  sufficient  to  cover  the  goods  hand- 
somely. 

As  soon  as  an  article  is  dyed  it  should  be  aired  a little,  then  well 
rinsed,  and  afterwards  hung  up  to  dry. 

When  dyeing  or  scouring  silk,  or  merino  dresses,  care  should  be 
taken  not  to  wring  them,  for  this  has  a tendency  to  wrinkle  and  break 
the  silk. 

In  putting  dresses  and  shawls  out  to  dCv,  that  have  been  dyed,  they 
should  be  hung  up  by  the  edge  so  as  to  dry  erenly. 

Great  confidence  may  be  placed  in  these  coloring  recipes,  as  the 
author  has  had  them  revised  by  Mr.  Storms,  of  this  city,  who  has  been 
in  the  business  over  thirtv  years. 

COLORS  ON  WOOLEN  GOODS.— 1.  Chrome  Black— Superior  to 
Any  in  Use.— For  5 lbs.  of  goods— blue  vitriol,  6 ozs. ; boil  it  a few 
minutes,  then  dip  the  goods  % of  an  hour,  airing  often;  take  out  the 
goods,  and  make  a dye  with  logwood,  3 lbs.;  boil  34  hour;  dip  % of 
an  hour  and  air  the  goods,  and  dip  % °f  an  hour  more.  Wash  in 
strong  suds. 

NT.  B. — This  will  not  impart  any  of  its  color  in  fulling,  nor  fade 
by  exposure  to  the  sun. 

ii.  Black  on  Wool— For  Mixtures.— For  10  lbs.  of  wool— Bi- 
chromate of  potash,  4 ozs.;  ground  argal,  3 ozs.;  boil  together  and  put 
in  the  wool ; stir  well  and  let  it  remain  in  the  dye  4 hours.  Then  take 
out  the  wool,  rinse  it  slightly  in  clear  water;  then  make  a new  dye 
into  which  put  logwood,  334  lbs.  Boil  1 hour  and  add  chamber-lye,  1 
pt.,  and  let  the  wool  lie  in  all  night.  Wash  in  clear  water. 

3.  Steel  Mix— Dark.— Black  wool— It  may  be  natural  or  colored, 
10  lbs.;  white  wool,  134  lbs.  Mix  evenly  together,  and  it  will  be  beau- 
tiful. 

4.  Snuff  Brown— Dark,  for  Cloth  or  Wool.— For  5 lbs.  goods— 
camwood,  lib.;  boil  it  15  minutes,  then  dip  the  goods  for  % of  an 
hour;  take  out  the  goods,  and  add  to  the  dye,  fustic,  234  lbs-.l  boil  10 
minutes,  and  dip  the  goods  % of  an  hour;  then  add  blue  vitriol,  1 oz.; 
copperas,  4 ozs. ; dip  again  34  hour ; if  not  dark  enough,  add  more  cop- 
peras. It  is  dark  and  permanent. 

5.  Wine  Color. — For  5 lbs.  goods — Camwood,  2 lbs. ; boil  15  min- 
utes, and  dip  the  goods  34  hour;  boil  again  a'xl  dip  34  hour;  then 


Coloring  Department . 591 

darken  with  blue  vitriol,  I34  ozs.;  if  not  dark  enough,  add  copperas, 
hi  oz. 

6.  Madder  Red. — To  each  lb.  of  goods— Alum,  5 ozs. ; red,  or 
cream-of-tartar,  1 oz. ; put  in  the  goods  and  bring  your  kettle  to  a boil 
for  34  hour;  then  air  them  and  boil  34  hour  longer;  then  empty  your 
kettle  and  fill  with  clean  water ; putin  bran,  1 peck;  make  it  milk- 
warm  and  let  it  stand  until  the  bran  rises,  then  skim  off  the  bran  and 
put  in  madder,  34  lb. ; put  in  your  goods  and  heat  slowly  until  it  boils 
and  is  done.  Wash  in  strong  suds. 

?.  Green— On  Wool  or  Silk,  with  Oak  Bark.— Make  a strong 
yellow  dye  of  yellow  oak  and  hickory  bark,  in  equal  quantities.  Add 
the  extract  of  indigo  or  chemic  (which  see),  1 table-spoon  at  a time, 
until  you  get  the  shade  of  color  desired.  Or : 

8.  Green— With  Fustic.— For  each  lb.  of  goods — Fustic,  1 lb^ 
with  alum,  334  ozs-  Steep  until  the  strength  is  out,  and  soak  the  goods 
therein  until  a good  yellow  is  obtained;  then  remove  the  chips,  and 
add  extract  of  indigo  or  chemic,  1 table-spoon  at  a time,  until  the  color 
suits. 

9.  Blue— Quick  Process. — For  2 lbs.  of  goods— Alum,  5 ozs. ; 
uream-of-tartar,  6 ozs. ; boil  the  goods  in  this  for  one  hour;  then  throw 
the  goods  into  warm  water,  which  has  more  or  less  of  the  extract  of 
indigo  in  it,  according  to  the  depth  of  color  desired,  and  boil  again 
until  it  suits,  adding  more  of  the  blue  if  needed.  It  is  quick  and  per- 
manent. 

10.  Stocking  Yarn  or  Wool,  to  Color— Between  a Blue  and  a 

Purple. — For  5 lbs.  of  wool — Bi-chromate  of  potash,  1 oz. ; alum,  2 
ozs. ; dissolve  them  and  bring  the  water  to  a boil,  putting  in  the  wool 
and  boiling  1 hour ; then  throw  away  the  dye  and  make  another  dye 
With  logwood  chips,  1 lb. , or  extract  of  logwood,  234  ozs.,  and  boil  one 
hour.  This  also  works  very  prettily  on  silk. 

B. — Whenever  you  make  a dye  with  logwood  chips,  either  boil 
the  chips  34  hour  ar.d  pour  off  the  dye,  or  tie  up  the  chips  in  a bag 
and  boil  with  the  wool  or  other  goods;  or  take  2^4  ozs.  of  the  extract 
in  place  of  1 lb.  of  the  chips,  is  less  trouble  and  generally  the  better 
plan.  In  the  above  recipe,  the  more  logwood  that  is  used,  the  darker 
will  be  the  shade. 

11.  Scarlet,  with  Cochineal— For  Yarn  or  Cloth.— For  1 lb.  of 

goods — Cream-of-tartar,  34  oz.;  cochineal,  wrell  pulverized,  34  oz- > mu_ 
riate  of  tin.  234  ozs. ; then  boil  up  the  dye  and  enter  the  goods;  work 
them  briskly  for  10  or  15  minutes,  after  which  boil  134  hours,  stirring 
the  goods  slowly  while  boiling;  wash  in  clear  water  and  dry  in  the 
shade. 

12.  Pink. — For  3 lbs.  of  goods — Alum,  3 ozs. ; boil  and  dip  the 
goods  1 hour;  then  add  to  the  dye  cream-of-tartar,  4 ozs  ; cochineal, 
well  pulverized,  1 oz.;  boil  well  and  dip  the  goods  while  boiling,  until 
the  color  suits. 

13.  Orange. — For  5 lbs.  goods — Muriate  of  tin,  6 table-spoons; 
argal,  4 ozs.;  boil  and  dip  1 hour;  then  add  to  the  dye  fustic,  234  lbs.; 
boil  10  minutes,  and  dip  34  hour,  and  add  again  to  the  dye,  madder,  1 
tea  cup;  dip  again  34  hour. 

N.  B. — Cochineal  in  place  of  madder  makes  a much  brighter 
color,  which  should  be  added  in  small  quantities  until  pleased.  About 
2 ozs. 

14.  Lac  Red. — For  5 lbs.  goods — Argal,  10  ozs. ; boil  a few  min- 
utes: then  mix  fine  ground  lac,  1 lb.,  with  muriate  of  tin,  134  lbs., 
and  let  them  stand  2 or  3 hours;  then  add  half  of  the  lac  to  the  argal 


592 


Dr.  Chase's  Recipes . 


dye,  and  dip  % hour ; then  add  the  balance  of  the  lac  and  dip  again 
1 hour ; keep  the  dye  at  a boiling  heat,  until  the  last  half-hour,  when 
the  dye  may  be  cooled  off. 

15.  Purple. — For  5 lbs.  goods — Cream-of-tartar,  4 ozs. ; alum,  6 
ozs.  ; cochineal,  well  pulverized,  2 ozs.  ; muriate  of  tin,  34  tea-cup. 
Boil  the  cream-of-tartar,  alum,  and  tin,  15  minutes;  then  put  in  the 
cochineal  and  boil  5 minutes ; dip  the  goods  2 hours ; then  make  a new 
dye  with  alum,  4 ozs. ; Brazil  wood,  6 ozs. ; logwood,  14  ozs. ; muriate 
of  tin,  1 tea-cup,  with  a little  chemic;  work  again  until  pleased. 

16.  Silver  Drab — Light. — For  5 lbs.  goods — Alum,  1 small  tea- 
spoon, and  logwood  about  the  same  amount ; boil  well  together,  then 
dip  the  goods  1 hour;  if  not  dark  enough,  add  in  equal  quantities  alum 
and  logwood,  until  suited. 

17.  Slate,  on  Woolen  or  Cotton— With  Beech  Bark.— Boil  the 
bark  in  an  iron  kettle,  skim  out  the  chips  after  it  has  boiled  sufficiently, 
and  then  add  copperas  to  set  the  dye.  If  you  wish  it  very  dark,  add 
more  copperas.  This  is  excellent  for  stockings. 

1§.  Extract  of  Indigo  or  Cheniic— To  Make.— For  good  chemio 
or  extract  of  indigo,  take  oil  of  vitriol,  34  lb.,  and  stir  into  it  indigo, 
finely  ground,  2 ozs.,  continuing  the  stirring  at  first  for  34  hour;  now 
cover  over,  and  stir  3 or  4 times  daily  for  two  or  three  days ; then  put 
in  a crumb  of  saleratus  and  stir  it  up,  and  if  it  foams,  put  in  more  and 
stir,  and  add  as  long  as  it  foams;  the  saleratus  neutralizes  any  excess 
of  acid  ; then  put  into  a glass  vessel  and  cork  up  tight.  It  improves 
by  standing.  Druggists  keep  this  prepared. 

19.  Wool — To  Cleanse. — Make  a liquid  of  water,  3 parts,  and 
urine,  1 part;  heat  it  as  hot  as  you  can  bear  the  hand  in  it;  then  put 
in  the  wool,  a little  at  a time,  so  as  not  to  have  it  crowd ; let  it  remain 
in  for  15  minutes;  take  it  out  over  a basket  to  drain;  then  rinse  in 
running  water,  and  spread  it  out  to  dry;  thus  proceed  in  the  same 
liquor;  when  it  gets  reduced  fill  it  up  in  the  same  proportions,  keeping 
it  at  hand  heat,  all  the  time  not  using  any  soap. 

26.  Dark  Colors — To  Extract  and  Insert  Light.— This  recipe  i* 
calculated  for  carpet  rags.  In  the  first  place  let  the  rags  be  washed 
clean — the  black  or  brown  rags  can  be  colored  red  or  purple,  at  the 
option  of  the  dyer ; to  do  this,  take  for  every  5 lbs.  black  or  brown 
rags  muriate  of  tin,  % lb.;  and  the  lac,  % lb.;  mixed  with  the  same, 
as  for  the  lac  red ; dip  the  goods  in  this  dye  2 hours,  boiling  34  °f  the 
time;  if  not  red  enough,  add  more  tin  and  lac.  The  goods  can  then 
be  made  a purple  by  adding  a little  logwood  ; be  careful  and  not  get  in 
but  a very  small  handful,  as  more  can  be  added  if  not  enough.  White 
rags  make  a beautiful  appearance  in  a carpet,  by  tying  them  in  the 
skein  and  coloring  them  red,  green,  or  purple;  gray  rags  will  take  a 
very  good  green — the  coloring  will  be  in  proportion  to  the  darkness 
of  mix. 

DURABLE  COLORS  ON  COTTON.— 1.  Black.— For  5 lbs.  goods 
— Sumac,  wood  and  bark  together,  3 lbs. ; boil  34  l10Ur-  an(!  let  the 
goods  steep  12  hours;  then  dip  in  lime  water  34  hour;  then  take  out 
the  goods  and  let  them  drip  an  hour;  now  add  to  the  sumac  liquor, 
copperas,  8 ozs.,  and  dip  another  hour;  then  run  them  through  the  tub 
of  lime  water  again  for  15  minutes;  now  make  a new  dye  with  log- 
wood, 234  lbs.,  by  boiling  1 hour,  and  dip  again  3 hours;  now  add  bi- 
chromate of  potash,  2 ozs.,  to  the  logwood  dye,  and  dip  1 hour.  Wash 
in  clear  cold  water  and  dry  in  the  shade.  You  may  say  this  is  doing 
too  much.  You  cannot  get  a permanent  black  on  cotton  with  less 
labor. 


Coloring  Department. 


593 


Skf  Blue.— For  3 lbs.  goods— Blue  vitriol,  4 ozs. ; boil  a few 
tefmites ; then  dip  the  goods  3 hours,  after  which  pass  them  through 
strong  lime  water.  You  can  make  this  color  a beautiful  brown  by  put- 
ting the  goods  through  a solution  of  prussiate  of  potash. 

3.  Lime  Water,  and  Strong  Lime  Water— For  Coloring.— Lime 
water  is  made  by  putting  stone  lime,  1 lb.,  and  strong  lime  water,  Y% 
lbs.,  into  a pail  of  water,  slacking,  stirring  and  letting  it  stand  until  it 
becomes  clear,  then  turn  into  a tub  of  water,  in  which  dip  the  goods. 

4.  Bine,  on  Cotton  or  Linen— With  Logwood.— In  all  cases,  if 
new,  they  should  be  boiled  in  a strong  soap-suds  or  weak  lye,  and 
rinsed  clean  ; then  for  cotton  5 lbs.  or  linen  3 lbs.,  take  bi-chro'mate  of 
potash,  % lb. ; put  in  the  goods  and  dip  2 hours,  then  take  out  and 
rinse ; make  a dye  with  logwood,  4 lbs.;  dip  in  this  1 hour,  and  let 
stand  in  the  dye  3 or  4 hours,  or  till  the  dye  is  almost  cold ; wash  out 
and  dry. 

5.  Blue  on  Cotton— Without  Logwood.— For  5 lbs.  of  rags— 

Copperas,  4 ozs.;  boil  and  dip  15  minutes;  then  dip  in  strong  suds,  and 
back  to  the  dye  2 or  3 times;  then  make  a dye  with  prussiate  of  potash, 
l oz. ; oil  of  vitriol,  6 table-spoons;  boil  30  minutes  and  rinse ; then  dry. 

6.  Green. — if  the  cotton  is  new,  boil  in  weak  lye  or  strong  suds; 
then  wash  and  dry;  give  the  cotton  a dip  in  the  home-made  blue  dye- 
tub  until  blue  enough  is  obtained  to  make  the  green  as  dark  as  required, 
take  out,  dry,  and  rinse  the  goods  a little;  then  make  a dye  with  fus- 
tic, % lb.;  logwood,  3 ozs.,  to  each  lb.  of  goods,  by  boiling  the  dye  one 
hour;  when  cooled  so  as  to  bear  the  hand,  put  in  the  cotton,  move 
briskly  a few  minutes,  and  let  lie  1 hour ; take  out  and  let  it  thoroughly 
drain  ; dissolve  and  add  to  the  dye,  for  each  lb.  of  cotton,  blue  vitriol, 
% oz.,  and  dip  another  hour ; wring  out  and  let  dry  in  the  shade.  By 
adding  or  diminishing  the  logwood  and  fustic,  any  shade  of  green  may 
be  obtained. 

7.  Yellow. — For  5 lbs.  of  goods— Sugar  of  lead,  7 ozs.;  dip  the 
goods  2 hours;  make  a new  dye  with  bi-chromate  of  potash,  4 ozs.;  dip 
until  the  color  suits,  wring  out  and  dry.  If  not  yellow  enough,  repeat 
the  operation. 

8.  Orange. — For  5 lbs.  of  goods — Sugar  of  lead,  4 ozs.,  boil  a few 
minutes,  and  when  a little  cool  put  in  the  goods;  dip  2 hours,  wring 
out;  make  a new  dye  with  bi-chromate  of  potash,  8 ozs.';  madder,  2 
ozs.;  dip  until  it  suits;  if  the  color  should  be  too  red,  take  off  a small 
sample  and  dip  it  into  lime  water,  when  the  choice  can  be  taken  of  the 
sample  dipped  in  the  lime  or  the  original  color. 

9.  lied. — Take  muriate  of  tin,  % of  a tea-cup;  add  sufficient  wa- 
ter to  cover  the  goods  well,  bring  it  to  a boiling  heat,  putting  in  the 
goods  1 hour,  stirring  often  ; take  out  the  goods  and  empty  the  kettle 
and  put  in  clean  water,  with  nic-wood,  1 lb.,  steeping  it  lor  34  hour,  at 
hand  heat;  then  put  in  the  goods  and  increase  the  heat  for  1 hour,  not 
bringing  to  a boil  at  all ; air  the  goods  and  dip  an  hour  as  before; 
wash  without  soap. 

19.  Muriate  of  Tin — Tin  Liquor. — If  druggists  keep  it,  it  is  best 
to  purchase  of  them  already  made;  but  if  you  prefer,  proceed  as  fol- 
lows : 

Get,  at  a tinner’s  shop,  block  tin  ; put  it  in  a shovel  and  melt  it. 
After  it  is  melted,  pour  it  from  the  height  of  4 or  5 feet  into  a pail  of 
clear  water.  The  object  of  this  is  to  have  the  tin  in  small  particles,  so 
that  the  acid  can  dissolve  it.  Take  it  out  of  the  water  and  dry  it;  then 
put  it  into  a strong  glass  bottle;  pour  over  it  muriatic  acid,  12  ozs.; 
then  slowJy  add  sulphuric  acid,  8 ozs.  The  acid  should  be  added  about 


594 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


a table-spoon  at  a time,  at  intervals  of  5 or  8 minutes,  for  if  you  add  it 
too  rapidly  you  run  the  risk  of  breaking  the  bottle  by  heat.  After  you 
have  all  the  acid  in,  let  the  bottle  stand  until  the  ebullition  subsides; 
then  stop  it  up  with  a bees- wax  or  glass  stopper,  and  set  it  away,  and 
it  will  keep  good  for  a year  or  more,  or  will  be  fit  for  use  in  twenty- 
four  hours. 

COLORS  ON  SILK  GOODS. — Green — Yery  Handsome  with  Oak 
Bark. — For  1 lb.  of  silk— Yellow  oak  bark,  8 ozs.;  boil  it  34  hour ; turn 
off  the  liquor  from  the  bark  and  add  alum,  6 ozs. ; let  stand  until  cold; 
while  this  dye  is  being  made,  color  the  goods  in  the  blue  dye-tub,  a 
light  blue ; dry  and  wash  ; then  dip  in  the  alum  and  bark  dye;  if  it  does 
not  take  well,  warm  the  dye  a little. 

2.  Green  or  Yellow— On  Silk  or  Wool,  in  Five  to  Fifteen  Min- 
utes.— For  5 lbs.  of  goods — Black  oak  bark  or  peach  leaves,  34  peck; 
boil  well ; then  take  out  the  bark  or  leaves,  and  add  muriate  of  tin,  % 
tea-cup,  stirring  well ; then  put  in  the  goods  and  stir  them  round,  and 
it  will  dye  a deep  yellow  in  from  5 to  15  minutes,  according  to  the 
strength  of  the  bark;  take  out  the  goods,  rinse  and  dry  immediately. 

N.  B. — For  a green,  add  to  the  above,  extract  of  indigo  or  chemic, 
1 table-spoon  only,  at  a time,  and  work  the  goods  5 minutes,  and  air; 
if  not  sufficiently  dark,  use  the  same  amount  of  chemic  as  before,  and 
work  again  until  it  suits. 

3.  Mulberry. — For  1 lb.  of  silk — Alum,  4 ozs. ; dip  1 hour;  wash 
out,  and  make  a dye  with  Brazil  wood,  1 oz.,  and  logwood,  34  oz.,  by 
boiling  together ; dip  in  this  34  hour,  then  add  more  Brazil  wood  and 
logwood,  in  equal  proportions,  until  the  color  is  dark  enough. 

4.  Black, — Make  a weak  dye  as  you  would  for  black  on  woolens, 
work  the  goods  in  bi-chromnte  of  potash,  at  a little  below  boiling  heat, 
then  dip  in  the  logwood  in  the  same  way ; if  colored  in  the  blue  vitriol 
dye,  use  about  the  same  heat. 

5.  Spots— To  Remove  and  Prevent  when  Coloring  Black  on 
Silk  or  Woolen. — 1ST.  B.  In  dying  silk  or  woolen  goods,  if  they  should 
become  rusty  or  spotted,  all  that  is  necessary  is  to  make  a weak  lye, 
and  have  it  scalding  hot,  and  put  your  goods  in  for  15  minutes,  or 
throw  some  ashes  into  your  dye,  and  run  your  goods  in  it  5 minutes, 
and  they  will  come  out  a jet  black,  and  an  even  color.  I will  warrant 
it. — Storms. 

The  reason  that  spots  of  brown,  or  rust,  as  it  is  generally  called, 
appear  on  black  cloths,  is  that  these  parts  take  the  color  faster  than  the 
other  parts;  but  I have  no  doubt  Mr.  Storms’  plan  will  remove  them, 
for  he  regretted  much  to  make  public  the  information,  which  he  says  is 
not  generally  known.  And  if  the  precaution,  given  in  our  leading 
remarks  on  coloring,  are  heeded,  therfe  will  be  but  very  little  danger 
of  spotting  at  all. 

6.  Light  Chemic  Blue. — For  cold  water,  1 gal.,  dissolve  alum, 
34  table-spoon,  in  hot  water,  1 tea-cup,  and  add  to  it;  then  add  chemic, 
1 tea-spoon  at  a time,  to  obtain  the  desired  color — the  more  chemic  that 
is  used,  the  darker  will  be  the  color. 

7.  Purple. — For  1 lb.  of  silk — having  first  obtained  a light  blue  by 
dipping  in  the  home-made  blue  dye-tub,  and  dried,  dip  in  alum  4 ozs., 
to  sufficient  water  to  cover,  when  a little  warm ; if  the  color  is  not  full 
enough  add  a little  chemic. 

8.  Yellow. — For  1 lb.  of  silk — alum,  3 ozs.;  sugar  of  lead  % oz  ; 
immerse  the  goods  in  the  solution  over  night ; take  out.  drain,  and 
make  a new  dye  with  fustic,  1 lb. ; dip  until  the  required  color  is  ob- 
tained. 


Coloring  Department. 


595 


N.  B. — The  yellow  or  green,  for  wool,  works  equally  well  on  silk. 

9.  Orange. — Take  anotta  and  soda,  and  add  in  equal  quantities, 
according  to  the  amount  of  goods  and  darkness  of  the  color  wanted  : 
Say  1 oz.  of  each,  to  each  pound  of  silk,  and  repeat  as  desired. 

10.  Crimson. — For  1 lb.  of  silk — alum,  3 ozs. ; dip  at  hand-heat 
1 hour ; take  out  and  drain,  while  making  a new  dye,  by  boiling  10 
minutes,  cochineal,  3 ozs.;  bruised  nutgalls,  2 ozs. ; and  cream  of  tartar, 
oz.,  in  one  pail  of  water,  when  a little  cool,  begin  to  dip,  raising  the 
heat  to  a boil,  continuing  to  dip  1 hour;  wash  and  dry. 

11.  Cinnamon  or  Brown,  on  Cotton  or  Silk.— By  a Ne w Process 
— Tery  Beautiful. — Give  the  goods  as  much  color,  from  a solution  of 
blue  vitriol,  2 ozs.,  to  water,  1 gallon,  as  it  will  take  up  in  dipping  15 
minutes;  then  run  it  through  lime-water;  this  will  make  a beautiful 
sky-blue,  of  much  durability  ; it  has  now  to  be  run  through  a solution 
of  prussiate  of  potash.  1 oz.,  to  ^ter,  1 gal. 


APPENDIX  TO  COLORING  DEPARTMENT. 

BY  THE  PUBLISHER. 


Dyeing.— -The  filaments  from  which  stuffs  of  all  kinds  are  fabri- 
cated are  derived  either  from  the  animal  or  vegetable  kingdom.  \V« 
recognize  the  former  by  the  property  they  possess  of  liberating  am- 
monia on  being  tested  with  potash;  while  the  latter  afford  a liquor 
having  an  acid  reaction  under  the  same  treatment.  The  animal  king- 
dom furnishes  three  varieties — silk,  wool,  and  the  furs,  etc.,  of  various 
animals;  the  vegetable  kingdom  also  three — flax,  hemp  and  cotton; 
all  of  which  require  certain  preliminary  preparations  to  render  them 
fit  for  the  dyer,  which  do  not  come  within  our  province,  our  space  only 
admitting  of  a rapid  glance  at  the  production  of  the  various  colors. 

General  Observations. — The  various  shades  produced  by  coloring 
matters  may  be  classed  in  one  or  other  of  the  following  groups: 

1.  Blues;  2.  Reds;  3.  Yellows —Simple. 

4.  Violets;  5.  Orange  colors;  6.  Greens — Binary. 

7.  Compound  colors ; 8.  Black — Ternary. 

Some  colors  adhere  at  once  to  the  stuff,  and  are  called  substantial 
colors  ; while  others  require  that  the  material  to  be  dyed  should  under 
go  some  previous  preparation  in  order  to  render  it  permanent.  The 
substances  used  to  fix  the  coloring  matters  are  called  mordants,  which 
should  possess  four  qualifications: — 1.  They  should  possess  an  equal 
affinity  for  the  fibre  of  the  material  and  the  coloring  matter.  2.  They 
should  be  incapable  of  injuring  or  destroying  either  by  prolonged 
action.  3.  They  should  form,  with  the  color,  a compound  capable  of 
resisting  the  action  of  air  and  water.  4.  They  should  be  capable  of 
readily  conforming  to  the  various  operations  of  the  dyer. 

The  Mordants. — For  the  reasons  just  given,  the  acetate  or  tartrat*, 
of  iron  is  preferable  to  the  sulphate ; and  the  acetate  or  tartrate  ol 
alumina  to  alum.  For  reds , yellows , green , and  pinks , aluminous  mor. 
dants  are  to  be  used.  For  blacks , browns , puces , and  violets , the  acetate 
or  tartrate  of  iron  must  be  employed.  For  scarlets , use  a tin  mordant, 
made  by  dissolving  in  strong  nitric  acid  one-eighth  of  its  weight  of  sal- 
ammoniac,  then  adding  by  degrees  one-eighth  of  its  weight  of  tin,  and 
diluting  the  solution  with  one-fourth  of  its  weight  of  water. 

Calico,  Linen,  and  Muslin. — Blue.— Wash  well  to  remove  dress- 
ing, and  dry;  then  dip  in  a strong  solution  of  sulphate  of  indigo — 
partly  saturated  with  potash — and  hang  up.  Dry  a piece  to  see  if  the 
color  is  deep  enough ; if  not,  dip  again.  Saxon  Blue. — Boil  the  article 
in  alum,  and  then  dip  in  a strong  solution  of  chemical  blue. 

Calico,  Linen,  and  Muslin.— Buff. — Boil  an  ounce  of  anatto  in  3 
quarts  of  water,  add  2 ounces  of  potash,  stir  well,  and  put  in  the  calico 
while  boiling,  and  stir  well  for  five  minutes;  remove  and  plunge  into 
cold  pump  water,  hang  up  the  articles  without  wringing,  and  whe* 
almost  dry,  fold. 


Appendix  to  Coloring  Department. 


597 


Calico,  Linen,  and  Muslin. — Green. — Boil  the  article  in  an  alum 
mordant,  and  then  in  a solution  of  indigo  mixed  with  any  of  the  yellow 
dyes,  until  the  proper  color  is  obtained. 

Calico,  Linen,  and  Muslin. — Yellow, — 1.  Cut  potato  tops  when  in 
flower,  and  express  the  juice;  steep  articles  in  this  for  forty -eight  hours. 
2.  Dip  in  a strong  solution  of  weld  after  boiling  in  an  aluminous  mor- 
dant. Turmeric,  fustic,  anatto,  etc.,  will  answer  the  same  as  weld. 

Cloth. — Black. — Impregnate  the  material  with  acetate  of  iron  mor- 
dant, and  then  boil  in  a decoction  of  madder  and  logwood. 

•Cloth. — Madder  Red. — Boil  the  cloth  in  a weak  solution  of  pearl- 
ash — an  ounce  to  a gallon  of  water, — wash,  dry,  and  then  steep  in  a de- 
coction of  bruised  nutgalls.  After  drying,  it  is  to  be  steeped  twice  in 
dry  alum  water,  then  dried,  and  boiled  in  a decoction  made  of  three- 
quarters  of  a pound  of  madder  to  every  pound  of  the  article.  It  should 
then  be  taken  out  and  dried,  and  steeped  in  a second  bath  in  the  same 
manner.  AVhen  dyed,  the  articles  should  be  washed  in  warm  soap  and 
Water,  to  remove  a dun-colored  matter  given  out  by  the  madder. 

Black  for  Worsted  or  Woolen. — Water,  3 gals. ; bichromate  of 
potass,  ^ oz.  Boil  the  goods  in  this  40  minutes;  then  wash  in  cold 
Water.  Then  take  3 gals,  of  water,  add  9 ozs.  of  logwood,  3 ozs.  of 
fustic,  and  one  or  two  drops,  of  D.  O.  V.  or  Double  Oil  of  Vitriol;  boil 
the  goods  40  minutes,  and  wash  out  in  cold  water.  This  will  dye  from 
1 to  2 lbs.  of  cloth,  or  a lady’s  dress,  if  of  a dark  color,  as  brown,  claret, 
etc. 

All  colored  dresses  with  cotton  warps  should  be  previously  steeped 
one  hour  in  sumach  liquor;  and  then  saddened  in  3 gals,  of  clean 
water,  with  one  cupful  of  nitrate  of  iron  for  30  minutes,  then  it  must 
be  well  washed  and  dyed  as  first  stated. 

Black  for  Silk.— Dye  the  same  as  Black  for  Worsted ; but  pre- 
viously steep  the  silk  in  the  following  liquor:  Scald  4 ozs.  of  logwood, 
and  34  oz-  °f  turmeric  in  a pint  of  boiling  water.  Then  add  7 pints  of 
cold  water.  Steep  30  or  40  minutes ; take  out,  and  add  1 oz.  of  sulphate 
©f  iron,  (or  copperas)  dissolved  in  hot  water;  steep  the  silk  30  minutes 
longer. 

Brown  for  Worsted  or  Wool. — Water,  3 gals. ; bichromate  of 
potass,  % °z.  Boil  the  goods  in  this  40  minutes;  wash  out  in  cold 
water.  Then  take  water,  3 gals. ; peach  wood,  6 ozs.  ; turmeric,  2 ozs. 
Boil  the  goods  in  this  40  minutes.  Wash  out. 

Imperial  Blue  for  Silk,  Wool,  and  Worsted. — Water,  1 gal. ; sul- 
phuric acid,  a wine  glass ; Imperial  Blue,  1 table-spoon,  or  more,  ac- 
cording to  the  shade  required.  Put  in  the  silk,  worsted,  or  wool,  and 
boil  10  minutes.  Wash  in  a weak  solution  of  soap  lather. 

Sky  Blue,  for  Worsted  and  Woolen,— Water,  1 gal. ; sulphuric 
acid,  a wine  glass;  glauber  salts,  or  crystals,  2 table-spoons  ; liquid  ex- 
tract of  indigo,  a tea-spoon  ; boil  the  goods  about  15  minutes.  Rinse 
in  cold  water. 

Claret  for  Wool  or  Worsted. — A short  way  of  Dyeing  the  same. — 
Water,  3 gals. ; cudbear,  12  ozs. ; logwood,  4 ozs.  ; old  fustic,  4 ozs. ; 
alum,  34  oz-  Boil  the  goods  in  it  1 hour.  Wash.  This  will  dye  from 
1 to  2 lbs.  of  material. 

Crimson  for  Worsted  or  Wool.— Water,  3 gals. ; paste  Cochineal, 

1 oz. ; cream-of-tartar,  1 oz. ; nitrate  of  tin,  a wine  glass.  Boil  your 
goods  in  this  1 hour.  Wash  out  in  cold  water.  Then  in  another  vessel 
with  3 gals,  of  warm  water,  a cup  of  ammonia,  the  whole  well  mixed. 
Put  in  the  goods,  and  work  well  15  minutes.  For  a bluer  shade,  add 
more  ammonia.  Then  wash  out. 


598 


Appendix  to  Coloring  Department. 


Fawn  Drab  for  Silk.— Hot  water,  1 gal. ; anotta  liquor,  a wine 
glass;  2 ozs.  each  of  sumach  and  fustic.  Add  copperas  liquor,  accord- 
ing to  the  required  shade.  Wash  out. 

It  is  best  to  have  the  copperas  liquor  in  another  vessel. 

A Dark  Drab  may  be  obtained  by  using  a little  archil,  and  extract 
of  indigo. 

Flesh  Color,  for  Dyeing  Silk.— Boiling  water,  1 gal. ; put  in  1 oz. 
of  white  soap,  and  1 oz.  of  pearlasli.  Mix  well ; then  add  a cup  of  An- 
notta  liquor.  Put  the  silk  through  several  times,  and  proportion  the 
liquor  till  you  obtain  the  right  shade. 

A Salmon  Color  may  be  obtained  by  first  passing  through  the 
above  liquor,  and  then  throngh  diluted  muriate  of  tin. 

Magenta  for  Silk,  Wool,  or  Worsted.— Water,  1 gal.,  heated  up 
to  180  degrees ; add  Magenta  Liquor,  1 table-spoon ; stir  it  well  up. 
This  will  dye  a broad  ribbon  4 yards  long;  or  a pair  of  small  stockings ; 
To  dye  a large  quantity  of  material,  add  more  Magenta  Liquor  and 
water.  The  shade  of  color  may  be  easily  regulated  by  using  more  or 
less.  Magenta  Pink  may  be  obtained  by  increased  solution. 

Mauve  for  Silk,  Wool  or  Worsted.— Water,  1 gal. ; add  1 table* 
spoon  of  sulphuric  acid ; then  heat  to  boiling  point.  For  a very  light 
Mauve , add  1 tea-spoon  of  Imperial  Violet  Liquor ; boil  the  same 
amount  of  material,  as  stated  under  Magenta,  about  10  minutes.  Rinse 
in  cold  water.  If  the  color  be  too  deep,  use  a little  soap  in  rinsing, 
using  warm  water. 

A Violet  Color  may  be  produced  by  using  a table-spoon  of  Violet 
Liquor  instead  of  a tea-spoon. 

Pea-Green  for  Silk. — To  one  quart  of  water,  put  half  a tea-spoon, 
of  Picric  Acid,  and  rather  more  than  half  a wine  glass  of  sulphuria 
acid,  and  a tea-spoon  of  paste  extract  of  indigo  ; boil  about  five  minutes  j 
then  add  water  to  cool  it  down  to  blood  heat,  or  100  degrees.  Put  in 
the  silk  and  work  it  about  twenty  minutes.  The  shade  may  be  varied 
by  adding  more  or  less  of  the  Picric  Acid,  or  extract  of  indigo ; if 
more  of  either  be  added,  boil  separately  in  a little  water,  and  add  to 
the  previous  liquor. 

Pea-Green  for  Worsted. — Use  the  same  materials  as  the  aforesaid w 
but  boil  all  the  time  in  1 gal.  of  water  for  about  20  or  30  minutes. 

A Darker  Green  may  be  obtained  by  using  a larger  quantity  ot 
material. 

Plum  Color  for  Worsted,  Silk,  or  Cotton. — Water,  lgal.;  suk 
phuric  acid,  a tea-spoon ; glauber  salts,  or  common  Dyer’s  crystals,  2 
table-spoons;  violet  liquor,  a table-spoon ; magenta  liquor,  34  a table* 
spoon.  Boil  the  article  (silk,  wool,  or  worsted,)  about  10  minutes. 

Cotton  should  be  dyed  the  above  colors  separately,  and  by  first 
running  them  throug’h  weak  Gall  Liquor,  and  weak  double  muriate  of 
tin.  Then  wash  well,  and  work  in  the  aforesaid  liquor,  according  to 
color  and  shade.  The  liquor  should  be  cold  for  Cotton. 

Scarlet  on  Worsted  or  Wool. — Water,  3 gals. ; dry  cochineal,  2 
ozs.;  cream-of-tartar,  1 oz.;  nitrate  of  tin,  a wine  glass;  boil  thegqods 
1 hour.  To  give  the  goods  a yellower  hue,  add  a little  young  fustic. 
Wash  out  as  before. 

Yellow  for  Dyeing  Silk. — Proceed  the  same  as  in  dyeing  Pea^. 
Green,  omitting  the  extract  of  indigo,  and  using  oxalic  tin  instead  of 
sulphuric  acid. 

To  Prepare  Annotta. — Into  2 gals,  of  water  put  1 lb.  of  Annota. 
4 ozs.  of  pearlash.  and  2 ozs.  of  soft  soap,  and  apply  heat,  stirring  until 
the  whole  is  dissolved;  when  convenient  it  is  best  to  boil  the  solution. 


Appendix  to  Cotoring  Department 


599 


To  Prepare  Catechu. — To  7 or  8 gals,  of  water  put  1 lb.  of  cate- 
chu, and  boil  till  it  is  all  dissolved;  then  add  2 ozs.  of  sulphate  of  cop- 
per. Stir,  and  it  is  ready  for  use. 

Recipe  for  Dyeing  Cotton. — In  the  following  recipes  the  quanti- 
ties are  given  for  10  ibs.  of  cotton,  whether  yarn  or  cloth: 

. Common  Black. — Steep  the  goods  in  a decoction  of  3 lbs.  of  sumach 
while  it  is  hot  and  let  them  lie  over  night,  wring  out  and  work  them 
for  10  minutes  through  lime  water,  then  work  for  half  an  hour  through 
a solution  of  2 lbs.  of  copperas,  they  may  be  either  washed  from  this 
or  worked  again  through  lime  water  for  10  minutes;  then  work  them 
half  an  hour  through  a warm  decoction  of  3 lbs.  of  logwood,  adding  34 
pint  chamber  lye;  before  entering  the  goods  lift  and  raise  with  2 ozs.  of 
copperas  in  solution.  Work  10  minutes,  then  wash  and  dry. 

Jet  Black. — The  goods  are  dyed  in  the  same  manner  as  in  the  last 
recipe,  but  along  with  the  logwood  is  added  1 lb.  fustic. 

Catechu  Brown. — Work  the  goods  at  a boiling  heat  for  2 hours  in 
2 lbs.  of  catechu,  prepared  as  above;  wring  out  and  then 
work  for  half  an  hour  in  a hot  solution  of  6 ozs  of  "bichromate  of  Po- 
tassa;  wash  from  this  in  hot  water;  if  a little  soap  is  added  to  the 
wash  water  the  color  is  improved.  Deeper  shades  of  brown  may  be 
dyed  by  repeating  the  operation. 

Catechu  Fawn. — Work  the  goods  15  minutes  in  hot  water  contain- 
ing 2 pints  of  catechu,  prepared  as  above;  wring  out  and 
work  15  minutes  in  hot  water  containing  1 oz.  of  bichromate  of  Po- 
tassa  in  solution  ; wash  and  dry. 

Common  Red.— Make  a decoction  of  § ibs.  of  sumach,  and  put  the 
goods  in  at  once;  let  them  steep  over  night;  wring  out  and  work  for  an 
hour  in  a mixture  of  1 gill  red  spirits  (tin  spirits)  to  every  gallon  of 
water;  wring  out  and  wash  well;  then  work  half  an  hour  in  a decoc- 
tion of  3 lbs.  of  lima  wood,  and  1 lb.  fustic,  using  this  decoction  as  hot 
as  the  hand  can  bear  it ; lift  and  add  1 gill  red  spirits  ; then  work  15 
minutes  more;  wash  and  dry. 

Scarlet.— For  1 lb.  of  goods,  boil  \%  ozs.  of  cream-of-tartar  in 
water  in  a block  tin  vessel ; add  1%  ozs.  of  tin  spirits  ; boil  for  3 min- 
utes, then  boil  the  goods  in  it  for  2 hours,  drain  and  let  the  goods  cool ; 
next  boil  34  oz.  of  cream-of-tartar  in  some  water  for  a few  minutes; 
add  to  it  34  oz.  of  powdered  cochineal,  boil  for  5 minutes,  adding  grad- 
ually 1 oz.  tin  spirits,  stirring  well  all  the  time;  then  put  in  the  goods 
and  dye  immediately. 

Light  Straw. — To  a tub  of  cold  water  add  4 ozs.  of  acetate  of  lead 
in  solution ; work  the  goods  in  this  for  15  minutes,  and  wring  out; 
then  work  for  10  minutes  in  another  tub  of  water,  containing  2 ozs.  of 
bichromate  of  Potassa;  wring  out  and  work  again  in  the  lead  solution 
10  minutes;  wash  and  dry. 

Annotta  Orange. — Heat  the  annotta  solution  (see  page  598)  to  about 
140  degrees  Fahr.,  work  the  goods  in  it  about  20  minutes  ; wring  out 
thoroughly,  to  economize  the  liquor;  wash  in  two  waters  and  dry. 

Cateclm  Stone  Drab. — Work  the  goods  15  minutes  in  hot  water, 
containing  2 pints  prepared  catechu  (see  above)  lift  and  add  2 ozs.  of 
copperas  in  solution ; work  for  15  minutes  and  wash  in  water;  then 
work  10  minutes  in  a tub  of  warm  water  containing  a decoction  of  2 
ozs.  of  logwood ; lift  and  add  34  oz.  of  alum;  work  10  minutes  more; 
Wring  out  and  dry. 

Deep  Yellow. — To  a tub  of  cold  water  add  1 lb.  of  acetate  of  lead 
and  1 lb.  of  nitrate  of  lead  in  solution;  work  the  goods  in  this  for  30 
minutes  and  wring  out ; then  to  a tub  of  warm  water  add  12  ozs.  of 


600  Appendix  to  Coloring  Department . 

bichromate  of  Potassa,  and  work  the  goods  in  it  15  minutes;  expose 
to  the  air  half  an  hour;  then  pass  again  through  both  solutions,  work- 
ing them  the  same  time  in  each  as  before,  and  expose  to  the  air  for  1 
hour;  then  pass  them  through  the  lead  solution;  wring  out,  wash  and 
dry;  if  the  color  is  not  deep  enough  they  may  be  passed  through  the 
solutions  again  as  before. 

For  Woolen  Goods,  10  lbs.-  Black.— Work  20  minutes  in  a bath 
with  8 ozs.  camwood;  lift  and  add  8 ozs.  copperas;  work  20  minutes 
more,  then  withdraw  the  tire  from  the  boiler,  and  submerge  the  goods 
in  the  liquor  over  night;  then  wash  out;  work  1 hour  in  another,  both 
containing  a decoction  of  5 lbs.  of  logwood  and  1 pint  chamber  lye; 
lift  and  add  4 ozs.  of  copperas ; work  30  minutes  longer ; wash  and  dry. 

Bed. — Work  for  80  minutes  in  a bath  made  up  with  1 oz.  chrome 
and  1 oz.  alum;  wash  in  cold  water;  then  work  30  minutes  in  another 
bath  with  3 lbs.  of  peachwood  or  limawood;  lift  and  add  1 oz.  of 
alum ; work  20  minutes;  wash  and  dry. 

To  Make  up  a Blue  Vat. — Take  1 lb.  of  indigo  and  grind  in  water 
until  no  grittiness  can  be  felt  between  the  fingers;  put  this  into  a deep 
vessel,  (casks  are  generally  used),  with  about  12  gals,  of  water;  then 
add  2 lbs.  of  copperas  and  3 lbs.  newly  slacked  lime,  and  stir  15  min- 
utes; stir  every  2 hours  for  5 or  6 times;  toward  the  end  the  liquor 
should  be  of  a greenish  yellow  color,  with  blackish  veins  through  it  and 
a rich  froth  of  indigo  oil  the  surfaced  after  standing  8 hours  to  settle 
the  vat  is  fit  to  use. 


INTEREST  DEPARTMENT. 


1LEGAI.  EATES.- Six  percent,  is  the  legal  rate  in  the  States  ot  Maine, 
New  Hampshire,  Vermont,  Rhode  Island,  Connecticut,  Delaware,  Maryland, 
Pennsylvania,  Virginia,  North  Carolina,  Florida,  Mississippi,  Tennessee, 
Arkansas,  Kentucky,  Ohio,  Indiana,  Illinois,  Missouri,  Iowa,  and  New  Jer- 
sey, except  in  Hudson  and  Essex  Counties,  and  the  City  of  Patterson,  where 
seven  per  cent  is  allowed  when  either  of  the  parties  reside  therein. 

Seven  per  cent  is  the  legal  rate  in  Michigan,  New  York,  Minnesota,  Wis- 
consin, South  Carolina,  and  Georgia. 

Ten  per  cent,  is  the  legal  rate  in  California,  eight  per  oent.  in  Alabama 
and  Texas,  and  five  per  cent,  in  Louisana. 

Ten  per  cent,  may  be  contracted  for  in  Michigan,  Ohio,  Illinois,  Missouri, 
Sow  a,  and  Arkansas. 

Twelve  per  cent,  may  be  contracted  for  in  Texas  and  Wisconsin,  eight 
per  cent,  in  Florida,  and  any  amount  agreed  upon  can  be  collected  in  Califor- 
nia and  Minnesota. 

Only  legal  rates  can  be  collected  in  Illinois,  Texas.  Maryland,  Rhode 
Island,  Maine,  Vermont,  Connecticut,  Mississippi,  and  Louisiana. 

Illegal  interest  can  be  collected  back  in  Iowa,  Indiana,  Maine,  Vermont, 
vnd  Connecticut. 

Usurious  contracts  are  void  in  Arkansas,  New  York,  and  New  Jersey. 

If  illegal  interest  is  taken  in  New  Hampshire  and  Wisconsin,  three  times 
legal  rate  is  forfeited. 

In  South  Carolina,  Florida,  and  Alabama,  interest  only  is  forfeited. 

Usurious  excesses  are  void  in  Kentucky,  Michigan,  and  Ohio. 

Virginia  and  North  Carolina  void  the  contract  and  double  the  debt,  half 
to  the  informer  and  half  to  the  State. 

In  Connecticut  usurious  contracts,  if  collected,  can  be  recovered  back, 
one-half  to  the  State  and  the  balance  to  the  informer. 

Delaware  allows  usurious  contracts  to  be  collected,  half  to  the  Stale  and 
half  to  the  prosecutor. 

If  more  than  lawful  rates  are  obtained  in  Missouri,  ten  per  cent,  is  for- 
feited to  the  common  school  fund. 

Legal  interest  is  what  can  be  collected  where  no  rate  is  specified ; lawful 
is  what  may  be  contracted  for;  and  usurious  is  more  than  lawtul. 


EXPLANATION  OF  INTEREST  TABLES, — To  obtain  the  inter- 
est on  $1109.00,  for  1 year  4 months  and  27  days,  at  6 per  cent. : 

Turn  to  the  table  and  you  will  find  the  time  in  the  left  hand  column,  and 
amounts  at  the  /leads  of  other  columns;  the  sum  sought  is  found  at  the  meet- 
ing of  the  lines  to  the  right  of  the  time,  and  dou/n  from  the  amount,  as  lollows : 


Interest  on  $1000,  1 year,  at  6 per  cent., 
“ “ 100, 

“ “ 9, 

“ “ 1000,  4 months,  “ 

“ “ 100,  “ “ 

“ 9,  “ « 

“ “ 1000,  27  days,  “ 

“ “ 100,  “ “ 

“ “ 9,  “ w 


.$60  00 
. 6 00 
54 

. 20  00 
. 2 00 
18 

. 4 50 
45 

. 04 


Whole  sum  sought $93  71 

Proceed  ir  the  same  way  for  other  amounts,  or  time,  or  rate  per  cent.  For 
more  than  1 5 ear  multiply  the  interest  of  one  year  by  the  number  of  years ; 
if  for  $20,  $30,  etc.,  multiply  the  interest  on  $10  by  2,  3,  etc.,  and  so  on  for  hun- 
dreds and  thousands.  To  find  interest  at  5 per  cent.,  take  one-half  of  10  per 
cent,  rate;  for  12  per  cent,  multiply  6 per  cent,  rate  by  2,  aud  so  on  lor  other 
rates. 

26 


$1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

5 

6 

a 


Dr,  Chase's  Recipes , 


INTEREST  TABLE.— Six  Per  Cent. 


$2 

$3 

$4 

$5 

$6 

17 

$S 

$9 

$10 

$100 

$1,000 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

2 

17 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

3 

33 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

5 

50 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

7 

67 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

8 

83 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

10 

1 00 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

12 

1 17 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

13 

1 33 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

15 

1 50 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

17 

1 67 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

18 

1 83 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

20 

2 00 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

22 

2 17 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

23 

2 33 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

25 

2 50 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

27 

2 67 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

28 

2 S3 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

30 

3 00 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

32 

3 17 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

8 

3 

3 

33 

3 33 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

35 

3 50 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

4 

37 

3 67 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

4 

38 

3 83 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

40 

4 00 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

42 

4 17 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

43 

4 33 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

45 

4 50 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

47 

4 67 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

48 

4 83 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

5 

50 

5 00 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

1 00 

10  00 

3 

5 

6 

8 

9 

11 

12 

14 

15 

1 50 

15  00 

4 

6 

8 

10 

12 

14 

16 

18 

20 

2 00 

20  00 

5 

8 

10 

13 

15 

18 

20 

23 

25 

2 50 

25  00 

6 

9 

12 

15 

18 

21 

24 

27 

30 

3 00 

30  00 

7 

11 

14 

18 

21 

25 

28 

32 

35 

3 50 

35  00 

8 

12 

16 

20 

24 

28 

32 

36 

40 

4 00 

40  00 

9 

14 

18 

23 

27 

32 

30 

41 

45 

4 50 

45  00 

10 

15 

20 

25 

30 

35 

40 

45 

50 

5 00 

50  00 

11 

17 

22 

28 

33 

39 

44 

50 

55 

5 50 

55  00 

12 

IS 

38 

42 

48 

54 

60 

6 00 

60  00 

Interest  Department. 


603 


INTEREST  TABLE.— Seven  Per  Cent. 


TIME. 

$1 

$2 

$3 

$4 

$5 

$6 

$7 

$8 

$9 

$10 

$100 

$1,000 

1 Day. 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

2 

19 

2 

“ 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

4 

39 

3 

“ 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

6 

58 

4 

it 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

8 

78 

5 

tt 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

10 

97 

0 

tt 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

12 

1 17 

7 

“ 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

14 

1 36 

8 

** 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

16 

1 56 

9 

“ 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

18 

1 75 

10 

“ 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

19! 

1 94 

11 

u 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

21 

2 14 

12 

(« 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

23 

2 33 

13 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

25 

2 53 

14 

“ 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

27 

2 72 

15 

*« 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

29 

2 92 

16 

0 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

31 

3 11 

17 

it 

0 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

33 

3 31 

18 

0 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

35 

3 50 

19 

“ 

0 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2| 

3 

3 

3 

4 

37 

3 69 

20 

a 

0 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

39 

3 89 

21 

“ 

0 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

41 

4 08 

22 

“ 

0 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

43 

4 28 

23 

0 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

4 

45 

4 47 

24 

u 

0 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

47 

4 67 

25 

« 

0 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

49 

4 86 

26 

a 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

5 

51 

5 06 

27 

“ 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

5 

53 

5 25 

28 

“ 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

5 

54 

5 44 

29 

a 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

5 

5 

6 

56 

5 64 

1 Month 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

4 

4 

5 

5 

6 

58 

5 83 

2 

“ 

1 

2 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

11 

12 

1 17 

n 67 

3 

“ 

2 

4 

5 

7 

9 

11 

12 

14 

16 

18 

1 75 

17  50 

i 

it 

2 

5 

7 

9 

12 

14 

16 

19 

21 

23 

2 33 

23  33 

5 

3 

6 

9 

12 

15 

18 

20 

23 

26 

29 

2 92 

29  17 

6 

*< 

4 

7 

11 

14 

18 

21 

25 

28 

32 

35 

3 50;  35  00 

7 

“ 

4 

8 

12 

16 

20 

25 

29 

33 

37 

41 

4 08 

40  83 

8 

“ 

5 

9 

14 

17 

23 

28 

33 

37 

42 

47 

4 67 

46  67 

9 

a 

5 

11 

16 

21 

26 

32 

37 

42 

47 

53 

5 25 

52  50 

10 

“ 

6 

12 

18 

23 

29 

35 

41 

47 

53 

58 

5 83 

58  33 

11 

u 

6 

13 

19 

26 

32 

39 

45 

51 

58 

64 

6 42 

64  17 

1 

Year. 

7 

1 14 

as 

Uk 

70 

7 001  70  00 

604 


Dr . Chase' s Recipes . 


INTEREST  TABLE.— Eight  Per  Cent. 


TIME. 

$1 

$2 

$3 

$4 

$5 

$6 

$7 

$S 

$9 

$10 

$100 

$1,000 

1 Day. 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

2 

22 

2 

“ 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

4 

44 

3 

u 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

7 

67 

4 

u 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9 

89 

5 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

11 

1 11 

6 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

13 

1 33 

7 

u 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

16 

1 56 

8 

*< 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

18 

1 78 

9 

“ 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

20 

2 00 

10 

u 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

22 

2 22 

11 

“ 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

24 

2 44 

12 

li 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

27 

2 67 

13 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

29 

2 89 

14 

a 

0 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

31 

3 11 

15 

a 

0 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

33 

3 33 

16 

a 

0 

1 

1 

1 

| 2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

36 

3 56 

17 

0 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

4 

38 

3 78 

IS 

“ 

0 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

40 

4 00 

19 

“ 

0 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

42 

4 22 

20 

a 

0 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

4 

44 

4 44 

21 

a 

0 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

47 

4 67 

22 

0 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

49 

4 89 

23 

a 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

5 

51 

5 11 

24 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

• 4 

5 

5 

53 

5 33 

25 

u 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

6 

56 

5 56 

26 

u 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

5 

5 

6 

58 

5 78 

27 

“ 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

4 

4 

5 

5 

6 

60 

6 00 

28 

*< 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

4 

4 

5 

6 

6 

62 

6 22 

29 

a 

1 

1 

2 

3 

3 

4 

5 

5 

6 

6 

64 

6 44 

1 M’nth 

1 

1 

2 

3 

3 

4 

5 

5 

6 

7 

67 

6 67 

2 

a 

1 

3 

4 

5 

7 

8 

9 

11 

i2 

13 

1 33 

13  33 

3 

u 

2 

4 

6 

8 

10 

12 

14 

16 

18 

20 

2 00 

20  00 

4 

a 

3 

5 

8 

11 

13 

16 

19 

21 

24 

27 

2 67 

26  67 

5 

a 

3 

7 

10 

13 

17 

20 

23 

27 

30 

33 

3 33 

33  33 

6 

u 

4 

8 

12 

16 

20 

24 

28 

32 

36 

40 

4 00 

40  00 

7 

li 

5 

9 

14 

19 

23 

28 

33 

37 

42 

47 

4 67 

46  67 

8 

a 

5 

11 

16 

21 

27 

32 

37 

43 

48 

53 

5 33 

53  33 

9 

u 

6 

12 

18 

24 

30 

36 

42 

48 

54 

60 

6 00 

60  00 

10 

n 

7 

13 

20 

27 

33 

40 

47 

53 

60 

67 

6 67 

66  67 

11 

7 

15 

22 

29 

37 

44 

51 

59 

66 

73 

7 33 

73  33 

1 

Year. 

8 

16 

24 

32 

40 

48 

56 

64 

72 

80 

8 00 

80  00 

Interest  Department. 


605 


INTEREST  TABLE.— Nine  Per  Cent. 


***' — 

TIME, 

$1 

$2 

$3 

$4 

$5 

$6 

$7 

$8 

$9 

$10 

$100 

# 

$1,000 

1 Day. 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

a 

0 

3 

25 

2 

“ 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

5 

50 

3 

u 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

8 

75 

4 

u 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

10 

1 00 

5 

i. 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

13 

1 25 

6 

“ 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

15 

1 50 

7 

a 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

18 

1 75 

8 

“ 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

20 

2 00 

9 

11 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

23 

2 25 

10 

u 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

25 

2 50 

11 

n 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

28 

2 75 

12 

a 

0 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

30 

3 00 

13 

(< 

0 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

33 

3 25 

14 

a 

0 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

35 

3 50 

15 

“ 

0 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

4 

38 

3 75 

18 

0 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

40 

4 00 

17 

0 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

43 

4 25 

18 

0 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

45 

4 50 

19 

(. 

0 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

48 

4 75 

20 

“ 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

5 

50 

5 00 

21 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

5 

53 

5 25 

22 

a 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

6 

55 

5 50 

23 

“ 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

5 

5 

6 

58 

5 75 

24 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

4 

4 

5 

5 

6 

60 

6 00 

25 

“ 

1 

1 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

6 

6 

63 

6 25 

26 

t. 

1 

1 

2 

3 

3 

4 

5 

5 

6 

7 

65 

6 50 

27 

a 

1 

1 

2 

3 

3 

4 

5 

5 

6 

7 

68 

6 75 

28 

“ 

1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

4 

5 

6 

6 

7 

70 

7 00 

29 

1 

1 

2 

8 

4 

4 

5 

6 

7 

7 

73 

7 25 

1 M’ntli 

1 

2 

2 

3 

4 

5 

5 

6 

7 

8 

75 

7 50 

2 

a 

2 

3 

5 

6 

8 

9 

11 

12 

14 

15 

1 50 

15  00 

3 

2 

5 

7 

9 

11 

14 

16 

18 

20 

23 

2 25 

22  50 

4 

a 

3 

a 

9) 

12 

15 

18 

21 

24 

27 

30 

3 00 

30  00 

5 

a 

4\ 

8 

11 

15 

19 

23 

26 

30 

34 

38 

3 75 

37  50 

6 

u 

5 

9 

14 

18 

23 

27 

32 

36 

41 

45 

4 50 

45  00 

7 

a 

5 

11 

16 

21 

26 

32 

37 

42 

47 

53 

5 25 

52  50 

8 

a 

6 

12 

18 

24 

30 

36 

42 

48 

54 

60 

6 00 

60  00 

9 

“ 

7 

14 

20 

27 

34 

41 

47 

54 

61 

68 

6 75 

67  50 

10 

«* 

8 

15 

23 

30 

33 

40 

53 

60 

68 

75 

7 50 

75  00 

11 

a 

8 

17 

25 

33 

41 

50 

58 

66 

74 

83 

8 25 

82  50 

1 Year. 

9 

18 

27 

36 

45 

54 

63 

72 

81 

90 

9 00 

90  00 

6o6 


Dr.  Chases  Recipes. 


INTEREST  TABLE.— Ten  Per  Cent. 


TIME. 

$1 

$ 2 

$3 

$4 

$5 

$6 

$7 

$8 

$9 

$10 

$1  00 

$1,000 

1 Day. 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

3 

28 

2 “ 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

6 

56 

3 “ 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

8 

83 

4 “ 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

11 

1 11 

5 u 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

14 

1 39 

6 “ 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

17 

1 67 

7 “ 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

19 

1 94 

8 “ 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

22 

2 22 

9 “ 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

25 

2 50 

10  “ 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

28 

2 78 

11  “ 

0 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

31 

3 06 

12  “ 

0 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

33 

3 33 

13  “ 

0 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

4 

36 

3 61 

14  “ 

0 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

39 

3 89 

15  “ 

0 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

42 

4 17 

16  “ 

0 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

4 

44 

4 44 

17  “ 

0 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

47 

4 72 

18  “ 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

5 

50 

5 00 

19  “ 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

5 

53 

5 28 

20  “ 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

6 

56 

5 56 

21  “ 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

4 

4 

5 

5 

6 

58 

5 83 

22  “ 

1 

1 

2 

2 

3 

4 

4 

5 

6 

6 

61 

6 11 

23  “ 

1 

1 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

6 

6 

64 

6 39 

24  “ 

1 

1 

2 

3 

3 

4 

5 

5 

6 

7 

67 

6 67 

25  “ 

1 

1 

2 

3 

3 

4 

5 

6 

6 

7 

69 

6 94 

26  “ 

1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

4 

5 

6 

7 

7 

72 

7 22 

27  “ 

1 

2 

2 

3 

4 

5 

5 

6 

7 

8 

75 

7 50 

28  “ 

1 

2 

2 

3 

4 

5 

5 

6 

7 

8 

78 

7 78 

29  “ 

1 

2 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

6 

7 

8 

81 

8 06 

lM’ntli 

1 

2 

8 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

8 

83 

8 33 

2 “ 

2 

3 

5 

7 

8 

10 

12 

13 

15 

17 

1 67 

16  67 

3 “ 

3 

5 

8 

10 

15 

15 

18 

20 

23 

25 

2 50 

25  00 

4 “ 

3 

7 

10 

13 

17 

20 

23 

27 

30 

33 

3 33 

33  33 

5 “ 

4 

8 

14 

17 

21 

25 

29 

33 

33 

42 

4 17 

41  67 

6 “ 

5 

10 

15 

20 

25 

30 

35 

40 

45 

50 

5 00 

50  00 

7 “ 

6 

12 

18 

23 

29 

35 

41 

47 

53 

58 

5 83 

58  33 

8 “ 

7 

13 

- 20 

27 

33 

40 

47 

53 

60 

67 

6 67 

66  67 

9 “ 

8 

15 

1 28 

30 

38 

45 

53 

60 

68 

75 

7 50 

75  00 

10  “ 

8 

17 

! 25 

33 

42 

50 

58 

67 

74 

83 

8 33 

83  33 

11  41 

9 

18 

1 28 

37 

40 

55 

64 

73 

83 

92 

9 17 

91  67 

1 Year. 

10 

1 20!  30 

40 

50 

60 

70 

80 

90 

1 00 

10  00 

100  00 

EXPLANATION  OF  TECHNICAL  TERMS  FOUND  IN 
MEDICAL  WORKS. 


Abdomen— The  lower  front  part  of  the  body. 

Aromatic — Spicy  and  fragrant  drugs;  used  to  prevent  griping  of  drastic  purgatives. 
Aperient — A gentle  laxative  or  purgative. 

Acidity — Sourness.  Acids  neutralize  alkalies. 

Alkaline— Having  the  properties  of  alkali.  Alkalies  neutralize  acids. 

.\ntacid  -Medicines  which  neutralize  acids. 

Anti — Being  prefixed  to  any  word  signifies  against. 

Antiscorbutic — Alteratives  for  Scrofula;  blood  purifiers. 

Antisyphilitic — Remedy  for  Venereal  Diseases. 

Albus — White,  hence  whites;  fluor  albus. 

Antisialagogue — Remedy  for  Salivation. 

Antiseptic  - That  which  will  prevent  putrefaction. 

Antiphlogistic — Remedy  for  fever  and  inflammation. 

Antispasmodic — Remedy  for  spasms,  cramps  or  convulsions. 

Anodyne — A medicine  which  will  allay  pain  and  produce  sleepiness. 

Alterative — Medicines  which  will  gradually  restore  healthy  action. 

•Astringent— Medicines  which  constringe,  draw  up  surfaces  with  which  they  come  in 
contact;  used  in  Flooding,  Diarrhea,  Whites,  etc. 

Abscess— A cavity  containing  pus. 

Anemia — Without  blood,  more  properly  blood  without  its  proportion  of  iron,  which 
gives  it  the  bright  red. 

Alvine — Relating  to  the  intestines. 

Aliment —Any  kind  of  food. 

Alimentary  Canal  The  entire  passage  through  the  whole  intestines  from  mouth  to 
anus;  the  passage  for  the  aliment. 

Albumen — An  element  found  in  both  animal  and  vegetable  substances;  constituting 
the  chief  part  of  the  white  of  eggs. 

Antimonial— Medicines  containing  antimony. 

Anus— The  external  opening  of  the  rectum,  lower  intestine. 

Antiperiodic — That  which  cures  periodic  diseases,  as  Ague,  Intermittent  Fevers. 
Antidote — A*  opposing  medicine,  used  chiefly  against  poison. 

Adult — Person  ol  full  growth. 

Aqua — W a ter. 

Aqua  Ammonia— Water  of  Ammonia. 

Amenorrhea — Absence  of  the  menses. 

Antieinetic — That  which  will  stop  vomiting;  against  emesis. 

Arsenic — A metal,  the  oxide  of  which  is  arsenious  acid,  commonly  called  ratsbane. 
Abortion  -A  premature  birth,  or  miscarriage. 

Abortives — That  which  will  cause  abortion. 

Abrasion — Bruising  the  skin. 

Acetate  -A  salt  prepared  with  acetic  acid. 

Acrid  —Irritating  biting. 

Adhesive — Applied  t»  sticking  plasters,  and  to  parts  adhering  from  inflammation. 

SSalm — Aromatic  and  fragraat  medicine,  usually  an  ointment. 

Balsam— Resinous  substances,  possessing  healing  properties. 

Basilicon — An  ointment  containing  wax,  resin,  etc. 

B elladon  na — N ightsha.de . 

Bergamot — Periume  made  from  the  lemon  peel. 

Riic — A secretion  fi&rn  the  liver. 

B ilious — An  undue  amount  of  bile. 

I’i-tartra'  e of  Potash — Credm-of-Tartax. 

Blanch  To  whiten. 

Bowels — Intestines. 

Bolus — A large  pill. 

Bronchia — Branches  of  the  windpipe. 

Bronchitis — Inflammation  of  the  bronchial  tubes,  which  lead  into  the  lungs. 
Bronohocele— Enlargement  of  the  thyroid  gland,  enlarged  neck. 


6o8 


Dr.  Chase' s Recipes. 


Butyric  Acid — An  acid  obtained  from  butter. 

Calciufh — The  metaiic  basis  of  lime,  (see  fluor  spar.) 

Calamus— Sweet  flag. 

Calcareous — A substance  containing  chalk  or  lime. 

Calcined— Burned  so  as  to  be  easily  reduced  to  powder. 

Calculus— Stone  or  gravel  found  in  the  bladder,  gall  ducts,  kidneys,  and  l reters:  ducts 
which  lead  from  the  kidneys  to  the  bladder. 

Callous — A hard  bony  substance  or  growth. 

Capsicum — Cayenne  pepper. 

Catarrh — Flow  of  mucus. 

Cathartic — An  active  purgative. 

Catheter— Tube  for  emptying  the  bladder. 

Carminative— An  aromatic  medicine. 

Caustic— A corroding  or  destroying  substance,  as  nitrate  of  silver,  potash,  eTi. 

Citric  Acid— Acid  made  from  lemons. 

Chronic — Of  long  standing. 

Collapse — A recession  of  the  blood  from  the  surface. 

Coma — Stupor. 

Constipation — Costiveness. 

Contagious — A disease  which  may  be  given  to  another  by  contact. 

Counter — To  work  against,  as  counter-irritant,  Spanish-flies,  draughts  to  the  foct,  et<?- 
Congestion — Accumulation  of  blood  in  a part,  unduly. 

Convalescence — Improvement  in  health. 

Cuticle— The  outer  or  first  portion  of  the  skin,  which  consists  of  three  coats. 

Oatura  Stramonium — Stink-weed,  jimpson,  etc. 

Diaphoretics — Medicines  which  aid  or  produce  perspiration. 

Decoction — To  prepare  by  boiling. 

Dentrifice — A preparation  to  cleanse  the  teeth. 

Defecation — To  pass  the  feces,  to  go  to  stool. 

Dentition — Act  or  process  of  cutting  teeth. 

Desiccation — To  dry,  act  of  drying. 

Demulcent— Mucilaginious,  as  flax-seed  and  gum  arabic. 

Dermoid — Resembling  or  relating  to  the  skin. 

Detergents — Cleansing  medicines,  as  laxatives  and  purgatives. 

Diagnosis — To  discriminate  disease. 

Diaphragm — Midriff. 

Diarrhea  — .Looseness  of  the  bowels. 

Digest — Assimilation  or  conversion  of  food  into  chyme — to  prepare  medicines  with 
continued,  gentle  heat. 

Discutient  —A  medicine  which  will  scatter  or  drive  away  tumors. 

Diuretic — That  which  increases  the  amount  of  urine. 

Diluted — Reduced  with  water,  as  dilufe  alcohol,  half  alcohol  and  half  water 
Digitalis — Fox-glove,  a narcotic. 

Dorsal  — Having  reference  to  the  back. 

Douche — A dash  or  stream  upon  any  part. 

Drachm — Sixty  grains,  a tea-spoonful,  or  a tea-spoon  of. 

Dulcamara — The  bitter-sweet  or  woody  nightshade. 

Dyspepsia — Difficult  Digestion. 

Dysphonia — Difficulty  in  speaking. 

Dysuria—  Difficult  or  painfnl  urination. 

I?au — Water. 

Eau  de  Cologne  - Cologne  Water. 

Ebulition — To  boil. 

Eclectic — To  choose. 

Eclectic  Physician — One  who  professes  to  be  liberal  in  views,  independent  of  party,  end 
who  favors  progress  and  reform  in  medicine. 

Effervesce — To  foam. 

Efflorescence — Redness  of  the  general  surface. 

Effete — Worn  out,  waste  matter. 

Elaterium— Fruit  of  the  wild  cucumber,  a hydragogue. 

Electuary— Medicine  prepared  at  the  consistence  61  honey. 

Elixir— A tincture  prepared  with  more  than  one  article. 

Emesis — The  act  of  vomiting. 

Emetic — Medicines  which  produce  emesis,  vomiting. 

Emmenagogue — A medicine  which  will  aid  or  bring  on  the  menses. 

Emollients — Softening  and  screening  medciines,  slippery-elm  bark,  flax-seed,  gums, 
Emulsion — Mucilage  from  the  emolients. 

Enema — An  injection  by  the  rectum. 

Ennui— Lassitude,  dullness  of  spirit,  disgust  of  condition,  etc. 

Epi — Above  or  over. 

Epidermis— Outer  shin. 

Epigastrium — Region  of  the  pit  of  the  stomach. 

Epilepsy— Convulsions  fits,  with  loss  of  sense  for  the  time,  foaming  at  the  mouth 
stupor. 


Glossarml  Department,  609 


Epiglottis — Trap-door  cartilage  at  the  root  of  the  tongue,  preventing  food  or  fluid  from 
entering  the  wind-pipe. 

Epistaxis—  Nose.bleed. 

Ergot— Spurred  Rye. 

Eructation — Raising  wind  from  the  stomach,  belching. 

Eruption— Pimples  or  blotches  on  the  skin  or  pustules  from  small-pox. 

Eschar — A slough  on  the  surface. 

Escharotic — That  which. will  destroy  the  flesh. 

Essential— Having  reference  to  essences  made  from  essential  oils  and  alcohol. 

Ether — A volatile  fluid. 

Etherial  Oil — Volatile  Oil. 

Eustachian  Tube— A tube  leading  from  the  side  of  the  throat  to  the  internal  ear. 
Eversion — Turning  inside  out. 

Evacuation— To  discharge  by  stool,  to  haste  away.  [See  the  remarks  in  the  body  of  tlje 
work,  on  “ Costiveness. 

Evaporation— To  escape  in  vapoi. 

Exacerbation — Violent  increase  in  diseast. 

Exanthemata— Eruptive  disease,  as  small-pox,  scarlet  fever,  measles,  etc. 

Excrement — The  feces,  that  which  passes  by  stool. 

Excretion, — That  which  is  thrown  off,  become  useless. 

Excoriation — Abrasion,  to  bruise  the  skin. 

Exhalents  -Vessels  which  throw  out  fluid  upon  the  external  surface  of  the  body. 
Expectorant — That  which  produces  or  aids  a discharge  of  the  mucus  from  the  bronchia* 
tubes  or  from  the  lungs. 

Excision— To  cut  off  an  extremity. 

Extremity— Applied  to  the  arms  and  legs,  called  the  upper  and  lower  extremities. 
Extirpation— To  cut  out  or  remove  a part. 

Extract— To  take  out,  as  a tooth,  to  extract  a ball  or  any  foreign  substance  from  a wound 
-an  active  principle  obtained  from  vegetables. 

Express — To  press  out  juices. 

Excresence — An  unnatural  growth. 

Extravasation— A collection  of  blood  into  a cavity,  or  under  the  skin. 

Facial — Belonging  to  or  having  reference  to  the  face. 

Farina — Meal  or  flour  from  vegetables. 

Farcy— A disease  of  the  lymphatic  vessels  in  the  skin  of  the  flanks  of  a horse. 

Fauces — The  pharynx  and  back  of  the  mouth. 

Fascicular— A bundle,  in  bundles. 

Feces — That  which  passes  by  stools. 

Febrile— Having  reference  to  fevers. 

Febrifuge — Medeicine^*to  drive  away  fever,  producing  prespiration. 

Felon — A deep  abscess  of  the  finger,  involving  the  bone,  because  under  the  periosteum, 
the  membrane  which  covers  the  bone. 

Femur— The  thigh  bone. 

Femoral — Relating  to  the  thigh. 

Ferment — To  oxidize,  to  effervesce,  to  work,  as  emptyings,  beer,  wine,  cider,  etc. 
Fermentation — To  sour,  to  decompose,  both  heat  and  moisture  becoming  necessary  to 
keep  it  up. 

Ferri  Limatura— Iron  filings  very  valuable  in  female  debility  and  for  males  of  weak 
habit  of  body. 

Ferrum  — Iron. 

Fiver— That  which  “Old  School  Physicians  ” call  a disease,  whilst  another  class  (the 
Tomsonians,)  say  it  is  an  effort  of  nature  to  throw  off  disease;  but  Eclectics  take 
it  as  an  indication  that  the  circulating  medium  is  rot  regular,  and  go  to  work  at 
once  to  equalize  the  circulation,  by  the  use  of  diaphoretics,  combined  with  tonics 
and  detergents,  which  soon  sets  all  to  rights  : for  fever  and  perspiration  cannot  long 
exist  together. 

Filter — To  strain  through  paper  made  for  that  purpose. 

Fibre— A very  small  thread-like  substance  of  animal  or  vegetable  matter. 

Fibula— The  smallest  bone  of  the  leg  below  the  knee. 

Fistula — An  ulcer. 

Flaccid — Flabby,  soft,  relaxed. 

Flabby — Loose  and  soft  to  the  touch. 

Flatus— To  inflate  the  stomach  or  bowels  with  gas. 

Fluoric  Acid — A fluid  obtained  from  the  fluor  spar  cut  with  sulphuric  acid. 
Flatulence— Gas  in  the  stomach.' 

Flooding — Uterine  hemorrhage. 

Fluor — An  increased  discharge,  to  flow. 

Fluor  spar — Fluoride  of  calcium. 

Fluor  Albus — White  flow,  leuchorrea,  whites,  etc. 

Flux — To  flow,  diarrhea. 

Friction — Rubbing  with  the  dry  hand  or  dry  coarse  cloth. 

Fumigate - To  smoke  a room,  or  any  article  needing  to  be  cleansed. 

Fundament — The  anus. 

Formula— Medical  prescriptions. 


6io 


Dr.  Chase's  Recipes . 


Fulminating  powder— An  explosive  preparation  used  in  fire-works, 
function  The  particular  action  of  an  organ,  as  the  function  of  the  stomach,  liver, 
lungs,  heart,  etc.  ’ 

Fungus— Spongy  flesh  in  wounds,  proud  flesh,  a soft  cancer,  which  bleeds  upon  touch- 
ing its  broken  surface. 

Fusion  To  fuse  to  melt. 

Furor  Very  violent  delirium,  not  accompanied  by  fever. 

(■ralbanum—  A resinous  gum,  from  a genus  of  plants. 

Genus— Family  of  Plants,  a group,  all  of  a class  or  nature. 

Gall — Bile. 

Gall  Bladder-A  bag  which  receives  the  gall,  or  bile,  through  ducts,  from  the  livrr, 
delivering*  it  to  the  stomach,  in  health,  through  the  duct  called  communis  choie- 
dochus. 

Gall  Stones — -Hard  biliary  concretions  found  in  the  gall  bladder,  and  sometimes  causing 
death,  from  not  being  able  to  pass  through  the  ductus  communis. 

Galla— The  gall-nut,  an  excresence  found  upon  the  oak. 

Gallic  Acid — An  acid  from  the  nut-gall. 

Galipot— A glazed  jar,  used  for  putting  up  gummy  extracts. 

Galvanic — Having  reference  to  galvanism. 

Gamboge— A drastic  purgative,  unless  combined  with  aromatici. 

Gangrene— Partial  death  of  a part,  often  ending  in  entire  mortification  of  the  part,  and 
sometimes  of  the  whole  body. 

Ganglion— A knot,  or  lump  on  tendons,  ligaments,  or  nerves. 

Gaseous — Having  the  nature  of  gas. 

Gastric — Of  or  belonging  to  the  stomach. 

Gastric  Juice — Secretion  of  the  stomach.  * 

Gastritis— Inflammation  of  the  stomach. 

Gastrodynia— Pain  in  the  stomach,  sometimes  with  spasm  of  the  stomach. 

Gelatine — Isinglass. 

Gelatinous— Like  jelly. 

Genitals— Belonging  to  generation,  the  sexual  organs. 

Gentian— An  European  root,  possessing  tonic  properties. 

Genu— The  knee. 

Genuflexion — Bending  the  knee,  kneeling. 

Germ  —The  vital  principle,  or  life-spark. 

Gestation — To  be  pregnant. 

Gland— Secreting  organs  having  ducts  emptying  into  cavities  which  often  become  ob- 
structed, causing  them  to  enlarge ; hence,  the  enlargement  of  lhe  thyroid  gland 
in  the  neck;  causing  bronchocele. 

Gians — A gland.  • 

Gleet— Chronic  gonorrhea. 

Globules — Small  round  particles,  having  special  reference  to  particles  of  the  red  part  of 
the  blood. 

Glossa — The  tongue;  a smooth  tongue. 

Gloss — To  give  a lustre ; to  comment;  to  write  or  make  explanations. 

Glossarist— A writer  of  glosses  or  comments. 

Glossary — An  explanation  of  words. 

Glossanal — Containing  explanations. 

Glossitis — Inflammation  of  the  tongue. 

Glottis — The  opening  of  the  wind-pipe,  at  the  root  of  the  tongue,  larynx,  covered  by  the 
epiglottis. 

Gluten  - Coagulable  lymph,  white  of  an  egg,  a principle  in  wheat  and  other  vegetables. 
Glutton — One  who  eats  excessively. 

Gonorrhea — An  infectious  discharge  from  the  genital  organs. 

Gout— Painful  inflammation  of  the  joints  of  the  toes,  or  of  the  fingers. 

Granule— A small  particle  of  healthy  matter,  not  pus. 

Granulation  - Healing  up  oi  an  ulcer  or  wound  with  healthy  matter. 

Gravel— Crystaline  particles  in  the  urine. 

Green-Sickness — Cholorosis,  debility  requiring  iron. 

Griping — Grinding  pain  in  the  stomach,  or  bowels. 

Gutta — One  drop,  drops. 

Gutta  Percha  - Dried  juice  of  a genus  of  trees  Isonandra  gutta. 

Guttural— Relating  to  the  throat. 

Gymnasium— A place  for  sportive  exercise,  which  is  very  valuable  to  those  who  cannof 
or  will  not  take  exercise  for  the  sake  of  dollars  and  cents. 

Gypsum — Sulphate  of  lime,  more  commonly  called  plaster  of  Paris,  because  first  in- 
troduced from  that  place. 

Habit — Good  or  bad  habit,  constitutionally,  or  prejudicially  pre-disposed  to  do  some 
particular  thing;  medically,  as  consumptive  habit  rheumatic  habit,  etc. 

Hema  — Blood,  prefixed  to  other  words. 

I It  maternesis — Hemorrhage  from  the  stomach. 

Hematuria — Hemorrhage  from  the  bladder. 

Hemoptysis — Hemorrhage  from  the  lungs. 

Hemorrhoids — Piles,  bleeding  piles. 


Glossarial  Departtmnt.  tfu 


Henbane — Hyoscyamus. 

Hereditary — Disease  from  parents. 

Hernia — Rupture,  which  permits  a part  ©f  the  bowel  to  protrude. 

Herpes — Disease  of  the  skin. 

Hiera  Picra — A medicine  containing  aloes. 

Humerus— The  single  bone  of  the  upper  arm. 

Humeral — Pertaining  to  the  arm. 

Humors — The  fluids  of  the  body,  excluding  the  blood. 

Hydragogues — Medicines  which  produce  watery  discharges  used  in  dropsy,  as  elate- 
rium. 

Hydrargyrum— Metalic  mercury,  quicksilver.  Doctors’  name  for  calomel. 

Hydrocyanic  Acid — Prussic  acid,  nothing  more  poisonous. 

Hydrofluoric  Acid — Same  as  fluoric  acid. 

Hygea — Health. 

Hygiene— Preserving  health  by  diet  and  other  precautions. 

Hypo — Signifies  low,  a low  state  of  health,  more  annoying  to  the  sufferers  than  to  their 
friends,  who  are  constantly  boring  them  about  k;  called  hysterics  in  women 
(from  hysteria,  the  womb  or  uterus,)  but  blues  only,  when  it  gets  hold  of  men; 
they  come  from  the  same  cause,  general  debility,  takes  a strong  remedy,  ir*n,  as 
medicine. 

Hypoglottis — Under  the  tongue. 

Hysteria— The  uterus,  (womb,)  also  disease,  depending  upon,  or  caused  by  uterine 
irregularities. 

Hysteritis — Inflammation  of  the  uterus. 

*chor— An  acrid,  biting,  watery  discharge  from  ulcers,  often  corroding,  eating  the 
surface. 

icterus— Jaundice,  a bilious  disease,  which  shows  itself  by  yellowness  of  the  eyes  and 
skin. 

Icterus  Albus — Chlorosis,  whites,  etc. 

Ignition — To  catch  on  fire,  from  Ignis,  fire. 

Ilieus— Cholic  in  the  small  iutestines. 

Iliac — Situated  near  the  flank. 

Iliac  Region — Sides  of  the  abdomen  between  the  ribs  and  the  thighs. 

Imbecile — One  weak  of  miqd,  imbecility. 

Imbibe — To  absorb,  to  drink. 

Imbricate — To  over-lap,  as  tiles  on  a house. 

Immerse — To  plunge  under  water. 

Immobile — Immovable,  as  stiff  joints. 

Imperforate— Without  a natural  opening. 

Impervious — Closed  against  water. 

Impetigo  —Tetter. 

Imponderable — Not  having  weight,  as  light  or  electricity. 

Impoverished — Exhausted  vitality. 

Impotence— Sterility,  not  being  able  to  produce. 

Impregnation — The  act  of  producing. 

Incision— To  cut. 

Incombustible— Incapability  of  being  burned. 

Incompatables — Medicines  which  ought  not  to  be  mixed  or  given  together. 

Incontinence — Not  being  able  to  hold  the  natural  excretions. 

Incorporate — To  mix  medicines  together. 

Incubation — To  hatch  eggs,  slow  development  of  disease. 

Indication — That  which  shows  what  ought  to  be  done. 

Indigenous- -Peculiarity  of  a country,  or  of  a smll  section  of  country  applied  to  a dis- 
ease, plants,  etc. 

Indigestion — Dyspepsia. 

Idolent — Slow  in  progress  applied  to  ulcers  and  tumors,  which  are  slow  with  but  little 
or  no  pain. 

Induration — Hardening  of  any  part  of  the  system  by  disease. 

Infectious — Communicable  disease  from  one  to  another. 

Infirmary — Where  medicines  are  distributed  gratuitously  to  the  poor;  but  more  recently 
some  physicians  have  got  to  calling  their  offices  infirmaries. 

Inflammation — Attended  with  heat,  redness,  swelling,  tenderness,  and  often  with  throb- 
bing. 

Inflatus— To  distend,  to  blow  up  with  wind  or  to  fill  up  with  gas,  as  the  stomach,  bow- 
els, etc. 

Influenza— A disease  affecting  the  nostrils,  throat,  etc.  of  a catarrhal  nature. 

Infusion — Medicines  prepared  by  steeping  in  water,  not  td  boil. 

Inguinal — In  the  groin.  + 

Ingredient— One  article  of  a Compound  mixture. 

Inhalation -'-To  draw  in  the  breath. 

Injection-  Any  prepara'  ion  introduced  into  the  rectum. 

Inorganic — Matter  not  having  organs,  all  alike,  as  metale. 

Insanity-Derangement  of  the  mind. 


6l2 


Dr.  Chase*  s Recipes. 


Insertion — The  attachment  of  muscles  and  tendons  to  the  bones,  which  they  mov& 
by  contraction. 

Inspiration— The  act  of  drawing  in  the  breath. 

Inspissation — To  thicken  by  boiling,  to  make  what  is  called  the  concentrated  extracts, 
desiccation. 

Instinct — An  involuntary  action,  as  closing  the  eyelids,  breathing  etc.,  natural  percep- 
tion of  animals. 

Integument — A covering,  the  skin. 

Inter — A prefix  denoting  between. 

Intercostal — Between  the  ribs. 

Intermission — Time  between  paroxysms  of  fever  or  other  disease. 

Intermittent  Fever— Fever  which  comes  on  at  regular  periods,  between  which  there  is 
little  and  sometimes  no  fever,  an  interval. 

Internal — Upon  the  inside. 

Interosseous — Between  the  bones. 

Interval — The  time  between  paroxysms  of  periodical  diseases,  as  ague,  etc. 

Intestines — Contents  of  the  abdomen. 

IntestinalCanal — Embracing  the  duodenum  (the  first  division  below  the  stomach,)  the 
jejunum,  (the  second  division  of  the  small  intestines,)  the  ilium,  (the  third  and 
longest  portion  of  the  small  intestines,)  the  secum,  (the  first  portion  of  the  large 
intestine,)  the  colon,  (the  large  intestine.)  and  the  rectum,  (the  lower  trap-door.) 
Intolerance— In  medicine,  applied  to  the  eye,  a?  intolerance  of  light;  to  the  stomach  as 
in  tolerance  of  food. 

Inversio  Uteri — Inversion  of  the  uterus. 

Inversion — To  turn  inside  out. 

Irreducible — Applied  to  hernia,  and  to  joints  which  hav<s  been  put  out  and  cannot  be  put 
back  to  their  place. 

Ischuria— Not  being  able  to  pass  the  urine. 

Issue — Sore  made  as  a counter-irritant,  to  draw  irritation  from  a diseased  part. 

Itch— Psora,  > scabies,  a catching  eruption  of  the  skin. 

Itis— An  addition  to  a word  denoting  inflammation,  pleuritis,  pleurisy,  etc. 

Ivory  black— Animal  charcoal. 

Jaundice— A diesase  caused  by  the  inactivity  of  the  liver  or  ducts  leading  from  it. 

Jelly — Gelatine  in  a fluid  state,  as  applied  to  medicine. 

Jesuits  bark— First  name  of  peruvian  bark,  from  its  having  been  discovered  by  th% 
Jesuit  missionaries. 

Jugular — Applied  to  the  veins  of  the  throat. 

Jujube — An  East  India  fruit  something  like  a plumb,  used  in  coughs,  but  of  a dovbtfu* 
reputation. 

Kali— Potash. 

Kelp — Ashes  of  sea-weed. 

Knot — Surgeons  tie  their  knot  by  passing  the  thread  twice  through  the  loop  'vine*  pre. 

vents  slipping. 

Liabia— Lips. 

Labia  Pedundi — Lips  Or  sides  of  the  vulva. 

Labial— Of,  or  belonging  to  the  lips. 

Labor— Child-birth,  parturition. 

Laboratory — A place  of  chemical  experiments  or  operations. 

Lancinating  - Sharp,  piercing,  as  lancinating  pains. 

Laryngeal— Of  the  larynx. 

Larynx — The  upper  part  of  the  throat. 

Laryngitis — Inflammation  of  the  throat. 

Latent  —Hidden,  as  Latent  heat,  see  the  remarks  connected  with  steam  boiler  explosion, 
Lassitude — Weakness,  a feeling  of  stupor. 

Laxative — A very  gentle  cathartic. 

Leptandrin— Powder  made  from  the  leptandria  virginica,  blackroot,  Culver’s  physic. 
Leucorrhea— Fluor  albus,  whites,  chlorosis,  etc. 

Levigate — To  redue  to  very  fine  powder. 

Ligature— A thread,  to  ligate,  to  tie  with  a ligature. 

Located— Fixed,  seated  upon  some  organ. 

Lingua— The  tongue. 

Linguist— A speaker,  fluency,  one  who  understands  different  languages. 

Liniment— A fluid  preparation  to  be  applied  by  friction. 

Lithontriptic— A medecine  reported  to  dissolve  gravel  or  stone  in  the  bladder. 

Lithotomy — The  operation  of  cutting,  to  take  out  stone  of  the  bladder. 

Liver — The  largest  gland,  and  largest  organ  of  the  body. 

Livid — A dark  colored  spot  on  the  surface. 

Loins — Lower  part  of  the  back.  ^ 

Lotion— A preparation  to  wash  a sore. 

Lubricate — To  soften  with  oil,  or  to  moisten  with  fluid.  The  internal  organs  are  cov. 
ered  with  a membrane  which  throws  out  a lubricating  fluid,  enabling  them  to  tnov$ 
easily  upon  each  other. 

Lute — A paste  with  which  to  close  chemical  retorts,  the  casein,  curd  of  milk  is  used  for 
that  Durpose. 


Glossarial  Department. 


613 


Ly*«ph-  A thin  colorless  fluid  carried  in  small  vein-like  vessels  called  lymphatics. 
Macerate — To  steep,  to  soften  by  soaking. 

Mai— Bad,  mal  practice,  bad  practice,  not  according  to  science. 

Malformation— irregular,  unnatural  formation. 

Malaria— Bad  gases,  causing  disease,  supposed  to  arise  from  decaying  vegetable  matter. 
Mamma — the  female  breast,  which  is  composed  of  glands  that  secrete  the  milk,  upon 
the  principle  that  the  liver  secretes  bile ; each  organ  for  its  specific  purpose ; but 
secreting  organs,  or  glands  are  the  more  liable  to  get  obstructed,  thus  producing 
disease. 

Mastication  —The  act  of  chewing. 

Masturbation— Excitement,  by  the  hand,  of  the  genital  organs.  The  most  injurious, 
health-destroying,  soul-debasing,  of  all  evils  introduced  into  the  world;  because 
its  frequent  repetition  draws  very  heavily  on  the  nervous  system,  prostrating  the 
energies,  destroying  the  memory,  together  with  the  life-principle,  as  well  as  the 
principles  of  morality  which  ought  to  govern  every  human  being,  between  him- 
self and  his  Creator. 

Maturity — To  become  ripe,  to  arrive  at  adult  age,  beyond  further  growth. 

Materia— Matter,  healthy  substance. 

Materia  Medica— The  science  of  medicine,  and  the  medical  combinations. 

Maturation— Formation  of  pus,  healthy  matter. 

Matrix — The  womb. 

Meconium  —The  first  passage  after  birth. 

Medical — Relating  to  medicine. 

Medicated — Having  medicine  in  its  preparation. 

Membrane — A thin  lining  or  covering,  skin-like,  as  the  peritoneum,  which  lines  the 
cavity  of  the  bowels  and  covers  the  intestines ; and  the  periosteum,  membrane, 
which  covers  the  bones,  etc. 

Medicament — A remedy;  hence,  medicamentum,  the  Welch  remedy  for  every  disease. 
Medicinal — Having  medical  properties. 

Medullary — Like  marrow,  brain-like. 

Mel — Honey. 

Menstruation — Monthly  flow. 

Mentha  Piperita — Peppermint. 

Median— The  middle. 

Mellifluous— Flowing  with  honey,  sweetness,  delicious;  akin  to  luscious,  juicy  mellow- 
ness. 

Menorrhagia-Excessive  flooding. 

Micturition — To  urinate  to  pass  the  urine. 

Midwifery— Art  of  assisting  at  child-birth. 

Minim  About  one  drop,  one-sixtieth  of  a fluid  drachm. 

Minimum — -The  smallest,  the  smallest  dose,  the  opposite  of  maximum. 

Modus  Operandi— The  way  in  which  medicines  act,  applicable  to  any  action,  the  way  of 
doing  it. 

Morbid — Unhealthy. 

Morbus — A disease;  hence  cholera  morbus,  a disease  of  the  bowels. 

Mordant — That  which  fastens  the  colors  in  dyeing,  as  alum,  cream-of-tartar,  argal, 
vitriols,  tin,  liquor,  etc. 

Mucus— Animal  mucilage. 

Mucus  Membrane — See  remarks  under  the  head  of  “ Inflammation,”  in  the  body  of  the 
work. 

Mucilage — A watery  solution  of  gum,  or  elm  bark,  etc. 

Muriatic — Having  reference  to  sea  salt. 

Muriatic  Acid — Marine  acid,  often  called  hydrochloric  acid. 

Muscle — A bundle  of  fibres. 

Muscular — Having  reference  to  the  muscles,  strong  built. 

Myrrh — A resinous  gum. 

Narcotic— Stupefying  medicines,  producing  sleep. 

Nares — The  nostrils. 

Nasal — Of  the  nose. 

Nausea — Sickness  of  the  stomach,  may  increase  until  vomiting  takes  place,  or  it  may  not. 
Nauseant — That  which  produces  nausea. 

Navel — Centre  of  the  abdomen. 

N ecros — Death. 

Necrosis — Death  of  a bone. 

Nephros — The  kidney. 

Nephritis — Inflammation  of  the  kidneys. 

Nervous — Easily  excited. 

Nervine— That  which  will  allay,  or  soothe  nervous  excitement. 

Neuralgia — Pain  in  nerves. 

N itre — Saltpeter. 

Nocturnal-Occurring  in  the  night. 

Nitrate— Nitric  acid  combined  with  alkalies  or  alkaline  salts. 

Normal — In  a natural  and  healthy  condition. 

Nostrum— A medical  preparation. 


614  Dr.  Chase' s Recipes . 


Nothus — Spurious,  Illegitimate,  a bastard.  * 

Nudus— Nude,  without  clothing. 

Nutrition— Nourishment. 

N utritious— N ourishing. 

Obesity — Corpulence,  excess  of  fat,  or  flesh. 

Obstetrics — The  science  of  midwifery. 

Ochre — An  ore  of  iron. 

Oculus — The  eye. 

Oculist — An  eye  doctor. 

Oleaginous— An  oily  substance. 

Omentum— The  caul,  Deritoneal  covering  of  the  intestines. 

Opacity — To  obstruct  light. 

Opaque — Not  transparent,  inability  to  see  through  it, 

Opthalmos — The  eye. 

Opthalmia — Disease  of  the  eye,  inflammation  of  the  eyo. 

Opiate— An  anodyne. 

Organ— A part  ol  the  body,  which  has  a certain  work  to  pert<3rrMr  -jgi led  the  function  af 
organs,  as  the  stomach,  lungs,  womb,  etc. 

Organic — Bodies  made  up  of  organs. 

Organism — Vital  organization. 

Organized — Furnished  with  life. 

Orgasm— The  closing  excitement  of  sexual  connection. 

Origin — The  point  of  commencement. 

Orifice — An  opening 

Os  Tince  —Mouth  of  the  womb,  or  uterus. 

Osseous  —A  bony  substance. 

Ossification  —To  become  bone;  from  ost,  or  osteo,  a bone  or  like  a bone. 

Ostalgia  — Pain  in  a bone. 

Osteoma— Tumor,  like  bone. 

Ostitis — Inflammation  of  a bone  or  bones. 

Otic  - Having  reference  to  the  ear. 

Otitis — Inflammation  of  the  ear. 

Ottorrhea— Discharge  from  the  ear. 

Ova — An  egg,  made  up  of  little  eggs. 

Ovaria— Testes ; most  generally  applied  to  the  female ; female  testes,  two  egg-shaped 
bodies,  (made  up  of  little  particles,  or  eggs,)  having  an  attachment  to  the  uterus 
in  the  broad  ligaments,  which  support  that  organ,  having  tubes,  or  ducts,  opening 
from  them  into  the  uterus,  called  Fallopian  tubes,  from  the  man’s  name  who  first 
gave  a description  of  them.  One  of  these  particles  is  thrown  off  at  each  men- 
strual flow. 

Oviparous  — Birds,  or  any  animals  that  produce  their  young  from  eggs,  or  by  eggs. 
Ovum — An  egg. 

Oxalic  Acid— An  acid  found  in  sorrel,  very  poisonous. 

Oxide — A combination  of  oxygen  with  a metal  or  fluid,  as  oxygen  combining  with  vin- 
egar-fluid forms  vinegar,  oxygen  combining  with  iron,  forms  oxide  of  iron,  rust 
of  iron,  etc. 

Oxygen— One  of  the  elements  of  the  air,  an  acidifying  (souring)  principle,  aM  an  ele*  . 

ment  (a  particle  or  part)  of  water. 

Ozymel— A preparation  of  vinegar  and  honey,  from  mel,  honey. 

Ozena  -Fetid  ulcer  at  the  nose,  or  fetid  discharge  from  the  nose. 

Pabulum— Food;  aliment. 

Pad  — A cushion. 

Palliative— To  afford  relief,  only. 

Palpitation— Unhealthy,  or  unnatural  beating  of  the  heart. 

Pan— As  a prefix,  means  all. 

Panacea— Remedy  for  all  diseases,  consequently  (speaking  ironically)  any  p®«en*  medi 
cine. 

Paralysis— Loss  of  motion;  numb  palsy. 

Partus—  Labor ; the  young  when  brought  forth. 

Parturition— Childbirth. 

Paroxysm— A fit  of  disease  occurring  at  certain  periods. 

Periodical — Occurring  at  a certain  time. 

Petal  — A flower  leaf,  as  rose  leaves,  etc. 

Phthisis— A wasting;  consumption. 

Pathos — A disease. 

Pathology— The  doctrine  of  disease. 

Pectoral — Pertaining  to  the  breast. 

Pediluvium— A foot-bath. 

Pendulous — To  hang  down.- 
Penis— The  male  organ  of  generation. 

Pepsine— A peculiar  substance  in  the  stomach,  which  aids  digestion. 

Peptic — Digestive;  hence,  dyspeptic,  not  digesting. 

Percolation— To  run,  or  draw  through  some  substance,  straining. 


Gloss  aria!  Department. 


615 


P«?monitorv— To  give  a previous  notice,  as  premonitory  symptoms. 

Peri  - Around ; a covering. 

Pericardium— Around  the  heart;  sac  containing  the  heart. 

Pericarditis — Inflammation  of  the  pericardium. 

Perm — A testicle ; male  organs ; corresponding  with  testes  in  females,  with  this  differ- 
ence, however,  that  with  males  they  are  upon  the  outside,  whilst  with  females 
they  are  upon  the  inside  of  the  body. 

Perineum — That  part  between  the  anus  and  organs  of  generation  or  genitals. 

Perineal— Relating  to  the  region  of  the  perineum. 

Period — A certain  time. 

Periodicity — Returning  at  a certain  time. 

Periosteum — The  membrane  which  covers  all  bones. 

Perspective  View — As  it  appears  to  the  eye  at  a certain  distance. 

Perturbation — To  disturb. 

Perversion — An  unhealthy  change  ; to  change  from  its  proper  or  natural  course. 
Pessary— That  which  will  support  or  hold  up  the  womb  in  prolapsus;  see  our  remarks 
on  “Female  Debility.” 

Phagedenic— An  eating  and  fast-spreading  ulcer. 

Pharmacy— The  art  of  combining  and  preparing  medicines. 

Phlegm — Mucus  from  the  bronchial  tubes,  and  throat. 

Phlogfstic — Tendency  to  inflammation. 

iphosphorus — An  inflammable  and  luminous  substance,  prepared  from  urine  and  bones. 
Phosphate — Phosphoric  acid  in  combination  of  metals,  as  phosphate  of  iron,  phosphate 
of  lime,  etc. 

l*iles — Tumors  at  or  in  the  anus;  sometimes  protruding;  often  attended  with  hemor- 
rhage, then  called  hemorrhoids. 

y*iperine— A preparation  from  black  pepper,  considered  valuable  in  ague. 

Vlacenta— After-birth,  which  has  a connection  to  the  womb  and  to  the  child  during 
pregnancy;  but  it  is  naturally  thrown  off  by  the  violent  contractions  of  the  womb 
at  this  period,  there  being  no  further  use  for  it.  Oh,  the  wisdom  of  our  Creator  1 
How  glorious  to  contemplate  ! Everything  adapted  to  the  necessities  of  the  case. 
Plethora— Over  fullness;  if  healthy,  causing  obesity,  corpulence. 

Pleuritis— Inflammation  of  the  pleura;  pleurisy. 

Pleura— The  serous  membrane  covering  the  lungs,  and  folded  upon  the  sides. 
Pneumon— The  lungs. 

Pneumonia— Inflammation  of  the  lungs. 

Podophyllin— A powder  made  from  the  podophyllum  peltatum,  mandrake  root. 

Pomum — The  apple;  hence,  pomace,  mashed  apple. 

Potassium— The  basis  of  potash. 

Potus — A drink;  hence,  potion,  a medicated  drink. 

Predisposition — A tendency  to  a certain  disease. 

Pregnancy — Being  with  child. 

prognosis — The  art  of  guessing  how  a disease  will  terminate, 
prolapsus — A falling. 

Pro  apsus  Ani — Falling  of  the  anus. 

Prolapsus  Uteri— Falling  of  the  uterus. 

Prostration — Without  strength. 

Prussiate  —A  compound  with  prussic  acid. 

Prussic  Acid— Hydrocyanic  acid;  one  of,  or  the  most  virulent  poisons  in  existence. 
Psora— The  itch. 

Pubes— The  prominence  at  the  lower  front  part  of  the  body. 

Puberty — Full  growth;  an  adull ; perfection. 

Pubic — Having  reference  to  the  region  of  the  pubes. 

Pudendum — The  female  organs  of  generation. 

Puer — A boy,  or  child. 

Puerpera — A woman  who  has  just  brought  forth  a child;  hence,  puerperal  fever  at  or 
soon  after  childbirth. 

Pulmo— A lung. 

Pulmonitis — Inflammation  of  the  lung  or  lungs. 

Pulmonary — Relating  to  the  lungs,  as  pulmonary  balsam,  pulmonic  wafers,  etc. 

Pulvis — A powder;  hence,  pulverize,  to  make  fine.  All  these  words  show  how  heavily 
we  have  drawn  upon  other  languages  for  our  own,  consequently  the  necessity  of 
studying  the  Latin  and  Greek,  to  properly  understand  ours. 

Pupil — The  dark  circle  in  the  eye. 

Purgative— A gentle  cathartic. 

Pus — Unhealthy  matter. 

Pustule — A slight  elevation,  having  pus. 

Putrefaction— To  decompose  by  fermentation. 

Putrid — Rotten;  decomposed.  . 

Pyroligneous  Acid — An  acid  obtained  from  wood;  thejgUpnce  of  smoke;  if  a little  of  it 
is  put  into  a barrel  with  meat  in  the  brine,  it  sino^jPat  without  trouble.  I think  a 
gill  to  the  barrel  sufficient;  perhaps  a little  less  will  do.  It  is  obtained  by  insert- 
ing an  old  gun-barrel  or  other  iron  tube  into  a coal-pit,  near  the  bottom,  when 
burning;  it  condenses  in  the  tube,  and  drops  from  the  outer  end  into  a dish,  then 
bottledTor  use. 


6i6 


Dr,  Chase' s Recipes . 

Suassia— A bitter  tonic;  the  chips  of  the  wood  are  used, 
achis— The  spine. 

Rachitis  —Rickets,  bending  of  the  spine,  and  sometimes  the  tong  bones  of  the  limb*; 

may  be  also  enlargement  of  the  head,  bowels,  and  the  ends  of  th*  l*ng  bones- 
Radius — The  bone  of  the  upper  arm. 

Radial — Having  reference  to  the  upper  arm. 

Radiated — Diverging  from  a center. 

Radix— A root. 

Ramus — A branch. 

Ramification — To  branch  out. 

Rancidity— Rancid,  stale;  applied  to  oil,  fat,  butter,  etc. 

Rash— A redness  of  the  skin,  in  patches. 

Ratsbane — Arsenious  acid;  arsenic. 

Rattle — Noise  of  air  passing  through  mucus,  as  in  croup. 

Reaction — To  return,  after  recession. 

Recession — Striking  in  the  blood,  or  disease  going  to  the  internal  organs. 

Recini  Oleum — Castor  oil. 

Rectum — The  lower  portion  of  the  intestines. 

Reduction  -To  set  a fracture,  or  to  return  a hernia. 

Refrigerant — A cooling  medicine  or  drink. 

Regimen— Regulation  of  diet  and  habits,  to  preserve  health  or  to  cure  disease. 

. Relapse— Recurrence  of  disease  after  an  improved  appearance,  which  is  generally  wore* 
than  the  first  attack. 

Relaxation— Losing  the  healthy  tone  of  any  part,  or  the  whole  system. 

Repletion — F ullness . 

Reproduction — Generation ; procreation. 

Respiration — To  breathe,  including  both  inspiration  and  expiration. 

Resolution — To  return  to  health;  applied  to  inflammations. 

Retching — An  effort  to  vomit. 

Retention — Delay  of  the  natural  passage  of  the  urine  or  feces. 

Revulsion— To  draw  away  disease,  as  draughts,  or  blisters,  irritating  plasters,  etc. 
Rheumatism — Inflammation  of  the  fibrous  tissue,  mostly  confined  fo  the  large  joints. 
Rigor — Coldness,  with  shivering. 

Rochelle  Salts— A mixture  of  tartarate  of  potash  and  soda. 

Rubefacients — Medicines  which  cause  redness  of  the  skin,  as  mustard,  radish  leaves,  et^ 
Rupture — Hernia;  by  some  called  a breach. 

Saccharine — The  properties  of  sugar. 

Saliva— The  secretion  of  the  mouth,  spittle;  hence,  salivation,  an  increased  flow  oi 
saliva. 

Salt— A compound  of  an  acid  with  an  alkali,  or  metal. 

Saltpetre— Nitrate  of  potash. 

Salubrious — Climate  favorable  to  health. 

Sanative — A curative  medicine. 

Sanguis — Blood. 

Sanguineous — Bloody;  sanguineous  discharge,  as  bloody-flux. 

Santonin — A powder  obtained  from  worm-seed. 

Sarcoma— A fleshy  tumor,  generally  of  a cancerous  nature. 

Scabies— The  itch. 

Scirrhus — A hard  tumor,  generally  of  a cancerous  nature. 

Scrofula — A constitutional  tendency  to  disease  of  the  glands. 

Scrotum  —The  sac  which  encloses  the  testicles.  « 

Sedative— To  depress,  the  opposite  of  stimulation. 

Seidlitz— A village  in  Bohemia;  hence,  Seidlitz  powders,  which  originated  at  that  place. 
Sinapis — Mustard:  hence,  sinapisms,  mustard  plasters. 

Slough — Death  of  a part,  allowing  it  to  come  out  from  the  healthy  part. 

Stimulant — A medicine  calculated  to  excite  an  increased  and  healthy  action. 

Styptic — To  stop  bleeding. 

Snake  Root- Common  or  Virginia  snake-root;  but  black  snake-root  is  the  black  cohosh. 
Spasm  - Cramp,  or  convulsion. 

Specific — A remedy  having  a uniform  action,  producing  health. 

Sperm — Seminal  fluid,  new  more  often  called  the  semen,  seed. 

Spermatic — Having  reference  to  the  testicles,  or  ovaries. 

Spina — Tho  backbone ; hence,  spine. 

Stitch — A spasmodic  pain. 

Stoma — The  mouth. 

Stomatitis — Inflammation  of  the  mouth. 

Strangulation— To  choke  : also  applied  to  hernia  which  cannot  be  reduced. 

Sudor-  Sweat;  hence,  sudorific,  to  sweat. 

Sulphate — A combination  with  sulphuric  acid. 

Sulphuric  Acid— Oil  of  vitriol. 

Suppression — An  arrest  of  natural  discharge. 

Suppuration — To  produce  pus. 

Sympathy — To  be  affected  by  the  disease  of  another  organ,  as  sick-headache  front  oveic 
loading  tire  stomach. 


Gloss  aria/  Department . 


617 


?yniptom~A  sign  of  disease. 

Syncope — Te  «swoon ; fainting. 

Syph.lis — Disease  from  sexual  connection  with  those  who  have  venereal  disease. 
Tannic  Acid — An  acid  from  oak  bark ; an  astringent. 

Tartaric  Acid  — An  acid  from  cream-o  1-tartar,  found  in  grapes. 

Tenesmus— Difficult)’  and  pain  at  stool  with  a desire  to  go  to  stool  often. 

Tent — A roll  of  lint  or  cloth  to  keep  wounds  open  until  they  heal  from  the  bottom. 

T estes — T esticies. 

Therapeutics — Relating  to  a knowledge  of  treating  disease : the  curative  action  of 
medicine. 

Thorax -The  chest. 

Tibia — The  large  bonp  of  the  lower  leg.  * * 

Tonsils — Glands  on  each  side  of  the  throat. 

Trachea — The  windpipe. 

Translation— Disease  going  to  some  other  organ. 

Triturate — To  rub  into  a powder. 

Tumor — An  enlargement  of  a portion,  usually  of  the  external  parts, 

CJlna — Small,  or  under  bone  of  the  arm. 

Umbilicus — The  navel. 

Ureter —Duct  leading  from  the  kidney  to  the  bladder. 

Urethra— Duct  leading  out  from  the  bladder. 

Uterus — The  womb. 

Vagina — The  passage  from  the  womb  to  the  vulva. 

Venery — Sexual  indulgence. 

Vermifuge— Having  tne  property  to  destroy  worms. 

Virus — Contagious  poison. 

V ulva— External  opening  of  the  female  genitals. 

Whites — Fluor  albus. 

Veast— The  principle  of  fermentation. 

Sind  Sulphas— Sulphate  ©f  sine;  white  vitriol. 


HINTS  ON  ETIQUETTE  ANb  PERSONAL  MANNERS 

9 

BY  THE  PUBLISHER. 


Introduction  to  Society#— -Avoid  all  extravagance  and  mannerism 
and  be  not  over  timid  at  tne  outset.  Be  discreet  and  sparing  of  yotn 
words.  Awkwardness  is  a great  misfortune,  but  it  is  not  an  unpardon- 
able fault.  To  deserve  the  reputation  of  moving  in  good  society, 
something  more  is  requisite  than  the  avoidance  of  blunt  rudeness. 
Strictly  keep  to  your  engagements.  Punctuality  is  the  essence  oi 
politeness. 

The  Toilet, — Too  much  attention  cannot  be  paid  to  the  arrange- 
ment of  the  toilet.  A man  is  often  judged  by  his  appearance,  and  sel- 
dom incorrectly.  A neat  exterior,  equally  free  from  extravagance  and 
poverty,  almost  always  proclaims  a right-minded  man.  To  dress  ap- 
propriately, and  with  good  taste,  is  to  respect  yourself  and  others.  A 
gentleman  walking,  should  always  wear  gloves,  this  being  one  of  the 
characteristics  of  good  breeding.  Fine  linen,  and  a good  hat,  gloves, 
and  boots,  are  evidences  of  the  highest  taste  in  dress. 

Visiting  Dress. — A black  coat  and  pants  are  indispensable  for  a 
visit  of  ceremony,  an  entertainment,  or  a ball.  The  white  or  black 
waistcoat  is  equally  proper  in  these  cases.  m 

Officers5  Dress.— Upon  public  and  state  occasions  officers  should 
appear  in  uniform. 

Ladies5  Dress. — Ladies’  dresses  should  be  chosen  so  as  to  produce 
an  agreeable  harmony.  Never  put  on  a dark-colored  bonnet  with  a 
light  spring  costume.  Avoid  uniting  colors  which  will  suggest  an  epi- 
gram ; such  as  a straw-colored  dress  with  a green  bonnet. 

Arrangement  of  the  Hair. — The  arrangement  of  the  hair  is  most 
important.  Bands  are  becoming  to  faces  of  a Grecian  caste.  Kinglets 
better  suit  lively  and  expressive  heads. 

Excess  of  Lace  and  Flowers. — Whatever  be  your  style  of  face, 
avoid  an  excess  of  lace,  and  let  flowers  be  few  and  choice. 

Appropriateness  of  Ornaments. — In  a married  woman  a richer 
style  of  ornament  is  admissible.  Costly  elegance  for  her— for  the  young 
girl,  a style  of  modest  simplicity. 

Simplicity  and  Grace. — The  most  elegant  dress  loses  its  character 
if  it  is  not  worn  with  grace.  Young  girls  have  often  an  air  of  con- 
straint, and  their  dress  seems  to  partake  of  their  want  of  ease.  In 
speaking  of  her  toilet,  a woman  should  not  convey  the  idea  that  her 
whole  skill  consists  in  adjusting  tastefully  some  trifling  ornaments.  A 
simple  style  of  dress  is  an  indication  of  modesty. 

Cleanliness.— The  hands  should  receive  especial  attention.  They 
are  the  outward  signs  of  general  cleanliness.  The  same  may  be  said 
of  the  face,  the  neck,  the  ears,  and  the  teeth.  The  cleanliness  of  the 
system  generally,  and  of  bodily  apparel,  pertains  to  health,  and  is 
treated  of  under  this  head. 


Etiquette  and  Porsonad  Manners. 


6j  9 

The  Handkerchief. — There  is  considerable  art  in  using  this  ac- 
cessory of  dress  and  comfort.  Avoid  extreme  patterns,  styles,  and 
colors.  Never  be.  without  a handkerchief.  Hold  it  freely  in  the  hand, 
and  do  not  roll  it  into  a ball.  Hold  it  by  the  center,  and  let  the  corners 
form  a fan-like  expansion.  Avoid  using  it  too  much.  With  some 
persons  the  habit  becomes  troublesome  and  unpleasant. 

Visits  and  Presentations.— Friendly  calls  should  be  made  in  the 
forenoon,  and  require  neatness,  without  costliness  of  dress. 

Calls  to  give  invitations  to  dinner-parties,  or  balls,  should  be  very 
short,  and  should  be  paid  in  the  afternoon. 

Visits  of  condolence  require  a grave  style  of  dress. 

A formal  visit  should  never  be  made  before  noon.  If  a second 
visitor  is  announced,  it  will  be  proper  for  you  to  retire,  unless  you  are 
very  intimate  both  with  the  host  and  the  visitor  announced;  unless, 
indeed,  the  host  express  a wish  for  you  to  remain. 

Visits  after  balls  or  parties  should  be  made  within  a month. 

In  the  latter  it  is  customary  to  enclose  your  card  in  an  envelop, 
hearing  the  address  outside.  This  may  be  sent  by  post,  if  you  reside 
■rt  a distance. 

But,  if  living  in  the  neighborhood,  it  is  polite  to  send  your  servant, 
frr  to  call.  In  the  latter  case  a corner  should  be  turned  down. 

Scrape  your  shoes  and  use  the  mat.  Never  appear  in  a drawing- 
room with  mud  on  your  boots. 

When  a new  visitor  enters  a drawing-room,  if  it  be  a gentleman, 
the  ladies  bow  slightly;  if  a lady,  the  guests  rise. 

Hold  your  hat  in  your  hand,  unless  requested  to  place  it  down, 
Then  lay  it  beside  you. 

The  last  arrival  in  a drawing-room  takes  a seat  left  vacant  near 
the  mistress  of  the  house. 

A lady  is  not  required  to  rise  to  receive  a gentleman,  nor  accom- 
pany him  to  the  door. 

When  your  visitor  retires,  ring  the  bell  for  the  servant.  You  may 
then  accompany  your  guest  as  far  towards  the  door  as  the  circum- 
stances of  your  friendship  seem  to  demand. 

Request  the  servant,  during  the  visit  of  guests,  to  be  ready  to  at- 
tend to  the  door  the  moment  the  bell  rings. 

When  you  introduce  a person,  pronounce  the  name  distinctly,  and 
say  whatever  you  can  to  make  the  introduction  agreeable.  Such  as 
“an  old  and  valued  friend,”  “a  schoolfellow  of  mine,”  “an  old  ac- 
quaintance of  our  family.” 

Never  stare  about  you  in  a room  as  if  you  were  taking  stock. 

The  gloves  should  not  be  removed  during  a call. 

Be  hearty  in  your  reception  of  guests;  and  where  you  see  much 
diffidence,  assist  the  stranger  to  throw  it  off. 

A lady  does  not  put  her  address  on  her  visiting  card. 

Balls  and  Evening  Parties.— An  invitation  to  a ball  should  be 
given  at  least  a week  beforehand. 

Upon  entering,  first  address  the  lady  of  the  house;  and  after  her, 
the  nearest  acquaintances  you  may  recognize  in  the  house. 

If  you  introduce  a friend,  make  him  acquainted  with  the  names  of 
the  chief  persons  present.  But  first  present  him  to  the  lady  of  the 
house,  and  to  the  host. 

Appear  in  full  dress. 

Always  wear  gloves. 

Do  not  wear  rings  on  the  outside  of  your  gloves. 

Avoid  an  excess  of  jewelry. 


620 


Etiquette  and  Personal  Manners . 


Do  not  select  the  same  partner  frequently. 

Distribute  your  attentions  as  much  as  possible. 

Pay  respectful  attention  to  elderly  persons. 

Be  cordial  when  serving  refreshments,  but  not  importunate. 

if  there  are  more  dancers  than  the  room  will  accommodate,  do  not 
join  in  every  dance. 

In  leaving  a large  party  it  is  unnecessary  to  bid  farewell,  and  im- 
proper to  do  so  before  the  guests. 

A Paris  card  of  invitation  to  an  evening  party  usually  implies  that 
you  are  invited  for  the  season. 

Chess  and  all  unsociable  games  should  be  avoided. 

The  host  and  hostess  should  look  after  their  guests,  and  not  con- 
fine their  attentions.  They  should,  in  fact,  assist  those  chiefly  who  are 
least  know  in  the  roomn. 

Avoid  political  and  religious  discussions.  If  you  have  a “ hobby,” 
keep  it  to  yourself. 

After  dancing,  conduct  your  partner  to  a seat. 

Resign  her  as  soon  as  her  next  partner  advances. 

Wedding  Dress. — It  is  impossible  to  lay  down  specific  rules  for 
dress,  as  fashions  change,  and  tastes  differ.  The  great  art  consists  in 
selecting  the  style  of  dress  most  becoming  to  the  person.  A stout  per- 
son should  adopt  a different  style  from  a thin  person ; a tall  one  from 
a short  one.  Peculiarities  of  complexion,  and  form  of  face  and  figure, 
should  be  duly  regarded;  and  in  these  matters  there  is  no  better  course 
than  to  call  in  the  aid  of  any  respectable  milliner  and  dressmaker,  who 
will  be  found  ready  to  give  the  best  advice.  The  bridegroom  should 
simply  appear  in  full  dress,  and  should  avoid  everything  eccentric  and 
broad  in  style.  The  bridesmaids  should  always  be  made  aware  of  the 
bride’s  dress  before  they  choose  their  own,  which  should  be  determined 
by  a proper  harmony  with  the  former. 

Hints  upon  Personal  Manners. — It  is  sometimes  objected  to  books 
on  etiquette  that  they  cause  those  who  consult  them  to  act  with  mechan- 
ical restraint,  and  to  show  in  society  that  they  are  governed  by  arbi 
trary  rules,  rather  than  by  an  intuitive  perception  of  what  is  graceful 
and  polite. 

This  objection  is  unsound,  because  it  supposes  that  people  wh* 
study  the  theory  of  etiquette  do  not  also  exercise  their  powers  of  ob 
servation  in  society,  and  obtain,  by  their  intercourse  with  others,  that 
freedom  and  ease  of  deportment  which  society  alone  can  impart. 

Books  upon  etiquette  are  useful,  inasmuch  as  they  expound  the  lawn 
of  polite  society.  Experience  alone,  however,  can  give  effect  to  the 
precise  manner  in  which  those  laws  are  required  to  be  observed. 

Whatever  objections  may  be  raised  to  the  teachings  of  works  on 
etiquette,  there  can  be  no  sound  argument  against  a series  of  simple 
and  brief  hints,  which  shall  operate  as  precautions  against  mistakes  in 
personal  conduct. 

Avoid  intermeddling  with  the  affairs  of  others.  This  is  a most 
common  fault.  A number  of  persons  seldom  meet  but  they  begin 
discussing  the  affairs  of  some  one  who  is  absent.  This  is  not  onl}r  un- 
charitable, but  positively  unjust.  It  is  equivalent  to  trying  a cause  in 
the  absence  of  the  person  implicated.  Even  in  the  criminal  code  the 
prisoner  is  presumed  to  be  innocent  until  he  is  found  guilty.  Society, 
however,  is  less  just,  and  passes  judgment  without  hearing  the  defense. 
Depend  upon  it,  as  a certain  rule,  that  the  people  who  unite  with  you  in 
discussing  the  affairs  of  others  will  proceed  to  scandalize  you  in  your  absence. 

Be  consistent  in  the  avowal  cf  principles.  Do  not  deny  to-ciay 


Etiquette  and  Personal  Manners . 


621 


that  which  you  asserted  yesterday.  If  you  do,  you  will  stultify  your- 
self, and  your  opinions  will  soon  he  found  to  have  no  weight.  You 
may  fancy  that  you  gain  favor  by  subserviency;  but  so  far  from  gain- 
ing favor,  you  lose  respect. 

Avoid  falsehood.  There  can  be  found  no  higher  virtue  than  the 
love  of  truth.  The  man  who  deceives  others  must  himself  become  the 
victim  of  morbid  distrust.  lOiowing  the  deceit  of  his  own  heart,  and 
the  falsehood  of  his  own  tongue,  his  eyes  must  always  be  tilled  with 
suspicion,  and  he  must  lose  the  greatest  of  all  happiness — confidence  in 
those  who  surround  him. 

The  following  elements  of  manly  character  are  worthy  of  frequent 
•meditation: 

To  be  wise  in  his  disputes. 

To  be  a lamb  in  his  home. 

To  be  brave  in  battle  and  great  in  moral  courage. 

To  be  discreet  in  public. 

To  be  a teacher  in  his  household., 

To  be  a council  in  his  nation. 

To  be  an  arbitrator  in  his  vicinity. 

To  be  a legislator  in  his  country. 

To  be  conscientious  in  his  actions. 

To  he  happy  in  his  life. 

To  be  diligent  in  his  calling. 

To  be  just  in  his  dealing. 

That  whatever  he  doetk  be  to  the  will  of  God. 

Avoid  manifestations  of  ill-temper.  .Reason  is  given  for  man’s 
guidance.  Passion  is  the  tempest  by  which  reason  is  overthrown. 
Under  the  effects  of  passion,  man’s  mind  becomes  disordered,  his  face 
disfigured,  his  body  deformed.  A moment's  passion  lias  frequently  cut 
off  a life’s  friendship,  destroyed  a life’s  hope,  embittered  a life’s  peace, 
and  brought  unending  sorrow  and  disgrace.  It  is  sea rceljr  worth  while 
to  enter  into  a comparative  analysis  of  ill-temper  and  passion ; they  are 
•alike  discreditable  and  injurious,  and  should  stand  equally  condemned. 

Avoid  pride.  If  you  are  handsome,  God  made  you  so ; if  you 
are  learned,  some  one  instructed  you;  if  you  are  rich,  God  gave  you 
what  you  own.  It  is  for  others  to  perceive  your  goodness;  but  you 
should  be  blind  to  your  own  merits.  There  can  be  no  comfort  in 
deeming  yourself  better  than  you  really  are;  that  is  self-deception. 
The  best  men  throughout  all  history  have  been  the  most  humble. 

Affectation  is  a form  of  pride.  It  is,  in  fact,  pride  made  ridiculous 
and  contemptible.  Some  one  writing  upon  affectation  has  remarked 
as  follows: 

“If  anything  will  sicken  and  disgust  a man,  it  is  the  affected, 
mincing  way  in  which  some  people  choose  to  talk.  It  is  perfectly 
nauseous.  If  these  young  jackanapes,  who  screw  their  words  into  all 
manner  of  diabolical  shapes,  could  only  feel  how  perfectly  disgusting 
they  were,  it  might  induce  them  to  drop  it.  With  many,  it  soon  be- 
comes such  a confirmed  habit  that  they  cannot  again  be  taught  to  talk 
in  a plain,  straightforward,  manly  way.  In  the  lower  order  of  ladies’ 
boarding  schools,  and,  indeed,  too  much  everywhere,  the  same  sicken- 
ing, mincing  tone  is  too  often  found.  Do,  pray,  good  people,  do  talk  in 
your  natural  tone,  if  you  don’t  wish  to  be  utterly  ridiculous  and  con- 
temptible.” 

We  have  adopted  the  foregoing  paragraph  because  we  approve  of 
some  of  its  sentiments,  but  chiefly  because  it  shows  that  persons  who 
object  to  affectation  may  go  to  the  other  extreme — vulgarity,  it  is 


622  Etiquette  and  Personal  Manners. 

vulgar,  we  think,  to  call  even  the  most  affected  people  “Jackanapes 
who  screw  their  words  into  all  manner  of  diabolical  shapes.’*  Avoid 
vulgarity  in  manner,  in  speech,  and  in  correspondence.  To  conduct 
you rself  vulgarly  is  to  offer  offense  to  those  who  are  around  you;  to 
bring  upon  yourself  the  condemnation  of  persons  of  good  taste;'  and  to 
incuit  the  penalty  of  exclusion  from  good  society.  Thus,  cast  among 
the  vulgar,  you  become  the  victim  of  your  own  error. 

Avoid  swearing.  An  oath  is  but  the  wrath  of  a perturbed  spirit. 
It  i3  mean.  A man  of  high  moral  standing  would  rather  treat  an  of- 
fence with  contempt  than  show  his  indignation  by  an  oath.  It  is  vul- 
gar ; altogether  too  low  for  a decent  man.  it  is  cowardly  ; implying  a 
fear  either  of  not  being  believed  or  obeyed.  It  is  ungentlemanly. ' A 

f entleman,  according  to  Webster,  is  a genteel  man — well-bred,  retined. 

t is  indecent ; offensive  to  delicacy,  and  extremely  unfit  for  human 
ears.  It  is  foolish.  “ Want  of  decency  is  want  of  sense.”  It  is  abusive 
— to  the  mind  which  conceives  the  oath,  to  the  tongue  which  utters  it, 
and  to  the  person  at  whom  it  is  aimed.  It  is  venomous  ; showing  a 
man’s  heart  to  be  as  a nest  of  vipers;  and  every  time  he  swears,  one  of 
them  starts  out  from  his  head.  It  is  contemptible ; forfeiting  the  respect 
of  all  the  wise  and  good.  It  is  wicked  ; violating  the  Divine  law,  and 
provoking  the  displeasure  of  Him  who  will  not  hold  him  guiltless  who 
takes  His  name  in  vain. 

Be  a gentleman.  Moderation,  decorum,  and  neatness  distinguish 
the  gentleman ; he  is  at  ail  times  affable,  diffident,  and  studious  to 
please.  Intelligent  and  polite,  his  behavior  is  pleasant  and  graceful. 
When  he  enters  the  dwelling  of  an  inferior,  he  endeavors  to  hide,  if 
possible,  the  difference  between  their  ranks  in  life;  ever  willing  to  as* 
sist  those  around  him,  he  is  neither  unkind,  haughty,  nor  overbearing. 

Be  honest.  Not  only  because  “ honesty  is  the  best  policy,”  but  be-i 
cause  it  is  a duty  to  God  and  to  man.  The  heart  that  can  be  gratified 
by  dishonest  gains;  the  ambition  that  can  be  satisfied  by  dishonest 
means;  the  mind  that  can  be  devoted  to  dishonest  purposes,  must  be  of 
the  worst  order. 

Having  laid  down  these  general  principles  for  the  government  ot 
personal  conduct,  we  will  epitomize  what  we  would  still  enforce: 

Avoid  idleness — it  is  the  parent  of  many  evils.  Can  you  prayv 
“ Give  us  this  day  our  daily  bread, ’’  and  not  hear  the  reply,  “Do  thou 
this  day  thy  daily  duty  ’’  ? 

Avoid  telling  idle  tales,  which  is  like  firing  arrows  in  the  dark* 
you  know  not  into  whose  heart  they  may  fall. 

Avoid  talking  about  yourself,  praising  your  own  work,  and  pro* 
claiming  your  own  deeds.  If  they  are  good  they  will  proclaim  them- 
selves; if  bad,  the  less  you  say  of  them  the  better. 

Avoid  envy;  for  it  cannot  benefit  you,  nor  can  it  injure  those 
against  whom  it  is  cherished. 

Avoid  disputation  for  the  mere  sake  of  argument.  The  man  who 
disputes  obstinately,  and  in  a bigoted  spirit,  is  like  the  man  who  would 
stop  the  fountain  from  which  he  should  drink.  Earnest  discussion  is 
commendable ; but  factious  argument  never  yet  produced  a good  result. 

Be  kind  in  little  things.  The  true  generosity  of  the  heart  is  more 
displayed  by  deeds  of  minor  kindness,  than  by  acts  which  may  partake 
of  ostentation. 

Be  polite.  Politeness  is  the  poetry  of  conduct — and  like  poetry,  it 
has  many  qualities.  Let  not  your  politeness  be  too  florid,  but  of  that 
gentle  kind  which  indicates  a retined  nature. 

Be  sociable — avoid  reserve  in  society.  Remember  that  the  social 


Etiquette  and  Personal  Manners.  623 

elements,  like  the  air  we  breathe,  are  purified  by  motion.  Thought 
illumines  thought,  and  smiles  win  smiles. 

Be  punctual.  One  minute  too  late  has  lost  many  a golden  oppor- 
tunity. Besides  which,  the  want  of  punctuality  is  an  affront  offered  to 
the  person  to  whom  your  presence  is  due. 

The  foregoing  remarks  may  be  said  to  apply  to  the  moral  conduct, 
rather  than  to  the  details  of  personal  manners.  Great  principles,  how- 
ever, suggest  minor  ones ; and  hence,  from  the  principles  laid  down, 
many  hints  upon  personal  behavior  may  be  gathered. 

Be  hearty  in  your  salutations,  discreet  and  sincere  in  your  friend- 
ships. 

Prefer  to  listen  rather  than  to  talk. 

Behave,  even  in  the  presence  of  your  relations,  as*  though  you  felt 
respect  to  be  due  to  them. 

In  society  never  forget  that  you  are  but  one  of  many. 

When  you  visit  a friend,  conform  to  the  rules  of  his  household; 
lean  not  upon  his  tables,  nor  rub  your  feet  against  his  chairs. 

Pry  not  into  letters  that  are  not  your  own. 

Pay  unmistakable  respect  to  ladies  everywhere. 

Beware  of  foppery,  and  of  silly  flirtation. 

In  public  places  be  not  too  pertinacious  of  your  own  rights,  but 
find  pleasure  in  making  concessions. 

Speak  distinctly,  look  at  the  person  to  whom  you  speak,  and  when 
you  have  spoken,  give  him  an  opportunity  to  reply. 

Avoid  drunkenness  as  you  would  a curse ; and  modify  all  appetites, 
especially  those  that  are  acquired. 

Dress  well,  but  not  superfluously;  be  neither  like  a sloven,  nor 
like  a stuffed  model. 

Keep  away  all  uncleanly  appearances  from  the  person.  Let  the 
nails,  the  teeth,  and,  in  fact,  the  whole  system  receive  salutary  rather 
than  studied  care.  But  let  these  things  receive  attention  at  the  toilette 
—not  elsewhere. 

Avoid  displaying  excess  of  jewelry.  Nothing  looks  more  effem-. 
inate  upon  a man. 

Be  modest  and  sensible.  Do  not  be  above  your  business,  no  mat> 
ter  what  that  may  be,  but  strive  to  be  the  best  in  that  line.  He  who 
turns  up  his  nose  at  his  work  quarrels  with  his  bread  and  butter.  He 
is  a poor  smith  who  quarrels  with  his  own  sparks;  there’s  no  shame 
about  any  honest  calling;  don’t  be  afraid  of  soiling  your  hands,  there’s 
plenty  of  soap  to  be  had.  You  cannot  get  honey  if  you  are  frightened 
at  bees,  nor  plant  corn  if  you  are  afraid  of  getting  mud  011  your  boots. 
Above  all,  avoid  laziness.  There  is  plenty  to  do  in  this  world  for  every 
pair  of  hands  placed  in  it,  and  we  must  so  work  that  the  world  will  be 
richer  because  of  our  having  lived  in  it. 

Every  one  of  these  suggestions  may  be  regarded  as  the  center  of 
many  others,  which  the  earnest  mind  cannot  fail  to  discover. 

Choice  of  Friends. — We  should  ever  have  it  fixed  in  our  memo- 
ries, that  by  the  character  of  those  whom  we  choose  for  our  friends  our  own 
character  is  likely  to  be  formed,  and  will  certainly  be  judged  of  by  the 
world.  We  ought,  therefore,  to  be  slow  and  cautious  in  contracting 
intimacy;  but  when  a virtuous  friendship  is  once  established,  we  must 
ever  consider  it  as  a sacred  engagement. — Dr.  Blair. 

Words. — Soft  words  soften  the  soul — angry  words  are  fuel  to  the 
flame  of  wrath,  and  make  it  blaze  more  freely.  Kind  words  make 
other  people  good-natured— cold  words  freeze  people,  and  hot  words 
scorch  them,  and  bitter  words  make  them  bitter,  and  wrathful  words 


624  Etiquette  and  Personal  Manners. 

make  wrathful.  There  is  such  a rush  of  all  other  kinds  of  words  in 
our  days,  that  it  seems  desirable  to  give  kind  words  a chance  among 
them.  There  are  vain  words,  and  idle  words,  and  hasty  words,  and 
spiteful  words,  and  silly  words,  and  empty  words,  and  profane  W'crds, 
and  boisterous  words,  and  warlike  words.  Kind  words  also  produce 
their  own  image  on  men’s  souls,  and  a beautiful  image  it  is.  They 
smooth,  and  quiet,  and  comfort  the  hearer.  They  shame  him  out  of 
his  sour,  and  morose,  and  unkind  feelings.  We  have  not  yet  begun  to 
use  kind  words  in  such  abundance  as  they  ought  to  be  used. 

Gossiping. — If  you  wish  to  cultivate  a gossiping,  meddling,  cen- 
sorious spirit  in  your  children,  be  sure  when  they  come  home  from 
church,  a visit,  or  any  other  place  where  you  do  not  accompany  them, 
to  ply  them  with  questions  concerning  what  everybody  wore,  how 
everybody  looked,  and  wThat  everybody  said  and  did";  and  if  you  find 
anything  in  this  to  censure,  always  do  it  in  their  hearing.  You  may 
rest  assured,  if  you  pursue  a course  of  this  kind,  they  will  not  return 
to  you  unladen  with  intelligence;  and,  rather  than  it  should  be  unin- 
teresting, they  will  by  degrees  learn  to  embellish,  in  such  a manner  as 
shall  not  fail  to  call  forth  remarks  and  expressions  of  wonder  from 
you.  You  will,  by  this  course,  render  the  spirit  of  curiosity,  which  is 
so  early  visible  in  children,  and  which,  if  rightly  directed,  may  be 
made  the  instrument  of  enriching  and  enlarging  their  minds,  a vehicle 
of  mischief  wThich  will  serve  only  to  narrow  them. 

Rules  of  Conduct. — We  cannot  do  better  than  quote  the  valuable 
injunctions  of  that  excellent  woman.  Mrs.  Fry,  who  combined  in  her 
character  and  conduct  all  that  is  truly  excellent  in  woman : 1.  I never 
lose  any  time— I do  not  think  that  time  lost  which  is  spent  in  amuse-- 
ment  or  recreation  some  part  of  each  day;  but  always  be  in  the  habit 
of  being  employed.  2.  Never  err  the  least  in  truth.  3.  Never  say  an 
ill  thing  of  a person  when  thou  can  not  say  a good  thing  of  him;  not 
only  speak  charitably,  but  feel  so.  4.  Never  be  irritable  or  unkind  to 
anybody.  5.  Never  indulge  yourself  in  luxuries  that  are  not  neces- 
sary. 6.  Do  all  things  with  consideration;  and  when  thy  path  to  act 
right  is  most  difficult,  feel  confidence  in  that  Power  alone  which  is  able 
to  assist  thee,  and  exert  thy  own  powers  as  far  as  they  go. 

The  Female  Temper. — No  trait  of  character  is  more  agreeable  in 
a female  than  the  possession  of  a sweet  temper.  Home  can  never  be 
happy  without  it.  It  is  like  the  flowTers  that  spring  up  in  our  pathway, 
reviving  and  cheering  us.  Let  a man  go  home  at  night,  wearied  and 
worn  by  the  toils  of  the  day,  and  how  soothing  is  a.  word  dictated  by 
a good  disposition ! It  is  sunshine  falling  on  his  heart.  He  is  happy, 
and  the  cares  of  life  are  forgotten.  A sweet  temper  has  a soothing  in- 
fluence over  the  minds  of  a whole  family.  Where  it  is  found  in  the 
wife  and  mother,  you  observe  a kindness  and  love  predominating  over 
the  natural  feelings  of  a bad  heart.  Smiles,  kind  words  and  looks, 
characterize  the  children,  and  peace  and  love  have  their  dwelling  there. 
Study,  then,  to  acquire  and  maintain  a sweet  temper. 

Counsels  for  the  Young.— Never  be  cast-  down  by  trifles.  If  a 
spider  break  his  thread  twenty  times,  twenty  times  will  , he  mend  it 
again.  Make  up  your  mind  to  do  a thing,  and  you  will  do  it.  Fear 
not  if  a trouble  comes  upon  you;  keep  up  your  spirits,  though  the  day 
be  a dark  one.  If  the  sun  is  going  dow'n,  look  up  to  the  stars.  If  the 
earth  is  dark,  keep  your  eye  on  heaven.  With  God’s  promises,  a man 
or  a child  may  be  cheerful.  Mind  wdiat  you  run  after.  Never  be  con- 
tent with  a bubble  that  will  burst,  firewood  that  will  end  in  smoke  and 
darkness.  Get  that  which  you  can  keep,  and  which  is  worth  keeping. 


625 


Etiquette  and  Personal  Manners . 

fight  hard  against  a hasty  temper.  Anger  will  come,  'but  resist  it 
strongly.  Atit  of  passion  may  give  you  cause  to  mourn  afl  the  days 
of  your  life.  Never  revenge  an  injury.  If  you  have ‘an  t 

kindly  to  him,  and  make  himVour  friend.  You  may  not  win  him  over 
at  once,  but  try  again.  Let  one  kindness  be  followed  by ‘another,  till 
you  have  compassed  your  end.  By  little,  and  little,  great  things  are 
completed  ; and  repeated  kindness  will  soften  the  heart  of  stone. 
Whatever  you  do,  do  it  willingly.  A boy  that  is  whipped  to  school 
never  learns  his  lessons  well.  A man  who  is  compelled  to  work,  cares 
not  how  badly  it  is  performed.  He  that  pulls  off  lii's  coat  cheerfully, 
strips  up  his  sleeves  in  earnest,  and  sings  while  he  works,  is  the  man 
of  action. 

Advice  to  I«isg  Ladies. — If  you  have  blue  eyes,  you  need  not 
languish. 

If  black  eyes,  you  need  not  stare. 

If  you  have  pretty  feet,  there  is  no  occasion  to  wear  short  petti- 
coats. 

If  you  are  doubtful  as  to  that  point,  there  can  be  no  harm  in  let- 
ting the  petticoats  be  long. 

If  you  have  good  teeth,  do  not  laugh  for  the  purpose  of  showing 
them. 

If  you  have  had  ones,  do  not  laugh  less  than  the  occasion  may 
justify. 

If  you  have  pretty  hands  and  arms,  there  can  be  no  objection  to 
four  playing  on  the  harp  if  you  play  well. 

If  they  are  disposed  to  be  clumsy,  work  tapestry. 

If  you  have  a bad  voice,  rather  speak  in  a low  tone. 

If  you  have  the  finest  voice  in  the  world,  never  speak  in  a high 
tone. 

If  you  dance  well,  dance  but  seldom. 

If  you  dance  ill,  never  dance  at  all. 

If  you  sing  well,  make  no  previous^  excuses. 

If  you  sing  indifferently,  hesitate  not  . a,  moment  when  you  are 
usked.  for  few  people  are  judges  of  singing,  but  every  one  is  sensible 
a. desire  to  please.  ' ' ' y.  ’.r„ 

If  you  would  preserve  beauty,  rise  earjy. 

If  you  would  preserve  esteem,  be  genue. 

If  you  would  obtain  power,  bAcqn^escendmg, 

If  you  would  live  happily,  endeavor  to  promote  the  happiness  of 
others. 

To  Young  Indies- — In  marrying,  make  your  own  match.  Do  not 
marry  any  one  to  get  rid  of  him,  or  to  oblige  him,  or  to  save  him. 
The  man  who  would  go  to  destruction  without  you,  would  quite  likely 
go  with  you,  and  perhaps  drag  you  along.  Do  not  marry  in  haste,  lest 
you  repent  at  leisure.  Do  not  marry  for  a home  and  a living,  when 
by  burning  up  your  corsets  and  taking  care  of  your  health  you  can  be 
strong  enough  to  earn  your  own  living.  Do  not  let  aunts,  fathers,  or 
mothers,  sell  you  for  money  or  position  into  bondage,  tears,  aud  life- 
long misery,  which  you  alone  must  endure.  Do  not  place  yourself 
habitually  in  the  company  of  any  suitor  till  you  have  decided  the 
question  of  marriage;  human  wills  are  weak,  and  people  often  become 
bewildered,  and  do  not  know  their  error  till  it  is  too  late.  Get  away 
from  their  influence,  settle  your  head,  and  make  up  your  mind  alone. 
A promise  msy  be  made  in  an  hour  of  half-delirious  ecstasy,  which 
must  be  redeemed  through  years  of  sorrow,  toil  and  pain.  * Do  not 
trust  yow  happiness  is  the  keeping  of  one  who  has  no  hearty  no  bead, 
s? 


626 


Etiquette  and  Personal  Manners •, 


no  health.  Beware  of  insane  blood.  Do  not  rush  ibiW&g'hfclessly,  has- 
tily, into  wedded  life,  contrary  to  the  counsel  of  youi  best  friends. 
Love  can  wait;  that  which  cannot  wait  is  something  of  a very  different 
character. 

Attentiveness. — How  much  more  wre  might  make  of  our  family 
life,  of  our  friendships,  if  every  secret  thought  of  love  blossomed  into 
a deed!  We  are  not  now' speaking  merely  of  personal  caresses.  These 
may,  or  may  not,  be  the  best  language  of  affection.  But  there  are 
words  and  looks  and  little  observances,  thoughtfulnesses,  watchful 
little  attentions,  which  make  it  manifest,  and  there  is  scarcely  a family 
that  might  not  be  richer  in  heart-wealth  for  mesre  of  them. 

It  is  a mistake  to  suppose  that  relations  must  of  course  love  each 
other  because  they  are  relations.  Love  must  bo  cultivated,  ami  can  be 
increased  by  judicious  culture,  as  wild  fruits  may  double  their  bearing 
under  the  hand  of  a gardener;  and  love  can  dwindle  and  die  out  by 
neglect,  as  choice  flower-seeds  planted  in  poor  soil  dwindle  and  grow 
si  n gle,  — - Atlantic . 

Conversation, — There  are  many  talkers,  but  few  who  know  how 
to  converse  agreeably.  Speak  distinctly,  neifcner  too  rapidly  nor  too 
slowly.  Aocommodate  the  pitch  of  your  voioe  to  the  hearing  of  th# 
person  with  whom  you  are  conversing.  Neve..*  speak  with  your  mouth 
full.  Tell  your  jokes,  and  laugh  afterwards.  Dispense  with  superflu- 
ous words — such  as,  “ Well,  I should  think.* 

. The  woman  who  wishes  her  conversation  to  be  agreeable,  will 
avoid  conceit  or  affectation,  and  laughter  which  is  not  natural  and 
spontaneous.  Her  language  will  be  easy  and  unstudied,  marked  by  a 
graceful  carelessness,  which,  at  the  same  time,  never  oversteps  the 
limits  of  propriety.  Her  lips  will  readily  yield  to  a pleasant  smile; 
«he  will  not  love  to  hear  herself  talk;  her  tones  will  bear  the  impress 
of  sincerity,  and  her  eyes  kindle  with  animation  as  she  speaks.  The 
art  of  pleasing  is,  in  truth,  the  very  soul  of  good  breeding;  for  the 
precise  object  of  the  latter  is  to  render  us  agreeable  to  ail  with,  whom 
we  associate — to  make  us,  at  the  same  time,  esteemed1  and  loved. 

We  need  scarcely  advert  to  the  rudeness  of  interrupting  any  on& 
who  is  speaking,  or  the  impropriety  of  pushing,  to  its  full  extant,  a 
discussion  which  has  become  unpleasant. 

Some  men  have  a mania  for  Greek  and  Latin  quotations;  this  i& 
peculiarly  to  be  avoided.  It  is  like  pulling  up  the  stones  from  a tomb 
wherewith  to  kill  the  living.  Nothing  is  more  wearisome  than  pe< 
dan  try. 

If  you  feel  your  intellectual  superiority  to  auy  oue  with  whom 
you  are  conversing,  do  not  seek  to  bear  him  down;  it  would  be  an  in- 
glorious triumph,  and  a breach  of  good  manners.  Beware,  too,  of 
speaking  lightly  of  subjects  which  bear  a sacred  character. 

It  is  a common  idea  that  the  art  of  writing  and  the  art  of  conver- 
sation are  one;  this  is  a great  mistake.  A man  of  genius  may  be  a 
very  dull  talker. 

The  two  grand  modes  of  making  your  conversation  interesting, 
are  to  enliven  it  by  recitals  calculated  to  affect  and  in! press  your  hear- 
ers, and  to  intersperse  it  with  anecdotes  and  smart  things. 

Ceresaoeies. — All  ceremonies  are  in  themselves  superficial  things; 
yet  a man  of  the  world  should  know  them.  They  are  the  outworks  of 
manners  and  decency,  which  would  be  too  oftan  broken  in  upon,  if  it 
were  not  for  that  defense  whieh  keeps  the  enemy  at  a proper  distance. 
It  is  for  that  reason  we  always  treat  fools  and  coxcombs  with  great 
ceremony,  true  good  breeding  not  being  a sufficient  barrier  against 
them. 


Ptiquette  and  Personal  Manners . 


627 


The  Art  of  being  Agreeable. — The  true  art  of  being  agreeable  is 
to  appear  well  pleased  with  all  the  company,  and  rather  to  seem  well 
entertained  with  them  than  to  bring  entertainment  to  them.  A man 
thus  disposed,  perhaps  may  not  have  much  learning,  nor  any  wit;  but 
if  he  has  common  sense,  and  something  friendly  in  his  behavior,  it 
conciliates  men’s  minds  more  than  the  brightest  parts  without  this  dis- 
position; and  when  a man  of  such  a turn  comes  "to  old  age,  he  is  al- 
most sure  to  be  treated  with  respect.  It  is  true,  indeed,  that  we  should 
not  dissemble  and  liatter  in  company ; but  a man  may  be  very  agree- 
able, strictly  consistent  with  truth  and  sincerity,  by  a prudent  silence 
where  he  cannot  concur,  and  a pleasing  assent  where  he  can.  Now 
and  then  you  meet  with  a person  so  exactly  formed  to  please,  that  he 
will  gain  upon  every  one  that  hears  or  beholds  him;  this  disposition  is 
not  merely  the  gift  of  nature,  but  frequently  the  effect  of  much  knowl- 
edge of  the  world,  and  a command  over  the  passions. 

Artificial  Manners.— Artificial  manners,  and  such  as  spring  from 
good  taste  and  refinement,  can  never  be  mistaken,  and  differ  as  widely 
as  gold  and  tinsel.  How  captivating  is  gentleness  of  manner  derived 
from  true  humility,  and  how  faint  is  every  imitation ! The  one  resem- 
bles a glorious  rainbow,  spanning  a dark  cloud  ; the  other,  its  pale  at- 
tendant, the  water-gall.  That  suavity  of  manner  which  renders  a real 
gentlewoman  courteous  to  all,  atul  careful  to  avoid  giving  offense,  is 
often  copied  by  those  who  merely  subject  themselves  to  certain  rules 
of  etiquette;  but  very  awkward  is  the  copy.  Warm  professions  of 
regard  are  bestowed  on  those  who  do  not  expect  them,  and  the  esteem 
which  is  due  t<5  merit  appears  to  be  lavished  on  every  one  alike.  And 
as  true  humility,  blended  with  a right  appreciation  of  self-respect, 
gives  a pleasing  cast  to  the  countenance,  so  from  a sincere  and  open 
disposition  springs  that  artlessness  of  manner  which  disarms  all  preju- 
dice. Feeling,  on  the  contrary,  is  ridiculous  when  affected,  and,  even 
when  real,  should  not  be  too"  openly  manifested.  Let  the  manners 
arise  from  the  mind,  and  let  there  be  no  disguise  for  the  genuine  emo- 
tions of  the  heart. 

Ill  Temper. — A single  person  of  sour,  sullen  temper — what  a 
dreadful  thing  it  is  to  have  such  a one  in  a house ! There  is  not  myrrh 
and  aloes  and  chloride  of  lime  enough  m the  world  to  disinfect  a single 
home  of  such  a nuisance  as  that;  no  riches,  no  elegance  of  mien,  no 
beauty  of  face,  can  ever  screen  such  persons  from  utter  vulgarity.  Ill 
temper  is  the  vuigarist  thing  that  the  lowest  born  and  illest  bred  can 
ever  bring  to  his  home.  It  is  one  of  the  worst  forms  of  impiety. 
Peevishness  in  a home  is  not  orxiy  a sin  against  the  Holy  Ghost,  but 
sin  against  the  Qjajs  la  die  very  temple  of  love. — Theodor $ 

JPar'kar, 


AMUSEMENTS  FOR  THE  YOUNG. 


BY  THE  PUBLISHER. 


[This  department  may  seem,  to  some,  out  of  place  in  a work  of  this  kind ; 
but  it  has  been  the  publisher’s  desire  and  aim  to  supply,  as  far  as  possible,  all 
of  the  wants  of  the  family  or  household.  Family  parties  are  often  puzzled  to 
know  with  what  games  they  shall  amuse  their  guests  and  themselves,  and 
how  often,  when  the  younger  ones  have  the  company  of  their  playmates,  do 
they  go  to  mamma  to  know  what  they  can  play.  It  is  much  more  pleasant 
to  see  them  amuse  themselves,  (,han  to  make  little  men  and  women  of  them 
before  their  time.  Innocent  amusements  in  the  family  circle  exercise  the 
memory,  wit,  and  intelligence,  and  when  properly  regulated  are  grand  help* 
mates  to  study.  This  department  is  intended  to  supply  them  with  a selection 
from  the  time-honored  amusements  of  our  forefathers,  with  many  new  games 
for  the  older  members  of  the  family,  in  order  that  they  may  know  how  to 
amuse  themseives  in  a sensible  manner.  It  is  our  desire  that  thie  depart- 
ment may  carry  to  the  home  circle  that  spirit  of  enjoyment  which  is  natural 
to  the  young  heart,  and  which  should  not  be  absent  from  the  more  mature.] 


HUNT  THE  SLIPPER. 

This  old  game  will  be  remembered— in  conjunction  with  blind  man’*  buft 
— as  long  as  the  charming  ‘-Pleasures  of  Memory  ” are  read. 

“ ’Twas  here  we  chased  the  slipper  by  its  sound, 

And  turned  the  blindfold  heio  round  and  round,” 
says  the  poet,  speaking  of  his  childhood’s  home. 

The  game  is  played  thus:  The  players  (who  should  be  many)  sit  in  a circle, 
close  together  on  low  stools  or  on  the  carpet.  In  the  center  of  the  group 
stands  the  one  who  is  to  ” chase  the  slipper  by  its  sound.” 

The  players’  hand®  are  clasped  behind  their  backs,  one  of  them  holding  a 
slipper.  The  center  player,  of  course,  must  not  know  who  holds  it. 

If  there  area  sufficient  number  of  ployers,  it  adds  greatly  h>  the  fun  or 
this  game  to  make  an  outer  and  inner  circle.  The  slipper  is  passed  from  hand 
to  hand.  At  length  *ome  one  taps  with  it  on  the  ground,  outside  the  circle. 
The  huntress  darts  to  the  place  indicated  by  the  sound,  but,  alas!  too  late 
generally  to  catch  it.  While  seeking  it  there,  she  hears  it  tap  the  floor  i» 
quite  an  opposite  direction,  and  againdarts  off  on  her  vain  search.  It  is  geiv 
erally  some  time  before  the  slipper  is  caught.  When  it  is,  the  huntress  sit# 
down,  and  the  player  from  whom  she  obtained  it  takes  her  place. 

BLIND  MAN’S  BUFF. 

Choose  which  shall  be  the  Blind  Man,  and  then  tie  a handkerchief  car©' 
fully  over  his  eyes.  Stand  him  in  the  middle  of  the  room.  Then  oue  say  K 
him : 

“ How  many  cows  has  your  father  got?” 

He  answers,  “ Three.” 

“ What  color  are  they?” 

“ Black,  white,  and  gray.” 

“ Then  turn  around  three  times,  and  catch  you  may.” 

The  g i me  then  is  to  avoid  being  ©aaght  by  the  Blind  Man.  A good  deal 
of  fun  is  made  by  touching  him  on  the  back,  arms,  legs,  and  so  on.  As  soon 
as  one  is  caught,  that  one  becomes  the  Blind  Man.  This  game  oan  also  be 
played  in  the  gardens  or  fields. 

HIDE  AND  SEEK. 

A handkerchief,  or  some  other  trifle,  is  concealed  by  one  player,  and  the 
rest  attempt  to  find  it.  The  one  who  discovers  it  takes  the  next  tarn  to  hide 


Amusements  for  the  Young. 


629 


th©  article.  It  is  customary  for  the  one  who  hid  the  article  to  encourage 
those  who  approach  it,  by  telling  them  that  they  are  warm,  warmer,  th-;y 
burn,  etc.,  and  to  warn  them  of  their  de-nurture  from,  it  by  saying  that  they 
are  cool,  cold,  or  freeze 

BEANS  ARE  HOT. 

This  is  a hiding  game.  One  player  goes  out  of  the  room  ; the  others  hide 
something,  previously  chosen  for  the  purpose.  It  may  be  a fan,  a ball,  a card, 
a key,  etc.  When  they  have  hidden  it,  they  call  their  friend  in,  by  saying  at 

the  door: 

“ Hot  beans  and  melted  butter! 

Please,  my  lady,  come  to  supper.” 

She  instantly  begins  her  search  for  the  hidden  thing,  in  the  curtains,  un- 
der the  hearth-rug,  in  the  piano— everywhere,  i 11  short.  W hen  she  approaches 
the  rjght  spot,  the  hiders  cry,  “Hot  beans!”  When  she  moves  away  from  it 
they  cry,  “ Cold  beans !”  * 

If  she  finds  the  concealed  article,  she  hides  it  next  time  herself.  If  she 
gives  up  the  search,  she  pay^  a forfeit. 

Sometimes  a whole  party  go  out  of  the  room,  and  one  remains  in  it  to 
hide  the  chosen  object  they  are  to  seek. 

When  they  return  she  watches  them  and  call  out  who  is  “ hot  ” or  “ cold  ” 
byname,  as,  “Charley  is  growing  warm,-’  “ Henry  is  quite  hot,”  ‘‘Oh,  now, 
Mary,  you  are  so  cold !” 

“ Hot  ” means  near  the  hidden  thing ; “ cold,’  ’ a great  way  off. 

4 ORANGES  AND  LEMONS. 

Two  of  the  tallest  players  go  aside  and  settle  which  of  the  pair  shall  he 
called  “Orange,”  and  which  “Lemon;”  but  their  respective  names  must  not 
be  known  to  the  others. 

Then  they  join  hands,  and  raising  their  arms  as  high  as  they  possibly 
can,  sing: 

“ ‘ Oranges  and  lemons,’ 

Say  the  bells  of  St.  Clement’s. 

Here  comes  a candle  to  light  you  to  bed, 

And  here  comes  a hatchet  to  chop  off  your  head.” 

While  they  sing,  the  other  children,  holding  each  other  round  the  waist, 
run  under  their  npstretebed  arras.  At  the  word  “ head,”  which  they  manage 
to  sing  just  as  the  last  child  of  the  train  passes,  they  drop  their  arms  and 
catcli  her  round  the  neck.  She  is  then  taken  on  one  side  and  asked  in  a 
whisper  whether  she  will  be  an  orange  or  a lemon.  If  she  chooses  an  orange, 
she  is  told  to  go  behind  the  young  girl  who  calls  herself  by  that  name,  and  to 
take  lioid  of  her  by  the  waist.  If  she  should  choose  to  be  a lemon,  she  is  to 
take  hold  of  the  lady  so  named.  But  the  ehoice  must  always  be  declared  in  a 
whisper,  or  the  others  would  know  who  was  “orange”  and  who  wa3  “lem- 
on.” Then  the  pair  re-unite  their  hands,  raise  their  arms,  and  begin  the 
chant  again,  cutting  off  a head  and  gaining  a follower  every  time,  till  not 
one  of  the  chain  of  players  is  left.  Every  time  a child  is  caught,  she  has  to 
choose  between  the  orange  and  lemon,  and  is  sent  behind  her  choice,  putting 
her  arms  round  the  waist  of  the  bust  of  the  orange  or  lemon  followers. 

When  all  have  chosen,  it  is  generally  found  that  each  fruit — orange  and 
lemon— has  a good  train  of  supporters  behind  her;  though,  of  course,  it  will 
sometimes  chance  that  one  has  more  than  the  other,  as  tbe  liking  may  have 
set  towards  either  manges  or  lemons. 

Then  the  heads  of  each  party  join  hands  and  endeavor  to  null  each  other 
over  to  the  opposite  side,  the  supporters  behind  strongly  pulling  their  chief 
back. 

Generally,  before  the  struggle  takes  place,  each  leader  re-avranges  her  fol- 
lowers, placing  the  tallest  and  strongest  next  herself,  the  little  ones  at  the 
end. 

The  party  that  can  pull  over  the  head  or  leader  of  the  other  party  wins. 

MY  LADY’S  TOILET. 

To  each  one  of  the  company  is  given  the  name  of  an  article  of  dress  ; 
chairs  are  placed  for  all  the  company  but  one.  ko  as  to  leave  one  ciiair  too  few. 

They  all  seat  themselves  but  one,  who  is  called  the  Lady’s  Maid,  and  stands 
in  the  center.  W lieu  the  maid  calls  for  any  article  of  dress,  th©  one  who  has 
that  name  instantly  rises, repeats  the  word,  and  seats  herself  again  directly. 
For  ins  ance,  the  maid  says : 

“ My  lady’s  up,  and  wants  her  dress.” 

“ Dress!”  says  th*  one  who  has  that  name,  rising  at  the  same  time  she 
i $eaks,  and  sitting  down  again  as  quickly. 

“ My  lady’s  up,  and  wants  her  brush.” 


630 


Amusements  for  the  Young. 


“ Brush !”  eays  Brush,  jumping  up  and  repeating  her  name. 

“ My  lady’s  up,  and  wants  her  handkerchief,  watch,  and  chain.” 

“ Handkerchief!”  “Watch!”  and  “Chain!”  say  each  one  of  the  three, 
rising  together. 

“ My  lady’s  up,  and  wants  her  whole  toilet.” 

When  this  is  said,  every  one  must  jump  up  and  change  chairs,  and  as 
there  is  a chair  too  few,  of  course  it  occasions  a scramble,  and  whoever  is  left 
standing  must  be  Lady's  Maid,  and  call  to  the  others  as  before. 

THE  POST. 


The  party  are  seated  in  two  rows,  facing  each  other,  down  the  room.  One 
person  is  left  chairless,  and  becomes  postman.  He  holds  a piece  of  paper  and 
a pencil,  and  asks  each  person  to  take  the  name  of  some  town  or  city,  Ameri- 
can or  foreign,  which  be  writes  down. 

When  every  one  is  seated,  the  postman  calls  out,  “The  post  is  going  be- 
tween Boston  and  New  York,”  or  any  other  places  chosen  as  names  by  the 
players.  The  moment  he  speaks,  the  persons  so  mimed  exchange  seats  rap- 
idly, the  posifcsnan,  of  course,  trying  to  get.  one  of  those  seats.  When  he  says, 
“ The  general  post  is  going  out,”  everybody  changes  scats,  and  in  the  scram- 
ble he  manages  to  get  one;  but,  as  there  is  always  one  chair  less  than  the 
number  of  the  players,  somebody  else  is  left  out,  and  becomes  postman,  Any 
“ town  ” not  answering  fib  its  name  must  either  pay  a forfeit  or  take  the  post- 
man’s place. 

KISS  IN  THE  RING. 


Join  hands  in  a ring,  a lady  and  a gentleman  alternately;  then,  the  one 
who  is  selected  to  begin  the  game  stands  in  the  middle,  and  the  rest  dance 
round  and  round,  singing: 

“ Here  a young  maiden  she  wants  a sweetheart, 

Wants  a sweetheart,  wants  a sweetheart ; 

Let  her  choose  one  that  she  loves  best 
From  all  the  merry  men  around.” 

It  is  usual  to  provide  the  lady  with  a handkerchief,  which  she  throws  at 
the  feet  of  a young  gentleman,  who  instantly  picks  it  up,  and  pursues  her  in 
and  out  the  circle  till  he  catches  her.  As  soon  as  he  has  caught  her  he  bi’ings 
her  into  the  ring,  and  the  players  again  dance  round  and  round,  singing  : 

“ Here’s  a couple  both  married  together, 

Like  father  and  mother  they  must  agree; 

Love  one  another  like  sister  and  brother. 

So  pray,  young  couple,  come  kiss  together.” 

The  gentleman  then  salutes  the  laciy,  who  joins  the  ling,  leaving  the  gen- 
tleman in  the  middle.  The  game  goes  on  as  before,  only  substituting  the 
words  “man”  for  “maiden”  and  “maids”  for  “men.”  This  is  a merry 
garden  game  in  the  summer  time,  when  the  young  gentlemen  are  not  too 
rough 

COPENHAGEN. 


First  secure  a piece  of  tape  or  twine,  sufficiently  long  to  go  round  the 
whole  company,  who  must  stand  in  a circle,  holding  in  each  of  their  hands  a 
part  of  tiie  string.  The  iast  player  takes  hold  of  the  two  ends  of  the  tape. 
One  remains  standing  in  the  center  of  the  circle,  who  is  called  the  “ Dane,” 
and  who  must  endeavor  to  slap  the  hands  of  one  of  those  who  are  holding 
the  string,  before  they  can  be  withdrawn.  Whoever  is  not  sufficiently  alert, 
and  allows  his  hands  to  be  slapped,  must  take  the  place  of  the  Dane,  and,  in 
his  turn,  try  to  slap  th8  hands  of  some  one  else. 


QUESTIONS  AND  ANSWERS. 

All  take  partners,  and  sit  opposite  each  other.  Then  one  person  whispers 
a different,  question  in  the  ear  of  each  on  one  side  of  the  room,  and  another 
gives  an  answer  hr  each  on  the  opposite  side.  The  first  couple  commence. 
One  asks  the  question  whispered  to  him,  his  partner  gives  the  answer  whis- 
pered to  her.  Each  couple  take  turns  in  giv.ng  the  questions  and  answers. 
A lady  should  direct  the  gentlemen,  and  a gentleman  the  ladies.  Each  side 
asks  the  questions  alternately ; the  side  that  first  asked  the  questions  next 
making  the  answers. 

PUT  IN  A WORD. 

Some  one  in  the  company  leaves  the  room,  while  thene  remaining  select 
a word,  and  then  send  for  t he  person  to  return.  She  must  ask  some  question 
of  the  person  nearest  to  her,  to  which  the  one  spoken  to  must  make  a prompt 
answer,  and  in  answering  he  must  make  use  of  the  word  selected.  Some- 
times an  acute  person  will  guess  the  word  from  the  answer  given  to  her  first 
quest  ion.  Some  awk  ward  use  or  slight  emphasis  may  betray  it,  hut  generally 
she  wiii  go  to  a number,  and  sometimes  to  uii  present,  without  guessing  ihs 


Amusements  for  the  Young. 


631 


word.  Ia  that  ease  (unless  some  one  volunteers  to  take  her  piece)  she  must 
go  out  /gain.  If  she  discovers  the  word,  the  one  by  whose  answer  she  guessed, 
it  leaves  the  room,  and  those  remaining  cho<  se  a word,  and  the  game  pro- 
ceeds as  before. 

QUEEN  ANNE  AND  HER  MAIDS. 


The  players  divide  into  two  parties.  One  side  takes  a bail,  and  draw 
close  together,  raising  frocks  into  a ‘‘lap1’  or  cover,  it:  10  which  the  players 
put  their  hands.  The  ball  is  given  to  a player  to  bold  in  her  lap.  She  must 
trv  to  hide  it  as  much  as  possible,  while  those  waos-:  laps  are  empty  must 
“ make  believe,”  as  well  as  they  can,  to  hold  the  bail  In.  their  raised  dresses. 
This  is  done  by  washing  the  dress  out  with,  the  hand.  etc.  Whan  the  ball  has 
been  concealed,  the  players  advance  to  those  waiting  on  the  other  side  of  the 
room,  and  sing  : 

“ Queen  Anne,  Queen  Anne,  she  sat  in  the  sun, 

As  white  as  a lily,  as  grave  as  a nun  ; 

She  sends  you  these  letters,  and  begs  you’ll  read  one ; 
if  you  guess  our  secret,  ’twill  be  great  fun.” 


The  other  players  answer : 

“ Good  fortune  the  gracious  Queen  befall, 

I ask  Amelia  [or  whatever  the  name  may  bej  to  give  me  the  ball.” 


If  her  guess  is  mistaken,  the  maids  of  honor  sing: 

“ The  ball  is  ours : yon  guess  not  well, 

Nor  can  oar  lady’s  secret  tell ; 

So  sit  like  gipsies  in  the  sun, 

While  we,  fair  ladies,  go  and  come." 

Then  they  return  to  their  places,  and  transfer  tne  ball  to  another  play- 
fellow. 

When  the  guessers  fix  on  the  right  person,  the  ball  is  transferred  to  them, 
vnd  tlxe  parts  are  reversed,  while  the  ball-holder  has  to  pay  a forfeit. 

SPAT  THEM  OUT. 


All  the  girls  In  the  party  arrange  themselves  behind  chairs,  sofas,  otto- 
mans, etc.,  all  the  boys  being  sent  out  of  the  room;  oue  girl  stands  as  door- 
keeper. Some  girl  then  calls  out  the  name  of  a boy  whom  she  wishes  to  take 
t he  seat  in  front  of  her,  or  two  or  three  can  send  at  once ; the  doorkeeper  opens 
the  door  and  calls  out  the  name.  The  boy  called  enters,  and  the  door  is  shut. 
He  looks  all  around,  wondering  who  ha*  chosen  him,  and  finally  takes  a seat. 
It  he  happens  to  sit  down  in  front  of  the  §pri  who  called  bis  name,  she  kisses 
him,  and  ne  keeps  his  seat;  but  if  not,  as  is  most  likely  to  b-  the  case,  they 
all  clap  him  out,  and  away  he  goes.  Another  is  then  chosen,  and  the  same 
ihing  is  gone  through.  Sometimes  a favorite  boy  will  be  called  in  a number 
ot  times  before  he  guesses  correctly.  When  all  thegiris  ha  ve  taken  their  turn 
in  calling.  th8y  leave  the  room,  and  the  boys  take  their  stand  behind  the  seats 
and  the  girls  are  called  in. 

vVe  were  present  at  a children’s  party  where  this  gam©  was  played.  When 
it  became  the  boys’  turn  to  call,  one  little  follow  cried  out,  ’‘Bay,  boys,  less?  wo 
kiss  the  girls,  right  or  not;  then,  if  they  are  wrong,  we  can  clap  them  out 
afterwards,  and  not  lose  on r chance.”  We  were  amused  to  see  how  eagerly 
the  prettiest  girls  were  urged  by  an  to  take  their  seats;  if  she  was  a modest 
child,  she  would  be  perfectly  bewildered.  Borne  pretended  to  be  angry  at  the 
stolen  kiss,  but  we  noticed  that  if  called  again,  only  on®  timid  little  girl  re- 
fused the  call. 

BUZZ. 

Promptness  Is  very  necessary  in  this  game.  Any  number  of  children  ex- 
cept seven,  both  girls  and  boys,  seat  themselves  around  a table,  or  in  a circle. 
One  begins  the  game  by  saying  “ One !"  the  child  on  the  left  says  “ Two !”  and 
so  on  till  they  come  to. seven,  wnicu  number  must  riot  be  mentioned,  but  in 

Si  ace  thereof  the  word  “Buzz!”  Whenever  a number  occurs  in  which  the 
g are  seven  is  used,  or  any  number  into  which  seven  may  be  multiplied, 
“Buzz”  moat  be  used  instead  of  that  number.  Such  are  the  numbers  7,14. 
17,  2lj  27,  28,  35,  87,  42.  etc.  Any  one  mentioning  a number  with  seven  in  it  in- 
stead of  “Buzz”  or  calling  out  of  turn,  or  naming  a wrong  number,  must 
pay  a forfeit.  After  she  has  paid  her  forfeit,  she  calls  out  ’ One!”  and  so  it 
goes  round  again  to  the  left.  When,  by  a little  practice,  the  circle  gets  as 
h ish  as  eyenty-one,  then  ‘ Buzz  one,  Buzz-two,”  etc.,  must  be  used,  and  for 
seventy-seven,  “ Buzz-buzz,”  and  so  on.  If  the  person  whose  turn  it  is  to 
speak  delays  longer  than  whiie  any  one  of  the  circle  can  moderately  count 
five,  she  must  pay  a forfeit. 

TWIRL  THE  TRENCHER. 

The  players  must  sit  in  a large  circle,  with  a wooden  trencher  (or  a small 
tin  waiter  will  dog  to  twirl. 


632 


Amusements  for  the  Young, 


Each  player  assumea  a name  or  number— numbers  are  best  to  call— sue*, 
as  No.  1,  No.  2,  etc.  The  first  player  advances  to  the  middle  of  the  circle,  and, 
sets  the  t reneiier  twirling  on  the  floor.  1 hen  she  darts  back  to  her  seat,  call- 
ing oat  No.  3 (or  any  number  she  pleases),  iso.  3 rushes  forward,  and  pre- 
vents the  trencher  (which  is  flagging,  of  course)  from  stopping;  then  she 
returns  to  her  seat,  calling  No.  5 to  the  trencher  rescue. 

Any  player  who,  when  called,  suffers  the  trencher  to  fall,  must  pay  a for- 
feit. If  the  wrong  side  of  the  trencher  falls  upwards,  she  must  pay  two. 

HUNT  THE  RING. 

All  but  one  stand  In  a circle.  A ring  is  slipped  on  a cord,  the  ends  of  which 
are  tied  together.  Each  child  must  then  hold  her  hands  tightly  over  ihe  cord 
and  pass  the  ring  around.  One  child  stands  in  the  center,  and  blinds  her  eyes 
until  the  ring  hao  commenced  passing  along  and  all  say  “ Ready.”  The  child 
iff  the  center  then  tries  to  find  the  ring.  The  one  under  whose  hand  she  finds 
the  ring,  must  take  her  place  in  the  center  of  the  circle. 

HERE  I BAKE,  HERE  I BREW. 

The  players  form  a circle  by  joining  h nds,  and  shut  one  of  their  number 
into  the  middle  of  it.  The  captive  touches  one  pair  of  joined  hands,  and 
says,  “ tlere  I bake;”  then  passing  on  to  two  others  (generally  on  the  opposite 
side  of  the  circle),  she  says,  ‘ Mere  I brew.”  Then  she  touches  two  others, 
saying,  “Here  I make  my  wedding-cake,  and  here  I wiii  go  through.”  Then 
suddenly  she  springs  < n two  of  the  clasped  hands  which  appear  least  to  ex- 
pect her,  and  breaks  through  the  circle  if  she  can.  But  her  effort  is  strongiy 
resisted  by  the  players,  who  keep  her  prisoner  as  long  as  they  can.  if  sue 
tries  three  times  in  vain  to  escape  from  the  circle,  she  pays  a forfeit.  If  she 
breaks  through  it,  the  pair  whose  hands  were  not  strong  enough  t > hold  hei 
pay  a forfeit  each,  and  another  player  becomes  captive.  If  this  game  is 
played  out  of  doors,  or  in  a urge  hail,  when  the  captive  breaks  through  she 
runs  around  the  lawn  or  hal;,  until  one  of  the  players  can  catch  her.  Then 
the  circle  forms  again,  t.  ml  the  one  who  caught  the  captive  becomes  captive 
This  game  continues  in  the  same  way  untila,  change  is  desired. 

CHASING  THE  DEER. 

All  the  players,  except  one,  take  hands  and  form  a circle.  The  one  left 
alone  goes  around  with  a handkerchief  in  her  hand,  and  sings  i 
My  heart’s  in  the  Highlands, 

My  heart  is  not  here; 

My  heart’s  in  the  Highlands, 

Chasing  the  deer.” 

Then  she  suddenly  throws  the  handkerchief  at  one  of  the  circle,  and  dam 
away. 

The  one  at  whose  feet  it  falls  pursues  her,  and  a grand  chase  takes  place. 

When  she  has  caught  tne  deer,  the  pursuer  becomes,  in  iier  thru,  the  anf 
mal  to  be  hunted. 

The  deer  si \ou id  try  to  drop  the  handkerchief  a*  slyly  as  she  can,  and  av 
the  feet  of  the  least  watchful  of  tne  circle,  that  she  may  get  a good  start. 

HOLD  FAST,  AND  LET  GO. 

This  game  resembles  “ Fly  away,  sparrow.”  Four  little  girls  or  boys  each 
hold  the  corner  of  a handkerchief,  or  anything  squ  >re,  One  standing  by  cries 
out  “Holdfast.”  They  must  then  promptly  drop  toe  corners  they  are  hold- 
ing. When  she  says,  “Let  go.”  they  must  be  sure  and  keep  hold.  Those  who 
fax!  to  do  so  must  pay  a forfeit. 

I SPY. 

All  the  children  who  join  this  game,  except  one,  hide  The  player  who  is 
left  out  is  blinded  until  he  hears  them  call  Whoop!”  The  one  blinded  then 
removes  the  bandage  from  his  eyes,  and  begins  to  search  for  the  hidden  play- 
ers. If  a,  glimpse  is  caught  of  any  one,  he  calls  out,  “ I spy  Mabel,”  or,  " I spy 
James.”  The  one  who  is  thus  discovered  must  start  and  run  for  the  place 
where  the  other  was  blinded.  If  the  goal  is  not  re:;  ehed  uuti  l the  pursuer  has 
touched  her,  she  must  take  his  place.  This  game  is  best  played  out  of  doors 

FLY  AWAY,  SPARROW. 

All  who  join  this  game  must  gather  around  a table,  and  each  player  must 
place  a finger  on  the  table.  When  the  leader  of  the  game  says,  “Fly  away, 
sparrow,  ’ or  any  other  creature  that  flies,  each  player  must  raise  the  finger 
placed  on  the  table.  If  anything  that  does  not  12 y is  mentioned,  and  any 
pi  -ver  raises  his  or  her  linger,  a forfeit  must  be  given;  also  if  he  faJis  to  raiae 
it  after  the  name  of  a bird  or  insect  that  tfie&, 


Amusements  for  the  Young, . 


633 


SHADOW-BUFF. 

Shadow-Buff  is  a variation  of  Blind  Man’s  Buff.  Though  not  as  gen- 
erally known,  it  is  equally  amusing.  A large  piece  of  white  cloth,  or  a linen 
or  cotten  sheet,  is  suspended  smoothly  at  one  end  of  the  room,  at  a little  dis- 
tance frofti  “ Buffy,”  who  sits  with  his  lace  toward  the  cloth,  and  his  back  to 
the  company.  Behind  him  a light  must  be  so  placed  as  to  throw  the  shadows 
of  persons  passing  between  it  and  Buffy  directly  on  the  curtain.  All  other 
lights  must  be  extinguished.  The  players  then  walk,  one  by  one,  slowly  be- 
tween the  light  and  Buffy  (who  must  not  turn  his  head),  limping,  jumping, 
grimacing,  or  disguisea  as  they  piease,  so  as  to  distort  their  shadows  on  the 
curtain.  If  Buffy  can  tell  correctly  to  whom  any  shadow  belongs  (guessing 
once  only  at  each  person),  the  player  whom  he  so  discovers  takes  his  place  as 
Buffy. 

BLIND  MAN’S  WAND. 

This  is  another  variety  of  the  same  game.  The  blind  man  carries  a cane, 
which  he  reaches  in  every  direction.  Whosoever  it  touches  is  bound,  by  the 
rules  of  the  game,  to  take  hold  of  it,  and  repeat  whatever  the  blind  man  or- 
ders, The  one  who  is  caught  can  disguise  his  voice  as  he  pleases.  The  blind 
man  is  allowed  three  guesses,  and  if  he  eannot  discover  the  person  touched 
by  his  voice,  he  must  try  another.  This  is  an  amusing  change. 

There  is  still  another,  called  “ Fettered  Buff.’’  The  person  who  is  to  catch 
his  companions  is  not  blinded,  but  his  wrists  are  tied  behind  him,  and  he 
catches  by  running  backward.  This  form  of  the  game  is  not  recommended. 
The  person  so  bound  cannot  balance  himself  easily,  or  guard  himself,  and  is 
liable  to  injury  from  falling. 

LAWYER. 

All  who  take  part  in  the  play  assemble  and  choose  a lawyer.  The  chairs 
In  the  room  are  arranged  in  two  rows,  as  in  a contra-dance.  1 f there  are  an 
equal  number  of  gentlemen  and  ladies,  the  former  choose  their  partners. 
The  gentlemen  take  seats  opposite  the  ladies.  The  lawyer  proceeds  to  ask 
such  questions  as  he  chooses.  The  person  addressed  must  never  answer,  but 
his  partner  must  answer  for  him.  If  either  makes  a mistake,  he  or  she  must 
change  places  with  the  lawyer,  and  ask  the  questions.  If  the  lawyer  is  ready 
in  asking  questions,  turning  quickly  from  one  person  to  another,  he  can  very 
soon  catch  some  one. 

CONSEQUENCES. 

This  is  a quiet  game.  All  assemble  around  a table.  Each  person  must 
have  a half  sheet  of  note  paper  and  a pencil.  All  are  requested  to  write  an 
adjective,  expressing  either  a good  or  bad  quality  in  a man’s  character.  Each 
one  then  turns  over  and  creases  down  the  place  written  upon,  and  all  change 
papers.  Each  one  then  writes  a gentleman's  name,  and  turns  it  down,  and 
all  change  papers  again.  Then  another  word  of  quality,  applying  to  a lady, 
is  written,  and  all  the  papers  are  turned  down  as  before,  and  changed  as  be- 
fore. Then  a lady’s  name  is  written;  then  a place  where  they  met;  then 
what  he  said  to  her ; then  what  she  said  to  him  ; what  he  gave  to  her;  what 
she  gave  to  him ; then  the  “ consequences  ” The  p '.per  must  be  turned  down 
every  time,  and  changed,  and  no  one  must  read  what  the  others  have  written. 
When  all  have  finished,  some  person  collects  and  reads  the  papers.  .Some  are 
absurd,  and  others  happen  very  correctly.  For  instance,  they  might  read 
thus:  ‘ The  clumsy  Mr.  Snooks  met  the  beautiful  Miss  Primrose  at  a ball. 
He  asked  her  If  she  liked  turnips;  she  sighed  and  hung  her  head,  and  said. 
‘ If  mamma  is  willing.’  He  gave  her  a bouquet ; she  gave  him  a box  on  the 
ear.  The  consequences  were  too  sad  to  relate.”  A party  of  merry  girls  aud 
boys  will  like  this  game  for  variety. 

HOW  DO  YOU  LIKE  IT?  WHEN  DO  YOU  LIKE  IT?  AND  WHERE 
WILL  YOU  PUT  IT  ? 

The  difficulty  of  this  game  consists  in  guessing  the  meaning  of  two  or 
more  nouns,  which  sound  alike,  but  have  different  meanings,  without  any 
other  help  than  the  answers  given  to  the  above  questions.  It  is  played  in  the 
following  manner : One  of  the  company  is  sent  out  of  the  room  and  not  re- 
called until  her  companions  have  agreed  upon  two  words  with  similar  sound 
with  which  to  puzzle  her.  When  she  comes  in  she  asks,  “ How  do  you  like 
it?’’  One  answers,  “Very  much  indeed;’’  or,  “I  don’t  like  it  early  in  the 
morning.”  Another  says,  “It  is  too  noisy.”  Another,  “ It  is  too  fond  of  fine 
clothes,”  etc.  She  then  asks,  “ When  do  you  like  it  ?”  One  answers,  ‘ At  nil 
times.”  Another.  “ When  J feel  hungry  for  my  dinner.”  Anoth  r,  “ I want 
it  when  walking  alone.”  Another,  “When  I want  some  M’ood  brought  for 
my  fire,”  etc.  Lastly  she  asks,  “Where  would  you  put  it?”  One  says,  “ I 
would  hang  it.”  Another,  “ I would  shut  it  up  in  a church  tower.”  “ I would 
take  it  to  a ball-i'oom,”  etc. 


634 


Amusements  for  the  Young. 


From  such  ansiw^'t,  a witty  little  girl  may  guess  that  belle  was  the  chos«n 
word,  (belle,  a fashionable  lady,  and  bell,  an  instrument  of  sound.)  Such  as 
do  not  guess  must  pay  a forfeit.  Many  words  might  be  chosen  for  this  game 
such  as  hair,  hare;  reign,  rain;  date,  a fruit,  and  date,  a period  of  time;  whip! 
to  strike  with,  and  whip,  to  eat;  pear,  pair;  heir,  air;  ale,  ail;  mason,  a 
bricklayer,  and  mason,  a member  of  a secret  society ; beer,  bier ; see,  sea.  ’ 

FOX  AND  GEESE. 

This  game  is  a very  old  one,  but  it  is  too  good  not*  to  be  always  remem- 
bered. Arrange  the  oompany  in  this  form : 

O O 

O O O 

O O 


O O O O O O 


O 0 

o o o 

o 

The  circles  represent  persons  (or  geese,  as  they  are  considered  in  the 
game).  They  must  be  arranged  in  the  manner  shown  in  the  illustration;  thus 
in  twos,  and  in  two  places  in  threes.  The  player  outside  the  circle  is  called 
the  fox.  The  object  of  the  fox  is  to  touch  the  outside  one  of  three:  but  when 
he  attempts  to  touch  the  outside  one  of  the  three  geese,  the  outside  goose 
must  dart  into  the  circle  and  stand  inside  two  of  the  others.  The  fox  can 
only  touch  the  one  outside  of  three;  if  he  succeeds,  the  fox  becomes  a goose 
and  the  one  caught  takes  the  place  of  the  fox.  One  must  be  on  the  alert,  and 
change  as  quickly  as  possible.  We  have  seen  this  game,  on  a stormy  day  at 
the  sea-shore,  played  with  great  zeal  by  old  gentlemen,  judges,  lawyers,  min- 
isters, mothers,  fathers,  and  children.  One  gray-haired  gentleman  was  the 
fleetest  fox  of  all;  no  one  could  escape  him,  and  his  laugh  made  all  hearts 
glad.  Green  old  age  is  beautiful  to  see,  and  the  youthful  are  always  made 
happier  by  its  genial  sympathy. 

CONFIDANTE. 

Let  each  player  provide  himself  with  paper  and  pencil,  and  write  accord- 
ing to  the  instructions  of  the  leader,  commencing  with  : 

“ Let  each  boy  write  a lady’s  name;  each  girl  a gentleman’s  name.’’ 

“ Now  any  past  time.” 

“ The  name  of  a place.” 

“ Either  yes  or  no.” 

“ Yes  or  no  again.” 

“ Each  boy  write  a lady’s  name,  and  each  girl  a gentleman’s.” 

“ Some  time  to  come.” 

“ Write  yes  or  no.” 

“ Yes  or  no  again.” 

“ Mention  a place.” 

“ Tell  us  your  favorite  color.” 

“ Set  down  any  number  not  exceeding  ten.” 

“ Another  color.” 

“ Yes  or  no.” 

“ Let  each  write  a lady’s  name.” 
k*  Let  each  write  a gentleman’s  name.” 

“ Each  another  lady’s  name.”  . 

‘k  Each  boy  write  a gentleman’s  name;  each  girl  a lady’s.” 

“ The  name  of  a clergyman.” 
kk  Now  any  sum  of  money.” 

“ The  name  of  a place.” 

“ And,  lastly,  a number.” 

When  all  have  finished,  each  player  must  read  aloud  what  he  or  she  has 
written,  without  altering  it,  in  answer  to  the  questions  below : 
k‘  From  whom  didywt  receive  your  first  offer?” 

M When  was  it?” 


Amusements  for  the  Young. 


63S 


M Where  did  this  event  take  place?” 

“ Does  he  love  you  ?” 

“ Do  you  love  him  ?” 

“ Whom  will  you  marry  ?” 

“ When  will  it  take  place?” 

“ Do  you  love  him?” 

“ Does  he  love  you?” 

“ Where  does  he  live  ?” 

“ What  is  the  color  of  his  hair?” 

“ What  is  his  height  ?” 

“ What  is  the  color  of  his  eyes  ?” 

“ Is  he  handsome  ?” 

“ Who  will  be  the  bridesmaid  ?” 

“ Who  will  wait  upon  her  ?” 

“ Who  is  your  sympathizing  confidante?* 

" Who  is  your  rival?” 

“ What  clergyman  will  marry  you  ?” 

“ How  much  is  the  gentleman  worth?” 

“ Where  will  you  live?” 

4‘  How  many  servants  will  you  keep  ?” 

In  asking  ttie  boys  the  questions,  there  are  a few  that  will  need  a]  slight 
liberation. 


THE  GAME  OF  TWENTY  QUESTIONS. 

One  person  thinks  of  an  article  or  subject,  another  then  endeavors  to  find 
out  what  the  thought  is ; and  this  is  done  by  asking  questions,  as  to  its  nature 
\nd  qualities. 

A third  person  is  usually  selected  as  umpire,  who  is  made  acquainted 
with  the  subject  fixed  on,  and  whose  duty  it  is  to  see  that  all  theanswers  shall 
be  fair.  These  answers  are  not  to  be  such  as  will  be  calculated  to  mislead ; al- 
though it  will  be  observed  that  the  wider  they  are  from  the  mark,  the  more 
difficult  will  the  guessing  be  rendered.  Twenty  questions  and  three  guesses 
ure  allowed.  We  give  an  illustration  of  the  nature  and  method  of  the  game. 
We  will  suppose  the  person  has  thought  of  an  article,  and  the  questioner 
begins  : 

* Does  it  belong  to  the  animal,  vegetable,  or  mineral  kingdom  ?” 

“ Composed  oi  vegetable  material.” 

“ Is  it  an  article  of  food?” 

No.” 

'*  Is  it  a manufactured  article?” 

“ It  was.” 

“ Then  it  does  not  now  exist  ?” 

“ No.” 

“ Did  it  belong  to  modern  or  ancient  times?” 

“ Very  ancient.” 

“ Do  you  allude  to  any  particular  thing,  or  to  a class?” 

“ To  one  particular  thing.” 

“Was  it  useful,  or  merely  ornamental  ?” 

“ Useful.” 

“ Was  it  an  article  of  dress?” 


Was  it  soft  or  hard  ?” 

“ Hard.” 

*•  Was  it  a piece  of  furniture?” 
No.” 


“ Was  it  stationary  ?” 
“ No.” 


“ Was  It  used  as  a conveyance?” 

“ Yes.” 

“ By  air,  earth,  or  water?” 

“ Water.” 

“ Was  it  used  for  a special  purpose?” 

“ It  wa«.’ 

“ Was  it  made  before  the  flood  ?” 

“ Yes.” 

“ Then  it  must  be  Noah’s  Ark.” 

“ You  are  right — and  guessed  it  with  fifteen  questions.” 


CRYING  FORFEITS. 


A player  is  to  kneel  at  the  feet  of  one  of  her  companions,  who  has  all  the 
forfeits  placed  beside  her.  The  kneeling  player,  who  is  to  name  the  means  of 
ransom,  hides  her  face  on  the  lap  of  her  playmate,  who  holds  each  forfeit  over 


636 


Amusements  for  the  Young. 


her  head,  and  says,  “ Here  is  a thins:,  and  a very  pretty  thing;  what  mast  be 
done  by  the  owner  of  thin  pret  ty  thing?” 

The  judge  answers,  “ Is  the  owner  a lady  or  gentleman  ?” 

If  the  answer  be  a lady,  she  is  to  give  a lady's  forfeit;  if  a young  gentle- 
man, a gentleman’s;  or  t lie  cryer  may  hold  u>>  two  or  more  forfeits  at  a time, 
and  say | “ Here  are  several  things,  very  pretty  things;  what  shall  their  own- 
ers do?” 

The  judge  must  then  inflict  one  of  the  double  forfeits.  These  are  gener- 
ally more  amusing  than  the  single  ones,  and  pleasanter  for  shy  players. 

We  give  a few  forfeit  ransoms  for  use,  but  they  may  always  be  invented 
and  ordered  by  the  kneeling  judge,  if  the  crier  cannot  remember  the  for- 
feits, she  may  put  the  book  in  her  friend’s  lap,  and  read  them;  the  forfeits 
being  held  by  another  person  behind  her. 

RANSOMS  FOR  FORFEITS. 

1.  The  lady  is  to  ask  everybody  in  the  room  to  do  her  a favor.  If  each 
person  grants  it,  she  may  reclaim  her  forfeit.  The  favor  she  asks  may  be  as 
absurd  as  she  pleases.  She  may  ask  her  friends  to  sing  a song;  ask  a riddle, 
bark,  whistle,  dance,  sing,  etc.,  etc. 

2.  She  is  to  answer  three  questions  without  smiling,  however  absurd  they 
may  be. 

3.  She  is  to  acknowledge  whether  she  admires  herself  or  not. 

4.  To  curtsey  to  everybody  around  the  room  without  smiling. 

5.  She  is  to  sing  a song. 

6.  To  kiss  her  sister  rabbit-wise,  (or,  if  she  has  no  sister,  a friend.)  This 
is  done  by  each  little  girl  taking  an  end  of  the  same  piece  of  string  into  her 
mouth,  and  nibbling  it  up  till  their  lips  meet.  The  string  must  on  no  account 
be  let  drop  by  either  piaycr. 

7.  To  ki.**«  her  sister  back  to  back.  This  is  done  over  the  shoulder. 

8.  To  guess  who  feeds  her  with  water.  A glass  of  water  and  a spoon  are 
brought;  she  is  blindfolded  and  seated  in  a chair ; every  person  in  the  room 
gives  her  silently  a tea-spoon  of  water  She  guesses  each  time  who  feeds  her. 
and  is  only  released  when  her  guess  proves  correct. 

9.  To  walk  around  the  room  with  an  envelope  held  between  her  lips 
standing  before  each  person  while  he  or  she  can  count  “three.”  If  she  dropiv 
the  envelope,  she  must  begin  again. 

10.  Make  a speech  in  dumb  show. 

11.  She  must  answer  “No”  to  twenty  questions.  She  may  phoose  wlie 
shall  ask  them. 

12.  To  stand  in  the  coi’ner  till  some  ore  prevails  on  her  to  come  out* 
though  sbe  must  only  answer  “No”  to  every  entreaty. 

13.  Walk  the  room,  and  kiss  your  own  v.'.adow  without  laughing. 

14.  She  is  to  have  her  cuoice— blindfolded— of  a kiss,  a pinch,  or  a slap 
To  do  this,  the  forfeit-holder  is  blindfolded;  one  of  her  companions  make.* 
mute  signs  of  a kiss,  pinch,  or  blow,  and  asks  her  which  she  will  have.  As# 
she  chooses  ignorantly,  she  may  find  that  she  hits  asked  for  a pinch  or  a slap;, 
but  they  r®  of  course  always  kindly  given.  A pinch  of  sugar  is  generally 
offered  for  the  former ; the  slap  is  merely  a slight  touch. 

15.  To  redeem  a double  forfeit.  For  two  players  across  the  room.  Shak* 
bands  with  any  one  named  by  the  forfeit-holder,  blindloid.  This  is  a verr 
amusing  forfeit,  both,  ti  e players  are  banded,  and  have  of  course  great  diffi 
cuity  in  meeting.  Their  companions  must  watch  that  they  do  not  hurt  them 
selves  in  the  attempt.  It  is  by  no  means  easy  to  shake  hands  under  such  cir- 
cumstances. 

18.  Answer  five  questions  without  saying  “ Yes  ” or  “No  ” 

17.  Each  pejsou  in  the  room  is  to  address  a line  of  poetry  to  the  forfeit 
payer.  Hhe  must  add  another  to  it  which  will  rhyme. 

13.  She  must  march  three  times  round  the  room  with  a bopk  on  her  head 
without  dropping  It. 

19.  Make  a wise  speech. 

20.  To  bite  an  inch  off  the  poker,  (i.  e.,  the  poker  is  held  au  inch  off,  and 
she  kisses  the  air.) 

21.  To  hold  the  candle,  and  beg  somebody  to  kiss  the  candlestick.  This 
done,  she  is  released.  She  is  herself  the  candlestick. 

22.  She  is  to  walk  blindfold  around  toe  room,  and  seat,  herself  on  any 
player’s  lap  whom  she  chooses ; she  then  tries  to  discover  who  her  chair  is, 
by  touching  her  face  and  dress.  It’  she  guesses  rightly,  her  forfeit  is  restored; 
The  players  try,  of  course,  to  hide  their  identity  as  much  as  possible,  by  alter- 
ing their  dress,  hair,  etc.,  to  puzzle  her. 

23.  To  lie  put  up  at  auction  and  bid  for.  When  the  forfcit-crier  is  satisfied 
with  the  price  offered,  she  returns  the  forfeit. 

24.  Feed  he  kittens.  The  players  all  remain  in  their  pine  s.  and  the  two 
who  have  to  feed  the  kittens  go  round,  one  with  a saucer  ©f  muk,  tha  ollie* 


Amws'em&rtts  /or  the  Young. 


637 


with  a £ea-spo©n,  with  which  she  gives  a sip  of  milk  to  every  person,  saying, 
“ Take  chat,  ‘my  pretty  puss!1'  to  which,  *fter  taking  it,  “ Puss ” must  gravely 
answer,  “Mew!” 

2o.  To  bow  to  the  prettiest,  kneel  to  the  wittiest,  kiss  the  nearest,  and 
make  a speech  to  the  dearest. 

26.  To  candidly  acknowledge  whom  he  loves  best  in  the  world. 

27.  The  gentleman  is  to  go  to  three  ladies  in  the  room.  To  the  first  he 
must  make  a speech  on  the  fashions;  to  the  second,  on  the  prettiest  shape  of 
bonnets ; to  the  third,  on  the  income-tax. 

28.  To  be  fed  as  a baby  by  the  other  players — i.  0.,  she  is  seated  in  the 
middle  of  the  room,  wrapped  up  in  a sheet ; the  others  bring  a custard,  a cup 
of  tea,  and  a glass  of  wine,  and  feed  her  alternately  with  a tea-spoon,  saying, 
as  they  do  so,  “Sweet  baby !”  No  laughing  allowed. 

29.  To  pet  the  kittens  without  smiling.  For  a boy:  He  goes  round  and 
says  to  every  lady,  “Poor  puss!”  to  which  she  must  gravely  auswer,  “Me-ew! 
Me-ew !” 

80.  To  sit  down  on  the  carpet,  and  get  up  without  touching  anything. 

31.  Dance  in  one  corner  of  the  room,  sing  in  another,  curtsey  in  the 
third,  and  weep  in  the  fourth. 


CROQUET. 

This  out-door  pastime  is  of  comparatively  modern  creation,  and  is  every 
day  becoming  more  in  vogue.  It  may  be  played  by  persons  of  all  ages  and  of 
either  sex ; but  it  is  especially  adapted  for  ladies  and  young  persons,  as  it  de- 
mands but  trifling  personal  exertion,  while  it  affords  delightful  and  health- 
giving sport. 

Tne  ground  upon  which  croquet  is  played  is  preferably  a grass-plot  of  an 
Dblong  lorm;  but  an  ordinary  lawn  or  expanse  of  even  turf  will  answer  the 
purpose,  so  long  as  it  is  of  sufficient  extent  for  the  operations  of  the  game. 

The  implements  for  playing  croquet  are  the  balls,  the  mallets,  the  starting 
and  turning  pegs,  the  croquet  clips  or  markers,  the  hoops  or  arches.  These 
may  be  obtain -d  at  the  ordinary  toy  warehouses. 

Arrangement  of  the  Hoops.— much  of  the  interest  of  this  game  depends 
upon  the  arrangement  of  the  hoops,  it  is  essential  that  they  should  be  fixed 
in  the  ground  on  definite  principles.  In  the  fil'd  place,  the  starting  peg  is 
driven  in  at  one  end  of  the  ground,  and.  the  turning  peg  is  driven  in  at  the 
other  extremity.  From  each  of  these  pegs  a space  of  twelve  feet  intervenes; 
here  a hoop  is  fixed;  another  space  of  ten  feet  intervenes,  when  a second 
hoop  is  fixed;  a space  of  eight  feet  then  succeeds,  and  at  this  point  is  formed 
what  may  be  termed  the  base,  on  each  side  of  which,  at  a distance  of  t wenty 
feet,  arid  succeeding  each  other  at  intervals  of  ten  feet,  three  hoops  are  driven 
in.  By  this  arrangement  a square  is  formed,  the  starring  peg  leading  into  i ts 
center,  and  the  turning  peg  leading  from  it.  Where  the  ground  is  small,  the 
distances  may  be  contracted  proportionally.  Other  arrangements  of  the 
hoops  may  be  made  at  the  discretion  of  the  players,  but  the  first-named  plan 
will  be  found  be  t worthy  of  adoption,  a”  it  affords  the  most  excellent  oppor- 
tunities for  the  display  of  address  and  skill. 

The  game  consists  in  striking  the  balls  from  the  starting  peg  through  the 
seven  hoops  to  the  peg  at  the  opposite  extremity.  The  balls  are  then  driven 
back  again  to  the  starting  peg. 

The  game  may  be  played  by  any  number  of  persons  not  exceeding  eight. 
A larger  number  protracts  the  intervals  between  the  several  turns,  and  there- 
by renders  the  game  tedious.  The  most  eligible  number  is  four.  If  two  only 
play,  each  p ayer  should  take  two  bails;  and  when  as  many  as  eight  play, 
there  should  be  two  sides  or  sets. 

In  playing  the  game,  each  piayer  takes  a mallet  ball,  and  croquet  clip,  of 
the  same  color  or  number,  the  clip  being  used  to  indicate  t ie  hoop  at  which, 
in  his  turn,  he  aims.  The  division  into  sides,  choice  of  bails,  mahets,  etc.,  is 
determined  by  the  players  among  themselves. 

Laws  of  the  Ghvne.  -In  croqtidt,  as  with  many  other  sports  when  first  estab- 
lished, there  exist  differences  of  opinion  on  certain  points  of  p actice.  We 
have  consulted  numerous  treatises  on  the  game,  and  find  Jaques’s  *•  Laws  and 
Regulations  of  the  Game  of  Croquet”  to  lie  one  of  the  most  practical  and 
straightforward  manuals  extant.  It  is  to  this  work  that  we  are  mainly  in- 
debted for  the  following  laws  of  the  game : 

I*.  On  commencing,  each  player  must  place  his  ball  within  a mallet’s 
length  of  the  starting  peg  in  any  direction,  and  his  opening  stroke  must  be  to 
pass  through  the  first  hoop. 

2.  The  players  on  each  side  are  to  play  alternately,  according  to  the  colors 
on  the  starting  peg,  and  the  order  in  which  they  play  cannot  be  altered  dur- 
ing the  game. 

3.  Each  player  oeafckaaes  to  play  so  tong  as  he  plays  with  saceeso,  that  is. 


638 


Amusements  for  the  Young. 


bo  long  as  he  drives  his  ball  through  the  next  hoop  In  order,  or  croquets  an* 
other  ball. 

4.  When  a player  strikes  his  own  ball  so  as  to  hit  another  at  a distance, 
he  is  said  to  roquSt  it;  and.  having  thus  hit  a ball,  he  must  then,  as  it  is 
termed,  “ take  the  croquet,”  which  is  done  as  follows:  He  lavs  his  own  ball 
against  the  other  sp  that  the  two  touch ; he  then  places  his  foot  on  his  own 
bali,  which  he  strikes  with  his  mallet;  this  will  drive  the  ball  with  a momen- 
tum and  in  a direction  most  desired.  In  doing  this  the  player  should  press 
his  foot  on  his  own  ball. 

5.  A player  must  move  the  ball  he  croquets.  He  is  said  to  “ take  a stroke 
off”  when  he  places  his  own  ball  to  touch  the  croqueted  ball  very  lightly,  so 
as  to  leave  it,  when  croqueted,  in  nearly  the  same  position ; but  in  doing  this 
the  croqueted  ball  must  be  perceptibly  moved. 

6.  No  ball  can  croquet,  or  be  croqueted,  until  it  be  passed  through  the 
first  hoop. 

7.  Any  player  missing  the  first  hoop  takes  his  ball  up,  and  when  his  turn 
comes  again,  plays  from  the  starting  place,  as  at  first. 

8.  A player  may  croquet  any  number  of  balls  consecutively;  but  he  can 
not  croquet  the  same  ball  twice  during  i he  same  turn,  without  first  sending 
his  own  ball  through  the  next  hoop  in  order. 

9.  Instead  of  aiming  at  his  hoop  or  another  ball,  a player  may  strike  his 
ball  towards  any  part  of  the  ground  he  pleases.  When  he  has  made  a com- 
plete circuit  from  the  starting  peg  back  to  the  starting  peg,  he  may  either  re- 
tire  from  the  game  by  pegging,  or,  by  not  doing  so.  remain  in.  In  this  case 
he  is  called  a “rover,”  and  will  still  have  the  power  of  croqueting  consecu- 
tively all  the  balls  during  any  one  of  his  turns. 

10.  When  a ball  roquSts  another  ball,  the  player’s  ball  is  “ dead,”  and  “ in 
hand  ” until  after  the  player  of  it  has  taken  the  croquet.  Hence  it  follows 
that  if  it  cannon  from  one  ball  to  another,  or  from  a ball  through  its  own 
hoop,  or  from  a ball  on  to  either  of  the  pegs,  none  of  these  subsequent  strokes 
count  anything.  If,  however,  a player  cannon  off  a ball  which  in  the  same 
turn  he  has  croqueted,  and  then  runs  off  it  and  makes  a stroke,  that  stroke 
counts. 

11.  A player  whose  ball  is  roqu§ted  or  croqueted  through  its  hoop  in  or- 
der, counts  the  hoop. 

12.  A player  mu  t hit  his  ball  fairly— not  push  it.  A ball  is  considered  to 
be  fairly  hit  when  the  sound  of  the  stroke  is  heard.  A ball  is  “pushed” 
when  the  face  of  the  mallet  is  allowed  to  rest  against  it,  and  the  ball  propelled 
without  the  mallet  being  drawn  back. 

13.  A player  may  play  in  any  attitude,  and  use  his  mallet  with  his  hands 
in  any  way  he  pleases,  so  tha  t he  strike  the  ball  with  the  face  of  the  mallet. 

14.  When  the  ball  of  a player  hits  the  starting  peg,  atter  he  has  been 
through  all  the  hoops,  whether  by  his  own  play,  or  by  being  roqueted  (subject 
to  the  provisions  in  Law  10),  or  by  being  croqueted,  he  is  out  of  the  game, 
which  goes  on  without  him,  his  turn  being  omitted. 

15.  The  clip  is  placed  on  the  hoop  through  which  the  player  is  next  going. 
The  clips  are  to  be  changed  by  the  umpire,  and  are  decisive  as  to  the  position 
of  a player’s  ball;  but  if  the  umpire  forget  to  change  a clip,  any  player  may 
remind  hi  m before  the  next  stroke.  Should  there  be  no  clips,  a player  is  en- 
titled to  ask  any  other  player  how  he  stands  in  the  game. 

16.  A player  stops  at  the  peg ; that  is,  having  struck  the  turning  peg  in 
order,  his  turn  is  at  an  end,  and  even  though  he  should  roqu§t  off  the  peg,  it 
does  not  count.  When  his  turu  comes  round  again,  he  plays  his  bali  from 
the  spot  it  rolled  to  after  pegging. 

17.  A ball  is  considered  to  have  passed  through  its  hoop  if  it  cannot  be 
touched  by  the  handle  of  the  mallet,  laid  on  the  ground  from  wire  to  wire,  on 
the  side  from  which  the  ball  passed. 

18.  The  decision  of  the  umpire  is  final.  His  duties  are:  To  move  the 

clips;  to  decide  when  balls  are  fairly  struck*  to  restore  balls  to  their  places 
which  have  been  disturbed  by  accident;  and  to  decide  whether  a croqueted 
bail  is  moved  or  not,  in  doubtful  cases.  , 

Terms  Used  in  the  Game.— Roquet—* To  hit  another  ball  with  one’s  own. 
Croquet— Vo  strike  one’s  own  ball  when  in  contact  with  a roquSted  ball. 
Wired— To  have  the  bail  in  such  a position  that  the  hoop  prevents  the  stroke 
which  is  wished  to  be  made.  Peg— To  “ peg  ” is  to  strike  either  of  the  pegs  i& 
proper  order.  Dismiss — To  “ dismiss  ” a ball  is  to  croquet  it  to  a distance. 


BEE-KEEPING  DEPARTMENT. 


BY  THE  PUBLISHER. 


Note.— We  are  indebted  to  the  courtesy  of  H.  M.  Johnson,  of  Marshall, 
Mich.,  a practical  and  experienced  bee-keeper,  who  has  also  published  a work 
upon  this  subject,  called  “ The  Farmer’s  Guide  to  Bee-Keeping,”  which  is  the 
best  work  of  the  kind  that  has  come  to  our  knowledge.  He  has  kindly  per- 
mitted us  to  make  such  extracts  as  we  saw  fit,  but  our  space  will  not  allow  us 
,0  give  full  details,  but  to  give  enough  so  that  any  one  can  understand  the 
general  principles,  and  manage  bees  quite  successfully.  If  any  one  wishes  a 
thorough  and  scientific  knowledge  of  the  subject  in  all  its  details,  and  also  how 
to  make  the  various  kinds  of  hives,  bee  pasturage,  etc.,  etc.,  Mr.  Johnson’s 
«»ook  should  be  in  their  hands. 

FUNDAMENTAL  POINTS  IN  BEE-KEEPING. 

There  are  four  fundamental  points  which  render  bee-keeping  a success, 
Viz.,  the  man,  the  moveable  comb  hive , the  season,  and  the  honey  machine  or 
*mell  extractor.”  The  operator  should  be  acquainted  with  and  understand 
the  nature  and  working  of  the  bee  to  enable  him  t > manage  them  properly. 
He  should  then  have  a hive  that  will  answer  all  his  needs  in  every  depart- 
ment of  bee  culture,  and  in  the  making  of  hives  should  aim  at  simplicity. 
The  honey  machine  is  acknowledged  by  all  bee-keepers  to  be  the  greatest 
Improvement  to  the  science  since  the  invention  of  the  movable  comb  hive, 
by  the  use  of  which  we  claim  to  double  and  even  treble  the  quantity  obtained 
by  the  old  method. 

WHAT  CONSTITUTES  A SWARM  OF  BEES. 

Every  prosperous  swarm  of  bees  must  contain  one  queen,  several  thou- 
sand workers,  and  a portion  of  the  year  a few  hundred  or  even  thousand 
drones.  We  will  now  proceed  to  describe  the  different  bees  which  constitute 
a swarm,  and  the  labors  of  each. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  QUEEN. 

The  accompanying  cut  will  illustrate  the  appearance  of 
this  most  important  member  of  this  industrious  colony.  The 
queen  is  the  only  perfect  female  bee  in  the  colony,  and  hence 
the  name  of  queen  or  mother  bee.  In  form  she  is  longer  than 
eifcner  of  the  other  species.  She  is  usually  of  a dark  color,  ex- 
cept the  under  side  of  the  abdomen,  which  bears  somewhat 
on  the  golden  shade.  All  her  colors  are  bright  and  glossy, 
and  she  has  but  little  of  the  down  or  hair  seen  on  the  drones 
or  workers  Her  wings  are  short;  reaching  a little  more  than 
half  way  back.  Her  posterior  is  more  pointed  and,  has 
the  appearance  of  curving  uuder,  more  than  that  of  the 
workers.  She  has  a sting,  but  never  uses  it,  except  in  combat 
with  a rival  queen. 

Their  Affection  for  their  Queen. — The  queen  is  al- 
ways treated  with  the  greatest  affection  by  the  bees.  If  she 
is  removed  from  them,  the  whole  colony  is  thrown  into  a state  of  the  most 
intense  agitation.  All  labor  is  abandoned,  and  the  bees  run  wildly  over  the 
comb,  and  rush  from  the  hive  in  anxious  search  for  their  beloved  mother.  If 
they  cannot  find  her,  they  return  to  their  desolate  home  and  manifest  by 
their  sorrowful  tones  their  sense  of  this  great  calamity,  as  no  colony  can  long 
exist  without  the  presence  of  the  mother  bee. 

THE  AGE  OF  THE  QUEEN. 

The  average  age  of  the  queen  is  about  three  years  None  should  be  al- 
lowed to  become  older  than  that,  as  after  that  age  they  often  become  barren, 
or  deposit  eggs  ’Inch  produce  only  drones,  and  the  colony  soon  wastes  away 
without  being  replenished  with  worker  broods. 


640 


Bee-Keeping  Department 


Like  the  drone,  the  queen  never  goes  to  gather  honey,  her  only  duty  beit** 
to  de posit  the  eggs,  both  male  and  female.  Yet  she  is  as  dependent  on  tub 
workers  as  they  are  upon  her,  and  both  are  dependent  upon  the  drones,  not- 
withstanding they  are  the  acknowledged  idlers  of  the  colony. 

DEPOSITING  THE  EGG. 


In  all  well  populated  hives  yoang  broods 
may  be  found  in  different  stages  of  develop- 
ment, every  month  in  the  year,  with  few  excep- 
tions. The  queen  carefully  examines  each  cell 
by  thrusting  her  head  in,  before  depositing  the 
egg,  to  see  if  it  contains  bee  bread  or  honey,  as 
she  never  uses  a cell  partly  filied.  If  she  finds 
the  ceil  clear,  she  immediately  curves  her  abdo- 
men and  inserts  it.  She  remains  but  a second 
or  two,  and  then  leaves  the  cell,  when  an  egg 
about  a sixteenth  of  an  inch  long  may  be  seen 
attached  to  the  base  of  the  cell,  usually  a little 
to  one  side. 

HATCHING. 

The  eggs  remain  unchanged  for  three  or  four 
days.  They  are  then  hatched,  the  bottom  of 
each  cell  containing  a small  white  worm,  which 
floats  in  a whitish  transparent  fluid,  which  is 
deposited  by  the  nursing  bees,  and  by  which  it 
is  probably  nourished.  It  gradually  enlarges 
until  its  two  extremities  touch,  which  forms  a 
ring.  It  continues  to  increase  during  five  or  six 
days,  until  it  occupies  the  who  e breadth  and 
. Toe  nursing  bees  now  seal  over  the  cell  with  a 
light  brown  cover.  As  soon  as  the  larv  e is  perfectly  enclosed,  t begins  to 
line  the  cell  by  spinning  around  itself  a silky  cocoon.  When  this  is  finished 
it  undergoes  a great  change,  from  the  grub  to  the  nymph  or  pupa  stete,  and! 


Ovanes  of  a Queen  Bee. 
nearly  the  length  of  the  cell. 


Section  of  Comb,  showing  Honey,  Bee  Bread,  Brood  and 
Queen  Cells,  in  their  different  stages. 

( k ) Represents  comb  filled  with  honey ; (A)  represents  the  brood  im  aP  *t.ag<s.r  f/) 
represents  cells  containing  bee  bread;  (tfi  represents  drone  brood  se:ued  ; \$  ) represents 
sealed  brood  ; (a  , represents  an  old  queen  cell  where  a queen  ha  I formerly  hatched  ; (A) 
represents  a cell  where  the  queen  was  killed  by  violence  before  hatching;  represents 
where  a queen  has  hatched  recently ; y r presents  a periect  queen  cell;  U,»  repret  ftnta 
a queen  cell  just  started,  with  a grub  about  five  days  old. 


Bee-Kecphig  Department. 


641 


not  feef.v  » vestisr©  of  its  previous  form.  It  has  now  attained  its  full 
growth,  and  ihv  larae  >f.*ount  of  nutriment  taken  serves  a a store  for  devel- 
oping the  perfect  insect. 

Queens  are  reared  from  eggs  that,  if  deposited  in  worker  cells,  would  pro- 
duce worker  bees,  but  by  iars-er  cells  aud  royal  jelly  queens  are  developed. 
The  time  required  to  raise  a queen  is  three  days  m the  egg,  and  five  days  as 
a worm,  and  on  the  sixteen)  h day  she  has  attained  the  perfect  state  of  a queen 
bee.  The  working  bee  comes  forth  perfected  in  (wenty-one  days  from  the 
time  the  egg  is  deposited.  The  drone  fakes  twenty-fo-ur  or  twenty-five  days. 

IMPREGNATION  OF  THE  QUEEN. 

It  is  acknowledged  by  all  apiarians  of  the  present  day,  that  the  art  of (i 
copulation  tstkes  place  high  up  in  the  open  air,  and  usually  between  the* 
fourth  and  tenth  days  after  leaving  the  cell.  If  fertilization  does  not  occur 
before  she  is  twenty  days  old  it  never  takes  place,  and  the  eggs  deposited  will 
only  produce  drones. 

THE  WAILINGS  OF  THE  QUEEN. 

The  queen  has  two  notes;  one  of  defiance,  called  piping;  the  other  is  a 
note  of  fear,  a plaintive,  pitiful  wail,  mournful  in  the  extreme,  and  lingering 
long  in  the  memory  when  ones  heard.  This  mournful  note  is  set  up  when 
removed  from  their  hive,  when  seized  by  the  other  bees  to  destroy  her  life,  or 
when  her  colony  are  starving.  Whenever  this  note  is  heard  turn  not  a deaf 
ear.  but  immediately  respond  to  the  call,  for  there  in  something  wrong.  Rig- 
idly examine  the  hive  and  remove  the  cause  of  complaint. 

An  unimpregnated  queen  is  called  a “ virgin  queen.”  They  are  capable 
of  laying  only  drone  eggs.  A fertile  queen  is  one  which  has  mated  with  a 
drone,  and  is  capable  of  laying  eggs  which  may  become  either  workers, 
drones,  or  queens.  A barren  queen  is  one  who  has  passed  the  stage  ot  laying 
Eggs,  that  will  become  either  workers  or  queens,  but  continues  to  lay  eggs 
which  produce  only  drones.  The  period  of  fertility  lasts  from  two  to' three 
years,  and  cannot  be  depended  on  longer  safely.  All  such  queens  should  be 
desi  roved  and  fertile  ones  introduced,  that  the  colony  may  not  become 

WORKER  BEE. 

The  annexed  cut  represents  the  worker  be©,  a very  import- 
ant member  of  the  colony.  They  constitute  the  mass  of  the 
colony,  and  upon  them  devolve  all  the  labors  of  the  hive. 
They  gather  the  honey  and  pollen— the  food  for  the  young. 
They  nurse  and  feed  the  young  brood,  and  defend  their  house 
against  invasion  of  enemies.  The  care  which  the  workers 
bestow  upon  their  nurslings  is  wonderful,  and  they  manifest 
the  most  tender  attachment  for  them.  The  slightest  move- 
ment of  these  nurses  approaching  to  administer  to  the  young 
brood  .is  sufficient  to  attract  them  to  their  food  which  they 
devour  voraciously,  and  it  is  unsparingly  adminicle1  ed.  After  the  cells  have 
been  sealed  up  they  seem  to  cease  from  anything  like  a!  lection,  although  if 
the  brood  comb  is  meddled  with,  their  utmost  ite  is  kindled  Bees  reared  in 
the  spring  and  earb-y  summer  are  short  -r  lived  1 ban  those  reared  later  in  the 
season.  Each  worker  is  armed  with  a formidable  sting,  and  when  disturbed 
does  not  hesitate  to  use  it.  The  extremity  being  barbed,  the  bee  can  rare; y 
withdraw  it,  and  in  losing  her  sting  she  looses  her  life  and  dies  in  defending 
her  home  and  sacred  treasures. 


DRONES. 

We  herewith  present  a representation  of  the  drone 
of  the  colony ; the  “gentleman  of  leisure,”  who  leads 
an  easy  life,  taking  no  thought  of  the  morrow.  They 
tori  not;  neither  do  they  spin,  but  let  others  bear  the 
heat  and  burden  of  the  day.  They  differ  from  the 
queen  and  worker  in  form  and  structure,  and  are  of  a 
jy....-,  _ , „ . darker  color  and  less  active.  They  have  uo  prol 

for  gathering  i;:  -':.  ; > bucket  for  pollen;  nosack  lor 

/ - h w.t>: ; and  no  s ;ng  ' > .«*.  .d  : h :n selves  Willi.  They 

* ‘xJ -'4^  seem  to  be  a necessary  evil,  consuming  t lie  fruits  of  the 
4s  a ■ labor  performed  by  others.  Yet  without  thorn  the 

W brood  would  soon  become  extinct.  Microscopic  exam- 
ination shows  that  they  are  the  males  of  ttje  i : 

performance  of  the  functions  appoint  ? > ; r •,  ’ 

their  lif  5.  The  d iti  ;s  d v living  u 

T ‘eons  upon  their  bridal  tour.  In  the  performance  of  tiie  same  meir  IijSS 


642 


Bee. Keeping  Department. 


becomes  the  sacrifice.  In  July  and  August  if  there  seems  to  be  a prospect  of 
a short  supply  of  honey,  the  laborers  set  up  a vigorous  persecution,  driving 
them  from  or  into  a corner  of  the  hive,  and  when  through  hunger  and  captiv- 
ity, they  become  weakened,  and  being  without  a sting,  unable  to  defend 
themselves,  they  fall  helpless  victims  to  tiieir  fearful  onslaughts.  They  rush 
upon  them  and  sting  them  with  such  fury  that  they  die  at  once.  They  seize 
them  by  their  wings  and  gnaw  them  in  such  a manner  as  to  prevent  their 
escape  by  flight,  and  crawling  off  death  overtakes  them. 

THE  ITALIAN  OR,  LIGURIAN  BEES 

Are  conceded  by  all  to  be  far  superior  to  the  black  bee  above  described, 
although  they  do  not  differ  essentially  In  conformation;  yet  for  profit  and 
amiability  are  a groat  improvement.  In  ooior,  they  are  a beautiful  golden 
hue.  Tiie  worker  when  pure  has  three  distinct  bands  about  the  body ; the 
color  and  bands  being  the  test  of  purity.  The  qo&eas  are  more  fertile  and 
prolific,  depositing  tneir  eggs  earlier  in  the  season;  swarm  oftaner  and  earlier 
when  not  interfered  with;  protect  themsol ves  from  robber  bees  and  moths 
more  effectually ; carry  la  more  honey,  gathering  from  the  small  variety  of 
red  clover  and  some  other  plants  whose  oeh®  aro  no  deep  that  the  common 
bee  cannot  reach  the  nectar  dWtllied  in  the  bottom  01  the  flower  cups ; will 
not  sting  upon  as  slight  provocation,  and  can  be  handled  more  easily.  They 
are  stronger,  and  more  hardy,  and  live  longer,  although  performing  more 
labor.  They  are  also  more  industrious,  often  going  to  the  fields  in  very 
unfavorable  weather. 

TO  PRESERVE  PURITY  OF  STOCK. 

Mafly  object  to  Italian  bees  from  apprehension  of  their  becoming  hybrid- 
ized on  account  of  biaos  bees  being  kept  in  their  vieiuity;  but  the  fact  of 
their  throwing  off  swarms  more  frequently  and  earlier  in  the  season,  would 
easily  obviate  that  trouble.  Both  queens  and  drones  are  more  active  aud 
agile  thau  the  common  kind,  and  from  this  fact  would  usually  encounter  one 
another;  besides  the  wings  of  both  queens  and  drones  are  finer  than  the 
oommon  kind,  and  the  sounds  produce!  in  flying  are  clearer  and  higher-toned, 
hence,  they  are  readily  able  to  distinguish  each  other  wrnen  on  the  wmg. 

REARING  ITALIAN  QUEENS. 

All  practical  Bee-Keepers  have  & way  of  their  own  of  rearing  queens.  I 
would  recommend  the  use  of  a small  hive  or  nucleus,  as  they  are  termed. 
They  are  made  about  six  or  eight  inches  long,  five  inches  wide,  and  six 
inches  deep,  inside  measure,  with  three  miniature  comb  frames  each.  If 
your  whole  apiary  is  Italianized,  and  ail  the  bee*  are  the  same  for  au  extent 
of  three  miles  around,  there  will  not  be  much  difficulty  in  obtaining  purely 
fertilized  queens;  but  if  such  is  not  the  case,  some  of  the  following  methods 
may  be  adopted  to  secure  the  desired  result;  either  the  rearing  of  drones 
early  in  the  spring,  before  the  black  drones  make  their  appearance,  or  late  in 
the  season,  after  they  have  been  destroyed  ; otherwise  the  manner  of  double 
working  tnem  will  have  to  be  resorted  to. 

If  the  apiary  is  large,  perhaps  the  last  named  method  would  be  the 
most  practicable ; as  it  would  be  almost  impossible  to  obtain  the  desired 
results  by  either  of  the  other®,  unless  in  the  bands  of  an  experienced  opera- 
tor. The  mauner  of  double  working  them  is  very  simple.  It  is  merely  rais- 
ing all  the  queens  you  may  desire  for  the  whole  apiary,  from  a queen  of  un- 
doubted purity,  and  let  the  young  queens  mate  as  they  wiii  with  black  or 
Italian  drones.  According  to  the  theory  adopted  by  myself,  aud  the  majority 
of  bee-keepers,  the  drones  of  the  young  queens  will  be  pare,  while  the  work- 
ers of  a queen  fertilized  by  tne  black  drone  will  be  hybrid*?.  From  this 
theory,  it  is  evident  that  the  drones  of  your  apiary  the  following  spring 
will  be  Italian,  and  you  have  only  to  proceed  and  raise  another  set  of  queens 
from  the  same  old  one,  (or  what  would  be  better,  from  a new  queen  from 
another  apiary,)  which  would  produce  a cross,  and  prevent  in  and  in  breed- 
ing. If  any  of  the  queens  of  the  second  year’s  raising  do  not  produce  work- 
ers of  undoubted  purity,  namely,  those  with  three  distinct  bands  on  the 
abdomen,  she  should  be  replaced  by  another,  untii'Abe  desired  purity  is 
attained.  It  is  not  necessary  to  m*,ke  much  preparation  for  queen-raising 
until  the  drones  begin  to  make  their  appearance,  as  they  should  be,  at  least 
two  weeks  old,  at  the  time  the  queen  seta  forth  on  her  bi  idai  tour.  When  the 
proper  time  arrives  to  prosecute  your  labors,  the  nuclei  should  be  stocked 
with  combs  in  the  frames,  and  a little  honey,  about  one  or  more  • 1 ame  full,  in 
•order  if  tactile  boas  may  concentrate  their  labors  on  the  queen  cells,  instead  ot 
being  obliged  to  store  their  hive  with  honey.  To  insure  success,  it  if.  also 
necessary  to  have  some  brood  in  tne  nuclei  to  retain  the  bee*,  and  keep  t.nerq 
on  the  increase,  and  not  allow  fehe*a  to  diminish  in  numbers ; for  the  nuei«j 


Bee-Keeping  Department. 


643 


should  be  kept  well  stocked  with  bees.  The  brood  should  be  over  sever;  days 
old,  from  the  time  the  egg  was  deposited  : so  that  the  bees  will  not  construct 
queen  cells  from  brood  that  you  do  not  wish  to  use.  To  procure  the  bees  and 
comb,  it  is  best  to  obtain  the  hive  from  a distance  of  two  or  thn  e miles ; drive 
out  the  bees  oitoa  box,  as  in  transferring,  search  out  the  queen,  divide  the 
combs,  ami  put  them  in  the  nucleus  ; then  put  into  each  nucleus  at  least  one 
quart  of  bees,  without  a queer*.  A good  swarm  in  May  will  furnish  bees 
enough  for  about  five  nuclei;  while  in  June,  sufficient  may  be  obtained  for 
ten.  The  bees  in  the  nucleus  should  be  confined,  with  a little  ventilation,  for 
from  twelve  to  twenty-four  hours,  and  if  the  night  is  cool,  should  be  covered 
or  carried  into  a,  room,  so  that  their  brood  may  not  become  chilled. 

The  nuclei  should  be  placed  promiscuously  about  the  yard,  so  that  when 
the  queen  makes  her  flight,  she  may  return  safely  to  her  home  and  not  enter 
another,  and  in  the  mistake  lose  her  life.  The  bees  for  tire  nucleus  may  he 
obtained  from  your  own  yard,  in  which  case  it  will  be  necessary  to  confine 
them  for  at  least  three  days,  that  they  may  not  return  to  their  old  habitation, 
when  set  at  liberty.  If  it  is  desired  to  put  the  brood  that  you  wish  to  have 
queens  reared  from,  into  the  nucleus,  at  the  time  of  putting  the  bees  in,  it  can 
be  done  if  done  quickly,  that  it  may  not  become  chilled  in  the  process;  or  it 
■can  be  put  in  at  the  time  they  are  allowed  to  fly  out.  I prefer  the  plan  advo- 
cated by  Mr.  Alley,  that  is,  to  introduce  your  best  queens,  or  those  you  wish 
£0  rear  from,  directly  into  the  nucleus,  and  change  combs  from  them,  when 
there  are  eggs  deposited  there,  to  others  from  which  to  rear  queens.  In  all 
cases  to  raise  large,  strong,  fertile  queens,  I think  it  best  to  introduce  the 
brood  into  the  nucleus  before  the  eggs  hatch ; as,  in  that  case,  the  larva  is  fed 
npon  the  royal  jelly  from  the  time  the  egg  hatches,  until  It  is  sealed  over, 
And  therefore  would  receive  more  than  a grub  that  is  well  advanced.  When 
the  brood  is  given  to  the  nucleus,  the  bees  will  often  start  several  queen  cells 
from  it,  and  in  from  ten  to  fourteen  days  some  of  the  cells  will  hatch.  Jpst 
before  they  do,  all  the  cells  but  one  may  be  removed,  and  placed  in  other 
nuclei,  or  in  hives  that  have  been  queeniess  for  at  least  twelv  e hours.  This 
4s  much  safer  than  to  allow  them  to  hatch,  and  then  attempt  to  introduce  a 
tirgm  queen  to  a hive  or  nucleus,  as  they  will  rarely  receive  a queen  until 
after  impregnation  takes  place. 

During  the  months  of  June,  July,  and  August,  if  the  weather  is  pleasant, 
the  qeeen  will  invariably  come  out  to  meet  the  drone  on  the  filth  day  after 
leaving  the  cell,  and  in  two  or  three  days  she  will  commence  laying  eggs. 
She  should  be  removed  from  the  nucleus  after  impregnation  takes  place,  and 
before  she  commences  to  lay,  if  it  is  desired  to  rear  another  queen  in  the 
same  nucleus.  If  she  is  allowed  to  commence  laying  before  being  removed, 
the  bees  will,  after  her  removal,  begin  to  construct  queen  cells  from  the  eggs 
laid  by  her,  in  which  case,  it  would  be  necessary  to* keep  the  nucleus  queen- 
less for  five  days,  or  introduce  a cell  just  ready  to  hatch  within  twelve  hours 
*fter  removing  the  queen. 

INTRODUCING  THE  QUEEN. 

The  proper  time  for  removi  ng  the  black  queen,  is  the  middle  of  the  day— 

great  care  being  taken  not  to  alarm  the  bees  when  the  frames  are  removed. 

moke,  or  even  sudden  jaring,  will  cause  the  queen  to  seek  the  bottom  of  the 
hive,  or  some  other  place  of  refuge.  Carefully  raise  off  the  top,  without  jar- 
ring the  hive  and  alarming  the  bees,  near  you  jpl&ce  an  empty  hive  in  which 
to  put  the  frames  as  you  take  them  out,  examine  carefully  the  combs  in  the 
centre  or  those  first  filled  with  brood ; and  if  the  bees  are  not  disturbed,  they 
will  be  spread  evenly  over  the  surface,  when  the  queen  wi  11  be  easily  recog- 
nized, and  can  be  picked  up  with  the  fingers.  If  the  bees  become  alarmed, 
the  queen  being  the  most  shy  and  retiring,  will  seek  to  conceal  herself  by 
hiding  in  a mass  of  bees,  in  the  corners  of  the  hive,  or  anywhere,  that  she 
may  be  out  of  sight,  when  a close  scrutiny  ws)i  be  needed  to  discover  her.  If 
you  do  not  succeed  in  finding  her.  return  the  entire  mass  to  the  hive,  and 
makefile  effort  at  some  future  day  ; or  divide  the  swarm,  putting  one-half 
the  contents  in  the  empty  hive,  and,  if  possible,  the  greatest,  number  of  bees. 
Separate  the  combs  in  each  putting  in  only  half  the  number,  or  even  less  would 
be  preferable. 

In  a few  minutes  the  bees  will  become  quiet,  and  the  queen  will  leave  her 
hiding-place,  her  locality  being  readily  detected  by  the  quietness  of  the  bees 
near  her.  and  their  restlessness  on  the  other  combs.  The  combs  must  now  be 
returned  to  the  hive  in  the  position  they  occupied  before  being  removed. 
When  the  bees  are  returned  to  the  hive  destitute  of  & queen,  they  will  at,  once 
commence  operations  to  remedy  the  defect,  by  converting  some  of  the 
worker  larvae  Into  queens,  which  can  only  be  done  before  the  seventh-  dr  , rs 
at  about  that  time  all  the  eggs  left,  have  parsed  the  stage  when  it  will  be  poe- 
to  change  them  thus. 

The  combs  must  be  again  removed.,  and  all  royal  cells  that  contain  larvae 


644 


Bee-Keeping  jyepttrtmevzt. 


cut  off,  as  the  safety  of  the  now  queen  depends  greatly  on  th*?r  ertftre 
removal.  Mr  L.  A.  Asp  iu  wall  gives  a very  simple  and  easy  proofs-  Hint  o / 
1 immersing  the  queen  in  a little  honey,  slight ly  warmed,  it  no*fi aary,  and 
dropping  her  among  the  bees,  they  immediately  commence  licking-  her  oil, 
and  forget  that  she  is  a usurper. 

THE  HIVE. 

Next  in  importance  to  the  bees 
is  the  hive,  and  as  the  whole 
hnd  teems  with  bee -hive 
sharks  who  are  cont  inually  in- 
troducing their  worthless  wares 
on  the  ignorant  and  innocent 
bee-keep  r;  and  I am  compell- 
to  say  that  01  per  c nt  are  en- 
tirely vaiuek  ss  a a bee  homes. 
I believe  it  is  generally  con- 
ceded by  practical  Apiarians 
that  the  Rev.  L,  L.  Laugstroth 
has  accomplished  more  to  ad- 
vance the  science  of  apiculture 
in  the  i n t rod  uction  of  the  m o ve- 
able  comb  frame  than  the  com- 
bined ingenuity  from  the  first 
introduction  of  hives  to  the 
present  time.  It  has  never 
been  my  good  fortune  to  ob- 
tain a movable  comb  frame  so 
cheap  and  simple,  and  at  the 
same  time  so  easily  removed 
from  the  hive  as  the  1 -angstroth 
frame.  A good  hive  should 
possess  the  following  points, 
viz.:  1st,  cheapness;  2d,  sim 

SIMPLE  MOVABLE  COMB  HIVE. 

plicity;  3d,  durability  ; 4 th,  as  good  for  winter  as  summer;  5th,  that  thv 
combs  may  be  removed  without  injuring  or  irritating  th~  bees  ; 6th,  that  the 
bees  may  have  free  access  to  the  surplus  honey  arrangement;  7th,  that  the 
surplus  honey  may  be  removed  without  injuring  or  irritating  the  bees,  and 
be  in  a marketable  condition ; 8th,  that  the  bees  may  be  able  to  store  every 
ounce  of  honey  they  enn  collect:  9th,  completely  ventilated  that  the  becsifiaj 
not  suffocate,  and  thousands  of  them  hang  on  the  outside  of  the  hive  for  ah 
inahotday;  10th,  that  .ail  the  heat  from  the  hive  may  enter  the  surplus 
honey  boxes  or  chain  her,  to  enable  the  bees  to  elaborate  wax  and  make  comb 
11th,  t!  .at  in  ease  the  bees  are  carrying  in  honey  very  rapidly,  one  set  of  boxe 
may  be  raised  and  another  set  placed  under  them:  12th,  that  there  be  nt 
place  in  the  hive  where  the  m i Iter  m« >th  can  conceal  itself ; 13th,  that  then 
be  no  space  between  the  top  of  the  combs  and  hot  tom  of  the  honey  boxes  ex 
cept  a si  ogle  quarter  of  an  inch  ; 14th,  that  the  bees  may  enter  the  surplus 
honey  boxes  from  any  part  of  tha  hive  without  creeping  through  a hole  in  th< 
honey  board:  15th,  tnat  all  openings  of  the  hive  he  guarded  with  a slide  o> 
button  ; 16th,  that  the  bxec  be  covered  with  »,  light  cap  to  exclude  the  chilly 
air  at  night  as  well  as  the  excessive  heat,  of  the  noonday  sun.  with  a ventila- 
tion at  each  end  to  be  opened  on  hot  days  and  allow  a current  of  air  to  pass 
over  the  honey  boxes,  permitting  the  excessive  heat  of  the  hive  to  escape  in 
summer,  and  in  winter  to  carry  off  the  moisture  generated  by  the  bses. 


THE  APIARY. 

The  next  thing  in  importance  is  the  location  6f  the  apiary,  Select  if 
possible  a sheltered  place,  shaded  somewhat  by  trees,  with  an  eastern  or 
southern  aspect,  where  they  can  be  easi  ly  seen  or  heard  from  the  house  dur- 
ing swarming  season.  As  regards  the  distance  between  the  stands,  it  should 
he  as  great  as  circumstances  will  admit — two  feet  being  the  nearest  they 
should  he  placed. 

STANDS  FOR  HIVES 


Is  a subject  to  which  too  much  attention  cannot  be  given.  Placing  them 
several  feet  above  (he  ground  makes  an  unnecessary  labor  for  the  bees  re- 
turning weary  and  heavy  laden,  with  barely  strength  to  reach  the  hive,  they 
alight  upon  t n*  ground,  and  if  toward  evouing  when  cool  and  damp,  oft  rt 
porisn.  Other  have  no  projection  from  the  ent  rance  upon  which  to  alight,  l"vt 
expect  them  to  liy  direct  from  the  field  iato  the  hive,  without  mating  a pavf?* 


Bee-Keeping  Department. 


645 


PROCURING  BEES  TO  STOCK  AN  APIARY. 

It  ta  presumed  that  a beginner  desires  to  obtain  a quantity  of  bees  for  an 
*ipiary.  lie  has  the  location  '.•dec tea  ; has  obtained,  what  appears  to  him,  the 
best  hive,  and  now  it  remains  v > procure  occupants  for  t nose  hives.  He  may 
purchase  a colony  that  threw  off  a swarm,  the  year  before,  as  then  he  would 
be  quite  sure  of  getting  a young  queen ; whereas,  if  the  stock  is  of  the  current 
year,  he  would  very  probably  have  an  old  one,  and  in  one  or  two  years  dis- 
cover, to  his  great  surprise,  that  his  swarm  was  gradually  decreasing  in  num- 
bers, with  a fair  prospect  of  being  utUvuy  lost  or,  should,  there  be  a swarm 
thrown  off  accompanied  by  the  o.d  queen,  as  is  usually  the  case,  the  new  one 
Would  in  a short  time  dwindle  down  to  a taero  h radful  of  oees. 

The  be -t  method  in  ail  cases,  therefore,  is  to  purchase  the  best  stocks, 
those  containing  a large  number  of  bees,  a good  supply  of  honey,  and  that 
these  bees  are  sadiciebt  to  cover  ai  most  the  entire  comb.  Before  purchasing, 
be  sure  that  there  is  no  diseased  brood  occupying  the  celts,  and  that  no 
swarms  have  been  lost  from  his  cause.  If  no  disease  prevails  in  the  hives, 
then  eld  stocks  are  not  objectionable,  as,  if  they  swarmed  the  previous 
season,  they  iiave  the  young  queens,  who  are  more  prolific  than  the  old  ones, 
who  always  accompany  the  iirst  swarms ; aud  as  long  as  they  remain  nealthy 
Are  as  prosperous  as  the  young  swarms. 

SWARMING. 

The  swarming  season  in  this  latitude  sometimes  commences  as  early  as 
•she  loch  of  May,  and  at  other  times  as  late  as  the  1st  of  July.  It  usually 
sommonces  about  tea  or  twenty  days  after  white  clover  comes  into  bloom. 
As  a general  rule,  bees  swarm  for  lack  of  room  or  want  of  thorough  ventila- 
Hon  inside  the  hive. 


METHOD  OF  HIVING  BEES. 

It  makes  out  little  difference  how  they  are  put  into  the  hive,  provided 
they  are  ail  made  to  enter.  One  essential  thing  is  to  have  your  hive  in  readi- 
ness. The  hives  should  be  stored  in  a cool  place,  as  bees  will  enter  a cool  hive 
much  quicker  than  one  that  ha»  stood  in  the  hot  sun  all  day.  Plac9upon 
the  ground  under  the  swarm  cluster,  the  hive  with  a large  piece  of  board 

6 1st  in  front  of  it,  upon  which  the  bees  can  bo  poured.  If  they  are  to  be 
ived  in  a box  hive,  o le  side  should  be  raised  one  inch  by  placing  under  the 
'front  corner  two  sticks  or  blocks  to  hold  it  up  from  the  bottom  board.  If  in  a 
moveable  comb  hive,  raise  the  front,  if  on  a movable  bottom  board, 
if  not,,  open  the  entrance  as  wide  as  possible.  If  the  swarm  has 
•clustered  on  a small  branch  or  limb,  it  may  be  cut  off  if  not 
detrimental  to  the  tree,  and  brought  down,  and  the  bees  shaken  off 
In  front  of  the  hive.  A knowledge  that  a new  home  is  found  is  at  once 
apparent.  If  any  large  number  linger  around  s he  entrance,  nearly  closing  it, 
you  can  expedite  their  progress  by  gently  disturbing  them  with  a small  twig. 
If  gentle  means  do  not  induce  them  to  enter  in  a reasonable  time  and  they 
seem  obstinate,  a little  water  sprinkled  on  them  will  facilitate  operations. 
Too  much  water  must  not  be  used  or  they  will  become  so  wet  that  they  will 
not  move  at  all.  If  you  do  not  wish  to  cut  the  limb  they  cluster  on,  they 
may  be  shaken  Into  a basket.  In  this  event  it  is  well  to  sprinkle  the  dust,  r 
with  a pailful  of  cold  water,  (ice  water  not  objectionable)  which  will  cause 
them  to  cluster  closer,  aud  hardly  one  will  leave  the  basket.  If  you  get  nearly 
all  the  bees  the  first  effort,  shaking  the  limb  will  prevent  the  remainder  from 
alighting,  and  will  turn  their  attent  ion  tu those  who  have  found  a home,  and 
are  loudly  calling  them  to  come.  There  are  many  other  methods  under  dif- 
ferent circumstances,  which  our  space  does  not  permit  us  to  explain,  but 
winch  will  probably  suggest  themselves  to  the  bee-keeper. 

ALL  SHOULD  BE  MADE  TO  ENTER. 

It  is  of  the  utmost  importance  that  all  should  be  made  to  enter'The  hive 
at  once.  A cluster  outside  may  contain  the  queen  inconsious  of  a home,  and 
she  might  depart  for  the  woods.  Any  small  cluster  around  the  hi  ve  should 
bo  brushed  towards  the  eutranoe  until  they  are  ail  in.  As  soon  as  this  is  done 
it  is  highly  important  that  they  be  set  on  the  new  stand  for  if  the  bees  have 
been  long  on  the  tree  they  often  send  out  scont-s.  and  if  the  bees  are  left  where 
they  are  hived  often  entice  them  to  flee  to  the  woods,  otherwise  they  return 
to  the  limb  and  being  unable  to  find  them  return  to  the  parent  stock  with 
the  few  scattering  bees  left  after  hiving. 

Shade  is  important,  for  if  the  bees  do  not  like  their  home  they  will  go 
away,  aud  the  heat  works  much  mischief  in  various  ways.  Tae  shade  should 
not  be  too  dense. 


646 


Bee-Keeping  Department 


LOSS  OF  QUEEN. 

Every  bee  keeper  should  understand  how  to  detect  the  loss  of  the  Queen. 
The  following  morning  after  a loss  of  tn is  kind  has  occurred,  and  occasionally 
in  the  evening  the  bees  may  be  seen  runniug  to  and  fro  in  wild  consterna- 
tion. Towards  the  middle  of  the  day  the  confusion  will  bo  less  marked,  but 
the  next  morning  will  be  again  enacted  and  after  the  third  or  four  th  day- 
cease  entirely,  and  apparently  they  become  reconciled  to  their  fate;  they 
continue  their  labors  although  they  do  not  manifest  the  energy  or  agility 
seen  in  a prosperous  colony.  Some  authors  say  that  they  will  not  gather 
pollen  when  queenless;  but  such  indications  are  not  at  ways  reliable.  It  is 
highly  necessary  that  the  bee-keeper  should  glance  at  every  swarm  in  the 
morning  for  a few  days  after  swarming,  so  that,  if  any  such  loss  should  occur 
at  this  time  it  maybe  remedied  at  once  by  the  introduction  of  a cell,  or  a 
fertile  queen.  In  early  spring,  every  swarm  should  be  examined  for  her  pres- 
ence. In  the  box  hive,  a lisiie  smoke  may  be  blowni  n,  and  the  bees  driven 
back ; if  any  brood  can  be  discovered,  it  is  a sure  indication  that  she  is  there, 
and  fertile.  In  the  movable  comb  hive,  it  is  only  necessary  to  raise  out  one 
of  the  combs  in  the  center  of  the  cluster,  and  the  condition  will  be  recognized 
at  once.  If  a few  imperfect  bees  are  found  oa  the  bottom  board  or  in  front  of 
the  entrance  in  early  morning,  it  shows  that  the  colony  has  a fertile  queen, 
and  further  examination  is  unnecessary. 

WINTERING  BEES. 

More  boes  are  lost  by  wintering  than  by  all  other  troubles  combined.  To 
winter  them  successfully  each  stock  should  contain  a sufficient  amount  of 
honev,  bee-bread,  and  bees.  For  out-door  wintering  each  hive  should  con- 
tain from  30  to  36  lbs.  of  honey;  in-door  5 to  10  lbs.  less.  Each  hive  should 
have  an  upward  ventillation— it  is  absolutely  necessary. 

ENEMIES  OF  BEES. 


There  is  no  enemy  so  much  dreaded  as  the  moth  miller.  The  moth  millet 
represented  in  the  annexed  cut  is  not  the  one  that  commits  the  ravages  ; it  it 
the  progeny,  several  hundred  vile  worms  that  feed  upon  the  comb  or  wax. 
The  best  preventative  against  the  miller  is  to  keep  the  stock  strong  and  they 
will  not  permit  her  to  deposit  her  eggs  upon  the  comb. 


The  annexed  cut  gives  a good  representa- 
tion of  the  worm. 


DISEASES  OF  BEES. 

Bees  are  subject  to  but  few  diseases  which  deserve  especial  not  ice.  There 
appear  to  be  but  two  distinct  types  to  which  they  are  subject  in  this  country, 
viz.;  Dysentery  and  Foul  Brood,  the  former  of  these  generally  makes  its  ap- 
pearance in  the  spring,  and  may  be  known  by  the  bees  discharging  their  ex- 
crements over  the  comb,  the  interior  of  the  hive,  and  especially  around  the 
entrance;  the  color  instead  of  being  yellow  is  of  a dark  muddy  appearance 
and  has  a sickening,  offensive  odor,  which  becomes  intolerable.  I have  never 
had  a case  where  I gave  upward  ventillation  to  the  hives;  the  cause  may  be 
ascribed  to  the  moisture  in  the  hive  condensing,  and  mixing  wit  h the  honey 
in  the  cells.  Colonies  affected  by  dysentery  are  usually  lb(?t<  unless  warm 
weather  timely  intervenes  or  they  are  removed  to  a warn  room  so  that  tin? 
water  in  the  honey  may  be  evaporated,  which  will  generally  terminate  ih» 
trouble. 


Bee-Keeping  Department. 


647 


DISEASED  OR  FOUL  BROOD. 

In  tike  deStrtxcMon  of  the  nymph  or  pupa  from  some  derangement  wluch 
-causes It  to  avid  ergo  decomposition  in  the  ceil,  arb-cs  u,  disease  known  as 
Foul  Brood.  Some  say  it  is  caused  by  the  brood  being  chined  in  the  cell; 
others,  that  it  is  caused  by  the  fermentation,  or  bee-bread  and  honey,  Mr. 
Rood,  of  Wayne,  Mich.,  recommends  that  it  he  summarily  dead  wit  a and  the 
way  to  exterminate  it  entirely  is  to  bury  it,  hive,  bees  and  ail,  b youb  ;mv 
possibility  of  resurrection.  I cannot  see  why,  by  Mr.  Quinaby’s  metis-.  .-.1,  in 
the  hands  of  a skilful  operator,  it  con!d  not  be  treated  without  the  liability 
of  spreading  and  save  the  bees'  honey,  wsi  and  hive;  the  method  after  Mr. 
Q,uimby‘s  plan  is  driving  out  all  the  bees  and  putting  them  into  new  hives 
without  an y comb.  If  you  wUh  to  put  them  into  hives  with  comb  they 
should  be  kept  in  * box  three  or  four  days  and  fed  ju*t  enough  to  keep  them 
alive,  until  they  have  consumed  ail  the  hoaer  they  took  from  \ he  old  hiv The 
old  hive  must  be  secured  from  robber  boo as  an  f of  the  honey  being  carried  i n- 
to  other  stocks  would  prove  their  destruction  a v this  ,uge:*s«  is  as  con  agious  as 
mease  is  or  small -pox ; the  honey  may  be  purified  by  add'  ig  a hula  water, 
boiling  it  for  a few  minutes  and  removing- - the  scum.  The  comb  mu-:.,  be 
either  melted  or  buried  to  bo  beyond  the  reach  of  bees;  the  hives  may  be 
renovated  by  using  a powerful  disinfectant,  but  I prefer  to  bum  tusm.  If  a 
colony  is  affected  iu  the  lull,  too  iat#  to  build  comb,  and  no  comb  on  hand  to 
put  them  in,  the  best  disposition  is  to  consign  them  to  the  brimstone  pit, 
rather  than  to  attempt  to  feed  them  through  the  winter  to  lose  them  in  the 
spring, 

FEEDING  BEES. 

Few  things  in  bee-keeping  are  more  important,  and  require  a more  thor- 
ough knowledge,  than  the  feeding  of  bees,  .In  attempting  10  winter  too  small 
colonies,  thousands  often  perish,  in  winter  and  early  spring.  Colonies  in  the 
common  box  hive  containing  few  oombs  and  but  little  honey,  should  be  fed 
in  t iie  latter  part  of  September,  or  ia  October,  a sufficient  amount  to  carry 
them  safely  through  the  winter.  If  feeding  is  neg! oeted  until  winter,  it  in  iy 
then  be  done  by  placing  the  hive  in  a cellar  or  moderately  warm  room. 

In  the  spring  the  prudent  bee-keeper  will  no  more  neglect  to  feed  bis  des- 
titute colonies  than  to  provide  for  his  own  table.  There  is  one  point  certain 
in  bee-keeping:  that  if  a colony  is  stimulated  carefully  in  trie  spring,  tney 
aud  their  first  swarm  will  have  honev  Sufficient  in  the  fail  to  winter  them 
through,  unless  a very  unfavorable  season  occurs. 

WATER  NECESSARY. 

Water  is  indispensable  to  bees  when  building  comb  or  raising  brood. 
Every  prudent  bee-keeper  will  see  that  his  bees  are  supplied  with  water,  by 
placing  shallow  wooden  troughs  filled  with  straws  or  floats,  that  they  may 
drink  without  danger  of  drowning.  A location  near  small  bodies  of  water 
Will  bo  sufficient  for  a supply,  but  locations  near  large  bodies  are  injurious. 

ROBBING  AMONG  BEES. 

It  is  instinctive  in  the  nature  of  bees  for  one  colony  to  rob  another  as 
Soon  as  they  can  leave  their  hives  in  the  ap;  ing.  The  stronger  begins  to  as- 
sail the  weaker.  If  these  marauders  who  are  prowling  about  in  search  of 
plunder  attack  a strong  colony,  they  are  usually  glad  to  escape  with  their 
lives  from  its  resolute  defenders.  The  bee-keeper  who  neglects  to  feed  his 
needy  colonies,  and  to  assist  such  as  are  weak  or  queenless,  must  expect  to 
suffer  heavy  losses  from  robber  bees.  They  are  never  inclined  to  rob  when 
there  is  plenty  of  honey  in  the  field.  They  would  obtain  tueir  living  honestly 
when  they  can,  forcibly  when  they  must.  Wtieu  an  entrance  has  been  made 
into  a poorly  garrisoned  hive,  and  the  condition  ascertained,  the  robbers  re- 
turn to  their  homes  and  present  themselves  again  with  additional  numbers. 
The  weak  colony,  seeing’their  helpless  condition,  immediately  join  the  mar- 
auders and  assist  in  carrying  their  own  stores  to  the  robbers’  hive,  and  tnem- 
seives  become  a portion  of  its  inmates.  This  ki  aiways  the  case  with  those 
who  survive  after  being  overpowered. 

A very  good  method  to  determine  when  a swarm  is  being  robbed,  is  to 
catch  a bee  t hat  is  coming  out.  If  he  looks  plumper  tha  n those  entering,  if 
you  pull  the  head  and  thorax  from  the  body,  the  honey  sack  will  appear  either 
full  or  empty;  if  full,  it  is  proof  that  the  hive  is  being  robbed,  and  means 
should  at  once  be  instituted  to  prevent  it.  A few  small  pieces  of  camphor 
gum  thrown  into  the  entrance,  will  often  prevent  the  robbers  from  trying  to 
get  in,  but  when  not  effectual,  close  the  opening  by  laying  a lit;  !e  block  in 
front,  so  that  but  one  or  two  bees  can  passat  a time.  This  will  rive  Mem  a 
better  opportunity  to  defend  themselves.  If  this  is  not  surSeh  nt,  at  nig1  or 
early  in  tn©  wsornJug  r-smov-»  the  live  to  a cool,  dark  cellar,  arid  ventilated  so 
the  b*ea  will  i*ot  sfcj&seak*,  lot  Vm  or  three  days,  when  it  may  he  returned 


648 


Bee-Keeping  Department, 


to  the  stand.  "When  robbing  has  commenced,  the  entrance  to  all  the  hives 
should  be  contracted  somew  hat,  fsad  every  means  avoided  which  will  tend  1,0 
incite  robbeiy,  such  as  setting  dish  m of  honey  or  other  sweets  where  the  hc^s 
can  get  at  it;  for  when  once  they  get  a taste  of  it,  they  are  hard  to  control 
thereafter. 

TRANSFERRING. 

Transferring  is  changing  a colony  of  bees,  and  all  the  contents  of  a hive, 
from  one  to  another.  It  should  be  done  in.  the  soring  or  summer,  to  be  suc- 
cessful. Transferring  maj  be  done  at  any  time  of  the  day,  it  pleasant.  The 
besi  place  to  make  the  transfer  is  in  some  shaded  locali  ty  or  clean  building. 
It  will  be  necessary  to  have  a few  things  in  readiness,  such  a r,  a box  the  size 
of  the  hive  and  a foot  deep,  for  a driving  box;  an  axe,  a Savr,  a large  knife, 
some  goose  quills,  some  twine,  a dish  of  water  to  wash  the  honey  T om  your 
hands,  and  1 few  dishea  to  put  the  honey  and  pieces  01  comb  in;  also  some 
kind  of  bench  should  be  arranged  to  lay  the  comb  on. 

The  swarm  to  be  treated  should  have  tooacoo  smoke  blown  in  among 
them  to  drive  the  bees  among  the  comb,  and  also  to  subdue  them.  The  hives 
should  bo  removed  to  the  place  of  transfer,  placing  another  as  near  like  it  as 
possible  on  the  old  stand,  that  the  returning  bees  may  not  join  other  hives 
and  be  killed.  Invert  the  hive,  i&nd  place  over  it  the  driving  box.  Wrap  a 
piece  of  cloth  around  where  tho  two  join,  to  prevent  escape.  Get  two  round 
sticks  fifteen  inches  long  and  one  inch  in  diameter,  and  commence  beating 
the  hive  a few  minutes,  then  stop  about  five  minutes,  to  allow  the  bees  to  fill 
themselves  with  honey,  then  beat  a«vdn  for  ten  minutes,  by  which  time  nearly 
all  will  have  left  and  clustered  in  the  box.  The  sheet  or  cloth  is  then  taken 
off,  spread  upon  the  ground,  and  the  driving  box  placed  upon  it,  the  same 
side  up  as  before,  and  a sm&ll  stick  placed  under  one  side,  to  allow  the  air  tc> 
enter.  Loosen  the  comb  from  two  sides  of  the  hive,  and  with  an  axe  split  the 
sides  off, hat  the  comb  *nay  be  taken  out  whole.  Lay  the  comb  upon  the 
table,  and  piaee  over  it  the  frame.  Cut  the  cornb  a trifle  larger  than  the 
frame,  so  it  will  fit  closely,  having  it  the  same  side  up  In  the  new  hive  that  it 
was  in  the  old.  After  the  comb  is  fitted  in,  it  may  be  secured  in  its  place  by 
tying  around  the  frame  a piece  of  cotton  twine.  The  bees  will  fasten  it  with 
wax  in  a day  or  two.  Now  hang  the  frame  in  the  new  hive.  Do  in  the  same 
manner  until  all  good  worker  comb  is  secured,  leaving  out  all  drone  comb. 
Now  put  in  the  bees,  the  same  as  hivmg  a natural  swarm.  Place  upon  tha 
old  stand,  with  the  entrance  contracted,  and  the  ventilator  left  open  during 
the  heat  of  the  day.  In  about  two  days  the  bees  will  have  the  comb  fastened, 
when  the  strings  can  be  cut  and  drawn  out,  and  the  boxes  put  on. 

CONCLUSION. 

In  conclusion,  I would  urge  all  who  keep  bees,  or  are  about  to  do  so,  to 
study  the  subject  well.  To  the  beginner  I would  say,  give  heed  to  two  max- 
ims:  See  your  bees  often , and  have  a knowledge  at  ali  times  of  tiieir  condition. 
Second:  Keep  your  stocks  strong.  To  the  reader  I would  say,  if  you  have  a nab 
ural  taste  for  the  business,  study  the  subject  thoroughly,  and  engage  in  bee- 
keeping. It  affords  a generous  return,  strengthens  our  better  nature,  and 
leads  us  to  admire  the  wisdom  and  goodness  of  Him  who  created  all  things, 


i 


$ 


